Operating Manual For The R&S FSL R&S/R&S Operating_Manual_FSL_v11 V11

User Manual: R&S/R&S Operating_Manual_FSL_v11
Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 1734
Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF
Operating Manual

Spectrum Analyzer
R&S FSL3

R&S FSL6

R&S FSL18

1300.2502K03

1300.2502K06

1300.2502K18

1300.2502K13

1300.2502K16

1300.2502K28

Test and Measurement
1300.2519.12-11

Throughout this manual, the Spectrum Analyzer R&S® FSL is abbreviated as R&S FSL.
®

R&S is a registered trademark of Rohde & Schwarz GmbH & Co. KG
Trade names are trademarks of the owners

Grouped Safety Messages
Make sure to read through and observe the following safety instructions!
All plants and locations of the Rohde & Schwarz group of companies make every effort to keep the safety
standard of our products up to date and to offer our customers the highest possible degree of safety. Our
products and the auxiliary equipment required for them are designed and tested in accordance with the
relevant safety standards. Compliance with these standards is continuously monitored by our quality
assurance system. The product described here has been designed and tested in accordance with the EC
Certificate of Conformity and has left the manufacturer’s plant in a condition fully complying with safety
standards. To maintain this condition and to ensure safe operation, observe all instructions and warnings
provided in this manual. If you have any questions regarding these safety instructions, the Rohde &
Schwarz group of companies will be happy to answer them.
Furthermore, it is your responsibility to use the product in an appropriate manner. This product is designed
for use solely in industrial and laboratory environments or, if expressly permitted, also in the field and must
not be used in any way that may cause personal injury or property damage. You are responsible if the
product is used for an intention other than its designated purpose or in disregard of the manufacturer's
instructions. The manufacturer shall assume no responsibility for such use of the product.
The product is used for its designated purpose if it is used in accordance with its product documentation
and within its performance limits (see data sheet, documentation, the following safety instructions). Using
the product requires technical skills and a basic knowledge of English. It is therefore essential that only
skilled and specialized staff or thoroughly trained personnel with the required skills be allowed to use the
product. If personal safety gear is required for using Rohde & Schwarz products, this will be indicated at
the appropriate place in the product documentation. Keep the basic safety instructions and the product
documentation in a safe place and pass them on to the subsequent users.

Symbols and safety labels

Observe
product
documentation

Weight
indication for
units >18 kg

Supply
voltage
ON/OFF

Danger of
electric
shock

Standby
indication

Direct
current
(DC)

Warning!
Hot
surface

PE terminal

Alternating
current (AC)

Ground

Direct/alternating
current (DC/AC)

Ground
terminal

Attention!
Electrostatic
sensitive devices

Device fully protected
by double/reinforced
insulation

Observing the safety instructions will help prevent personal injury or damage of any kind caused by
dangerous situations. Therefore, carefully read through and adhere to the following safety instructions
before putting the product into operation. It is also absolutely essential to observe the additional safety
instructions on personal safety that appear in relevant parts of the product documentation. In these safety
instructions, the word "product" refers to all merchandise sold and distributed by the Rohde & Schwarz
group of companies, including instruments, systems and all accessories.

1171.0000.42-04.00

Sheet 1

Grouped Safety Messages

Tags and their meaning
DANGER

DANGER indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or
serious injury.

WARNING

WARNING indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or
serious injury.

CAUTION

CAUTION indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor or
moderate injury.

NOTICE

NOTICE indicates a property damage message.
In the product documentation, the word ATTENTION is used synonymously.

These tags are in accordance with the standard definition for civil applications in the European Economic
Area. Definitions that deviate from the standard definition may also exist in other economic areas or
military applications. It is therefore essential to make sure that the tags described here are always used
only in connection with the related product documentation and the related product. The use of tags in
connection with unrelated products or documentation can result in misinterpretation and thus contribute to
personal injury or material damage.

Basic safety instructions
1. The product may be operated only under the
operating conditions and in the positions
specified by the manufacturer. Its ventilation
must not be obstructed during operation.
Unless otherwise specified, the following
requirements apply to Rohde & Schwarz
products:
prescribed operating position is always with
the housing floor facing down, IP protection
2X, pollution severity 2, overvoltage category
2, use only in enclosed spaces, max.
operation altitude 2000 m above sea level,
max. transport altitude 4500 m above sea
level.
A tolerance of ±10% shall apply to the
nominal voltage and of ±5% to the nominal
frequency.
2. Applicable local or national safety
regulations and rules for the prevention of
accidents must be observed in all work
performed. The product may be opened only
by authorized, specially trained personnel.
Prior to performing any work on the product
or opening the product, the product must be
disconnected from the supply network. Any
adjustments, replacements of parts,
maintenance or repair must be carried out
only by technical personnel authorized by

1171.0000.42-04.00

Rohde & Schwarz. Only original parts may
be used for replacing parts relevant to safety
(e.g. power switches, power transformers,
fuses). A safety test must always be
performed after parts relevant to safety have
been replaced (visual inspection, PE
conductor test, insulation resistance
measurement, leakage current
measurement, functional test).
3. As with all industrially manufactured goods,
the use of substances that induce an allergic
reaction (allergens, e.g. nickel) such as
aluminum cannot be generally excluded. If
you develop an allergic reaction (such as a
skin rash, frequent sneezing, red eyes or
respiratory difficulties), consult a physician
immediately to determine the cause.
4. If products/components are mechanically
and/or thermically processed in a manner
that goes beyond their intended use,
hazardous substances (heavy-metal dust
such as lead, beryllium, nickel) may be
released. For this reason, the product may
only be disassembled, e.g. for disposal
purposes, by specially trained personnel.
Improper disassembly may be hazardous to
your health. National waste disposal
regulations must be observed.

Sheet 2

Grouped Safety Messages
5. If handling the product yields hazardous
substances or fuels that must be disposed of
in a special way, e.g. coolants or engine oils
that must be replenished regularly, the safety
instructions of the manufacturer of the
hazardous substances or fuels and the
applicable regional waste disposal
regulations must be observed. Also observe
the relevant safety instructions in the product
documentation.
6. Depending on the function, certain products
such as RF radio equipment can produce an
elevated level of electromagnetic radiation.
Considering that unborn life requires
increased protection, pregnant women
should be protected by appropriate
measures. Persons with pacemakers may
also be endangered by electromagnetic
radiation. The employer/operator is required
to assess workplaces where there is a
special risk of exposure to radiation and, if
necessary, take measures to avert the
danger.
7. Operating the products requires special
training and intense concentration. Make
certain that persons who use the products
are physically, mentally and emotionally fit
enough to handle operating the products;
otherwise injuries or material damage may
occur. It is the responsibility of the employer
to select suitable personnel for operating the
products.
8. Prior to switching on the product, it must be
ensured that the nominal voltage setting on
the product matches the nominal voltage of
the AC supply network. If a different voltage
is to be set, the power fuse of the product
may have to be changed accordingly.
9. In the case of products of safety class I with
movable power cord and connector,
operation is permitted only on sockets with
earthing contact and protective earth
connection.
10. Intentionally breaking the protective earth
connection either in the feed line or in the
product itself is not permitted. Doing so can
result in the danger of an electric shock from
the product. If extension cords or connector
strips are implemented, they must be
checked on a regular basis to ensure that
they are safe to use.
11. If the product has no power switch for
disconnection from the AC supply, the plug

1171.0000.42-04.00

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

18.

19.

of the connecting cable is regarded as the
disconnecting device. In such cases, it must
be ensured that the power plug is easily
reachable and accessible at all times
(corresponding to the length of connecting
cable, approx. 2 m). Functional or electronic
switches are not suitable for providing
disconnection from the AC supply. If
products without power switches are
integrated in racks or systems, a
disconnecting device must be provided at
the system level.
Never use the product if the power cable is
damaged. Check the power cable on a
regular basis to ensure that it is in proper
operating condition. By taking appropriate
safety measures and carefully laying the
power cable, ensure that the cable cannot be
damaged and that no one can be hurt by e.g.
tripping over the cable or suffering an electric
shock.
The product may be operated only from
TN/TT supply networks fused with max. 16 A
(higher fuse only after consulting with the
Rohde & Schwarz group of companies).
Do not insert the plug into sockets that are
dusty or dirty. Insert the plug firmly and all
the way into the socket. Otherwise, this can
result in sparks, fire and/or injuries.
Do not overload any sockets, extension
cords or connector strips; doing so can
cause fire or electric shocks.
For measurements in circuits with voltages
Vrms > 30 V, suitable measures (e.g.
appropriate measuring equipment, fusing,
current limiting, electrical separation,
insulation) should be taken to avoid any
hazards.
Ensure that the connections with information
technology equipment comply with IEC
950/EN 60950.
Unless expressly permitted, never remove
the cover or any part of the housing while the
product is in operation. Doing so will expose
circuits and components and can lead to
injuries, fire or damage to the product.
If a product is to be permanently installed,
the connection between the PE terminal on
site and the product's PE conductor must be
made first before any other connection is
made. The product may be installed and
connected only by a license electrician.

Sheet 3

Grouped Safety Messages
20. For permanently installed equipment without
built-in fuses, circuit breakers or similar
protective devices, the supply circuit must be
fused in such a way that suitable protection
is provided for users and products.
21. Do not insert any objects into the openings in
the housing that are not designed for this
purpose. Never pour any liquids onto or into
the housing. This can cause short circuits
inside the product and/or electric shocks, fire
or injuries.
22. Use suitable overvoltage protection to
ensure that no overvoltage (such as that
caused by a thunderstorm) can reach the
product. Otherwise the operating personnel
will be endangered by electric shocks.
23. Rohde & Schwarz products are not protected
against penetration of liquids, unless
otherwise specified (see also safety
instruction 1.). If this is not taken into
account, there exists the danger of electric
shock for the user or damage to the product,
which can also lead to personal injury.
24. Never use the product under conditions in
which condensation has formed or can form
in or on the product, e.g. if the product was
moved from a cold to a warm environment.
25. Do not close any slots or openings on the
product, since they are necessary for
ventilation and prevent the product from
overheating. Do not place the product on soft
surfaces such as sofas or rugs or inside a
closed housing, unless this is well ventilated.
26. Do not place the product on heat-generating
devices such as radiators or fan heaters.
The temperature of the environment must
not exceed the maximum temperature
specified in the data sheet.
27. Batteries and storage batteries must not be
exposed to high temperatures or fire. Keep
batteries and storage batteries away from
children. Do not short-circuit batteries and
storage batteries.
If batteries or storage batteries are
improperly replaced, this can cause an
explosion (warning: lithium cells). Replace
the battery or storage battery only with the
matching Rohde & Schwarz type (see spare
parts list). Batteries and storage batteries
must be recycled and kept separate from
residual waste. Batteries and storage
batteries that contain lead, mercury or
cadmium are hazardous waste. Observe the

1171.0000.42-04.00

28.

29.

30.

31.

32.

33.

34.

national regulations regarding waste
disposal and recycling.
Please be aware that in the event of a fire,
toxic substances (gases, liquids etc.) that
may be hazardous to your health may
escape from the product.
The product can be very heavy. Be careful
when moving it to avoid back or other
physical injuries.
Do not place the product on surfaces,
vehicles, cabinets or tables that for reasons
of weight or stability are unsuitable for this
purpose. Always follow the manufacturer's
installation instructions when installing the
product and fastening it to objects or
structures (e.g. walls and shelves).
Handles on the products are designed
exclusively for personnel to hold or carry the
product. It is therefore not permissible to use
handles for fastening the product to or on
means of transport such as cranes, fork lifts,
wagons, etc. The user is responsible for
securely fastening the products to or on the
means of transport and for observing the
safety regulations of the manufacturer of the
means of transport. Noncompliance can
result in personal injury or material damage.
If you use the product in a vehicle, it is the
sole responsibility of the driver to drive the
vehicle safely. Adequately secure the
product in the vehicle to prevent injuries or
other damage in the event of an accident.
Never use the product in a moving vehicle if
doing so could distract the driver of the
vehicle. The driver is always responsible for
the safety of the vehicle. The manufacturer
assumes no responsibility for accidents or
collisions.
If a laser product (e.g. a CD/DVD drive) is
integrated in a Rohde & Schwarz product, do
not use any other settings or functions than
those described in the product documentation. Otherwise this may be hazardous to
your health, since the laser beam can cause
irreversible damage to your eyes. Never try
to take such products apart, and never look
into the laser beam.
Prior to cleaning, disconnect the product
from the AC supply. Use a soft, non-linting
cloth to clean the product. Never use
chemical cleaning agents such as alcohol,
acetone or diluent for cellulose lacquers.

Sheet 4

Informaciones elementales de seguridad
¡Es imprescindible leer y observar las siguientes instrucciones e informaciones
de seguridad!

El principio del grupo de empresas Rohde & Schwarz consiste en tener nuestros productos siempre al día
con los estándares de seguridad y de ofrecer a nuestros clientes el máximo grado de seguridad. Nuestros
productos y todos los equipos adicionales son siempre fabricados y examinados según las normas de
seguridad vigentes. Nuestra sección de gestión de la seguridad de calidad controla constantemente que
sean cumplidas estas normas. El presente producto ha sido fabricado y examinado según el comprobante
de conformidad adjunto según las normas de la CE y ha salido de nuestra planta en estado impecable
según los estándares técnicos de seguridad. Para poder preservar este estado y garantizar un
funcionamiento libre de peligros, el usuario deberá atenerse a todas las indicaciones, informaciones de
seguridad y notas de alerta. El grupo de empresas Rohde & Schwarz está siempre a su disposición en
caso de que tengan preguntas referentes a estas informaciones de seguridad.
Además queda en la responsabilidad del usuario utilizar el producto en la forma debida. Este producto
está destinado exclusivamente al uso en la industria y el laboratorio o, si ha sido expresamente
autorizado, para aplicaciones de campo y de ninguna manera deberá ser utilizado de modo que alguna
persona/cosa pueda sufrir daño. El uso del producto fuera de sus fines definidos o despreciando las
informaciones de seguridad del fabricante queda en la responsabilidad del usuario. El fabricante no se
hace en ninguna forma responsable de consecuencias a causa del mal uso del producto.
Se parte del uso correcto del producto para los fines definidos si el producto es utilizado dentro de las
instrucciones de la correspondiente documentación de producto y dentro del margen de rendimiento
definido (ver hoja de datos, documentación, informaciones de seguridad que siguen). El uso del producto
hace necesarios conocimientos profundos y conocimientos básicas del idioma inglés. Por eso se debe
tener en cuenta que el producto sólo pueda ser operado por personal especializado o personas
minuciosamente instruidas con las capacidades correspondientes. Si fuera necesaria indumentaria de
seguridad para el uso de productos de R&S, encontrará la información debida en la documentación del
producto en el capítulo correspondiente. Guarde bien las informaciones de seguridad elementales, así
como la documentación del producto y entréguela a usuarios posteriores.

Símbolos y definiciones de seguridad

Ver
documentación de
producto

Informaciones
para
maquinaria
con un peso
de > 18kg

Potencia EN
MARCHA/PARADA

1171.0000.42-04.00

Peligro de
golpe de
corriente

Indicación
Stand-by

¡Advertencia!
Superficie
caliente

Corriente
continua DC

Corriente
alterna AC

Conexión a
conductor
protector

Conexión
a tierra

Corriente continua/alterna DC/AC

Conexión
a masa
conductora

¡Cuidado!
Elementos de
construcción con
peligro de carga
electroestática

El aparato está protegido en
su totalidad por un
aislamiento de doble refuerzo

Sheet 5

Informaciones elementales de seguridad
Tener en cuenta las informaciones de seguridad sirve para tratar de evitar daños y peligros de toda clase.
Es necesario de que se lean las siguientes informaciones de seguridad concienzudamente y se tengan en
cuenta debidamente antes de la puesta en funcionamiento del producto. También deberán ser tenidas en
cuenta las informaciones para la protección de personas que encontrarán en el capítulo correspondiente
de la documentación de producto y que también son obligatorias de seguir. En las informaciones de
seguridad actuales hemos juntado todos los objetos vendidos por el grupo de empresas Rohde &
Schwarz bajo la denominación de „producto“, entre ellos también aparatos, instalaciones así como toda
clase de accesorios.

Palabras de señal y su significado
PELIGRO

Identifica un peligro directo con riesgo elevado de provocar muerte o
lesiones de gravedad si no se toman las medidas oportunas.

ADVERTENCIA

Identifica un posible peligro con riesgo medio de provocar muerte o
lesiones (de gravedad) si no se toman las medidas oportunas.

ATENCIÓN

Identifica un peligro con riesgo reducido de provocar lesiones de
gravedad media o leve si no se toman las medidas oportunas.

AVISO

Indica la posibilidad de utilizar mal el producto y a consecuencia
dañarlo.
En la documentación del producto se emplea de forma sinónima el
término CUIDADO.

Las palabras de señal corresponden a la definición habitual para aplicaciones civiles en el área
económica europea. Pueden existir definiciones diferentes a esta definición en otras áreas económicas o
en aplicaciones militares. Por eso se deberá tener en cuenta que las palabras de señal aquí descritas
sean utilizadas siempre solamente en combinación con la correspondiente documentación de producto y
solamente en combinación con el producto correspondiente. La utilización de las palabras de señal en
combinación con productos o documentaciones que no les correspondan puede llevar a
malinterpretaciones y tener por consecuencia daños en personas u objetos.

Informaciones de seguridad elementales
1. El producto solamente debe ser utilizado
según lo indicado por el fabricante referente a
la situación y posición de funcionamiento sin
que se obstruya la ventilación. Si no se
convino de otra manera, es para los productos
R&S válido lo que sigue:
como posición de funcionamiento se define
por principio la posición con el suelo de la caja
para abajo, modo de protección IP 2X, grado
de suciedad 2, categoría de sobrecarga
eléctrica 2, utilizar solamente en estancias
interiores, utilización hasta 2000 m sobre el
nivel del mar, transporte hasta 4.500 m sobre
el nivel del mar.
Se aplicará una tolerancia de ±10% sobre el
voltaje nominal y de ±5% sobre la frecuencia
nominal.
2. En todos los trabajos deberán ser tenidas en
cuenta las normas locales de seguridad de

1171.0000.42-04.00

trabajo y de prevención de accidentes. El
producto solamente debe de ser abierto por
personal especializado autorizado. Antes de
efectuar trabajos en el producto o abrirlo
deberá este ser desconectado de la corriente.
El ajuste, el cambio de partes, la manutención
y la reparación deberán ser solamente
efectuadas por electricistas autorizados por
R&S. Si se reponen partes con importancia
para los aspectos de seguridad (por ejemplo
el enchufe, los transformadores o los fusibles),
solamente podrán ser sustituidos por partes
originales. Después de cada recambio de
partes elementales para la seguridad deberá
ser efectuado un control de seguridad (control
a primera vista, control de conductor protector,
medición de resistencia de aislamiento,
medición de la corriente conductora, control
de funcionamiento).

Sheet 6

Informaciones elementales de seguridad
3. Como en todo producto de fabricación
industrial no puede ser excluido en general de
que se produzcan al usarlo elementos que
puedan generar alergias, los llamados
elementos alergénicos (por ejemplo el
níquel). Si se producieran en el trato con
productos R&S reacciones alérgicas, como
por ejemplo urticaria, estornudos frecuentes,
irritación de la conjuntiva o dificultades al
respirar, se deberá consultar inmediatamente
a un médico para averiguar los motivos de
estas reacciones.
4. Si productos / elementos de construcción son
tratados fuera del funcionamiento definido de
forma mecánica o térmica, pueden generarse
elementos peligrosos (polvos de sustancia de
metales pesados como por ejemplo plomo,
berilio, níquel). La partición elemental del
producto, como por ejemplo sucede en el
tratamiento de materias residuales, debe de
ser efectuada solamente por personal
especializado para estos tratamientos. La
partición elemental efectuada
inadecuadamente puede generar daños para
la salud. Se deben tener en cuenta las
directivas nacionales referentes al tratamiento
de materias residuales.
5. En el caso de que se produjeran agentes de
peligro o combustibles en la aplicación del
producto que debieran de ser transferidos a
un tratamiento de materias residuales, como
por ejemplo agentes refrigerantes que deben
ser repuestos en periodos definidos, o aceites
para motores, deberán ser tenidas en cuenta
las prescripciones de seguridad del fabricante
de estos agentes de peligro o combustibles y
las regulaciones regionales para el tratamiento
de materias residuales. Cuiden también de
tener en cuenta en caso dado las
prescripciones de seguridad especiales en la
descripción del producto.
6. Ciertos productos, como por ejemplo las
instalaciones de radiocomunicación RF,
pueden a causa de su función natural, emitir
una radiación electromagnética aumentada.
En vista a la protección de la vida en
desarrollo deberían ser protegidas personas
embarazadas debidamente. También las
personas con un bypass pueden correr peligro
a causa de la radiación electromagnética.

1171.0000.42-04.00

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

El empresario/usuario está comprometido a
valorar y señalar áreas de trabajo en las que
se corra un riesgo aumentado de exposición a
radiaciones para evitar riesgos.
La utilización de los productos requiere
instrucciones especiales y una alta
concentración en el manejo. Debe de ponerse
por seguro de que las personas que manejen
los productos estén a la altura de los
requerimientos necesarios referente a sus
aptitudes físicas, psíquicas y emocionales, ya
que de otra manera no se pueden excluir
lesiones o daños de objetos. El empresario
lleva la responsabilidad de seleccionar el
personal usuario apto para el manejo de los
productos.
Antes de la puesta en marcha del producto se
deberá tener por seguro de que la tensión
preseleccionada en el producto equivalga a la
del la red de distribución. Si es necesario
cambiar la preselección de la tensión también
se deberán en caso dabo cambiar los fusibles
correspondientes del producto.
Productos de la clase de seguridad I con
alimentación móvil y enchufe individual de
producto solamente deberán ser conectados
para el funcionamiento a tomas de corriente
de contacto de seguridad y con conductor
protector conectado.
Queda prohibida toda clase de interrupción
intencionada del conductor protector, tanto en
la toma de corriente como en el mismo
producto. Puede tener como consecuencia el
peligro de golpe de corriente por el producto.
Si se utilizaran cables o enchufes de
extensión se deberá poner al seguro que es
controlado su estado técnico de seguridad.
Si el producto no está equipado con un
interruptor para desconectarlo de la red, se
deberá considerar el enchufe del cable de
distribución como interruptor. En estos casos
deberá asegurar de que el enchufe sea de
fácil acceso y nabejo (según la medida del
cable de distribución, aproximadamente 2 m).
Los interruptores de función o electrónicos no
son aptos para el corte de la red eléctrica. Si
los productos sin interruptor están integrados
en bastidores o instalaciones, se deberá
instalar el interruptor al nivel de la instalación.

Sheet 7

Informaciones elementales de seguridad
12. No utilice nunca el producto si está dañado el
cable eléctrico. Compruebe regularmente el
correcto estado de los cables de conexión a
red. Asegure a través de las medidas de
protección y de instalación adecuadas de que
el cable de eléctrico no pueda ser dañado o
de que nadie pueda ser dañado por él, por
ejemplo al tropezar o por un golpe de
corriente.
13. Solamente está permitido el funcionamiento
en redes de distribución TN/TT aseguradas
con fusibles de como máximo 16 A (utilización
de fusibles de mayor amperaje sólo previa
consulta con el grupo de empresas Rohde &
Schwarz).
14. Nunca conecte el enchufe en tomas de
corriente sucias o llenas de polvo. Introduzca
el enchufe por completo y fuertemente en la
toma de corriente. Si no tiene en
consideración estas indicaciones se arriesga a
que se originen chispas, fuego y/o heridas.
15. No sobrecargue las tomas de corriente, los
cables de extensión o los enchufes de
extensión ya que esto pudiera causar fuego o
golpes de corriente.
16. En las mediciones en circuitos de corriente
con una tensión de entrada de Ueff > 30 V se
deberá tomar las precauciones debidas para
impedir cualquier peligro (por ejemplo medios
de medición adecuados, seguros, limitación
de tensión, corte protector, aislamiento etc.).
17. En caso de conexión con aparatos de la
técnica informática se deberá tener en cuenta
que estos cumplan los requisitos del estándar
IEC950/EN60950.
18. A menos que esté permitido expresamente, no
retire nunca la tapa ni componentes de la
carcasa mientras el producto esté en servicio.
Esto pone a descubierto los cables y
componentes eléctricos y puede causar
heridas, fuego o daños en el producto.
19. Si un producto es instalado fijamente en un
lugar, se deberá primero conectar el conductor
protector fijo con el conductor protector del
aparato antes de hacer cualquier otra
conexión. La instalación y la conexión deberán
ser efectuadas por un electricista
especializado.

1171.0000.42-04.00

20. En caso de que los productos que son
instalados fijamente en un lugar sean sin
protector implementado, autointerruptor o
similares objetos de protección, el circuito de
suministro de corriente deberá estar protegido
de manera que usuarios y productos estén
suficientemente protegidos.
21. Por favor, no introduzca ningún objeto que no
esté destinado a ello en los orificios de la caja
del aparato. No vierta nunca ninguna clase de
líquidos sobre o en la caja. Esto puede
producir cortocircuitos en el producto y/o
puede causar golpes de corriente, fuego o
heridas.
22. Asegúrese con la protección adecuada de que
no pueda originarse en el producto una
sobrecarga por ejemplo a causa de una
tormenta. Si no se verá el personal que lo
utilice expuesto al peligro de un golpe de
corriente.
23. Los productos R&S no están protegidos contra
líquidos si no es que exista otra indicación, ver
también punto 1. Si no se tiene en cuenta esto
se arriesga el peligro de golpe de corriente
para el usuario o de daños en el producto lo
cual también puede llevar al peligro de
personas.
24. No utilice el producto bajo condiciones en las
que pueda producirse y se hayan producido
líquidos de condensación en o dentro del
producto como por ejemplo cuando se
desplaza el producto de un lugar frío a un
lugar caliente.
25. Por favor no cierre ninguna ranura u orificio
del producto, ya que estas son necesarias
para la ventilación e impiden que el producto
se caliente demasiado. No pongan el producto
encima de materiales blandos como por
ejemplo sofás o alfombras o dentro de una
caja cerrada, si esta no está suficientemente
ventilada.
26. No ponga el producto sobre aparatos que
produzcan calor, como por ejemplo radiadores
o calentadores. La temperatura ambiental no
debe superar la temperatura máxima
especificada en la hoja de datos.

Sheet 8

Informaciones elementales de seguridad
27. Baterías y acumuladores no deben de ser
expuestos a temperaturas altas o al fuego.
Guardar baterías y acumuladores fuera del
alcance de los niños. No cortocircuitar
baterías ni acumuladores. Si las baterías o los
acumuladores no son cambiados con la
debida atención existirá peligro de explosión
(atención células de litio). Cambiar las
baterías o los acumuladores solamente por los
del tipo R&S correspondiente (ver lista de
piezas de recambio). Las baterías y
acumuladores deben reutilizarse y no deben
acceder a los vertederos. Las baterías y
acumuladores que contienen plomo, mercurio
o cadmio deben tratarse como residuos
especiales. Respete en esta relación las
normas nacionales de evacuación y reciclaje.
28. Por favor tengan en cuenta que en caso de un
incendio pueden desprenderse del producto
agentes venenosos (gases, líquidos etc.) que
pueden generar daños a la salud.
29. El producto puede poseer un peso elevado.
Muévalo con cuidado para evitar lesiones en
la espalda u otras partes corporales.
30. No sitúe el producto encima de superficies,
vehículos, estantes o mesas, que por sus
características de peso o de estabilidad no
sean aptas para él. Siga siempre las
instrucciones de instalación del fabricante
cuando instale y asegure el producto en
objetos o estructuras (por ejemplo paredes y
estantes).
31. Las asas instaladas en los productos sirven
solamente de ayuda para el manejo que
solamente está previsto para personas. Por
eso no está permitido utilizar las asas para la
sujeción en o sobre medios de transporte
como por ejemplo grúas, carretillas elevadoras

1171.0000.42-04.00

de horquilla, carros etc. El usuario es
responsable de que los productos sean
sujetados de forma segura a los medios de
transporte y de que las prescripciones de
seguridad del fabricante de los medios de
transporte sean observadas. En caso de que
no se tengan en cuenta pueden causarse
daños en personas y objetos.
32. Si llega a utilizar el producto dentro de un
vehículo, queda en la responsabilidad
absoluta del conductor que conducir el
vehículo de manera segura. Asegure el
producto dentro del vehículo debidamente
para evitar en caso de un accidente las
lesiones u otra clase de daños. No utilice
nunca el producto dentro de un vehículo en
movimiento si esto pudiera distraer al
conductor. Siempre queda en la
responsabilidad absoluta del conductor la
seguridad del vehículo. El fabricante no
asumirá ninguna clase de responsabilidad por
accidentes o colisiones.
33. Dado el caso de que esté integrado un
producto de láser en un producto R&S (por
ejemplo CD/DVD-ROM) no utilice otras
instalaciones o funciones que las descritas en
la documentación de producto. De otra
manera pondrá en peligro su salud, ya que el
rayo láser puede dañar irreversiblemente sus
ojos. Nunca trate de descomponer estos
productos. Nunca mire dentro del rayo láser.
34. Antes de proceder a la limpieza, desconecte el
producto de la red. Realice la limpieza con un
paño suave, que no se deshilache. No utilice
de ninguna manera agentes limpiadores
químicos como, por ejemplo, alcohol, acetona
o nitrodiluyente.

Sheet 9

Kundeninformation zur Batterieverordnung (BattV)
Dieses Gerät enthält eine schadstoffhaltige Batterie. Diese darf nicht
mit dem Hausmüll entsorgt werden.
Nach Ende der Lebensdauer darf die Entsorgung nur über eine
Rohde&Schwarz-Kundendienststelle oder eine geeignete
Sammelstelle erfolgen.

Safety Regulations for Batteries (according to BattV)
This equipment houses a battery containing harmful substances that
must not be disposed of as normal household waste.
After its useful life, the battery may only be disposed of at a Rohde &
Schwarz service center or at a suitable depot.

Normas de Seguridad para Baterías (Según BattV)
Este equipo lleva una batería que contiene sustancias perjudiciales,
que no se debe desechar en los contenedores de basura
domésticos.
Después de la vida útil, la batería sólo se podrá eliminar en un
centro de servicio de Rohde & Schwarz o en un depósito apropiado.

Consignes de sécurité pour batteries (selon BattV)
Cet appareil est équipé d'une pile comprenant des substances
nocives. Ne jamais la jeter dans une poubelle pour ordures
ménagéres.
Une pile usagée doit uniquement être éliminée par un centre de
service client de Rohde & Schwarz ou peut être collectée pour être
traitée spécialement comme déchets dangereux.

1171.0300.41

D/E/ESP/F-1

Customer Information Regarding Product Disposal
The German Electrical and Electronic Equipment (ElektroG) Act is an implementation of
the following EC directives:
•
•

2002/96/EC on waste electrical and electronic equipment (WEEE) and
2002/95/EC on the restriction of the use of certain hazardous substances in
electrical and electronic equipment (RoHS).

Product labeling in accordance with EN 50419
Once the lifetime of a product has ended, this product must not be disposed of
in the standard domestic refuse. Even disposal via the municipal collection
points for waste electrical and electronic equipment is not permitted.
Rohde & Schwarz GmbH & Co. KG has developed a disposal concept for the
environmental-friendly disposal or recycling of waste material and fully assumes its
obligation as a producer to take back and dispose of electrical and electronic waste
in accordance with the ElektroG Act.
Please contact your local service representative to dispose of the product.

1171.0200.52-01.01

CERTIFICATE OF QUALITY

CERTIFICAT DE QUALITÉ

Sehr geehrter Kunde,
Sie haben sich für den Kauf eines
Rohde & Schwarz-Produktes entschieden. Hiermit erhalten Sie ein
nach modernsten Fertigungsmethoden hergestelltes Produkt. Es
wurde nach den Regeln unseres
Managementsystems entwickelt,
gefertigt und geprüft.
Das Rohde & Schwarz Managementsystem ist zertifiziert nach:

Dear Customer,
you have decided to buy a Rohde &
Schwarz product. You are thus assured of receiving a product that is
manufactured using the most modern
methods available. This product was
developed, manufactured and tested
in compliance with our quality management system standards.
The Rohde & Schwarz quality
management system is certified
according to:

Cher Client,
vous avez choisi d‘acheter un produit
Rohde & Schwarz. Vous disposez
donc d‘un produit fabriqué d‘après les
méthodes les plus avancées. Le
développement, la fabrication et les
tests respectent nos normes de gestion qualité.
Le système de gestion qualité de
Rohde & Schwarz a été homologué
conformément aux normes:

DIN EN ISO 9001:2000
DIN EN 9100:2003
DIN EN ISO 14001:2004

DIN EN ISO 9001:2000
DIN EN 9100:2003
DIN EN ISO 14001:2004

DIN EN ISO 9001:2000
DIN EN 9100:2003
DIN EN ISO 14001:2004

1171.0200.11-03.00

PD 5213.8744.99 = V 01.00 = May 2007

QUALITÄTSZERTIFIKAT

Customer Support
Technical support – where and when you need it
For quick, expert help with any Rohde & Schwarz equipment, contact one of our Customer Support
Centers. A team of highly qualified engineers provides telephone support and will work with you to find a
solution to your query on any aspect of the operation, programming or applications of Rohde & Schwarz
equipment.

Up-to-date information and upgrades
To keep your instrument up-to-date and to be informed about new application notes related to your
instrument, please send an e-mail to the Customer Support Center stating your instrument and your wish.
We will take care that you will get the right information.

USA & Canada

Monday to Friday (except US public holidays)
8:00 AM – 8:00 PM Eastern Standard Time (EST)
Tel. from USA
888-test-rsa (888-837-8772) (opt 2)
From outside USA +1 410 910 7800 (opt 2)
Fax
+1 410 910 7801
E-mail

East Asia

Rest of the World

CustomerSupport@rohde-schwarz.com

Monday to Friday (except Singaporean public holidays)
8:30 AM – 6:00 PM Singapore Time (SGT)
Tel.
Fax

+65 6 513 0488
+65 6 846 1090

E-mail

CustomerSupport@rohde-schwarz.com

Monday to Friday
08:00 – 17:00

(except German public holidays)
Central European Time (CET)

Tel. from Europe
+49 (0) 180 512 42 42*
From outside Europe+49 89 4129 13776
Fax
+49 (0) 89 41 29 637 78
E-mail

CustomerSupport@rohde-schwarz.com

* 0.14 €/Min within the German fixed-line telephone network, varying prices
for the mobile telephone network and in different countries.

1171.0200.22-03.00

12

Address List
Headquarters, Plants and Subsidiaries

Locations Worldwide

Headquarters

Please refer to our homepage: www.rohde-schwarz.com
◆ Sales Locations
◆ Service Locations
◆ National Websites

ROHDE&SCHWARZ GmbH & Co. KG
Mühldorfstraße 15 · D-81671 München
P.O.Box 80 14 69 · D-81614 München

Phone +49 (89) 41 29-0
Fax +49 (89) 41 29-121 64
info.rs@rohde-schwarz.com

Plants
ROHDE&SCHWARZ Messgerätebau GmbH
Riedbachstraße 58 · D-87700 Memmingen
P.O.Box 16 52 · D-87686 Memmingen

Phone +49 (83 31) 1 08-0
+49 (83 31) 1 08-1124
info.rsmb@rohde-schwarz.com

ROHDE&SCHWARZ GmbH & Co. KG
Werk Teisnach
Kaikenrieder Straße 27 · D-94244 Teisnach
P.O.Box 11 49 · D-94240 Teisnach

Phone +49 (99 23) 8 50-0
Fax +49 (99 23) 8 50-174
info.rsdts@rohde-schwarz.com

ROHDE&SCHWARZ závod
Vimperk, s.r.o.
Location Spidrova 49
CZ-38501 Vimperk
ROHDE&SCHWARZ GmbH & Co. KG
Dienstleistungszentrum Köln
Graf-Zeppelin-Straße 18 · D-51147 Köln
P.O.Box 98 02 60 · D-51130 Köln

Phone +420 (388) 45 21 09
Fax +420 (388) 45 21 13

Phone +49 (22 03) 49-0
Fax +49 (22 03) 49 51-229
info.rsdc@rohde-schwarz.com
service.rsdc@rohde-schwarz.com

Subsidiaries
R&S BICK Mobilfunk GmbH
Fritz-Hahne-Str. 7 · D-31848 Bad Münder
P.O.Box 20 02 · D-31844 Bad Münder

Phone +49 (50 42) 9 98-0
Fax +49 (50 42) 9 98-105
info.bick@rohde-schwarz.com

ROHDE&SCHWARZ FTK GmbH
Wendenschloßstraße 168, Haus 28
D-12557 Berlin

Phone +49 (30) 658 91-122
Fax +49 (30) 655 50-221
info.ftk@rohde-schwarz.com

ROHDE&SCHWARZ SIT GmbH
Am Studio 3
D-12489 Berlin

Phone +49 (30) 658 84-0
Fax +49 (30) 658 84-183
info.sit@rohde-schwarz.com

R&S Systems GmbH
Graf-Zeppelin-Straße 18
D-51147 Köln
GEDIS GmbH
Sophienblatt 100
D-24114 Kiel
HAMEG Instruments GmbH
Industriestraße 6
D-63533 Mainhausen

1171.0200.42-02.00

Phone +49 (22 03) 49-5 23 25
Fax +49 (22 03) 49-5 23 36
info.rssys@rohde-schwarz.com
Phone +49 (431) 600 51-0
Fax +49 (431) 600 51-11
sales@gedis-online.de
Phone +49 (61 82) 800-0
Fax +49 (61 82) 800-100
info@hameg.de

12

R&S FSL

Documentation Overview

Documentation Overview
The user documentation for the R&S FSL is divided as follows:
•

Quick Start Guide

•

Online Help

•

Operating Manual

•

Internet Site

•

Service Manual

•

Release Notes

Quick Start Guide
This manual is delivered with the instrument in printed form and in PDF format on the CD. It provides the
information needed to set up and start working with the instrument. Basic operations and basic measurements
are described. Also a brief introduction to remote control is given. The manual includes general information
(e.g. Safety Instructions) and the following chapters:
Chapter 1

Front and Rear Panel

Chapter 2

Putting into Operation

Chapter 3

Firmware Update and Installation of Firmware Options

Chapter 4

Basic Operations

Chapter 5

Basic Measurement Examples

Chapter 6

Brief Introduction to Remote Control

Appendix A

Printer Interface

Appendix B

LAN Interface

Online Help
The Online Help is part of the firmware. It provides a quick access to the description of the instrument functions
and the remote control commands. For information on other topics refer to the Quick Start Guide, Operating
Manual and Service Manual provided in PDF format on CD or in the Internet. For detailed information on how
to use the Online Help, refer to the chapter "Basic Operations" in the Quick Start Guide.

Operating Manual
This manual is a supplement to the Quick Start Guide and is available in PDF format on the CD delivered with
the instrument. To retain the familiar structure that applies to all operating manuals of Rohde&Schwarz Test &
Measurement instruments, the chapters 1 and 3 exist, but only in form of references to the corresponding
Quick Start Guide chapters.

1300.2519.12

0.1

E-11

Documentation Overview

R&S FSL

In this manual, all instrument functions are described in detail. For additional information on default settings
and parameters, refer to the data sheets. The set of measurement examples in the Quick Start Guide is
expanded by more advanced measurement examples. In addition to the brief introduction to remote control in
the Quick Start Guide, a description of the commands and programming examples is given. Information on
maintenance, instrument interfaces and error messages is also provided.
The manual includes the following chapters:
Chapter 1

Putting into Operation, see Quick Start Guide chapters 1 and 2

Chapter 2

Advanced Measurement Examples

Chapter 3

Manual Operation, see Quick Start Guide chapter 4

Chapter 4

Instrument Functions

Chapter 5

Remote Control - Basics

Chapter 6

Remote Control - Commands

Chapter 7

Remote Control - Programming Examples

Chapter 8

Maintenance

Chapter 9

Error Messages

This manual is delivered with the instrument on CD only. The printed manual can be ordered from Rohde &
Schwarz GmbH & Co. KG.

Internet Site
The Internet site at: R&S FSL Spectrum Analyzer provides the most up to date information on the R&S FSL.
The current operating manual at a time is available as printable PDF file in the download area. Also provided
for download are firmware updates including the associated release notes, instrument drivers, current data
sheets and application notes.

Service Manual
This manual is available in PDF format on the CD delivered with the instrument. It informs on how to check
compliance with rated specifications, on instrument function, repair, troubleshooting and fault elimination. It
contains all information required for repairing the R&S FSL by the replacement of modules. The manual
includes the following chapters:
Chapter 1

Performance Test

Chapter 2

Adjustment

Chapter 3

Repair

Chapter 4

Software Update / Installing Options

Chapter 5

Documents

Release Notes
The release notes describe the installation of the firmware, new and modified functions, eliminated problems,
and last minute changes to the documentation. The corresponding firmware version is indicated on the title
page of the release notes. The current release notes are provided in the Internet.

1300.2519.12

0.2

E-11

R&S FSL

Conventions Used in the Documentation

Conventions Used in the Documentation
To visualize important information quickly and to recognize information types faster, a few conventions has
been introduced. The following character formats are used to emphasize words:
Bold

All names of graphical user interface elements as
dialog boxes, softkeys, lists, options, buttons etc.
All names of user interface elements on the front
and rear panel as keys, connectors etc.

Courier

All remote commands (apart from headings, see
below)

Capital letters

All key names (front panel or keyboard)

The description of a softkey (Operating Manual and Online Help) always starts with the softkey name, and is
followed by explaining text and one or more remote control commands framed by two lines. Each remote
command is placed in a single line.
The description of remote control commands (Operating Manual and Online Help) always starts with the
command itself, and is followed by explaining text including an example, the characteristics and the mode
(standard or only with certain options) framed by two grey lines. The remote commands consist of
abbreviations to accelerate the procedure. All parts of the command that have to be entered are in capital
letters, the rest is added in small letters to complete the words and transport their meaning.

1300.2519.12

0.3

E-11

R&S FSL

1

Putting into Operation

Putting into Operation

For details refer to the Quick Start Guide chapters 1, "Front and Rear Panel", and 2, "Preparing for
Use".

1300.2519.12

1.1

E-11

Putting into Operation

1300.2519.12

R&S FSL

1.2

E-11

R&S FSL

Advanced Measurement Examples

Contents of Chapter 2
2

Advanced Measurement Examples ............................................................. 2.1
Test Setup .........................................................................................................................................2.2
Measurement of Harmonics ............................................................................................................2.2
High–Sensitivity Harmonics Measurements ...............................................................................2.4
Measuring the Spectra of Complex Signals ..................................................................................2.6
Separating Signals by Selecting an Appropriate Resolution Bandwidth ....................................2.6
Intermodulation Measurements ..................................................................................................2.7
Measurement example – Measuring the R&S FSL's intrinsic intermodulation...............2.9
Measuring Signals in the Vicinity of Noise ..................................................................................2.13
Measurement example – Measuring level at low S/N ratios.........................................2.14
Noise Measurements .....................................................................................................................2.17
Measuring Noise Power Density...............................................................................................2.17
Measurement example – Measuring the intrinsic noise power density of the R&S FSL at
1 GHz and calculating the R&S FSL's noise figure ......................................................2.17
Measurement of Noise Power within a Transmission Channel ................................................2.19
Measurement example – Measuring the intrinsic noise of the R&S FSL at 1 GHz in a
1.23 MHz channel bandwidth with the channel power function....................................2.20
Measuring Phase Noise............................................................................................................2.23
Measurement example – Measuring the phase noise of a signal generator at a carrier
offset of 10 kHz .............................................................................................................2.23
Measurements on Modulated Signals ..........................................................................................2.25
Measuring Channel Power and Adjacent Channel Power .......................................................2.25
Measurement example 1 – ACPR measurement on an CDMA 2000 signal................2.26
Measurement example 2 – Measuring adjacent channel power of a W–CDMA uplink
signal.............................................................................................................................2.30
Amplitude Distribution Measurements......................................................................................2.33
Measurement example – Measuring the APD and CCDF of white noise generated by
the R&S FSL .................................................................................................................2.34
Bluetooth Measurements (Option K8)..........................................................................................2.36
Bluetooth Overview...................................................................................................................2.36
Bluetooth technical parameters ....................................................................................2.37
Power classes ...............................................................................................................2.37
Structure of a Bluetooth data packet ............................................................................2.38
Supported Tests .......................................................................................................................2.38
Overview of Transmitter Tests..................................................................................................2.39
Functional Description – Block Diagram...................................................................................2.40
Bandwidths ...............................................................................................................................2.41
Measurement Filter (Meas Filter On)........................................................................................2.41
Oversampling............................................................................................................................2.42
Determining Average or Max/Min Values .................................................................................2.43
Impact of the sweep count on the measurement results ..............................................2.44
Trigger Concepts ......................................................................................................................2.44
Cable TV Measurements (Option K20) .........................................................................................2.46

1300.2519.12

I-2.1

E-11

Advanced Measurement Examples

R&S FSL

Analog TV Basics .....................................................................................................................2.47
Analog TV Measurement Examples .........................................................................................2.48
Analog TV settings........................................................................................................2.48
Analog TV test setup.....................................................................................................2.49
Spectrum measurement................................................................................................2.50
Carriers measurement ..................................................................................................2.51
Video Scope measurement...........................................................................................2.52
Vision Modulation measurement ..................................................................................2.53
Hum measurement .......................................................................................................2.55
C/N measurement.........................................................................................................2.56
CSO measurement .......................................................................................................2.60
CTB measurement........................................................................................................2.63
Digital TV Basics.......................................................................................................................2.65
Digital TV Measurement Examples ..........................................................................................2.70
Digital TV settings .........................................................................................................2.71
Digital TV test setup......................................................................................................2.72
Spectrum measurement................................................................................................2.72
Overview measurement ................................................................................................2.73
Constellation Diagram measurement (modulation analysis) ........................................2.75
Modulation Errors measurement (modulation analysis) ...............................................2.76
Echo Pattern measurement (channel analysis) ............................................................2.78
Channel Power measurement ......................................................................................2.79
APD measurement........................................................................................................2.80
CCDF measurement .....................................................................................................2.81
TV Analyzer Measurements .....................................................................................................2.82
Tilt measurement ..........................................................................................................2.82
Channel Tables and Modulation Standards .............................................................................2.83
Channel tables ..............................................................................................................2.84
Modulation standards....................................................................................................2.85
Example: Creating a channel table...............................................................................2.90
Example: Restoring the default channel tables ............................................................2.96
Performing a Measurement without a Channel Table ..............................................................2.96
Performing a Measurement Using a Channel Table ................................................................2.98
Noise Figure Measurements Option (K30).................................................................................2.101
Direct Measurements..............................................................................................................2.101
Basic Measurement Example .....................................................................................2.101
DUTs with very Large Gain.........................................................................................2.103
Frequency–Converting Measurements ..................................................................................2.104
Fixed LO Measurements.............................................................................................2.104
Image–Frequency Rejection (SSB, DSB)...................................................................2.104
3GPP Base Station Measurements (Option K72) ......................................................................2.108
Measuring the Signal Channel Power ....................................................................................2.108
Measuring the Spectrum Emission Mask ...............................................................................2.110
Measuring the Relative Code Domain Power.........................................................................2.111
Synchronization of the reference frequencies ............................................................2.112
Behavior with deviating center frequency setting .......................................................2.113
1300.2519.12

I-2.2

E-11

R&S FSL

Advanced Measurement Examples

Behavior with incorrect scrambling code ....................................................................2.113
Measuring the Relative Code Domain Power Triggered ........................................................2.113
Trigger offset...............................................................................................................2.114
Setup for Base Station Tests ..................................................................................................2.115
Standard test setup.....................................................................................................2.115
Basic settings ..............................................................................................................2.115
CDMA2000 Base Station Measurements (Option K82).............................................................2.116
Measuring the Signal Channel Power ....................................................................................2.116
Measuring the Spectrum Emission Mask ...............................................................................2.118
Measuring the Relative Code Domain Power and the Frequency Error ................................2.119
Synchronization of the reference frequencies ............................................................2.121
Behavior with deviating center frequency setting .......................................................2.121
Measuring the triggered Relative Code Domain Power .........................................................2.122
Adjusting the trigger offset ..........................................................................................2.123
Behaviour with the wrong PN offset............................................................................2.123
Measuring the Composite EVM ..............................................................................................2.124
Measuring the Peak Code Domain Error and the RHO Factor ..............................................2.126
Displaying RHO ..........................................................................................................2.127
Test Setup for Base Station Tests..........................................................................................2.127
WLAN TX Measurements (Option K91/K91n) ............................................................................2.129
Signal Processing of the IEEE 802.11a application ...............................................................2.129
Abbreviations ..............................................................................................................2.129
Literature .....................................................................................................................2.134
Signal Processing of the IEEE 802.11b application ...............................................................2.134
Abbreviations ..............................................................................................................2.134
Literature .....................................................................................................................2.138
802.11b RF carrier suppression .............................................................................................2.138
Definition .....................................................................................................................2.138
Measurement with the R&S FSL ................................................................................2.138
Comparison to IQ offset measurement in K91 list mode ............................................2.139
IQ Impairments .......................................................................................................................2.140
IQ Offset......................................................................................................................2.140
Gain Imbalance...........................................................................................................2.140
Quadrature Error .........................................................................................................2.141
WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)....................................................................2.142
Basic Measurement Example .................................................................................................2.142
Setting up the measurement.......................................................................................2.142
Performing the level detection ....................................................................................2.144
Performing the main measurement ............................................................................2.144
Signal Processing of the IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM Measurement Application ....................2.145
Analysis Steps ............................................................................................................2.149
Subchannelization.......................................................................................................2.150
Synchronization ..........................................................................................................2.150
Channel Results..........................................................................................................2.150
Frequency and Clock Offset .......................................................................................2.151
EVM ............................................................................................................................2.151
1300.2519.12

I-2.3

E-11

Advanced Measurement Examples

R&S FSL

IQ Impairments ...........................................................................................................2.152
RSSI............................................................................................................................2.152
CINR ...........................................................................................................................2.153
Literature .....................................................................................................................2.153
Signal Processing of the IEEE802.16–2005 OFDMA/WiBro Measurement Application........2.153
Introduction .................................................................................................................2.155
Signal Processing Block Diagram...............................................................................2.155
Synchronization ..........................................................................................................2.156
Channel Estimation / Equalization ..............................................................................2.156
Analysis.......................................................................................................................2.157
Literature .....................................................................................................................2.158

1300.2519.12

I-2.4

E-11

R&S FSL

2

Advanced Measurement Examples

Advanced Measurement Examples

This chapter explains how to operate the R&S FSL using typical measurements as examples.
Additional background information on the settings is given. Examples of more basic character are
provided in the Quick Start Guide, chapter 5, as an introduction. The following topics are included in the
Quick Start Guide:
•

Performing a Level and Frequency Meaurement

•

Measuring a Sinusoidal Signal
Measuring the Level and Frequency Using Markers
Measuring the Signal Frequency Using the Frequency Counter

•

Measuring Harmonics of Sinusoidal Signals
Measuring the Suppression of the First and Second Harmonic of an Input Signal

•

Measuring Signal Spectra with Multiple Signals
Separating Signals by Selecting the Resolution Bandwidth
Measuring the Modulation Depth of an AM–Modulated Carrier (Span > 0)
Measuring of AM–Modulated Signals

•

Measurements with Zero Span
Measuring the Power Characteristic of Burst Signals
Measuring the Signal–to–Noise Ratio of Burst Signals
Measurement of FM–Modulated Signals

•

Storing and Loading Instrument Settings
Storing an Instrument Configuration (without Traces)
Storing Traces
Loading an Instrument Configuration (with Traces)
Configuring Automatic Loading

1300.2519.12

2.1

E-11

Test Setup

R&S FSL

Test Setup
All of the following examples are based on the standard settings of the R&S FSL. These are set with the
PRESET key. A complete listing of the standard settings can be found in chapter "Instrument
Functions", section "Initializing the Configuration – PRESET Key".
In the following examples, a signal generator is used as a signal source. The RF output of the signal
generator is connected to the RF input of R&S FSL.
If a 65 MHz signal is required for the test setup, as an alternative to the signal generator, the internal 65
MHz reference generator can be used:
1. Switch on the internal reference generator.
Press the SETUP key.
Press the Service softkey.
Press the Input RF/Cal/TG softkey, until Cal is highlighted.
The internal 65 MHz reference generator is now on. The R&S FSL's RF input is switched off.
2. Switch on the RF input again for normal operation of the R&S FSL. Two ways are possible:
Press the PRESET key
Press the SETUP key.
Press the Service softkey.
Press the Input RF/Cal/TG softkey, until RF is highlighted.
The internal signal path of the R&S FSL is switched back to the RF input in order to resume
normal operation.

Measurement of Harmonics
Measuring the harmonics of a signal is a frequent problem which can be solved best by means of a
spectrum analyzer. In general, every signal contains harmonics which are larger than others.
Harmonics are particularly critical regarding high–power transmitters such as transceivers because
large harmonics can interfere with other radio services.
Harmonics are generated by nonlinear characteristics. They can often be reduced by lowpass filters.
Since the spectrum analyzer has a nonlinear characteristic, e.g. in its first mixer, measures must be
taken to ensure that harmonics produced in the spectrum analyzer do not cause spurious results. If
necessary, the fundamental wave must be selectively attenuated with respect to the other harmonics
with a highpass filter.
When harmonics are being measured, the obtainable dynamic range depends on the second harmonic
intercept of the spectrum analyzer. The second harmonic intercept is the virtual input level at the RF
input mixer at which the level of the 2nd harmonic becomes equal to the level of the fundamental wave.
In practice, however, applying a level of this magnitude would damage the mixer. Nevertheless the
available dynamic range for measuring the harmonic distance of a DUT can be calculated relatively
easily using the second harmonic intercept.

1300.2519.12

2.2

E-11

R&S FSL

Measurement of Harmonics

As shown in Fig. 2-1, the level of the 2
is reduced by 10 dB.

nd

harmonic drops by 20 dB if the level of the fundamental wave

Level display
/ dBm
50

40

2nd harmonic
intercept point /
dBm

30

1st harmonic

10
0
-10

2nd harmonic

1

-20

2

1

-30

1

-40

-50

-30 -20 -10

0

10

20

30

40

50

RF level
/ dBm

-60
-70
-80

Fig. 2-1

Extrapolation of the 1st and 2nd harmonics to the 2nd harmonic intercept at 40 dBm

The following formula for the obtainable harmonic distortion d2 in dB is derived from the straight–line
equations and the given intercept point:
d2 = S.H.I – PI

Note:

(1)

d2

=

harmonic distortion

PI

=

mixer level/dBm

S.H.I.

=

second harmonic intercept

The mixer level is the RF level applied to the RF input minus the set RF attenuation.

nd

The formula for the internally generated level P1 at the 2 harmonic in dBm is:
P1 = 2 PI – S.H.I.

(2)

The lower measurement limit for the harmonic is the noise floor of the spectrum analyzer. The harmonic
of the measured DUT should – if sufficiently averaged by means of a video filter – be at least 4 dB
above the noise floor so that the measurement error due to the input noise is less than 1 dB.
The following rules for measuring high harmonic ratios can be derived:
Select the smallest possible IF bandwidth for a minimal noise floor.
Select an RF attenuation which is high enough to just measure the harmonic ratio.
The maximum harmonic distortion is obtained if the level of the harmonic equals the intrinsic noise level
of the receiver. The level applied to the mixer, according to (2), is:

PI =

Pnoise / dBm + IP 2
2

(3)

At a resolution bandwidth of 10 Hz (noise level –143 dBm, S.H.I. = 40 dBm), the optimum mixer level is
– 51.5 dBm. According to (1) a maximum measurable harmonic distortion of 91.5 dB minus a minimum
S/N ratio of 4 dB is obtained.
1300.2519.12

2.3

E-11

Measurement of Harmonics
Note:

R&S FSL

If the harmonic emerges from noise sufficiently (approx. >15 dB), it is easy to check (by
changing the RF attenuation) whether the harmonics originate from the DUT or are generated
internally by the spectrum analyzer. If a harmonic originates from the DUT, its level remains
constant if the RF attenuation is increased by 10 dB. Only the displayed noise is increased by
10 dB due to the additional attenuation. If the harmonic is exclusively generated by the
spectrum analyzer, the level of the harmonic is reduced by 20 dB or is lost in noise. If both – the
DUT and the spectrum analyzer – contribute to the harmonic, the reduction in the harmonic
level is correspondingly smaller.

High–Sensitivity Harmonics Measurements
If harmonics have very small levels, the resolution bandwidth required to measure them must be
reduced considerably. The sweep time is, therefore, also increased considerably. In this case, the
measurement of individual harmonics is carried out with the R&S FSL set to a small span. Only the
frequency range around the harmonics will then be measured with a small resolution bandwidth.
Signal generator settings (e.g. R&S SMU):
Frequency:
128 MHz
Level:

– 25 dBm

Procedure:
1. Set the R&S FSL to its default state.
Press the PRESET key.
The R&S FSL is set to its default state.
2. Set the center frequency to 128 MHz and the span to 100 kHz.
Press the FREQ key.
The frequency menu is displayed.
In the dialog box, enter 128 using the numeric keypad and confirm with the MHz key.
Press the SPAN key.
In the dialog box, enter 100 using the numeric keypad and confirm with the kHz key.
The R&S FSL displays the reference signal with a span of 100 kHz and resolution bandwidth of
3 kHz.
3. Switching on the marker.
Press the MKR key.
The marker is positioned on the trace maximum.
4. Set the measured signal frequency and the measured level as reference values
Press the Phase Noise/Ref Fixed softkey.
The position of the marker becomes the reference point. The reference point level is indicated
by a horizontal line, the reference point frequency with a vertical line. At the same time, the
delta marker 2 is switched on.
Press the Ref Fixed softkey.

1300.2519.12

2.4

E-11

R&S FSL

Measurement of Harmonics

The mode changes from phase noise measurement to reference fixed, the marker readout
changes from dB/Hz to dB.

Fig. 2-2

Fundamental wave and the frequency and level reference point

5. Make the step size for the center frequency equal to the signal frequency
Press the FREQ key.
The frequency menu is displayed.
Press the CF–Stepsize softkey and press the = Marker softkey in the submenu.
The step size for the center frequency is now equal to the marker frequency.
nd

6. Set the center frequency to the 2 harmonic of the signal
Press the FREQ key.
The frequency menu is displayed.
Press the UPARROW key once.
The center frequency is set to the 2
7. Place the delta marker on the 2

nd

nd

harmonic.

harmonic.

Press the MKR–> key.
Press the Peak softkey.

1300.2519.12

2.5

E-11

Measuring the Spectra of Complex Signals

R&S FSL
nd

The delta marker moves to the maximum of the 2 harmonic. The displayed level result is
relative to the reference point level (= fundamental wave level).

Fig. 2-3
Measuring the level difference between the fundamental wave (= reference point
nd
level) and the 2 harmonic
The other harmonics are measured with steps 5 and 6, the center frequency being incremented or
decremented in steps of 128 MHz using the UPARROW or DNARROW key.

Measuring the Spectra of Complex Signals
Separating Signals by Selecting an Appropriate Resolution
Bandwidth
A basic feature of a spectrum analyzer is being able to separate the spectral components of a mixture
of signals. The resolution at which the individual components can be separated is determined by the
resolution bandwidth. Selecting a resolution bandwidth that is too large may make it impossible to
distinguish between spectral components, i.e. they are displayed as a single component.
An RF sinusoidal signal is displayed by means of the passband characteristic of the resolution filter
(RBW) that has been set. Its specified bandwidth is the 3 dB bandwidth of the filter.
Two signals with the same amplitude can be resolved if the resolution bandwidth is smaller than or
equal to the frequency spacing of the signal. If the resolution bandwidth is equal to the frequency
spacing, the spectrum display screen shows a level drop of 3 dB precisely in the center of the two
signals. Decreasing the resolution bandwidth makes the level drop larger, which thus makes the
individual signals clearer.
If there are large level differences between signals, the resolution is determined by selectivity as well as
by the resolution bandwidth that has been selected. The measure of selectivity used for spectrum
analyzers is the ratio of the 60 dB bandwidth to the 3 dB bandwidth (= shape factor).
For the R&S FSL, the shape factor for bandwidths is < 5, i.e. the 60 dB bandwidth of the 30 kHz filter is
< 150 kHz.

1300.2519.12

2.6

E-11

R&S FSL

Measuring the Spectra of Complex Signals

The higher spectral resolution with smaller bandwidths is won by longer sweep times for the same
span. The sweep time has to allow the resolution filters to settle during a sweep at all signal levels and
frequencies to be displayed. It is given by the following formula.

SWT = k • Span/RBW 2

(4)

SWT

=

max. sweep time for correct measurement

k

=

factor depending on type of resolution filter
= 1 for digital IF filters

Span

=

RBW

= resolution bandwidth

frequency display range

If the resolution bandwidth is reduced by a factor of 3, the sweep time is increased by a factor of 9.
Note:

The impact of the video bandwidth on the sweep time is not taken into account in (4). For the
formula to be applied, the video bandwidth must be 3 x the resolution bandwidth.

FFT filters can be used for resolution bandwidths up to 30 kHz. Like digital filters, they have a shape
factor of less than 5 up to 30 kHz. For FFT filters, however, the sweep time is given by the following
formula:
SWT = k span/RBW

(5)

If the resolution bandwidth is reduced by a factor of 3, the sweep time is increased by a factor of 3 only.

Intermodulation Measurements
If several signals are applied to a transmission two–port device with nonlinear characteristic,
intermodulation products appear at its output by the sums and differences of the signals. The nonlinear
characteristic produces harmonics of the useful signals which intermodulate at the characteristic. The
intermodulation products of lower order have a special effect since their level is largest and they are
near the useful signals. The intermodulation product of third order causes the highest interference. It is
the intermodulation product generated from one of the useful signals and the 2nd harmonic of the
second useful signal in case of two–tone modulation.
The frequencies of the intermodulation products are above and below the useful signals. Fig. 2-4 shows
I2
intermodulation products PI1 and P generated by the two useful signals PU1 and PU2.

Fig. 2-4

Intermodulation products PU1 and PU2

1300.2519.12

2.7

E-11

Measuring the Spectra of Complex Signals

R&S FSL

The intermodulation product at fI2 is generated by mixing the 2nd harmonic of useful signal PU2 and
signal PU1, the intermodulation product at fI1 by mixing the 2nd harmonic of useful signal PU1 and signal
PU2.
fi1 = 2 x fu1 – fu2

(6)

fi2 = 2 x fu2 – fu1

(7)

The level of the intermodulation products depends on the level of the useful signals. If the two useful
signals are increased by 1 dB, the level of the intermodulation products increases by 3 dB, which
means that spacing aD3 between intermodulation signals and useful signals are reduced by 2 dB. This is
illustrated in Fig. 2-5.

Fig. 2-5

Dependence of intermodulation level on useful signal level

The useful signals at the two–port output increase proportionally with the input level as long as the two–
port is in the linear range. A level change of 1 dB at the input causes a level change of 1 dB at the
output. Beyond a certain input level, the two–port goes into compression and the output level stops
increasing. The intermodulation products of the third order increase three times as much as the useful
signals. The intercept point is the fictitious level where the two lines intersect. It cannot be measured
directly since the useful level is previously limited by the maximum two–port output power.
It can be calculated from the known line slopes and the measured spacing aD3 at a given level
according to the following formula.
IP 3 =

aD 3
+ PN
2

(8)

rd

The 3 order intercept point (TOI), for example, is calculated for an intermodulation of 60 dB and an
input level PU of –20 dBm according to the following formula:

IP 3 =

60
+ ( 20dBm ) = 10dBm
2

1300.2519.12

(9)

2.8

E-11

R&S FSL

Measuring the Spectra of Complex Signals

Measurement example – Measuring the R&S FSL's intrinsic intermodulation
Test setup:

Signal
Generator 1

Coupler
[- 6 dB]

R&S FSL

Signal
Generator 2

Signal generator settings (e.g. R&S SMU):
Level

Frequency

Signal generator 1

–4 dBm

999.7 MHz

Signal generator 2

–4 dBm

1000.3 MHz

Procedure:
1. Set the R&S FSL to its default settings.
Press the PRESET key.
The R&S FSL is in its default state.
2. Set center frequency to 1 GHz and the frequency span to 3 MHz.
Press the FREQ key and enter 1 GHz.
Press the SPAN key and enter 3 MHz.
3. Set the reference level to –10 dBm and RF attenuation to 0 dB.
Press the AMPT key and enter –10 dBm.
Press the RF Atten Manual softkey and enter 0 dB.
4. Set the resolution bandwidth to 10 kHz.
Press the BW key.
Press the Res BW Manual softkey and enter 10 kHz.
The noise is reduced, the trace is smoothed further and the intermodulation products can be
clearly seen.
Press the Video BW Manual softkey and enter 1 kHz.

1300.2519.12

2.9

E-11

Measuring the Spectra of Complex Signals

R&S FSL

rd

5. Measuring intermodulation by means of the 3 order intercept measurement function
Press the MEAS key.
Press the TOI softkey.
The R&S FSL activates four markers for measuring the intermodulation distance. Two markers
rd
are positioned on the useful signals and two on the intermodulation products. The 3 order
intercept is calculated from the level difference between the useful signals and the
intermodulation products. It is then displayed on the screen:

rd

Fig. 2-6
Result of intrinsic intermodulation measurement on the R&S FSL. The 3 order
intercept (TOI) is displayed at the top right corner of the grid.
The level of a spectrum analyzer's intrinsic intermodulation products depends on the RF level of the
useful signals at the input mixer. When the RF attenuation is added, the mixer level is reduced and
the intermodulation distance is increased. With an additional RF attenuation of 10 dB, the levels of
the intermodulation products are reduced by 20 dB. The noise level is, however, increased by 10
dB.
6. Increasing RF attenuation to 10 dB to reduce intermodulation products.
Press the AMPT key.
Press the RF Atten Manual softkey and enter 10 dB.
The R&S FSL's intrinsic intermodulation products disappear below the noise floor.

1300.2519.12

2.10

E-11

R&S FSL

Measuring the Spectra of Complex Signals

Fig. 2-7
If the RF attenuation is increased, the R&S FSL's intrinsic intermodulation products
disappear below the noise floor.

Calculation method:
The method used by the R&S FSL to calculate the intercept point takes the average useful signal level
Pu in dBm and calculates the intermodulation d3 in dB as a function of the average value of the levels of
the two intermodulation products. The third order intercept (TOI) is then calculated as follows:
TOI/dBm = ½ d3 + Pu
Intermodulation– free dynamic range
The Intermodulation – free dynamic range, i.e. the level range in which no internal intermodulation
rd
products are generated if two–tone signals are measured, is determined by the 3 order intercept point,
the phase noise and the thermal noise of the spectrum analyzer. At high signal levels, the range is
determined by intermodulation products. At low signal levels, intermodulation products disappear below
the noise floor, i.e. the noise floor and the phase noise of the spectrum analyzer determine the range.
The noise floor and the phase noise depend on the resolution bandwidth that has been selected. At the
smallest resolution bandwidth, the noise floor and phase noise are at a minimum and so the maximum
range is obtained. However, a large increase in sweep time is required for small resolution bandwidths.
It is, therefore, best to select the largest resolution bandwidth possible to obtain the range that is
required. Since phase noise decreases as the carrier–offset increases, its influence decreases with
increasing frequency offset from the useful signals.
The following diagrams illustrate the intermodulation–free dynamic range as a function of the selected
bandwidth and of the level at the input mixer (= signal level – set RF attenuation) at different useful
signal offsets.

1300.2519.12

2.11

E-11

Measuring the Spectra of Complex Signals

R&S FSL

Distortion free Dynamic Range
(1 MHz carrier offset)

Dyn range /
dB
-40
-50
-60

RWB = 1 kHz

-70

RWB = 100 Hz

-80

RWB = 10 Hz

T.O.I.

-90
Thermal Noise
+ Phase Noise

-100
-110
-120
-60

-50

-40

-30

-20

-10

Mixer level /dBm

Fig. 2-8
Intermodulation–free range of the R&S FSL as a function of level at the input mixer and the
set resolution bandwidth (useful signal offset = 1 MHz, DANL = –145 dBm /Hz, TOI = 15 dBm; typical
values at 2 GHz)
The optimum mixer level, i.e. the level at which the intermodulation distance is at its maximum, depends
on the bandwidth. At a resolution bandwidth of 10 Hz, it is approx. –35 dBm and at 1 kHz increases to
approx. –30 dBm.
Phase noise has a considerable influence on the intermodulation–free range at carrier offsets between
10 and 100 kHz (Fig. 2-9). At greater bandwidths, the influence of the phase noise is greater than it
would be with small bandwidths. The optimum mixer level at the bandwidths under consideration
becomes almost independent of bandwidth and is approx. –40 dBm.

Dyn. range /dB

Distortion free Dynamic Range
(10 to 100 kHz carrier offset)

-40
-50
-60

RBW = 1 kHz

-70

RBW = 100 Hz

-80

RBW = 10 Hz

TOI

Thermal Noise
+ Phase Noise

-90
-100
-110
-120
-60

-50

-40

-30

-20

-10

Mixer level /dBm

Fig. 2-9
Intermodulation–free dynamic range of the R&S FSL as a function of level at the input
mixer and of the selected resolution bandwidth (useful signal offset = 10 to 100 kHz, DANL = –145 dBm
/Hz, TOI = 15 dBm; typical values at 2 GHz).

1300.2519.12

2.12

E-11

R&S FSL
Note:

Measuring Signals in the Vicinity of Noise

If the intermodulation products of a DUT with a very high dynamic range are to be measured
and the resolution bandwidth to be used is therefore very small, it is best to measure the levels
of the useful signals and those of the intermodulation products separately using a small span.
The measurement time will be reduced– in particular if the offset of the useful signals is large.
To find signals reliably when frequency span is small, it is best to synchronize the signal
sources and the R&S FSL.

Measuring Signals in the Vicinity of Noise
The minimum signal level a spectrum analyzer can measure is limited by its intrinsic noise. Small
signals can be swamped by noise and therefore cannot be measured. For signals that are just above
the intrinsic noise, the accuracy of the level measurement is influenced by the intrinsic noise of the
spectrum analyzer.
The displayed noise level of a spectrum analyzer depends on its noise figure, the selected RF
attenuation, the selected reference level, the selected resolution and video bandwidth and the detector.
The effect of the different parameters is explained in the following.
Impact of the RF attenuation setting
The sensitivity of a spectrum analyzer is directly influenced by the selected RF attenuation. The highest
sensitivity is obtained at a RF attenuation of 0 dB. The attenuation can be set in 10 dB steps up to 70
dB. Each additional 10 dB step reduces the sensitivity by 10 dB, i.e. the displayed noise is increased by
10 dB.
Impact of the resolution bandwidth
The sensitivity of a spectrum analyzer also directly depends on the selected bandwidth. The highest
sensitivity is obtained at the smallest bandwidth (for the R&S FSL: 10 Hz, for FFT filtering: 1 Hz). If the
bandwidth is increased, the reduction in sensitivity is proportional to the change in bandwidth. The
R&S FSL has bandwidth settings in 1, 3, 10 sequence. Increasing the bandwidth by a factor of 3
increases the displayed noise by approx. 5 dB (4.77 dB precisely). If the bandwidth is increased by a
factor of 10, the displayed noise increases by a factor of 10, i.e. 10 dB.
Impact of the video bandwidth
The displayed noise of a spectrum analyzer is also influenced by the selected video bandwidth. If the
video bandwidth is considerably smaller than the resolution bandwidth, noise spikes are suppressed,
i.e. the trace becomes much smoother. The level of a sinewave signal is not influenced by the video
bandwidth. A sinewave signal can therefore be freed from noise by using a video bandwidth that is
small compared with the resolution bandwidth, and thus be measured more accurately.
Impact of the detector
Noise is evaluated differently by the different detectors. The noise display is therefore influenced by the
choice of detector. Sinewave signals are weighted in the same way by all detectors, i.e. the level
display for a sinewave RF signal does not depend on the selected detector, provided that the signal–to–
noise ratio is high enough. The measurement accuracy for signals in the vicinity of intrinsic spectrum
analyzer noise is also influenced by the detector which has been selected. For details on the detectors
of the R&S FSL refer to chapter "Instrument Functions", section "Detector overview" or the Online Help.

1300.2519.12

2.13

E-11

Measuring Signals in the Vicinity of Noise

R&S FSL

Measurement example – Measuring level at low S/N ratios
The example shows the different factors influencing the S/N ratio.
Signal generator settings (e.g. R&S SMU):
Frequency:
128 MHz
Level:

– 80 dBm

Procedure:
1. Set the R&S FSL to its default state.
Press the PRESET key.
The R&S FSL is in its default state.
2. Set the center frequency to 128 MHz and the frequency span to 100 MHz.
Press the FREQ key and enter 128 MHz.
Press the SPAN key and enter 100 MHz.
3. Set the RF attenuation to 60 dB to attenuate the input signal or to increase the intrinsic noise.
Press the AMPT key.
Press the RF Atten Manual softkey and enter 60 dB.
The RF attenuation indicator is marked with an asterisk (*Att 60 dB) to show that it is no longer
coupled to the reference level. The high input attenuation reduces the reference signal which
can no longer be detected in noise.

Fig. 2-10 Sinewave signal with low S/N ratio. The signal is measured with the auto peak
detector and is completely hidden in the intrinsic noise of the R&S FSL.
4. To suppress noise spikes the trace can be averaged.
Press the TRACE key.
Press the Trace Mode key.

1300.2519.12

2.14

E-11

R&S FSL

Measuring Signals in the Vicinity of Noise

Press the Average softkey.
The traces of consecutive sweeps are averaged. To perform averaging, the R&S FSL
automatically switches on the sample detector. The RF signal, therefore, can be more clearly
distinguished from noise.

Fig. 2-11 RF sinewave signal with low S/N ratio if the trace is averaged.
5. Instead of trace averaging, a video filter that is narrower than the resolution bandwidth can be
selected.
Press the Trace Mode key.
Press the Clear Write softkey.
Press the BW key.
Press the Video BW Manual softkey and enter 10 kHz.
The RF signal can be more clearly distinguished from noise.

Fig. 2-12 RF sinewave signal with low S/N ratio if a smaller video bandwidth is selected.

1300.2519.12

2.15

E-11

Measuring Signals in the Vicinity of Noise

R&S FSL

6. By reducing the resolution bandwidth by a factor of 10, the noise is reduced by 10 dB.
Press the Res BW Manual softkey and enter 300 kHz.
The displayed noise is reduced by approx. 10 dB. The signal, therefore, emerges from noise by
about 10 dB. Compared to the previous setting, the video bandwidth has remained the same,
i.e. it has increased relative to the smaller resolution bandwidth. The averaging effect of the
video bandwidth is therefore reduced. The trace will be noisier.

Fig. 2-13 Reference signal at a smaller resolution bandwidth

1300.2519.12

2.16

E-11

R&S FSL

Noise Measurements

Noise Measurements
Noise measurements play an important role in spectrum analysis. Noise e.g. affects the sensitivity of
radio communication systems and their components.
Noise power is specified either as the total power in the transmission channel or as the power referred
to a bandwidth of 1 Hz. The sources of noise are, for example, amplifier noise or noise generated by
oscillators used for the frequency conversion of useful signals in receivers or transmitters. The noise at
the output of an amplifier is determined by its noise figure and gain.
The noise of an oscillator is determined by phase noise near the oscillator frequency and by thermal
noise of the active elements far from the oscillator frequency. Phase noise can mask weak signals near
the oscillator frequency and make them impossible to detect.

Measuring Noise Power Density
To measure noise power referred to a bandwidth of 1 Hz at a certain frequency, the R&S FSL provides
marker function. This marker function calculates the noise power density from the measured marker
level.

Measurement example – Measuring the intrinsic noise power density of the
R&S FSL at 1 GHz and calculating the R&S FSL's noise figure
Test setup:
Connect no signal to the RF input; terminate RF input with 50 P.
Procedure:
1. Set the R&S FSL to its default state.
Press the PRESET key.
The R&S FSL is in its default state.
2. Set the center frequency to 1.234 GHz and the span to 1 MHz.
Press the FREQ key and enter 1.234 GHz.
Press the SPAN key and enter 1 MHz.
3. Switch on the marker and set the marker frequency to 1.234 GHz.
Press the MKR key and enter 1.234 GHz.
4. Switch on the noise marker function.
Switch on the Noise Meas softkey.
The R&S FSL displays the noise power at 1 GHz in dBm (1 Hz).
Note:

Since noise is random, a sufficiently long measurement time has to be selected to obtain stable
measurement results. This can be achieved by averaging the trace or by selecting a very small
video bandwidth relative to the resolution bandwidth.

1300.2519.12

2.17

E-11

Noise Measurements

R&S FSL

5. The measurement result is stabilized by averaging the trace.
Press the TRACE key.
Press the Trace Mode key.
Press the Average softkey.
The R&S FSL performs sliding averaging over 10 traces from consecutive sweeps. The
measurement result becomes more stable.
Conversion to other reference bandwidths
The result of the noise measurement can be referred to other bandwidths by simple conversion. This is
done by adding 10 log (BW) to the measurement result, BW being the new reference bandwidth.
Example
A noise power of –150 dBm (1 Hz) is to be referred to a bandwidth of 1 kHz.
P[1kHz] = –150 + 10 * log (1000) = –150 +30 = –120 dBm (1 kHz)
Calculation method for noise power
If the noise marker is switched on, the R&S FSL automatically activates the sample detector. The video
bandwidth is set to 1/10 of the selected resolution bandwidth (RBW).
To calculate the noise, the R&S FSL takes an average over 17 adjacent pixels (the pixel on which the
marker is positioned and 8 pixels to the left, 8 pixels to the right of the marker). The measurement result
is stabilized by video filtering and averaging over 17 pixels.
Since both video filtering and averaging over 17 trace points is performed in the log display mode, the
result would be 2.51 dB too low (difference between logarithmic noise average and noise power). The
R&S FSL, therefore, corrects the noise figure by 2.51 dB.
To standardize the measurement result to a bandwidth of 1 Hz, the result is also corrected by –10 * log
(RBW noise), with RBW noise being the power bandwidth of the selected resolution filter (RBW).
Detector selection
The noise power density is measured in the default setting with the sample detector and using
averaging. Other detectors that can be used to perform a measurement giving true results are the
average detector or the RMS detector. If the average detector is used, the linear video voltage is
averaged and displayed as a pixel. If the RMS detector is used, the squared video voltage is averaged
and displayed as a pixel. The averaging time depends on the selected sweep time (=SWT/501). An
increase in the sweep time gives a longer averaging time per pixel and thus stabilizes the measurement
result. The R&S FSL automatically corrects the measurement result of the noise marker display
depending on the selected detector (+1.05 dB for the average detector, 0 d for the RMS detector). It is
assumed that the video bandwidth is set to at least three times the resolution bandwidth. While the
average or RMS detector is being switched on, the R&S FSL sets the video bandwidth to a suitable
value.
The Pos Peak, Neg Peak, Auto Peak and Quasi Peak detectors are not suitable for measuring noise
power density.
Determining the noise figure
The noise figure of amplifiers or of the R&S FSL alone can be obtained from the noise power display.
Based on the known thermal noise power of a 50 resistor at room temperature (–174 dBm (1Hz)) and
the measured noise power Pnoise the noise figure (NF) is obtained as follows:
NF = Pnoise + 174 – g,
where g = gain of DUT in dB
1300.2519.12

2.18

E-11

R&S FSL

Noise Measurements

Example
The measured internal noise power of the R&S FSL at an attenuation of 0 dB is found to be –143
dBm/1 Hz. The noise figure of the R&S FSL is obtained as follows
NF = –143 + 174 = 31 dB
Note:

If noise power is measured at the output of an amplifier, for example, the sum of the internal
noise power and the noise power at the output of the DUT is measured. The noise power of the
DUT can be obtained by subtracting the internal noise power from the total power (subtraction
of linear noise powers). By means of the following diagram, the noise level of the DUT can be
estimated from the level difference between the total and the internal noise level.

0

Correction
-1
factor in dB
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
-10
0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Total power/intrinsic noise power in dB

Fig. 2-14
Correction factor for measured noise power as a function of the ratio of total power to the
intrinsic noise power of the spectrum analyzer

Measurement of Noise Power within a Transmission
Channel
Noise in any bandwidth can be measured with the channel power measurement functions. Thus the
noise power in a communication channel can be determined, for example. If the noise spectrum within
the channel bandwidth is flat, the noise marker from the previous example can be used to determine the
noise power in the channel by considering the channel bandwidth. If, however, phase noise and noise
that normally increases towards the carrier is dominant in the channel to be measured, or if there are
discrete spurious signals in the channel, the channel power measurement method must be used to
obtain correct measurement results.

1300.2519.12

2.19

E-11

Noise Measurements

R&S FSL

Measurement example – Measuring the intrinsic noise of the R&S FSL at 1 GHz in a
1.23 MHz channel bandwidth with the channel power function
Test setup:
Leave the RF input of the R&S FSL open–circuited or terminate it with 50

.

Procedure:
1. Set the R&S FSL to its default state.
Press the PRESET key.
The R&S FSL is in its default state.
2. Set the center frequency to 1 GHz and the span to 1 MHz.
Press the FREQ key and enter 1 GHz.
Press the SPAN key and enter 2 MHz.
3. To obtain maximum sensitivity, set RF attenuation on the R&S FSL to 0 dB.
Press the AMPT key.
Press the RF Atten Manual softkey and enter 0 dB.
4. Switch on and configure the channel power measurement.
Press the MEAS key.
Press the CP, ACP, MC–ACP softkey.
The R&S FSL activates the channel or adjacent channel power measurement according to the
currently set configuration.
Press the CP/ACP Config softkey.
The submenu for configuring the channel is displayed.
Press the Channel Settings softkey.
The submenu for channel settings is displayed.
Press the Channel Bandwidth softkey and enter 1.23 MHz.
The R&S FSL displays the 1.23 MHz channel as two vertical lines which are symmetrical to the
center frequency.
Press the Adjust Settings softkey.
The settings for the frequency span, the bandwidth (RBW and VBW) and the detector are
automatically set to the optimum values required for the measurement.

1300.2519.12

2.20

E-11

R&S FSL

Noise Measurements

Fig. 2-15 Measurement of the R&S FSL's intrinsic noise power in a 1.23 MHz channel
bandwidth.
5. Stabilizing the measurement result by increasing the sweep time
Press the H key twice.
The main menu for channel and adjacent channel power measurement is displayed.
Press the Sweep Time softkey and enter 1 s.
The trace becomes much smoother because of the RMS detector and the channel power
measurement display is much more stable.
Method of calculating the channel power
When measuring the channel power, the R&S FSL integrates the linear power which corresponds to the
levels of the pixels within the selected channel. The spectrum analyzer uses a resolution bandwidth
which is far smaller than the channel bandwidth. When sweeping over the channel, the channel filter is
formed by the passband characteristics of the resolution bandwidth (see Fig. 2-16).

-3 dB
Resolution filter

Sweep

Channel bandwith

Fig. 2-16

Approximating the channel filter by sweeping with a small resolution bandwidth

1300.2519.12

2.21

E-11

Noise Measurements

R&S FSL

The following steps are performed:
•

The linear power of all the trace pixels within the channel is calculated.
(Li/10)

Pi = 10

where Pi = power of the trace pixel i
Li = displayed level of trace point i
•

The powers of all trace pixels within the channel are summed up and the sum is divided by the
number of trace pixels in the channel.

•

The result is multiplied by the quotient of the selected channel bandwidth and the noise bandwidth
of the resolution filter (RBW).

Since the power calculation is performed by integrating the trace within the channel bandwidth, this
method is also called the IBW method (Integration Bandwidth method).
Parameter settings
For selection of the sweep time, see next section. For details on the parameter settings refer to chapter
"Instrument Functions", section "Settings of the CP / ACP test parameters" or the Online Help.
Sweep time selection
The number of A/D converter values, N, used to calculate the power, is defined by the sweep time. The
time per trace pixel for power measurements is directly proportional to the selected sweep time.
If the sample detector is used, it is best to select the smallest sweep time possible for a given span and
resolution bandwidth. The minimum time is obtained if the setting is coupled. This means that the time
per measurement is minimal. Extending the measurement time does not have any advantages as the
number of samples for calculating the power is defined by the number of trace pixels in the channel.
If the RMS detector is used, the repeatability of the measurement results can be influenced by the
selection of sweep times. Repeatability is increased at longer sweep times.
Repeatability can be estimated from the following diagram:
max. error/dB
0
95 % Confidence
level

0.5

1
99 % Confidence
level

1.5

2

2.5

3
10

100

1000

10000
100000
Number of samples

Fig. 2-17
Repeatability of channel power measurements as a function of the number of samples
used for power calculation

1300.2519.12

2.22

E-11

R&S FSL

Noise Measurements

The curves in Fig. 2-17 indicate the repeatability obtained with a probability of 95% and 99% depending
on the number of samples used.
The repeatability with 600 samples is ± 0.5 dB. This means that – if the sample detector and a channel
bandwidth over the whole diagram (channel bandwidth = span) is used – the measured value lies within
± 0.5 dB of the true value with a confidence level of 99%.
If the RMS detector is used, the number of samples can be estimated as follows:
Since only uncorrelated samples contribute to the RMS value, the number of samples can be calculated
from the sweep time and the resolution bandwidth.
Samples can be assumed to be uncorrelated if sampling is performed at intervals of 1/RBW. The
number of uncorrelated samples is calculated as follows:
Ndecorr = SWT RBW (Ndecorr means uncorrelated samples)
The number of uncorrelated samples per trace pixel is obtained by dividing Ndecorr by 501 (= pixels per
trace).
Example
At a resolution bandwidth of 30 kHz and a sweep time of 100 ms, 3000 uncorrelated samples are
obtained. If the channel bandwidth is equal to the frequency display range, i.e. all trace pixels are used
for the channel power measurement, a repeatability of 0.2 dB with a probability of 99% is the estimate
that can be derived from Fig. 2-17.

Measuring Phase Noise
The R&S FSL has an easy–to–use marker function for phase noise measurements. This marker
function indicates the phase noise of an RF oscillator at any carrier in dBc in a bandwidth of 1 Hz.

Measurement example – Measuring the phase noise of a signal generator at a
carrier offset of 10 kHz
Test setup:

Signal
generator

R&S FSL

Signal generator settings (e.g. R&S SMU):
Frequency:
100 MHz
Level:

0 dBm

Procedure:
1. Set the R&S FSL to its default state.
Press the PRESET key.
R&S FSL is in its default state.
1300.2519.12

2.23

E-11

Noise Measurements

R&S FSL

2. Set the center frequency to 100 MHz and the span to 50 kHz.
Press the FREQ key and enter 100 MHz.
Press the SPAN key and enter 50 kHz.
3. Set the R&S FSL's reference level to 0 dBm (=signal generator level).
Press the AMPT key and enter 0 dBm.
4. Enable phase noise measurement.
Press the MKR key.
Press the Phase Noise/Ref Fixed softkey.
The R&S FSL activates phase noise measurement. Marker 1 (=main marker) and marker 2 (=
delta marker) are positioned on the signal maximum. The position of the marker is the
reference (level and frequency) for the phase noise measurement. A horizontal line represents
the level of the reference point and a vertical line the frequency of the reference point. The
dialog box for the delta marker is displayed so that the frequency offset at which the phase
noise is to be measured can be entered directly.
5. Set the frequency offset to 10 kHz for determining phase noise.
Enter 10 kHz.
The R&S FSL displays the phase noise at a frequency offset of 10 kHz. The magnitude of the
phase noise in dBc/Hz is displayed in the delta marker output field at the top right of the screen
(Phn2).
6. Stabilize the measurement result by activating trace averaging.
Press the TRACE key.
Press the Trace Mode key.
Press the Average softkey.

Fig. 2-18 Measuring phase noise with the phase–noise marker function
The frequency offset can be varied by moving the marker with the rotary knob or by entering a
new frequency offset as a number.

1300.2519.12

2.24

E-11

R&S FSL

Measurements on Modulated Signals

Measurements on Modulated Signals
For measurements on AM and FM signals refer to the Quick Start Guide, chapter 5, "Basic
Measurements Examples".

Measuring Channel Power and Adjacent Channel Power
Measuring channel power and adjacent channel power is one of the most important tasks in the field of
digital transmission for a spectrum analyzer with the necessary test routines. While, theoretically,
channel power could be measured at highest accuracy with a power meter, its low selectivity means
that it is not suitable for measuring adjacent channel power as an absolute value or relative to the
transmit channel power. The power in the adjacent channels can only be measured with a selective
power meter.
A spectrum analyzer cannot be classified as a true power meter, because it displays the IF envelope
voltage. However, it is calibrated such as to correctly display the power of a pure sinewave signal
irrespective of the selected detector. This calibration cannot be applied for non–sinusoidal signals.
Assuming that the digitally modulated signal has a Gaussian amplitude distribution, the signal power
within the selected resolution bandwidth can be obtained using correction factors. These correction
factors are normally used by the spectrum analyzer's internal power measurement routines in order to
determine the signal power from IF envelope measurements. These factors apply if and only if the
assumption of a Gaussian amplitude distribution is correct.
Apart from this common method, the R&S FSL also has a true power detector, i.e. an RMS detector. It
correctly displays the power of the test signal within the selected resolution bandwidth irrespective of
the amplitude distribution, without additional correction factors being required. The absolute
measurement uncertainty of the R&S FSL is < 1.5 dB and a relative measurement uncertainty of < 0.5
dB (each with a confidence level of 95%).
There are two possible methods for measuring channel and adjacent channel power with a spectrum
analyzer:
•

IBW method (Integration Bandwidth Method)
The spectrum analyzer measures with a resolution bandwidth that is less than the channel
bandwidth and integrates the level values of the trace versus the channel bandwidth. This method
is described in section "Method of calculating the channel power".

•

Using a channel filter
For a detailed description, refer to the following section.

Measurement using a channel filter
In this case, the spectrum analyzer makes zero span measurements using an IF filter that corresponds
to the channel bandwidth. The power is measured at the output of the IF filter. Until now, this method
has not been used for spectrum analyzers, because channel filters were not available and the
resolution bandwidths, optimized for the sweep, did not have a sufficient selectivity. The method was
reserved for special receivers optimized for a particular transmission method. It is available in R&S
FSQ, FSU, FSP, FSL and ESL series.
The R&S FSL has test routines for simple channel and adjacent channel power measurements. These
routines give quick results without any complex or tedious setting procedures.

1300.2519.12

2.25

E-11

Measurements on Modulated Signals

R&S FSL

Measurement example 1 – ACPR measurement on an CDMA 2000 signal
Test setup:

Signal
generator

R&S FSL

Signal generator settings (e.g. R&S SMU):
Frequency:
850 MHz
Level:

0 dBm

Modulation:

CDMA 2000

Procedure:
1. Set the R&S FSL to its default state.
Press the PRESET key.
The R&S FSL is in its default state.
2. Set the center frequency to 850 MHz and span to 4 MHz.
Press the FREQ key and enter 850 MHz.
Press the SPAN key and enter 4 MHz.
3. Set the reference level to +10 dBm.
Press the AMPT key and enter 10 dBm.
4. Configuring the adjacent channel power for the CDMA 2000 MC1.
Press the MEAS key.
Press the CP, ACP, MC–ACP softkey.
Press the CP / ACP Standard softkey.
In the standards list, mark CDMA 2000 MC1 using the rotary knob or the arrow keys and confirm
pressing the rotary knob or the ENTER key.
The R&S FSL sets the channel configuration according to the 2000 MC1 standard for mobile
stations with 2 adjacent channels above and below the transmit channel. The spectrum is
displayed in the upper part of the screen, the numeric values of the results and the channel
configuration in the lower part of the screen. The various channels are represented by vertical
lines on the graph.
The frequency span, resolution bandwidth, video bandwidth and detector are selected
automatically to give correct results. To obtain stable results – especially in the adjacent
channels (30 kHz bandwidth) which are narrow in comparison with the transmission channel
bandwidth (1.23 MHz) – the RMS detector is used.

1300.2519.12

2.26

E-11

R&S FSL

Measurements on Modulated Signals

5. Set the optimal reference level and RF attenuation for the applied signal level.
Press the Adjust Ref Level softkey.
The R&S FSL sets the optimal RF attenuation and the reference level based on the
transmission channel power to obtain the maximum dynamic range. Fig. 2-19 shows the result
of the measurement.

Fig. 2-19 Adjacent channel power measurement on a CDMA 2000 MC1 signal
The repeatability of the results, especially in the narrow adjacent channels, strongly depends on
the measurement time since the dwell time within the 30 kHz channels is only a fraction of the
complete sweep time. A longer sweep time may increase the probability that the measured
value converges to the true value of the adjacent channel power, but this increases
measurement time.
To avoid long measurement times, the R&S FSL measures the adjacent channel power with
zero span (fast ACP mode). In the fast ACP mode, the R&S FSL measures the power of each
channel at the defined channel bandwidth, while being tuned to the center frequency of the
channel in question. The digital implementation of the resolution bandwidths makes it possible
to select filter characteristics that is precisely tailored to the signal. In case of CDMA 2000 MC1,
the power in the useful channel is measured with a bandwidth of 1.23 MHz and that of the
adjacent channels with a bandwidth of 30 kHz. Therefore the R&S FSL changes from one
channel to the other and measures the power at a bandwidth of 1.23 MHz or 30 kHz using the
RMS detector. The measurement time per channel is set with the sweep time. It is equal to the
selected measurement time divided by the selected number of channels. The five channels
from the above example and the sweep time of 100 ms give a measurement time per channel
of 20 ms.
Compared to the measurement time per channel given by the span (= 5 MHz) and sweep time
(= 100 ms, equal to 0.600 ms per 30 kHz channel) used in the example, this is a far longer
dwell time on the adjacent channels (factor of 12). In terms of the number of uncorrelated
samples this means 20000/33 Rs = 606 samples per channel measurement compared to
600/33Rs = 12.5 samples per channel measurement.
Repeatability with a confidence level of 95% is increased from ± 1.4 dB to ± 0.38 dB as shown
in Fig. 2-17. For the same repeatability, the sweep time would have to be set to 1.2 s with the
integration method. Fig. 2-20 shows the standard deviation of the results as a function of the
sweep time.

1300.2519.12

2.27

E-11

Measurements on Modulated Signals

R&S FSL

ACPR Repeatability IS95
IBW Method

1,4

Standard dev / dB

1,2
1

Adjacent channels

0,8
Alternate channels

0,6
0,4

Tx channel

0,2
0
10

100

1000
Sweep time/ms

Fig. 2-20 Repeatability of adjacent channel power measurement on CDMA 2000 standard
signals if the integration bandwidth method is used
6. Switch to fast ACP mode to increase the repeatability of results.
Switch the Fast ACP softkey to On.
The R&S FSL measures the power of each channel with zero span. The trace represents
power as a function of time for each channel (see Fig. 2-23). The numerical results over
consecutive measurements become much more stable.

Fig. 2-21 Measuring the channel power and adjacent channel power ratio for 2000 MC1
signals with zero span (Fast ACP)
Fig. 2-22 shows the repeatability of power measurements in the transmit channel and of relative
power measurements in the adjacent channels as a function of sweep time. The standard
deviation of measurement results is calculated from 100 consecutive measurements as shown
in Fig. 2-22. Take scaling into account if comparing power values.

1300.2519.12

2.28

E-11

R&S FSL

Measurements on Modulated Signals

ACPR IS95 Re pe atability

0,35

Standard dev /dB

0,3
0,25
0,2

Adjacent channels

0,15
0,1
Tx channel

0,05

Alternate channels

0
10

100

1000
Sweep tim e/m s

Fig. 2-22 Repeatability of adjacent channel power measurements on CDMA 2000 signals in
the fast ACP mode

Note on adjacent channel power measurements on 2000 MC1 base–station signals:
When measuring the adjacent channel power of 2000 MC1 base–station signals, the frequency spacing
of the adjacent channel to the nominal transmit channel is specified as ±750 kHz. The adjacent
channels are, therefore, so close to the transmit channel that the power of the transmit signal
leaks across and is also measured in the adjacent channel if the usual method using the 30
kHz resolution bandwidth is applied. The reason is the low selectivity of the 30 kHz resolution
filter. The resolution bandwidth, therefore, must be reduced considerably, e.g. to 3 kHz to avoid
this. This causes very long measurement times (factor of 100 between a 30 kHz and 3 kHz
resolution bandwidth).
This effect is avoided with the zero span method which uses steep IF filters. The 30 kHz channel filter
implemented in the R&S FSL has a very high selectivity so that even with a ± 750 kHz spacing
to the transmit channel the power of the useful modulation spectrum is not measured.

1300.2519.12

2.29

E-11

Measurements on Modulated Signals

R&S FSL

The following figure shows the passband characteristics of the 30 kHz channel filter in the R&S FSL.

Fig. 2-23
Frequency response of the 30 kHz channel filter for measuring the power in the 2000 MC1
adjacent channel

Measurement example 2 – Measuring adjacent channel power of a W–CDMA uplink
signal
Test setup:

Signal
generator

R&S FSL

Signal generator settings (e.g. R&S SMU):
Frequency:
1950 MHz
Level:

4 dBm

Modulation:

3 GPP W–CDMA Reverse Link

Procedure:
1. Set the R&S FSL to its default state.
Press the PRESET key.
The R&S FSL is in its default state.
2. Set the center frequency to 1950 MHz.
Press the FREQ key and enter 1950 MHz.

1300.2519.12

2.30

E-11

R&S FSL

Measurements on Modulated Signals

3. Switch on the ACP measurement for W–CDMA.
Press the MEAS key.
Press the CP, ACP, MC–ACP softkey.
Press the CP / ACP Standard softkey.
In the standards list, mark W–CDMA 3GPP REV using the rotary knob or the arrow keys and
confirm pressing the rotary knob or the ENTER key.
The R&S FSL sets the channel configuration to the 3GPP W–CDMA standard for mobiles with
two adjacent channels above and below the transmit channel. The frequency span, the
resolution and video bandwidth and the detector are automatically set to the correct values. The
spectrum is displayed in the upper part of the screen and the channel power, the level ratios of
the adjacent channel powers and the channel configuration in the lower part of the screen. The
individual channels are displayed as vertical lines on the graph.
4. Set the optimum reference level and the RF attenuation for the applied signal level.
Press the Adjust Ref Level softkey.
The R&S FSL sets the optimum RF attenuation and the reference level for the power in the
transmission channel to obtain the maximum dynamic range. The following figure shows the
result of the measurement.

Fig. 2-24 Measuring the relative adjacent channel power on a W–CDMA uplink signal
5. Measuring adjacent channel power with the fast ACP mode.
Set Fast ACP softkey to On.
Press the Adjust Ref Level softkey.
The R&S FSL measures the power of the individual channels with zero span. A root raised
cosine filter with the parameters = 0.22 and chip rate 3.84 Mcps (= receive filter for 3GPP W–
CDMA) is used as channel filter.

1300.2519.12

2.31

E-11

Measurements on Modulated Signals

R&S FSL

Fig. 2-25 Measuring the adjacent channel power of a W–CDMA signal with the fast ACP
mode

Note:

With W–CDMA, the R&S FSL's dynamic range for adjacent channel measurements is limited by
the 12–bit A/D converter. The greatest dynamic range is, therefore, obtained with the IBW
method.

Optimum Level Setting for ACP Measurements on W–CDMA Signals
The dynamic range for ACPR measurements is limited by the thermal noise floor, the phase noise and
the intermodulation (spectral regrowth) of the spectrum analyzer. The power values produced by the
R&S FSL due to these factors accumulate linearly. They depend on the applied level at the input mixer.
The three factors are shown in the figure below for the adjacent channel (5 MHz carrier offset).
ACLR / dBc
-30
-35
-40
-45

Total
ACLR

Phase
Noise

-50
-55
-60

Thermal Noise

-65
-70

S.R.I.

-75
-80
-40

-35

-30

-25

-20

Optimum Range

-15

-10

Mixer Level / dBm

Fig. 2-26
The R&S FSL's dynamic range for adjacent channel power measurements on W–CDMA
uplink signals is a function of the mixer level.

1300.2519.12

2.32

E-11

R&S FSL

Measurements on Modulated Signals

The level of the W–CDMA signal at the input mixer is shown on the horizontal axis, i.e. the measured
signal level minus the selected RF attenuation. The individual components which contribute to the
power in the adjacent channel and the resulting relative level (total ACPR) in the adjacent channel are
displayed on the vertical axis. The optimum mixer level is –21 dBm. The relative adjacent channel
power (ACPR) at an optimum mixer level is –65 dBc. Since, at a given signal level, the mixer level is set
in 10 dB steps with the 10 dB RF attenuator, the optimum 10 dB range is shown in the figure: it spreads
from –16 dBm to –26 dBm. In this range, the obtainable dynamic range is 62 dB.
To set the attenuation parameter manually, the following method is recommended:
•

Set the RF attenuation so that the mixer level (= measured channel power – RF attenuation) is
between –11 dBm and –21 dBm.

•

Set the reference level to the largest possible value where no overload (IFOVL) is indicated.

This method is automated with the Adjust Ref Level function. Especially in remote control mode, e.g.
in production environments, it is best to correctly set the attenuation parameters prior to the
measurement, as the time required for automatic setting can be saved.
Note:

To measure the R&S FSL's intrinsic dynamic range for W–CDMA adjacent channel power
measurements, a filter which suppresses the adjacent channel power is required at the output
of the transmitter. A SAW filter with a bandwidth of 4 MHz, for example, can be used.

Amplitude Distribution Measurements
If modulation types are used that do not have a constant zero span envelope, the transmitter has to
handle peak amplitudes that are greater than the average power. This includes all modulation types that
involve amplitude modulation –QPSK for example. CDMA transmission modes in particular may have
power peaks that are large compared to the average power.
For signals of this kind, the transmitter must provide large reserves for the peak power to prevent signal
compression and thus an increase of the bit error rate at the receiver.
The peak power or the crest factor of a signal is therefore an important transmitter design criterion. The
crest factor is defined as the peak power / mean power ratio or, logarithmically, as the peak level minus
the average level of the signal.
To reduce power consumption and cut costs, transmitters are not designed for the largest power that
could ever occur, but for a power that has a specified probability of being exceeded (e.g. 0.01%).
To measure the amplitude distribution, the R&S FSL has simple measurement functions to determine
both the APD = Amplitude Probability Distribution and CCDF = Complementary Cumulative Distribution
Function.
In the APD display mode, the probability of occurrence of a certain level is plotted against the level.
In the CCDF display mode, the probability that the mean signal power will be exceeded is shown in
percent.

1300.2519.12

2.33

E-11

Measurements on Modulated Signals

R&S FSL

Measurement example – Measuring the APD and CCDF of white noise generated by
the R&S FSL
1. Set the R&S FSL to its default state.
Press the PRESET key.
The R&S FSL is in its default state.
2. Configure the R&S FSL for APD measurement
Press the AMPT key and enter –60 dBm.
The R&S FSL's intrinsic noise is displayed at the top of the screen.
Press the MEAS key.
Press the More softkey.
Press the APD softkey.
The R&S FSL sets the frequency span to 0 Hz and measures the amplitude probability
distribution (APD). The number of uncorrelated level measurements used for the measurement
is 100000. The mean power and the peak power are displayed in dBm. The crest factor (peak
power – mean power) is output as well.

Fig. 2-27 Amplitude probability distribution of white noise
3. Switch to the CCDF display mode.
Press the H key.
Press the CCDF softkey.
The CCDF display mode is switched on.

1300.2519.12

2.34

E-11

R&S FSL

Measurements on Modulated Signals

Fig. 2-28 CCDF of white noise
The CCDF trace indicates the probability that a level will exceed the mean power. The level
above the mean power is plotted along the x–axis of the graph. The origin of the axis
corresponds to the mean power level. The probability that a level will be exceeded is plotted
along the y–axis.
4. Bandwidth selection
When the amplitude distribution is measured, the resolution bandwidth must be set so that the
complete spectrum of the signal to be measured falls within the bandwidth. This is the only way of
ensuring that all the amplitudes will pass through the IF filter without being distorted. If the
resolution bandwidth which is selected is too small for a digitally modulated signal, the amplitude
distribution at the output of the IF filter becomes a Gaussian distribution according to the central
limit theorem and so corresponds to a white noise signal. The true amplitude distribution of the
signal therefore cannot be determined.
5. Selecting the number of samples
For statistics measurements with the R&S FSL, the number of samples NSamples is entered for
statistical evaluation instead of the sweep time. Since only statistically independent samples
contribute to statistics, the measurement or sweep time is calculated automatically and displayed.
The samples are statistically independent if the time difference is at least 1/RBW. The sweep time
SWT is, therefore, expressed as follows:
SWT = NSamples / RBW

1300.2519.12

2.35

E-11

Bluetooth Measurements (Option K8)

R&S FSL

Bluetooth Measurements (Option K8)
This section gives background information on Bluetooth Measurements (option K8). It provides
information on the following topics:
Bluetooth Overview
Supported Tests
Overview of Transmitter Tests
Functional Description – Block Diagram
Bandwidths
Measurement Filter (Meas Filter On)
Oversampling
Determining Average or Max/Min Values
Trigger Concepts
For further information on measurement examples refer also to the Quick Start Guide, chapter 5 "Basic
Measurement Examples".
This option is available from firmware version 1.30.

Bluetooth Overview
This section provides the following general information on Bluetooth measurements:
Bluetooth technical parameters
Power classes
Structure of a Bluetooth data packet

1300.2519.12

2.36

E-11

R&S FSL

Bluetooth Measurements (Option K8)

Bluetooth technical parameters
Table 2–1 Common Parameters
frequency bands

2402 + (0...78) MHz

channel spacing

1 MHz

symbol rate

1 Msym/s

slot length

625 µsec

(frequency hopping)
packet sizes

1, 3, 5 slot packets

Table 2–2 Modulation Parameters Basic Rate
modulation

GFSK

TX filter

Gaussian

BT /

0.5

modulation index

0.28 – 0.35 nominal 0.32

frequency deviation

160 kHz settled
141 kHz 010101 suite

bandwidth
–3dB
–20dB

220 kHz
1 MHz

bit rate

1 Mbps

Table 2–3 Modulation Parameters Enhanced Data Rate
modulation

T/4–DQPSK

8DPSK

TX filter

RRC

RRC

roll–off factor

0.4

0.4

bandwidth –3dB

± 500kHz

± 500kHz

bit rate

2 Mbps

3 Mbps

Power classes
Power Class

Maximum (Pmax)

1

100 mW (20 dBm)

2

2.5 mW (4dBm)

3

1 mW (0dBm)

1300.2519.12

Nominal

1 mW (0 dBm)

Minimum (Pmin)

Power Control

1 mW (0 dBm)

from Pmin (< +4 dBm) to
Pmax

0.25 mW (–6dBm)

optional
optional

2.37

E-11

Bluetooth Measurements (Option K8)

R&S FSL

Structure of a Bluetooth data packet
Every Bluetooth data packet is divided into 3 basic section: access code, header and payload. The
following figures show the order and bit lengths of the individual sections:
access code 72 bits
4 bits

64 bits

4 bits

54 bits

240 / 1496 / 2744 bits

preamble

sync word

trailer

header

payload*)

*) During EUT evaluation the payload contains certain bit sequences: PRBS9 (Pseudo Random Bit
Sequence) or 11110000 or 10101010.
The sync word is transmitted as the major part of the access code. For this purpose, the LAP (lower
address part) of the BD address is expanded to 64 bit by adding the BCH code and baker.
BCH code

34 bits

sync word 64 bits
LAP 24 bits

Barker 6 bits

The LAP (lower address part) of the BD address serves as a basis for the sync word.
BD – address 48 bits
NAP

16 bits

UAP

8 bits

LAP 24 bits

In case of EDR packets the payload is divided into 6 other sections:
DPSK
guard

SYNC

5Rs

payload

user payload

header

0–2723Symb

CRC
code

trailer

Supported Tests
The Bluetooth Measurements Option supports measurements according to the Bluetooth RF Test
Specification (Bluetooth SIG) , Revision 2.0.E.3, Mar 2005, on the R&S FSL. The following tests are
currently implemented according to this specification:
Output Power
TX Output Spectrum – Adjacent Channel Power
Modulation Characteristics
Initial Carrier Frequency Tolerance (ICFT)
Carrier Frequency Drift
EDR Relative Transmit Power
EDR Carrier Frequency Stability and Modulation Accuracy
EDR Differential Phase Encoding
EDR In–band Spurious Emissions

1300.2519.12

2.38

E-11

R&S FSL

Bluetooth Measurements (Option K8)

Overview of Transmitter Tests
Table 2–4 Basic Rate Measurements
Output Power

TX Output
Spectrum –
Adjacent
Channel Power

Modulation
Characteristics

Initial Carrier
Frequency
Tolerance

Carrier
Frequency
Drift

Hop

on

off

off

on / off

on / off

Trigger

extern

–

–

–

–

Synchronization

Yes (p0), but also
possible without

no

yes (p0)

yes (p0)

yes (p0)

Packet Type

longest supported

DH1

longest supported

DH1

all supported
packets
(DH1/3/5)

Payload

PRBS 9

PRBS 9

11110000
10101010

PRBS 9

10101010

Test Mode

loop back

loop back

loop back

loop back

loop back

Operating Mode

IQ mode

analyzer zero
span

IQ mode

IQ mode

IQ mode

RBW

3 MHz

100 kHz

–

–

–

VBW

3 MHz

300 kHz

–

–

–

Power

supported
maximum

supported
maximum

supported
maximum

supported
maximum

not specified

Sweep Time

one complete
packet

79s per sweep
(= 100ms * 10 *
79)

one complete
packet

–

one complete
packet

Sweep Count

–

10

10 (extern)

10

10

Trace Mode

Maxh

Maxh

–

–

–

Detector

Peak

Aver

–

–

–

Frequency in
MHz

low /
middle /
high

each channel

low /
middle /
high

low /
middle /
high

low /
middle /
high

Span

–

–

–

–

–

Test cond

norm / ext

norm / ext

norm / ext

norm / ext

norm / ext

Results

peak and average
power

channel power of
all channels

1) PAV < 100 mW
(20 dBm)
2) PPK < 200 mW
(23 dBm)
3) Pmax > PAV
>Pmin at maximum
power step
PAV < 1
mW (0 dBm)

1) PTX (f) – 20
dBm for |M–N| =
2
2) PTX (f) – 40
dBm for |M–N|
3

all 8 bit peak
deviations and
average
deviations

carrier offset
within the 4
preamble bits

carrier offsets
of the 4 bit
preamble, of all
10 bit payload
sequences;
maximum drift
rate of all 10 bit
payload
sequences at
50 µs offset

1300.2519.12

2.39

E-11

Bluetooth Measurements (Option K8)

R&S FSL

Table 2–5 Enhanced Data Rate Measurements
EDR Relative TX
Power

EDR Carrier
Frequency
Stability and
Modulation
Accuracy

EDR Differential
Phase Encoding

EDR In–band
Spurious
Emissions

Hop

off

off

off

off

Trigger

–

–

–

extern/
IF power

Synchronization

yes

yes

yes

yes, needed for
gate adjustment

Packet Type

longest supported

longest
supported

longest supported

longest supported

Payload

PRBS 9

PRBS9

PRBS9

PRBS9

Test Mode

loop back

loop back

TX mode

loop back

Operating Mode

IQ mode

IQ mode

IQ mode

analyzer zero
span

RBW

3 MHz

–

–

100 kHz

VBW

3 MHz

–

–

300 kHz

Power

supported
minimum/
maximum

supported
minimum/
maximum

supported
minimum/
maximum

supported
minimum/
maximum

Sweep Time

one complete
packet

one complete
packet

one complete
packet

10*79*
gate length

Sweep Count

10

200 blocks

100

10

Trace Mode

ClrWr

–

–

Maxh

Detector

Aver

–

–

Aver

Frequency in
MHz

low /
middle /
high

low /
middle /
high

low /
middle /
high

each channel

Span

–

–

–

79 MHz

Test cond

norm / ext

norm / ext

norm / ext

norm / ext

Results

ratio of DPSK and
GFSK power

carrier frequency
stability and
error vector
magnitude

number of failed
packets

channel power of
all channels

Functional Description – Block Diagram
The Adjacent Channel Power and EDR In–band Spurious Emissions measurements are performed in
the Spectrum Analyzer mode. For this test case the complete frequency band is scanned using a
sequence of zero span measurements.
All other test cases are based on a digital I/Q demodulator which determines the temporal
characteristics of power and frequency. The output data of the demodulator are the basis for calculation
of all relevant measurement results like modulation characteristics or output power. The demodulator
reaches a maximum in accuracy and temperature stability by sampling the IF signal and converting it
digitally down into the base band (I/Q area).

1300.2519.12

2.40

E-11

R&S FSL

Bluetooth Measurements (Option K8)

The measurements are performed by passing the following signal processing steps:
LAP (Lower Address Part) trigger detection
Resampling
Channel filtering
Automated packet and bit pattern detection
Limit check
Parallel display of measurement curves and numeric results on the screen
Fig. 2-1 shows the R&S FSL hardware from the IF to the processor. The analog IF filter is fixed to
20MHz. The A/D converter samples the 20 MHz IF signal with a sampling frequency of 65.83 MHz.
Low pass filtering is performed after the signal has been down–converted into the complex base band
and the data rate is reduced in the sequence. The amount of decimation depends on the selected
oversampling factor = points / symbol. The default setting is 4, resulting in a 4 MHz sampling rate. For
EDR–measurements, the oversampling factor is always fixed to 4. The resulting I/Q data are stored in a
memory of 512 k words for I and Q respectively. The hardware trigger (external or IF power) controls
the memory access.
Data aquisition hardware
Digital down conversion
+ decimation

Analogfilter
Analyzer IF
47,9 MHz

A/D
converter
A
D

Bandwidths
20 MHz

65,83 MHz
sampling
clock

I Memory
512 k

I data

cos
NCO
47,9 MHz

sin

decimation
filters

Processor
Q Memory
512 k

sampling rate
65,83 MHz / x

SW Resampler

Q data

Trigger

Fig. 2-29 Block diagram of the signal processing architecture of the R&S FSL

Bandwidths
The Bluetooth RF Specification defines a minimal bandwidth of 3 MHz. The digital bandwidth depends
on the selected oversampling factor (= points / symbol). With the default setting of 4, the digital
bandwidth is 3 MHz. This digital filter has a flat amplitude characteristics and does not affect the
frequency deviation of the signal.

Measurement Filter (Meas Filter On)
The RF Specification allows high distortion power in the first adjacent channels. The 3 MHz filter does
not suppress this kind of distortion, which leads to a high interference in modulation. Therefore a
precise measurement of the frequency deviation is not possible.
In order to obtain correct deviation results, the spectrum analyzer supplies an optional filter with a
passband only appropriate for the channel to measure. This filter is used by default. The Bluetooth
spectrum has a bandwidth of 1 MHz. The filter is flat within 1.04 MHz (ripple: only 0.02 dB) and has
steep edges. This measurement filter is not dependent on the selected oversampling factor. As a result
1300.2519.12

2.41

E-11

Bluetooth Measurements (Option K8)

R&S FSL

the displayed deviation value is increased by 3.2%, but without the filter the displayed deviation value
can increase dramatically due to interference from adjacent channels. Generally the result is more
precise, if the displayed deviation is lower with filtering than without filtering. In these cases the
inaccuracy caused by the adjacent channel interference is higher than the systematic inaccuracy
caused by the filter.

0

0

-10
-20 -20
dB -30
-40 -40
-50
-60 -60
-2.0

-1.6

-1.2

-0.8

-0.4

0

+0.4

+0.8

+1.2

+1.6

+2.0

MHz

Fig. 2-30 Selection of digital filters
Dashed–dotted curve: Standard filter with 4 points / symbol
Solid curve: Optional measurement filter, independent of the points / symbol setting

Oversampling
The number of samples per symbol is equivalent to the sampling rate in MHz (due to the symbol length
of 1 Rs).
Digital
bandwidth

Points per
Symbol

Sampling rate

(flat area)
10 MHz

32

32 MHz

8 MHz

16

16 MHz

5 MHz

8

8 MHz

3.0 MHz

4

4 MHz

1.6 MHz

2

2 MHz

According to the RF Test Specification an oversampling factor of 4 is required at minimum. For Basic
Rate measurements, this oversampling factor can be selected as oversampling factor in a range from 2
to 32. For EDR–measurements, the oversampling factor is fixed to 4 which is also the default value.
Although possible but not recommended is a value > 4. It increases the measurement time due to the
extended calculation effort. Additionally the resulting bandwidth will be larger than required, which leads
to lower measurement accuracy, unless the optional measurement filter (Meas Filter On) is used as
described in section Bandwidths.
The spectrum analyzer uses a timing offset correction in order to move the samples to the zero
trespassing points. As a result there is one sample per symbol time, which is especially important for a
0101 symbol sequence in order to obtain the precise value for the peak frequency deviation.
1300.2519.12

2.42

E-11

R&S FSL

Bluetooth Measurements (Option K8)

Sampling times before timing offset correction

Sampling times after timing offset correction

Fig. 2-31 Operation of the timing offset correction
Advantages of the timing offset correction:
No jitter with low sampling rates
With one sample per zero, the trespassing point is always a sample in the middle of the bit length.
Therefore the maximum values in the frequency deviation of 0101 bit patterns can be detected
precisely also with low sampling rates.
The immunity to interference when determining the data bits is improved.
Higher suppression of the distortion during peak detection.

Determining Average or Max/Min Values
These functions are very useful in order to obtain more stable results or to find sporadic spurious
signals not included in every burst. In many cases the RF Test Specification defines measurements
over a 10 burst period.
The number of measurements can be selected using sweep count function, thus adapting the
measurement to the individual requirements.
In single sweep mode, the calculation of average or maximum / minimum values is performed over a
well–defined number of sweeps (= sweep count).
Continuous sweep mode yields continuous averaging and calculation of maximum / minimum values
over the whole measurement time.
Modulation measurements
They are performed in the Clear Write trace mode.
In continuous sweep mode, a "live" display is obtained, which allows e.g. an instant view of changes
during alignment of a DUT.
In single sweep mode and with the sweep count set to 10, the spectrum analyzer will evaluate 10 bursts
as required by the RF Test Specification. This means that a result is obtained after exactly 10 bursts.
Power measurements
They are performed in the Maxhold trace mode in relation with the defined measurement time. The
measurement time is selected in order to make sure that always one complete burst is acquired. In this
case, several sweeps are combined to one trace before this result trace is evaluated.

1300.2519.12

2.43

E-11

Bluetooth Measurements (Option K8)

R&S FSL

Impact of the sweep count on the measurement results
Trace Mode

Continuous Sweep

Single Sweep & Sweep Count

Clear Write

All measurement results (min., max.,
average) are updated with every sweep.
The corresponding values are
calculated based on the current curve.

Starts a measurement with n sweeps (n
= sweep count).

All measurement results (min., max.,
average) are updated with every sweep.
The corresponding values are
calculated based on the current curve.

Starts a measurement with n sweeps (n
= sweep count).

AVG, MaxHold, MinHold

The trace is the continuous average
value (AVG) or the extreme value
(MaxHold, MinHold) since the start of
the measurement.

All measurement results (min., max.,
average) are calculated based on these
n sweeps.

n defines the number of sweeps that
are taken into account for the trace
math functions (AVG, MaxHold,
MinHold). The n sweeps result in one
trace and the measurement results
(Min, Max, Average) are calculated
based on this summarized trace.

The functions described above differ from the detector functions of the instrument:
Detectors combine the measurement data obtained by oversampling to one measurement point on
the screen. The kind of combination (Max Peak, Min Peak, Average, RMS) can be selected.
The trace functions affect complete measurement curves: A resulting curve is calculated from
several subsequent sweeps. The method of calculation (Average, Maxhold, Minhold) can be
selected here as well.
Thus the detector is the arithmetic rule for how sample data collected with a high data rate are
combined to a measurement point of one individual measurement curve, whereas the trace mode is the
rule of how samples taken from several measurement curves are to be combined to a new resulting
curve.
For the ACP measurement, the Average detector is set.

Trigger Concepts
As the DUT (Device Under Test) uses frequency hopping, a trigger method is necessary for two
reasons:
A measurement is only possible during the period of time, when there is a TX signal (burst) at the
frequency under request.
In order to determine the modulation characteristics correctly, a synchronization with the preamble
of the signal must be supplied.
If the Find Sync softkey is activated, the synchronization is supplied towards the 64 bit sync word. For
this purpose, in a first step a burst is searched automatically within the RF signal, or, if selected, the
external trigger or the IF power trigger are used to determine the burst position.
In a second step the sync word position is searched by correlation of the signal with the sync word
defined in the initialization phase. The correlation is performed directly with the FM signal, not with the
data bits, which are only available after the phase shifter has been processed. The find burst process is
continued as long as no sync word is found.
After the position of the sync word has been determined, the position of the p0 bit is calculated from the
average value of all zero trespassing points, as defined in the RF test specification. Finally the samples
are moved in a way that each sample matches one zero trespassing point (phase shifting).
The only measurement possible without synchronization is the Output Power measurement. The
specified measurement time is 20% to 80% of the burst length. Without synchronization the burst length
is defined via the –3dB points of the power curve. With synchronization the burst starts with the p0 bit.

1300.2519.12

2.44

E-11

R&S FSL

Bluetooth Measurements (Option K8)

Therefore varying measurement results is possible if the power of the EUT is not constant within the
burst.
In order to supply stable synchronization the EUT must be operated in reduced hopping mode. The
EUT is only allowed to toggle between two frequencies, because otherwise the repetition time for the
same frequency would become higher than the record length.
If the test environment supplies an external trigger that marks the channel to be measured a
synchronization is also possible with normal hopping operation.

1300.2519.12

2.45

E-11

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

R&S FSL

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)
This section describes measurement examples for the Cable TV Measurements option (K20). and is
divided into the following topics:
Analog TV Basics
gives an introduction into the fundamentals of analog modulated TV signals.
Analog TV Measurement Examples
describes the test setup, settings for analog TV measurements and gives examples for the different
measurement type.
Digital TV Basics
gives an introduction into the fundamentals of digital modulated TV signals.
Digital TV Measurement Examples
gives an introduction into the fundamentals of digital modulated TV signals.
Channel Tables and Modulation Standards
explains the use of channel tables and modulation standards.
Performing a Measurement without a Channel Table
shows how to perform a measurement without using a channel table.
Performing a Measurement Using a Channel Table
gives an example how to perform a measurement using a channel table.
For further information on measurement examples refer also to the Quick Start Guide, chapter 5 "Basic
Measurement Examples".
This option is available from firmware version 1.30.

1300.2519.12

2.46

E-11

R&S FSL

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

Analog TV Basics
This section gives an introduction into the fundamentals of analog modulated TV signals. A special
focus is laid on the parameters that the Cable TV Measurements option (K20) uses to characterize
signals.
For analog modulated TV signals based on PAL, SECAM, and NTSC, Fig. 2-32 shows the situation in
principle: the components of the signal, and both frequency and level at the output of a TV transmitter
(RF range).

Fig. 2-32

Analog modulated signals in the RF range

The gray area marks the TV channel. Inside this area, all components of a TV signal are located. A TV
signal consists of the following:
•

The vision carrier, indicated in Fig. 2-32 with "vision", is located 1.25 MHz above the channel
start. The vision carrier has the highest level and mainly assesses the total power of the
channel. It transmits the luminance information and is amplitude modulated. The amplitude
modulation is mostly negative (the smaller the luminance signal the larger the vision carrier
level), apart from SECAM/L (large vision carrier level combined with a large luminance signal).
Only a part (around 0.75 MHz) of the lower sidebands of the vision carrier is transmitted.
Therefore it is called "residual sideband modulation". The video bandwidth BW video amounts to,
depending on the standard, approx. 5 MHz (e.g. PAL B/G) or approx. 4 MHz (e.g. M/NTSC).

•

The color carrier, indicated in Fig. 2-32 with "color", is shifted by fcolor to a higher frequency
value in respect to the vision carrier. The magnitude of fcolor depends on the standard. The level
of the color carrier is by far smaller than that of the vision carrier. Depending on the standard,
the signal is analog quadrature amplitude modulated (e.g. PAL B/G) or frequency modulated
(SECAM).
The color carrier is not considered in the measurements of the Cable TV Measurements option.

•

One or two sound carriers, indicated in Fig. 2-32 with "sound 1" and "sound 2", are shifted by
fsound1 or fsound2 to a higher frequency value in respect to the vision carrier. The magnitude of
fsound1 or fsound2 depends on the standard. The level of the sound carriers is by far smaller than
that of the vision carrier. Depending on the standard, the sound carriers are frequency,
amplitude, or NICAM (digitally) modulated. The sound carriers do not need to possess the
same modulation. For example, a combination of a frequency modulated carrier with a NICAM
modulated carrier is possible.

1300.2519.12

2.47

E-11

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

R&S FSL

The large diversity of TV standards based on PAL, SECAM und NTSC differ not only in the parameter
described above. Some other parameter are for example:
•

number of picture lines and their duration

•

form and group delay of the residual sideband filter

•

parameters of the used AM / FM / NICAM modulations (e.g. modulation depth, frequency
deviation, symbol rate)

•

channel width and frequency range of the channels (different from country to country)

•

stereo and mono sound signals, stereo transmission type

Analog TV Measurement Examples
These measurements are set up to carry out single channel measurements of analog TV signals. The
settings for analog TV measurements are described in section Analog TV settings. The test setup for
the following measurement types is provided in section Analog TV test setup.
Spectrum measurement
Carriers measurement
Video Scope measurement
Vision Modulation measurement
Hum measurement
C/N measurement
CSO measurement
CTB measurement

Analog TV settings
The Cable TV Measurements option needs to know some of the parameters described in section
Analog TV Basics to perform correct measurements. It therefore stores these parameters in the so–
called "modulation standard". Refer to section Modulation standards for the creation and usage of a
modulation standard. Section Analog TV modulation standards contains the description of the
parameters that have to be characterized for an analog TV signal. The following list explains the
meaning of the parameters:
•

Name: Choose an arbitrary name for the new modulation standard.

•

Signal Type: If you want to characterize an analog TV signal, select Analog TV.

•

TV Standard: The standard used to modulate the luminance information. Can be "B/G", "M",
"D/K" and so on.

•

Sound System: Are one ore two sound carriers in use? What type of modulation is used for
each of them? What are their frequencies, relative to the vision carrier?
The selection "FM 5.5/ FM 5.742" for example specifies, that two frequency modulated sound
carriers are used. One is 5.5 MHz and is about 5.472 MHz above the vision carrier.
The values you can choose depend on the selected TV standard. Not all combinations are
allowed!

•

Group Delay: What group delay shall the residual sideband filter have?

1300.2519.12

2.48

E-11

R&S FSL

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

•

Color System: The color information of the video signal is transmitted according to either the
PAL or NTSC or SECAM standard. The values you can choose depend on the selected TV
standard. Not all combinations are allowed!

•

Bar Line: The Vision Modulation measurement needs a special test signal, containing a peak
white value. You must specify the type and the number of the horizontal line that contains the
peak white value.

•

Quiet Line: Some measurements need a horizontal line with no video information in it. You
must specify the number of this horizontal line here. For further information see also Example:
Creating a channel table.

•

Sideband Position: Is the signal in normal position or inverted?

Note:

In the dialog boxes, set the parameters always from top to bottom, since all parameters depend
on the parameters above them. Otherwise your input might be rejected, e.g. if it specifies an
unusual TV standard.

Analog TV test setup
This section describes the setup used for the analog TV measurement examples. All analog
measurement examples are performed in the Cable TV Analyzer mode.
1. Press the MENU key to display the cable TV measurements main menu.
2. Press the Channel Setup softkey.
3. In the Channel Tables dialog box, select channel table .
4. Press the Activate softkey.
The TV standard is automatically set to the default analog TV modulation standard, which has the
following parameters (see also Analog TV settings).
Signal Type = Analog TV
TV Standard = B/G
Sound System = FM 5.5 / FM 5.742
What kind of sound carrier(s) are used.
Group Delay = General
This setting has no effect on the measurements in this firmware release.
Color System = PAL
Bar Line = 18
Type = CCIR 17
Where is the "white reference'' and of what kind is it? The Vision Modulation measurement
demands correct settings!
Quiet Line = 22
Which horizontal line shall be used for "Quiet Line'' based CNR / CSO measurement. This line
shall have no video information!
Sideband Position = Normal
Only change this setting if you have inverted sidebands.
As long as you measure without a channel table, the Cable TV Measurements option expects a
signal with these parameters. If your signal does not fit, some measurements may fail.

1300.2519.12

2.49

E-11

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

R&S FSL

5. If you use an analog TV test transmitter, configure it to transmit a suitable signal:
Choose a reasonable, not too high output level.
Set the transmitters's vision carrier frequency to 210.25 MHz.
6. If your test transmitter is not capable of this or if you want to connect the R&S FSL to your CATV
network, which does not contain a suitable signal, change the default analog TV modulation
standard:
Press the MEAS key.
Press the Analog TV softkey.
Press the Analog TV Settings softkey.
Change the default analog TV modulation standard as described in section Analog TV
modulation standards in order to adapt it to the signal you provide for the R&S FSL.

Spectrum measurement
This measurement gives an overview of the active measurement channel. It is a swept measurement
like in the Spectrum Analyzer mode. All parameters are set automatically according to the used
modulation standard. The spectrum is displayed in a full screen trace.
Test setup:
Refer to the section Analog TV test setup.
Procedure:
1. Press the MEAS key.
2. Press the Analog TV softkey.
3. Press the Spectrum softkey.
4. To adjust the input attenuator, press the Adjust Attenuation softkey.
5. Press the FREQ key.
6. Enter 210.25 MHz for the vision carrier frequency of the input signal. Note that this frequency is not
the middle of the shown span.
7. Press the RUN key.
The spectrum of the input signal is displayed.
The vertical lines mark the vision carrier (VC) and sound carrier (SC1 and SC2) frequencies. They
mark the ideal frequencies according to the chosen standard and RF frequency, not the measured
ones.

1300.2519.12

2.50

E-11

R&S FSL

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

Fig. 2-33 Analog TV Spectrum measurement

Carriers measurement
This measurement determines the carrier power (vision carrier, one or two sound carriers) and the
frequency distances. It also compares them against the default values. The sound carrier power is
displayed relative to the measured vision carrier power.
The measurement display is split into two panes. In the upper pane, the spectrum as in the
corresponding Spectrum measurement is displayed. In the lower pane, the result table for the
measurement is displayed.
Test setup:
Refer to the section Analog TV test setup.
Procedure:
1. Press the MEAS key.
2. Press the Analog TV softkey.
3. Press the Carriers softkey.
4. To change the limits, press the Edit Table softkey.
5. To adjust the input attenuator, press the Adjust Attenuation softkey.
6. Press the FREQ key.
7. Enter 210.25 MHz for the vision carrier frequency of the input signal.
8. Press the RUN key.
The upper pane gives a quick overview of the channel, just like in the Spectrum measurement.
In the lower pane, you can check whether the signal meets the requirements. Absolute and relative
powers and frequencies are measured and compared against the limits. The result is either Pass or
Fail.

1300.2519.12

2.51

E-11

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

R&S FSL

In the measurement example, all results were within the chosen limits, except the absolute power of
the vision carrier. This is indicated by red color and a star.

Fig. 2-34 Analog TV Carriers measurement

Note:

The "frequency offsets'' are measured in this way:
For sound carriers:
The TV standard demands that the sound carrier frequency shall be f1 Hz greater than the
vision carrier frequency. The actual frequency distance might be measured to be f2.
The value "Intercarrier frequency offset'' is therefore: f2 – f1.
For the vision carrier:
The value ''frequency offset'' is the measured vision carrier frequency minus the RF frequency.

Video Scope measurement
This measurement determines the luminance signal in dependence of the time. The video scope is
triggered by the chosen trigger event, i.e. the line to be analyzed. From the result trace, the effects of
hum are eliminated ("back porch clamping").
Test setup:
Refer to the section Analog TV test setup.
Procedure:
1. Press the MEAS key.
2. Press the Analog TV softkey.
3. Press the More softkey.
4. Press the Video Scope softkey.
5. For the TV standard M in combination with another color system than PAL, press the Field 1/2
softkey to select field 1 or 2.
1300.2519.12

2.52

E-11

R&S FSL

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

6. Press the Line softkey to enter the line number.
7. To change the sweep time, press the Sweeptime Manual softkey and enter a value (25Rs up to
100 Rs).
8. To define a trigger offset, press the Trigger Offset softkey and enter a value (–50 Rs up to 50 Rs).
Choose 0 Rs to make the display start with the horizontal sync of the specified line. Negative values
make the display start earlier.
9. To adjust the input attenuator, press the Adjust Attenuation softkey.
10. Press the FREQ key.
11. Enter 210.25 MHz for the vision carrier frequency of the input signal.
12. Press the RUN key.
The trace shows the luminance signal during the selected period versus time. The group delay is
not compensated internally.

Fig. 2-35 Video Scope measurement

Vision Modulation measurement
This measurement determines the "residual picture carrier'' and the modulation depth of the vision
carrier.
The vision carrier is amplitude modulated (AM). To be more precise, it uses the residual sideband
amplitude modulation. Most standards use negative amplitude modulation. Therefore, the vision carrier
has its highest level when the luminance signal is equal to the "synchronizing level''. And it has its
lowest level when the luminance signal is equal to the "peak white level''. The "synchronizing level'' can
be measured in every horizontal synchronizing pulse. The "peak white level'' can be measured in
special test lines ("bar line"), where a white reference is transmitted.
The residual picture carrier is the ratio of the "peak white level" to the "synchronizing level". The sum of
the vision carrier's modulation depth and the residual picture carrier value must equal 1.
The measurement display is split into two panes. In the upper pane, the RF level of the vision carrier
during one horizontal line is displayed. In the lower pane, the result table for the measurement is
displayed.
1300.2519.12

2.53

E-11

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

R&S FSL

Test setup:
Refer to the section Analog TV test setup.
Procedure:
1. Press the MEAS key.
2. Press the Analog TV softkey.
3. Press the More softkey.
4. Press the Vision Modulation softkey.
5. To change the limits, press the Edit Table softkey. A limit change in the lower two lines leads to a
change of the other limits, since the measurement results depend on each other.
6. To adjust input attenuator, press the Adjust Attenuation softkey.
7. Press the FREQ key.
8. Enter 210.25 MHz for the vision carrier frequency of the input signal.
9. Press the RUN key.
The upper pane shows the RF level of the vision carrier versus time in the "bar line''. The "bar line''
is a specific horizontal line, that holds a white reference. The number of this line is specified in the
modulation standard of the measured channel. To be more exactly: It is specified in the analog TV
default modulation standard, since no channel table is used right now.
If the input signal does not contain a white reference in the specified line, the results are not correct!
The lower pane shows the numeric results and whether they are within the limits or not.

Fig. 2-36 Vision Modulation measurement

1300.2519.12

2.54

E-11

R&S FSL

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

Hum measurement
This measurement determines whether the signal comprises hum, a not–wanted amplitude modulation
of the analog TV signal, mostly due to defective amplifiers. For the Hum measurement, the AM
modulated frequency must be below 1 kHz and is typically equal to the power line frequency times one
or two, e.g. 50 Hz, 60 Hz, 100 Hz, 120 Hz.
Test setup:
Refer to the section Analog TV test setup.
Procedure:
1. Press the MEAS key.
2. Press the Analog TV softkey.
3. Press the More softkey.
4. Press the Hum softkey.
5. If you want to adjust the range of the y–axis, press the Auto Range softkey.
6. To change the limits, press the Edit Table softkey.
7. To adjust the input attenuator, press the Adjust Attenuation softkey.
8. Press the FREQ key.
9. Enter 210.25 MHz for the vision carrier frequency of the input signal.
10. Press the RUN key.
In case you use a TV test transmitter or your CATV network is in good condition, you will see a
rather flat line, since there will be little hum.

Fig. 2-37 Hum measurement

1300.2519.12

2.55

E-11

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

R&S FSL

C/N measurement
This measurement determines the ratio of signal power and noise power (carrier to noise), a very
important figure of merit.
The signal power is normally the peak power of the modulated vision carrier, which is the power of the
unmodulated vision carrier. You can modify this default setting with the Reference Power softkey (for
details refer to chapter 4, section "Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)").
The power of the noise is internally measured with a small resolution filter, and then translated to a
user–defined bandwidth, the so–called reference noise bandwidth. This bandwidth should normally be
as large as the video signal bandwidth, i.e. 4 MHz for M/NTSC and 5 MHz otherwise.
The measurement can be performed in 3 different ways, as shown in the following examples:
•

C/N Off–Service measurement

•

C/N In–Service measurement

•

C/N Quiet Line measurement

The measurement display is split into two panes. The upper pane displays the spectrum of the
measured noise. The lower pane displays the result table for the measurement and whether the limits
are passed or failed.
C/N Off–Service measurement
Test setup:
Refer to the section Analog TV test setup.
Procedure:
1. Press the SWEEP key.
2. Press the Single Sweep softkey.
3. Press the FREQ key.
4. Enter 210.25 MHz for the vision carrier frequency of the input signal.
5. Press the MEAS key.
6. Press the Analog TV softkey.
7. Press the C/N softkey.
8. To change the limits, press the Edit Table softkey.
9. To adjust the input attenuator, press the Adjust Attenuation softkey.
10. Press the C/N Setup softkey to open the C/N Setup dialog box.
Make sure, that Off–Service is chosen as measurement mode.
Set the Reference Noise Bandwidth to 5 MHz (or another value).
Specify the span for the noise measurement in the table: Change the CF value to 2.5 MHz
(denotes the middle of the span relative to the vision carrier) and the Span value to 5 MHz.
If desired, activate the Noise Floor Correction option.
11. Press the RUN key.
12. Turn on the signal when prompted and confirm by pressing the ENTER key.
The R&S FSL will measure the carrier power. This is not visible on the screen.

1300.2519.12

2.56

E-11

R&S FSL

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

13. Turn off the test transmitter or remove the cable when prompted and confirm by pressing the
ENTER key.
The R&S FSL will measure the noise sweeping with a small resolution filter in the span specified in
the C/N Setup dialog box.
14. Press the MKR key and, using the rotary knob, move the marker to the frequency you want to
measure the noise at. The noise density at this marker is measured and translated to the reference
noise bandwidth you specified in step 10.

Fig. 2-38 C/N Off–Service measurement
The lower pane shows the final C/N ratio and whether it is passed or failed. It also shows the most
important correction factors used to calculate the C/N ratio. The Off–Service mode is the most accurate
way to measure C/N, but you must turn off the active channel.
C/N In–Service measurement
Test setup:
Refer to the section Analog TV test setup.
Procedure:
1. Press the SWEEP key.
2. Press the Single Sweep softkey.
3. Press the FREQ key.
4. Enter 210.25 MHz for the vision carrier frequency of the input signal.
5. Press the MEAS key.
6. Press the Analog TV softkey.
7. Press the C/N softkey.
8. To change the limits, press the Edit Table softkey.
9. To adjust the input attenuator, press the Adjust Attenuation softkey.
1300.2519.12

2.57

E-11

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

R&S FSL

10. Press the C/N Setup softkey to open the C/N Setup dialog box.
Make sure, that In–Service is chosen as measurement mode.
Set the Reference Noise Bandwidth to 5 MHz (or another value).
Specify the span for the noise measurement: Change the CF value, which denotes the middle of
the span relative to the vision carrier and the Span value in this table. Chose the value CF in a
way, that the span is centered on the gap between 2 analog TV signals. The default value of
–1.25 MHz should be suitable in most cases.
If desired, activate the Noise Floor Correction option.
11. Press the RUN key.
The R&S FSL will first measure the carrier power. This is not visible on the screen. In contrast to
the Off–Service mode, the R&S FSL will not ask you to turn off the signal in the measurement
channel. The noise spectrum is measured in the gap between two active channels. The R&S FSL
measures the noise by sweeping with a small resolution filter in the span you defined in step 10.
12. A marker was automatically set by the R&S FSL. To move this marker, press the MKR key and turn
the rotary knob. The noise density at this marker is measured and translated to the reference noise
bandwidth you specified in step 10.

Fig. 2-39 C/N In–Service measurement
The lower pane shows the final C/N ratio and whether it is passed or failed. It also shows the most
important correction factors used to calculate the C/N ratio.
In In–Service mode the noise reading will be higher and therefore the C/N ratio lower and not as
accurate as in Off–Service mode, due to the active channels. The resulting C/N ratio is just an upper
bound of the real value: If your network passes this quick measurement, it should also pass the more
accurate Off–Service–measurement.

1300.2519.12

2.58

E-11

R&S FSL

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

C/N Quiet Line measurement
Test setup:
Refer to the section Analog TV test setup.
Procedure:
1. Press the SWEEP key.
2. Press the Single Sweep softkey.
3. Press the FREQ key.
4. Enter 210.25 MHz for the vision carrier frequency of the input signal.
5. Press the MEAS key.
6. Press the Analog TV softkey.
7. Press the C/N softkey.
8. To change the limits, press the Edit Table softkey.
9. To adjust the input attenuator, press the Adjust Attenuation softkey.
10. Press the C/N Setup softkey to open the C/N Setup dialog box.
Make sure, that Quiet Line is chosen as measurement mode.
Set the Reference Noise Bandwidth to 5 MHz (or another value).
If desired, activate the Noise Floor Correction option.
11. Press the RUN key.
The R&S FSL will first measures the carrier power. This is not visible on the screen. In contrast to
the Off–Service mode, the R&S FSL will not ask you to turn off the signal in the measurement
channel. The noise spectrum is measured by a gated FFT.
Note:

The active modulation standard contains a Quiet Line parameter. It tells, in which video line the
vision carrier is not modulated. Be sure to set this parameter correctly (for details refer to
Modulation standards)! The R&S FSL captures IQ data during this line and calculates an FFT.
The result is shown in the upper pane as noise measurement trace.

You do not have to choose the noise measurement frequency by moving a marker like in the Off–
Service mode, instead the R&S FSL automatically calculates the mean noise power. Measurement
values close to any typical CSO beat frequency are omitted in this process (vision carrier and vision
carrier ± n* 0.25 MHz).
This automatically calculated average noise level is translated to the reference noise bandwidth you
specified in step 10.

1300.2519.12

2.59

E-11

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

R&S FSL

Fig. 2-40 C/N Quiet Line measurement
The lower pane shows the final C/N ratio and whether it is passed or failed. It also shows the most
important correction factors used to calculate the C/N ratio.
In Quiet Line mode the noise reading will be not as accurate as in Off–Service mode, due to the still
active channel. But you don't have to turn off channels for a quick check.

CSO measurement
This measurement determines the ratio of signal power and the level of second order beats.
The signal power is normally the peak power of the modulated vision carrier, which is the power of the
unmodulated vision carrier. You can modify this default setting with the softkey Reference Power (for
details refer to chapter 4, section "Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)").
The measurement can be performed in 2 different ways, as shown in the following examples:
•

CSO Off–Service measurement

•

CSO Quiet Line measurement

The measurement display is split into two panes. The upper pane displays the spectrum of the
measured beats. The lower pane displays the result table for the measurement and whether the limits
are passed or failed.
CSO Off–Service measurement
Test setup:
Refer to the section Analog TV test setup.
Procedure:
1. Press the SWEEP key.
2. Press the Single Sweep softkey.
3. Press the FREQ key.
4. Enter 210.25 MHz for the vision carrier frequency of the input signal.
1300.2519.12

2.60

E-11

R&S FSL

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

5. Press the MEAS key.
6. Press the Analog TV softkey.
7. Press the CSO softkey.
8. To change the limits, press the Edit Table softkey.
9. To adjust the input attenuator, press the Adjust Attenuation softkey.
10. Press the CSO Setup softkey to open the CSO Setup dialog box.
Make sure, that Off–Service is chosen as measurement mode.
Specify one or multiple spans for the beat measurements, as shown in the figure below. Change
the CF value, which denotes the middle of the span relative to the vision carrier and the Span
value in this table. The measurement ranges should be centered around frequencies where you
expect second order beats in your network.

If desired, activate the Noise Floor Correction option.
11. Press the RUN key.
12. Turn on the signal when prompted and confirm by pressing the ENTER key.
The R&S FSL will measure the carrier power. This is not visible on the screen.
13. Turn off the test transmitter or remove the cable when prompted and confirm by pressing the
ENTER key.
The R&S FSL will measure the beats by sweeping with a small resolution filter in the span specified
in the CSO Setup dialog box.
14. A marker is automatically set. Press the MKR key and, using the rotary knob, move the marker to
the frequency you want to measure the beats at. You should take care not to measure a CTB beat
instead of a CSO beat.
15. Activate all possible second order beat frequencies by pressing the Next Meas Frequency softkey
and then the RUN key. This measures beats in the next span, that is defined in the CSO Setup
dialog box.

1300.2519.12

2.61

E-11

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

R&S FSL

Fig. 2-41 CSO Off–Service measurement
The lower pane shows the final C/N ratio and whether it is passed or failed. It also shows the most
important correction factors used to calculate the CSO ratio. The Off–Service mode is the most
accurate way to measure CSO, but you must turn off the active channel.
CSO Quiet Line measurement
Test setup:
Refer to the section Analog TV test setup.
Procedure:
1. Press the SWEEP key.
2. Press the Single Sweep softkey.
3. Press the FREQ key.
4. Enter 210.25 MHz for the vision carrier frequency of the input signal.
5. Press the MEAS key.
6. Press the Analog TV softkey.
7. Press the CSO softkey.
8. To change the limits, press the Edit Table softkey.
9. To adjust the input attenuator, press the Adjust Attenuation softkey.
10. Press the CSO Setup softkey to open the CSO Setup dialog box.
Make sure, that Quiet Line is chosen as measurement mode.
If desired, activate the Noise Floor Correction option.
11. Press the RUN key.
The R&S FSL will first measures the carrier power. This is not visible on the screen. In contrast to
the Off–Service mode, the R&S FSL will not ask you to turn off the signal in the measurement
channel. The spectrum of the noise and beats is measured by a gated FFT.
1300.2519.12

2.62

E-11

R&S FSL

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

12. A marker is automatically set. Press the MKR key and, using the rotary knob, move the marker to
the frequency you want to measure the beat at. You should take care not to measure a CTB beat
instead of a CSO beat.
Note:

The active modulation standard contains a Quiet Line parameter. It tells, in which video line the
vision carrier is not modulated. Be sure to set this parameter correctly (Modulation standards)!
The R&S FSL captures IQ data during this line and calculates an FFT.

Fig. 2-42 CSO Quiet Line measurement
The lower pane shows the final CSO ratio and whether it is passed or failed. It also shows the most
important correction factors used to calculate the CSO ratio.
In Quiet Line mode the beat reading will be not as accurate as in Off–Service mode, due to the still
active channel. But you do not have to turn off channels for a quick check.

CTB measurement
This measurement determines the ratio of signal power and the level of composite triple (order) beats.
These beats normally fall onto the vision carrier.
The signal power is normally the peak power of the modulated vision carrier, which is the power of the
unmodulated vision carrier. You can modify this default setting with the softkey Reference Power (for
details refer to chapter 4, section "Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)").
The measurement display is split into two panes. The upper pane displays the spectrum of the
measured beats. The lower pane displays the result table for the measurement and whether the limits
are passed or failed.
Test setup:
Refer to the section Analog TV test setup.

1300.2519.12

2.63

E-11

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

R&S FSL

Procedure:
1. Press the SWEEP key.
2. Press the Single Sweep softkey.
3. Press the FREQ key.
4. Enter 210.25 MHz for the vision carrier frequency of the input signal.
5. Press the MEAS key.
6. Press the Analog TV softkey.
7. Press the CTB softkey.
8. To change the limits, press the Edit Table softkey.
9. To adjust the input attenuator, press the Adjust Attenuation softkey.
10. Press the CTB Setup softkey to open the CTB Setup dialog box.
Specify a single span for the beat measurement: Change the CF value, which denotes the
middle of the span relative to the vision carrier and the Span value in the table. The
measurement range should be centered around frequencies where you expect triple order beats
in your network, i.e. the CF value should normally be about 0 Hz.
If desired, activate the Noise Floor Correction option.
11. Press the RUN key.
12. Turn on the signal when prompted and confirm by pressing the ENTER key.
The R&S FSL will measure the carrier power. This is not visible on the screen.
13. Turn off the test transmitter or remove the cable when prompted and confirm by pressing the
ENTER key.
The R&S FSL will measure the beats in the span specified in the CTB Setup dialog box.
14. Using the rotary knob, move the marker to the frequency you want to measure the beat at. The beat
level at this marker is measured and used to compute the CTB ratio. You should take care not to
measure a CSO beat instead of a CTB beat.

Fig. 2-43 CTB measurement
1300.2519.12

2.64

E-11

R&S FSL

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

The lower pane shows the final CTB ratio and whether it is passed or failed. It also shows the most
important correction factors used to calculate the CTB ratio.

Digital TV Basics
Cable TV networks use single carrier QAM signals. These signals are continuously modulated. The
Cable TV Measurements option does not support burst signals as used in cable modems (e.g.
DOCSIS) which rely on TDMA techniques that share the same channel with several subscribers. To get
a better understanding, we now want to have a closer look at an ideal QAM transmitter.

Idirac(t)
Binary
Source

bits

IRRC(t)

Symbol
Mapping

/2
Qdirac(t)

Fig. 2-44

RRC
Filter

RRC
Filter

cos(2 fCFt)

IQRF(t)

QRRC(t)

Ideal QAM transmitter

To keep things simple we start with a binary source providing a never ending bit stream. Please keep in
mind that in reality these bits originate from a video stream which will be source encoded e.g. by a
MPEG encoder. To allow errors during the transmission via the cable channel coding (e.g. convolutional
coding) will be applied. Finally we get something like "…010010111101010101110110101111010…''
The symbol mapping block transforms the digital information (bits) into the continuous signals Idirac(t)
and Qdirac (t). Idirac(t) and Qdirac (t) (see Fig. 2-45) consist of dirac pulses that appear at times t=n*Tsymbol
and that can be distinguished by their in–phase "I'' and quadrature "Q'' levels. For example a 16QAM
constellation has 16 different I and Q combinations and 4 different I and Q levels (4*4=16). Typically
4
this is visualized in a constellation diagram (see Fig. 2-46). With 16=2 we are able to transmit 4 bits per
symbol. Therefore we can calculate:
bit_rate = symbol_rate * 4 = 4/ Tsymbol [bits/second]
or more general:
bit_rate = symbol_rate * log2(M) [bits/second] for MQAM.

1300.2519.12

2.65

E-11

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

Fig. 2-45

R&S FSL

Pulse signals Idirac (t) and Qdirac (t) for 16QAM

Q

I

Fig. 2-46

16QAM constellation diagram

Unfortunately the required bandwidth for transmitting dirac pulses is infinite. Let's reduce the bandwidth
by applying a so–called pulse shaping filter (as referred to as TX filters). In most QAM systems root
raised cosine filters are used. Root raised cosine filters are exclusive supported by the Cable TV
Measurements option. Via the filter's roll–off factor the occupied bandwidth can be controlled.
OccupiedBandwidth = SymbolRate (1 + RollOff)
In a cable TV receiver, a filter of the same shape is used as RX filter. The combination of two root
raised cosine filters, one in the transmitter (TX) and another one in the receiver (RX), has a very strong
property: There will be no inter–symbol interference at the RX filter's output. Due to this property it is
very easy for the receiver to retrieve the transmitted symbols. Please note, that in a real–world scenario
the channel (causing echoes / multipath propagation) causes inter–symbol interference. In that case the
use of an equalizer is recommendable. Fig. 2-47 shows the signals IRRC(t) and QRRC(t) that result from
filtering Idirac (t) and Qdirac (t) with the root raised cosine filter RRC.
1300.2519.12

2.66

E-11

R&S FSL

Fig. 2-47

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

Root raised cosine filtered dirac signals IRRC(t) and QRRC(t)

We notice that the symbol instants (highlighted with squares) are not on the horizontal lines (possible
symbol levels) anymore. This is due to the inter–symbol interference introduced by the root raised
cosine TX filter. Contrary to the signal filtered with two root raised cosine filters (TX and RX) the one
filtered with a single root raised cosine filter (TX) does not satisfy the condition for zero inter–symbol
interference. Fig. 2-48 shows the signal obtained by filtering the dirac signals with two root raised
cosine filters. The convolution of two root raised cosine filters is also called raised cosine filter and it
results in an overall inter–symbol interference free system. We observe that all symbol instants
(highlighted with squares) of IRC(t) and QRC(t) have exactly the same levels as the signals Idirac (t) and
Qdirac (t) in Fig. 2-45. Please note that this is only true for the signals IRC(t) and QRC(t) if there is no noise
present in the receiver. In the case of noise points will turn into clouds, that is what can be seen in the
Constellation Diagram measurement (modulation analysis).

1300.2519.12

2.67

E-11

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

Fig. 2-48

R&S FSL

Raised cosine filtered dirac signals IRC(t) and QRC(t)

Let us get back to the ideal transmitter from Fig. 2-44. The next task is to modulate the base band
signals RC(t) and QRRC(t) onto a carrier. The carrier frequency fCF stands for the center of a given TV
channel. Fig. 2-49 shows the modulated signal IQRF(t) with a carrier frequency fCF=4*symbol_rate.
Please note that in real system the carrier frequency is much higher than here in our example.

Fig. 2-49

QAM modulated RF signal IQRF(t)

In a real cable TV transmission system however, the receiver would encounter a much worse situation.
The measurement signal, i.e. the signal fed into the R&S FSL's RF input, suffers from distortion. Some
of it is caused by a non–ideal transmitter, some originates from the TV cable and last but not least there
is thermal noise in every transmission system. Very often it is even not possible to find out from which
component the distortion comes from. Luckily this can be found out by driving measurements starting at
the transmitters location and continuing at different test points in the cable TV network up to the plug at
the subscriber's home.
The objective of the digital TV measurements offered by the Cable TV Measurements option is to
analyze and separate different sources of distortion and erroneous parameters.

1300.2519.12

2.68

E-11

R&S FSL

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)
cI
RRC
Filter

Binary
Source

n(t)

vI
cos[2 (fCF+ f)t+ (t)]

Symbol
Mapping

Channel

/2+
RRC
Filter

IQRF(t)

vQ
cQ

Fig. 2-50

Real–world QAM transmitter and distortion model

Fig. 2-50 shows the transmitter and distortion model assumed by the measurement demodulator of the
Cable TV Measurements option. The error parameters and signals are given in the table below.
Table 2–6: Error parameters and signals in a QAM transmission system
Parameter

Ideal Value

Description

vI, vQ

vI =vQ

Gains of I and Q path

cI, cQ

cI=cQ=0

Carrier leakage in I and Q path

=0

Quadrature error

f

f=0

Carrier frequency error

(t)

(t)=0

Phase noise signal

Channel h(t)

h(t)= (t)

Channel impulse response

n(t)

n(t)=0

Thermal noise

Instead of directly displaying the parameters from the table above, derived parameters are displayed in
the result table of the Overview measurement and the Modulation Errors measurement (modulation
analysis). To give an example: The ratio between vI and vQ represents the gain imbalance which is a
more reasonable measure for a transmitter than the absolute values of vI and vQ.
The amplitude imbalance can be calculated as follows:

amplitude _ imbalance =

(v v 1) 100%
I

Q

Please note that the 2T/4 rad (90 deg) rotational symmetry of the QAM constellation (see Fig. 2-46)
leads to an ambiguity in the calculation of the amplitude imbalance. Ambiguity means that the QAM
demodulator of the Cable TV Measurements option has no knowledge of the absolute phase in the
transmitter but chooses one out of four possible phase angles (0, T/2, T, or 3 T/2 rad). It can be shown
that the phase ambiguity leads to two possible amplitude imbalance values. For the amplitude
imbalance the ambiguity can be resolved by using the definition as follows:

amplitude _ imbalance = max

{v , v } min{v , v } 1
I

Q

I

Q

100%

In real–world analog IQ modulators there is never perfect carrier suppression. Carrier suppression is
modeled by adding the constants cI and cQ to the in–phase (I) and quadrature (Q) signal paths
respectively. It is calculated with respect to the peak envelope power (PEP).
Quadrature error is the effect that appears if the IQ modulator's cosine and sine waves have not exactly
a phase difference of T/2 rad. The ideal value for the quadrature error thus is 0 rad.

1300.2519.12

2.69

E-11

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

R&S FSL

If the transmitter's (DUT) local oscillator does not provide the exact nominal carrier frequency (CF), a
carrier frequency error results. The carrier frequency error is displayed in the result table of the
Overview measurement.

carrier _ frequency _ error =

f

CF ideal

f

CF measured

Good local oscillators have low phase noise. Phase noise causes an unwanted phase modulation. The
Cable TV Measurements option measures the phase jitter that corresponds to the variance of the phase
error. .(/) represents the phase difference between the (noisy) measurement meas(/) signal and the
Tsymbol
ideal transmit signal ref(/). The phase jitter is only evaluated at symbol instants, i.e. for t =

phase _ jitter = E

{(

{meas(

) ref * ( )

})

2

}= E {

2

}

( )

A non–flat frequency response of the analog hardware (amplifiers) or the transmit channel
(reflections or echoes in the TV cable) causes inter–symbol interference (ISI). To much ISI leads to
wrong symbol decisions in the QAM measurement demodulator. The QAM measurement demodulator
can suppress the channel's influence by filtering the receive signal with the inverse of the channel's
response. This operation is done by the so–called equalizer. With the equalizer activated (see Digital
TV Settings dialog box in Fig. 2-51), the EVM and MER values decrease by the ISI which was removed
by the equalizer. Activating the equalizer leads to two things: First of all the equalizer is trained based
on the received data of the current measurement (Freeze Equalizer option deactivated). Furthermore,
the measured signal will be filtered / "equalized'' with the previously estimated equalizer filter. If the
equalizer has reached a stable state and the channel does not change (time invariant channel) the
equalizer can be frozen by activating the Freeze Equalizer option. By this means the equalizer will not
be trained anymore but will still equalize the signal. Please also refer to the Echo Pattern measurement
(channel analysis).
The term n(/) is the synonym for any kind of distortion and thermal noise that has not been covered by
the transmitter and distortion model of Fig. 2-50 yet. In classical communication theory n(/) is modeled
as additive white Gaussian noise (AWGN).
EVM and MER result parameters are calculated based on the error vector signal, which corresponds to
the difference between the measurement signal meas(/) and the ideal transmit signal ref(/). The error
Tsymbol .
vector signal is only evaluated at symbol instants, i.e. for t =
To a certain extend the QAM measurement demodulator is insensitive to distortion, but if there is to
much of it, erroneous symbol decisions may occur and the results will not be valid anymore. A
possibility to check this is to have a look at the constellation diagram. If the clouds around the
constellation points are getting much bigger than the (horizontal and vertical) decision borders or if
there is even only one single big cloud, this will be a strong indication for a faulty QAM analysis. The
QAM measurement demodulator of the Cable Measurements option was designed by taking the
transmitter and distortion model from above (see Fig. 2-50) into account.

Digital TV Measurement Examples
These measurements are set up to carry out single channel measurements of digital TV signals. The
settings for digital TV measurements are described in section Digital TV settings. The test setup for the
following measurement types is provided in section Digital TV test setup.
The digital TV measurements offered by the Cable TV Measurements option can be divided into two
groups:
spectrum analyzer measurements
measurements based on the measurement QAM demodulator

1300.2519.12

2.70

E-11

R&S FSL

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

Measurements of the first group can also be done in the Spectrum Analyzer mode. The advantage of
the measurements of the Cable TV Measurements option is that they are automatically parameterized
with information according to the channel table and the modulation standards. Measurements of this
type are:
Spectrum measurement
Channel Power measurement
APD measurement
CCDF measurement
Digital TV measurements that base on output of the QAM measurement demodulator are:
Overview measurement
Constellation Diagram measurement (modulation analysis)
Modulation Errors measurement (modulation analysis)
Echo Pattern measurement (channel analysis)

Digital TV settings
The Cable TV Measurements option needs to know some of the parameters described in section Digital
TV Basics to perform correct measurements. It therefore stores these parameters in the so–called
"modulation standard". Refer to section Modulation standards for the creation and usage of a
modulation standard. Section Digital TV modulation standards contains the description of the
parameters that have to be characterized for a digital TV signal. The following list explains the meaning
of the parameters:
•

Name: Choose an arbitrary name for the new modulation standard.

•

Signal Type: If you want to characterize an digital TV signal, select Digital TV.

•

TV Standard: Select a TV standard to initialize the following parameters.

•

Constellation used in the transmitter, e.g. 64QAM.

•

Symbol Rate of QAM signal.

•

Roll–Off factor of root raised cosine TX filter.

•

Sideband Position: Is the signal in normal position or inverted?

Note:

In the dialog boxes, set the parameters always from top to bottom, since all parameters depend
on the parameters above them. Otherwise your input might be rejected, e.g. if it specifies an
unusual TV standard.

1300.2519.12

2.71

E-11

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

R&S FSL

Digital TV test setup
Perform all measurement examples in the Cable TV Analyzer mode.
Use a digital TV generator as signal source.
Connect the generator directly to the R&S FSL.
Set the TV generator to the following parameters:
center frequency = 100 MHz
single carrier 64QAM modulation.
root raised cosine transmit filter with a roll–off factor of 0.15.
symbol rate = 6.9 MSymbols/s.
This test setup is used throughout all digital TV measurement examples.

Spectrum measurement
This measurement gives an overview of the active measurement channel. All parameters are set
according to the modulation standard, referenced in the channel table or by the default digital TV
modulation standard. The spectrum is displayed in a full screen trace.
Test setup:
Refer to the section Digital TV test setup.
Procedure:
1. Press the FREQ key and enter 100 MHz for the center frequency.
2. Press the MEAS key.
3. Press the Digital TV softkey.
4. Press the Digital TV Settings softkey and compare the modulation parameters.

Fig. 2-51 Digital TV Settings dialog box
5. Press the Spectrum softkey.
6. To adjust the input attenuator, press the Adjust Attenuation softkey.
7. Press the RUN key.
1300.2519.12

2.72

E-11

R&S FSL

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

The spectrum of the input signal is displayed.

Fig. 2-52 Digital TV Spectrum measurement

Overview measurement
This measurement determines the modulation accuracy of a digitally modulated single carrier QAM
signals. The measurement results are checked against the limits and displayed in a table. In this table,
only the important result parameters of digital TV signals are displayed. Less important result
parameters are provided by the Modulation Errors measurement (modulation analysis).
Result parameters that failed the check are displayed in red and bold characters, the table cell is
marked with a star. Result parameters that passed the checks are displayed in green characters. A
global pass or fail comment is displayed in the upper left table corner on a green (for passed) or red (for
failed) background.
Table 2–7: Result parameters – Overview
Parameter

Description

MER (rms)

root mean square of modulation
error rate

MER (peak)

peak of modulation error rate

1300.2519.12

Definition

2.73

E-11

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

R&S FSL

Parameter

Description

Definition

EVM (rms)

root mean square of error vector
magnitude

EVM (peak)

peak of error vector magnitude

Carrier Frequency
Offset

frequency offset between the
received digital TV signal and the
frequency setting

Symbol Rate Offset

frequency offset between the
measured symbol rate of the
received TV signal and the set
symbol rate

Test setup:
Refer to the section Digital TV test setup.
Procedure:
1. Press the MEAS key.
2. Press the Digital TV softkey.
3. Press the Overview softkey.
4. To magnify one parameter, press the Zoom softkey and activate the parameter. To go back to the
default setting, activate None.
5. To change the limits, press the Edit Table softkey.
6. To adjust the input attenuator, press the Adjust Attenuation softkey.
7. Press the RUN key.
The Table 2–7 lists the result parameters: meas(/) is the measured signal and ref(/) the ideal transmit
signal that is used for comparison; / means that the continuous signals are sampled at symbol instants
t = Tsymbol .

1300.2519.12

2.74

E-11

R&S FSL

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

The result of the measurement is shown below.

Fig. 2-53 Digital TV Overview measurement
8. To form the average over a defined number of sweeps:
Press the TRACE key.
Press the Result Mode softkey and select the Average trace mode.
Press the Sweep Count softkey and enter the number of sweeps used for averaging.
Every result parameter in the table is averaged by a suitable averaging method over the
number of sweeps set.

Constellation Diagram measurement (modulation analysis)
This measurement displays the constellation diagram of the demodulated signal. Amplitude imbalance,
quadrature error and carrier leakage (see. Modulation Errors measurement (modulation analysis)) are
still present in the used data. The probability of occurrence of points in the complex I/Q plane is
represented by different colors. The constellation results are provided only graphically, i.e. reading
results via remote control returns only a hardcopy of the display, but not a list of I/Q samples.
Test setup:
Refer to the section Digital TV test setup.
Procedure:
1. Press the MEAS key.
2. Press the Digital TV softkey.
3. Press the Modulation Analysis softkey.
4. Press the Const Diagram softkey.
5. To zoom in on one single quadrant, press the Zoom softkey and choose the desired quadrant. To
go back to the complete constellation, select None.

1300.2519.12

2.75

E-11

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

R&S FSL

6. To display the constellation diagram unchanged, while the I/Q samples are collected in the
background, press the Freeze softkey. To switch back to the continual update of the display, press
the Freeze softkey again.
7. To adjust the input attenuator, press the Adjust Attenuation softkey.
8. Press the RUN key.

Fig. 2-54 Digital TV constellation measurement

Modulation Errors measurement (modulation analysis)
This measurement determines the modulation accuracy. The measurement results are checked against
the limits and displayed in a table. In this table, only the less important result parameters of digital TV
signals are displayed (for details see Table 2–8). The important result parameters are provided by the
Overview measurement.
Result parameters that failed the check are displayed in red and bold characters, the table cell is
marked with a star. Result parameters that passed the checks are displayed in green characters. A
global pass or fail comment is displayed in the upper left table corner on a green (for passed) or red (for
failed) background.
Table 2–8: Result parameters – Modulation Errors
Parameter

Description

Amplitude
Imbalance

Measure for unequal amplitude
gains of in–phase and quadrature
singal paths of the transmitter's IQ
mixer. An ideal IQ mixer results in
0 %.

Definition

max

v
v

Quadrature Error

Phase offset relative to the ideal
phase difference (i.e. 90 deg)
between the in–phase and
quadrature signal paths. An ideal
IQ mixer results in 0 deg.

Carrier Suppression

Suppression of carrier; perfect
suppression results in –\ dB.

1300.2519.12

2.76

{v , v } min{v , v } 1
I

Q

I

Q

100%

: amplification of in–phase signal path
I

: amplification of quadrature signal path
Q

E-11

R&S FSL

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

Parameter

Description

Phase Jitter (rms)

Root mean square of phase jitter
in deg. An ideal IQ mixer results in
0 deg.

Definition

Test setup:
Refer to the section Digital TV test setup.
Procedure:
1. Press the MEAS key.
2. Press the Digital TV softkey.
3. Press the Modulation Analysis softkey.
4. Press the Modulation Errors softkey.
5. To magnify one parameter, press the Zoom softkey and activate the parameter. To go back to the
default setting, select None.
6. To change the limits, press the Edit Table softkey.
7. To adjust the input attenuator, press the Adjust Attenuation softkey.
8. Press the RUN key.

Fig. 2-55 Digital TV Modulation Errors measurement
9. To form the average over a defined number of sweeps:
Press the TRACE key.
Press the Result Mode softkey and select the Average trace mode.
Press the Sweep Count softkey and enter the number of sweeps used for averaging.
Every result parameter in the table is averaged by a suitable averaging method over the
number of sweeps set.

1300.2519.12

2.77

E-11

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

R&S FSL

Echo Pattern measurement (channel analysis)
This measurement determines the magnitude of the channel impulse response in respect to the
corresponding time delay. Damage of TV cables causes unwanted reflections of the TV signal. These
reflections lead to echoes in the TV receiver. These echoes can be seen by looking at the echo pattern
trace. If the unit of the x–axle is changed into meters or miles (this requires knowledge of the
propagation speed of the cable, i.e. the velocity factor) the location of the cable damage can be
measured. This kind of measurement is sometimes referred to as distance–to–fault measurement: as
the position of a peak in the echo pattern trace represents the distance between the faulty part of the
cable and the location of the R&S FSL.
Test setup:
Refer to the section Digital TV test setup.
Procedure:
1. Press the MEAS key.
2. Press the Digital TV softkey.
3. Press the Channel Analysis softkey.
4. Press the Echo Pattern softkey.
5. To change the unit from Rs to km or miles:
Press the Velocity Factor softkey to define the velocity of propagation for the unit conversion.
Press the Unit softkey to select the unit.
6. To zoom into the echo pattern, press the Zoom softkey.
7. To adjust the input attenuator, press the Adjust Attenuation softkey.
8. Press the RUN key.

Fig. 2-56 Digital TV Echo Pattern measurement
9. To get correct measurement results the equalizer should be activated. A non–flat frequency
response of the cable channel may cause demodulation errors and thus corrupt the measurement
results. Inter–symbol interference can be suppressed by the use of the equalizer.
1300.2519.12

2.78

E-11

R&S FSL

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

Please note that the Echo Pattern can also be measured with the equalizer switched off. As long as
there are only few decision errors in the QAM demodulator this will lead to the same echo pattern.
Press the PREVIOUS key twice to go two menu levels up.
Press the Digital TV Settings softkey (see Fig. 2-51).
If the equalizer should get into an instable state (e.g. if the signal was removed), press the
Reset button.
If the equalizer was properly trained and the channel does not change anymore, activate the
Freeze Equalizer option. Freezing the equalizer can speed up all demodulation–based digital
TV measurements.
Close the Digital TV Settings dialog with the ESC key.
What is the difference between the equalizer filter and the echo pattern?
The echo pattern is the amplitude of the channel impulse response. The equalizer in contrast estimates
the inverse of the channel response which is required to remove the channel's influence from the
measurement signal.

Channel Power measurement
This measurement determines the channel power of a digital TV channel.
For details on the applied measurement modes refer to section Measuring Channel Power and
Adjacent Channel Power.
The measurement is setup automatically with data relating to the modulation standard.
The measurement display is split into two panes. In the upper pane, the spectrum trace is displayed. In
the lower pane, the result table for the measurement is displayed.
Test setup:
Refer to the section Digital TV test setup.
Procedure:
1. Press the MEAS key.
2. Press the Digital TV softkey.
3. Press the More softkey.
4. Press the Channel Power softkey.
5. To change the limits, press the Edit Table softkey.
6. To adjust the input attenuator, press the Adjust Attenuation softkey.
7. Press the RUN key.

1300.2519.12

2.79

E-11

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

R&S FSL

Fig. 2-57 Digital TV Channel Power measurement

APD measurement
This measurement determines the amplitude probability density function (APD). The measurement can
also be performed in Spectrum Analyzer mode, but in the Cable TV Analyzer mode most of the
parameters are set automatically. For details on the background refer to section Amplitude Distribution
Measurements.
Test setup:
Refer to the section Digital TV test setup.
Procedure:
1. Press the MEAS key.
2. Press the Digital TV softkey.
3. Press the More softkey.
4. Press the APD softkey.
5. To change the scaling parameters of the x– and y–axis:
Press the Scaling softkey.
Press the corresponding softkey to change the parameters: x–Axis Signal Level, x–Axis Range,
y–Axis Max. Value, y–Axis Min. Value, Default Settings.
6. To adjust the input attenuator, press the Adjust Attenuation softkey.
7. Press the RUN key.

1300.2519.12

2.80

E-11

R&S FSL

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

Fig. 2-58 Digital TV APD measurement

CCDF measurement
This measurement determines the complementary cumulative distribution function (CCDF) of the
complex base band signal. The measurement can also be performed in Spectrum Analyzer mode, but
in the Cable TV Analyzer mode most of the parameters are set automatically. For details on the
measurement background refer to chapter section Amplitude Distribution Measurements.
Test setup:
Refer to the section Digital TV test setup.
Procedure:
1. Press the MEAS key.
2. Press the Digital TV softkey.
3. Press the More softkey.
4. Press the CCDF softkey.
5. To determine the power exceeded with a given probability, press the Percent Marker softkey.
6. To change the scaling parameters of the x– and y–axis:
Press the Scaling softkey.
Press the corresponding softkey to change the parameters: x–Axis Signal Level, x–Axis Range,
y–Axis Max. Value, y–Axis Min. Value, Default Settings.
7. To adjust the input attenuator, press the Adjust Attenuation softkey.
8. Press the RUN key.

1300.2519.12

2.81

E-11

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

R&S FSL

Fig. 2-59 Digital TV CCDF measurement

TV Analyzer Measurements
The measurement here is set up to carry out multiple channel measurements of TV networks. The
measurement provides a fast, automatic change of the measurement channel in order to support a
quick succession of measurements.
The following measurement type is provided:
Tilt measurement

Tilt measurement
This measurement can determine the amplitude response of the CATV network by measuring the
channel power of every channel. Both analog and digital TV channels can be measured. The setup
configuration allows to limit the frequency range or to choose particular modulation standards in order to
measure only a channel subset of the TV network.
The channel levels are measured in a series of zero–span measurements. Each channel is measured
using the information stored in the channel table (modulation standard). Therefore the use of a channel
table is mandatory. Channels with the modulation standard < unused > are not measured (for details
on modulation standards refer to chapter "Instrument Functions", section "Cable TV Measurements
Option (K20)". Depending on the set modulation standard one the following measurements is used
internally by the firmware:
analog TV: Carriers measurement
digital TV: Channel Power measurement
The measurement result is displayed in form of a bar graph. The colors of the bars indicate the signal
type of the modulation standard.

1300.2519.12

2.82

E-11

R&S FSL

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

Test setup:
Connect the R&S FSL to your CATV network.
It is not possible to work without a channel table. You cannot even enter the TV Analyzer sub menu, if
you have not activated a channel table before. Create a channel table according to you CATV network
(or a subset of your network). This task is described in section Example: Creating a channel table. If
you do not want to create your own channel table, you can use the example channel table from section
Example: Creating a channel table, which is delivered with the Cable TV Measurements option.
Procedure:
1. Press the MENU key.
2. Press the Channel Setup softkey.
3. Select the appropriate channel table and activate it by pressing the Activate softkey.
4. Press the MEAS key.
5. Press the TV Analyzer softkey.
6. Press the Tilt softkey.
7. To restrict the channels to be measured, press the Tilt Setup softkey:
The Tilt Setup dialog box is displayed.
To limit the frequency range, under Span, enter a start and stop frequency. Be sure that at least
one channel's RF frequency is in this range. Otherwise the measurement display will be empty!
To select certain modulation standards for the measurement, under Modulation Standards,
activate the modulation standards to be included in the measurement.
8. To adjust the range of the y–axis, if logarithmic, press the Auto Range softkey.
9. Press the RUN key.
10. Observe the exact levels of different channels by turning the rotary knob.
11. Check your network:
Do all signals of the same type (e.g. all analog TV signals) have similar levels?
You can do this by selecting the modulation standards to measure before the measurement.
Or you can measure all kinds of signals and distinguish different modulation standards after the
measurement by their different colors.
You can measure the amplitude response of the network (or of an amplifier) by looking at the
levels of signals at different frequencies. Prerequisite is either that you measure before and after
the amplifier and compare the results. Or that you know, that the levels are equal at the
transmitter.

Channel Tables and Modulation Standards
Measurements with the Cable TV Measurements option can be speeded up significantly if a channel
table is used. First of all a channel table, sometimes also referred as channel plan, contains the
frequency plan of a cable TV network. Furthermore, for every channel it contains the information about
the service broadcast or the information that the channel is < unused >.
Typically every country has its own regulations concerning the frequency plan, i.e. the channel locations
and the channel widths. Unfortunately the services or programs assigned to this frequency plan differ
from one CATV network to another. For example the CATV network of the city of Munich offers different
programs than Erding which is only about 40 kilometers away. Therefore the Cable TV Measurements
option provides empty channel tables for most countries in the world, where empty means, that all
1300.2519.12

2.83

E-11

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

R&S FSL

channels are marked as < unused >. However, it is not possible to do measurements without any
precise information about the services. Therefore the Cable TV Measurements option introduces the
concept of the so–called modulation standard.
Modulation standards describe the signal characteristics, or physical layer, transmitted via a channel.
The Cable TV Measurements option supports modulation standards that characterize analog TV signals
(e.g. NTSC, SECAM, PAL) or digital TV signals (single carrier QAM as for example in DVB–C). Every
channel table can comprise several modulation standards. Once defined, every channel can reference
one of these modulation standards. Provided that at least one channel references a modulation
standard, measurements based on a channel table can easily be done.
You can create numerous channel tables (e.g. for different locations in the network / different
measurement tasks) and save them on the R&S FSL. But there can always be only one channel table
active at a time. Working without a channel table is realized by activating the special, pseudo channel
table called < none >.
Normally, the easiest way is not to create a channel table from the scratch, but to load pre–defined
channel tables delivered with the Cable TV Measurements option. They already hold the typical
frequency plans for many countries. You only have to fill in the modulation standards.
For detailed information on channel tables refer to section Channel tables, for modulation standards
refer to section Modulation standards. A detailed example is provided in section Example: Creating a
channel table. Fig. 2-60 gives an example of a channel table that references the modulation standard
"PAL_BG_STEREO''. Fig. 2-62 shows that modulation standard.

Channel tables
This section gives a detailed description of channel tables and their properties.
•

Channel tables (see Fig. 2-60) have a Name. The name should comprise geographical
information, e.g. "SOUTHAMPTON'' or "EXAMPLE_WIPFING''.

•

If desired, a Description giving further information on the channel table can be entered.

•

Channel tables consist of Channels. The Cable TV Measurements option displays one channel
per line. A channel table must contain at least one channel.

Fig. 2-60

The channel table and its properties

Every channel has the following properties:
•

The unique channel number No. can be used within measurements to change over from one
channel to another quickly.

•

A Comment can be specified, e.g. the name of the program or the frequency band.

1300.2519.12

2.84

E-11

R&S FSL

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

•

The RF frequency represents the characteristic frequency of a channel. For analog TV
channels RF is equal to the vision carrier frequency. For digital TV channels and < unused >
channels it equals the center frequency.

•

Width stands for the channel's bandwidth.

Digital TV

Width 1

Width 2

Width 3
Stop 2

RF 1

RF 3

Analog TV

Start 3

< unused >

Start 2
RF 2

Channel 3

Stop 1

Channel 2

Start 1

Channel 1

Stop 3

A Modulation Standard is referenced. In case of an empty channel, the modulation standard is
set to < unused >. Be aware that modulation standards have to be created before making use
of them. For details refer to section Create modulation standards Note, that in order to perform
channel table based measurements, there must be at least one channel, that references a
modulation standard. It is not possible to do any measurements, if in all channels the
modulation standard equals < unused >.

Amplitude

•

1.25 MHz

Frequency

Fig. 2-61

Channel start and stop frequencies versus RF frequency and channel width

Except for < unused > channels the calculation of the start and stop frequencies depends on the signal
type property (digital or analog TV) of the referenced modulation standard. All corresponding formulae
are listed in the table below.
Table 2–9: Channel start and stop frequencies versus RF frequency and channel width
Signal type
RF frequency

Analog TV

Digital TV

Start + 1.25 MHz

Start + (Stop – Start) / 2

Channel Width
Start frequency

Stop – Start
RF – 1.25 MHz

RF – Width/2

Stop frequency

Note:

< unused >

Start + Width

The Cable TV Measurements option automatically adapts the RF frequency if the user changes
the modulation standard of a channel (e.g. from an analog to digital modulation standard). This
is done in order to keep the channels start and stop frequencies constant.

Modulation standards
All over the world many different transmission standards for TV signals exist. As a guide through the
jungle of parameters that describe TV signals (including video and sound sub–signals) the concept of
the modulation standard has been introduced.

1300.2519.12

2.85

E-11

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

R&S FSL

Most important when dealing with modulation standards is the order of the parameters. Modulation
standards (see Fig. 2-62) have always to be created and edited from top to bottom of the Modulation
Standard Options dialog box. The most important parameters are located at the top of the dialog box.
For example, changing the signal type from Analog TV to Digital TV also alters the complete set of
parameters below. Whereas the modulation technique for transmitting the color information is essential
in analog TV systems (see Color System in Fig. 2-62), it does not exist for digital TV systems. The
constellation instead is crucial in digital TV systems (see Fig. 2-63). For that reason the Cable TV
Measurements option automatically guides you through the whole process of creating a new modulation
standard and only confronts you with mandatory parameters.
A modulation standard is structured as follows:
•

The Name is arbitrary, but should refer to the main properties of the TV signal, e.g.
"PAL_BG_STEREO''.

•

The Signal Type specifies whether the signal is an analog TV or a digital TV signal.

As mentioned above, all described parameters below depend on the chosen signal type. Therefore the
remaining parameters will be discussed separately in the sequel.

Fig. 2-62

Modulation Standard Options dialog box for analog TV

Analog TV modulation standards
This section describes the parameters that characterize analog cable TV signals. Refer to section
Analog TV Basics to learn more about analog cable TV signals. The parameters discussed here can
also be modified (temporarily) in the Analog TV Settings dialog box.
For analog TV the Modulations Standard Options dialog box (see Fig. 2-62) is structured as follows:
The channel table references modulation standards by their Name. Its name (see Fig. 2-63) should
comprise information about the used TV standard, the color system and the sound system, e.g.
"PAL_BG_STEREO''.
Here the Signal Type is always set to Analog TV.
The TV Standard characterizes the way the luminance information is modulated. The following
analog TV standards exist:
B/G
D/K
I
1300.2519.12

2.86

E-11

R&S FSL

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

K1
L
M
N
The Sound System parameter specifies how the audio will be transmitted. The possible values
depend on the TV Standard selected in the TV Standard list. The sound systems are named in the
form "sound carrier 1 / sound carrier 2'', e.g. "FM 6.5 / FM 6.258''. Information about the sound
modulation format and the carrier frequency with respect to the vision carrier is included.
Table 2–10: Possible values for the sound systems
TV Standard

Sound System

B/G

FM 5.5 / NICAM 5.85
FM 5.5 / FM 5.742
FM 5.5 MONO

D/K

FM 6.5 / NICAM 5.85

K1

FM 6.5 / FM 6.258
FM 6.5 / FM 6.742
FM 6.5 MONO

I

FM 6.0 / NICAM 6.552
FM 6.0 MONO

L

AM 6.5 / NICAM 5.85
AM 6.5 MONO

M

FM 4.5 BTSC

N

FM 4.5 EIA–J
FM 4.5 / FM 4.724
FM 4.5 MONO

What Group Delay shall the residual sideband filter have? The Group Delay setting has no effect
on the measurements in this firmware release.
The Color System parameter specifies how color information will be transmitted. The possible
values depend on the TV Standard selected in the TV Standard list.
Table 2–11: Possible values for the Color Systems
TV Standard

Color System

B/G

PAL

D/K

SECAM

I

PAL

N
K1

SECAM

L
M

NTSC
PAL

Bar Line: The Vision Modulation measurement needs a special test signal, containing a peak white
value. You must specify the type and the number of the horizontal line that contains the peak white
value.

1300.2519.12

2.87

E-11

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

R&S FSL

Quiet Line: Some measurements need a horizontal line with no video information in it. You must
specify the number of this horizontal line here. For further information see also Example: Creating a
channel table.
Sideband Position: Is the signal in normal position or inverted?
Sometimes the analog TV signal to be analyzed is only available with an inverted sideband. This
can for example happen if the cable operator feds – for some reason – an inverted signal into the
network. It may also happen in R&D labs where measurements on different IF stages of a new TV
transmitter or a receiver hardware are to be performed. Please be aware, that these two
applications also lead to two different cases when measuring with the Cable TV Measurements
option:
Measurements with channel tables
Measurements without a channel table, i.e. < none >.
The sideband position can either be altered in the modulation standard or in the Analog TV
settings dialog box. When measuring with a channel table, switching the sideband position (from
normal to inverse or vice versa) keeps the channel's start and stop frequencies constant. As a
consequence the RF frequency will be modified.
Example:
Channel Information:
RF frequency = 401.25 MHz
Width = 8 MHz
Modulation standard = analog TV with sideband position = normal.
This leads to the following channel borders:
Start frequency = RF – 1.25 MHz = 400 MHz
Stop frequency = Start frequency + Width = 408 MHz.
Next, the sideband position of the referenced modulation standard will be set to inverse. In order
to keep the start and stop frequencies constant the RF frequency will be adapted as follows:
RF frequency = Stop frequency – 1.25 MHz = 206.75 MHz.
In case of measurements without a channel table, i.e. < none >, we realize that there are no start
and stop frequencies existing. Hence, changing the sideband position keeps the RF frequency
constant. As a consequence you will analyze different parts of the spectrum depending on the
selected sideband position.
Digital TV modulation standards
In the Cable TV Measurements option, digital TV is used as a synonym for quadrature amplitude
modulated (QAM) signals. In digital Cable TV networks exclusively single carrier modulated signals are
used. The Cable TV Measurements option does not support multicarrier techniques such as OFDM in
terrestrial TV networks.

1300.2519.12

2.88

E-11

R&S FSL

Fig. 2-63

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

Modulation Standard Options dialog box for digital TV

This section describes the parameters that characterize digital cable TV signals. Refer to section Digital
TV Basics to learn more about digital TV signals. The parameters discussed here can also be modified
(temporarily) in the Digital TV Settings dialog box.
For digital TV the Modulations Standard Options dialog box is structured as follows:
The channel table references modulation standards by their Name. Its name (see Fig. 2-63) should
comprise information about the used constellation and the symbol rate, e.g. "64QAM_6900''.
Here the Signal Type is always set to Digital TV.
Depending on the TV Standard the default values of the parameters below are set. The following
digital TV standards exist:
QAM J.83/A (DVB–C Europe)
QAM J.83/B (US Cable)
QAM J.83/C (Japanese Cable)
The Constellation parameter supports the values below:
4QAM
16QAM
32QAM
64QAM
128QAM
256QAM
512QAM
1024QAM
Fig. 2-64 shows ideal 16QAM and 32QAM constellation diagrams. 4QAM, 16QAM, 64QAM,
256QAM and 1024QAM have a square structure, whereas 32QAM, 128QAM and 512QAM have a
cross structure.
The Symbol Rate and the Roll–off factor of the pulse shaping filter determine the occupied
bandwidth of the digital TV signal. In the Cable TV Measurements option only root raised cosine
filters are supported. The bandwidth can be calculated by the following formula:
OccupiedBandwidth = SymbolRate (1 + RollOff)

1300.2519.12

2.89

E-11

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

R&S FSL

The symbol rate can be entered in MHz. For the roll–off factor, the following values are supported:
0.120
0.130
0.150
0.180
The Sideband Position parameter can be used to invert the sidebands. The following values are
supported:
Auto
Inverse
Normal

Fig. 2-64

16QAM (square) and 32QAM (cross) constellation diagrams

Example: Creating a channel table
This section gives an exemplary step–by–step instruction for creating a channel table. The basic
procedure consists of three steps:
1. Enter frequency plan, i.e. a channel table solely containg < unused > channels.
2. Create modulation standards.
3. Assign modulation standards to channels.
The following sections address these steps.
The channel tables described in this example are delivered with the Cable TV Measurements option.
Please note, that contrary to the example here, their names are as follows.
–

RS_EXAMPLE_BAVARIA (in example: "EXAMPLE BAVARIA'')

–

RS_EXAMPLE_WIPFING (in example: "EXAMPLE WIPFING'')

1300.2519.12

2.90

E-11

R&S FSL

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

Enter frequency plan
Typically every country has its own regulations concerning the frequency plan, i.e. the channel locations
and the channel widths. That is what we call a country–specific frequency plan. Table 2–12 shows the
frequency plan of "Bavaria''. This plan applies to all cable TV networks of Bavaria. Hence, there is no
information about the programs included yet, as this information depends on the (local) operator of a
particular network. In the first step, we merely want to enter this frequency plan with the Cable TV
Measurements option and call this channel table "EXAMPLE BAVARIA''.
Table 2–12: Frequency plan example of channel table "EXAMPLE BAVARIA''
Channel No.

Band name

Start frequency in MHz

Width in MHz

2

VHF 1

50.5

7

21

UHF

474

8

22

UHF

482

8

23

UHF

490

8

24

UHF

498

8

1. Press the MENU key.
2. Press the Channel Setup softkey.
3. Press the New softkey to create a new channel table.
4. In the Name field, enter EXAMPLE BAVARIA as channel table name with the keypad, and press
ESC.
5. In the Description field, enter in the same way EXAMPLE FOR COUNTRY SPECIFIC
FREQUENCY PLAN.
6. To enter the first channel (line 2 of Table 2–12):
Use the knob or the cursor keys to move to the No. column of the existing channel.
Enter 2 for the channel number.
Enter VHF 1 as Comment.
Set the Modulation Standard to < unused >.
Therefore RF represents the center frequency and can be calculated as
RF = Start + Width / 2 = 50.5 MHz + 7 MHz / 2 = 54 MHz.
Set the RF frequency to 54 MHz.
Set the channel Width to 7 MHz.
7. To enter the second channel (line 3 of Table 2–12):
Move down to focus the last channel.
Press the Copy Channel softkey to copy the last channel.
Move down to the copied channel.
Set the channel number No. to 21.
Enter UHF as Comment.
Set the Modulation Standard to < unused >,
i.e. RF = 474 MHz + 8 MHz / 2 = 478 MHz.
Set the RF frequency to 478 MHz.
Set the channel Width to 8 MHz.
1300.2519.12

2.91

E-11

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

R&S FSL

8. To enter the remaining channels proceed as in step 7
Channel 22: RF = 486 MHz
Channel 23: RF = 494 MHz
Channel 24: RF = 502 MHz
9. To save your work, press the Save Changes softkey.
Having finished the first step, you have build a channel table as shown in Fig. 2-65. Please note,
that it is not possible yet, to do any measurements, as all channels are marked as < unused >.
Nevertheless, you can use the EXAMPLE BAVARIA channel table as a base model for all channel
tables required all over Bavaria.

Fig. 2-65

Channel table "EXAMPLE BAVARIA'' with entered frequency plan

Create modulation standards
For detailed information on channel tables refer to section Channel tables, for modulation standards
refer to section Modulation standards. A worked out example can be found in Example: Creating a
channel table.
The second and third steps require knowledge about a particular network. Thus, information about the
programs (see Channel tables) and the possible services (see Modulation standards) has to be
collected. For our example, we retrieved this information from the operator of the small cable TV
network of Wipfing, a village in Bavaria. We found out, that there is a traditional TV chain, broadcasting
their TV program using analog transmission techniques with stereo sound. The technical details are
summarized in Table 2–13. Besides, another TV chain, equipped with state–of–the–art Bavarian
broadcast technology, feeds two digital DVB–C programs into Wipfing's cable TV network. The
parameters are listed in Table 2–14.
Table 2–13: Analog TV service data for PAL_BG_STEREO modulation standard
Video

PAL B/G

Sound

Stereo: FM 5.5 MHz / FM 5.7421875 MHz

Group delay profile

general

VITS: Bar line

CCIR17, line 17

VITS: Quiet line

line 22

Sideband position

normal

1300.2519.12

2.92

E-11

R&S FSL

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

Table 2–14: Digital TV service data for 64QAM_6900 modulation standard
Standard

QAM J.83/A (DVB–C Europe)

Constellation

64QAM

Symbol rate

6.9 MSymbols/s

Roll–off factor of root raised cosine filter

0.15

Sideband position

normal

First of all in the second step, we will copy the EXAMPLE BAVARIA channel table to a new channel
table EXAMPLE WIPFING. We do this, because we want to keep the pure frequency plan (as
EXAMPLE BAVARIA channel table), and create an additional channel table EXAMPLE WIPFING for
our measurements in Wipfing.
1. Press the previous key, to go back to the Channel Tables dialog box.
2. Focus the channel table EXAMPLE BAVARIA via the knob or cursor keys.
3. Press the Copy softkey to copy the EXAMPLE BAVARIA channel table.
4. The Channel Table dialog box is displayed (see Fig. 2-65).
5. In the field Name, enter EXAMPLE WIPFING as channel table name, with the keypad.
6. In the field Description, enter in the same way EXAMPLE FOR PARTICULAR CATV NETWORK.
7. To save the new channel table, press the Save Changes softkey. You will be prompted if any
errors are encounterd. In that case, please correct all errors. If you followed the steps above
everthing should be fine.
We will then create the analog modulation standard, which we will call PAL_BG_STEREO and which is
based on the information of Table 2–13: We will continue with the channel table EXAMPLE WIPFING
from above.
8. Press the Modulation Options softkey.
The appearing list of all exisiting modulation standards is empty right now.
9. In the Modulation Options submenu, press the New softkey.
The Modulation Standard Options dialog box appears (see for example Fig. 2-66).
10. Enter the parameters for the modulation standard:
In the field Name, enter PAL_BG_STEREO as modulation standard name with the keypad.
Select Analog TV as Signal Type from the list.
This is done, because PAL B/G is an analog TV standard.
Select B/G as TV Standard.
This means that the luminance information of the video signal is transmitted via an AM
modulated carrier according to the standard B/G.
Select FM 5.5 / FM 5.742 as Sound System from the list.
That means that there are two sound carriers present, one 5.5 MHz and the other 5.7421875
MHz above (for a normal sideband position) the vision carrier frequency.
Select General for the Group Delay from the list.
Select PAL for the Color System from the list.
The color information of the video signal is transmitted according to the PAL standard.
For the Bar Line, set Line to 17 and the Type to CCIR17.
That means, that a special test signal, the so called bar line, is transmitted in the horizontal line
17 of the TV signal.

1300.2519.12

2.93

E-11

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

R&S FSL

For the Quiet Line, set Line to 22.
That means, that the horizontal line 22 transmits no luminance information.
Select Normal as Sideband Postion from the list.
The Modulation Standard Options dialog box should now look as in Fig. 2-66.
11. Press the previous key twice to go back to the Channel Table dialog box.
12. Press the Save Changes softkey to save the channel table and the new modulation standard.

Fig. 2-66

Analog TV modulation standard PAL_BG_STEREO

Up to now, we successfully created the channel table EXAMPLE WIPFING, which contains a frequency
plan and the analog TV modulation standard PAL_BG_STEREO. Next, we will create the digital
modulation standard 64QAM_6900 based on the information of Table 2–14.
13. Press the Modulation Options softkey.
A list with one modulation standard PAL_BG_STEREO is displayed.
14. In the Modulation Options submenu, press the New softkey.
The Modulation Standard Options dialog box is displayed (see for example Fig. 2-66).
15. Enter the parameters for the modulation standard:
In the field Name, enter 64QAM_6900 as modulation standard name with the keypad.
Select Digital TV as Signal Type from the list.
This is done, because the desired QAM DVB–C signal is a digital TV signal.
Select QAM J.83/A (DVB–C Europe) as TV Standard.
By this means, all parameters below are set to their default values.
Set Constellation to 64QAM.
Set the Symbol Rate value to 6.9 MSyms/s.
This can be done by entering 6.9 via the keypad and confirming the input with the MHz key.
Set the Roll–off factor to 0.150.
Select Auto as Sideband Postion from the list.
The Modulation Standard Options dialog box should now look as in Fig. 2-67.
16. Press the previous key twice to go back to the Channel Table dialog box.
1300.2519.12

2.94

E-11

R&S FSL

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

17. Press the Save Changes softkey to save the channel table and the new modulation standard.

Fig. 2-67

Digital TV modulation standard 64QAM_6900

We have now finished step two, i.e. the channel table EXAMPLE WIPFING contains a frequency plan,
the analog modulation standard PAL_BG_STEREO and the digital modulation standard 64QAM_6900.
Assign modulation standards to channels
Finally, in step three, the links between the frequency plan and the modulation standards have to be
set. Table 2–15 shows the desired combinations.
Table 2–15: Assignment of programs and services to channels
Channel No.

Program Name

Modulation Standard

2

–

< unused >

21

BRASS CHANNEL

PAL_BG_STEREO

22

XYZ NEWS

PAL_BG_STEREO

23

ARTE

64QAM_6900

24

GANESH

64QAM_6900

1. Do not change channel 2, as no service is available (< unused >).
2. To edit channel 21:
Enter BRASS CHANNEL into the Comment field of channel 21.
The band name, entered before, is now replaced by the more meaningful program name.
Select PAL_BG_STEREO as Modulation Standard from the list.
The list now offers: < unused >, 64QAM_6900 and PAL_BG_STEREO. Furthermore, the RF
frequency will be automatically changed from 478 MHz to 475.25 MHz.
3. To edit the channels 22, 23, and 24, proceed to step 2 using the information from Table 2–15.
4. Press the Save Changes softkey, to save the channel table.
The complete channel table is shown in Fig. 2-68.

1300.2519.12

2.95

E-11

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

Fig. 2-68

R&S FSL

Digital Channel table "EXAMPLE WIPFING''

We now have sucessfully finished the creation of the channel table "EXAMPLE WIPFING''. Please refer
to section Performing a Measurement without a Channel Table to learn more about measurements
based on a channel table.

Example: Restoring the default channel tables
The Cable TV Measurements option brings several channel tables with it:
The typical frequency plans used in different countries, e.g.
TV–CHINA
TV–EUROPE
TV–USA–CATV
etc…
Example channel tables (see Example: Creating a channel table), e.g.
RS_EXAMPLE_BAVARIA
RS_EXAMPLE_WIPFING
If you have modified or deleted one of these channel tables, you can restore them in the following way:
1. Press the MENU key.
2. Press the Channel Setup softkey.
3. Press the Restore Default Tables softkey.
Only missing channel tables will be restored. If you want to replace an existing channel table by its
default channel table, you have to delete it before.

Performing a Measurement without a Channel Table
The Cable TV Measurements option intends to help network engineers. Network engineers will onces
create a channel table, and then use it to visit many, many test points, all located in the same cable TV
network. If you are a network engineer please see section Performing a Measurement Using a Channel
Table. If you work in R&D or you do not have a cable TV network at all (all you have is a single TV
transmitter or a frequency where you want to do a measurement ignoring any signals apart), this
section describes how to setup an analog TV Spectrum measurement without a channel table.

1300.2519.12

2.96

E-11

R&S FSL

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

Test setup:
Connect a analog TV generator to your R&S FSL. Set the TV generator to send an analog TV PAL
B/G signal with a vision carrier frequency of 210.25 MHz.
Procedure:
1. Press the MENU key.
2. Press the Channel Setup softkey.
The Channel Tables dialog box is displayed. It lists all available channel tables.
3. Select no channel table < none > and press the ENTER key.
You should always select < none > if you do not have a channel table. In this mode you can do all
kind of measurements except the Tilt measurement.
4. Press the MEAS key.
5. Press the Analog TV softkey.
By pressing this softkey you tell the Cable TV Measurements option, that your signal is an analog
TV signal and that the Default Analog Modulation Standard has to be used. This modulation
standard is used for all analog TV measurements knowing the fact that there is no channel table
where a modulation standard can be retrieved from.
6. Press the Spectrum softkey.
In our example we want to check the spectrum of our analog TV source.
7. Press the FREQ key.
8. Press the RF softkey.
9. Enter 210.35 MHz as the RF frequency.
10. To adjust the input attenuator, press the Adjust Attenuation softkey.
The following figure is displayed:

Fig. 2-69 Example for a measurement without a channel table

1300.2519.12

2.97

E-11

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

R&S FSL

In practice you would now continue to adapt the modulation settings in depth, i.e. the sound system the
test lines and so on. For our example we will stop here.
For further details on analog TV modulation parameters please refer to section Analog TV settings.

Performing a Measurement Using a Channel Table
The use of a channel table can speed up most of the routine measurement tasks. This section will
demonstrate how to perform measurements using channel tables.
Test setup:
No special test setup is required. You do not need to supply a signal. We do not need meaningful
measurement results here, since the focus is on the operation only.
Procedure:
1. Press the MENU key.
2. Press the Channel Setup softkey.
3. You should now see a list of Channel Tables, including the example channel table
RS_EXAMPLE_WIPFING, that was used in section Example: Creating a channel table. If you have
deleted it, you must first restore it as shown in section Example: Restoring the default channel
tables.
4. Move the cursor to RS_EXAMPLE_WIPFING and press the Activate softkey.
The Cable TV Measurements option automatically switched to the first channel in the Channel
Table.
5. Press the MEAS key.
6. Press the Analog TV softkey.
7. Press the Carriers softkey.
The resulting measurement is displayed (see Fig. 2-70).
The Cable TV Measurements option configures the measurement according to the information
stored in the channel table:
It automatically sets the span to measure the channel with number 21. The channel borders are
marked with red vertical lines.
It also knows how large the ideal intercarrier frequency offset (vision carrier to audio carriers)
should be. This information is needed to calculate the deviation from the ideal value. The ideal
sound carrier positions are also marked via red vertical lines.
The measurement principle is chosen according to the modulation standard given for the current
measurement channel. For example: The powers of a NICAM and a FM sound carrier must be
measured in different ways.
The display tells you the actual RF frequency and what modulation standard the channel
contains.

1300.2519.12

2.98

E-11

R&S FSL

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

Fig. 2-70 Carriers measurement using a Channel Table. No input signal!
8. Press the Channel No softkey.
9. Input a channel number via the numeric keyboard. The Cable TV Measurements option will only
allow analog TV channels defined in the active channel table, since we are in a measurement for
analog TV channels and digital TV signals would not make sense! The same is true when you use
the rotary knob for changing the measurement channel.
So, the very small example channel table only allows us to switch to channel 22. Observe how the
RF frequency changes.
10. Press the MEAS key.
11. Press the Digital TV softkey.
This switches to measurements for Digital TV signals.
12. Press the Spectrum softkey.
The resulting measurement is displayed (see Fig. 2-71).
The Cable TV Measurements option once again configures the measurement automatically and
gives you information about the channel borders and the modulation standard.

1300.2519.12

2.99

E-11

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

R&S FSL

Fig. 2-71 Digital TV spectrum using a Channel Table. No input signal!
13. Press the Channel No softkey.
14. Choose one of the digital TV channels that are present in the channel table, because we are in a
measurement designed for digital TV signals.
15. Press the MEAS key.
16. Press the TV Analyzer softkey.
17. Press the Tilt softkey.
18. Press the Auto Range softkey.
The resulting measurement is displayed (see Fig. 2-72).

Fig. 2-72 Tilt measurement using a Channel Table. No input signal!
1300.2519.12

2.100

E-11

R&S FSL

Noise Figure Measurements Option (K30)

The use of a channel table is mandatory for the Tilt measurement. Because the Cable TV
Measurements option must know where a channel's power has to be measured and how it has to be
done. Each vertical line represents a channel. The blue ones are digital TV channels, the yellow ones
are analog TV.

Noise Figure Measurements Option (K30)
This section describes measurement examples for the Noise Figure Measurements option (K30). For
further information on measurement examples refer to the Quick Start Guide, chapter 5 "Basic
Measurement Examples", or the Operating Manual on CD, chapter "Advanced Measurement
Examples".
This option is available from firmware version 1.50.

Direct Measurements
Direct measurements are designed for DUTs without frequency–conversion, e.g. amplifiers. For details
refer also to the Operating Manual on CD, chapter "Instrument Functions", section "Noise Figure
Measurements Option (K30)".

Basic Measurement Example
This section provides step–by–step instructions for working through an ordinary noise figure
measurement. The following steps are described:
1. Setting up the measurement
2. Performing the calibration
3. Performing the main measurement
The gain and noise figure of an amplifier are to be determined in the range from 220 MHz to 320 MHz.
Setting up the measurement
1. Activate the Noise mode (for details refer to chapter "Instrument Functions", section "Measurement
Mode Selection – MODE Key").
2. Press the Freq Settings softkey to open the Frequency Settings dialog box.

In the Start Freq field, enter 550 MHz.
In the Stop Freq field, enter 560 MHz.
In the Step Freq field, enter 2 MHz.
A measurement at 6 frequency points is performed: 550 MHz, 552 MHz, 554 MHz, ..., 560
MHz.

1300.2519.12

2.101

E-11

Noise Figure Measurements Option (K30)

R&S FSL

3. Press the ENR Settings softkey to open the ENR dialog box.

In the ENR Constant field, enter the average ENR value of the used noise source for the
frequency range of interest, for example 15 dB.
4. Press the Meas Settings softkey to open the Measurement Settings dialog box.

Activate the 2nd Stage Correction option to perform the measurement as accurately as
possible.
Performing the calibration
1. Connect the noise source to the RF input of the R&S FSL (see Fig. 2-73).
2. If you perform the measurement in an environment with radiated emissions, you may consider to
connect a lowpass filter to the voltage supply input of the noise source.
3. Provide the voltage supply for the noise source by connecting it to the +28 V connector of the
R&S FSL (labeled NOISE SOURCE CONTROL on the rear panel of the instrument) via a coax
cable and the lowpass filter. Connect the lowpass filter between the noise source itself and the
NOISE SOURCE CONTROL connector of the R&S FSL as shown in Fig. 2-73.
The purpose of the lowpass filter is to suppress any interference (e.g. due to RF interference),
including interference from the supply line. This makes it possible to perform very precise
measurements.

Fig. 2-73:

1300.2519.12

Preparation for calibration

2.102

E-11

R&S FSL

Noise Figure Measurements Option (K30)

4. Start the calibration for the Noise Figure Measurements option.
Press the SWEEP key.
Press the Cal softkey.
The progress bar indicates the progress of the calibration measurement. After successful
calibration, in the status bar, a corresponding message is displayed and the title bar at the top of
the screen shows the status on the right–hand–side.
Performing the main measurement
1. Insert the DUT (in this example, the amplifier) into the test setup between the noise source and RF
input of the R&S FSL (see Fig. 2-74).

Fig. 2-74:

Test setup for the main measurement

2. To select the sweep mode, press the SWEEP key.
3. Press the RUN key to start the measurement.
Measurement results are updated as the measurement is in progress. The results are displayed in
graphical form. There are two traces, one for noise figure/temperature and one for the gain of the
DUT.
4. To change the display from the graphical form to a tabular list of measurement points, press the
Display List/Graph softkey.
Note:

If a measurement is started while another measurement is still in progress, the first
measurement is aborted and the new measurement started immediately.

DUTs with very Large Gain
If the gain of the DUT exceeds 60 dB, the total gain must be reduced by an external attenuator. The
total gain of the DUT together with the external attenuator should lie within the range from 10 dB to
60 dB. A total gain of 20 dB to 30 dB is recommended. For a DUT with a gain of e.g. 64 dB, it is
recommended to use an external 40 dB–attenuator.
If an external attenuator is used, in the Measurement Settings dialog box, the entry in the Range field
should be modified according to the total gain ( = GDUT – external attenuator).
The attenuation values of the external attenuator are entered in the Loss Settings dialog box under
Loss Output Settings.
Inaccuracies when entering this attenuation mainly influence the measured gain. The noise figure
remains to a large extent unaffected.

1300.2519.12

2.103

E-11

Noise Figure Measurements Option (K30)

Fig. 2-75:

R&S FSL

Calibration and measurement on DUTs with a high gain

Frequency–Converting Measurements
The frequency–converting measurement is used for DUTs with an output frequency that differs from the
input frequency, e.g. mixers and frequency converters. The frequency–converting measurement allows
many variations, which differ from each other in two criteria:
Fixed LO Measurements
Image–Frequency Rejection (SSB, DSB)

Fixed LO Measurements
In the Frequency Settings dialog box, select one of the following settings for the Mode parameter:
fixed LO, IF=RF+LO, for up–converting devices
fixed LO, IF=abs(RF–LO), for down converters or image measurements

Image–Frequency Rejection (SSB, DSB)
Frequency–converting DUTs often do not only convert the desired input frequency but also the image
frequency. A broadband noise source offers noise to the DUT not only at the input frequency but also at
the image frequency. If the noise power at the IF gate is measured, the origin of the noise can no longer
be determined. It may have been converted both from the input and from the image frequency range.
Test setup
Set the following parameters:
IF (intermediate frequency): 100 MHz
RF (input frequency): 400 MHz
LO (local oscillator frequency): 500 MHz
image (image frequency): 600 MHz

1300.2519.12

2.104

E-11

R&S FSL

IF

Noise Figure Measurements Option (K30)

RF

LO

Image

freq.

If a DUT, which equally converts the useful signal and the image to the IF frequency, is measured using
the conventional y factor method or with the 2nd stage correction switched on, a measuring error of 3
dB is produced. The noise figure is displayed 3 dB lower and the gain 3 dB higher. The following
examples help to configure the test setup in order to measure the actual values.
Measurement on a single–sideband mixer

IF

RF

LO

freq.

In general, a single–sideband mixer with a very high image rejection causes very few problems. The
measurement is analogous to an amplifier. In this case, set the image rejection in the Frequency
Settings dialog box to a large value (e.g. 999.99 dB).
Measurement on a mixer without sideband suppression

IF

RF

LO

Image

freq.

If the input and image frequencies are converted with the same application, an error of 3 dB occurs in
the measurement results if the image rejection is not taken into account. In this case, set the image
rejection in the Frequency Settings dialog box to a small value (e.g. 0.0 dB).

1300.2519.12

2.105

E-11

Noise Figure Measurements Option (K30)

R&S FSL

Measurement on a mixer with an average sideband suppression

4dB

IF

RF

LO

Image

freq.

For measurements on a mixer with a low image–frequency rejection, a measuring error of 0 to 3 dB is
obtained if the image–frequency rejection is not taken into account. In this case, set the image rejection
in the Frequency Settings dialog box to 4 dB to produce the correct results.
Measurement on a mixer with unknown sideband suppression

X dB

IF

RF

LO

Image

freq.

If the image rejection is not known, accurate noise results can still be produced. However, the gain of
the DUT must be known and an additional filter is required.
Test setup

Fig. 2-76:

Preparation for calibration

Fig. 2-77:

Test setup for the main measurement

In this test setup, a low pass filter prevents noise from the noise source from being fed in at the image
frequency. Depending on the position of the frequency bands, a highpass or bandpass filter may also
be necessary for the RF frequency instead of the lowpass filter. The important point is that noise from
1300.2519.12

2.106

E-11

R&S FSL

Noise Figure Measurements Option (K30)

the noise source is not converted by a further receive path of the mixer. The noise of the noise source
at the receive frequency must not be reduced. The insertion loss must be considered, if applicable.
With this test setup, the measurement on a mixer without sideband suppression corresponds to the
measurement on a single–sideband mixer. As in that case, set the image rejection in the Frequency
Settings dialog box to a large value (e.g. 999.99 dB) to produce accurate results.
To take the characteristics of the filter into account, in the Loss Settings dialog box, enter the insertion
loss of the filter at the RF frequency. To consider the actual filter suppression at the image frequency,
do not enter 999 dB but the actual attenuation for the image rejection.
Measurement on a harmonics mixer
For a harmonics mixer, the input signals are not only converted to the IF by the wanted harmonic, but
also by the harmonic of the LO signal produced in the mixer. In many cases, the mixer even features a
lower conversion loss in the case of unwanted harmonics. For measurements on this type of mixer, a
bandpass filter must be used to make sure that that there is only noise at the desired input frequency at
the input of the DUT. This measurement is similar to measurements on a mixer with an average
sideband suppression.

1300.2519.12

2.107

E-11

3GPP Base Station Measurements (Option K72)

R&S FSL

3GPP Base Station Measurements (Option K72)
This section explains basic 3GPP FDD base station tests by means of a setup with a signal generator,
e.g. an R&S SMU. It describes how operating and measurement errors can be avoided using correct
settings. The measurements are performed with an R&S FSL equipped with the 3GPP Base Station
Measurements option (K72).
The following measurements are described:
Measuring the Signal Channel Power
Measuring the Spectrum Emission Mask
Measuring the Relative Code Domain Power
Synchronization of the reference frequencies
Behavior with deviating center frequency setting
Behavior with incorrect scrambling code
Measuring the Relative Code Domain Power
Trigger offset
Furthermore, the test setup for base station tests is given:
Setup for Base Station Tests
For measurements on base–station signals in line with 3GPP, test models with different channel
configurations are specified in the document "Base Station (BS) conformance testing (FDD)" (3GPP TS
25.141 V7.4.0).
For further information on measurement examples refer also to the Quick Start Guide, chapter 5 "Basic
Measurement Examples".
This option is available from firmware version 1.60.

Measuring the Signal Channel Power
The R&S FSL measures the unweighted RF signal power in a bandwidth of

f BW = 5 MHz

(1 + ) 3.84 MHz |

= 0.22

The power is measured in zero span using a digital channel filter of 5 MHz in bandwidth. According to
the 3GPP standard, the measurement bandwidth (5 MHz) is slightly larger than the minimum required
bandwidth of 4.7 MHz.
Test setup:
Connect the RF output of the signal generator to the RF input of the R&S FSL (coaxial cable with N
connectors).
Signal generator settings (e.g. R&S SMU):
Frequency:
2.1175 GHz
Level:

0 dBm

Standard:

WCDMA/3GPP

Test model:

1, 32 DPCH channels

1300.2519.12

2.108

E-11

R&S FSL

3GPP Base Station Measurements (Option K72)

Procedure:
1. Set the R&S FSL to its default state.
Press the PRESET key.
The R&S FSL is set to its default state.
2. Change into the 3G FDD BTS mode.
Press the MODE key and activate the 3G FDD BTS option.
3. Set the center frequency to 2.1175 GHz.
Press the FREQ key.
The frequency menu is displayed.
In the dialog box, enter 2.1175 using the numeric keypad and confirm with the GHz key.
4. Set the reference level to 0 dBm.
Press the AMPT key and enter 0 dBm.
5. Start the Power measurement.
Press the MEAS key.
Press the Power softkey.
The signal channel power of the WCDMA signal is displayed.

Fig. 2-78 Power measurement

1300.2519.12

2.109

E-11

3GPP Base Station Measurements (Option K72)

R&S FSL

Measuring the Spectrum Emission Mask
The 3GPP specification defines a measurement that monitors compliance with a spectral mask in a
range of at least ±12.5 MHz around the WCDMA carrier. To assess the power emissions in the
specified range, the signal power is measured in the range near the carrier by means of a 30 kHz filter,
and in the ranges far away from the carrier by means of a 1 MHz filter. The resulting trace is compared
to a limit line defined in the 3GPP specification.
Test setup:
Connect the RF output of the signal generator to the RF input of the R&S FSL (coaxial cable with N
connectors).
Signal generator settings (e.g. R&S SMU):
Frequency:
2.1175 GHz
Level:

0 dBm

Standard:

WCDMA/3GPP

Test model:

1, 32 DPCH channels

Procedure:
1. Set the R&S FSL to its default state.
Press the PRESET key.
The R&S FSL is set to its default state.
2. Change into the 3G FDD BTS mode.
Press the MODE key and activate the 3G FDD BTS option.
3. Set the center frequency to 2.1175 GHz.
Press the FREQ key.
The frequency menu is displayed.
In the dialog box, enter 2.1175 using the numeric keypad and confirm with the GHz key.
4. Set the reference level to 0 dBm.
Press the AMPT key and enter 0 dBm.
5. Start the Spectrum Emission Mask measurement.
Press the MEAS key.
Press the Spectrum Emission Mask softkey.
The spectrum of the 3GPP FDD signal is displayed.

1300.2519.12

2.110

E-11

R&S FSL

3GPP Base Station Measurements (Option K72)

Fig. 2-79 Spectrum Emission Mask measurement

Measuring the Relative Code Domain Power
A code domain power measurement on one of the test models (model 1 with 32 channels) is shown in
the following. To demonstrate the effects, the basic parameters of the Code Domain Power
measurements permitting an analysis of the signal are changed one after the other from values adapted
to the measurement signal to non–adapted values.
Test setup:
Connect the RF output of the signal generator to the input of the R&S FSL.
Connect the reference input (EXT REF) on the rear panel of the R&S FSL to the reference input of
the signal generator (coaxial cable with BNC connectors).
Signal generator settings (e.g. R&S SMU):
Frequency:
2.1175 GHz
Level:

0 dBm

Standard:

WCDMA/3GPP

Test model:

1, 32 DPCH channels

Procedure:
1. Set the R&S FSL to its default state.
Press the PRESET key.
The R&S FSL is set to its default state.
2. Change into the 3G FDD BTS mode.
Press the MODE key and activate the 3G FDD BTS option.

1300.2519.12

2.111

E-11

3GPP Base Station Measurements (Option K72)

R&S FSL

3. Set the center frequency to 2.1175 GHz.
Press the FREQ key.
The frequency menu is displayed.
In the dialog box, enter 2.1175 using the numeric keypad and confirm with the GHz key.
4. Adjust the reference level and scrambling code.
Press the MEAS key.
The measurement menu is displayed.
Press the Auto Level & Code softkey.
The firmware adjusts the reference level and then searches the scrambling code automatically.
5. Select the Code Domain Power measurement.
Press the MEAS key.
Press the Code Dom Power Diagram softkey.
The Code Domain Power of signal according to test model 1 with 32 channels is displayed.

Fig. 2-80 Relative Code Domain Power measurement

Synchronization of the reference frequencies
Synchronization of the reference oscillators both of the DUT and the R&S FSL strongly reduces the
measured frequency error.
1. Press the SETUP key.
2. Press the Reference Int/Ext softkey to switch to external reference.
The displayed frequency error should be <10 Hz.

1300.2519.12

2.112

E-11

R&S FSL

3GPP Base Station Measurements (Option K72)

Behavior with deviating center frequency setting
In the following, the behavior of the DUT and the R&S FSL with an incorrect center frequency setting is
shown.
1. Tune the center frequency of the signal generator in 0.5 kHz steps.
2. Watch the R&S FSL screen.
A Code Domain Power measurement on the R&S FSL is still possible with a frequency error of up
to approx. 1 kHz. Up to 1 kHz, a frequency error causes no apparent difference in the accuracy of
the Code Domain Power measurement.
Above a frequency error of 1 kHz, the probability of impaired synchronization increases. With
continuous measurements, all channels are at times displayed in blue with almost the same level.
Above a frequency error of approx. 2 kHz, a Code Domain Power measurement cannot be
performed. The R&S FSL displays all possible codes in blue with a similar level.
3. Set the signal generator center frequency to 2.1175 GHz again.

Behavior with incorrect scrambling code
A correct Code Domain Power measurement can be carried out only if the scrambling code set on the
R&S FSL is identical to that of the transmitted signal.
1. Set the scrambling code of the signal generator to 0001.
With the scrambling code still set to 0 (default setting), the Code Domain Power Diagram result
display of the R&S FSL shows all possible codes with approximately the same level.
2. Set the correct scrambling code on the R&S FSL.
Press the MENU key.
Press the Scrambling Code softkey.
In the submenu, press the Scrambling Code softkey and enter 1 using the numeric keypad.
The Code Domain Power display again shows the test model.

Measuring the Relative Code Domain Power Triggered
If the code domain power measurement is performed without external triggering, a section of
approximately 20 ms of the test signal is recorded at an arbitrary moment to detect the start of a 3GPP
FDD frame in this section. Depending on the position of the frame start, the required computing time
can be quite long. Applying an external (frame) trigger can reduce the computing time.
Test setup:
Connect the RF output of the signal generator to the input of the R&S FSL.
Connect the reference input (EXT REF) on the rear panel of the R&S FSL to the reference input of
the signal generator (coaxial cable with BNC connectors).
Connect the external trigger input on the rear panel of the R&S FSL (EXT TRIGGER/GATE IN) to
the external trigger output of the signal generator.

1300.2519.12

2.113

E-11

3GPP Base Station Measurements (Option K72)

R&S FSL

Signal generator settings (e.g. R&S SMU):
Frequency:
2.1175 GHz
Level:

0 dBm

Standard:

WCDMA/3GPP

Test model:

1, 32 DPCH channels

Procedure:
1. Set the R&S FSL to its default state.
Press the PRESET key.
The R&S FSL is set to its default state.
2. Change into the 3G FDD BTS mode.
Press the MODE key and activate the 3G FDD BTS option.
3. Set the center frequency to 2.1175 GHz.
Press the FREQ key.
The frequency menu is displayed.
In the dialog box, enter 2.1175 using the numeric keypad and confirm with the GHz key.
4. Adjust the reference level and scrambling code.
Press the MEAS key.
The measurement menu is displayed.
Press the Auto Level & Code softkey.
The firmware adjusts the reference level and then searches the scrambling code automatically.
5. Select the Code Domain Power measurement.
Press the MEAS key.
Press the Code Dom Power Diagram softkey.
6. Select an external trigger source.
Press the TRIG key.
Press the Trigger Source softkey and select the External option.
The Code Domain Power of signal according to test model 1 with 32 channels is displayed.
The repetition rate of the measurement increases considerably compared to the repetition rate
of a measurement without an external trigger.

Trigger offset
A delay of the trigger event referenced to the start of the 3GPP FDD frame can be compensated by
modifying the trigger offset.
1. Press the TRIG key.
2. Press the Trigger Offset softkey and enter 100 using the numeric keypad and confirm with the µs
key.
1300.2519.12

2.114

E-11

R&S FSL

3GPP Base Station Measurements (Option K72)

Setup for Base Station Tests
This section describes how to set up the R&S FSL for 3GPP FDD base station tests. As a prerequisite
for starting the test, the instrument must be correctly set up and connected to the AC power supply as
described in the Quick Start Guide, chapter 1. Furthermore, the R&S FSL must be equipped with the
3GPP Base Station Measurements option (R&S FSL–K72). Installation instructions are provided in the
Quick Start Guide, chapter 3.:

Standard test setup
EXT TRIGGER

TX signal

Base
Transmission
Station

ext. reference signal

R&S FSL
EXT
REF

Frame
Trigger

Fig. 2-81

RF
INPUT

Base Transmission station test setup

Connect the antenna output (or TX output) of the base transmission station to RF input of the
R&S FSL via a power attenuator of suitable attenuation.
The following values are recommended for the external attenuator to ensure that the RF input of the
R&S FSL is protected and the sensitivity of the R&S FSL is not reduced too much.
Max. power

Recommended ext. attenuation

55 to 60 dBm

35 to 40 dB

50 to 55 dBm

30 to 35 dB

45 to 50 dBm

25 to 30 dB

40 to 45 dBm

20 to 25 dB

35 to 40 dBm

15 to 20 dB

30 to 35 dBm

10 to 15 dB

25 to 30 dBm

5 to 10 dB

20 to 25 dBm

0 to 5 dB

<20 dBm

0 dB

For signal measurements at the output of two–port networks, connect the reference frequency of
the signal source to the reference input of the R&S FSL (EXT REF).
To ensure that the error limits specified by the 3GPP standard are met, the R&S FSL should use an
external reference frequency for frequency measurements on base stations. For instance, a
rubidium frequency standard may be used as a reference source.
If the base station is provided with a trigger output, connect this output to the trigger input of the
R&S FSL (EXT TRIGGER/GATE IN).

Basic settings
1. Enter the external attenuation).
2. Enter the reference level.
3. Enter the center frequency.
4. Set the trigger.
5. Select the standard and measurement.

1300.2519.12

2.115

E-11

CDMA2000 Base Station Measurements (Option K82)

R&S FSL

CDMA2000 Base Station Measurements (Option K82)
This section explains basic CDMA2000 base station tests by means of a setup with a signal generator,
e.g. an R&S SMU. It describes how operating and measurement errors can be avoided using correct
settings. The measurements are performed with an R&S FSL equipped with the CDMA2000 Base
Station Measurements option (K82).
The following measurements are described:
Measuring the Signal Channel Power
Measuring the Spectrum Emission Mask
Measuring the Relative Code Domain Power and the Frequency Error
–

Synchronization of the reference frequencies

–

Behavior with deviating center frequency setting

Measuring the triggered Relative Code Domain Power
–

Adjusting the trigger offset

–

Behaviour with the wrong PN offset

Measuring the Composite EVM
Measuring the Peak Code Domain Error and the RHO Factor
–

Displaying RHO

Furthermore, the test setup for base station tests is given:
Test Setup for Base Station Tests
As the CDMA2000 Base Station Measurements option also supports the CDMA2000 Standard, the
examples are performed on an CDMA2000 signal.
General test setup:
The measurements are performed with the following units and accessories:
R&S FSL equipped with the CDMA2000 Base Station Measurements option
R&S SMU signal generator equipped with option SMU-B9 / B10 / B11 baseband generator and SMUK46 CDMA2000 incl. 1xEVDV.
1 coaxial cable, 50
2 coaxial cables, 50

, approximately 1 m, N connector
, approximately 1 m, BNC connector

This option is available from firmware version 1.90.

Measuring the Signal Channel Power
In the Power measurement, the total channel power of the CDMA2000 signal is displayed. The
measurement also displays spurious emeissions like harmonics or intermodulation products that occur
close to the carrier.

1300.2519.12

2.116

E-11

R&S FSL

CDMA2000 Base Station Measurements (Option K82)

Test setup:
Connect the RF output of the signal generator to the RF input of the R&S FSL (coaxial cable with N
connectors).
Signal generator settings:
Frequency:
878.49 MHz
Level:

0 dBm

Standard:

CDMA2000

Procedure:
1. Set the R&S FSL to its default state.
Press the PRESET key.
2. Activate the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer mode.
Press the MODE key and activate the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer option.
3. Start the Power measurement
Press the MEAS key.
Press the Power softkey.
4. Set the center frequency.
Press the FREQ key and enter 878.49 MHz.
5. Set the reference level.
Press the AMPT key and enter 0 dBm.
On the screen, the spectrum of the signal and the corresponding power levels within the 1.2288 MHz
channel bandwidth are displayed. In the table below the diagram, the numeric values of the channel
bandwidth of the TX xhannel and power level of the analyzed signal are listed.

Fig. 2-82: Measurement of the signal channel power

1300.2519.12

2.117

E-11

CDMA2000 Base Station Measurements (Option K82)

R&S FSL

Measuring the Spectrum Emission Mask
To detect spurious emissions such as harmonics or intermodulation products, the R&S FSL offers a
spectrum emission mask measurement. The measurement compares the power against the spurious
emissions mask in the range from -4 MHz to 4 MHz around the carrier. The exact measurement
settings like the filter that is used depend on the Band Class parameter (for supported Band Classes
see chapter 4 "Instrument Functions").
Test setup:
Connect the RF output of the signal generator to the RF input of the R&S FSL (coaxial cable with N
connectors).
Signal generator settings:
Frequency:
878.49 MHz
Level:

0 dBm

Standard:

CDMA2000

Procedure:
1. Set the R&S FSL to its default state.
Press the PRESET key.
2. Activate the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer mode.
Press the MODE key and activate the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer option.
3. Start the measurement.
Press the MEAS key.
Press the Spectrum Emission Mask softkey.
4. Set the center frequency.
Press the FREQ key and enter 878.49 MHz.
5. Set the reference level.
Press the AMPT key and enter 0 dBm.
6. Select a bandclass
Press the Bandclass softkey and select BandClass 0: 800 MHz Cellular Band from the list.
On the screen, the spectrum of the signal is displayed, including the limit line defined in the standard.
To understand where and about how much the measurement has failed, the List Evaluation table shows
the frequencies, where spurious emissions occur (for details on the table structure see chapter 4
"Instrument Functions").

1300.2519.12

2.118

E-11

R&S FSL

CDMA2000 Base Station Measurements (Option K82)

Fig. 2-83: Measurement of the Spectrum Emission Mask

Measuring the Relative Code Domain Power and the
Frequency Error
A Code Domain Power measurement analyses the signal over a single Power Control Group (PCG). It
also determines the power of all channels.
A Code Domain Power measurement on a test model (having 9 channels) is performed. The basic
parameters of the Code Domain Power measurements, which allows an analysis of the signal, are
changed one after the other to demonstrate the ensuing effects: values adapted to the measurement
signal are changed to non–adapted values.
Note: In the following examples, adjusting the settings of the code domain measurements is described
using the dialog boxes. Alternately the settings can also be modified by using the
corresponding hardkeys as in the base unit (e.g. the center frequency can be either set via the
Frontend Settings dialog box, but also via the FREQ key).

Test setup:
Connect the RF output of the signal generator to the RF input of the R&S FSL.
Connect the reference input (EXT REF) on the rear panel of the R&S FSL to the reference output
(REF) of the signal generator (coaxial cable with BNC connectors).
Signal generator settings:
Frequency:
878.49 MHz
Level:

0 dBm

Standard:

CDMA2000

1300.2519.12

2.119

E-11

CDMA2000 Base Station Measurements (Option K82)

R&S FSL

Procedure:
1. Set the R&S FSL to its default state.
Press the PRESET key.
2. Activate the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer Mode.
Press the MODE key and select CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer.
3. Enter the Code Domain Analyzer.
Press the MEAS key
Press the Code Domain Analyzer softkey.
4. Start the measurement
In the Code Domain Analyzer softkey menu, press the Select Meas softkey.
Press the Code Domain Power softkey.
5. Enter the Settings Overview dialog box.
Press the Settings softkey.
Press the Settings Overview softkey.
The Settings Overview dialog box is displayed.
6. Set the center frequency and the reference level.
In the Settings Overview dialog box select the Frontend button.
In the Center Frequency field enter 878.49 MHz.
In the Ref Level field enter 10 dBm.
Close the Frontend Settings dialog box.
Close the Settings Overview box.
In the two screens, the following results are displayed: screen A shows the power of the code domain of
the signal. The x-axis represents the individual channels (or codes), while the y-axis shows the power of
each channel. In screen B the result summary is displayed. It shows the numeric results of the code
domain power measurement, including the frequency error.

1300.2519.12

2.120

E-11

R&S FSL

CDMA2000 Base Station Measurements (Option K82)

Fig. 2-84: Measurement of the code domain power without external reference

Synchronization of the reference frequencies
The frequency error can be reduced by synchronizing the transmitter and the receiver to the same
reference frequency.
7. Press the SETUP key.
Press the Reference Int/Ext softkey to switch to an external reference.
Screen A again shows the CDP measurement and screen B the result summary. After the
synchronization of the reference frequencies of the devices, the frequency error should now be smaller
than 10 Hz.

Behavior with deviating center frequency setting
A measurement can only be valid if the center frequency of the DUT and the analyzer are balanced.
8. On the signal generator, change the center frequency in steps of 0.1 kHz and observe the analyzer
screen.
Up to a frequency error of approximately 1.0 kHz, a Code Domain Power measurement on the
R&S FSL is still possible. A frequency error within this range causes no apparent difference in the
accuracy of the Code Domain Power measurement.
Above a frequency error of 1.0 kHz, the probability of incorrect synchronization increases. This is
indicated by the SYNC FAILED error message.
If the frequency error exceeds approximately 1.5 kHz, a Code Domain Power measurement cannot
be performed. This is indicated by the SYNC FAILED error message.
Reset the center frequency of the signal generator to 878.49 MHz.
Note:

The center frequency of the DUT should not deviate by more than 1.0 kHz from that of the
R&S FSL.

1300.2519.12

2.121

E-11

CDMA2000 Base Station Measurements (Option K82)

R&S FSL

Measuring the triggered Relative Code Domain Power
If the code domain power measurement is performed without external triggering, a section of the test
signal is recorded at an arbitrary point of time and the firmware attempts to detect the start of a power
control group (PCG). To detect this start, all possibilities of the PN sequence location have to be tested
in Free Run trigger mode. This requires computing time. This computing time can be reduced by using
an external (frame) trigger and entering the correct PN offset. If the search range for the start of the
power control group and the PN offset are known then fewer possibilities have to be tested. This
increases the measurement speed.
Test setup:
Connect the RF output of the signal generator to the input of the R&S FSL.
Connect the reference input (EXT REF) on the rear panel of the R&S FSL to the reference input of
the signal generator (coaxial cable with BNC connectors).
Connect the external trigger input on the rear panel of the R&S FSL (EXT TRIGGER/GATE IN) to
the external trigger output of the signal generator.
Signal generator settings (e.g. R&S SMU):
Frequency:
878.49 MHz
Level:

0 dBm

Standard:

CDMA2000

Procedure:
1. Set the R&S FSL to its default state.
Press the PRESET key.
2. Activate the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer Mode.
Press the MODE key and select CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer.
3. Enter the Code Domain Analyzer.
Press the MEAS key
Press the Code Domain Analyzer softkey.
4. Start the measurement.
In the Code Domain Analyzer softkey menu, press the Select Meas softkey.
Press the Code Domain Power softkey.
5. Enter the Settings Overview dialog box.
Press the Settings softkey.
Press the Settings Overview softkey.
The Settings Overview dialog box is displayed.
6. Set the center frequency and the reference level.
In the Settings Overview dialog box select the Frontend button.
In the Center Frequency field enter 878.49 MHz.
In the Ref Level field enter 10 dBm.
Close the Frontend Settings dialog box.
1300.2519.12

2.122

E-11

R&S FSL

CDMA2000 Base Station Measurements (Option K82)

Close the Settings Overview box.
In the two screens, the following results are displayed: by default, screen A shows the code domain
power of the signal. Compared to the measurement without an external trigger (see previous example),
the repetition rate of the measurement increases. In screen B the result summary is displayed. In the
row Trigger to Frame, the offset between the trigger event and and the start of the PCG (Power Control
Group) is shown.

Fig. 2-85: Measurement of the code domain power with an external trigger source
Note that the Trigger to Frame parameter is only visible in the full screen mode of the Result Summary
display.
7. Change into full screen mode..
Set the focus on screen B by pressing the Screen Focus A/B softkey.
Press the Screen Size Split/Full softkey.
The display is now in full screen mode

Adjusting the trigger offset
The delay between the trigger event and the start of the PCG can be compensated for by adjusting the
trigger offset.
8. Set an external trigger source and the trigger offset.
In the Settings Overview dialog box select the IQ Capture button.
Set the Trigger Source radio button to External.
Set the Trigger Offset to 100Rs to compensate analog delays of the trigger event.
In the two screens, the following results are displayed: Screen A shows the the same as above. In
screen B the result summary is displayed. In the Trg to Frame result, the offset between the trigger
event and the start of the PCG has been adjusted.

Behaviour with the wrong PN offset
The last adjustment to be made is setting the PN (Pseudo Noise) offset correctly. The measurement
can only be valid, if the PN offset on the analyzer is the same as that of the transmit signal.
1300.2519.12

2.123

E-11

CDMA2000 Base Station Measurements (Option K82)

R&S FSL

9. Set a PN Offset.
–

In the Settings Overview dialog box select the Demodulation Settings button.

–

In the PN Offset field enter 200.

Again, screen A shows the CDP measurement, screen B the result summary. In the result summary,
the Trigger to Frame result is not correct. Also, the error message SYNC FAILED indicates that the
synchronization has failed.
–

In the PN Offset field enter 0

After adjusting it, the PN offset on the R&S FSL is the same as that of the signal. In the result summary
the Trg To Frame value is now shown correctly.

Fig. 2-86: Result summary of the code domain measurement with the Trigger to Frame
value

Measuring the Composite EVM
The Error Vector Magnitude (EVM) describes the quality of the measured signal compared to an ideal
reference signal generated by the R&S FSL. In the I-Q plane, the error vector represents the ratio of the
measured signal to the ideal signal on symbol level. The error vector is equal to the square root of the
ratio of the measured signal to the reference signal. The result is given in %.
In the Composite EVM measurement the error is averaged over all channels (by means of the root
mean square) for a given Power Control Group (PCG). The measurement covers the entire signal
during the entire observation time. On screen the results are shown in a diagram, in which the x-axis
represents the examined PCGs and the y-axis shows the EVM values.
Test Setup:
Connect the RF output of the Signal Generator to the RF input of the R&S FSL (coaxial cables with
N connectors).
Connect the reference input (EXT REF IN/OUT) on the rear panel of the R&S FSL to the reference
output (REF) on the signal generator (coaxial cable with BNC connectors).
Connect external triggering of the analyzer (EXT TRIG GATE) to the signal generator’s trigger
(TRIGOUT1 at PAR DATA).
1300.2519.12

2.124

E-11

R&S FSL

CDMA2000 Base Station Measurements (Option K82)

Signal generator settings:
Frequency.
878.49 MHz
Level:

0 dBm

Standard:

CDMA2000

Procedure:
1. Set the R&S FSL to its default state.
Press the PRESET key.
2. Activate the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer Mode.
Press the MODE key and select CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer.
3. Enter the Code Domain Analyzer.
Press the MEAS key
Press the Code Domain Analyzer softkey.
4. Start the measurement.
Press the Select Meas softkey
Press the More

softkey

Select the Composite EVM softkey and the measurement begins.
5. Enter the Settings Overview dialog box.
Press the Settings softkey.
Press the Settings Overview softkey.
The Settings Overview dialog box is displayed.
6. Set the center frequency and the reference level.
In the Settings Overview dialog box select the Frontend button.
In the Center Frequency field enter 878.49 MHz.
In the Ref Level field enter 10 dBm.
Close the Frontend Settings dialog box.
7. Set an external trigger source.
In the Settings Overview dialog box, select the IQ Capture button.
Set the Trigger Source radio button to External.
Close the Settings Overview box
In the two screens, the following results are displayed: by default, Screen A shows the diagram of the
Composite EVM measurement result. In screen B the result summary is displayed. It shows the
numeric results of the Code Domain Power measurement, including the values for the Composite EVM.

1300.2519.12

2.125

E-11

CDMA2000 Base Station Measurements (Option K82)

R&S FSL

Measuring the Peak Code Domain Error and the RHO Factor
The Code Domain Error Power describes the quality of the measured signal compared to an ideal
reference signal generated by the R&S FSL. In the I-Q plane, the error vector represents the difference
of the measured signal and the ideal signal. The Code Domain Error is the difference in power on
symbol level of the measured and the reference signal projected to the class of of the base spreading
factor. The unit of the result is dB.
In the Peak Code Domain Error (PCDE) measurement, the maximum error value over all channels is
determined and displayed for a given PCG. The measurement covers the entire signal during the entire
observation time. On screen the results are shown in a diagram, in which the x-axis represents the
PCGs and the y-axis shows the PCDE values.
A measurement of the RHO factor is shown in the second part of the example. RHO is the normalized,
correlated power between the measured and the ideal reference signal. The maximum value of RHO is
1. In that case the measured signal and the reference signal are identical. When measuring RHO, it is
required that only the pilot channel is active.
Test setup:
Connect the RF output of the signal generator to the RF input of the R&S FSL (coaxial cable with N
connectors).
Connect the reference input (EXT REF IN/OUT) on the rear panel of the R&S FSL to the reference
output (REF) on the signal generator (coaxial cable with BNC connectors).
Connect external triggering of the R&S FSL (EXT TRIG GATE) to the signal generator trigger
(TRIGOUT1 at PAR DATA).
Signal generator settings:
Frequency:
878.49 MHz
Level:

0 dBm

Standard:

CDMA2000

Procedure:
1. Set the R&S FSL to its default state.
Press the PRESET key.
2. Activate the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer mode.
Press the MODE key and activate the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer option.
3. Enter the Code Domain Analyzer.
Press the MEAS key.
Press the Code Domain Analyzer softkey.
4. Start the Peak Code Domain Error measurement.
Press the Select Meas softkey
Press the More

softkey

Select the Peak Code Domain Error softkey and start the measurement.
5. Enter the Settings Overview dialog box.
Press the Settings softkey.
Press the Settings Overview softkey.
1300.2519.12

2.126

E-11

R&S FSL

CDMA2000 Base Station Measurements (Option K82)

The Settings Overview dialog box is displayed.
6. Set the center frequency and the reference level.
In the Settings Overview dialog box select the Frontend button.
In the Center Frequency field enter 878.49 MHz.
In the Ref Level field enter 0 dBm.
Close the Frontend Settings dialog box.
7. Set an external trigger source.
In the Settings Overview dialog box, select the IQ Capture button.
Set the Trigger Source radio button to External.
Close the Settings Overview box
In the two screens, the following results are displayed: by default, screen A shows the diagram of the
Peak Code Domain Error. In screen B the result summary is displayed. It shows the numeric results of
the code domain power measurement, but nothing specific about the Peak Code Domain Error.

Displaying RHO
Note:

Make sure that all channels except the pilot channel (code 0.64) are OFF, so that only the pilot
channel is available in the measurement.

No specific measurement is required to get the value for RHO. The R&S FSL always calculates this
value automatically regardless of the code domain measurement performed. Besides the results of the
code domain measurements, the numeric result of the RHO measurement is shown in the result
summary, by default shown in screen B.

Test Setup for Base Station Tests
This section describes the default settings of the R&S FSL, if it is used as a CDMA2000 base station
tester. Before starting the measurements, the R&S FSL has to be configured correctly and supplied with
power as described in the Quick Start Guide, "Preparing For Use". Furthermore, the application
firmware of the R&S FSL-K82 must be enabled. Installation and enabling of the application firmware are
described in chapter 4 "Instrument Functions". :
NOTICE

Risk of damage to the instrument
Before taking the instrument into operation, make sure that
•

the housing covers are in place and their screws have been tightened,

•

the ventilation slits are free,

•

no signal voltage levels above the permissible limits are applied to the inputs,

•

the outputs of the unit are not overloaded or wrongly connected.

Failure to comply may result in damage to the instrument

1300.2519.12

2.127

E-11

CDMA2000 Base Station Measurements (Option K82)

R&S FSL

Standard test setup:
EXT REF
EXTERNAL
REFERENCE
SIGNAL

R&S FSL

EXT TRIGGER

RF INPUT

EVEN SECOND
CLOCK TRIGGER
BTS

TX SIGNAL
EXTERNAL
ATTENUATION

Connect the antenna output (or TX output) of the base station to the RF input of the R&S FSL. Use
power attenuator exhibiting suitable attenuation.
The following values for external attenuation are recommended to ensure that the RF input of the
analyzer is protected and the sensitivity of the unit is not reduced too much:
Maximum Power

Recommended external attenuation

55 to 60 dBm

35 to 40 dB

50 to 55 dBm

30 to 35 dB

45 to 50 dBm

25 to 30 dB

40 to 45 dBm

20 to 25 dB

35 to 40 dBm

15 to 20 dB

30 to 35 dBm

10 to 15 dB

25 to 30 dBm

5 to 10 dB

20 to 25 dBm

0 to 5 dB

20 dBm

0 dB

For signal measurements at the output of two-port networks, connect the reference frequency of the
signal source to the rear reference input of the analyzer.
The R&S FSL must be operated with an external frequency reference to ensure that the error limits
of the CDMA2000 specification for frequency measurements on base stations are met. A rubidium
frequency standard can be used as a reference source for example.
If the base station has a trigger output, connect the trigger output of the base station to the rear
trigger input of the analyzer (EXT TRIG GATE).
Presettings
Enter the external attenuation
Enter the reference level
Enter the center frequency
Set the trigger
If used, enable the external reference
Select the standard and the desired measurement
Set the PN offset

1300.2519.12

2.128

E-11

R&S FSL

WLAN TX Measurements (Option K91)

WLAN TX Measurements (Option K91/K91n)
This section describes measurement examples for the WLAN TX Measurements option (K91) and gives
details to signal processing. For further information on measurement examples refer also to the Quick
Start Guide, chapter 5 "Basic Measurement Examples".
This option is available from firmware version 1.20. The option R&S FSL-K91n is available from firmware
version 1.90.

Signal Processing of the IEEE 802.11a application
Abbreviations
al , k

symbol at symbol l of sub carrier k

EVM k

error vector magnitude of sub carrier k

EVM

error vector magnitude of current packet

g

signal gain

f

frequency deviation between Tx and Rx

l

symbol index l = [1, nof _Symbols ]

nof _symbols

number of symbols of payload

Hk

channel transfer function of sub carrier k

k

channel index k = [ 31,32]

K mod

modulation dependant normalization factor
relative clock error of reference oscillator

rl , k

sub carrier k of symbol l

This description gives a rough view of the IEEE 802.11a application signal processing. Details are
disregarded in order to get a concept overview.
A diagram of the interesting blocks is shown in Fig. 2-87 First the RF signal is down converted to the IF
frequency f IF = 20.4 MHz. The resulting IF signal rIF (t ) is shown on the left–hand side of the figure. After
bandpass filtering, the signal is sampled by an Analog to Digital Converter (ADC) at a sampling rate of
f s1 = 81.6 MHz. This digital sequence is resampled to the new sampling frequency of f s 2 = 80 MHz which is
a multiple of the Nyquist rate (20 MHz). The subsequent digital down converter shifts the IF signal to the
complex base band. In the next step the base band signal is filtered by a FIR filter. To get an idea, the rough
transfer function is plotted in the figure. This filter fulfills two tasks: first it suppresses the IF image frequency,
secondly it attenuates the aliasing frequency bands caused by the subsequent down sampling. After filtering,
the sequence is sampled down by the factor of 4. Thus the sampling rate of the down sampled sequence
r (i ) is the Nyquist rate of f s 3 = 20 MHz. Up to this point the digital part is implemented in an ASIC.

1300.2519.12

2.129

E-11

WLAN TX Measurements (Option K91)
e

~
~
~

r I (t)
F

ADC

-j

I
F

·kT S
2

4"

FIR

Resampler
fs2 = 80 MHz

fs1 = 81.6 MHz

R&S FSL

!HFIR( f )

fs3 = 20MHz
16.4 MHz

f

0

payload
window

frequency
compensation

FFT

rl,k

user defined
compensation

N = 64

pilot
table

al,k

estimation
of
gain, frequency, time

r(i)

r'l,k

1

Hk

gl
t

full
compensation

estimate
data symbols

2.fine timing

al,k

channel
estimation

Hk

parameters

(PL)

Hk

pilots + data

packet search:
1.coarse timing

measurement
of

f res , d#l
l

timing

r''l,k

f coarse
Hk

data

(LS
)

LS

Fig. 2-87

Signal processing of the IEEE 802.11a application

In the lower part of the figure the subsequent digital signal processing is shown. In the first block the
packet search is performed. This block detects the Long Symbol (LS) and recovers the timing. The
coarse timing is detected first. This search is implemented in the time domain. The algorithm is based on
cyclic repetition within the LS after N = 64 samples. Numerous treatises exist on this subject, e.g. [1] to
1 of the Rx–Tx frequency offset f is derived from the metric in
[3]. Furthermore a coarse estimate fˆ
coarse

[6]. This can easily be understood because the phase of r (i ) r * (i + N ) is determined by the frequency
offset. As the frequency deviation f can exceed half a bin (distance between neighbor sub–carriers)
the preceding Short Symbol (SS) is also analyzed in order to detect the ambiguity.
After the coarse timing calculation the time estimate is improved by the fine timing calculation. This is
achieved by first estimating the coarse frequency response Hˆ k( LS) , with k = [ 26, 26] denoting the channel
index of the occupied sub–carriers. First the FFT of the LS is calculated. After the FFT calculation the known
symbol information of the LS sub–carriers is removed by dividing by the symbols. The result is a coarse
estimate Ĥ k of the channel transfer function. In the next step the complex channel impulse response is
computed by an IFFT. Next the energy of the windowed impulse response (the window size is equal to
the guard period) is calculated for every trial time. Afterwards the trail time of the maximum energy is
detected. This trial time is used to adjust the timing.
Now the position of the LS is known and the starting point of the useful part of the first payload symbol
can be derived. In the next block this calculated time instant is used to position the payload window.
Only the payload part is windowed. This is sufficient because the payload is the only subject of the
subsequent measurements.
In the next block the windowed sequence is compensated by the coarse frequency estimate fˆcoarse . This is
necessary because otherwise inter channel interference (ICI) would occur in the frequency domain.
The transition to the frequency domain is achieved by an FFT of length 64. The FFT is performed
symbol–wise for every of the nof _symbols symbols of the payload. The calculated FFTs are described
by rl , k with
the symbol index l = [ 1 , nof _symbols ] and
the channel index k = [ 31 , 32 ] .

1

)
The hat generally describes an estimate. Example: x is the estimate of x.

1300.2519.12

2.130

E-11

R&S FSL

WLAN TX Measurements (Option K91)

In case of an additive white Gaussian noise (AWGN) channel the FFT is described by [4], [5]
r l , k = K mod × al , k × gl × H k × e

j ( phasel

( common )

)
+ phasel(,timing
k

+ nl , k

(10)

with
the modulation–dependant normalization factor K mod ,
the symbol al ,k of sub–carrier k at symbol l ,
the gain g l at the symbol l in relation to the reference gain g = 1 at the long symbol (LS),
the channel frequency response H k at the long symbol (LS),
the common phase drift phase (lcommon ) of all sub–carriers at symbol l (see below),
the phase phasel(,ktiming ) of sub–carrier k at symbol l caused by the timing drift (see below),
the independent Gaussian distributed noise samples nl ,k .
The common phase drift in equation (10) is given by
(common)

phasel

= 2 × N s / N × f rest T × l + dyl

(11)

with

N s = 80 being the number of Nyquist samples of the symbol period,
N = 64 being the number of Nyquist samples N = 64 of the useful part of the symbol,
f rest being the (not yet compensated) frequency deviation,
d# l being the phase jitter at the symbol l .
fˆcoarse (see figure 1) is not error–free. Therefore the remaining
represents the not yet compensated frequency deviation in rl ,k . Consequently the

In general, the coarse frequency estimate
frequency error

f rest

overall frequency deviation of the device under test (DUT) is calculated by f = fˆcoarse + f rest . Remark:
The only motivation for dividing the common phase drift in equation (11) into two parts is to be able to
calculate the overall frequency deviation of the DUT.
The reason for the phase jitter d# l in equation (11) may be different. The nonlinear part of the phase
jitter may be caused by the phase noise of the DUT oscillator. Another reason for nonlinear phase jitter
may be the increase of the DUT amplifier temperature at the beginning of the burst. Please note that
besides the nonlinear part the phase jitter d# l also contains a constant part. This constant part is
caused by the not yet compensated frequency deviation f rest . To understand this, please keep in mind
that the measurement of the phase starts at the first symbol l = 1 of the payload. In contrast the channel
frequency response H k in equation (10) represents the channel at the long symbol of the preamble.
Consequently the not yet compensated frequency deviation f rest produces a phase drift between the
long symbol and the first symbol of the payload. Therefore this phase drift appears as a constant value
("DC value'') in d# l .
Referring to the IEEE 802.11a measurement standard Chapter 17.3.9.7 "Transmit modulation accuracy test''
[6], the common phase drift phase(lcommon ) must be estimated and compensated from the pilots. Therefore this
"symbol wise phase tracking'' (Tracking Phase) is activated as the default setting of the R&S FSL–K91/K91n.
Furthermore the timing drift in equation (10) is given by
( timing )

phasel , k

1300.2519.12

= 2 × Ns / N × × k × l

(12)
2.131

E-11

WLAN TX Measurements (Option K91)

R&S FSL

with being the relative clock deviation of the reference oscillator. Normally a symbol–wise timing jitter
is negligible and thus not modeled in equation (12). There may be situations where the timing drift has
to be taken into account. This is illustrated by an example: In accordance to [6] the allowed clock
deviation of the DUT is up to max = 20 ppm. Furthermore a long packet with nof _symbols = 400 symbols
is assumed. From equations (10) and (12), it results that the phase drift of the highest sub–carrier
k = 26 in the last symbol l = nof _symbols is 93 degrees. Even in the noise–free case, this would lead to
symbol errors. The example shows that it is actually necessary to estimate and compensate the clock
deviation, which is accomplished in the next block.
Referring to the IEEE 802.11a measurement standard [6], the timing drift phasel(,ktiming ) is not part of the
requirements. Therefore the "time tracking'' (Tracking Time) is not activated as the default setting of the
R&S FSL–K91/K91n.
The time tracking option should rather be seen as a powerful analyzing option.
In addition the tracking of the gain g l in equation (10) is supported for each symbol in relation to the
reference gain g = 1 at the time instant of the long symbol (LS). At this time the coarse channel transfer
function Hˆ ( LS ) is calculated. This makes sense since the sequence r ' is compensated by the coarse
k

l ,k

channel transfer function Hˆ k( LS ) before estimating the symbols. Consequently a potential change of the
gain at the symbol l (caused, for example, by the increase of the DUT amplifier temperature) may lead
to symbol errors especially for a large symbol alphabet M of the MQAM transmission. In this case the
estimation and the subsequent compensation of the gain are useful.
Referring to the IEEE 802.11a measurement standard [6], the compensation of the gain g l is not part
of the requirements. Therefore the "gain tracking'' (Tracking Gain) is not activated as the default setting
of the R&S FSL–K91/K91n.
How can the parameters above be calculated? In this application the optimum maximum likelihood
algorithm is used. In the first estimation step the symbol–independent parameters f rest and
are
estimated. The symbol dependent parameters can be neglected in this step i.e. the parameters are set
to g l = 1 and d# l = 0 . Referring to equation (10) the log likelihood function2
~
~
L1 ( f rest , ) =

nof _ symbols

%
l =1

%

rl , k

2
)
j( ~
phase l( common ) + ~
p hasel(,tik min g )
al , k × H k( LS ) × e

k = 21, 7,7, 21

(13)

with
~
~
phasel(common) = 2 × N s / N × f rest T × l
~
(ti min g )
~
phase
= 2 × N / N × ×k ×l
s

l

~
~
f rest and . The trial parameters leading to
the minimum of the log likelihood function are used as estimates fˆrest and ˆ . In equation (13)(13) the

must be calculated as a function of the trial parameters
known pilot symbols al ,k are read from a table.

In the second step for every symbol l the log likelihood function
L2 ( g~l , d#~l ) =

%

rl , k

2
) ( LS )
j( ~
phasel( common ) + ~
phasel(,tik min g )
al , k × g~l × H k
×e

k = 21, 7,7, 21

with
)
~
phasel(common) = 2 × N s / N × f rest T × l + d#~l
)
)
(ti min g )
phasel
= 2 × Ns / N × × k ×l

2 The tilde generally describes an estimate. Example: ~
x is the trial parameter of x.
1300.2519.12

2.132

E-11

R&S FSL

WLAN TX Measurements (Option K91)

is calculated as a function of the trial parameters g~l and d#~l . Finally, the trial parameters leading to the
minimum of the log likelihood function are used as estimates ĝ l and d#ˆl .
This robust algorithm works well even at low signal to noise ratios with the Cramer Rao Bound being
reached.
After estimation of the parameters, the sequence rl ,k is compensated in the compensation blocks.
In the upper analyzing branch the compensation is user–defined i.e. the user determines which of the
parameters are compensated. This is useful in order to extract the influence of these parameters. The
resulting output sequence is described by r 'l ,k .
In the lower compensation branch the full compensation is always performed. This separate
compensation is necessary in order to avoid symbol errors. After the full compensation the secure
estimation of the data symbols aˆl ,k is performed. From equation (10) it is clear that first the channel
transfer function H k must be removed. This is achieved by dividing the known coarse channel estimate
Hˆ ( LS) calculated from the LS. Usually an error free estimation of the data symbols can be assumed.
k

In the next block a better channel estimate Hˆ k( PL ) of the data and pilot sub–carriers is calculated by using all

nof _symbols symbols of the payload (PL). This can be accomplished at this point because the phase is
compensated and the data symbols are known. The long observation interval of nof _symbols symbols (compared
to the short interval of 2 symbols for the estimation of Hˆ ( LS ) ) leads to a nearly error–free channel estimate.
k

In the following equalizer block r 'l ,k is compensated by the channel estimate. The resulting channel–
compensated sequence is described by r ' 'l ,k . The user may either choose the coarse channel estimate

Hˆ k( LS ) (from the long symbol) or the nearly error–free channel estimate Hˆ k( LS ) (from the payload) for
equalization. In case of using the improved estimate Hˆ ( LS ) a 2 dB reduction of the subsequent EVM
k

measurement can be expected.
According to the IEEE 802.11a measurement standard [6], the coarse channel estimation Hˆ k( LS ) (from
the long symbol) has to be used for equalization. Therefore the default setting of the R&S FSL–K91 is
equalization from the coarse channel estimate derived from the long symbol.
In the last block the measurement variables are calculated. The most important variable is the error
vector magnitude
EVM k =

1
nof _ symbols

nof _ symbols

%

rl',' k

K mod × al , k

2

(14)

l =1

of the sub–carrier k of the current packet. Furthermore the packet error vector magnitude
EVM =

1
52

26

% EVM

2
k

(15)

k = 26( k & 0)

is derived by averaging the squared EVM k versus k . Finally the average error vector magnitude
EVM =

1
nof _ packets

nof _ packets

% EVM

2

(counter )

(16)

counter =1

is calculated by averaging the packet EVM of all nof _ packets detected packets. This parameter is
equivalent to the so–called "RMS average of all errors ErrorRMS '' of the IEEE 802.11a measurement
commandment (see [6], Chapter 17.3.9.7).

1300.2519.12

2.133

E-11

WLAN TX Measurements (Option K91)

R&S FSL

Literature
[1]

Speth, Classen, Meyr: ''Frame synchronization of OFDM systems in frequency selective fading
channels", VTC '97, pp. 1807–1811

[2]

Schmidl, Cox: ''Robust Frequency and Timing Synchronization of OFDM", IEEE Trans. on
Comm., Dec. 1997, pp. 1613–621

[3]

Minn, Zeng, Bhargava: ''On Timing Offset Estimation for OFDM", IEEE Communication Letters,
July 2000, pp. 242–244

[4]

Speth, Fechtel, Fock, Meyr: ''Optimum Receiver Design for Wireless Broad–Band Systems
Using OFDM – Part I", IEEE Trans. On Comm. VOL. 47, NO 11, Nov. 1999

[5]

Speth, Fechtel, Fock, Meyr: ''Optimum Receiver Design for Wireless Broad–Band Systems
Using OFDM – Part II", IEEE Trans. On Comm. VOL. 49, NO 4, April. 2001

[6]

IEEE 802.11a, Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY)
specifications

Signal Processing of the IEEE 802.11b application
Abbreviations

'

timing offset

f

frequency offset

(

phase offset

ARG{K}

calculation of the angle of a complex value

EVM

error vector magnitude

ĝ I

estimate of the gain factor in the I–branch

ĝ Q

estimate of the gain factor in the Q–branch

ĝ Q

accurate estimate of the crosstalk factor of the Q–branch in the I–branch

hˆs (v)

estimated baseband filter of the transmitter

hˆr (v)

estimated baseband filter of the receiver

ô I

estimate of the IQ–offset in the I–branch

ôQ

estimate of the IQ–offset in the I–branch

r (v )

measurement signal

sˆ(v)

estimate of the reference signal

sˆn (v)

estimate of the power normalized and undisturbed reference signal

REAL{K}

calculation of the real part of a complex value

IMAG{K}

1300.2519.12

calculation of the imaginary part of a complex value

2.134

E-11

R&S FSL

WLAN TX Measurements (Option K91)

This description gives a rough overview of the signal processing concept of the IEEE 802.11b
application.
A block diagram of the measurement application is shown in Fig. 2-88. The baseband signal of an IEEE
802.11b wireless LAN system transmitter is sampled with a sampling rate of 44 MHz.

Fig. 2-88

Signal processing of the IEEE 802.11b application

The first task of the measurement application is to detect the position of the bursts within the
measurement signal r1 (v ) . The detection algorithm is able to find the positions of the beginning of
short and long bursts and can distinguish between them. The algorithm also detects the initial state of
the scrambler. This is required if IEEE 802.11 signals should be analyzed, because this standard does
not specify the initial state of the scrambler.
With the knowledge of the start position of the burst, the header of the burst can be demodulated. The
bits transmitted in the header provide information about the length of the burst and the modulation type
used in the PSDU.
After the start position and the burst length is fully known, better estimates of timing offset, timing drift,
frequency offset and phase offset can be calculated using the entire data of the burst.
At this point of the signal processing a demodulation can be performed without decision error. After
demodulation the normalized and undisturbed reference signal s (v ) is available.
If the frequency offset is not constant and varies with time, the frequency– and phase offset in several
partitions of the burst must be estimated and corrected. Additionally, timing offset, timing drift and gain
factor can be estimated and corrected in several partitions of the burst. These corrections can be
separately switched off in the demodulation settings menu.
Knowing the normalized power and undisturbed reference signal, the transmitter baseband filter is
estimated by minimizing the cost function

1300.2519.12

2.135

E-11

WLAN TX Measurements (Option K91)
N 1

L1 =

% r( ) × e

j2

~
f

+L

~
j (

×e

%

=0

R&S FSL
2

~
)
hs (i ) × s n (

i ) o~I

jo~Q

(17)

i= L

r (v) is the over sampled measurement signal,
sˆn (v) the over sampled power normalized and undisturbed reference signal, N the observation
~
~
~ ~ ~
length, L the filter length, f , ( , o
I , oQ and hs (v ) the variation parameters of the frequency–,
of a maximum–likelihood–based estimator, where

the phase, the IQ–offset and the coefficients of the transmitter filter. The frequency–, the phase– and
the IQ–offset are estimated jointly with the coefficients of the transmitter filter to increase the estimation
quality.
Once the transmitter filter is known, all other unknown signal parameters are estimated with a
maximum–likelihood–based estimation, which minimizes the cost function
N 1

L2 =

% r(

~

~

'~ ) × e j 2 f × e j (

g~ I × s I ( )

jg~Q × sQ ( ) + g~Q × sQ ( ) o~I

jo~Q

2

(18)

=0

where

g~ I resp. g~Q are the variation parameters of the gain used in the I– resp. the Q–branch,

the crosstalk factor of the Q–branch into the I–branch and

g~Q is

s I (v) resp. sQ (v) are the filtered reference

signal of the I– resp. the Q–branch. The unknown signal parameters are estimated in a joint estimation
process to increase the accuracy of the estimates.
The accurate estimates of the frequency offset, the IQ–imbalance, the quadratur–mismatch and the
normalized IQ–offset are displayed by the measurement software. The IQ–imbalance
IQ Imbalance =

)
)
gQ + gQ
)
gI

(19)

is the quotient of the estimates of the gain factor of the Q–branch, the crosstalk factor and the gain
factor of the I–branch, the quadrature–mismatch

{

)
)
Quadrature Mismatch = ARG g Q + j × g Q

}

(20)

is a measure for the crosstalk of the Q–branch into the I–branch. The normalized IQ–offset

IQ Offset =

oˆI2 + oˆQ2
2
1
)+ gˆ I2 + gˆ Q2 *,
2
(21)

is defined as the magnitude of the IQ–offset normalized by the magnitude of the reference signal.
At this point of the signal processing all unknown signal parameters such as timing–, frequency–,
phase–, IQ–offset and IQ–imbalance have been evaluated and the measurement signal can be
corrected accordingly.
Using the corrected measurement signal r (v ) and the estimated reference signal
quality parameters can be calculated. The mean error vector magnitude (EVM)
N 1

EVM =

% r (v )

sˆ(v)

sˆ(v) the modulation

2

v =0

N 1

% sˆ(v)
v =0

2

(22)

is the quotient of the root–mean–square values of the error signal power and the reference signal
power, whereas the instant error vector magnitude
1300.2519.12

2.136

E-11

R&S FSL

WLAN TX Measurements (Option K91)

EVM (v) =

r (v) sˆ(v)
N 1

% sˆ(v)

2

v =0

(23)

is the momentary error signal magnitude normalized by the root mean square value of the reference
signal power.
In [2] a different algorithm is proposed to calculate the error vector magnitude. In a first step the IQ–
offset in the I–branch

oˆ I =

1
N

N 1

% REAL{r(v)}
v =0

(24)

and the IQ–offset of the Q–branch

oˆ Q =

1
N

N 1

% IMAG{r(v)}
v =0

(25)

are estimated separately, where r(v) is the measurement signal which has been corrected with the
estimates of the timing–, frequency– and phase offset, but not with the estimates of the IQ–imbalance
and IQ–offset. With these values the IQ–imbalance of the I–branch

gˆ I =

1
N

N 1

% REAL{r(v)

oˆ I }

v =0

(26)

and the IQ–imbalance of the Q–branch

gˆ Q =

1
N

% IMAG{r(v)

oˆ Q }

N 1
v =0

(27)

are estimated in a non–linear estimation in a second step. Finally, the mean error vector magnitude
Verr(v)
1
2

N 1

% [REAL{r (v)}
=0

=

N 1

% [IMAG{r (v)}
1 )
[g + g) ]
2
]

) 2 1
gI +
2

)
oI

)
oQ

]

) 2
gQ

=0

(28)

2 2
Q

2
I

can be calculated with a non data aided calculation. The instant error vector magnitude
Verr(v)

=

[

1
REAL{r (v)} oˆ I
2

gˆ I

]2 + 12 [IMAG{r (v)}

[

oˆQ

gˆ Q

]2

]

(29)

1
2 2
gˆ I2 + gˆ Q
2

is the error signal magnitude normalized by the root mean square value of the estimate of the
measurement signal power. The advantage of this method is that no estimate of the reference signal is
needed, but the IQ–offset and IQ–imbalance values are not estimated in a joint estimation procedure.
Therefore, each estimation parameter is disturbing the estimation of the other parameter and the
accuracy of the estimates is lower than the accuracy of the estimations achieved by equation (17). If the
EVM value is dominated by Gaussian noise this method yields similar results as equation (18).

1300.2519.12

2.137

E-11

WLAN TX Measurements (Option K91)

R&S FSL

Literature
[1]

Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers, Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access
Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications, IEEE Std 802.11–1999, Institute of
Electrical and Electronic Engineers, Inc., 1999.

[2]

Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers, Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access
Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications: Higher–Speed Physical Layer
Extensions in the 2.4 GHz Band, IEEE Std 802.11b–1999, Institute of Electrical and
Electronic Engineers, Inc., 1999.

802.11b RF carrier suppression
Definition
The RF carrier suppression, measured at the channel center frequency, shall be at least 15 dB below
the peak SIN(x)/x power spectrum. The RF carrier suppression shall be measured while transmitting a
repetitive 01 data sequence with the scrambler disabled using DQPSK modulation. A 100 kHz
resolution bandwidth shall be used to perform this measurement.

Measurement with the R&S FSL
The RF carrier suppression as defined in the standard is a determination of peak ratios. The
unscrambled 01 data sequence provides a spectrum with distinct peaks enveloped by the transmit filter
spectrum. An IQ offset leads to an additional peak at the center frequency.
The following measurement sequence can be used in normal spectrum mode:
1. Use power trigger or external trigger
1. Use gated sweep with gate delay at payload start and gate length = payload length
(Delay–Comp ON and RBW = 50 MHz for gate settings)
2. Set RBW = 100 kHz
3. Set Sweep Time = 100 ms
4. Set Span = 20 MHz
5. Set Detector = RMS
6. Set Marker 1 to center frequency
7. Use Marker 2 as Delta Marker and set it to max. peak
Fig. 2-89 is a screenshot of this measurement. The delta marker shows directly the RF carrier
suppression in dB (white circled value).

1300.2519.12

2.138

E-11

R&S FSL

WLAN TX Measurements (Option K91)

Fig. 2-89 RF carrier suppression measurement

Comparison to IQ offset measurement in K91/K91n list mode
The IQ offset measurement in K91 returns the actual carrier feed through normalized to the mean
power at the symbol timings. This measurement doesn't need a special test signal and is independent
of the transmit filter shape.
The RF carrier suppression measured according to the standard is inversely proportional to the IQ
offset measured in K91 list mode. The difference (in dB) between the two values depends on the
transmit filter shape and should be determined with one reference measurement.
The following table lists exemplary the difference for three transmit filter shapes
Transmit filter

IQ-Offset [dB]

rectangular

RF-Carrier-Suppression [dB]

11 dB

Root raised cosine,
Gaussian,

( ±0.5 dB ) :

= 0.3

1300.2519.12

= 0.22

10 dB
9 dB

2.139

E-11

WLAN TX Measurements (Option K91)

R&S FSL

IQ Impairments
IQ Offset
An IQ–Offset indicates a carrier offset with fixed amplitude. This results in a constant shift of the IQ
axes. The offset is normalized by the mean symbol power and displayed in dB.

Gain Imbalance
An ideal I/Q modulator amplifies the I and Q signal path by exactly the same degree. The imbalance
corresponds to the difference in amplification of the I and Q channel and therefore to the difference in
amplitude of the signal components. In the vector diagram, the length of the I vector changes relative to
the length of the Q vector.
The entry is displayed in dB and %, where 1 dB offset is roughly 12 % according to the following:
Imbalance [dB] = 20log ( | GainQ | / | GainI |)
Positive values mean that the Q vector is amplified more than the I vector by the corresponding
percentage:

Negative values mean that the I vector is amplified more than the Q vector by the corresponding
percentage:

1300.2519.12

2.140

E-11

R&S FSL

WLAN TX Measurements (Option K91)

Quadrature Error
An ideal I/Q modulator sets the phase angle to exactly 90 degrees. With a quadrature error, the phase
angle between the I and Q vector deviates from the ideal 90 degrees, the amplitudes of both
components are of the same size. In the vector diagram, the quadrature error causes the coordinate
system to shift.
A positive quadrature error means a phase angle greater than 90 degrees:

A negative quadrature error means a phase angle less than 90 degrees:

1300.2519.12

2.141

E-11

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)

R&S FSL

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)
This section describes measurement examples for the WiMAX IEEE 802.16 OFDM, OFDMA
Measurements option (R&S FSL–K93) and gives details to signal processing. For further information on
measurement examples refer also to the Quick Start Guide, chapter 5 "Basic Measurement Examples".
The WiMAX IEEE 802.16 OFDM, OFDMA Measurements option (R&S FSL–K92/K93) includes the
functionality of the WiMAX 802.16 OFDM Measurements option (R&S FSL–K92). Accordingly both
options are described together in this section, differentiated by the corresponding standards:
WiMAX 802.16 OFDM Measurements (R&S FSL–K92/K93)
IEEE 802.16–2004/Cor 1–2005 OFDM physical layer mode
The corresponding remote control mode is OFDM. In chapter 2, "Instrument Functions", the
short forms IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM is used to reference this standard.
WiMAX IEEE 802.16 OFDM, OFDMA Measurements option (R&S FSL–K93)
IEEE 802.16–2004/Cor 1–2005, IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA physical layer mode
The corresponding remote control mode is OFDMA. In chapter 2, "Instrument Functions", the
short form IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA is used to reference this standard.
IEEE 802.16–2004/Cor 1–2005, IEEE 802.16e–2005 based WiBro
The corresponding remote control mode is WiBro. In chapter 2, "Instrument Functions", the
short form IEEE 802.16e–2005 WiBro is used to reference this standard.
The options are available from firmware version 1.40 (R&S FSL–K92) and 1.50 (R&S FSL–K93).

Basic Measurement Example
This section provides step–by–step instructions for working through an ordinary measurement. The
following steps are described:
1. Setting up the measurement
2. Performing the level detection
3. Performing the main measurement
Test setup
In this example, a DUT using IEEE 802.16–2004 is be used.
Connect the DUT to the R&S FSL using the RF input of the R&S FSL. The DUT generates a signal
modulated using 16QAM 2/3.

Setting up the measurement
1. Activate the WIMAX mode (for details refer to chapter "Instrument Functions", section "Measurement
Mode Selection – MODE Key").
2. Press the Settings General/Demod softkey once to select and open the General Settings dialog
box.

1300.2519.12

2.142

E-11

R&S FSL

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)

In the Frequency field, enter the desired frequency to measure.
If a frequency is entered, which maps to a specific channel, the Channel No field updates.
In the Frequency Band field, select the signal to be analyzed. The target band is either one of
the bands given as example in the IEEE 802.16–2004 standard3 or an unspecified band.
In the Channel BW or Sampling Rate field depending on the characteristics of the signal to be
analyzed, select a value. The second parameter is derived from the first according to the
standard4.
In the G = Tg/Tb field, select a useful time ratio according to the characteristics of the signal to
be analyzed.
Under Level Settings, deactivate the Auto Lev option. In this example, the level detection
measurement is executed manually (for details see Performing the level detection).
3. Press the Settings General/Demod softkey twice to select and open the Demod Settings dialog
box.

3 B.3.2 Wireless MAN-OFDM/OFDMA PHY symbol and performance parameters.
4 8.3.2.2 Derived Parameter definitions
1300.2519.12

2.143

E-11

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)

R&S FSL

In the Link Mode field, select the link mode of the bursts to be analyzed.
In the Demodulator field, select the used modulation scheme.

Performing the level detection
1. Connect the DUT to the RF input of the R&S FSL.

2. Start the level detection measurement by pressing the SWEEP hardkey and then the Auto Level
softkey.
During the level detection measurement the status message Running is displayed in the status bar
at the bottom of the screen.
After successful level detection, the status message Measurement Complete is displayed, the
signal level field for the selected input displays the detected signal level and the Magnitude Capture
Buffer (screen A) displays the zero span trace obtained during the measurement sequence.
Note:

An automatic level detection can be performed in two ways:
Once by pressing the Auto Level softkey in the sweep menu.
At the start of each measurement sweep by activating the Auto Lev option in the General
settings dialog box under Level Settings.

Performing the main measurement
1. Select single sweep measurements by pressing the SWEEP hardkey and then the Run softkey to
select Single.
2. Start the measurement by pressing the RUN hardkey.
During the measurement, the status message Running is displayed.
Measurement results are updated once the measurement has completed. The results are displayed
in graphical form. The display can be toggled to a tabular list of measurement points by pressing
the Display Graph/List softkey (in the WiMAX/WiBro menu or trace menu).

1300.2519.12

2.144

E-11

R&S FSL

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)

Signal Processing of the IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM
Measurement Application
Abbreviation

Description

N FFT = 256

FFT length

al , k

symbol from the alphabet at symbol–index l of sub carrier k

EVM k

error vector magnitude of sub carrier k

EVM

error vector magnitude of current packet

g

signal gain

f

frequency deviation between Tx and Rx

nof _symbols

symbol index l = [1, nof _Symbols ]
number of symbols of payload

Hk

channel transfer function of sub carrier k

k

channel index k = [ 128,127]

K mod

modulation dependent normalization factor

l

relative clock error of reference oscillator

rl , k

received symbol at symbol–index l of sub carrier k
Pilots = {–88, –63, –38, –13, 13, 38, 63, 88}

This description gives a rough view of the IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM measurement application signal
processing. Details are disregarded in order to get a concept overview.
A diagram of the interesting blocks is shown in Fig. 2-90. First the RF signal is down–converted to the
IF frequency f IF = 20.4 MHz. The resulting IF signal rIF (t ) is shown on the left–hand side of the figure.
After bandpass filtering, the signal is sampled by an Analog to Digital Converter (ADC) at a sampling
rate of f s1 = 81.6 MHz. This digital sequence is resampled to the new sampling frequency of

f s 2 = 80 MHz which is a multiple of the Nyquist rate (20 MHz). The subsequent digital down–converter
shifts the IF signal to the complex base band. In the next step the base band signal is filtered by a FIR
filter. To get an idea, the rough transfer function is plotted in the figure. This filter fulfils two tasks: first it
suppresses the IF image frequency, secondly it attenuates the aliasing frequency bands caused by the
subsequent down–sampling. After filtering, the sequence is sampled down by the factor of 4. Thus the
sampling rate of the down–sampled sequence r (i ) is the Nyquist rate of f s 3 = 20 MHz. Up to this point
the digital part is implemented in an ASIC.

1300.2519.12

2.145

E-11

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)

Fig. 2-90

R&S FSL

Signal processing of the IEEE 802.16 OFDM measurement application

In the lower part of the figure the subsequent digital signal processing is shown. In the first block the
packet search is performed. This block detects the Short Preamble (SP) and recovers the timing. The
coarse timing is detected first. This search is implemented in the time domain. The algorithm is based
on cyclic repetition within the SP after N = N FFT 2 = 128 samples. Note this cyclic repetition occurs also
in the Long Preamble (LP). Numerous treatises exist on this subject, e.g. [1]–[3]. Furthermore a coarse
5 of the Rx–Tx frequency offset f is derived from the metric in [6]. This can easily be
estimate fˆ
coarse

understood because the phase of r (i ) r * (i + N ) is determined by the mod 2 frequency offset. As the
frequency deviation

f can exceed several bins (distance between neighbor sub–carriers) the SP is

further used to solve this n2 [offset over several bins] ambiguities.
After the coarse timing calculation the time estimate is improved by the fine timing calculation. This is
achieved by first estimating the coarse frequency response Hˆ k(SP ) , with k = [ 100, 100] denoting the
channel index of the occupied sub–carriers. First the FFT of the SP is calculated. After the FFT
calculation the known symbol information of the SP sub–carriers is removed by dividing by the symbols.
The result is a coarse estimate Ĥ k of the channel transfer function. In the next step the complex
channel impulse response is computed by an IFFT. Next the energy of the windowed impulse response
(the window size is equal to the guard period) is calculated for every trial time. Afterwards the trail time
of the maximum energy is detected. This trial time is used to adjust the timing.
Now the position of the SP is known and the starting point of the useful part of the first payload symbol
can be derived. In the next block this calculated time instant is used to position the payload window.
Only the payload part is windowed. This is sufficient because the payload is the only subject of the
subsequent measurements.
In the next block the windowed sequence is compensated by the coarse frequency estimate fˆcoarse .
This is necessary because otherwise inter channel interference (ICI) would occur in the frequency
domain.
The transition to the frequency domain is achieved by an FFT of length 256. The FFT is performed
symbol–wise for every of the nof _symbols symbols of the payload. The calculated FFTs are described
by rl ,k with
5 In this paper the hat generally describes an estimate. Example: ~
x is the estimate of x.
1300.2519.12

2.146

E-11

R&S FSL

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)

the symbol index l = [ 1 , nof _symbols ] and
the channel index k = [ 128 , 127 ] .
In case of an additive white Gaussian noise (AWGN) channel the FFT is described by [4], [5]

rl ,k = K mod al ,k g l H k e

(

)
j phasel( commom ) + phasel(,timing
k

)

+

nl ,k

(30)

with
the modulation–dependent normalization factor K mod
the alphabet symbol al ,k at symbol–index l of sub–carrier k
the gain g l at the symbol l in relation to the reference gain g = 1 at the Short Preamble (SP)
the channel frequency response H k at the Short Preamble (SP)
the common phase drift phase(lcommon ) of all sub–carriers at symbol l (see below)
the phase phasel(,ktiming ) of sub–carrier k at symbol l caused by the timing drift (see below)
the independent Gaussian distributed noise samples nl ,k
The common phase drift in equation (29) is given by

phase (lcommon ) = 2

Ns N

f rest T l + d# l

(31)

with

N s = N g + N b being the number of Nyquist samples of the symbol period
N = N b = 256 being the number of Nyquist samples of the useful part of the symbol
f rest being the (not yet compensated) frequency deviation
d# l being the phase jitter at the symbol l
fˆcoarse (see Fig. 2-90) is not error–free. Therefore the
represents the not yet compensated frequency deviation in rl ,k .

In general, the coarse frequency estimate
remaining frequency error

f rest

Consequently the overall frequency deviation of the device under test (DUT) is calculated by
f = fˆcoarse + f rest . Remark: The only motivation for dividing the common phase drift in equation (11)
into two parts is to be able to calculate the overall frequency deviation of the DUT.
The reason for the phase jitter d# l in equation (11) may be different. The nonlinear part of the phase
jitter may be caused by the phase noise of the DUT oscillator. Another reason for nonlinear phase jitter
may be the increase of the DUT amplifier temperature at the beginning of the burst. Please note that
besides the nonlinear part the phase jitter d# l also contains a constant part. This constant part is
caused by the not yet compensated frequency deviation f rest . To understand this, please keep in mind
that the measurement of the phase starts at the first symbol l = 1 of the payload. In contrast the channel
frequency response H k in equation (29) represents the channel at the Short Preamble of the preamble.
Consequently the not yet compensated frequency deviation f rest produces a phase drift between the
Short Preamble and the first symbol of the payload. Therefore this phase drift appears as a constant
value ("DC value'') in d# l .
Referring to the IEEE 802.16–2004 measurement standard Chapter 8.3.10.1.2 "Transmitter
constellation error and test method'' [6], the common phase drift phase(lcommon ) must be estimated and

1300.2519.12

2.147

E-11

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)

R&S FSL

compensated from the pilots. Therefore the "symbol wise phase tracking'' (Tracking Phase) is activated
as the default setting of the R&S FSL–K92/K93.
Furthermore the timing drift in equation (29) is given by
)
phasel(,timing
= 2
k

Ns N

k l

(32)

with being the relative clock deviation of the reference oscillator. Normally a symbol–wise timing jitter
is negligible and thus not modeled in equation (32). There may be situations where the timing drift has
to be taken into account. This is illustrated by an example: In accordance to [6] the allowed clock
deviation of the DUT is up to max = ± 8 ppm. Furthermore the maximal length of a frame

nof _symbols = 2420 symbols6 is assumed. From equations (29) and (32), it results that the phase drift
of the highest sub–carrier k = 100 in the last symbol l = nof _symbols is to–do degrees. Even in the
noise–free case, this would lead to symbol errors. The example shows that it is actually necessary to
estimate and compensate the clock deviation, which is accomplished in the next block.
)
is not part of
Referring to the IEEE 802.16–2004 measurement standard [6], the timing drift phasel(,timing
k

the requirements. Therefore the "time tracking'' (Tracking Time) is not activated as the default setting of
the R&S FSL–K92/K93.
The time tracking option should rather be seen as a powerful analyzing option.
In addition the tracking of the gain g l in equation (29) is supported for each symbol in relation to the
reference gain g = 1 at the time instant of the Short Preamble (SP). At this time the coarse channel
transfer function Hˆ k( SP ) is calculated. This makes sense since the sequence r 'l ,k is compensated by the
coarse channel transfer function Hˆ k( SP ) before estimating the symbols. Consequently a potential change
of the gain at the symbol l (caused, for example, by the increase of the DUT amplifier temperature)
may lead to symbol errors especially for a large symbol alphabet M of the MQAM transmission. In this
case the estimation and the subsequent compensation of the gain are useful.
Referring to the IEEE 802.16–2004 measurement standard [6], the compensation of the gain g l is not
part of the requirements. Therefore the "gain tracking'' (Tracking Gain) is not activated as the default
setting of the R&S FSL–K92/K93.
The unknown deviations of gain, frequency and time are calculated by an optimum maximum likelihood
procedure, which works well even at low signal to noise ratios with the Cramer Rao Bound being
reached. After estimation of these parameters, the received signal is fully compensated for the decision
of the ideal reference signal aˆl ,k and compensated according to the user settings to get the
measurement signal r 'l ,k . Then the measurement signal is equalized by the inverse channel transfer
function. According to the chosen setting, either the preamble estimation of the channel transfer
function or a data aided estimation using the ideal reference signal is used. According to the IEEE
802.16–2004 measurement standard [6], the coarse channel estimation Hˆ k( SP ) (from the short
preamble) has to be used for equalization. Therefore the default setting of the R&S FSL–K92/K93 is
equalization from the coarse channel estimate derived from the short preamble.
In the last block the measurement variables are calculated. The most important variable is the error
vector magnitude

EVM k =

nof _Symbols
1
nof _Symbols

%
l =1

r ' 'l ,k

K mod al ,k

2

(33)

of the sub–carrier k of the current packet. Furthermore the packet error vector magnitude

6 Assuming the maximal System Sampling Rate Fs = 32MHz.
1300.2519.12

2.148

E-11

R&S FSL

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)
100

EVM =

1
200

%

EVM k2

k = 100
( k & 0)

(34)

is derived by averaging the squared EVM k versus k . Finally the average error vector magnitude

EVM =

nof _ packets
1
nof _ packets

%

counter = 1

EVM 2 (counter )
(35)

is calculated by averaging the packet EVM of all nof _ packets detected packets. This parameter is
equivalent to the so–called "RMS average of all errors ErrorRMS '' of the IEEE 802.16–2004
measurement commandment (see [6], Chapter 8.3.10.1.2).

Analysis Steps
Preamble related result

Remark

Rough frequency estimation

In case of subchannelization, a rough frequency estimation is obtained by
exploiting the cyclic prefix of the OFDM symbols.

Preamble power
Preamble EVM

Uses payload channel estimation for equalization.

Frequency error vs. preamble
Phase error vs. preamble
Channel estimation

Used for equalizing

Payload related result

Remark

Fine frequency estimation

Estimation on pilots used for phase correction if 'Phase Tracking' is
selected. Phase tracking needs at least one pilot.
In case of subchannelization, the value shown in the result summary table
is estimated on pilots and data.

Clock offset estimation

Estimation on pilots used for timing correction if 'Timing Tracking' is
selected. Timing tracking needs at least two pilots.
In case of subchannelization, the value shown in the result summary table
is estimated on pilots and data.

IQ Offset

Power at spectral line 0 normalized to the total transmitted power.

Gain Imbalance

Estimation not available in case of subchannelization.

Quadrature Error

Estimation not available in case of subchannelization.

Payload channel estimation

Combined with the preamble channel estimation.

Burst related result

Remark

EVM All carriers
EVM Data carriers
EVM Pilot carriers

According to standard normalized to the average power of all 200 used
carriers.

Burst Power
Crest Factor

1300.2519.12

2.149

E-11

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)

R&S FSL

Subchannelization
Subchannelization can be used in uplink bursts to allocate only a subset of the available OFDM sub
carriers. The measurement software can distinguish between downlink bursts, uplink bursts without
subchannelization and uplink bursts with a selectable subchannel index. Thus it is possible to analyze
the complete WirelessMAN traffic with one capture buffer shot.

Synchronization
The synchronization of uplink bursts using subchannelization is performed after the synchronization on
standard downlink and uplink preambles:
1. Synchronization of downlink and uplink bursts without subchannelization.
2. Pre–analysis of the bursts without subchannelization to determine their length.
3. Extraction of TX power areas without already detected bursts.
4. Synchronization of uplink bursts with the selected subchannel index.
In the following sections, the influence of subchannelization on results is discussed.

Channel Results
The standard requires an interpolation of order 0 for the channel estimation on unallocated sub carriers,
i.e. the estimated channel coefficient of the nearest allocated sub carrier shall be used for those sub
carriers not part of the allocated subchannels.
For the derived channel results like group delay or flatness difference, the unallocated carriers are not
taken into account.

Fig. 2-91

Spectrum Flatness

1300.2519.12

2.150

E-11

R&S FSL

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)

Frequency and Clock Offset
The measurement software allows selectable compensation of phase, timing and gain errors based on
pilot estimations. However, in case of subchannelization the number of pilots is decreased. Bursts with
odd subchannel indices do not provide pilots at all. The following table lists the restrictions on the
tracking ability for subchannelization:

Tracking

Subchannel Index
16 (8 Pilots)
8, 24 (4 Pilots)
4, 12, 20, 28 (2 Pilots)

2, 6, 10, 14, 18, 22, 26, 30
(1 Pilot)

1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17, 19,
21, 23, 25, 27, 29, 31 (No
Pilot)

Phase

Available

Available

Available, but uses rough
frequency offset estimation
from the synchronization step
only

Timing

Available

Not available

Not available

Gain

Available

Available

Not available

While the tracking functionality has to use pilot based estimates, the actual results for frequency and
clock offset in the result summary can be data aided. In case of subchannelization the final estimation
of frequency and clock offset is done using the already decided data sequence, which gives stable
results even without pilots.

EVM
The error vector magnitude of a single constellation point is defined by
EVM(l,k) =

r (l , k ) a (l , k )
1
N used

k = N used / 2

%

2

a (l , k )

2

k = N used / 2
k &0

where r (l , k ) is the received constellation point and a (l , k ) is the transmitted constellation point at the

l

th

symbol and carrier number k .

In case of subchannelization, it is required by the standard to include the unallocated carriers k unalloc by
assuming a (l , k unalloc ) = 0 in the denominator of the EVM calculation.
Thus the EVM All Carriers result for one burst in the result summary equals

EVM_All_Carr =

1 L 1
%
L l =1 N used
L

k = N used / 2

%

r (l , k ) a (l , k )

k = N used / 2
k &0
k = N used / 2

1
1
%
L l =1 N used

%

a (l , k )

2

2

k = N used / 2
k &0

where L is the number of symbols in the burst.
This definition is according to the relative constellation error defined in the IEEE 802.16–2004 standard.
Using the equations above, the error power is normalized by the average transmitted power in all 200
carriers. Please notify, that by this definition the same absolute error power leads to different EVM
results depending on the number of allocated carriers in case of subchannelization.

1300.2519.12

2.151

E-11

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)

R&S FSL

IQ Impairments
IQ imbalance in an OFDM transmitter or receiver leads to an interference of the symbols al ,

k

with the

symbols a l ,k . In case of subchannelization, the used sub carriers are always situated in such a way, that

al,

k

= 0 , if a l ,k & 0 . There is no impact of IQ imbalance on the actually allocated carriers of a

subchannelization transmission. The effect can only be seen on the unallocated carriers and yields a
pattern around the origin of the constellation diagram.

Fig. 2-92

Constellation vs Symbol

The unsymmetrical allocation of the sub carriers prevents a measurement of gain imbalance and
quadrature error in case of subchannelization. The influence of the occupied carriers a l ,k on the
unoccupied carriers a l ,

k

could be measured, but there is no possibility to distinguish them from an

unknown channel coefficient.

RSSI
See [6] section "8.3.9.2 RSSI mean and standard deviation''. The Received Signal Strength Indication
[RSSI] is basically the preamble power. The result summary provides the RSSI statistics according to
the standard. A possible method to compute RSSI[k] at the antenna connector is given in [6] equation
(87). RSSI[k] is the RSSI measurement based on the k–th signal/preamble.
The RSSI statistics of the result summary is calculated as follows:
1. RSSI row:
Statistic {min, mean, max} of the R[k]=RSSI[k].
The mean value is µ̂ RSSI dBm [k] according to [6] formula (89).
2. RSSI Standard Deviation row:
/̂ RSSI dB according to [6] formula (91).

1300.2519.12

2.152

E-11

R&S FSL

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)

CINR
See [6] section "8.3.9.3 CINR mean and standard deviation''. The result summary provides the Carrier
Interference Noise Ratio [CINR] statistics according to the standard. One possible method to estimate
the CINR of a single message is to compute the ratio of the sum of signal power and the sum of
residual error for each data sample, using equation [6] (92).
N 1

CINR[k ] =

% s[k , n]

2

n =0

N 1

% r[k , n]

s[k , n]

2

n=0

with
r[k,n]

received/measured sample n within message k

s[k,n]

corresponding detected/reference
corresponding to received symbol n

sample

(with

channel

state

weighting)

The CINR statistics of the result summary is calculated as follows:
1. CINR row:
Statistic {min, mean, max} of the CINR[k].
The mean value is µ̂ CINR dB [k] according to [6] formula (94).
2. CINR Standard Deviation row
/̂ CINR dB according to [6] formula (96).

Literature
[1]

Speth, Classen, Meyr: ''Frame synchronisation of OFDM systems in frequency selective fading channels", VTC '97,
pp. 1807–1811
Schmidl, Cox: ''Robust Frequency and Timing Synchronization of OFDM", IEEE Trans. on Comm., Dez. 1997, pp. 1613–
621
Minn, Zeng, Bhargava: ''On Timing Offset Estimation for OFDM", IEEE Communication Letters, July 2000, pp. 242–244
Speth, Fechtel, Fock, Meyr: ''Optimum Receiver Design for Wireless Broad–Band Systems Using OFDM – Part I", IEEE
Trans. On Comm. VOL. 47, NO 11, Nov. 1999
Speth, Fechtel, Fock, Meyr: ''Optimum Receiver Design for Wireless Broad–Band Systems Using OFDM – Part II", IEEE
Trans. On Comm. VOL. 49, NO 4, April. 2001
IEEE 802.16–2004, Part 16: Air Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless Access Systems; 1 October 2004; Medium
Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) specifications

[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]

Signal Processing of the IEEE802.16–2005 OFDMA/WiBro
Measurement Application
Symbol

Description

al , k , aˆl , k

data symbol (actual, decided)

f res

residual carrier frequency offset

f , fˆcoarse

carrier frequency offset between transmitter and receiver (actual, coarse estimate)

0

relative sampling frequency offset

gl

gain

H l ,k , Hˆ l ,k

channel transfer function (actual, estimate)

i

time index

iˆcoarse , iˆfine

timing estimate (coarse, fine)

1300.2519.12

2.153

E-11

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)
Symbol

Description

k , k p , k d , k ch n

subcarrier index (general, pilot, data, subchannel n )

l

OFDM symbol index

N FFT

length of FFT

Ng

number of samples in cyclic prefix (guard interval)

Ns

number of Nyquist samples

N sc

number of subcarriers

n

subchannel index, subframe index

nl , k

noise sample

1l

common phase error

Q, Qˆ

R&S FSL

I/Q imbalance (actual, estimate)

r (i )

received sample in the time domain

rl , k , rl2, k , rl2,2k , rl2,22k

received sample (uncompensated, fully compensated, partially compensated,
equalized) in the frequency domain

T

useful symbol time

Tg

guard time

Ts

symbol time

Abbreviation

Description

AWGN

additive white Gaussian noise

BER

bit error rate

CFO

carrier frequency offset

CINR

carrier to interference and noise ratio

CIR

channel impulse response

CP

cyclic prefix (guard interval)

CPE

common phase error

CTF

channel transfer function

DL

downlink

EVM

error vector magnitude

FFT

fast Fourier transformation

IF

intermediate frequency

ISI

intersymbol interference

OFDM

orthogonal frequency division multiplexing

OFDMA

orthogonal frequency division multiple access

PAPR

peak to average power ratio

RSSI

received signal strength indicator

SFO

sampling frequency offset

UL

uplink

1300.2519.12

2.154

E-11

R&S FSL

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)

Introduction
The following description provides a brief overview of the digital signal processing used in the IEEE
802.16 OFDMA measurement application.
From the received IF signal as the point of origin to the actual analysis results like EVM or CINR, the
digital signal processing can be divided into four major groups:

• Data capturing
• Synchronization

6
3
• Channel estimation / equalization 5 OFDMA measuremen t application
3
• Analysis
4
The description of the IEEE802.16–2005 OFDMA/WiBro measurement signal processing is structured
accordingly.

Signal Processing Block Diagram
I/Q -d a ta
(c a p tu re b u ffe r)

w in d o w

fre q u e n c y
c o m p e n s a tio n

w in d o w

p o w e r
d e te c tio n

s u b fra m e
d e te c tio n

D f c o a r s e

i c o a r s e

M U X

i f i n e

c o a rs e
c h a n n e l e s t.
( p r e a m b le )
c o a rs e
c h a n n e l e s t.
( p ilo ts )

m e a s u re m e n t p a th

H

p re a m b le

H

p ilo ts

M U X

fin e tim in g

re fe re n c e p a th

c a r r ie d o u t tw ic e
fo r U L s u b fra m e s

fu ll
c o m p e n s a tio n
r

l,k

tr a c k in g
e s tim a tio n

Fig. 2-93

e q u a liz e r
a n d s y m b o l
d e c is io n

r l' , k

S F O
re s . C F O

H

C P E
g a in

u s e r d e fin e d
c o m p e n s a tio n

s u b c a r r ie r
s e le c tio n

F F T

r l ' ,' k

p re a m b le

H

fin e

I/Q - im b a la n c e
e s tim a tio n

a

D Q
l,k

fin e
c h a n n e l e s t.
( s y m b o ls )

e q u a liz e r

a n a ly s is
r l ' ,' k'

Signal processing of the IEEE 802.16 OFDMA measurement application

The block diagram in Fig. 2-93 shows the OFDMA measurement application from the capture buffer
containing the I/Q data to the actual analysis block. Outcome of the fully compensated reference path
(green) are the estimates aˆ l , k of the transmitted data symbols al , k . Depending on the user defined
compensation, the received samples rl2,22k of the measurement path (orange) still contain the transmitted
signal impairments of interest. The analysis block reveals these impairments by comparing the
reference and the measurement path. Prior to the analysis, diverse synchronization and channel
estimation tasks have to be accomplished.

1300.2519.12

2.155

E-11

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)

R&S FSL

Synchronization
The first of the synchronization tasks is to detect areas of sufficient power within the captured I/Q data
stream. The subframe detection block determines the beginning and end of each subframe and
coarsely estimates both timing and carrier frequency offset. The fine timing block prior to the FFT allows
a timing improvement using a level–based search for the beginning and end of the coarsely estimated
channel impulse response. In the DL the coarse estimate of the CIR can be directly obtained from the
preamble. Other than that the UL consists only of payload information with scattered pilots in the
subcarrier–symbol plane, thus several OFDM symbols have to be observed to get a reliable estimate of
the CIR. Since the OFDM symbols need to be phase synchronized prior to the channel estimation, the
blue blocks in Fig. 2-93 have to be carried out twice. In the first iteration the timing estimate iˆcoarse is
used to position the window of the FFT. Having found the pilot–based estimate of the CIR, the fine
timing estimate iˆfine is used in the second iteration.
After the time to frequency transformation by an FFT of length N FFT , the tracking estimation block is
used to estimate the following:
•
•
•
•

relative sampling frequency offset 0
residual carrier frequency offset f res
common phase error 1 l
gain g l

Corresponding to [3] and [4], the uncompensated samples

rl ,k can be expressed as

j 1l
j 2 N s N FFT f res T l
N s N FFT 0 k l
rl , k = g l al , k H l , k e{
e1j 24
4244
3 e1442443 + nl , k
CPE

SFO

(36)

res. CFO

with

•
•
•
•
•

data symbol al , k on subcarrier k at OFDM symbol l
channel transfer function H l , k
number of Nyquist samples N s within the symbol time Ts
useful symbol time T = Ts Tg
independent and Gaussian distributed noise sample nl , k

Within one OFDM symbol both the CPE and the residual CFO respectively cause the same phase
rotation for each subcarrier, while the rotation due to the SFO linearly depends on the subcarrier index.
A linear phase increase in symbol direction can be observed for the residual CFO as well as the SFO.
The results of the tracking estimation block are used to compensate the samples rl , k . While a full
compensation is performed in the reference path, the signal impairments that are of interest to the user
are left uncompensated in the measurement path.

Channel Estimation / Equalization
According to Fig. 2-93, there are two coarse and one fine channel estimation blocks. Which of the two
coarse estimation blocks is used depends on the link direction. For DL subframes the coarse channel
estimation is based on the preamble and directly follows the coarse frequency compensation block. The
pilot–based estimation for UL subframes is tapped behind the full compensation block of the reference
path. Both of the coarse estimation blocks use available training symbols to determine initial estimates
Hˆ l ,k of the channel transfer function at fixed positions in the subcarrier–symbol plane. Based on these
nodes, the missing CTF values are obtained by interpolation in both time and frequency direction. The
coarse estimation results are used for the above mentioned fine timing and to equalize the samples rl2,k
of the reference path prior to symbol decision. Based on the decided data symbols, a fine channel
estimation is performed and then used to equalize the partially compensated samples of the
measurement path.

1300.2519.12

2.156

E-11

R&S FSL

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)

Analysis
The analysis block of the OFDMA measurement application allows to calculate a variety of
measurement variables.
EVM
The most important variable is the error vector magnitude (EVM).

EVM l , k =

rl2,22k

aˆ l , k
ˆal , k

(37)

on subcarrier k at OFDM symbol l . The subsequent average values can be derived from (37).
1. EVM of subchannel n at OFDM symbol l :

1
N sc

EVM l , subchannel n =

% EVM
k ch n

2
l , k ch n

(38)

2. EVM of all pilot subcarriers:

EVM pilots =

1
N sc

%% EVM

1
N sc

%% EVM

l

kp

2
l ,kp

(39)

2
l ,kd

(40)

3. EVM of all data subcarriers:

EVM data =

l

kd

4. EVM of all used subcarriers:

EVM all =

1
N sc

)

% 8% EVM
l

+8 k p

2
l ,kp

*
+ % EVM l2,kd 7 (41)
kd
,7

The number of subcarriers respectively taken into account is denoted by N sc .
CINR
The carrier to interference and noise ratio is determined for each subframe n . The computation is
based on the partially compensated samples rl2,2k , the decided symbols aˆ l , k , and the channel estimates
Ĥ k (DL: preamble and fine; UL: fine).

%% | aˆ
CINR(n) =
%% | r 22
l

k

l ,k

l

l ,k

Hˆ k |2

aˆl , k Hˆ k |2

(42)

k

Further CINR statistics are defined in the standards [5], [6].

;
9(1

µˆ CINR (n) = :
µˆ

(dB)
CINR

CINR (0)
ˆ
avg ) µ CINR ( n 1) +

avg

n=0
CINR (n) n > 0

(n) = 10 log µˆ CINR (n) dB
(43)

;3
CINR (0)
n=0
2
( n) = :
xˆ CINR
2
2
39(1 avg ) xˆ CINR (n 1) + avg CINR (n) n > 0
(dB)
2
2
/ˆ CINR (n) = 5 log ( xˆCINR
(n)) dB
(n) µˆ CINR
2

1300.2519.12

2.157

E-11

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)

R&S FSL

RSSI
The received signal strength indicator is determined for each subframe n . The computation is based on
the time domain samples r (i ) extracted by the subframe detection block.

RSSI (n) ~ | r (i ) |2

(44)

Further RSSI statistics are defined in the standard [5], [6].

;
9(1

µˆ RSSI (n) = :
µˆ

(dB)
RSSI

RSSI (0)
ˆ
avg ) µ RSSI (n 1) +

avg

n=0
RSSI (n) n > 0

(n) = 10 log µˆ RSSI (n) dB
(45)

;3
RSSI (0)
n=0
2
( n) = :
xˆ RSSI
2
2
ˆ
39(1 avg ) xRSSI (n 1) + avg RSSI (n) n > 0
(dB)
2
2
/ˆ RSSI (n) = 5 log ( xˆ RSSI
(n) µˆ RSSI
(n)) dB
2

I/Q Imbalance
The I/Q imbalance estimation block allows to evaluate the
modulator gain balance = | 1 + Q |

(46)

and the

quadrature mismatch = arg {1 + Q }
respectively based on the block's estimate

(47)

Q̂ .

Other Measurement Variables
Without going into detail, the OFDMA measurement application additionally provides the following
results:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Burst power
Constellation diagram
Group delay
I/Q offset
PAPR
Pilot BER
Spectral flatness

Literature
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]

Speth, M., Classen, F., and Meyr, H.: Frame Synchronization of OFDM Systems in Frequency Selective Fading
Channels. IEEE VTC'97, May 1997, pp. 1807–1811.
Schmidl, T. M. and Cox, D. C.: Robust Frequency and Timing Synchronization of OFDM. IEEE Trans. on Commun. Vol.
45 (1997) No. 12, pp. 1613–1621.
Speth, M., Fechtel, S., Fock, G., and Meyr, H.: Optimum Receiver Design for Wireless Broad–Band Systems Using
OFDM – Part I. IEEE Trans. on Commun. Vol. 47 (1999) No. 11, pp. 1668–1677.
Speth, M., Fechtel, S., Fock, G., and Meyr, H.: Optimum Receiver Design for OFDM–Based Broadband Transmission –
Part II: A Case Study. IEEE Trans. on Commun. Vol. 49 (2001) No. 4, pp. 571–578.
IEEE 802.16–2004™: Air Interface for Fixed Broadband Wireless Access Systems (2004).
IEEE Std 802.16e™–2005 and IEEE Std 802.16™–2004/Cor1–2005: Air Interface for Fixed and Mobile Broadband
Wireless Access Systems (2006)

1300.2519.12

2.158

E-11

R&S FSL

3

Manual Operation

Manual Operation

For details refer to the Quick Start Guide chapter 4, "Basic Operations".

1300.2519.12

3.1

E-11

R&S FSL

Instrument Functions

Contents of Chapter 4

Instrument Functions – Analyzer....................................................................................................4.1
Measurement Parameters................................................................................................................4.2
Initializing the Configuration – PRESET Key..............................................................................4.3
Selecting the Frequency and Span – FREQ Key .......................................................................4.5
Setting the Frequency Span – SPAN Key ................................................................................4.11
Setting the Level Display and Configuring the RF Input – AMPT Key .....................................4.13
Setting the Bandwidths and Sweep Time – BW Key................................................................4.18
Configuring the Sweep Mode – SWEEP Key ...........................................................................4.24
Triggering the Sweep – TRIG Key............................................................................................4.28
Setting Traces – TRACE Key ...................................................................................................4.39
Measurement Functions ................................................................................................................4.52
Using Markers and Delta Markers – MKR Key.........................................................................4.53
Changing Settings via Markers – MKR–> Key .........................................................................4.66
Power Measurements – MEAS Key .........................................................................................4.75
Using Limit Lines and Display Lines – LINES Key .................................................................4.118
Measurement Modes....................................................................................................................4.128
Measurement Mode Selection – MODE Key..........................................................................4.129
Measurement Mode Menus – MENU Key ..............................................................................4.131
Models and Options .....................................................................................................................4.133
Tracking Generator (Models 13, 16 and 28)...........................................................................4.134
Analog Demodulation (Option K7) ..........................................................................................4.140
Bluetooth Measurements (Option K8) ....................................................................................4.158
Power Meter (Option K9) ........................................................................................................4.186
Spectrogram Measurement (Option K14)...............................................................................4.191
Cable TV Measurements (Option K20) ..................................................................................4.203
Noise Figure Measurements Option (K30) .............................................................................4.247
3GPP Base Station Measurements (Option K72) ..................................................................4.271
CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (Option K82).................................................................................4.295
1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer (Option K84) ....................................................................................4.356
WLAN TX Measurements (Option K91 / K91n) ......................................................................4.409
WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93) ................................................................4.441
Instrument Functions - Basic Settings.......................................................................................4.490
General Settings, Printout and Instrument Settings.................................................................4.491
Instrument Setup and Interface Configuration - SETUP Key .................................................4.492
Saving and Recalling Settings Files - FILE Key .....................................................................4.510
Manual Operation - Local Menu .............................................................................................4.519
Measurement Documentation - PRINT Key ...........................................................................4.520

1300.2519.12

I-4-1

E-11

R&S FSL

Instrument Functions – Analyzer

Instrument Functions – Analyzer
In this section, all analyzer functions of the R&S FSL and their application are explained in detail. The
basic settings functions are described in section "Instrument Functions – Basic Settings".
For every key a table is provided in which all submenus and corresponding commands are listed. The
description of the submenus and commands follows the order of the table. The commands for the
optional remote control (if any) are indicated for each softkey. The description is divided into the
following topics:
•

"Measurement Parameters" on page 4.2
This section describes how to reset the instrument, to set up specific measurements and to set the
measurement parameters. Examples of basic operations are provided in the Quick Start Guide,
chapter 5 "Basic Measurement Examples". Advanced examples are described in chapter
"Advanced Measurement Examples".

•

"Measurement Functions" on page 4.52
This section informs about how to select and configure the measurement functions. Examples of
basic operations are provided in the Quick Start Guide, chapter 5 "Basic Measurement Examples".
Advanced examples are described in chapter "Advanced Measurement Examples".

•

"Measurement Modes" on page 4.128
This section describes the provided measurement modes, the change of measurement modes and
the access to the menus of all active measurement modes.

•

"Models and Options" on page 4.133
This section informs about optional functions and their application that are included in the basic unit
configuration.

More basic information on operation is given in the Quick Start Guide. The front and the rear view of the
instrument together with a table of all available keys and a short description are provided in chapter
"Front and Rear Panel". Chapter "Preparing for Use" informs how to start working with the instrument
for the first time. A brief introduction on handling the instrument is given in chapter "Basic Operations".
This includes also the description of the keys for basic operations like switching the instrument on and
off or starting a measurement.

1300.2519.12

4.1

E-11

Measurement Parameters

R&S FSL

Measurement Parameters
In this section all menus necessary for setting measurement parameters are described. This includes
the following topics and keys. For details on changing the mode refer to "Measurement Mode Selection
– MODE Key" on page 4.129.
•

"Initializing the Configuration – PRESET Key" on page 4.3

•

"Selecting the Frequency and Span – FREQ Key" on page 4.5

•

"Setting the Frequency Span – SPAN Key" on page 4.11

•

"Setting the Level Display and Configuring the RF Input – AMPT Key" on page 4.13

•

"Setting the Bandwidths and Sweep Time – BW Key" on page 4.18

•

"Configuring the Sweep Mode – SWEEP Key" on page 4.24

•

"Triggering the Sweep – TRIG Key" on page 4.28

•

"Setting Traces – TRACE Key" on page 4.39

Table 4-1: Sweep range variables
Abbreviation

Definition

R&S FSL3
value

R&S FSL6
value

R&S FSL18
value

fmax

max. frequency

3 GHz

6 GHz

18 GHz*

fmin

min. frequency available

0 Hz

0 Hz

0 Hz

spanmin

smallest selectable span > 0 Hz

10 Hz

10 Hz

10 Hz

* In remote control, the query of the maximum frequency returns 20 GHz. For further details refer to
chapter 6.

1300.2519.12

4.2

E-11

R&S FSL

Initializing the Configuration – PRESET Key

Initializing the Configuration – PRESET Key
The PRESET key resets the instrument to the default setting and therefore provides a defined initial
state as a known starting point for measurements
Note:

If the LOCAL LOCKOUT function is active in the remote control mode, the PRESET key is
disabled.

Further information
–

"Initial configuration" on page 4.4

Task
–

To preset the instrument

To preset the instrument
1. Define the data set for the preset:
–

To retrieve the originally provided settings file (see Initial configuration), in the file menu,
deactivate the Startup Recall softkey.

–

To retrieve a customized settings file, in the file menu, activate the Startup Recall softkey,
press the Startup Recall Setup softkey, and select the corresponding file.
For details refer to section "Saving and Recalling Settings Files – FILE Key".

2. Press the PRESET key to trigger a preset.
Remote: *RST or SYSTem:PRESet (for details refer to chapter "Remote Control – Commands",
section "Common Commands" or section "SYSTem Subsystem").

Note:

In order to save the current settings after reboot of the instrument, create a shutdown file by
switching the analyzer in the standby mode (press the On/Off key on the FRONT panel and
wait until the yellow LED is ON). With the battery pack option, use a USB keyboard and
terminate the analyzer firmware with ALT+F4 to create the shutdown file.

1300.2519.12

4.3

E-11

Initializing the Configuration – PRESET Key

R&S FSL

Initial configuration
The initial configuration is selected in a way that the RF input is always protected against overload,
provided that the applied signal levels are in the allowed range for the instrument.
The parameter set of the initial configuration can be customized by using the Startup Recall softkey in
the file menu. For further information refer to section "Instrument Functions – Basic Settings", "Saving
and Recalling Settings Files – FILE Key".
Table 4-2: Initial configuration
Parameter

Setting

mode

Spectrum Analyzer

center frequency

fmax / 2

center frequency step size

0.1 * center frequency

span

R&S FSL3: 3 GHz
R&S FSL6: 6 GHz
R&S FSL18: 18 GHz

RF attenuation

auto
(R&S FSL3/6: 0 dB;
R&S FSL18: 10 dB)

reference level

R&S FSL3/6: –20 dBm;
R&S FSL18: –10 dBm

level range

100 dB log

level unit

dBm

sweep time

auto

resolution bandwidth

auto (3 MHz)

video bandwidth

auto (10 MHz)

FFT filters

off

span / RBW

50

RBW / VBW

0.33

sweep

cont

trigger

free run

trace 1

clr write

trace 2/3/4/5/6

blank

detector

auto peak

frequency offset

0 Hz

reference level offset

0 dB

reference level position

100 %

grid

abs

cal correction

on

noise source

off

input

RF

tracking generator (models 13, 16, 28)

off

1300.2519.12

4.4

E-11

R&S FSL

Selecting the Frequency and Span – FREQ Key

Selecting the Frequency and Span – FREQ Key
The FREQ key is used to specify the frequency axis, and to set the frequency offset and the signal track
function. The frequency axis can be specified either by the start and stop frequency or by the center
frequency and the span.

To open the frequency menu
Press the FREQ key.
The frequency menu is displayed. The Frequency Center edit dialog box is displayed.

Menu and softkey description
–

"Softkeys of the frequency menu" on page 4.7

To display help to a softkey, press the HELP key and then the softkey for which you want to display
help. To close the help window, press the ESC key. For further information refer to section "How to use
the Help System".

Tasks
–

To specify the frequency axis by the start and stop frequency

–

To specify the frequency axis by the center frequency and the span

–

To specify the step size for the arrow keys and the rotary knob

–

To modify the frequency axis by an offset

–

To track signals (only possible if span >0)

1300.2519.12

4.5

E-11

Selecting the Frequency and Span – FREQ Key

R&S FSL

To specify the frequency axis by the start and stop frequency
1. Press the Start softkey and enter a start frequency.
2. Press the Stop softkey and enter a stop frequency.

To specify the frequency axis by the center frequency and the span
3. Press the FREQ key and enter a center frequency in the Frequency Center edit dialog box.
4. Press the SPAN key and enter the bandwidth you want to analyze.
Note:

Entering a value of 0 Hz will cause a change to the zero span analysis mode.

To specify the step size for the arrow keys and the rotary knob
1. Press the CF Stepsize softkey.
The softkeys are displayed according to the selected frequency span (zero span or span > 0).
2. To define the step size of the center frequency:
–

Only if span > 0: Press 0.1*Span, 0.5*Span or x*Span to define the step size for the center
frequency as percentage of the span.

–

Only if span = 0: Press 0.1*RBW, 0.5*RBW or x*RBW to define the step size for the center
frequency as percentage of the resolution bandwidth.

–

Press the =Center softkey to set the step size to the value of the center frequency and to
remove the dependency of the step size to span or resolution bandwidth.

–

Press the =Marker softkey to set the step size to the value of the marker and to remove the
dependency of the step size to span or resolution bandwidth.

–

Press the Manual softkey and enter a fixed step size for the center frequency.

Note:

The step size assigned to arrow keys corresponds to the selected value; the step size of the
1
rotary knob is /10 of it.

To modify the frequency axis by an offset
Press the Frequency Offset softkey and enter the offset to shift the displayed frequency span.

To track signals (only possible if span >0)
1. Press the Signal Track softkey.
The softkeys of this submenu are displayed to start and stop signal tracking with specified
parameters.
2. Press the Track On/Off softkey to switch signal tracking on or off.
3. Press the Track BW softkey and enter a bandwidth for signal tracking.
4. Press the Track Threshold softkey and enter the threshold for signal tracking.
5. Press the Select Trace softkey and select the trace for signal tracking.

1300.2519.12

4.6

E-11

R&S FSL

Selecting the Frequency and Span – FREQ Key

Softkeys of the frequency menu
The following table shows all softkeys available in the frequency menu. It is possible that your
instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only available with a special option,
model or (measurement) mode, this information is delivered in the corresponding softkey description.

Menu / Command

Command

Center
Start
Stop
CF Stepsize

0.1*Span/0.1*RBW
0.5*Span/0.5*RBW
x*Span/x*RBW
=Center
=Marker
Manual

Frequency Offset
Signal Track

Track On/Off
Track BW
Track Threshold
Select Trace

Center
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the center frequency. The allowed range of values for the
center frequency depends on the frequency span.
span > 0: spanmin / 2
span = 0: 0 Hz

fcenter

fcenter

fmax – spanmin / 2

fmax

fmax and spanmin are specified in the data sheet. To help analyze signals located at the end of the
frequency range, for R&S FSL models with an upper frequency limit of 6 GHz or less, the fmax
value is extended by 0.05 GHz for direct entry via the key pad. The preset and full span values
remain unchanged.
Remote: FREQ:CENT 100MHz

1300.2519.12

4.7

E-11

Selecting the Frequency and Span – FREQ Key

R&S FSL

Start
Opens an edit dialog box to define the start frequency. The following range of values is allowed:
fmin

fstart

fmax – spanmin

fmin, fmax and spanmin are specified in the data sheet. To help analyze signals located at the end of
the frequency range, for R&S FSL models with an upper frequency limit of 6 GHz or less, the
fmax value is extended by 0.05 GHz for direct entry via the key pad. The preset and full span
values remain unchanged.
Remote: FREQ:STAR 20MHz
Stop
Opens an edit dialog box to define the stop frequency. The following range of values for the stop
frequency is allowed:
fmin + spanmin

fstop

fmax

fmin, fmax and spanmin are specified in the data sheet. To help analyze signals located at the end of
the frequency range, for R&S FSL models with an upper frequency limit of 6 GHz or less, the
fmax value is extended by 0.05 GHz for direct entry via the key pad. For the R&S FSL18 model,
the fmax value is extended to 20 GHz. The preset and full span values remain unchanged.
Remote: FREQ:STOP 2000MHz
CF Stepsize
Opens a submenu to set the step size of the center frequency. In addition to the =Center,
=Marker and Manual softkeys, the other softkeys are displayed depending on the selected
frequency span.
The step size can be coupled to the span (span > 0) or the resolution bandwidth (span = 0) or it
can be manually set to a fixed value.

0.1*Span (span > 0)
Sets the step size for the center frequency to 10% of the span.
Remote: FREQ:CENT:STEP:LINK SPAN
Remote: FREQ:CENT:STEP:LINK:FACT 10PCT
0.1*RBW (zero span)
Sets the step size for the center frequency to 10% of the resolution bandwidth. This is the
default setting.
Remote: FREQ:CENT:STEP:LINK RBW
Remote: FREQ:CENT:STEP:LINK:FACT 10PCT

1300.2519.12

4.8

E-11

R&S FSL

Selecting the Frequency and Span – FREQ Key

0.5*Span (span > 0)
Sets the step size for the center frequency to 50% of the span.
Remote: FREQ:CENT:STEP:LINK SPAN
Remote: FREQ:CENT:STEP:LINK:FACT 50PCT
0.5*RBW (zero span)
Sets the step size for the center frequency to 50% of the resolution bandwidth.
Remote: FREQ:CENT:STEP:LINK RBW
Remote: FREQ:CENT:STEP:LINK:FACT 50PCT
x*Span (span > 0)
Opens an edit dialog box to set the step size for the center frequency as % of the span.
Remote: FREQ:CENT:STEP:LINK SPAN
Remote: FREQ:CENT:STEP:LINK:FACT 20PCT
x*RBW (zero span)
Opens an edit dialog box to set the step size for the center frequency as % of the resolution
bandwidth. Values between 1 and 100% in steps of 1% are allowed. The default setting is 10%.
Remote: FREQ:CENT:STEP:LINK RBW
Remote: FREQ:CENT:STEP:LINK:FACT 20PCT
=Center
Sets the step size to the value of the center frequency and removes the coupling of the step size
to span or resolution bandwidth. This function is especially useful during measurements of the
signal harmonic content because by entering the center frequency each stroke of the arrow key
selects the center frequency of another harmonic.

=Marker
Sets the step size to the value of the current marker and removes the coupling of the step size
to span or resolution bandwidth. This function is especially useful during measurements of the
signal harmonic content at the marker position because by entering the center frequency each
stroke of the arrow key selects the center frequency of another harmonic.

Manual
Opens an edit dialog box to enter a fixed step size for the center frequency.
Remote: FREQ:CENT:STEP 120MHz

1300.2519.12

4.9

E-11

Selecting the Frequency and Span – FREQ Key

R&S FSL

Frequency Offset
Opens an edit dialog box to enter a frequency offset that shifts the displayed frequency range by
the specified offset. The allowed values range from –100 GHz to 100 GHz. The default setting is
0 Hz.
Remote: FREQ:OFFS 10 MHz
Signal Track (span > 0)
Opens a submenu to modify the parameters for signal tracking: search bandwidth, threshold
value and trace.
The search bandwidth and the threshold value are shown in the diagram by two vertical lines
and one horizontal line, which are labeled as TRK. After each sweep the center frequency is set
to the maximum signal found within the searched bandwidth. If no maximum signal above the
set threshold value is found in the searched bandwidth, the track mechanism stops.
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:STR OFF
Track On/Off (span > 0)
Switches the signal tracking on or off.
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:STR OFF
Track BW (span > 0)
Opens an edit dialog box to set the search bandwidth for signal tracking. The frequency range is
calculated as a function of the center frequency.
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:STR:BAND 1MHZ
Track Threshold (span > 0)
Opens an edit dialog box to set the threshold value for signal tracking.
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:STR:THR –70DBM
Select Trace (span > 0)
Opens an edit dialog box to select the trace on which the signal is tracked.
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:STR:TRAC 1

1300.2519.12

4.10

E-11

R&S FSL

Setting the Frequency Span – SPAN Key

Setting the Frequency Span – SPAN Key
The SPAN key is used to set the frequency span to be analyzed.

To open the span menu
Press the SPAN key.
The span menu is displayed. For span > 0 an edit dialog box to enter the frequency is displayed.
For zero span, an edit dialog box to enter the sweep time is displayed.

Menu and softkey description
–

"Softkeys of the span menu" on page 4.11

To display help to a softkey, press the HELP key and then the softkey for which you want to display
help. To close the help window, press the ESC key. For further information refer to section "How to use
the Help System".

Task
–

To specify the span (alternatives)

To specify the span (alternatives)
1. To set the span, use the Span Manual, Full Span, Zero Span and Last Span softkeys.
2. To define a frequency range, use the Start and Stop softkeys.
3. For zero span, press the Sweeptime Manual softkey and enter a sweep time.

Softkeys of the span menu
The following table shows all softkeys available in the span menu. It is possible that your instrument
configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only available with a special option, model or
(measurement) mode, this information is delivered in the corresponding softkey description.
Command
Span Manual
Sweeptime Manual
Start
Stop
Full Span
Zero Span
Last Span

1300.2519.12

4.11

E-11

Setting the Frequency Span – SPAN Key

R&S FSL

Span Manual
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the frequency span. The center frequency is kept constant.
The following range is allowed:
span = 0: 0 Hz
span >0: spanmin

fspan

fmax

fmax and spanmin are specified in the data sheet. To help analyze signals located at the end of the
frequency range, for R&S FSL models with an upper frequency limit of 6 GHz or less, the fmax
value is extended by 0.05 GHz for direct entry via the key pad. The preset and full span values
remain unchanged.
Remote: FREQ:SPAN 2GHz

Start
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the start frequency. For details see Start softkey in the
frequency menu.
Remote: FREQ:STAR 20MHz
Stop
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the stop frequency. For details see Stop softkey in the
frequency menu.
Remote: FREQ:STOP 2000MHz
Full Span
Sets the span to the full frequency range of the R&S FSL specified in the data sheet. This
setting is useful for overview measurements.
Remote: FREQ:SPAN:FULL
Zero Span
Sets the span to 0 Hz (zero span). The x–axis becomes the time axis with the grid lines
corresponding to 1/10 of the current sweep time (SWT).
Remote: FREQ:SPAN 0Hz
Last Span
Sets the span to the previous value. With this function e.g. a fast change between overview
measurement and detailed measurement is possible.

1300.2519.12

4.12

E-11

R&S FSL

Setting the Level Display and Configuring the RF Input – AMPT Key

Setting the Level Display and Configuring the RF Input –
AMPT Key
The AMPT key is used to set the reference level, the level range and unit, the scaling and the RF
attenuation.

To open the amplitude menu
Press the AMPT key.
The amplitude menu is displayed. The Reference Level dialog box is displayed.

Menu and softkey description
–

"Softkeys of the amplitude menu" on page 4.14

To display help to a softkey, press the HELP key and then the softkey for which you want to display
help. To close the help window, press the ESC key. For further information refer to section "How to use
the Help System".

Task
–

To specify the amplitude

1300.2519.12

4.13

E-11

Setting the Level Display and Configuring the RF Input – AMPT Key

R&S FSL

To specify the amplitude
1. Set the reference level, offset and position, using the Ref Level, Ref Level Offset and Ref Level
Position softkeys.
2. Select the level range and the unit for the level axis, using the Range Log and Unit softkeys.
3. Set the scaling, using the Range Linear and/or Grid Abs / Rel softkeys.
4. Set the attenuation, using the RF Atten Manual or RF Atten Auto softkeys.

Softkeys of the amplitude menu
The following table shows all softkeys available in the amplitude menu. It is possible that your
instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only available with a special option,
model or (measurement) mode, this information is delivered in the corresponding softkey description.
Menu / Command

Command

Ref Level
Range Log
Range Linear

Range Linear %
Range Lin. Unit

Preamp On/Off
RF Atten Manual
RF Atten Auto
More
Ref Level Offset
Ref Level Position
Grid Abs / Rel
Unit
Input 50 L / 75 L

Ref Level
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the reference level in the currently active unit (dBm, dBMV,
etc).
The reference level value is the maximum value the AD converter can handle without distortion
of the measured value. Signal levels above this value will not be measured correctly, which is
indicated by the IFOVL status display.
Remote: DISP:TRAC:Y:RLEV –60dBm
Range Log
Selects logarithmic scaling for the level display range and opens the Range Log dialog box to
select a value for the level range.
Remote: DISP:TRAC:Y:SPAC LOG
Remote: DISP:TRAC:Y 120DB

1300.2519.12

4.14

E-11

R&S FSL

Setting the Level Display and Configuring the RF Input – AMPT Key

Range Linear
Selects linear scaling for the level display range and opens a submenu to select the type of
linear scaling.

Range Linear %
Selects linear scaling in % for the level display range, i.e. the horizontal grid lines are labelled in
%. The grid is divided in decadic steps.
Markers are displayed in the selected unit (Unit softkey). Delta markers are displayed in %
referenced to the voltage value at the position of marker 1. This is the default setting for linear
scaling.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.80.
Remote: DISP:TRAC:Y:SPAC LIN
Range Lin. Unit
Selects linear scaling in dB for the level display range, i.e. the horizontal lines are labelled in dB.
Markers are displayed in the selected unit (Unit softkey). Delta markers are displayed in dB
referenced to the power value at the position of marker 1.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.80.
Remote: DISP:TRAC:Y:SPAC LDB
Preamp On/Off (option RF Preamplifier, B22)
Switches the preamplifier on or off.
The preamplifier has only an effect below 6 GHz.
Remote: INP:GAIN:STAT 0N
RF Atten Manual
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the attenuation, irrespective of the reference level.
The attenuation can be set in 5 dB steps. The range is specified in the data sheet. If the defined
reference level cannot be set for the set RF attenuation, the reference level will be adjusted
accordingly.
The RF attenuation defines the level at the input mixer according to the formula:
levelmixer = levelinput – RF attenuation
The maximum mixer level allowed is –10 dBm. Mixer levels above this value may lead to
incorrect measurement results, which are indicated by the OVLD status display.
Remote: INP:ATT 30 DB

1300.2519.12

4.15

E-11

Setting the Level Display and Configuring the RF Input – AMPT Key

R&S FSL

RF Atten Auto
Sets the RF attenuation automatically as a function of the selected reference level. This ensures
that the optimum RF attenuation is always used. It is the default setting.
Remote: INP:ATT:AUTO ON
Ref Level Offset
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the arithmetic level offset. This offset is added to the
measured level irrespective of the selected unit. The scaling of the y–axis is changed
accordingly. The setting range is ±200 dB in 0.1 dB steps.
Remote: DISP:WIND:TRAC:Y:RLEV:OFFS –10dB
Ref Level Position
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the reference level position, i.e. the position of the maximum
AD converter value on the level axis. The setting range is from –200 to +200%, 0%
corresponding to the lower and 100% to the upper limit of the diagram.
Remote: DISP:WIND:TRAC:Y:RPOS 100PCT

Grid Abs / Rel (not available with Range Linear)
Switches between absolute and relative scaling of the level axis.
Absolute scaling

The labeling of the level lines refers to the absolute value of the
reference level. Absolute scaling is the default setting.

Relative scaling

The upper line of the grid is always at 0 dB. The scaling is in dB
whereas the reference level is always in the set unit (for details on unit
settings see Unit softkey).

Remote: DISP:WIND:TRAC:Y:MODE ABS
Unit
Opens the Unit dialog box to select the unit for the level axis. The default setting is dBm. If a
transducer is switched on, the softkey is not available.
In general, the spectrum analyzer measures the signal voltage at the RF input. The level display
is calibrated in RMS values of an unmodulated sinewave signal. In the default state, the level is
displayed at a power of 1 mW (= dBm). Via the known input impedance (50 L or 75 L),
conversion to other units is possible. The units dBm, dBmV, dBµV, V and W are directly
convertible.
Remote: CALC:UNIT:POW DBM

1300.2519.12

4.16

E-11

R&S FSL

Setting the Level Display and Configuring the RF Input – AMPT Key

Input 50 D / 75 D
Uses 50 L or 75 L as reference impedance for the measured levels. Default setting is 50 L .
Changes the reference impedance for the measured levels
The setting 75 L should be selected, if the 50 L input impedance is transformed to a higher
impedance using a 75 L adapter of the RAZ type (= 25 L in series to the input impedance of the
instrument). The correction value in this case is 1.76 dB = 10 log ( 75 L / 50 L).
All levels specified in this Operating Manual refer to the default setting of the instrument (50 L)R.
Remote: INP:IMP 50OHM

1300.2519.12

4.17

E-11

Setting the Bandwidths and Sweep Time – BW Key

R&S FSL

Setting the Bandwidths and Sweep Time – BW Key
The BW key is used to set the resolution bandwidth, video bandwidth (VBW) and sweep time (SWT).
The values available for resolution bandwidth and video bandwidth depend on the selected filter type.
For details on channel filters see also "List of available RRC and channel filters" on page 4.20.

To open the bandwidth menu
Press the BW key.
The bandwidth menu is displayed.

Menu and softkey description
–

"Softkeys of the bandwidth menu" on page 4.22

To display help to a softkey, press the HELP key and then the softkey for which you want to display
help. To close the help window, press the ESC key. For further information refer to section "How to use
the Help System".

Further information
–

"List of available RRC and channel filters" on page 4.20

Tasks
–

To specify the bandwidth

–

To choose the appropriate filter type

1300.2519.12

4.18

E-11

R&S FSL

Setting the Bandwidths and Sweep Time – BW Key

To specify the bandwidth
1. Set the resolution bandwidth using the Res BW Manual or Res BW Auto softkey.
2. Set the video bandwidth using the Video BW Manual or Video BW Auto softkey.
3. Set the sweep time using the Sweeptime Manual or Sweeptime Auto softkey.
4. Press the Filter Type softkey and select the appropriate filters.

To choose the appropriate filter type
All resolution bandwidths are realized with digital filters. With option Narrow IF Filters, R&S FSL–B7, the
range is enlarged (for details refer to the data sheet).
The video filters serve for smoothing the displayed trace. Using video bandwidths that are small
compared to the resolution bandwidth, only the signal average is displayed and noise peaks and pulsed
signals are repressed. If pulsed signals are to be measured, it is recommended to use a video
bandwidth that is large compared to the resolution bandwidth (VBW * 10 x RBW) for the amplitudes of
pulses to be measured correctly.
The following filter types are available:
•

Gaussian filters
The Gaussian filters are set by default. The available bandwidths are specified in the data sheet.

•

EMI (6dB) filters
The EMI (6dB) filters are available from firmware version 1.30. The available bandwidths are
specified in the data sheet.

•

FFT filters
The available bandwidths are specified in the data sheet.
The FFT algorithm offers considerably higher measurement speeds with all the other settings
remaining the same. The reason is that for analog filters the sweep time required for a particular
2
span is proportional to (span/RBW ). When using the FFT algorithm, however, the sweep time is
proportional to (span/RBW).
FFT filters are particularly suitable for stationary signals (sinusoidal signals or signals that are
continuously modulated in time). For burst signals (TDMA) or pulsed signals, normal filters are
preferable. When the tracking generator is used as signal source for the DUT, filtering with the FFT
algorithm is not useful. The FFT option is thus not available if the tracking generator is switched on.
If the FFT filters are activated, the sweep time display (SWT) is replaced by the acquisition time
(AQT) display. The sweep time is defined by the selected bandwidth and span, and cannot be
changed. The video bandwidth is not defined and therefore cannot be set.
The sample detector and the peak detector are available. If the Detector Auto Select softkey in the
trace menu is activated, the peak detector is selected.

•

channel filters
details see "List of available RRC and channel filters"

•

RRC filters
details see "List of available RRC and channel filters"

1300.2519.12

4.19

E-11

Setting the Bandwidths and Sweep Time – BW Key

R&S FSL

List of available RRC and channel filters
For power measurement a number of especially steep–edged channel filters are available (see the
following table).
For filters of type RRC (Root Raised Cosine), the filter bandwidth indicated describes the sampling rate
of the filter. For all other filters (CFILter) the filter bandwidth is the 3 dB bandwidth.
Table 4-3: Filter types
Filter Bandwidth

Filter Type

100

Hz

CFILter

200

Hz

CFILter

300

Hz

CFILter

500

Hz

CFILter

1

kHz

CFILter

1.5

kHz

CFILter

2

kHz

CFILter

2.4

kHz

CFILter

2.7

kHz

CFILter

3

kHz

CFILter

3.4

kHz

CFILter

4

kHz

CFILter

4.5

kHz

CFILter

5

kHz

CFILter

6

kHz

CFILter

8.5

kHz

CFILter

ETS300 113 (12.5 kHz channels)

9

kHz

CFILter

AM radio

10

kHz

CFILter

12.5

kHz

CFILter

CDMAone

14

kHz

CFILter

ETS300 113 (20 kHz channels)

15

kHz

CFILter

16

kHz

CFILter

ETS300 113 (25 kHz channels)

18

kHz,

RRC

TETRA

20

kHz

CFILter

21

kHz

CFILter

PDC

24.3

kHz,

RRC

IS 136 (NADC)

=0.35

=0.35

Application

A0

SSB

DAB, Satelite

25

kHz

CFILter

30

kHz

CFILter

50

kHz

CFILter

100

kHz

CFILter

150

kHz

CFILter

FM radio

192

kHz

CFILter

PHS

200

kHz

CFILter

300

kHz

CFILter

500

kHz

CFILter

1300.2519.12

CDPD, CDMAone

J.83 (8-VSB DVB, USA)

4.20

E-11

R&S FSL

Setting the Bandwidths and Sweep Time – BW Key

Filter Bandwidth

Filter Type

Application

1.0

MHz

CFILter

CDMAone

1.2288

MHz

CFILter

CDMAone

1,28

MHz

RRC

1.5

MHz

CFILter

2.0

MHz

CFILter

3.0

MHz

CFILter

3.75

MHz

CFILter

3.84

MHz,

=0.22*

RRC

W-CDMA 3GPP

4.096

MHz,

=0.22*

RRC

W-CDMA NTT DOCoMo

5.0

MHz

CFILter

20 MHz

MHz

CFILter

Note:

DAB

The 20 MHz channel filter is unavailable in sweep mode.
The 3.84 and 4.096 MHz filters (marked with an asterisk in the table) require an IF filter model
index 3.

1300.2519.12

4.21

E-11

Setting the Bandwidths and Sweep Time – BW Key

R&S FSL

Softkeys of the bandwidth menu
The following table shows all softkeys available in the bandwidth menu. It is possible that your
instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only available with a special option,
model or (measurement) mode, this information is delivered in the corresponding softkey description.
Command
Res BW Manual
Res BW Auto
Video BW Manual
Video BW Auto
Sweeptime Manual
Sweeptime Auto
Filter Type

Res BW Manual
Opens an edit dialog box to enter a value for the resolution bandwidth. The available resolution
bandwidths are specified in the data sheet. For details on the correlation between resolution
bandwidth and filter type refer to "To choose the appropriate filter type" on page 4.19.
Numeric input is always rounded to the nearest possible bandwidth. For rotary knob or
UP/DNARROW key inputs, the bandwidth is adjusted in steps either upwards or downwards.
The manual input mode of the resolution bandwidth is indicated by a green asterisk (*) at the
RBW display.
Remote: BAND:AUTO OFF
Remote: BAND 1MHz
Res BW Auto (span > 0)
Couples the resolution bandwidth to the selected span. If the span is changed, the resolution
bandwidth is automatically adjusted.
This setting is recommended, if a favorable setting of the resolution bandwidth in relation to the
selected span is desired.
Remote: BAND:AUTO ON
Video BW Manual (not available for FFT filter)
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the video bandwidth. The available video bandwidths are
specified in the data sheet.
Numeric input is always rounded to the nearest possible bandwidth. For rotary knob or
UP/DNARROW key inputs, the bandwidth is adjusted in steps either upwards or downwards.
The manual input mode of the video bandwidth is indicated by a green asterisk (*) at the VBW
display.
Remote: BAND:VID:AUTO OFF
Remote: BAND:VID 10 kHz

1300.2519.12

4.22

E-11

R&S FSL

Setting the Bandwidths and Sweep Time – BW Key

Video BW Auto (not available for FFT filter)
Couples the video bandwidth to the resolution bandwidth. If the resolution bandwidth is changed,
the video bandwidth is automatically adjusted.
This setting is recommended, if a minimum sweep time is required for a selected resolution
bandwidth. Narrow video bandwidths require longer sweep times due to the longer settling time.
Wide bandwidths reduce the signal/noise ratio.
Remote: BAND:VID:AUTO ON
Sweeptime Manual (not available for FFT filter)
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the sweep time.
Sweep time

Option TV Trigger, B6
(available from version 1.10)

absolute max. sweep time value:

16000 s

100 µs (zero span)

absolute min. sweep time value:

1 µs (zero span)

25 µs (zero span)

2.5 ms (span > 0)

–

Allowed values depend on the ratio of span to RBW and RBW to VBW. For details refer to the
data sheet.
Numeric input is always rounded to the nearest possible sweep time. For rotary knob or
UPARROW/DNARROW key inputs, the sweep time is adjusted in steps either downwards or
upwards.
The manual input mode of the sweep time is indicated by a green asterisk (*) at the SWT
display. If the selected sweep time is too short for the selected bandwidth and span, level
measurement errors will occur due to a too short settling time for the resolution or video filters. In
this case, the R&S FSL displays the error message UNCAL and marks the indicated sweep time
with a red asterisk (*).
Remote: SWE:TIME:AUTO OFF
Remote: SWE:TIME 10s
Sweeptime Auto (not available for FFT filter and zero span)
Couples the sweep time to the span, video bandwidth (VBW) and resolution bandwidth (RBW). If
the span, resolution bandwidth or video bandwidth are changed, the sweep time is automatically
adjusted.
The R&S FSL always selects the shortest sweep time that is possible without falsifying the
signal. The maximum level error is < 0.1 dB, compared to using a longer sweep time.
Remote: SWE:TIME:AUTO ON
Filter Type
Opens the Filter Type dialog box to select the filter type.
For detailed information on filters see "To choose the appropriate filter type" on page 4.19 and
"List of available RRC and channel filters" on page 4.20.
Remote: BAND:TYPE NORM

1300.2519.12

4.23

E-11

Configuring the Sweep Mode – SWEEP Key

R&S FSL

Configuring the Sweep Mode – SWEEP Key
The SWEEP key is used to configure the sweep mode. Continuous sweep or single sweep are
possible. The sweep time and the number of measured values are set.

To open the sweep menu
Press the SWEEP key.
The sweep menu is displayed.

Menu and softkey description
–

"Softkeys of the sweep menu" on page 4.25

To display help to a softkey, press the HELP key and then the softkey for which you want to display
help. To close the help window, press the ESC key. For further information refer to section "How to use
the Help System".

Task
–

To specify the sweep settings

1300.2519.12

4.24

E-11

R&S FSL

Configuring the Sweep Mode – SWEEP Key

To specify the sweep settings
1. Press the Sweep Count softkey and enter the sweep count.
2. Set the sweep time by using the Sweeptime Manual or Sweeptime Auto softkey.
3. Press the Sweep Points softkey and enter the number of sweep points.
4. Select the sweep mode using the Continuous Sweep or Single Sweep softkey.
5. To repeat the single sweep, press the Continue Single Sweep softkey.

Softkeys of the sweep menu
The following table shows all softkeys available in the sweep menu. It is possible that your instrument
configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only available with a special option, model or
(measurement) mode, this information is delivered in the corresponding softkey description.
If the Spectrogram Measurement option (K14) is activated, this menu provides additional functionality.
For details refer to "Softkeys of the sweep menu (Spectrogram view)" on page 4.195.
Command
Continuous Sweep
Single Sweep
Continue Single Sweep
Sweeptime Manual
Sweeptime Auto
Sweep Count
Sweep Points

Continuous Sweep
Sets the continuous sweep mode: the sweep takes place continuously according to the trigger
settings. This is the default setting. The trace averaging is determined by the sweep count value
(see Sweep Count softkey).
If the Spectrogram Measurement option (K14) is activated, this softkey provides additional
functionality. For details refer to Continuous Sweep Start/Stop softkey in the sweep menu of
this option.
Remote: INIT:CONT ON
Single Sweep
Sets the single sweep mode: after triggering, starts the number of sweeps that are defined by
using the Sweep Count softkey. The measurement stops after the defined number of sweeps
has been performed.
Remote: INIT:CONT OFF

1300.2519.12

4.25

E-11

Configuring the Sweep Mode – SWEEP Key

R&S FSL

Continue Single Sweep
Repeats the number of sweeps set by using the Sweep Count softkey, without deleting the
trace of the last measurement.
This is particularly of interest when using the trace configurations Average or Max Hold to take
previously recorded measurements into account for averaging / maximum search. For details on
trace configuration refer to "Setting Traces – TRACE Key" on page 4.39.
Remote: INIT:CONM
Sweeptime Manual
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the sweep time. For details see Sweeptime Manual softkey in
the bandwidth menu.
Remote: SWE:TIME 10s
Sweeptime Auto
Sets the automatic sweep time mode. For details see Sweeptime Auto softkey in the bandwidth
menu.
Remote: SWE:TIME:AUTO ON
Sweep Count
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the number of sweeps to be performed in the single sweep
mode. Values from 0 to 32767 are allowed. If the values 0 or 1 are set, one sweep is performed.
The sweep count is applied to all the traces in a diagram.
The sweep count set in the sweep menu is the same as that in the trace menu (for further details
see Sweep Count softkey). If the trace configurations Average, Max Hold or Min Hold are set,
the sweep count value also determines the number of averaging or maximum search
procedures (for details on trace configuration see "Setting Traces – TRACE Key" on page 4.39.
Example:
TRACE key – Trace Mode softkey – Mode Max Hold softkey
SWEEP key – Sweep Count softkey – Average Sweep Count dialog box: enter 10
Single Sweep softkey: R&S FSL performs the Max Hold function over 10 sweeps.
Remote: SWE:COUN 64

1300.2519.12

4.26

E-11

R&S FSL

Configuring the Sweep Mode – SWEEP Key

Sweep Points
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the number of measured values to be collected during one
sweep.
–

Entry via rotary knob:
In the range from 101 to 1001, the sweep points are increased or decreased in steps of 100
points.
In the range from 1001 to 32001, the sweep points are increased or decreased in steps of 1000
points.

–

Entry via keypad:
All values in the defined range can be set.

The default value is 501 sweep points. If a value
off automatically.

501 is set, the auto peak detector is turned

Remote: SWE:POIN 501

1300.2519.12

4.27

E-11

Triggering the Sweep – TRIG Key

R&S FSL

Triggering the Sweep – TRIG Key
The TRIG key is used to set trigger mode, trigger threshold, trigger delay, trigger polarity and for gated
sweep the gate configuration.

To open the trigger menu
Press the TRIG key.
The trigger menu is displayed.

Menu and softkey description
–

"Softkeys of the trigger menu" on page 4.33

To display help to a softkey, press the HELP key and then the softkey for which you want to display
help. To close the help window, press the ESC key. For further information refer to section "How to use
the Help System".

Further information
–

"Trigger mode overview" on page 4.31

Tasks
–

To specify the trigger settings

–

To use gated sweep operation (option Gated Sweep, B8)

–

To trigger on TV signals (zero span and option TV Trigger, B6)

1300.2519.12

4.28

E-11

R&S FSL

Triggering the Sweep – TRIG Key

To specify the trigger settings
1. Press the Trg / Gate Source softkey to select the trigger mode (for details see "Trigger mode
overview" on page 4.31).
2. Press the Trg / Gate Level softkey to set the trigger level.
3. Press the Trigger Offset softkey to set the trigger offset.
4. For details on gated sweep operation, see "To use gated sweep operation (option Gated Sweep,
B8)" on page 4.29.
5. For details on TV signal triggering, see "To trigger on TV signals (zero span and option TV Trigger,
B6)".

To use gated sweep operation (option Gated Sweep, B8)
By using a gate in sweep mode and stopping the measurement while the gate signal is inactive, the
spectrum for pulsed RF carriers can be displayed without the superposition of frequency components
generated during switching. Similarly, the spectrum can also be examined for an inactive carrier. The
sweep can be controlled by an external gate or by the internal power trigger.
Gated sweep operation is also possible for span = 0. This enables – e.g. in burst signals – level
variations of individual slots to be displayed versus time.
1. Press the Gate Settings submenu softkey to define the settings of the gate mode.
At the center frequency a transition to zero span is made and the time parameters gate delay and
gate length are displayed as vertical lines to adjust them easily.
When quitting the Gate Settings submenu, the original span is retrieved so the desired
measurement can be performed with the accurately set gate.
2. To set the parameters gate delay and gate length highly accurate, press the Sweep Time softkey to
alter the x–axis in a way that the signal range concerned (e.g. one full burst) is displayed.
3. Press the Gate Delay softkey to set the sampling time in a way that the desired portion of the signal
is shown.
4. Press the Gate Mode Lvl/Edge softkey to set the gate mode.
5. If the Edge gate mode has been selected, press the Gate Length softkey to set the sampling
duration in a way that the desired portion of the signal is shown.
6. Press the Trg / Gate Polarity Pos/Neg softkey to set the polarity of the trigger source.
7. Press the Gated Trigger softkey to activate the gated sweep mode.
To indicate that a gate is used for the sweep, the enhancement label GAT is displayed on the
screen. This label appears to the right of the window for which the gate is configured.

1300.2519.12

4.29

E-11

Triggering the Sweep – TRIG Key

R&S FSL

Fig. 4-1: TDMA signal with GATE OFF

Fig. 4-2: Pulsed signal with GATE ON

1300.2519.12

4.30

E-11

R&S FSL

Triggering the Sweep – TRIG Key

Fig. 4-3: Timing diagram for GATE, GATE DELAY and GATE LENGTH

To trigger on TV signals (zero span and option TV Trigger, B6)
1. Press the TV Trig Settings submenu softkey to switch the TV trigger on and define the settings for
triggering on TV signal.
2. To configure the TV trigger, press the Vert Sync, Vert Sync Odd Field, Vert Sync Even Field or
Hor Sync softkey.
3. Press the Video Pol Pos/Neg softkey to set the polarity of the video signal.
4. Press the Lines 625/525 softkey to set the line system to be used.
Option TV Trigger, B6, is available from firmware version 1.10.

Trigger mode overview
The R&S FSL offers the following trigger modes:
•

Free Run
The start of a sweep is not triggered. Once a measurement is completed, another is started
immediately.

•

External
Triggering via a TTL signal at the input connector EXT TRIG / GATE IN on the rear panel.

•

Video
Triggering by the displayed voltage.
A horizontal trigger line is shown in the diagram. It is used to set the trigger threshold from 0% to
100% of the diagram height.

•

IF Power
Triggering of the measurement via signals which are outside the measurement channel.
For this purpose, the R&S FSL uses a level detector at the second intermediate frequency. Its
threshold can be set in a range between –50 dBm and –10 dBm at the input mixer. The resulting
trigger level at the RF input is calculated via the following formula:
Mixerlevelmin + RFAtt – PreampGain

1300.2519.12

Input Signal

4.31

Mixerlevelmax + RFAtt – PreampGain

E-11

Triggering the Sweep – TRIG Key

R&S FSL

The bandwidth at the intermediate frequency is 20 MHz. The R&S FSL is triggered as soon as the
trigger threshold is exceeded within a 10 MHz range around the selected frequency (= start
frequency in the frequency sweep).
Thus, the measurement of spurious emissions, e.g. for pulsed carriers, is possible even if the
carrier lies outside the selected frequency span.
•

TV (option TV Trigger, B6, available from firmware version 1.10)
Triggering of the measurement on TV signals. In this trigger mode, only the Auto Peak and the
Sample detectors are available (for details refer to "Detector overview" on page 4.42).
In order to display different sections of a TV video signal, the R&S FSL derives several trigger
signals from the video signals. This allows triggering as well on the frame repetition as on each line
of the TV video signal.
The filter bandwidth is constant: 4.0 MHz for standards with 525 lines or 5.0 MHz for standards with
625 lines. The position of the filter is determined by the firmware in order to place the 3 dB filter
bandwidth on the center frequency, as shown in the diagramm below. For the center frequency, the
value of the vision carrier frequency should be set.

fv = vision carrier frequency

fa = aural carrier frequency

fc = chrominance sub–carrier frequency

BW = –3dB filter bandwidth

Fig. 4-4: 3 dB Filter bandwidth (option TV Trigger, B6, available from firmware version 1.10)
•

Time Trigger (available from firmware version 1.60)
Triggering of the measurement by a time intervall, set via the Repetition Intervall softkey.

1300.2519.12

4.32

E-11

R&S FSL

Triggering the Sweep – TRIG Key

Softkeys of the trigger menu
The following table shows all softkeys available in the trigger menu. It is possible that your instrument
configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only available with a special option, model or
(measurement) mode, this information is delivered in the corresponding softkey description.
Menu / Command

Command

Trg / Gate Source
Trg / Gate Level
Trg / Gate Polarity Pos/Neg
Trigger Offset / Repetition Intervall
Gated Trigger
Gate Settings

Gate Mode Lvl/Edge
Gate Delay
Gate Length
Trg / Gate Source
Trg / Gate Level
Trg / Gate Polarity Pos/Neg
Sweep Time

More
IF Power Retrigger Holdoff
IF Power Retrigger Hysteresis
TV Trig Settings

Vert Sync
Vert Sync Odd Field
Vert Sync Even Field
Hor Sync
Video Pol Pos/Neg
Lines 625/525
TV Free Run On/Off

Trg / Gate Source
Opens the Trigger / Gate Source dialog box to select the trigger / gate mode. For detailed
information on trigger modes see "Trigger mode overview" on page 4.31.
The gate–related settings are only available with option Gated Sweep, R&S FSL–B8. As gate
modes, all modes apart from the TV Trigger mode (option TV Trigger, B6, available from
firmware version 1.10) are available. For details see also "To use gated sweep operation (option
Gated Sweep, B8)" on page 4.29.
The default setting is Free Run. If a trigger mode other than Free Run has been set, the
enhancement label TRG is displayed.
Remote: TRIG:SOUR IMM | VID | IFP | EXT | TV | TIME (Free Run, Video, IF Power,
Extern, TV Trigger, Time Trigger)
Remote: SWE:EGAT:SOUR EXT (Extern)

1300.2519.12

4.33

E-11

Triggering the Sweep – TRIG Key

R&S FSL

Trg / Gate Level
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the trigger / gate level. The gate–related settings are only
available with option Gated Sweep, R&S FSL–B8. For details see also "Trigger mode overview"
on page 4.31 and "To use gated sweep operation (option Gated Sweep, B8)" on page 4.29.
In the Time Trigger mode, this softkey is not available.
Remote: TRIG:LEV:VID 50PCT
Remote: TRIG:LEV:IFP –30DBM
Trg / Gate Polarity Pos/Neg
Sets the polarity of the trigger / gate source. The gate–related settings are only available with
option Gated Sweep, R&S FSL–B8.
The sweep starts after a positive or negative edge of the trigger signal. The default setting is
Pos. The setting applies to all modes with the exception of the Free Run mode.
level triggering

In the setting Pos the sweep is stopped by the logic ´0´ signal and
restarted by the logical ´1´ signal after the gate delay time has elapsed.

edge triggering

The sweep is continued on a ´0´ to ´1´ transition for the gate length
duration after the gate delay time has elapsed.

In the Time Trigger mode, this softkey is not available.
For details also see "To use gated sweep operation (option Gated Sweep, B8)" on page 4.29.
Remote: TRIG:SLOP POS
Remote: SWE:EGAT:POL POS
Trigger Offset
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the time offset between the trigger signal and the start of the
sweep. The time may be entered in multiples of 125 ns in the range –100 s to 100 s (default
0 s).
offset > 0:

start of the sweep is delayed

offset < 0:

sweep starts earlier (pre–trigger)
only possible for span = 0 and gated trigger switched off
not possible if RMS or average detector activated
maximum allowed range and the maximum resolution limited by the sweep time:
rangemax = – 499/500 x sweep time
resolutionmax = sweep time/500

Note:

For the option TV Trigger, B6 (available from firmware version 1.10), the allowed offset ranges
from –50 Bs to +50 Bs. If the trigger source is changed to TV trigger and the set trigger offset is
out of range, the trigger offset is adopted to the closest value allowed.

In the External or IF Power trigger mode, a common input signal is used for both trigger and
gate. Therefore changes to the gate delay will affect the trigger delay (trigger offset) as well.
In the Time Trigger mode, this softkey is not available.
Remote: TRIG:HOLD 10US

1300.2519.12

4.34

E-11

R&S FSL

Triggering the Sweep – TRIG Key

Repetition Intervall (Time Trigger mode)
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the time intervall after which the sweep is started. The
possible values range from 100 ms to 5000 s.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.60.
Remote: TRIG:TIME:RINT 50
Gated Trigger (option Gated Sweep, B8)
Switches the sweep mode with gate on or off .
This softkey requires the following trigger mode:
span > 0

External or IF Power

span = 0

External or IF Power or Video

If a different mode is active, the IF Power trigger mode is automatically selected.
If the gate is switched on, a gate signal applied to the rear panel connector EXT
TRIGGER/GATE or the internal IF power detector controls the sweep of the analyzer.
In the Time Trigger mode, this softkey is not available.
For details also see "To use gated sweep operation (option Gated Sweep, B8)" on page 4.29.
Remote: SWE:EGAT ON
Remote: SWE:EGAT:SOUR IFP | EXT
Gate Settings (option Gated Sweep, B8)
Opens a submenu to make all the settings required for gated sweep operation.
In the Time Trigger mode, this softkey is not available.
For details also see "To use gated sweep operation (option Gated Sweep, B8)" on page 4.29.

Gate Mode Lvl/Edge (option Gated Sweep, B8)
Sets the gate mode. As settings level–triggered or edge–triggered gate mode can be selected.
For details also see "To use gated sweep operation (option Gated Sweep, B8)" on page 4.29.
Remote: SWE:EGAT:TYPE EDGE

1300.2519.12

4.35

E-11

Triggering the Sweep – TRIG Key

R&S FSL

Gate Delay (option Gated Sweep, B8)
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the gate delay time between the gate signal and the
continuation of the sweep. Values between 125 ns and 100 s are allowed. The delay position on
the time axis in relation to the sweep is indicated by a line labeled GD.
This is useful for e.g. taking into account a delay between the gate signal and the stabilization of
an RF carrier.
As a common input signal is used for both trigger and gate when selecting the External or IF
Power trigger mode, changes to the gate delay will affect the trigger delay (trigger offset) as
well.
For details also see "To use gated sweep operation (option Gated Sweep, B8)" on page 4.29.
Remote: SWE:EGAT:HOLD 1US
Gate Length (Gate Mode Edge)
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the gate length. Values between 125 ns and 100 s are
allowed. The gate length in relation to the sweep is indicated by a line labeled GL.
The length of the gate signal defines if the sweep is to be interrupted. Only in the edge–triggered
mode the gate length can be set, while in the level–triggered the gate length depends on the
length of the gate signal.
For details also see "To use gated sweep operation (option Gated Sweep, B8)" on page 4.29.
Remote: SWE:EGAT:LENG 100US
Sweep Time (option Gated Sweep, B8)
Opens an edit dialog box to change the sweep time in order to obtain a higher resolution for
positioning gate delay and gate length. When quitting the Gate Settings submenu, the original
sweep time is retrieved.
For details also see "To use gated sweep operation (option Gated Sweep, B8)" on page 4.29.

IF Power Retrigger Holdoff
Opens an edit dialog box to define the value for the IF power trigger holdoff. This softkey is only
available if the IF power trigger is selected as the trigger source. The holdoff value in s is the
time which must pass since another IF power trigger event may happen. The range of the value
is between 150 ns and 10 s in the step width of 10 ns.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.30.
Remote: TRIG:IFP:HOLD 200 ns

1300.2519.12

4.36

E-11

R&S FSL

Triggering the Sweep – TRIG Key

IF Power Retrigger Hysteresis
Opens an edit dialog box to define the value for the IF power trigger hysteresis. This softkey is
only available if the IF power trigger is selected as the trigger source. The hysteresis in dB is the
value the input signal must decay below the IF power trigger level in order to allow an IF power
trigger starting the measurement. The range of the value is between 3 dB and 50 dB in the step
width of 1 dB.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.30.
Remote: TRIG:IFP:HYST 10DB
TV Trig Settings (zero span and option TV Trigger, B6)
Switches the TV trigger on and opens a submenu to configure the TV signal parameters.
Option TV Trigger, B6, is available from firmware version 1.10.
Remote: TRIG:SOUR TV
Vert Sync (zero span and option TV Trigger, B6)
Sets the trigger on the vertical sync signal. The R&S FSL triggers on the frame repetition signal
without distinction between the two fields.
Option TV Trigger, B6, is available from firmware version 1.10.
Remote: TRIG:VID:FIEL:SEL ALL
Vert Sync Odd Field (zero span and option TV Trigger, B6)
Sets the trigger on the vertical sync signal of the first field.
Option TV Trigger, B6, is available from firmware version 1.10.
Remote: TRIG:VID:FIEL:SEL ODD
Vert Sync Even Field (zero span and option TV Trigger, B6)
Sets the trigger on the vertical sync signal of the second field.
Option TV Trigger, B6, is available from firmware version 1.10.
Remote: TRIG:VID:FIEL:SEL EVEN
Hor Sync (zero span and option TV Trigger, B6)
Sets the trigger on the horizontal sync signal and opens an edit dialog box to enter the
corresponding line. Depending on the selected line system (for details see Lines 625/525
softkey), values from 1 to 525 or 1 to 625 are allowed. If the range is exceeded, the maximum
possible line number will be set.
The default setting is 17, which is used to trigger according to CCIR 473–4 on test line 17.
Option TV Trigger, B6, is available from firmware version 1.10.
Remote: TRIG:VID:LINE:NUM 17

1300.2519.12

4.37

E-11

Triggering the Sweep – TRIG Key

R&S FSL

Video Pol Pos/Neg (zero span and option TV Trigger, B6)
Sets the polarity of the video signal. Default setting is Neg.
Positive video polarity is to be selected e.g. for standard L signals, negative video polarity for
signals according to the standards B/G/I/M (color standard PAL or NTSC).
Option TV Trigger, B6, is available from firmware version 1.10.
Remote: TRIG:VID:SSIG:POL NEG
Lines 625/525 (zero span and option TV Trigger, B6)
Sets the line system to be used. Default setting is 625 lines.
Option TV Trigger, B6, is available from firmware version 1.10.
Remote: TRIG:VID:FORM:LPFR 625
TV Free Run On/Off (zero span and option TV Trigger, B6)
Activates or deactivates the free run trigger mode for option TV Trigger, B6. For details on
trigger modes refer to "Trigger mode overview" on page 4.31. In this mode, only the trace modes
Clear Write and View are available (see also "Trace mode overview" on page 4.40).
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.30.
Remote: TRIG:VID:CONT ON

1300.2519.12

4.38

E-11

R&S FSL

Setting Traces – TRACE Key

Setting Traces – TRACE Key
The TRACE key is used to configure the data acquisition for measurement and the analysis of the
measurement data.
The R&S FSL is capable of displaying up to six different traces at a time in a diagram. A trace consists
of a maximum of 501 measurement points on the horizontal axis (frequency or time). If more measured
values than measurement points are available, several measured values are combined in one
measurement point.
The trace functions are subdivided as follows:
•

Display mode of trace (Clear Write, View and Blank). For details on trace modes see "Trace mode
overview" on page 4.40.

•

Evaluation of the trace as a whole (Average, Max Hold and Min Hold). For details on trace modes
see "Trace mode overview" on page 4.40. For details on averaging see "Description of the
averaging method" on page 4.41.

•

Evaluation of individual measurement points of a trace. For details on detectors see "Detector
overview" on page 4.42.

To open the trace menu
Press the TRACE key.
The trace menu is displayed. The Trace Configuration dialog box is displayed.

Menu and softkey description
–

"Softkeys of the trace menu" on page 4.43

To display help to a softkey, press the HELP key and then the softkey for which you want to display
help. To close the help window, press the ESC key. For further information refer to section "How to use
the Help System".

Further information
–

"Trace mode overview" on page 4.40

–

"Detector overview" on page 4.42

–

"Description of the averaging method" on page 4.41

–

"ASCII file export format" on page 4.51

Task
–

To specify the trace settings

1300.2519.12

4.39

E-11

Setting Traces – TRACE Key

R&S FSL

To specify the trace settings
1. Press the Trace 1 2 3 4 5 6 softkey to select the trace.
2. Press the Trace Mode softkey to select the trace mode for the selected trace (for details see "Trace
mode overview" on page 4.40).
3. Press the Detector Auto Select softkey for automatic detector selection or press the Detector
Manual Select softkey to select a detector (for details see "Detector overview" on page 4.42).
4. To change the sweep count setting, which also determines trace averaging, press the Sweep
Count softkey.
5. To deactivate the reset of the traces in Min Hold and Max Hold mode after some specific
parameter changes, press the Hold/Cont softkey.
6. To copy a trace into another trace memory, press the Copy Trace softkey.
Upon copying, the contents of the selected memory are overwritten and the new contents are
displayed in the View mode.
7. To export the active trace in ASCII format:
–

Press the More softkey.

–

If necessary, press the Decim Sep softkey to change the decimal separator with floating–point
numerals.

–

Press the ASCII File Export softkey to enter the ASCII file export name.
The active trace is saved in ASCII format on the flash disk or a USB device.

Trace mode overview
The traces can individually be activated for a measurement or frozen after completion of a
measurement. Traces that are not activated are hidden. Each time the trace mode is changed, the
selected trace memory is cleared.
The R&S FSL offers 6 different trace modes:
•

Clear Write
Overwrite mode: the trace is overwritten by each sweep. All available detectors can be selected.
This is the default setting.

•

Max Hold
The maximum value is determined over several sweeps and displayed. The R&S FSL saves the
sweep result in the trace memory only if the new value is greater than the previous one. The
detector is automatically set to Positive Peak.
This mode is especially useful with modulated or pulsed signals. The signal spectrum is filled up
upon each sweep until all signal components are detected in a kind of envelope.
This mode is not available for statistics measurements or if the TV trigger is active and the TV Free
Run On/Off softkey is set to ON (option TV Trigger, B6).

•

Min Hold
The minimum value is determined from several measurements and displayed. The R&S FSL saves
for each sweep the smallest of the previously stored/currently measured values in the trace
memory. The detector is automatically set to Negative Peak.
This mode is useful e.g. for making an unmodulated carrier in a composite signal visible. Noise,
interference signals or modulated signals are suppressed whereas a CW signal is recognized by its
constant level.

1300.2519.12

4.40

E-11

R&S FSL

Setting Traces – TRACE Key

This mode is not available for statistics measurements or if the TV trigger is active and the TV Free
Run On/Off softkey is set to ON (option TV Trigger, B6).
•

Average
The average is formed over several sweeps. All available detectors can be selected. If the detector
is automatically selected, the sample detector is used. For details see also "Description of the
averaging method" on page 4.41.
This mode is not available for statistics measurements or if the TV trigger is active and the TV Free
Run On/Off softkey is set to ON (option TV Trigger, B6).

•

View
The current contents of the trace memory is frozen and displayed.
If a trace is frozen, the instrument settings, apart from level range and reference level (see below),
can be changed without impact on the displayed trace. The fact that the trace and the current
instrument setting do not correspond any more is indicated by the enhancement label "*" at the left
edge of the grid.
If level range or reference level are changed, the R&S FSL automatically adapts the measured data
to the changed display range. This allows an amplitude zoom to be made after the measurement in
order to show details of the trace.

•

Blank
Hides the selected trace.

Description of the averaging method
Averaging is carried out over the measurement points derived from the measurement samples. Several
measured values may be combined in a measurement point. This means that with linear level display
the average is formed over linear amplitude values. The sweep mode (continuous or single sweep, for
details see "Configuring the Sweep Mode – SWEEP Key" on page 4.24) and running averaging apply to
the average display analogously. In principle, two methods for calculating the average are used:
continuous averaging and averaging over the selected number of sweeps.
•

sweep count > 1
Depending on the relation of the following two parameters, two different situations exist:
n = number of sweeps performed since measurement start
c = sweep count (number of sweeps forming one statistics cycle)
–

n

c

In single sweep or continuous sweep mode during the first statistics cycle, averaging over the
selected number of sweeps is performed. The average trace n is calculated at each
measurement point according to:

Avg (n) =

1
n 1
Avg (n 1) + Curr (n)
n
n

Equ. 4–1

with Avg = average trace; Curr = current trace
Until the first statistics cycle is completed (n < c), a preliminary average is displayed which
represents the arithmetic mean value over all measured sweeps. With n increasing, the
displayed trace is increasingly smoothed since there are more single sweeps for averaging.
When the first statistics cycle is completed (n = c), the average trace is saved in the trace
memory.
–

n>c

1300.2519.12

4.41

E-11

Setting Traces – TRACE Key

R&S FSL

In continuous sweep mode after the first statistics cycle, continuous averaging is performed.
The average trace n is calculated at each measurement point according to:

Avg (n) =

1
c 1
Avg (n 1) + Curr (n)
c
c

Equ. 4–2

with Avg = average trace; Curr = current trace
In single sweep mode, the same formula holds true if the Continue Single Sweep softkey is
pressed.
•

sweep count = 0
In continuous sweep mode, a continuous average is calculated according to Equ. 4–3.
with c = 10:

Avg (n) =

9
1
Avg (n 1) + Curr (n)
10
10

Equ. 4–3

with Avg = average trace; Curr = current trace
Due to the weighting between the current trace and the average trace, past values have practically
no influence on the displayed trace after about ten sweeps. With this setting, signal noise is
effectively reduced without need for restarting the averaging process after a change of the signal.
•

sweep count = 1
The current trace is displayed. No averaging is performed. This is a special case of Equ. 4–1 with
n = 0.

Detector overview
The measurement detector for the individual display modes can be selected directly by you or set
automatically by R&S FSL. The detector activated for the specific trace is identified in the respective
trace display field in form of an abbreviation (for details see detector list).
The detectors of the R&S FSL are implemented as pure digital devices. They collect signal power data
within each measured point during a sweep. The default number of sweep points is 501. The following
detectors are available:
Detector

Indicator

Function

auto peak detector
(Auto Peak)

Ap

determines the maximum and the minimum value within a
measurement point

peak detector
(Positive Peak)

Pk

determines the maximum value within a measurement point

min peak detector
(Negative Peak)

Mi

determines the minimum value within a measurement point

sample detector
(Sample)

Sa

selects a random value within a measurement point

RMS detector (RMS)

Rm

determines the root mean square power within a
measurement point

average detector
(Average)

Av

determines the linear average power within a measurement
point

quasi peak detector
(Quasi Peak)

QP

determines the quasipeak power within a measurement point
for EMI measurements (available from firmware version 1.10)

1300.2519.12

4.42

E-11

R&S FSL

Setting Traces – TRACE Key

If the TV trigger is active, only the auto peak and the sample detector are available.
The result obtained from the selected detector within a measurement point is displayed as the power
value at this measurement point.
All detectors work in parallel in the background, which means that the measurement speed is
independent of the detector combination used for different traces.
Note:

During a frequency sweep, R&S FSL increments the 1st local oscillator in steps that are smaller
than approximately 1/10 of the bandwidth. This makes sure that the oscillator step speed is
conforming to the hardware settling times and does not affect the precision of the measured
power.
The number of measured values taken during a sweep is independent of the number of
oscillator steps. It is always selected as a multiple or a fraction of 501 (= default number of trace
points displayed on the screen). Choosing less then 501 measured values (e.g. 125 or 251) will
lead to an interpolated measurement curve, choosing more than 501 points (e.g. 1001, 2001 ...)
will result in several measured values being overlaid at the same frequency position.

Softkeys of the trace menu
The following table shows all softkeys available in the trace menu. It is possible that your instrument
configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only available with a special option, model or
(measurement) mode, this information is delivered in the corresponding softkey description.
Menu / Command

Command

Trace 1 2 3 4 5 6
Trace Mode

Clear Write
Max Hold
Min Hold
Average
View
Blank

Detector Auto Select
Detector Manual Select

Detector Auto Peak
Detector Positive Peak
Detector Negative Peak
Detector Sample
Detector RMS
More
Detector Average
Detector Quasi Peak

Sweep Count
Hold/Cont
More
Trace 1 2 3 4 5 6

1300.2519.12

4.43

E-11

Setting Traces – TRACE Key
Menu / Command

R&S FSL

Command

Copy Trace
ASCII File Export
Decim Sep
Trace Math
Trace Math Position
Average Mode

LOG
LIN
POWER

Trace 1 2 3 4 5 6
Selects the active trace (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6). The default setting is trace 1 in the overwrite mode (see
Clear Write mode), the other traces are switched off (see Blank mode).
Remote: (selected via numeric suffix of :TRACe<1...6>)
Trace Mode
Opens a submenu to select the trace mode. For details see "Trace mode overview" on page
4.40.

Clear Write
Selects the Clear Write mode. For details see "Trace mode overview" on page 4.40.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.80.
Remote: DISP:TRAC:MODE WRIT
Max Hold
Selects the Max Hold mode. For details see "Trace mode overview" on page 4.40.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.80.
Remote: DISP:TRAC:MODE MAXH
Min Hold
Selects the Min Hold mode. For details see "Trace mode overview" on page 4.40.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.80.
Remote: DISP:TRAC:MODE MINH

1300.2519.12

4.44

E-11

R&S FSL

Setting Traces – TRACE Key

Average
Selects the Average mode. For details see "Trace mode overview" on page 4.40.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.80.
Remote: DISP:TRAC:MODE AVER
View
Selects the View mode. For details see "Trace mode overview" on page 4.40.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.80.
Remote: DISP:TRAC:MODE VIEW
Blank
Selects the Blank mode. For details see "Trace mode overview" on page 4.40.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.80.
Remote: DISP:TRAC OFF
Detector Auto Select
Selects the optimum detector for the selected trace and filter mode. This is the default setting.
For details see also "Detector overview" on page 4.42.
Trace mode

Detector (band–pass filter)

Detector (FFT filter)

Clear/Write

Auto Peak

Max Peak

Average

Sample

Sample

Max Hold

Max Peak

Max Peak

Min Hold

Min Peak

Max Peak

Remote: DET:AUTO ON
Detector Manual Select
Opens a submenu to select the detector. For details see "Detector overview" on page 4.42.

Detector Auto Peak
Selects the Auto Peak detector. For details see "Detector overview" on page 4.42.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.80.
Remote: DET APE

1300.2519.12

4.45

E-11

Setting Traces – TRACE Key

R&S FSL

Detector Positive Peak
Selects the Positive Peak detector. For details see "Detector overview" on page 4.42.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.80.
Remote: DET POS
Detector Negative Peak
Selects the Negative Peak detector. For details see "Detector overview" on page 4.42.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.80.
Remote: DET NEG
Detector Sample
Selects the Sample detector. For details see "Detector overview" on page 4.42.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.80.
Remote: DET SAMP
Detector RMS
Selects the RMS detector. For details see "Detector overview" on page 4.42.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.80.
Remote: DET RMS
Detector Average
Selects the Average detector. For details see "Detector overview" on page 4.42.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.80.
Remote: DET AVER
Detector Quasi Peak
Selects the Quasi Peak detector. For details see "Detector overview" on page 4.42.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.80.
Remote: DET QPE

1300.2519.12

4.46

E-11

R&S FSL

Setting Traces – TRACE Key

Sweep Count
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the number of sweeps used for averaging. Values from 0 to
32767 are allowed. The default setting is 0. The sweep count is applied to all the traces in a
diagram. The sweep count set in the trace menu is the same as that in the sweep menu (for
further details see Sweep Count softkey).
In the continuous sweep mode, the sweep count value determines the trace averaging:
–

sweep count = 0: continuous averaging

–

sweep count = 1: no averaging

–

sweep count > 1: averaging over the selected number of sweeps; in the continuous sweep
mode averaging is performed until the set number of sweeps is attained and is then continued
as continuous averaging (see also "Description of the averaging method" on page 4.41).

Remote: SWE:COUN 64
Hold/Cont
Switches on or off the reset of the traces in Min Hold, Max Hold and Average mode after some
specific parameter changes have been made. The default setting is off.
Normally, the measurement is started anew after parameter changes, before the measurement
results are evaluated (e.g. using a marker). In all cases that require a new measurement after
parameter changes, the trace is reset automatically to avoid false results (e.g. with span
changes). For applications that require no reset after parameter changes, the automatic reset
can be switched off.
Remote: DISP:TRAC:MODE:HCON ON
Copy Trace
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the number of the trace memory, in which the currently
selected trace shall be copied.
Remote: TRAC:COPY TRACE1,TRACE2
ASCII File Export
Opens the ASCII File Export Name dialog box and saves the active trace in ASCII format to the
specified file and directory.
The file consists of the header containing important scaling parameters and a data section
containing the trace data. For details on an ASCII file see "ASCII file export format" on page
4.51.
This format can be processed by spreadsheet calculation programs, e.g. MS Excel. It is
necessary to define ';' as a separator for the data import. Different language versions of
evaluation programs may require a different handling of the decimal point. It is therefore possible
to select between separators '.' (decimal point) and ',' (comma) using the Decim Sep softkey.
Remote: FORM ASC
Remote: MMEM:STOR:TRAC 1,'TRACE.DAT'

1300.2519.12

4.47

E-11

Setting Traces – TRACE Key

R&S FSL

Decim Sep
Selects the decimal separator with floating–point numerals for the ASCII file export to support
evaluation programs (e.g. MS Excel) in different languages. The values '.' (decimal point) and ','
(comma) can be set. For details see also ASCII File Export softkey.
Remote: FORM:DEXP:DSEP POIN
Trace Math
Opens the Trace Mathematics dialog box to define which trace is subtracted from trace 1. The
result is displayed in trace 1 and refers to the zero point defined with the Trace Math Position
softkey. The following substractions can be performed:
T1–>T1–T2

Substracts trace 2 from trace 1.

T1–>T1–T3

Substracts trace 3 from trace 1

T1–>T1–T4

Substracts trace 4 from trace 1

T1–>T1–T5

Substracts trace 5 from trace 1

T1–>T1–T6

Substracts trace 6 from trace 1

If the Trace Math Off option is activated, the function is switched off (default setting).
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.30.
Remote: CALC1:MATH (TRACE1 – TRACE2)
Remote: CALC:MATH:STAT ON
Trace Math Position
Opens an edit dialog box to define the zero point in % of the diagram height. The range of
values extends from –100% to +200%.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.30.
Remote: CALC:MATH:POS 50PCT
Average Mode
Opens a submenu to select the averaging method for the average trace mode. The submenu
contains the following softkeys.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.90.
Command
LOG
LIN
POWER

1300.2519.12

4.48

E-11

R&S FSL

Setting Traces – TRACE Key

Logarithmic averaging is preferred to display signals with a low signal to noise ratio. While
positive peak values are decreased in logarithmic averaging due to the characteristics involved,
it is also true that negative peaks are increased relative to the average value.If the distorted
amplitude distribution is averaged, a value is obtained that is smaller than the actual average
value. The difference is -2.5 dB.

This low average value is usually corrected in noise power measurements by a 2.5 dB factor.
Therefore the R&S FSL offers the selection of linear averaging. The trace data is converted to
linear values prior to averaging, then averaged and reconverted to logarithmic values. After
these conversions the data is displayed on the screen. The average value is always correctly
displayed irrespective of the signal characteristic.
In case of stationary sinusoidal signals all averaging methods have the same results.

LOG
Activates logarithmic averaging.
This averaging method only takes effect if the grid is set to a logarithmic scale (see Range Log
softkey). In this case the values are averaged in dBm. Otherwise (i.e. with linear scaling) the
behaviour is the same as with linear averaging (see LIN softkey). For further information on
logarithmic scaling refer to the Average Mode softkey.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.90.
Remote: CALC:MATH:MODE LOG
LIN
Activates linear voltage or power averaging, depending on the selected unit.
Linear averaging means that the power level values are converted into linear units prior to
averaging. After the averaging, the data is converted back into its original unit.
The averaging is done in two ways (depending on the set unit – see Unit softkey):
–

The unit is set to either W or dBm: the data is converted into W prior to averaging, i.e.
averaging is done in W.

–

The unit is set to either V, A, dBmV, dBMV, dBMA or dBpW: the data is converted into V prior to
averaging, i.e. averaging is done in V.

This softkey is available from firmware version 1.90.
Remote: CALC:MATH:MODE LIN

1300.2519.12

4.49

E-11

Setting Traces – TRACE Key

R&S FSL

POWER
Activates linear power averaging.
The power level values are converted into unit Watt prior to averaging. After the averaging, the
data is converted back into its original unit.
Unlike the LIN softkey, the averaging is always done in W.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.90.
Remote: CALC:MATH:MODE POW

1300.2519.12

4.50

E-11

R&S FSL

Setting Traces – TRACE Key

ASCII file export format
The data of the file header consist of three columns, each separated by a semicolon: parameter name;
numeric value; basic unit. The data section starts with the keyword "Trace " ( = number of
stored trace), followed by the measured data in one or several columns (depending on measurement)
which are also separated by a semicolon.
File contents: header

Description

Type;FSL;

Instrument model

Version;5.00;

Firmware version

Date;01.Oct 2006;

Date of data set storage

Mode;ANALYZER;

Instrument mode

Center Freq;55000;Hz

Center frequency

Freq Offset;0;Hz

Frequency offset

Span;90000;Hz

Frequency range (0 Hz in zero span and statistics measurements)

x–Axis;LIN;

Scaling of x–axis linear (LIN) or logarithmic (LOG)

Start;10000;Hz

Start/stop of the display range.

Stop;100000;Hz

Unit: Hz for span > 0, s for span = 0, dBm/dB for statistics measurements

Ref Level;–30;dBm

Reference level

Level Offset;0;dB

Level offset

Ref Position;75;%

Position of reference level referred to diagram limits (0% = lower edge)

y–Axis;LOG;

Scaling of y–axis linear (LIN) or logarithmic (LOG)

Level Range;100;dB

Display range in y direction. Unit: dB with x–axis LOG, % with x–axis LIN

Rf Att;20;dB

Input attenuation

RBW;100000;Hz

Resolution bandwidth

VBW;30000;Hz

Video bandwidth

SWT;0.005;s

Sweep time

Trace Mode;AVERAGE;

Display mode of trace: CLR/WRITE,AVERAGE,MAXHOLD,MINHOLD

Detector;AUTOPEAK;

Detector set: AUTOPEAK,MAXPEAK,MINPEAK,AVERAGE,RMS,SAMPLE,QUASIPEAK

Sweep Count;20;

Number of sweeps set

File contents:
data section of the file

Description

Trace 1:;;

Selected trace

x–Unit;Hz;

Unit of x values: Hz with span > 0; s with span = 0; dBm/dB with statistics measurements

y–Unit;dBm;

Unit of y values: dB*/V/A/W depending on the selected unit with y–axis LOG or % with y–
axis LIN

Values; 501;

Number of measurement points

10000;–10.3;–15.7

Measured values: , , ;  being available only with detector
AUTOPEAK and containing in this case the smallest of the two measured values for a
measurement point.

10180;–11.5;–16.9
10360;–12.0;–17.4
...;...;

1300.2519.12

4.51

E-11

Setting Traces – TRACE Key

R&S FSL

Measurement Functions
In this section all menus necessary for setting measurement functions are described. This includes the
following topics and keys:
•

"Using Markers and Delta Markers – MKR Key" on page 4.53

•

"Changing Settings via Markers – MKR–> Key" on page 4.66

•

"Power Measurements – MEAS Key" on page 4.75

•

"Using Limit Lines and Display Lines – LINES Key" on page 4.118

1300.2519.12

4.52

E-11

R&S FSL

Using Markers and Delta Markers – MKR Key

Using Markers and Delta Markers – MKR Key
The markers are used for marking points on traces, reading out measurement results and for quickly
selecting a display section. The R&S FSL provides four markers per trace.

Marker

Active marker

Temporary marker

M1

M3

T1

D2
Delta marker
Fig. 4-5: Marker types
All markers can be used either as markers or delta markers. The marker that can be moved by the user
is defined in the following as the active marker. Temporary markers are used in addition to the markers
and delta markers to evaluate the measurement results. They disappear when the associated function
is deactivated.
The measurement results of the active marker (also called marker values) are displayed in the marker
field. The marker field is located at the upper right corner of the display and shows the following:
•

marker type (M1 in the example)

•

trace in square brackets ([1] in the example)

•

level (–33.09 dBm in the example)

•

marker location (3 GHz in the example)

Fig. 4-6: Marker values
The MKR key is used to select and position the absolute and relative measurement markers (markers
and delta markers). In addition, the functions for frequency counter, fixed reference point for relative
measurement markers and enlargement of the measurement area are assigned to this key.
Also the following measurements can be carried out:
•

Noise density (Noise Meas On/Off softkey; see also "Measurement of noise density" on page 4.56)

•

Frequency measurement (Sig Count On/Off softkey; see also "Frequency measurement with the
frequency counter" on page 4.56)

•

Filter or signal bandwidth (n dB down softkey)

•

AF demodulation (Marker Demod softkey; see also "AF demodulation" on page 4.56)

For further information on markers see also "Changing Settings via Markers – MKR–> Key" on page
4.66.

To open the marker menu
Press the MKR key.
The marker menu is displayed. If no marker is active, marker 1 is activated and a peak search on
the trace is carried out. Otherwise, the edit dialog box for the last activated marker is opened and
the current frequency / time value is displayed.
1300.2519.12

4.53

E-11

Using Markers and Delta Markers – MKR Key

R&S FSL

Menu and softkey description
–

"Softkeys of the marker menu" on page 4.57

To display help to a softkey, press the HELP key and then the softkey for which you want to display
help. To close the help window, press the ESC key. For further information refer to section "How to use
the Help System".

Further information
–

"AF demodulation" on page 4.56

–

"Frequency measurement with the frequency counter" on page 4.56

–

"Measurement of noise density" on page 4.56

Tasks
–

To define the basic marker settings

–

To set a fixed reference point (phase noise measurement)

–

To set the demodulation mode and duration

1300.2519.12

4.54

E-11

R&S FSL

Using Markers and Delta Markers – MKR Key

To define the basic marker settings
1. Press the MKR key to open the marker menu.
Marker 1 is activated and positioned on the maximum value of the trace as normal marker. If
several traces are being displayed, the marker is set to the maximum value (peak) of the trace
which has the lowest number (1 to 3) and is not frozen (View mode). In case a marker is already
located there, it will be set to the frequency of the next lowest level (next peak).
2. To change to another trace, press the Marker to Trace softkey and enter the number of the trace
on which the marker is to be placed.
The marker changes to selected trace, but remains on the previous frequency or time. If a trace is
turned off, the corresponding markers and marker functions are also deactivated.
3. To switch on a delta marker, press the Marker 2 softkey.
Marker 2 is switched on as a delta marker. The frequency and level of marker 2 are displayed in
relation to marker 1 in the marker field.
4. To change the marker type of marker 2, press the /Marker Norm/Delta softkey.
Marker 2 becomes a normal marker. The frequency and level of marker 2 are displayed as absolute
values in the marker field.
5. To switch off marker 2, press the Marker 2 softkey again.
Marker 2 is deactivated. Marker 1 becomes the active marker for entry. The frequency and level of
marker 1 are displayed in the marker field.

To set a fixed reference point (phase noise measurement)
1. Press the Phase Noise/Ref Fixed softkey.
The submenu with the Phase Noise On/Off softkey switched on is displayed. The level and
frequency or time values of marker 1 immediately become the reference point.
2. To set the maximum of the selected trace as reference point, press the Peak Search softkey.
3. To define the values for the reference point, proceed as follows:
–

Press the Ref Point Level softkey and enter a reference level value.

–

If span > 0, press the Ref Point Frequency softkey and enter a frequency reference value.

–

If span = 0, press the Ref Point Time softkey and enter a reference time value.

To set the demodulation mode and duration
1. Press the Marker Demod softkey.
The submenu with the Mkr Demod On/Off softkey switched on is displayed.
2. To change the demodulation mode, press the AM or FM softkey.
For details see "AF demodulation" on page 4.56.
3. To modify the demodulation time for span > 0, press the Mkr Stop Time softkey.
4. To change to continuous demodulation for span > 0, press the Cont Demod softkey.
5. To tune the volume for acoustic monitoring, press the Volume softkey.

1300.2519.12

4.55

E-11

Using Markers and Delta Markers – MKR Key

R&S FSL

AF demodulation
The R&S FSL provides demodulators for AM and FM signals. With these demodulators, a displayed
signal can be identified acoustically by using headphones.
CAUTION

Risk of hearing damage
Check the volume setting carefully before putting on the headphones in order to
protect your hearing.

For span > 0, the demodulation is not continuous. The frequency at which the demodulation takes place
is set by the active marker. If the level of the selected frequency is above the threshold line, the sweep
stops for the selected time (stop time) and the RF signal is demodulated. For span = 0, the
demodulation is continuously active irrespective of the stop time set.

Frequency measurement with the frequency counter
In order to accurately determine the frequency of a signal, the R&S FSL is equipped with a frequency
counter which measures the frequency of the RF signal at the intermediate frequency. Using the
measured IF, the R&S FSL calculates the frequency of the RF input signal by applying the known
frequency conversion factors.
The frequency measurement uncertainty depends only upon the accuracy of the frequency reference
used (external or internal reference). Although the R&S FSL always operates synchronously
irrespective of the set span, the frequency counter delivers a more exact result than a measurement
performed with a marker. This is due to the following:
•

The marker measures only the position of the point on the trace and infers from this value the signal
frequency. The trace, however, contains only a limited number of points. Depending upon the
selected span, each point may contain many measurement values, which therefore limits the
frequency resolution.

•

The resolution, with which the frequency can be measured with a marker, is dependant on the
selected resolution bandwidth which in return affects the necessary measurement time. For this
reason, the bandwidth is normally made as wide as possible and the sweep time as short as
possible. This results in a loss of frequency resolution.For the measurement with the frequency
counter, the sweep is stopped at the reference marker, the frequency is counted with the desired
resolution and then the sweep is allowed to continue.

Measurement of noise density
During noise measurement, the noise power density is measured at the position of the marker. For
span = 0, all points of the trace are used to determine the noise power density. For span > 0, two points
to the right and left of the marker are used for the measurement to obtain a stable result.
The noise power density is indicated in the marker field. With logarithmic amplitude units (dBm, dBmV,
dBmMV, dBMA), the noise power density is output in dBm/Hz, i.e. as level in 1 Hz bandwidth with
reference to 1 mW. With linear amplitude units (V, A, W), the noise voltage density is evaluated in
MV/Hz, the noise current density in MA/Hz or the noise power density in MW/Hz.
In the default setting, the R&S FSL uses the sample detector for the noise function.
With the sample detector, the trace can additionally be set to Average to stabilize the measured values.
With RMS detector used, trace averaging must not be used since in this case it produces too low noise
levels which cannot be corrected. Instead, the sweep time can be increased to obtain stable
measurement results.

1300.2519.12

4.56

E-11

R&S FSL

Using Markers and Delta Markers – MKR Key

The following settings have to be made to ensure that the power density measurement yields correct
values:
•

Detector: Sample or RMS

•

Video bandwidth:
0.1 resolution bandwidth with sample detector
3 x resolution bandwidth with RMS detector

•

Trace averaging:
With the sample detector, the trace can additionally be set to average to stabilize the measured
values. With RMS detector used, trace averaging must not be used since in this case it produces
too low noise levels which cannot be corrected. Instead, the sweep time can be increased to obtain
stable measurement results.

The R&S FSL uses the following correction factors to evaluate the noise density from the marker level:

•

Since the noise power is indicated with reference to 1 Hz bandwidth, the bandwidth correction value
is deducted from the marker level. It is 10 x lg (1 Hz/BWNoise), where BWNoise is the noise or
power bandwidth of the set resolution filter (RBW).

•

RMS detector: With the exception of bandwidth correction, no further corrections are required since
this detector already indicates the power with every point of the trace.

•

Sample detector: As a result of video filter averaging and trace averaging, 1.05 dB is added to the
marker level. This is the difference between the average value and the RMS value of white noise.
With a logarithmic level axis, 1.45 dB is added additionally. Logarithmic averaging is thus fully taken
into account which yields a value that is 1.45 dB lower than that of linear averaging.

•

To allow a more stable noise display the adjacent (symmetric to the measurement frequency) points
of the trace are averaged.

•

For span > 0, the measured values are averaged versus time (after a sweep).

Note:

The R&S FSL noise figure can be calculated from the measured power density level. It is
calculated by deducting the set RF attenuation (RF Att) from the displayed noise level and
adding 174 to the result.

Softkeys of the marker menu
The following table shows all softkeys available in the marker menu. It is possible that your instrument
configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only available with a special option, model or
(measurement) mode, this information is delivered in the corresponding softkey description.
If the Spectrogram Measurement option (K14) is activated, the edit dialog box for markers and delta
markers is extended. For details refer to "Markers and marker values" on page 4.193.
Menu / Command

Submenu / Command

Command

Marker 1
Marker 2
Marker Norm/Delta
Noise Meas On/Off
Phase Noise/Ref Fixed

Phase Noise On/Off
Ref Point Level
Ref Point Frequency/

1300.2519.12

4.57

E-11

Using Markers and Delta Markers – MKR Key
Menu / Command

Submenu / Command

R&S FSL

Command

Ref Point Time
Peak Search
Phase Noise 1 2 3 4
Reference Fixed

Reference Fixed On/Off
Ref Point Level
Ref Point Frequency/
Ref Point Time
Peak Search

Sig Count On/Off
More
Marker 3
Marker 4
Marker to Trace
Marker Demod

Mkr Demod On/Off
AM
FM
Mkr Stop Time
Cont Demod
Volume

n dB down
All Marker Off
More
Marker Zoom
Marker Peak List

New Search
Sort Mode Freq/Lvl
Peak Excursion
Left Limit
Right Limit
Threshold
More
Peak List Off
Threshold
ASCII File Export
Decim Sep

Marker Stepsize

Stepsize Standard
Stepsize Sweep Points

1300.2519.12

4.58

E-11

R&S FSL

Using Markers and Delta Markers – MKR Key

Marker 1/Marker 2/Marker 3/Marker 4/Marker Norm/Delta
The Marker  softkey activates the corresponding marker and opens an edit dialog box to
enter a value for the marker to be set to. Pressing the softkey again deactivates the selected
marker.
If a marker value is changed using the rotary knob, the step size is defined via the Stepsize
Standard or Stepsize Sweep Points softkeys.
Marker 1 is always the reference marker for relative measurements. If activated, markers 2 to 4
are delta markers that refer to marker 1. These markers can be converted into markers with
absolute value display by means of the Marker Norm/Delta softkey. If marker 1 is the active
marker, pressing the Marker Norm/Delta softkey switches on an additional delta marker.
Remote: CALC:MARK ON
Remote: CALC:MARK:X 
Remote: CALC:MARK:Y?
Remote: CALC:DELT ON
Remote: CALC:DELT:X 
Remote: CALC:DELT:X:REL?
Remote: CALC:DELT:Y?
Noise Meas On/Off
Switches the noise measurement for the active marker on or off. The corresponding marker
becomes the normal marker. For more details on noise measurement see "Measurement of
noise density" on page 4.56.
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:NOIS ON
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:NOIS:RES?
Phase Noise/Ref Fixed
The function of this softkey depends on the setting of the Noise Meas softkey:
–

Noise Meas On: activates phase noise measurements.

–

Noise Meas Off: freezes the current position of marker 1 as a reference for relative
measurements. Additionally it opens a submenu to set all values of a reference point. Instead of
using the current values of the reference marker (marker 1) as reference point for the delta
markers, level and frequency or time are set to fixed values and used as reference point.

Phase Noise On/Off
Switches the relative measurement to a fixed reference value on or off. The level and frequency
or time values of marker 1 immediately become the reference point, but can be altered using the
corresponding softkeys (Ref Point Level, Ref Point Frequency, Ref Point Time and Peak
Search).
Remote: CALC:DELT2:FUNC:FIX ON

1300.2519.12

4.59

E-11

Using Markers and Delta Markers – MKR Key

R&S FSL

Ref Point Level
Opens an edit dialog box to enter a reference level value. All relative level values of the delta
markers refer to this reference level.
Remote: CALC:DELT2:FUNC:FIX:RPO:Y –10dBm
Ref Point Frequency (span > 0) / Ref Point Time (zero span)
Opens an edit dialog box to enter a frequency reference or time value. All relative frequency or
time values of the delta markers refer to this frequency reference. For phase noise
measurement, input of reference time is not possible..
Remote: CALC:DELT2:FUNC:FIX:RPO:X 10.7MHz
Remote: CALC:DELT2:FUNC:FIX:RPO:X 5MS
Peak Search
Sets the maximum value of the selected trace as the reference point.
Remote: CALC:DELT:FUNC:FIX:RPO:MAX
Phase Noise 1 2 3 4
Selects the normal marker or the delta markers, activates the marker and opens an edit dialog
stands for delta marker 1.
box to enter a value for the marker to be set to.

Reference Fixed
Opens a submenu for relative measurement to a fixed reference value.

Reference Fixed On/Off
Switches the relative measurement to a fixed reference value on or off. The level and frequency
or time values of marker 1 immediately become the reference point, but can be altered using the
corresponding softkeys (Ref Point Level, Ref Point Frequency, Ref Point Time and Peak
Search).
Remote: CALC:DELT2:FUNC:FIX ON
Sig Count On/Off
Switches the frequency counter on/off. The frequency is counted at the position of the reference
marker (marker 1). If no marker is activated, marker 1 is switched on and set at the largest
signal.
The sweep stops at the reference marker until the frequency counter has delivered a result. The
result is displayed in the marker field (see "Fig. 4-6: Marker values" on page 4.53), labeled with
[Tx CNT]. For more details see "Frequency measurement with the frequency counter" on page
4.56.
Remote: CALC:MARK1:COUN ON
Remote: CALC:MARK:COUN:FREQ?

1300.2519.12

4.60

E-11

R&S FSL

Using Markers and Delta Markers – MKR Key

Marker to Trace
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the number of the trace, on which the marker is to be placed.
Remote: CALC:MARK1:TRAC 1
Remote: CALC:DELT:TRAC 1
Marker Demod
Opens a submenu to set the demodulation mode and duration. For more details see also "AF
demodulation" on page 4.56.

Mkr Demod On/Off
Switches the demodulation on/off. For more details see also "AF demodulation" on page 4.56.
Remote: CALC:MARK1:FUNC:DEM ON
AM
Sets AM as demodulation mode. This is the default setting. For more details see also "AF
demodulation" on page 4.56.
Remote: CALC:MARK1:FUNC:DEM:SEL AM
FM
Sets FM as demodulation mode. Default setting is AM. For more details see also "AF
demodulation" on page 4.56.
Remote: CALC:MARK1:FUNC:DEM:SEL FM
Mkr Stop Time
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the demodulation stop time for span > 0. For more details see
also "AF demodulation" on page 4.56.
Remote: CALC:MARK1:FUNC:DEM:HOLD 3s
Cont Demod (span > 0)
Switches the continuous demodulation on or off. If the sweep time is long enough, the set
frequency range can be monitored acoustically. For more details see also "AF demodulation" on
page 4.56.
Remote: CALC:MARK1:FUNC:DEM:CONT ON
Volume
Opens an edit dialog box to regulate the volume for acoustic monitoring. For more details see
also "AF demodulation" on page 4.56.
Remote: SYST:SPE:VOL 0.5

1300.2519.12

4.61

E-11

Using Markers and Delta Markers – MKR Key

R&S FSL

n dB down
Opens an edit dialog box to enter a value to define the level spacing of the two temporary
markers to the right and left of marker 1 (default setting: 3 dB). Activates the temporary markers
T1 and T2. The values of the temporary markers (T1, T2) and the entered value (ndB) are
displayed in the marker field.
If a positive value is entered, the markers T1 and T2 are placed below the active reference
marker. If a negative value (e.g. for notch filter measurements) is entered, the markers T1 and
T2 are placed above the active reference marker. Marker T1 is placed to the left and marker T2
to the right of the reference marker.
In the marker field, the following results are displayed:
Span setting

Parameter name

Description

span > 0

Bw

frequency spacing of the two temporary markers

Q factor

quality of the displayed bandwidth value (Bw)

span = 0

PWid

pulse width between the two temporary markers

If it is not possible to form the frequency spacing for the n dB value (e.g. because of noise
display), dashes instead of a measured value are displayed.
Remote: CALC:MARK1:FUNC:NDBD:STAT ON
Remote: CALC:MARK1:FUNC:NDBD 3dB
Remote: CALC:MARK1:FUNC:NDBD:RES?
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:NDBD:QFAC?
Remote: CALC:MARK1:FUNC:NDBD:FREQ? (span > 0)
Remote: CALC:MARK1:FUNC:NDBD:TIME? (span = 0)
All Marker Off
Switches all markers off.
Remote: CALC:MARK:AOFF
Marker Zoom (span > 0)
Opens an edit dialog box to enter a display range for the zoom. The area around marker 1 is
expanded accordingly and more details of the spectrum can be seen. If no marker is activated,
marker 1 is switched on and set on the largest signal..
The following sweep is stopped at the position of the reference marker. The frequency of the
signal is counted and the measured frequency becomes the new center frequency. The zoomed
display range is then configured and the new settings are used by the R&S FSL for further
measurements.
As long as switching to the new frequency display range has not yet taken place, pressing the
softkey will abort the procedure. If an instrument setting is changed while using this function, the
procedure is aborted.
Remote: CALC:MARK1:FUNC:ZOOM 1kHz

1300.2519.12

4.62

E-11

R&S FSL

Using Markers and Delta Markers – MKR Key

Marker Peak List
Opens the Peak List dialog box and a submenu to define criterias for the sort order and the
contents of the peak list. The number of listed peaks is indicated in the title bar. For all listed
peaks the frequency and level values are given. Maximal 50 entries are listed.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.30.
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:FPE:COUN?
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:FPE:X?
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:FPE:Y?
New Search
Starts a new peak search and enters the results in the peak list.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.30.
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:FPE 3
Sort Mode Freq/Lvl
Defines the criteria for sorting:
Freq

sorting in ascending order of frequency values (span > 0) or time
values (span = 0)

Lvl

sorting in ascending order of the level

This softkey is available from firmware version 1.30.
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:FPE:SORT Y
Peak List Off
Switches the peak list function off.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.30.

1300.2519.12

4.63

E-11

Using Markers and Delta Markers – MKR Key

R&S FSL

ASCII File Export
Opens the ASCII File Export Name dialog box and saves the content of the marker peak list in
ASCII format to the specified file and directory. The file consists of a data section containing the
peak list.
Example:
Peak;1
1089743590;Hz
–105.24;dBm
...
This format can be processed by spreadsheet calculation programs, e.g. MS Excel. It is
necessary to define ';' as a separator for the data import. Different language versions of
evaluation programs may require a different handling of the decimal point. It is therefore possible
to select between separators '.' (decimal point) and ',' (comma) using the Decim Sep softkey.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.80.
Remote: FORM ASC
Remote: MMEM:STOR:PEAK 'test'
Decim Sep
For details refer to the Decim Sep softkey in the trace menu of the base unit.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.80.

Marker Stepsize
Opens a submenu to set the step size of all markers and delta markers.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.60.

Stepsize Standard
Moves the marker or delta marker from one measurement point to the next, if the marker or
delta marker value is changed via the rotary knob (Marker 1/Marker 2/Marker 3/Marker 4
softkeys). If more measured values than measurement points exist, it is not possible to read out
all measured values. In this case, use the Stepsize Sweep Points softkey.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.60.
Remote: CALC:MARK:X:SSIZ STAN

1300.2519.12

4.64

E-11

R&S FSL

Using Markers and Delta Markers – MKR Key

Stepsize Sweep Points
Moves the marker or delta marker from one measured value to the next, if the marker or delta
marker value is changed via the rotary knob (Marker 1/Marker 2/Marker 3/Marker 4 softkeys). If
more measured values than measurement points exist, every single measured value is
accessible and its value is displayed in the marker field.
The number of measured values is defined in the sweep menu via the Sweep Points softkey.
This functionality is available for all base unit measurements with the exception of statistics
(APD and CCDF softkeys in the measurement menu).
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.60.
Remote: CALC:MARK:X:SSIZ POIN

1300.2519.12

4.65

E-11

Changing Settings via Markers – MKR–> Key

R&S FSL

Changing Settings via Markers – MKR–> Key
The MKR–> key is used for search functions of measurement markers, assignment of the marker
frequency as center frequency, restriction of the search area and characterization of maxima and
minima. For details on markers in general, see "Using Markers and Delta Markers – MKR Key" on page
4.53.

To open the marker–> menu
Press the MKR–> key.
The marker–> menu is displayed. If no marker is active, marker 1 will be activated and a peak
search on the trace carried out. Otherwise, the edit dialog box for the last activated marker is
opened and the current frequency / time value is displayed.

Menu and softkey description
–

"Softkeys of the marker–> menu" on page 4.70

To display help to a softkey, press the HELP key and then the softkey for which you want to display
help. To close the help window, press the ESC key. For further information refer to section "How to use
the Help System".

Further information
–

"Effect of different peak excursion settings (example)" on page 4.68

Tasks
–

To search for a maximum

–

To search for a minimum

–

To specify the search limits

–

To specify the search range

–

To examine a signal at the center in detail

–

To specify the suitable peak excursion

1300.2519.12

4.66

E-11

R&S FSL

Changing Settings via Markers – MKR–> Key

To search for a maximum
1. To search the highest maximum, press the Peak softkey.
2. To define the search mode for the next maximum, use the Next Peak Mode < abs > softkey.
3. To start the search, press Next Peak the softkey.

To search for a minimum
1. To search the minimum, press the Min softkey.
2. To define the search mode for the next maximum, use the Next Min Mode < abs > softkey.
3. To start the search, press the Next Min softkey.

To specify the search limits
1. To define the lower limit, press the Left Limit softkey.
2. To define the upper limit, press the Right Limit softkey.
3. To define the threshold, press the Threshold softkey.
4. To switch the search limits off, press the Search Lim Off softkey.

To specify the search range
Press the Exclude LO softkey to include the frequency 0 Hz in the marker search functions.

To examine a signal at the center in detail
1. Press the PRESET key to set the R&S FSL to the default setting.
2. Press the MKR–> key to open the marker–> menu.
3. Marker 1 is activated and set to the largest signal of the trace.
4. Press the Center =Mkr Freq softkey to set to the marker frequency.
5. The span is adapted in such a way that the minimum frequency (= 0 Hz) or the maximum frequency
is not exceeded.
6. Press the Ref Lvl =Mkr Lvl softkey to set the reference level to the measured marker level.
7. Press the SPAN key.
8. The edit dialog box to enter a frequency span is displayed.
9. Reduce the span, e.g. using the rotary knob.

To specify the suitable peak excursion
1. If the next peak mode abs of softkey Next Peak Mode < abs > / Next Min Mode < abs > is used,
the default value is sufficient, since, in this mode, the next lower maximum or next higher minimum
will always be detected.
2. If the next peak mode < or > of softkey Next Peak Mode < abs > / Next Min Mode < abs > is used,
the 6 dB level change set as a default value may be attained already by the inherent noise of the
instrument. To avoid identifying noise peaks as maxima or minima, enter a peak excursion value
that is higher than the difference between the highest and the lowest value measured for the
displayed inherent noise.

1300.2519.12

4.67

E-11

Changing Settings via Markers – MKR–> Key

R&S FSL

Effect of different peak excursion settings (example)
The following figure shows a trace to be examined.

Fig. 4-7: Trace example
The following table lists the signals as indicated by the marker numbers in the diagram above, as well
as the minimum of the amplitude decrease to both sides of the signal:
signal #

min. amplitude decrease to both sides of the signal

1

30 dB

2

29.85 dB

3

7 dB

4

7 dB

The detected signals and their order are different depending on the peak excursion setting and the peak
search method (whether the next lower maximum or the next relative maximum are searched). The
following results are obtained. All tests start with the marker set to signal 1 by pressing the softkey
Peak.

1300.2519.12

4.68

E-11

R&S FSL
•

Changing Settings via Markers – MKR–> Key

40 dB peak excursion
Result: With both methods apart from signal 1 no signal is detected, as the signal level does not
decrease by more than 30 dB to either side of any signal.
next lower maximum

next relative maximum

next peak mode abs: signal 1
(no further signal detected)

next peak mode <: signal 1
(no further signal detected)
next peak mode >: signal 1
(no further signal detected)

•

20 dB peak excursion
Result: With both methods apart from signal 1 signal 2 is detected, as the signal level decreases at
least by 29.85 dB to either side of this signal, which is now greater than the peak excursion.
next lower maximum

next relative maximum

next peak mode abs: signal 2

next peak mode <: signal 1
(no further signal detected)

next peak mode abs: signal 2
(no further signal detected)

next peak mode >: signal 2
next peak mode >: signal 2
(no further signal detected)

•

6 dB peak excursion
Result: With both methods all signals are detected.
next lower maximum

next relative maximum

next peak mode abs: signal 2

next peak mode <: signal 3

next peak mode abs: signal 3

next peak mode >: signal 1

next peak mode abs: signal 4

next peak mode >: signal 2
next peak mode >: signal 4

1300.2519.12

4.69

E-11

Changing Settings via Markers – MKR–> Key

R&S FSL

Softkeys of the marker–> menu
The following table shows all softkeys available in the marker–> menu. It is possible that your
instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only available with a special option,
model or (measurement) mode, this information is delivered in the corresponding softkey description.
If the Spectrogram Measurement option (K14) is activated, this menu provides additional functionality.
For details refer to "Softkeys of the marker–> menu (Spectrogram view)" on page 4.197.
Menu / Command

Command

Select 1 2 3 4
Peak
Next Peak
Next Peak Mode < abs >
Center =Mkr Freq
Ref Lvl =Mkr Lvl
More
Select 1 2 3 4
Min
Next Min
Next Min Mode < abs >
Search Limits

Left Limit
Right Limit
Threshold
Search Lim Off

Peak Excursion
More
Exclude LO
Auto Max Peak/Auto Min Peak

Select 1 2 3 4
Selects the normal marker or the delta markers, activates the marker and opens an edit dialog
stands for delta marker 1.
box to enter a value for the marker to be set to.
If the Spectrogram Measurement option (K14) is activated, the edit dialog box for markers and
delta markers is extended. For details refer to "Markers and marker values" on page 4.193.
Remote: CALC:MARK1 ON
Remote: CALC:MARK1:X 
Remote: CALC:MARK1:Y?

1300.2519.12

4.70

E-11

R&S FSL

Changing Settings via Markers – MKR–> Key

Peak
Sets the active marker/delta marker to the highest maximum of the trace.
If the Spectrogram Measurement option (K14) is activated, this softkey provides altered
functionality. For details refer to Peak softkey in the marker–> menu of this option.
Remote: CALC:MARK:MAX
Remote: CALC:DELT:MAX
Next Peak
Sets the active marker/delta marker to the next maximum of the selected trace according to the
mode selected using the Next Peak Mode < abs > softkey.
If the Spectrogram Measurement option (K14) is activated, this softkey provides altered
functionality. For details refer to Next Peak softkey in the marker–> menu of this option.

Next Peak Mode < abs >
Selects the mode of the Next Peak softkey. Three settings are available:
<

Sets the active marker/delta marker to the next maximum left to the marker of the
selected trace.

abs

Sets the active marker/delta marker to the next lower maximum of the selected
trace.

>

Sets the active marker/delta marker to the next maximum right to the marker of the
selected trace.

If the Spectrogram Measurement option (K14) is activated, this softkey provides altered
functionality. For details refer to Next Peak X Search < abs > and Next Peak Y Search
up/abs/dn softkeys in the marker–> menu of this option.
Remote: CALC:MARK:MAX:LEFT (>)
Remote: CALC:DELT:MAX:LEFT (<)
Remote: CALC:MARK:MAX:RIGH (>)
Remote: CALC:DELT:MAX:RIGH (>)
Remote: CALC:MARK:MAX:NEXT (abs)
Remote: CALC:DELT:MAX:NEXT (abs)
Center =Mkr Freq (span > 0)
Sets the center frequency to the current marker or delta marker frequency. A signal can thus be
set to as center frequency, for example to examine it in detail with a smaller span.
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:CENT

Ref Lvl =Mkr Lvl
Sets the reference level to the current marker level.
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:REF

1300.2519.12

4.71

E-11

Changing Settings via Markers – MKR–> Key

R&S FSL

Min
Sets the active marker/delta marker to the minimum of the selected trace.
If the Spectrogram Measurement option (K14) is activated, this softkey provides altered
functionality. For details refer to Min softkey in the marker–> menu of this option.
Remote: CALC:MARK:MIN
Remote: CALC:DELT:MIN
Next Min
Sets the active marker/delta marker to the next minimum of the selected trace according to the
mode selected using the Next Min Mode < abs > softkey.
If the Spectrogram Measurement option (K14) is activated, this softkey provides altered
functionality. For details refer to Next Min softkey in the marker–> menu of this option.
Remote: CALC:MARK:MIN:NEXT
Remote: CALC:DELT:MIN:NEXT
Next Min Mode < abs >
Selects the mode of the Next Min softkey. Three settings are available:
<

Sets the active marker/delta marker to the next minimum left to the marker of the
selected trace.

abs

Sets the active marker/delta marker to the next higher minimum of the selected
trace.

>

Sets the active marker/delta marker to the next minimum right to the marker of the
selected trace.

If the Spectrogram Measurement option (K14) is activated, this softkey provides altered
functionality. For details refer to Next Min X Search < abs > and Next Min Y Search up/abs/dn
softkeys in the marker–> menu of this option.
Remote: CALC:MARK:MAX:LEFT
Remote: CALC:DELT:MAX:LEFT
Search Limits
Opens a submenu to set the limits for maximum or minimum search in the x and y direction.
Remote: CALC:MARK:X:SLIM ON
Left Limit
Opens an edit dialog box to enter a value for the lower limit (left vertical line: S1 for span > 0; T1
for zero span). The search is performed between the lines of the left and right limit (see also
Right Limit softkey).
Remote: CALC:MARK:X:SLIM:LEFT 1MHZ

1300.2519.12

4.72

E-11

R&S FSL

Changing Settings via Markers – MKR–> Key

Right Limit
Opens an edit dialog box to enter a value for the upper limit (left vertical line: S2 for span > 0; T2
for zero span). The search is performed between the lines of the left and right limit (see also Left
Limit softkey). If no value is set, the upper limit corresponds to the stop frequency.
Remote: CALC:MARK:X:SLIM:RIGH 10MHZ
Threshold
Opens an edit dialog box to define the threshold line. The threshold line represents the lower
level limit for a Peak search and the upper level limit for a Min search.
Opens an edit dialog box to define the threshold line. The threshold line represents the lower
limit of the peak search level range.
Remote: CALC:THR –20dBm
Remote: CALC:THR ON
Search Lim Off
Deactivates all limits of the search range.
Remote: CALC:MARK:X:SLIM OFF
Remote: CALC:THR:STAT OFF
Peak Excursion
Opens – for level measurements – an edit dialog box to enter the minimum level value by which
a signal must rise or fall so that it will be identified as a maximum or a minimum by the search
functions. Entries from 0 dB to 80 dB are allowed; the resolution is 0.1 dB. The default setting for
the peak excursion is 6 dB.
For details see also "To specify the suitable peak excursion" on page 4.67 and "Effect of
different peak excursion settings (example)" on page 4.68.
Remote: CALC:MARK:PEXC 10dB
Exclude LO
Switches the frequency range limit for the marker search functions on or off.
activated

minimum frequency

6 × resolution bandwidth (RBW)

Because of the interference by the first local oscillator to the first
intermediate frequency at the input mixer, the LO is represented as a
signal at 0 Hz. To avoid the marker jumping to the LO at 0 Hz with the
peak function when setting the display range, this frequency is
excluded.
deactivated

no restriction to the search range. The frequency 0 Hz is included in
the marker search functions.

Remote: CALC:MARK:LOEX ON

1300.2519.12

4.73

E-11

Changing Settings via Markers – MKR–> Key

R&S FSL

Auto Max Peak / Auto Min Peak
Adds an automatic peak search action for marker 1 at the end of each particular sweep. This
function may be used during adjustments of a device under test to keep track of the actual peak
marker position and level.
The actual marker search limit settings (Left Limit, Right Limit, Threshold, Exclude LO
softkeys) are taken into account.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.50.
Remote: CALC:MARK:MIN:AUTO ON
Remote: CALC:MARK:MAX:AUTO ON

1300.2519.12

4.74

E-11

R&S FSL

Power Measurements – MEAS Key

Power Measurements – MEAS Key
With its power measurement functions, the R&S FSL is able to measure all the necessary parameters
with high accuracy in a wide dynamic range.
A modulated carrier is almost always used (except e.g. SSB–AM) for high–frequency transmission of
information. Due to the information modulated upon the carrier, the latter covers a spectrum which is
defined by the modulation, the transmission data rate and the signal filtering. Within a transmission
band each carrier is assigned a channel taking into account these parameters. In order to ensure error–
free transmission, each transmitter must be conforming to the specified parameters. These include
among others:
•

the output power

•

the occupied bandwidth, i.e. the bandwidth which must contain a defined percentage of the power

•

the power dissipation allowed in the adjacent channels

The MEAS key is used for complex measurement functions as power measurements, occupied
bandwidth, signal statistic, carrier to noise spacing, AM modulation depth, third–order intercept point,
harmonics and spurious emissions. For measurement examples refer to chapter "Advanced
Measurement Examples" and to the Quick Start Guide, chapter 5, "Basic Measurement Examples".
The following measurements can be performed:
•

Power in zero span (Time Domain Power softkey; for details see "Power measurement in zero
span" on page 4.78)

•

Channel power and adjacent–channel power with span > 0 and with a single or several carriers
(CP, ACP, MC–ACP softkey)

•

Occupied bandwidth (OBW softkey, for details see "Measurement of occupied bandwidth" on page
4.78)

•

Carrier–to–noise ratio (C/N, C/No softkey)

•

Amplitude probability distribution (APD and CCDF softkeys, for details refer to hapter "Advanced
Measurement Examples", "Amplitude Distribution Measurement")

•

Modulation depth (AM Mod Depth softkey)

•

3rd order intercept (TOI softkey, for details refer to chapter "Advanced Measurement Examples",
"Intermodulation Measurements")

To open the power measurement menu
Press the MEAS key.
The power measurement menu is displayed.

1300.2519.12

4.75

E-11

Power Measurements – MEAS Key

R&S FSL

Menu and softkey description
–

"Softkeys of the power measurement menu" on page 4.88

To display help to a softkey, press the HELP key and then the softkey for which you want to display
help. To close the help window, press the ESC key. For further information refer to section "How to use
the Help System".

Further information
–

"Power measurement in zero span" on page 4.78

–

"Measurement of occupied bandwidth" on page 4.78

–

"Predefined CP / ACP standards" on page 4.79

–

"Settings of CP / ACP test parameters" on page 4.80

–

"Ranges and range settings" on page 4.81

–

"Provided XML files for the Spectrum Emission Mask measurement" on page 4.82

–

"Format description of Spectrum Emission Mask XML files" on page 4.83

–

"ASCII file export format (Spectrum Emission Mask)" on page 4.88

Tasks
–

To measure the power in zero span

–

To set the channel configuration

–

To measure the occupied bandwidth

–

To measure signal statistics

–

To measure the carrier–to–noise ratio

1300.2519.12

4.76

E-11

R&S FSL

Power Measurements – MEAS Key

To measure the power in zero span
1. Press the Time Domain Power softkey to activate the power measurement.
The corresponding submenu is displayed.
2. To limit the power evaluation range, switch on the limits (Limits On/Off softkey) and enter the limits
by using the Left Limit and Right Limit softkeys.
3. Select the type of power measurement by using the Mean or RMS softkey. (RMS or mean power),
the settings for max hold and averaging as well as the definition of limits.
4. To calculate and display the peak value, press the Peak softkey.
5. To calculate and display the standard deviation from the mean value, press the Std Dev softkey.

To set the channel configuration
1. Press the CP, ACP, MC–ACP softkey to active channel or adjacent–channel power measurement.
The corresponding submenu is displayed.
2. To use a predefined standard for measurement, press the CP / ACP Standard softkey (for details
on available standards see "Predefined CP / ACP standards" on page 4.79).
3. To configure the parameters independently of the predefined standards, press the CP / ACP
Config softkey (for details see "Settings of CP / ACP test parameters" on page 4.80).
4. To enter the sweep time, press the Sweep Time softkey.
5. To display the whole diagram, press the Full Size Diagram softkey.
6. To adjust the reference level to the measured channel power, press the Adjust Ref Level softkey.

To measure the occupied bandwidth
1. Press the OBW softkey to activate the measurement of the occupied bandwidth (for details see also
"Measurement of occupied bandwidth" on page 4.78).
The corresponding submenu is displayed.
2. Press the % Power Bandwidth softkey to enter the percentage of power.
3. To change the channel bandwidth for the transmission channel, press the Channel Bandwidth
softkey.
4. To optimize the settings for the selected channel configuration, press the Adjust Settings softkey
(for details see also "Settings of CP / ACP test parameters" on page 4.80).
5. To adjust the reference level to the measured total power after the first sweep, press the Adjust
Ref Level softkey.

To measure signal statistics
•

To activate and configure the measurement of the amplitude probability distribution (APD), press
the APD softkey (for details refer to chapter "Advanced Measurement Examples", "Amplitude
Distribution Measurement").
The corresponding submenu is displayed.

•

To activate and configure the measurement of the complementary cumulative distribution (CCDF),
press the CCDF softkey (for details refer to hapter "Advanced Measurement Examples", "Amplitude
Distribution Measurement").
The corresponding submenu is displayed.

1300.2519.12

4.77

E-11

Power Measurements – MEAS Key

R&S FSL

To measure the carrier–to–noise ratio
1. Press the C/N, C/No softkey to configure the carrier–to–noise ratio measurement.
The corresponding submenu is displayed.
2. To activate the measurements without reference to the bandwidth, press the C/N softkey.
3. To activate the measurements with reference to the bandwidth, press the C/No softkey.
4. To change the channel bandwidth for the transmission channel, press the Channel Bandwidth
softkey.
5. To optimize the settings for the selected channel configuration, press the Adjust Settings softkey
(for details see also "Settings of CP / ACP test parameters" on page 4.80).

Power measurement in zero span
With the aid of the power measurement function, the R&S FSL determines the power of the signal in
zero span by summing up the power at the individual measurement points and dividing the result by the
number of measurement points. In this way it is possible to measure for example the power of TDMA
signals during transmission or during the muting phase. Both the mean power and the RMS power can
be measured by means of the individual power values.
The result is displayed in the marker field. The measured values are updated after each sweep or
averaged over a user–defined number of sweeps in order to determine e.g. the mean power over
several bursts. For determination of the peak value the maximum value from several sweeps is
displayed.
If both the on and off phase of a burst signal are displayed, the measurement range can be limited to
the transmission or to the muting phase with the aid of vertical lines. The ratio between signal and noise
power of a TDMA signal for instance can be measured by using a measurement as a reference value
and after that varying the measurement range.
Upon switching on power measurement the sample detector is activated.

Measurement of occupied bandwidth
An important characteristic of a modulated signal is its occupied bandwidth. In a radio communications
system for instance the occupied bandwidth must be limited to enable distortion–free transmission in
adjacent channels. The occupied bandwidth is defined as the bandwidth containing a defined
percentage of the total transmitted power. A percentage between 10% and 99.9% can be set.
The measurement principle is the following: The bandwidth containing 99% of the signal power is to be
determined, for example. The routine first calculates the total power of all displayed points of the trace.
In the next step, the points from the right edge of the trace are summed up until 0.5% of the total power
is reached. Auxiliary marker 1 is positioned at the corresponding frequency. Then the points from the
left edge of the trace are summed up until 0.5% of the power is reached. Auxiliary marker 2 is
positioned at this point. 99% of the power is now between the two markers. The distance between the
two frequency markers is the occupied bandwidth which is displayed in the marker field.
To ensure correct power measurement, especially for noise signals, and to obtain the correct occupied
bandwidth, the following prerequisites and settings are necessary:
•

Only the signal to be measured is displayed on the screen. An additional signal would falsify the
measurement.

•

RBW << occupied bandwidth
(approx. 1/20 of occupied bandwidth, for voice communication type 300 Hz or 1 kHz)

•

VBW

•

RMS detector

•

Span

3 x RBW

2 to 3 x occupied bandwidth

1300.2519.12

4.78

E-11

R&S FSL

Power Measurements – MEAS Key

Some of the measurement specifications (e.g. PDC, RCR STD–27B) require measurement of the
occupied bandwidth using a peak detector. The detector setting of the R&S FSL has to be changed
accordingly then.

Predefined CP / ACP standards
The test parameters for the channel and adjacent–channel measurements are set according to the
mobile radio standard. The available standards are listed below.
Parameter

Standard

CDMA2000

CDMA 2000

CDMA IS95A FWD

CDMA IS95A forward

CDMA IS95A REV

CDMA IS95A reverse

CDMA IS95C Class 0 FWD

CDMA IS95C Class 0 forward

CDMA IS95C Class 0 REV

CDMA IS95C Class 0 reverse

CDMA IS95C Class 1 FWD

CDMA IS95C Class 1 forward

CDMA IS95C Class 1 REV

CDMA IS95C Class 1 reverse

CDMA J–STD008 FWD

CDMA J–STD008 forward

CDMA J–STD008 REV

CDMA J–STD008 reverse

CDPD

CDPD

NADC IS136

NADC IS136

PDC

PDC

PHS

PHS

RFID 14443

RFID 14443

TD–SCDMA FWD

TD–SCDMA forward

TD–SCDMA REV

TD–SCDMA reverse

TETRA

TETRA

W–CDMA 3GPP FWD

W–CDMA 3.84 MHz forward

W–CDMA 3GPP REV

W–CDMA 3.84 MHz reverse

WIBRO

WIBRO

WiMAX

WiMAX

WLAN 802.11A

WLAN 802.11A

WLAN 802.11B

WLAN 802.11B

Note:

For the R&S FSL, the channel spacing is defined as the distance between the center frequency
of the adjacent channel and the center frequency of the transmission channel. The definition of
the adjacent–channel spacing in standards IS95 B / C, IS97 B / C, IS98 B / C and CDMA2000
DS / MC1 / MC3 is different. These standards define the adjacent–channel spacing from the
center of the transmission channel to the closest border of the adjacent channel. This definition
is also used for the R&S FSL if the standard settings marked with a dagger are selected.

1300.2519.12

4.79

E-11

Power Measurements – MEAS Key

R&S FSL

Settings of CP / ACP test parameters
•

Frequency span
The frequency span must at least cover the channels to be measured plus a measurement margin
of approx. 10%.

Note:

If the frequency span is large in comparison to the channel bandwidth (or the adjacent–channel
bandwidths) being examined, only a few points on the trace are available per channel. This
reduces the accuracy of the waveform calculation for the channel filter used, which has a
negative effect on the measurement accuracy. It is therefore strongly recommended that the
formulas mentioned be taken into consideration when selecting the frequency span.

For channel power measurements the Adjust Settings softkey sets the frequency span as follows:
(No. of transmission channels – 1) x transmission channel spacing + 2 x transmission channel
bandwidth + measurement margin
For adjacent–channel power measurements, the Adjust Settings softkey sets the frequency span
as a function of the number of transmission channels, the transmission channel spacing, the
adjacent–channel spacing, and the bandwidth of one of adjacent–channels ADJ, ALT1 or ALT2,
whichever is furthest away from the transmission channels:
(No. of transmission channels – 1) x transmission channel spacing + 2 x (adjacent–channel
spacing + adjacent–channel bandwidth) + measurement margin
The measurement margin is approx. 10% of the value obtained by adding the channel spacing and
the channel bandwidth.
•

Resolution bandwidth (RBW)
To ensure both, acceptable measurement speed and required selection (to suppress spectral
components outside the channel to be measured, especially of the adjacent channels), the
resolution bandwidth must not be selected too small or too large. As a general approach, the
resolution bandwidth is to be set to values between 1% and 4% of the channel bandwidth.
A larger resolution bandwidth can be selected if the spectrum within the channel to be measured
and around it has a flat characteristic. In the standard setting, e.g. for standard IS95A REV at an
adjacent channel bandwidth of 30 kHz, a resolution bandwidth of 30 kHz is used. This yields correct
results since the spectrum in the neighborhood of the adjacent channels normally has a constant
level. For standard NADC/IS136 this is not possible for example, since the spectrum of the transmit
signal penetrates into the adjacent channels and a too large resolution bandwidth causes a too low
selection of the channel filter. The adjacent–channel power would thus be measured too high.
With the exception of the IS95 CDMA standards, the Adjust Settings softkey sets the resolution
bandwidth (RBW) as a function of the channel bandwidth:
RBW

1/40 of channel bandwidth

The maximum possible resolution bandwidth (with respect to the requirement RBW
resulting from the available RBW steps (1, 3) is selected.

•

1/40)

Video bandwidth (VBW)
For a correct power measurement, the video signal must not be limited in bandwidth. A restricted
bandwidth of the logarithmic video signal would cause signal averaging and thus result in a too low
indication of the power (–2.51 dB at very low video bandwidths). The video bandwidth should
therefore be selected at least three times the resolution bandwidth:
VBW

1300.2519.12

3 x RBW

4.80

E-11

R&S FSL

Power Measurements – MEAS Key

The Adjust Settings softkey sets the video bandwidth (VBW) as a function of the channel
bandwidth (see formula above) and the smallest possible VBW with regard to the available step
size will be selected.
•

Detector
The Adjust Settings softkey selects the RMS detector. This detector is selected since it correctly
indicates the power irrespective of the characteristics of the signal to be measured. The whole IF
envelope is used to calculate the power for each measurement point. The IF envelope is digitized
using a sampling frequency which is at least five times the resolution bandwidth which has been
selected. Based on the sample values, the power is calculated for each measurement point using
the following formula:

PRMS =

1
N

N

si2

i =1

si = linear digitized video voltage at the output of the A/D converter
N = number of A/D converter values per measurement point
PRMS = power represented by a measurement point
When the power has been calculated, the power units are converted into decibels and the value is
displayed as a measurement point.
In principle, the sample detector would be possible as well. Due to the limited number of
measurement points used to calculate the power in the channel, the sample detector would yield
less stable results.

•

Trace averaging
The Adjust Settings softkey switches off this function. Averaging, which is often performed to
stabilize the measurement results, leads to a too low level indication and should therefore be
avoided. The reduction in the displayed power depends on the number of averages and the signal
characteristics in the channel to be measured.

•

Reference level
The Adjust Settings softkey does not influence the reference level. It can be separately adjusted
using the Adjust Settings softkey.

Ranges and range settings
In the Spectrum Emission Mask and Spurious Emissions measurements, a range defines a segment,
for which you can define the following parameters separately: start and stop frequency, RBW, VBW,
sweep time, sweep points, reference level, attenuator settings, and limit values. Via the sweep list, you
define the ranges and their settings (for details on settings refer to the Sweep List softkey).
The following rules apply to ranges:

•

The minimum span of a range is 20 Hz.

•

The individual ranges must not overlap (but need not directly follow one another).

•

The maximum number of ranges is 20.

•

Spectrum Emission Mask measurement only: A minimum of three ranges is mandatory.

•

Spectrum Emission Mask measurement only: The reference range cannot be deleted (it is marked
in blue color).

1300.2519.12

4.81

E-11

Power Measurements – MEAS Key

R&S FSL

Provided XML files for the Spectrum Emission Mask measurement
You can change the settings manually or via XML files. The XML files offer a quick way to change the
configuration. A set of ready–made XML files for different standards is already provided. For details see
Table 4-4. You can also create and use your own XML files (for details see "Format description of
Spectrum Emission Mask XML files" on page 4.83). All XML files are stored under C:\r_s\instr\sem_std.
Use the Edit Power Classes softkey for quick access to the available XML files.
Table 4-4: Provided XML files
Path

XML file name

Displayed standard characteristics*

C:\r_s\instr\sem_std\cdma2000\DL

default0.xml

CDMA2000 BC0 default DL

default1.xml

CDMA2000 BC1 default DL

default0.xml

CDMA2000 BC0 default UL

default1.xml

CDMA2000 BC1 default UL

PowerClass_31_39.xml

W–CDMA 3GPP (31,39)dBm DL

PowerClass_39_43.xml

W–CDMA 3GPP (39,43)dBm DL

PowerClass_43_INF.xml

W–CDMA 3GPP (43,INF)dBm DL

PowerClass_negINF_31.xml

W–CDMA 3GPP (–INF,31)dBm DL

PowerClass_29_40.xml

WiBro TTA (29,40)dBm DL

PowerClass_40_INF.xml

WiBro TTA (40,INF)dBm DL

PowerClass_negINF_29.xml

WiBro TTA (–INF,29)dBm DL

PowerClass_23_INF.xml

WiBro TTA (23,INF)dBm UL

PowerClass_negINF_23.xml

WiBro TTA (23,INF)dBm UL

System_Type_E.xml

WIMAX DL ETSI–System Type E

System_Type_F.xml

WIMAX ETSI–System Type F DL

System_Type_G.xml

WIMAX ETSI–System Type G DL

10MHz.xml

WIMAX 10MHz DL

20MHz.xml

WIMAX 20MHz DL

System_Type_E.xml

WIMAX System Type E UL

System_Type_F.xml

WIMAX System Type F UL

System_Type_G.xml

WIMAX System Type G UL

10MHz.xml

WIMAX 10MHz UL

20MHz.xml

WIMAX 20MHz UL

ETSI.xml

IEEE 802.11

IEEE.xml

IEEE 802.11

ETSI.xml

IEEE 802.11a)

IEEE.xml

IEEE 802.11a

C:\R_S\instr\sem_std\WLAN\802_11b

IEEE.xml

IEEE 802.11b

C:\R_S\instr\sem_std\WLAN\802_11j_10MHz

ETSI.xml

IEEE. 802.11j

IEEE.xml

IEEE 802.11j

C:\r_s\instr\sem_std\cdma2000\UL

C:\r_s\instr\sem_std\WCDMA\3GPP\DL

C:\r_s\instr\sem_std\WIBRO\DL

C:\r_s\instr\sem_std\WIBRO\UL

C:\R_S\instr\sem_std\WIMAX\DL\ETSI\...MHz
(1.75 MHz, 2.00 MHz, 3.5 MHz, 7.00 MHz,
14.00 MHz, 28 MHz)

C:\R_S\instr\sem_std\WIMAX\DL\IEEE

C:\R_S\instr\sem_std\WIMAX\UL\ETSI...MHz
(1.75 MHz, 2.00 MHz, 3.5 MHz, 7.00 MHz,
14.00 MHz, 28 MHz)

C:\R_S\instr\sem_std\WIMAX\UL\IEEE

C:\R_S\instr\sem_std\WLAN\802_11_TURBO

C:\R_S\instr\sem_std\WLAN\802_11a

1300.2519.12

4.82

E-11

R&S FSL

Power Measurements – MEAS Key

Path

XML file name

Displayed standard characteristics*

C:\R_S\instr\sem_std\WLAN\802_11j_20MHz

ETSI.xml

IEEE 802.11j

IEEE.xml

IEEE 802.11j

*Used abbreviations:
BC: band class
UL: uplink
DL: downlink
TTA: Telecommunications Technology Association

Note:

For the WIBRO standards, the 1 MHz channel filter is used for every occurrence of a 1 MHz
filter. Within the R&S FSL–K92/93, the 1 MHz filter are Gaussian filters.

Format description of Spectrum Emission Mask XML files
The files for importing range settings are in XML format and therefore obey the rules of the XML
standard. Below, the child nodes, attributes, and structure defined for the data import is described. Build
your own XML files according to these conventions because the R&S FSL can only interpret XML files
of a known structure. For example files look in the C:\r_s\instr\sem_std directory.
Note:

It is mandatory to follow the structure exactly as shown below or else the R&S FSL is not able
to interpret the XML file and error messages are shown on the screen. For this reason is it
recommended to make a copy of an existing file (see Save As Standard softkey) and edit the
copy of the file. The default files can be found in the C:\r_s\instr\sem_std directory.
Alternatively, edit the settings using the Edit Power Classes dialog box and the Sweep List
dialog box and save the XML file with the Save As Standard softkey afterwards. This way, no
modifications have to be done in the XML file itself.

Basically, the file consists of three elements that can be defined.
•

The first element of the structure is the BaseFormat element. It carries information about basic
settings. In this element only the ReferencePower child node has any effects on the measurement
itself. The other attributes and child nodes are used to display information about the Spectrum
Emission Mask Standard on the measurement screen. The child nodes and attributes of this
element are shown in Table 4-5.

In the example above (PowerClass_39_43.xml under C:\r_s\instr\sem_std\WCDMA\3GPP), these
attributes are defined as follows:

1300.2519.12

4.83

E-11

Power Measurements – MEAS Key
–

Standard="W–CDMA 3GPP"

–

LinkDirection="DL"

–

PowerClass="(39,43)dBm"

R&S FSL

•

The second element is the PowerClass element, which is embedded in the BaseFormat element. It
carries settings information about the power classes. Up to four different power classes can be
defined. For details refer to the Sweep List softkey and the corresponding parameter description.
The child nodes and attributes of this element are shown in Table 4-6.

•

The third element is the Range element, which in turn is embedded in the PowerClass element. It
carries the settings information of the range. There have to be at least three defined ranges: one
reference range and at least one range to either side of the reference range. The maximum number
of ranges is twenty. Note that the R&S FSL uses the same ranges in each power class. Therefore,
the contents of the ranges of each defined power class have to be identical to the first power class.
An exception are the Start amd Stop values of the two Limit nodes that are used to determine the
power class. Note also, that there are two Limit nodes to be defined: one that gives the limit in
absolute values and one in relative values. Make sure units for the Start and Stop nodes are
identical for each Limit node. For details refer to the Sweep List softkey and the corresponding
parameter description. The child nodes and attributes of this element are shown in Table 4-7.

The following tables show the child nodes and attributes of each element and show if a child node or
attribute is mandatory for the R&S FSL to interpret the file or not. Since the hierarchy of the XML can
not be seen in the tables, either view one of the default files already stored on the R&S FSL in the
C:\r_s\instr\sem_std directory or check the structure as shown below.
Below, a basic example of the structure of the file is shown, containing all mandatory attributes and
child nodes. Note that the PowerClass element and the range element are themselves elements of the
Base Format element and are to be inserted where noted. The separation is done here simply for
reasons of a better overview. Also, no example values are given here to allow a quick reference to the
tables above. Italic font shows the placeholders for the values.
•

The Base Format element is structered as follows:

Standard

Instrument Type
Application



Method








1300.2519.12

4.84

E-11

R&S FSL
•

Power Measurements – MEAS Key

The PowerClass element is structered as follows:



Limit Fail Mode




…


•

The Range element is structered as follows:


Channel Type

FilterType
Factor
Bandwidth


RangeStart
RangeStop







Detector



1300.2519.12

4.85

E-11

Power Measurements – MEAS Key

R&S FSL






Table 4-5: Attributes and child nodes of the BaseFormat element
Child Node

Attribute

Value

FileFormatVersion

1.0.0.0

Date

“YYYY-MM-DD
HH:MM:SS”

Date in ISO 8601 format

No



Name of the standard

Yes

Type

FSL

Name of the instrument

No

Application

SA | K72 | K82

Name of the application

No

Name

Downlink | Uplink |
None

Yes

ShortName

DL | UL

No

Name
Instrument

LinkDirection

Parameter Description

Mandatory
Yes

ReferencePower

Yes

Method

TX Channel Power |
TX Channel Peak
Power

Yes

ReferenceChannel



No

Table 4-6: Attributes and child nodes of the PowerClass element
Child Node

StartPower

StopPower

DefaultLimitFailMode

1300.2519.12

Attribute

Value

Parameter Description

Mandatory

Index

0…3

Indexes are continuous and
have to start with 0

Yes

Value



The start power must equal
the stop power of the
previous power class. The
StartPower value of the first
range is -200

Yes

Unit

dBm

Yes

InclusiveFlag

"true"

Yes

Value



Unit

dBm

Yes

InclusiveFlag

"false"

Yes

Absolute | Relative |
Absolute and Relative |
Absolute or Relative

Yes

4.86

The stop power must equal
the start power of the next
power class. The StopPower
value of the last range is 200

Yes

E-11

R&S FSL

Power Measurements – MEAS Key

Table 4-7: Attributes and child nodes of the Range element (normal ranges)
Child Node

Attribute

Value

Parameter Description

Mandatory

Index

0…19

Indexes are continous and
have to start with 0

Yes

Name



Name of the range

Only if ReferenceChannel
contains a name and the
range is the reference
range

ShortName



Short name of the range

No

ChannelType

TX | Adjacent

Yes

WeightingFilter

Only if ReferencePower
method is “TX Channel
Power” and the range is
the reference range”

Type

RRC | CFILter

Type of the weighting filter

Yes

RollOffFactor

0…1

Excess bandwidth of the filter

Only if the filter type is
RRC

Bandwidth



Filter bandwidth

Only if the filter type is
RRC

FrequencyRange

Yes

Start



Start value of the range

Yes

Stop



Stop value of the range

Yes

A Range must contain exactly
two limit nodes; one of the
limit nodes has to have a
relative unit (e.g. dBc), the
other one must have an
absolute unit (e.g. dBm)

Yes

Limit

Start

Stop

Value



Power limit at start frequency

Yes

Unit

dBm/Hz | dBm | dBc |
dBr | dB

Sets the unit of the start value

Yes

Value



Power limit at stop frequency

Yes

Unit

dBm/Hz | dBm | dBc |
dBr | dB

Sets the unit of the stop value

Yes

LimitFailMode

RBW

VBW

Absolute | Relative |
Absolute and Relative |
Absolute or Relative
Bandwidth



Type

NORM | PULS | CFIL |
RRC

Bandwidth



VBW

Yes

NEG | POS | SAMP |
RMS | AVER | QUAS

Detector

No (if quoted, it has to be
equal in all ranges)

Mode

Manual | Auto

Sweep Time Mode

Yes

Time



Sweep Time

No

Detector
Sweep

No (if quoted, it has to be
equal to
DefaultLimitFailMode)
RBW

No

Amplitude
ReferenceLevel

1300.2519.12

Yes

No
Value



Unit

dBm

Ref. Level

Yes, if the ReferenceLevel
child node is used
Yes, if the ReferenceLevel

4.87

E-11

Power Measurements – MEAS Key
Child Node

Attribute

R&S FSL

Value

Parameter Description

Mandatory
node is used

RF Atennuation

Mode

Preamplifier

Manual | Auto

RF Attenuator

Yes, if the ReferenceLevel
child node is used

ON | OFF

Preamp

Yes

ASCII file export format (Spectrum Emission Mask)
The first part of the file lists information about the spectrum analyzer and the general setup. For a
detailed description refer to "ASCII file export format" on page 4.51.
File contents

Description

RefType; CPOWER;

reference range setup, for details see
Edit Reference Range softkey

TxBandwidth;9540000;Hz
Filter State; ON;
Alpha;0.22;
PeaksPerRange;1;

evaluation list information

Values;4;
0;–22500000;–9270000;1000000;2986455000;–74.762840270996094;
–10.576210021972656;–45.762840270996094;PASS;
1;–9270000;–4770000;100000;2991405000;–100.17695617675781;
–35.990325927734375;–1.490325927734375;PASS
3;4770000;9270000;100000;3005445000;–100.17695617675781;
–35.990325927734375;–1.490325927734375;PASS;
4;9270000;22500000;1000000;3018225000;–74.762840270996094;
–10.576210021972656;–45.762840270996094;PASS;

information about each peak:
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;
;

Softkeys of the power measurement menu
The following table shows all softkeys available in the power measurement menu. It is possible that
your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only available with a special
option, model or (measurement) mode, this information is delivered in the corresponding softkey
description.
Menu / Command

Submenu / Command

Submenu / Command

Command

All Functions Off
TOI

Marker 1
Marker 2
Marker 3
Marker 4
Search Signals

AM Mod Depth

same contents as TOI
menu

Time Domain Power

Peak
RMS
Mean

1300.2519.12

4.88

E-11

R&S FSL
Menu / Command

Power Measurements – MEAS Key
Submenu / Command

Submenu / Command

Command

Std Dev
Limits On/Off
Left Limit
Right Limit
C/N, C/No

C/N
C/No
Channel Bandwidth
Adjust Settings

CP, ACP, MC–ACP

CP / ACP Standard
CP / ACP Config

# of TX Chan
# of Adj Chan
Channel Settings

Channel
Bandwidth
Channel Spacing
Chan Pwr/Hz
ACP Ref Settings
Adjust Ref Level
Adjust Settings

Limit Checking

Limit Chk On/Off
Edit ACP Limit

Power Mode

Clear/Write
Max Hold

Select Trace
Adjust Settings
Sweep Time
Fast ACP On/Off
ACP Abs/Rel
Adjust Ref Level
More
All Functions Off
OBW

% Power Bandwidth
Channel Bandwidth
Adjust Ref Level
Adjust Settings

APD

Percent Marker
Res BW
# of Samples
Scaling

1300.2519.12

x–Axis Ref Level

4.89

E-11

Power Measurements – MEAS Key
Menu / Command

Submenu / Command

R&S FSL
Submenu / Command

Command

x–Axis Range
y–Axis Max Value
y–Axis Min Value
y–Unit %/Abs
Default Settings
Adjust Settings
Adjust Settings
CCDF

same contents as APD
menu

Spectrum Emission Mask

Sweep List

Edit Sweep List/Close
Sweep List
Insert before Range
Insert after Range
Delete Range
Edit Reference Range

List Evaluation

List Evaluation On/Off
List Full Screen
Margin
Show Peaks
List Up
List Down
Save Evaluation List

ASCII File Export
Decim Sep

Edit Reference Range
Edit Power Classes
Load Standard
Save As Standard
Restore Standard Files
Meas Start/Stop
Spurious Emissions

Sweep List

Edit Sweep List/Close
Sweep List
Insert before Range
Insert after Range
Delete Range
Adjust X–Axis

List Evaluation

List Evaluation On/Off
List Full Screen
Details On/Off
Peaks per Range

1300.2519.12

4.90

E-11

R&S FSL
Menu / Command

Power Measurements – MEAS Key
Submenu / Command

Submenu / Command

Command

Margin
Show Peaks
More
List Up
List Down
Save Evaluation List

ASCII File Export
Decim Sep

Meas Start/Stop
More
All Functions Off
Harmonic Distortion

Harmonic On/Off
No. of Harmonics
Harmonic Sweep Time
Harmonic RBW Auto
Adjust Settings

Full Size Diagram

All Functions Off
Switches off all power measurement functions.
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC: OFF
TOI
Opens a submenu and activates the measurement of the 3rd order intercept point.
A two–tone signal with equal carrier levels is expected at the R&S FSL input. Marker 1 and
marker 2 (both normal markers) are set to the maximum of the two signals. Marker 3 and marker
4 (also both normal markers) are placed on the intermodulation products. When the function is
enabled, the frequency entry is activated for the delta markers. They can be set manually.
The R&S FSL calculates the third order intercept point from the level spacing between normal
markers and delta markers and displays it in the marker field.
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:TOI ON
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:TOI:RES?
Search Signals
Activates all markers.
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:TOI:RES?

1300.2519.12

4.91

E-11

Power Measurements – MEAS Key

R&S FSL

AM Mod Depth
Opens a submenu and activates the measurement of the AM modulation depth. An AM–
modulated carrier is required on the screen for ensuring correct operation.
The level value of marker 1 is taken as the carrier level. When this function is activated, marker
2 and marker 3 are automatically set symmetrically to the carrier on the adjacent peak values of
the trace as delta markers and marker 2 is activated for the entry.
When the position of marker 2 (delta) is changed, marker 3 (delta) is moved symmetrically with
respect to the reference marker (marker 1).
If the edit dialog box is opened for marker 3, the latter can be moved for fine adjustment
irrespective of marker 2.
The R&S FSL calculates the power at the marker positions from the measured levels. The AM
modulation depth is calculated from the ratio between the power values at the reference marker
and at the delta markers. If the powers of the two AM side bands are unequal, the mean value of
the two power values is used for AM modulation depth calculation.
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:MDEP ON
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:MDEP:RES?
Time Domain Power (zero span)
Activates the power measurement in zero span and opens a submenu to configure the power
measurement. For more details see also "Power measurement in zero span" on page 4.78.
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:STAT ON
Peak (zero span)
Activates the calculation of the peak value from the points of the displayed trace or a segment
thereof. For more details see also "Power measurement in zero span" on page 4.78.
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:PPE ON
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:PPE:RES?
RMS (zero span)
Activates the calculation of the RMS value from the points of the displayed trace or a segment
thereof. For more details see also "Power measurement in zero span" on page 4.78.
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:RMS ON
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:RMS:RES?
Mean (zero span)
Activates the calculation of the mean value from the points of the displayed trace or a segment
thereof. The linear mean value of the equivalent voltages is calculated.
This can be used for instance to measure the mean power during a GSM burst.
For more details see also "Power measurement in zero span" on page 4.78.
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:MEAN ON
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:MEAN:RES?

1300.2519.12

4.92

E-11

R&S FSL

Power Measurements – MEAS Key

Std Dev (zero span)
Activates the calculation of the standard deviation of measurement points from the mean value
and displays them as measured value. The measurement of the mean power is automatically
switched on at the same time. For more details see also "Power measurement in zero span" on
page 4.78.
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:SDEV ON
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:SDEV:RES?
Limits On/Off (zero span)
Switches the limitation of the evaluation range on or off. Default setting is off.
If switched off, the evaluation range is not limited. If switched on, the evaluation range is defined
by the left and right limit. If only one limit is set, it corresponds to the left limit and the right limit is
defined by the stop frequency. If the second limit is also set, it defines the right limit.
For more details see also "Power measurement in zero span" on page 4.78.
Remote: CALC:MARK:X:SLIM OFF
Left Limit (zero span)
Opens an edit dialog box to enter a value for line 1. For more details see also "Power
measurement in zero span" on page 4.78.
Remote: CALC:MARK:X:SLIM:LEFT 
Right Limit (zero span)
Opens an edit dialog box to enter a value for line 2. For more details see also "Power
measurement in zero span" on page 4.78.
Remote: CALC:MARK:X:SLIM:RIGH 
C/N, C/No (span > 0)
Opens a submenu to configure the carrier/noise ratio measurement. Measurements without
(C/N) and measurements with reference to the bandwidth (C/No) are possible.

C/N (span > 0)
Switches the measurement of the carrier/noise ratio on or off. If no marker is active, marker 1 is
activated.
The measurement is performed on the trace where marker 1 is located. To shift marker 1 and
measure another trace, use the Marker to Trace softkey in the marker menu. To determine the
maximum value of the current trace, use the Phase Noise/Ref Fixed softkey in the marker
menu.
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:SEL CN
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:RES? CN
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW OFF

1300.2519.12

4.93

E-11

Power Measurements – MEAS Key

R&S FSL

C/No (span > 0)
Switches the measurement of the carrier/noise ratio with reference to a 1 Hz bandwidth on or
off. If no marker is active, marker 1 is activated.
The measurement is performed on the trace where marker 1 is located. To shift marker 1 and
measure another trace, use the Marker to Trace softkey in the marker menu. To determine the
maximum value of the current trace, use the Phase Noise/Ref Fixed softkey in the marker
menu.
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:SEL CN0
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:RES? CN0
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW OFF
Channel Bandwidth (span > 0)
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the measurement channel bandwidth. The default setting is 14
kHz.
Remote: POW:ACH:BWID 30kHz
Adjust Settings (span > 0)
Enables the RMS detector (see also "Detector overview" on page 4.42) and adjusts the span to
the selected channel bandwidth according to:
4 x channel bandwidth + measurement margin
The adjustment is performed once; if necessary, the setting can be changed later on.
Remote: POW:ACH:PRES CN | CN0

CP, ACP, MC–ACP
Activates the active channel or adjacent–channel power measurement either for a single carrier
signal or for several carrier signals, depending on the current measurement configuration, and
opens a submenu to configure the channel power measurement. With default settings the
measurement is performed by integrating the powers at the display points within the specified
channels (IBW method).
If multi–carrier ACP measurement is activated, the number of measured values is increased to
ensure that adjacent–channel powers are measured with adequate accuracy.
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:SEL CPOW|ACP|MCAC
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:RES? CPOW|ACP|MCAC
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW OFF
CP / ACP Standard
Opens an edit dialog box to select the settings according to predefined standards. For details on
the available standards see "Predefined CP / ACP standards" on page 4.79. By default no
standard is set.

1300.2519.12

4.94

E-11

R&S FSL

Power Measurements – MEAS Key

The selection of the standard influences the following parameters:
–

channel spacing and adjacent–channel spacing

–

channel bandwidth, adjacent–channel bandwidth, and type of filtering

–

resolution bandwidth

–

video bandwidth

–

detector

–

# of adjacent channels

–

trace averaging (switched off)

Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:PRES 
CP / ACP Config
Opens a submenu to configure the channel power and adjacent channel power measurement
independently of the predefined standards (for details see also "To set the channel
configuration" on page 4.77 and "Settings of CP / ACP test parameters" on page 4.80).

# of TX Chan (MC–ACP)
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the number of carrier signals to be taken into account in
channel and adjacent–channel power measurements. Values from 1 to 12 are allowed.
Remote: POW:ACH:TXCH:COUN 4
# of Adj Chan
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the number of adjacent channels to be considered in the
adjacent–channel power measurement. Values from 0 to 12 are allowed.
The following measurements are performed depending on the number of the channels:
0

Only the channel powers are measured.

1

The channel powers and the power of the upper and lower adjacent channel are
measured.

2

The channel powers, the power of the upper and lower adjacent channel, and of the
next higher and lower channel (alternate channel 1) are measured.

3

The channel power, the power of the upper and lower adjacent channel, the power of
the next higher and lower channel (alternate channel 1), and of the next but one
higher and lower adjacent channel (alternate channel 2) are measured.

...

...

12

The channel power, the power of the upper and lower adjacent channel, and the
power of the all higher and lower channels (alternate channel 1 to 11) are measured.

Remote: POW:ACH:ACP 1
Channel Settings
Opens a submenu to define the channel settings.

1300.2519.12

4.95

E-11

Power Measurements – MEAS Key

R&S FSL

Channel Bandwidth
Opens the TX/ACP Channel Bandwidth dialog box to enter the channel bandwidths for the
transmission channels and the adjacent channels. The entry TX is only available for the multi–
carrier ACP measurement.
The transmission–channel bandwidth is normally defined by the transmission standard. The
correct bandwidth is set automatically for the selected standard (see CP / ACP Standard
softkey).
Measurements in zero span (see Fast ACP On/Off softkey) are performed in the zero span
mode. The channel limits are indicated by vertical lines. For measurements requiring channel
bandwidths deviating from those defined in the selected standard the IBW method is to be used.
With the IBW method (see Fast ACP On/Off softkey), the channel bandwidth limits are marked
by two vertical lines right and left of the channel center frequency. It can in this way be visually
checked whether the entire power of the signal under test is within the selected channel
bandwidth.
If measuring according to the IBW method (Fast ACP Off), the bandwidths of the different
adjacent channels are to be entered numerically. Since all adjacent channels often have the
same bandwidth, the other channels Alt1 and Alt2 are set to the bandwidth of the adjacent
channel on entering the adjacent–channel bandwidth (ADJ). Thus only one value needs to be
entered in case of equal adjacent channel bandwidths. The same holds true for the Alt2
channels (alternate channels 2) if the bandwidth of the Alt1 channel (alternate channel 1) is
entered.
For details on available channel filters see "List of available RRC and channel filters" on page
4.20.
Remote: POW:ACH:BWID 30kHz
Remote: POW:ACH:BWID:ACH 30kHz
Remote: POW:ACH:BWID:ALT2 30kHz
Channel Spacing
Opens the TX/ACP Channel Spacing dialog box to enter the channel spacings for the TX
channels and for the adjacent channels.
The entry TX is only available for the multi–carrier ACP measurement.
–

TX channels (left column)
TX1–
2

spacing between the first and the second carrier

TX2–
3

spacing between the second and the third carrier

...

...

The spacings between all adjacent TX channels can be defined separately. In order to allow a
convenient setup for the system with equal TX channel spacing, the value of TX spacing 1–2 is
copied in all the spacing below after entry, the TX spacing 2–3 is copied in all the spacing
below after entry and so forth. For different spacings, a setup from top to bottom is necessary.

1300.2519.12

4.96

E-11

R&S FSL

Power Measurements – MEAS Key

If the spacings are not equal, the channel distribution according to the center frequency is as
follows:

–

Odd number of TX channels

The middle TX channel is centered to center frequency.

Even number of TX channels

The two TX channels in the middle are used to calculate
the frequency between those two channels. This
frequency is aligned to the center frequency.

Adjacent channels (right column)
Since all the adjacent channels often have the same distance to each other, the modification of
of the adjacent–channel spacing (ADJ) causes a change in all higher adjacent–channel
spacings (Alt1, Alt2, ...): they are all multiplied by the same factor (new spacing value / old
spacing value). Thus only one value needs to be entered in case of equal channel spacing. A
modification of a higher adjacent–channel spacing (Alt1, Alt2, ...) causes a change by the same
factor in all higher adjacent–channel spacings, while the lower adjacent–channel spacings
remain unchanged.
Example:
In the default setting, the adjacent channels have the following spacing: 20 kHz (ADJ), 40
kHz (Alt1), 60 kHz (Alt2), 80 kHz (Alt3), 100 kHz (Alt4), ...
If the spacing of the first adjacent channel (ADJ) is set to 40 kHz, the spacing of all other
adjacent channels is multiplied by factor 2 to result in 80 kHz (Alt1), 120 kHz (Alt2), 160 kHz
(Alt3), ...
If, starting from the default setting, the spacing of the 5th adjacent channel (Alt4) is set to 150
kHz, the spacing of all higher adjacent channels is multiplied by factor 1.5 to result in 180 kHz
(Alt5), 210 kHz (Alt6), 240 kHz (Alt7), ...
If a ACP or MC–ACP measurement is started, all settings according to the standard including
the channel bandwidths and channel spacings are set and can be adjusted afterwards.

Remote: POW:ACH:SPAC:CHAN 25kHz
Remote: POW:ACH:SPAC 33kHz
Remote: POW:ACH:SPAC:ALT1 100kHz
Chan Pwr/Hz
If deactivated, the channel power is displayed in dBm. If activated, the channel power density is
displayed instead. Thus, the absolute unit of the channel power is switched from dBm to
dBm/Hz. The channel power density in dBm/Hz corresponds to the power inside a bandwidth of
1 Hz and is calculated as follows:
channel power density = channel power – log10(channel bandwidth)
By means of this function it is possible e.g. to measure the signal/noise power density or use the
additional functions ACP Abs/Rel and ACP Ref Settings to obtain the signal to noise ratio.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.50.
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:RES:PHZ ON

1300.2519.12

4.97

E-11

Power Measurements – MEAS Key

R&S FSL

ACP Ref Settings (MC–ACP)
Opens an edit dialog box to select the transmission channel to which the adjacent–channel
relative power values should be referenced.
TX Channel 1 – 12

Selection of one of channels 1 to 12.

Min Power TX Channel

The transmission channel with the lowest power is used as a
reference channel.

Max Power TX Channel

The transmission channel with the highest power is used as a
reference channel.

Lowest & Highest
Channel

The outer left–hand transmission channel is the reference
channel for the lower adjacent channels, the outer right–hand
transmission channel that for the upper adjacent channels.

Remote: POW:ACH:REF:TXCH:MAN 3
Remote: POW:ACH:REF:TXCH:AUTO MAX
Limit Checking
Opens a submenu to activate and define the limits for the ACP measurement.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.30.

Limit Chk On/Off
Activates or deactivates the limit check for the ACP measurement.
Remote: CALC:LIM:ACP ON
Remote: CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH:RES?
Remote: CALC:LIM:ACP:ALT:RES?
Edit ACP Limit
Opens the ACP Limits dialog box to define the limits for the ACP measurement.
The following rules apply for the limits:
–

A separate limit can be defined for each adjacent channel. The limit applies to both the upper
and the lower adjacent channel.

–

A relative and/or absolute limit can be defined. The check of both limit values can be activated
independently.

–

The R&S FSL checks adherence to the limits irrespective of whether the limits are absolute or
relative or whether the measurement is carried out with absolute or relative levels. If both limits
are active and if the higher of both limit values is exceeded, the measured value is marked by a
preceding asterisk.

1300.2519.12

4.98

E-11

R&S FSL

Power Measurements – MEAS Key

Remote: CALC:LIM:ACP ON
Remote: CALC:LIM:ACP: 0dB,0dB
Remote: CALC:LIM:ACP::STAT ON
Remote: CALC:LIM:ACP::ABS –10dBm,–10dBm
Remote: CALC:LIM:ACP::ABS:STAT ON
For details refer to chapter "Remote Control – Commands", section "CALCulate:LIMit:ACPower
Subsystem".

Power Mode
Opens a submenu to select the power mode.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.30.

Clear/Write
If this mode is activated, the channel power and the adjacent channel powers are calculated
directly from the current trace (default mode).
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.30.
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:MODE WRIT
Max Hold
If this mode is activated, the power values are calculated from the current trace and compared
with the previous power value using a maximum algorithm. The higher value is retained. If
activated, the enhancement label Pwr Max is displayed.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.30.
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:MODE MAXH
Select Trace
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the trace number on which the CP/ACP measurement is to be
performed. Only activated traces can be selected (for details on trace modes see "Trace mode
overview" on page 4.40).
Remote: POW:TRAC 2
Adjust Settings
Automatically optimizes all instrument settings for the selected channel configuration (channel
bandwidth, channel spacing) within a specific frequency range (channel bandwidth). The
adjustment is carried out only once. If necessary, the instrument settings can be changed later.
For details on the settings of span, resolution bandwidth, video bandwidth, detector and trace
averaging see "Settings of CP / ACP test parameters" on page 4.80.
Remote: POW:ACH:PRES ACP

1300.2519.12

4.99

E-11

Power Measurements – MEAS Key

R&S FSL

Sweep Time
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the sweep time. With the RMS detector, a longer sweep time
increases the stability of the measurement results.
The function of this softkey is identical to the Sweeptime Manual softkey in the bandwidth
menu.
Remote: SWE:TIM 
Fast ACP On/Off
Switches between the IBW method (Fast ACP Off) and the zero span method (Fast ACP On).
When switched on, the R&S FSL sets the center frequency consecutively to the different
channel center frequencies and measures the power with the selected measurement time (=
sweep time/number of channels). The RBW filters suitable for the selected standard and
frequency offset are automatically used (e.g. root raised cos with IS 136). For details on
available channel filters see "List of available RRC and channel filters" on page 4.20.
The RMS detector is used for obtaining correct power measurement results. Therefore this
requires no software correction factors.
Measured values are output as a list. The powers of the transmission channels are output in
dBm, the powers of the adjacent channels in dBm.
The sweep time is selected depending on the desired reproducibility of results. Reproducibility
increases with sweep time since power measurement is then performed over a longer time
period. As a general approach, it can be assumed that approx. 500 non–correlated measured
values are required for a reproducibility of 0.5 dB (99% of the measurements are within 0.5 dB of
the true measured value). This holds true for white noise. The measured values are considered
as non–correlated if their time interval corresponds to the reciprocal of the measured bandwidth.
With IS 136 the measurement bandwidth is approx. 25 kHz, i.e. measured values at an interval
of 40 Ms are considered as non–correlated. A measurement time of 40 ms is thus required per
channel for 1000 measured values. This is the default sweep time which the R&S FSL sets in
coupled mode. Approx. 5000 measured values are required for a reproducibility of 0.1 dB (99%),
i.e. the measurement time is to be increased to 200 ms.
Remote: POW:HSP ON
ACP Abs/Rel
Switches between absolute and relative power measurement in the adjacent channels.
Abs

The absolute power in the adjacent channels is displayed in the unit of the y–axis,
e.g. in dBm, dBMV.

Rel

The level of the adjacent channels is displayed relative to the level of the
transmission channel in dBc.

Remote: POW:ACH:MODE REL

1300.2519.12

4.100

E-11

R&S FSL

Power Measurements – MEAS Key

Adjust Ref Level
Adjusts the reference level to the measured channel power. This ensures that the settings of the
RF attenuation and the reference level are optimally adjusted to the signal level without
overloading the R&S FSL or limiting the dynamic range by a too small S/N ratio. For details on
manual settings see "Settings of CP / ACP test parameters" on page 4.80.
The reference level is not influenced by the selection of a standard. To achieve an optimum
dynamic range, the reference level has to be set in a way that places the signal maximum close
to the reference level without forcing an overload message. Since the measurement bandwidth
for channel power measurements is significantly lower than the signal bandwidth, the signal path
may be overloaded although the trace is still significantly below the reference level.
Remote: POW:ACH:PRES:RLEV
OBW (span > 0)
Activates measurement of the occupied bandwidth according to the current configuration and
opens a submenu to configure the measurement. The occupied bandwidth is displayed in the
marker display field and marked on the trace by temporary markers. For details see also
"Measurement of occupied bandwidth" on page 4.78.
The measurement is performed on the trace with marker 1. In order to evaluate another trace,
marker 1 must be placed on another trace (see Marker to Trace softkey in the marker menu).
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:SEL OBW
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:RES? OBW
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW OFF
% Power Bandwidth (span > 0)
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the percentage of total power in the displayed frequency range
which defines the occupied bandwidth. Values from 10% to 99.9% are allowed.
Remote: POW:BWID 95PCT
Channel Bandwidth (span > 0)
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the channel bandwidth for the transmission channel. The
specified channel bandwidth is used for optimization of the test parameters (for details see
"Settings of CP / ACP test parameters" on page 4.80). The default setting is 14 kHz.
For measurements in line with a specific transmission standard, the bandwidth specified by the
standard for the transmission channel must be entered.
Remote: POW:ACH:BWID 30kHz

1300.2519.12

4.101

E-11

Power Measurements – MEAS Key

R&S FSL

Adjust Ref Level (span > 0)
Adjusts the reference level to the measured total power of the signal. The softkey is activated
after the first sweep with active measurement of the occupied bandwidth has been completed
and the total power of the signal is thus known.
Adjusting the reference level ensures that the signal path will not be overloaded and the
dynamic range not limited by too low a reference level. Since the measurement bandwidth for
channel power measurements is significantly lower than the signal bandwidth, the signal path
may be overloaded although the trace is distinctly below the reference level. If the measured
channel power is equal to the reference level, the signal path cannot be overloaded.
Remote: POW:ACH:PRES:RLEV
APD
Activates the function to measure the amplitude probability density (APD) and opens a
submenu.
Remote: CALC:STAT:APD ON
Percent Marker
Opens an edit dialog box to enter a probability value and to position marker 1. Thus, the power
which is exceeded with a given probability can be determined very easily. If marker 1 is
deactivated, it will be switched on automatically.
Remote: CALC:MARK:Y:PERC 0...100%
Res BW
Opens an edit dialog box to set the resolution bandwidth directly. The function of this softkey is
identical to the Res BW Manual softkey in the bandwidth menu.
For correct measurement of the signal statistics the resolution bandwidth has to be wider than
the signal bandwidth in order to measure the actual peaks of the signal amplitude correctly. In
order not to influence the peak amplitudes the video bandwidth is automatically set to 10 MHz.
The sample detector is used for detecting the video voltage.
Remote: BAND 3 MHz
# of Samples
Opens an edit dialog box to set the number of power measurements that are taken into account
for the statistics.
Apart from the number of measurements the overall measurement time depends also on the set
resolution bandwidth as the resolution bandwidth directly influences the sampling rate.
Remote: CALC:STAT:NSAM 
Scaling
Opens a submenu to change the scaling parameters of x– and y–axis.

1300.2519.12

4.102

E-11

R&S FSL

Power Measurements – MEAS Key

x–Axis Ref Level
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the reference level in the currently active unit (dBm, dBMV,
etc). The function of this softkey is identical to the Ref Level softkey in the amplitude menu.
For the APD function this value is mapped to the right diagram border. For the CCDF function
there is no direct representation of this value on the diagram as the x–axis is scaled relatively to
the measured mean power.
Remote: CALC:STAT:SCAL:X:RLEV 
x–Axis Range
Opens the Range Log dialog box to select a value for the level range to be covered by the
statistics measurement selected. The function is identical to the Range Log softkey in amplitude
menu.
Remote: CALC:STAT:SCAL:X:RANG 
y–Axis Max Value
Opens an edit dialog box to define the upper limit of the displayed probability range. Values on
the y–axis are normalized which means that the maximum value is 1.0. The y–axis scaling is
defined via the y–Unit %/Abs softkey. If the y–axis has logarithmic scale, the distance between
max and min value must be at least one decade.
Remote: CALC:STAT:SCAL:Y:UPP 
y–Axis Min Value
Opens an edit dialog box to define the lower limit of the displayed probability range. Values in
the range 0 < value < 1 are allowed. The y–axis scaling is defined via the y–Unit %/Abs softkey.
If the y–axis has logarithmic scale, the distance between max and min value must be at least
one decade.
Remote: CALC:STAT:SCAL:Y:LOW 
y–Unit %/Abs
Defines the scaling type of the y–axis. The default value is absolute scaling.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.80.
Remote: CALC:STAT:SCAL:Y:UNIT PCT
Default Settings
Resets the x– and y–axis scalings to their preset values.
x–axis ref level:

–20 dBm

x–axis range APD:

100 dB

x–axis range CCDF:

20 dB

y–axis upper limit:

1.0

y–axis lower limit:

1E–6

1300.2519.12

4.103

E-11

Power Measurements – MEAS Key

R&S FSL

Remote: CALC:STAT:PRES
Adjust Settings
Adjusts the level settings according to the measured difference between peak and minimum
power for APD measurement or peak and mean power for CCDF measurement in order to
obtain maximum power resolution. Adapts the probability scale to the selected number of
samples. Adjusts the reference level to the current input signal. For details see also Adjust Ref
Level softkey.
Remote: CALC:STAT:SCAL:AUTO ONCE
CCDF
Activates the function to measure the complementary cumulative distribution function (CCDF)
and opens a submenu.
Remote: CALC:STAT:CCDF ON
Spectrum Emission Mask
Opens a submenu to configure the Spectrum Emission Mask measurement.
The Spectrum Emission Mask (SEM) measurement defines a measurement that monitors
compliance with a spectral mask. The SEM measurement of the base unit allows a flexible
definition of all parameters in the SEM measurement.

This softkey is available from firmware version 1.80.
Remote: SWE:MODE ESP

1300.2519.12

4.104

E-11

R&S FSL

Power Measurements – MEAS Key

Sweep List
Opens a submenu to edit the sweep list and displays the Sweep List dialog box. After a preset,
the sweep list contains a set of default ranges and parameters. For each range, you can change
the parameters listed below. To insert or delete ranges, use the Insert before Range, Insert
after Range, Delete Range softkeys. The measurement results are not updated during editing
but on closing the dialog box (Close Sweep List softkey).
Note:

If you edit the sweep list, always follow the rules described in "Ranges and range settings" on
page 4.81.
Parameter

Restriction

Range Start
Range Stop
Filter Type
RBW
VBW
Sweep Time Mode
Sweep Time
Detector

Spurious Emissions measurement only

Ref. Level
RF Att. Mode
RF Attenuator
Preamp
Sweep Points

Spurious Emissions measurement only

Stop after Sweep

Spurious Emissions measurement only

Transd. Factor
Limit Check 1 to 4
Abs Limit Start
Abs Limit Stop

–

Rel Limit Start

Spectrum Emission Mask measurement only

Rel Limit Stop

Spectrum Emission Mask measurement only

Spectrum Emission Mask measurement:
The changes of the sweep list are only kept until you load another parameter set (via a preset
or by loading an XML file). If you want to have a parameter set permanently available, create an
XML file for this configuration (for details refer to "Format description of Spectrum Emission
Mask XML files" on page 4.83).
If you load one of the provided XML files (Load Standard softkey), the sweep list contains
ranges and parameters according to the selected standard. For further details refer also to
"Provided XML files for the Spectrum Emission Mask measurement" on page 4.82.

This softkey is available from firmware version 1.80.

1300.2519.12

4.105

E-11

Power Measurements – MEAS Key

R&S FSL

Range Start/Range Stop (Sweep List dialog box)
Sets the start frequency/stop frequency of the selected range. Follow the rules described in
"Ranges and range settings" on page 4.81.
In order to change the start/stop frequency of the first/last range, select the appropriate span
with the SPAN key. If you set a span that is smaller than the overall span of the ranges, the
measurement includes only the ranges that lie within the defined span and have a minimum
span of 20 Hz. The first and last range are adapted to the given span as long as the minimum
span of 20 Hz is not violated.
–

Spectrum Emission Mask measurement:
Frequency values for each range have to be defined relative to the center frequency. The
reference range has to be centered on the center frequency. The minimum span of the
reference range is given by the current TX Bandwidth. For details refer to the Edit Reference
Range softkey description.

Remote: ESP:RANG1:STAR 100000000 (Spectrum Emission Mask)
Remote: ESP:RANG3:STOP 10000000 (Spectrum Emission Mask)
Remote: LIST:RANG1:STAR 100000000 (Spurious Emissions)
Remote: LIST:RANG3:STOP 10000000 (Spurious Emissions)
Filter Type (Sweep List dialog box)
Sets the filter type for this range. For details on filters see also "To choose the appropriate filter
type" on page 4.19.
Remote: ESP:RANG1:FILT:TYPE RRC (Spectrum Emission Mask)
Remote: LIST:RANG1:FILT:TYPE RRC (Spurious Emissions)
RBW (Sweep List dialog box)
Sets the RBW value for this range.
Remote: ESP:RANG2:BAND:RES 5000 (Spectrum Emission Mask)
Remote: LIST:RANG2:BAND:RES 5000 (Spurious Emissions)
VBW (Sweep List dialog box)
Sets the VBW value for this range.
Remote: ESP:RANG1:BAND:VID 5000000 (Spectrum Emission Mask)
Remote: LIST:RANG1:BAND:VID 5000000 (Spurious Emissions)
Sweep Time Mode (Sweep List dialog box)
Activates or deactivates the auto mode for the sweep time.
Remote: ESP:RANG3:SWE:TIME:AUTO OFF (Spectrum Emission Mask)
Remote: LIST:RANG3:SWE:TIME:AUTO OFF (Spurious Emissions)

1300.2519.12

4.106

E-11

R&S FSL

Power Measurements – MEAS Key

Sweep Time (Sweep List dialog box)
Sets the sweep time value for the range.
Remote: ESP:RANG1:SWE:TIME 1 (Spectrum Emission Mask)
Remote: LIST:RANG1:SWE:TIME 1 (Spurious Emissions)
Detector (Sweep List dialog box, Spurious Emissions)
Sets the detector for the range. For details refer to "Detector overview" on page 4.42.
Remote: LIST:RANGe3:DET SAMP
Ref. Level (Sweep List dialog box)
Sets the reference level for the range.
Remote: ESP:RANG2:RLEV 0 (Spectrum Emission Mask)
Remote: LIST:RANG2:RLEV 0 (Spurious Emissions)
RF Att. Mode (Sweep List dialog box)
Activates or deactivates the auto mode for RF attenuation.
Remote: ESP:RANG2:INP:ATT:AUTO OFF (Spectrum Emission Mask)
Remote: LIST:RANG2:INP:ATT:AUTO OFF (Spurious Emissions)
RF Attenuator (Sweep List dialog box)
Sets the attenuation value for that range.
Remote: ESP:RANG3:INP:ATT 10 (Spectrum Emission Mask)
Remote: LIST:RANG3:INP:ATT 10 (Spurious Emissions)
Preamp (Sweep List dialog box)
Switches the preamplifier on or off.
Remote: ESP:RANG3:INP:GAIN:STATe ON (Spectrum Emission Mask)
Remote: LIST:RANG3:INP:GAIN:STATe ON (Spurious Emissions)
Sweep Points (Sweep List dialog box, Spurious Emissions)
Sets the number of sweep points per range. For details on possible values refer to the Sweep
Points softkey of the sweep menu.
Remote: LIST:RANG3:POIN 601

1300.2519.12

4.107

E-11

Power Measurements – MEAS Key

R&S FSL

Stop after Sweep (Sweep List dialog box, Spurious Emissions)
Configures the sweep behavior.
On

The R&S FSL stops after one range is swept and continues only if you confirm (a message
box is displayed).

Off

The R&S FSL sweeps all ranges in one go.

Remote: LIST:RANG1:BRE ON
Transd. Factor (Sweep List dialog box)
Sets a transducer for the specified range. You can only choose a transducer that fulfills the
following conditions:
–

The transducer overlaps or equals the span of the range.

–

The x–axis is linear.

–

The unit is dB.

Remote: ESP:RANG1:TRAN 'test' (Spectrum Emission Mask)
Remote: LIST:RANG1:TRAN 'test' (Spurious Emissions)
Limit Check 1 to 4 (Sweep List dialog box)
Sets the type of limit check for all ranges. Possible states are:
Absolute

Checks only the absolute limits defined.

Relative

Checks only the relative limits. Relative limits are defined as relative
to the measured power in the reference range.

Abs and
Rel

Combines the absolute and relative limit. The limit check fails when
both limits are violated.

Abs or Rel

Combines the absolute and relative limit. The limit check fails when
one of the limits is violated.

The limit state affects the availability of all limit settings (Abs Limit Start, Abs Limit Stop, Rel
Limit Start, Rel Limit Stop).
Dependent on the number of active power classes (see Edit Power Classes dialog box), the
number of limits that can be set varies. Up to four limits are possible. The sweep list is extended
accordingly.
Remote: ESP:RANG3:LIM:STAT AND (Spectrum Emission Mask)
Remote: LIST:RANG3:LIM:STAT ON (Spurious Emissions)
Remote: CALC:LIM3:FAIL?

1300.2519.12

4.108

E-11

R&S FSL

Power Measurements – MEAS Key

Abs Limit Start (Sweep List dialog box)
Sets an absolute limit value at the start frequency of the range [dBm].
This parameter is only available if the limit check is set accordingly (see Limit Check 1 to 4
parameter).
Dependent on the number of active power classes (see Edit Power Classes dialog box), the
number of limits that can be set varies. Up to four limits are possible. The sweep list is extended
accordingly.
Remote: ESP:RANG1:LIM:ABS:STAR 10 (Spectrum Emission Mask)
Remote: LIST:RANG1:LIM:STAR 10 (Spurious Emissions)
Abs Limit Stop (Sweep List dialog box)
Sets an absolute limit value at the stop frequency of the range [dBm].
This parameter is only available if the limit check is set accordingly (see Limit Check 1 to 4
parameter).
Dependent on the number of active power classes (see Edit Power Classes dialog box), the
number of limits that can be set varies. Up to four limits are possible. The sweep list is extended
accordingly.
Remote: ESP:RANG1:LIM:ABS:STOP 20 (Spectrum Emission Mask)
Remote: LIST:RANG1:LIM:STOP 20 (Spurious Emissions)
Rel Limit Start (Sweep List dialog box, Spectrum Emission Mask)
Sets a relative limit value at the start frequency of the range [dBc].
This parameter is only available if the limit check is set accordingly (see Limit Check 1 to 4
parameter).
Dependent on the number of active power classes (see Edit Power Classes dialog box), the
number of limits that can be set varies. Up to four limits are possible. The sweep list is extended
accordingly.
Remote: ESP:RANG3:LIM:REL:STAR –20
Rel Limit Stop (Sweep List dialog box, Spectrum Emission Mask)
Sets a relative limit value at the stop frequency of the range [dBc].
This parameter is only available if the limit check is set accordingly (see Limit Check 1 to 4
parameter).
Dependent on the number of active power classes (see Edit Power Classes dialog box), the
number of limits that can be set varies. Up to four limits are possible. The sweep list is extended
accordingly.
Remote: ESP:RANG3:LIM:REL:STOP 20

1300.2519.12

4.109

E-11

Power Measurements – MEAS Key

R&S FSL

Edit Sweep List/Close Sweep List
Opens/ closes the Sweep List dialog box. Closing the dialog box updates the measurement
results.
For further details refer to "Ranges and range settings" on page 4.81.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.80.

Insert before Range
Inserts a new range to the left of the currently focussed range. The range numbers of the
currently focused range and all higher ranges are increased accordingly. The maximum number
of ranges is 20.
For further details refer to "Ranges and range settings" on page 4.81.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.80.
Remote: ESP:RANG3:INS BEF (Spectrum Emission Mask)
Insert after Range
Inserts a new range to the right of the currently focused range. The range numbers of all higher
ranges are increased accordingly. The maximum number of ranges is 20.
For further details refer to "Ranges and range settings" on page 4.81.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.80.
Remote: ESP:RANG1:INS AFT (Spectrum Emission Mask)
Delete Range
Deletes the currently focused range, if possible. The range numbers are updated accordingly.
For further details refer to "Ranges and range settings" on page 4.81.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.80.
Remote: ESP:RANG4:DEL (Spectrum Emission Mask)
Remote: LIST:RANG4:DEL (Spurious Emissions)

1300.2519.12

4.110

E-11

R&S FSL

Power Measurements – MEAS Key

Edit Reference Range
Opens the Reference Range dialog box to edit the additional settings used for SEM
measurements.

–

Peak Power
Measures the highest peak within the reference range.

–

Channel Power
Measures the channel power within the reference range (integral bandwidth method).

If the Channel Power reference power type is activated, the dialog box is extended to define
additional settings:
–

Tx Bandwidth
Defines the bandwidth used for measuring the channel power:
minimum span
value
span of reference range

–

RRC Filter State
Activates or deactivates the use of an RRC filter.

–

RRC Filter Settings
Sets the alpha value of the RRC filter. This pane is only available if the RRC filter is activated.

For further details refer to "Ranges and range settings" on page 4.81.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.80.
Remote: ESP:RTYP PEAK
Remote: ESP:BWID 1MHZ
Remote: ESP:FILT OFF
Remote: ESP:FILT:ALPH 0.5
List Evaluation
Opens a submenu to edit the list evaluation settings.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.80.

1300.2519.12

4.111

E-11

Power Measurements – MEAS Key

R&S FSL

List Evaluation On/Off
Activates or deactivates the list evaluation.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.80.
Remote: CALC:ESP:PSE:AUTO OFF (Spectrum Emission Mask)
Remote: CALC:PSE:AUTO OFF (Spurious Emissions)
Remote: TRAC? LIST
List Full Screen
Switches between split screen and full screen.
deactivated

split screen (diagram and list)

activated

list in full screen

This softkey is available from firmware version 1.80.
Remote: DISP:WIND2:SIZE LARG
Margin
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the margin used for the limit check/peak search.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.80.
Remote: CALC:ESP:PSE:MARG 100 (Spectrum Emission Mask)
Remote: CALC:PEAK:MARG 100 (Spurious Emissions)
Show Peaks
In the diagram, marks all peaks with blue squares that have been listed during an active list
evaluation.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.80.
Remote: CALC:ESP:PSE:PSH ON (Spectrum Emission Mask)
Remote: CALC:PSE:PSH ON (Spurious Emissions)
List Up/List Down
Scrolls through the evaluation list if the number of found peaks exceeds the number of rows
shown in the evaluation list table.
These softkeys are available from firmware version 1.80.

Save Evaluation List
Opens the ASCII File Export Name dialog box to save the result in ASCII format to a specified
file and directory. For further details refer also to the ASCII File Export softkey.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.80.
Remote: MMEM:STOR:LIST 'test'

1300.2519.12

4.112

E-11

R&S FSL

Power Measurements – MEAS Key

ASCII File Export
An example of an output file is given in "ASCII file export format (Spectrum Emission Mask)" on
page 4.88. For further details refer also to the ASCII File Export softkey in the trace menu of the
base unit.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.80.
Remote: MMEM:STOR:LIST 'test'
Decim Sep
For details refer to the Decim Sep softkey in the trace menu of the base unit.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.80.

Edit Power Classes
Opens a dialog box to modify the power class settings.

The dialog box contains the following elements:
–

Used Power Classes

Choose the power classes to be used from this dropdown menu. It is only possible to select either
one of the defined power classes or all of the defined power classes together.
Only power classes for which limits are defined are available for selection.
–

PMin / PMax

Defines the level limits for each power class. The range always starts at -200 dBm (-INF) and
always stops at 200 dBm (+INF). These fields cannot be modified. If more than one Power Class is
defined, the value of PMin must equal the value of PMax of the last Power Class and vice versa.

1300.2519.12

4.113

E-11

Power Measurements – MEAS Key
–

R&S FSL

Sweep List

Opens the sweep list dialog box. For details see the Sweep List dialog box.
–

Add / Remove

Activates or deactivates power classes to be defined. Up to four power classes can be defined.
The number of active power classes affect the availability of the items of the Used Power
Classes dropdown menu.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.90.
Remote: CALC:LIM:ESP:PCL ON
Remote: CALC:LIM:ESP:PCL MIN 
Remote: CALC:LIM:ESP:PCL:MAX 
Remote: CALC:LIM:ESP:PCL:COUN 
Remote: CALC:LIM:ESP:PCL:LIM ABS
Load Standard
Opens a dialog box to select an XML file which includes the desired standard specification. For
details on the provided XML files refer to "Provided XML files for the Spectrum Emission Mask
measurement" on page 4.82.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.80.
Remote: ESP:PRES 'WCDMA\3GPP\DL\PowerClass_31_39.xml'
Save As Standard
Opens the Save As Standard dialog box, in which the currently used SEM settings and
parameters can be saved and exported into an *.xml file. Enter the name of the file in the file
name field. For details on the structure and contents of the XML file refer to "Format description
of Spectrum Emission Mask XML files" on page 4.83.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.90.
Remote: SENS:ESP:STOR ""
Restore Standard Files
Copies the XML files from the C:\R_S\instr\sem_backup folder to the C:\R_S\instr\sem_std
folder. Files of the same name are overwritten.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.80.
Remote: ESP:PRES:REST

1300.2519.12

4.114

E-11

R&S FSL

Power Measurements – MEAS Key

Meas Start/Stop
Aborts/restarts the current measurement and displays the status:
Start

The measurement is currently running.

Stop

The measurement has been stopped, or, in single sweep mode, the end of the sweep
has been reached.

This softkey is available from firmware version 1.80.
Remote: ABOR
Remote: INIT:ESP (Spectrum Emission Mask)
Remote: INIT:SPUR (Spurious Emissions)
Remote: INIT:CONM (Spurious Emissions)
Spurious Emissions
Opens a submenu to configure the Spurious Emissions measurement.
The Spurious Emissions measurement defines a measurement that monitors unwanted RF
products outside the assigned frequency band generated by an amplifier. The spurious
emissions are usually measured across a wide frequency range. The Spurious Emissions
measurement allows a flexible definition of all parameters.

This softkey is available from firmware version 1.80.
Remote: SWE:MODE LIST
Adjust X–Axis
Adjusts the frequency axis of measurement diagram automatically so that the start frequency
matches the start frequency of the first sweep range, and the stop frequency of the last sweep
range.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.80.

1300.2519.12

4.115

E-11

Power Measurements – MEAS Key

R&S FSL

Details On/Off
Configures the list contents.
On

Displays the whole list contents.

Off

Displays only the highest peaks (one peak per range).

This softkey is available from firmware version 1.80.

Peaks per Range
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the number of peaks per range that are stored in the list. Once
the selected number of peaks has been reached, the peak search is stopped in the current
range and continued in the next range. The maximum value is 50.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.80.
Remote: CALC:PSE:SUBR 10
Harmonic Distortion
Opens a submenu to determine the settings for harmonics measurement and activates the
harmonic distortion measurement. With this measurement it is possible to measure easily the
harmonics e.g. from a VCO. In addition the THD (total harmonic distortion) is calculated in %
and dB.
With span > 0 Hz, an automatic search for the first harmonic is carried out within the set
frequency range. Also the level is adjusted. In zero span, the center frequency is unchanged.
In the upper pane, the zero span sweeps on all harmonics are shown, separated by display
lines. This provides a very good overview about the measurement. In the lower pane, the mean
RMS results are displayed in numerical values. The THD values are displayed in the marker
field.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.10.
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:HARM:STAT ON
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:HARM:DIST? TOT
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:HARM:LIST?
Harmonic On/Off
Activates/deactivates the harmonic distortion measurement.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.10.
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:HARM:STAT ON
No. of Harmonics
Sets the number of harmonics that shall be measured. The range is from 1 to 26.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.10.
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:HARM:NHAR 2

1300.2519.12

4.116

E-11

R&S FSL

Power Measurements – MEAS Key

Harmonic Sweep Time
For details refer to the Sweeptime Manual softkey in the bandwidth menu.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.10.

Harmonic RBW Auto
Enables/disables the automatic adjustment of the resolution bandwidth. The automatic
adjustment is carried out according to:
RBWn = RBW1 * n
If RBW n is not available, the next higher value is used.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.10.
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:HARM:BAND:AUTO OFF
Adjust Settings
Activates the frequency search in the frequency range that was set before starting the harmonic
measurement (if harmonic measurement was with span > 0) and adjusts the level.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.10.
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:HARM:PRES
Full Size Diagram (span > 0)
Displays the diagram in full screen size.
Remote: DISP:SIZE LARG|SMAL

1300.2519.12

4.117

E-11

Using Limit Lines and Display Lines – LINES Key

R&S FSL

Using Limit Lines and Display Lines – LINES Key
The LINES key is used to configure limit and display lines.

To open the lines menu
Press the LINES key.
The lines menu and the Select Limit Line dialog box are displayed. For details on the Select Limit
Line dialog box refer to "To select a limit line" on page 4.119.

Menu and softkey description
–

"Softkeys of the lines menu" on page 4.123

To display help to a softkey, press the HELP key and then the softkey for which you want to display
help. To close the help window, press the ESC key. For further information refer to section "How to use
the Help System".

Further information
–

"Display Lines" on page 4.122

–

"Limit Lines" on page 4.123

Task
–

To work with display lines

–

To select a limit line

–

To create a new limit line

–

To edit an existing limit line

–

To create a new limit line based upon an existing limit line

–

To activate/deactivate a limit line

1300.2519.12

4.118

E-11

R&S FSL

Using Limit Lines and Display Lines – LINES Key

To work with display lines
Initial situation: The line is switched on (softkey with highlighted background) or off (softkey without
highlighted background), for example the Display Line 1.
1. Press the Display Lines softkey.
2. Press the Display Line 1 softkey for the first time.
An edit dialog box is opened to enter the position of the display line (by rotary knob, step keys or
numerical entry). If the line was switched off, it is switched on. If it was switched on, it remains
switched on.
3. If another softkey is pressed, the edit dialog box for the Display Line 1 softkey is closed, but the
line remains switched on (softkey with highlighted background).
4. Press the Display Line 1 softkey for the second time.
The edit dialog box for the display line will be opened again.
5. Press the Display Line 1 softkey again.
The line is switched off (softkey without highlighted background).

To select a limit line
1. To display the Select Limit Line dialog box, press the LINES key or go to the main limit line menu.

All limit lines, saved in the default directory, and all subdirectories are displayed. For each limit line,
the following information is given:
Unit

unit of the y–axis

Traces

selected traces to check

Show

limit line displayed in the measurement diagram or hidden

Compatible

compatibility of the limit line to the current measurement settings

1300.2519.12

4.119

E-11

Using Limit Lines and Display Lines – LINES Key

R&S FSL

2. To display only the limit lines that are compatible, activate the Show compatible option. For details
on compatibility refer to "Limit Lines" on page 4.123.
3. To navigate into a subdirectory, use the Show Directory and Hide Directory buttons.

To create a new limit line
1. Press the New softkey to define a new limit line.
The Edit Limit Line dialog box is displayed. For more details on limit lines refer also to "Limit Lines"
on page 4.123.
2. Press the Edit Name softkey and enter a name, if you want to save the limit line in the main
directory. To save the limit line in an existing subdirectory, enter the relative path. A new
subdirectory can only be created using the FILE key (for details refer to section "Instrument
Functions – Basic Settings", "Saving and Recalling Settings Files – FILE Key".
3. To change the span setting, set the focus in the X–Axis field and change the unit via the rotary
knob: Hz for span > 0 Hz or s for zero span.
4. To change between absolute and relative scale mode for the x–axis, set the focus on the abs or rel
option next to the X–Axis field and press the CHECKMARK key. Relative scaling is always
suitable, if masks for bursts are to be defined in zero span, or if masks for modulated signals are
required for span > 0 Hz.
absolute:

The frequencies or times are interpreted as absolute physical units.

relative:

In the data point table, the frequencies are referred to the currently set center
frequency. In the zero span mode, the left boundary of the diagram constitutes the
reference.

5. To change the scaling of the y–axis, set the focus in the Y–Axis field and change the unit using the
rotary knob.
6. To change between absolute and relative units for the y–axis, set the focus on the abs or rel option
next to the Y–Axis field and press the CHECKMARK key.
absolute:

The limit values refer to absolute levels or voltages.

relative:

The limit values refer to the reference level (Ref Level). Limit values with the unit dB
are always relative values.

7. To define the limit line as upper or lower limit line, set the focus on the Upper or Lower option and
press the CHECKMARK key.
8. To change between linear or logarithmic scale of the x–axis, set the focus on the lin or log option
and press the CHECKMARK key.
9. If the scaling of the y–axis is relative, you can define an absolute threshold value that works as a
lower limit for the relative limit values (see figure below). Set the focus in the Threshold field and
enter a value.
The function is especially useful for mobile radio applications provided the limit values are defined
in relation to the carrier power as long as they are above an absolute limit value.

1300.2519.12

4.120

E-11

R&S FSL

Ref -20 dBm

Using Limit Lines and Display Lines – LINES Key
RBW 300 Hz
VBW 3 kHz
SWT 100 ms

Att 10 dB

Marker [T1]
-28.4 dBm
200.0100 MHz
resulting limit

absolute threshold

relative limit line

Center

200 MHz

10 kHz/

Span 100 kHz

10. To define a signal–level distance to the limit line, press the Edit Margin softkey and enter a value.
If the limit line is defined as an upper limit, the margin means that the level is below the limit line. If
the limit line is defined as a lower limit, the margin means that the level is above the limit line.
11. To enter a comment, press the Edit Comment and enter a comment, e.g. a description of the
application.
12. To enter a new data point:
–

Press the Insert Value Above softkey.

–

Enter the new x and y value in the successive displayed edit dialog boxes.

13. To change a data point:
–

Set the focus on the x and y value to be changed and press the Value softkey.

–

Enter the new x or y value in the displayed edit dialog box.

14. To delete a data point, select the corresponding entry and press the Delete Value softkey.
15. To shift the complete limit line parallel in the horizontal direction, select the Shift x button and enter
a x shift value.
16. To shift the complete limit line parallel in the vertical direction, select the Shift y button and and
enter an y shift value.
17. Press the Save Limit Line softkey.
If an existing name is used, a message box is displayed. You have to confirm before the limit line is
overwritten.

To edit an existing limit line
1. In the Select Limit Line dialog box, select the limit line you want to alter. For details see also "To
select a limit line" on page 4.119.
2. Press the Edit softkey.
3. Edit the data as described in "To select a limit line" on page 4.119.
4. Save the limit line (Save Limit Line softkey).

To create a new limit line based upon an existing limit line
1. In the Select Limit Line dialog box, select the limit line you want to use as a basis for a new limit
line. For details see also "To select a limit line" on page 4.119.
2. Press the Copy to softkey to transfer the data of the limit line into the Edit Limit Line dialog box.
3. Press the Edit Name softkey and enter a new name.

1300.2519.12

4.121

E-11

Using Limit Lines and Display Lines – LINES Key

R&S FSL

4. To shift the complete limit line parallel in the horizontal direction, select the Shift x button and enter
an x shift value. In this manner, a new limit line can be easily generated based upon an existing
limit line which has been shifted horizontally.
5. To shift the complete limit line parallel in the vertical direction, select the Shift y button and enter a
y shift value. In this manner, a new limit line can be easily generated based upon an existing limit
line which has been shifted in Y direction
6. If required, edit the data as described in "To select a limit line" on page 4.119.
7. Save the limit line (Save Limit Line softkey).

To activate/deactivate a limit line
Prerequisites:
•

The x– and y–units of limit line and current measurement setting have to be compatible. For details
refer to "Limit Lines" on page 4.123.

•

The limit line has to consist of 2 or more data points.

1. In the Select Limit Line dialog box, select the limit line you want to activate/deactivate. For details
see also "To select a limit line" on page 4.119.
2. To activate or deactivate a limit line for a trace, press the Select Traces to check softkey and
select or deselect the trace(s) to which this limit line applies.
3. To deactivate the limit line for all traces, press the Deselect All softkey.

Display Lines
Display lines help to evaluate a trace – as do markers. The function of a display line is comparable to
that of a ruler that can be shifted on the trace in order to mark absolute values. They are exclusively
used to optically mark relevant frequencies or points in time (span = 0) as well as constant level values.
It is not possible to check automatically whether the points are below or above the marked level values.
The softkeys for setting and switching the display lines on/off work like triple switches. For details see
"To work with display lines" on page 4.119.
Two different types of display lines are provided:
•

Two horizontal level lines for marking levels – Display Line 1 and 2
The level lines are continuous horizontal lines across the entire width of a diagram and can be
shifted in y direction.

•

Two vertical frequency or time lines for marking frequencies or points in time – Frequency/Time
Line 1 and 2
The frequency or time lines are continuous vertical lines across the entire height of the diagram and
can be shifted in x direction.

Each line is identified by one of the following abbreviations:
•

D1: Display Line 1

•

D2: Display Line 2

•

F1: Frequency Line 1

•

F2: Frequency Line 2

•

T1: Time Line 1

•

T2: Time Line 2

1300.2519.12

4.122

E-11

R&S FSL

Using Limit Lines and Display Lines – LINES Key

Limit Lines
Limit lines are used to define amplitude curves or spectral distribution boundaries on the display screen
which are not to be exceeded. They indicate, for example, the upper limits for interference radiation or
spurious waves which are allowed from a device under test (DUT). For transmission of information in
TDMA systems (e.g. GSM), the amplitude of the bursts in a timeslot must adhere to a curve that falls
within a specified tolerance band. The lower and upper limits may each be specified by a limit line.
Then, the amplitude curve can be controlled either visually or automatically for any violations of the
upper or lower limits (GO/NOGO test).
The instrument supports limit lines with a maximum of 50 data points. 8 of the limit lines stored in the
instrument can be activated simultaneously. The number of limit lines stored in the instrument is only
limited by the capacity of the flash disk used. For details see also "To select a limit line" on page 4.119.
Limit lines are compatible with the current measurement settings, if the following applies:
•

The x unit of the limit line has to be identical to the current setting.

•

The y unit of the limit line has to be identical to the current setting with the exception of dB based
units; all dB based units are compatible with each other.

At the time of entry, the R&S FSL immediately checks that all limit lines are in accordance with the
following guidelines:
•

The frequencies/times for each data point must be entered in ascending order, however, for any
single frequency/time, two data points may be entered (vertical segment of a limit line).

•

The data points are allocated in order of ascending frequency/time. Gaps are not allowed. If gaps
are desired, two separate limit lines must be defined and then both enabled.

•

The entered frequencies/times need not necessarily be selectable in R&S FSL. A limit line may also
exceed the specified frequency or time range. The minimum frequency for a data point is –200
GHz, the maximum frequency is 200 GHz. For the time range representation, negative times may
also be entered. The allowed range is –1000 s to +1000 s.

Softkeys of the lines menu
The following table shows all softkeys available in the lines menu. It is possible that your instrument
configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only available with a special option, model or
(measurement) mode, this information is delivered in the corresponding softkey description.
Menu / Command

Command

Select Traces to check
Deselect All
New

Edit Name
Edit Comment
Edit Margin
Value
Insert Value Above
Delete Value
Save Limit Line

Edit

same contents as
New Limit Line menu

Copy to

same contents as
New Limit Line menu

Delete

1300.2519.12

4.123

E-11

Using Limit Lines and Display Lines – LINES Key
Display Lines

R&S FSL

Display Line 1
Display Line 2
Frequency Line 1
Frequency Line 2
Time Line 1
Time Line 2

Select Traces to check
Opens the Select Traces to Check dialog box to activate the selected limit line for a trace. One
limit line can be activated for several traces simultaneously. For details see also "To
activate/deactivate a limit line" on page 4.122 .
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.10.
Remote: CALC:LIM2:TRAC 3
Remote: CALC:LIM:STAT ON
Deselect All
Deactivates the selected limit line for all assigned traces. For details see also "To
activate/deactivate a limit line" on page 4.122 .
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.10.
Remote: CALC:LIM:STAT OFF
New
Opens the Edit Limit Line dialog box and a submenu to define a new limit line. For details see
also "Limit Lines" on page 4.123 and "To select a limit line" on page 4.119.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.10.

Edit Name
Sets the focus on the Name field to enter or change the limit line name. A maximum of 8
characters is permitted for each name. All names must be compatible with the Windows XP
conventions for file names. The limit line data are stored under this name. The instrument stores
all limit lines with LIM as extension.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.10.
Remote: CALC:LIM3:NAME "GSM1
Edit Comment
Sets the focus on the Comment field to enter or change a comment for the limit line. The text
must not exceed 40 characters.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.10.
Remote: CALC:LIM5:COMM 'Upper limit for spectrum'

1300.2519.12

4.124

E-11

R&S FSL

Using Limit Lines and Display Lines – LINES Key

Edit Margin
Sets the focus on the Margin field to enter or change a margin for the limit line. The default
setting is 0 dB (i.e. no margin).
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.10.

Value
Opens an edit dialog box to change an existing x or y value, depending on the selected column.
The softkey is only available if an existing value is selected.
The desired data points are entered in ascending order (two repeated frequencies/time values
are permitted).
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.10.
Remote: CALC:LIM3:CONT:DATA 1MHz,3MHz,30MHz
Remote: CALC:LIM3:UPP:DATA –10,0,0
Remote: CALC:LIM3:LOW:DATA –30,–40,–40
Insert Value Above
Creates an empty line above the selected data point to enter a new data point. This softkey
corresponds to the Insert button in the dialog box.
It is also possible to add a data point at the end of the list, if the focus is set below the last entry
line of the list.
The data points are entered in ascending order (two repeated frequencies/time values are
permitted). If the entered values are not in accordance with the ascending order rule, an error
message is displayed and the values are discarded.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.10.

Delete Value
Deletes the selected data point (x and y value). All succeeding data points are shifted up
accordingly. This softkey corresponds to the Delete button in the dialog box.
The softkey is only available if an existing value is selected.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.10.

Save Limit Line
Saves the currently edited limit line under the name defined in the Name field.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.10.

1300.2519.12

4.125

E-11

Using Limit Lines and Display Lines – LINES Key

R&S FSL

Edit
Opens a submenu to edit limit lines. For details see also "Limit Lines" on page 4.123 and "To
edit an existing limit line" on page 4.121.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.10.
Remote: For details refer to chapter "Remote Control – Commands", section "Definition of the limit
line".
Copy to
Copies the data of the selected limit line and displays it in the Edit Limit Line dialog box. If the
limit line is edited and saved under a new name, a new limit line can be easily generated by
parallel translation or editing of an existing limit line.
For details see also "Limit Lines" on page 4.123 and "To create a new limit line based upon an
existing limit line" on page 4.121.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.10.
Remote: CALC:LIM3:COPY 2
Delete
Deletes the selected limit line.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.10.
Remote: CALC:LIM3:DEL
Display Lines
Opens a submenu to enable, disable and set display lines. Which softkeys are available
depends on the display mode (frequency or time range). For details see also "Display Lines" on
page 4.122 and "To work with display lines" on page 4.119.

Display Line 1 and Display Line 2
Enable or disable the level lines 1/2 and open an edit dialog box to enter the position of the
lines. For details see also "Display Lines" on page 4.122 and "To work with display lines" on
page 4.119.
Remote: CALC:DLIN:STAT ON
Remote: CALC:DLIN –20dBm
Frequency Line 1 and Frequency Line 2 (span > 0)
Enable or disable the frequency lines 1/2 and open an edit dialog box to enter the position of the
lines. For details see also "Display Lines" on page 4.122 and "To work with display lines" on
page 4.119.
Remote: CALC:FLIN:STAT ON
Remote: CALC:FLIN 120MHz

1300.2519.12

4.126

E-11

R&S FSL

Using Limit Lines and Display Lines – LINES Key

Time Line 1 and Time Line 2 (zero span)
Enable or disable the time lines 1/2 and open an edit dialog box to enter the position of the lines.
For details see also "Display Lines" on page 4.122 and "To work with display lines" on page
4.119.
Remote: CALC:TLIN:STAT ON
Remote: CALC:TLIN 10ms

1300.2519.12

4.127

E-11

Using Limit Lines and Display Lines – LINES Key

R&S FSL

Measurement Modes
This section describes the provided measurement modes, the change of measurement modes and the
access to the menus of all active measurement modes. For details refer to the following sections:
•

"Measurement Mode Selection – MODE Key" on page 4.129

•

"Measurement Mode Menus – MENU Key" on page 4.131

1300.2519.12

4.128

E-11

R&S FSL

Measurement Mode Selection – MODE Key

Measurement Mode Selection – MODE Key
The MODE key provides a quick access to the menu of the current measurement mode and a fast
change of the measurement mode. You can choose from the following measurement modes:
•

Spectrum Analyzer mode

•

Analog Demodulation mode (Analog Demodulation option, K7)

•

Bluetooth mode (Bluetooth Measurements option, K8)

•

Cable TV Analyzer mode (Cable TV Measurements option, K20)

•

Noise mode (Noise Figure Measurements option, K30)

•

3G FDD BTS mode (3GPP Base Station Measurements option, K72)

•

CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer mode (CDMA2000 Base Station Measurements option, K82)

•

1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer mode (1xEV-DO Base Station Measurements option, K84)

•

WLAN mode (WLAN TX Measurements option, K91/K91n)

•

WiMAX mode (WiMAX IEEE 802.16 OFDM, OFDMA Measurements option, K92/K93)

To change the measurement mode
1. Press the MODE key.
The menu of the current measurement mode is displayed and the Measurement Modes dialog box
is opened.
2. To activate another mode, select the corresponding option and press the CHECKMARK key. More
than one measurement mode can be activated simultaneously.
3. To deactivate an activated mode, select the corresponding option and press the CHECKMARK
key.

Spectrum Analyzer mode
In the Spectrum Analyzer mode the functions provided correspond to those of a conventional
spectrum analyzer. The analyzer measures the frequency spectrum of the test signal over the selected
frequency range with the selected resolution and sweep time, or, for a fixed frequency, displays the
waveform of the video signal. This mode is set in the initial configuration.

Analog Demodulation mode (Analog Demodulation option, K7)
The Analog Demodulation mode requires an instrument equipped with the corresponding optional
software. This mode provides measurement functions for demodulating AM, FM, or PM signals. For
details refer to "Analog Demodulation (Option K7)" on page 4.140.

Bluetooth mode (Bluetooth Measurements option, K8)
The Bluetooth mode requires an instrument equipped with the corresponding optional software. This
mode provides measurements to test the conformity of signal sources to the Bluetooth RF Test
Specifications. For details refer to "Bluetooth Measurements (Option K8)" on page 4.158.

1300.2519.12

4.129

E-11

Measurement Mode Selection – MODE Key

R&S FSL

Cable TV Analyzer mode (Cable TV Measurements option, K20)
The Cable TV Analyzer mode requires an instrument equipped with the corresponding optional
software. This mode provides ready–made measurements for analog and digital TV signals where most
of the parameters are set automatically. For details refer to "Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)" on
page 4.203.

Noise mode (Noise Figure Measurements option, K30)
The Noise mode requires an instrument equipped with the corresponding optional software. This mode
provides accurate and flexible noise measurement functions. For details refer to "Noise Figure
Measurements Option (K30)" on page 4.247.

3G FDD BTS mode (3GPP Base Station Measurements option, K72)
The 3G FDD BTS mode requires an instrument equipped with the corresponding optional software.
This mode provides test measurements for WCDMA downlink signals (base station signals) according
to the test specification. For details refer to "3GPP Base Station Measurements (Option K72)" on page
4.271.

CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer mode (CDMA2000 Base Station Measurements option,
K82)
The CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer mode requires an instrument equipped with the corresponding optional
software. This mode provides test measurements on forward link signals (base station) according to the
3GPP2 Standard (Third Generation Partnership Project 2). For details refer to "CDMA2000 BTS
Analyzer (Option K82)" on page 4.295.

1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer mode (1xEV-DO Base Station Measurements option, K84)
The 1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer mode requires an instrument equipped with the corresponding optional
software. This mode provides test measurements on forward link signals (base station) according to the
3GPP2 Standard (Third Generation Partnership Project 2). For details refer to "1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer
(Option K84)" on page 4.356.

WLAN mode (WLAN TX Measurements option, K91/K91n)
The WLAN mode requires an instrument equipped with the corresponding optional software. This mode
provides Wireless LAN TX measurement functions according to IEEE 802.11 a, b, g, j and n standards.
For details refer to "WLAN TX Measurements (Option K91 / K91n)" on page 4.409.

WiMAX mode (WiMAX IEEE 802.16 OFDM, OFDMA Measurements option, K92/K93)
The WiMAX mode requires an instrument equipped with the WiMAX IEEE 802.16 OFDM, OFDMA
Measurements option (R&S FSL–K93). This mode provides WiMAX and WiBro measurement functions
according to IEEE standards 802.16–2004 OFDM and 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro. It includes the
WiMAX 802.16 OFDM Measurements option (R&S FSL–K92). For details refer to "WiMAX, WiBro
Measurements (Options K92/K93)" on page 4.441.

1300.2519.12

4.130

E-11

R&S FSL

Measurement Mode Menus – MENU Key

Measurement Mode Menus – MENU Key
The MENU key provides a quick access to the menu of the current measurement mode. For details on
measurement modes refer to "Measurement Mode Selection – MODE Key" on page 4.129.

To access the main menu of an active measurement mode
Press the MENU key.
The menu of the current measurement mode is displayed.
If the tracking generator, the power meter, and the spectrogram are available in the current
measurement mode, softkeys for these functions are also provided In the Spectrum Analyzer
mode with active acoustic monitoring, the softkey Marker Demod Volume to control the volume
control for acoustic monitoring is displayed.

Menu and softkey description
–

"Optional softkeys of the menu menu" on page 4.131

To display help to a softkey, press the HELP key and then the softkey for which you want to display
help. To close the help window, press the ESC key. For further information refer to section "How to use
the Help System".

Optional softkeys of the menu menu
Apart from the softkeys of the current measurement mode, the following optional softkeys are available
in the menu menu. It is possible that the basic unit does not provide all these softkeys. If a softkey is
only available with a special option, model or (measurement) mode, this information is delivered in the
corresponding softkey description.
Menu / Command
Tracking Generator
Power Meter
Spectrogram
Marker Demod Volume

Tracking Generator (models 13, 16 and 28)
Displays the menu of the Tracking Generator measurement mode. For details refer to
"Tracking Generator (Models 13, 16 and 28)" on page 4.134.

Power Meter (Power Sensor Support option, K9)
Displays the menu of the Power Meter measurement mode. For details refer to "Power Meter
(Option K9)" on page 4.186.

1300.2519.12

4.131

E-11

Measurement Mode Menus – MENU Key

R&S FSL

Spectrogram (Spectrogram Measurement option, K14)
Displays the menu of the Spectrogram Measurement option. For details refer to "Spectrogram
Measurement (Option K14)" on page 4.191.

Marker Demod Volume (Spectrum Analyzer mode)
Opens a dialog box to regulate the volume for acoustic monitoring.

1300.2519.12

4.132

E-11

R&S FSL

Measurement Mode Menus – MENU Key

Models and Options
This section describes models and firmware options that are not included in the basic unit configuration.
If hardware options are controlled via the firmware, the provided softkeys are described in the
corresponding menu section. The information, with which special option or model these softkeys are
supplied, is delivered in the corresponding softkey description.
A list of all available hardware and firmware options is provided on CD-ROM. To check the options your
instrument provides, refer to the Quick Start Guide, chapter 2 "Preparing for Use". For details on
models and firmware options refer to the following sections:
•

"Tracking Generator (Models 13, 16 and 28)" on page 4.134

•

"Analog Demodulation (Option K7)" on page 4.140

•

"Bluetooth Measurements (Option K8)" on page 4.158

•

"Power Meter (Option K9)" on page 4.186

•

"Spectrogram Measurement (Option K14)" on page 4.191

•

"Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)" on page 4.203

•

"Noise Figure Measurements Option (K30)" on page 4.247

•

"3GPP Base Station Measurements (Option K72)" on page 4.271

•

"CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (Option K82)" on page 4.295

•

"1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer (Option K84)" on page 4.356

•

"WLAN TX Measurements (Option K91 / K91n)" on page 4.409

•

"WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)" on page 4.441

1300.2519.12

4.133

E-11

Tracking Generator (Models 13, 16 and 28)

R&S FSL

Tracking Generator (Models 13, 16 and 28)
During operation the tracking generator emits a signal exactly at the input frequency of the R&S FSL.
The tracking generator can be used in all measurement modes. Acquisition of test setup calibration
values (see Source Cal softkey) and normalization using these correction values (see Normalize
softkey) is only possible in the tracking generator measurement mode. For details on measurement
modes refer to "Measurement Mode Selection – MODE Key" on page 4.129.
FFT filters (for details see "To choose the appropriate filter type" on page 4.19) are not available if the
tracking generator is active.
For measurements with running tracking generator it is recommended to set the start frequency to 3 x
resolution bandwidth in order to meet the data sheet accuracy.
Note:

The RF characteristics of some DUTs are especially sensitive concerning the input VSWR. In
such cases insertion of 10–20 dB attenuation between the DUT and the tracking generator
output is recommended.

To open the tracking generator menu
1. Press the MENU key.
2. Press the Tracking Generator softkey.
The tracking generator menu is displayed.

Menu and softkey description
–

"Softkeys of the tracking generator menu" on page 4.137

To display help to a softkey, press the HELP key and then the softkey for which you want to display
help. To close the help window, press the ESC key. For further information refer to section "How to use
the Help System".

Further information
–

"Transmission measurement" on page 4.135

–

"Reflection measurement" on page 4.135

–

"Calibration mechanism" on page 4.136

Tasks
–

To calibrate for transmission and reflection measurement

1300.2519.12

4.134

E-11

R&S FSL

Tracking Generator (Models 13, 16 and 28)

To calibrate for transmission and reflection measurement
Prerequisite: The instrument is in tracking generator measurement mode (for details refer to
"Measurement Mode Selection – MODE Key" on page 4.129).
1. Press the Source Power softkey to enter the generator output level.
If the tracking generator is off, it is switched on.
2. To enter a constant level offset for the tracking generator, press the Power Offset softkey.
3. Press the Source Cal softkey to open the submenu for calibration.
4. To record a reference trace for transmission measurement, press the Cal Trans softkey.
The recording of the reference trace and the completion of the calibration sweep are indicated
by message boxes.
5. To record a reference trace for reflection measurement, press the Cal Refl Short or Cal Refl Open
softkey.
The recording of the reference trace and the completion of the calibration sweep are indicated
by message boxes.
6. Press the Normalize softkey to switch on the normalization.
7. Press the Ref Value Position softkey to display the reference line.
8. Press the Ref Value softkey to enter a value to shift the reference line.
9. Press the Recall softkey to restore the settings used for source calibration.

Transmission measurement
This measurement will yield the transmission characteristics of a two–port network. The built–in tracking
generator serves as a signal source. It is connected to the input connector of the DUT. The input of the
R&S FSL is fed from the output of the DUT. A calibration can be carried out to compensate for the
effects of the test setup (e.g. frequency response of connecting cables).

DUT

GEN OUTPUT

RF INPUT

Fig. 4-8: Test setup for transmission measurement

Reflection measurement
Scalar reflection measurements can be carried out by means of a reflection–coefficient measurement
bridge.

GEN OUTPUT

Bridge

RF INPUT

DUT

Fig. 4-9: Test setup for reflection measurement

1300.2519.12

4.135

E-11

Tracking Generator (Models 13, 16 and 28)

R&S FSL

Calibration mechanism
Calibration means a calculation of the difference between the currently measured power and a
reference curve, independent of the selected type of measurement (transmission/reflection). The
hardware settings used for measuring the reference curve are included in the reference dataset.
Even with normalization switched on, the device settings can be changed in a wide area without
stopping the normalization. This reduces the necessity to carry out a new normalization to a minimum.
For this purpose the reference dataset (trace with 501 measured values) is stored internally as a table
of 501 points (frequency/level).
Differences in level settings between the reference curve and the current device settings are taken into
account automatically. If the span is reduced, a linear interpolation of the intermediate values is applied.
If the span increases, the values at the left or right border of the reference dataset are extrapolated to
the current start or stop frequency, i.e. the reference dataset is extended by constant values.
An enhancement label is used to mark the different levels of measurement accuracy. This
enhancement label is displayed at the right diagram border if normalization is switched on and a
deviation from the reference setting occurs. Three accuracy levels are defined:
Table 4-8: Measurement accuracy levels
Accuracy

Enhancement label

Reason/Limitation

high

NOR

no difference between reference setting and measurement

medium

APX (approximation)

change of the following settings:
coupling (RBW, VBW, SWT)
reference level, RF attenuation
start or stop frequency
output level of tracking generator
detector (max. peak, min. peak, sample, etc.)
change of frequency:
max. 501 points within the set sweep limits (corresponds to a doubling of the span)

–

Aborted normalization

Note:

more than 500 extrapolated points within the current sweep limits (in case of span
doubling)

At a reference level of –10 dBm and at a tracking generator output level of the same value the
R&S FSL operates without overrange reserve, i.e. the R&S FSL is in danger of being
overloaded if a signal is applied whose amplitude is higher than the reference line. In this case,
either the message OVLD for overload or IFOVL for exceeded display range (clipping of the
trace at the upper diagram border = overrange) is displayed in the status line.

Overloading can be avoided as follows:
•

Reducing the output level of the tracking generator (Source Power softkey in the tracking
generator menu)

•

Increasing the reference level (Ref Level softkey in the amplitude menu)

1300.2519.12

4.136

E-11

R&S FSL

Tracking Generator (Models 13, 16 and 28)

Softkeys of the tracking generator menu
The following table shows all softkeys available in the tracking generator menu. It is possible that your
instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only available with a special option,
model or (measurement) mode, this information is delivered in the corresponding softkey description.
For the description of the other main softkeys refer to "Optional softkeys of the menu menu" on page
4.131.
Menu / Command

Command

Source On/Off
Source Power
Power Offset
Source Cal

Cal Trans
Cal Refl Short
Cal Refl Open
Normalize
Ref Value Position
Ref Value
Recall

Source On/Off
Switches the tracking generator on or off. Default setting is off.
If the tracking generator is switched off, the corresponding hardware settings and the
normalization are discarded. To switch off the tracking generator but keep the hardware settings
and the normalization, enter –400 dBm into the edit dialog box displayed by pressing the
Source Power softkey.
Remote: OUTP:STAT ON
Source Power
Opens an edit dialog box to enter a tracking generator output power. The default output power is
–20 dBm. The range is specified in the data sheet. Additionally, the value –400 dBm is available
to switch off the tracking generator but keep the hardware settings.
If the tracking generator is off, it is automatically switched on if an output power value is entered.
For details on switching on or off refer to the Source On/Off softkey.
Remote: SOUR:POW –20dBm

1300.2519.12

4.137

E-11

Tracking Generator (Models 13, 16 and 28)

R&S FSL

Power Offset
Opens an edit dialog box to enter a constant level offset for the tracking generator. Values from
–200 dB to +200 dB in 1 dB steps are allowed. The default setting is 0 dB. Offsets are indicated
by the enhancement label LVL.
With this offset for example attenuators or amplifiers at the output connector of the tracking
generator can be taken into account for the displayed output power values on screen or during
data entry. Positive offsets apply to an amplifier and negative offsets to an attenuator
subsequent to the tracking generator.
Remote: SOUR:POW:OFFS –10dB
Source Cal
Opens a submenu to configure calibration for transmission and reflection measurement. For
details on the test setups see "Transmission measurement" on page 4.135 and "Reflection
measurement" on page 4.135.

Cal Trans
Starts a sweep that records a reference trace. This trace is used to calculate the difference for
the normalized values.
Remote: CORR:METH TRAN
Cal Refl Short
Starts a sweep as reference trace for short–circuit calibration.
If both calibrations (open circuit, short circuit) are carried out, the calibration curve is calculated
by averaging the two measurements and stored in the memory. The order of the two calibration
measurements is free.
Remote: CORR:METH REFL
Cal Refl Open
Starts a sweep as reference trace the open–circuit calibration.
If both calibrations (open circuit, short circuit) are carried out, the calibration curve is calculated
by averaging the two measurements and stored in the memory. The order of the two calibration
measurements is free.
Remote: CORR:COLL OPEN
Normalize
Switches the normalization on or off. The softkey is only available if the memory contains a
reference trace. For details on normalization see "Calibration mechanism" on page 4.136.
Remote: CORR ON

1300.2519.12

4.138

E-11

R&S FSL

Tracking Generator (Models 13, 16 and 28)

Ref Value Position
Switches the reference line on or off. The reference line marks the reference position at which
the normalization result (calculated difference with a reference trace) is displayed. For details on
the reference line see "Calibration mechanism" on page 4.136.
Remote: DISP:WIND:TRAC:Y:RPOS 10PCT
Ref Value
Opens an edit dialog box to enter a position value that shifts the reference line vertically. By
default the reference line corresponds to a difference of 0 dB between the currently measured
trace and the reference trace.
If, e.g. after a source calibration, a 10 dB attenuation is inserted into the signal path between
DUT and R&S FSL input, the measurement trace will be moved by 10 dB down. Entering a
reference value of –10 dB will shift the reference line also by 10 dB down and place the
measurement trace on the reference line. The deviation from the nominal power level can be
displayed with higher resolution (e.g. 1 dB/div). The power is still displayed in absolute values.
Remote: DISP:WIND:TRAC:Y:RVAL –10dB
Recall
Restores the settings that were used during source calibration. This can be useful if device
settings were changed after calibration (e.g. center frequency, frequency deviation, reference
level, etc).
Remote: CORR:REC

1300.2519.12

4.139

E-11

Analog Demodulation (Option K7)

R&S FSL

Analog Demodulation (Option K7)
The digital signal processing in the R&S FSL, used in the analyzer mode for digital IF filters, is also
ideally suited for demodulating AM, FM, or PM signals. The firmware option R&S FSL–K7 provides the
necessary measurement functions.
The R&S FSL is equipped with a demodulator that is capable of performing AM, FM, and PM
demodulation at a time. Additionally maximum, minimum and average or current values can be
obtained parallelly over a selected number of measurements.
By sampling (digitization) already at the IF and digital down–conversion to the baseband (I/Q), the
demodulator achieves maximum accuracy and temperature stability. There is no evidence of typical
errors of an analog down–conversion and demodulation like AM to FM conversion and vice versa,
deviation error, frequency response or frequency drift at DC coupling.
This option is available from firmware version 1.10.

To open the analog demodulation menu
If the Analog Demodulation mode is not the active measurement mode, press the MODE key and
activate the Analog Demodulation option.
If the Analog Demodulation mode is already active, press the MENU key.
The analog demodulation menu is displayed. If the tracking generator (models 13, 16 and 28) or the
power meter (option Power Sensor Support, K9) is available, softkeys for these functions are also
provided.

Menu and softkey description
–

"Softkeys of the analog demodulation menu" on page 4.144

–

"Softkeys of the frequency menu (Analog Demodulation mode)" on page 4.150

–

"Softkeys of the span menu (Analog Demodulation mode)" on page 4.152

–

"Softkeys of the amplitude menu (Analog Demodulation mode)" on page 4.153

–

"Softkeys of the bandwidth menu (Analog Demodulation mode)" on page 4.155

–

"Softkeys of the sweep menu (Analog Demodulation mode)" on page 4.155

–

"Softkeys of the trigger menu (Analog Demodulation mode)" on page 4.156

Apart from the power measurement menu that is not available in the Analog Demodulation mode, all
other menus are provided as described for the base unit. For details refer to the corresponding menu
descriptions.
To display help to a softkey, press the HELP key and then the softkey for which you want to display
help. To close the help window, press the ESC key. For further information refer to section "How to use
the Help System".

Further information
–

"Circuit description – block diagrams" on page 4.141

–

"Demodulation bandwidth" on page 4.142

–

"AF trigger" on page 4.142

–

"Stability of measurement results" on page 4.142

–

"Sample rate, measurement time and trigger offset" on page 4.143

1300.2519.12

4.140

E-11

R&S FSL

Analog Demodulation (Option K7)

Circuit description – block diagrams
The software demodulator runs on the main processor of the analyzer. The demodulation process is
shown in Fig. 4-10: Block diagram of software demodulator. All calculations are performed
simultaneously with the same I/Q data set. Magnitude (= amplitude) and phase of the complex I/Q pairs
are determined. The frequency result is obtained from the differential phase.
For details on the analyzer signal processing refer to chapter "Remote Control – Commands", section
"TRACe:IQ Subsystem".

Fig. 4-10: Block diagram of software demodulator
The AM DC, FM DC and PM DC raw data of the demodulators is fed into the Trace Arithmetic block
that combines consecutive data sets. Possible trace modes are: Clear Write, Max Hold, Min Hold and
Average (for details refer to section "Trace mode overview" on page 4.40). The output data of the Trace
Arithmetic block can be read via remote control.
The collected measured values are evaluated by the selected detector (for details refer to chapter
"Instrument Functions", section "Detector overview". The result is displayed on the screen and can be
read out via remote control.

1300.2519.12

4.141

E-11

Analog Demodulation (Option K7)

R&S FSL

In addition, important parameters are calculated:
•

A counter determines the modulation frequency for AM, FM, and PM.

•

average power = carrier power (RF power)

•

average frequency = carrier frequency offset (FM)

•

The modulation depth or the frequency or phase deviation is displayed.

•

AC coupling is possible with FM and PM display. The deviations are determined from the trace
data. +Peak, –Peak, ½ Peak–Peak and RMS are displayed.

Demodulation bandwidth
The demodulation bandwidth is not the 3 dB bandwidth but the useful bandwidth which is distortion–free
with regard to phase and amplitude.
Therefore the following formulas apply:
•

AM: demodulation bandwidth

2 x modulation frequency

•

FM: demodulation bandwidth

2 x (frequency deviation + modulation frequency)

•

PM: demodulation bandwidth

2 x modulation frequency x (1 + phase deviation)

Note:

If the center frequency of the analyzer is not set exactly to the signal frequency, the demodulation
bandwidth must be selected larger by the carrier offset, in addition to the requirement described
above. This also applies if FM or PM AC coupling has been selected.

In general, the demodulation bandwidth should be as narrow as possible to improve the S/N ratio. The
residual FM caused by noise floor and phase noise increases dramatically with the bandwidth,
especially with FM.

AF trigger
The analog demodulation option allows triggering to the demodulated signal. The display is stable if a
minimum of five modulation periods are within the recording time.
Triggering is always DC–coupled. Therefore triggering is possible directly to the point where a specific
carrier level, phase or frequency is exceeded or not attained.

Stability of measurement results
Despite amplitude and frequency modulation, the display of carrier power and carrier frequency offset is
stable.
This is achieved by a digital filter which sufficiently suppresses the modulation, provided, however, that
the measurement time is 3 x 1 / modulation frequency, i.e. that at least three periods of the AF signal
are recorded.
The mean carrier power for calculating the AM is also calculated with a digital filter that returns stable
3 x 1 / modulation frequency, i.e. at least three cycles of the AF
results after a measurement time of
signal must be recorded before a stable AM can be shown.

1300.2519.12

4.142

E-11

R&S FSL

Analog Demodulation (Option K7)

Sample rate, measurement time and trigger offset
Depending on the sample rate, the maximum demodulation bandwidths listed in the table can be
obtained during the measurement. The permissible value range of the measurement time and trigger
offset depends on the selected demodulation bandwidth. If the AF filter or the AF trigger are not active,
the measurement time enlarges by 20%.
Demod.
bandwidth

Sample rate

Measurement time

Trigger offset

Min.

Max. with
AF filter or
AF trigger
active

Max.
with
AF filter and
AF trigger
deactive

Min.

Max.

18 MHz

32 MHz

31.25 ns

12.5 ms

15 ms

–12.5 ms

507.9 ms

10 MHz

32 MHz

31.25 ns

12.5 ms

15 ms

–12.5 ms

507.9 ms

8 MHz

16 MHz

62.5 ns

25 ms

30 ms

–25 ms

1.015 s

5 MHz

8 MHz

125 ns

50 ms

60 ms

–50 ms

2.031 s

3 MHz

4 MHz

250 ns

100 ms

120 ms

–100 ms

4.063 s

1.6 MHz

2 MHz

500 ns

200 ms

240 ms

–200 ms

8.126 s

800 kHz

1 MHz

1 µs

400 ms

480 ms

–400 ms

16.25 s

400 kHz

500 kHz

2 µs

800 ms

960 ms

–800 ms

32.50 s

200 kHz

250 kHz

4 µs

1.6 s

1.92 s

–1.6 s

65.00 s

100 kHz

125 kHz

8 µs

3.2 s

3.84 s

–3.2 s

130.0 s

50 kHz

62.5 kHz

16 µs

6.4 s

7.68 s

–6.4 s

260.0 s

25 kHz

31.25 kHz

32 µs

12.8 s

15.36 s

–12.8 s

520.0 s

12.5 kHz

15.625 kHz

64 µs

25.6 s

30.72 s

–25.6 s

1040 s

6.4 kHz

7,8125 kHz

128 µs

51.2 s

61.44 s

–51.2 s

2080 s

3.2 kHz

3,90625 kHz

256 µs

102.4 s

122.88 s

–102.4 s

4160 s

1.6 kHz

1,953125 kHz

512 µs

204.8 s

245.76 s

–204.8 s

8321 s

800 Hz

976,5625 Hz

1.024 ms

409.6 s

491.52 s

–409.6 s

16643 s

400 Hz

488,28125 Hz

2.048 ms

819.2 s

983.04 s

–819.2 s

33287 s

200 Hz

244,140625 Hz

4.096 ms

1638.4 s

1966.08 s

–1638.4 s

66574 s

100 Hz

122,0703125 Hz

8.192 ms

3276.8 s

3932.16 s

–3276.8 s

133148 s

1300.2519.12

4.143

E-11

Analog Demodulation (Option K7)

R&S FSL

Softkeys of the analog demodulation menu
The following table shows all softkeys available in the analog demodulation menu. It is possible that
your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only available with a special
option, model or (measurement) mode, this information is delivered in the corresponding softkey
description.
Menu / Command

Submenu / Command

Command

Modulation AM/FM/PM
Result Display

AF Time Domain
AF Spectrum
RF Time Domain
RF Spectrum
Select Trace
Diagram Full Size

Demod BW
Meas Time
AF Range

Dev per Division/dB per Division
Reference Position
Reference Value
Deviation Lin/Log

Demod Settings

AF Coupling AC/DC
AF Filter

Low Pass AF Filter
High Pass AF Filter
Deemphasis

Zero Phase Reference Point
Phase Wrap On/Off
Phase Unit Rad/Deg
More
Zoom

Modulation AM/FM/PM
Selects the display of demodulated AM, FM, or PM signal. In single sweep mode, the data is
determined from the current I/Q data set, i.e. a change to AM/FM/PM does not trigger a new
measurement.
If FM is selected, the average value of the demodulated signal is mapped depending on the AF
Coupling AC/DC softkey setting.
Remote: CALC:FEED 'XTIM:FM'

1300.2519.12

4.144

E-11

R&S FSL

Analog Demodulation (Option K7)

Result Display
Opens a submenu to select the measurement result to be displayed. The RF or AF signal in the
zero span or the RF or AF frequency spectrum determined via FFT can be selected for display.
In order to display the measurement results, the screen is divided in two halves. In the upper
half, the measurement results are displayed as a trace. In the lower half the results of additional
evaluation functions are shown.
All displays are determined from the I/Q data set recorded for the measurement. In single sweep
mode, the single data set recorded can be evaluated in all displays simply by switching the
result display.

AF Time Domain
Selects the AF display in zero span, calculated from the AM, FM, or PM signal.
Remote: CALC:FEED 'XTIM:FM'
AF Spectrum
Selects the display of the AF spectrum. The AF spectrum can be calculated from the AM, FM, or
PM signal in zero span.
Remote: CALC:FEED 'XTIM:FM:AFSP'
RF Time Domain
Selects the display of the RF signal in zero span. In contrast to normal analyzer operation, the
level values are determined from the recorded I/Q data set as root–mean–square values.
The softkey is not available if the RF spectrum display is selected.
Remote: CALC:FEED 'XTIM:RFP'
RF Spectrum
Selects the display of the RF signal in span > 0. In contrast to normal spectrum analyzer
operation, the measured values are determined using FFT from the recorded I/Q data set.
Remote: CALC:FEED 'XTIM:SPECTRUM'
Select Trace
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the number of the trace for which the data is to be displayed in
the lower half of the screen. Only activated traces can be selected.

Diagram Full Size
Switches the diagram to full screen size.
Remote: DISP:SIZE LARG

1300.2519.12

4.145

E-11

Analog Demodulation (Option K7)

R&S FSL

Demod BW
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the demodulation bandwidth of the analog demodulation. The
demodulation bandwidth determines the sampling rate for recording the signal to be analyzed.
For details on the relation between demodulation bandwidth and sampling rate refer to "Sample
rate, measurement time and trigger offset" on page 4.143.
Remote: BAND:DEM 1MHz
Meas Time
Opens an editor for entering the measurement time of the analog demodulation. For details on
the measurement time values refer to "Sample rate, measurement time and trigger offset" on
page 4.143.
Remote: ADEM:MTIM 62.5US
Remote: SWE:TIME 10s
AF Range
Opens a submenu for determining the diagram scaling for AF displays.
The range for RF displays is set via the amplitude menu. For details refer to "Setting the Level
Display and Configuring the RF Input – AMPT Key" on page 4.13.

Dev per Division
Opens an edit dialog box to set the modulation depth or the phase or frequency deviation per
division:
AM display:

0.0001% to 1000%

FM display:

1 Hz/div to 1 MHz/div

PM display:

0.0001 rad/div to 1000 rad/div

The softkey is not available if logarithmic display is set (Deviation Lin/Log softkey).
Remote: DISP:WIND:TRAC:Y:PDIV 50kHz
dB per Division
Opens an edit dialog box to set the modulation depth or the FM or PM deviation to be displayed
in the range 0.1 dB/div to 20 dB/div.
The softkey is not available if linear display is set (Deviation Lin/Log softkey).
Remote: DISP:TRAC:Y:PDIV 5DB

1300.2519.12

4.146

E-11

R&S FSL

Analog Demodulation (Option K7)

Reference Position
Determines the position of the reference line for the modulation depth or the phase or frequency
deviation on the y–axis of the diagram. By default, this line is set to 0.
The position is entered as a percentage of the diagram height with 100 % corresponding to the
upper diagram border. The default setting is 50 % (diagram center) for the display of the AM,
FM, or PM signal, and 100% (upper diagram border) for the AF spectrum display of the AM, FM,
or PM signal.
Remote: DISP:TRAC:Y:RPOS 50PCT
Reference Value
Determines the modulation depth or the frequency or phase deviation at the reference line of the
y–axis. The reference value is set separately for each display of the AM, FM, and PM signal and
the AF spectrum of the AM, FM, and PM signal.
–

AM/FM/PM signal display
The trace display takes individual frequency/phase offsets into account (in contrast, the AF
Coupling AC/DC softkey permits automatic correction by the average frequency/phase offset
of the signal, and can therefore not be activated simultaneously).
Possible values: 0 and

–

± 10000% (AM), 0 and ± 10 MHz (FM), 0 and ± 10000 rad (PM).

AF spectrum display of the AM/FM/PM signal
In the default setting, the reference value defines the modulation depth or the FM/PM deviation
at the upper diagram border.
Possible values: 0 and 10000% (AM), 0 and 10 MHz (FM), 0 and 10000 rad (PM).

Remote: DISP:TRAC:Y:RVAL 0HZ
Deviation Lin/Log
Switches between logarithmic and linear display of the modulation depth or the frequency or
phase deviation.
Remote: DISP:TRAC:Y:SPAC LOG
Demod Settings
Opens a submenu for the demodulation settings.

AF Coupling AC/DC
Controls the automatic correction of the frequency offset and phase offset of the input signal:
–

FM signal display
If DC is selected, the absolute frequency is displayed, i.e. an input signal with an offset relative
to the center frequency is not displayed symmetrically with respect to the zero line.
If AC is selected, the frequency offset is automatically corrected, i.e. the trace is always
symmetric with respect to the zero line.

–

PM signal display

1300.2519.12

4.147

E-11

Analog Demodulation (Option K7)

R&S FSL

If DC is selected, the phase runs according to the existing frequency offset. In addition, the DC
signal contains a phase offset of ± .
If AC is selected, the frequency offset and phase offset are automatically corrected, i.e. the
trace is always symmetric with respect to the zero line.
The softkey is not available with the AF spectrum display of the FM or PM signal.
Remote: ADEM:AF:COUP DC

AF Filter
Opens a submenu to select the appropriate filters. The bandwidth of the demodulated signal can
be reduced by high pass or low pass filters and also a de–emphasis can be switched on. The
selected filters are used for AM, FM and PM demodulation in common. Individual settings are
not possible.

Low Pass AF Filter
Opens the Low Pass AF Filter dialog box to select the filter type. Relative and absolute low
pass filter are available.
–

Relative low pass filters:
The filters (3 dB) can be selected in % of the demodulation bandwidth. The filters are designed
as 5th–order Butterworth filter (30 dB/octave) and active for all demodulation bandwidths.

–

Absolute low pass filters:
The filter are indicated by the 3 dB cutoff frequency. The 3 kHz and 15 kHz filters are designed
as 5th–order Butterworth filter (30 dB/octave). The 150 kHz filter is designed as 8th–order
Butterworth filter (48 dB/octave).
The absolute low pass filters are active in the following demodulation bandwidth range:
3 kHz:

6.4 kHz

demodulation bandwidth

4 MHz

15 kHz:

50 kHz

demodulation bandwidth

16 MHz

150 kHz:

400 kHz

demodulation bandwidth

16 MHz

Remote: FILT:LPAS ON
Remote: FILT:LPAS:FREQ 150kHz
Remote: FILT:LPAS:FREQ 25PCT
High Pass AF Filter
Opens the High Pass AF Filter dialog box to switch on a high pass filter with the given limit to
separate the DC component. The filters are indicated by the 3 dB cutoff frequency. The filters
are designed as 2nd–order Butterworth filter (12 dB/octave).
The high pass filters are active in the following demodulation bandwidth range:
50 Hz:

200 Hz

demodulation bandwidth

4 MHz

300 Hz:

800 Hz

demodulation bandwidth

16 MHz

Remote: FILT:HPAS ON
Remote: FILT:HPAS:FREQ 300Hz

1300.2519.12

4.148

E-11

R&S FSL

Analog Demodulation (Option K7)

Deemphasis
Opens the Deemphasis dialog box to switch on a deemphasis with the given time constant.
The deemphasis is active in the following demodulation bandwidth range:
25 Ms:

25 kHz

demodulation bandwidth

18 MHz

50 Ms:

6.4 kHz

demodulation bandwidth

18 MHz

75 Ms:

6.4 kHz

demodulation bandwidth

18 MHz

750 Ms:

800 Hz

demodulation bandwidth

4 MHz

The following table shows the required demodulation bandwidth for an error less than 0.5 dB up
to a maximum AF frequency.
deemphasis

25 Ms

50 Ms

75 Ms

750 Ms

max. AF frequency

25 kHz

12 kHz

8 kHz

800 Hz

required demodulation bandwidth

200 kHz

100 kHz

50 kHz

6.4 kHz

For higher AF frequencies the demodulation bandwidth must be increased.
Remote: FILT:DEMP ON
Remote: FILT:DEMP:TCON 750us
Zero Phase Reference Point
Defines the position at which the phase of the PM–demodulated signal is set to 0 rad. The entry
is made with respect to time. In the default setting, the first measured value is set to 0 rad.
This softkey is only available in the PM display with DC coupling.
Remote: ADEM:PM:RPO 500us
Phase Wrap On/Off
Activates/deactivates the phase wrap.
On

The phase will be displayed in the range ±180° ( ± ). For example, if the phase
exceeds +180°, 360° is subtracted from the phase value, with the display thus
showing >–180°.

Off

The phase will not be wrapped.

This softkey in available in the PM signal displays.
Remote: CALC:FORM PHAS
Phase Unit Rad/Deg
Sets the phase unit to rad or deg for displaying PM signals.
Remote: UNIT:ANGL RAD

1300.2519.12

4.149

E-11

Analog Demodulation (Option K7)

R&S FSL

Zoom
Activates or deactivates the zoom function. The zoom function is not available if the number of
measurement points falls below 501.
activated:

A 1–to–1 allocation is selected, i.e. each measurement point corresponds to a
measured value. The start of the zoom window can be determined in the
associated field by entering the time.

deactivated:

If more measured values than measurement points are available, several
measured values are combined in one measurement point according to the
method of the selected trace detector. For details on detectors refer to
"Detector overview" on page 4.42.

Remote: ADEM:ZOOM ON
Remote: ADEM:ZOOM:STARt 30US

Softkeys of the frequency menu (Analog Demodulation mode)
The following table shows all softkeys available in the frequency menu in Analog Demodulation mode
(FREQ key). It is possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is
only available with a special option, model or (measurement) mode, this information is delivered in the
corresponding softkey description.
Menu / Command

Command

Center
CF Stepsize

0.1*Span/0.1*Demod BW
0.5*Span/0.5*Demod BW
x*Span/x*Demod BW
=Center
Manual

AF Center
AF Start
AF Stop

Center
For details refer to the Center softkey in the frequency menu of the base unit.

CF Stepsize
For details refer to the CF Stepsize softkey in the frequency menu of the base unit.

0.1*Span (RF Spectrum)
For details refer to the 0.1*Span softkey in the frequency menu of the base unit.

1300.2519.12

4.150

E-11

R&S FSL

Analog Demodulation (Option K7)

0.1*Demod BW (AF/RF Time Domain, AF Spectrum)
For details see 0.1*RBW softkey in the frequency menu of the base unit.

0.5*Span (RF Spectrum)
For details refer to the 0.5*Span softkey in the frequency menu of the base unit.

0.5*Demod BW (AF/RF Time Domain, AF Spectrum)
For details see 0.5*RBW softkey in the frequency menu of the base unit.

x*Span (RF Spectrum)
For details refer to the x*Span softkey in the frequency menu of the base unit.

x*Demod BW (AF/RF Time Domain, AF Spectrum)
For details see x*RBW softkey in the frequency menu of the base unit.

=Center
For details refer to the =Center softkey in the frequency menu of the base unit.

Manual
For details refer to the Manual softkey in the frequency menu of the base unit.

AF Center (AF Spectrum)
Opens an edit box to enter the center frequency within the AF spectrum.
Remote: ADEM:AF:CENT 1MHZ
AF Start
Opens an edit box to define the start frequency within the AF spectrum.
Remote: ADEM:AF:STAR 0HZ
AF Stop
Opens an edit box to define the stop frequency within the AF spectrum.
The maximum AF stop frequency corresponds to half the demodulation bandwidth.
Remote: ADEM:AF:STOP 2MHZ

1300.2519.12

4.151

E-11

Analog Demodulation (Option K7)

R&S FSL

Softkeys of the span menu (Analog Demodulation mode)
The following table shows all softkeys available in the span menu in Analog Demodulation mode
(SPAN key). It is possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is
only available with a special option, model or (measurement) mode, this information is delivered in the
corresponding softkey description.
Command
Span Manual/AF Span Manual
Demod Bandwidth
Full Span/AF Full Span

Span Manual (RF Spectrum)
If the RF spectrum display is active, values between the sampling rate/200 and the
demodulation bandwidth/2 are allowed.
For further details refer to the Span Manual softkey in the span menu of the base unit.
Remote: ADEM:SPEC:SPAN:ZOOM 5 MHz
AF Span Manual (AF Spectrum)
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the frequency range for the AF spectrum display. Values
between the sampling rate/1000 and the demodulation bandwidth/2 are allowed.
Remote: ADEM:AF:SPAN 2.5 MHz
Demod Bandwidth
For details see Demod BW softkey in the analog demodulation menu.

Full Span (RF Spectrum)
If the RF spectrum display is active, the full frequency range corresponds to the demodulation
bandwidth.
For further details refer to the Full Span softkey in the span menu of the base unit.
Remote: ADEM:SPEC:SPAN:ZOOM MAX
AF Full Span (AF Spectrum)
Sets the span to the maximum frequency range for the AF spectrum display. The maximum
frequency range corresponds to the demodulation bandwidth.
Remote: ADEM:AF:SPAN:FULL

1300.2519.12

4.152

E-11

R&S FSL

Analog Demodulation (Option K7)

Softkeys of the amplitude menu (Analog Demodulation mode)
The following table shows all softkeys available in the amplitude menu in Analog Demodulation mode
(AMPT key). It is possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is
only available with a special option, model or (measurement) mode, this information is delivered in the
corresponding softkey description.
Menu / Command

Command

Ref Level
Range Log/Range Linear
AF Range

Dev per Division/dB per Division
Reference Position
Reference Value
Deviation Lin/Log

Preamp On/Off
RF Atten Manual
RF Atten Auto
More
Ref Level Offset
Ref Level Position
Grid Abs / Rel
Unit
Input 50 L / 75 L

Ref Level
For details refer to the Ref Level softkey in the amplitude menu of the base unit.

Range Log (RF result display)
This softkey is only available for the RF result display. For the RF result display, the AF Range
softkey is used.
For details refer to the Range Log softkey in the amplitude menu of the base unit.

Range Linear (RF result display)
This softkey is only available for the RF result display. For the RF result display, the AF Range
softkey is used.
For details refer to the Range Linear softkey in the amplitude menu of the base unit.

AF Range (AF result display)
For details refer to the AF Range softkey in the analog demodulation menu.

1300.2519.12

4.153

E-11

Analog Demodulation (Option K7)

R&S FSL

Dev per Division
For details refer to the Dev per Division softkey in the analog demodulation menu.

dB per Division
For details refer to the dB per Division softkey in the analog demodulation menu.

Reference Position
For details refer to the Reference Position softkey in the analog demodulation menu.

Reference Value
For details refer to the Reference Value softkey in the analog demodulation menu.

Deviation Lin/Log
For details refer to the Deviation Lin/Log softkey in the analog demodulation menu.

Preamp On/Off (option RF Preamplifier, B22)
For details refer to the Preamp On/Off softkey in the amplitude menu of the base unit.

RF Atten Manual
For details refer to the RF Atten Manual softkey in the amplitude menu of the base unit.

RF Atten Auto
For details refer to the RF Atten Auto softkey in the amplitude menu of the base unit.

Ref Level Offset
For details refer to the Ref Level Offset softkey in the amplitude menu of the base unit.

Ref Level Position
For details refer to the Ref Level Position softkey in the amplitude menu of the base unit.

Grid Abs / Rel (not available with Range Linear)
For details refer to the Grid Abs / Rel softkey in the amplitude menu of the base unit.

1300.2519.12

4.154

E-11

R&S FSL

Analog Demodulation (Option K7)

Unit (PM AF result display)
For details refer to the Unit softkey in the amplitude menu of the base unit.

Input 50 D / 75 D
For details refer to the Input 50 D / 75 D softkey in the amplitude menu of the base unit.

Softkeys of the bandwidth menu (Analog Demodulation mode)
The following table shows all softkeys available in the bandwidth menu in Analog Demodulation mode
(BW key). It is possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is
only available with a special option, model or (measurement) mode, this information is delivered in the
corresponding softkey description.
Command
Res BW
Demod BW
Meas Time

Res BW (span > 0)
Opens an edit dialog box to enter a value for the resolution bandwidth. The range is specified in
the data sheet.
Remote: ADEM:SPEC:BAND 10 kHz
Demod BW
For details refer to the Demod BW softkey in the in the analog demodulation menu.

Meas Time
For details refer to the Meas Time softkey in the in the analog demodulation menu.

Softkeys of the sweep menu (Analog Demodulation mode)
The following table shows all softkeys available in the sweep menu in Analog Demodulation mode
(SWEEP key). It is possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey
is only available with a special option, model or (measurement) mode, this information is delivered in
the corresponding softkey description.
Command
Continuous Sweep
Single Sweep
Continue Sgl Sweep
Meas Time
Sweep Count

1300.2519.12

4.155

E-11

Analog Demodulation (Option K7)

R&S FSL

Continuous Sweep
For details refer to the Continuous Sweep softkey in the in the sweep menu of the base unit.

Single Sweep
For details refer to the Single Sweep softkey in the in the sweep menu of the base unit.

Continue Sgl Sweep
For details refer to the Continue Single Sweep softkey in the in the sweep menu of the base
unit.

Meas Time
For details refer to the Meas Time softkey in the in the analog demodulation menu.

Sweep Count
For details refer to the Sweep Count softkey in the in the sweep menu of the base unit.

Softkeys of the trigger menu (Analog Demodulation mode)
The following table shows all softkeys available in the trigger menu in Analog Demodulation mode
(TRIG key). It is possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is
only available with a special option, model or (measurement) mode, this information is delivered in the
corresponding softkey description.
Command
Trigger Source
Trigger Level
Trigger Polarity Pos/Neg
Trigger Offset

Trigger Source
Opens the Trigger dialog box to select the trigger mode. Additional to the trigger modes
described in section "Trigger mode overview" on page 4.31, the following trigger modes are
available:
Selected option

Specified threshold

AM (Offline)

modulation depth of the AM signal

FM (Offline)

frequency of the FM signal

PM (Offline)

phase of the PM signal

RF (Offline)

level of the RF signal

1300.2519.12

4.156

E-11

R&S FSL

Analog Demodulation (Option K7)

In Analog Demodulation mode, the next measurement is triggered if the selected input signal
exceeds the threshold specified using the Trg / Gate Level softkey. A periodic signal modulated
onto the carrier frequency can be displayed in this way. It is recommended that the measurement
time covers at least five periods of the audio signal.
For further details refer to the Trg / Gate Source softkey in the trigger menu.
Remote: TRIG:SOUR IMM | IFP | EXT | FM | PM | AM | RF (Free Run, IF Power,
Extern, FM (Offline), PM (Offline), AM (Offline), RF (Offline))
Trigger Level
For details refer to the Trg / Gate Level softkey in the in the trigger menu of the base unit.

Trigger Polarity Pos/Neg
For details refer to the Trg / Gate Polarity Pos/Neg softkey in the in the trigger menu of the
base unit.

Trigger Offset
For details on the relation between demodulation bandwidth (option Analog Demodulation,
R&S FSL–K7) and trigger offset refer to "Sample rate, measurement time and trigger offset" on
page 4.143.
For details refer to the Trigger Offset softkey in the in the trigger menu of the base unit.

1300.2519.12

4.157

E-11

Bluetooth Measurements (Option K8)

R&S FSL

Bluetooth Measurements (Option K8)
This option provides measurements to test the conformity of signal sources to the Bluetooth RF Test
Specification (Bluetooth SIG). For background information on Bluetooth measurements refer to chapter
"Advanced Measurement Examples".
This option is available from firmware version 1.30.

To open the Bluetooth menu
If the Bluetooth mode is not the active measurement mode, press the MODE key and activate the
Bluetooth option.
If the Bluetooth mode is already active, press the MENU key.
The Bluetooth menu is displayed. .

Menu and softkey description
–

"Softkeys of the Bluetooth menu" on page 4.167

–

"Softkeys of the frequency menu (Bluetooth mode)" on page 4.172

–

"Softkeys of the amplitude menu (Bluetooth mode)" on page 4.173

–

"Softkeys of the bandwidth menu (Bluetooth mode)" on page 4.175

–

"Softkeys of the sweep menu (Bluetooth mode)" on page 4.177

–

"Softkeys of the trigger menu (Bluetooth mode)" on page 4.180

–

"Softkeys of the measurement menu (Bluetooth mode)" on page 4.181

The span menu is not available in the Bluetooth mode. All other menus are provided as described for
the base unit. For details refer to the corresponding menu descriptions.
To display help to a softkey, press the HELP key and then the softkey for which you want to display
help. To close the help window, press the ESC key. For further information refer to section "How to use
the Help System".

Further information
–

"Position of a Bluetooth burst" on page 4.160

–

"Labels used in the measurement displays" on page 4.161

Tasks
–

To adapt the settings to the characteristics of the DUT

1300.2519.12

4.158

E-11

R&S FSL

Bluetooth Measurements (Option K8)

Measurements overview
The Bluetooth Measurements option provides the following measurement types:
–

"Output Power" on page 4.161

–

"Adjacent Channel Power" on page 4.162

–

"Modulation Characteristics" on page 4.162

–

"Initial Carrier Frequency Tolerance" on page 4.163

–

"Carrier Frequency Drift" on page 4.164

–

"Relative Transmit Power (EDR)" on page 4.164

–

"In–band Spurious Emissions (EDR)" on page 4.165

–

"Carrier Frequency Stability and Modulation Accuracy (EDR)" on page 4.166

–

"Differential Phase Encoding (EDR)" on page 4.166

The basic parameter settings are described in section "To adapt the settings to the characteristics of the
DUT" on page 4.159. The settings that can be configured individually for each measurement are the
following:
•

RBW (the IF bandwidth set up for modulation measurements is valid for all measurements)

•

VBW

•

RBW auto mode

•

VBW auto mode

•

trace mode

•

detector

•

sweep count

•

sweep time auto mode

•

sweep time

They are available in the corresponding menus as soon as the corresponding measurement is selected.
Changes to these settings are always related to the selected measurement. The settings defined in the
RF Test Specification can thus be modified individually for development or production. By using the
start recall function, the individual configuration of the various tests can be preserved over a preset.

To adapt the settings to the characteristics of the DUT
1. Set the spectrum analyzer to its default state.
–

Press PRESET.
The R&S FSL is set to its default state.

2. Select the Bluetooth operating mode.
–

Press MODE key.

–

In the Measurement Modes dialog box, select Bluetooth.
The Bluetooth mode is activated and the main menu of the option is displayed.

3. Select the transmit channel.
–

Press Channel softkey and enter the desired channel number.

1300.2519.12

4.159

E-11

Bluetooth Measurements (Option K8)

R&S FSL

4. Select the packet length.
–

Press Packet Type softkey.
The list of available packet type is displayed.

–

Select the desired packet length and confirm the selection with ENTER.

5. Select the power class of the DUT.
–

Press Power Class softkey and enter the power class.

6. Configure the sync settings (LAP).
–

Press Find Sync softkey.
The submenu menu for configuration of the sync information is displayed.

–

Press LAP softkey and enter the lower address part of the Bluetooth device address of the
DUT. The sync word used for the sync search will be calculated.

7. Select a measurement.
–

Press the MEAS key and select the desired measurement in the softkey menu.

–

Configure measurement time, measurement control and the number of measurement cycles by
pressing the corresponding softkeys. For further information refer to section "Softkeys of the
measurement menu (Bluetooth mode)" on page 4.181.

Further information
This section provides background information on measurements and displayed information.

Position of a Bluetooth burst
The RF Test Specification allows different methods to determine the position of a Bluetooth burst:
•

The burst is defined by the p0 bit and the automatically determined packet length (Find Sync On).

•

The burst is defined by the two 3dB points (Find Sync Off and Find Burst On). The search of the
3dB points is defined in the RF Test Specification as the alternative method compared with the p0
bit method.
Burst length
with FIND SYNC OFF
Burst length
(=packet length)
with FIND SYNC ON
3dB

Fig. 4-11 Definition of a Bluetooth burst

1300.2519.12

4.160

E-11

R&S FSL

Bluetooth Measurements (Option K8)

Labels used in the measurement displays
•

Enhancement label TDF

Offset values, set with the Antenna Gain softkey that are larger or smaller than 0 dB will activate the
enhancement label TDF at the right diagram border.

Measurements
In this section, every measurement type is introduced by a short description.

Output Power measurement
The Output Power measurement (Output Power softkey) determines the maximum and average output
power during a burst of the equipment under test (EUT). For this purpose a complete packet is recorded
in the zero span.

Fig. 4-12 Output power measurement
The peak value is determined from the complete contents of the measurement curve, whereas the
average power is calculated from an area of at least 20% to 80% of the burst.
During the Output Power measurement the Bluetooth demodulator is active in order to determine the
sync word within the signal, which is later–on used as the trigger basis. The Bluetooth demodulator is
placed in a signal path without video filter. This is why the video filter cannot be activated with the
Output Power measurement.
The EUT (equipment under test) must keep the following limits according to the RF Test Specification:
•

PAV < 100 mW (20 dBm) EIRP

•

PPK < 200 mW (23 dBm) EIRP

•

If the EUT is conforming to power class 1:

PAV > 1 mW (0 dBm)

•

If the EUT is conforming to power class 2:

0.25 mW (–6 dBm) < PAV < 2.5 mW ( 4 dBm)

•

If the EUT is conforming to power class 3:

PAV < 1 mW (0 dBm)

A violation of these limits is marked on the screen in red color.
1300.2519.12

4.161

E-11

Bluetooth Measurements (Option K8)

R&S FSL

Adjacent Channel Power measurement
The measurement of the TX Output Spectrum – Adjacent Channel Power measurement (TX Spec ACP
softkey) measures the power of all adjacent channels.

Fig. 4-13 TX Spectrum ACP measurement
The following limits are given by the RF Test Specification:
•

PTX (f)

–20 dBm for |M–N| = 2

•

PTX (f)

–40 dBm for |M–N|

3

with M = Transmit channel of the equipment under test, N = adjacent channel to be measured
A violation of these limits will be marked by red color and an asterisk (*).

Modulation Characteristics measurement
The measurement of the modulation characteristics (Modulation Char softkey) determines the
maximum frequency deviation of all 8 bit sequences of the payload.
Additionally the average value of the maximum frequency deviation of a packet will be calculated. For
this purpose the equipment under test is configured in a way that packets with bit pattern "11110000"
and "10101010" are transmitted alternately. According to the RF Test Specification this sequence has
to be repeated 10 times.

1300.2519.12

4.162

E-11

R&S FSL

Bluetooth Measurements (Option K8)

Fig. 4-14 Modulation Characteristics measurement

Initial Carrier Frequency Tolerance measurement
The measurement of the Initial Carrier Frequency Tolerance (Init Carr Freq Tol softkey) determines the
carrier offset of the four preamble bits. According to the RF Test Specification the calculation of the
carrier offset is performed from the middle of the first preamble bit to the middle of the bit following the
preamble.
With Clear/Write trace mode and single sweep operation the selected number of sweeps will be
processed and according to the RF Test Specification the results of all sweeps will be compared with
the defined tolerance. If a different trace mode is selected, the analyzer can alternatively combine
several traces and determine the measurement results from the resulting trace.

Fig. 4-15 Initial Carrier Frequency Tolerance measurement

1300.2519.12

4.163

E-11

Bluetooth Measurements (Option K8)

R&S FSL

Carrier Frequency Drift measurement
The measurement of the Carrier Frequency Drift (Carr Freq Drift softkey) determines the maximum
frequency drift between the average value of the preamble bits and any 10 bit group of the payload.
Additionally the maximum drift rate between all 10 bit groups in the payload is determined every 50µs.
With Clear/Write trace mode and single sweep operation the selected number of sweeps will be
processed and according to the RF Test Specification the results of all sweeps will be compared with
the defined tolerance. If a different trace mode is selected, the analyzer can alternatively combine
several traces and determine the measurement results from the resulting trace.

Fig. 4-16 Carrier Frequency Drift measurement

Relative Transmit Power (EDR) measurement
The measurement of the Relative Transmit Power (Rel TX Power softkey) is an enhanced data rate
measurement (EDR). It determines the average transmission power of the GFSK and DPSK modulated
parts of the signal and calculates the ratio of those values.
The measurement results must conform to the requirement:
•

(PGFSK – 4dB) < PDPSK < (PGFSK + 1dB)

1300.2519.12

4.164

E-11

R&S FSL

Bluetooth Measurements (Option K8)

Fig. 4-17 Relative Transmit Power (EDR) measurement

In–band Spurious Emissions (EDR) measurement
The measurement of the In–band Spurious Emissions (Spurious Emissions softkey) is an enhanced
data rate measurement (EDR). It verifies whether the level of unwanted signals within the used
frequency band lies below the required level. The analyzer records the signal only in those parts of the
signal in which the device transmits DPSK–modulated data.
The signal must meet the following conditions:
•

PTX (f)

–20 dBm for |M–N| = 2

•

PTX (f)

–40 dBm for |M–N|

3

with M = transmit channel of the equipment under test, N = adjacent channel to be measured
•

The adjacent channel power between 1 MHz and 1.5 MHz from the carrier (Adj500kHz Low/Upp)
shall be at least 26 dB below the maximum power of the carrier (TX Channel (Ref)).

Fig. 4-18 In–band Spurious Emissions (EDR) measurement
1300.2519.12

4.165

E-11

Bluetooth Measurements (Option K8)

R&S FSL

Carrier Frequency Stability and Modulation Accuracy (EDR) measurement
The measurement of the Carrier Frequency Stability and Modulation Accuracy (Carr Freq Stability
softkey) is an enhanced data rate measurement (EDR). It verifies that the modulation accuracy and the
frequency stability are working within the required limits. According to the RF Test Specification, the
software records 200 blocks, each with a length of 50 Ms for the evaluation. The number of blocks to be
recorded can be changed by the softkey Block Count.

Fig. 4-19 Carrier Frequency Stability and Modulation Accuracy (EDR) measurement

Differential Phase Encoding (EDR) measurement
The measurement of the Differential Phase Encoding (Diff Phase softkey) is an enhanced data rate
measurement (EDR). It checks in the time range of the DPSK modulation whether the device modulates
the data correctly.

Fig. 4-20 Differential Phase Encoding (EDR) measurement

1300.2519.12

4.166

E-11

R&S FSL

Bluetooth Measurements (Option K8)

Softkeys of the Bluetooth menu
This menu provides the softkeys for the basic settings, which are common to all tests. The following
table shows all softkeys available in the Bluetooth menu. It is possible that your instrument configuration
does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only available with a special option, model or
(measurement) mode, this information is delivered in the corresponding softkey description.
Menu / Command

Command

Channel
Packet Type
Packet Bytes SCO
Power Class
Antenna Gain
Find Sync

Find Sync On/Off
LAP
Sync Offset
Find Burst On/Off
Burst Offset
Search Len Auto
Search Len Manual

More
Select Trace
Points / Symbol

Channel
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the transmission channel number. From the number of the
channel the center frequency is calculated in accordance to the RF Test Specification. The
default setting is channel number 0.
Setting the channel number is in principle equal to changing the center frequency. The major
difference is that the center frequency is not limited to available frequency band values, i.e.
values outside the frequency band and between the discrete channels can be selected (see also
Center softkey in the frequency menu).
Remote: CONF:BTO:CHAN 20
Packet Type
Opens a dialog box to select the number of occupied slots in the sent packet. The AUTO value
is identical to 5 Slot Packet. The default value is packet type 1 Slot Packet.
The number of occupied slots is used for the automatic calculation of the sweep time
(Sweeptime Auto softkey) and the search length of the sync word (Search Len Auto softkey).
The actually transmitted packet type is determined automatically by the Bluetooth demodulator
(which means that the selected packet type need not necessarily correspond to the really
transmitted packet type; it will only affect the settings for sweep time and search length as
described above).
Remote: CONF:BTO:PTYP DH5

1300.2519.12

4.167

E-11

Bluetooth Measurements (Option K8)

R&S FSL

Packet Bytes SCO
Opens an edit dialog box to set the number of payload bytes that are transmitted in a packet.
For SCO packets, the payload length must be adjusted because those packets have no payload
header.
Remote: CONF:BTO:PBSC 50
Power Class (Output Power)
Opens an edit dialog box to set one the Bluetooth power classes (1 to 3). The selection of the
power class determines the limits. The default setting is power class 1 (100 mW).
Remote: CONF:BTO:PCL 3
Antenna Gain
Opens an edit dialog box to enter a level offset in order to take the gain of an antenna into
account for displaying power values. The default setting is 0 dB (see also Labels used in the
measurement displays).
Remote: CORR:EGA:INP 10DB
Find Sync
Opens a submenu to set the signal processing functions of the analyzer in order to determine
the position of the first preamble bit p0 by correlation with the sync word. For this purpose a
sufficient record length of the FM demodulated signal is necessary.
For further information refer to "Position of a Bluetooth burst" on page 4.160.

Find Sync On/Off
Activates or deactivates the search of the sync word. The default setting is activated.
The results of the modulation measurements Modulation Characteristics, Initial Carrier
Frequency Tolerance, Carrier Frequency Drift can only be calculated if the softkey is activated.
The measurement of the Output Power can be performed with either this softkey or the Find
Burst On/Off softkey activated. If both softkeys are activated, the search area for the sync word
will be limited to the area of the detected burst. If the Find Burst On/Off softkey is not activated
or no burst is identified, the total record length (search length) is investigated.
For further information refer to "Position of a Bluetooth burst" on page 4.160.
Remote: DDEM:SEAR:SYNC ON

1300.2519.12

4.168

E-11

R&S FSL

Bluetooth Measurements (Option K8)

LAP
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the lower 24 bit (Lower Address Part, LAP)of the Bluetooth
Device Address (BD_ADDR) of the equipment under test (EUT).
The LAP is used to calculate the 64–bit sync word. The sync word in return is used to determine
the start of a packet by correlation and to determine the position of the first preamble bit p0
using the method described in the RF Test Specification.
The values for the lower address part range from 000000h to FFFFFFh. The default setting is
0000000h.
Remote: DDEM:SEAR:SYNC:LAP #HA3F45B
Sync Offset
Opens an edit dialog box to define the number of bits to be displayed in front of the of the first
preamble bit p0. If the sync word is identified, but the selected measurement time cannot be
displayed due to the selected sync offset, the message SYNC OFFSET INVALID is displayed.
The value range depends on the search length and the upper limit of symbols (400001 points /
symbol). The default setting for the sync offset is 0.
This softkey is only available if the Find Sync On/Off softkey is activated.
Search Length
Access
Code
Sync
Word

Sync Offset > 0

Header

Payload

Meas Time (User)

Sync Offset = 0

Meas Time (User)

Sync Offset < 0

Meas Time (User)

Remote: DDEM:SEAR:SYNC:OFFS 10
Find Burst On/Off (Output Power)
Activates the burst search if the Find Sync On/Off softkey is deactivated. Beside the
synchronization on the sync word, the Output Power measurement can perform a burst search
to evaluate the signal according to the standard.
If the Find Sync On/Off softkey is not activated and no burst is identified, the message BURST
NOT FOUND is displayed, and the corresponding bit in the STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC
register is set during remote operation.
For further information refer to "Position of a Bluetooth burst" on page 4.160.
Remote: DDEM:SEAR:PULS OFF

1300.2519.12

4.169

E-11

Bluetooth Measurements (Option K8)

R&S FSL

Burst Offset
Opens an edit dialog box to define the time to be displayed before the identified burst. The
values range from –10 ms to + 10 ms, with negative values moving the burst to the left, positive
values to the right. The default setting for the burst offset is 0.
If the burst is identified, but the selected measurement time cannot be displayed due to the
selected burst offset, the message BURST OFFSET INVALID is displayed.
This softkey is only available if the Find Sync On/Off softkey is deactivated and the Find Burst
On/Off softkey is activated.
Search Length
Burst
Access
Code

Header

Payload

Trigger (optional)

Burst Offset > 0
Burst Offset = 0

Meas Time (User)
Meas Time (User)

Burst Offset < 0

Meas Time (User)

Remote: DDEM:SEAR:PULS:OFFS 1MS
Search Len Auto
Activates or deactivates the automatic selection of the search length for the search of the sync
word or the burst, depending on the selected packet type. The automatic search length is
determined as follows:
Trigger free run:
search length = 3 * packet length + | sync offset or burst offset |
All other trigger modes:
search length = 1 * packet length + 1 Slot + | sync offset or burst offset |
If the selected measurement time is higher than the packet length, the following difference is
added to the search length:
measurement time – packet length
In the default setting, the automatic calculation of the search length is activated.
Remote: DDEM:SEAR:TIME:AUTO OFF

1300.2519.12

4.170

E-11

R&S FSL

Bluetooth Measurements (Option K8)

Search Len Manual
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the search length used for determining the sync word or the
burst. The unit of the search length is seconds; the values range from 100 µs to (400001 / points
per symbol) µs. The default setting is 1825 µs.
The selected number of points / symbol and the maximum search length is listed in the table
below.
Points per symbol

Max. search length
(number of slots)

2

104.4

4

52.2

8

26.1

16

13.1

32

6.5

For information on the correlation of trigger and record length refer to the Search Len Auto
softkey.
Remote: DDEM:SEAR:TIME 100US
Select Trace
Opens an edit dialog box to select the measurement curve whose numeric results will be
displayed in the lower half of the screen. The default curve selected is trace 1.
Remote: CONF:BTO:TRAC2:SEL
Points / Symbol
(Output Power, TX Spec ACP, Modulation Char, Init Carr Freq Tol, Carr Freq Drift)
Opens an edit dialog box to change the number of measurement samples per symbol. For Basic
Rate measurements, the possible values are 2, 4, 8, 16, 32. The default value is 4. For EDR
measurements, the default value is set and cannot be changed.
The RF Test Specification requests an oversampling factor of at least 4. With this oversampling
factor a 5 Slot Packet corresponds to 12500 measurement samples (= 2500 samples / slot).
Remote: CONF:BTO:PRAT 16

1300.2519.12

4.171

E-11

Bluetooth Measurements (Option K8)

R&S FSL

Softkeys of the frequency menu (Bluetooth mode)
The following table shows all softkeys available in the frequency menu in Bluetooth mode (FREQ key).
It is possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only
available with a special option, model or (measurement) mode, this information is delivered in the
corresponding softkey description.
Menu / Command

Command

Center
CF–Stepsize

0.1*Chan Spacing
= Chan Spacing

Center
Opens an edit dialog box to change the center frequency.
If the frequency channel has been set via the Channel softkey, a change of the center
frequency is possible, but the relation to the frequency channel will be lost, which means that the
value range for the center frequency is not limited to frequencies within valid frequency
channels.
The return to the fixed relation between center frequency and Bluetooth frequency channels is
performed when Channel softkey is pressed or when another measurement is selected. The
center frequency will be rounded to the nearest frequency channel.
Remote: FREQ:CENT 100MHz
CF–Stepsize
Opens a submenu to set the step size of the center frequency.

0.1*Chan Spacing
Sets the step size of the center frequency to 1/10 of the channel spacing.

= Chan Spacing
Sets the step size of the center frequency to the size of the channel spacing.

1300.2519.12

4.172

E-11

R&S FSL

Bluetooth Measurements (Option K8)

Softkeys of the amplitude menu (Bluetooth mode)
The following table shows all softkeys available in the amplitude menu in Bluetooth mode (AMPT key).
It is possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only
available with a special option, model or (measurement) mode, this information is delivered in the
corresponding softkey description.
Menu / Command

Command

Ref Level
Range

Range
Reference Position
Reference Value
Zoom

Range Log
Range Linear
RF Atten Manual
RF Atten Auto
More
Ref Level Offset
Ref Level Position
Input 50 L / 75 L

Ref Level
The maximum input power of the A/D converter (defined by this value) must be equal or higher
than the maximum power of the signal under test.
For details refer to the Ref Level softkey in the amplitude menu of the base unit.

Range (Modulation Char, Init Carr Freq Tol, Carr Freq Drift)
Opens a submenu for scaling the x– and y–axis.

Range (Modulation Char, Init Carr Freq Tol, Carr Freq Drift)
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the range for the frequency deviation.
Remote: DISP:TRAC:Y 110dB
Reference Position (Modulation Char, Init Carr Freq Tol, Carr Freq Drift)
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the position of the reference line for the frequency deviation on
the y–axis of the diagram. The unit is % of the diagram height, with 100% corresponding to the
upper diagram border.
Remote: DISP:WIND:TRAC:Y:RPOS 50PCT

1300.2519.12

4.173

E-11

Bluetooth Measurements (Option K8)

R&S FSL

Reference Value (Modulation Char, Init Carr Freq Tol, Carr Freq Drift)
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the FM deviation at the reference line on the y–axis. This
allows individual frequency offsets to be taken into account for the display of the measurement
curves. The valid value range is 0 to ± 1 MHz; the default setting is 0 Hz.
Remote: DISP:TRAC:Y:RVAL 0
Range Log
(Output Power, TX Spec ACP, Rel TX Power, Spurious Emissions, Carr Freq Stability, Diff Phase)
For details refer to the Range Log softkey in the amplitude menu of the base unit.

Range Linear
(Output Power, TX Spec ACP, Rel TX Power, Spurious Emissions, Carr Freq Stability, Diff Phase)
For details refer to the Range Linear softkey in the amplitude menu of the base unit.

RF Atten Manual
For details refer to the RF Atten Manual softkey in the amplitude menu of the base unit.

RF Atten Auto
For details refer to the RF Atten Auto softkey in the amplitude menu of the base unit.

Ref Level Offset
For details refer to the Ref Level Offset softkey in the amplitude menu of the base unit.

Ref Level Position
For details refer to the Ref Level Position softkey in the amplitude menu of the base unit.

Input 50 D / 75 D
For details refer to the Input 50 D / 75 D softkey in the amplitude menu of the base unit.

1300.2519.12

4.174

E-11

R&S FSL

Bluetooth Measurements (Option K8)

Softkeys of the bandwidth menu (Bluetooth mode)
The following table shows all softkeys available in the bandwidth menu in Bluetooth mode (BW key). It
is possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only available
with a special option, model or (measurement) mode, this information is delivered in the corresponding
softkey description.
Command
Meas Time Manual
Meas Time Auto
Sweeptime Manual
Sweeptime Auto
Res BW Manual
Res BW Auto
Video BW Manual
Video BW Auto
Filter Type
Meas Filter

Meas Time Manual
(Output Power, Modulation Char, Init Carr Freq Tol, Carr Freq Drift, Rel TX Power, Carr Freq
Stability, Diff Phase)
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the measurement time. The valid value range is 1 µs to
(400001 / points per symbol) µs.
Remote: CONF:BTO:SWE:TIME 10MS
Meas Time Auto
(Output Power, Modulation Char, Init Carr Freq Tol, Carr Freq Drift, Rel TX Power, Carr Freq
Stability, Diff Phase)
Activates the automatic calculation of the measurement time. The automatic sweep time
corresponds to the settings defined in the RF Test Specification. By default, the automatic
sweep time calculation is activated.
Remote: CONF:BTO:SWE:TIME:AUTO ON
Sweeptime Manual (TX Spec ACP)
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the sweep time. The valid value range is 10 µs (minimum
measurement time for one channel) to 16000 s. The default setting is 79 s.
Remote: CONF:BTO:SWE:TIME 10MS
Sweeptime Auto (TX Spec ACP)
Activates the automatic calculation of the sweep time. The automatic sweep time corresponds to
the settings defined in the RF Test Specification. By default, it is activated.
Remote: CONF:BTO:SWE:TIME:AUTO ON
1300.2519.12

4.175

E-11

Bluetooth Measurements (Option K8)

R&S FSL

Res BW Manual (Output Power, Rel TX Power)
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the resolution bandwidth. The values range from 1 MHz to 3
MHz. The default value is 3 MHz.
Remote: CONF:BTO:BAND 1KHZ
Res BW Auto (Output Power, TX Spec ACP, Rel TX Power, Spurious Emissions)
Sets the bandwidth according to the values defined in the RF Test Specification.
Remote: CONF:BTO:BAND:AUTO ON
Video BW Manual (TX Spec ACP)
The default value is 300 kHz, according to the values defined in the RF Test Specification.
For further details refer to the Video BW Manual softkey in the bandwidth menu of the base
unit.
Remote: CONF:BTO:BAND:VID 100HZ
Video BW Auto (TX Spec ACP, Spurious Emissions)
Sets the video bandwidth according to the values defined in the RF Test Specification. In the In–
band Spurious Emissions measurement, the video bandwidth is always adjusted automatically.
Therefore the softkey is activated by default and its state cannot be changed.
Remote: CONF:BTO:BAND:VID:AUTO ON
Filter Type (Output Power, TX Spec ACP, Spurious Emissions, Rel TX Power)
Opens the Filter Type dialog box to select the filter type. For the measurements Output Power
and Rel TX Power, a Gaussian or a channel filter can be selected. For the measurements TX
Spec ACP and Spurious Emissions, the filter type is a Gaussian filter.
Remote: BAND:TYPE NORM
Meas Filter (Modulation Char, Init Carr Freq Tol, Carr Freq Drift)
Activates or deactivates a filter that limits the bandwidth for the modulation measurements.
Since the RF Test Specification Rev 2.0.E.3 it is required to use this filter and therefore it is
activated by default.
The filter is flat within 1.04 MHz (ripple: only 0.02 dB) and has steep slopes outside this area.
The filter has the following characteristics:
–

passband ripple up to ± 550 kHz < 0.5 dB (peak to peak)

–

minimum attenuation in the transition band
±

650 kHz:

3 dB

±

1 MHz:

14 dB

±

2 MHz:

44 dB

Remote: DDEM:FILT:MEAS BTO

1300.2519.12

4.176

E-11

R&S FSL

Bluetooth Measurements (Option K8)

Softkeys of the sweep menu (Bluetooth mode)
The following table shows all softkeys available in the sweep menu in Bluetooth mode (SWEEP key).
In the Bluetooth mode, the sweep menu is used for direct entry into the measurement menu of the
currently selected measurement. It is possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all
softkeys. If a softkey is only available with a special option, model or (measurement) mode, this
information is delivered in the corresponding softkey description.
Command
Start Test
Continue Test
Continuous Sweep
Single Sweep
Meas Time Manual
Meas Time Auto
Sweeptime Manual
Sweeptime Auto
Block Count
Adjust Gate
Sweep Count
Power Avg Start
Power Avg Stop
Zoom
No. of ACP Chan
Channel List Start
More
Gate Delay
Gate Length
GFSK Start
GFSK Stop
DPSK Start
DPSK Stop

Start Test (Modulation Char)
Initiates a new measurement. All frequency deviation values obtained earlier are discarded.
The bit pattern in the payload is detected automatically. The frequency deviation of a packet is
determined according to the procedure defined in the RF Test Specification.
Remote: INIT;*WAI

1300.2519.12

4.177

E-11

Bluetooth Measurements (Option K8)

R&S FSL

Continue Test (Modulation Char)
Measures the frequency deviation of further packets after the bit pattern has been changed at
the EUT, just like the Start Test softkey did for the first bit pattern type. The results of the
preceding measurement are preserved and are taken into account for the new measurements.
Remote: INIT:CONM;*WAI
Continuous Sweep
Selects the continuous measurement operation. This is the default setting of the instrument.
Remote: INIT:CONT ON;*WAI
Single Sweep
(Output Power, TX Spec ACP, Init Carr Freq Tol, Carr Freq Drift, Rel TX Power, Spurious
Emissions, Carr Freq Stability, Diff Phase)
Selects the single measurement operation and starts a measurement cycle.
Remote: INIT:CONT OFF;*WAI
Block Count (Carr Freq Stability)
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the number of blocks to be measured. Every block has the
length of 50 Ms. The default value is 200 blocks.
This softkey is only available in single sweep operation.
Remote: CONF:BTO:CFST:BCO 1000
Adjust Gate (Spurious Emissions)
Adjusts the gate settings according to the pre–measurement results.
Remote: CONF:BTO:IBS:GATE:AUTO ONCE
Sweep Count
(Output Power, TX Spec ACP, Modulation Char, Init Carr Freq Tol, Carr Freq Drift, Rel TX Power,
Spurious Emissions, Diff Phase)
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the number of sweeps to be initiated by Single Sweep
softkey. The valid value range is 0 to 32767.
Remote: CONF:BTO:SWE:COUN 20
Power Avg Start (Output Power)
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the start position of the evaluation area for the average burst
power. The values range from 0 to 100%, the default setting is 20%.
For further information refer to "Position of a Bluetooth burst" on page 4.160.
Remote: CONF:BTO:POW:AVER:STAR 10PCT

1300.2519.12

4.178

E-11

R&S FSL

Bluetooth Measurements (Option K8)

Power Avg Stop (Output Power)
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the stop position of the evaluation area for the average burst
power. The values range from 0 to 100%, the default setting is 80%.
For further information refer to "Position of a Bluetooth burst" on page 4.160.
Remote: CONF:BTO:POW:AVER:STAR 90PCT
Zoom (Modulation Char, Init Carr Freq Tol, Carr Freq Drift)
Activates or deactivates the zoom function. Opens an edit dialog box to enter the zoom start
position. The valid value range for the zoom start position is 0 to (measurement time – 500 /
sampling rate). The default setting for the zoom function is 0s (off).
With active zoom function, an area of only 501 samples is displayed.
Remote: ADEM:ZOOM ON
Remote: ADEM:ZOOM:STAR 500us
No. of ACP Chan (TX Spec ACP, Spurious Emissions)
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the number of adjacent channels, for which the power is to be
measured. The values range from 0 to 78. A minimum value of 3 is recommended. The default
setting is 78 (all channels).
As with the ACP measurement of the basic instrument firmware this value refers to the number
of adjacent channels on one side of the TX channel. This means that with a selected value of 10
the analyzer will measure in total 21 channels (10 lower channels + TX channel + 10 upper
channels).
The frequency range required for the measurement is set up automatically. The center
frequency will also be adapted automatically dependent on the selected TX channel.
The measurement of the adjacent channels is limited to the available Bluetooth frequency band,
which means that at maximum 79 channels (23 channels in France) will be measured.
Remote: CONF:BTO:ACLR:ACP 10 (TX Spec ACP)
Remote: CONF:BTO:IBS:ACP 20 (Spurious Emissions)
Channel List Start (TX Spec ACP, Spurious Emissions)
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the channel with which the result display table starts. Because
of the multiplicity of the measurements results not all channels can be displayed simultaneously.

Gate Delay (Spurious Emissions)
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the time between trigger event and start of the DPSK packet.
That is the measurement start time.
Remote: SWE:EGAT:HOLD 100us

1300.2519.12

4.179

E-11

Bluetooth Measurements (Option K8)

R&S FSL

Gate Length (Spurious Emissions)
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the sweep time in seconds. Usually, this is the length of the
DPSK section.
Remote: SWE:EGAT:LENG 10ms
GFSK Start (Rel TX Power)
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the start time for the power measurement of the GFSK
sections of the packet. The default value is 10%.
The abbreviation GFSK stands for Gaussian Frequency Shift Keying.
Remote: CONF:BTO:RTP:GAV:STAR 20
GFSK Stop (Rel TX Power)
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the stop time for the power measurement of the GFSK
sections of the packet. The default value is 90%.
The abbreviation GFSK stands for Gaussian Frequency Shift Keying.
Remote: CONF:BTO:RTP:GAV:STOP 80
DPSK Start (Rel TX Power)
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the start time for the power measurement of the DPSK
sections of the packet. The default value is 10%.
The abbreviation DPSK stands for Differential Phase Shift Keying.
Remote: CONF:BTO:RTP:DAV:STAR 20
DPSK Stop (Rel TX Power)
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the stop time for the power measurement of the DPSK
sections of the packet. The default value is 90%.
The abbreviation DPSK stands for Differential Phase Shift Keying.
Remote: CONF:BTO:RTP:DAV:STOP 80

Softkeys of the trigger menu (Bluetooth mode)
The following table shows all softkeys available in the trigger menu in Bluetooth mode (FREQ key). It
is possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only available
with a special option, model or (measurement) mode, this information is delivered in the corresponding
softkey description.
Command
Trigger Source
Trg/Gate Level
Trigger Polarity
Trigger Offset

1300.2519.12

4.180

E-11

R&S FSL

Bluetooth Measurements (Option K8)

Trigger Source
Opens the Trigger dialog box to select one of the following trigger sources: Free Run, External,
IF Power.
For further details refer to the Trg / Gate Source softkey in the trigger menu of the base unit.

Trg/Gate Level
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the trigger / gate level. This softkey is not available, if the
trigger source Free Run is selected.
For further details refer to the Trg / Gate Level softkey in the trigger menu of the base unit.

Trigger Polarity
For details refer to the Trg / Gate Polarity Pos/Neg softkey in the trigger menu of the base unit.

Trigger Offset
For details refer to the Trigger Offset softkey in the trigger menu of the base unit.

Softkeys of the measurement menu (Bluetooth mode)
The following table shows all softkeys available in the measurement menu in Bluetooth mode (MEAS
key). It is possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only
available with a special option, model or (measurement) mode, this information is delivered in the
corresponding softkey description.
In the Bluetooth mode, the sweep menu is used for direct entry into the measurement menu of the
currently selected measurement. Therefore only the softkeys to select a measurement are described in
this section. All other softkeys are linked to the description in section Softkeys of the sweep menu
(Bluetooth mode) or Softkeys of the bandwidth menu (Bluetooth mode).
Menu / Command

Submenu / Command

Output Power

Continuous Sweep

Command

Single Sweep
Meas Time Manual
Meas Time Auto
Sweep Count
Power Avg Start
Power Avg Stop
TX Spec ACP

Continuous Sweep
Single Sweep
Sweeptime Manual
Sweeptime Auto
Sweep Count
No. of ACP Chan

1300.2519.12

4.181

E-11

Bluetooth Measurements (Option K8)
Menu / Command

Submenu / Command

R&S FSL

Command

Channel List Start
Modulation Char

Start Test
Continue Test
Continuous Sweep
Meas Time Manual
Meas Time Auto
Sweep Count
Zoom

Init Carr Freq Tol

Continuous Sweep
Single Sweep
Meas Time Manual
Meas Time Auto
Sweep Count
Zoom

Carr Freq Drift

see contents of the Init
Carr Freq Tol submenu

EDR

Rel TX Power

Continuous Sweep
Single Sweep
Meas Time Manual
Meas Time Auto
Sweep Count
More
GFSK Start
GFSK Stop
DPSK Start
DPSK Stop

Spurious Emissions

Continuous Sweep
Single Sweep
Adjust Gate
Sweep Count
No. of ACP Chan
Channel List Start
More
Gate Delay
Gate Length

Carr Freq Stability

Continuous Sweep
Single Sweep
Meas Time Manual

1300.2519.12

4.182

E-11

R&S FSL
Menu / Command

Bluetooth Measurements (Option K8)
Submenu / Command

Command
Meas Time Auto
Block Count

Diff Phase

Continuous Sweep
Single Sweep
Meas Time Manual
Meas Time Auto
Sweep Count

Output Power
Opens a submenu to configure the Output Power measurement. For further details refer to
"Output Power measurement" on page 4.161.
Remote: CONF:BTO:MEAS OPOW
Remote: CALC:BTO:OPOW?
Remote: CALC:BTO:OPOW:AVER? MAX
TX Spec ACP
Opens a submenu to configure the TX Spec ACP measurement. For further details refer to
"Adjacent Channel Power measurement" on page 4.162.
Remote: CONF:BTO:MEAS ACLR
Remote: CALC:BTO:ACLR?
Remote: CALC:BTO:ACLR:EXC?
Modulation Char
Opens a submenu to configure the Modulation Char measurement. For further details refer to
"Modulation Characteristics measurement" on page 4.162.
Remote: CONF:BTO:MEAS MCH
Remote: CALC:BTO:MCH:DF1:AVER? MIN
Remote: CALC:BTO:MCH:DF1:MAX? MIN
Remote: CALC:BTO:MCH:DF2:PERC?
Remote: CALC:BTO:MCH:RAT? MIN
Init Carr Freq Tol
Opens a submenu to configure the Init Carr Freq Tol measurement. For further details refer to
"Initial Carrier Frequency Tolerance measurement" on page 4.163.
Remote: CONF:BTO:MEAS IFCT
Remote: CALC:BTO:ICFT? AVER

1300.2519.12

4.183

E-11

Bluetooth Measurements (Option K8)

R&S FSL

Carr Freq Drift
Opens a submenu to configure the Carr Freq Drift measurement. For further details refer to
"Carrier Frequency Drift measurement" on page 4.164.
Remote: CONF:BTO:MEAS CFDR
Remote: CALC:BTO:CFDR?
Remote: CALC:BTO:CFDR:RATE?
EDR
Opens a submenu with all available enhanced data rate measurements.

Rel TX Power
Opens a submenu to configure the Rel TX Power measurement. For further details refer to
"Relative Transmit Power (EDR) measurement" on page 4.164.
Remote: CONF:BTO:MEAS RTP
Remote: CALC:BTO:RTP? MIN
Remote: CALC:BTO:RTP:GFSK? MIN
Remote: CALC:BTO:RTP:RAT? MIN
Spurious Emissions
Opens a submenu to configure the Spurious Emissions measurement. For further details refer to
"In–band Spurious Emissions (EDR) measurement" on page 4.165.
Remote: CONF:BTO:MEAS IBS
Remote: CALC:BTO:IBS?
Remote: CALC:BTO:IBS:EXC?
Remote: CALC:BTO:IBS:HADJ? LOW
Carr Freq Stability
Opens a submenu to configure the Carr Freq Stability measurement. For further details refer to
"Carrier Frequency Stability and Modulation Accuracy (EDR) measurement" on page 4.166.
Remote: CONF:BTO:MEAS CFST
Remote: CALC:BTO:CFST:FERR? MIN
Remote: CALC:BTO:CFST:FERR:BLOC? AVER
Remote: CALC:BTO:CFST:FERR:INIT? MAX
Remote: CALC:BTO:CFST:DEVM? AVER
Remote: CALC:BTO:CFST:DEVM:PEAK?
Remote: CALC:BTO:CFST:DEVM:D99Pct?
Remote: CALC:BTO:CFST:COUNt?

1300.2519.12

4.184

E-11

R&S FSL

Bluetooth Measurements (Option K8)

Diff Phase
Opens a submenu to configure the Diff Phase measurement. For further details refer to
"Differential Phase Encoding (EDR) measurement" on page 4.166.
Remote: CONF:BTO:MEAS DPEN
Remote: CALC:BTO:DPEN:NERR?
Remote: CALC:BTO:DPEN?
Remote: CALC:BTO:DPEN:BER?

1300.2519.12

4.185

E-11

Power Meter (Option K9)

R&S FSL

Power Meter (Option K9)
For precise power measurement a power sensor is connected to the instrument via the front panel
(USB connector) or the rear panel (power sensor, option R&S FSL–B5). The Power Sensor Support
firmware option provides the power measurement functions for this test setup (see Fig. 4-21: Power
sensor support – standard test setup). Both manual operation and remote control are supported. The
functions of this firmware option are described in this section. For details on the connectors and
compatible power sensors refer to the Quick Start Guide, chapter 1, "Front and Rear Panel".

Fig. 4-21: Power sensor support – standard test setup

To open the power meter menu
1. Press the MENU key.
2. Press the Power Meter softkey.
The power meter menu is displayed.

Menu and softkey description
–

"Softkeys of the power meter menu" on page 4.187

To display help to a softkey, press the HELP key and then the softkey for which you want to display
help. To close the help window, press the ESC key. For further information refer to section "How to use
the Help System".

Tasks
–

To zero the power meter

–

To use the power meter

1300.2519.12

4.186

E-11

R&S FSL

Power Meter (Option K9)

To zero the power meter
1. Press the Zero softkey.
A dialog box is displayed that prompts you to disconnect all signals from the input of the power
sensor.
2. Disconnect all signals from the input of the power sensor and press ENTER to continue.
3. Wait until zeroing is complete.
A corresponding message is displayed.

To use the power meter
1. Press the Frequency Coupling softkey to select the coupling option.
2. If you have selected the Manual coupling option, press the Frequency Manual softkey to enter the
frequency of the signal which power you want to measure.
3. Press the Unit/Scale softkey to set the unit for the power result display.
4. If you have selected dB or % as units (relative display), define a reference value:
–

To set the currently measured power as a reference value, press the Meas–>Ref softkey.

–

To enter a reference value, press the Reference Value softkey.

5. Press the Meas Time/Average softkey to select the measurement time. For recommendations refer
to the Meas Time/Average softkey description.

Softkeys of the power meter menu
The following table shows all softkeys available in the power meter menu. It is possible that your
instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only available with a special option,
model or (measurement) mode, this information is delivered in the corresponding softkey description.
For the description of the other main softkeys refer to "Optional softkeys of the menu menu" on page
4.131.
Command
Power Meter On/Off
Frequency Manual
Frequency Coupling
Unit/Scale
Zero
Meas Time/Average
More
Meas–>Ref
Reference Value
Use Ref Lev Offset
Number of Readings
Ext Power Trigger
Trigger Level

1300.2519.12

4.187

E-11

Power Meter (Option K9)

R&S FSL

Power Meter On/Off
Switches the power measurement on or off.
Remote: PMET ON
Frequency Manual
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the frequency of the signal to be measured. The power sensor
has a memory with frequency–dependent correction factors. This allows extreme accuracy for
signals of a known frequency.
Remote: PMET:FREQ 1GHZ
Frequency Coupling
Opens the Frequency Coupling dialog box to select the coupling option. The frequency can be
coupled automatically to the center frequency of the instrument or to the frequency of marker 1,
or manually to a set frequency (see Frequency Manual softkey).
Remote: PMET:FREQ:LINK CENT
Unit/Scale
Opens the Unit/Scale dialog box to select the unit with which the measured power is to be
displayed.
If dB or % is selected, the display is relative to a reference value that is defined with either the
Meas–>Ref softkey or the Reference Value softkey.
Remote: UNIT:PMET:POW DBM
Remote: UNIT:PMET:POW:RAT DB
Zero
Starts zeroing of the power sensor. For details on the zeroing process refer to "To zero the
power meter" on page 4.187.
Remote: CAL:PMET:ZERO:AUTO ONCE;*WAI
Meas Time/Average
Opens the Meas Time dialog box to select the measurement time or to switch to manual
averaging mode. In general, results are more precise with longer measurement times. The
following settings are recommended for different signal types to obtain stable and precise
results:
Short

Stationary signals with high power (> –40dBm), because they require only a
short measurement time and short measurement time provides the highest
repetition rates.

Normal

Signals with lower power or of modulated signals

Long

Signals at the lower end of the measurement range (<–50 dBm) or
signals with lower power to minimize the influence of noise.

Manual

Switches to manual averaging mode. The average count is set with the
Number of Readings softkey.
This parameter is available from firmware version 1.70.

1300.2519.12

4.188

E-11

R&S FSL

Power Meter (Option K9)

Remote: PMET:MTIM SHOR
Remote: PMET:MTIM:AVER ON
Meas–>Ref
Sets the currently measured power as a reference value for the relative display. The reference
value can also be set manually via the Reference Value softkey.
Remote: CALC:PMET:REL:AUTO ONCE
Reference Value
Opens an edit dialog box to enter a reference value for relative measurements in the unit dBm.
Remote: CALC:PMET:REL –30DBM
Use Ref Lev Offset
If activated, takes the reference level offset set for the analyzer (Ref Level Offset softkey) into
account for the measured power. If deactivated, takes no offset into account.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.50.
Remote: PMET:ROFF OFF
Number of Readings
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the number of readings (averagings) to be performed after a
single sweep has been started. This softkey is only available if manual averaging is selected
(Meas Time/Average softkey).
The values for the average count range from 0 to 256 in binary steps (1, 2, 4, 8,…). For average
count = 0 or 1, one reading is performed. The averaging and sweep count of the trace menu are
independent from this setting.
Results become more stable with extended average, particularly if signals with low power are
measured. This setting can be used to minimize the influence of noise in the power meter
measurement.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.70.
Remote: PMET:MTIM:AVER:COUN 8
Ext Power Trigger
Activates the creation of a trigger signal in the power sensor. When pressing the softkey, the
following softkeys of the power meter menu become unavailable: Unit/Scale, Reference Value,
Use Ref Lev Offset and Number of Readings.
Pressing the softkey causes the transmission of the following remote commands to the power
sensor:
*RST
SENS:AVER:STAT OFF
TRIG:MAST:STAT ON
TRIG:SOUR INT
TRIG:SLOP POS
TRIG:DTIM 100e-6
INIT:CONT ON
1300.2519.12

4.189

E-11

Power Meter (Option K9)

R&S FSL

This softkey is only available in conjunction with a NRP-Z81 power sensor.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.90.
Remote: SENS:PMET:TRIG ON
Trigger Level
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the trigger level.
This softkey is only available in conjunction with a NRP-Z81 power sensor.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.90.
Remote: SENS:PMET:TRIG:LEV -10 dBm

1300.2519.12

4.190

E-11

R&S FSL

Spectrogram Measurement (Option K14)

Spectrogram Measurement (Option K14)
The Spectrogram Measurement option provides a graphical view of frequency and amplitude changes
over a time interval. For display details refer to "Spectrogram view" on page 4.192.
Not all measurement types can be displayed in the Spectrogram view. If the Spectrogram Measurement
option is active and a measurement cannot be displayed in form of a spectrogram, the softkey of the
corresponding measurement is disabled.
If the Spectrogram view is active, all parameter settings set in the Spectrum Analyzer mode are kept,
and vice versa.
This option is available from firmware version 1.60.

To open the spectrogram menu
1. Press the MENU key.
2. Press the Spectrogram softkey.
The spectrogram menu is displayed.

Menu and softkey description
–

"Softkeys of the spectrogram menu" on page 4.194

–

"Softkeys of the sweep menu (Spectrogram view)" on page 4.195

–

"Softkeys of the marker menu (Spectrogram view)" on page 4.197

–

"Softkeys of the marker–> menu (Spectrogram view)" on page 4.197

All other menus are provided as described for the base unit. For details refer to the corresponding menu
descriptions.
To display help to a softkey, press the HELP key and then the softkey for which you want to display
help. To close the help window, press the ESC key. For further information refer to section "How to use
the Help System".

Further information
–

"Spectrogram view" on page 4.192

–

"Markers and marker values" on page 4.193

–

"Maximum number of frames" on page 4.193

1300.2519.12

4.191

E-11

Spectrogram Measurement (Option K14)

R&S FSL

Spectrogram view
The Spectrogram view is divided into two panes: the spectrum analyzer result display (upper pane) and
the spectrogram result display (lower pane).
•

spectrum analyzer result display
As in Spectrum Analyzer mode, all traces are displayed and available. For trace 1, the View and
Blank trace modes are not available.
During the measurement, always the current trace is displayed.
If no measurement is running, the trace to be displayed is selected via:
–

the Select Frame softkey

–

the edit dialog box for markers and delta markers (MKR key, Marker 1/2/3/4 softkeys or MKR–
softkey)
> key, Select 1 2 3 4

The selected trace is displayed with its corresponding, activated markers (D2 in the example). The
position of the markers activated for other traces is only displayed in the marker field (M1 in the
example).
•

spectrogram result display
In a Cartesian diagram, the chronological power distribution (y–axis) over a frequency or time range
(x–axis) is displayed. The different levels are displayed in different colors.
Only the data of trace 1 is displayed in the spectrogram. The result display is build up by horizontal
lines so–called frames, each representing a trace. The frames are sorted in chronological order:
Starting from the current trace (frame 0) at the y–axis value zero, the last trace (frame –1), the trace
before the last trace (frame –2), and so on, are displayed with increasing y–axis value. The
maximum number of frames to be recorded is defined by the History Depth softkey.
A frame consists of a maximum of 501 measurement points. If more measured values than
measurement points are available (set via the Sweep Points softkey), several measured values are
combined in one measurement point using the selected detector (Auto Peak detector not available,
for details on detectors refer to "Detector overview" on page 4.42).

Fig. 4-22 Spectrogram (example)

1300.2519.12

4.192

E-11

R&S FSL

Spectrogram Measurement (Option K14)

A color map below the spectrogram shows the level and color assignment: the minimum level on
the left (–101.0 dBm in the example), the maximum level on the right (–1.0 dBm in the example).
The used colors are defined via the Color softkey. The level and color assignment is derived
automatically from the levels.
Below the right corner of the spectrogram, the frame number is displayed (# 0 in the example). If
the time stamp is activated, the time stamp instead of the frame number is displayed (for details
refer to the Time Stamp On/Off softkey).
The position of a marker (rhomb symbol) is displayed in the spectrogram result display only if the
marker is located in the visible area. If the marker is located outside the visible area, only its values
are displayed in the marker field.

Markers and marker values
In the spectrum analyzer result display, the marker information of all activated markers is displayed in
the marker field. Additional to the marker values of the base unit (for details see "Using Markers and
Delta Markers – MKR Key" on page 4.53), the frame number is given (# 0 in the example).

In the spectrogram result display, in maximum 4 markers and delta markers can be activated for
different frames at the same time. To assign a marker to a frame, the edit marker dialog box is
extended. Additionally to the marker value, the frame number must be defined.

When the marker edit dialog box is opened, the Marker 1 field is in edit mode. To change to the frame
number field, use the FIELD RIGHT key.
If a marker is activated when the measurement is halted (Continuous Sweep Start/Stop softkey), the
marker is set and visible in both result displays (provided that it is located in the visible area of the
spectrogram result display). If the marker value or the frame number is altered, the new position is
reflected in both result displays.

Maximum number of frames
The following table shows the correlation between the number of measurement points and the
maximum number of frames stored in the history buffer:
Measurement points
501

Max. number of frames
20,000

1,001

12,488

2,001

6,247

4,001

3,124

8,001

1,562

16,001

781

32,001

391

1300.2519.12

4.193

E-11

Spectrogram Measurement (Option K14)

R&S FSL

Softkeys of the spectrogram menu
The following table shows all softkeys available in the spectrogram menu (MENU key). It is possible
that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only available with a
special option, model or (measurement) mode, this information is delivered in the corresponding softkey
description.
For the description of the other main softkeys refer to "Optional softkeys of the menu menu" on page
4.131.
Command
Spectrogram On/Off
History Depth
Color
Maximize Size
Time Stamp On/Off

Spectrogram On/Off
Activates or deactivates the Spectrogram Measurement option.
Remote: CALC:SPEC ON
History Depth
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the number of frames to be stored in the history buffer. The
maximum number of frames depends on the number of sweep points (Sweep Points softkey)
and is determined according to "Maximum number of frames" on page 4.193.
If the history buffer is full, the oldest frame results are overwritten by the new ones.
Remote: CALC:SPEC:HDEP 1000
Color
Opens the Frame Color dialog box to select the frame color setting.
Color

RGB colors

Radar

black – green – white

Grayscale

black and white

Remote: CALC:SPEC:COL RAD
Maximize Size
Changes the screen layout.
Activated

Enlarges the spectrogram result display and scales down the spectrum
analyzer result display.

Deactivated

Divides the screen in two equally sized panes.

Remote: CALC:SPEC:SIZE LARG

1300.2519.12

4.194

E-11

R&S FSL

Spectrogram Measurement (Option K14)

Time Stamp On/Off
Defines the displayed item in the right lower corner.
On

The time stamp (system time of the sweep start) is displayed instead of the frame
number.

Off

The frame number is displayed.

Remote: CALC:SPEC:TST ON

Softkeys of the sweep menu (Spectrogram view)
The following table shows all softkeys available in the sweep menu of the Spectrogram Measurement
option (SWEEP key). It is possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a
softkey is only available with a special option, model or (measurement) mode, this information is
delivered in the corresponding softkey description.
Command
Continuous Sweep Start/Stop
Single Sweep
Select Frame
Sweeptime Manual
Sweeptime Auto
Sweep Count
More
Sweep Points
Continue Frame On/Off
Frame Count
Spectrogram Clear

Continuous Sweep Start/Stop
Stops or continues the measurement in continuous sweep mode. The trace averaging is
determined by the sweep count value (for details refer to the Sweep Count softkey in the trace
menu of the base unit).
Continuous Sweep Start

The measurement is stopped. Press the softkey to continue the
measurement.

Continuous Sweep Stop

The measurement is running. Press the softkey to stop the
measurement.

Remote: INIT:CONT ON
Single Sweep
For details refer to the Single Sweep softkey in the sweep menu of the base unit.

1300.2519.12

4.195

E-11

Spectrogram Measurement (Option K14)

R&S FSL

Select Frame
Opens an edit dialog box to select the frame if no measurement is running. If the active marker
value is altered, the value of the selected frame is updated accordingly.
During a measurement, the value is fixed to 0 and this softkey is not available.
Remote: CALC:SPEC:FRAM:SEL –10
Sweeptime Manual
For details refer to the Sweeptime Manual softkey in the sweep menu of the base unit.

Sweeptime Auto
For details refer to the Sweeptime Auto softkey in the sweep menu of the base unit.

Sweep Count
For details refer to the Sweep Count softkey in the sweep menu of the base unit.

Sweep Points
For details refer to the Sweep Points softkey in the sweep menu of the base unit.

Continue Frame On/Off
Determines whether the results of the last measurement are deleted before starting a new
measurement.
On

Repeats the single sweep measurement without deleting the spectrogram results of
the last measurement. One of the following trace modes is to be used: Max Hold, Min
Hold, Average.

Off

Deletes the last measurement results before performing a single sweep
measurement.

This softkey takes effect in single sweep mode only.
Remote: CALC:SPEC:CONT ON
Frame Count
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the number of frames to be recorded in a single sweep
measurement, whereas the Sweep Count entry determines how many sweeps are combined
according to the selected trace mode (Max Hold or Min Hold) in one trace (frame). The
maximum number of frames is determined according to "Maximum number of frames" on page
4.193.
This softkey takes effect in single sweep mode only.
Remote: CALC:SPEC:FRAM:COUN 200

1300.2519.12

4.196

E-11

R&S FSL

Spectrogram Measurement (Option K14)

Spectrogram Clear
Deletes the spectrogram result display and the history buffer.
Remote: CALC:SPEC:CLE

Softkeys of the marker menu (Spectrogram view)
Additional to the functionality of the base unit (for details refer to "Softkeys of the marker menu" on page
4.57), the edit dialog box for markers and delta markers is extended. For details refer to "Markers and
marker values" on page 4.193.

Softkeys of the marker–> menu (Spectrogram view)
The following table shows all softkeys available in the marker–> menu of the Spectrogram
Measurement option (MKR–> key). It is possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all
softkeys. If a softkey is only available with a special option, model or (measurement) mode, this
information is delivered in the corresponding softkey description.
Menu / Command

Command

Select 1 2 3 4
Peak
Next Peak
Search Mode

Next Peak X Search < abs >
Next Peak Y Search up/abs/dn
Next Min X Search < abs >
Next Min Y Search up/abs/dn
Marker Search Type
Select Search Area

Center =Mkr Freq
Ref Lvl =Mkr Lvl
More
Select 1 2 3 4
Min
Next Min
Search Mode

identical to Search Mode menu
above

Search Limits

Left Limit
Right Limit
Threshold
Search Lim Off

Peak Excursion
Exclude LO

1300.2519.12

4.197

E-11

Spectrogram Measurement (Option K14)

R&S FSL

Select 1 2 3 4
The edit dialog box for markers and delta markers is extended as described in "Markers and
marker values" on page 4.193.
For further details refer to the Select 1 2 3 4

softkey in the marker–> menu of the base unit.

Remote: CALC:MARK2:SPEC:FRAM –20
Remote: CALC:DELT3:SPEC:FRAM –50
Peak
Sets the active marker/delta marker to the highest maximum according to the selected search
type (Marker Search Type softkey).
Remote: CALC:MARK:MAX (in x direction)
Remote: CALC:DELT:MAX (in x direction)
Remote: CALC:MARK:SPEC:Y:MAX (y direction)
Remote: CALC:DELT4:SPEC:Y:MAX (y direction)
Remote: CALC:MARK2:SPEC:XY:MAX (xy direction)
Remote: CALC:DELT2:SPEC:XY:MAX (xy direction)
Next Peak
Sets the active marker/delta marker to the next maximum according to the mode selected using
the Search Mode softkey. For the XY Search (Marker Search Type softkey), this softkey is not
available.
Remote: for search in x direction see Next Peak X Search < abs > softkey
Remote: for search in y direction see Next Peak Y Search up/abs/dn softkey
Search Mode
Displays a submenu to define the search mode for the Next Peak and Next Min softkeys.

Next Peak X Search < abs >
Selects the mode of the Next Peak softkey, if the X Search is selected (Marker Search Type
softkey). Three settings are available:
<

Sets the active marker/delta marker to the next maximum left to the marker of the
selected frame.

abs

Sets the active marker/delta marker to the next lower maximum of the selected
frame.

>

Sets the active marker/delta marker to the next maximum right to the marker of the
selected frame.

1300.2519.12

4.198

E-11

R&S FSL

Spectrogram Measurement (Option K14)

Remote: CALC:MARK2:MAX:LEFT (<)
Remote: CALC:DELT:MAX:LEFT (<)
Remote: CALC:MARK:MAX:RIGH (>)
Remote: CALC:DELT:MAX:RIGH (>)
Remote: CALC:MARK2:MAX:NEXT (abs)
Remote: CALC:DELT2:MAX:NEXT (abs)
Next Peak Y Search up/abs/dn
Selects the mode of the Next Peak softkey, if the Y Search is selected (Marker Search Type
softkey). Three settings are available:
up

Sets the active marker/delta marker to the next maximum above the current marker
position (constant x–axis value).

abs

Sets the active marker/delta marker to the next lower maximum in y–axis direction
(constant x–axis value).

dn

Sets the active marker/delta marker to the next maximum below the current marker
position (constant x–axis value).

Remote: CALC:MARK2:SPEC:Y:MAX:ABOV (up)
Remote: CALC:DELT2:SPEC:Y:MAX:ABOV (up)
Remote: CALC:MARK:SPEC:Y:MAX:NEXT (abs)
Remote: CALC:DELT4:SPEC:Y:MAX:NEXT (abs)
Remote: CALC:MARK3:SPEC:Y:MAX:BEL (dn)
Remote: CALC:DELT3:SPEC:Y:MAX:BEL (dn)
Next Min X Search < abs >
Selects the mode of the Next Min softkey, if the X Search is selected (Marker Search Type
softkey). Three settings are available:
<

Sets the active marker/delta marker to the next minimum left to the marker of the
selected frame.

abs

Sets the active marker/delta marker to the next higher minimum of the selected
frame.

>

Sets the active marker/delta marker to the next minimum right to the marker of the
selected frame.

Remote: CALC:MARK2:MIN:LEFT (<)
Remote: CALC:DELT:MIN:LEFT (<)
Remote: CALC:MARK:MIN:RIGH (>)
Remote: CALC:DELT:MIN:RIGH (>)
Remote: CALC:MARK2:MIN:NEXT (abs)
Remote: CALC:DELT2:MIN:NEXT (abs)

1300.2519.12

4.199

E-11

Spectrogram Measurement (Option K14)

R&S FSL

Next Min Y Search up/abs/dn
Selects the mode of the Next Min softkey, if the Y Search is selected (Marker Search Type
softkey). Three settings are available:
up

Sets the active marker/delta marker to the next minimum above the current marker
position (constant x–axis value).

abs

Sets the active marker/delta marker to the next higher minimum in y–axis direction
(constant x–axis value).

dn

Sets the active marker/delta marker to the next minimum below the current marker
position (constant x–axis value).

Remote: CALC:MARK2:SPEC:Y:MIN:ABOV (up)
Remote: CALC:DELT2:SPEC:Y:MIN:ABOV (up)
Remote: CALC:MARK:SPEC:Y:MIN:NEXT (abs)
Remote: CALC:DELT4:SPEC:Y:MIN:NEXT (abs)
Remote: CALC:MARK3:SPEC:Y:MIN:BEL (dn)
Remote: CALC:DELT3:SPEC:Y:MIN:BEL (dn)
Marker Search Type
Displays the Marker Search Type dialog box to select the search direction:
X Search

The selected frame is searched for peaks (Next Peak X Search < abs >
softkey) or minima (Next Min X Search < abs > softkey).

Y Search

The frames are searched with constant x–axis value for peaks (Next Peak Y
Search up/abs/dn softkey) or minima (Next Min Y Search up/abs/dn
softkey).

XY Search

All frames are searched in x and y–axis direction for peaks or minima. Only
the absolute search mode is available.

Select Search Area
Displays the Marker Search Area dialog box to select the search area:
Visible

The search takes only place in the area displayed in the Spectrogram view.

Memory

The search takes place in the whole data range stored in the history buffer.

Remote: CALC:MARK2:SPEC:SAR MEM
Remote: CALC:DELT2:SPEC:SAR MEM
Center =Mkr Freq (span > 0)
For details refer to the Center =Mkr Freq softkey in the marker–> menu of the base unit.

Ref Lvl =Mkr Lvl
For details refer to the Ref Lvl =Mkr Lvl softkey in the marker–> menu of the base unit.

1300.2519.12

4.200

E-11

R&S FSL

Spectrogram Measurement (Option K14)

Min
Sets the active marker/delta marker to the highest minimum according to the selected search
type (Marker Search Type softkey).
For further details refer to the Min softkey in the marker–> menu of the base unit.
Remote: CALC:MARK:MIN (in x direction)
Remote: CALC:DELT:MIN (in x direction)
Remote: CALC:MARK:SPEC:Y:MIN (y direction)
Remote: CALC:DELT4:SPEC:Y:MIN (y direction)
Remote: CALC:MARK3:SPEC:XY:MIN (xy direction)
Remote: CALC:DELT3:SPEC:XY:MIN (xy direction)
Next Min
Sets the active marker/delta marker to the next minimum according to the mode selected using
the Search Mode softkey. For the XY Search (Marker Search Type softkey), this softkey is not
available.
Remote: for search in x direction see Next Min X Search < abs > softkey
Remote: for search in y direction see Next Min Y Search up/abs/dn softkey
Search Limits
For details refer to the Search Limits softkey in the marker–> menu of the base unit.

Left Limit
For details refer to the Left Limit softkey in the marker–> menu of the base unit.

Right Limit
For details refer to the Right Limit softkey in the marker–> menu of the base unit.

Threshold
For details refer to the Threshold softkey in the marker–> menu of the base unit.

Search Lim Off
For details refer to the Search Lim Off softkey in the marker–> menu of the base unit.

Peak Excursion
For details refer to the Peak Excursion softkey in the marker–> menu of the base unit.

1300.2519.12

4.201

E-11

Spectrogram Measurement (Option K14)

R&S FSL

Exclude LO
For details refer to the Exclude LO softkey in the marker–> menu of the base unit.

1300.2519.12

4.202

E-11

R&S FSL

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)
The Cable TV Measurements option provides ready–made measurements for analog and digital TV
signals where most of the parameters are set automatically. Thus the measurements can be carried out
fast and with a minimum of effort.
Averaging can be applied to the measurement results. If the results are presented in a table, only the
values in the table are averaged, not the trace itself. For details refer to "Setting Traces – TRACE Key"
on page 4.39. Measurement specific settings as signal levels, limits etc. are saved using the save /
recall function described in section "Instrument Functions – Basic Settings", "Instrument Setup and
Interface Configuration – SETUP Key".
This option is available from firmware version 1.30.

To open the Cable TV Analyzer menu
If the Cable TV Analyzer mode is not the active measurement mode, press the MODE key and
activate the Cable TV Analyzer option.
If the Cable TV Analyzer mode is already active, press the MENU key.
The Cable TV Analyzer menu is displayed. .

Menu and softkey description
–

"Softkeys of the Cable TV Analyzer menu" on page 4.223

–

"Softkeys of the frequency menu (Cable TV Analyzer mode)" on page 4.226

–

"Softkeys of the amplitude menu (Cable TV Analyzer mode)" on page 4.228

–

"Softkeys of the trace menu (Cable TV Analyzer mode)" on page 4.229

–

"Softkeys of the measurement menu (Cable TV Analyzer mode)" on page 4.230

The bandwidth, span, trigger and lines menus are not available in the Cable TV Analyzer mode. All
other menus are provided as described for the base unit. For details refer to the corresponding menu
descriptions.
To display help to a softkey, press the HELP key and then the softkey for which you want to display
help. To close the help window, press the ESC key. For further information refer to section "How to use
the Help System".

Further information
–

"Information in the status bar" on page 4.209

–

"Channel tables" on page 4.210

–

"Modulation standards" on page 4.210

–

"Signal level" on page 4.211

–

"Attenuation adjustment" on page 4.211

–

"Labels used in the measurement displays" on page 4.212

–

"Short list of cable TV terms and abbreviations" on page 4.213

1300.2519.12

4.203

E-11

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

R&S FSL

Tasks
–

"To edit a channel table" on page 4.205

–

"To create a channel table" on page 4.206

–

"To copy a channel table" on page 4.206

–

"To create a new modulation standard" on page 4.207

–

"To edit a modulation standard" on page 4.208

–

"To copy a modulation standard" on page 4.208

–

"To perform a measurement using a channel table" on page 4.208

–

"To perform a measurement without a channel table" on page 4.209

Measurements overview
All measurements can be performed with or without using a channel table (see also "To perform a
measurement using a channel table" on page 4.208 and "To perform a measurement without a channel
table" on page 4.209). In this section, the measurements are performed using a channel table. For
every measurement type, a short introduction is given. For a more detailed description on every
measurement type refer to chapter "Advanced Measurement Examples".
The measurements are divided into three groups:
analog TV

Using an analog modulation standard, the measurement of one single channel is
performed.

digital TV

Using a digital modulation standard, the measurement of one single channel is
performed.

TV analyzer

Measurements on the entire TV network, i.e. several or all channels, are
performed.

For detailed information on the softkeys provided for each measurement type, refer to "Softkeys of the
measurement menu (Cable TV Analyzer mode)" on page 4.230.
The following measurement types are provided:
•

analog TV measurements:
–

"Spectrum" on page 4.213

–

"Carriers" on page 4.214

–

"C/N" on page 4.214

–

"CSO" on page 4.215

–

"CTB" on page 4.216

–

"Video Scope" on page 4.217

–

"Vision Modulation" on page 4.217

–

"Hum" on page 4.218

1300.2519.12

4.204

E-11

R&S FSL
•

•

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

digital TV measurements:
–

"Spectrum" on page 4.218

–

"Overview" on page 4.219

–

"Constellation Diagram (Modulation Analysis)" on page 4.219

–

"Modulation Errors (Modulation Analysis)" on page 4.220

–

"Echo Pattern (Channel Analysis)" on page 4.220

–

"Channel Power" on page 4.221

–

"APD" on page 4.221

–

"CCDF" on page 4.222

TV analyzer measurement:
–

"Tilt" on page 4.222

To edit a channel table
1. Press the Channel Setup softkey.
The Channel Tables dialog box is displayed.
If a measurement is running, the channel table used in the measurement (so–called active channel
table) is the channel table in focus. For further details refer also to "Channel tables" on page 4.210.
2. In the Channel Tables dialog box, focus the channel table you want to edit.
3. Press the Edit softkey.
The Channel Table dialog box and the edit submenu is displayed. Each line in the channel table
represents one channel.

The channels are displayed as they are entered and are not sorted automatically. If you prefer the
entries ordered with respect to their channel number, enter the channels accordingly.

1300.2519.12

4.205

E-11

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

R&S FSL

4. In the Name and Description field, edit the name and the description for the channel table via the
keypad.
If the name of a channel table is changed, the channel table with the old name is not overwritten but
retained, and a new channel table is created additionally.
In the title bar, *(unsaved changes) is displayed.
5. To edit an existing channel:
–

In the No. and Comment column, edit the channel number and a comment for the channel via
the keypad.

–

In the Modulation Standard column, open the list of all available modulation standards via the
ENTER key and select a modulation standard from the list. If you want to create, edit or view a
modulation standard, press the Modulation Options softkey. For further information refer to
"To create a new modulation standard" on page 4.207.

–

In the RF MHz column, set an RF value. The RF represents the characteristic frequency of a
channel. Its interpretation depends on the modulation standard, e.g. for analog TV. For detailed
information refer to the RF softkey on page 4.226.
If the modulation standard is changed from an analog to a digital one, the RF frequency is
changed automatically. Therefore it is recommended to proceed in the described order, i.e. to
set the modulation standard first.

–

In the Width MHz column, set a width value.

6. To create a new channel:
–

Set the focus on a channel and press the Copy Channel softkey.

–

Change the entries of the channel as desired.

7. To delete a channel, press the Delete Channel softkey.
8. To leave the whole channel table without saving the changes, press the Discard Changes softkey.
9. To save your changes, press the Save Changes softkey.
If the channel table contains invalid entries, an error message is displayed and saving is denied.

To create a channel table
1. In the Channel Setup submenu, press the New softkey to create a new channel table. For further
details refer also to "Channel tables" on page 4.210.
2. Continue as described in "To edit a channel table" on page 4.205, step 4.

To copy a channel table
1. Press the Channel Setup softkey.For further details refer also to "Channel tables" on page 4.210.
2. In the Channel Tables dialog box, focus the channel table you want to copy.
3. Press the Copy softkey.
4. Continue as described in "To edit a channel table" on page 4.205, step 4.

1300.2519.12

4.206

E-11

R&S FSL

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

To create a new modulation standard
1. In the Channel Setup submenu, press the Edit, New, or Copy softkey.
2. In the Modulation Options submenu, press the New softkey.
The Modulation Standard Options dialog box is displayed. As soon as you change entries, in the
title bar, *(unsaved changes) is displayed.
3. Enter a name for the modulation standard. It is recommended to include the TV standard in the
name, e.g. XY_DVB–C 16QAM.
If a modulation standard with the entered name already exists, the name is not accepted and a
message box is displayed. The input field remains editable.
4. Select the Signal Type. Depending on this setting, the fields and entries of the New Modulation
Standard dialog box are configured. Therefore it is recommended to proceed in the described
order.
5. For the Analog TV signal type, define the following parameters:
TV standard, sound system, group delay, color system, bar line, quiet line, sideband position. The
entries that can be selected may depend on the setting of the previous parameter.
For every parameter a default value is set. Change this setting if necessary.

6. For the Digital TV signal type, define the following parameters:
TV standard, constellation, symbol rate, roll–off, sideband position. The entries that can be selected
may depend on the setting of the previous parameter.

7. Press the previous key twice to go back to the Channel Table dialog box.

1300.2519.12

4.207

E-11

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

R&S FSL

8. Press the Save Changes softkey to save the changes.
The new modulation standard can be used for any channel.
9. To discard the changes, press the Discard Changes softkey.

To edit a modulation standard
1. In the Channel Setup – Edit / New / Copy submenu, press the Modulation Options softkey.
In the Modulation Standards dialog box, all modulation standards defined for this channel table
are displayed.
2. In the Modulation Standards dialog box, set the focus on the modulation standard you want to
edit.
3. Press the Edit softkey.
The Modulation Standard Options dialog box is displayed.
4. For further instructions see "To create a new modulation standard" on page 4.207.

To copy a modulation standard
1. Press the Channel Setup softkey.
2. In the Channel Tables dialog box, focus the channel table that contains the modulation standard
you want to copy.
3. Press the Copy softkey (for further details see "To create a channel table" on page 4.206).
4. Enter a name for the copied channel table.
5. If you want to alter the channel table, continue as described in "To edit a channel table" on page
4.205, step 4.
6. If you want to alter the modulation standard, press the Modulation Options softkey and then the
Edit softkey (for further details see "To create a new modulation standard" on page 4.207).

To perform a measurement using a channel table
1. Press the Channel Setup softkey.
The Channel Tables dialog box is displayed.
2. Select the channel table you want to use for the measurement and press the ENTER key or the
Activate softkey.
If no adequate channel table is available, you can edit or create a channel table, or perform the
measurement without a channel table (For details refer to "To edit a channel table" on page 4.205,
"To create a channel table" on page 4.206 or "To perform a measurement without a channel table"
on page 4.209).
3. Press the MEAS key.
4. In the measurement menu, press the softkey for the measurement you want to perform.
5. Set up the measurement as described for every measurement type in section "Measurements" on
page 4.204.
6. Press the RUN key to start the measurement.

1300.2519.12

4.208

E-11

R&S FSL

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

To perform a measurement without a channel table
1. Press the Channel Setup softkey.
The Channel Tables dialog box is displayed.
2. Select no channel table < none > and press the ENTER key or the Activate softkey.
3. Press the MEAS key.
4. In the measurement menu, press the Analog TV or Digital TV softkey.
5. Press the softkey for the measurement you want to perform.
6. Press the Analog TV Settings or Digital TV Settings softkey to setup the modulation parameters.
The Analog TV Settings or Digital TV Settings dialog box is displayed.
7. Enter the parameters for the measurement.
–

analog TV: for details refer to the Analog TV Settings softkey in the analog TV measurement
menu.

–

digital TV: for details refer to the Digital TV Settings softkey in the digital TV measurement
menu.

8. Press the Adjust Attenuation softkey to set the signal level appropriately.
9. Press the RUN key to start the measurement.

Information in the status bar
The status bar provides valuable information for working with the application. The information is
supplied context–sensitively and always refers to the graphical user interface element in focus. The
following types of information are displayed:
•

possible range for a parameter

•

description what to do

•

hints

•

warnings

•

information on synchronization

1300.2519.12

4.209

E-11

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

R&S FSL

Channel tables
Channel tables are lists of channels, as they occur in a cable TV network. They provide a quick access
to the channels to be analyzed. Depending on its designation, a channel table can contain all channels
of a cable TV network or it can be restricted to a subset of all available channels, e.g. to all digital DVB–
C channels of the cable TV network.

In the Channel Tables dialog box, all available channel tables are sorted in alphabetic order. The name
of a channel table displayed in the list corresponds to the file name of the channel table, excluding the
file extension (*.cht).
The first list entry is < none >. If this entry is selected, no channel table is used. This can be useful for
measurements where no appropriate channel table is available, or if the Cable TV Measurements
option (K20) is used in a R&D laboratory. The Tilt measurement is not possible if no channel table is
used. For a step–by–step instruction refer to "To perform a measurement without a channel table" on
page 4.209.
Some channel tables are provided with the option. In these channel tables, all modulation standards are
set to < unused > (for further details refer to "Modulation standards" on page 4.210). Based on this set,
you can customize your own channel tables. Use the Restore Default Tables softkey to restore the
provided channel tables.

Modulation standards
A modulation standard is a set of parameters defining the modulation properties of a TV signal (as used
in a TV channel). The signal type is the characteristic parameter of this set. Modulation standards are
defined for every channel table individually. As a maximum, 40 modulation standards can be created
per channel table. If, in a channel table, the modulation standard of a channel is set to < unused >, no
modulation standard is defined for this channel and therefore no measurements can be performed for
this channel.
If no channel table < none > is activated, a default modulation standard can be edited and changed via
the Analog TV Settings or Digital TV Settings softkey, but these changes are not saved permanently.
Pressing the PRESET key restores the default settings.

1300.2519.12

4.210

E-11

R&S FSL

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

Signal level
The signal level represents the expected RMS (digital TV) or peak (analog TV) channel power. This
power is only valid for one single channel, which is the current measurement channel. The signal level
is not identical to the level of the signal fed into the R&S FSL's RF input. This signal may consist of
many TV channels and hence have a much higher total power than the current channel to be
investigated.
In most measurements the signal level determines the upper horizontal display line. The signal level
value is related to the reference level by a constant offset. The reference level value is the maximum
value the AD converter can handle without distortion of the measured value. The signal level can either
be entered via the Signal Lvl key or by using the auto scale function (e.g. Auto Range softkey in the
Tilt measurement).

Attenuation adjustment
To get valid measurement results it is very important to set the R&S FSL's hardware, i.e. the attenuator
and the preamplifier, in a reasonable way. This can either be done manually or by relying on the Adjust
Attenuation softkey. Apart from the hardware setting, the displayed grid depends on the signal level of
the signal present in the current measurement channel.

RF Overload
Detector

RF Input
Attenuator

IF Overload
Detector

IF Stages...

Preamplifier

ADC

Fig. 4-23 R&S FSL hardware overview (only relevant parts for attenuation adjustment)
Fig. 4-23 shows the R&S FSL's hardware. It only comprises blocks that effect the level settings
described in this section. The signal from the device under test, e.g. a single cable TV transmitter or a
test point of a cable TV network with many channels, is plugged into the R&S FSL's RF input. The level
of the signal is reduced by the electronic attenuator or increased by the preamplifier (option B22
required). Then the signal is fed into the first mixer.
The level of this signal is typically referred to as mixer level. The mixer level is a very crucial parameter.
If the mixer level is too high the mixer will be overloaded. As a result, non–linear effects are produced,
e.g. intermodulation products, and the intermodulation products (e.g. CTB or CSO) of the device under
test can not be distinguished from those of the R&S FSL's mixer. To reveal this, the R&S FSL's
hardware has two overload detectors. The RF overload detector reports a mixer overload and the IF
overload detector indicates an overload of the analog to digital converter (ADC). The combination of the
results of both detectors control the overload message OVL displayed on the R&S FSL's screen.
Increasing the attenuation reduces the signal to noise ratio but also reduces the mixer's non–linear
effects. For cable TV measurements such as CTB, CSO, CCDF, and APD that measure non–linearities,
it is recommended to chose a higher attenuation than for other measurements.

1300.2519.12

4.211

E-11

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)
Attenuator setting

Preamplifier setting

30 dB

off

25 dB

off

20 dB

off

15 dB

off

10 dB

off

5 dB

off

0 dB

off

15 dB

on

10 dB

on

5 dB

on

0 dB

on

R&S FSL

To adjust the attenuation manually, refer to the table above that lists reasonable combinations of
attenuator and preamplifier settings. The maximum total attenuation is achieved with the setting of the
first line. If you want to set the R&S FSL hardware manually you should start with the maximum
attenuation and then reduce the total attenuation until an overload will be reported (OVL displayed on
the screen). Depending on the intended measurement, you should then choose an attenuation of about
one or two steps higher than the setting that caused an overload. Be aware, that the manual attenuator
and the preamplifier setting is kept for all measurements. For further details refer to the RF Atten
Manual and Preamp On/Off softkeys.
Alternatively, you can automatically adjust the attenuator and the preamplifier using the Adjust
Attenuation softkey. The Cable TV Measurements option sets the optimum values for the
measurement. If you change to another measurement, these values may be altered automatically in
order to find the optimum setting (e.g. low noise or low distortion) for the chosen measurement.

Labels used in the measurement displays
Positions of special values are marked as vertical lines in the measurement display.
Label

Description

VC

Vision Carrier

SC1

Sound Carrier 1

SC2

Sound Carrier 2

1300.2519.12

4.212

E-11

R&S FSL

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

Short list of cable TV terms and abbreviations
Term or abbreviation

Description

AM
Amplitude Modulation

Analog modulation technique where the carrier amplitude contains the
information.

bar line

see VITS

DVB–C
Digital Video Broadcasting for Cable Systems

DVB–C uses single carrier QAM as modulation technique.

DVB–T
Digital Video Broadcasting Terrestrial

DVB–T uses OFDM as modulation technique.

NTSC
National Television System Committee

Technique for transmitting color information in analog TV systems. NTSC is
for example adopted by the USA, Canada and Japan.

OFDM
Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing

Digital multicarrier modulation technique. OFDM is used in terrestrial TV
networks, e.g. DVB–T systems.

PAL
Phase Alternation Line

Technique for transmitting color information in analog TV systems used in
many European countries.

QAM
Quadrature Amplitude Modulation

Digital modulation technique, where both phase and amplitude carry
information.

SECAM
Système en Couleur avec Mémoire

Technique for transmitting color information in analog TV systems. SECAM
is adopted by France, countries of the Eastern block and most Arabic
countries.

VITS
Vertical Interval Test Signal

Line of a TV picture where a special test signal is transmitted. VITS lines
are used for in–service measurements (cf. Quiet Line, Bar Line). These
lines are invisible, i.e. they are located before the first or after the last visible
line of the TV picture.

Measurements
In this section, every measurement type is introduced by a short description and by a basic step–by–
step instruction. Also a list with all parameters that can be altered is presented.

Spectrum – analog TV
This measurement gives an overview of the active measurement channel. The spectrum is displayed as
a full screen trace. The following parameters can be set:
Parameter
channel number

The basic procedure is the following:
1. Press the MEAS key.
2. Press the Analog TV softkey.
3. Press the Spectrum softkey.
4. To adjust the input attenuator, press the Adjust Attenuation softkey.
5. Press the RUN key.
For a more detailed description of this measurement type refer to chapter "Advanced Measurement
Examples".

1300.2519.12

4.213

E-11

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

R&S FSL

Carriers – analog TV
This measurement determines the carrier powers (vision carrier, one or two sound carriers) and their
frequencies in analog TV channels and compares them against limits. The sound carrier power
frequencies are displayed relative to the measured vision carrier power frequency. The following
parameters can be set:
Parameter
channel number
limits

The basic procedure is the following:
1. Press the MEAS key.
2. Press the Analog TV softkey.
3. Press the Carriers softkey.
4. To change the limits, press the Edit Table softkey.
5. To adjust the input attenuator, press the Adjust Attenuation softkey.
6. Press the RUN key.
For a more detailed description of this measurement type refer to chapter "Advanced Measurement
Examples".

C/N – analog TV
This measurement determines the carrier–to–noise ratio. The measurement consists of two sub–
measurements: reference power measurement and noise measurement. The following parameters can
be set:
Parameter
reference power
measurement method
(In–Service, Off–Service, Quiet Line)
measurement frequencies
(CF, Span)
noise reference bandwidth
noise floor correction
limits

The basic procedure is the following:
1. Press the MEAS key.
2. Press the Analog TV softkey.
3. Press the C/N softkey.
4. To change the setting of the reference power:
–

Press the Reference Power softkey.

–

Press the Reference Channel, Same as Meas Channel, or Manual Reference Power softkey
and, if necessary, enter a value.

1300.2519.12

4.214

E-11

R&S FSL

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

5. To configure the measurement, press the C/N Setup softkey.
The C/N Setup dialog box is displayed.
–

Under Measurement Method, activate one of the options. For details refer to the C/N Setup
softkey in the measurement menu.

–

Only for In–Service and Off–Service measurement method: Under Measurement
Frequencies, enter the center frequencies and span values. Set the span values relative to the
vision carrier of the current measurement.

–

In the Noise Reference Bandwidth field, enter a number in order to change the default value.

–

If the DUT's noise is close to the noise of the spectrum analyzer, activate the Noise Floor
Correction option.

6. To change the limits, press the Edit Table softkey.
7. To activate the carrier measurement with the next sweep, press the Meas Carrier softkey.
Prerequisite is, that in the C/N Setup dialog box under Measurement Methods the Off–Service
option is selected.
8. To adjust the input attenuator, press the Adjust Attenuation softkey.
9. Press the RUN key.
10. Only for In–Service and Off–Service measurement method: To measure in the next frequency
span defined via the C/N setup, press the Next Meas Frequency softkey.
For a more detailed description of this measurement type refer to chapter "Advanced Measurement
Examples".

CSO – analog TV
This measurement determines the carrier–to–second order beat ratio (CSO). The measurement
consists of two sub–measurements: reference power measurement and beat measurement of second
order intermodulation products. The following parameters can be set:
Parameter
reference power
measurement method
(Off–Service, Quiet Line)
measurement frequencies
(CF, Span)
noise floor correction
limits

The basic procedure is the following:
1. Press the MEAS key.
2. Press the Analog TV softkey.
3. Press the CSO softkey.
4. To change the setting of the reference power:
–

Press the Reference Power softkey.

–

Press the Reference Channel, Same as Meas Channel, or Manual Reference Power softkey
and, if necessary, enter a value.

1300.2519.12

4.215

E-11

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

R&S FSL

5. To configure the measurement, press the CSO Setup softkey.
The CSO Setup dialog box is displayed.
–

Under Measurement Method, activate one of the options. For details refer to the CSO Setup
softkey in the measurement menu.

–

Only for Off–Service measurement method: Under Measurement Frequencies, enter the
center frequencies and span values.

–

If the DUT's noise is close to the noise of the spectrum analyzer, activate the Noise Floor
Correction option.

6. To change the limits, press the Edit Table softkey.
7. To activate the carrier measurement with the next sweep, press the Meas Carrier softkey.
Prerequisite is, that in the CSO Setup dialog box under Measurement Methods the Off–Service
option is selected.
8. To adjust the input attenuator, press the Adjust Attenuation softkey.
9. Press the RUN key.
10. Only for Off–Service measurement method: To measure in the next frequency span defined via the
C/N setup, press the Next Meas Frequency softkey.
For a more detailed description of this measurement type refer chapter "Advanced Measurement
Examples".

CTB – analog TV
This measurement determines the carrier–to–composite triple beat ratio (CTB). The measurement
consists of two sub–measurements: reference power measurement and beat measurement of third
order intermodulation products. The following parameters can be set:
Parameter
reference power
measurement frequencies
(CF, Span)
noise floor correction
limits

The basic procedure is the following:
1. Press the MEAS key.
2. Press the Analog TV softkey.
3. Press the CTB softkey.
4. To change the setting of the reference power:
–

Press the Reference Power softkey.

–

Press the Reference Channel, Same as Meas Channel, or Manual Reference Power softkey
and, if necessary, enter a value.

5. To configure the measurement, press the CTB Setup softkey.
The CTB Setup dialog box is displayed.
–

Under Measurement Frequencies, enter the center frequencies and span values.

–

If the DUT's noise is close to the noise of the spectrum analyzer, activate the Noise Floor
Correction option.

1300.2519.12

4.216

E-11

R&S FSL

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

6. To change the limits, press the Edit Table softkey.
7. To adjust the input attenuator, press the Adjust Attenuation softkey.
8. Press the RUN key.
9. To measure in the next frequency span defined via the C/N setup, press the Next Meas Frequency
softkey.
For a more detailed description of this measurement type refer to chapter "Advanced Measurement
Examples".

Video Scope – analog TV
This measurement determines the luminance signal as a function of the time. The following parameters
can be set:
Parameter
channel number
field
line

The basic procedure is the following:
1. Press the MEAS key.
2. Press the Analog TV softkey.
3. Press the Video Scope softkey.
4. For the TV standard M in combination with another color system than PAL, press the Field 1/2
softkey to select field 1 or 2.
5. Press the Line softkey to enter the line number.
6. To change the sweep time, press the Sweeptime Manual softkey and enter a value.
7. To define a trigger offset, press the Trigger Offset softkey and enter a value.
8. To adjust the input attenuator, press the Adjust Attenuation softkey.
9. Press the RUN key.
Note:

The y–axis of the diagram is scaled in Volt for all TV standards except M. If the selected TV
standard is M, the y–axis of the diagram is scaled in IRE.

For a more detailed description of this measurement type refer to chapter "Advanced Measurement
Examples".

Vision Modulation – analog TV
This measurement determines the residual picture carrier and the modulation depth. The following
parameters can be set:
Parameter
channel number
limits

The basic procedure is the following:
1. Press the MEAS key.
1300.2519.12

4.217

E-11

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

R&S FSL

2. Press the Analog TV softkey.
3. Press the Vision Modulation softkey.
4. To change the limits, press the Edit Table softkey.
5. To adjust the input attenuator, press the Adjust Attenuation softkey.
6. Press the RUN key.
For a more detailed description of this measurement type refer to chapter "Advanced Measurement
Examples".

Hum – analog TV
This measurement determines the hum values. The hum is a not–wanted amplitude modulation with a
modulating frequency below 1 KHz and typically equal to the power line frequency or its harmonics. The
following parameters can be set:
Parameter
channel number
limits

The basic procedure is the following:
1. Press the MEAS key.
2. Press the Analog TV softkey.
3. Press the Hum softkey.
4. To adjust the range of the y–axis, press the Auto Range softkey.
5. To change the limits, press the Edit Table softkey.
6. To adjust the input attenuator, press the Adjust Attenuation softkey.
7. Press the RUN key.
For a more detailed description of this measurement type refer to chapter "Advanced Measurement
Examples".

Spectrum – digital TV
This measurement gives an overview of the active measurement channel. The spectrum is displayed as
a full screen trace. The following parameters can be set:
Parameter
channel number

The basic procedure is the following:
1. Press the MEAS key.
2. Press the Digital TV softkey.
3. Press the Spectrum softkey.
4. To adjust the input attenuator, press the Adjust Attenuation softkey.
5. Press the RUN key.
For a more detailed description of this measurement type refer to chapter "Advanced Measurement
Examples".

1300.2519.12

4.218

E-11

R&S FSL

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

Overview – digital TV
This measurement determines the modulation accuracy of digitally modulated single carrier cable TV
signals. The measurement results are displayed in a table: MER (rms) for the root mean square of the
modulation error rate, MER (peak) for the peak of the modulation error rate, EVM (rms) for the root
mean square of the error vector magnitude, EVM (peak) for the peak of the error vector magnitude,
Carrier Frequency Offset, and Symbol Rate Offset. Less important result parameters are displayed
in the result table of the Modulation Errors (Modulation Analysis) – digital TV measurement. The
following parameters can be set:
Parameter
channel number
limits

The basic procedure is the following:
1. Press the MEAS key.
2. Press the Digital TV softkey.
3. Press the Overview softkey.
4. To magnify one parameter, press the Zoom softkey and activate the parameter. To go back to the
default setting, activate None.
5. To change the limits, press the Edit Table softkey.
6. To adjust the input attenuator, press the Adjust Attenuation softkey.
7. Press the RUN key.
For a more detailed description of this measurement type refer to chapter "Advanced Measurement
Examples".

Constellation Diagram (Modulation Analysis) – digital TV
This measurement displays the constellation diagram. The following parameters can be set:
Parameter
channel number

The basic procedure is the following:
1. Press the MEAS key.
2. Press the Digital TV softkey.
3. Press the Modulation Analysis softkey.
4. Press the Const Diagram softkey.
5. To zoom into one quadrant, press the Zoom softkey and activate the parameter. To go back to the
general view, activate None.
6. To display the constellation diagram unchanged, while the I/Q samples are collected in the
background, press the Freeze softkey. To switch back to the continual update the display, press the
Freeze softkey again.
7. To adjust the input attenuator, press the Adjust Attenuation softkey.
8. Press the RUN key.
For a more detailed description of this measurement type refer to chapter "Advanced Measurement
Examples".

1300.2519.12

4.219

E-11

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

R&S FSL

Modulation Errors (Modulation Analysis) – digital TV
This measurement determines the modulation accuracy. The measurement results are displayed in a
table: Amplitude Imbalance (amplification difference of I and Q signal caused by a non–ideal IQ
modulator in the transmitter), Quadrature Error (phase offset relative to the ideal phase difference
between the I and Q signal), Carrier Suppression, and Phase Jitter (root mean square of phase
error). The more important result parameters are displayed in the result table of the Overview – digital
TV measurement. The following parameters can be set:
Parameter
channel number
limits

The basic procedure is the following:
1. Press the MEAS key.
2. Press the Digital TV softkey.
3. Press the Modulation Analysis softkey.
4. Press the Modulation Errors softkey.
5. To magnify one parameter, press the Zoom softkey and activate the parameter. To go back to the
default setting, activate None.
6. To change the limits, press the Edit Table softkey.
7. To adjust the input attenuator, press the Adjust Attenuation softkey.
8. Press the RUN key.
For a more detailed description of this measurement type refer to chapter "Advanced Measurement
Examples".

Echo Pattern (Channel Analysis) – digital TV
This measurement determines the magnitude of the channel impulse response with respect to the
corresponding time delay. The following parameters can be set:
Parameter
channel number
unit
velocity factor

The basic procedure is the following:
1. Press the MEAS key.
2. Press the Digital TV softkey.
3. Press the Channel Analysis softkey.
4. Press the Echo Pattern softkey.
5. To change the unit from Ms to km or miles:
–

Press the Velocity Factor softkey to define the velocity of propagation for the unit conversion.

–

Press the Unit softkey to select the unit.

6. To zoom onto the echo pattern, press the Zoom softkey.
7. To adjust the input attenuator, press the Adjust Attenuation softkey.
1300.2519.12

4.220

E-11

R&S FSL

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

8. Press the RUN key.
For a more detailed description of this measurement type refer to chapter "Advanced Measurement
Examples".

Channel Power – digital TV
This measurement determines the channel power of a digital TV channel. The following parameters can
be set:
Parameter
channel number
limits

The basic procedure is the following:
1. Press the MEAS key.
2. Press the Digital TV softkey.
3. Press the Channel Power softkey.
4. To change the limits, press the Edit Table softkey.
5. To adjust the input attenuator, press the Adjust Attenuation softkey.
6. Press the RUN key.
For a more detailed description of this measurement type refer to chapter "Advanced Measurement
Examples".

APD – digital TV
This measurement determines the amplitude probability density function (APD). The following
parameters can be set:
Parameter
channel number
x– and y–axis scaling

The basic procedure is the following:
1. Press the MEAS key.
2. Press the Digital TV softkey.
3. Press the APD softkey.
4. To change the scaling parameters of the x– and y–axis:
–

Press the Scaling softkey.

–

Press the corresponding softkey to change the parameters: x–Axis Signal Lvl, x–Axis Range,
y–Axis Max Value, y–Axis Min Value, Default Settings.

5. To adjust the input attenuator, press the Adjust Attenuation softkey.
6. Press the RUN key.
For a more detailed description of this measurement type refer to chapter "Advanced Measurement
Examples".

1300.2519.12

4.221

E-11

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

R&S FSL

CCDF – digital TV
This measurement determines the complementary cumulative distribution function (CCDF) of the
complex base band signal. The following parameters can be set:
Parameter
channel number
power exceeding probability
x– and y–axis scaling

The basic procedure is the following:
1. Press the MEAS key.
2. Press the Digital TV softkey.
3. Press the CCDF softkey.
4. To determine the power exceeded with a given probability, press the Percent Marker softkey.
5. To change the scaling parameters of the x– and y–axis:
–

Press the Scaling softkey.

–

Press the corresponding softkey to change the parameters: x–Axis Signal L, x–Axis Range,
y–Axis Max Value, y–Axis Min Value, Default Settings.

6. To adjust the input attenuator, press the Adjust Attenuation softkey.
7. Press the RUN key.
For a more detailed description of this measurement type refer to chapter "Advanced Measurement
Examples".

Tilt – TV analyzer
This measurement determines the frequency response of the cable TV network by measuring the
channel power of every channel. The whole measurement sequence can take some time, depending on
the number of channels. The following parameters can be set:
Parameter
span
modulation standard

The basic procedure is the following:
1. Select the appropriate channel table and activate it (for details refer to "To perform a measurement
using a channel table" on page 4.208).
2. Press the MEAS key.
3. Press the TV Analyzer softkey.
4. Press the Tilt softkey.
5. To restrict the channels to be measured, press the Tilt Setup softkey:
The Tilt Setup dialog box is displayed.
–

To limit the frequency range, under Span, enter a start and stop frequency.

–

To select only channels of certain modulation standards for the measurement, under
Modulation Standards, activate the modulation standards to be included in the measurement.

6. To adjust the range of the y–axis, press the Auto Range softkey.
1300.2519.12

4.222

E-11

R&S FSL

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

7. Press the RUN key.
For a more detailed description of this measurement type refer to chapter "Advanced Measurement
Examples".

Softkeys of the Cable TV Analyzer menu
The following table shows all softkeys available in the Cable TV Analyzer menu. It is possible that your
instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only available with a special option,
model or (measurement) mode, this information is delivered in the corresponding softkey description.
Menu / Command

Submenu / Command

Channel Setup

Activate
New

Submenu / Command

Command

Copy Channel
Delete Channel
Modulation Options

New
Delete
Edit

Save Changes
Discard Changes
Copy

same contents as New
menu

Delete
Edit

same contents as New
menu

Restore Default Tables
Adjust Attenuation

Channel Setup
Opens the Channel Tables dialog box with all available channel tables listed, and displays a
submenu to activate, create, edit, copy, and delete channel tables and modulation standards.
For further information on channel tables refer to "Channel tables" on page 4.210 and
"Modulation standards" on page 4.210.

Activate
Activates the channel table in focus. Alternatively to this softkey, the rotary knob or the ENTER
key can be pressed.
Activating a channel table is synonymous to loading the selected channel table and discarding
the previously active channel table. As a prerequisite, the channel table must have at least one
channel with a digital or analog modulation standard. Otherwise the channel table cannot be
loaded and an error message is displayed. If no appropriate channel table exists, select
< none > for no channel table.
Remote: CONF:TV:CTAB:SEL 'TV–ITALY'

1300.2519.12

4.223

E-11

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

R&S FSL

New
Creates a new channel table and opens the Channel Table dialog box with the according
submenu to edit the channel table.
It is recommended to use long names in order to distinguish the channel tables from each other
easily.
For further details refer to "To create a channel table" on page 4.206.

Copy Channel
Copies the channel in focus.

Delete Channel
Deletes the channel in focus. If the channel table consists only of one channel, this channel can
not be deleted.

Modulation Options
Opens the Modulation Standards dialog box with all available modulation standards of the
channel table listed, and displays a submenu to create, edit, and delete a modulation standard.
For further information on modulation standards refer to "Modulation standards" on page 4.210,
"To create a new modulation standard" on page 4.207, and "To copy a modulation standard" on
page 4.208.

New
Opens the Modulation Standard Options dialog box to define a new modulation standard for
the channel table.
For further information on modulation standards refer to "Modulation standards" on page 4.210
and "To create a new modulation standard" on page 4.207.
Remote: DDEM:SBAN NORM
Remote: DDEM:SRAT 1000000
Remote: DDEM:FILT:ALPH R018
Remote: TV:MST:NAME 'TEST'
Remote: TV:MST:STYP DTV
Remote: TV:MST:FILT:GDEL FLAT
Remote: SET:TV:STAN DK
Remote: SET:TV:STAN:AUD FM65MONO
Remote: SET:TV:STAN:COL SEC
Delete
Deletes the modulation standard focused in the Modulation Standards dialog box.

1300.2519.12

4.224

E-11

R&S FSL

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

Edit
Opens the Modulation Standard Options dialog box for the modulation standard in focus.
Alternatively to this softkey, the rotary knob or the ENTER key can be pressed.
For details refer to "Modulation standards" on page 4.210 and "To create a new modulation
standard" on page 4.207.
Remote: DDEM:SBAN NORM
Remote: DDEM:SRAT 1000000
Remote: DDEM:FILT:ALPH R018
Remote: TV:MST:NAME 'TEST'
Remote: TV:MST:STYP DTV
Remote: TV:MST:FILT:GDEL FLAT
Remote: SET:TV:STAN DK
Remote: SET:TV:STAN:AUD FM65MONO
Remote: SET:TV:STAN:COL SEC
Save Changes
Saves all changes in channels and modulation standards, if the channel table passes the
compliance check. For further details refer to "To edit a channel table" on page 4.205.

Discard Changes
After confirmation, discards all changes in channels and modulation standards made for the
current channel table. Reloads and displays the original channel table.

Copy
Copies the channel table in focus and opens the Channel Table dialog box with the according
submenu to edit the channel table. If you enter a name that is already in use you are prompted
to enter another one.
For further details refer to "To create a channel table" on page 4.206.

Delete
Deletes the channel table in focus. If the channel table in focus is also the active channel table,
no channel table < none > will be activated.

Edit
Opens the Channel Table dialog box for the channel table in focus and displays a submenu for
editing this channel table. For details refer to "To edit a channel table" on page 4.205.

Restore Default Tables
Restores the default set of channel tables and the channel table examples.

1300.2519.12

4.225

E-11

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

R&S FSL

Adjust Attenuation
Adjusts the input attenuator. For details on the adjustment procedure refer to "Attenuation
adjustment" on page 4.211.
Remote: POW:ACH:PRES:RLEV

Softkeys of the frequency menu (Cable TV Analyzer mode)
The following table shows all softkeys available in the frequency menu in Cable TV Analyzer mode
(FREQ key). It is possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is
only available with a special option, model or (measurement) mode, this information is delivered in the
corresponding softkey description.
Menu / Command

Command

RF
Channel
RF Stepsize

Manual
Channel Width

Frequency Abs/Rel

RF
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the RF frequency. The interpretation of the RF frequency
depends on the signal type (analog TV or digital TV) to measure:
Signal type

RF

< unused >

center frequency

analog TV

vision carrier frequency

digital TV

center frequency

If the modulation standard or the active measurement channel is changed, the RF is
automatically adapted.
If no channel table < none > is activated, the interpretation of the RF frequency depends on the
active measurement.
Remote: FREQ:RF 10MHZ

1300.2519.12

4.226

E-11

R&S FSL

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

Channel
Displays the active channel table to select a particular measurement channel. The active
channel is highlighted.
All channels can be selected, except those with modulation standard < unused >. Incompatible
channels are marked accordingly; for example an analog TV channel inside a digital TV
measurement. If an incompatible channel is selected, the current measurement is aborted, and
the spectrum measurement will become the active measurement. If no channel table < none >
is activated, this softkey is not available.
If you perform a measurement over all possible channels, use the Channel No softkey of the
measurement menu to change from one channel to the next channel of the channel table
quickly.
Remote: FREQ:CHAN 3
RF Stepsize
Opens a submenu to set the RF step size. If no channel table < none > is activated, this softkey
is not available.
Remote: FREQ:CENT:STEP 120MHz
Manual
For details refer to the Manual softkey in the frequency menu of the base unit.

Channel Width
Takes the channel width of the current measurement channel as RF step size once.
If no channel table < none > is activated, this softkey is not available.

Frequency Abs/Rel
Sets the labeling of the frequency axis.
If absolute labeling is selected, the absolute frequencies are displayed, and all markers are
absolute.
If relative labeling is selected, the reference is set to 0 Hz. The reference depends on the signal
type:
Signal type

Reference

< unused >

center frequency

analog TV

vision carrier frequency

digital TV

center frequency

This softkey is not available in the Tilt measurement.
Remote: SWE:SPAC ABS

1300.2519.12

4.227

E-11

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

R&S FSL

Softkeys of the amplitude menu (Cable TV Analyzer mode)
The following table shows all softkeys available in the amplitude menu in Cable TV Analyzer mode
(AMPT key). It is possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is
only available with a special option, model or (measurement) mode, this information is delivered in the
corresponding softkey description.
Command
Signal Lvl
Range Log
Range Linear
Preamp On/Off
Signal Lvl Position
RF Atten Manual
More
Signal Lvl Offset
Signal Lvl Position
Grid Abs/Rel
Unit
Input 50 L / 75 L

Signal Lvl
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the expected RMS (digital TV) or peak (analog TV) input
power of the signal. This parameter is channel–specific and is set, in a cable network with
multiple channels, only for the signal of interest. However, mostly channels with the same signal
type have the same signal level.
Remote: DISP:TRAC:Y:RLEV –60dBm
Range Log
For details refer to the Range Log softkey in the amplitude menu of the base unit.

Range Linear
For details refer to the Range Linear softkey in the amplitude menu of the base unit.

Preamp On/Off
For details refer to the Preamp On/Off softkey in the amplitude menu of the base unit.

Signal Lvl Position
For details refer to the Ref Level Position softkey in the amplitude menu of the base unit.

1300.2519.12

4.228

E-11

R&S FSL

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

RF Atten Manual
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the attenuation. For details see also "Attenuation adjustment"
on page 4.211.

Signal Lvl Offset
For details refer to the Ref Level Offset softkey in the amplitude menu of the base unit.

Grid Abs/Rel
For details refer to the Grid Abs / Rel softkey in the amplitude menu of the base unit.

Unit
Opens a list containing all allowed units to select the appropriate unit. These units are used for
scaling diagrams or input/output of parameters and limits.
The variety of the absolute units depends on the selected measurement, as relative unit dB is
used.
The units are selected according to the state of the Range Log and Range Linear softkeys. For
voltage units, the input impedance (Input 50 D / 75 D softkey) is used for the conversion.
Remote: CALC:UNIT:POW DBM
Input 50 D / 75 D
For details refer to the Input 50 D / 75 D softkey in the amplitude menu of the base unit.
Typically, cable TV networks have an impedance of 75 L (set the softkey to 75 L). For precise
(level) measurements an adapter of the RAZ type (= 25 L in series to the input impedance of the
instrument) should always be used.

Softkeys of the trace menu (Cable TV Analyzer mode)
In the Cable TV Analyzer mode, 4 traces are available. In the measurements listed below, averaging is
not carried out over the measurement points (trace) but over the values listed in the result table.
Therefore instead of a trace mode a result mode is selected via the Result Mode softkey.
•

Carriers

•

C/N, CSO, CTB

•

Vision Modulation

•

Hum

•

Overview

•

Modulation Errors

•

Channel Power

•

Tilt

Apart from these differences, the trace menu works as described in "Setting Traces – TRACE Key" on
page 4.39.
1300.2519.12

4.229

E-11

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

R&S FSL

Softkeys of the measurement menu (Cable TV Analyzer mode)
The following table shows all softkeys available in the measurement menu in Cable TV Analyzer mode
(MEAS key). It is possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is
only available with a special option, model or (measurement) mode, this information is delivered in the
corresponding softkey description.
Menu /
Command

Submenu /
Command

Submenu / Command

Analog TV

Spectrum

Channel No

Command

Adjust Attenuation
Carriers

Channel No
Edit Table
Adjust Attenuation

C/N

Channel No
Reference Power

Reference Channel
Same as Meas
Channel
Manual Reference
Power

C/N Setup

Insert Line
Delete Line

Next Meas Frequency
Edit Table
Meas Carrier
Adjust Attenuation
CSO

Channel No
Reference Power

same contents as in
C/N submenu

CSO Setup

same contents as in
C/N Setup submenu

Next Meas Frequency
Edit Table
Meas Carrier
Adjust Attenuation
CTB

Channel No
Reference Power

same contents as in
C/N submenu

CTB Setup

same contents as in
C/N Setup submenu

Next Meas Frequency
Edit Table
Meas Carrier
Adjust Attenuation
Analog TV Settings

1300.2519.12

4.230

E-11

R&S FSL
Menu /
Command

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)
Submenu /
Command

Submenu / Command

Command

More
Video Scope

Channel No
Line
Field 1/2
Sweeptime Manual
Trigger Offset
Adjust Attenuation

Vision Modulation

Channel No
Edit Table
Adjust Attenuation

Hum

Channel No
Auto Range
Edit Table
Adjust Attenuation

Analog TV Settings
Digital TV

Spectrum

Channel No
Shoulder Atten On/Off
Adjust Attenuation

Overview

Channel No
Zoom
Edit Table
Adjust Attenuation

Modulation Analysis

Const Diagram

Channel No
Zoom
Freeze
Adjust Attenuation

Modulation Errors

Channel No
Zoom
Edit Table
Adjust Attenuation

Channel Analysis

Echo Pattern

Channel No
Unit
Zoom
Velocity Factor
Adjust Attenuation

Adjust Attenuation
Digital TV Settings

1300.2519.12

4.231

E-11

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)
Menu /
Command

Submenu /
Command

R&S FSL

Submenu / Command

Command

More
Channel Power

Channel No
Edit Table
Adjust Attenuation

APD

Channel No
Scaling

x–Axis Signal Lvl
x–Axis Range
y–Axis Max Value
y–Axis Min Value
Default Settings

Adjust Attenuation
CCDF

Channel No
Percent Marker
Scaling

same contents as in
APD submenu

Adjust Attenuation
Digital TV Settings
TV Analyzer

Tilt

Tilt Setup
Auto Range
Adjust Attenuation

Analog TV
Opens a submenu with all available analog TV measurements. Every measurement type
provides its own submenu to set the parameters. Additionally the Analog TV Settings softkey
gives access to the modulation standard information.
This softkey is only available if the active channel table has at least one channel with an analog
TV modulation standard, or if no channel table < none > is activated.
If a digital TV channel is in use when pressing this softkey, automatically the first analog channel
of the active channel table is selected.
For further details refer also to section "Measurements" on page 4.204.

Spectrum
Opens a submenu to measure an analog TV spectrum.
For further information refer to "Spectrum – analog TV" on page 4.213.
Remote: CONF:ATV:MEAS ASP
Remote: TRAC? TRACE1

1300.2519.12

4.232

E-11

R&S FSL

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

Channel No
Opens an edit dialog box to select the measurement channel. Select the previous or next
channel via the rotary knob or the arrow keys, or enter the channel number.
Only compatible channels can be selected, entries of incompatible channel are skipped.
Incompatible channels are channels of a different signal type or channels with the modulation
standard < unused >.
If you want to select a particular channel, use the Channel softkey in the frequency menu. If
channel table < none > is selected, use the RF softkey in the frequency menu for frequency
input.
Remote: FREQ:CHAN 3
Shoulder Atten On/Off
Activates or deactivates the shoulder measurement in accordance to ETSI TR 101290 standard.
If activated, the results (upper and lower shoulder attenuation) are displayed as a list below the
spectrum.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.50.
Remote: CALC:DTV:RES? SAL
Remote: CALC:DTV:RES? SAUP
Remote: CONF:DTV:MEAS:SATT OFF
Carriers
Opens a submenu to measure the carriers powers.
For further information refer to "Carriers – analog TV" on page 4.214.
Remote: CONF:ATV:MEAS CARR
Remote: CONF:ATV:RES:CARR? ALL
Edit Table
Activates the edit mode to change the limits within the result table. To edit a field, press the
ENTER key. For all available parameters, the limit fields contain default values. If a field is
empty, the corresponding limit can not be set for the measurement.
For the following measurements, the unit for the upper and lower limits differs. The unit is set in
the last table column. Only the limits carrying the set unit are displayed in the table. To display
the other limts, change the unit first.
Measurement

Parameter

Hum
Overview, Modulation Errors

1300.2519.12

Unit lower limits

Unit upper limit

dB

%

MER (rms)

dB

%

MER (peak)

dB

%

EVM (rms)

dB

%

EVM (peak)

dB

%

4.233

E-11

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

R&S FSL

Remote: CALCulate:ATV:LIMit Subsystem, CALCulate:ATV:LIMit:RESult Subsystem,
CALCulate:ATV:RESult Subsystem for analog TV
Remote: CALCulate:DTV:LIMit Subsystem, CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:RESult Subsystem,
CALCulate:DTV:RESult Subsystem for digital TV
Meas Carrier
Switches the carrier or noise measurement on or off.
activate
d

Starts a new carrier measurement with the next sweep.

deactiv
ated

Starts a new noise measurement with the next sweep.

This softkey is only available in the Off–Service measurement method (setup dialog box).
Remote: CONF:ATV:CN:MEAS NOIS
Remote: CONF:ATV:CSO:MEAS NOIS
Remote: CONF:ATV:CTB:MEAS NOIS
C/N
Opens a submenu to measure the carrier–to–noise ratio.
For further information refer to "C/N – analog TV" on page 4.214.
Remote: CONF:ATV:MEAS CN
Remote: CALC:ATV:RES:CN? ALL
Reference Power
Opens a submenu to select the reference power method. The state of this submenu is not part
of the measurement parameter set. If you switch from one measurement to another, the settings
of this submenu are unchanged.
The set reference power method is indicated on the softkey:
(Meas Ch)

Reference Channel softkey

(same)

Same as Meas Channel softkey



Manual Reference Power softkey

Remote: ATV:CN:POW:REF:MODE RCH
Remote: ATV:CSO:POW:REF:MODE RCH
Remote: ATV:CTB:POW:REF:MODE RCH
Reference Channel
Displays the active channel table to select a particular measurement channel. For further details
refer to the Channel softkey in the frequency menu.
Remote: ATV:CN:POW:REF:CHAN:MAN 5
Remote: ATV:CSO:POW:REF:CHAN:MAN 6
Remote: ATV:CTB:POW:REF:CHAN:MAN 5
1300.2519.12

4.234

E-11

R&S FSL

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

Same as Meas Channel
Sets the active measurement channel as reference channel. If the active measurement channel
is changed, e.g. via the Channel No softkey, the reference channel is also changed
automatically. This is the default setting.
Remote: ATV:CN:POW:REF:MODE MCH
Remote: ATV:CSO:POW:REF:MODE MCH
Remote: ATV:CTB:POW:REF:MODE MCH
Manual Reference Power
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the reference power. The unit is set via the Unit softkey in the
amplitude menu.
Remote: ATV:CN:POW:REF:MAN 10
Remote: ATV:CSO:POW:REF:MAN 20
Remote: ATV:CTB:POW:REF:MAN 10
C/N Setup
Opens the C/N Setup dialog box to configure the following:
–

Measurement Method
In–Service: While an analog TV signal is present, a gap between two consecutive channels,
where only noise exists, is used to determine the noise power. A noise marker is placed there,
and the noise power is determined.
Off–Service: The current measurement channel has to be switched off. An according message
prompts you to do so. In this channel, a noise marker is placed, and the noise power is
determined.
Quiet Line: While an analog TV signal is present, the carrier–to–noise ratio is measured using
the so–called "Quiet Line''. The measurement is fully automated.

–

Measurement Frequencies
The table contains center frequencies (CF) and span values. The center frequency values are
relative to the vision carrier frequency. One parameter set defines a frequency span and is
used in one measurement. Only selected parameter sets are used in the measurements. If no
parameter set is selected at all, the measurement is performed over all listed parameter sets.
For the Quiet Line measurement method, the table remains empty. For the other measurement
methods, the table must contain at least one parameter set.

–

Noise Reference Bandwidth
The entered value is multiplied with the measured noise power density to determine the noise
power value.

–

Noise Floor Correction
This option activates or deactivates the noise correction factor measurement. By default, the
option is deactivated. In the noise correction factor measurement, the noise of the R&S FSL is
determined. Therefore you are prompted to remove the cable from the R&S FSL's RF input
when activating the option.

1300.2519.12

4.235

E-11

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

R&S FSL

Remote: ATV:CN:MEAS:MODE OSER (Measurement Method)
Remote: ATV:CN:TABL1:MFR 1,1000,1000 (Measurement Frequencies)
Remote: ATV:CN:BWID 7MHZ (Noise Reference Bandwidth)
Remote: ATV:CN:POW:NCOR ON (Noise Floor Correction)
Insert Line
Inserts a line in the Measurement Frequencies table to add a parameter set. This softkey is
only active, if the focus is on the Measurement Frequencies table.

Delete Line
Deletes the focused line in the Measurement Frequencies table. This softkey is only active, if
the focus is on the Measurement Frequencies table.

Next Meas Frequency
Switches from one frequency span to the next according to the parameter sets (center
frequency, span) defined under Measurement Frequencies in the setup dialog box. Only
activated entries are considered.
Remote: ATV:CN:CFR:NEXT
Remote: ATV:CSO:CFR:NEXT
Remote: ATV:CTB:CFR:NEXT

1300.2519.12

4.236

E-11

R&S FSL

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

CSO
Opens a submenu to measure the carrier–to–second order beat ratio (CSO).
For further information refer to "CSO – analog TV" on page 4.215.
Remote: CONF:ATV:MEAS CSO
Remote: CALC:ATV:RES:CSO? ALL
CSO Setup
Opens the CSO Setup dialog box to configure the following:
–

Measurement Method
Off–Service: The current measurement channel has to be switched off. An according message
prompts you to do so. In this channel, a noise marker is placed, and the noise power is
determined.
Quiet Line: While an analog TV signal is present, the carrier–to–second order beat ratio is
measured using the so–called "Quiet Line''. The measurement is fully automated.

–

Measurement Frequencies
The table contains center frequencies (CF) and span values. The center frequency values are
relative to the vision carrier frequency. One parameter set defines a frequency span and is
used in one measurement. Only selected parameter sets are used in the measurements. If no
parameter set is selected at all, the measurement is performed over all listed parameter sets.
For the Quiet Line measurement method, the table remains empty.

–

Noise Floor Correction
This option activates or deactivates the noise correction factor measurement. By default, the
option is deactivated. In the noise correction factor measurement, the noise of the R&S FSL is
determined. Therefore you are prompted to remove the cable from the R&S FSL's RF input
when activating the option.

Remote: ATV:CSO:MEAS:MODE QLIN (Measurement Method)
Remote: ATV:CSO:TABL2:MFR 1,–2000,2000 (Measurement Frequencies)
Remote: ATV:CSO:POW:NCOR ON (Noise Floor Correction)
1300.2519.12

4.237

E-11

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

R&S FSL

CTB
Opens a submenu to measure the carrier–to–composite triple beat ratio (CTB). The
measurement always takes place off–service with current measurement channel has to be
switched off. An according message prompts you to do so. In this channel, a noise marker is
placed, and the noise power is determined.
For further information refer to "CTB – analog TV" on page 4.216.
Remote: CONF:ATV:MEAS CTB
Remote: CALC:ATV:RES:CTB? ALL
CTB Setup
Opens the CTB Setup dialog box to configure the following:
–

Measurement Frequencies
The table contains center frequencies (CF) and span values. The center frequency values are
relative to the vision carrier frequency. One parameter set defines a frequency span and is
used in one measurement. Only selected parameter sets are used in the measurements. If no
parameter set is selected at all, the measurement is performed over all listed parameter sets.

–

Noise Floor Correction
This option activates or deactivates the noise correction factor measurement. By default, the
option is deactivated. In the noise correction factor measurement, the noise of the R&S FSL is
determined. Therefore you are prompted to remove the cable from the R&S FSL's RF input
when activating the option.

Remote: ATV:CTB:TABL1:MFR 1,100,10000 (Measurement Frequencies)
Remote: ATV:CTB:POW:NCOR ON (Noise Floor Correction)

1300.2519.12

4.238

E-11

R&S FSL

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

Analog TV Settings
Opens the Analog TV Settings dialog box to modify the modulation standard parameters. The
displayed parameters are derived from the modulation standard referenced in the active channel
table. If no channel table < none > is activated, the default modulation standard is used (for
details see also "Modulation standards" on page 4.210).

For the modulation standard, the changes made via this softkey are only kept as long as a
measurement channel with the same modulation standard is selected. If a measurement
channel with a different modulation standard is selected, or the PRESET key is pressed, the
changes are lost.
If no channel table < none > is activated, the changes of the default modulation standard are
kept as long as the PRESET key is not pressed.
Remote: SET:TV:STAN DK (TV Standard)
Remote: SET:TV:STAN:AUD FM65MONO (Sound System)
Remote: TV:MST:FILT:GDEL FLAT (Group Delay)
Remote: SET:TV:STAN:COL SEC (Color System)
Remote: TRIG:VID:BLIN 16, TRIG:VID:BFI 2, TRIG:VID:BLIN:TYPE CCIR17 (Bar Line)
Remote: TRIG:VID:QLIN 20, TRIG:VID:QFI 2 (Quiet Line)
Remote: DDEM:SBAN NORM (Sideband Position)
Video Scope
Opens a submenu to measure the luminance signal. For this measurement, the TRACE key is
not available.
For further information refer to "Video Scope – analog TV" on page 4.217.
Remote: CONF:ATV:MEAS VSC
Remote: TRAC? TRACE1

1300.2519.12

4.239

E-11

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

R&S FSL

Line
Opens an edit dialog box to set the line number of the TV picture. The numbering conventions
depend on the following conditions:
TV standard

Color system

Field number

Line numbering

M

–

–

1, 2, …, 625

M

PAL

–

1, 2, …, 525

M

NTSC

1

1, 2, …, 263

M

NTSC

2

1, 2, …, 262

Remote: TRIG:VID:LINE 17
Field 1/2
Selects the active field. Field 1 is the default state. This softkey is only available for the TV
standard M in combination with another color system than PAL.
For details on numbering conventions of TV picture lines refer to the Line softkey.
Remote: TRIG:VID:FIEL 2
Sweeptime Manual
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the total sweep time. Possible values are 25, 50 and 100 Ms.
The set value is indicated on the softkey.
Remote: SWE:TIME 10s
Trigger Offset
Opens an edit dialog box to enter a value for the trigger offset. The set value is indicated on the
softkey.
Remote: TRIG:HOLD 500us
Vision Modulation
Opens a submenu to measure the residual picture carrier and the modulation depth.
For further information refer to "Vision Modulation – analog TV" on page 4.217.
Remote: CONF:ATV:MEAS VMOD
Remote: CALC:ATV:RES:VMOD? ALL
Hum
Opens a submenu to measure the hum.
For further information refer to "Hum – analog TV" on page 4.218.
Remote: CONF:ATV:MEAS HUM
Remote: CALC:ATV:RES:HUM?

1300.2519.12

4.240

E-11

R&S FSL

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

Auto Range
Automatically adjusts the x– and y–axis once. Alternatively the range of the y–axis can be
changed via the Range Log softkey or the Range Linear softkey in the amplitude menu.
Remote: DISP:TRAC:Y:AUTO ON
Digital TV
Opens a submenu with all available digital TV measurements. Every measurement type
provides its own submenu to set the parameters. Additionally the Digital TV Settings softkey
gives access to the modulation standard information.
This softkey is only available if the active channel table has at least one channel with a digital TV
modulation standard, or if no channel table < none > is activated.
If an analog TV channel is in use when pressing this softkey, automatically the first digital
channel of the active channel table is selected.
For further details refer also to section "Measurements" on page 4.204.

Spectrum
Opens a submenu to measure a digital TV spectrum.
For further information refer to "Spectrum – digital TV" on page 4.218.
Remote: CONF:DTV:MEAS DSP
Remote: TRAC? TRACE1
Overview
Opens a submenu to measure the modulation accuracy.
For further information refer to "Overview – digital TV" on page 4.219.
Remote: CONF:DTV:MEAS OVER
Remote: CALC:DTV:RES? ALL
Zoom
Opens the Select Result Parameter dialog box to set the zoom:
None

The whole result table is displayed (default setting).

[parameter]

The selected parameter is displayed separately in the upper pane.

Remote: DISP:ZOOM:OVER MERP
Remote: DISP:ZOOM:MERR MERP
Modulation Analysis
Opens a submenu to select one of the following modulation measurements:
–

Const Diagram

–

Modulation Errors

1300.2519.12

4.241

E-11

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

R&S FSL

Const Diagram
Opens a submenu to display the constellation diagram. For further information refer to
"Constellation Diagram (Modulation Analysis) – digital TV" on page 4.219.
Remote: CONF:DTV:MEAS CONS
Remote: TRAC? TRACE1
Zoom
Opens the Select Constellation Zoom Mode dialog box to set the zoom:
< none >

The whole constellation diagram is displayed (default setting).

Quadrant 1/2/3/4

The selected quadrant is displayed. A pictogram shows the
quadrant position.

Remote: DISP:ZOOM:QUAD 1
Freeze
Sets the display mode. If activated, the constellation diagram is displayed unchanged, while the
I/Q samples are collected in the background. If deactivated, the constellation diagram is
displayed on basis of the current I/Q samples and, in continuous sweep mode, is updated with
every measurement.
If a new zoom mode (see Zoom softkey) is selected, this softkey is automatically set to off.
Remote: DISP:TRAC1:MODE:FRE ON
Modulation Errors
Opens a submenu to measure the modulation accuracy.
For further information refer to "Modulation Errors (Modulation Analysis) – digital TV" on page
4.220.
Remote: CONF:DTV:MEAS MERR
Remote: CALC:DTV:RES? ALL
Channel Analysis
Opens a submenu to select a measurement for checking the transmission performance of a
channel:
–

Echo Pattern

Echo Pattern
Opens a submenu to measure the magnitude of channel impulse response with respect to the
corresponding time delay.
For further information refer to "Echo Pattern (Channel Analysis) – digital TV" on page 4.220.
Remote: CONF:DTV:MEAS EPAT
Remote: TRAC? TRACE1

1300.2519.12

4.242

E-11

R&S FSL

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

Unit
Opens the Unit dialog box to select the unit: s, m.
Remote: CALC:DTV:UNIT:POW:EPAT M
Zoom
Opens an edit dialog box to zoom onto the echo pattern measurement, around 0 Ms. The zoom
factor can vary from 1 to 20.
Remote: DISP:ZOOM:EPAT 2
Remote: DISP:ZOOM:EPAT:STAT ON
Velocity Factor
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the velocity of propagation of the signal in the transmission
channel (e.g. cable), relative to speed of light.
The velocity factor is used to convert the impulse response results from seconds into meter,
when changing the unit via the Unit softkey.
Remote: CORR:RVEL 2
Digital TV Settings
Opens the Digital TV Settings dialog box to modify the modulation standard and equalizer
parameters. For details on the modulation standard parameters, refer also to "Modulation
standards" on page 4.210 and "To create a new modulation standard" on page 4.207.

Under Equalizer, the following equalizer parameters can be modified:
–

Activating or deactivating the equalizer: If the Activate option is activated, the equalizer is
switched on and filters the signal.

–

Activating or deactivating the Freeze Equalizer option: If activated the equalizer coefficients
remain unchanged. If deactivated the equalizer taps are changed with every measurement.

–

Pressing the Reset button sets all equalizer parameters to their default values.

1300.2519.12

4.243

E-11

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

R&S FSL

Remote: SET:TV:STAN DK (TV Standard)
Remote: SOURce:DM:FORM QAM128 (Constellation)
Remote: DDEM:SRAT 1000000 (Symbol Rate)
Remote: DDEM:FILT:ALPH R018 (Roll–Off)
Remote: DDEM:SBAN NORM (Sideband Position)
Remote: DDEM:EQU OFF (Activate Equalizer)
Remote: DDEM:EQU:FRE ON (Freeze Equalizer)
Remote: DDEM:EQU:RES (Reset Equalizer)
Channel Power
Opens a submenu to measure the channel power of a digital TV signal.
For further information refer to "Channel Power – digital TV" on page 4.221.

APD
Opens a submenu to measure the amplitude probability density function (APD) of a digital TV
signal sampled in the complex base band.
For further information refer to "APD – digital TV" on page 4.221.
Remote: CONF:DTV:MEAS APD
Remote: TRAC? TRACE1
Scaling
For details refer to the Scaling softkey in the power measurement menu of the base unit.

x–Axis Signal Lvl
For details refer to the x–Axis Ref Level softkey in the power measurement menu of the base
unit.

x–Axis Range
For details refer to the x–Axis Range softkey in the power measurement menu of the base unit.

y–Axis Max Value
For details refer to the y–Axis Max Value softkey in the power measurement menu of the base
unit.

y–Axis Min Value
For details refer to the y–Axis Min Value softkey in the power measurement menu of the base
unit.

1300.2519.12

4.244

E-11

R&S FSL

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

Default Settings
For details refer to the Default Settings softkey in the power measurement menu of the base
unit.

CCDF
Opens a submenu to measure the complementary cumulative distribution function (CCDF) of the
amplitude of a digital TV signal sampled in the complex base band.
For further information refer to "CCDF – digital TV" on page 4.222.
Remote: CONF:DTV:MEAS CCDF
Remote: TRAC? TRACE1
Percent Marker
For details refer to the Percent Marker softkey in the power measurement menu of the base
unit.

TV Analyzer
Opens a submenu with all available measurements that can be applied to a set of channels or
all channels of the entire TV network (channel table). In these measurements, both analog and
digital TV channels can be measured together. This softkey is only available if a channel table is
selected.
Every measurement type provides its own submenu to set the parameters. For each
measurement, a channel table must be selected. The choice of no channel table < none > is not
permitted.
For further details refer also to section "Measurements" on page 4.204.

Tilt
Opens a submenu to measure the frequency response of the cable TV system. Each channel is
measured using the information stored in the modulation standard. Channels with the
modulation standard < unused > are not measured.
For further information refer to "Tilt – TV analyzer" on page 4.222.
Remote: CONF:TV:MEAS TILT
Remote: TRAC? TRACE1

1300.2519.12

4.245

E-11

Cable TV Measurements (Option K20)

R&S FSL

Tilt Setup
Opens the Tilt Setup dialog box to define a filter for the Tilt measurement. The following
parameters can be defined for the measurement:
Span

full span or a limited frequency range

Modulation Standards

channels with certain modulation standards (select one or
several) or no restriction (select all)

Remote: FREQ:SPAN:FULL, FREQ:STAR 20MHz, FREQ:STOP 2000MHz (Span)
Remote: TV:TILT:MST:CDIS 'Analog TV', TV:TILT:MST:CEN 'Analog TV' (Modulation
Standards)
Auto Range
Automatically adjusts the x– and y–axis once. Alternatively the range of the y–axis can be
changed via the Range Log softkey or the Range Linear softkey in the amplitude menu of the
base unit.
Remote: DISP:TRAC:Y:AUTO ON

1300.2519.12

4.246

E-11

R&S FSL

Noise Figure Measurements Option (K30)

Noise Figure Measurements Option (K30)
The Noise Figure Measurements option provides noise figure measurements. Using this option, the
noise figure of a Device Under Test, e.g. low–noise FET amplifier circuits, with noise figures of less than
1 dB can be measured. This option is available from firmware version 1.50.

To open the noise figure measurements menu
If the Noise mode is not the active measurement mode, press the MODE key and activate the
Noise option.
If the Noise mode is already active, press the MENU key or the MEAS key.
The noise figure measurements menu is displayed. .

Menu and softkey description
–

"Softkeys of the noise figure measurements menu (Noise mode)" on page 4.252

–

"Softkeys of the sweep menu (Noise mode)" on page 4.265

–

"Softkeys of the trace menu (Noise mode)" on page 4.266

–

"Softkeys of the marker menu (Noise mode)" on page 4.267

–

"Softkeys of the marker–> menu (Noise mode)" on page 4.268

–

"Softkeys of the lines menu (Noise mode)" on page 4.268

The span and trigger menus are not available in the Noise mode. All other menus are provided as
described for the base unit. For details refer to the corresponding menu descriptions.
To display help to a softkey, press the HELP key and then the softkey for which you want to display
help. To close the help window, press the ESC key. For further information refer to section "How to use
the Help System".

Further information
–

"Measurement modes of the noise figure measurement" on page 4.248

–

"Calibration" on page 4.248

–

"Measurement forms" on page 4.249

–

"Measurement settings" on page 4.249

–

"Result displays" on page 4.250

–

"Status bar information" on page 4.252

Tasks
–

To edit tables

–

To work with limit lines

1300.2519.12

4.247

E-11

Noise Figure Measurements Option (K30)

R&S FSL

To edit tables
1. Select the table header using the rotary knob or arrow keys and press rotary knob or the ENTER
key to enter into the edit mode.
2. Focus the field you want to edit using the arrow keys or the rotary knob.
3. Enter the values (for details refer to the Quick Start Guide, chapter 4, "Basic Operations").
4. To insert a new row above the currently selected row, press the Insert softkey.
5. To delete the currently selected row, press the Delete softkey.
6. Only available for the Frequency Table:
To update the table according to the Frequency Settings, press the Build Tbl softkey.
7. Press the Exit softkey to leave the edit mode.

To work with limit lines
1. Press the LINES key.
The Limit Lines dialog box is displayed. It contains information on name, limit, status, and a
comment.
2. To activate limit lines, select the limit line you want to activate and press the Enable/Disable
softkey.
3. To define a new limit line, press the New softkey and enter the limit line characteristics.
4. To modify a limit line, select the limit line you want to edit and press the Edit softkey.
5. To save a limit line, press the Exit softkey.
If data are missing or if some data are invalid, an error message is displayed.
6. To delete a limit line, select the limit line you want to edit and press the Delete softkey.

Further information
This section provides background information on measurements and displayed information.

Measurement modes of the noise figure measurement
Noise measurements are performed on many different types of device under test (DUT). The type of
DUT to be measured determines the test setup and also how the frequency list is to be generated. To
support these different types of DUT, two different noise figure measurement types are available:
•

Direct measurement

•

Frequency–converting measurement
–

Fixed LO, IF = RF + LO

–

Fixed LO, IF = abs(RF – LO)

The setup for the different measurement types is described with the Schematic softkey. The
measurement mode is set in the Frequency Settings dialog box, Mode field.

Calibration
The calibration measures the noise introduced to a signal by the spectrum analyzer itself to
compensate it in measurements on a device under test. This compensation is called 2nd stage
correction, because the spectrum analyzer is the second stage of the test setup, the DUT being the first
stage.
1300.2519.12

4.248

E-11

R&S FSL

Noise Figure Measurements Option (K30)

If the second stage correction is activated (Measurement Settings dialog box, 2nd Stage Correction
option), a separate calibration measurement is performed before the main measurement (for details on
the measurement setup refer to chapter "Advanced Measurement Examples"). The data measured in
the calibration measurement are used for compensation in the main measurement.
It is strongly recommended to perform calibration before running measurements (Cal softkey). It is
possible to run measurements in an uncalibrated status, but the measurement results will not be
corrected for any noise introduced by the spectrum analyzer itself.
If the list of receive frequencies (RF) is changed, at which the measurements are performed, calibration
is necessary again to ensure that calibration data are available for every measurement step. For details
on frequency settings refer to the Freq Settings softkey.

Measurement forms
Two forms of measurements are possible:
•

frequency list measurement
A measurement is performed at each of the frequencies listed in the frequency list (Freq Settings
softkey). The noise figure of the DUT across a user–specified range of frequencies is measured. In
single sweep mode, each frequency point is measured once and complete. In continuous sweep
mode, one frequency point after the other is measured in turn until the measurement is aborted.

•

fixed frequency measurement
A continuous measurement is performed at the single frequency currently selected in the
Frequency List Results. This individual frequency from the frequency list measurement is
investigated in more detail, for example to see the effect of dynamic changes to the noise figure of
the DUT at a particular frequency (see also Fix Freq softkey).

Measurement settings
The overall measurement settings used to obtain the current measurement results are displayed below
the title bar (see Fig. 4-24). The following settings are listed:
Setting

Defined in

RBW

Measurement Settings dialog box, RBW field

Average

Measurement Settings dialog box, Average field

RF Attenuation

Measurement Settings dialog box, RF Attenuation field

Auto Ref Level

Measurement Settings dialog box, Automatic Ref Level field

2nd Stage Corr

Measurement Settings dialog box, 2nd Stage Correction field

Image Rej

Frequency Settings dialog box, Image Rej field

Fig. 4-24 Measurement settings for the noise figure measurement (example)

1300.2519.12

4.249

E-11

Noise Figure Measurements Option (K30)

R&S FSL

Result displays
The result displays consist of two panes:
•

Current Value pane
In the title bar of this pane, the current measurement mode of the noise figure measurement (on the
left) and the calibration status of the noise figure measurement (on the right, if the second stage
correction is switched on) are displayed.
Below, the settings and measurement results for the currently selected measurement point in the
frequency list are displayed:
Parameter

Description

RF

Receive frequency at the DUT at which the current values were measured (Hz).

LO

Local oscillator frequency (Hz), only displayed for frequency–converting measurements

IF

Intermediate frequency (Hz), only displayed for frequency–converting measurements

ENR

ENR value (dB), refers to the receive frequency (RF)

Loss In

Loss at the input of the DUT (dB), refers to the receive frequency (RF)

Loss Out

Loss at the output of the DUT (dB)
frequency–converting measurements: refers to the intermediate frequency (IF)
direct measurements: refers to the receive frequency (RF)

NF

Noise figure measured (dB)

Noise Temp

Noise temperature (K), derived from measured noise figure

Gain

Gain measured (dB)

Fig. 4-25 Current Value pane (example)
•

Frequency List Result or graph (frequency list results only)

The measurement results are represented according to the measurement form (see "Measurement
forms").
•

frequency list results
The measurement results for all frequencies defined in the Frequency Table are displayed in form
of a graph (see Fig. Graphical result display (example)) or a table (Frequency List Results, see
Fig.Tabular result display (example)), depending on the currently selected result display (see
Display List/Graph softkey). The measurement results are updated as the measurement is in
progress. Under Current Value, the details of the currently selected frequency in the Frequency
List Results are displayed.

1300.2519.12

4.250

E-11

R&S FSL

Noise Figure Measurements Option (K30)

Fig. 4-26 Graphical result display (example)

Fig. 4-27 Tabular result display (example)
•

fixed frequency results
Under Current Value, the measurement results for the fixed frequency are displayed and
continuously updated. The Frequency List Results do not change – these are the results of the
last frequency list measurement.

1300.2519.12

4.251

E-11

Noise Figure Measurements Option (K30)

R&S FSL

Status bar information
The status bar displays the following information:
•

parameter values
If a parameter in a settings dialog box is selected, the minimum and maximum values for the
selected parameter are displayed.
If a Boolean or an enumarated parameter in a dialog box is selected, the minimum and maximum
values are displayed as N/A for not applicable.

•

measurement status
During the measurement, the current measurement status along with detailed information about the
progress is displayed.

•

error messages (with red background)

•

warning messages (with yellow background)

Softkeys of the noise figure measurements menu (Noise mode)
The following table shows all softkeys available in the noise figure measurements menu. It is possible
that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only available with a
special option, model or (measurement) mode, this information is delivered in the corresponding softkey
description.
Command
Freq Settings
Display List/Graph
Display Settings
ENR Settings
Loss Settings
Meas Settings
Schematic
Table edit mode
Build Tbl
Exit
Insert
Delete

1300.2519.12

4.252

E-11

R&S FSL

Noise Figure Measurements Option (K30)

Freq Settings
Opens the Frequency Settings dialog box. Alternatively, this dialog box is opened by pressing
the FREQ key (with focus on the Start Freq field).

The Frequency Settings dialog box contains the following elements:
Frequency Settings

Start Freq
Stop Freq
Step Freq
Mode
Fixed LO
Image Rej

Frequency Table

Under Frequency Settings, the frequency settings and the measurement mode are set.
Under Frequency Table, the individual measurement steps are listed that will be performed
exactly in the order of the table. They are generated from the start frequency, the stop
frequency, and the step size on basis of the selected mode. If the start frequency is smaller than
the stop frequency, the RF values are generated into a list of ascending frequencies. If the start
frequency is larger, the list is descending. Not more than 100 measurement steps are possible.
If the gap between start and stop frequency is too large, increase the step frequency.
Depending on the measurement type, the Frequency Table contains the following columns:
Measurement type

Column

Description

Direct measurement
Frequency–converting measurement

RF

receive frequency, generated from the Start Freq, the Stop
Freq, and the Step Freq field entries

Frequency–converting measurement

LO

constant LO frequency, defined via the Fixed LO field

IF

IF frequency, calculated according to the Mode field

Image

image frequency, shows whether image frequency filters are
required and for which frequency range the image rejection
of the DUT is needed (Image Rej field)

It is possible to customize the Frequency Table by editing, deleting, and inserting measurement
steps. This might be useful in order to insert extra measurement steps near to a specific
frequency of interest in order to get more detailed results. If the start, stop, or step frequency is
changed, the Frequency Table is generated afresh and all manual modifications are
overwritten. To customize this table, proceed according to "To edit tables" on page 4.248.
Remote: FREQ:LIST:DATA 550MHz,300MHz,900MHz (Frequency Table)

1300.2519.12

4.253

E-11

Noise Figure Measurements Option (K30)

R&S FSL

Start Freq
Specifies the start frequency. This is the first receive frequency (RF) entry in the Frequency
Table and the Frequency List Results (result display).
If the start frequency is changed, the Frequency Table is updated accordingly.
Remote: FREQ:STAR 500MHZ
Stop Freq
Specifies the stop frequency. This is the last receive frequency (RF) entry in the Frequency
Table and the Frequency List Results (result display).
If the stop frequency is changed, the Frequency Table is updated accordingly.
Remote: FREQ:STOP 700MHZ
Step Freq
Specifies the step size between the single measurement steps. If the step frequency is larger
than the difference between the start frequency and the stop frequency, the Frequency Table
and the Frequency List Results (result display) just contain the start and stop frequency.
If the step frequency is changed, the Frequency Table is updated accordingly.
Remote: FREQ:STEP 10MHZ
Mode
Specifies the measurement mode. For details on modes refer to "Measurement modes of the
noise figure measurement" on page 4.248.
If the mode is changed, the Frequency Table is updated accordingly.
Remote: SENS:CONF:MODE:DUT DOWN
Fixed LO
Specifies the fixed local oscillator frequency. This field is only available if a frequency–converting
measurement mode is selected (Mode field). For details on modes refer to Measurement modes
of the noise figure measurement.
If the fixed LO is changed, the Frequency Table is updated accordingly.
Remote: SENS:CONF:MODE:SYST:LOSC:FREQ 1MHZ

1300.2519.12

4.254

E-11

R&S FSL

Noise Figure Measurements Option (K30)

Image Rej
Specifies the suppression applied to the second sideband. This field is only available if a
frequency–converting measurement mode is selected. For details on modes refer to
"Measurement modes of the noise figure measurement" on page 4.248.
The value entered is applied across the complete frequency range. A value of 999.99 dB
corresponds to the generally used single–sideband measurement (SSB), where the second
sideband does not noticeably affect the measurement result. This is the default value. A value of
0 dB corresponds to the double–sideband measurement (DSB), where both sidebands are
converted to the same extent.
Remote: CORR:IREJ 100
Display List/Graph
Configures the result display. The measurement results are displayed either in form of a list of
measurement points or as a graphical trace. For further details refer to "Result displays" on page
4.250.
Remote: DISP:TABL ON
Display Settings
Opens the Graphic dialog box to modify the graphical results display.

Under Results Settings, the settings that affect the overall results display are defined. Under
Noise Trace Settings, the settings related to the graphical display of noise results are defined.
Under Gain Trace Settings, the settings related to the graphical display of gain results are
defined.
The Graphic dialog box contains the following elements:
Results Settings

Combined Trace Display

Noise Trace Settings

Y–Axis
Automatic Scaling
Min Y–Axis NF
Min Y–Axis Temp
Max Y–Axis NF

1300.2519.12

4.255

E-11

Noise Figure Measurements Option (K30)

R&S FSL

Max Y–Axis Temp
Symbols
Gain Trace Settings

Y–Axis
Automatic Scaling
Min Y–Axis
Max Y–Axis
Symbols

Noise and Gain X–Axis Settings

X–Axis

Combined Trace Display
Activates or deactivates the combined trace display of noise and gain results.
On

The noise and gain traces are displayed in the same trace display in different colors.

Off

The noise and gain traces are displayed in different trace displays.

Remote: DISP:FORM SING
Y–Axis
Specifies the type of noise result that is to be displayed graphically:
–

Noise Figure

–

Noise Temperature

–

Off (no noise results are displayed graphically)

Remote: DISP:DATA:TRAC1 NFIG|TEFF
Remote: DISP:TRAC OFF
Automatic Scaling
Activates or deactivates the automatic scaling of the Y–axis.
On

The y–axis is scaled automatically. The automatic scaling algorithm provides the
optimal display of the complete range of results.

Off

The automatic scaling of the y–axis is switched off, and the scale has to be specified
manually:
for noise results via the Min Y–Axis NF/Min Y–Axis Temp/Max Y–Axis NF/Max Y–
Axis Temp fields,
for gain results via the Min Y–Axis/Max Y–Axis fields.

Remote: DISP:TRAC:Y:AUTO ON

1300.2519.12

4.256

E-11

R&S FSL

Noise Figure Measurements Option (K30)

Min Y–Axis NF/Max Y–Axis NF
Specifies the minimum/maximum noise figure result that can be displayed graphically. It is only
possible to enter a value, if the automatic scaling is deactivated (see Automatic Scaling
option), and the y–axis is set to Noise Figure (see Y–Axis field).
Remote: DISP:TRAC:Y:BOTT –30
Remote: DISP:TRAC:Y:TOP 30
Min Y–Axis Temp/Max Y–Axis Temp
Specifies the minimum/maximum noise temperature result that can be displayed graphically. It is
only possible to enter a value, if the automatic scaling is deactivated (see Automatic Scaling
option), and the y–axis is set to Noise Figure (see Y–Axis field).
Remote: DISP:TRAC:Y:BOTT –30
Remote: DISP:TRAC:Y:TOP 30
Symbols
Activates or deactivates the symbol representation. If activated, each measured value is marked
by a symbol. This helps to distinguish result types in a monochrome printout.
Remote: DISP:TRAC:SYMB ON
Y–Axis
Activates or deactivates the graphical display of gain results.
Remote: DISP:TRAC2 OFF
Min Y–Axis/Max Y–Axis
Specifies the minimum/maximum gain result that can be displayed graphically. It is only possible
to enter a value, if the automatic scaling is deactivated (see Automatic Scaling option), and the
y–axis is activated (see Y–Axis field).
Remote: DISP:TRAC2:Y:BOTT 1
Remote: DISP:TRAC2:Y:TOP 10
X–Axis
Specifies the scaling of the x–axis. This parameter is only editable in a frequency–converting
measurement mode.
Remote: DISP:TRAC:X IF

1300.2519.12

4.257

E-11

Noise Figure Measurements Option (K30)

R&S FSL

ENR Settings
Opens the ENR dialog box.

The abbreviation ENR stands for excess noise ratio. Correct ENR values for the noise source
are essential to perform accurate measurements. They are used to calculate the effective noise
temperature of the noise source that in turn is used for calculation of measurement results.
Under ENR Settings, the default ENR value is 15 dB as a constant value that is valid for all
frequencies.
Under ENR Table, the frequency–dependent ENR values are listed. The list can contain up to
100 RF/ENR pairs. The order of the RF values in the list is not important. To modify this table,
proceed as described in "To edit tables" on page 4.248. ENR tables can be saved and recalled at
any time via the FILE key (for details refer to the section "Saving and Recalling Settings Files –
FILE Key"). Additionally to the data saved by the basic unit, all data entered in the ENR Settings
dialog box are saved.
The ENR Settings dialog box contains the following elements:
ENR Settings

Selection
ENR Constant
Room Temperature

ENR Table

Remote: CORR:ENR:MEAS:TABL:DATA 1MHZ,10,2MHZ,12 (ENR Table)
Selection
Defines the used ENR values.
Constant

The value specified in the ENR Constant field is used for all frequencies. The
entries of the ENR Table are ignored.

Table

The entries of the ENR Table provide the basis for the ENR values. Between
these values the R&S FSL uses interpolated values.

Remote: CORR:ENR:MODE SPOT
ENR Constant
Specifies the constant ENR value of the noise source that is used throughout the entire
frequency range. This parameter is only editable if, in the Selection list, Constant is selected.
Remote: CORR:ENR:SPOT 30
Room Temperature
Specifies the current room temperature as an absolute value in Kelvin. This value is used in the
calculation of the noise results.
Remote: CORR:TEMP 291.50
1300.2519.12

4.258

E-11

R&S FSL

Noise Figure Measurements Option (K30)

Loss Settings
Opens the LOSS dialog box to take additional losses due to cables or attenuators into account
that are not considered in the calibration.

Under Loss Input Settings, the additional loss between the noise source and the DUT is
defined. Under Loss Output Settings, the additional loss between the DUT and the analyzer is
defined.
Under Loss Input Table or Loss Output Table, the list can contain up to 100 RF/ENR pairs.
The order of the RF values in the list is not important. To modify this table, proceed as described
in "To edit tables" on page 4.248. Loss tables can be saved and recalled at any time via the FILE
key (for details refer to the section "Saving and Recalling Settings Files – FILE Key").
Additionally to the data saved by the basic unit, all loss input & output data entered in the Loss
Settings dialog box are saved.
The Loss Settings dialog box contains the following elements:
Loss Input Settings

Selection
Loss Input Constant

Loss Input Table
Loss Output Settings

Selection
Loss Output Constant

Loss Output Table

Remote: CORR:LOSS:INP:TABL 1MHz,10,2MHz,12 (Loss Input Table)
Remote: CORR:LOSS:OUTP:TABL 1MHz,10,2MHz,12 (Loss Output Table)
Selection
Defines the used Loss values.
Constant

The values specified in the Loss Input Constant/Loss Output Constant fields
are used for all frequencies. The entries of the Loss Input/Output Table are
ignored.

Table

The entries of the Loss Input/Output Table provide the basis for the Loss
values. Between these values the R&S FSL uses interpolated values.

Remote: CORR:LOSS:INP:MODE SPOT
Remote: CORR:LOSS:OUTP:MODE SPOT

1300.2519.12

4.259

E-11

Noise Figure Measurements Option (K30)

R&S FSL

Loss Input Constant/Loss Output Constant
Specifies the constant loss value that is used across the entire frequency range. This parameter
is only editable if, in the Selection list, Constant is selected.
Remote: CORR:LOSS:INP:SPOT 10
Remote: CORR:LOSS:OUTP:SPOT 10
Meas Settings
Opens the Measurement Settings dialog box to modify all settings related to the overall
measurement.
Alternatively, the Measurement Settings dialog box is opened as follows:
–

AMPT key, with focus on the RF Attenuation field

–

BW key, with focus on the RBW field

Under Calibration, the second stage correction can be activated or deactivated. For details
refer also to "Calibration" on page 4.248.
Under Analyzer Settings, the general settings for the spectrum analyzer concerning the level,
attenuation and bandwidth of the signal to be measured are defined.
The Measurement Settings dialog box contains the following elements:
Calibration

2nd Stage Correction

Analyzer Settings

RBW
Sweep Time
Settling Time
Average
RF Attenuation
Automatic Ref Level
Ref Level
Range
Preamplifier

1300.2519.12

4.260

E-11

R&S FSL

Noise Figure Measurements Option (K30)

2nd Stage Correction
Activates or deactivates the second stage correction.
On

The calibration data recorded via the Cal softkey are used to correct the measurement
results. The calibration data are stored independent of the state of the option.

Off

No correction is applied to the measurement results.

For details refer also to "Calibration" on page 4.248.
Remote: CORR ON
RBW
Specifies the resolution bandwidth for the measurement.
A large value improves the averaging of the display considerably, reduces the influence of
external sources of interference, and permits the fastest measurement time possible.
A low value should only be used across a very small frequency range. For measurements at low
frequencies, the RBW must be reduced to prevent the LO frequency of the analyzer from
invalidating the measurement. At receive frequencies of 100 kHz, the RBW must not exceed 10
kHz.
Remote: BAND 1MHz
Sweep Time
Specifies the time one complete measurement sweep takes. Two sweeps are performed for
each measurement step (once with noise source on, once with noise source off).
For narrow bandwidths, the sweep time should be increased in order to give accurate
measurement results.
Remote: SWE:TIME 10s
Settling Time
Specifies the time the DUT takes to settle after a noise source has been turned on or off.
Most noise sources generate an interfering DC component in addition to the noise spectrum. If
the noise source is switched on or off, low–frequency DUTs may require this settling time for
coupling capacitors to be charged or discharged.
Remote: SYST:CONF:DUT:STIM 1000MS
Average
Specifies the number of measurement sweeps over which the average is taken to produce the
displayed measurement results.
The higher the number of sweeps, the more accurate the measurement results, but the
measurement time is significantly longer.
An average value of 1 means that each displayed result is produced from one measurement
sweep. This is sufficient for most cases.
Remote: SWE:COUN 10

1300.2519.12

4.261

E-11

Noise Figure Measurements Option (K30)

R&S FSL

RF Attenuation
Specifies the attenuation that is applied to the received RF signal.
To obtain a low noise figure for the analyzer and hence more accurate noise measurements,
0 dB should be set. For high DUT power levels or critical matching, a higher setting is also
possible. A setting of 10 dB will give a much better VSWR (voltage standing wave ratio) of the
analyzer, but will result in a worse noise figure of the analyzer.
Remote: INP:ATT 30 DB
Automatic Ref Level
Activates or deactivates the automatic reference level setting.
Off

Specify a reference level manually (see Ref Level softkey).

On

The reference level is measured automatically. The total measurement time increases.

The automatic reference level measurement is performed as follows:
–

2nd stage correction activated:
At the beginning of the calibration measurement, several measurements are performed at the
first frequency test point and the reference level is calculated from these results taking into
account the maximum gain of the DUT (see Range softkey).

–

2nd stage correction deactivated:
At the beginning of the main measurement, several measurements are performed at the first
frequency test point and the reference level is calculated from these results. The range setting
is not significant.

Remote: DISP:TRAC:Y:RLEV:AUTO ON
Ref Level
Specifies the reference level. It is only possible to enter a reference level manually, if the
automatic reference level is deactivated (see Automatic Ref Level softkey).
The reference level should be about 5 to 15 dB above the noise display that occurs with the
DUT connected and the noise source activated.
Even for DUTs with a high–ripple frequency response it can be useful to enter the reference
level manually, because an automatic reference level setting may not always result in optimal
settings.
Remote: DISP:TRAC:Y:RLEV 0
Range
Specifies the maximum gain expected from the DUT.
If the 2nd Stage Correction is activated, this value is used to calculate the automatic reference
level to ensure that the expected power of the measured signal will be within the optimum
operating range of the spectrum analyzer (see Automatic Ref Level softkey).
To ensure accurate measurement results, the range should not exceed the actual gain of the
DUT by more than a margin of 10 dB.
Remote: SYST:CONF:DUT:GAIN 10

1300.2519.12

4.262

E-11

R&S FSL

Noise Figure Measurements Option (K30)

Preamplifier
Activates or deactivates the preamplifier of the R&S FSL.
Remote: INP:GAIN:STAT ON
Schematic
Displays the schematic diagram of the test setup for the selected measurement type and the
specified frequency ranges. If the frequency ranges are changed, the schematic diagram is
updated accordingly.
–

Direct measurement
The direct measurement mode is designed for DUTs without frequency–conversion, e.g.
amplifiers.
The schematic display for the direct measurement mode is shown in Fig. 4-28. The upper part
of the figure shows the setup for calibration. The lower part of the figure shows the test setup
for the measurement.

Fig. 4-28 Schematic diagram for direct measurements
–

Frequency–converting measurement
The frequency–converting measurement mode is designed for frequency–converting DUTs that
have a fixed Local Oscillator (LO) frequency, for example, satellite converters with a fixed LO
frequency. .
The schematic display for the frequency–converting measurement mode is shown in Fig. 4-29.
The upper part of the figure shows the setup for calibration. The lower part of the figure shows
the test setup for the measurement.

1300.2519.12

4.263

E-11

Noise Figure Measurements Option (K30)

R&S FSL

Fig. 4-29 Schematic diagram for frequency converting measurements

Build Tbl
Updates the table according to the Frequency Settings (Freq Settings softkey).

Exit
Exits the edit mode of a table.

Insert
Inserts a row above the currently selected row and sets the focus on the first field of the new
row.
This softkey is only available if the Frequency Table contains less than 100 measurement
steps.

Delete
Deletes the currently selected row. This action requires no confirmation.

1300.2519.12

4.264

E-11

R&S FSL

Noise Figure Measurements Option (K30)

Softkeys of the sweep menu (Noise mode)
The following table shows all softkeys available in the sweep menu in Noise mode (SWEEP key). It is
possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only available
with a special option, model or (measurement) mode, this information is delivered in the corresponding
softkey description.
Command
Sweep Single/Cont
Cal
Fix Freq

Sweep Single/Cont
Selects the sweep mode.
Single

single sweep mode

Cont

continuous sweep mode

If a measurement is started while another measurement is in progress, the first measurement
will be aborted and the new measurement started immediately.
For further details refer to "Measurement forms" on page 4.249.
Remote: CONF:LIST:CONT
Remote: CONF:LIST:SING
Cal
Performs a calibration. The calibration status of the noise figure measurement is displayed in the
title bar. For further details refer to "Calibration" on page 4.248.
This softkey is only available, if the 2nd Stage Correction option in the Measurement Settings
dialog box is activated.
Remote: CONF:CORR
Fix Freq
Starts a fixed frequency measurement for the frequency that is currently selected in the
Frequency List Results. For further details refer to "Measurement forms" on page 4.249 and
"Result displays" on page 4.250.
This softkey is only available after a frequency list measurement has been completed and the
measurement results are displayed in list form (Display List/Graph softkey).
Remote: CONF:SING
Remote: FREQ 10MHz

1300.2519.12

4.265

E-11

Noise Figure Measurements Option (K30)

R&S FSL

Softkeys of the trace menu (Noise mode)
Using the trace memory facility, you can save graphical display results (max. 3 trace sets) for
comparison with subsequent measurements. This facility is recommended in order to compare and to
document the effects of small changes on the DUT.
The following table shows all softkeys available in the trace menu in Noise mode (TRACE key). It is
possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only available
with a special option, model or (measurement) mode, this information is delivered in the corresponding
softkey description.
Command
Display Graph/List
ASCII File Export
Decim Sep
More
Data –> Mem1
Data –> Mem2
Data –> Mem3
Data On/Off
Mem1 On/Off
Mem2 On/Off
Mem3 On/Off

Display Graph/List
For details refer to the Display List/Graph softkey in the noise figure measurements menu.

ASCII File Export
For details refer to the ASCII File Export softkey in the trace menu of the base unit.

Decim Sep
For details refer to the Decim Sep softkey in the trace menu of the base unit.

1300.2519.12

4.266

E-11

R&S FSL

Noise Figure Measurements Option (K30)

Data –> Mem1/Data –> Mem2/Data –> Mem3
Saves the current trace results to trace memory . If a trace memory  contains data, the
corresponding softkey has a green background. The content of the trace memory  is
displayed via the Mem1 On/Off/Mem2 On/Off/Mem3 On/Off softkeys.
If data is transferred to a trace memory that already contains trace data, the new trace data
overwrite the current trace data in the memory.
Remote: CONF:ARR:MEM2 ONCE
Remote: FETC:ARR:MEM2:NOIS:FIG?
Remote: FETC:ARR:MEM2:NOIS:GAIN?
Remote: FETC:ARR:MEM2:NOIS:TEMP?
Data On/Off
Switches the display of the current measurement results on or off. The display of trace memory
results is not affected if this softkey is pressed. If a new frequency list measurement is started,
the display of the current result trace is switched on automatically.
Remote: DISP:CURR:DATA OFF
Mem1 On/Off / Mem2 On/Off / Mem3 On/Off
Switches the display of trace memory  on or off. This softkey is not available if no data is
held in the selected trace memory.
Remote: DISP:ARR:MEM2 ON

Softkeys of the marker menu (Noise mode)
The following table shows all softkeys available in the marker menu in Noise mode (MKR key). It is
possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only available
with a special option, model or (measurement) mode, this information is delivered in the corresponding
softkey description.
Command
Marker 1
Marker to Trace
All Marker Off

Marker 1
Activates marker 1 and opens an edit dialog box to enter a value for marker 1 to be set to.
Pressing the softkey again deactivates the marker 1. This softkey is only available if
measurement results are displayed.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.60.
Remote: CALC:MARK ON
Remote: CALC:MARK:X 550 MHZ
Remote: CALC:MARK:Y?

1300.2519.12

4.267

E-11

Noise Figure Measurements Option (K30)

R&S FSL

Marker to Trace
Opens a dialog box to select the trace (noise figure or gain), on which the marker is to be
placed. This softkey is only available if measurement results are displayed.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.60.
Remote: CALC:MARK:TRAC GAIN
All Marker Off
Switches off the active marker. This softkey is only available if measurement results are
displayed.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.60.
Remote: CALC:MARK:AOFF

Softkeys of the marker–> menu (Noise mode)
The following table shows all softkeys available in the marker–> menu in Noise mode (MKR–> key). It
is possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only available
with a special option, model or (measurement) mode, this information is delivered in the corresponding
softkey description.
Command
Peak
Min

Peak
Activates marker 1 and sets it to the highest maximum of the trace.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.60.
Remote: CALC:MARK:MAX
Min
Activates marker 1 and sets it to the minimum of the selected trace.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.60.
Remote: CALC:MARK:MIN

Softkeys of the lines menu (Noise mode)
The following table shows all softkeys available in the lines menu in Noise mode (LINES key). It is
possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only available
with a special option, model or (measurement) mode, this information is delivered in the corresponding
softkey description.
Menu / Command

Command

New

Exit
Insert

1300.2519.12

4.268

E-11

R&S FSL
Menu / Command

Noise Figure Measurements Option (K30)
Command
Delete

Edit

same contents as
New menu

Enable/Disable
Delete

New
Displays the Limit Line dialog box in edit mode with all fields necessary to define a new limit
line. For further details see "To work with limit lines" on page 4.248.
In the edit mode, the Limit Line dialog box contains the following elements:
Name
Limit
Comment
Frequency
Limit

Name
Specifies the name of the limit line to uniquely identify every limit line. Any combination of
alphanumeric characters is allowed. If the entered name already exists, an error message is
displayed with the request to alter the name.
Remote: CALC:LIM1:NAME FM1
Limit
Specifies the result type (noise or gain) and the limit type (upper or lower) for the limit line.
Remote: CALC:LIM2:TRAC NFIG
Comment
Specifies a description for the limit line. Any combination of alphanumeric characters is allowed.
Remote: CALC:LIM5:COMM 'Upper limit for spectrum'
Frequency
Specifies the receive frequencies.
Remote: CALC:LIM2:CONT 1MHz,30MHz,100MHz,300MHz,1GHz

1300.2519.12

4.269

E-11

Noise Figure Measurements Option (K30)

R&S FSL

Limit
Specifies the limits for the receive frequencies.
Remote: CALC:LIM2:LOW –30,–40,–10,–40,–30 (lower limit line)
Remote: CALC:LIM2:UPP –10,0,0,–10,–5 (upper limit line)
Exit
Exits the edit mode of a table.

Insert
Inserts a row above the currently selected row and sets the focus on the first field of the new
row.

Delete
Deletes the currently selected row. This action requires no confirmation.

Edit
Displays the Limit Line dialog box in edit mode with all data of the selected limit line. For further
details refer to the New softkey.

Enable/Disable
Enables or disables the selected limit line. Limit checking is only performed for activated limit
lines. Only one limit line of each type can be active at a given time.
Remote: CALC:LIM:STAT ON
Remote: CALC:LIM4:LOW:STAT ON
Remote: CALC:LIM4:UPP:STAT ON
Delete
Deletes the selected limit line.
Remote: CALC:LIM1:DEL

1300.2519.12

4.270

E-11

R&S FSL

3GPP Base Station Measurements (Option K72)

3GPP Base Station Measurements (Option K72)
The R&S FSL equipped with the 3GPP Base Station Measurements option performs code domain
power measurements on downlink signals according to the 3GPP standard (Third Generation
Partnership Project, FDD mode). Signals that meet the conditions for channel configuration of 3GPP
standard test models 1 to 5 can be measured, including HSDPA and HSUPA signals (test model 5). In
addition to the code domain power measurements specified by the 3GPP standard, the 3GPP Base
Station Measurements option offers measurements with predefined settings in the frequency domain,
e.g. power measurements.
This option is available from firmware version 1.60.

To open the settings menu
If the 3G FDD BTS mode is not the active measurement mode, press the MODE key and activate
the 3G FDD BTS option.
If the 3G FDD BTS mode is already active, press the MENU key.
The settings menu is displayed. .

Menu and softkey description
–

"Softkeys of the settings menu (3G FDD BTS mode)" on page 4.275

–

"Softkeys of the frequency menu (3G FDD BTS mode)" on page 4.279

–

"Softkeys of the amplitude menu (3G FDD BTS mode)" on page 4.280

–

"Softkeys of the trigger menu (3G FDD BTS mode)" on page 4.281

–

"Softkeys of the marker menu (3G FDD BTS mode)" on page 4.281

–

"Softkeys of the marker–> menu (3G FDD BTS mode)" on page 4.282

–

"Softkeys of the measurement menu (3G FDD BTS mode)" on page 4.283

The span, bandwidth, and lines menus are not available in the 3G FDD BTS mode. All other menus are
provided as described for the base unit. For details refer to the corresponding menu descriptions.
To display help to a softkey, press the HELP key and then the softkey for which you want to display
help. To close the help window, press the ESC key. For further information refer to section "How to use
the Help System".

Further information
–

"Short list of abbreviations" on page 4.273

–

"Channels of the Code Domain Channel Table and their usage" on page 4.273

–

"Marker values" on page 4.274

Measurements and result displays
The 3GPP Base Station Measurements option provides the following test measurement types and
result displays:
•

code domain power measurements
–

Code Domain Power Diagram (see Code Dom Power Diagram softkey)

–

Code Domain Channel Table (see Code Dom Channel Table softkey)

–

Code Domain Result Summary (see Code Dom Result Summary softkey)

1300.2519.12

4.271

E-11

3GPP Base Station Measurements (Option K72)

R&S FSL

The code domain power measurements are performed as specified by the 3GPP standards. A
signal section of approx. 20 ms is recorded for analysis and then searched through to find the start
of a 3GPP FDD frame. If a frame start is found in the signal, the code domain power analysis is
performed for a complete frame starting from slot 0. The different result displays are calculated from
the recorded IQ data set. Therefore it is not necessary to start a new measurement in order to
change the result display. Common settings for these measurements are performed via the settings
menu (MENU key). For details refer to "Softkeys of the settings menu (3G FDD BTS mode)" on
page 4.275.
The measurement settings are listed below the title bar:

•

Parameter in example

Description

CF 3.0 GHz

center frequency

Result Summary

Code Domain Result Summary result display

Att 0 dB

attenuation

Ref –20.0 dBm

reference level

Channel 0.256

channel number and spreading code

CPICH Slot 0

common pilot channel slot number

Chan Slot 0

channel slot number

RF measurements
–

Signal Channel Power (see Power softkey)

–

Adjacent–Channel Power (see ACP softkey)

–

Spectrum Emission Mask (see Spectrum Emission Mask softkey)

All these measurements are accessed via the MEAS key (measurement menu). Some parameters are
set automatically according to the 3GPP standard. A list of these parameters is given with each
measurement type. A set of parameters is passed on from the 3GPP Base Station Measurements
option to the base unit and vice versa in order to provide a quick swap (see the following table).
Transferred parameters
center frequency
reference level
attenuation
reference level offset
center frequency step size
trigger source
trigger offset

For a detailed description refer also to chapter "Advanced Measurement Examples".

1300.2519.12

4.272

E-11

R&S FSL

3GPP Base Station Measurements (Option K72)

Short list of abbreviations
Term or abbreviation

Description

BTS

base transmission station

CPICH

common pilot channel

DPCH

dedicated physical channel, data channel

FDD

frequency division duplexing

PCCPCH

primary common control physical channel

PICH

paging indication channel.

SCH

synchronization channel, divided into P–SCH (primary synchronization channel) and
S–SCH (secondary synchronization channel)

Channels of the Code Domain Channel Table and their usage
The channel assignment table contains the following (data) channels:
•

CPICH
The common pilot channel is used to synchronize the signal in the case of CPICH synchronization.
It is expected at code class 8 and code number 0.

•

PSCH
The primary synchronization channel is used to synchronize the signal in the case of SCH
synchronization. It is a non–orthogonal channel. Only the power of this channel is determined.

•

SSCH
The secondary synchronization channel is a non–orthogonal channel. Only the power of this
channel is determined.

•

PCCPCH
The primary common control physical channel is used to synchronize the signal in the case of SCH
synchronization. It is expected at code class 8 and code number 1.

•

SCCPCH
The secondary common control physical channel is a QPSK–modulated channel without any pilot
symbols. In the 3GPP test models, this channel can be found in code class 8 and code number 3.
However, the code class and code number need not to be fixed and can vary. For this reason, the
following rules are used to indicate SCCPCH.
HSDPA/HSUPA On/Off softkey set to Off
–

Only one QPSK–modulated channel without pilot symbols is detected and displayed as the
SCCPCH. Any further QPSK–modulated channels without pilot symbols are not detected as
active channels.

–

If the signal contains more than one channel without pilot symbols, the channel that is received
in the highest code class and with the lowest code number is displayed as the SCCPCH. It is
expected that only one channel of this type is included in the received signal. According to this
assumption, this channel is probably the SCCPCH.

HSDPA/HSUPA On/Off softkey set to On
–

All QPSK–modulated channels without pilot symbols are detected. If one of these channels is
received at code class 8 and code number 3, it is displayed as the SCCPCH. QPSK–modulated
channels without pilot symbols and a code class higher than or equal to 7 are marked with the
channel type CHAN. QPSK–modulated channels without pilot symbols and a code class lower
than 7 are marked with channel type HSPDSCH.

1300.2519.12

4.273

E-11

3GPP Base Station Measurements (Option K72)
•

R&S FSL

PICH
The paging indication channel is expected at code class 8 and code number 16.

•

DPCH
The dedicated physical channel is a data channel that contains pilot symbols. The displayed
channel type is DPCH. The status is inactive (channel is not active), active (channel is active and
all pilot symbols are correct), or pilotf (channel is active but it contains incorrect pilot symbols).

•

HS–PDSCH (HSDPA)
The high speed physical downlink shared channel does not contain any pilot symbols. It is a
channel type that is expected in code classes equal to or higher than 7: HSPDSCH(QPSK)_
(QPSK–modulated slot of an HS–PDSCH channel), HSPDSCH(16QAM)_ (16QAM–modulated slot
of an HS–PDSCH channel), HSPDSCH(NONE)_ (slot without power of an HS–PDSCH channel).
The modulation type of these channels can be varied depending on the selected slot. The status is
inactive (channel is not active) or active (channel is active and all pilot symbols are correct).

•

HS–SSCH (HSDPA)
The high speed shared control channel does not contain any pilot symbols. It is a channel type that
is expected in code classes equal to or higher than 7. The modulation type should always be
QPSK. The channel does not contain any pilot symbols. The status is inactive (channel is not
active) or active (channel is active and all pilot symbols are correct).

•

CHAN
Any arbitrary channel that does not carry a valid pilot symbol sequence is displayed as an arbitrary
channel. It is not possible to decide which channel type is transmitted. The only prerequisite is that
the channel carries symbols of a sufficient signal to noise ratio.

•

–

Chan Type: CHAN (QPSK–modulated channel without any pilot symbols)

–

Status: inactive if the channel is not active; active if the channel is active

E–HICH
Enhanced HARQ hybrid acknowledgement indicator channel
Carries hybrid ARQ ACK/NACK

•

E–RGCH
Enhanced relative grant channel
Carries relative grant allocation for a UE

•

E–AGCH
Enhanced absolute grant channel
Carries absolute grant allocation for a UE

Marker values
Additional to the marker values of the base unit, displayed in the marker field (for details see "Using
Markers and Delta Markers – MKR Key" on page 4.53), the symbol rate of the channel (for unassigned
codes 7.5 ksps, see example) is given.

1300.2519.12

4.274

E-11

R&S FSL

3GPP Base Station Measurements (Option K72)

Softkeys of the settings menu (3G FDD BTS mode)
The following table shows all softkeys available in the main menu of the 3GPP Base Station
Measurements option (MENU key). It is possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all
softkeys. If a softkey is only available with a special option, model or (measurement) mode, this
information is delivered in the corresponding softkey description.
Menu / Command

Command

Select Channel
Select CPICH Slot
Code Power Abs/Rel
Power Ref TOT/CPICH
Scrambling Code

Scrambling Code
Scrambling Code Autosearch
Show List
Format Hex/Dec

Adjust Ref Level
More
Invert Q On/Off
Normalize On/Off
Antenna Diversity On/Off
Antenna Number 1/2
Inactive Channel Threshold
HSDPA/HSUPA On/Off
Sync Type CPICH/SCH

Select Channel
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the channel number and spreading factor, separated by a
decimal point. The chosen channel is marked red in the Code Domain Power Diagram and this
channel is used for channel–based evaluations in the Code Domain Result Summary.
Example:
entry 5.128
Channel 5 is marked at spreading factor 128 (30 ksps), if the channel is active; otherwise code
20 at spreading factor 512 is selected.
Remote: CDP:CODE 30

1300.2519.12

4.275

E-11

3GPP Base Station Measurements (Option K72)

R&S FSL

Select CPICH Slot
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the slot number. The chosen slot is evaluated in the Code
Domain Power Diagram and is used for slot–based evaluations in the Code Domain Result
Summary.
The slot number is defined on the basis of the CPICH (i.e. calculated in steps of 2560 chips
starting from the beginning of the frame). The desired slot of the selected channel is converted
according to its timing offset.
Example:
Slot 0 of the CPICH is set. The selected channel has a timing offset of 2816 chips, i.e. slot 0 of
the channel is delayed by 2816 chips with respect to the frame start. Slot 0 of the CPICH
therefore corresponds to slot 14 of the last frame of the channel.
Remote: CDP:SLOT 3
Code Power Abs/Rel (Code Domain Power Diagram)
Sets the scaling of the result display.
Abs

absolute power in dB

Rel

power relative to the reference chosen via the Power Ref TOT/CPICH softkey in
dBm (default setting)

Remote: CALC:FEED 'XPOW:CDP'
Power Ref TOT/CPICH (Code Domain Power Diagram)
Sets the power reference for the relative power displays (see also Code Power Abs/Rel
softkey):
TOT

total power

CPICH

power of the common pilot channel (default setting)
In contrast to the variable total power, the power of the CPICH is the same
in all slots so that it can form the constant reference for the display.

Remote: CDP:PREF TOT
Scrambling Code
Opens the scrambling code menu.

1300.2519.12

4.276

E-11

R&S FSL

3GPP Base Station Measurements (Option K72)

Scrambling Code
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the scrambling code. The scrambling codes are used to
distinguish between different base stations. Each base station has its own scrambling code. The
scrambling code range in hexadecimal format is [0x0 … 0x5FFF]
The scrambling codes are divided into 512 sets, each consisting of a primary scrambling code
and 15 secondary scrambling codes.
The range of the primary scrambling codes is described by n=16*i
with k=0, i [0 ... 511] = [0 ... 1FF].
The range of the secondary scrambling codes is described by j=16*i+k,
with k [1 ... 15] = [1 ... F].
Example:
To enter the primary scrambling code number '1', the digits '10' need to be entered. (i = 1, k = 0).
The entered scrambling code has to coincide with that of the signal. Otherwise, a code domain
power measurement of the signal is not possible.
Remote: CDP:LCOD #H2
Scrambling Code Autosearch
Searches automatically the scrambling code that leads to the highest signal power and stores it
as new scrambling code for further measurements. All scrambling codes of the recorded signal
are taken into account. As a prerequisite, the center frequency and level settings have to be
correct.
The scrambling code search automatically determines the primary scrambling code number. The
secondary scrambling code number is expected to be 0. Other scrambling codes can not be
detected. Therefore, the range for detection is 0x0000 – 0x1FF0h, where the last digit is always
0.
Remote: CDP:LCOD:SEAR
Show List
Displays a result list of the automatic search sequence containing the highest power values
calculated and the corresponding scrambling codes. The power shown is a coarse value for the
CPICH power.
This softkey is only available after a scrambling code auto search has been performed (see
Scrambling Code Autosearch softkey).
Remote: CDP:LCOD:SEAR:LIST?
Format Hex/Dec
Selects the display format of the scrambling codes:
Hex

hexadecimal

Dec

decimal

The default setting is hexadecimal.
Remote: CDP:LCOD #H2
Remote: CDP:LCOD:DVAL 3

1300.2519.12

4.277

E-11

3GPP Base Station Measurements (Option K72)

R&S FSL

Adjust Ref Level
Adjusts the reference level to the measured channel power. This ensures that the settings of the
RF attenuation and the reference level are optimally adjusted to the signal level without
overloading the R&S FSL or limiting the dynamic range by an S/N ratio that is too small.
Remote: CDP:LEV:ADJ
Invert Q On/Off
Switches the Q inversion on or off:
ON

The sign of the Q–component of the signal is inverted.

OFF

The sign of the Q–component of the signal remains unchanged (default setting).

Remote: CDP:QINV ON
Normalize On/Off
Activates and deactivates the elimination of the I/Q offset.
Remote: CDP:NORM ON
Antenna Diversity On/Off
Activates or deactivates the antenna diversity mode for the code domain power analysis. The
default setting of this softkey is OFF. The diversity antennas are selected via the Antenna
Number 1/2 softkey.
Remote: CDP:ANT 1
Antenna Number 1/2
Switches between antenna set 1 or 2. The default setting of this softkey is 1. This softkey is only
available if the Antenna Diversity On/Off softkey is activated.
Remote: CDP:ANT 1
Inactive Channel Threshold
Opens an edit dialog box to set the minimum power theshold for a single channel (channel
power compared to total signal power). Only channels with a signal power above this value are
recognized as active channels. Channels with a signal power below this value are considered to
be not active (irrespective of whether they contain pilot symbols or not).
The default value is –60 dB.
Remote: CDP:ICTR –10dB

1300.2519.12

4.278

E-11

R&S FSL

3GPP Base Station Measurements (Option K72)

HSDPA/HSUPA On/Off
Activates or deactivates the HSUPA/DPA channel detection and the display of the HSUPA/DPA
channels in the channel table.
ON

The high speed channels can be detected (default settings).
The modulation type (QPSK /16QAM) is detected.

OFF

The high speed channel can not be detected.
Pilot symbols are detected.

Remote: CDP:HSDP OFF
Sync Type CPICH/SCH
Defines the synchronization. The default setting of this softkey is CPICH.
CPICH

A synchronization to the CPICH control channel is performed. As a prerequisite,
the CPICH control channel must be present in the signal.

SCH

A synchronization without assuming the presence of a CPICH channel is
performed.
While this setting can also be used with other channel configurations, but the
probability of synchronization failure increases with the number of data channels.

Remote: CDP:STYP SCH

Softkeys of the frequency menu (3G FDD BTS mode)
The following table shows all softkeys available in the frequency menu in 3G FDD BTS mode. It is
possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only available
with a special option, model or (measurement) mode, this information is delivered in the corresponding
softkey description.
Command
Center
Stepsize Manual
Frequency Offset

Center
For details refer to the Center softkey in the frequency menu of the base unit.

Stepsize Manual
For details refer to the Manual softkey in the frequency menu of the base unit.

Frequency Offset
For details refer to the Frequency Offset softkey in the frequency menu of the base unit.

1300.2519.12

4.279

E-11

3GPP Base Station Measurements (Option K72)

R&S FSL

Softkeys of the amplitude menu (3G FDD BTS mode)
The following table shows all softkeys available in the amplitude menu in 3G FDD BTS mode. It is
possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only available
with a special option, model or (measurement) mode, this information is delivered in the corresponding
softkey description.
Command
Ref Level
Adjust Ref Level
Ref Level Offset
dB per Division
Reference Position
RF Atten Manual
RF Atten Auto

Ref Level
For details refer to the Ref Level softkey in the amplitude menu of the base unit.

Adjust Ref Level
For details refer to the Adjust Ref Level softkey in the settings menu.

Ref Level Offset
For details refer to the Ref Level Offset softkey in the amplitude menu of the base unit.

dB per Division
Opens an edit dialog box to set the scaling of the y–axis in dB.
Remote: DISP:TRAC:Y:PDIV +10dB
Reference Position
For details refer to the Ref Level Position softkey in the amplitude menu of the base unit.

RF Atten Manual
For details refer to the RF Atten Manual softkey in the amplitude menu of the base unit.

RF Atten Auto
For details refer to the RF Atten Auto softkey in the amplitude menu of the base unit.

1300.2519.12

4.280

E-11

R&S FSL

3GPP Base Station Measurements (Option K72)

Softkeys of the trigger menu (3G FDD BTS mode)
The following table shows all softkeys available in the trigger menu in 3G FDD BTS mode. It is possible
that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only available with a
special option, model or (measurement) mode, this information is delivered in the corresponding softkey
description.
Command
Trigger Source
Trigger Polarity Pos/Neg
Trigger Offset

Trigger Source
Opens the Trigger Source dialog box. In the 3GPP Base Station Measurements option, only
the following trigger sources are available:
–

Free Run, External, IF Power

For further details refer to the Trg / Gate Source softkey in the trigger menu of the base unit.

Trigger Polarity Pos/Neg
For details refer to the Trg / Gate Polarity Pos/Neg softkey in the trigger menu of the base unit.

Trigger Offset
For details refer to the Trigger Offset softkey in the trigger menu of the base unit.

Softkeys of the marker menu (3G FDD BTS mode)
The following table shows all softkeys available in the marker menu in 3G FDD BTS mode. It is possible
that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only available with a
special option, model or (measurement) mode, this information is delivered in the corresponding softkey
description.
Command
Marker 1
Marker 2
Marker 3
Marker 4
Marker Norm/Delta
Marker Zoom
All Marker Off

Marker 1/Marker 2/Marker 3/Marker 4/Marker Norm/Delta
For details refer to the Marker 1, Marker 2, Marker 3, Marker 4, Marker Norm/Delta softkeys in
the trigger menu of the base unit.

1300.2519.12

4.281

E-11

3GPP Base Station Measurements (Option K72)

R&S FSL

Marker Zoom
Opens an edit dialog box to set the number of channels.

All Marker Off
For details refer to the All Marker Off softkey in the trigger menu of the base unit.

Softkeys of the marker–> menu (3G FDD BTS mode)
The following table shows all softkeys available in the marker–> menu in 3G FDD BTS mode. It is
possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only available
with a special option, model or (measurement) mode, this information is delivered in the corresponding
softkey description.
Command
Select 1 2 3 4
Peak
Next Peak
Next Peak Mode < abs >
CPICH
PCCPCH
More
Select 1 2 3 4
Min
Next Min
Next Min Mode < abs >
CPICH
PCCPCH

Select 1 2 3 4
For further details refer to the Select 1 2 3 4

softkey in the marker–> menu of the base unit.

Peak
For further details refer to the Peak softkey in the marker–> menu of the base unit.

Next Peak
For further details refer to the Next Peak softkey in the marker–> menu of the base unit.

1300.2519.12

4.282

E-11

R&S FSL

3GPP Base Station Measurements (Option K72)

Next Peak Mode < abs >
For further details refer to the Next Peak Mode < abs > softkey in the marker–> menu of the
base unit.

CPICH
Sets the active marker/delta marker on the common pilot channel (code number 0 for spreading
factor 256; corresponds to displayed code numbers 0 and 1 of the x–axis).
Remote: CALC:MARK1:FUNC:CPIC
Remote: CALC:MARK1:Y?
Remote: CALC:DELT1:FUNC:CPIC
Remote: CALC:DELT1:Y?
PCCPCH
Sets the active marker/delta marker on the primary common control physical channel (code
number 1 for spreading factor 256; corresponds to displayed code numbers 2 and 3 of the x–
axis).
Remote: CALC:MARK1:FUNC:PCCP
Remote: CALC:MARK1:Y?
Remote: CALC:DELT1:FUNC:PCCP
Remote: CALC:DELT1:Y?
Min
For further details refer to the Min softkey in the marker–> menu of the base unit.

Next Min
For further details refer to the Next Min softkey in the marker–> menu of the base unit.

Next Min Mode < abs >
For further details refer to the Next Min Mode < abs > softkey in the marker–> menu of the base
unit.

Softkeys of the measurement menu (3G FDD BTS mode)
The following table shows all softkeys available in the measurement menu in 3G FDD BTS mode. It is
possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only available
with a special option, model or (measurement) mode, this information is delivered in the corresponding
softkey description.
Menu / Command

Submenu / Command

Submenu / Command

Command

Auto Level&Code
Code Dom Channel Table

1300.2519.12

4.283

E-11

3GPP Base Station Measurements (Option K72)
Menu / Command

Submenu / Command

Submenu / Command

R&S FSL
Command

Code Dom Power Diagram
Code Dom Result Summary

Select Channel
Result Summary Normal
Result Summary Extended

Power

CP / ACP Config

# of TX Chan
# of Adj Chan
Channel Settings

Channel Bandwidth
Channel Spacing
Chan Pwr/Hz
ACP Ref Settings
Adjust Ref Lvl
Adjust Settings

Limit Checking

Limit Chk On/Off
Edit ACP Limit

Power Mode

Clear/Write
Max Hold

Select Trace
Adjust Settings
Sweep Time
Fast ACP On/Off
ACP Abs/Rel
Adjust Ref Lvl
ACP

same contents as Power
menu

Spectrum Emission Mask

Limit Line Auto
Limit Line Manual
Limit Line User
Restore Std Lines
30kHz/1MHz Transition
Adjust Ref Level

Auto Level&Code
Starts a sequence performing the following steps:
–

Auto adjust the reference level.

–

Search and select scrambling code with the highest power.

–

Start measurement.

–

Select Code Domain Result Summary result display.

Remote: CDP:ASEQ

1300.2519.12

4.284

E-11

R&S FSL

3GPP Base Station Measurements (Option K72)

Code Dom Channel Table
Selects the Code Domain Channel Table result display. This channel assignment table can
contain up to 512 entries, corresponding to the 512 codes that can be assigned within the class
of spreading factor 512. For detailed description of the channels refer to "Channels of the Code
Domain Channel Table and their usage" on page 4.273.

In the upper part of the Code Domain Channel Table, all channels that have to be present in the
signal to be analyzed are listed. In the lower part of the table, all data channels contained in the
signal are listed. A data channel is any channel that does not have a predefined channel number
and symbol rate.
The channels are listed in descending order according to symbol rates and, within a symbol rate,
in ascending order according to the channel numbers. Therefore, the unassigned codes are
always to be found at the end of the table.
The following parameters of these channels are determined by the code domain power
measurement:
–

Chan Type
type of channel (active channels only)
If the modulation type of a channel can vary (HS–PDSCH), the value of the measured
modulation type is appended to the channel type. Data channels without a type fully recognized
are characterized as CHAN.

–

SymRate [ksps]
symbol rate at which the channel is transmitted (7.5 ksps to 960 ksps).

–

Chan
number of the channel spreading code (0 to [spreading factor–1]).

–

Status
Unassigned codes are considered to be inactive. A data channel is considered to be active if
the required pilot symbols (see 3GPP specification, exception: PICH) are to be found at the end
of each slot. In addition, the channel should have minimum power (see Inactive Channel
Threshold softkey).

–

PilotL [Bits]
number of pilot bits of the channel

–

PwrAbs [dBm]/ PwrRel [dB]

1300.2519.12

4.285

E-11

3GPP Base Station Measurements (Option K72)

R&S FSL

indication of the absolute and relative channel power (referenced to the CPICH or the total
power of the signal)
–

T Offs [Chips]
timing offset = offset between the start of the first slot of the channel and the start of the
analyzed 3GPP FDD frame

Remote: CALC:FEED 'XTIM:CDP:ERR:CTAB'
Remote: TRAC? CTAB
Code Dom Power Diagram
Selects the Code Domain Power Diagram result display. Common settings for code domain power
measurements are performed via the settings menu (MENU key). For details refer to "Softkeys of
the settings menu (3G FDD BTS mode)" on page 4.275.
This result display shows the power of all occupied code channels in a bar graph. The x–axis is
scaled for the highest code class or the highest spreading factor (512). Code channels with a lower
spreading factor occupy correspondingly more channels of the highest code class. The power of a
code channel is always measured according to its symbol rate. Unused code channels are
assumed to belong to the highest code class and displayed accordingly. The displayed power of an
unused code channel therefore corresponds to the power of a channel with the spreading factor
512 at the respective code position.
The measured power always refers to one slot. The time reference for the start of a slot is the
CIPCH slot. If the signal contains channels with timing offsets, the start of a slot of the channel may
be different from the CPICH slot start. This leads to the power of the bar graphs normally being
averaged over two adjacent slots in such cases. The power shown in the bar graphs thus does not
necessarily correspond to the slot power of the channel the bar graph belongs to.

Detected channels are displayed in yellow color.
The codes where no channel could be detected (non–active channels) are displayed in blue
color. These channel should be checked for their pilot symbols.
The channel that is adjusted via the Select Channel softkey is marked red. If it is an assigned
channel, the entire channel is marked red. If it is an unassigned code, only the entered code is
marked.

1300.2519.12

4.286

E-11

R&S FSL

3GPP Base Station Measurements (Option K72)

If the HSDPA/HSUPA On/Off softkey is activated, the detection of channels does not depend on
pilot sequences. An active channel merely has to exceed the minimum power (see Inactive
Channel Threshold softkey). Therefore channels of the type HS–PDSCH are recognized as
active (see also Code Dom Channel Table softkey).
Remote: CALC:FEED 'XPOW:CDP'
Remote: TRAC? TRACE1
Code Dom Result Summary
Opens a submenu to display the Result Summary.

Result Summary Normal
Selects the mormal Code Domain Result Summary result display.
This result display shows the most important measurement results in one table with big letters.
Via the Result Summary Extended softkey you can switch to the extended Code Dom Result
Summary result display.
–

Total Power
total signal power (average power of total evaluated 3GPP FDD frame).

–

Carrier Frequency Error
frequency error relative to the center frequency of the R&S FSL
The absolute frequency error is the sum of the R&S FSL and DUT frequency error. The
specified value is averaged via one slot; the frequency offset of the selected slot applies (via
Select CPICH Slot softkey). The maximum frequency error that can be compensated is
specified in the table below as a function of the sync mode. Transmitter and receiver should be
synchronized as far as possible (see chapter 2).

–

Sync Type

Antenna diversity

Max. Freq. Offset

CPICH

X

5.0 kHz

SCH

OFF

1.6 kHz

SCH

ANT 1

330 Hz

SCH

ANT 2

330 Hz

Composite EVM
difference between the test signal and the ideal reference signal

–

Peak Code Domain Error
projection of the difference between the test signal and the ideal reference signal onto the
selected spreading factor

–

No of Active Channels
number of active channels detected in the signal (Both the detected data channels and the
control channels are considered active channels.)

Remote: CALC:FEED 'XTIM:CDP:ERR:SUMM'
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:WCDP:RES? CDP
Remote: TRAC? TRACE1

1300.2519.12

4.287

E-11

3GPP Base Station Measurements (Option K72)

R&S FSL

Result Summary Extended
Extends the number of results shown in the normal Code Dom Result Summary result display
(Result Summary Normal softkey) by the results listed below.
This result display consists of two panes. The Global Results (upper pane) contains the results
for the total signal. The Channel Results (lower pane) lists the measurement results of the
selected channel (marked red in the Code Domain Power Diagram).
–

Chip Rate Error
chip rate error in ppm
As a result of a high chip rate error, symbol errors arise and the code domain power
measurement is possibly not synchronized to the 3GPP FDD signal. The result is valid even if
synchronization of the R&S FSL and signal failed.

–

Trigger to Frame
time difference between the beginning of the recorded signal section to the start of the analyzed
3GPP FDD frame
In the case of triggered data collection, this difference is identical with the time difference of
frame trigger (+ trigger offset) – frame start. If synchronization of the R&S FSL and W–CDMA
signal fails, the Trigger to Frame value is not significant.

–

IQ Offset
DC offset of signals in %

–

IQ Imbalance
I/Q imbalance of signal in %

–

CPICH Slot No
number of the CPICH slot at which the measurement is performed (selected via the Select
CPICH Slot softkey).

–

CPICH Power
power of the common pilot channel

–

Symbol Rate
symbol rate at which the channel is transmitted

–

RHO
quality parameter for every slot

–

Channel Code
number of the spreading code of the selected channel

–

Timing Offset
offset between the start of the first slot in the channel and the start of the analyzed 3GPP FDD
frame

–

No of Pilot Bits
number of pilot bits of the selected channel

–

Channel Slot No
channel slot number, obtained by combining the value of the Select CPICH Slot softkey and
the channel's timing offset

–

Channel Power Rel / Abs
channel power, relative (see Power Ref TOT/CPICH softkey) and absolute.

1300.2519.12

4.288

E-11

R&S FSL
–

3GPP Base Station Measurements (Option K72)

Symbol EVM
Peak (%Pk) or average (%rms) of the results of the error vector magnitude

–

Modulation Type
modulation type of an HSDPA channel (QPSK or 16QAM modulation)

Remote: CDP:RSUM EXT
Power
Activates the measurement of the 3GPP FDD signal channel power and opens a submenu. This
measurement is identical to the ACP measurement (see ACP softkey), the default settings are in
accordance with the 3GPP specifications:
Parameter

Default setting

CP / ACP Standard

W–CDMA 3GPP FWD

# of Adj Chan

0 (all adjacent channels deactivated)

The R&S FSL measures the unweighted RF signal power in a bandwidth of

f BW = 5 MHz

(1 + ) 3.84 MHz |

= 0.22

The power is measured in zero span using a digital channel filter of 5 MHz in bandwidth.
According to the 3GPP standard, the measurement bandwidth (5 MHz) is slightly larger than the
minimum required bandwidth of 4.7 MHz.

Remote: CONF:WCDP:MEAS POW
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:RES? CPOW
Remote: TRAC? TRACE1
CP / ACP Config
For further details refer to the CP / ACP Config softkey in the power measurement menu of the
base unit.

1300.2519.12

4.289

E-11

3GPP Base Station Measurements (Option K72)

R&S FSL

# of TX Chan
For further details refer to the # of TX Chan softkey in the power measurement menu of the
base unit.

# of Adj Chan
For further details refer to the # of Adj Chan softkey in the power measurement menu of the
base unit.

Channel Settings
For further details refer to the Channel Settings softkey in the power measurement menu of the
base unit.

Channel Bandwidth
For further details refer to the Channel Bandwidth softkey in the power measurement menu of
the base unit.

Channel Spacing
For further details refer to the Channel Spacing softkey in the power measurement menu of the
base unit.

Chan Pwr/Hz
For further details refer to the Chan Pwr/Hz softkey in the power measurement menu of the
base unit.

ACP Ref Settings
For further details refer to the ACP Ref Settings softkey in the power measurement menu of the
base unit.

Limit Checking
For further details refer to the Limit Checking softkey in the power measurement menu of the
base unit.

Limit Chk On/Off
For further details refer to the Limit Chk On/Off softkey in the power measurement menu of the
base unit.

1300.2519.12

4.290

E-11

R&S FSL

3GPP Base Station Measurements (Option K72)

Edit ACP Limit
For further details refer to the Edit ACP Limit softkey in the power measurement menu of the
base unit.

Power Mode
For further details refer to the Power Mode softkey in the power measurement menu of the base
unit.

Clear/Write
For further details refer to the Clear/Write softkey in the power measurement menu of the base
unit.

Max Hold
For further details refer to the Max Hold softkey in the power measurement menu of the base
unit.

Select Trace
For further details refer to the Select Trace softkey in the power measurement menu of the base
unit.

Adjust Settings
For further details refer to the Adjust Settings softkey in the power measurement menu of the
base unit.

Sweep Time
For further details refer to the Sweep Time softkey in the power measurement menu of the base
unit.

Fast ACP On/Off
For further details refer to the Fast ACP On/Off softkey in the power measurement menu of the
base unit.

ACP Abs/Rel
For further details refer to the ACP Abs/Rel softkey in the power measurement menu of the
base unit.

1300.2519.12

4.291

E-11

3GPP Base Station Measurements (Option K72)

R&S FSL

Adjust Ref Lvl
For further details refer to the Adjust Ref Level softkey in the power measurement menu of the
base unit.

ACP
Activates the Adjacent–Channel Power measurement and opens a submenu for configuration.
This measurement is identical to the ACP measurement of the base unit (see CP, ACP, MC–
ACP softkey in the measurement menu of the base unit), but the default settings are in
accordance with the 3GPP specifications:
Parameter

Default setting

CP / ACP Standard

W–CDMA 3GPP FWD

# of Adj Chan

2

The R&S FSL measures the channel power and the relative power of the adjacent
channels/alternate channels. The results are displayed below the screen.
Remote: CONF:WCDP:MEAS ALCR
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:POWer:RES? ACP
Spectrum Emission Mask
Activates the Spectrum Emission Mask measurement and opens a submenu. This measurement
compares the signal power in defined carrier offset ranges with the maximum values specified
by 3GPP.
The following default settings are used in accordance with the 3GPP specifications:
Parameter

Default setting

CP / ACP Standard

W–CDMA 3GPP REV

# of Adj Chan

0

Span

25.5 MHz

BW

50 ms

1300.2519.12

4.292

E-11

R&S FSL

3GPP Base Station Measurements (Option K72)

Additional to the graphical result display, the peak list displays the peaks of the frequency
ranges specified by the 3GPP specification. The table contains the following information:
Tx Power

power of the transmission channel

Tx Bandwidth

bandwidth used to measure the Tx power

Range

upper and lower frequency of the evaluated range relative to the center frequency

RBW

bandwidth used to measure the evaluated range

Frequency

exact frequency where the peak was detected

Level

absolute level of the peak

Pwr Rel

peak level relative to the Tx power

Delta

level relative to the limit.
Positive Values show that the peak exceeds the limit from the specification. The values
Level, Pwr Rel and Delta therefore change their color to red and an asterisk appears beside
the Delta values.

Remote: CONF:WCDP:MEAS ESP
Remote: TRAC? TRACE1
Limit Line Auto
If activated, sets the limit line automatically according to the power determined in the useful
channel. If the measurement is carried out in continuous sweep mode and the channel power
changes from sweep to sweep, this can result in the limit line being continuously redrawn. This
softkey is activated by default.
If deactivated, the limit line settings are defined via the Limit Line Manual softkey.
Remote: CALC:LIM:ESP:MODE AUTO
Limit Line Manual
Opens the Manual Power dialog box to select one of the following predefined limit lines
according to the expected power range:
P 43 dBm
39 dBm P < 43 dBm

1300.2519.12

4.293

E-11

3GPP Base Station Measurements (Option K72)

R&S FSL

31 dBm P < 39 dBm
P < 31 dBm
The power at the different frequency offsets is compared with the selected limit line.
Remote: CALC:LIM:ESP:MODE MAN
Remote: CALC:LIM:ESP:VAL 39
Limit Line User
Opens the lines menu of the base unit and switches to the standard limit line handling of the
base unit. For details refer to section "Softkeys of the lines menu" on page 4.123 of the base
unit.
Remote: CALC:LIM:ESP:MODE USER
Restore Std Lines
Restores the limit lines defined according to the standard to their factory–set values.
Remote: CALC:LIM:ESP:REST
30kHz/1MHz Transition
Defines the offset frequency at which the resolution bandwidth is changed in the range from 30
kHz to 1 MHz. The default value is 4.0 MHz.
Remote: CALC:LIM:ESP:TRAN 5MHZ
Adjust Ref Level
Adjusts the reference level to the total signal power measured. This softkey becomes active
after the occupied bandwidth has been measured in the first sweep and therefore the total signal
power is known.
This ensures that the signal path is not overdriven and that the dynamic range is not limited by a
reference level that is too low.
Remote: POW:ACH:PRES:RLEV

1300.2519.12

4.294

E-11

R&S FSL

CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (Option K82)

CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (Option K82)
The R&S FSL equipped with the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer option performs Code Domain
measurements on forward link signals according to the 3GPP2 Standard (Third Generation Partnership
Project 2). The "Recommended Minimum Performance Standard for CDMA2000 Spread Spectrum
Base Stations", C.S0010–C version 2.0 dated March 2006, is taken as a basis. This Standard has been
approved by the following authority with the specified designation:
•

TIA:

TIA-97-F-1

•

TTA:

TTAT.3G-C-S0010-C v2.0

When the CDMA2000 specification is mentioned in the document, these standards are meant.
The CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer option supports the radio configurations 1 to 5, i.e. all radio
configurations with a single carrier (1X) are supported. Accordingly, IS95A/B signals conforming to radio
configurations 1&2 can be measured with the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer option. In addition to the
measurements called for by the CDMA2000 standard in the code domain, the CDMA2000 BTS
Analyzer option features measurements in the spectral range such as channel power, adjacent channel
power, occupied bandwidth and spectrum emission mask with predefined settings.
This option is available from firmware version 1.90.

To open the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer
If the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer mode is not the active measurement mode, press the MODE key
and activate the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer option.
If the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer mode is already active, press the MENU key.
The Code Domain Analyzer menu is displayed. .

Menu and softkey description
–

"Softkeys of the Code Domain Analyzer menu (CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer mode)" on page 4.307

–

"Softkeys of the frequency menu (CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer mode)" on page 4.335

–

"Softkeys of the span menu (CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer mode)" on page 4.336

–

"Softkeys of the amplitude menu (CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer mode)" on page 4.337

–

"Softkeys of the bandwidth menu (CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer mode)" on page 4.339

–

"Softkeys of the sweep menu (CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer mode)" on page 4.340

–

"Softkeys of the trigger menu (CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer mode)" on page 4.341

–

"Softkeys of the trace menu (CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer mode)" on page 4.341

–

"Softkeys of the marker menu (CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer mode)" on page 4.343

–

"Softkeys of the marker–> menu (CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer mode)" on page 4.344

–

"Softkeys of the measurement menu (CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer mode)" on page 4.345

The lines menu is not available in the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer mode.
The span menu is not available for code domain measurements and signal power measurements. For
details refer to the corresponding menu descriptions of the base unit ("Setting the Frequency Span –
SPAN Key".
The bandwidth menu is not available for code domain measurements and CCDF measurements. For
details refer to the corresponding menu descriptions of the base unit ("Setting the Bandwidths and
Sweep Time – BW Key").

1300.2519.12

4.295

E-11

CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (Option K82)

R&S FSL

To display help to a softkey, press the HELP key and then the softkey for which you want to display
help. To close the help window, press the ESC key. For further information refer to section "How to use
the Help System" in the Quick Start Guide.

Further information
–

"Predefined Channel Tables" on page 4.303

–

"Relationship between channel type and modulation type" on page 4.305

–

"Short list of terms and abbreviations" on page 4.306

–

"Hadamard and BitReverse Code Tables" on page 4.353

Tasks
–

"To edit a channel table" on page 4.297

–

"To create a channel table" on page 4.297

–

"To copy a channel table" on page 4.297

Measurements and result display
The CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer option provides the following test measurement types and result
displays. All measurements and result displays are accessed via the MEAS key (measurement
menu)."Code Domain Analysis" on page 4.298
–

"Signal Channel Power" on page 4.300

–

"Adjacent Channel Power" on page 4.300

–

"Spectrum Emission Mask" on page 4.301

–

"Occupied Bandwidth" on page 4.301

–

"Complementary Cumulative Distribution Function" on page 4.302

1300.2519.12

4.296

E-11

R&S FSL

CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (Option K82)

To edit a channel table
1. Enter the Channel Table Settings menu and the corresponding dialog box is displayed.
2. Select the channel table to be edited by marking the check box.
3. Press the Edit softkey and the Edit Channel Table dialog box is displayed.
Each row in the table represents one channel. Channels are displayed as entered and not sorted
automatically. To sort the channels use the Sort softkey (for details on how sorting is done see the
Sort softkey).
4. Enter a name and a description of the channel table in the Name and Description field.
5. Add and delete channels by using the corresponding softkeys.
6. To edit an existing channel put the focus on the parameter to be changed.
–

Choose a channel type from the dropdown menu (opens with the ENTER key) in the Channel
Type column. No channel types other than the ones found in the list can be chosen.

–

Assign a channel number in the Walsh Ch.SF column. Note that some channel types have
predefined values and can not be edited.

–

Choose a radio configuration in the Radio Configuration column.

–

Activate or deactivate a channel in State column.

–

The columns Symbol Rate/ ksps, Power/ dB and Domain Conflict can not be edited. The
values are calculated automatically.

For further details also refer to the Edit channel table dialog box.

To create a channel table
1. Enter the Channel Table Settings menu and the corresponding dialog box is displayed.
2. Press the New softkey and a new channel table by the name 'ChannelTable' will be added. The
new channel table contains no channels by default.
For further details refer to the New softkey as well as "To edit a channel table" on page 4.297.

To copy a channel table
1. Enter the Channel Table Settings menu and the corresponding dialog box is displayed.
2. Select the channel table to be copied by marking the check box.
3. Press the Copy softkey and the channel table in focus is copied. The copy is named
'Copy of . Except the name, all elements of the channel table in focus
are copied.
For further details refer to the Copy softkey as well as "To edit a channel table" on page
4.297.Measurements and result display

1300.2519.12

4.297

E-11

CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (Option K82)

R&S FSL

Measurements and result display
The CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer option provides the following test measurement types and result
displays. All measurements and result displays are accessed via the MEAS key (measurement
menu)."Code Domain Analysis" on page 4.298
–

"Signal Channel Power" on page 4.300

–

"Adjacent Channel Power" on page 4.300

–

"Spectrum Emission Mask" on page 4.301

–

"Occupied Bandwidth" on page 4.301

–

"Complementary Cumulative Distribution Function" on page 4.302

Code Domain Analysis
The Code Domain Analyzer performs measurements in the code domain. The following
measurement types and corresponding result displays are available:
Softkey

Definition

Code Domain Power

Code Domain Power result display in relative or absolute scaling

Channel Table

Channel occupancy table

Power vs PCG

Power of the selected channel versus all PCGs

Result Summary

Results in tabular form

Code Domain Error

Code Domain Error Power result display

Composite EVM

Averaged error between the test signal and the ideal reference signal

Peak Code Domain Error

Projection of the maximum error between the test signal and the reference signal

Channel Constell

Channel Constellation result display

EVM vs Symbol

Error Vector Magnitude result display

Composite Constell

Composite Constellation result display

Power vs Symbol

Power of the selected channel and of the selected PCG versus all symbols

Channel Bitstream

Display of decided bits

In the Code Domain Analyzer, the results are displayed in either one screen or in two screens (see
Screen Size Full/Split softkey). Any result can be displayed in either screen. On top of the
measurement screens the following settings and measurement results (so called result displays)
are displayed (with the respective default settings):
Frequency: 2.4020 Ghz

Ref. Level: -20.00 dBm

Ref. Lvl Offset: 0.0 dB

Power Ref: PICH

Count: 0

Attenuation: 0 dB

PCG: 0

Channel: 0.64

Symbol Rate: 19.2 ksps

The result displays are defined in the following way:
Parameter

Defined in

Frequency

Frontend Settings dialog box, Center field

Power Ref

Result Settings dialog box, Power Reference field

PCG

Result Settings dialog box, Power Control Group field

Ref. Level

Frontend Settings dialog box, Ref. Level field

Count

SWEEP menu, Sweep Count softkey

Attenuation

Frontend Settings dialog box, RF Attenuation Auto field

1300.2519.12

4.298

E-11

R&S FSL

CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (Option K82)

Parameter

Defined in

Ref. Lvl Offset

Frontend Settings dialog box, Ref. Level Offset field

Channel

Result Settings dialog box, Channel (Code) Number field

Symbol Rate

Automatically calculated (see Add Channel softkey)

In the default setting after the preset, the analyzer is in Spectrum Analyzer mode (for details see
"Initializing the Configuration – PRESET Key" on page 4.3). The settings of the Code Domain
Analyzer are not active until the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer mode is activated (see "To open the
CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer" on page 4.295)
Table 4-9: Initial configuration of the Code Domain Analyzer
Parameter

Setting

digital standard

CDMA2000

sweep

continuous

channel table

auto search

trigger source

free run

trigger offset

0s

PN offset

0 chips

inactive channel threshold

–60 dB

channel (code) number

0

power control group

0

capture length

3 PCGs (where PCG stands for Power Control Group)

code order

Hadamard

antenna diversity

OFF

In order to provide a quick swap from the base unit to the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer option, some
parameters are passed on.
Transferred parameter
Reference level
Ref Level Offset
Center Frequency
Attenuation

1300.2519.12

4.299

E-11

CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (Option K82)

R&S FSL

Signal Channel Power
The Power measurement analyses the RF signal power of a single channel with 1.2288 MHz
bandwidth over a single trace. The displayed results are based on the root mean square.
The configuration is according to the CDMA2000 requirements.
Beneath the measurement screen the bandwidth and the associated channel power are
displayed. The other screen elements match that of the screen of the Spectrum Analyzer mode.
The default settings are in accordance with the 3GPP2 specifications.
Setting

Default value

Frequency Span

2 MHz

ACP Standard

CDMA2000 MC1

Number of adjacent channels

0

Adjacent Channel Power

On

In order to provide a quick swap from the base unit to the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer option,
some parameters are passed on.
Transferred parameter
Reference Level
Ref Level Offset
RBW
VBW
# of Samples

Refer also to the Power softkey in the measurement menu.
Adjacent Channel Power
The Adjacent Channel Power measurement analyses the power of the TX channel and the
power of adjacent and alternate channels on the left and right side of the TX channel. The
number of TX channels and adjacent channels can be modified as well as the band class.
Beneath the measurement screen the bandwidth and power of the TX channel and the
bandwidth, spacing and power of the adjacent and alternate channels are displayed.
The default settings are in accordance with the 3GPP2 specifications.
Setting

Default value

Adjacent Channel Power

On

ACP Standard

CDMA2000 MC1

Number of adjacent channels

2

In order to provide a quick swap from the base unit to the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer option,
some parameters are passed on.
Transferred parameter
Reference Level
Ref Level Offset
RBW
VBW

1300.2519.12

4.300

E-11

R&S FSL

CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (Option K82)

Transferred parameter
# of Adjacent Channels
Sweep Time
Span
Fast ACP Mode

For details on the softkeys of the Adjacent Channel Power measurement refer to the Adjacent
Channel Power softkey in the measurement menu.
Spectrum Emission Mask (see Spectrum Emission Mask softkey)
The default settings of the Spectrum Emission Mask measurement are listed in the table below.
Setting

Default value

Frequency Span

8 MHz

Sweep Time

100 ms

Detector

RMS

In order to provide a quick swap from the base unit to the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer option,
some parameters are passed on.
Transferred Parameter
Reference Level
Ref Level Offset
Center Frequency
Frequency Offset
Trigger settings

For details on the softkeys of the Spectrum Emission Mask measurement refer to the
Spectrum Emission Mask softkey in the measurement menu.
Occupied Bandwidth
The Occupied Bandwidth measurement determines the bandwidth in which the signal power
can be found. By default the bandwidth is displayed in which 99% of the signal is found. The
percentage of the signal power included in the measurement can be modified.
In the top right corner of the screen, the bandwidth and frequency markers are displayed.
The default settings of the Occupied Bandwidth measurement are listed in the table below.
Setting

Default value

Occupied Bandwidth

ON

Frequency Span

4.2 MHz

Sweep Time

100 ms

RBW

30 kHz

VBW

300 kHz

Detector

RMS

In order to provide a quick swap from the base unit to the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer option,
some parameters are passed on.

1300.2519.12

4.301

E-11

CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (Option K82)

R&S FSL

Transferred parameter
Reference Level
Ref Level Offset
RBW
VBW
Sweep Time
Span

For details on the softkeys of the Occupied Bandwidth measurement see Occupied
Bandwidth in the measurement menu.
Complementary Cumulative Distribution Function (CCDF)
The CCDF measurement displays the CCDF and the Crest factor. The CCDF shows
distribution of the signal amplitudes. For the measurement, a signal section of settable length is
recorded continuously in a zero span. The measurement is useful to determine errors of linear
amplifiers.
The Crest factor is defined as the difference of the peak power and the mean power.
Beneath the measurement screen a table containing the number of included samples, mean
and peak power and the Crest factor is displayed.
The default settings of the CCDF measurement are listed in the table below.
Setting

Default value

CCDF

ON

RBW

10 MHz

Detector

Sample

In order to provide a quick swap from the base unit to the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer option,
some parameters are passed on.
Transferred parameter
Reference Level
Ref Level Offset
RBW
# of Samples

For details on the softkeys of the CCDF measurement see CCDF in the measurement menu.
In a transition from the base unit to the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer option, external trigger sources are
preserved, all other trigger sources are switched to the Free Run trigger mode. Additional trigger
settings are preserved.
For a detailed description refer also to chapter "Advanced Measurement Examples".

1300.2519.12

4.302

E-11

R&S FSL

CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (Option K82)

Predefined Channel Tables
Predefined channel tables offer access to a quick configuration for the channel search. The CDMA2000
BTS Analyzer option provides the following set of channel tables compliant with the CDMA2000
specification:
•

RECENT
This channel table always appears first in the list. It contains the channels that were automatically
created during the last measurement with Auto Search channels activated (for details refer to
Channel Table Settings).

•

MPC_RC1 (Base Station Main Path 6 Channels Radio Configuration 1)
Channel table with F-PICH/F-SYNC/F-PCH and 6 data channels (see Table 4-10).

•

MPC_RC4 (Base Station Main Path 6 Channels Radio Configuration 4)
Channel table with F-PICH/F-SYNC/F-PCH and 6 data channels (see Table 4-11).

•

TDC_RC4 (Base Station Transmit Diversity Path 6 Channels Radio Configuration 4)
Channel table with F-PICH/F-SYNC/F-PCH and 6 data channels (see Table 4-12).

In addition to the compliant channel tables, the following channel tables are defined:
•

BPC_RC4 (Base Station Both Paths 6 Channels Radio Configuration 4)
Channel table with F-PICH/F-TDPICH/F-SYNC/F-PCH and 6 data channels (see Table 4-13).
–

The standard does not specify a channel number for the data channels. If you wish to use
channels other than those in the predefined channel tables, you may copy the original tables
and adapt the channels in the copy. For details refer to the step-by-step instructions "To edit a
channel table", "To create a channel table" and "To copy a channel table".

Table 4-10: Base station channel table for main branch in radio configuration 1
Channel type

Number of
channels

Radio
configuration

Code channel
(Walsh Code.SF)

F-PICH

1

–

0.64

F-SYNC

1

–

32.64

F-PCH

1

–

1.64

CHAN

6

1

9.64

1

10.64

1

11.64

1

15.64

1

17.64

1

25.64

1300.2519.12

4.303

E-11

CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (Option K82)

R&S FSL

Table 4-11: Base station channel table for main branch in radio configuration 4
Channel type

Number of
channels

Radio
configuration

Code channel
(Walsh Code.SF)

F-PICH

1

–

0.64

F-SYNC

1

–

32.64

F-PCH

1

–

1.64

CHAN

6

4

9.128

4

10.128

4

11.128

4

15.128

4

17.128

4

25.128

Table 4-12: Base station channel table for antenna 2 in radio configuration 4
Channel type

Number of
channels

Radio
configuration

Code channel
(Walsh Code.SF)

F-TDPICH

1

–

16.128

F-SYNC

1

–

32.64

F-PCH

1

–

1.64

CHAN

6

4

9.128

4

10.128

4

11.128

4

15.128

4

17.128

4

25.128

Table 4-13: Base station test model for aggregate signal in radio configuration 4
Channel type

Number of
channels

Radio
configuration

Code channel
(Walsh Code.SF)

F-PICH

1

–

0.64

F-TDPICH

1

–

16.128

F-SYNC

1

–

32.64

F-PCH

1

–

1.64

CHAN

6

4

9.128

4

10.128

4

11.128

4

15.128

4

17.128

4

25.128

1300.2519.12

4.304

E-11

R&S FSL

CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (Option K82)

Relationship between channel type and modulation type
Channel type

Channel

Modulation

F-PICH

Pilot channel

BPSK

F-SYNC

Synchronisation channel

BPSK

F-PCH

Paging channel

BPSK

F-TDPICH

Transmit diversity pilot channel

BPSK

F-APICH

Auxiliary pilot channel

BPSK

F-ATDPICH

Auxiliary transmit diversity channel

BPSK

F-BCH

Broadcast channel

QPSK

F-CPCCH

Common power control channel

QPSK

F-CACH

Common assignment channel

QPSK

F-CCCH

Common control channel

QPSK

F-PDCCH

Packet data control channel

QPSK

F-PDCH

Packet data channel

QPSK, 8PSK or 16QAM

CHAN

Data channel radio configuration 1-2

BPSK

CHAN

Data channel radio configuration 3-5

QPSK

1300.2519.12

4.305

E-11

CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (Option K82)

R&S FSL

Short list of terms and abbreviations
For a more comprehensive glossary refer to the CDMA2000 standard.
Term or abbreviation

Description

APICH

auxiliary pilot channel

ATDPCH

auxiliary transmit diversity pilot channel

BCH

broadcast channel.

CACH

common assignment channel

CCCH

common control channel

CDEP

code domain error power

CDP

code domain power

Composite EVM

In accordance with the 3GPP2 specifications, determines the square root of the squared
error between the real and the imaginary parts of the test signal and an ideally generated
reference signal (EVM referred to the total signal) in a composite EVM measurement.

CPCCH

common power control channel

Crest factor

ratio of peak to average value of the signal

Inactive Channel Threshold

Minimum power that a single channel must have compared with the total signal to be
recognized as an active channel.

MC1

multi–carrier1 (one carrier system 1X).

MC2

multi–carrier3 (three carrier system 3X).

OTD

orthogonal transmit diversity, two antennas used

PCG

power control group: name in CDMA2000 system for 1536 chips or 1.25 ms interval;
transmitter power is constant during a power control group

PCH

paging channel

PDCH

packet data channel

PDCCH

packet data control channel

PICH

pilot channel 0.64

RC

radio configuration; definition of sampling rate, permissible data rates, modulation types
and use of special channels, and transmit diversity

SF

spreading factor

SYNC

synchronisation channel 32.64

TD

transmit diversity, two antennas used

TDPICH

transmit diversity pilot channel 16.128

x.y

Walsh code x.y, with code number x and spreading factor y of the channel

1300.2519.12

4.306

E-11

R&S FSL

CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (Option K82)

Softkeys of the Code Domain Analyzer menu (CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer mode)
"The following table shows all softkeys available in the main menu of the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer
option (MENU key). It is possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a
softkey is only available with a special option, model or (measurement) mode, this information is
delivered in the corresponding softkey description.
Note:

Most of the settings of the Code Domain Analyzer can be changed in two ways. One way is to
use the softkeys like in the base unit and previous options, i.e. by pressing the softkeys and by
entering the desired parameters directly in the corresponding fields. The softkey automatically
sets the focus on the desired field.
The other way is to use the dialog boxes, in which most of the settings of the Code Domain
Analyzer can be changed. To change a parameter via the dialog boxes, select the parameter to
be modified with the rotary knob or the cursor keys and press the ENTER key to edit the field
(the blue solid frame becomes a blue dotted frame). Make the desired changes in the field. To
confirm the changes press the ENTER key a second time.

Menu / Command

Submenu / Command

Settings

Settings Overview

Submenu / Command

Command

Frontend Settings
IQ Capture Settings
Demod Settings
Channel Table Settings

New
Copy
Delete
Edit

Add Channel
Delete Channel
Meas
Sort
Save
Cancel
Reload

Restore Default Tables
Result Settings
Screen Focus A/B
Screen Size Full/Split
Select Meas

Code Domain Power
Channel Table
Power vs PCG
Result Summary
Screen Focus A/B
Select Ch/PCG

1300.2519.12

4.307

E-11

CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (Option K82)
Menu / Command

Submenu / Command

R&S FSL
Submenu / Command

Command

More
Code Domain Error
Composite EVM
Peak Code Domain Error
Channel Constell
Screen Focus A/B
Select Ch/PCG
More
EVM vs Symbol
Composite Constell
Power vs Symbol
Channel Bitstream
Screen Focus A/B
Select Ch/PCG
Select Ch/PCG
Adjust Ref Level

Settings
Opens a submenu to configure the Code Domain Analyzer result displays with the following
softkeys:
–

Settings Overview

–

Frontend Settings

–

IQ Capture Settings

–

Demod Settings

–

Channel Table Settings

–

Result Settings

1300.2519.12

4.308

E-11

R&S FSL

CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (Option K82)

Settings Overview
This softkey opens the Settings Overview dialog box that visualizes the data flow of the Code
Domain Analyzer and summarizes all of the current settings. In addition, the current settings can
be changed via the Settings Overview dialog box.

To change the settings, either use the rotary knob or the cursor keys to change the focus to any
other block or press one of the following softkeys:
–

Frontend Settings

–

IQ Capture Settings

–

Demod Settings

–

Channel Table Settings

–

Result Settings

When using the rotary knob or the cursor keys, press the ENTER key to open the corresponding
dialog box. The Settings Overview dialog box always remains open while settings are modified.

1300.2519.12

4.309

E-11

CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (Option K82)

R&S FSL

Frontend Settings
Opens the Frontend Settings dialog box.

In the Frontend Settings dialog box, the following parameters can be modified:
Center
Ref. Level
Ref. Level Offset
RF Attenuation Manual
RF Attenuation Auto
Preamplifier

Center (Frontend Settings dialog box)
For details refer to the Center softkey in the frequency menu of the base unit.

Ref. Level (Frontend Settings dialog box)
For details refer to the Ref Level softkey in the amplitude menu of the base unit.

Ref. Level Offset (Frontend Settings dialog box)
For details refer to the Ref Level Offset softkey in the amplitude menu of the base unit.

RF Attenuation Manual (Frontend Settings dialog box)
For details refer to the RF Atten Manual softkey in the amplitude menu of the base unit.

RF Attenuation Auto (Frontend Settings dialog box)
For details refer to the RF Atten Auto softkey in the amplitude menu of the base unit.

Preamplifier (Frontend Settings dialog box)
For details refer to the Preamp On/Off softkey in the amplitude menu of the base unit.

1300.2519.12

4.310

E-11

R&S FSL

CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (Option K82)

IQ Capture Settings
Opens the IQ Capture Settings dialog box.

In the IQ Capture Settings dialog box, the following parameters can be modified:
Capture Length
Swap IQ
Trigger Source
Trigger Polarity
Trigger Offset

Capture Length (IQ Capture Settings dialog box)
Defines the number of power control groups (PCG) that are to be analyzed. The input value is
always in multiples of the PCGs. The maximum capture length value is 64. The default value is
3.
Remote: CDP:IQL 12
Swap IQ (IQ Capture Settings dialog box)
If activated, inverts the sign of the Q-component of the signal. The default setting is OFF.
Remote: CDP:QINV ON
Trigger Source (IQ Capture Settings dialog box)
Selects one of the trigger modes: Free Run or External. Other trigger modes are not available.
The default setting is Free Run. If External trigger mode has been set, the enhancement label
TRG is displayed. For details on the trigger modes refer to Trigger mode overview on page 4.31.
Remote: TRIG:SOUR EXT

1300.2519.12

4.311

E-11

CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (Option K82)

R&S FSL

Trigger Polarity (IQ Capture Settings dialog box)
Sets the polarity of the trigger source.
Depending on the required polarity of the edge, the trigger polarity can be set to either positive
or negative. The default setting is Pos. The setting only has an effect if the trigger source is
external.
Remote: TRIG:SLOP POS
Remote: SWE:EGAT:POL POS
Trigger Offset (IQ Capture Settings dialog box)
For details refer to the Trigger Offset softkey in the trigger menu of the base unit.

Demod Settings
Opens the Demodulation Settings dialog box:

In the Demodulation Settings dialog box, the following parameters can be modified:
Base SF
Antenna Diversity
Multi Carrier
Time/Phase Estimation
PN Offset

Base SF (Demod Settings dialog box)
Specifies the base spreading factor. If the base spreading factor of 64 is used for channels of
spreading factor 128 (code class 7), an alias power is displayed in the Code Domain Power and
Code Domain Error Power diagrams.
Remote: CDP:SFAC 64

1300.2519.12

4.312

E-11

R&S FSL

CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (Option K82)

Antenna Diversity (Demod Settings dialog box)
Activates or deactivates the orthogonal transmit diversity (two-antenna system) and defines the
antenna for which the results will be displayed.
Antenna 1

The signal of antenna 1 is fed in.
The pilot channel (F-PICH) with channel number 0 and spreading factor 64
(0.64) is required.
If a channel table is used in the measurement (see Channel Table), it
must contain the pilot channel (F-PICH), but must not contain the transmit
diversity pilot channel (F-TDPICH).
As reference for the code power (Power Reference), PICH is used.

Antenna 2

The signal of antenna 2 is fed in.
The transmit diversity pilot channel (F-TDPICH) with channel number 16
and spreading factor 128 (16.128) is required.
If a channel table is used in the measurement (see Channel Table), it
must contain the transmit diversity pilot channel (F-TDPICH), but must not
contain the pilot channel (F-PICH).
As reference for the code power (Power Reference), F-TDPICH is used.

Off

The aggregate signal from both antennas is fed in.
The pilot channels of both antennas are required.
If a channel table is used in the measurement (see Channel Table), it
must contain both the transmit diversity pilot channel (F-TDPICH) and the
pilot channel (F-PICH).
As reference for the code power (Power Reference), F-PICH is used.

Remote: CDP:ANT OFF

1300.2519.12

4.313

E-11

CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (Option K82)

R&S FSL

Multi Carrier (Demod Settings dialog box)
Activates or deactivates the Multi Carrier mode. The mode improves the processing of multi
carrier signals. It allows the measurement on one carrier out of a multi carrier signal. This is
done by activating a low pass filter and by using a special algorithm for signal detection on multi
carrier signals.
Note that the low pass filter affects the measured signal quality (e.g. EVM and RHO) compared
to a measurement without a filter. The algorithm used for signal detection slightly increases the
calculation time.
The frequency response of the low pass filter is shown below.
Frequency response of low pass filter (Multi Carrier = On)
0
-10

|H(f)| in dB

-20
-30
-40
-50
-60
-70
0

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4
0.5
0.6
Frequency in MHz

0.7

0.8

0.9

1

Remote: CONF:CDP:MCAR ON
Time/Phase Estimation (Demod Settings dialog box)
Actives or deactivates the timing and phase offset calculation of the channels as to the pilot
channel. If deactivated or more than 50 active channels are in the signal, the calculation does
not take place and dashes instead of values are displayed as results.
Remote: CDP:TPM ON
PN Offset (Demod Settings dialog box)
Specifies the PN (Pseudo Noise) offset of the base station, which is used to distinguish the base
stations within a CDMA2000 system.
The PN offset determines the offset in the circulating PN sequence in multiples of 64 chips with
reference to the event second clock trigger.
Although the parameter is always available, it only has a function in External trigger mode.
Remote: CDP:PNOF 0...511

1300.2519.12

4.314

E-11

R&S FSL

CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (Option K82)

Channel Table Settings
Opens the Channel Table Settings dialog box and the corresponding submenu.

Predefined channel tables are a way to customize measurements. The RECENT channel table
contains the last configuration used before switching from Auto Search to Predefined. The
BPC_RC4, MPC_RC1, MPC_RC4 and TDC_RC4 channel tables are included in the option per
default and are configured according to the standard. For details on the predefined channel
tables refer to Predefined Channel Tables on page 4.303. In addition, new channel tables can
be created and saved to be used in measurements. For details refer to the step by step
instructions on how To edit a channel table on page 4.297, To create a channel table on page
4.297 and To copy a channel table on page 4.297.
In the Channel Table Settings dialog box, the following parameters can be modified:
Channel Table
Inactive Channel Threshold
Channel Table Name

Channel Table (Channel Table Settings dialog box)
Defines the channel table used in the measurement.
Auto Search

Searches the whole code domain (all permissible symbol rates and
channel numbers) for active channels.
The automatic search provides an overview of the channels contained in
the signal. If channels are not detected as being active, change the
threshold (see Inactive Channel Threshold) or select the Predefined
channel search type.

Predefined

Performs the Code Domain Analyzer measurement on the basis of the
active predefined channel table (see Channel Table Name). All
channels of a channel table are assumed to be active. For details see
also Predefined Channel Tables on page 4.303.

Remote: CONF:CDP:CTAB[:STAT] ON
Remote: CONF:CDP:CTAB:SEL "MPC_RC4"
1300.2519.12

4.315

E-11

CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (Option K82)

R&S FSL

Inactive Channel Threshold (Channel Table Settings dialog box)
Defines the minimum power which a single channel must have compared to the total signal in
order to be regarded as an active channel. Channels below the specified threshold are regarded
as "inactive". The parameter is only available in the Auto Search mode of the Channel Table
Settings dialog box.
The default value is -60 dB. With this value all channels with signals such as the CDMA2000 test
models are located by the Code Domain Power analysis. Decrease the Inactive Channel
Threshold value, if not all channels contained in the signal are detected.
Remote: CDP:ICTR –100 dB ... 0 dB
Channel Table Name (Channel Table Settings dialog box)
In this field a list of the available channel tables is shown. To activate a predefined channel
table, select the corresponding check box by using the cursor keys and pressing the ENTER
key. The selected channel table is then used as the basis for future measurements (until another
is chosen or Auto Search is activated).
An active channel table must completely describe the supplied signal, also in regard to the
transmit diversity (see Antenna Diversity).
Using the softkeys, customized channel tables can be defined or existing channel tables can be
modified. For details refer to the step-by-step instructions To edit a channel table on page 4.297,
To copy a channel table on page 4.297 and To create a channel table on page 4.297.
Remote: CONF:CDP:CTAB:CAT?
New
Creates a new channel table name that can be seen in the dialog box from then on. The name
will be automatically set to 'ChannelTable'. By default, the resulting channel table is completely
empty (i.e. it contains no channel at all). Also see the section on how To create a channel table
on page 4.297.
Remote: CONF:CDP:CTAB:NAME "NEW_TAB"
Copy
Copies the selected table. All elements of the selected channel table are copied, except the
name which is set to 'Copy of '. Also see the section on how To
copy a channel table on page 4.297.
Remote: CONF:CDP:CTAB:COPY "CTAB2"
Delete
Deletes the selected channel table. The currently active channel table cannot be deleted.
Remote: CONF:CDP:CTAB:DEL "CTAB2"

1300.2519.12

4.316

E-11

R&S FSL

CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (Option K82)

Edit
Opens the Edit Channel Table dialog box and the corresponding softkey menu.

The dialog box contains the following items (grey fields can not be modified):
Item

Description

Name

Enter the name of the selected channel table, which will be
saved under .xml. Note that the old channel table
file is not deleted. The name is case sensitive and may not
contain spaces. It must be a valid MS Windows file name.

Description

Further information about the channel table can be entered

Channel Type

Select one of the channel types from the dropdown menu

Walsh Ch.SF

Enter the Channel Number (Ch) and Spreading Factor (SF).
For some channel types the possible values are limited or
preset (e.g. F-PICH, F-TDPICH and F-PDCH).

Symbol Rate/ksps

Display of the symbol rate

RC

The Radio Configuration (RC) can be customized for only
two channel types. For the F-PDCH the values can be
10(QPSK), 10(8PSK) and 10(16QAM). For CHAN channels
the Radio Configuration can either be 1-2 or 3-5.

Power/dB

Contains the measured relative code domain power. The
unit is dB. The fields are filled with values after pressing the
Meas softkey.

State

Indicates whether a channel is active or inactive

DomainConflict

A red bullet is shown if there's a conflict of any sort between
two or more channels (e.g. two conflicting channel codes)

Changes are never saved automatically. For that reason every time a change is made, the text
'*(unsaved changes)' appears in the title bar.

1300.2519.12

4.317

E-11

CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (Option K82)

R&S FSL

The corresponding softkey menu contains the following items:
Add Channel
Delete Channel
Meas
Sort
Save
Cancel
Reload

Remote: CONF:CDP:CTAB:NAME "NEW_TAB"
Add Channel
Inserts a new channel below the one selected. The default values for a new channel are:
ChannelType

CHAN

Walsh Ch.SF

1.64

SymbolRate

19.2 ksps (automatically calculated)

RadioConfiguration

3-5

Power

0 dB (automatically calculated)

State

Off

DomainConflict

No (automatically calculated)

To change the channel type use the dropdown menu that opens when selecting / highlighting
the Channel Type field that should be changed and pressing the ENTER key. The radio
configuration settings are changed in the same way.
To change the channel number type another channel number in the form
'ChannelNumber.SpreadingFactor' or simply the code number (see Channel (Code) Number
for details) in the respective field and confirm the change with the ENTER key.
To activate or deactivate a channel, simply select the field and confirm with the ENTER key.
The R&S FSL automatically checks for conflicts between two active channels.
Remote: CONF:CDP:CTAB:DATA "0…13, 2…7, 0…127, 0…30, 0, 0, 0 | 1"
Delete Channel
Deletes the selected channel without further notice.

Meas
Initiates a measurement in Automatic Channel Search mode. The measurement results are
applied to the active channel table. The active channel table is overwritten without further notice.
The softkey is only available if the Auto Search mode is selected in the Channel Table
Settings dialog box.

1300.2519.12

4.318

E-11

R&S FSL

CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (Option K82)

Sort
Sorts the table according to the following rules.
First off, active channels are separated from inactive channels. Within these categories sorting is
then done first by the channel type (special channels like F-PICH or F-SYNC first, then data
channels) and next by the spreading factor in ascending order. Last, the sorting is done by the
code number, also in ascending order.

Save
Saves the table under its specified name in the xml-format. If you edit a channel table and want
to keep the original channel table, change the name of the edited channel table before saving it.

Cancel
Closes the Edit dialog box and returns to the Channel Table Settings dialog box. Changes
applied to the channel table are lost.

Reload
Reloads the original content of the copied channel table.

Restore Default Tables
Restores the predefined channel tables (see Predefined Channel Tables on page 4.303) to their
factory–set values. Existing channel tables with the same name as default channel tables are
replaced by this action. In this way, you can undo unintentional overwriting.
Remote: CONF:CDP:CTAB:REST
Result Settings
Opens the Result Settings dialog box.

1300.2519.12

4.319

E-11

CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (Option K82)

R&S FSL

The Result Settings dialog box contains the following parameters:
Power Control Group
Channel (Code) Number
Code Order
Code Power
Power Reference
Normalize

Power Control Group (Result Settings dialog box)
In some measurements it is possible to highlight the data of a specific PCG (Power Control
Group). Select the PCG (Power Control Group) on which to put the focus on in this field. The
range of the value depends on the Capture Length defined in the IQ Capture Settings dialog
box. The range is (0 to Capture Length-1).
The defined value is valid for any measurement which takes PCGs into account (for further
information see also the Select Ch/PCG softkey). The selected PCG is highlighted in red on the
screen (as opposed to the others which are displayed in yellow).
Remote: CDP:SLOT 0 ...(IQ_CAPTURE_LENGTH–1)
Channel (Code) Number (Result Settings dialog box)
The entry in this field corresponds to a specific code to be examined. The valid range is from 0
to BSF-1. The base spreading factor (BSF) is either 64 or 128 depending on the setting of the
Base SF field and can not be edited via this field. The selected channel will be marked red in the
Channel Table. In the Code Domain Power display and the Code Domain Error Power display,
all codes belonging to this channel will be marked red.
The defined value is valid for any measurement that takes a selected channel into account (for
further information see also the Select Ch/PCG softkey).
The rotary knob behavior depends on the result display and the graphic display. In the case of
the Code Domain Power and Code Domain Error result displays, the rotary knob behavior
depends on the code order (refer to Code Order) The adjacent channel is always selected with
the rotary knob. In the channel table, the rotary knob is used to scroll through the list.
Remote: CDP:CODE 0...(BASE SF–1)

1300.2519.12

4.320

E-11

R&S FSL

CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (Option K82)

Code Order (Result Settings dialog box)
Selects the channel sorting for the Code Domain Power and Code Domain Error result
displays.
Bit-Reverse order

Hadamard order

The channels with concentrated codes are next to one another,
since the code numbers are sorted in bit–reversed order. Thus in the
Code Domain Power result display, the total power of a
concentrated code channel is displayed.
Example (for base spreading factor of 64):
0.64, 32.64, 16.64, 48.64, 8.64, 40.64, ... , 15.64, 47.64,
31.64, 63.64
The codes are sorted in ascending order in the result display.
Example (for base spreading factor of 64):
0.64, 1.64, 2.64, ... , 63.64.
For each code, the power is displayed in this code. If there is a code
channel in the signal that covers several codes, the individual power
of the codes is displayed.

For details refer to Hadamard and BitReverse Code Tables on page 4.353.
Remote: CDP:ORD HAD
Code Power (Result Settings dialog box)
Selects the y-axis scaling for the Code Domain Power result display.
Absolute scaling

dBm

Relative scaling

dB
The reference is determined via the Power Reference.

Remote: CALC:FEED "XPOW:CDP[:ABS]"
Remote: CALC:FEED "XPOW:CDP:RAT"
Power Reference (Result Settings dialog box)
Determines the reference power for the relative power result displays (Code Domain Power,
Power vs PCG).
Pilot Channel

The reference power is the power of the pilot channel. Which
pilot channel is used as reference depends on the antenna
diversity (for details see Antenna Diversity).
This is the default setting.

Total Power

1300.2519.12

The reference power is the total power of the signal referred per
power control group (PCG) to the corresponding PCG.

4.321

E-11

CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (Option K82)

R&S FSL

By default, the power of the channels is referred to the power of the pilot channel (code number
0). The power of the pilot channel is identical over all PCGs and hence can be used as a
constant reference for the result display. In contrast, the total power can vary from PCG to PCG
due to the possibility of a power level change in the different code channels.
In the Power vs PCG result display, with enabled power control and reference to the total power
of the signal, the power control of the selected channel is not necessarily reflected.
Example (theoretical):
There is just one data channel in the signal and its power is controlled.
The power is referred to the total power of the signal (which consists only of the contribution
from this one data channel).
In the Power vs. PCG diagram, a straight line is displayed instead of the expected power
staircase.
For relative result displays, the reference value Total Power is therefore only meaningful if the
signal does not contain power control. For signals with enabled power control, use the Pilot
Channel setting, since the pilot channel is not subject to power control under any
circumstances.
Remote: CDP:PREF TOT
Normalize (Result Settings dialog box)
If activated, this parameter eliminates the DC offset from the signal. By default, the parameter is
deactivated.
Remote: CDP:NORM ON
Screen Focus A/B
Sets the focus on the selected screen. Changes apply only to the focused screen. There are no
restrictions to the display of measurement results, i.e. you can display every result display in
either or both screens.
Remote: DISP:SEL
Screen Size Full/Split
Displays the result display in full screen size, or splits the screen to display two result displays.
To change settings in split screen display, set the focus on the designated result display via the
Screen Focus A/B softkey.
Remote: DISP:FORM SING
Select Meas
Opens a submenu to select one of the measurements and result displays of the Code Domain
Analyzer:
–

Code Domain Power on page 4.323

–

Channel Table on page 4.324

–

Power vs PCG on page 4.325

–

Result Summary on page 4.326

–

Code Domain Error on page 4.328

1300.2519.12

4.322

E-11

R&S FSL
–

Composite EVM on page 4.329

–

Peak Code Domain Error on page 4.330

–

Channel Constell on page 4.331

–

EVM vs Symbol on page 4.332

–

Composite Constell on page 4.332

–

Power vs Symbol on page 4.333

–

Channel Bitstream on page 4.334

CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (Option K82)

For details on screen layout and default settings refer to the measurement description of the
Code Domain Analysis on page 4.298.

Code Domain Power
Selects the Code Domain Power (CDP) result display with relative scaling.
In this result display, the total signal is taken into account over a single power control group. The
power of the different channels is determined and plotted in a diagram. In this diagram, the x–
axis represents the channel (code) number, which corresponds to the base spreading factor.
The y–axis is a logarithmic level axis that shows the power of each channel. To configure this
result display, use the Result Settings dialog box (Settings softkey menu, Result Settings
softkey).
The Code Domain Power result display supports two sort orders (for details refer to Code Order).

Fig. 4-30: CDP measurement (result displayed in Hadamard code order)

Fig. 4-31: CDP measurement (result displayed in Bit Reverse code order for the same signal)

1300.2519.12

4.323

E-11

CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (Option K82)

R&S FSL

Active and inactive channels are defined via the Channel Table Settings dialog box (Settings
softkey menu, Channel Table Settings softkey). The power values of the active and
unassigned channels are shown in different colors. In addition, codes with alias power can
occur. These codes obtain power components originating either from a spreading factor higher
than the base spreading factor or from the own and/or another antenna as a result of transmit
diversity.
The following colors are defined:
–

Red: selected channel (Channel (Code) Number)

–

Yellow: active channel

–

Cyan: inactive channel

–

Light blue: alias power of higher spreading factor

–

Magenta: alias power as a result of transmit diversity

Note:

If codes with alias power are displayed, set the highest base spreading factor using the Base
SF.
It is not recommended to select more detailed result displays (such as Channel Constell) for
unassigned codes, since the results are not valid.

Remote: CALC1:FEED "XPOW:CDP:RAT" (relative code power)
Remote: CALC1:FEED "XPOW:CDP" (absolute code power)
Channel Table
Selects the Channel Table result display.
The Channel Table result display may contain up to 128 entries, corresponding to the highest
base spreading factor of 128. The total signal is taken into account over a single power control
group. You can set the number of PCGs by the Capture Length.
In the Channel Table result display, the channels are sorted according to channel type, i.e.
special channels like F-PICH, F-SYNC etc. first, then data channels (CHAN) and last inactive
channels (always shown as '---').
Within a group, channels are sorted according to the spreading factor and then according to
code number, also in ascending order. Within the code number, first active, then inactive
channels are listed. The selected channel (Channel (Code) Number) is marked in red. Active
and inactive data channels are defined via the Channel Table Settings dialog box (Settings
softkey menu, Channel Table Settings softkey).

Fig. 4-32: Channel Table result display

1300.2519.12

4.324

E-11

R&S FSL

CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (Option K82)

For the Code Domain Power measurement, the following parameters are determined for the
channels:
–

Channel Type
Shows type of channel ('---' for inactive channels)

–

Walsh Chan.SF
Channel number including the spreading factor (in the form .).

–

Symb Rate/ksps
Symbol rate with which the channel is transmitted (9.6 ksps to 307.2 ksps).

–

RC
Radio configuration.

–

State
Status display. Unassigned codes are identified as inactive channels.

–

Pwr dBm/Pwr dB
Specification of the absolute (dBm) and relative (dB) (referred to the F-PICH or the total power
of signal) power of the channel

–

T Offs/ns and Ph Offs/mrad
Timing/phase offset between this channel and the pilot channel (enabled via the Demod
Settings softkey, Time/Phase Estimation).
If enabled, the maximum value of the timing/phase offset is displayed together with the
associated channel in the last two lines. Since the timing/phase offset values of each active
channel can be either negative or positive, the absolute values are compared and the maximum
is displayed with the original sign.

Remote: CALC1:FEED "XTIM:CDP:ERR:CTAB"
Power vs PCG
Selects the Power versus Power Control Group (PCG) result display.
In this result display, the power of the selected channel is averaged for each measured PCG and
referred to the pilot power of the PCG. Therefore the unit of the y–axis is dB (relative to the Pilot
Channel). For measurements in which Antenna Diversity is inactive (OFF) or set to 'Antenna 1',
the F-PICH channel is used as reference, while the F-TDPICH channel is used for measurements in
which Antenna Diversity is set to 'Antenna 2'.
Note:

For signals with enabled power control, use the default reference power setting. For details
refer to Power Reference.

The result display consists of the number of the PCGs in the measurement and their respective
power value. You can set the number of PCGs by means of the Capture Length. Subsequently,
the Power vs. PCG result display takes one code channel into account over the entire period of
observation. The selected PCG (Power Control Group) is marked in red.
Note:

For a power–regulated signal, to correctly detect the start of a power control group, the external
trigger must be used.

1300.2519.12

4.325

E-11

CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (Option K82)

R&S FSL

Fig. 4-33: Power vs PCG for an occupied channel with power control
Remote: CALC2:FEED "XTIM:CDP:PVSL"
Result Summary
Selects the numeric result display of many measurement results. Note the effects of the Trace
Mode softkey differ from other measurements. The Min Hold and Max Hold values are already
given in the Min and Max columns of the Result Summary table. When in Average trace mode,
the Current column is renamed to Average and the corresponding values are displayed. The
current values are displayed in the Current column, when the View trace mode is activated.
The result display is subdivided as follows:
–

Global Results

–

PCG

–

Channel

Fig. 4-34: Result summary
Remote: CALC2:FEED "XTIM:CDP:ERR:SUMM"
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:CDP:RES?

1300.2519.12

4.326

E-11

R&S FSL

CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (Option K82)

Global Results
Under Global Results, the measurement results that concern the total signal (that is, all
channels) for the entire period of observation (that is, all PCGs) are displayed:
–

Carrier Frequency Error
Specifies the frequency error referred to the set center frequency of the R&S FSL. The absolute
frequency error is the sum of the frequency error of the R&S FSL and that of the device under
test. Frequency differences between the transmitter and receiver of more than 1.0 kHz impair
synchronization of the Code Domain Power measurement. If at all possible, the transmitter and
the receiver should be synchronized (refer to chapter "Advanced Measurement Examples").
The frequency error is available in the units both Hz and ppm referred to the carrier frequency.
The value of the Carrier Frequency Error in ppm is only displayed in full screen mode.

–

Chip Rate Error
Specifies the chip rate error (1.2288 Mcps) in ppm. A large chip rate error results in symbol
errors and, consequently, possibly in the Code Domain Power measurement not being able to
perform synchronization. This measurement result is also valid if the R&S FSL could not
synchronize to the CDMA2000 signal.

–

Trigger to Frame
Reflects the time offset from the beginning of the recorded signal section to the start of the first
PCG. In case of triggered data recording, this corresponds to the timing offset:
frame trigger (+ trigger offset) – start of first PCG
If it was not possible to synchronize the R&S FSL to the CDMA2000 signal, this measurement
result is meaningless. If the Free Run trigger mode is selected, dashes are displayed.
The Trigger to Frame value is only displayed in full screen mode.

–

Active Channels
Specifies the number of active channels found in the signal. Detected data channels as well as
special channels are regarded as active. With transmit diversity, the result applies to the
selected antenna (refer to Antenna Diversity). No value is displayed in both the Min and Max
columns.

PCG
Under PCG, the measurement results that concern the total signal (that is, all channels) for the
selected power control group (Capture Length) are displayed:
–

Total Power
Shows the total power of the signal.

–

Pilot Power
Shows the power of the pilot channel. If antenna 2 is selected, the power of the F-TDPICH is
displayed, in all other cases that of the F-PICH (for details refer to Antenna Diversity).
The value for the Pilot Power is only displayed in full screen mode.

–

RHO
Shows the quality parameter RHO. According to the CDMA2000 standard, RHO is the
normalized, correlated power between the measured and the ideally generated reference
signal. When RHO is measured, the CDMA2000 standard requires that only the pilot channel
be supplied.

1300.2519.12

4.327

E-11

CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (Option K82)
–

R&S FSL

Composite EVM
The composite EVM is the difference between the test signal and the ideal reference signal
(refer to the Composite EVM softkey).

–

IQ Imbalance / Offset
Shows the IQ imbalance and the DC offset of the signal in %.
The values for IQ Imbalance and IQ Offset are only displayed in full screen mode.

Channel
Under Channel, the measurement results of the selected channel and the selected PCG are
displayed:
–

Power
Shows the channel power of the selected channel and PCG. The result depends on the
selected Code Power and the Power Reference) and absolute channel power.

–

EVM
Shows the peak or mean value of the EVM measurement result (refer to the EVM vs Symbol
softkey).
The value of the EVM is only displayed in full screen mode.

–

Modulation
Displays the modulation type of the channel and PCG: BPSK, QPSK, 8PSK, or 16QAM. No
values are displayed in the Min and Max columns.

–

Timing Offset
Shows the timing offset between the selected channel and the pilot channel (enabled via the
Demod Settings softkey, Time/Phase Estimation).
The Timing Offset is only displayed in full screen mode.

–

Phase Offset
Shows the phase offset between the selected channel and the pilot channel (enabled via the
Demod Settings softkey, Time/Phase Estimation).
The Phase Offset is only displayed in full screen mode.

Select Ch/PCG
This softkey allows to select a specific PCG (Power Control Group) and/ or channel for the
measurement. The key has three different states. Pressing the softkey once, opens a standard
dialog box in which the channel number can be entered. Pressing it for the second time, a
specific PCG can be entered. On the third hit, the softkey becomes unselected.
For details on the effects of the Select Ch/PCG softkey, refer to Channel (Code) Number and
Power Control Group
The following result displays take results for a PCG into account:
–

Code Domain Power on page 4.323

–

Code Domain Error on page 4.329

–

Channel Table on page 4.324

–

Power vs Symbol on page 4.333

1300.2519.12

4.328

E-11

R&S FSL
–

Composite Constell on page 4.333

–

Result Summary on page 4.326

–

Channel Bitstream on page 4.334

–

Channel Constell on page 4.332

–

EVM vs Symbol on page 4.332

CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (Option K82)

The following result displays take results for a channel into account:
–

Power vs PCG on page 4.325

–

Power vs Symbol on page 4.333

–

Result Summary on page 4.326

–

Channel Bitstream on page 4.334

–

Channel Constell on page 4.332

–

EVM vs Symbol on page 4.332

Remote: CDP:SLOT 0 ...(IQ_CAPTURE_LENGTH–1) (PCG selection)
Remote: CDP:CODE 0...(BASE SF–1) (Channel and Code selection)
Code Domain Error
Selects the Code Domain Error Power (CDEP) result display.
This result display shows the difference in power between measured and ideally generated
reference signals for each code in dB. Since it is an error power, active and inactive channels
can be rated jointly at a glance. The total signal is taken into account over a single power control
group. The error power in the different codes is determined and plotted in a diagram. In this
diagram, the x–axis represents the channel (code) number, which corresponds to the base
spreading factor. The y–axis is a logarithmic level axis that shows the power of each channel. To
configure this result display, use the Result Settings dialog box (Settings softkey menu, Result
Settings softkey).
The Code Domain Error Power result display supports two sort orders, Hadamard and Bit-Reverse
(for details refer to Code Order).

Fig. 4-35: Code Domain Error Power (results shown in Hadamard code order)

1300.2519.12

4.329

E-11

CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (Option K82)

R&S FSL

Fig. 4-36: Code Domain Error Power (results for the same signal shown in Bit Reverse code order)
Active and inactive channels are defined via the Channel Table Settings dialog box (Settings
softkey menu, Channel Table Settings softkey). The power values of the active and inactive
channels take on different colors. In addition, codes with alias power can occur. These codes
obtain power components originating either from a spreading factor higher than the base
spreading factor or from the own and/or another antenna as a result of transmit diversity.
The following colors are defined:
–

Red: selected channel (Channel (Code) Number)

–

Yellow: active channel

–

Cyan: inactive

–

Light blue: alias power of higher spreading factor

–

Magenta: alias power as a result of transmit diversity

Note:

If codes with alias power are displayed, set the highest base spreading factor using the Base
SF.
It is not recommended to select more detailed result displays (such as Channel Constell) for
unassigned codes, since the results are not valid.

Remote: CALC1:FEED "XPOW:CDEP"
Composite EVM
Selects the result display of the error vector magnitude (EVM) over the total signal (modulation
accuracy).
In this result display, the square root is determined from the error square between the real and
imaginary parts of the test signal and an ideally generated reference signal (EVM referred to the
total signal).
The result display consists of a composite EVM measured value for each power control group
(PCG). You can set the number of PCGs by the Capture Length. Subsequently, the Composite
EVM result display takes the whole signal into account over the entire period of observation. The
selected PCG (Power Control Group) is marked in red.

1300.2519.12

4.330

E-11

R&S FSL

CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (Option K82)

Only the channels detected as being active are used to generate the ideal reference signal. If a
channel is not detected as being active, e.g. on account of low power, the difference between
the test signal and the reference signal and the composite EVM is therefore very large (see Fig.
4-37). Distortions also occur if unassigned codes are wrongly given the status of "active
channel". To obtain reliable measurement results, select an adequate channel threshold via the
Inactive Channel Threshold field.

Fig. 4-37: Composite EVM display for the case of all the channels contained in the signal being
detected as active.
Remote: CALC1:FEED "XTIM:CDP:MACC"

Peak Code Domain Error
Selects the Peak Code Domain Error result display.
In this result display, the error between the test signal and the ideally generated reference signal
is projected to the base spreading factor. The unit of the y–axis is dB. The base spreading factor
is selected by the Base SF.
The result display consists of the numeric value per PCG for the peak code domain error. You
can set the number of PCGs by the Capture Length. Subsequently, the Peak Code Domain
Error result display takes the whole signal into account over the entire period of observation. The
selected PCG (Power Control Group) is marked in red.
Only the channels detected as being active are used to generate the ideal reference signal. If a
channel is not detected as being active, e.g. on account of low power, the difference between
the test signal and the reference signal is very large. The result display therefore shows a peak
code domain error that is too high (see Fig. 4-38). Distortions also occur if unassigned codes are
wrongly given the status of "active channel". To obtain reliable measurement results, select an
adequate channel threshold via the Inactive Channel Threshold field.

Fig. 4-38: Peak code domain error for the case of all the channels contained in the signal being
detected as active
Remote: CALC:FEED "XTIM:CDP:ERR:PCD"

1300.2519.12

4.331

E-11

CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (Option K82)

R&S FSL

Channel Constell
Selects the Channel Constellation result display.
The measurement provides information about the channel constellation at symbol level. It shows
the constellation of the modulated signals of the selected channel and PCG (see Select
Ch/PCG). Supported modulation schemes are BPSK, QPSK, 8PSK and 16QAM. In CDMA2000
the modulation scheme depends on the channel type. Inactive channels can be measured, but
the result is meaningless since these channels do not contain data.
The BPSK constellation points are displayed on the x-axis, while the constellation points of
QPSK and 16QAM are located on neither axis.

Fig. 4-39: Channel constellation diagram
Remote: CALC:FEED "XTIM:CDP:SYMB:CONS"
EVM vs Symbol
Selects the Symbol Error Vector Magnitude result display.
The result display provides information on the EVM for the selected channel and the selected
PCGs on symbol level. The number of symbols is in the range from 6 to 384 and can be
calculated like this:
Number of symbols = Number of chips in one PCG / ChannelSF / K, with
Number of chips in one PCG = 1536
Channel SF = 4, 8, 16, 32, 64 or 128
K = 1 for Antenna Diversity = OFF
OFF
K = 2 for Antenna Diversity
This calculation thus takes into account the results of a channel for a power control group. The
result is given in %. Inactive channels can be measured, but the result is meaningless since
these channels do not contain data. To set the channel and the PCG, use the Select Ch/PCG
softkey.

Fig. 4-40: Error vector magnitude on symbol level
Remote: CALC2:FEED "XTIM:CDP:SYMB:EVM"

1300.2519.12

4.332

E-11

R&S FSL

CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (Option K82)

Composite Constell
Selects the Composite Constellation result display.
The measurement provides information about the constellation points at chip level. The total
signal is taken into account over the selected PCG. Therefore it is not possible to select a
specific channel number. For each of the 1536 chips, a constellation point is displayed in the
diagram.

Fig. 4-41: Composite constellation diagram
Remote: CALC:FEED "XTIM:CDP:COMP:CONS"
Power vs Symbol
Selects the Power versus Symbol result display.
In this result display, the absolute power in dBm at every symbol number is calculated for the
selected channel and the selected PCGs. This calculation thus takes into account the results of
a channel for a specific PCG. To set the channel and the PCG, use the Select Ch/PCG softkey.

Fig. 4-42: Power of a channel on symbol level
Remote: CALC:FEED "XTIM:CDP:PVSY"

1300.2519.12

4.333

E-11

CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (Option K82)

R&S FSL

Channel Bitstream
Selects the Bitstream result display.
The result display provides information on the demodulated bits for the selected channel and the
selected PCGs. This calculation thus takes into account the results of a channel for a specific
PCG. All bits that are part of inactive channels are marked as being invalid by means of dashes.
For 16QAM modulation '----' is displayed, for 8PSK modulation '---', for QPSK '--' and for BPSK ''. To set the channel and the PCG, use the Select Ch/PCG softkey.
A certain symbol can be selected by using the MKR key. By enetering a number, the marker will
jump to the selected symbol. If there are more symbols than the screen is capable of displaying,
the marker can also be used to scroll inside the list.
Depending on the spreading factor (symbol rate) of the channel, a minimum of 12 and a
maximum of 384 symbols can be contained in a power control group. In case of an active
transmit diversity (Antenna Diversity) the values redeuce to the half. Depending on the
modulation type, a symbol consists of the following bits:
–

BPSK: 1 bit (only the I–component is assigned)

–

QPSK: 2 bits (I–component followed by the Q–component)

–

8PSK: 3 bits

–

16QAM: 4 bits

In accordance with the radio configuration and the channel type, there are BPSK and QPSK
modulated channels in the CDMA2000 system. For details refer to Relationship between
channel type and modulation type on page 4.305.
The order is shown in the following figure:

Fig. 4-43: Phasor diagram for QPSK, BPSK, 8PSK and 16QAM including bit values

1300.2519.12

4.334

E-11

R&S FSL

CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (Option K82)

Fig. 4-44: Demodulated bits of a channel for one PCG
Remote: CALC:FEED "XTIM:CDP:BSTR"
Adjust Ref Level
Adjusts the reference level to the measured channel power. This ensures that the settings of the
RF attenuation and reference level are optimally adjusted to the signal level without overloading
the R&S FSL or limiting the dynamic range by a too small S/N ratio.
Current measurements are aborted when pressing the softkey and resumed after the automatic
level detection is finished.
For further details refer also to the Adjust Ref Level softkey in the measurement menu of the
base unit.
Remote: CDP:LEV:ADJ

Softkeys of the frequency menu (CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer mode)
The following table shows all softkeys available in the frequency menu in CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer
mode. It is possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only
available with a special option, model or (measurement) mode, this information is delivered in the
corresponding softkey description.
Command
Center
Start
Stop
CF-Stepsize

Center
For details refer to the Center softkey in the frequency menu of the base unit.

1300.2519.12

4.335

E-11

CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (Option K82)

R&S FSL

Start
Opens an edit dialog box to define the start frequency. For further details refer to the Start
softkey in the frequency menu of the base unit.
Note that the softkey is unavailable for Code Domain and CCDF measurements.
Remote: FREQ:STAR 800 MHz
Stop
Opens an edit dialog box to define the stop frequency. For further details refer to the Stop
softkey in the frequency menu of the base unit.
Note that the softkey is unavailable for Code Domain and CCDF measurements.
Remote: FREQ:STOP 1.500 MHz
CF-Stepsize
For details including the submenu refer to the CF Stepsize softkey in the frequency menu of the
base unit.

Softkeys of the span menu (CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer mode)
The following table shows all softkeys available in the span menu in CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer mode.
It is possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only
available with a special option, model or measurement mode, this information is delivered in the
corresponding softkey description.
Note that the span menu is not available for code domain measurements and the signal power
measurement.
Command
Span Manual
Sweeptime Manual
Start
Stop
Full Span
Last Span

Span Manual
For details refer to the Span Manual softkey in the span menu of the base unit.

Sweeptime Manual
For details refer to the Sweeptime Manual softkey in the bandwidth menu of the base unit.

1300.2519.12

4.336

E-11

R&S FSL

CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (Option K82)

Start
For details refer to the Start softkey in the span menu of the base unit.

Stop
For details refer to the Stop softkey in the span menu of the base unit.

Full Span
For details refer to the Full Span softkey in the span menu of the base unit.

Last Span
For details refer to the Last Span softkey in the span menu of the base unit.

Softkeys of the amplitude menu (CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer mode)
The following table shows all softkeys available in the amplitude menu in CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer
mode. It is possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only
available with a special option, model or measurement mode, this information is delivered in the
corresponding softkey description.
Menu / Command

Command

Ref Level
Adjust Ref Level
Ref Level Offset
Preamp On/Off
Scaling

Auto Scale Once
y-Axis Maximum
y-Axis Minimum

RF Atten Manual
RF Atten Auto

Ref Level
For details refer to the Ref Level softkey in the amplitude menu of the base unit.

Adjust Ref Level
For details refer to the Adjust Ref Level softkey in the Code Domain Analyzer menu.

Ref Level Offset
For details refer to the Ref Level Offset softkey in the amplitude menu of the base unit.

1300.2519.12

4.337

E-11

CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (Option K82)

R&S FSL

Preamp On/Off
For details refer to the Preamp On/Off softkey in the amplitude menu of the base unit.
Note that this softkey is only available if the hardware option RF Preamplifier B22 is installed.

Scaling
Opens a submenu with the following softkeys:
Auto Scale Once
y-Axis Maximum
y-Axis Minimum

This submenu is only available for code domain measurements.

Auto Scale Once
Automatically scales the y-axis of the grid of the selected screen with respect to the measured
data.
The softkey is available for the following measurements: Code Domain Power, Code Domain
Error, Composite EVM. Peak Code Domain Error, Peak Code Domain Error vs PCG, Power vs
PCG, EVM vs Symbol and Power vs Symbol.
Remote: DISP:TRAC:Y:AUTO ONCE
y-Axis Maximum
Opens a dialog box to set the maximum value for the y-axis of the grid of the selected screen.
The softkey is available for the following measurements: Code Domain Power, Code Domain
Error, Composite EVM. Peak Code Domain Error, Peak Code Domain Error vs PCG, Power vs
PCG, EVM vs Symbol and Power vs Symbol.
Remote: DISP:TRAC:Y:MAX -40
y-Axis Minimum
Opens a dialog box to set the minimum value for the y-axis of the grid of the selected screen.
The softkey is available for the following measurements: Code Domain Power, Code Domain
Error, Composite EVM. Peak Code Domain Error, Peak Code Domain Error vs PCG, Power vs
PCG, EVM vs Symbol and Power vs Symbol.
Remote: :DISP:TRAC:Y:MIN 50
RF Atten Manual
For details refer to the RF Atten Manual softkey in the amplitude menu of the base unit.

RF Atten Auto
For details refer to the RF Atten Auto softkey in the amplitude menu of the base unit.

1300.2519.12

4.338

E-11

R&S FSL

CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (Option K82)

Softkeys of the bandwidth menu (CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer mode)
The following table shows all softkeys available in the bandwidth menu in CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer
mode. It is possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only
available with a special option, model or measurement mode, this information is delivered in the
corresponding softkey description.
Note that the softkeys of the bandwidth menu are not available for code domain measurements and are
inactive for the CCDF measurement.
Command
Res BW Manual
Res BW Auto
Video BW Manual
Video BW Auto
Sweeptime Manual
Sweeptime Auto
Filter Type

Res BW Manual
For details refer to the Res BW Manual softkey in the bandwidth menu of the base unit.

Res BW Auto
For details refer to the Res BW Auto softkey in the bandwidth menu of the base unit.

Video BW Manual
For details refer to the Video BW Manual softkey in the bandwidth menu of the base unit.

Video BW Auto
For details refer to the Video BW Auto softkey in the bandwidth menu of the base unit.

Sweeptime Manual
For details refer to the Sweeptime Manual softkey in the bandwidth menu of the base unit.

Sweeptime Auto
For details refer to the Sweeptime Auto softkey in the bandwidth menu of the base unit.

Filter Type
For details refer to the Filter Type softkey in the bandwidth menu of the base unit.

1300.2519.12

4.339

E-11

CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (Option K82)

R&S FSL

Softkeys of the sweep menu (CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer mode)
The following table shows all softkeys available in the sweep menu in CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer mode.
It is possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only
available with a special option, model or measurement mode, this information is delivered in the
corresponding softkey description.
Command
Continuous Sweep
Single Sweep
Continue Single Sweep
Sweeptime Manual
Sweeptime Auto
Sweep Count
Sweep Points

Continuous Sweep
For details refer to the Continuous Sweep softkey in the sweep menu of the base unit.

Single Sweep
For details refer to the Single Sweep softkey in the sweep menu of the base unit.

Continue Single Sweep
For details refer to the Continue Single Sweep softkey in the sweep menu of the base unit.

Sweeptime Manual
For details refer to the Sweeptime Manual softkey in the sweep menu of the base unit.
The softkey is not available for code domain and the CCDF measurements.

Sweeptime Auto
For details refer to the Sweeptime Auto softkey in the sweep menu of the base unit.
The softkey is not available for code domain and the CCDF measurements.

Sweep Count
For details refer to the Sweep Count softkey in the sweep menu of the base unit.

Sweep Points
For details refer to the Sweep Points softkey in the sweep menu of the base unit.

1300.2519.12

4.340

E-11

R&S FSL

CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (Option K82)

Softkeys of the trigger menu (CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer mode)
The following table shows all softkeys available in the trigger menu in CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer mode.
It is possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only
available with a special option, model or measurement mode, this information is delivered in the
corresponding softkey description.
Command
Trigger Source
Trigger Polarity Pos/Neg
Trigger Offset

Trigger Source
For details refer to the Trigger Source softkey of the IQ Capture Settings dialog box.

Trigger Polarity Pos/Neg
For details refer to the Trigger Polarity softkey of the IQ Capture Settings dialog box.

Trigger Offset
For details refer to the Trigger Offset softkey in the trigger menu of the base unit.

Softkeys of the trace menu (CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer mode)
The following table shows all softkeys available in the trace menu in CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer mode.
It is possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only
available with a special option, model or measurement mode, this information is delivered in the
corresponding softkey description.
Command
Trace Mode
Screen Focus A/B
Screen Size Full/Split
Scaling
Sweep Count

Trace Mode
Opens a dialog box, in which the trace mode can be selected. For details on the various trace
modes refer to the Trace mode overview on page 4.40.
Note that the Blank trace mode is not available for the code domain measurements. Also note
that the Trace Mode softkey is not available for the Result Summary measurement. This is
because in this measurement the minimum, mean and maximum values are already supported
(see Result Summary).
Remote: DISP:TRAC:MODE AVER

1300.2519.12

4.341

E-11

CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (Option K82)

R&S FSL

Screen Focus A/B
For details refer to the Screen Focus A/B softkey in the Code Domain Analyzer root menu
(main menu).

Screen Size Full/Split
For details refer to the Screen Size Full/Split softkey in the Code Domain Analyzer root menu
(main menu).

Scaling
For details refer to the Scaling softkey in the amplitude menu.

Auto Scale Once (Scaling menu)
For details refer to the Auto Scale Once softkey in the amplitude menu.

y-Axis Maximum (Scaling menu)
For details refer to the y-Axis Maximum softkey in the amplitude menu.

y-Axis Minimum (Scaling menu)
For details refer to the y-Axis Minimum softkey in the amplitude menu.

Sweep Count
For details refer to the Sweep Count softkey in the sweep menu of the base unit.

1300.2519.12

4.342

E-11

R&S FSL

CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (Option K82)

Softkeys of the marker menu (CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer mode)
The following table shows all softkeys available in the marker menu in CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer
mode. It is possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only
available with a special option, model or measurement mode, this information is delivered in the
corresponding softkey description.
The softkeys of the marker menu are not available for the Result Summary, Channel Table and CCDF
measurements.
Command
Marker 1
Marker 2
Marker 3
Marker 4
Marker Norm/Delta
All Marker Off
Percent Marker

Marker 1/Marker 2/Marker 3/Marker 4Marker Norm/Delta
The Marker  softkey activates the corresponding marker and opens an edit dialog box to
enter a value for the marker to be set to. Pressing the softkey again deactivates the selected
marker. If two screens are active in the Code Domain Analyzer, each of the screens has its own
set of markers.
Marker 1 is always the reference marker for relative measurements. If activated, markers 2 to 4
are delta markers that refer to marker 1. These markers can be converted into markers with
absolute value display by means of the Marker Norm/Delta softkey. If marker 1 is the active
marker, pressing the Marker Norm/Delta softkey switches on an additional delta marker.
For the Channel Bitstream measurement only one marker (Marker 1) is available. It can be used
for scrolling and to display the number and value of a bit.
Remote: CALC:MARK ON
Remote: CALC:MARK:X 
Remote: CALC:MARK:Y?
Remote: CALC:DELT ON
Remote: CALC:DELT:X 
Remote: CALC:DELT:X:REL?
Remote: CALC:DELT:Y?
All Marker Off
For details refer to the All Marker Off softkey in the marker menu of the base unit.

1300.2519.12

4.343

E-11

CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (Option K82)

R&S FSL

Percent Marker
"Opens an edit dialog box to enter a probability value and to position marker 1. Thus, the power
which is exceeded with a given probability can be determined very easily. If marker 1 is
deactivated, it will be switched on automatically.
This softkey is only available for the CCDF measurement.
Remote: CALC:MARK:Y:PERC 0…100%

Softkeys of the marker–> menu (CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer mode)
The following table shows all softkeys available in the marker–> menu in CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer
mode. It is possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only
available with a special option, model or measurement mode, this information is delivered in the
corresponding softkey description.
The softkeys of the marker-> menu are not available for the Result Summary, Channel Table and
CCDF measurements.
Command
Select 1 2 3 4
Peak
Next Peak
Next Peak Mode < abs>
F-PICH
F-TDPICH
More
Select 1 2 3 4
Min
Next Min
Next Min Mode < abs>

Select 1 2 3 4
Selects the normal marker or the delta markers, activates the marker and opens an edit dialog
stands for delta marker 1.
box to enter a value for the marker to be set to.
Since the Channel Bitstream measurements supports only one marker, this softkey is not
available for that measurement.
Remote: CALC:MARK1 ON
Remote: CALC:MARK1:X 
Remote: CALC:MARK1:Y?
Peak
For details refer to the Peak softkey in the MKR-> menu of the base unit.

1300.2519.12

4.344

E-11

R&S FSL

CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (Option K82)

Next Peak
For details refer to the Next Peak softkey in the MKR-> menu of the base unit.

Next Peak Mode < abs>
For details refer to the Next Peak Mode < abs > softkey in the MKR-> menu of the base unit.

F-PICH
Sets the marker to the F-PICH channel. The softkey is only available if the x-axis of the active
screen is a code axis.
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:PICH
F-TDPICH
Sets the marker to the F-TDPICH channel. The softkey is only available if the x-axis of the active
screen is a code axis.
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:TDP
Min
For details refer to the Min softkey in the MKR-> menu of the base unit.

Next Min
For details refer to the Next Min softkey in the MKR-> menu of the base unit.

Next Min Mode < abs>
For details refer to the Next Min Mode < abs > softkey in the MKR-> menu of the base unit.

Softkeys of the measurement menu (CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer mode)
The following table shows all softkeys available in the measurement menu in CDMA2000 BTS
Analyzer mode. It is possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a
softkey is only available with a special option, model or (measurement) mode, this information is
delivered in the corresponding softkey description.
Menu / Command

Submenu / Command

Code Domain Analyzer
Power
Adjacent Channel Power

ACP Config
Sweep Time
Fast ACP On/Off
ACP Abs/Rel

1300.2519.12

4.345

E-11

CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (Option K82)
Menu / Command

R&S FSL

Submenu / Command
Adjust Ref Level

Spectrum Emission Mask

Edit Sweep List
List Evaluation
Edit Reference Range
Edit Power Classes
Bandclass
Load Standard
Save As Standard
Meas Start/Stop
Restore FSL K82 Files

Occupied Bandwidth

% Power Bandwidth
Adjust Ref Level
Adjust Settings

CCDF

Percent Marker
Res BW
# of Samples
Scaling
Adjust Settings

Code Domain Analyzer
AActivates the Code Domain Analyzer and opens the Code Domain Analyzer menu. Select the
desired result display via this menu. For details refer to Softkeys of the Code Domain Analyzer
menu (CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer mode) on page 4.307.
For details on the measurements in the code domain, initial configuration and screen layout refer
to the description of the Code Domain Analysis on page 4.298.
Remote: CONF:CDP:MEAS CDP
Power
Activates the Signal Channel Power measurement, in which the power of a single channel is
determined.
For details on screen layout and default values see the description of the Signal Channel Power
on page 4.300.
Remote: CONF:CDP:MEAS POW
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:RES? CPOW (result query)

1300.2519.12

4.346

E-11

R&S FSL

CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (Option K82)

Adjacent Channel Power
Activates the Adjacent Channel Power measurement.
In this measurement the power of the carrier and its adjacent and alternate channels is determined.
For details on screen layout and default values see the description of the Adjacent Channel Power
on page 4.300.
Also opens the Adjacent Channel Power submenu containing the following softkeys:
Bandclass
ACP Config
Sweep Time
Fast ACP On/Off
ACP Abs/Rel
Adjust Ref Level

Remote: CONF:CDP:MEAS ACLR
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:RES? ACP (result query)
Bandclass (Adjacent Channel Power submenu)
softkey:Band Class (K82)"Opens a dialog box to select the bandclass. The following
bandclasses are available:
Band Class 0

800 MHz Cellular Band

Band Class 1

1.9 GHz PCS Band

Band Class 2

TACS Band

Band Class 3

JTACS Band

Band Class 4

Korean PCS Band

Band Class 5

450 MHz NMT Band

Band Class 6

2 GHz IMT-2000 Band

Band Class 7

700 MHz Band

Band Class 8

1800 MHz Band

Band Class 9

900 MHz Band

Band Class 10

Secondary 800 MHz

Band Class 11

400 MHz European PAMR Band

Band Class 12

800 MHz PAMR Band

Band Class 13

2.5 GHz IMT-2000 Extension Band

Band Class 14

US PCS 1.9 GHz Band

Band Class 15

AWS Band

Band Class 16

US 2.5 GHz Band

Band Class 17

US 2.5 GHz Forward Link Only Band

Remote: CONF:CDP:BCL 

1300.2519.12

4.347

E-11

CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (Option K82)

R&S FSL

ACP Config (Adjacent Channel Power submenu)
For details on the softkey and submenus refer to the CP / ACP Config softkey in the Adjacent
Channel Power submenu of the base unit.

Sweep Time (Adjacent Channel Power submenu)
For details refer to the Sweep Time softkey in the Adjacent Channel Power submenu of the
base unit.

Fast ACP On/Off (Adjacent Channel Power submenu)
For details refer to the Fast ACP On/Off softkey in the Adjacent Channel Power submenu of the
base unit.

ACP Abs/Rel (Adjacent Channel Power submenu)
For details refer to the ACP Abs/Rel softkey in the Adjacent Channel Power submenu of the
base unit.

Adjust Ref Level (Adjacent Channel Power submenu)
For details refer to the Adjust Ref Level softkey in the Code Domain Analyzer menu.

Spectrum Emission Mask
Performs a comparison of the signal power in different carrier offset ranges with the maximum
values specified in the CDMA2000 specification. With the exception of a few softkeys this
measurement is identical to the Spectrum Emission Mask measurement of the base unit (refer to
Spectrum Emission Mask on page 4.104).
For details on screen layout and default values see the description of the Spectrum Emission
Mask on page 4.301.
Also opens the Spectrum Emission Mask submenu containing the following softkeys:
Edit Sweep List
List Evaluation
Edit Reference Range
Edit Power Classes
Bandclass
Load Standard
Save As Standard
Meas Start/Stop
Restore FSL K82 Files

Remote: CONF:CDP:MEAS ESP
Remote: CALC:LIM:FAIL?

1300.2519.12

4.348

E-11

R&S FSL

CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (Option K82)

Edit Sweep List
For details on the Edit Sweep List softkey and its submenu refer to the Edit Sweep List softkey
in the Spectrum Emission Mask submenu of the base unit.

List Evaluation
For details on the List Evaluation softkey and its submenu refer to the List Evaluation softkey in
the Spectrum Emission Mask submenu of the base unit.

Edit Reference Range
Opens the Reference Range dialog box. For details refer to the Edit Reference Range softkey
in the Spectrum Emission Mask submenu of the base unit.

Edit Power Classes
Opens the Power Classes dialog box. For details refer to the Edit Power Classes softkey in the
Spectrum Emission Mask submenu of the base unit.

Bandclass
Opens a dialog box, to select a specific bandclass.
A list of the supported bandclasses can be found in the description of the Bandclass softkey in
the ACP measurement menu.
The settings for each bandclass are provided in *.xml files that are located in the directory
C:\R_S\INSTR\sem_std\cdma2000\dl. The files themselves are named C2K_DL_BC01.XML
(bandclass 1) to C2K_DL_BC17.XML (bandclass 17). By selecting one of the bandclasses from
the dialog box, the correct file will be loaded automatically. The file can also be loaded manually
(see Load Standard softkey).
Remote: CONF:CDP:BCL 
Load Standard
Opens the Load Standard dialog box, in which the *.xml file to be imported can be selected. If a
file is imported, the SEM settings specified in the file will be used. All previous SEM settings will
be lost.
Remote: ESP:PRES ""

1300.2519.12

4.349

E-11

CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (Option K82)

R&S FSL

Save As Standard
Opens the Save As Standard dialog box, in which the currently used SEM settings and
parameters can be saved and exported into an *.xml file. Enter the name of the file in the file
name field.
It is also possible to save the settings under one of the default bandclass file names (see
Bandclass softkey). When overwriting one of the default files, the customized settings will be
linked to the corresponding bandclass while the default settings are lost.
To restore the default bandclass settings press the Restore FSL K82 Files softkey.
Remote: ESP:STOR ""
Meas Start/Stop
For details on the Meas Start/Stop softkey refer to the Meas Start/Stop softkey in the Spectrum
Emission Mask submenu of the base unit.

Restore FSL K82 Files
"softkey:Restore FSL K82 Files (K82)"Restores all default files of the K82 option into the
C:\R_S\INSTR\SYSTEM_ROOT_RW\sem_std\cdma2000\dl directory. If changes have been
applied to the files, these will be lost.
Remote: ESP:PRES:REST
Occupied Bandwidth
Activates measurement of the bandwidth assigned to the signal.
For details on screen layout and default values see the description of the Occupied Bandwidth
on page 4.301.
Also opens the Occupied Bandwidth submenu containing the following softkeys:
% Power Bandwidth
Channel Bandwidth
Adjust Ref Level
Adjust Settings

Remote: CONF:CDP:MEAS OBAN
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:RES? OBAN (result query)
% Power Bandwidth
For details refer to the % Power Bandwidth softkey in the OBW submenu of the base unit.

Channel Bandwidth
For details refer to the Channel Bandwidth softkey in the ACP Config submenu of the base
unit.

1300.2519.12

4.350

E-11

R&S FSL

CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (Option K82)

Adjust Ref Level
For details refer to the Adjust Ref Level softkey in the Code Domain Analyzer menu.

Adjust Settings
Automatically optimizes all instrument settings for the selected channel configuration (channel
bandwidth, channel spacing) within a specific frequency range (channel bandwidth). The
adjustment is carried out only once. If necessary, the instrument settings can be changed later.
Remote: POW:ACH:PRES OBW
CCDF
Starts the measurement of the Complementary Cumulative Distribution Function and the Crest
factor.
For details on screen layout and default values see the description of the Complementary
Cumulative Distribution Function on page 4.302.
Also opens the CCDF submenu containing the following softkeys:
Percent Marker
Res BW
# of Samples
Scaling
More
Adjust Settings

Remote: CONF:CDP:MEAS CCDF
Percent Marker
For details refer to the Percent Marker softkey in the CCDF submenu of the base unit.

Res BW
For details refer to the Res BW softkey in the CCDF submenu of the base unit.

# of Samples
For details refer to the # of Samples softkey in the CCDF submenu of the base unit.

Scaling
For details refer to the Scaling softkey and the corresponding submenu in the CCDF submenu
of the base unit.

1300.2519.12

4.351

E-11

CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (Option K82)

R&S FSL

Adjust Settings
Automatically optimizes all instrument settings for the selected channel configuration (channel
bandwidth, channel spacing) within a specific frequency range (channel bandwidth). The
adjustment is carried out only once. If necessary, the instrument settings can be changed later.
Remote: CALC:STAT:SCAL:AUTO ONCE

1300.2519.12

4.352

E-11

R&S FSL

CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (Option K82)

Hadamard and BitReverse Code Tables
The following tables show the code sequences with Hadamard and BitReverse orders for the Code
Domain Power and Code Domain Error Power result displays.
As an example, the corresponding cells for channel 8.32 (channel number 8 for spreading factor 32) are
marked to show where the different codes of this channel are located.
Table 4-14: Code table for base spreading factor 64

1300.2519.12

4.353

E-11

CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (Option K82)

R&S FSL

Table 4-15: Code table for base spreading factor 128 (part 1)

1300.2519.12

4.354

E-11

R&S FSL

CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (Option K82)

Table 4-16: Code table for base spreading factor 128 (part 1)

1300.2519.12

4.355

E-11

1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer (Option K84)

R&S FSL

1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer (Option K84)
The R&S FSL equipped with the 1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer option performs Code Domain measurements
on forward link signals according to the 3GPP2 Standard (Third Generation Partnership Project 2) high
rate packet data. The standard, which was defined for packet-oriented data communications, is
generally referred to as 1xEV-DO (First EVolution Data Only).
This option is available from firmware version 2.00

To open the 1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer
If the 1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer mode is not the active measurement mode, press the MODE key
and activate the 1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer option.
If the 1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer mode is already active, press the MENU key.
The Code Domain Analyzer menu is displayed.

Further Information
–

Measurements and result display

–

Channel Type Characteristics

–

Predefined Channel Tables

Menu and softkey description
–

"Softkeys of the Code Domain Analyzer Menu (1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer mode)" on page 4.365

–

"Softkeys of the frequency menu (1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer mode)" on page 4.390

–

"Softkeys of the span menu (1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer mode)" on page 4.391

–

"Softkeys of the amplitude menu (1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer mode)" on page 4.392

–

"Softkeys of the bandwidth menu (1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer mode)" on page 4.394

–

"Softkeys of the sweep menu (1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer mode)" on page 4.395

–

"Softkeys of the trigger menu (1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer mode)" on page 4.396

–

"Softkeys of the trace menu (1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer mode)" on page 4.396

–

"Softkeys of the marker menu (1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer mode)" on page 4.397

–

"Softkeys of the marker–> menu (1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer mode)" on page 4.399

–

"Softkeys of the measurement menu (1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer mode)" on page 4.400

1300.2519.12

4.356

E-11

R&S FSL

1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer (Option K84)

Measurements and result display
The 1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer option provides the following test measurement types and result displays.
All measurements and result displays are accessed via the MEAS key (measurement menu).
–

"Code Domain Analysis" on page 4.357

–

"Signal Channel Power" on page 4.358

–

"Adjacent Channel Power" on page 4.359

–

"Spectrum Emission Mask" on page 4.360

–

"Occupied Bandwidth" on page 4.360

–

"Complementary Cumulative Distribution Function (CCDF)" on page 4.361

–

"Power vs Time" on page 4.362

Code Domain Analysis
The Code Domain Analyzer performs measurements in the code domain. The following
measurement types and corresponding result displays are available:
Softkey

Definition

Code Domain Power

Code Domain Power result display

General Results

General results in tabular form

Channel Results

Results for a specific channel in tabular form

Power vs Chip

Power of the selected channel versus all chips

Power vs Symbol

Power of the selected channel and of the selected slot versus all symbols

Composite EVM

Averaged error between the test signal and the ideal reference signal

Channel Table

Channel occupancy table

Bitstream

Display of decided bits

Peak Code Domain Error

Projection of the maximum error between the test signal and the reference signal

Code Domain Error

Code Domain Error Power result display

Symbol Constellation

Symbol constellation result display

EVM vs Symbol

Error Vector Magnitude result display

Composite Constellation

Composite constellation result display

In the Code Domain Analyzer, the results are displayed in either one screen or in two screens (see
Screen Size Split/Full softkey). Any result can be displayed in either screen. On top of the
measurement screens the following settings and measurement results (so called result displays)
are displayed (with the respective default settings):
Frequency: 3.000 Ghz

Ref. Level: -20.00 dBm

Ref. Lvl Offset: 0.0 dB

Code Power: REL

Count: 0

RF Attenuation: 0 dB

Slot: 0 of 3

Code: 0.32

Channel Type: PILOT

In the default setting after the preset, the analyzer is in Spectrum Analyzer mode (for details see
"Initializing the Configuration – PRESET Key" on page 4.3). The settings of the Code Domain
Analyzer are not active until the 1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer mode is activate (see "To open the 1xEVDO BTS Analyzer" on page 4.356)

1300.2519.12

4.357

E-11

1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer (Option K84)
Parameter

Setting

Digital standard

1xEV-DO, Revision 0

Sweep

Continuous

Channel table

Auto Search

Trigger source

Free Run

Trigger offset

0s

PN offset

0 chips

Inactive channel threshold

-40 dB

Channel type

PILOT

Code number

0

Slot

0

Capture length

3 slots

R&S FSL

In order to provide a quick swap from the base unit to the 1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer option, some
parameters are passed on.
Transferred
parameter
Reference level
Ref Level Offset
Attenuation
Center Frequency
Frequency offset

Signal Channel Power
The Power measurement analyses the RF signal power of a single channel with 1.2288 MHz
bandwidth over a single trace. The displayed results are based on the root mean square.
The configuration is according to the 1xEV-DO0 requirements.
Beneath the measurement screen the bandwidth and the associated channel power are displayed.
The other screen elements match that of the screen of the Spectrum Analyzer mode.
The default settings are in accordance with the 3GPP2 specifications.
Setting

Default value

Frequency Span

2 MHz

ACP Standard

1xEV-DO0 MC1

Number of adjacent channels

0

Adjacent Channel Power

On

1300.2519.12

4.358

E-11

R&S FSL

1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer (Option K84)

In order to provide a quick swap from the base unit to the 1xEV-DO0 BTS Analyzer option, some
parameters are passed on.
Transferred parameter
Reference Level
Ref Level Offset
RBW
VBW
# of Samples

Refer also to the Power softkey in the measurement menu.
Adjacent Channel Power
The Adjacent Channel Power measurement analyses the power of the TX channel and the power of
adjacent and alternate channels on the left and right side of the TX channel. The number of TX
channels and adjacent channels can be modified as well as the band class.
Beneath the measurement screen the bandwidth and power of the TX channel and the bandwidth,
spacing and power of the adjacent and alternate channels are displayed.
The default settings are in accordance with the 3GPP2 specifications.
Setting

Default value

Adjacent Channel Power

On

ACP Standard

1xEV-DO0 MC1

Number of adjacent channels

2

In order to provide a quick swap from the base unit to the 1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer option, some
parameters are passed on.
Transferred parameter
Reference Level
Ref Level Offset
RBW
VBW
# of Adjacent Channels
Sweep Time
Span
Fast ACP Mode

For details on the softkeys of the Adjacent Channel Power measurement refer to the Adjacent
Channel Power softkey in the measurement menu.

1300.2519.12

4.359

E-11

1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer (Option K84)

R&S FSL

Spectrum Emission Mask
The Spectrum Emission Mask measurement shows the quality of the measured signal by
comparing the power values in the frequency range near the carrier against a spectral mask that is
defined by the 3GPP2 specifications. The limits depend on the selected bandclass. In this way, the
performance of the DUT can be tested and the emissions and their distance to the limit be
identified.
Note that the 3GPP2 standard does not distinguish between spurious and spectral emissions.
Beneath the measurement screen a table showing the peak list. In the peak list the values for the
worst spectral emissions are displayed including their frequency and power.
The default settings of the Spectrum Emission Mask measurement are listed in the table below.
Setting

Default value

Frequency Span

8 MHz

Sweep Time

100 ms

Detector

RMS

In order to provide a quick swap from the base unit to the 1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer option, some
parameters are passed on.
Transferred Parameter
Reference Level
Ref Level Offset
Center Frequency
Frequency Offset
Trigger settings

For details on the softkeys of the Spectrum Emission Mask measurement refer to the Spectrum
Emission Mask softkey in the measurement menu.
Occupied Bandwidth
The Occupied Bandwidth measurement determines the bandwidth in which the signal power can be
found. By default the bandwidth is displayed in which 99% of the signal is found. The percentage of
the signal power included in the measurement can be modified.
In the top right corner of the screen, the bandwidth and frequency markers are displayed.
The default settings of the Occupied Bandwidth measurement are listed in the table below.
Setting

Default value

Occupied Bandwidth

ON

Frequency Span

4.2 MHz

Sweep Time

100 ms

RBW

30 kHz

VBW

300 kHz

Detector

RMS

1300.2519.12

4.360

E-11

R&S FSL

1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer (Option K84)

In order to provide a quick swap from the base unit to the 1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer option, some
parameters are passed on.
Transferred parameter
Reference Level
Ref Level Offset
RBW
VBW
Sweep Time
Span

For details on the softkeys of the Occupied Bandwidth measurement see Occupied Bandwidth in
the measurement menu.
Complementary Cumulative Distribution Function (CCDF)
The CCDF measurement displays the CCDF and the Crest factor. The CCDF shows distribution of
the signal amplitudes. For the measurement, a signal section of settable length is recorded
continuously in a zero span. The measurement is useful to determine errors of linear amplifiers.
The Crest factor is defined as the difference of the peak power and the mean power.
Beneath the measurement screen a table containing the number of included samples, mean and
peak power and the Crest factor is displayed.
The default settings of the CCDF measurement are listed in the table below.
Setting

Default value

CCDF

ON

RBW

10 MHz

Detector

Sample

In order to provide a quick swap from the base unit to the 1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer option, some
parameters are passed on.
Transferred parameter
Reference Level
Ref Level Offset
RBW
# of Samples

For details on the softkeys of the CCDF measurement see CCDF in the measurement menu.
In a transition from the base unit to the 1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer option, external trigger sources are
preserved, all other trigger sources are switched to the Free Run trigger mode. Additional trigger
settings are preserved.

1300.2519.12

4.361

E-11

1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer (Option K84)

R&S FSL

Power vs Time
The Power vs Time measurement examines a specified number of half slots. Up to 36 half slots can
be captured and processed simultaneously. That means that for a standard measurement of 100
half slots only three data captures are necessary. After the capturing of the data theR&S FSL
averages the measured values and compares the results to the emission envelope mask. You can
define the emission envelope mask in the corresponding submenu.
Setting

Default value

Frequency Span

0 (Zero Span)

Sweep Time

833.38 Ms

RBW

3 MHz

VBW

10 MHz

Detector

RMS

Trace Mode

Average

In order to provide a quick swap from the base unit to the 1xEV-DO0 BTS Analyzer option, some
parameters are passed on.
Transferred Parameter
Reference Level
Ref Level Offset
Center Frequency
Frequency Offset
Trigger settings

For details on the softkeys of the Power vs Time measurement see Power vs Time in the
measurement menu.

1300.2519.12

4.362

E-11

R&S FSL

1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer (Option K84)

Channel Type Characteristics
The following table shows the relationship between symbol rate, spreading factor, number of symbols,
number of bits, number of chips and the channel type.
Channel
Type

Spreading
Factor

Symbol Rate Modulation Type

Chips per Slot

Symbols per
Bits per Slot and Code
Slot and Code
Mapping I or Q
Mapping Complex

PILOT

32

38.4 ksps

BPSK-I or BPSK-Q

96*2=192

6

6

12

MAC

Rev. 0
Rev. A

19.2 ksps
64
128 9.6 ksps

BPSK-I or BPSK-Q

64*4=256

4
2

4
2

8
4

Rev. 0

32

38.4 ksps

BPSK-I or BPSK-Q

Rev. A

64

19.2 ksps

BPSK-I or BPSK-Q

2
4
8
16
32
1
2
4
8
16

2
4
8
16
32
1
2
4
8
16

4
8
16
32
64
2
4
8
16
32

76.8 ksps

QPSK, 8-PSK,
16QAM

PREAMBLE

DATA

16

Preamble length
64:
128:
256:
512:
1024:
64:
128:
256:
512:
1024:

Mapping always Complex
Modulation Type

400*4
-PreambleChips
=DataNettoChips
1600-0 = 1600
1600-64 = 1536
1600-128 = 1472
1600-256 = 1344
1600-512 = 1088
1600-1024=576

QPSK
100
96
92
84
68
36

200
192
184
168
136
72

8-PSK

16QAM
400
384
368
336
272
144

300
288
276
252
204
104

Predefined Channel Tables
Predefined channel tables offer access to a quick configuration for the channel search. The 1xEV-DO
BTS Analyzer option provides the following set of channel tables compliant with the 1xEV-DO
specification:
•

DPQPSK:
Channel table with channel types PILOT/MAC/PREAMBLE/DATA with modulation type QPSK in
channel type DATA and the following listed active codes in channel types.

•

DO8PSK:
Channel table with channel types PILOT/MAC/PREAMBLE/DATA with modulation type 8–PSK in
channel type DATA and the following listed active codes in channel types.

•

DO16QAM:
Channel table with channel types PILOT/MAC/PREAMBLE/DATA with modulation type 16–QAM in
channel type DATA and the following listed active codes in channel types.

•

DO_IDLE:
Channel table with channel types PILOT/MAC – known as IDLE slot, since it does not contain any
active channels in the DATA channel type.

1300.2519.12

4.363

E-11

1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer (Option K84)

R&S FSL

Tabelle 4-17: Base station channel table DOQPSK with QPSK modulation in DATA area
Channel Type

Number of
Channels

Code Channel (Walsh
Code.SF)

Mosulation /
Mapping

Pilot

1

0.32

BPSK-I

Mac

5

2.64 (RA)
3.64
4.64
34.64
35.64

BPSK-I
BPSK-I
BPSK-I
BPSK-Q
BPSK-Q

Preamble (64 chips long)

1

3,32

BPSK-I

Data

16

0.16
1.16
2.16
...
13.16
14.16
15.16

QPSK
QPSK
QPSK
QPSK
QPSK
QPSK

Tabelle 4-18: Base station channel table DO8PSK with 8-PSK modulation in DATA area
Channel Type

Number of Channels

Code Channel (Walsh
Code.SF)

Mosulation /
Mapping

Pilot

1

0.32

BPSK-I

Mac

5

2.64 (RA)
3.64
4.64
34.64
35.64

BPSK-I
BPSK-I
BPSK-I
BPSK-Q
BPSK-Q

Preamble (64 chips long)

1

3,32

BPSK-I

Data

16

0.16
1.16
2.16
...
13.16
14.16
15.16

8-PSK
8-PSK
8-PSK
8-PSK
8-PSK
8-PSK

Tabelle 4-19: Base station channel table DO16QAM with 16QAM modulation in DATA area
Channel Type

Number of Channels

Code Channel (Walsh
Code.SF)

Mosulation /
Mapping

Pilot

1

0.32

BPSK-I

Mac

5

2.64 (RA)
3.64
4.64
34.64
35.64

BPSK-I
BPSK-I
BPSK-I
BPSK-Q
BPSK-Q

Preamble (64 chips long)

1

3,32

BPSK-I

Data

16

0.16
1.16
2.16
...
13.16
14.16
15.16

16-QAM
16-QAM
16-QAM

1300.2519.12

4.364

16-QAM
16-QAM
16-QAM

E-11

R&S FSL

1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer (Option K84)

Tabelle 4-20: Base station test model DO_IDLE for idle slot configuration
Channel Type

Number of Channels

Code Channel (Walsh
Code.SF)

Mosulation /
Mapping

Pilot

1

0.32

BPSK-I

Mac

5

2.64 (RA)

BPSK-I

Softkeys of the Code Domain Analyzer Menu (1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer mode)
The following table shows all softkeys available in the main menu of the 1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer option
(MENU key). It is possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is
only available with a special option, model or (measurement) mode, this information is delivered in the
corresponding softkey description.
Menu / Command

Menu / Command

Settings

Settings Overview

Command

Frontend Settings
IQ Capture Settings
Demod Settings
Channel Table Settings

New

Add Channel
Delete Channel
Meas
Sort
Save
Cancel
Reload

Copy

Same as New

Delete
Edit

Same as New

Restore Default Tables
Result Settings
Screen Focus A/B
Screen Size Split/Full
Select Meas
Chan Type
Select Code/Slot
Adjust Ref Level

1300.2519.12

4.365

E-11

1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer (Option K84)

R&S FSL

Settings
Opens a submenu to configure the Code Domain Analyzer result displays with the following
softkeys:
–

Frontend Settings

–

IQ Capture Settings

–

Demod Settings

–

Channel Table Settings

–

Result Settings

Settings Overview
This softkey opens the Settings Overview dialog box that visualizes the data flow of the Code
Domain Analyzer and summarizes all of the current settings. In addition, the current settings can
be changed via the Settings Overview dialog box.

To change the settings, either use the rotary knob or the cursor keys to change the focus to any
other block or press one of the following softkeys:
–

Frontend Settings

–

IQ Capture Settings

–

Demod Settings

–

Channel Table Settings

–

Result Settings

When using the rotary knob or the cursor keys, press the ENTER key to open the corresponding
dialog box. The Settings Overview dialog box always remains open while settings are modified.

1300.2519.12

4.366

E-11

R&S FSL

1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer (Option K84)

Frontend Settings
Opens the Frontend Settings dialog box and corresponding softkey submenu.

In the Frontend Settings dialog box, the following parameters can be modified:
Center
Ref Level
Ref Level Offset
RF Atten Manual
RF Atten Auto
Preamp On Off

Center
For details refer to the Center softkey in the frequency menu of the base unit.

Ref Level
For details refer to the Ref Level softkey in the amplitude menu of the base unit.

Ref Level Offset
For details refer to the Ref Level Offset softkey in the amplitude menu of the base unit.

RF Atten Manual
For details refer to the RF Atten Manual softkey in the amplitude menu of the base unit.

RF Atten Auto
For details refer to the RF Atten Auto softkey in the amplitude menu of the base unit.

Preamp On Off
For details refer to the Preamp On/Off softkey in the amplitude menu of the base unit.

1300.2519.12

4.367

E-11

1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer (Option K84)

R&S FSL

IQ Capture Settings
Opens the IQ Capture Settings dialog box and corresponding softkey submenu.

In the IQ Capture Settings dialog box, the following parameters can be modified:
Capture Length
Swap IQ On Off
Trigger Source
Trigger Polarity
Trigger Offset

Capture Length
Enter the number of slots to be analyzed in the range from 2 to 12. The capture length is always
a multiple of the slot. The default setting is 3 slots.
Remote: CDP:IQL 12
Swap IQ On Off
To invert the sign of the Q-component of the signal activate the Swap IQ check box. The default
setting is OFF.
Remote: CDP:QINV ON
Trigger Source
Availbale trigger modes are Free Run and External. For more details on trigger modes refer to
"Trigger mode overview" on page 4.31. The default setting is Free Run.
Remote: TRIG:SOUR EXT
Trigger Polarity
Set the polarity of the trigger source. The sweep starts either after a positive or negative edge of
the trigger signal. The default setting is Positive.
Trigger Polarity available only for an External trigger source.
Remote: TRIG:SLOP POS

1300.2519.12

4.368

E-11

R&S FSL

1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer (Option K84)

Trigger Offset
For details refer to the Trigger Offset softkey in the trigger menu of the base unit.

Demod Settings
Opens the Demod Settings dialog box and corresponding softkey submenu.

In the Demod dialog box, the following parameters can be modified:
Revision 0 A
Multi Carrier On Off
Time Phase Estimation On Off
PN Offset

Revision 0 A
Specifies the characteristics of the signal you want to analyze. Select whether to analyze a
signal of Revision 0 or Revision A. For details on the characteristics of the revisions of the 1xEVDO standard refer to Channel Type Characteristics.
In revision A the number of active users increases. That means that the spreading factor
(number of orthogonal codes) doubles for channel types MAC and PREAMBLE.
The amount of returned trace data in the MAC and PREAMBLE channels is different for
Revision 0 and A, depending on the channel type and selected evaluation (see table above).
The R&S FSL detects all the channels on a per slot basis. Therefore the R&S FSL recognizes
changes in the channel configuration and modulation over the recorded slots.
In revision A the following modulation types are added within some of the MAC channels:
–

ON/OFF keying ACK on the I branch (OOKA-I),

–

ON/OFF keying ACK on the Q branch (OOKA-Q),

–

ON/OFF keying NACK on the I branch (OOKN-I) and the

–

ON/OFF keying NACK on the Q branch (OOKN-Q)

1300.2519.12

4.369

E-11

1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer (Option K84)

R&S FSL

If the 2 bits within an ON/OFF keying modulation are identical, the modulation is not possible to
be recognized as an ON/OFF keying modulation. If both bits are containing ‘1’ information (ON)
the modulation is identical to a BPSK and will be recognized as BPSK. If both bits are containing
‘0’ information (OFF) there is no power within that code and slot and therefore no modulation is
detected. Is the evaluation set to MAPPING COMPLEX the separate I and Q branch detection
within the result summary is not any longer selected and the modulation type will be a 2BPSK
with the coding number 5 via remote.
Remote: CONF:CDP:REV 0
Multi Carrier On Off
Activates or deactivates the Multi Carrier mode. The mode improves the processing of multi
carrier signals. It allows the measurement on one carrier out of a multi carrier signal. This is
done by activating a low pass filter and by using a special algorithm for signal detection on multi
carrier signals.
Note that the low pass filter affects the measured signal quality (e.g. EVM and RHO) compared
to a measurement without a filter. The algorithm used for signal detection slightly increases the
calculation time.
The frequency response of the low pass filter is shown below.
Frequency response of low pass filter (Multi Carrier = On)
0
-10

|H(f)| in dB

-20
-30
-40
-50
-60
-70
0

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4
0.5
0.6
Frequency in MHz

0.7

0.8

0.9

1

Remote: CONF:CDP:MCAR ON
Time Phase Estimation On Off
Actives or deactivates the timing and phase offset calculation of the channels as to the pilot
channel. If deactivated or more than 50 active channels are in the signal, the calculation does
not take place and dashes instead of values are displayed as results.
Remote: CDP:TPM ON

1300.2519.12

4.370

E-11

R&S FSL

1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer (Option K84)

PN Offset
Set the PN (Pseudo Noise) offset. The PN offset is used to distinguish the individual base
stations in a 1xEV-DO network.
The PN offset determines the offset in the circulating PN sequence in multiples of 64 chips with
reference to the event second clock trigger.
Although the parameter is always available, it only has a function in External trigger mode.
Remote: CDP:PNOF 512
Channel Table Settings
Opens the Demod Settings dialog box and corresponding softkey submenu. The dialog box
also displays the available predefined channel tables.
Predefined channel tables are a way to customize measurements. The RECENT channel table
contains the last configuration used before switching from Auto Search to Predefined. The
DO16QAM, DO8PSK, DO_IDLE and DOQPSK channel tables are included in the option per
default and are configured according to the standard. For details on the predefined channel
tables refer to Predefined Channel Tables on page 4.303. In addition, you can create new
channel tables to be used in measurements. For details refer to the New softkey.

In the Demod dialog box, the following parameters can be modified:
Channel Table
Inactive Channel Threshold
Available Channel Tables

1300.2519.12

4.371

E-11

1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer (Option K84)

R&S FSL

The softkey menu contains the following softkeys:
New
Copy
Delete
Edit
Restore Default Tables

Channel Table
Define whether to use a predefined channel table or an automatically generated channel table in
the measurements.
Auto Search

Searches the whole code domain (all permissible symbol rates and
channel numbers) for active channels.
The automatic search provides an overview of the channels contained in
the signal. If channels are not detected as being active, change the
threshold (see Inactive Channel Threshold) or select the Predefined
channel search type.

Predefined

Performs the Code Domain Analyzer measurement on the basis of the
active predefined channel table (see Channel Table Name). All
channels of a channel table are assumed to be active. For details see
Predefined Channel Tables on page 4.303.

Remote: CONF:CDP:CTAB[:STAT] ON
Remote: CONF:CDP:CTAB:SEL "DOQPSK"
Inactive Channel Threshold
Defines the minimum power which a single channel must have compared to the total signal in
order to be regarded as an active channel Channels below the specified threshold are regarded
as "inactive". The parameter is only available in the Auto Search mode of the Channel Table
Settings dialog box. .
The default value is -40 dB. With this value all channels with signals such as the 1xEV-DO test
models are located by the Code Domain Power analysis. Decrease the Inactive Channel
Threshold value, if not all channels contained in the signal are detected.
Remote: CDP:ICTR -40
Available Channel Tables
This field shows the available channel tables. To activate a predefined channel table, select the
corresponding check box by using the cursor keys and pressing the ENTER key. The selected
channel table provides a basis for future measurements (until another is chosen or Auto Search
is activated).
Using the softkeys, customized channel tables can be defined or existing channel tables can be
modified.

1300.2519.12

4.372

E-11

R&S FSL

1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer (Option K84)

New
Creates a new channel table name that can be seen in the dialog box from then on. The name
will be automatically set to 'ChannelTable'. By default, the resulting channel table is completely
empty (i.e. it contains no channel at all).
The submenu contains the following items:
Add Channel
Delete Channel
Meas
Sort
Save
Cancel
Reload

Remote: CONF:CDP:CTAB:NAME "NEW_TAB"
Add Channel
Inserts a new channel below the one selected. The default values for a new channel are:
ChannelType

MAC

Walsh Ch.SF

2.64

SymbolRate

19.2 ksps (automatically calculated)

Modulation

BPSK-I

Power

0 dB (automatically calculated)

State

Off

DomainConflict

No (automatically calculated)

To change the channel type use the dropdown menu that opens when selecting / highlighting
the Channel Type field that should be changed and pressing the ENTER key. The radio
configuration settings are changed in the same way.
To change the channel number type another channel number in the form
'ChannelNumber.SpreadingFactor' or simply the code number (see Select Code Slot for
details) in the respective field and confirm the change with the ENTER key.
To activate or deactivate a channel, simply select the field and confirm with the ENTER key.
The R&S FSL automatically checks for conflicts between two active channels.
Remote: CONF:CDP:CTAB:DATA "0…13, 2…7, 0…127, 0…30, 0, 0, 0 | 1"
Delete Channel
Deletes the selected channel without further notice.

1300.2519.12

4.373

E-11

1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer (Option K84)

R&S FSL

Meas
Initiates a measurement in Automatic Channel Search mode. The measurement results are
applied to the active channel table. The active channel table is overwritten without further notice.
The softkey is only available if the Auto Search mode is selected in the Channel Table
Settings dialog box.

Sort
Sorts the table according to the following rules.
First off, active channels are separated from inactive channels. Within these categories sorting is
then done first by the channel type and next by the spreading factor in ascending order. Last,
the sorting is done by the code number, also in ascending order.

Save
Saves the table under its specified name in the xml-format. If you edit a channel table and want
to keep the original channel table, change the name of the edited channel table before saving it.

Cancel
Closes the Edit dialog box and returns to the Channel Table Settings dialog box. Changes
applied to the channel table are lost.

Reload
Reloads the original content of the copied channel table.

Copy
Copies the selected table. All elements of the selected channel table are copied, except the
name which is set to 'Copy of '.
The submenu is the same as that of the New softkey.
Remote: CONF:CDP:CTAB:COPY "CTAB2"
Delete
Deletes the selected channel table. The currently active channel table cannot be deleted.
Remote: CONF:CDP:CTAB:DEL "CTAB2"

1300.2519.12

4.374

E-11

R&S FSL

1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer (Option K84)

Edit
Opens the Edit Channel Table dialog box and the corresponding softkey menu.

The dialog box contains the following items (grey fields can not be modified):
Item

Description

Name

Enter the name of the selected channel table, which will be
saved under .xml. Note that the old channel table
file is not deleted. The name is case sensitive and may not
contain spaces. It must be a valid MS Windows file name.

Description

Further information about the channel table can be entered

Channel Type

Select one of the channel types from the dropdown menu

Walsh Ch.SF

Enter the Channel Number (Ch) and Spreading Factor (SF).
For some channel types the possible values are limited or
preset (e.g. F-PICH, F-TDPICH and F-PDCH).

Symbol Rate/ksps

Display of the symbol rate

RC

The Radio Configuration (RC) can be customized for only
two channel types. For the F-PDCH the values can be
10(QPSK), 10(8PSK) and 10(16QAM). For CHAN channels
the Radio Configuration can either be 1-2 or 3-5.

Power/dB

Contains the measured relative code domain power. The
unit is dB. The fields are filled with values after pressing the
Meas softkey.

State

Indicates whether a channel is active or inactive

DomainConflict

A red bullet is shown if there's a conflict of any sort between
two or more channels (e.g. two conflicting channel codes)

Changes are never saved automatically. For that reason every time a change is made, the text
'*(unsaved changes)' appears in the title bar.
The corresponding softkey menu contains the same items as the New softkey.
Remote: CONF:CDP:CTAB:NAME "NEW_TAB"

1300.2519.12

4.375

E-11

1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer (Option K84)

R&S FSL

Restore Default Tables
Restores the predefined channel tables (see Predefined Channel Tables on page 4.303) to their
factory–set values. Existing channel tables with the same name as default channel tables are
replaced by this action. In this way, you can undo unintentional overwriting.
Remote: CONF:CDP:CTAB:REST
Result Settings
Opens the Result Settings dialog box.

The Result Settings dialog box contains the following parameters:
Select Code Slot
Channel Type
Mapping
Mapping Auto
Code Dom Overview
CDP Average
Code Power
Normalize

Select Code Slot
This softkey toggles between code selection and slot selection.
If the focus is on Code Selection, select a code number. Enter the code as a decimal. The range
depends on the specified channel type. For channel type PILOT and PREAMBLE values
between 0 and 31 are valid. For channel type MAC the range is between 0 and 63 and for DATA
only 63 is valid.
The following measurements take results for a Code into account: Power vs Symbol, Channel
Results, Bitstream, Symbol Constellation, EVM vs Symbol. In the following result displays, the
selcted code is highlighted in red:Code Domain Power, Channel Table, Code Domain Error.

1300.2519.12

4.376

E-11

R&S FSL

1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer (Option K84)

If the focus is on Slot selection, select a slot. Enter the number as a decimal. The range of the
values is from 0 to (Capture Length -1). Refer to Capture Length for further details.
The following measurements take results for a Slot into account: Code Domain Power, Code
Domain Error, Channel Table, Power vs Chip, Power vs Symbol, Composite Constellation,
General Results, Channel Results, Bitstream, Symbol Constellation, EVM vs Symbol. In the
Composite EVM and Peak Code Domain Error the selected slot is highlighted in red.
Remote: CDP:CODE 0...(CAPTURE LENGTH -1)
Remote: CDP:CODE 0...31 | 63
Channel Type
Select one of the following channel types for the measurement:
Also opens a softkey submenu conatining the following items:
Pilot
MAC
Preamble
Data

For further details on the characteristics of the channel types refer to Channel Type
Characteristics on page 4.363.
Remote: CDP:CTYP PIL
Pilot
Selects the Pilot channel type.
Remote: CDP:CTYP PIL
MAC
Selects the MAC channel type.
Remote: CDP:CTYP MAC
Preamble
Selects the Preamble channel type.
Remote: CDP:CTYP PRE
Data
Selects the Data channel type.
Remote: CDP:CTYP DATA

1300.2519.12

4.377

E-11

1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer (Option K84)

R&S FSL

Mapping
The mapping mode determines whether the complex signal, the I or the Q branch is analyzed in
the measurement.
Use manual mapping to obtain the option of examining any channel type as either a complex
signal or in the I and Q branch. This setting is valid for any channel type. Also refer to Mapping
Auto.
Remote: CDP:MMOD COMPL | I | Q
Mapping Auto
Automatically sets the type of mapping to be used in the measurement according to the
following table:
Channel type

Mapping

Pilot

I or Q

MAC

I or Q

Preamble

I or Q

Data

Complex

Remote: CDP:MMOD AUTO
Code Dom Overview
Activate the Overview mode and screen A displays the I branch and screen B the Q branch of
the signal.
This softkey is only available for Code Domain Power and Code Domain Error Power
measurements. When active, the Mapping and Mapping Auto softkeys are not available.
Remote: CDP:OVER ON
CDP Average
Activate CDP average and the Code Domain Analysis is averaged over all slots. For channel
type Data and Preamble this calculation assumes that preambles of different length do not occur
in the slots. If active, ALL is displayed in the Slot field above the measurement screen.
This softkey is only available for Code Domain Analysis and is required by the 1xEV-DO
standard.
Remote: CDP:AVER ON
Code Power
Selects for the Code Domain Power measurement whether the y–values are displayed as an
absolute (dBm) or relative (dB). In Relative mode the reference is the total power of the channel
type.
Remote: CALC:FEED "XPOW:CDP"
Remote: CALC:FEED "XPOW:CDP:RAT"

1300.2519.12

4.378

E-11

R&S FSL

1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer (Option K84)

Normalize
Eliminates the DC offset from the signal.
The default setting of the parameter is OFF.
Remote: CDP:NORM OFF
Screen Focus A/B
Sets the focus on the selected screen. Changes apply only to the focused screen. There are no
restrictions to the display of measurement results, i.e. you can display every result display in
either or both screens.
Remote: DISP:WIND1:SSEL
Screen Size Split/Full
Displays the result display in full screen size, or splits the screen to display two result displays.
To change settings in split screen display, set the focus on the designated result display via the
Screen Focus A/B softkey.
Remote: DISP:FORM SING
Select Meas
Opens a dialog box to select one of the measurements and result displays of the Code Domain
Analyzer:
–

Code Domain Power

–

General Results

–

Channel Results

–

Power vs Chip

–

Power vs Symbol

–

Composite EVM

–

Channel Table

–

Bitstream

–

Peak Code Domain Error

–

Code Domain Error

–

Symbol Constellation

–

EVM vs Symbol

–

Composite Constellation

For details on screen layout and default settings refer to the measurement description of the
Measurements and result display.

1300.2519.12

4.379

E-11

1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer (Option K84)

R&S FSL

Code Domain Power
Selects the Code Domain Power (CDP) result display. By default the display is set to relative
scaling.
In this result display, the total signal for one channel type is taken into account over a single slot.
The R&S FSL determines the power of the different codes and plots them in a diagram. In this
diagram, the x–axis represents the code. The y–axis is a logarithmic level axis that shows the
power of each code (either in absolute or relative values - see Code Power). To configure this
result display, use the Result Settings dialog box (Settings softkey menu, Result Settings
softkey).
The number of codes on the x axis depends on the channel type (see Channel Type). Select
the slot to be analyzed with Select Code Slot.

Activate CDP Average to perform a measurement over all slots. The CDP Average analysis is
required by the standard. In case of Data and Preamble channel types the standard assumes
that preambles of different lengths do not occur in the slots.
The power values of the assigned and unassigned codes are displayed in different colors:
–

Yellow: assigned code

–

Cyan: unassigned code

For details on the inactive channel threshhold refer to Inactive Channel Threshold.
Set the mapping with Mapping. There is also an auto mapping function available (see Mapping
Auto). It causes complex mapping to be analyzed separately for the Data channel type and
mapping for the I or Q branch to be analyzed separately for the other channel types. In the latter
case the I/Q selection can be set by means of the SELECT I/Q softkey. For a separate analysis
of the I and Q branch, activate Code Dom Overview mode. Screen A displays the I branch and
screen B the Q branch of the signal.
Another option for obtaining an overview of the CDP is to enable complex mapping (see
Mapping). The code domain power is then constantly displayed as a complex analysis on
screen A for the selected channel type.
In case of an analysis of the Data channel, the results of complex analysis are approximately 3
dB higher than the results of a separate I or Q analysis. This is because 50% of the power
values are distributed to I and Q, respectively, for the complex modulation types of the DATA
channel type.
Remote: CALC:FEED "XPOW:CDP:RAT"
Remote: CALC:FEED "XPOW:CDP"
Remote: CDP:OVER ON

1300.2519.12

4.380

E-11

R&S FSL

1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer (Option K84)

General Results
Under General Results, the measurement results that concern the total signal or the entire
period of observation are displayed. The upper part of the result display shows the global
results, i.e. results for all channels:
–

Carrier Frequency Error (absolute and relative)

Shows the frequency error referred to the center frequency. The absolute frequency error is the
sum of the frequency error of the analyzer and that of the device under test.
Differences of more than 4.0 kHz between transmitter and receiver frequency impair the
synchronization of the CDP measurement. If at all possible, the transmitter and the receiver
should be synchronized.
The unit of the frequency error is either Hz or ppm referred to the carrier frequency.
–

Chip Rate Error

Shows the chip rate error (1.2288 Mcps) in ppm. A large chip rate error results in symbol errors
and, consequently, in possible synchronization errors for CDP measurements.
This measurement result is also valid if the analyzer was not able to synchronize onto the 1xEV–
DO signal.
–

Trigger to Frame

This measurement result reproduces the timing offset from the beginning of the acquired signal
section until the start of the first slot. In case of triggered data acquisition, this corresponds to the
timing offset frame to trigger (+ trigger offset) until the start of the first slot. If the analyzer was
not able to synchronize onto the 1xEV–DO signal, the value of Trg to Frame is not meaningful.
For the Free Run trigger mode, dashes (–––) are displayed.
–

RHO Pilot

Shows the quality parameter RHO for the pilot channel. According to the standard, RHO is
measured over all slots.
–

RHO ov -1/2

Shows the quality parameter RHO for all chips and over all slots. According to the standard, the
averaging limit is on the half slot limit.
–

RHO MAC

Shows the quality parameter RHO for the MAC channel
–

RHO DATA

Shows the quality parameter RHO for the Data channel
The bottom part of General Results shows results specific to the selected slot:
–

Power PILOT

Shows the absolute power of the Pilot channel in dBm.
–

Power MAC

Shows the absolute power of the MAC channel in dBm.
–

Power DATA

Shows the absolute power of the Pilot channel in dBm.
–

Power PREAMBLE

Shows the absolute power of the Preamble channel in dBm.

1300.2519.12

4.381

E-11

1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer (Option K84)
–

R&S FSL

Composite EVM

The composite EVM value is the difference between the test signal and ideal reference signal
(also see Composite EVM).
–

Max. Pwr DATA

Shows the maximum power of the Data channel. This is the highest value of the I- and Q-branch
of the Data channel.
–

Min. Pwr. DATA

Shows the minimum power of the Data channel. This is the smallest value of the I- and Qbranch of the Data channel.
–

Data Mode Type

Shows the modulation type of the Data channel.
–

Act. MAC Chs

Shows the number of active MAC channels.
–

Act. DATA Chs

Shows the number of active Data channels.
–

Preamble Length

Shows the length of the preamble in chips. If no preamble is present in the slot, this value is 0.
–

RHO

Shows the quality parameter RHO calculated over a slot.
–

Max. inact. Pwr MAC

Shows the maximum power of inactive MAC channels. This is the highest inactive channel from
the I- and Q-branch of the MAC channels.
Remote: CALC:FEED "XTIM:CDP:ERR:SUMM"
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:RES?
Channel Results
Under Channel Results, the measurement results that concern a specific channel are displayed.
The upper part of the result display shows common results for the selected channel:
–

Power

Shows the total power of the selected channel type.
–

IQ Imbalance

Shows the IQ imbalance of the signal in percent.
–

Pk CDE (SF xx/IQ)

The Peak Code Domain Error measurement specifies a projection of the difference between test
signal and ideal reference signal to the spreading factor that belongs to the channel type. This
spreading factor is shown in brackets.
–

IQ Offset

Shows the DC offset of the signal in percent.
The bottom part of the result display shows results specific to the selected channel type and the
selected slot:

1300.2519.12

4.382

E-11

R&S FSL
–

1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer (Option K84)

Symbol Rate

Shows the symbol rate with which the channel is transmitted.
–

Channel.SF

Shows the code number and its associated spreading factor.
–

Symbol EVM

Shows the peak and the mean values of the Error Vector Magnitude measurement (also see
EVM vs Symbol).
–

Timing Offset

Shows the timing offset between the selected channel and the first active channel in the channel
type (also see Time Phase Estimation On Off).
–

Phase Offset

Shows the phase offset between the selected channel and the first active channel in the channel
type (also see Time Phase Estimation On Off).
–

Channel Pwr Rel

Shows the relative channel power (referred to the total power of the channel type).
–

Channel Pwr Abs

Shows the absolute channel power (referred to the total power of the channel type).
–

Modulation Type

Shows the modulation type of the channel.
Remote: CALC:FEED "XTIM:CDP:ERR:SUMM"
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:RES?
Power vs Chip
Selects the Power vs Chip result display.
This result display shows the chip powers for the selected slot. Thus, there are 2048 power
values in one trace. This analysis accordingly takes the total signal for the duration of one slot
into account.

Select the slot to be analyzed with Select Code Slot.
Due to the symmetric structure of the 1xEV-DO forward link signal, it is easy to identify which
channel types in the slot have power.
Remote: CALC2:FEED "XTIM:CDP:PVCH"

1300.2519.12

4.383

E-11

1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer (Option K84)

R&S FSL

Power vs Symbol
Selects the Power versus Symbol result display.
This result display shows the power of each symbol for the selected code (see Select Code
Slot) and the Channel Type.

The result display shows the absolute power at each symbol time for a selected code of a
specific channel and the selected slot. It thus takes results of a code of the selected channel
type into account.
The number of symbols on the x axis is between 2 and 100.
Remote: CALC2:FEED "XTIM:CDP:PVSY"
Composite EVM
Selects the result display of the error vector magnitude (EVM) over the total signal (modulation
accuracy).
In this result display, the square root is determined from the error square between the real and
imaginary parts of the test signal and an ideally generated reference signal (EVM referred to the
total signal).

The result display consists of a composite EVM measured value for each slot. You can set the
number of slots by the Capture Length. Subsequently, the Composite EVM result display takes
the whole signal into account over the entire period of observation. The selected slot is marked
in red.
Only the channels detected as being active are used to generate the ideal reference signal. If a
channel is not detected as being active, e.g. on account of low power, the difference between
the test signal and the reference signal and the composite EVM is therefore very large.
Distortions also occur if unassigned codes are wrongly given the status of "active channel". To
obtain reliable measurement results, select an adequate channel threshold via the Inactive
Channel Threshold field.
Remote: CALC2:FEED "XTIM:CDP:MACC"

1300.2519.12

4.384

E-11

R&S FSL

1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer (Option K84)

Channel Table
Selects the Channel Occupancy Table analysis.
In this result display all active channels are displayed. Therefore the channel table can contain
up to 146 entries: one entry for Pilot and Preamble channel each, 16 entries for the Data
channel and 128 entries for the MAC channel (64 on the I and Q branch respectively). The
Channel Table result display takes into account the total signal over one slot. Select the slot to
be analyzed in the Select Code Slot field.
The channels are listed in the following order: first the Pilot channel, then the MAC and
Preamble channels and the Data channel last. Within the channel types, the channels are sorted
by ascending code number.
The R&S FSL determines the following parameters for the channels:
–

Channel Type

Shows the channel type of the active channel. Possible values are Pilot, MAC and Data. For the
Preamble channel, the length in chips is similarly specified, thus resulting in the following options
for the Preamble channel type: PRE64, PRE128, PRE256, PRE512 or PRE1024.
–

CHAN.SF

Channel number including the spreading factor (in the form .).
–

Symb Rate

Symbol rate with which the channel is transmitted.
–

Modulation / Mapping

Shows the modulation type of the channel. For Data channels possible values are QPSK, 8-PSK
and 16 QAM. For all other channel types possible values are either BPSK-I or BPSK-Q.
–

Pwr Abs / Pwr Rel

Specification of the absolute and relative power (referred to the total power in the channel type)
of the channel.
–

T Offs

Shows the timing offset between the current channel and the first active channel. It can be
enabled by means of Time Phase Estimation On Off.
–

Ph Offs

Phase offset between this channel and the first active channel. It can be enabled by means of
Time Phase Estimation On Off.
Remote: CALC:FEED "XTIM:CDP:ERR:CTAB"
Bitstream
Selects the Bitstream result display.
The result display provides information on the demodulated bits for the selected channel type
and the selected code. It thus takes into account results of a code in the selected channel type
for one slot.
Depending on the symbol rate of the channel type, the number of chips of the channel type, and
the modulation type, a minimum of 4 and a maximum of 400 bits can be contained in a slot

1300.2519.12

4.385

E-11

1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer (Option K84)

R&S FSL

Depending on the modulation type, a symbol consists of the following bits:
–

BPSK: 1 bit (only the I or the Q component is assigned; in case of complex mapping a 2BPSK
modulation is displayed with both the I and Q components)

–

QPSK: 2 bits (I–component followed by the Q–component)

–

8PSK: 3 bits

–

16QAM: 4 bits

Depending on the channel type, the following modulation types are available:
Pilot:

BPSK-I

MAC:

BPSK-I / BPSK-Q

Preamble:

BPSK-I

Data:
QPSK / 8-PSK / 16QAM
All bits that are part of unassigned codes are marked as being invalid by means of dashes. For
16QAM modulation '----' is displayed, for 8PSK modulation '---', for QPSK '--' and for BPSK '-'. To
set the channel and the slot, use the Select Code Slot softkey.
A certain symbol can be selected by using the MKR key. By enetering a number, the marker will
jump to the selected symbol. If there are more symbols than the screen is capable of displaying,
the marker can also be used to scroll inside the list.
Remote: CALC:FEED "XTIM:CDP:BSTR"
Peak Code Domain Error
Selects the Peak Code Domain Error result display.
In this result display, the error between the test signal and the ideally generated reference signal
is projected to the base spreading factor. The unit of the y–axis is dB. You can not specify the
spreading factor; it is automatically set by the channel type.

The result display consists of the numeric value per slot for the peak code domain error. You
can set the number of slots in the Capture Length field. Subsequently, the Peak Code Domain
Error result display takes the whole signal (i.e. all channel types) into account over the entire
period of observation. The selected slot is marked in red.
Only the channels detected as being active are used to generate the ideal reference signal. If a
channel is not detected as being active, e.g. on account of low power, the difference between
the test signal and the reference signal is very large. The result display therefore shows a peak
code domain error that is too high for all slots. Distortions also occur if unassigned codes are
wrongly given the status of "active channel". To obtain reliable measurement results, select an
adequate channel threshold via the Inactive Channel Threshold field.
Remote: CALC:FEED "XTIM:CDP:ERR:PCD"

1300.2519.12

4.386

E-11

R&S FSL

1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer (Option K84)

Code Domain Error
Selects the Code Domain Error Power (CDEP) result display.
This result display shows the difference in power between measured and ideally generated
reference signals for each code in dB. Since it is an error power, active and inactive channels
can be rated jointly at a glance. The total signal is taken into account over a single slot. The
error power is determined and plotted in a diagram. In this diagram, the x–axis represents the
code number, which depends on the channel type. The y–axis is a logarithmic level axis that
shows the power of each code. To configure this result display, use the Result Settings dialog
box (Settings softkey menu, Result Settings softkey).

The power values of the assigned and unassigned codes are displayed in different colors:
–

Yellow: assigned code

–

Cyan: unassigned code

Remote: CALC:FEED "XTIM:CDP"
Symbol Constellation
Selects the Symbol Constellation result display.
The measurement shows the constellation of the modulated signals of the selected code against
the channel type and slot (see Select Code Slot and Channel Type). Supported modulation
schemes are BPSK, QPSK, 8PSK and 16QAM. Unassigned codes can be measured, but the
result is meaningless since these do not contain data.

The BPSK constellation points are displayed on the x-axis, while the constellation points of
QPSK and 16QAM are located on neither axis.
Remote: CALC:FEED "XTIM:CDP:SYMB:CONS"

1300.2519.12

4.387

E-11

1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer (Option K84)

R&S FSL

EVM vs Symbol
Selects the Symbol Error Vector Magnitude result display.

The result display provides information on the EVM for the selected channel type and the
selected code on symbol level. The number of symbols is in the range from 2 to 100.
Evaluation of the symbol error vector magnitude for unassigned codes is possible, but the
results are not valid.
Remote: CALC:FEED "XTIM:CDP:SYMB:EVM"
Composite Constellation
Selects the Composite Constellation result display.

The measurement provides information about the constellation points at chip level. The total
signal is taken into account over the selected slot. Therefore it is not possible to select a specific
code. For each chip, a constellation point is displayed in the diagram. The number of displayed
chip is dependent on the channel type and, in case of Preamble and Data channels, on the
length of the preamble. The number of chips lies between 64 and 1600 chips.
Remote: CALC:FEED "XTIM:CDP:COMP:CONS"
Chan Type
Opens submenu containing the following softkeys:
Command
Screen Focus A/B
Select Meas
Chan Type Pilot Mac
Chan Type Preamble Data
Code Dom Overview
Mapping Auto
Mapping Complex I Q

1300.2519.12

4.388

E-11

R&S FSL

1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer (Option K84)

Screen Focus A/B
For details refer to Screen Focus A/B.

Select Meas
For details refer to Select Meas.

Chan Type Pilot Mac
Select either the Pilot or Mac channel type.
For further details on the characteristics of the channel types refer to Channel Type
Characteristics on page 4.363.
Remote: CDP:CTYP MAC | PIL
Chan Type Preamble Data
Select either the Preamble or Data channel type.
For further details on the characteristics of the channel types refer to Channel Type
Characteristics on page 4.363.
Remote: CDP:CTYP PRE | DATA
Code Dom Overview
For details refer to Code Dom Overview.

Mapping Auto
For details refer to Mapping Auto.

Mapping Complex I Q
For details refer to Mapping.

Select Code/Slot
For details refer to Select Code Slot.

1300.2519.12

4.389

E-11

1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer (Option K84)

R&S FSL

Adjust Ref Level
Adjusts the reference level to the measured channel power. This ensures that the settings of the
RF attenuation and reference level are optimally adjusted to the signal level without overloading
the R&S FSL or limiting the dynamic range by a too small S/N ratio.
Current measurements are aborted when pressing the softkey and resumed after the automatic
level detection is finished.
For further details refer also to the Adjust Ref Level softkey in the measurement menu of the
base unit.
Remote: CDP:LEV:ADJ

Softkeys of the frequency menu (1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer mode)
The following table shows all softkeys available in the frequency menu in 1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer
mode. It is possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only
available with a special option, model or (measurement) mode, this information is delivered in the
corresponding softkey description.
Command
Center
Start
Stop
CF-Stepsize

Center
For details refer to the Center softkey in the frequency menu of the base unit.

Start
Opens an edit dialog box to define the start frequency. For further details refer to the Start
softkey in the frequency menu of the base unit.
Note that the softkey is unavailable for Code Domain and CCDF measurements.
Remote: FREQ:STAR 800 MHz
Stop
Opens an edit dialog box to define the stop frequency. For further details refer to the Stop
softkey in the frequency menu of the base unit.
Note that the softkey is unavailable for Code Domain and CCDF measurements.
Remote: FREQ:STOP 1.500 MHz
CF-Stepsize
For details including the submenu refer to the CF Stepsize softkey in the frequency menu of the
base unit.

1300.2519.12

4.390

E-11

R&S FSL

1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer (Option K84)

Softkeys of the span menu (1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer mode)
The following table shows all softkeys available in the span menu in 1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer mode. It
is possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only available
with a special option, model or measurement mode, this information is delivered in the corresponding
softkey description.
Note that the span menu is not available for code domain measurements and the signal power
measurement.
Command
Span Manual
Sweeptime Manual
Start
Stop
Full Span
Last Span

Span Manual
For details refer to the Span Manual softkey in the span menu of the base unit.

Sweeptime Manual
For details refer to the Sweeptime Manual softkey in the bandwidth menu of the base unit.

Start
For details refer to the Start softkey in the span menu of the base unit.

Stop
For details refer to the Stop softkey in the span menu of the base unit.

Full Span
For details refer to the Full Span softkey in the span menu of the base unit.

Last Span
For details refer to the Last Span softkey in the span menu of the base unit.

1300.2519.12

4.391

E-11

1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer (Option K84)

R&S FSL

Softkeys of the amplitude menu (1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer mode)
The following table shows all softkeys available in the amplitude menu in 1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer
mode. It is possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only
available with a special option, model or measurement mode, this information is delivered in the
corresponding softkey description.
Menu / Command

Command

Ref Level
Adjust Ref Level
Ref Level Offset
Preamp On/Off
Scaling

Auto Scale Once
y-Axis Maximum
y-Axis Minimum

RF Atten Manual
RF Atten Auto

Ref Level
For details refer to the Ref Level softkey in the amplitude menu of the base unit.

Adjust Ref Level
For details refer to the Adjust Ref Level softkey in the Code Domain Analyzer menu.

Ref Level Offset
For details refer to the Ref Level Offset softkey in the amplitude menu of the base unit.

Preamp On/Off
For details refer to the Preamp On/Off softkey in the amplitude menu of the base unit.
Note that this softkey is only available if the hardware option RF Preamplifier B22 is installed.

Scaling
Opens a submenu with the following softkeys:
Auto Scale Once
y-Axis Maximum
y-Axis Minimum

This submenu is only available for code domain measurements.

1300.2519.12

4.392

E-11

R&S FSL

1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer (Option K84)

Auto Scale Once
Automatically scales the y-axis of the grid of the selected screen with respect to the measured
data.
The softkey is available for the following measurements: Code Domain Power, Code Domain
Error, Composite EVM. Peak Code Domain Error, Peak Code Domain Error vs PCG, Power vs
PCG, EVM vs Symbol and Power vs Symbol.
Remote: DISP:TRAC:Y:AUTO ONCE
y-Axis Maximum
Opens a dialog box to set the maximum value for the y-axis of the grid of the selected screen.
The softkey is available for the following measurements: Code Domain Power, Code Domain
Error, Composite EVM. Peak Code Domain Error, Peak Code Domain Error vs PCG, Power vs
PCG, EVM vs Symbol and Power vs Symbol.
Remote: DISP:TRAC:Y:MAX -40
y-Axis Minimum
Opens a dialog box to set the minimum value for the y-axis of the grid of the selected screen.
The softkey is available for the following measurements: Code Domain Power, Code Domain
Error, Composite EVM. Peak Code Domain Error, Peak Code Domain Error vs PCG, Power vs
PCG, EVM vs Symbol and Power vs Symbol.
Remote: DISP:TRAC:Y:MIN 50
RF Atten Manual
For details refer to the RF Atten Manual softkey in the amplitude menu of the base unit.

RF Atten Auto
For details refer to the RF Atten Auto softkey in the amplitude menu of the base unit.

1300.2519.12

4.393

E-11

1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer (Option K84)

R&S FSL

Softkeys of the bandwidth menu (1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer mode)
The following table shows all softkeys available in the bandwidth menu in 1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer
mode. It is possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only
available with a special option, model or measurement mode, this information is delivered in the
corresponding softkey description.
Note that the softkeys of the bandwidth menu are not available for code domain measurements and are
inactive for the CCDF measurement.
Command
Res BW Manual
Res BW Auto
Video BW Manual
Video BW Auto
Sweeptime Manual
Sweeptime Auto
Filter Type

Res BW Manual
For details refer to the Res BW Manual softkey in the bandwidth menu of the base unit.

Res BW Auto
For details refer to the Res BW Auto softkey in the bandwidth menu of the base unit.

Video BW Manual
For details refer to the Video BW Manual softkey in the bandwidth menu of the base unit.

Video BW Auto
For details refer to the Video BW Auto softkey in the bandwidth menu of the base unit.

Sweeptime Manual
For details refer to the Sweeptime Manual softkey in the bandwidth menu of the base unit.

Sweeptime Auto
For details refer to the Sweeptime Auto softkey in the bandwidth menu of the base unit.

Filter Type
For details refer to the Filter Type softkey in the bandwidth menu of the base unit.

1300.2519.12

4.394

E-11

R&S FSL

1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer (Option K84)

Softkeys of the sweep menu (1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer mode)
The following table shows all softkeys available in the sweep menu in 1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer mode. It
is possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only available
with a special option, model or measurement mode, this information is delivered in the corresponding
softkey description.
Command
Continuous Sweep
Single Sweep
Sweeptime Manual
Sweeptime Auto
Sweep Count
Sweep Points

Continuous Sweep
For details refer to the Continuous Sweep softkey in the sweep menu of the base unit.

Single Sweep
For details refer to the Single Sweep softkey in the sweep menu of the base unit.

Continue Single Sweep
For details refer to the Continue Single Sweep softkey in the sweep menu of the base unit.

Sweeptime Manual
For details refer to the Sweeptime Manual softkey in the sweep menu of the base unit.
The softkey is not available for code domain and the CCDF measurements.

Sweeptime Auto
For details refer to the Sweeptime Auto softkey in the sweep menu of the base unit.
The softkey is not available for code domain and the CCDF measurements.

Sweep Count
For details refer to the Sweep Count softkey in the sweep menu of the base unit.

Sweep Points
For details refer to the Sweep Points softkey in the sweep menu of the base unit.

1300.2519.12

4.395

E-11

1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer (Option K84)

R&S FSL

Softkeys of the trigger menu (1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer mode)
The following table shows all softkeys available in the trigger menu in 1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer mode. It
is possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only available
with a special option, model or measurement mode, this information is delivered in the corresponding
softkey description.
Command
Trigger Source
Trigger Polarity Pos/Neg
Trigger Offset

Trigger Source
For details refer to the Trigger Source softkey of the IQ Capture Settings dialog box.

Trigger Polarity Pos/Neg
For details refer to the Trigger Polarity softkey of the IQ Capture Settings dialog box.

Trigger Offset
For details refer to the Trigger Offset softkey in the trigger menu of the base unit.

Softkeys of the trace menu (1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer mode)
The following table shows all softkeys available in the trace menu in 1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer mode. It
is possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only available
with a special option, model or measurement mode, this information is delivered in the corresponding
softkey description.
Command
Trace Mode
Screen Focus A/B
Screen Size Full/Split
Scaling

Auto Scale Once
y-Axis Maximum
y-Axis Minimum

Sweep Count

Trace Mode
Opens a dialog box, in which the trace mode can be selected. For details on the various trace
modes refer to the Trace mode overview on page 4.40.
Note that the Blank trace mode is not available for the code domain measurements.
Remote: DISP:TRAC:MODE AVER

1300.2519.12

4.396

E-11

R&S FSL

1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer (Option K84)

Screen Focus A/B
For details refer to the Screen Focus A/B softkey in the Code Domain Analyzer root menu.

Screen Size Full/Split
For details refer to the Screen Size Split/Full softkey in the Code Domain Analyzer root menu.

Scaling
For details refer to the Scaling softkey in the amplitude menu.

Auto Scale Once
For details refer to the Auto Scale Once softkey in the amplitude menu.

y-Axis Maximum
For details refer to the y-Axis Maximum softkey in the amplitude menu.

y-Axis Minimum
For details refer to the y-Axis Minimum softkey in the amplitude menu.

Sweep Count
For details refer to the Sweep Count softkey in the sweep menu of the base unit.

Softkeys of the marker menu (1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer mode)
The following table shows all softkeys available in the marker menu in 1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer mode.
It is possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only
available with a special option, model or measurement mode, this information is delivered in the
corresponding softkey description.
The softkeys of the marker menu are not available for the Result Summary, Channel Table and CCDF
measurements.
Command
Marker 1
Marker 2
Marker 3
Marker 4
Marker Norm/Delta
All Marker Off
Percent Marker

1300.2519.12

4.397

E-11

1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer (Option K84)

R&S FSL

Marker 1/Marker 2/Marker 3/Marker 4/Marker Norm/Delta
The Marker  softkey activates the corresponding marker and opens an edit dialog box to
enter a value for the marker to be set to. Pressing the softkey again deactivates the selected
marker. If two screens are active in the Code Domain Analyzer, each of the screens has its own
set of markers.
Marker 1 is always the reference marker for relative measurements. If activated, markers 2 to 4
are delta markers that refer to marker 1. These markers can be converted into markers with
absolute value display by means of the Marker Norm/Delta softkey. If marker 1 is the active
marker, pressing the Marker Norm/Delta softkey switches on an additional delta marker.
For the Channel Bitstream measurement only one marker (Marker 1) is available. It can be used
for scrolling and to display the number and value of a bit.
Remote: CALC:MARK ON
Remote: CALC:MARK:X 
Remote: CALC:MARK:Y?
Remote: CALC:DELT ON
Remote: CALC:DELT:X 
Remote: CALC:DELT:X:REL?
Remote: CALC:DELT:Y?
All Marker Off
For details refer to the All Marker Off softkey in the marker menu of the base unit.

Percent Marker
"Opens an edit dialog box to enter a probability value and to position marker 1. Thus, the power
which is exceeded with a given probability can be determined very easily. If marker 1 is
deactivated, it will be switched on automatically.
This softkey is only available for the CCDF measurement.
Remote: CALC:MARK:Y:PERC 0…100%

1300.2519.12

4.398

E-11

R&S FSL

1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer (Option K84)

Softkeys of the marker–> menu (1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer mode)
The following table shows all softkeys available in the marker–> menu in 1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer
mode. It is possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only
available with a special option, model or measurement mode, this information is delivered in the
corresponding softkey description.
The softkeys of the marker-> menu are not available for the Result Summary, Channel Table and
CCDF measurements.
Command
Select 1 2 3 4
Peak
Next Peak
Next Peak Mode < abs>
Min
Next Min
Next Min Mode < abs>

Select 1 2 3 4
Selects the normal marker or the delta markers, activates the marker and opens an edit dialog
stands for delta marker 1.
box to enter a value for the marker to be set to.
Since the Channel Bitstream measurements supports only one marker, this softkey is not
available for that measurement.
Remote: CALC:MARK1 ON
Remote: CALC:MARK1:X 
Remote: CALC:MARK1:Y?
Peak
For details refer to the Peak softkey in the MKR-> menu of the base unit.

Next Peak
For details refer to the Next Peak softkey in the MKR-> menu of the base unit.

Next Peak Mode < abs>
For details refer to the Next Peak Mode < abs > softkey in the MKR-> menu of the base unit.

Min
For details refer to the Min softkey in the MKR-> menu of the base unit.

1300.2519.12

4.399

E-11

1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer (Option K84)

R&S FSL

Next Min
For details refer to the Next Min softkey in the MKR-> menu of the base unit.

Next Min Mode < abs>
For details refer to the Next Min Mode < abs > softkey in the MKR-> menu of the base unit.

Softkeys of the measurement menu (1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer mode)
The following table shows all softkeys available in the measurement menu in 1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer
mode. It is possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only
available with a special option, model or (measurement) mode, this information is delivered in the
corresponding softkey description.
Menu / Command

Submenu / Command

Code Domain Analyzer
Power
Adjacent Channel Power

Bandclass
ACP Config
Sweep Time
Fast ACP On/Off
ACP Abs/Rel
Adjust Ref Level

Spectrum Emission Mask

Edit Sweep List
List Evaluation
Edit Reference Range
Edit Power Classes
Bandclass
XML Import
XML Export
Meas Start/Stop
Restore Default Files

Occupied Bandwidth

% Power Bandwidth
Channel Bandwidth
Adjust Ref Level
Adjust Settings

CCDF

Percent Marker
Res BW
# of Samples
Scaling
Adjust Settings

1300.2519.12

4.400

E-11

R&S FSL

1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer (Option K84)

Code Domain Analyzer
AActivates the Code Domain Analyzer and opens the Code Domain Analyzer menu. Select the
desired result display via this menu. For details refer to Softkeys of the Code Domain Analyzer
Menu (1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer mode).
For details on the measurements in the code domain, initial configuration and screen layout refer
to the description of the Code Domain Analysis.
Remote: CONF:CDP:MEAS CDP
Power
Activates the Signal Channel Power measurement, in which the power of a single channel is
determined.
For details on screen layout and default values see the description of the Signal Channel Power.
Remote: CONF:CDP:MEAS POW
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:RES? CPOW (result query)
Adjacent Channel Power
Activates the Adjacent Channel Power measurement.
In this measurement the power of the carrier and its adjacent and alternate channels is determined.
For details on screen layout and default values see the description of the Adjacent Channel Power.
Also opens the Adjacent Channel Power submenu containing the following softkeys:
Command
Bandclass
ACP Config
Sweep Time
Fast ACP On/Off
ACP Abs/Rel
Adjust Ref Level

Remote: CONF:CDP:MEAS ACLR
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:RES? ACP (result query)
Bandclass
softkey:Band Class (K84)"Opens a dialog box to select the bandclass. The following
bandclasses are available:
Band Class 0

800 MHz Cellular Band

Band Class 1

1.9 GHz PCS Band

Band Class 2

TACS Band

Band Class 3

JTACS Band

Band Class 4

Korean PCS Band

Band Class 5

450 MHz NMT Band

Band Class 6

2 GHz IMT-2000 Band

1300.2519.12

4.401

E-11

1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer (Option K84)

R&S FSL

Band Class 7

700 MHz Band

Band Class 8

1800 MHz Band

Band Class 9

900 MHz Band

Band Class 10

Secondary 800 MHz

Band Class 11

400 MHz European PAMR Band

Band Class 12

800 MHz PAMR Band

Band Class 13

2.5 GHz IMT-2000 Extension Band

Band Class 14

US PCS 1.9 GHz Band

Band Class 15

AWS Band

Band Class 16

US 2.5 GHz Band

Band Class 17

US 2.5 GHz Forward Link Only Band

Remote: CONF:CDP:BCL 
ACP Config
For details on the softkey and submenus refer to the CP / ACP Config softkey in the Adjacent
Channel Power submenu of the base unit.

Sweep Time
For details refer to the Sweep Time softkey in the Adjacent Channel Power submenu of the
base unit.

Fast ACP On/Off
For details refer to the Fast ACP On/Off softkey in the Adjacent Channel Power submenu of the
base unit.

ACP Abs/Rel
For details refer to the ACP Abs/Rel softkey in the Adjacent Channel Power submenu of the
base unit.

Adjust Ref Level
For details refer to the Adjust Ref Level softkey in the Code Domain Analyzer menu.

1300.2519.12

4.402

E-11

R&S FSL

1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer (Option K84)

Spectrum Emission Mask
Performs a comparison of the signal power in different carrier offset ranges with the maximum
values specified in the 1xEV-DO specification. With the exception of a few softkeys this
measurement is identical to the Spectrum Emission Mask measurement of the base unit.
For details on screen layout and default values see the description of the Spectrum Emission
Mask.
Also opens the Spectrum Emission Mask submenu containing the following softkeys:
Edit Sweep List
List Evaluation
Edit Reference Range
Edit Power Classes
Bandclass
XML Import
XML Export
Meas Start/Stop
Restore Default Files

Remote: CONF:CDP:MEAS ESP
Remote: CALC:LIM:FAIL?
Edit Sweep List
For details on the Edit Sweep List softkey and its submenu refer to the Edit Sweep List softkey
in the Spectrum Emission Mask submenu of the base unit.

List Evaluation
For details on the List Evaluation softkey and its submenu refer to the List Evaluation softkey in
the Spectrum Emission Mask submenu of the base unit.

Edit Reference Range
Opens the Reference Range dialog box. For details refer to the Edit Reference Range softkey
in the Spectrum Emission Mask submenu of the base unit.

Edit Power Classes
Opens the Power Classes dialog box. For details refer to the Edit Power Classes softkey in the
Spectrum Emission Mask submenu of the base unit.

1300.2519.12

4.403

E-11

1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer (Option K84)

R&S FSL

Bandclass
Opens a dialog box, to select a specific bandclass.
A list of the supported bandclasses can be found in the description of the Bandclass softkey in
the ACP measurement menu.
The settings for each bandclass are provided in *.xml files that are located in the directory
C:\R_S\INSTR\sem_std\EVDO\dl. The files themselves are named C2K_DL_BC01.XML
(bandclass 1) to C2K_DL_BC17.XML (bandclass 17). By selecting one of the bandclasses from
the dialog box, the correct file will be loaded automatically. The file can also be loaded manually
(see XML Import softkey).
Remote: CONF:CDP:BCL 
XML Import
Opens the XML Import dialog box, in which the *.xml file to be imported can be selected. If a file
is imported, the SEM settings specified in the file will be used. All previous SEM settings will be
lost.
Remote: ESP:PRES ""
XML Export
Opens the XML Export dialog box, in which the currently used SEM settings and parameters
can be saved and exported into an *.xml file. Enter the name of the file in the file name field.
It is also possible to save the settings under one of the default bandclass file names (see
Bandclass softkey). When overwriting one of the default files, the customized settings will be
linked to the corresponding bandclass while the default settings are lost.
To restore the default bandclass settings press the Restore Default Files softkey.
Remote: ESP:STOR ""
Meas Start/Stop
For details on the Meas Start/Stop softkey refer to the Meas Start/Stop softkey in the Spectrum
Emission Mask submenu of the base unit.

Restore Default Files
"softkey:Restore FSL K84 Files (K84)"Restores all default files of the K84 option into the
C:\R_S\INSTR\sem_std\1EVDO\dl directory. If changes have been applied to the files, these will
be lost.
Remote: ESP:PRES:REST

1300.2519.12

4.404

E-11

R&S FSL

1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer (Option K84)

Occupied Bandwidth
Activates measurement of the bandwidth assigned to the signal.
For details on screen layout and default values see the description of the Occupied Bandwidth.
Also opens the Occupied Bandwidth submenu containing the following softkeys:
% Power Bandwidth
Channel Bandwidth
Adjust Ref Level
Adjust Settings

Remote: CONF:CDP:MEAS OBAN
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:RES? OBAN (result query)
% Power Bandwidth
For details refer to the % Power Bandwidth softkey in the OBW submenu of the base unit.

Channel Bandwidth
For details refer to the Channel Bandwidth softkey in the ACP Config submenu of the base
unit.

Adjust Ref Level
For details refer to the Adjust Ref Level softkey in the Code Domain Analyzer menu.

Adjust Settings
Automatically optimizes all instrument settings for the selected channel configuration (channel
bandwidth, channel spacing) within a specific frequency range (channel bandwidth). The
adjustment is carried out only once. If necessary, the instrument settings can be changed later.
Remote: POW:ACH:PRES OBW

1300.2519.12

4.405

E-11

1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer (Option K84)

R&S FSL

CCDF
Starts the measurement of the Complementary Cumulative Distribution Function and the Crest
factor.
For details on screen layout and default values see the description of the Complementary
Cumulative Distribution Function (CCDF).
Also opens the CCDF submenu containing the following softkeys:
Percent Marker
Res BW
# of Samples
Scaling
Adjust Settings
Percent Marker

Remote: CONF:CDP:MEAS CCDF
Percent Marker
For details refer to the Percent Marker softkey in the CCDF submenu of the base unit.

Res BW
For details refer to the Res BW softkey in the CCDF submenu of the base unit.

# of Samples
For details refer to the # of Samples softkey in the CCDF submenu of the base unit.

Scaling
For details refer to the Scaling softkey and the corresponding submenu in the CCDF submenu
of the base unit.

Adjust Settings
Automatically optimizes all instrument settings for the selected channel configuration (channel
bandwidth, channel spacing) within a specific frequency range (channel bandwidth). The
adjustment is carried out only once. If necessary, the instrument settings can be changed later.
Remote: CALC:STAT:SCAL:AUTO ONCE

1300.2519.12

4.406

E-11

R&S FSL

1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer (Option K84)

Power vs Time
Starts the measurement of the Power vs Time. This measurement is required by the standard
for the Emission Envelope Mask.
For details on screen layout and default values see the description of the Power vs Time.
Also opens the PvT submenu containing the following softkeys:
Command
No of HalfSlots
RF:Slot Full Idle
Burst Fit On Off
Reference Mean Pwr
Reference Manual
Set Mean To Manual
Restart On Fail
Restore STD Lines

Remote: CONF:CDP:MEAS PVT
No of HalfSlots
Change the number of halfslots for averaging. The default value is 100.
Remote: SWE:COUN 
RF:Slot Full Idle
Defines the expected signal. Set it to either FULL or IDLE mode. The limit lines and the borders
for calculating the mean power are set. The lower and upper limit line are called DOPVTFL/
DOPVTFU for FULL and DOPVTIL/ DOPVTIU for IDLE mode. It is possible to change these
lines with the standard limit line editor.
Remote: CONF:CDP:RFS FULL
Burst Fit On Off
Activate an automatic burst alignment to the center of the diagram. If active the burst fit
algorithm searches the maximum and minimum gradient, between them the maximum peak is
determined, and from this point the 7 dB down points are searched. If these are within plausible
ranges the burst is centered in the screen, otherwise nothing will happen. The default setting is
OFF.
The softkey is only available if the RF:Slot is set to idle mode (see RF:Slot Full Idle).
Remote: CONF:CDP:PVT:BURS ON

1300.2519.12

4.407

E-11

1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer (Option K84)

R&S FSL

Reference Mean Pwr
The standard asks for the sequence to first measure the FULL slot with the limit line relative to
the mean power of the averaged time response. Therefore you should activate the Reference
Mean Power for Full slot measurements.
In this mode the mean power is calculated and the limit lines are relative to that mean power.
This value should be used also as the reference for the IDLE slot measurement.
Remote: CALC:LIM:PVT:REF AUTO
Reference Manual
Select the reference value for the limits manually (also see Reference Mean Pwr and Set Mean
To Manual).
Remote: CALC:LIM:PVT:REF MANUAL
Remote: CALC:LIM:PVT:RVAL 
Set Mean To Manual
Pressing the softkey leads to the usage of the current mean power value of the averaged time
response as the fixed reference value for the limit lines. The mode is switched to Reference
Manual. Now the IDLE slot can be selected and the measurement sequence can be finished.
(also see Reference Mean Pwr and Reference Manual).
Remote: CALC:LIM:PVT:REF ONCE
Restart On Fail
Evaluates the limit line over all results at the end of a single sweep. The sweep restarts if the
result is FAIL. On a PASS or MARGIN result, the sweep ends.
This softkey is only available in single sweep mode.
Remote: CONF:CDP:PVT:FRES ON
Restore STD Lines
Restores the limit lines defined in the standard to the state they were in when the device was
supplied. In this way unintended overwriting of the standard lines can be undone.
Remote: CALC:LIM:PVT:REST

1300.2519.12

4.408

E-11

R&S FSL

WLAN TX Measurements (Option K91 / K91n)

WLAN TX Measurements (Option K91 / K91n)
The WLAN TX Measurements option extends the functionality of the R&S FSL spectrum analyzer to
enable Wireless LAN TX measurements according to IEEE standards 802.11 a, b, g, j and n.
TX measurement of wireless LAN Device Under Test (DUT) according to the standards specified for the
device can be performed:
•

•

Modulation formats:
–

IEEE 802.11a, j, g (OFDM): BPSK, QPSK, 16QAM, 64QAM

–

IEEE 802.11b, g (single carrier): DBPSK, DQPSK, CCK (5.5 & 11 Mbps), PBCC (5.5, 11 & 22
Mbps)

–

IEEE 802.11n (OFDM): BPSK (6.5 & 7.2 Mbps), QPSK (13, 14.4, 19.5 & 21.7 Mbps), 16QAM
(26, 28.9, 39 & 43.3 Mbps), 64QAM (52, 57.8, 58.5, 65 & 72.2 Mbps)

Modulation measurements:
–

Constellation diagram

–

Constellation diagram per OFDM carrier

–

I/Q offset and I/Q imbalance

–

Carrier and symbol frequency errors

–

Modulation error (EVM) per OFDM carrier or symbol

–

Amplitude response and group–delay distortion (spectral flatness)

•

Amplitude statistics (CCDF) and crest factor

•

Transmit spectrum mask

•

FFT, also over a selected part of the signal, e.g. preamble

•

Payload bit information

•

Capture time selectable up to 15 ms (dependent on selected standard), multiple sweeps possible
for large number of bursts (10922).

The option R&S FSL-K91 is available from firmware version 1.20.
The option R&S FSL-K91n is available from firmware version 1.90.

To open the WLAN menu
If the WLAN mode is not the active measurement mode, press the MODE key and activate the
WLAN option.
If the WLAN mode is already active, press the MENU or MEAS key.
The WLAN menu is displayed. .
To exit the WLAN measurement mode, select another option. For details refer also to section
"Measurement Mode Selection – MODE Key" on page 4.129.

1300.2519.12

4.409

E-11

WLAN TX Measurements (Option K91 / K91n)

R&S FSL

Menu and softkey description
–

"Softkeys of the WLAN menu" on page 4.414

–

"Softkeys of the sweep menu (WLAN mode)" on page 4.436

–

"Softkeys of the marker menu (WLAN mode)" on page 4.437

–

"Softkeys of the marker–> menu (WLAN mode)" on page 4.438

–

"Softkeys of the lines menu (WLAN mode)" on page 4.439

–

"Softkeys of the trace menu (WLAN mode)" on page 4.439

The file, setup, and print menus are provided as described for the base unit. For details refer to the
corresponding menu descriptions. The span and bandwidth menus are not available in the WLAN
mode.
The FREQ, AMPT, and TRIG keys open the General Settings or the Demod Settings dialog box. For
details refer to the Settings General/Demod softkey description (WLAN menu).
To display help to a softkey, press the HELP key and then the softkey for which you want to display
help. To close the help window, press the ESC key. For further information refer to section "How to use
the Help System".

Further information topics
–

"Measurements and result displays" on page 4.410

–

"Rise / fall time measurement" on page 4.413

–

"Title bar information" on page 4.414

–

"Status bar information" on page 4.414

Measurements and result displays
The WLAN option provides two main measurement types:
•

•

IQ measurements (based on captured IQ data)
–

Power vs Time (see PVT softkey)

–

EVM vs Symbol, EVM vs Carrier (see EVM vs Symbol/Carrier softkey)

–

Phase vs Preamble, Frequency vs Preamble (see Error Frequency/Phase softkey)

–

Spectrum Flatness (see Spectrum Flatness softkey)

–

Spectrum FFT (see Spectrum FFT softkey)

–

Constellation vs Symbol, Constellation vs Carrier (see Constell vs Symbol/Carrier softkey)

–

Conditional Cumulative Distribution Function (see CCDF softkey)

–

Bit Stream (see Bitstream softkey)

–

Signal Field (see Signal Field softkey)

frequency sweep measurements
–

Spectrum mask (see Spectrum Mask or Spectrum IEEE/ETSI softkeys)

–

Spectrum ACP/ACPR (see Spectrum ACPR or ACP Rel/Abs softkey)

The measurement result display is divided into two panes:
•

Measurement settings

•

Result displays

1300.2519.12

4.410

E-11

R&S FSL

WLAN TX Measurements (Option K91 / K91n)

The results can be displayed in form of a list or a graph (see also Display List/Graph softkey).
–

"Result summary list" on page 4.411

–

"Result display graph" on page 4.412

Measurement settings
The overall measurement settings used to obtain the current measurement results are displayed below
the title bar (see Fig. 4-45). The following settings are listed:
Setting

Description

Restrictions

Frequency

The frequency of the measured input signal.

Preamble Type

The type of preamble of analyzed bursts.

Ref Level

The reference level used for the input signal.

Modulation

Shows the active setting selected in the Demod Settings
dialog box: Demodulator or PSDU Modulation to Analyze.

External Att

The attenuation (positive values) or gain (negative values)
applied to the signal externally (i.e. before the RF or IQ
connector of the spectrum analyzer), e.g.:
External Att = 10 dB means that before the RF connector of
the R&S FSL a 10 dB attenuator is used
External Att = –20 dB means that before the RF connector of
the R&S FSL a amplifier with 20 dB gain is used

PSDU Data Length

Shows the minimum and maximum number of data bytes that
a burst may have if it is to be considered in results analysis.

IEEE 802.11b, g (Single Carrier)
only

IEEE 802.11b, g (Single Carrier)
only

Fig. 4-45 Measurement settings (example)

Result summary list
The result summary list shows the overall measurement results and provides limit checking for result
values in accordance with the selected standard. Result values which are within the limit as specified by
the standard are displayed in green. Result values which are outside of the limits specified by the
standard are displayed in red with a '*' to the left. Results which have no limits specified by the standard
are displayed in white. Limit values are displayed in white (not bold) and can be modified, if focused, via
the keypad. To reset the limit values to the values specified in the standard, use the lines menu (LINES
key).
The results displayed in this list are for the entire measurement. If a specific number of bursts have
been requested which requires more than one sweep, the result summary list is updated at the end of
each sweep. The number of bursts measured and the number of bursts requested are displayed to
show the progress through the measurement. The Min / Mean / Max columns show the minimum, mean
or maximum values of the burst results.

1300.2519.12

4.411

E-11

WLAN TX Measurements (Option K91 / K91n)

R&S FSL

Fig. 4-46 Result summary list (example)

Result display graph
Additionally to the selected graphical result display, the Magnitude Capture Buffer display is provided
for all IQ measurements. The different result displays are described with the corresponding softkey.
The Magnitude Capture Buffer display shows the complete range of captured data for the last sweep.
All analyzed bursts are identified with a green bar at the bottom of the Magnitude Capture Buffer
display. If, in the Demod Settings dialog box, the Signal Field Content option is activated only bursts
that match the required criteria are marked with a green bar.

Fig. 4-47 Magnitude capture buffer results (example)
•

IQ measurements
All IQ measurements process the same signal data and as such all IQ measurement results are
available after a single IQ measurement execution.

1300.2519.12

4.412

E-11

R&S FSL

WLAN TX Measurements (Option K91 / K91n)

IQ measurements can be run in split screen mode (allowing both the Magnitude Capture Buffer
display and the selected IQ measurement results to be displayed simultaneously) or in full screen
mode (with either the Magnitude Capture Buffer display or the selected IQ measurement results
displayed).
•

frequency sweep measurements
The frequency sweep measurements use different signal data to IQ measurements and as such it is
not possible to run an IQ measurement and then view the results in the frequency sweep
measurements and vice–versa. Also because each of the frequency sweep measurements uses
different settings to obtain signal data it is not possible to run a frequency sweep measurement and
view the results of another frequency sweep measurement.
All frequency sweep measurements are run in full screen mode.

Further information
This section provides background information on measurements and displayed information. For details
on signal processing refer to chapter "Advanced Measurement Examples", section "Measurement
Examples of the WLAN TX Measurements Option (K91/K91n)".

Rise / fall time measurement
The rise/fall time is calculated according to the following algorithm:
•

Apply a moving average filter over the burst power (adjustable average length)

•

If Ref Pow Max is set: Search maximum power Pmax over the whole burst. Set Pref=Pmax

•

If Ref Pow Mean is set: Calculate mean power Pmean of the whole burst. Set Pref=Pmean

•

Rise time

•

–

Search the first crossing of 0.5xPref from the left.

–

Search backwards for the 10% crossing 0.1xPref and note t10.

–

Search forward for the 90% crossing 0.9xPref and note t90.

–

Return Trise=t90–t10.

Fall time
–

Search the first crossing of 0.5xPref from the right.

–

search forwards for the 10% crossing 0.1xPref and note t10.

–

search backwards for the 90% crossing 0.9xPref and note t90.

–

Return Tfall=t10–t90.

Since the single carrier modes of 802.11b, g use linear modulation formats like BPSK or QPSK, the
transmit signal power varies between symbol sampling times. These power variations are determined
by the transmit filter, which is not defined in the standard. The R&S FSL–K91 allows fine tuning of the
PVT measurements on signals with high crest factors by an adjustable moving average filter and two
different reference power settings.
The reference power equals the 100% setting for the rise / fall time calculation. Either the maximum
burst power or the mean burst power can be chosen as reference power. Using the mean burst power,
rarely power peaks within the burst does not influence the rise / fall time measurement.
The moving average filter smoothes the power trace and thus eliminates the modulation. While a long
average length leads to more stable measurement results, it naturally increases the rise / fall times
compared to no averaging.

1300.2519.12

4.413

E-11

WLAN TX Measurements (Option K91 / K91n)

R&S FSL

Title bar information
The title bar displays the following information:
•

wireless LAN standard applicable to the current measurement (in the middle)

Status bar information
The status bar displays the following information:
•

parameter values
If a parameter in a settings dialog box is selected, the minimum and maximum values for the
selected parameter are displayed.
If a Boolean parameter in a dialog box is selected, the minimum and maximum values are displayed
as N/A for not applicable.

•

measurement status
During the measurement, the current measurement status along with detailed information about the
progress is displayed.

•

error messages (with red background)

•

warning messages (with yellow background)

Softkeys of the WLAN menu
The following table shows all softkeys available in the WLAN menu. It is possible that your instrument
configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only available with a special option, model or
(measurement) mode, this information is delivered in the corresponding softkey description.
Menu / Command

Command

Settings General/Demod
Display List/Graph
PVT

Settings General/Demod
Display List/Graph
Full Burst
Rising & Falling
Ramp Up/Down/Up & Down
Ref Pow Max/Mean
Average Length
More
Gating Settings On/Off
Import
Export
R&S Support

EVM Constell

Settings General/Demod
Display List/Graph
EVM vs Symbol/Carrier
Error Frequency/Phase

1300.2519.12

4.414

E-11

R&S FSL
Menu / Command

WLAN TX Measurements (Option K91 / K91n)
Command
Constell vs Symbol/Carrier
Carrier Selection
More
Gating Settings On/Off
Import
Export
Y–Axis/Div
R&S Support

Spectrum

Settings General/Demod
Display List/Graph
Spectrum Flatness
Spectrum Mask / Spectrum IEEE/ETSI
Spectrum FFT
Spectrum ACPR / Spectrum ACP / ACP Rel/Abs
More
same contents as PVT side menu

Statistics

Settings General/Demod
Display List/Graph
CCDF
Bitstream
Signal Field / PLCP Header
More
same contents as PVT side menu

Settings General/Demod
Opens the General Settings or the Demod Settings dialog box. Screenshots of the dialog
boxes are provided in chapter "Advanced Measurement Examples", section "Measurement
Examples of the WLAN TX Measurements Option (K91/K91n)".
Alternatively, the General Settings dialog box is opened as follows:
–

FREQ key, with focus on the Frequency field

–

AMPT key, with focus on the Signal Level (RF) field

–

TRIG key, with focus on the Trigger Mode field

In the General Settings dialog box, all settings related to the overall measurement can be
modified. The right pane with the advanced settings is only displayed if the Advanced Settings
option is activated. The General Settings dialog box contains the following elements:
Signal Characteristics

Standard
Frequency
Channel No

Level Settings

1300.2519.12

Signal Level

4.415

E-11

WLAN TX Measurements (Option K91 / K91n)

R&S FSL

Auto Lvl
Ext Att
Data Capture Settings

Capture Time
Burst Count
Analyze Bursts
Sweep Count

Trigger Settings

Trigger Mode
Trigger Offset
Power Level
Auto Lvl

IQ Settings

Swap IQ

Advanced Settings

Auto Level Time
Ref Level
Attenuation
Sample Rate

In the Demod Settings dialog box, the settings associated with the signal modulation can be
modified. The settings under Burst to Analyze specify the characteristics of the bursts to be
considered in the measurement results. Only the bursts which meet the criteria specified in this
group will be included in measurement analysis if the Use Header Content option is activated.
The tracking settings allow various errors in measurement results to be compensated for.
The Demod Settings dialog box contains the following elements. If an element is only available
for certain standards, the corresponding standards are listed.
Burst to Analyze

Signal Field Content
Use Header Content
Burst Type
Preamble Type
Auto Demodulation
Analyze PSDU Mod
Demodulator
Auto Guard
Guard Interval
PPDU Frame Format
Equal Burst Length
Data Symbols
Min Data Symbols
Max Data Symbols
Channel Estimation
Payload Length
Min Payload Length
Max Payload Length

Tracking

Phase
Timing
Level

1300.2519.12

4.416

E-11

R&S FSL

WLAN TX Measurements (Option K91 / K91n)

Standard (General Settings dialog box)
Displays a list of all installed standards to select the wireless LAN standard. This is necessary to
ensure that the measurements are performed according to the specified standard with the
correct limit values and limit lines.
Remote: CONF:STAN 0
Frequency (General Settings dialog box)
Specifies the center frequency of the signal to be measured. If the frequency is modified, the
Channel No field is updated accordingly.
Remote: FREQ:CENT 100MHz
Channel No (General Settings dialog box)
Specifies the channel to be measured. If the Channel No field is modified, the frequency is
updated accordingly.
Remote: CONF:CHAN 9
Signal Level (General Settings dialog box)
Specifies the expected mean level of the RF input signal. If an automatic level detection
measurement has been executed the signal level (RF) is updated.
For all standards other than IEEE 802.11b & g (Single Carrier), the reference level is set 10 dB
higher than the signal level (RF) because of the expected crest factor of the signal. For
standards IEEE 802.11b & g (Single Carrier), the reference level is set to the signal level (RF).
Remote: CONF:POW:EXP:RF 9
Auto Lvl (General Settings dialog box)
Activates or deactivates the automatic setting of the reference level for measurements.
On

The reference level is measured automatically at the start of each measurement
sweep. This ensures that the reference level is always set at the optimal level for
obtaining accurate results but will result in slightly increased measurement times. For
details about automatic level detection refer to chapter "Advanced Measurement
Examples".

Off

The reference level is defined manually in the Signal Level field.

Remote: CONF:POW:AUTO 1
Remote: CONF:POW:AUTO:SWE:TIME 200MS
Ext Att (General Settings dialog box)
Specifies the external attenuation or gain applied to the RF signal. A positive value indicates
attenuation, a negative value indicates gain. All displayed power level values are shifted by this
value.
Remote: INP:ATT 30dB

1300.2519.12

4.417

E-11

WLAN TX Measurements (Option K91 / K91n)

R&S FSL

Capture Time (General Settings dialog box)
Specifies the time (and therefore the amount of data) to be captured in a single measurement
sweep.
Remote: SWE:TIME 10ms
Burst Count (General Settings dialog box)
Activates or deactivates a specified number of bursts for capture and analysis.
On

The data analysis is performed over a number of consecutive sweeps until the
required number of bursts has been captured and analyzed.

Off

The data analysis is performed on a single measurement sweep.

Remote: BURS:COUN:STAT ON
Analyze Bursts (General Settings dialog box)
Specifies the number of bursts to be measured, if the Burst Count option is activated.
Remote: BURS:COUN 16
Sweep Count (General Settings dialog box)
Specifies the number of sweeps to be performed for Spectrum ACP/ACPR and Spectrum Mask
measurements.
Remote: SWEep:COUNt 64
Trigger Mode (General Settings dialog box)
Sets the source of the trigger for the measurement sweep.
Free Run

The measurement sweep starts immediately.

External

Triggering via a TTL signal at the input connector EXT TRIGGER/GATE
IN on the rear panel.

Power

The measurement sweep starts when the signal power meets or exceeds
the specified power trigger level. This trigger mode is not available for
Spectrum Mask measurements in ETSI standard. If it is set and then the
Spectrum Mask measurement in ETSI standard is selected, it automatically
changes to Free Run.

Remote: TRIG:MODE IMM
Trigger Offset (General Settings dialog box)
Specifies the time offset between the trigger signal and the start of the sweep. A negative value
indicates a pre–trigger. This field is not available in the Free Run trigger mode.
Remote: TRIG:HOLD 500us

1300.2519.12

4.418

E-11

R&S FSL

WLAN TX Measurements (Option K91 / K91n)

Power Level (General Settings dialog box)
Specifies the trigger level if the Power trigger mode is set.
Remote: TRIG:LEV:POW 10 DBM
Auto Lvl (General Settings dialog box)
Activates or deactivates the automatic measurement of the power trigger level.
On

The power trigger level is measured automatically at the start of each measurement
sweep. This ensures that the power trigger level is always set at the optimal level for
obtaining accurate results but will result in a slightly increased measurement times.

Off

The power trigger level is defined manually in the Power Level field.

Remote: TRIG:LEV:POW:AUTO ON
Swap IQ (General Settings dialog box)
Activates or deactivates the inverted I/Q modulation.
On

I and Q signals are interchanged.

Off

Normal I/Q modulation.

Remote: SWAP ON
Auto Level Time (General Settings dialog box)
Specifies the sweep time used for the automatic level measurements.
Remote: CONF:POW:AUTO:SWE:TIME 200MS
Ref Level (General Settings dialog box)
Specifies the reference level to use for measurements. If the reference level is modified, the
signal level is updated accordingly (depending on the currently selected standard and
measurement type). This field is only editable if the Auto Lvl is deactivated.
Remote: DISP:TRAC:Y:RLEV?
Attenuation (General Settings dialog box)
Specifies the settings for the attenuator. This field is only editable if the Auto Lvl option is
deactivated. If the Auto Lvl option is activated, the RF attenuator setting is coupled to the
reference level setting.
Remote: INP:ATT 30dB
Sample Rate (General Settings dialog box)
Specifies the sample rate used for IQ measurements.
Remote: TRACE:IQ:SRAT 20000

1300.2519.12

4.419

E-11

WLAN TX Measurements (Option K91 / K91n)

R&S FSL

Signal Field Content (Demod Settings dialog box, IEEE 802.11a, g (OFDM), j and n)
Activates or deactivates the decoding of the captured burst data.
On

Only the bursts are included in the results analysis whose modulation format specified
in the signal symbol field matches the modulation format specified in the Analyze
PSDU Mod field.

Off

The data is demodulated according to the modulation scheme specified in the
Demodulator field. If any of the analyzed data has a modulation different to that
specified the results will be of limited use.

Remote: DEM:FORM:SIGS ON
Use Header Content (Demod Settings dialog box, IEEE 802.11b, g – Single Carrier)
Activates or deactivates the PLCP header field decoding of the captured burst data.
On

Only the bursts are included in the results analysis whose modulation format specified
in the signal symbol field matches the modulation format specified in the Analyze
PSDU Mod field.

Off

The data is demodulated according to the modulation scheme specified in the
Demodulator field. If any of the analyzed data has a modulation different to that
specified the results will be of limited use.

Remote: DEM:FORM:AUT ON
Burst Type (Demod Settings dialog box, IEEE 802.11a, g (OFDM, Single Carrier), j and n)
Specifies the type of burst to be included in measurement analysis. Only one burst type can be
selected for the measurement results. The following burst types are supported:
Direct Link Burst

IEEE 802.11a, j, n

OFDM

IEEE 802.11g

Long DSSS–OFDM

IEEE 802.11g

Short DSSS–OFDM

IEEE 802.11g

Long PLCP

IEEE 802.11g

Short PLCP

IEEE 802.11g

Remote: DEM:FORM:BAN:BTYPe 'DIRECT'
Preamble Type (Demod Settings dialog box, IEEE 802.11b)
Specifies the type of burst which should be included in measurement analysis. The following
burst types are supported: Short PLCP, Long PLCP.
Remote: DEM:FORM:BAN:BTYPe 'SHORT'

1300.2519.12

4.420

E-11

R&S FSL

WLAN TX Measurements (Option K91 / K91n)

Auto Demodulation
Activates or deactivates the automatic detection of the modulation. If activated, the modulation
applied to the input data is determined from the modulation type of the first complete burst within
the captured data. This option automatically activates the Signal Field Content option.
Remote: DEM:FORM:AUT ON
Analyze PSDU Mod
Specifies the modulation of the bursts to be analyzed. Only bursts using the selected modulation
are considered in measurement analysis. This option is only available if the Signal Field
Content or the Use Header Content option is activated.
Remote: DEM:FORM:AUT ON
Demodulator
Specifies the modulation to be applied to the measured data. If the captured data uses a
different modulation scheme than specified by this field the results will be of limited use. This
field is only available if the Signal Field Content or the Use Header Content option is
deactivated.
Remote: DEM:FORM:BAN 'QAM16'
PPDU Frame Format (Demod Settings dialog box, IEEE 802.11n)
PPDU Frame Format specifies the type of PHY Protocol Data Unit (PPDU) which should be
included in measurement analysis. The following PPDU formats are supported:
–

Mixed 20 MHz

–

Green Field 20 MHz

Remote: DEM:FORM:BAN:BTYP 'MM20'
Auto Guard (Demod Settings dialog box, IEEE 802.11n)
Specifies whether the Guard interval of the measured data should be automatically detected or
not. When Auto Guard Interval is set to ON then the Guard Interval is detected from the input
signal .
When Use Auto Guard Interval is set to OFF then guard interval of the input signal can be
specified with the Guard Interval parameter.
Remote: CONF:WLAN:GTIM:AUTO ON
Guard Interval (Demod Settings dialog box, IEEE 802.11n)
Specifies the guard interval of the input signal.
When Auto Guard Interval is set to ON then Guard Interval is read only and display the detected
guard interval.
Remote: CONF:WLAN:GTIM SHOR

1300.2519.12

4.421

E-11

WLAN TX Measurements (Option K91 / K91n)

R&S FSL

Equal Burst Length (Demod Settings dialog box)
Activates or deactivates the burst selection for measurement analysis according to the range or
specific number of data symbols/bytes.
Standard

State

Description

IEEE 802.11a, j, n

On

Only bursts with exactly the number of symbols specified in the
Data Symbols field are considered for measurement analysis.

Off

Only bursts within the range of data symbols specified by the
Min Data Symbols and Max Data Symbols fields are
considered for measurement analysis.

On

Only bursts with exactly the number of data bytes or duration
specified in the Payload Length field are considered for
measurement analysis.

Off

Only bursts within the range of data bytes or duration specified
by the Min Payload Length and Max Payload Length fields
are considered for measurement analysis.

On

Only bursts with exactly the number of data symbols or
duration specified in the Payload Length field are considered
for measurement analysis.

Off

Only bursts within the range of data symbols or duration
specified by the Min Payload Length and Max Payload
Length fields are considered for measurement analysis.

IEEE 802.11b, g
(Single Carrier)

IEEE 802.11g
(OFDM)

Remote: DEM:FORM:BAN:SYMB:EQU ON
Remote: DEM:FORM:BAN:DBYTes:EQU ON
Remote: DEM:BAN:DUR:EQU ON (PVT)
Data Symbols (Demod Settings dialog box, IEEE 802.11a, j, n)
Specifies the number of data symbols of a burst to be considered in measurement analysis. This
field is only available if the Equal Burst Length option is activated.
Remote: DEM:FORM:BAN:SYMB:MIN 16
Min Data Symbols (Demod Settings dialog box, IEEE 802.11a, j, n)
Specifies the minimum number of data symbols of a burst to be considered in measurement
analysis. This field is only available if the Equal Burst Length option is deactivated.
Remote: DEM:FORM:BAN:SYMB:MIN 16
Max Data Symbols (Demod Settings dialog box, IEEE 802.11a, j, n)
Specifies the maximum number of data symbols of a burst to be considered in measurement
analysis. This field is only available if the Equal Burst Length option is deactivated.
Remote: DEM:FORM:BAN:SYMB:MAX 1300

1300.2519.12

4.422

E-11

R&S FSL

WLAN TX Measurements (Option K91 / K91n)

Channel Estimation (Demod Settings dialog box, IEEE 802.11a, g (OFDM), j, n)
Specifies how accurately the EVM results are calculated.
Preamble

The channel estimation is performed in the preamble as required in the
standard.

Payload

The channel estimation is performed in the payload.

Remote: DEM:CEST ON
Payload Length (Demod Settings dialog box, IEEE 802.11b, g)
Specifies the number of symbols, bytes or duration of a burst to be considered in measurement
analysis. This field is only available if the Equal Burst Length option is activated.
Remote: DEM:FORM:BAN:DBYTes:MIN 16
Remote: DEM:BAN:DUR:MIN 45
Min Payload Length (Demod Settings dialog box, IEEE 802.11b, g)
Specifies the minimum number of symbols, bytes or duration of a burst to be considered in
measurement analysis. This field is only available if the Equal Burst Length option is
deactivated.
Remote: DEM:FORM:BAN:DBYTes:MIN 16
Remote: DEM:BAN:DUR:MIN 45
Max Payload Length (Demod Settings dialog box, IEEE 802.11b, g)
Specifies the maximum number of symbols, bytes or duration of a burst to be considered in
measurement analysis. This field is only available if the Equal Burst Length option is
deactivated.
Remote: DEM:FORM:BAN:DBYTes:MAX 1300
Remote: DEM:BAN:DUR:MAX 1300
Phase (Demod Settings dialog box)
Activates or deactivates the compensation for phase error. If activated, the measurement results
are compensated for phase error on a per–symbol basis.
Remote: TRAC:PHAS 1
Timing (Demod Settings dialog box)
Activates or deactivates the compensation for timing error. If activated, the measurement results
are compensated for timing error on a per–symbol basis.
Remote: TRAC:TIME ON

1300.2519.12

4.423

E-11

WLAN TX Measurements (Option K91 / K91n)

R&S FSL

Level (Demod Settings dialog box)
Activates or deactivates the compensation for level error. If activated, the measurement results
are compensated for level error on a per–symbol basis.
Remote: TRAC:LEV ON
Display List/Graph
Configures the result display. The measurement results are displayed either in form of a list of
measurement points or as a graphical trace.
Remote: DISP:WIND1:TABL ON
Remote: for result queries see chapter "Remote Control – Commands", section FETCh Subsystem
PVT
Opens the PVT submenu to select the Power vs Time measurement results.
The PVT result displays show the minimum, average and maximum levels measured over the
full range of the measured input data, or over complete bursts displayed within the gating lines if
gating is switched on. The results are displayed as a single burst. Using screen B in full screen
provides additional power information during this measurement.
For IEEE 802.11b and g (single carrier), the PVT results are displayed as percentage values of
the reference power. The reference can be set to either the max or mean power of the burst. For
both rising and falling edges two time lines are displayed, which mark the points 10% and 90%
of the reference power. The time between these two points is compared against the limits
specified for the rising and falling edges.
For further details see also "Rise / fall time measurement" on page 4.413.
Remote: CONF:BURS:PVT

1300.2519.12

4.424

E-11

R&S FSL

WLAN TX Measurements (Option K91 / K91n)

Full Burst (IEEE 802.11a, g, j – OFDM and n)
Displays the PVT results in a single graph with all burst data being displayed.

For further details refer to the PVT softkey.
Remote: CONF:BURS:PVT:SEL FULL
Rising & Falling (IEEE 802.11a, g, j – OFDM and n)
Displays the PVT results in two separate graphs, the left hand side showing the rising edge and
the right hand side showing the falling edge.

Remote: CONF:BURS:PVT:SEL EDGE

1300.2519.12

4.425

E-11

WLAN TX Measurements (Option K91 / K91n)

R&S FSL

Ramp Up/Down/Up & Down (IEEE 802.11b, g – Single Carrier)
Sets the display of the rising/falling edge graph:
Up

Displays the rising edge graph.

Down

Displays the falling edge graph.

Up & Down

Displays the rising and falling edge graph.

For further details refer to the PVT softkey.
Remote: CONF:BURS:PVT:SEL RISE
Ref Pow Max/Mean (IEEE 802.11b, g – Single Carrier)
Sets the reference for the rise and fall time calculation to the maximum or mean burst power.
For further details refer to the PVT softkey.
Remote: CONF:BURS:PVT:RPOW MEAN
Average Length (IEEE 802.11b, g – Single Carrier)
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the number of samples in order to adjust the length of the
smoothing filter.
For further details refer to the PVT softkey.
Remote: CONF:BURS:PVT:AVER 31
Gating Settings On/Off
Activates or deactivates gating, or opens the Gate Settings dialog box to specify range of
captured data used in results calculation.
On

Uses only the specified range of captured data in results calculation. In the
Magnitude Capture Buffer trace, two vertical lines mark the specified range.

Off

Uses all the captured data in results calculation.

1300.2519.12

4.426

E-11

R&S FSL

WLAN TX Measurements (Option K91 / K91n)

In the Gate Settings dialog box, the following parameters are set:
Delay

Start point of captured data to be used in results calculation, i.e.
the delay from the start of the captured data in time or samples. If
the delay is specified in time, the number of samples is updated
accordingly, and vice versa.

Length

Amount of captured data to be used in results calculation. If the
length is specified in time, the number of samples is updated
accordingly, and vice versa.

Link Gate and Mark

If activated, the position of the marker and the gate lines are
linked. The marker is positioned half way between gate start and
end. The marker position alters when the gate is modified, and
the gate lines move with the marker when the marker position is
altered.

The gate settings are defined for following measurements: PVT, Spectrum FFT, CCDF,
Spectrum Mask, Spectrum ACPR.
If a frequency sweep measurement is active (Spectrum Mask and Spectrum ACP) the result
display is switched to the Magnitude Capture Buffer display in order to allow the gate to be set
the correct part of the sweep.
Remote: SWE:EGAT ON
Remote: SWE:EGAT:HOLD 125us, SWE:EGAT:HOLD:SAMP 2500 (Delay)
Remote: SWE:EGAT:LENG 20ms, SWE:EGAT:LENG:SAMP 200000 (Length)
Remote: SWE:EGAT:LINK ON (Link Gate and Mark)
Import
Opens the Choose the file to import dialog box.
Select the IQ data file you want to import and press ENTER. The extension of data files is *.iqw.
Remote: MMEM:LOAD:IQ:STAT
Export
Opens the Choose the file to export dialog box.
Enter the path and the name of the IQ data file you want to export and press ENTER. The
extension of data files is *.iqw. If the file cannot be created or there is no valid IQ data to export
an error message is displayed.
Remote: MMEM:STOR:IQ:STAT
R&S Support
Creates files that help identifying the current problem. They are stored under
C:\R_S\Instr\user\Support. If you contact the Rohde&Schwarz support to get help for a certain
problem, send these files to the support in order to identify and solve the problem faster.

1300.2519.12

4.427

E-11

WLAN TX Measurements (Option K91 / K91n)

R&S FSL

Y–Axis/Div
Opens a dialog box to modify the y–axis settings:
Auto Scaling

If activated, the scaling of the y–axis is calculated automatically.

Per Division

Specifies the scaling to be used if Auto Scaling is deactivated.

Unit

Specifies the y–axis unit. With the unit is dB, Auto Scaling is always
activated.

Remote: DISP:WIND2:TRAC:Y:SCAL:AUTO ON
Remote: DISP:WIND2:TRAC:Y:SCAL:DPIV 2
EVM Constell
Opens a submenu to select the error vector magnitude (EVM) or the constellation result
displays.

EVM vs Symbol/Carrier
Selects the EVM vs Symbol or EVM vs Carrier result displays.
–

EVM vs Symbol
This result display shows the EVM measured over the full range of the measured input data.
The results are displayed on a per–symbol basis, with blue vertical lines marking the
boundaries of each burst. Note that burst boundary lines are only displayed if the number of
analyzed bursts is less than 250.
For IEEE 802.11a, j, g, n (OFDM) the minimum, average, and maximum traces are displayed.
For IEEE 802.11b, g (Single Carrier) two EVM traces are displayed. The trace labeled with VEC
ERR IEEE shows the error vector magnitude as defined in the IEEE 802.11b, g standards. For the
trace labeled with EVM a commonly used EVM definition is applied, which is the square root of the
momentary error power normalized by the averaged reference power.

1300.2519.12

4.428

E-11

R&S FSL
–

WLAN TX Measurements (Option K91 / K91n)

EVM vs Carrier (IEEE 802.11a, g, j, n – OFDM)
This result display shows all EVM values recorded on a per–carrier basis over the full set of
measured data. An average trace is also displayed.

Remote: CONF:BURS:EVM:ESYM (EVM vs Symbol)
Remote: CONF:BURS:EVM:ECAR (EVM vs Carrier)
Error Frequency/Phase
Selects the Rel. Frequency Error vs Preamble or the Phase Error vs Preamble result displays.
These result displays show the error values recorded over the preamble part of the burst. A
minimum, average and maximum trace are displayed. The results display either relative
frequency error or phase error.

Remote: CONF:BURS:PRE
Remote: CONF:BURS:PRE:SEL FREQ (Frequency Error vs Preamble)
Remote: CONF:BURS:PRE:SEL PHAS (Phase Error vs Preamble)

1300.2519.12

4.429

E-11

WLAN TX Measurements (Option K91 / K91n)

R&S FSL

Constell vs Symbol/Carrier
Selects the Constallation vs Symbol or the Constellation vs Carrier result displays.
–

Constellation vs Symbol (all standards)
This result display shows the in–phase and quadrature phase results over the full range of the
measured input data. The ideal points for the selected modulations scheme are displayed for
reference purposes.
The amount of data displayed in the Constellation result display can be reduced by selecting
the carrier or carriers for which data is to be displayed (Carrier Selection softkey).

–

Constellation vs Carrier (IEEE 802.11a, g, j, n – OFDM)
This result display shows the in–phase and quadrature phase results over the full range of the
measured input data plotted on a per–carrier basis. The magnitude of the in–phase and
quadrature part is shown on the y–axis, both are displayed as separate traces (I–> trace 1, Q–>
trace 2).

Remote: CONF:BURS:CONS:CSYM (Constellation vs Symbol)
Remote: CONF:BURS:CONS:CCAR (Constellation vs Carrier)

1300.2519.12

4.430

E-11

R&S FSL

WLAN TX Measurements (Option K91 / K91n)

Carrier Selection (IEEE 802.11a, g, j, n – OFDM)
Opens a dialog box to select the carrier for data display. Either a specific carrier number, pilots
only or all carriers can be selected.
Remote: CONF:BURS:CONS:CARR:SEL –26
Spectrum
Opens a submenu for frequency measurements.

Spectrum Flatness (IEEE 802.11a, g, j, n – OFDM)
Sets the Spectrum Flatness result display.
This result display shows the spectrum flatness and group delay values recorded on a per–
carrier basis over the full set of measured data. An average trace is also displayed for each of
the result types. An upper and lower limit line representing the limits specified for the selected
standard are displayed and an overall pass/fail status is displayed for the obtained (average)
results against these limit lines.

Remote: CONF:BURS:SPEC:FLAT

1300.2519.12

4.431

E-11

WLAN TX Measurements (Option K91 / K91n)

R&S FSL

Spectrum Mask (IEEE 802.11b, g – Single Carrier),
Spectrum IEEE/ETSI (IEEE 802.11a, g, j, n – OFDM)
Sets the Spectrum Mask result display.
This result display shows power against frequency. The span of the results is 100 MHz for IEEE
and 500 MHz for ETSI around the specified measurement frequency. A limit line representing
the spectrum mask specified for the selected standard is displayed and an overall pass/fail
status is displayed for the obtained results against this limit line. The number of sweeps is set in
the General Settings dialog box, Sweep Count field. If the measurement is performed over
multiple sweeps both a max hold trace and an average trace are displayed.

Remote: CONF:BURS:SPEC:MASK
Remote: CONF:BURS:SPEC:MASK:SEL ETSI
Spectrum FFT
Sets the Spectrum FFT result display.
This result display shows the Power vs Frequency results obtained from a FFT performed over
the range of data in the Magnitude Capture Buffer which lies within the gate lines.

Remote: CONF:BURS:SPEC:FFT
1300.2519.12

4.432

E-11

R&S FSL

WLAN TX Measurements (Option K91 / K91n)

Spectrum ACPR (IEEE 802.11a, g, n, OFDM Turbo Mode)
Spectrum ACP (IEEE 802.11b)
ACP Rel/Abs (IEEE 802.11j)
Sets the ACP (Adjacent Channel Power) result display.
This result display is similar to the Spectrum Mask measurement, and provides information
about leakage into adjacent channels. The results show the absolute or relative power
measured in the three nearest channels either side of the measured channel. This measurement
is the same as the adjacent channel power measurement provided by the spectrum analyzer.
The number of sweeps is set in the General Settings dialog box, Sweep Count field. If the
measurement is performed over multiple sweeps both a max hold trace and an average trace
are displayed.

Remote: CONF:BURS:SPEC:ACPR
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:RES? (result query)
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:RES:MAXH? (result query)
Statistics
Opens a submenu to display statistics measurement results.

1300.2519.12

4.433

E-11

WLAN TX Measurements (Option K91 / K91n)

R&S FSL

CCDF
Sets the CCDF result display.
This result display shows the probability of an amplitude within the gating lines exceeding the
mean power measured between the gating lines. The x–axis displays power relative to the
measured mean power.

Remote: CONF:BURS:STAT:CCDF
Bitstream
Sets the Bitstream result display. This result display shows the demodulated data stream.
–

IEEE 802.11a, j, g, n (OFDM):
The results are grouped by symbol and carrier.

1300.2519.12

4.434

E-11

R&S FSL
–

WLAN TX Measurements (Option K91 / K91n)

IEEE 802.11b or g (Single Carrier)
The results are grouped by burst.

Remote: CONF:BURS:STAT:BSTR
Signal Field (IEEE 802.11a, g, j, n – OFDM),
PLCP Header (IEEE 802.11b, g – Single Carrier)
Sets the Signal Field result display or the PLCP Header result display, depending on the
selected standard.
Signal Field
This result display shows the decoded data from the signal field of the burst. Therefore it is only
available, if, in the Demod Settings dialog box, the Signal Field Content option is activated.

1300.2519.12

4.435

E-11

WLAN TX Measurements (Option K91 / K91n)

R&S FSL

PLCP Header
This result display shows the decoded data from the PLCP header of the burst. The following
details are listed:
Column header

Description

Example

Burst

number of the decoded burst
A colored block indicates that the burst was successfully
decoded.

Burst 1

Signal

signal field
The decoded data rate is shown below.

00010100
2 MBits/s

Service

service field
The currently used bits are highlighted. The text below explains
the decoded meaning of these bits.

00000000
––/––/––

PSDU Length

length field
The decoded time to transmit the PSDU is shown below.

0000000001111000
120 Ms

CRC

CRC field
The result is displayed below (OK for passed or Failed).

1110100111001110
OK

Remote: CONF:BURS:STAT:SFIeld

Softkeys of the sweep menu (WLAN mode)
The following table shows all softkeys available in the sweep menu in WLAN mode (SWEEP key). It is
possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only available
with a special option, model or (measurement) mode, this information is delivered in the corresponding
softkey description.
Command
Meas Single/Cont
Auto Level
Refresh

1300.2519.12

4.436

E-11

R&S FSL

WLAN TX Measurements (Option K91 / K91n)

Meas Single/Cont
Selects the sweep mode.
Single

single sweep mode

Cont

continuous sweep mode

Remote: INIT:CONT OFF (single sweep mode)
Remote: INIT:CONT ON (continuous sweep mode)

Auto Level
Starts an automatic level detection measurement. If this softkey is pressed while a measurement
is running, the current measurement is aborted and the automatic level detection measurement
is started. If the aborted measurement was a continuous measurement it is resumed after the
automatic level detection is completed.
Remote: CONF:POW:AUTO ON
Refresh
Updates the current measurement results with respect to the current gate settings. This softkey
is only available if the measurement results are effected by the gate settings (Spectrum FFT,
PVT and CCDF) and if the gate settings are modified after a measurement result has been
obtained.

Softkeys of the marker menu (WLAN mode)
The following table shows all softkeys available in the marker menu in WLAN mode (MKR key). It is
possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only available
with a special option, model or (measurement) mode, this information is delivered in the corresponding
softkey description. Close all settings dialog boxes before opening the marker menu.
Command
Marker 1
Unzoom
Marker Zoom
Marker Off

Marker 1
Opens a dialog box to adjust the marker. The contents of the dialog box depends on the type of
graph the marker is adjusted to. After every change, the marker position in the trace and the
marker information are updated.
Remote: CALC:MARK ON
Remote: CALC:MARK:X 2ms
Remote: CALC2:MARK:Y –2
Remote: CALC:MARK:SYMB 2
Remote: CALC:MARK:CARR –7

1300.2519.12

4.437

E-11

WLAN TX Measurements (Option K91 / K91n)

R&S FSL

Unzoom
Cancels the marker zoom.
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:ZOOM 1

Marker Zoom
Opens an edit dialog box to select the magnification factor for the zoom. The zoom facility is
provided for the following result displays: Magnitude Capture Buffer, PVT, Constellation vs
Symbol, Constellation vs Carrier. The maximum magnification depends on the type of result
display.
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:ZOOM 3
Marker Off
Switches off all makers in the active result display.
Remote: CALC:MARK:AOFF

Softkeys of the marker–> menu (WLAN mode)
The following table shows all softkeys available in the marker–> menu in WLAN mode (MKR–> key). It
is possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only available
with a special option, model or (measurement) mode, this information is delivered in the corresponding
softkey description.
Command
Peak
Min
MKR –> Trace

Peak (Spectrum Flatness result display)
Sets the marker to the peak value of the assigned trace.
Remote: CALC:MARK:MAX
Min (Spectrum Flatness result display)
Sets the marker to the minimum value of the assigned trace.
Remote: CALC:MARK:MIN
MKR –> Trace
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the number of the trace, on which the marker is to be placed.
This softkey is available for all result displays with more than one trace.
Remote: CALC:MARK:TRAC 2

1300.2519.12

4.438

E-11

R&S FSL

WLAN TX Measurements (Option K91 / K91n)

Softkeys of the lines menu (WLAN mode)
The following table shows all softkeys available in the lines menu in WLAN mode (LINES key). It is
possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only available
with a special option, model or (measurement) mode, this information is delivered in the corresponding
softkey description.
This menu is only available if the results are displayed in form of a list (for details see Result summary
list and Display List/Graph softkey).
Command
Default Current
Default All

Default Current
Resets all limits for the current modulation scheme to the values specified in the selected
standard.
Remote: see CALCulate:LIMit Subsystem
Default All
Resets all limits for all modulation schemes to the values specified in the selected standard.
Remote: see CALCulate:LIMit Subsystem

Softkeys of the trace menu (WLAN mode)
The following table shows all softkeys available in the trace menu in WLAN mode (TRACE key). It is
possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only available
with a special option, model or (measurement) mode, this information is delivered in the corresponding
softkey description.
Command
Display List/Graph
Screen A/B
Screen Full/Split

Display List/Graph
For details refer to the Display List/Graph softkey in the WLAN menu.

Screen A/B
Selects the active screen for IQ measurement results in split and full screen mode. Only the
markers of an active screen can be controlled.
Remote: DISP:WIND1:SSEL

1300.2519.12

4.439

E-11

WLAN TX Measurements (Option K91 / K91n)

R&S FSL

Screen Full/Split
Changes the display between split and full screen for IQ measurement results. Frequency
sweep measurement results are always displayed in full screen.
Remote: DISP:FORM SING

1300.2519.12

4.440

E-11

R&S FSL

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)
The WiMAX IEEE 802.16 OFDM, OFDMA Measurements option (R&S FSL–K93) extends the
functionality of the R&S FSL to enable WiMAX IEEE 802.16e, WiBro Measurements according to the
IEEE standards listed below. It includes the functionality of the WiMAX 802.16 OFDM Measurements
option (R&S FSL–K92). Accordingly both options are described together in this section, differentiated by
the corresponding standards:WiMAX 802.16 OFDM Measurements (R&S FSL–K92/K93)
–

IEEE 802.16–2004/Cor 1–2005 OFDM physical layer mode
The short forms IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM is used in this section to reference this standard.
The corresponding remote control mode is OFDM.

•

WiMAX IEEE 802.16 OFDM, OFDMA Measurements option (R&S FSL–K93)
–

IEEE 802.16–2004/Cor 1–2005, IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA physical layer mode
The short form IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA is used in this section to reference this standard.
The corresponding remote control mode is OFDMA.

–

IEEE 802.16–2004/Cor 1–2005, IEEE 802.16e–2005 based WiBro
The short form IEEE 802.16e–2005 WiBro is used in this section to reference this standard.
The corresponding remote control mode is WiBro.

The options are available from firmware version 1.40 (R&S FSL–K92) and 1.50 (R&S FSL–K93).
TX measurements of a WiMAX Device Under Test (DUT) according to the standards specified for the device
are performed:
•

Modulation formats
–

•

IEEE 802.16–2004: BPSK (IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM), QPSK, 16QAM, 64QAM

Modulation measurements
–

Constellation diagram

–

Constellation diagram per OFDM carrier

–

I/Q offset and I/Q imbalance

–

Carrier and symbol frequency errors

–

Modulation error (EVM) per OFDM carrier or symbol

–

Amplitude response and group–delay distortion (spectral flatness)

•

Amplitude statistics (CCDF) and crest factor

•

Frequency and Phase error vs Symbol

•

Transmit spectrum mask

•

Adjacent Channel Power (absolute and relative)

•

FFT, also over a selected part of the signal, e.g. preamble

•

Payload bit information

•

Capture time selectable up to 50 ms, multiple sweeps possible for large number of bursts

1300.2519.12

4.441

E-11

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)

R&S FSL

To open the measurement menu
If the WiMAX mode is not the active measurement mode, press the MODE key and activate the
WiMAX option.
If the WiMAX mode is already active, press the MENU or MEAS key.
The measurement menu is displayed. .
To exit the WiMAX measurement mode, select another option. For details refer also to section
"Measurement Mode Selection – MODE Key" on page 4.129.

Menu and softkey description
–

"Softkeys of the WiMAX menu (WiMAX mode)" on page 4.448

–

"Softkeys of the sweep menu (WiMAX mode)" on page 4.486

–

"Softkeys of the marker menu (WiMAX mode)" on page 4.487

–

"Softkeys of the marker–> menu (WiMAX mode)" on page 4.488

–

"Softkeys of the lines menu (WiMAX mode)" on page 4.488

–

"Softkeys of the trace menu (WiMAX mode)" on page 4.489

The file, setup, and print menus are provided as described for the base unit. For details refer to the
corresponding menu descriptions. The span and bandwidth menus are not available in the WiMAX
mode.
The FREQ, AMPT and TRIG keys open the General Settings or the Demod Settings dialog box. For
details refer to the Settings General/Demod softkey description (measurement menu).

Further information topics
–

"Measurements and result displays" on page 4.442

–

"Current restrictions to the IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro signal to be analyzed" on page
4.443

–

"Title bar information" on page 4.448

–

"Status bar information" on page 4.448

Tasks topics
–

"To transfer the current R&S SMU WiMAX setting via LAN" on page 4.447

Measurements and result displays
The WiMAX IEEE 802.16 OFDM, OFDMA Measurements option provides two main measurement
types:
•

IQ measurements (based on captured IQ data)
–

Power vs Time (see PVT softkey)

–

EVM vs Symbol, EVM vs Carrier (see EVM vs Symbol/Carrier softkey)

–

Phase vs Preamble, Frequency vs Preamble (see Error Frequency/Phase softkey)

–

Spectrum Flatness (see Spectrum Flat./Diff./Group Delay softkey)

–

Spectrum Group Delay (see Spectrum Flat./Diff./Group Delay softkey)

–

Spectrum Flatness Adjacent Carrier Power Difference (see Spectrum Flat./Diff./Group Delay
softkey)

1300.2519.12

4.442

E-11

R&S FSL

•

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)

–

Spectrum FFT (see Spectrum FFT softkey)

–

Constellation vs Symbol (see Constell vs Symbol/Carrier softkey)

–

Constellation vs Carrier (IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM only, see Constell vs Symbol/Carrier
softkey)

–

Conditional Cumulative Distribution Function (see CCDF softkey)

–

Bit Stream (see Bitstream softkey)

frequency sweep measurements
–

Spectrum Mask (see Spectrum IEEE/ETSI softkey)

–

Spectrum ACP/ACPR (see ACPR Abs/Rel softkey)

For current restrictions refer to Current restrictions to the IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro signal to
be analyzed.
The measurement result display is divided into two panes:
•

Measurement settings

•

Result displays
The results can be displayed in form of a list or a graph (see also Display List/Graph softkey).
–

Result summary list

–

Result display graph

Current restrictions to the IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro signal to be analyzed
•

•

standard
–

IEEE 16–2004/Cor1–2005, IEEE 802.16e–2005, OFDMA Physical Layer Mode, 1 October
2004/28 February 2006

–

IEEE 16–2004/Cor1–2005, IEEE 802.16e–2005 based WiBro

FFT sizes
The FFT sizes 128, 512, 1024 and 2048 are supported.

•

•

subframes
–

Either a DL subframe or a UL subframe can be analyzed at one point in time.

–

One DL–PUSC zone per DL subframe is supported.

–

One DL–FUSC zone immediately following the first mandatory DL–PUSC zone is supported
(DL subframe).

–

One UL–PUSC zone per UL subframe is supported.

–

The subframes have to be separated by sufficient power off gaps.

segments
The first mandatory DL–PUSC zone must contain exclusively one segment. The assignment of
subchannel groups to this segment is not restricted.

•

symbols
The signal to be analyzed must contain at least two OFDMA data symbols. More OFDMA data
symbols will improve the accuracy of the measurement results.

1300.2519.12

4.443

E-11

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)
•

R&S FSL

burst
Each OFDMA symbol of a zone must contain at least one active burst, i.e. each OFDMA symbol of
the zone must comprise subchannels belonging to an active burst. The zone/segment must be
covered by active bursts, i.e. no gaps at the beginning, mid or end of the zone/segment are
allowed.

•

UL subframes
In case of UL subframe analysis, the frame number must be constant for the signal to be analyzed.

Measurement settings
The overall measurement settings used to obtain the current measurement results are displayed below
the title bar (see Fig. 4-48). The following settings are listed:
Setting

Description

Standard restrictions

Frequency

The frequency of the measured input signal.

Burst Type

The type of burst being analyzed

IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM only

Zone/Seg

The zone and segment being analyzed

IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro only

Signal Level

The expected mean signal level for the input signal.

Modulation

Shows the active setting selected in the Demod
Settings dialog box, Demodulator list.
If the Mod. Detection field is set to ALL, ALL is
displayed.

IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM only

Shows the active setting selected in the Demod
Settings dialog box, Demodulator list.
If the Modulation Analysis Scope field is set to ALL,
ALL is displayed.

IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro only

External Att

The attenuation (positive values) or gain (negative
values) applied to the signal externally (i.e. before the
RF or IQ connector of the spectrum analyzer), e.g.:
External Att = 10 dB means that before the RF
connector of the R&S FSL a 10 dB attenuator is used
External Att = –20 dB means that before the RF
connector of the R&S FSL a amplifier with 20 dB gain
is used.

Data Symbols

Shows the minimum and maximum number of data
symbols that a burst may have to be considered in
results analysis .

IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM only

Zone Offset/Length

A combined display of the offset and length of the
analyzed zone

IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro only

Fig. 4-48 Measurement settings for IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM (example)

Fig. 4-49 Measurement settings for IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro (example)

1300.2519.12

4.444

E-11

R&S FSL

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)

Result summary list
If the results are displayed in tabular form (Display Graph/List softkey), the result summary list is
displayed. It shows the overall measurement results and provides limit checking for result values in
accordance with the selected standard. Result values which are within the limit as specified by the
standard are displayed in green. Result values which are outside of the limits specified by the standard
are displayed in red with a '*' to the left. Results which have no limits specified by the standard are
displayed in white. Limit values are displayed in white (not bold) and can be modified, when focused,
via the keypad. Limits are modified for the currently selected modulation scheme. Each modulation
scheme may have its own set of user defined limits. To reset the limit values to the values specified in
the standard, use the lines menu (LINES key).
•

IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM
The results displayed in this list are for the entire measurement. If a specific number of bursts have
been requested which requires more than one sweep, the result summary list is updated at the end
of each sweep. The number of bursts measured and the number of bursts requested are displayed
to show the progress through the measurement. The Min / Mean / Max columns show the minimum,
mean or maximum values of the burst results.

Fig. 4-50 Result summary list for IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM (example)
•

IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA, WiBro
For these measurement results, the minimum, mean, and maximum is taken over the analyzed
zones of the current capture buffer content.
Two lists are available:
–

Result Summary of Analyzed Subframes (list 1)

–

Result Summary of Analyzed Zone / Segment (list 2)

1300.2519.12

4.445

E-11

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)

R&S FSL

Fig. 4-51 Result summary list 1 for IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro (example)

Fig. 4-52 Result summary list 2 for IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro (example)
For details regarding how the results are calculated refer to chapter "Advanced Measurement
Examples".

Result display graph
•

IQ measurements
If the results are displayed in graphical form (Display Graph/List softkey), additionally to the
selected graphical result display, the Magnitude Capture Buffer (power profile) display is provided
for all IQ measurements. The different result displays are described with the corresponding softkey.
The Magnitude Capture Buffer display shows the complete range of captured data for the last
sweep. All analyzed bursts are identified with a green bar at the bottom of the Magnitude Capture
Buffer display. Only those bursts match the required criteria. The gate delay line (GD) and gate
length line (GL) are displayed in red color.

1300.2519.12

4.446

E-11

R&S FSL

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)

Fig. 4-53 Magnitude capture buffer results (example)
All IQ measurements process the same signal data and as such all IQ measurement results are
available after a single IQ measurement execution.
IQ measurements can be run in split screen mode (allowing both the Magnitude Capture Buffer
display and the selected IQ measurement results to be displayed simultaneously) or in full screen
mode (with either the Magnitude Capture Buffer display or the selected IQ measurement results
displayed).
When measuring OFDMA or WiBro measurements, the time from the start of the capture buffer to
the start of the first frame is also displayed in the Magnitude Capture buffer. This time is marked
with a vertical blue line, with the result displayed at the top of the graph.
•

frequency sweep measurements
The frequency sweep measurements use different signal data to IQ measurements and as such it is
not possible to run an IQ measurement and then view the results in the frequency sweep
measurements and vice–versa. Also because each of the frequency sweep measurements uses
different settings to obtain signal data it is not possible to run a frequency sweep measurement and
view the results of another frequency sweep measurement.
All frequency sweep measurements are run in full screen mode.

Further information
This section provides background information on measurements and displayed information. For details
on signal processing refer to chapter "Advanced Measurement Examples", section "WiMAX, WiBro
Measurements (Options K92/K93)".

To transfer the current R&S SMU WiMAX setting via LAN
Prerequisite:
•

The Windows Firewall of the R&S SMU is switched off.

1. Press the Settings General/Demod softkey to open the General Settings dialog box.
2. Under Signal Characteristics in the Standard list, select the IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA or IEEE
802.16e–2005 WiBro standard.
3. Under Setup in the SMU Address field, specify the TCP/IP address of the R&S SMU.
1300.2519.12

4.447

E-11

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)
4. Press the More

R&S FSL

softkey to change into the side menu.

5. Press the File Manager softkey to open the File Manager.
6. Under Folders, select the SMU entry.
7. Under Files, select the Current SMU WiMAX Settings entry using the RIGHTARRROW key.
8. Press the Recall softkey.
The selected WiMAX setting file is transferred from the R&S ´SMU to the R&S FSL.

Title bar information
The title bar displays the following information:
•

standard applicable to the current measurement

Status bar information
The status bar displays the following information:
•

parameter values
If a parameter in a settings dialog box is selected, the minimum and maximum values for the
selected parameter are displayed.
If a Boolean parameter in a dialog box is selected, the minimum and maximum values are displayed
as N/A for not applicable.

•

measurement status
During the measurement, the current measurement status along with detailed information about the
progress is displayed.

•

error messages (with red background), for details refer to chapter "Error Messages".

•

warning messages (with blue background), for details refer to chapter "Error Messages".

Softkeys of the WiMAX menu (WiMAX mode)
The following table shows all softkeys available in the WiMAX menu. It is possible that your instrument
configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only available with a special option, model or
(measurement) mode, this information is delivered in the corresponding softkey description.
Menu / Command

Command

Settings General/Demod
Display Graph/List
PVT

Settings General/Demod
Display Graph/List
Full Burst
Start End
Burst Selection
Full Subframe
Rising/Falling
More
Gating Settings On/Off

1300.2519.12

4.448

E-11

R&S FSL
Menu / Command

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)
Command
Import
Export
R&S Support

EVM Constell

Settings General/Demod
EVM vs Symbol/Carrier
Error Frequency/Phase
Constell vs Symbol/Carrier
Carrier Selection
Constell Selection
More
Gating Settings On/Off
Import
Export
Y–Axis/Div
R&S Support

Spectrum

Settings General/Demod
Display Graph/List
Spectrum Flat./Diff./Group Delay
Spectrum IEEE/ETSI
Spectrum Mask
Spectrum FFT
ACPR Abs/Rel
More
Gating Settings On/Off
SEM Settings
ACP Settings
Import
Export
R&S Support

Statistics

Settings General/Demod
Display Graph/List
CCDF
Bitstream
Burst Summary
Bit Selection
More
Gating Settings On/Off
Import

1300.2519.12

4.449

E-11

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)
Menu / Command

R&S FSL

Command
Export
R&S Support

File Manager

For the available File Manager
softkeys, see the description of the File
Manager softkey.

Settings General/Demod
Opens the General Settings dialog box or the Demod Settings dialog box. Screenshots of the
dialog boxes are provided in chapter "Advanced Measurement Examples", section
"Measurement Examples of the WiMAX IEEE 802.16 OFDM, OFDMA Measurements option
(K93)".
Alternatively, the General Settings dialog box is opened as follows:
–

FREQ key, with focus on the Frequency field

–

AMPT key, with focus on the Signal Level (RF) field

–

TRIG key, with focus on the Trigger Mode list

In the General Settings dialog box, all settings related to the overall measurement are modified.
The right pane with the advanced settings is only displayed, if the Advanced Settings option is
activated. The General Settings dialog box contains the following elements:
Pane

Field/List

Signal Characteristics

Standard

Standard Restrictions

Frequency
Channel No

IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM

Frequency Band
FFT Size NFFT

IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro

Channel BW
Sample Rate
G = Tg/Tb
Level Settings

Signal Level
Auto Lev
Ext Att

Data Capture Settings

Capture Time
Burst Count
Analyze Bursts
Sweep Time
Sweep Count

Trigger Settings

Trigger Mode
Trigger Offset
Power Level
Auto Lvl

Input Settings Advanced

Auto Level Time
Ref Level
Attenuation

1300.2519.12

4.450

E-11

R&S FSL

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)

Pane

Field/List

IQ Settings

Swap IQ

Result Settings

RSSI, CINR avg.

Setup

Standard Restrictions

List Results Unit

IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM

SMU Address

IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro

In the Demod Settings dialog box, the settings associated with the signal modulation are
modified. The content of the Demod Settings dialog box depends on the selected standard:
–

IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM
The settings under Burst to Analyze specify the characteristics of the bursts to be considered
in the measurement results. Only the bursts which meet the criteria specified in this group will
be included in measurement analysis. The settings under Tracking allow various errors in
measurement results to be compensated for.

–

IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro
The Demod Settings dialog box contains the three tabs. Use the left/right arrow keys to
navigate between the tabs.
On the Demod Settings tab, the channel estimation range is set. The settings under Bursts to
Analyze specify the characteristics of the bursts to be considered in the measurement results.
The settings under Tracking allow various errors in measurement results to be compensated
for.
On the Frame Global tab, the common settings associated with the frame to be analyzed can
be modified.
On the Frame Config tab, the settings associated with the frame configuration can be modified.
The Zone/Segment List and the Burst List are displayed. The content of the selected list is
graphically displayed under The content of the selected list is graphically displayed under the
Zone/Segment Map and the Burst Map respectively. To edit Frame Config tab, softkeys are
available (see the table below).

The Demod Settings dialog box contains the following elements:
Tab/Pane

Field/List or Softkey

Standard Restrictions

Demod Settings
Burst to Analyze

Tracking

1300.2519.12

Burst Type

IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM

Link Mode

IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM

Use FCH Content

IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM

Mod. Detection

IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM

Demodulator

IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM

Subchannelization

IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM

Index

IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM

UL Phys. Modifier

IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM

Equal Burst Length

IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM

Data Symbols

IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM

Min Data Symbols

IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM

Max Data Symbols

IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM

Channel Estimation

IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM

Phase

IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM

Timing

IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM

4.451

E-11

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)
Tab/Pane

Field/List or Softkey

Standard Restrictions

Level

IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM

Downlink (DL)

IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro

Uplink (UL)

IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro

Modulation Analysis Scope

IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro

Demodulator

IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro

Phase

IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro

Timing

IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro

Pilots for Tracking DL

IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro

Pilots for Tracking UL

IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro

FFT start offset rel to CP center

IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro

File Name

IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro

IDCell

IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro

Preamble Mode

IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro

R&S FSL

Demod Settings
Channel Estimation Range

Bursts To Analyze

Tracking Settings

Advanced
Frame Global
Frame

DL Subframe

Preamble Index
Used Subchannel Bitmap
UL Subframe

Frame Number

IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro

Allocated Subchannel Bitmap

IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro

List Zone/Burst

IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro

Copy Zone/Burst

IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro

Insert Zone/Burst

IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro

New Zone/Burst

IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro

New Segment

IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro

Delete Zone/Burst

IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro

File Manager

IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro

Frame Config

Standard (General Settings dialog box)
Displays a list of all installed standards to select the WiMAX/WiBro standard:
Standard

Installed with Option

IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM

R&S FSL–K92/K93

IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA

R&S FSL–K93 only

IEEE 802.16e–2005 WiBro

R&S FSL–K93 only

All available entries represent a list of default settings in accordance to the specified standard.
This ensures that the measurements are performed according to the specified standard with the
correct limit values and limit lines.
Remote: CONF:STAN 0

1300.2519.12

4.452

E-11

R&S FSL

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)

Frequency (General Settings dialog box)
Specifies the center frequency of the signal to be measured. If the frequency is modified, the
Channel No field is updated accordingly.
Remote: FREQ:CENT 100MHz
Channel No (General Settings dialog box, IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM)
Specifies the channel to be measured. If the field entry is modified, the center frequency is
derived according to the section in the standard mentioned below and updated.
–

For the Licensed Bands {ETSI, MMDS, WCS}:
Channel numbers are supported according to IEEE Std 802.16–2004 "8.3.10.2 Transmitter
channel bandwidth and RF carrier frequencies''. For the target frequency bands see IEEE Std
802.16–2004 "B.1 Targeted frequency bands''.

–

For the License Exempt Bands {U–NII, CEPT}:
Channel numbers are supported according to IEEE Std 802.16–2004 "8.5.1 Channelization''.

Remote: CONF:CHAN 9
Frequency Band (General Settings dialog box)
Specifies the relationship between the Channel BW and the Sample Rate parameters.
Remote: CONF:WIM:FBAN ETSI
FFT Size NFFT (General Settings dialog box, IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro)
Specifies the maximum number of carriers supported by the signal to be measured.
Remote: CONF:WIM:NFFT FFT2048
Channel BW (General Settings dialog box)
Specifies the bandwidth of the channel to be measured.
Remote: BAND:CHAN 7MHZ
Sample Rate (General Settings dialog box)
Specifies the sample rate used for IQ measurements.
Remote: TRACE:IQ:SRAT 2000000
G = Tg/Tb (General Settings dialog box)
Specifies the guard time ratio.
Remote: CONF:WIM:IGR 16

1300.2519.12

4.453

E-11

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)

R&S FSL

Signal Level (General Settings dialog box)
Specifies the expected level of the RF input signal. If an automatic level detection measurement
has been executed, the signal level (RF) is updated.
Remote: CONF:POW:EXP:RF –20
Auto Lev (General Settings dialog box)
Activates or deactivates the automatic setting of the reference level for measurements.
On

The reference level is measured automatically at the start of each measurement
sweep. This ensures that the reference level is always set at the optimal level for
obtaining accurate results but will result in slightly increased measurement times. For
details about level detection refer to chapter "Advanced Measurement Examples".

Off

The reference level is defined manually in the Signal Level field.

Remote: CONF:POW:AUTO ON
Remote: CONF:POW:AUTO:SWE:TIME 200MS
Ext Att (General Settings dialog box)
Specifies the external attenuation or gain applied to the RF signal. A positive value indicates
attenuation, a negative value indicates gain. All displayed power level values are shifted by this
value.
Remote: DISP:TRAC:Y:RLEV:OFFS 10
Capture Time (General Settings dialog box)
Specifies the time (and therefore the amount of data) to be captured in a single measurement
sweep.
Remote: SWE:TIME 10ms
Burst Count (General Settings dialog box)
Activates or deactivates a specified number of bursts for capture and analysis.
On

The data analysis is performed over a number of consecutive sweeps until the
required number of bursts has been captured and analyzed.

Off

The data analysis is performed on a single measurement sweep.

Remote: BURS:COUN:STAT ON
Analyze Bursts (General Settings dialog box)
Specifies the number of bursts to be measured, if the Burst Count option is activated.
If the number of bursts of the specified type is not contained in a single measurement sweep,
the measurement sweeps continue until the requested number of bursts have been captured.
Remote: BURS:COUN 16

1300.2519.12

4.454

E-11

R&S FSL

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)

Sweep Time (General Settings dialog box)
Specifies the sweep time for the Spectrum Mask and Spectrum ACP/ACPR measurements:
–

If the Auto option is activated, the sweep time is calculated automatically.

–

If the Auto option is deactivated, specify the sweep time.

Remote: SWE:ACPR:TIME 1S
Remote: SWE:ACPR:TIME:AUTO OFF
Sweep Count (General Settings dialog box)
Specifies the number of sweeps to be performed for Spectrum ACP/ACPR and Spectrum Mask
measurements.
Remote: SWE:COUNt 64
Trigger Mode (General Settings dialog box)
Sets the trigger source for the measurement sweep.
Free Run

The measurement sweep starts immediately.

External

The measurement sweep starts if the external trigger signal meets or
exceeds the external trigger level (a fixed value that cannot be altered) at
the input connector EXT TRIGGER/GATE IN on the rear panel.

Power

The measurement sweep starts if the signal power meets or exceeds the
specified power trigger level.

Remote: TRIG:MODE IMM
Trigger Offset (General Settings dialog box)
Specifies the time offset between the trigger signal and the start of the sweep. A negative value
indicates a pre–trigger. This field is not available in the Free Run trigger mode.
Remote: TRIG:HOLD 500us
Power Level (General Settings dialog box)
Specifies the trigger level if the Power trigger mode is set (see Trigger Mode field).
Remote: TRIG:LEV:POW 10 DBM
Auto Lvl (General Settings dialog box)
Activates or deactivates the automatic measurement of the power trigger level if the Power
trigger mode is set (see Trigger Mode field).
On

The power trigger level is measured automatically at the start of each measurement
sweep. This ensures that the power trigger level is always set at the optimal level for
obtaining accurate results but will result in a slightly increased measurement times.

Off

The power trigger level is defined manually in the Power Level field.

Remote: TRIG:LEV:POW:AUTO ON
1300.2519.12

4.455

E-11

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)

R&S FSL

Auto Level Time (General Settings dialog box)
Specifies the sweep time used for the automatic level measurements.
Remote: CONF:POW:AUTO:SWE:TIME 200MS
Ref Level (General Settings dialog box)
Specifies the reference level used for measurements. If the reference level is modified, the
signal level is updated accordingly (depending on the currently selected standard and
measurement type). This field is only editable if the Auto Lev option is deactivated.
Remote: DISP:TRAC:Y:RLEV?
Attenuation (General Settings dialog box)
Specifies the settings for the attenuator. This field is only editable if the Auto Lev option is
deactivated. If the Auto Lev option is activated, the RF attenuator setting is coupled to the
reference level setting.
Remote: INP:ATT 30dB
Swap IQ (General Settings dialog box)
Activates or deactivates the inverted I/Q modulation.
On

I and Q signals are interchanged.

Off

Normal I/Q modulation.

Remote: SWAP ON
RSSI, CINR avg. (General Settings dialog box)
Specifies the mean and standard deviation for the RSSI and CINR results (see IEEE Std
802.16–2004 "8.3.9.2 RSSI mean and standard deviation'', "8.3.9.3 CINR mean and standard
deviation'').
Remote: CONF:WIM:AVER 0.1
List Results Unit (General Settings dialog box, IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM)
Specifies the units for the results in the results summary table.
Remote: UNIT:TABL DB
SMU Address (General Settings dialog box, IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro)
Specifies the TCP/IP address of an external R&S SMU signal generator connected via TCP/IP.
This enables the R&S FSL to download the frame zone setup directly.
Remote: SYST:COMM:TCP:ADDR 192.168.1.1

1300.2519.12

4.456

E-11

R&S FSL

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)

Burst Type (Demod Settings dialog box, IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM)
Specifies the type of burst to be included in measurement analysis. Only one burst type can be
selected for the measurement results. The OFDM burst type is supported.

Link Mode (Demod Settings dialog box, IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM)
Specifies the link mode of bursts that are to be included in measurement analysis. The following
link mode types are supported:
UL

Up Link

DL

Down Link

Remote: CONF:WIM:LMOD UL
Use FCH Content (Demod Settings dialog box, IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM)
Activates or deactivates the decoding of the captured burst data FCH field.
OFF

This is the default setting and cannot be altered currently.

ON

Only the bursts with a modulation format matching the format specified in the
Demodulator list are included in the results analysis.

Mod. Detection (Demod Settings dialog box, IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM)
Specifies the demodulation of the signal. The following values are supported:
None

No modulation detection is performed. The signal will be analyzed according
to the Demodulator setting. Therefore the Demodulator setting must match
with the modulation format of the subframe. This setting excludes the analysis
of multiple modulation formats in a subframe.

First
Symbol

The first data symbol specifies the modulation format, i.e. the signal will be
analyzed according to the modulation format of the first data symbol. This
setting supports multiple modulation formats in a subframe.
If First Symbol is selected, the Demodulator setting is disabled and is
automatically updated with the modulation scheme detected in the first
symbol.

User

Only bursts matching the setting in the Demodulator list are analyzed. This
setting supports multiple modulation formats in a subframe.

All

All bursts individual payload modulations are analyzed accordingly. This
setting is useful to get an overview of the signal content.

Remote: DEM:FORM:AUTO FIRS
Demodulator (Demod Settings dialog box, IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM)
Defines the modulation format for signal analysis if the Mod. Detection is set to None or User
(see Mod. Detection field).
The measurement application does not distinguish between different coding rates for the same
modulation format. If the signal to be analyzed contains the profiles (modulation format A, coding

1300.2519.12

4.457

E-11

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)

R&S FSL

rate B) and (modulation format C, coding rate D), the signal to be analyzed must hold the
following condition in order to produce correct measurement results:
[A == C

B == D]

Remote: DEM:FORM:BAN '16QAM1/2
Subchannelization (Demod Settings dialog box, IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM)
Activates or deactivates the subchannelization, if the Up Link mode is set (see Link Mode
field). If activated, the subchannel index of uplink bursts is analyzed, defined by the Index field.
Remote: SUBC:STAT ON
Index (Demod Settings dialog box, IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM)
Defines the subchannelization index of uplink bursts to be analyzed. Subchannelization index 16
is the default subchannel with full occupation.
Remote: SUBC 12
UL Phys. Modifier (Demod Settings dialog box, IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM)
Specifies a common UL physical modifier for all uplink bursts.
Remote: SUBC:ULPH 1
Equal Burst Length (Demod Settings dialog box, IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM)
Activates or deactivates the burst selection for measurement analysis according to the range or
specific number of data symbols/bytes.
On

Only bursts with exactly the number of symbols specified in the
Data Symbols field are considered for measurement analysis.

Off

Only bursts within the range of data symbols specified by the
Min Data Symbols and Max Data Symbols fields are
considered for measurement analysis.

Remote: DEM:FORM:BAN:SYMB:EQU ON
Data Symbols (Demod Settings dialog box, IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM)
Specifies the number of symbols that a burst must have to be considered for measurement
analysis. This field is only available if the Equal Burst Length option is activated.
Remote: DEM:FORM:BAN:SYMB:MIN 16
Min Data Symbols (Demod Settings dialog box, IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM)
Specifies the minimum number of data symbols that a burst must have to be considered in
measurement analysis. This field is only available if the Equal Burst Length option is
deactivated.
Remote: DEM:FORM:BAN:SYMB:MIN 16

1300.2519.12

4.458

E-11

R&S FSL

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)

Max Data Symbols (Demod Settings dialog box, IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM)
Specifies the maximum number of data symbols that a burst must have to be considered in
measurement analysis. This field is only available if the Equal Burst Length option is
deactivated.
Remote: DEM:FORM:BAN:SYMB:MAX 1300

Channel Estimation (Demod Settings dialog box, IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM)
Specifies how accurately the EVM results are calculated.
Preamble

The channel estimation is performed in the preamble as required in the
standard.

Payload

The channel estimation is performed in the payload.

Remote: DEM:CEST ON
Phase (Demod Settings dialog box)
Activates or deactivates the compensation for the phase error. If activated, the measurement
results are compensated for phase error on a per–symbol basis.
Remote: TRAC:PHAS ON
Timing (Demod Settings dialog box)
Activates or deactivates the compensation for the timing error. If activated, the measurement
results are compensated for timing error on a per–symbol basis.
Remote: TRAC:TIME ON
Level (Demod Settings dialog box, IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM)
Activates or deactivates the compensation for the level error. If activated, the measurement
results are compensated for level error on a per–symbol basis.
Remote: TRAC:LEV ON
Downlink (DL) (Demod Settings dialog box, IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro)
Specifies how channel estimation is performed for downlink signals.
Preamble Only

The channel estimation is performed in the preamble only.

Preamble and Payload

The channel estimation is performed in the preamble and in the
payload (payload comprises pilots and data).

Payload Only

The channel estimation is performed in the payload only.

Remote: DEM:CEST PREAMPAYL

1300.2519.12

4.459

E-11

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)

R&S FSL

Uplink (UL) (Demod Settings dialog box, IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro)
Displays the channel estimation performed for uplink signals.
This field is for information purposes only as channel estimation for uplink signals are always
performed in payload only (payload comprises pilots and data).

Modulation Analysis Scope (Demod Settings dialog box, IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro)
Displays the modulation formats to be analyzed.
This field is for information purposes only as all detected modulation schemes are analyzed.

Demodulator (Demod Settings dialog box, IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro)
Displays the modulation scheme detected in the analyzed signal. For signals using multiple
modulation schemes, the modulation scheme with the highest data rate is displayed. The field
also indicates the limits that are applied to the EVM results in the table or results.
This field is for information purposes only.
Remote: DEM:FORM:BAN?
Pilots for Tracking DL (Demod Settings dialog box, IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro)
Specifies how, for downlink signals, the pilot sequence is determined for tracking purposes.
According to Standard

The pilot sequence is computed according to the standard.

Detected

The pilot sequence uses the values detected in the signal.

Remote: TRAC:PIL DET
Pilots for Tracking UL (Demod Settings dialog box, IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro)
Displays how, for uplink signals, the pilot sequence is determined for tracking purposes.
This field is for information purposes only as tracking is performed according to the selected
standard.

FFT start offset rel to CP center (Demod Settings dialog box, IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro)
Adds an offset to the FFT starting point determined by the application.
The setting range is from –100% to +100% of the cyclic prefix (CP) length. In the case of 0%,
the optimal FFT starting point, determined by the application, is used. This is the default setting.
Remote: FFT:OFF 0
File Name (Demod Settings dialog box, IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro)
Displays the name of the loaded *.WIMAX settings file. If no file is loaded the '….' is displayed.
This field is for information purposes only.

1300.2519.12

4.460

E-11

R&S FSL

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)

IDCell (Demod Settings dialog box, IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro)
Specifies the downlink IDCell number and affects the definition of the preamble sequence (in
conjunction with the used segments according to the Used Subchannel Bitmap setting), the
pilot sequence of the first zone and the subchannel definition of the first zone.
Remote: CONF:WIM:DLSF:IDC 0
Preamble Mode (Demod Settings dialog box, IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro)
Specifies how the preamble index is calculated.
Auto

The preamble index is automatically calculated according to the IDCell and Used
Subchannel Bitmap parameters.

User

The preamble index can be specified manually, i.e. the preamble pattern is chosen
according to the standard using the Preamble Index parameter.

Remote: CONF:WIM:DLSF:PRE:MODE AUTO
Preamble Index (Demod Settings dialog box, IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro)
Specifies the preamble pattern (according to the standard) to be used, if the Preamble Mode
parameter is set to User.
Remote: CONF:WIM:DLSF:PRE:IND 31
Used Subchannel Bitmap (Demod Settings dialog box, IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro)
Assigns subchannel groups to segments, see [802.16e–2005], page 360, table 268a
"Subchannel index of the six subchannel groups". This table defines how many subchannels are
available for the Burst List (Frame Config tab) belonging to the corresponding segment of a
DL–PUSC zone (with Use All Subchannels being false). In the burst list – corresponding to the
segment – this selection controls the height of the white area in the burst map.
Remote: CONF:WIM:DLSF:SEGM1 63
Frame Number (Demod Settings dialog box, IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro)
Specifies the number of the frame to be analyzed. For UL subframe analysis, the frame number
must be constant for the signal to be analyzed.
Remote: CONF:WIM:ULSF:FRAM 0
Allocated Subchannel Bitmap (Demod Settings dialog box, IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro)
Specifies the subchannels to be analyzed.
This parameter is for information purposes only as all subchannels are used in the UL subframe.

1300.2519.12

4.461

E-11

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)

R&S FSL

List Zone/Burst (IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro)
Sets the focus on the Zone/Segment List or the Burst List to enter and modify data. To insert,
copy, and delete rows, use the softkeys available with the Frame Config tab.
The content of the selected list is graphically displayed under the Zone/Segment Map and the
Burst Map respectively.
The Zone/Segment List contains the following columns:
Column

Description

ID

Provides a unique ID for the zone. This parameter is read only. If there are any errors in the
zone/segment configuration, the background is displayed in red color.

Bursts

Pressing the rotary knob or the ENTER key with focus on this field changes the focus to the
Burst List and displays the Burst Map.

Analyze

Defines the zone/segment to be analyzed. Only one zone/segment can be selected for analysis
at any given time.

Zone

Defines the zone type. The following types are supported: DL–PUSC, DL–FUSC, UL–PUSC

Segment

Defines the segment for a DL–PUSC zone.
For DL–FUSC zones, this parameter has no effect.

Length

Defines the length in OFDMA symbols of the zone.
The zone length must be a multiple of the symbol numbers per slot. If this is not the case, an
error message is displayed in the status bar and the measurement does not start.

Offset

Defines the offset in OFDMA symbols from the start of the subframe.
The first DL–PUSC zone starts with 1. The first UL–PUSC zone starts with 0.

PermBase

Specifies the permbase that is required for the calculation of the subchannel – physical carrier
assignment permutation.

PRBS_ID

Specifies the permbase ID that is required for the calculation of the pilot sequence.

Fig. 4-54 Definition of the Zone Offset [green arrow] and the Zone Length [violet arrow] parameters
from the Zone/Segment List

1300.2519.12

4.462

E-11

R&S FSL

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)

The Burst List contains the following parameters, depending on the zone selection:
Column

Description

Zone
restrictions

ID

Provides a unique ID for the burst. This parameter is read only. The background
color of this parameter reflects the modulation of the burst. If there are any errors in
the burst configuration then the background of this item will be red.

Modulation

Defines the modulation format of the burst. In the Burst Map, identical modulation
formats are displays in the same color.

No. of Subch.

Defines the number of logical subchannels occupied by the burst.

DL_FUSC,
DL_PUSC

No. of Symb.

Defines the number of OFDMA symbols occupied by the burst.
It must be a multiple of the symbol numbers per slot. If this is not the case, an error
message is displayed in the status bar and the measurement does not start.

DL_FUSC,
DL_PUSC

Duration
[Slots]

Specifies the unit of time for the allocating bandwidth.

UL_PUSC

Auto

If selected, the Offset Subch. and the Offset Symb. parameters are set
automatically.

UL_PUSC

Offset Subch.

Defines the offset in logical subchannels from subchannel 0.

Offset Symb.

Defines the offset in OFDMA symbols. It must be a multiple of the number of
symbols per slot. If this is not the case, an error message is displayed in the status
bar and the measurement does not start.
The start of the zone defines symbol 0.

Power[dB]

Defines the boosting factor of the burst.

Burst Type

Defines the burst type from the protocol layer perspective.

DL_FUSC,
DL_PUSC

Fig. 4-55 Definition of the Burst Offset [green arrows] and the Burst Length [violet arrows]
parameters from the Burst List
The Zone/Segment Map and the Burst Map display panes are located at the bottom of the
Frame Config tab. They display a graphical view of the selected Zone/Segment List.
–

Zone/Segment Map
Displays a graphical view of the selected Zone/Segment List.

1300.2519.12

4.463

E-11

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)
–

R&S FSL

Burst Map
Displays a graphical view of the selected Burst List. The background color of each burst in the
diagram match the modulation format of the burst. Any burst that is incorrectly configured is
displayed with a red background. The measurement does only start if the frame definition is
correct.
Example:
The Burst Map with burst 1 exceeds the available amount of logical subchannels. The area
causing the problem is highlighted red.

The configuration is corrected by doing one of the following:
a) Reducing the number of subchannels for burst 1 in the Burst List.
b) Assigning more subchannels to the zone/segment to which burst 1 belongs.
c) Increasing NFFT.
Remote: CONFigure:WIMax:ZONE<1…26>..., for details see CONFigure Subsystem
(WiMAX/WiBro, K93)
Copy Zone/Burst (IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro)
Copies the selected zone or burst to the clipboard.

Insert Zone/Burst (IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro)
Pastes the zone or burst below the focused zone or burst.

New Zone/Burst (IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro)
Inserts a new zone or burst below the focused zone or burst.
Remote: CONF:WIM:ZONE1:CONT ON,DLFUSC,0,10,0,0,0 (zone)
Remote: CONF:WIM:ZONE1:BURS1:CONT QAM16_1_2,1D2,5,10,20,0,0,0, DATA (burst)
New Segment (IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro)
Inserts a new segment below the focused zone/segment. This softkey is only available, if the
focus is on the Zone/Segment List.

Delete Zone/Burst (IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro)
Deletes the focused zone or burst.
Remote: CONF:WIM:ZONE1:DEL (zone)
Remote: CONF:WIM:ZONE1:BURS1:DEL (burst)
1300.2519.12

4.464

E-11

R&S FSL

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)

Display Graph/List
Configures the result display. The measurement results are displayed either in form of a list of
measurement points or as a graphical trace.
For details on the result displays refer to "Result summary list" on page 4.445 and "Result
display graph" on page 4.446.
Remote: DISP:TABL OFF
Remote: for result queries see section FETCh Subsystem
PVT
Opens the PVT submenu to select the Power vs Time measurement results.
The PVT result displays show the measured input data over the full range or over complete
bursts, displayed within the gating lines if gating is switched on. The results are displayed as a
single burst. If the gate start or gate length are altered then the results can be updated to reflect
these changes by pressing the Refresh softkey in the sweep menu.
Remote: CONF:BURS:PVT
Full Burst (IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM)
Displays the PVT results in a single graph with all burst data being displayed (Display Graph
selected), or in a list (Display List selected).

For further details refer to the PVT softkey.
Remote: CONF:BURS:PVT:SEL FULL

1300.2519.12

4.465

E-11

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)

R&S FSL

Start End (IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM)
Displays the results in two separate graphs, the left hand side showing the start and the right
hand side showing the end of a burst (Display Graph selected), or in a list (Display List
selected).

Remote: CONF:BURS:PVT:SEL EDGE
Burst Selection (IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM)
Opens an edit dialog box to select a burst by entering its number.
Remote: CONF:BURS:PVT:BURS 1

1300.2519.12

4.466

E-11

R&S FSL

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)

Full Subframe (IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro)
Displays the results in a single graph with the minimum, mean, and maximum power profile of
the subframe that contains the zone selected to be analyzed (Display Graph selected), or in
two lists (Display List 1/2 selected).

Remote: CONF:BURS:PVT:SEL FULL
Rising/Falling (IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro)
Displays the results in two separate graphs: the minimum, mean, and maximum power profile of
rising (on the left hand) respective falling (on the right hand) edge of the subframe that contains
the zone selected to be analyzed (Display Graph selected), or in two lists (Display List 1/2
selected).

Remote: CONF:BURS:PVT:SEL EDGE

1300.2519.12

4.467

E-11

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)

R&S FSL

Gating Settings On/Off (Spectrum Mask, Spectrum FFT, Spectrum ACPR, CCDF)
Activates or deactivates gating, or opens the Gate Settings dialog box to specify range of
captured data used in results calculation.

On

Uses only the specified range of captured data in results calculation. In the
Magnitude Capture Buffer trace, two vertical lines mark the specified range.

Off

Uses all the captured data in results calculation.

In the Gate Settings dialog box, the following parameters are set:
Delay

Start point of captured data to be used in results calculation, i.e.
the delay from the start of the captured data in time or samples.
If the delay is specified in time, the number of samples is
updated accordingly, and vice versa.

Length

Amount of captured data to be used in results calculation. If the
length is specified in time, the number of samples is updated
accordingly, and vice versa.

Link Gate and Marker

If activated, the position of the marker and the gate lines are
linked. The marker is positioned half way between gate start and
end. The marker position alters if the gate is modified, and the
gate lines move with the marker if the marker position is altered.

The gate settings are defined for following measurements: Spectrum FFT, CCDF, Spectrum
Mask, Spectrum ACPR.
If a frequency sweep measurement is active (Spectrum Mask and Spectrum ACP), the result
display is switched to the Magnitude Capture Buffer display in order to help defining the gate
settings correctly.
Remote: SWE:EGAT ON
Remote: SWE:EGAT:HOLD 125us, SWE:EGAT:HOLD:SAMP 2500 (Delay)
Remote: SWE:EGAT:LENG 100ms, SWE:EGAT:LENG:SAMP 2000000 (Length)
Remote: SWE:EGAT:LINK ON (Link Gate and Mark)

1300.2519.12

4.468

E-11

R&S FSL

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)

SEM Settings (IEEE 802.16e–2005 WiBro)
Opens the Spectrum Emission Mask Settings dialog box to configure the Spectrum Emission
Mask measurement.

SEM according to

Specifies how the Spectrum Emission Mask settings and limits are
applied:
TTA Standard – as specified in the standard.
User – as specified in the selected XML file

File Name

Specifies the XML file name

Link Direction

Sets the link direction:
UL – uplink, DL – downlink

Power Class

Sets the power class:
Auto – automatic selection
(–INF, 23) dBm, (23, INF) dBm – power class values for uplink
(–INF, 29) dBm, (29, 40) dBm, (40, INF) dBm – power class values
for downlink

The other parameters are set by default.
The SEM Configuration shows the settings and limits applied over specified frequency ranges
around the TX channel. The settings displayed are dependent on the selected Link Direction
and Power Class.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.60.
Remote: POW:SEM:TTA STANDARD (SEM according to)
Remote: POW:SEM:MOD UL (Link Direction)
Remote: POW:SEM:CLAS 0 (Power Class)
Import
Opens the Choose iqw file to import dialog box.
Enter the path and the name of the IQ data file you want to import. Focus the Select button and
press ENTER to load the specified IQ data file. The Select button becomes active only, if the
entered name matches a file name in the selected directory.
Remote: MMEM:LOAD:IQ:STAT 1,'C:\R_S\Instr\user\data.iqw'

1300.2519.12

4.469

E-11

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)

R&S FSL

Export
Opens the Choose iqw file to export dialog box.
Enter the path and the name of the IQ data file you want to export. Press ENTER to write the IQ
data into the specified file. If the file cannot be created or there is no valid IQ data to export an
error message is displayed.
Remote: MMEM:STOR:IQ:STAT 1,'C:\R_S\Instr\user\data.iqw'
R&S Support
Creates files that help identifying the current problem. The files are stored under
C:\R_S\Instr\user\Support. If you contact the Rohde&Schwarz support to get help for a certain
problem, send these files to the support in order to identify and solve the problem faster.

EVM Constell
Opens a submenu to select the error vector magnitude (EVM) or the constellation result
displays.

EVM vs Symbol/Carrier
Selects the EVM vs Symbol or EVM vs Carrier result displays.
–

EVM vs Symbol (IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM)
This result display shows the EVM measured over the full range of the measured input data.
The results are displayed on a per–symbol basis, with blue vertical lines marking the
boundaries of each burst. Note that burst boundary lines are only displayed if the number of
analyzed bursts is less than 250. The minimum, average, and maximum traces are displayed.
For the trace labeled with EVM a commonly used EVM definition is applied, which is the square
root of the momentary error power normalized by the averaged reference power. For details of
this measurements please refer to chapter 2.

1300.2519.12

4.470

E-11

R&S FSL
–

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)

EVM vs Symbol (IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro)
This result display shows all EVM values versus the symbols of the analyzed zone. If the
capture buffer contains more than one analyzed zones, the corresponding result graphs will be
appended. The minimum, mean, and maximum statistics is performed over carriers.

–

EVM vs Carrier (IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM)
This result display shows all EVM values recorded on a per–carrier basis over the full set of
measured data. The minimum, average and maximum traces are displayed.

–

EVM vs Carrier (IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro)
This result display shows all EVM values versus the physical carriers. The minimum, mean, and
maximum statistics is performed over the symbols of all analyzed zones in the capture buffer.

1300.2519.12

4.471

E-11

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)

R&S FSL

Remote: CONF:BURS:EVM:ESYM (EVM vs Symbol)
Remote: CONF:BURS:EVM:ECAR (EVM vs Carrier)
Error Frequency/Phase (IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM)
Selects the Frequency Error vs Preamble or the Phase Error vs Preamble result displays.
These result displays show the error values recorded over the preamble part of the burst. A
minimum, average and maximum trace are displayed. The results display either relative
frequency error or phase error.
Using the Y–Axis/Div softkey, the scaling of the y–axis can be modified to allow the results to
be scaled to an optimum level.

Remote: CONF:BURS:PRE
Remote: CONF:BURS:PRE:SEL FREQ (Frequency Error vs Preamble)
Remote: CONF:BURS:PRE:SEL PHAS (Phase Error vs Preamble)

1300.2519.12

4.472

E-11

R&S FSL

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)

Constell vs Symbol/Carrier
Selects the Constellation vs Symbol or the Constellation vs Carrier result displays.
–

Constellation vs Symbol (IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM)
This result display shows the in–phase and quadrature phase results over the full range of the
measured input data. The ideal points for the selected modulations scheme are displayed for
reference purposes.
The amount of data displayed in the Constellation result display can be reduced by selecting
the carrier or carriers for which data is to be displayed (Carrier Selection softkey).

–

Constellation vs Symbol (IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro)
This result display shows the complex constellation diagram of the modulation symbols. The
modulation symbols belong to the bursts of the analyzed zone. The different modulation
formats are displayed in unique colors. The same color assignment is used in the Bitstream
result display.
The amount of data displayed in the Constellation result display can be reduced via the
Constell Selection softkey.

1300.2519.12

4.473

E-11

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)
–

R&S FSL

Constellation vs Carrier (IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM)
This result display shows the in–phase and quadrature phase results over the full range of the
measured input data plotted on a per–carrier basis. The magnitude of the in–phase and
quadrature part is shown on the y–axis, both are displayed as separate traces (I–> trace 1, Q–>
trace 2).

Remote: CONF:BURS:CONS:CSYM (Constellation vs Symbol)
Remote: CONF:BURS:CONS:CCAR (Constellation vs Carrier)
Carrier Selection (IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM)
Opens a dialog box to select the carrier for data display. Either a specific carrier number, pilots
only or all carriers can be selected.
Remote: CONF:BURS:CONS:CARR:SEL –26
Constell Selection (IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro)
Opens a dialog box for filtering the displayed results. The results may be filtered by any
combination of modulation, burst, symbol, or carrier. If the constellation selection parameters are
changed, the result display is updated accordingly.
Remote: CONF:BURS:CONS:SYMB:SEL 1 (symbol)
Remote: CONF:BURS:CONS:FORM:SEL QPSK (modulation)
Remote: CONF:BURS:CONS:BURS:SEL 1 (burst)
Y–Axis/Div (EVM vs Symbol/Carrier, Error Frequency/Phase)
Opens a dialog box to modify the y–axis settings:
Auto Scaling

If activated, the scaling of the y–axis is calculated automatically.

Per Division

Specifies the scaling to be used if Auto Scaling is deactivated.

Unit

Specifies the y–axis unit.

1300.2519.12

4.474

E-11

R&S FSL

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)

This softkey is only available for the above mentioned measurements if trace data are displayed.
Remote: DISP:WIND2:TRAC1:Y:AUTO ON (Auto Scaling)
Remote: DISP:WIND2:TRAC1:Y:PDIV 2 (Per Division)
Remote: UNIT:EVM PCT (Unit – EVM vs Symbol/Carrier)
Remote: UNIT:PRE HZ (Unit – Error Frequency/Phase)
Spectrum
Opens a submenu for frequency measurements.

Spectrum Flat./Diff./Group Delay
Sets the Spectrum Flatness result displays in graphical form (Display Graph selected), or in
tabular form (Display List 1/2 selected).
–

Spectrum Flatness and Spectrum Flatness Group Delay (IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM)
These result displays show either the Spectrum Flatness or the Group Delay values recorded
on a per–carrier basis over the full set of measured data. A minimum, average and maximum
trace are displayed for each of the result types. If the Spectrum Flatness result display is
selected an upper and lower limit line representing the limits specified for the selected standard
are displayed. An overall pass/fail status is displayed for the obtained (average) results against
these limit lines.

1300.2519.12

4.475

E-11

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)
–

R&S FSL

Spectrum Flatness and Spectrum Flatness Group Delay (IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro)
This result display shows the average energy of the constellations for the physical carriers. The
limit lines are displayed according to the requirements of the standard. The minimum, mean,
and maximum statistics is performed over the analyzed zones in the capture buffer.

–

Spectrum Flatness Difference (IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM)
This result display shows the adjacent carrier power difference of the preamble part of the
burst. A minimum, average and maximum trace are displayed.

1300.2519.12

4.476

E-11

R&S FSL
–

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)

Spectrum Flatness Difference (IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro)
This result display shows the absolute difference of adjacent carriers. The limit lines are
displayed according to the requirements of the standard. The minimum, mean, and maximum
statistics is performed over the analyzed zones in the capture buffer.

Remote: CONF:BURS:SPEC:FLAT
Remote: CONF:BURS:SPEC:FLAT:SEL FLAT (Spectrum Flatness)
Remote: CONF:BURS:SPEC:FLAT:SEL GRD (Spectrum Flatness Group Delay)
Remote: CONF:BURS:SPEC:FLAT:SEL DIFF (Spectrum Flatness Difference)
Spectrum IEEE/ETSI (IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM, IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA) /
Spectrum Mask (IEEE 802.16e–2005 WiBro)
Sets the Spectrum (Emission) Mask result display. For the IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM, IEEE
802.16e–2005 OFDMA standards, the result is displayed in graphical form (Display Graph
selected), or in tabular form (Display List 1/2 selected). For the IEEE 802.16e–2005 WiBro
standard, graph and table are displayed combined.
This result display shows power against frequency. A limit line representing the spectrum mask
specified for the selected standard is displayed and an overall pass/fail status is displayed for
the obtained results against this limit line.
For the IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM, IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA standards, the span of the
results is related to the specified sample rate.
For the IEEE 802.16e–2005 WiBro standard, the table contains the results for each of the
individual frequency ranges. On the trace, the highest power value is marked for each of the
specified frequency ranges with a marker.
The number of sweeps is set in the General Settings dialog box, Sweep Count field. If the
measurement is performed over multiple sweeps both a max hold trace and an average trace
are displayed. For the IEEE 802.16e–2005 WiBro standard, the Spectrum Emission Mask
measurement is configured via the SEM Settings softkey.

1300.2519.12

4.477

E-11

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)
–

Spectrum IEEE (IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM)

–

Spectrum IEEE (IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA)

–

Spectrum ETSI (IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM)

1300.2519.12

4.478

R&S FSL

E-11

R&S FSL

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)

–

Spectrum ETSI (IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA)

–

IEEE 802.16e–2005 WiBro

Remote: CONF:BURS:SPEC:MASK
Remote: CONF:BURS:SPEC:MASK:SEL IEEE
Remote: CONF:BURS:SPEC:MASK:SEL ETSI
Spectrum FFT
Sets the Spectrum FFT result display in graphical form (Display Graph selected), or in tabular
form (Display List 1/2 selected).
This result display shows the Power vs Frequency results obtained from a FFT performed over
the range of data in the Magnitude Capture Buffer which lies within the gate lines. If the gate
start or gate length are altered then the results can be updated to reflect these changes by
pressing the Refresh softkey in the sweep menu.

1300.2519.12

4.479

E-11

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)
–

IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM

–

IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro

R&S FSL

Remote: CONF:BURS:SPEC:FFT
ACPR Abs/Rel
Sets the ACPR (Adjacent Channel Power Relative) result display in graphical form (Display
Graph selected), or in tabular form (Display List 1/2 selected).
This result display is similar to the Spectrum Mask measurement, and provides information
about leakage into adjacent channels. The results show the relative power measured in the
three nearest channels either side of the measured channel. This measurement is the same as
the adjacent channel power measurement provided by the spectrum analyzer.
The number of sweeps is set in the General Settings dialog box, Sweep Count field. If the
measurement is performed over multiple sweeps both a max hold trace and an average trace
are displayed.

1300.2519.12

4.480

E-11

R&S FSL

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)

–

IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM

–

IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro

Remote: CONF:BURS:SPEC:ACPR
Remote: CONF:BURS:SPEC:ACPR:SEL ABS
Remote: CALC2:MARK:FUNC:POW:RES? (result query)
Remote: CALC2:MARK:FUNC:POW:RES:MAXH? (result query)
ACP Settings
Opens the ACP Settings dialog box to configure the ACPR result display. By default, the ACP
settings are derived from the General Settings dialog box, Channel BW field.
Pane

Field

Description

Channels

No. of Channels

Specifies the number of channels adjacent to the transmit
channel to be measured.
If set to 0, only the transmit channel is measured.

TX/ACP Channel BW

1300.2519.12

TX

Specifies the bandwidth of the transmit channel to be measured

4.481

E-11

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)
Pane

Field

R&S FSL

Description
by the ACP measurement.

ACP Channel Spacing

Adjacent,
Alternate 1,
Alternate 2,
Alternate 3,
Alternate 4

Specifies the bandwidth of the first to fifth channel before and
after the transmit channel to be measured.

Adjacent,
Alternate 1,
Alternate 2,
Alternate 3,
Alternate 4

Specifies the spacing of the first to fifth channel before and
after the transmit channel to be measured.

Remote: POW:ACH:ACP 3 (No. of Channels)
Remote: POW:ACH:BAND 30kHz (TX)
Remote: POW:ACH:SPAC 33kHz (Adjacent/TX)
Remote: POW:ACH:SPAC:ALT1 100kHz (Alternate 1 to 4/TX)
Remote: POW:ACH:BAND:ACH 30kHz (Adjacent)
Remote: POW:ACH:BAND:ALT2 30kHz (Alternate 1 to 4)
Statistics
Opens a submenu to display statistics measurement results.

CCDF
Sets the CCDF result display in graphical form (Display Graph selected), or in tabular form
(Display List 1/2 selected).
This result display shows the probability of an amplitude within the gating lines exceeding the
mean power measured between the gating lines. The x–axis displays power relative to the
measured mean power.
If the gate start or gate length are altered then the results can be updated to reflect these
changes by pressing the Refresh softkey in the sweep menu.
–

IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM

1300.2519.12

4.482

E-11

R&S FSL
–

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)

IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro

Remote: CONF:BURS:STAT:CCDF
Bitstream
Sets the Bitstream result display in graphical form (Display Graph selected), or in tabular form
(Display List 1/2 selected).
–

IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM
This result display shows the demodulated data stream. These results are grouped by burst
and symbol. If no dialog boxes are displayed, the results can be scrolled through using the
cursor keys or rotary knob.

–

IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro
This result display shows the modulation symbols of the bursts from the analyzed zone. The
different modulation formats are displayed in unique colors. The same color assignment is used
in the Constellation vs Symbol result display. The modulation symbols define bit sequences.
The mapping is defined in the standard. Signals with erroneous pilot sequences (i.e where the

1300.2519.12

4.483

E-11

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)

R&S FSL

detected pilot sequence does not match that according to the standard) are highlighted with a
red background.
The amount of data displayed in the Bitstream result display can be reduced via the Bit
Selection softkey.

Remote: CONF:BURS:STAT:BSTR
Burst Summary
This result display shows the summary data for the analyzed bursts. If no dialog boxes are
displayed, the results can be scrolled through using the cursor keys or rotary knob.
–

IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM

1300.2519.12

4.484

E-11

R&S FSL
–

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)

IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro
This result display provides information about the bursts from the analyzed zone, i.e.
modulation of the burst, power boosting information, EVM of the burst. Each analyzed zone will
produce a set of burst results.

Remote: CONF:BURS:STAT:BSUM
Bit Selection (IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro)
Opens a dialog box for filtering the displayed results. The results may be filtered by any
combination of modulation, symbol or burst. If the bit selection parameters are changed, the
result display is updated accordingly.
This softkey is only available if the Bitstream measurement (Bitstream softkey) is selected.
Remote: CONF:BURS:BSTR:SYMB:SEL 1 (symbol)
Remote: CONF:BURS:BSTR:FORM:SEL QPSK (modulation)
Remote: CONF:BURS:BSTR:BURS:SEL 1 (burst)
File Manager (IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro)
Opens the File Manager dialog box. The File Manager provides the possibility to transfer
WiMAX settings from an R&S SMU signal generator via LAN. For step–by–step instructions see
"To transfer the current R&S SMU WiMAX setting via LAN" on page 4.447. The File Manager
also offers some general file management support.
The File Manager writes into the directory C:\R_S\Instr\user\WMAN and its subdirectories or a
USB memory stick only.
Under File Types, filter the displayed files by selecting:
All (*.*)

All file types are displayed. Use this selection to perform general file
management tasks.

SMU WiMax

Only files with the extension WiMAX are displayed.

1300.2519.12

4.485

E-11

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)

R&S FSL

Depending on the focus, the following softkeys are provided:
–

Recall

–

New Folder

–

Copy

–

Paste

–

Rename

–

Delete File

For further information refer to section "Instrument Functions – Basic Settings", "Saving and
Recalling Settings Files – FILE Key".

Softkeys of the sweep menu (WiMAX mode)
The following table shows all softkeys available in the sweep menu in WiMAX mode (SWEEP key). It is
possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only available
with a special option, model or (measurement) mode, this information is delivered in the corresponding
softkey description.
Command
Run Single/Cont
Auto Level
Refresh

Run Single/Cont
Selects the sweep mode.
Single

single sweep mode

Cont

continuous sweep mode

A single measurement will complete once the requested number of bursts have been obtained
or a single sweep has been completed, depending on the measurement settings. If a
measurement is completed in continuous mode, a new measurement will be started.
If a measurement is started while another measurement is in progress, the first measurement
will be aborted and the new measurement started immediately.
Remote: INIT:CONT OFF (single sweep mode)
Remote: INIT:CONT ON (continuous sweep mode)
Auto Level
Starts an automatic level detection measurement. After the automatic level detection has been
completed, the trace is displayed in the Magnitude Capture Buffer display.
If this softkey is pressed while a measurement is running, the current measurement is aborted
and the automatic level detection measurement is started. If the aborted measurement was a
continuous measurement, it is resumed after the automatic level detection is completed.
Remote: CONF:POW:AUTO ON

1300.2519.12

4.486

E-11

R&S FSL

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)

Refresh
Updates the current measurement results with respect to the current gate settings. This softkey
is only available if the measurement results are effected by the gate settings (Spectrum FFT,
CCDF, Spectrum Mask, Spectrum ACPR) and if the gate settings are modified after a
measurement result has been obtained.
Remote: INIT:REFR

Softkeys of the marker menu (WiMAX mode)
The following table shows all softkeys available in the marker menu in WiMAX mode (MKR key). It is
possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only available
with a special option, model or (measurement) mode, this information is delivered in the corresponding
softkey description. Close all settings dialog boxes before opening the marker menu.
Command
Marker 1
Unzoom
Marker Zoom
Marker Off

Marker 1
Opens a dialog box to adjust the marker. The contents of the dialog box depends on the type of
graph the marker is adjusted to. After every change, the marker position in the trace and the
marker information are updated.
Remote: CALC1:MARK1 ON
Remote: CALC:MARK:X 2ms
Remote: CALC:MARK:Y?
Remote: CALC2:MARK:SYMB 2
Remote: CALC2:MARK:CARR –7
Unzoom
Cancels the marker zoom.
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:ZOOM 1
Marker Zoom (Magnitude Capture Buffer, PVT, Constellation vs Symbol, Constellation vs
Carrier)
Opens an edit dialog box to select the magnification factor for the zoom. The maximum
magnification depends on the type of result display.
Remote: CALC:MARK:FUNC:ZOOM 4

1300.2519.12

4.487

E-11

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)

R&S FSL

Marker Off
Switches off all makers in the active result display.
Remote: CALC2:MARK:AOFF

Softkeys of the marker–> menu (WiMAX mode)
The following table shows all softkeys available in the marker–> menu in WiMAX mode (MKR–> key). It
is possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only available
with a special option, model or (measurement) mode, this information is delivered in the corresponding
softkey description.
Command
MKR –> Trace

MKR –> Trace
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the number of the trace, on which the marker is to be placed.
This softkey is available for all result displays with more than one trace.
Remote: CALC2:MARK:TRAC 2

Softkeys of the lines menu (WiMAX mode)
The following table shows all softkeys available in the lines menu in WiMAX mode (LINES key). It is
possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only available
with a special option, model or (measurement) mode, this information is delivered in the corresponding
softkey description.
This menu is only available if the results are displayed in form of a list (for details see Result summary
list and Display Graph/List softkey).
Command
Default Current
Default All

Default Current
Resets all limits for the current modulation scheme to the values specified in the selected
standard.
Remote: see CALCulate:LIMit Subsystem
Default All
Resets all limits for all modulation schemes to the values specified in the selected standard.
Remote: see CALCulate:LIMit Subsystem

1300.2519.12

4.488

E-11

R&S FSL

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (Options K92/K93)

Softkeys of the trace menu (WiMAX mode)
The following table shows all softkeys available in the trace menu in WiMAX mode (TRACE key). It is
possible that your instrument configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only available
with a special option, model or (measurement) mode, this information is delivered in the corresponding
softkey description.
Command
Display List/Graph
Screen Focus A/B
Screen Size Full/Split

Display List/Graph
For details refer to the Display Graph/List softkey in the WiMAX menu.

Screen Focus A/B
Selects the active screen for IQ measurement results in split and full screen mode. Only the
markers of an active screen can be controlled.
Remote: DISP:WIND1:SSEL
Screen Size Full/Split
Changes the display between split and full screen for IQ measurement results. Frequency
sweep measurement results are always displayed in full screen.
Remote: DISP:FORM SING

1300.2519.12

4.489

E-11

Instrument Functions - Basic Settings

R&S FSL

Instrument Functions - Basic Settings
In this section, all basic settings functions of the R&S FSL and their application are explained in detail.
The analyzer functions are described in section "Instrument Functions - Analyzer".
For every key a table is provided in which all submenus and corresponding commands are listed. The
description of the submenus and commands follows the order of the table. The commands for the
optional remote control (if any) are indicated for each softkey. The description includes the following:
•

"General Settings, Printout and Instrument Settings" on page 4.491
This section provides information on how to prepare measurements and process their results:
setting the instrument, managing and retrieving data, returning to manual operation, and printout.

More basic information on operation is given in the Quick Start Guide. The front and the rear view of the
instrument together with a table of all available keys and a short description are provided in chapter
"Front and Rear Panel". Chapter "Preparing for Use" informs how to start working with the instrument
for the first time. A brief introduction on handling the instrument is given in chapter "Basic Operations".
This includes also the description of the keys for basic operations like switching the instrument on and
off or starting a measurement.

1300.2519.12

4.490

E-11

R&S FSL

Instrument Setup and Interface Configuration - SETUP Key

General Settings, Printout and Instrument Settings
After putting the instrument into operation and becoming familiar with the handling of the instrument (for
details see Quick Start Guide), the preparations for measurements can start. In this section the general
settings of the instrument, the data management and the processing of measurement results are
described. This includes the following topics and keys:
•

"Instrument Setup and Interface Configuration - SETUP Key" on page 4.492

•

"Saving and Recalling Settings Files - FILE Key" on page 4.510

•

"Manual Operation - Local Menu" on page 4.519

•

"Measurement Documentation - PRINT Key" on page 4.520

1300.2519.12

4.491

E-11

Instrument Setup and Interface Configuration - SETUP Key

R&S FSL

Instrument Setup and Interface Configuration - SETUP Key
The SETUP key is used to set or display the default settings of the instrument: reference frequency,
noise source, level correction values, date, time, LAN interface, firmware update and enabling of
options, information about instrument configuration and service support functions. For further details
refer also to the Quick Start Guide, chapter 2 "Preparing for Use".

To open the setup menu
Press the SETUP key.
The setup menu is displayed.

Menu and softkey description
–

"Softkeys of the setup menu" on page 4.492

To display help to a softkey, press the HELP key and then softkey for which you want to display help.
To close the help window, press the ESC key. For further information refer to section "How to use the
Help System".

Softkeys of the setup menu
The following table shows all softkeys available in the setup menu. It is possible that your instrument
configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only available with a special option, model or
(measurement) mode, this information is delivered in the corresponding softkey description.
Menu Command

Submenu / Command

Submenu / Command

Command

Reference Int/Ext
Transducer

Active On/Off
Edit

Insert Line
Delete Line
Edit Name
Edit Unit
Edit Value
Interpolation Lin/Log
Save Factor

New

same contents as Edit menu

Copy to

same contents as Edit menu

Delete
Ref Level Adjust Man/Auto
Show Directory
IF Output
Noise Src On/Off
Alignment

Self Align
Show Align Results
Corr Data On/Off

General Setup

1300.2519.12

Configure Network

4.492

E-11

R&S FSL
Menu Command

Instrument Setup and Interface Configuration - SETUP Key
Submenu / Command

Submenu / Command

Network Address

Computer Name

Command

IP Address
Subnet Mask
DHCP On/Off
LXI

LAN Status On/Off
Info
Password
Description
LAN Reset

GPIB

GPIB Address
ID String Factory
ID String User
GPIB Language
Display Update On/Off
More
GPIB Terminator LFEOI/EOI
*IDN Format Leg./New
I/O Logging On/Off

Time+Date
Meas Display

Screen Title
Time+Date On/Off
Logo On/Off
Annotation On/Off
Screen Colors

Select Screen Color
Set
Color On/Off
Select Object
Predefined Colors
User Defined Colors
Set to Default

Print Colors

Select Print Color Set
Color On/Off
Select Object
Predefined Colors
User Defined Colors
Set to Default

Display Pwr Save On/Off
Monitor Int/Ext

1300.2519.12

4.493

E-11

Instrument Setup and Interface Configuration - SETUP Key
Menu Command

Submenu / Command

Submenu / Command

R&S FSL
Command

Soft Frontpanel
More
Firmware Update

Firmware Update

Option Licenses

Install Option

Shutdown Off/Standby

System Info

Hardware Info
Versions+Options
System Messages
Clear All Messages

Service

Input RF/Cal/TG
Comb Frequency
Reset Password
Selftest
Selftest Results
Password
Service Function

Reference Int/Ext
Switches between the internal and external reference signal source. The default setting is
internal reference. It is important, that the external reference signal is deactivated when
switching from external to internal reference to avoid interactions.
If the reference signal is missing when switching to external reference, the message EXREF is
displayed to indicate that no synchronization is performed.
The R&S FSL can use the internal reference source or an external reference source as
frequency standard from which all internal oscillators are derived. A 10 MHz crystal oscillator is
used as internal reference source. In the external reference setting, all internal oscillators of the
R&S FSL are synchronized to the external reference frequency (also 10 MHz). For details on
connectors refer to the Quick Start Guide, chapter 1 "Front and Rear Panel".
Remote: ROSC:SOUR INT

1300.2519.12

4.494

E-11

R&S FSL

Instrument Setup and Interface Configuration - SETUP Key

Transducer
Opens the Select Transducer dialog box and a submenu to activate or deactivate defined
transducer factors, to generate new transducer factors or to edit existing ones.
In the Select Transducer dialog box, a transducer factor can be edited, deleted or copied, if
selected, using the corresponding softkeys. The default directory, in which the transducer factors
are saved, is displayed (C:\R_S\INSTR\TRD; the extension of transducer factor files is *.TDF).
Subdirectories can be added or deleted via the file manager. They are displayed or hidden using
the arrow keys or the Show Directory softkey / Hide Directory button.
Two different directory views are possible: If the Show all option is activated, all transducer
factors in the directory are displayed. If the Show compatible option is activated, only the
compatible transducer factors in the directory are displayed.
For details on transducer factors refer to chapter "Advanced Measurement Examples".
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.10.
Remote: CORR:TRAN:SEL FACTOR1
Active On/Off
Activates or deactivates the selected transducer factor. A maximum of 10 transducer factors can
be activated at the same time. If an additional transducer factor is activated, its unit compatibility
is checked. If one factor has a different unit than dB, all the other activated factors must have the
unit dB.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.10.
Remote: CORR:TRAN:SEL 
Remote: CORR:TRAN ON
Edit
Opens the Edit Transducer dialog box with the data of the selected factor. During editing, a
transducer factor remains stored in the background until the factor is saved using the Save
Factor softkey.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.10.
Remote: Comment: CORR:TRAN:COMM 
Insert Line
Inserts an empty line above the selected reference value to enter a new reference value. When
entering a new reference value in the line, the ascending order of frequencies must be taken into
consideration, however.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.10.

Delete Line
Deletes the selected reference value (complete line). The reference values that follow move one
line up.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.10.

1300.2519.12

4.495

E-11

Instrument Setup and Interface Configuration - SETUP Key

R&S FSL

Edit Name
Sets the focus on the Name field to enter a file name. The extension is added automatically.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.10.
Remote: CORR:TRAN:SEL 
Edit Unit
Sets the focus on the Unit field to select the unit.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.10.
Remote: CORR:TRAN:UNIT 
Edit Value
Sets the focus to enter positions and values as frequency/level pairs. The entered data are also
displayed graphically. Using the Shift x or Shift y button, all entered values can be shifted in x
or y direction.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.10.
Remote: CORR:TRAN:DATA ,
Interpolation Lin/Log
Sets the scaling of the x-axis to linear or logarithmic.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.10.
Remote: CORR:TRAN:SCAL LIN|LOG
Save Factor
Saves the changed factor to a file on the internal flash disk. If a transducer factor with the same
name already exists, a confirmation query is displayed. If the new factor is active, the new
values are immediately applied.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.10.
Remote: In remote control, the save operation is performed automatically after the definition of the
reference values.
New
Opens the Edit Transducer dialog box to enter data for a new factor.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.10.

Copy to
Opens the Edit Transducer dialog box to copy the selected factor.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.10.

1300.2519.12

4.496

E-11

R&S FSL

Instrument Setup and Interface Configuration - SETUP Key

Delete
Deletes the selected factor after confirmation.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.10.
Remote: CORR:TRAN DEL
Ref Level Adjust Man/Auto
Activates or deactivates the automatic adjustment of the reference level to the selected
transducer factor.
Auto

Activates the automatic adjustment.

Man

Deactivates the automatic adjustment. Adjust the reference level via the amplitude
menu.

If a transducer factor is used (active), the trace is moved by a calculated shift. However, an
upward shift reduces the dynamic range for the displayed values. With this softkey set to Auto,
the original dynamic range is restored by also shifting the reference level by the maximum value
of the transducer factor.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.10.
Remote: CORR:TRAN:ADJ:RLEV ON
Show Directory
Displays the subdirectory of the selected directory.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.10.

IF Output (option Additional Interfaces, B5 only)
Opens the IF Output Source dialog box to select the output of the IF/VIDEO OUT connector: IF,
Video 200 mV, or Video 1 V.
Note:

The AF output available at the frontpanel can only be used if the IF output source is set to
video.

For further details refer to the Quick Start Guide, chapter 1 "Front and Rear Panel".
Remote: OUTP IF VID
Noise Src On/Off (option Additional Interfaces, B5 only)
Switches the supply voltage for an external noise source on or off. For details on connectors
refer to the Quick Start Guide, chapter 1 "Front and Rear Panel" .
Remote: DIAG:SERV:NSO ON

1300.2519.12

4.497

E-11

Instrument Setup and Interface Configuration - SETUP Key

R&S FSL

Alignment
Opens a submenu with the available functions for recording, displaying and activating the data
for self alignment.
The correction data and characteristics required for the alignment are determined by comparison
of the results at different settings with the known characteristics of the high-precision calibration
signal source at 65.83 MHz. The correction data are stored as a file on flash disk and can be
displayed using the Show Align Results softkey.

Self Align
Starts the recording of correction data of the instrument. If the correction data acquisition has
failed or if the correction values are deactivated, a corresponding message is displayed in the
status field.
As long as the self alignment data is collected the procedure can be cancelled using the Abort
button.
Remote: *CAL?
Show Align Results
Opens a dialog box that displays the correction data of the alignment:
–

date and time of last correction data record

–

overall results of correction data record

–

list of found correction values according to function/module

The results are classified as follows:
PASSED

calibration successful without any restrictions

CHECK

deviation of correction value larger than expected, correction could
however be performed

FAILED

deviations of correction value too large, no correction was possible. The
found correction data are not applicable.

As long as the self alignment data is collected the procedure can be cancelled using the Abort
button.
Remote: CAL:RES?
Remote: CAL:ABOR
Corr Data On/Off
Activates and deactivates the alignment data, e.g. for service purposes the correction data can
be deactivated.
Remote: CAL:STAT ON
General Setup
Opens a submenu for all general settings such as IP address and LAN settings, date and time,
remote control (optional) and MEAS display.

1300.2519.12

4.498

E-11

R&S FSL

Instrument Setup and Interface Configuration - SETUP Key

Configure Network
Opens the Network Connections dialog box to change the LAN settings. For details refer to the
Quick Start Guide, chapter 2 "Preparing for Use" and appendix B "LAN Interface".

Network Address
Opens a submenu to configure the internet protocol properties and the computer name.

Computer Name
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the computer name via the keypad. The naming conventions
of Windows apply. If too many characters and/or numbers are entered, in the status line, an
according message is displayed. For step-by-step instructions refer to the Quick Start Guide,
appendix B "LAN Interface".

IP Address
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the IP address via the keypad. The TCP/IP protocol is
preinstalled with the IP address 10.0.0.10. If the DHCP server is available (DHCP On), the
dialog box entry is read-only.
The IP address consists of four number blocks separated by dots. Each block contains 3
numbers in maximum (e.g. 100.100.100.100), but also one or two numbers are allowed in a
block (as an example see the preinstalled address). For step-by-step instructions refer to the
Quick Start Guide, chapter 2 "Preparing for Use".

Subnet Mask
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the subnet mask via the keypad. The TCP/IP protocol is
preinstalled with the subnet mask 255.255.255.0. If the DHCP server is available (DHCP On),
the dialog box entry is read-only.
The subnet mask consists of four number blocks separated by dots. Each block contains 3
numbers in maximum (e.g. 100.100.100.100), but also one or two numbers are allowed in a
block (as an example see the preinstalled address). For step-by-step instructions refer to the
Quick Start Guide, chapter 2 "Preparing for Use".

DHCP On/Off
Switches between DHCP server available (On) or not available (Off). If a DHCP server is
available in the network, the IP address and subnet mask of the instrument are obtained
automatically from the DHCP server. For further details refer to the Quick Start Guide, chapter 2
"Preparing for Use".

1300.2519.12

4.499

E-11

Instrument Setup and Interface Configuration - SETUP Key

R&S FSL

LXI
Opens the LXI submenu containing the following softkeys:
LAN Status On/Off
Info
Password
Description
LAN Reset

LAN Status On/Off
Activates the LAN status bar that shows the current status of the LAN connection.

Depending on the status of the connection, the LXI logo in the LAN Status Indicator window
assumes the following states:
Red

No connection is established

Green

A connection is established

Blinking

The device has not been identified

This softkey is availbale from firmware version 1.90.

Info
Shows the current parameter of LXI class C. The R&S FSL displays the current version, class
and various computer parameter like computer name or IP adress.
While active, the dialog is not updated.
This softkey is availbale from firmware version 1.90.
Remote: SYST:LXI:INF?
Password
Shows the currently set password. You can also change the current password using this softkey.
The password is needed to change settings via the web browser (e.g. IP parameter). An empty
password is not valid, i.e. you must enter a password.
By default, the password is LxiWebIfc.
This softkey is availbale from firmware version 1.90.
Remote: SYST:LXI:PASS 

1300.2519.12

4.500

E-11

R&S FSL

Instrument Setup and Interface Configuration - SETUP Key

Description
Opens a dialog box to view or change the LXI instrument description. This description is used on
some of the LXI web sites.
By default, the description is 'Spectrum Analyzer/FSL/Serial #'
This softkey is availbale from firmware version 1.90.
Remote: SYST:LXI:MDES 
LAN Reset
Resets the LAN configuration to a state required by the LXI standard. For example, the TCP/IP
mode is set to DHCP and Dynamic DNS and ICMP Ping are enabled. In addition, the R&S FSL
sets the password and the instrument description to their initial states (see Password and
Description softkeys).
This softkey is availbale from firmware version 1.90.
Remote: SYST:LXI:LANR
GPIB (option GPIB Interface, B10 only)
Opens a submenu to set the parameters of the remote control interface.

GPIB Address (option GPIB Interface, B10 only)
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the GPIB address. Values from 0 to 30 are allowed. The
default address is 20.
If, e.g. after a firmware update, the R&S FSL does not maintain the GPIB address after reboot,
the shutdown file needs to be recreated. Perform the following steps:
–

Set the GPIB address.

–

Create a shutdown file by switching the R&S FSL in the standby mode:
Press the ON/STANDBY key on the front panel and wait until the yellow LED is on. With the
battery pack option, use a USB keyboard and terminate the R&S FSL firmware with ALT+F4 to
create the shutdown file.

If the shutdown file was created once, the R&S FSL boots with exactly those settings after a reboot
with the main switch on the rear panel. During a firmware update or cold boot for service reasons
the shutdown file is deleted, and the setup is necessary once again.
Remote: SYST:COMM:GPIB:ADDR 20
ID String Factory (option GPIB Interface, B10 only)
Selects the default response to the *IDN? query.

ID String User (option GPIB Interface, B10 only)
Opens an edit dialog box to enter a user-defined response to the *IDN? query. Max. 36
characters are allowed.

1300.2519.12

4.501

E-11

Instrument Setup and Interface Configuration - SETUP Key

R&S FSL

GPIB Language (option GPIB Interface, B10 only)
Only the remote control language SCPI is available for the R&S FSL and is set by default.
Remote: SYST:LANG 'SCPI'
Display Update On/Off
Defines whether the instrument display is switched off when changing from manual operation to
remote control. In remote control mode, this softkey is displayed in the local menu (for details
refer to section "Manual Operation - Local Menu" on page 4.519).
Remote: SYST:DISP:UPD ON
GPIB Terminator LFEOI/EOI (option GPIB Interface, B10 only)
Changes the GPIB receive terminator.
According to the standard the terminator in ASCII is  and/or . For binary data
transfers (e.g. trace data) from the control computer to the instrument, the binary code used for
 might be included in the binary data block, and therefore should not be interpreted as a
terminator in this particular case. This can be avoided by changing the receive terminator to EOI.
Remote: SYST:COMM:GPIB:RTER EOI
*IDN Format Leg./New
Defines the response format to the *IDN? remote command. This function is intended for re-use
of existing control programs together with the R&S FSL.
Leg.

Legacy format, compatible to the R&S FSP/FSU/FSQ family

New

R&S FSL format

Remote: SYST:FORM:IDEN LEG
I/O Logging On/Off (option GPIB Interface, B10 only)
Activates or deactivates the SCPI error log function. All remote control commands received by the
R&S FSL are recorded in the following log file:
C:\R_S\instr\ScpiLogging\ScpiLog.txt
Logging the commands may be extremely useful for debug purposes, e.g. in order to find misspelled
keywords in control programs.

Time+Date
Opens an edit dialog box to enter time and date for the internal real time clock. For details refer
to the Quick Start Guide, chapter 2 "Preparing for Use".
Remote: SYST:TIME 12,30
Remote: SYST:DATE 2004,10,01

1300.2519.12

4.502

E-11

R&S FSL

Instrument Setup and Interface Configuration - SETUP Key

Meas Display
Opens a submenu to configure the display and the print colors.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.10.

Screen Title
Activates/deactivates the display of a diagram title (if available) and opens an edit dialog box to
enter a new title for the active diagram. Max. 20 characters are allowed.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.10.
Remote: DISP:TEXT 'Noise Meas'
Remote: DISP:TEXT:STATe ON
Time+Date On/Off
Activates/deactivates the display of date and time above the diagram.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.10.
Remote: DISP:TIME OFF
Logo On/Off
Activates/deactivates the display of the Rohde & Schwarz company logo in the upper left corner.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.10.
Remote: DISP:LOGO ON
Annotation On/Off
Activates/deactivates the display of the frequency information. For example to protect
confidential data it can be useful to hide the frequency information.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.10.
Remote: DISP:ANN:FREQ ON
Screen Colors
Opens a submenu to configure the screen colors. For details on screen colors refer to the Quick
Start Guide, chapter 2 "Preparing for Use".
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.10.
Remote: DISP:CMAP2:HSL 0.3,0.8,1.0

1300.2519.12

4.503

E-11

Instrument Setup and Interface Configuration - SETUP Key

R&S FSL

Select Screen Color Set
Opens the Select Screen Color Set dialog box to select default or user defined color settings.
If one of the default settings is selected (Default Colors 1/2), the default settings for brightness,
color tint and color saturation for all display screen elements are restored. The default color
schemes provide optimum visibility of all picture elements at an angle of vision from above or
below. Default setting is Default Colors 1.
If User Defined Colors is selected, a user-defined color set can be defined. For step-by-step
instruction refer to the Quick Start Guide, chapter 2 "Preparing for Use".
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.10.
Remote: DISP:CMAP:DEF2
Color On/Off
Switches from color display to black-and-white display and back. The default setting is color
display.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.10.

Select Object
Opens the Color Setup dialog box to select the color settings for a selected object.
The Selected Object list is displayed to select the object. For setting the color the predefined
colors are displayed.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.10.
Remote: DISP:CMAP2:HSL 0.3,0.8,1.0 (screen colors)
Remote: HCOP:CMAP2:HSL 0.3,0.8,1.0 (print colors)
Predefined Colors
In the Color Setup dialog box, displays the Predefined Colors (alternative to the Predefined
Colors button). This softkey is only available if, in the Select Color Set dialog box, the User
Defined Colors option is selected or the Color Setup dialog box is displayed. For further details
refer to the Quick Start Guide, chapter 2 "Preparing for Use".
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.10.
Remote: DISP:CMAP2:PDEF GRE (screen colors)
Remote: HCOP:CMAP2:PDEF GRE (print colors)
User Defined Colors
In the Color Setup dialog box, displays the User Defined Colors (alternative to the User
Defined Colors button). This softkey is only available if, in the Select Color Set dialog box, the
User Defined Colors option is selected or the Color Setup dialog box is displayed. For further
details refer to the Quick Start Guide, chapter 2 "Preparing for Use".
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.10.
Remote: DISP:CMAP2:HSL 0.3,0.8,1.0 (screen colors)
Remote: HCOP:CMAP2:HSL 0.3,0.8,1.0 (print colors)

1300.2519.12

4.504

E-11

R&S FSL

Instrument Setup and Interface Configuration - SETUP Key

Set to Default
Opens the Set to Default dialog box to select one of the factory default color settings.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.10.
Remote: DISP:CMAP:DEF2 (screen colors)
Remote: HCOP:CMAP:DEF2 (print colors)
Print Colors
Opens a submenu to select the colors for the printout. To facilitate color selection, the selected
color combination is displayed when the menu is entered. The previous colors are restored
when the menu is exited.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.10.

Select Print Color Set
Opens the Select Print Color Set dialog box to select the color settings for printout.
Screen Colors (Print)

Selects the current screen colors for the printout. The
background is always printed in white and the grid in
black.

Screen Colors (Hardcopy)

Selects the current screen colors without any changes for
a hardcopy. The output format is set via the Device
Setup softkey in the print menu.

Optimized Colors

Selects an optimized color setting for the printout to
improve the visibility of the colors (default setting). Trace
1 is blue, trace 2 black, trace 3 green, and the markers
are turquoise. The background is always printed in white
and the grid in black.

User Defined Colors

Enables the softkeys to define colors for the printout.

This softkey is available from firmware version 1.10.
Remote: HCOP:CMAP:DEF1
Color On/Off
Switches from color printout to black-and-white printout and back. All colored areas are printed
in white and all colored lines in black. This improves the contrast. The default setting is color
printout, provided that the selected printer can produce color printouts.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.10.
Remote: HCOP:DEV:COL ON

1300.2519.12

4.505

E-11

Instrument Setup and Interface Configuration - SETUP Key

R&S FSL

Display Pwr Save On/Off
Switches the power-save mode for the display on/off and opens an edit dialog box to enter the
time for the power-save function to respond. After the elapse of this time the display is
completely switched off, i.e. including backlighting. This mode is recommended when the
instrument is exclusively operated in remote control.
For details on the power-save mode for the display refer to the Quick Start Guide, chapter 2
"Preparing for Use".
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.10.
Remote: DISP:PSAV ON
Remote: DISP:PSAV:HOLD 15
Monitor Int/Ext
Switches from the internal instrument monitor to an external monitor and vice versa. The softkey
is only effective, if an external monitor is connected. For further details refer to the Quick Start
Guide, chapter 2 "Preparing for Use".
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.80.

Soft Frontpanel
Activates or deactivates the display of the instrument emulation.
deactivated

Only the measurement screen is displayed. This is the setting for working at
the R&S FSL.

activated

Additionally to the measurement screen, the whole front panel is displayed.
This is the setting for working at a computer with XP Remote Desktop or at
an external monitor.

Alternatively to this softkey, you can use the F6 key.
Remote: SYST:DISP:FPAN ON
Firmware Update
Opens a submenu to install firmware versions. The installation of a new firmware version can be
performed via USB or LAN interface. For details on installation refer to the Quick Start Guide,
chapter 3 "Firmware Update and Installation of Firmware Options".

Firmware Update
Opens the Firmware Update dialog box. The update path is changed by entering the new path
or via the Browse button. The installation is started via the Execute button. For details on
installation refer to the Quick Start Guide, chapter 3 "Firmware Update and Installation of
Firmware Options".
Remote: SYST:FIRM:UPD 'D:\FW_UPDATE'

1300.2519.12

4.506

E-11

R&S FSL

Instrument Setup and Interface Configuration - SETUP Key

Option Licenses
Opens a submenu to install options. For details on options refer to the Quick Start Guide,
chapter 3 "Firmware Update and Installation of Firmware Options".

Install Option
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the license key for the option that you want to install.
A message box open if an option is about to expire or has already expired (in which case all
functions (including remote control) are unavailable until the R&S FSL is rebooted). For more
information about the option in question refer to the System Info softkey in the setup menu.

Shutdown Off/Standby
Configures the shutdown behavior of the R&S FSL when switched off via the ON/STANDBY key
on the front panel.
Off

If activated, the R&S FSL is shutdown completely when switched off via the
ON/STANDBY key on the front panel. When switched on the next time, the
R&S FSL will completely reboot.
To prevent the instrument from overheating, the fan remains active.

Standby

If activated, the R&S FSL goes into the standby mode when switched off via the
ON/STANDBY key on the front panel. When switched on the next time, the boot
time is shorter. This is the default setting.

This softkey is available from firmware version 1.80.

System Info
Opens a submenu to display detailed information on module data, device statistics and system
messages.

Hardware Info
Opens a dialog box that displays hardware information, e.g. on the frontend and motherboard.
Every listed component is described by its serial number, order number, model information,
hardware code, and hardware revision.
Remote: DIAG:SERV:HWIN?
Versions+Options
Opens a dialog box that displays a list of hardware and firmware information, e.g. the firmware
version, the image version, BIOS version, data sheet version of the basic device, installed
options (hardware and firmware options).
For details on options refer to the Quick Start Guide, chapter 2 "Checking the Furnished Items".
Remote: *IDN?
Remote: *OPT?

1300.2519.12

4.507

E-11

Instrument Setup and Interface Configuration - SETUP Key

R&S FSL

System Messages
Opens the System Messages dialog box that displays the generated system messages in the
order of their occurrence. The most recent messages are placed at the top of the list. Messages
that have occurred since the last display of system messages menu are marked with an asterisk
'*'. The following information is available:
No

device-specific error code

Message

brief description of the message

Component

hardware messages: name of the affected module
software messages: name of the affected software

Date/Time

date and time of the occurrence of the message

If the number of error messages exceeds the capacity of the error buffer, Message buffer
overflow is displayed. To delete messages see Clear All Messages softkey.
Remote: SYST:ERR:LIST?
Clear All Messages
Deletes all system messages. The softkey is only available if the System Messages dialog box
is displayed.
Remote: SYST:ERR:CLE:ALL?
Service
Opens a submenu that contains additional functions for maintenance and/or trouble shooting.
NOTICE

Risk of incorrect operation
The service functions are not necessary for normal measurement operation.
However, incorrect use can affect correct operation and / or data integrity of the
R&S FSL. Therefore, many of the functions can only be used after entering a
password. They are described in the instrument service manual.

Input RF/Cal/TG
Selects the input for measurement.
RF

Switches the input of the R&S FSL to the input connector (normal position). This is
the default setting.

Cal

Switches the RF input of the R&S FSL to the internal calibration source (65.83 MHz)
and activates the data entry of the output level of the calibration source. Possible
values are 0 dB and -30 dB.

TG

Switches the RF input of the R&S FSL to the tracking generator output. Only the
models 13, 16 and 28 offer this setting.

Remote: DIAG:SERV:INP RF|CAL|TG

1300.2519.12

4.508

E-11

R&S FSL

Instrument Setup and Interface Configuration - SETUP Key

Comb Frequency
Opens a dialog box to set the comb generator frequency for the internal calibration:
Comb/1

65.8333 MHz / 1

Comb/64

65.8333 MHz / 64

Comb/65

65.8333 MHz / 65

Remote: Sine: DIAG:SERV:INP:PULS OFF
Remote: Comb: DIAG:SERV:INP:PULS ON
Remote: Comb: DIAG:SERV:INP:PRAT COMB64
Reset Password
Deactivates all set passwords.
Remote: SYST:PASS:RES
Selftest
Initiates the self test of the instrument modules to identify a defective module in case of failure .
All modules are checked consecutively and the test result is displayed.
Remote: *TST?
Selftest Results
Opens the Selftest Result dialog box that contains the test results. In case of failure a short
description of the failed test, the defective module, the associated value range and the
corresponding test results are indicated.
Remote: DIAG:SERV:STE:RES?
Password
Opens an edit dialog box to enter the password. This ensures that the service functions are only
used by authorized personnel.
Remote: SYST:PASS "Password"
Service Function
Opens the Service Function dialog box to start special service functions. For further information
refer to the service manual.
Remote: DIAG:SERV:SFUNC ,...

1300.2519.12

4.509

E-11

Saving and Recalling Settings Files - FILE Key

R&S FSL

Saving and Recalling Settings Files - FILE Key
The FILE key is used to store and load instrument settings and to manage stored files.
The file menu includes functions for storing (Save softkey) instrument settings such as instrument
configurations (measurement/display settings, etc) and measurement results on permanent storage
media, or to load (Recall softkey) stored data back onto the instrument.
Functions for management of storage media (File Manager softkey) include among others functions for
listing, copying, and deleting/renaming files.
The R&S FSL is capable of internally storing complete instrument settings with instrument
configurations and measurement data in the form of settings files. The respective data are stored on the
internal flash disk or, if selected, on a memory stick or network drive. The mass media are assigned to
the volume names as follows:
Drive

Designation

Comment

C

operating system, firmware and stored
instrument settings

for customer data

A

USB floppy drive

if connected

D

USB memory stick or USB CD-ROM

if connected

E ...Z

additional USB mass storage devices or
mounted LAN volumes

if connected

To open the file menu
Press the FILE key.
The file menu is displayed.

Menu and softkey description
–

"Softkeys of the file menu" on page 4.512

To display help to a softkey, press the HELP key and then softkey for which you want to display help.
To close the help window, press the ESC key. For further information refer to section "How to use the
Help System".

Further information
–

"Navigation in the dialog boxes for saving and loading settings files" on page 4.511

–

"Navigation in the file manager" on page 4.511

1300.2519.12

4.510

E-11

R&S FSL

Saving and Recalling Settings Files - FILE Key

Navigation in the dialog boxes for saving and loading settings files
The Save and Recall dialog boxes are used to save and recall settings files. For both dialog boxes, the
same navigation principle applies. Press the Save or Recall softkey to open the corresponding dialog
box.
•

Path field
To change the directory, press the Select Path softkey.
To select a folder, use the rotary knob or the UPARROW and DNARROW keys. To open a
subfolder, press the RIGHTARROW key. To close subfolders, press the LEFTARROW key. To
confirm the selection, press the rotary knob or the ENTER key.

•

Files list
If the Recall or Startup Recall dialog box is opened, the focus is on the Files list. To set the focus
on the Files list, press the Select File softkey.
To select a folder, use the rotary knob or the UPARROW and DNARROW keys. To open a
subfolder, press the ENTER key. To select a file, use the rotary knob or the UPARROW and
DNARROW keys. To load the selected file, press the rotary knob or the ENTER key. To delete the
selected file, press the softkey.

•

File Name field
If the Save dialog box is opened, the focus is on the File Name field. To set the focus on File Name
field, press the Edit File Name softkey. Enter the name in the File Name field. The extension of the
data name is ignored (for details on entering the name, see Quick Start Guide, chapter 4 "Basic
Operations").

•

Comment field
To enter a comment, press the Edit Comment softkey (for details on entering the name, see Quick
Start Guide, chapter 4 "Basic Operations").

•

Items saved in the settings file
–

To select a special item, set the focus on the entry using the arrow keys or the rotary knob. To
confirm the selection, press the CHECKMARK key. To deselect the item, press the
CHECKMARK key again.

Navigation in the file manager
•

To change from one subfolder to another, use the ENTER key.

•

To change to the next higher directory, select the dots "..".

•

To change into a subfolder, use the RIGHTARROW and LEFTARROW keys.

•

To select a file or a folder, use the UPARROW and DNARROW keys.

•

To confirm the selection of a file or folder, press the ENTER key.

1300.2519.12

4.511

E-11

Saving and Recalling Settings Files - FILE Key

R&S FSL

Softkeys of the file menu
The following table shows all softkeys available in the file menu. It is possible that your instrument
configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only available with a special option, model or
(measurement) mode, this information is delivered in the corresponding softkey description.
Menu / Command

Submenu / Command

Save

Save File

Command

Select Path
Select File
Edit File Name
Edit Comment
Select Items

Select Items
Enable all Items
Disable all Items

Delete File
Recall

Recall File
Select Path
Select File
Edit File Name
Select Items

Select Items
Enable all Items
Disable all Items

Delete File
Startup Recall
Startup Recall Setup
File Manager

Edit Path
New Folder
Copy
Rename
Cut
Paste
More
Delete
Sort Mode

Name
Date
Extension
Size

File Lists 1/2
Current File List 1/2
Network Drive

1300.2519.12

Map Network Drive

4.512

E-11

R&S FSL
Menu / Command

Saving and Recalling Settings Files - FILE Key
Submenu / Command

Command
Disconnect Network Drive

Export
Import
Hardcopy

Save
Opens the Save dialog box to define and store the settings file. To navigate in the dialog box
and define/enter data, use the corresponding softkeys. For details see also "Navigation in the
dialog boxes for saving and loading settings files" on page 4.511.
Path

Directory in which the settings file is stored. The default path for user
settings files is C:\r_s\instr\user

Files

List of settings files already stored

File Name

Name of settings file

Comment

Comment regarding the settings file

[Items]

Selection of items to be saved in the settings file

Save File / Recall File
Saves the settings file with the defined file name (Save dialog box), or recalls the selected
settings file (Recall dialog box). If the file name already exists, upon saving, a message is
displayed. Selecting Yes overwrites the existing file, selecting No aborts the saving process.
For details on the file name conventions refer to the Edit File Name softkey description.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.70.
Remote: MMEM:STOR:STAT 1,'Save'
Remote: MMEM:STOR:STAT:NEXT
Remote: MMEM:LOAD:STAT 1,'C:\R_S\Instr\user\TEST01'
Select Path
Opens the directory list to select the drive and folder for the settings file to be stored or loaded.
The default path is C:\r_s\instr\user. For details see also "Navigation in the dialog boxes for
saving and loading settings files" on page 4.511.

Select File
Sets the focus on the Files list. For details see also "Navigation in the dialog boxes for saving
and loading settings files" on page 4.511.
Remote: MMEM:CAT? 'C:\R_S\Instr\user\*.DFL'

1300.2519.12

4.513

E-11

Saving and Recalling Settings Files - FILE Key

R&S FSL

Edit File Name
Sets the focus on the File Name field.
In the Save dialog box, the field already contains a suggestion for a new name: the file name
used in the last saving process is counted up to the next unused name. For example, if the
name last used was "test_004", the new name "test_005" is suggested, but only if this name is
not in use. If the name "test_005" is already in use, the next free name is suggested, e.g.
"test_006". You can change the suggested name to any name conform to the following naming
conventions.
The name of a settings file consists of a base name followed by an underscore and three
numbers, e.g. limit_lines_005. In the example, the base name is "limit_lines". The base name
can contain characters, numbers and underscores. The file extension is added automatically.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.70.

Edit Comment
Sets the focus on the Comment field to enter a comment for the settings file. Max. 60
characters are allowed. For details see also "Navigation in the dialog boxes for saving and
loading settings files" on page 4.511.

Select Items
Displays the softkey submenu for selecting the items to be stored or loaded.

Select Items
Sets the focus on the items list. For details see also "Navigation in the dialog boxes for saving
and loading settings files" on page 4.511.
In the Save dialog box, all items that can be saved are displayed. The number of displayed
items depends on the installed options, as for some options additional items can be stored.
In the Recall dialog box, the items saved in the selected file are displayed.
Remote: MMEM:SEL:HWS ON
Remote: MMEM:SEL:LIN:ALL ON
Remote: MMEM:SEL:TRAC ON
Remote: MMEM:SEL:TRAN:ALL ON
Enable all Items
Selects all items for saving or loading.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.70.
Remote: MMEM:SEL:ALL

1300.2519.12

4.514

E-11

R&S FSL

Saving and Recalling Settings Files - FILE Key

Disable all Items
Selects none of the items for saving or loading.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.70.
Remote: MMEM:SEL:NONE
Delete File
Deletes the selected settings file.
Remote: MMEM:CLE:STAT 1,'TEST'
Recall
Opens the Recall dialog box to load a settings file. To navigate in the dialog box, use the
corresponding softkeys. For details see also "Navigation in the dialog boxes for saving and
loading settings files" on page 4.511.
Path

Directory from which the settings file is loaded. The default path for
user settings files is C:\r_s\instr\user

Files

List of stored settings files

File Name

Name of settings file

Comment

Comment of the settings file

[Items]

Items saved in the settings file

Startup Recall
Activates or deactivates the startup recall function. If activated, the settings stored in the file
selected via the Startup Recall Setup softkey are loaded when booting or for preset. If
deactivated, the default settings are loaded.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.10.
Remote: MMEM:LOAD:AUTO 1,'C:\R_S\Instr\user\TEST'
Startup Recall Setup
Opens the Startup Recall dialog box to select the settings file for the startup recall function (see
also Startup Recall softkey).
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.10.
Remote: MMEM:LOAD:AUTO 1,'C:\R_S\Instr\user\TEST'

1300.2519.12

4.515

E-11

Saving and Recalling Settings Files - FILE Key

R&S FSL

File Manager
Opens the File Manager dialog box and a submenu to manage mass storage media and files. In
the upper left corner, the current drive is displayed. Below the folders and subfolders of the
current directory are displayed. For details on navigation see also "Navigation in the file
manager" on page 4.511.
The following tasks can be performed:
–

to copy files from flash disk to other media

–

to copy files into another directory

–

to rename and delete files

Edit Path
For details see Select Path softkey.
Remote: MMEM:MSIS "D:"
Remote: MMEM:CDIR "C:\R_S\Instr\user"
New Folder
Creates a new folder and opens an edit dialog box to enter name and path (absolute or relative
to the current directory) of the new folder.
Remote: MMEM:MDIR "C:\R_S\Instr\user\TEST"
Copy
Copies the selected item to the clipboard. The item can be copied later using the Paste softkey.
For details on navigation see also "Navigation in the file manager" on page 4.511.
Remote: MMEM:COPY "C:\R_S\Instr\user\set.cfg","E:"
Rename
Opens an edit dialog box to enter a new file or folder name:. For details on navigation see also
"Navigation in the file manager" on page 4.511.
Remote: MMEM:MOVE "test02.cfg","set2.cfg"
Cut
Copies the selected file to the clipboard. If the file is later copied to a different directory using the
Paste softkey, it is deleted in the current directory. For details on navigation see also
"Navigation in the file manager" on page 4.511.

Paste
Copies a file from the clipboard to the currently selected directory. For details on navigation see
also "Navigation in the file manager" on page 4.511.

1300.2519.12

4.516

E-11

R&S FSL

Saving and Recalling Settings Files - FILE Key

Delete
Deletes the selected item after confirmation. For details on navigation see also "Navigation in
the file manager" on page 4.511.
Remote: MMEM:DEL "test01.hcp"
Remote: MMEM:RDIR "C:\R_S\Instr\user\TEST"
Sort Mode
Opens a submenu to select the sorting mode for the displayed files. The entry for the next higher
directory level ("..") and the folders are always located at the top of the list.

Name
Sorts the displayed files in alphabetical order of the file names.

Date
Sorts the displayed files in respect to the date.

Extension
Sorts the displayed files in respect to the extension.

Size
Sorts the displayed files in respect to the size.

File Lists 1/2
Splits the screen to copy files from one directory to the other. The focus between the two panes
is switched using the FIELD RIGHT and FIELD LEFT keys.

Current File List 1/2
Changes the focus to the selected file list.

Network Drive
Opens the Map Network Drive dialog box. For further information refer to the Quick Start
Guide.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.70.

1300.2519.12

4.517

E-11

Saving and Recalling Settings Files - FILE Key

R&S FSL

Map Network Drive
Sets the focus on the Drive list. For further information refer to the Quick Start Guide.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.70.
Remote: MMEM:NETW:MAP 'T:','\\server\folder'
Remote: MMEM:NETW:USED ON
Remote: MMEM:NETW:UNUS?
Disconnect Network Drive
Opens the Disconnect Network Drive dialog box. In the Drive list, select the drive you want to
disconnect and confirm with OK.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.70.
Remote: MMEM:NETW:DISC 'T:'
Export
Opens a submenu to configure exports of trace data. For details see ASCII File Export softkey
in the trace menu.
ASCII File Export
Decim Sep

Import
This function is currently not available in spectrum analyzer mode.

Hardcopy
Opens the print menu. For details on submenus and softkeys refer to Measurement
Documentation - PRINT Key.

1300.2519.12

4.518

E-11

R&S FSL

Manual Operation - Local Menu

Manual Operation - Local Menu
When switched on, the instrument is always in the manual measurement mode and can be operated via
the front panel. As soon as the instrument receives a remote command, it is switched to the remote
control mode.
In remote control mode, all keys of the instrument except the PRESET key are disabled. The LOCAL
softkey and the Display Update On/Off softkey are displayed. Depending on the setting of the Display
Update On/Off softkey, the diagrams, traces and display fields are displayed or hidden. For further
details on the Display Update On/Off softkey refer to section "Instrument Setup and Interface
Configuration - SETUP Key".
For details on remote control refer to chapter 5 "Remote Control - Basics".

The change to manual operation consists of:
•

Enabling the Front Panel Keys
Returning to manual mode enables all inactive keys. The main softkey menu of the current mode is
displayed.

•

Displaying the measurement diagrams again.
The diagrams, traces and display fields are displayed again.

•

Generating the OPERATION COMPLETE message
If, at the time of pressing the LOCAL softkey, the synchronization mechanism via *OPC, *OPC? or
*WAI is active, the currently running measurement procedure is aborted and synchronization is
achieved by setting the corresponding bits in the registers of the status reporting system.

•

Setting Bit 6 (User Request) of the Event Status Register
With a corresponding configuration of the status reporting system, this bit immediately causes the
generation of a service request (SRQ) to inform the control software that the user wishes to return
to front panel control. For example this can be used to interrupt the control program and to correct
instrument settings manually. This bit is set each time the LOCAL softkey is pressed.

To return to manual operation
Press the LOCAL softkey.
The instrument switches from remote to manual operation, but only if the local lockout function has
not been activated in the remote control mode.

1300.2519.12

4.519

E-11

Measurement Documentation - PRINT Key

R&S FSL

Measurement Documentation - PRINT Key
The PRINT key is used to select and configure the printer and to customize the screen printout. For
detailed information on printer selection and installation refer to the Quick Start Guide.

To open the print menu
Press the PRINT key.
The print menu is displayed.

Menu and softkey description
–

"Softkeys of the print menu" on page 4.520

To display help to a softkey, press the HELP key and then softkey for which you want to display help.
To close the help window, press the ESC key. For further information refer to section "How to use the
Help System".

Softkeys of the print menu
The following table shows all softkeys available in the print menu. It is possible that your instrument
configuration does not provide all softkeys. If a softkey is only available with a special option, model or
(measurement) mode, this information is delivered in the corresponding softkey description.
Menu / Command

Submenu / Command

Print Screen
Device Setup
Device 1/2
Colors

Select Print Color Set
Color On/Off
Select Object
Predefined Colors
User Defined Colors
Set to Default

Comment
Install Printer

Print Screen
Starts to printout all test results displayed on the screen: diagrams, traces, markers, marker lists,
limit lines etc. Comments, title, date, and time are included at the bottom margin of the printout.
All displayed items belonging to the instrument software (softkeys, tables, dialog boxes) are not
printed out. The date and time can be excluded from the printout via the Device Setup softkey.
The output is defined via the Device Setup softkey. If the output is saved in a file, the file name
used in the last saving process is counted up to the next unused name. If you use a file name
that already exists, upon saving, a message is displayed. Selecting Yes overwrites the existing
file, selecting No aborts the saving process. For further details on the file name and an example,
refer to the file menu, Edit File Name softkey.

1300.2519.12

4.520

E-11

R&S FSL

Measurement Documentation - PRINT Key

Path

Directory in which the file is stored. The default path is
C:\r_s\instr\user

Files

List of the existing files in the same format

File Name

Name of the file

Remote: HCOP:ITEM:ALL
Remote: HCOP
Remote: HCOP:NEXT
Device Setup
Opens the Hardcopy Setup dialog box to define the output: image file, clipboard, or the printer.
The dialog box consists of two tabs which are selected via the Device 1/2 softkey. For further
information refer to the Quick Start Guide.
Remote: HCOP:DEV:LANG GDI
Remote: SYST:COMM:PRIN:ENUM:FIRS?
Remote: SYST:COMM:PRIN:ENUM:NEXT?
Remote: SYST:COMM:PRIN:SEL 
Remote: HCOP:PAGE:ORI PORT
Remote: HCOP:DEST "SYST:COMM:PRIN"
Remote: HCOP:TDST:STAT?
Remote: HCOP:TDST:STAT OFF
Device 1/2
Selects the tab of the device in the Device Setup dialog box. The analyzer is able to manage
two print settings independently of each other. For each device the print setting is displayed on
the corresponding tab of the Device Setup dialog box (Device Setup softkey). For further
information refer to the Quick Start Guide.

Colors
For details see Print Colors softkey of the setup menu.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.10.

Select Print Color Set
For details see Select Print Color Set softkey of the setup menu.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.10.

Color On/Off
For details see Color On/Off softkey of the setup menu.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.10.

1300.2519.12

4.521

E-11

Measurement Documentation - PRINT Key

R&S FSL

Select Object
For details see Select Object softkey of the setup menu.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.10.

Predefined Colors
For details see Predefined Colors softkey of the setup menu.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.10.

User Defined Colors
For details see User Defined Colors softkey of the setup menu.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.10.

Set to Default
For details see Set to Default softkey of the setup menu.
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.10.

Comment
Opens dialog box to enter a comment. Max. 120 characters are allowed. 60 characters fit in one
line. In the first line, at any point a manual line-feed can be forced by entering "@".
Date and time are inserted automatically. The comment is printed below the diagram area, but
not displayed on the screen. If a comment should not be printed, it must be deleted.
For details on the alphanumeric entries refer to the Quick Start Guide, chapter 4 "Basic
Operations".
This softkey is available from firmware version 1.10.

Install Printer
Opens the Printers and Faxes window to install a new printer. All printers that are already
installed are displayed. For details refer to the Quick Start Guide, appendix A, "Printer Interface".

1300.2519.12

4.522

E-11

R&S FSL

Introduction

Contents of Chapter 5
5 Remote Control – Basics.................................................................................... 5.1
Introduction.......................................................................................................................................5.1
Getting Started..................................................................................................................................5.3
Setting the Remote Control (IP/GPIB) Address .............................................................................5.3
Starting Remote Control ..................................................................................................................5.4
Returning to Manual Operation.......................................................................................................5.4
SCPI Command Structure and Syntax ...........................................................................................5.5
Structure of a Command ..........................................................................................................5.5
Structure of a Command Line ..................................................................................................5.7
Responses to Queries..............................................................................................................5.8
Parameters...............................................................................................................................5.8
Overview of Syntax Elements ................................................................................................5.10
Instrument Model and Command Processing .............................................................................5.11
Command Sequence and Command Synchronization ..........................................................5.13
Status Reporting System...............................................................................................................5.14
Structure of an SCPI Status Register.....................................................................................5.14
Overview of the Status Registers ...........................................................................................5.16
Status Byte (STB) and Service Request Enable Register (SRE)...........................................5.17
IST Flag and Parallel Poll Enable Register (PPE)..................................................................5.18
Event Status Register (ESR) and Event Status Enable Register (ESE) ................................5.18
STATus:OPERation Register.......................................................................................5.19
STATus:QUEStionable Register..................................................................................5.19
STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit Register..................................................................5.20
STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency Register .............................................................5.21
STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit Register .........................................................................5.22
STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin Register ..................................................................5.22
STATus:QUEStionable:POWer Register.....................................................................5.23
STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC Register.......................................................................5.24
Application of the Status Reporting Systems .........................................................................5.25
Service Request...........................................................................................................5.25
Serial Poll .....................................................................................................................5.25
Parallel Poll ..................................................................................................................5.25
Query by Means of Commands ...................................................................................5.26
Error Queue Query.......................................................................................................5.26
Reset Values of the Status Reporting System .......................................................................5.27
Interfaces and Protocols................................................................................................................5.28
LAN Interface .........................................................................................................................5.28
VXI Basics....................................................................................................................5.28
VXI–11 Interface Messages.........................................................................................5.30
RSIB Protocol Basics ...................................................................................................5.30
RSIB Interface Functions .............................................................................................5.31
GPIB Interface (Option R&S FSL–B10) .................................................................................5.33
GPIB Basics .................................................................................................................5.33
GPIB Interface Functions.............................................................................................5.34
GPIB Interface Messages ............................................................................................5.34
Instrument Messages...................................................................................................5.36

1300.2519.12

I-5.1

E-11

Introduction

R&S FSL

Noise Figure Measurements (K30) – Status Reporting System.................................................5.37
STATus:OPERation Register .................................................................................................5.37
STATus:QUEStionable Register ............................................................................................5.38
STATus:QUEStionable:CORRection Register.......................................................................5.38
Error Reporting.......................................................................................................................5.38
3GPP Base Station Measurements (K72) – Status Reporting System ......................................5.39
STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC Register .................................................................................5.39
CDMA2000 (K82) and 1xEV-DO (K84) BTS Analyzer – Status Reporting System ....................5.40
STATus:QUEstionable:SYNC Register..................................................................................5.40
WLAN TX Measurements (K91/K91n) – Status Reporting System ............................................5.41
STATus:OPERation Register .................................................................................................5.41
STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit Register ...................................................................................5.42
STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC Register .................................................................................5.43
Error Reporting.......................................................................................................................5.43
WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (K92/K93) – Status Reporting System......................................5.44
STATus:OPERation Register .................................................................................................5.44
STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit Register ...................................................................................5.45
STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC Register .................................................................................5.45
Error Reporting.......................................................................................................................5.46

1300.2519.12

I-5.2

E-11

R&S FSL

5

Introduction

Remote Control – Basics

This chapter assumes basic knowledge of programming and operation of the controller. It provides the
following:
• Instructions on how to put the R&S FSL into operation via remote control.
• A general introduction to remote control of programmable instruments. This includes the description
of the command structure and syntax according to the SCPI standard, the description of command
execution and of the status registers.
• Diagrams and tables describing the status registers used in the R&S FSL.
• A description of the interfaces and protocols used for remote control.
In chapter "Instrument Functions" of this manual and in the Online Help, the remote control commands
available for an instrument function are listed after each function description. In the Online Help, these
remote control commands are linked to their description, provided in the manual in chapter "Remote
Control – Commands". Program examples for the R&S FSL are given in chapter 7 "Remote Control –
Programming Examples".

Introduction
The instrument is equipped with the following interfaces for remote control:
- LAN interface: The protocol is based on TCP/IP and supports the VXI–11 standard.
- Option GPIB Interface, R&S FSL–B10: GPIB interface according to standard IEC 625/IEEE 488
The connectors are located at the rear of the instrument and permit a connection to a controller for
remote control via a local area network (LAN) or directly (option GPIB Interface, R&S FSL–B10).
SCPI (Standard Commands for Programmable Instruments) commands – messages – are used for
remote control. Commands that are not taken from the SCPI standard follow the SCPI syntax rules. The
instrument supports the SCPI version 1999. The SCPI standard is based on standard IEEE 488.2 and
aims at the standardization of device–specific commands, error handling and the status registers. The
tutorial "Automatic Measurement Control – A tutorial on SCPI and IEEE 488.2" from John M. Pieper
(R&S order number 0002.3536.00) offers detailed information on concepts and definitions of SCPI.
The requirements that the SCPI standard places on command syntax, error handling and configuration
of the status registers are explained in detail in the following sections. Tables provide a fast overview of
the bit assignment in the status registers. The tables are supplemented by a comprehensive description
of the status registers.
VISA is a standardized software interface library providing input and output functions to communicate
with instruments. The I/O channel (LAN, GPIB…) is selected at initialization time by means of a
channel–specific resource string. For more information about VISA refer to its user documentation.
®

®

The programming examples for remote control are all written in Microsoft VISUAL BASIC . Access to
the VISA functions require the declaration of the functions and constants prior to their use in the project.
This can be accomplished either by adding the modules VISA32.BAS and VPPTYPE.BAS or a
reference to the VISA32.DLL to the project.

1300.2519.12

5.1

E-11

Introduction

R&S FSL

The modules visa32.bas and vpptype.bas can be found in the \WinNT\include (typically
C:\VXIpnp\WinNt\include).
Note:

Manual operation is designed for maximum possible operating convenience. In contrast, the
priority of remote control is the "predictability" of the device status. Therefore, control programs
should always define an initial device status (e.g. with the command *RST) and then implement
the required settings.

To make remote control operation more comfortable and faster, you can use IVI drivers. They bundle
remote control commands, reduce the I/O to the instrument by status caching, check status and
parameters and offer simulation modes.

1300.2519.12

5.2

E-11

R&S FSL

Getting Started

Getting Started
The short and simple operating sequence below shows how to put the instrument into operation and
quickly set its basic functions. The remote control address, which is factory–set to 10.0.0.10, subnet
mask 255.255.255.0 for LAN operation and 20 for operation via GPIB, is used. If you want to change the
IP address, see "Setting the Remote Control (IP/GPIB) Address".
To prepare for remote control
1. Connect the instrument to the LAN or directly to the GPIB controller (option GPIB Interface,
R&S FSL–B10).
For details refer to the Quick Start Guide, appendix B.
2. Switch on the instruments.
3. Write and start the following program on the controller:
status = viOpenDefaultRM(defaultRM)
Cmd = "*RST;*CLS"
status = viWrite(vi, Cmd, Len(Cmd),
retCount)

' Open default resource manager
' Reset instrument and clear status
registers

Cmd = "FREQ:CENT 100MHz"
status = viWrite(vi, Cmd, Len(Cmd),
retCount)
Cmd = "FREQ:SPAN 10MHz"
status = viWrite(vi, Cmd, Len(Cmd),
retCount)
Cmd = "DISP:TRAC:Y:RLEV –10dBm"
status = viWrite(vi, Cmd, Len(Cmd),
retCount)

' Set center frequency to 100 MHz
' Set span to 10 MHz
' Set reference level to –10 dBm

The instrument now performs a sweep in the frequency range of 95 MHz to 105 MHz.

Setting the Remote Control (IP/GPIB) Address
In order to operate the instrument via remote control, it must be addressed using the set IP or GPIB
address. The remote control address is factory–set (for details refer to "Getting Started"), but it can be
changed, if it does not fit in the network environment.
To change the GPIB address via R&S FSL
For details see Quick Start Guide, chapter 2 "Preparing for Use".
To change the GPIB address via GPIB
status = viOpenDefaultRM(defaultRM)
status = viOpen(defaultRM, "GPIB:20::INSTR", 0,
5000, vi)
Cmd = "SYST:COMM:GPIB:ADDR 18"
status = viWrite(vi, Cmd, Len(Cmd), retCount)
status = viClose(vi)
status = viOpen(defaultRM, "GPIB:18::INSTR", 0,
5000, vi)

' Open default resource manager
' Open connection to instrument
with old address
' Set instrument to new address
' Close old connection and reopen
with new address

To change the IP address via R&S FSL
For details see Quick Start Guide, chapter 2 "Preparing for Use".

1300.2519.12

5.3

E-11

Starting Remote Control

R&S FSL

Starting Remote Control
On power–on, the instrument is always in the manual operating state ("local" state) and can be operated
via the front panel.
To start remote control
Send an addressed command from a controller to the instrument.
The instrument is switched to remote control ("remote" state). Operation via the front panel is
disabled. Only the Local softkey is displayed to return to manual operation. The instrument remains
in the remote state until it is reset to the manual state via the instrument or via remote control
interfaces. Switching from manual operation to remote control and vice versa does not affect the
other instrument settings.
During program execution, send the SYSTem:DISPlay:UPDate ON command to activate the
display of results.
The changes in the device settings and the recorded measurement curves are displayed on the
instrument screen.
To obtain optimum performance during remote control, send the SYSTem:DISPlay:UPDate OFF
command to hide the display of results and diagrams again (default setting in remote control).
To prevent unintentional return to manual operation, disable the keys of the R&S FSL by the
universal command LLO.
Then the transition to manual mode is only possible via remote control.
This function is only available for the GPIB interface.
To enable the keys of the R&S FSL again, switch the instrument to local mode, i.e. deactivate the
REN line of the remote control interface.
Note:

If the instrument is exclusively operated in remote control, it is recommended to switch on the
power–save mode for the display. For more details on this mode refer to the Quick Start Guide.

Returning to Manual Operation
Before the transition, command processing must be completed. If command processing is not
completed, it is not possible to return to manual operation and the instrument will switch back to remote
control immediately.
To return to manual operation via R&S FSL
Press the Local softkey or the Preset key.
To return to manual operation via GPIB
...
status = viGpibControlREN(vi,
VI_GPIB_REN_ADDRESS_GTL)
...

1300.2519.12

' Set instrument to manual
operation

5.4

E-11

R&S FSL

SCPI Command Structure and Syntax

SCPI Command Structure and Syntax
SCPI (Standard Commands for Programmable Instruments) describes a standard command set for
programming instruments, irrespective of the type of instrument or manufacturer. The goal of the SCPI
consortium is to standardize the device–specific commands to a large extent. For this purpose, a model
was developed which defines the same functions inside a device or for different devices. Command
systems were generated which are assigned to these functions. Thus it is possible to address the same
functions with identical commands. The command systems are of a hierarchical structure.
SCPI is based on standard IEEE 488.2, i.e. it uses the same syntactic basic elements as well as the
common commands defined in this standard. Part of the syntax of the device responses is defined with
greater restrictions than in standard IEEE 488.2 (see section "Responses to Queries").

Structure of a Command
The commands consist of a so–called header and, in most cases, one or more parameters. Header and
parameter are separated by a "white space" (ASCII code 0 to 9, 11 to 32 decimal, e.g. blank). The
headers may consist of several key words. Queries are formed by directly appending a question mark to
the header.
Note:

Not all commands used in the following examples are implemented in the instrument.

Common commands
Common commands consist of a header preceded by an asterisk "*" and one or several parameters, if
any.
Examples:

*RST

RESET, resets the device

*ESE 253

EVENT STATUS ENABLE, sets the bits of the event status enable
register

*ESR?

EVENT STATUS QUERY, queries the contents of the event status
register.

Device–specific commands
•

Hierarchy
Device–specific commands are of hierarchical structure (see Fig. 5–1). The different levels are
represented by combined headers. Headers of the highest level (root level) have only one key word.
This key word denotes a complete command system.
Example: SENSe
This key word denotes the SENSe command system.
For commands of lower levels, the complete path has to be specified, starting on the left with the
highest level, the individual key words being separated by a colon ":".
Example: SENSe:FREQuency:SPAN 10MHZ
This command lies in the third level of the SENSe system. It sets the frequency span.

1300.2519.12

5.5

E-11

SCPI Command Structure and Syntax

R&S FSL

SENSe

BANDwidth

FUNCtion

STARt

FREQuency

STOP

DETector

CENTer

SPAN

OFFSet

Fig. 5–1 Tree structure the SCPI command systems using the SENSe system as example
•

Multiple key words
Some key words occur in several levels within one command system. Their effect depends on the
structure of the command, i.e. at which position in the header of a command they are inserted.
Example: SOURce:FM:POLarity NORMal
This command contains key word POLarity in the third command level. It defines the polarity
between modulator and modulation signal.
Example: SOURce:FM:EXTernal:POLarity NORMal
This command contains key word POLarity in the fourth command level. It defines the polarity
between modulation voltage and the resulting direction of the modulation only for the external signal
source indicated.

•

Optional key words
Some command systems permit certain key words to be inserted into the header or omitted. These
key words are marked by square brackets in the description. The full command length must be
recognized by the instrument for reasons of compatibility with the SCPI standard. Some commands
are considerably shortened by these optional key words.
Example: [SENSe]:BANDwidth[:RESolution]:AUTO
This command couples the resolution bandwidth of the instrument to other parameters. The
following command has the same effect: BANDwidth:AUTO

Note:
•

An optional key word must not be omitted if its effect is specified in detail by a numeric suffix.

Long and short form
The key words feature a long form and a short form. Either the short form or the long form can be
entered, other abbreviations are not permitted.
Example: STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle 1= STAT:QUES:ENAB 1

Note:

•

Upper–case and lower–case notation only serves to distinguish the two forms in the manual, the
instrument itself does not distinguish upper–case and lower–case letters.

Parameter
The parameter must be separated from the header by a "white space". If several parameters are
specified in a command, they are separated by a comma ",". A few queries permit the parameters
MINimum, MAXimum and DEFault to be entered. For a description of the types of parameter, refer
to section "Parameters".
Example: SENSe:FREQuency:STOP? MAXimum, Response: 3.5E9
This query requests the maximal value for the stop frequency.

1300.2519.12

5.6

E-11

R&S FSL
•

SCPI Command Structure and Syntax

Numeric suffix
If a device features several functions or features of the same kind, e.g. inputs, the desired function
can be selected by a suffix added to the command. Entries without suffix are interpreted like entries
with the suffix 1. Optional keywords must be specified if they select a function with the suffix.
Example: SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial2:BAUD 9600
This command sets the baud rate of a second serial interface.

Note:

In case of remote control, suffix counting may differ from the numbers of the corresponding
selection used in manual operation. SCPI prescribes that suffix counting starts with 1. Suffix 1 is
the default state and used when no specific suffix is specified.
Some standards define a fixed numbering, starting with 0. With GSM, for instance, slots are
counted from 0 to 7. In the case of remote control, the slots are selected with the suffixes 1 to 8.
If the numbering differs in manual operation and remote control, it is indicated with the
respective command.

Structure of a Command Line
A command line may consist of one or several commands. It is terminated by an EOI signal together
with the last data byte.
Several commands in a command line must be separated by a semicolon ";". If the next command
belongs to a different command system, the semicolon is followed by a colon. A colon ":" at the
beginning of a command marks the root node of the command tree.
Example:
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer, "SENSe:FREQuency:CENTer 100MHz;:INPut:ATTenuation
10")
This command line contains two commands. The first one is part of the SENSe command system and is
used to determine the center frequency of the instrument. The second one is part of the INPut
command system and sets the input signal attenuation.
If the successive commands belong to the same system, having one or several levels in common, the
command line can be abbreviated. For that purpose, the second command after the semicolon starts
with the level that lies below the common levels (see also Fig. 5–1). The colon following the semicolon
must be omitted in this case.
Example:
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer, "SENSe:FREQuency:STARt 1E6;:SENSe:FREQuency:STOP
1E9")
This command line is represented in its full length and contains two commands separated from each
other by the semicolon. Both commands are part of the SENSe command system, subsystem
FREQuency, i.e. they have two common levels.
When abbreviating the command line, the second command begins with the level below
SENSe:FREQuency. The colon after the semicolon is omitted. The abbreviated form of the command
line reads as follows:
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer, "SENSe:FREQuency:STARt 1E6;STOP 1E9")
However, a new command line always begins with the complete path.
Example:
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer, "SENSe:FREQuency:STARt 1E6")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer, "SENSe:FREQuency:STOP 1E9")

1300.2519.12

5.7

E-11

SCPI Command Structure and Syntax

R&S FSL

Responses to Queries
A query is defined for each setting command unless explicitly specified otherwise. It is formed by adding
a question mark to the associated setting command. According to SCPI, the responses to queries are
partly subject to stricter rules than in standard IEEE 488.2.
•

The requested parameter is transmitted without header.
Example: INPut:COUPling?, Response: DC

•

Maximum values, minimum values and all further quantities, which are requested via a special text
parameter are returned as numerical values.
Example: SENSe:FREQuency:STOP? MAX, Response: 3.5E9

•

Numerical values are output without a unit. Physical quantities are referred to the basic units or to
the units set using the Unit command.
Example: SENSe:FREQuency:CENTer?, Response: 1E6 (for 1 MHz)

•

Truth values  are returned as 0 (for OFF) and 1 (for ON).
Example: SENSe:BANDwidth:AUTO?, Response: 1 (for ON)

•

Text (character data) is returned in a short form.
Example: SYSTem:COMMunicate:SERial:CONTrol:RTS?, Response STAN (for standard)

Parameters
Most commands require a parameter to be specified. The parameters must be separated from the
header by a "white space". Permissible parameters are numerical values, Boolean parameters, text,
character strings and block data. The type of parameter required for the respective command and the
permissible range of values are specified in the command description.
Numerical values
Numerical values can be entered in any form, i.e. with sign, decimal point and exponent. Values
exceeding the resolution of the instrument are rounded up or down. The mantissa may comprise up to
255 characters, the exponent must lie inside the value range –32000 to 32000. The exponent is
introduced by an "E" or "e". Entry of the exponent alone is not permissible. In the case of physical
quantities, the unit can be entered. Permissible unit prefixes are G (giga), MA (mega), MOHM and MHZ
are also permissible), K (kilo), M (milli), U (micro) and N (nano). It the unit is missing, the basic unit is
used.
Example: SENSe:FREQuency:STOP 1.5GHz = SENSe:FREQuency:STOP 1.5E9
Special numerical
The texts MINimum, MAXimum, DEFault, UP and DOWN are interpreted as valuesspecial numerical
values. In the case of a query, the numerical value is provided.
Example:
Setting command: SENSe:FREQuency:STOP MAXimum
Query: SENSe:FREQuency:STOP?, Response: 3.5E9
–

MIN/MAX
MINimum and MAXimum denote the minimum and maximum value.

–

DEF
DEFault denotes a preset value which has been stored in the EPROM. This value conforms to the
default setting, as it is called by the *RST command

1300.2519.12

5.8

E-11

R&S FSL

SCPI Command Structure and Syntax

–

UP/DOWN
UP, DOWN increases or reduces the numerical value by one step. The step width can be specified
via an allocated step command (see annex C, List of Commands) for each parameter which can be
set via UP, DOWN.

–

INF/NINF
INFinity, Negative INFinity (NINF) Negative INFinity (NINF) represent the numerical values –9.9E37
or 9.9E37, respectively. INF and NINF are only sent as device reponses.

–

NAN
Not A Number (NAN) represents the value 9.91E37. NAN is only sent as device response. This
value is not defined. Possible causes are the division of zero by zero, the subtraction of infinite from
infinite and the representation of missing values.

Boolean parameters
Boolean parameters represent two states. The ON state (logically true) is represented by ON or a
numerical value unequal to 0. The OFF state (logically untrue) is represented by OFF or the numerical
value 0. The numerical values are provided as response for query.
Example:
Setting command: DISPlay:WINDow:STATe ON
Query: DISPlay:WINDow:STATe?, Response: 1
Text
Text parameters observe the syntactic rules for key words, i.e. they can be entered using a short or long
form. Like any parameter, they have to be separated from the header by a white space. In the case of a
query, the short form of the text is provided.
Example:
Setting command: INPut:COUPling GROund
Query: INPut:COUPling?, Response: GRO
Strings
Strings must always be entered in quotation marks (' or ").
Example:
SYSTem:LANGuage "SCPI" or SYSTem:LANGuage 'SCPI'
Block data
Block data are a transmission format which is suitable for the transmission of large amounts of data. A
command using a block data parameter has the following structure:
Example:
HEADer:HEADer #45168xxxxxxxx
ASCII character # introduces the data block. The next number indicates how many of the following digits
describe the length of the data block. In the example the 4 following digits indicate the length to be 5168
bytes. The data bytes follow. During the transmission of these data bytes all end or other control signs
are ignored until all bytes are transmitted.

1300.2519.12

5.9

E-11

SCPI Command Structure and Syntax

R&S FSL

Overview of Syntax Elements
The following survey offers an overview of the syntax elements.
:

The colon separates the key words of a command. In a command line the separating
semicolon marks the uppermost command level.

;

The semicolon separates two commands of a command line. It does not alter the path.

,

The comma separates several parameters of a command.

?

The question mark forms a query.

*

The asterisk marks a common command.

"

Quotation marks introduce a string and terminate it.

#

The hash symbol # introduces binary, octal, hexadecimal and block data.
Binary: #B10110
Octal: #O7612
Hexa: #HF3A7
Block: #21312
A "white space" (ASCII–Code 0 to 9, 11 to 32 decimal, e.g. blank) separates header and
parameter.

1300.2519.12

5.10

E-11

R&S FSL

Instrument Model and Command Processing

Instrument Model and Command Processing
The block diagram in Fig. 5–2 shows how SCPI commands are serviced in the instrument. The
individual components work independently and simultaneously. They communicate with each other by
means of so–called "messages".
IEC/IEEE bus
Ethernet

Input unit with
input buffer

Command
recognition

Instrument settings
data base
Instrument
hardware

IEC/IEEE bus
Ethernet

Status reporting
system

Output unit with
output buffer

Fig. 5–2 Instrument model in the case of remote control

Input unit
The input unit receives commands character by character from the controller and collects them in the
input buffer. The input unit sends a message to the command recognition as soon as the input buffer is
full or as soon as it receives a delimiter, , as defined in IEEE
488.2, or the interface message DCL.
If the input buffer is full, the traffic is stopped and the data received up to then are processed.
Subsequently the traffic is continued. If, however, the buffer is not yet full when receiving the delimiter,
the input unit can already receive the next command during command recognition and execution. The
receipt of DCL clears the input buffer and immediately resets the command recognition.
Command recognition
The command recognition analyses the data received from the input unit. It proceeds in the order in
which it receives the data. Only DCL is serviced with priority, for example GET (Group Execute Trigger)
is only executed after the commands received before. Each recognized command is immediately
transferred to the internal instrument settings data base but not executed immediately.
The command recognition detects syntax errors in the commands and transfers them to the status
reporting system. The rest of a command line after a syntax error is analyzed further if possible and
serviced. After the syntax test, the value range of the parameter is checked, if required.
If the command recognition detects a delimiter, it passes the command to an execution unit that
performs the instrument settings. In the meantime, the command recognition is ready to process new
commands (overlapping execution). A DCL command is processed in the same way.

1300.2519.12

5.11

E-11

Instrument Model and Command Processing

R&S FSL

Data base and instrument hardware
Here the expression "instrument hardware" denotes the part of the instrument fulfilling the actual
instrument function – signal generation, measurement etc. The controller is not included. The term
"data base" denotes a database that manages all the parameters and associated settings required for
setting the instrument hardware.
Setting commands lead to an alteration in the data set. The data set management enters the new
values (e.g. frequency) into the data set, however, only passes them on to the hardware when
requested by the command recognition. This only takes place at the end of a command line.
The data are checked for compatibility with the current instrument settings before they are transmitted to
the instrument hardware. If the execution is not possible, an "execution error" is signaled to the status
reporting system. The corresponding settings are discarded.
Before passing on the data to the hardware, the settling bit in the STATus:OPERation register is set
(refer to section "STATus:OPERation Register"). The hardware executes the settings and resets the bit
again as soon as the new state has settled. This fact can be used to synchronize command servicing.
Queries induce the data set management to send the desired data to the output unit.
Status reporting system
For detailed information refer to section "Status Reporting System".
Output unit
The output unit collects the information requested by the controller, which it receives from the data base
management. It processes it according to the SCPI rules and makes it available in the output buffer.
If the instrument is addressed as a talker without the output buffer containing data or awaiting data from
the data base management, the output unit sends error message "Query UNTERMINATED" to the
status reporting system. No data are sent on the GPIB or via the Ethernet, the controller waits until it has
reached its time limit. This behavior is specified by SCPI.

1300.2519.12

5.12

E-11

R&S FSL

Instrument Model and Command Processing

Command Sequence and Command Synchronization
What has been said above makes clear that all commands can potentially be carried out overlapping. In
order to prevent an overlapping execution of commands, one of the commands *OPC, *OPC? or *WAI
must be used. All three commands cause a certain action only to be carried out after the hardware has
been set. By suitable programming, the controller can be forced to wait for the respective action to occur
(refer to Table 5–1).

Table 5–1 Synchronization using *OPC, *OPC? and *WAI
Command

Action

Programming the controller

*OPC

Sets the Operation Complete bit in
the ESR after all previous
commands have been executed.

– Setting bit 0 in the ESE
– Setting bit 5 in the SRE
– Waiting for service request (SRQ)

*OPC?

Stops command processing until 1
is returned. This is only the case
after the Operation Complete bit
has been set in the ESR. This bit
indicates that the previous setting
has been completed.

Sending *OPC? directly after the command
whose processing should be terminated before
other commands can be executed.

*WAI

Stops further command processing
until all commands sent before
*WAI have been executed.

Sending *WAI directly after the command whose
processing should be terminated before other
commands are executed.

An example for command synchronization can be found in chapter 7 "Remote Control – Programming
Examples".
For a couple of commands the synchronization to the end of command execution is mandatory in order
to obtain the desired result. The affected commands require either more than one measurement in
order to accomplish the desired instrument setting (e.g. auto range functions), or they require a longer
period of time for execution. If a new command is received during execution of the corresponding
function this may either lead to either to an aborted measurement or to incorrect measurement data.
The following list includes the commands, for which a synchronization via *OPC, *OPC? or *WAI is
mandatory:
Table 5–2

Commands with mandatory synchronization (overlapping commands)

Command

Purpose

INIT

start measurement

INIT:CONM

continue measurement

CALC:MARK:FUNC:ZOOM

zoom frequency range around marker 1

CALC:STAT:SCAL:AUTO ONCE

optimize level settings for signal statistic
measurement functions

[SENS:]POW:ACH:PRES:RLEV

optimize level settings for adjacent channel
power measurements

1300.2519.12

5.13

E-11

Status Reporting System

R&S FSL

Status Reporting System
The status reporting system (refer to Fig. 5–4) stores all information on the present operating state of
the instrument, and on errors which have occurred. This information is stored in the status registers and
in the error queue. The status registers and the error queue can be queried via GPIB or via the Ethernet.
The information is of a hierarchical structure. The register status byte (STB) defined in IEEE 488.2 and
its associated mask register service request enable (SRE) form the uppermost level. The STB receives
its information from the standard event status register (ESR) which is also defined in IEEE 488.2 with
the associated mask register standard event status enable (ESE) and registers STATus:OPERation and
STATus:QUEStionable which are defined by SCPI and contain detailed information on the instrument.
The IST flag ("Individual STatus") and the parallel poll enable register (PPE) allocated to it are also part
of the status reporting system. The IST flag, like the SRQ, combines the entire instrument status in a
single bit. The PPE fulfills the same function for the IST flag as the SRE for the service request.
The output buffer contains the messages the instrument returns to the controller. It is not part of the
status reporting system but determines the value of the MAV bit in the STB.

Structure of an SCPI Status Register
Each standard SCPI register consists of 5 parts which each have a width of 16 bits and have different
functions (refer to Fig. 5–3). The individual bits are independent of each other, i.e. each hardware status
is assigned a bit number that applies to all five parts. For example, bit 3 of the STATus:OPERation
register is assigned to the hardware status "wait for trigger" in all five parts. Bit 15 (the most significant
bit) is set to zero for all parts. Thus the contents of the register parts can be processed by the controller
as positive integer.

15 14 13 12

CONDition part

3 2 1 0

15 14 13 12

PTRansition part

3 2 1 0

15 14 13 12

NTRansition part

3 2 1 0

15 14 13 12

EVENt part

3 2 1 0

to higher-order register
&

&

& & & & &

& & & & & & & & &

+ Sum bit
15 14 13 12

ENABle part

& = logical AND
+ = logical OR
of all bits

3 2 1 0

Fig. 5–3 The status–register model
CONDition part
The CONDition part is directly written into by the hardware or the sum bit of the next lower register. Its
contents reflects the current instrument status. This register part can only be read, but not written into or
cleared. Its contents is not affected by reading.

1300.2519.12

5.14

E-11

R&S FSL

Status Reporting System

PTRansition part
The Positive–TRansition part acts as an edge detector. When a bit of the CONDition part is changed
from 0 to 1, the associated PTR bit decides whether the EVENt bit is set to 1.
PTR bit =1: the EVENt bit is set.
PTR bit =0: the EVENt bit is not set.
This part can be written into and read at will. Its contents is not affected by reading.
NTRansition part
The Negative–TRansition part also acts as an edge detector. When a bit of the CONDition part is
changed from 1 to 0, the associated NTR bit decides whether the EVENt bit is set to 1.
NTR–Bit = 1: the EVENt bit is set.
NTR–Bit = 0: the EVENt bit is not set.
This part can be written into and read at will. Its contents is not affected by reading.
With these two edge register parts the user can define which state transition of the condition part (none,
0 to 1, 1 to 0 or both) is stored in the EVENt part.
EVENt part
The EVENt part indicates whether an event has occurred since the last reading, it is the "memory" of the
condition part. It only indicates events passed on by the edge filters. It is permanently updated by the
instrument. This part can only be read by the user. Reading the register clears it. This part is often
equated with the entire register.
ENABle part
The ENABle part determines whether the associated EVENt bit contributes to the sum bit (see below).
Each bit of the EVENt part is ANDed with the associated ENABle bit (symbol '&'). The results of all
logical operations of this part are passed on to the sum bit via an OR function (symbol '+').
ENABle–Bit = 0: the associated EVENt bit does not contribute to the sum bit
ENABle–Bit = 1: if the associated EVENT bit is "1", the sum bit is set to "1" as well.
This part can be written into and read by the user at will. Its contents is not affected by reading.
Sum bit
As indicated above, the sum bit is obtained from the EVENt and ENABle part for each register. The
result is then entered into a bit of the CONDition part of the higher–order register.
The instrument automatically generates the sum bit for each register. Thus an event, e.g. a PLL that has
not locked, can lead to a service request throughout all levels of the hierarchy.
Note:

The service request enable register SRE defined in IEEE 488.2 can be taken as ENABle part of
the STB if the STB is structured according to SCPI. By analogy, the ESE can be taken as the
ENABle part of the ESR.

1300.2519.12

5.15

E-11

Status Reporting System

R&S FSL

Overview of the Status Registers
The following figure shows the status registers used by the R&S FSL base unit. The status registers
used by the R&S FSL options are described in separate sections at the end of this chapter.

& = lo gic

15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0

A ND

= logic
OR
of all bits

SRQ

-&-&-&-&-&-

SRE

not used

Scan results available
HCOPy in progress

CALibrating

15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0

STAT us:OPERation

7
6 RQS/MSS
5 ESB
4 MAV
3
2
1
0

15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0

ST B

-&-&-&-&-&-&-

PPE

not used

TRANsducer break
ACPLimit
SYNC
LMARgin
LIMit
CALibration (= UNC AL)

FREQ uency
TEMPerature
POW er
BATTERY LOW

IST flag

Error/event
queue
bla

Output
buffer

ESE

15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0

ALT3 … 11 LOWer/UPPer FAIL
ALT2 LOWer FAIL
ALT2 UPPer FAIL
ALT1 LOWer FAIL
ALT1 UPPer FAIL
ADJ LOWer FAIL
ADJ UPPer FAIL
STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit

15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0

8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

CARRier overload
No carrier
SYNC not found
BURSt not found
STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC

not used

LMARgin
LMARgin
LMARgin
LMARgin
LMARgin
LMARgin
LMARgin
LMARgin

not used

15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0

FAIL
FAIL
FAIL
FAIL
FAIL
FAIL
FAIL
FAIL

not used

LIMit
LIMit
LIMit
LIMit
LIMit
LIMit
LIMit
LIMit

8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

FAIL
FAIL
FAIL
FAIL
FAIL
FAIL
FAIL
FAIL

ST ATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin <1|2>
STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit <1|2>

STATus:QUEStionable

-&-&-&-&-&-&-&-&-

not used

7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0

Power on
User Request
Command Error
Execution Error
Device Dependent Error
Query Error
Request Control
Operation Complete

15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0

not used

EXTernalREFerence

LO UNLocked
OVEN COLD

15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0

not used

IF_OVerload
UNDerload
OVERload

ESR
ST AT us:QUEStionabl e: FREQ uency

STATus:QUEStionable:POWer

Fig. 5–4 Overview of the status registers (base unit)

1300.2519.12

5.16

E-11

R&S FSL

Status Reporting System

Status Byte (STB) and Service Request Enable Register
(SRE)
The STB is already defined in IEEE 488.2. It provides a rough overview of the instrument status by
collecting the pieces of information of the lower registers. It can thus be compared with the CONDition
part of an SCPI register and assumes the highest level within the SCPI hierarchy. A special feature is
that bit 6 acts as the sum bit of the remaining bits of the status byte.
The STATUS BYTE is read using the command "*STB?" or a serial poll.
The STB is linked to the SRE. The latter corresponds to the ENABle part of the SCPI registers in its
function. Each bit of the STB is assigned a bit in the SRE. Bit 6 of the SRE is ignored. If a bit is set in the
SRE and the associated bit in the STB changes from 0 to 1, a service request (SRQ) is generated on
the GPIB or via the Ethernet, which triggers an interrupt in the controller if this is appropriately
configured and can be further processed there.
The SRE can be set using the command "*SRE" and read using the command "*SRE?"
Table 5–3

Meaning of the bits used in the status byte

Bit No.

Meaning

0...1

Not used

2

Error Queue not empty
The bit is set when an entry is made in the error queue.
If this bit is enabled by the SRE, each entry of the error queue generates a service request.
Thus an error can be recognized and specified in greater detail by polling the error queue.
The poll provides an informative error message. This procedure is to be recommended
since it considerably reduces the problems involved with remote control.

3

QUEStionable status sum bit
The bit is set if an EVENt bit is set in the QUEStionable: status register and the associated
ENABle bit is set to 1.
A set bit indicates a questionable instrument status, which can be specified in greater
detail by polling the QUEStionable status register.

4

MAV bit (message available)
The bit is set if a message is available in the output buffer which can be read. This bit can
be used to enable data to be automatically read from the instrument to the controller.

5

ESB bit
Sum bit of the event status register. It is set if one of the bits in the event status register is
set and enabled in the event status enable register.
Setting of this bit indicates a serious error which can be specified in greater detail by
polling the event status register.

6

MSS bit (master status summary bit)
The bit is set if the instrument triggers a service request. This is the case if one of the
other bits of this registers is set together with its mask bit in the service request enable
register SRE.

7

OPERation status register sum bit
The bit is set if an EVENt bit is set in the OPERation status register and the associated
ENABle bit is set to 1.
A set bit indicates that the instrument is just performing an action. The type of action can
be determined by polling the OPERation status register.

1300.2519.12

5.17

E-11

Status Reporting System

R&S FSL

IST Flag and Parallel Poll Enable Register (PPE)
By analogy with the SRQ, the IST flag combines the entire status information in a single bit. It can be
read by means of a parallel poll (refer to section "Parallel Poll") or using the command *IST?.
The parallel poll enable register (PPE) determines which bits of the STB contribute to the IST flag. The
bits of the STB are ANDed with the corresponding bits of the PPE, with bit 6 being used as well in
contrast to the SRE. The IST flag results from the ORing of all results. The PPE can be set using
commands *PRE and read using command *PRE?.

Event Status Register (ESR) and Event Status Enable
Register (ESE)
The ESR is defined in IEEE 488.2. It can be compared with the EVENt part of a SCPI register. The
event status register can be read out using command *ESR?.
The ESE is the associated ENABle part. It can be set using the command *ESE and read using the
command *ESE?.
Table 5–4

Meaning of the bits in the event status register

Bit No.

Meaning

0

Operation Complete
This bit is set on receipt of the command *OPC exactly when all previous commands have
been executed.

1
2

Not used
Query Error
This bit is set if either the controller wants to read data from the instrument without having
sent a query, or if it does not fetch requested data and sends new instructions to the
instrument instead. The cause is often a query which is faulty and hence cannot be
executed.

3

Device–dependent Error
This bit is set if a device–dependent error occurs. An error message with a number
between –300 and –399 or a positive error number, which denotes the error in greater
detail, is entered into the error queue.

4

Execution Error
This bit is set if a received command is syntactically correct but cannot be performed for
other reasons. An error message with a number between –200 and –300, which denotes
the error in greater detail, is entered into the error queue.

5

Command Error
This bit is set if a command is received, which is undefined or syntactically incorrect. An
error message with a number between –100 and –200, which denotes the error in greater
detail, is entered into the error queue.

6

User Request
This bit is set on pressing the Local softkey.

7

Power On (supply voltage on)
This bit is set on switching on the instrument.

1300.2519.12

5.18

E-11

R&S FSL

Status Reporting System

STATus:OPERation Register
In the CONDition part, this register contains information on which actions the instrument is being
executing or, in the EVENt part, information on which actions the instrument has executed since the last
reading. It can be read using the commands STATus:OPERation:CONDition? or STATus
:OPERation[:EVENt]?.
Table 5–5

Meaning of the bits in the STATus:OPERation register

Bit No.

Meaning

0

CALibrating
This bit is set as long as the instrument is performing a calibration.

1 to 7
8

Not used
HardCOPy in progress
This bit is set while the instrument is printing a hardcopy.

9 to 14

Not used

15

This bit is always 0

STATus:QUEStionable Register
This register contains information about indefinite states which may occur if the unit is operated without
meeting the specifications. It can be read using the commands STATus:QUEStionable:
CONDition? and STATus:QUEStionable[:EVENt]?.
Table 5–6
Bit No.
0 to 1
2

Meaning of bits in STATus:QUEStionable register
Meaning
These bits are not used
BATTERY LOW
If the instrument is running without any external power supply and the charging level of the
internal battery is approximately lower than 5% this bit is set to indcate that the system will
be shut down automatically in approx. 5 minutes.

3

POWer
This bit is set if a questionable power occurs (refer also to section
"STATus:QUEStionable:POWer Register")

4

TEMPerature
This bit is set if a questionable temperature occurs.

5

FREQuency
The bit is set if a frequency is questionable (refer to section
"STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency Register")

6 to 7

Not used

1300.2519.12

5.19

E-11

Status Reporting System
Bit No.

Meaning

8

CALibration

R&S FSL

The bit is set if a measurement is performed unaligned (label UNCAL)
9

LIMit (device–specific)
This bit is set if a limit value is violated (see also section "STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit
Register")

10

LMARgin (device–specific)
This bit is set if a margin is violated (see also section "STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin
Register")

11

SYNC (device–dependent)
This bit is set if, in measurements or pre–measurements, synchronization to midamble
fails or no burst is found.
This bit is also set if, in pre–measurements mode, the result differs too strongly from the
expected value (see also "STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC Register").

12

ACPLimit (device–specific)
This bit is set if a limit for the adjacent channel power measurement is violated (see also
section "STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit Register")

13 to 14

Not used

15

This bit is always 0.

STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit Register
This register contains information about the observance of limits during adjacent power measurements.
It can be read using the commands 'STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit :CONDition?' and
'STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit[:EVENt]?'
Table 5–7

Meaning of bits in STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit register

Bit No.

Meaning

0

ADJ UPPer FAIL
This bit is set if the limit is exceeded in the upper adjacent channel

1

ADJ LOWer FAIL
This bit is set if the limit is exceeded in the lower adjacent channel.

2

ALT1 UPPer FAIL
This bit is set if the limit is exceeded in the upper 1st alternate channel.

3

ALT1 LOWer FAIL
This bit is set if the limit is exceeded in the lower 1st alternate channel.

4

ALT2 UPPer FAIL
This bit is set if the limit is exceeded in the upper 2nd alternate channel.

1300.2519.12

5.20

E-11

R&S FSL

Status Reporting System

Bit No.

Meaning

5

ALT2 LOWer FAIL
This bit is set if the limit is exceeded in the lower 2nd alternate channel.

6

ALT3 … 11 LOWer/UPPer FAIL
This bit is set if the limit is exceeded in one off the lower or upper alternate channels
3 … 11

7 to 14

Not used

15

This bit is always set to 0.

STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency Register
This register contains information about the reference and local oscillator.
It can be read using the commands STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:CONDition?
STATus :QUEStionable:FREQuency[:EVENt]?.
Table 5–8

and

Meaning of bits in STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency register

Bit No.

Meaning

0

OVEN COLD
This bit is set if the reference oscillator has not yet attained its operating temperature.
OCXO is displayed.

1

LO UNLocked
This bit is set if the local oscillator no longer locks. LOUNL is displayed.

2 to 7

Not used

8

EXTernalREFerence
Bit 8 indicates that the external reference oscillator is selected and no useable external
reference source is connected to the instrument. Therefore the synthesizer can not lock
and the frequency accuracy is not guaranteed.

9 to 14

Not used

15

This bit is always 0.

1300.2519.12

5.21

E-11

Status Reporting System

R&S FSL

STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit Register
This register contains information about the observance of limit lines. It can be read using the
commands
STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit:CONDition?
and
STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit[:EVENt]?.
Table 5–9

Meaning of bits in STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit register

Bit No.

Meaning

0

LIMit 1 FAIL
This bit is set if limit line 1 is violated.

1

LIMit 2 FAIL
This bit is set if limit line 2 is violated.

2

LIMit 3 FAIL
This bit is set if limit line 3 is violated.

3

LIMit 4 FAIL
This bit is set if limit line 4 is violated.

4

LIMit 5 FAIL
This bit is set if limit line 5 is violated.

5

LIMit 6 FAIL
This bit is set if limit line 6 is violated.

6

LIMit 7 FAIL
This bit is set if limit line 7 is violated.

7

LIMit 8 FAIL
This bit is set if limit line 8 is violated.

8 to 14

Not used

15

This bit is always 0.

STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin Register
This register contains information about the observance of limit margins. It can be read using the
commands
STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin:CONDition?
and
STATus
:QUEStionable:LMARgin[:EVENt]?.
Table 5–10

Meaning of bits in STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin register

Bit No.

Meaning

0

LMARgin 1 FAIL
This bit is set if limit margin 1 is violated.

1

LMARgin 2 FAIL
This bit is set if limit margin 2 is violated.

1300.2519.12

5.22

E-11

R&S FSL

Status Reporting System

Bit No.

Meaning

2

LMARgin 3 FAIL
This bit is set if limit margin 3 is violated.

3

LMARgin 4 FAIL
This bit is set if limit margin 4 is violated.

4

LMARgin 5 FAIL
This bit is set if limit margin 5 is violated.

5

LMARgin 6 FAIL
This bit is set if limit margin 1 is violated.

6

LMARgin 7 FAIL
This bit is set if limit margin 7 is violated.

7

LMARgin 8 FAIL
This bit is set if limit margin 8 is violated.

8 to 14

Not used

15

This bit is always 0.

STATus:QUEStionable:POWer Register
This register contains all information about possible overloads of the unit.
It can be read using the commands STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:CONDition? and STATus
:QUEStionable:POWer[:EVENt]?.
Table 5–11

Meaning of bits in STATus:QUEStionable:POWer register

Bit No.

Meaning

0

OVERload
This bit is set if the RF input is overloaded. OVLD is displayed.

1

UNDerload
This bit is set if the RF input is underloaded. UNLD is displayed.

2

IF_OVerload
This bit is set if the IF path is overloaded. IFOVL is displayed.

3 to 14

Not used

15

This bit is always 0.

1300.2519.12

5.23

E-11

Status Reporting System

R&S FSL

STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC Register
This register contains information about sync and bursts not found, and about pre–measurement results
exceeding or falling short of expected values (for details on GSM power measurements refer to chapter
"Advanced Measurement Examples", and the Quick Start Guide, chapter 5, "Basic Measurement
Examples").
It can be read using the commands STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC:CONDition? and
STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC[:EVENt]?.
Table 5–12

Meaning of bits in STATus:QUEstionable:SYNC register

Bit No.

Meaning

0

BURSt not found
This bit is set if no burst is found in the measurements/pre–measurements for
phase/frequency error (PFE) or carrier power versus time (PVT). If a burst is found in
these measurements/pre–measurements, the bit is reset.

1

SYNC not found
This bit is set if the synchronization sequence (training sequence) of the midamble is not
found in the measurements/pre–measurements for phase/frequency error (PFE) or carrier
power versus time (PVT). If the synchronization sequence (training sequence) of the
midamble is found in these measurements/pre–measurements, the bit is reset.

2

With option TV Trigger (B6), this bis is set in the free run trigger mode if the trigger does not
return data.
No carrier
This bit is set if the level value determined in the pre–measurements for carrier power
versus time (PVT) and spectrum due to modulation is too low. The bit is reset at the
beginning of the pre–measurement.

3

Carrier overload
This bit is set if the level value determined in the pre–measurements for carrier versus time
(PVT) and spectrum due to modulation is too high. The bit is reset at the beginning of the
pre–measurement.

4–14

Not used.

15

This bit is always 0.

1300.2519.12

5.24

E-11

R&S FSL

Status Reporting System

Application of the Status Reporting Systems
In order to be able to effectively use the status reporting system, the information contained there must
be transmitted to the controller and further processed there. There are several methods which are
represented in the following. For detailed program examples refer to chapter 7 "Remote Control –
Programming Examples".

Service Request
Under certain circumstances, the instrument can send a service request (SRQ) to the controller. Usually
this service request initiates an interrupt at the controller, to which the control program can react
appropriately. As evident from Fig. 5–4, an SRQ is always initiated if one or several of bits 2, 3, 4, 5 or 7
of the status byte are set and enabled in the SRE. Each of these bits combines the information of a
further register, the error queue or the output buffer. The ENABle parts of the status registers can be set
so that arbitrary bits in an arbitrary status register initiate an SRQ. In order to make use of the
possibilities of the service request effectively, all bits should be set to "1" in enable registers SRE and
ESE.
Example: Use of the command *OPC to generate an SRQ at the end of a sweep
1. CALL InstrWrite(analyzer, "*ESE 1") 'Set bit 0 in the ESE (Operation Complete)
2. CALL InstrWrite(analyzer, "*SRE 32") 'Set bit 5 in the SRE (ESB)?
After its settings have been completed, the instrument generates an SRQ.
The SRQ is the only possibility for the instrument to become active on its own. Each controller program
should set the instrument in a way that a service request is initiated in the case of malfunction. The
program should react appropriately to the service request. A detailed example for a service request
routine is to be found in chapter 7 "Remote Control – Programming Examples".

Serial Poll
In a serial poll, just as with command *STB, the status byte of an instrument is queried. However, the
query is realized via interface messages and is thus clearly faster. The serial–poll method has already
been defined in IEEE 488.1 and used to be the only standard possibility for different instruments to poll
the status byte. The method also works with instruments which do not adhere to SCPI or IEEE 488.2.
The VISUAL BASIC command for executing a serial poll is IBRSP(). Serial poll is mainly used to obtain
a fast overview of the state of several instruments connected to the controller.

Parallel Poll
In a parallel poll, the controller uses a single command to request up to eight instruments to transmit
one bit of information each on the data lines, i.e., to set the data line allocated to each instrument to a
logical "0" or "1". In addition to the SRE register, which determines the conditions under which an SRQ
is generated, there is a parallel poll enable register (PPE). This register is ANDed with the STB bit by bit,
considering bit 6 as well. The results are ORed, the result is possibly inverted and then sent as a
response to the parallel poll of the controller. The result can also be queried without parallel poll by
means of the command *IST?.
The instrument first has to be set for the parallel poll using the VISUAL BASIC command IBPPC().
This command allocates a data line to the instrument and determines whether the response is to be
inverted. The parallel poll itself is executed using IBRPP().

1300.2519.12

5.25

E-11

Status Reporting System

R&S FSL

The parallel poll method is mainly used to find out quickly which one of the instruments connected to the
controller has sent a service request. To this effect, SRE and PPE must be set to the same value.

Query by Means of Commands
Each part of any status register can be read by means of queries. The individual commands are listed in
the description of the STATus Subsystem. The returned value is always a number that represents the
bit pattern of the queried register. This number is evaluated by the controller program.
Queries are usually used after an SRQ in order to obtain more detailed information on the cause of the
SRQ.

Error Queue Query
Each error state in the instrument leads to an entry in the error queue. The entries of the error queue
are detailed plain–text error messages that can be displayed via manual operation using the setup menu
or queried via remote control using the command SYSTem:ERRor?. Each call of SYSTem:ERRor?
provides one entry from the error queue. If no error messages are stored there any more, the instrument
responds with 0, "No error".
The error queue should be queried after every SRQ in the controller program as the entries describe the
cause of an error more precisely than the status registers. Especially in the test phase of a controller
program the error queue should be queried regularly since faulty commands from the controller to the
instrument are recorded there as well.

1300.2519.12

5.26

E-11

R&S FSL

Status Reporting System

Reset Values of the Status Reporting System
Table 5–13 contains the different commands and events causing the status reporting system to be
reset. None of the commands, except *RST and SYSTem:PRESet, influences the functional instrument
settings. In particular, DCL does not change the instrument settings.
Table 5–13 Resetting the status reporting system
Event

Switching on
supply voltage
Power–On–
Status–Clear

Effect

0

DCL,SDC
(Device
Clear,
Selected
Device
Clear)

*RST or
SYSTem:PRE
Set

STATus:PRE
Set

*CLS

1

Clear STB,ESR

yes

yes

Clear SRE,ESE

yes

Clear PPE

yes

Clear EVENt parts of
the registers

yes

Clear ENABle parts
of all OPERation and
QUEStionable
registers; Fill ENABle
parts of all other
registers with "1".

yes

yes

Fill PTRansition parts
with "1";
Clear NTRansition
parts

yes

yes

yes

Clear error queue

yes

yes

yes

Clear output buffer

yes

yes

yes

Clear command
processing and input
buffer

yes

yes

yes

1)

1)

1)

1)Every command being the first in a command line, i.e., immediately following a  clears the output buffer.

1300.2519.12

5.27

E-11

Interfaces and Protocols

R&S FSL

Interfaces and Protocols
The standard instrument is accessed via LAN in order to perform for remote control. Optional a GPIB
interface can be used for remote control, provided by option GPIB Interface, R&S FSL–B10.

LAN Interface
To be integrated in a LAN, the instrument is equipped with a LAN interface, consisting of a connector, a
network interface card and protocols (VXI–11 and RSIB). For details on the connector and its use refer
to the Quick Start Guide, chapter 1 "Front and Rear Panel".
Instrument access via VXI11 or RSIB is usually achieved from high level programming platforms by
using VISA as an intermediate abstraction layer. VISA encapsulates the low level VXI, RSIB or even
GPIB function calls and thus makes the transport interface transparent for the user. The necessary
VISA library is available as a separate product. For details contact your local R&S sales representative.

VXI Basics
The VXI–11 standard is based on the RPC protocol which in turn relies on TCP/IP as the
network/transport layer. The TCP/IP network protocol and the associated network services are
preconfigured. TCP/IP ensures connection–oriented communication, where the order of the exchanged
messages is adhered to and interrupted links are identified. With this protocol, messages cannot be lost.
Remote control of an instrument via a network is based on standardized protocols which follow the OSI
reference model (see Fig. below).

Application

SCPI

Presentation

XDR (VXI-11)

Session

ONC-RPC

Transport

TCP / UDP

Network

IP

Data Link

Ethernet/802.3

Physical

802.3/10BASE-T

Fig. 5–5

Example for LAN remote control based on the OSI reference model

Based on TCP/UDP, messages between the controller and the instrument are exchanged via open
network computing (ONC) – remote procedure calls (RPC). With XDR (VXI–11), legal RPC messages
are known as VXI–11 standard. Based on this standard, messages are exchanged between the
controller and the instrument. The messages are identical with SCPI commands. They can be organized
in four groups:
• program messages (control command to the instrument)
• response messages (values returned by the instrument)
• service request (spontaneous queries of the instrument)
• low–level control messages (interface messages).

1300.2519.12

5.28

E-11

R&S FSL

Interfaces and Protocols

A VXI–11 link between a controller and an instrument uses three channels: core, abort and interrupt
channel. Instrument control is mainly performed on the core channel (program, response and low–level
control messages). The abort channel is used for immediate abort of the core channel; the interrupt
channel transmits spontaneous service requests of the instrument. Link setup itself is very complex. For
more details refer to the VXI–11 specification.

Core channel
(program, response,
control messages )

Instrument

Controller

Abort channel
(abort)

Interrupt channel
(Service request)
Fig. 5–6

VXI–11 channels between instrument and controller

The number of controllers that can address an instrument is practically unlimited in the network. In the
instrument, the individual controllers are clearly distinguished. This distinction continues up to the
application level in the controller, i.e. two applications on a computer are identified by the instrument as
two different controllers.

Controller

Controller

Instrument

Controller
Fig. 5–7

Remote control via LAN from several controllers

The controllers can lock and unlock the instrument for exclusive access. This regulates access to the
instrument of several controllers.

1300.2519.12

5.29

E-11

Interfaces and Protocols

R&S FSL

VXI–11 Interface Messages
On the Ethernet link, the interface messages are called low–level control messages. These messages
can be used to emulate interface messages of the GPIB.
Table 5–14 VXI–11 Interface Messages
Command

Effect on the instrument

&ABO

(Abort)

Aborts the processing of the commands just received.

&DCL

(Device Clear)

Aborts the processing of the commands just received and
sets the command processing software to a defined initial
state. Does not change the instrument setting.

>L

(Go to Local)

Transition to the "Local" state (manual operation)

>R

(Go to Remote)

Transition to the "Remote" state (remote control)

&GET

(Group Execute
Trigger)

Triggers a previously active device function (e.g. a sweep).
The effect of the command is the same as with that of a pulse
at the external trigger signal input.

&LLO

(Local Lockout)

Disables switchover from remote control to manual operation
by means of the front panel keys

&POL

(Serial Poll)

Starts a serial poll

&NREN

(Not Remote Enable)

Enables switchover from remote control to manual operation
by means of the front panel keys

RSIB Protocol Basics
The R&S defined RSIB protocol uses the TCP/IP protocol for communication with the instrument.
Remote control over RSIB is done on a message level basis using the SCPI command set of the
instrument. The RSIB protocol allows you to control the instrument not only via Visual C++– and Visual
Basic programs but also via the two Windows applications WinWord and Excel as well as via National
Instruments LabView, LabWindows/CVI and Agilent VEE. The control applications run on an external
computer in the network.
A UNIX operating system can be installed on an external computer in addition to a Windows operating
system. In this case, the control applications are created either in C or C++. The supported UNIX
operating systems include:
•Sun Solaris 2.6 Sparc Station
•Sun Solaris 2.6 Intel Platform
•Red Hat Linux 6.2 x86 Processors

1300.2519.12

5.30

E-11

R&S FSL

Interfaces and Protocols

RSIB Interface Functions
The library functions are adapted to the interface functions of National Instruments for GPIB
programming. The functions supported by the libraries are listed in the following table.
Function

Description

RSDLLibfind()

Provides a handle for access to a device.

RSDLLibwrt()

Sends a zero–terminated string to a device.

RSDLLilwrt()

Sends a certain number of bytes to a device.

RSDLLibwrtf()

Sends the contents of a file to a device.

RSDLLibrd()

Reads data from a device into a string.

RSDLLilrd()

Reads a certain number of bytes from a device.

RSDLLibrdf()

Reads data from a device into a file.

RSDLLibtmo()

Sets timeout for RSIB functions.

RSDLLibsre()

Switches a device to the local or remote state.

RSDLLibloc()

Temporarily switches a device to the local state.

RSDLLibeot()

Enables/disables the END message for write operations.

RSDLLibrsp()

Performs a serial poll and provides the status byte.

RSDLLibonl()

Sets the device online/offline.

RSDLLTestSrq()

Checks whether a device has generated an SRQ.

RSDLLWaitSrq()

Waits until a device generates an SRQ.

RSDLLSwapBytes

Swaps the byte sequence for binary numeric display (only required for
non–Intel platforms).

As with the National Instrument interface, the successful execution of a command can be checked by
means of the variables ibsta, iberr and ibcntl. For this purpose, all RSIB functions are assigned
references to these three variables.
Status word – ibsta
The status word ibsta provides information on the status of the RSIB interface. The following bits are
defined:
Bit
designation

Bit

Hex code

Description

ERR

15

8000

Is set when an error has occurred on calling a function. If this
bit is set, iberr contains an error code that specifies the error
in greater detail.

TIMO

14

4000

Is set when a timeout has occurred on calling a function.

CMPL

8

0100

Is set if the response of the GPIB parser has been read out
completely. If a parser response is read out with the function
RSDLLilrd() and the length of the buffer is insufficient for
the answer, the bit will be cleared.

1300.2519.12

5.31

E-11

Interfaces and Protocols

R&S FSL

Error variable – iberr
If the ERR bit (8000h) is set in the status word, iberr contains an error code which allows the error to
be specified in greater detail. Extra error codes are defined for the RSIB protocol, independent of the
National Instruments interface.
Error

Error
code

Description

IBERR_CONNECT

2

Setup of the connection to the measuring instrument has failed.

IBERR_NO_DEVICE

3

A function of the interface has been called with an illegal device
handle.

IBERR_MEM

4

No empty memory available.

IBERR_TIMEOUT

5

Timeout has occurred.

IBERR_BUSY

6

The RSIB protocol is blocked by a function that is still running.

IBERR_FILE

7

Error when reading or writing to a file.

IBERR_SEMA

8

Error upon creating or assigning a semaphore (only under
UNIX).

Count variable – ibcntl
The variable ibcntl is updated with the number of transferred bytes each time a read or write function
is called.

1300.2519.12

5.32

E-11

R&S FSL

Interfaces and Protocols

GPIB Interface (Option R&S FSL–B10)
The standard instrument is not equipped with an GPIB connector, but can be accessed via the LAN
interface for remote control. The option R&S FSL–B10 provides a GPIB interface. For details on the
connector and its use refer to the Quick Start Guide, chapter 1 "Front and Rear Panel".

GPIB Basics
The GPIB interface is described by the following characterisitics:
• 8–bit parallel data transfer
• bi–directional data transfer
• three–line handshake
• high data transfer rate of max. 700 kbyte/s
• up to 15 instruments can be connected
• maximal length of the interconnecting cables 15 m (single connection, 2m)
• wired–OR connection if several instruments are connected in parallel.
Depending on the bus type the following bus lines are used:
•

Data bus with 8 lines D0 to D7.
The transmission is bit–parallel and byte–serial in the ASCII/ISO code. D0 is the least significant bit,
D7 the most significant bit.

•

Control bus with 5 lines
IFC (Interface Clear)
ATN (Attention)
SRQ (Service Request)

active LOW resets the interfaces of the instruments connected to the
default setting.
active LOW signals the transmission of interface messages.
inactive HIGH signals the transmission of device messages.
active LOW enables the connected device to send a service request
to the controller.

REN (Remote Enable)

•

active LOW permits switchover to remote control.
has two functions in connection with ATN:
EOI (End or Identify)
ATN = HIGH
active LOW marks the end of data transmission.
ATN = LOW
active LOW triggers a parallel poll.
Handshake bus with three lines
DAV (Data Valid)

active LOW signals a valid data byte on the data bus.

NRFD (Not Ready For Data) active LOW signals that one of the connected devices is not ready
for data transfer.
NDAC (Not Data Accepted)

1300.2519.12

active LOW signals that the instrument connected is accepting the
data on the data bus.

5.33

E-11

Interfaces and Protocols

R&S FSL

GPIB Interface Functions
Instruments which can be remote controlled via the GPIB can be equipped with different interface
functions. Table 5–1 lists the interface functions appropriate for the instrument.
Table 5–1 Interface functions
Control character

Interface function

SH1

Handshake source function (source handshake), full capability

AH1

Handshake sink function (acceptor handshake), full capability

L4

Listener function, full capability, unaddress if MTA.

T6

Talker function, full capability, ability to respond to serial poll,
unaddress if MLA

SR1

Service request function (Service Request), full capability

PP1

Parallel poll function, full capability

RL1

Remote/Local switch over function, full capability

DC1

Reset function (Device Clear), full capability

DT1

Trigger function (Device Trigger), full capability

C0

No controller function

GPIB Interface Messages
The messages transferred via the data lines of the GPIB can be divided into two groups: interface
messages and device messages
Interface messages are transferred on the data lines of the GPIB if the "ATN" control line is active
(LOW). They are used for communication between controller and instruments and can only be sent by
the controller which currently has control of the GPIB.
Universal Commands
The universal commands are encoded 10 – 1F hex. They affect all instruments connected to the bus
without addressing.

1300.2519.12

5.34

E-11

R&S FSL

Interfaces and Protocols

Table 5–2Universal Commands
Command

QuickBASIC command

Effect on the instrument

DCL (Device Clear)

IBCMD (controller%,
CHR$(20))

Aborts the processing of the commands
just received and sets the command
processing software to a defined initial
state. Does not change the instrument
settings.

IFC (Interface Clear)

IBSIC (controller%)

Resets the interfaces to the default
setting.

LLO (Local Lockout)

IBCMD (controller%,
CHR$(17))

The LOC/IEC ADDR key is disabled.

SPE (Serial Poll Enable)

IBCMD (controller%,
CHR$(24))

Ready for serial poll.

SPD (Serial Poll Disable)

IBCMD (controller%,
CHR$(25))

End of serial poll.

PPU (Parallel Poll
Unconfigure)

IBCMD (controller%,
CHR$(21))

End of the parallel–poll state.

Addressed Commands
The addressed commands are encoded 00 – 0F hex. They are only effective for instruments addressed
as listeners.
Table 5–3Addressed Commands
Command

QuickBASIC command

Effect on the instrument

SDC (Selected Device
Clear)

IBCLR (device%)

Aborts the processing of the commands
just received and sets the command
processing software to a defined initial
state. Does not change the instrument
setting.

GET (Group Execute
Trigger)

IBTRG (device%)

Triggers a previously active device
function (e.g. a sweep). The effect of the
command is the same as with that of a
pulse at the external trigger signal input.

GTL (Go to Local)

IBLOC (device%)

Transition to the "Local" state (manual
operation).

PPC (Parallel Poll
Configure)

IBPPC (device%, data%)

Configure instrument for parallel poll.
Additionally, the QuickBASIC command
executes PPE/PPD.

1300.2519.12

5.35

E-11

Interfaces and Protocols

R&S FSL

Instrument Messages
For different interfaces, device messages are more or less alike. They are divided into two groups,
depending on the direction they are sent: commands and device responses.
Commands
Commands (program messages)are messages the controller sends to the instrument. They operate the
device functions and request information. The commands are subdivided according to two criteria:
•

•

According to the effect they have on the instrument:
–

Setting commands cause instrument settings such as a reset of the instrument or setting the
frequency.

–

Queries cause data to be provided for remote control, e.g. for identification of the device or
polling a parameter value. Queries are formed by directly appending a question mark to the
header.

According to their definition in standard:
–

Common commands are exactly defined as to their function and notation in standard IEEE
488.2. They refer to functions such as management of the standardized status registers, reset
and self test.

–

Device–specific commands refer to functions depending on the features of the instrument such
as frequency setting. A majority of these commands has also been standardized by the SCPI
committee. Device–specific extensions following the SCPI rules are permitted by the standard.

Device responses
Device responses (response messages and service request) are messages the instrument sends to the
controller after a query. They can contain measurement results, instrument settings and information on
the instrument status (refer to section "Responses to Queries").

1300.2519.12

5.36

E-11

R&S FSL

Noise Figure Measurements (K30) – Status Reporting System

Noise Figure Measurements (K30) – Status Reporting
System
Additionally to the registers provided by the base system, the following registers are used or modified in
the Noise Figure Measurements option (K30):
•

STATus:OPERation Register
Although this register is provided by the base system, the Noise Figure Measurements option
makes use of bits not used within the base system.

•

STATus:QUEStionable Register
Although this register is provided by the base system, the Noise Figure Measurements option uses
different bits and definitions.

•

STATus:QUEStionable:CORRection Register
This register is provided by the R&S FS–K30 option.

The following registers are provided by the base system and are not available from the Noise Figure
Measurements option (K30) command tree:
•
•
•
•

STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit Register
STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit Register
STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin Register
STATus:QUEStionable:POWer Register

Detailed information on the status registers of the base system is given in section Status Reporting
System. In this section, only the new and altered status registers / bits for the Noise Figure
Measurements option (K30) are described.
This option is available from firmware version 1.50.

STATus:OPERation Register
Additionally to the bits assigned by the base system (for details refer to STATus:OPERation Register),
the bits no. 4 and 7 are defined:
Bit No

Meaning

4

MEASuring
A '1' in this bit position indicates that a measurement is in progress.

7

CORRecting
Indicates that a user calibration is in progress.

1300.2519.12

5.37

E-11

Noise Figure Measurements (K30) – Status Reporting System

R&S FSL

STATus:QUEStionable Register
Additionally to the bits assigned by the base system (for details refer to STATus:QUEStionable
Register), the bit no. 11 is defined differently:
Bit No

Meaning

11

CORRection
This bit is set if a questionable correction data occurs (see also section
STATus:QUEStionable:CORRection Register).

STATus:QUEStionable:CORRection Register
This register comprises information about the correction state of noise measurements. It can be queried
by STATus:QUEStionable:CONDition? and STATus:QUEStionable[:EVENt]? commands.
Bit No

Meaning

0

NO CORRection
User calibration is required (i.e. not done, or setup changed). Will remain 1 until a user
calibration is done. Set to 1 at the start of a user calibration. It will go to 0 at the end of a
user calibration only if at least all points on one range have been calibrated. Initial value
is 1.
These bits are not used
UNCorrected measurement
Uncorrected measurement data (one or more points could not be corrected using
existing user calibration). Set to 0 at the start of each sweep/redisplay of result. Will
remain 0 until an attempt is made to correct a point and the calibration data does not
exist (the required range has not been calibrated).
If no calibration data exist, this bit will not be set when an attempt is made to make a
corrected measurement.
These bits are not used
This bit is always 0

1
2

3 to 14
15

Error Reporting
Error reporting for the Noise Figure Measurements option is carried out using the Service Request
(SRQ) interrupt in the GPIB interface. When an error occurs a Service Request interrupt will be
generated. The master can then query the slave instrument for the error that triggered the interrupt
Errors are queried through the "SYSTem:ERRor'' command.

1300.2519.12

5.38

E-11

R&S FSL

3GPP Base Station Measurements (K72) – Status Reporting System

3GPP Base Station Measurements (K72) – Status
Reporting System
Additionally to the registers provided by the base system, the following registers are used or modified in
the 3GPP Base Station Measurements option (K72):
•

STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC Register
Although this register is provided by the base system, the 3GPP Base Station Measurements option
(K72) uses different bits and definitions.

Detailed information on the status registers of the base system is given in section Status Reporting
System. In this section, only the new and altered status registers / bits for the 3GPP Base Station
Measurements option (K72) are described.
This option is available from firmware version 1.60.

STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC Register
This register contains information about failed synchronization and incorrect pilot symbols.
The bits can be queried with commands STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC:CONDition?
STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC[:EVENt]?.
Bit No
0
1

2 to 4
5

6 to 14
15

and

Meaning
This bit is not used.
K72/K74 Frame Sync failed
This bit is set when synchronization is not possible within the application.
Possible reasons:
• Incorrectly set frequency
• Incorrectly set level
• Incorrectly set scrambling code
• Incorrectly set values for Invert Q
• Invalid signal at input
These bits are not used.
K72/K74 Incorrect Pilot Symbol
This bit is set when one or more of the received pilot symbols are not equal to the
specified pilot symbols of the 3GPP standard.
Possible reasons:
• Incorrectly sent pilot symbols in the received frame.
• Low signal to noise ratio (SNR) of the WCDMA signal.
• One or more code channels have a significantly lower power level compared to the
total power. The incorrect pilots are detected in these channels because of low
channel SNR.
• One or more channels are sent with high power ramping. In slots with low relative
power to total power, the pilot symbols might be detected incorrectly (check the
signal quality by using the symbol constellation display).
These bits are not used.
This bit is always 0.

1300.2519.12

5.39

E-11

CDMA2000 (K82) and 1xEV-DO (K84) BTS Analyzer – Status Reporting SystemR&S FSL

CDMA2000 (K82) and 1xEV-DO (K84) BTS Analyzer –
Status Reporting System
Additionally to the registers provided by the base system, the following register is used in the
CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer option (K82):
•

STATus:QUEstionable:SYNC Register
Although this register is provided by the base system, the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer option (K82)
uses different bits and definitions.

Detailed information on the status registers of the base system is given in section Status Reporting
System. In this section, only the new and altered status registers / bits for the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer
option (K82) are described.
This option is available from firmware version 1.90.

STATus:QUEstionable:SYNC Register
This register contains information on the error situation in the code domain analysis of the CDMA2000
BTS Analyzer option.
The bits can be queried with commands STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC:CONDition? and
STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC[:EVENt]?.
Bit No
0
1

2 to 14
15

Meaning
This bit is not used.
K82 Frame Sync failed
This bit is set when synchronization is not possible within the application.
Possible reasons:
• Incorrectly set frequency
• Incorrectly set level
• Incorrectly set PN Offset
• Incorrectly set values for Swap IQ
• Invalid signal at input
These bits are not used.
This bit is always 0.

1300.2519.12

5.40

E-11

R&S FSL

WLAN TX Measurements (K91/K91n) - Status Reporting System

WLAN TX Measurements (K91/K91n) – Status Reporting
System
Additionally to the registers provided by the base system, the following registers are used or modified in
the WLAN TX Measurements option (K91/K91n):
•

STATus:OPERation Register
Although this register is provided by the base system, the WLAN TX Measurements option (K91)
makes use of bits not used within the base system.

•

STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit Register, STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC Register
Although this register is provided by the base system, the WLAN TX Measurements option (K91)
uses different bits and definitions.

The following registers are provided by the base system and are not available from the WLAN TX
Measurements option (K91) command tree:
•
•

STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit Register
STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin Register

Detailed information on the status registers of the base system is given in section Status Reporting
System. In this section, only the new and altered status registers / bits for the WLAN TX Measurements
option (K91) are described.
This option is available from firmware version 1.20.

STATus:OPERation Register
Additionally to the bits assigned by the base system (for details refer to STATus:OPERation Register),
bit no. 4 is defined:
Bit No

Meaning

4

MEASuring
This bit is set while a measurement is in progress.

1300.2519.12

5.41

E-11

WLAN TX Measurements (K91K91n) – Status Reporting System

R&S FSL

STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit Register
This register comprises information about the observance of limit lines in the corresponding
measurement window (LIMit 1 corresponds to screen A, LIMit 2 to screen B). It can be queried with the
STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:CONDition?
and
STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>[:EVENt]? commands.
Note:

No limit lines are displayed in screen A and therefore all bits in the LIMit1 register will always be
set to 0.

Bit No
0 to 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 to 14
15

Meaning
These bits are not used.
LIMit FAIL
This bit is set if the ETSI Spectrum Mask limit line is violated.
LIMit FAIL
This bit is set if the Spectrum Flatness (Upper) limit line is violated.
LIMit FAIL
This bit is set if the Spectrum Flatness (Lower) limit line is violated.
LIMit FAIL
This bit is set if the IEEE Spectrum Mask limit line is violated.
LIMit FAIL
This bit is set if the PVT Rising Edge max limit is violated.
LIMit FAIL
This bit is set if the PVT Rising Edge mean limit is violated.
LIMit FAIL
This bit is set if the PVT Falling Edge max limit is violated.
LIMit FAIL
This bit is set if the PVT Falling Edge mean limit is violated.
These bits are not used.
This bit is always 0.

1300.2519.12

5.42

E-11

R&S FSL

WLAN TX Measurements (K91/K91n) – Status Reporting System

STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC Register
This register contains information about sync and bursts not found, and about pre–measurement results
exceeding or falling short of expected values.
The bits can be queried with commands "STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC:CONDition?" and
"STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC[:EVENt]?".
Bit No
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7 to 14
15

Meaning
BURSt not found
This bit is set if an IQ measurement is performed and no bursts are detected.
This bit is not used
no bursts of REQuired type
This bit is set if an IQ measurement is performed and no bursts of the specified type are
detected.
GATE length too small
This bit is set if gating is used in a measurement and the gate length is not set
sufficiently large enough.
BURSt count too small
This bit is set if a PVT measurement is performed with gating active and there is not at
least 1 burst within the gate lines.
auto level OVERload
This bit is set if a signal overload is detected when an auto–level measurement is
performed.
auto level NoSIGnal
This bit is set if no signal is detected by the auto–level measurement.
These bits are not used.
This bit is always 0.

Error Reporting
Error reporting for the WLAN TX Measurements option (K91) is carried out using the Service Request
(SRQ) interrupt in the GPIB interface. When an error occurs a Service Request interrupt will be
generated. The master can then query the slave instrument for the error that triggered the interrupt
errors are queried through the "SYSTem:ERRor'' command.

1300.2519.12

5.43

E-11

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (K92/K93) – Status Reporting System

R&S FSL

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (K92/K93) – Status
Reporting System
Additionally to the registers provided by the base system, the following registers are used or modified in
the WiMAX IEEE 802.16 OFDM, OFDMA Measurements option (R&S FSL–K93):
•

STATus:OPERation Register
Although this register is provided by the base system, the WiMAX IEEE 802.16 OFDM, OFDMA
Measurements option (R&S FSL–K93) makes use of bits not used within the base system.

•

STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit Register, STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC Register
Although these registers are provided by the base system, the WiMAX IEEE 802.16 OFDM,
OFDMA Measurements option (R&S FSL–K93) uses different bits and definitions.

The following registers are provided by the base system and are not available from the WiMAX IEEE
802.16 OFDM, OFDMA Measurements option (R&S FSL–K93) command tree:
•
•

STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit Register
STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin Register

Detailed information on the status registers of the base system is given in section Status Reporting
System. In this section, only the new and altered status registers / bits for the WiMAX IEEE 802.16
OFDM, OFDMA Measurements option (R&S FSL–K93) are described.
The WiMAX IEEE 802.16 OFDM, OFDMA Measurements option (R&S FSL–K93) includes the
functionality of the WiMAX 802.16 OFDM Measurements option (R&S FSL–K92). Accordingly both
options are described together in this section. The options are available from firmware version 1.40
(R&S FSL–K92) and 1.50 (R&S FSL–K93).

STATus:OPERation Register
Additionally to the bits assigned by the base system (for details refer to STATus:OPERation Register),
bit no. 4 is defined:
Bit No

Meaning

4

MEASuring
This bit is set while a measurement is in progress.

1300.2519.12

5.44

E-11

R&S FSL

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (K92/K93) – Status Reporting System

STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit Register
This register comprises information about the observance of limit lines in the corresponding
measurement window (LIMit 1 corresponds to screen A, LIMit 2 to screen B). It can be queried with the
STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:CONDition? and
STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>[:EVENt]? commands.
Note:

No limit lines are displayed in screen A and therefore all bits in the LIMit1 register will always be
set to 0.

Bit No
0 to 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8 to 14
15

Meaning
These bits are not used.
LIMit FAIL
This bit is set if the ETSI Spectrum Mask limit line is violated.
LIMit FAIL
This bit is set if the IEEE Spectrum Mask limit line is violated.
LIMit FAIL
This bit is set if the Spectrum Flatness (Upper) limit line is violated.
LIMit FAIL
This bit is set if the Spectrum Flatness (Lower) limit line is violated.
LIMit FAIL
This bit is set if the Spectrum Flatness Difference (Upper) limit line is violated.
LIMit FAIL
This bit is set if the Spectrum Flatness Difference (Lower) limit line is violated.
These bits are not used.
This bit is always 0.

STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC Register
This register contains information about sync and bursts not found, and about pre–measurement results
exceeding or falling short of expected values.
The bits can be queried with commands "STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC:CONDition?" and
"STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC[:EVENt]?".
Bit No
0
1
2
3
4
5

Meaning
BURSt not found
This bit is set if an IQ measurement is performed and no bursts are detected.
This bit is not used.
no bursts of REQuired type
This bit is set if an IQ measurement is performed and no bursts of the specified type are
detected.
GATE length too small
This bit is set if gating is used in a measurement and the gate length is not set
sufficiently large enough.
BURSt count too small
This bit is set if a PVT measurement is performed with gating active and there is not at
least 1 burst within the gate lines.
auto level OVERload
This bit is set if a signal overload is detected when an auto–level measurement is
performed.

1300.2519.12

5.45

E-11

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements (K92/K93) – Status Reporting System
Bit No
6
7 to 14
15

R&S FSL

Meaning
auto level NoSIGnal
This bit is set if no signal is detected by the auto–level measurement.
These bits are not used.
This bit is always 0.

Error Reporting
Error reporting for the WiMAX IEEE 802.16 OFDM, OFDMA Measurements option (R&S FSL–K92/K93)
is carried out using the Service Request (SRQ) interrupt in the GPIB interface. When an error occurs a
Service Request interrupt will be generated. The master can then query the slave instrument for the
error that triggered the interrupt errors are queried through the "SYSTem:ERRor'' command.

1300.2519.12

5.46

E-11

R&S FSL

Notation

Contents of Chapter 6
6

Remote Control – Commands...................................................................... 6.1
Notation .............................................................................................................................................6.2
Remote Commands of the Base Unit .............................................................................................6.5
Common Commands..................................................................................................................6.6
ABORt Subsystem ....................................................................................................................6.10
CALCulate Subsystem..............................................................................................................6.11
CALibration Subsystem ..........................................................................................................6.120
DIAGnostic Subsystem...........................................................................................................6.122
DISPlay Subsystem ................................................................................................................6.126
FORMat Subsytem .................................................................................................................6.138
HCOPy Subsystem .................................................................................................................6.139
INITiate Subsystem ................................................................................................................6.146
INPut Subsystem ....................................................................................................................6.150
INSTrument Subsystem..........................................................................................................6.153
MMEMory Subsystem.............................................................................................................6.154
OUTPut Subsystem ................................................................................................................6.169
SENSe Subsystem .................................................................................................................6.172
SOURce Subsystem...............................................................................................................6.235
STATus Subsystem ................................................................................................................6.237
SYSTem Subsystem...............................................................................................................6.253
TRACe Subsystem .................................................................................................................6.263
TRIGger Subsystem ...............................................................................................................6.277
UNIT Subsystem.....................................................................................................................6.283
Remote Commands of the Analog Demodulation Option (K7)................................................6.284
CALCulate Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7) ...............................................................6.285
DISPlay Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)....................................................................6.295
INSTrument Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7) .............................................................6.297
SENSe Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7).....................................................................6.298
TRACe Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7).....................................................................6.328
TRIGger Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)...................................................................6.329
UNIT Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7) ........................................................................6.331
Remote Commands of the Bluetooth Measurements Option (K8)..........................................6.332
CALCulate:BTOoth Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8) ..............................................................6.333
CALCulate:DELTamarker Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8) ....................................................6.353
CALCulate:MARKer Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8) .............................................................6.354
CONFigure:BTOoth Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8) .............................................................6.355
DISPlay Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8) ................................................................................6.369
INSTrument Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8)..........................................................................6.370
SENSe Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8) .................................................................................6.371
Remote Commands of the Power Meter Option (K9)................................................................6.377
CALCulate Subsystem (Power Meter, K9) .............................................................................6.378

1300.2519.12

6.1

E-11

R&S FSL

Notation

CALibration Subsystem (Power Meter, K9)............................................................................6.380
FETCh Subsystem (Power Meter, K9) ...................................................................................6.381
READ Subsystem (Power Meter, K9).....................................................................................6.382
SENSe Subsystem (Power Meter, K9) ...................................................................................6.383
UNIT Subsystem (Power Meter, K9) ......................................................................................6.388
Remote Commands of the Spectrogram Measurement Option (K14) ....................................6.389
CALCulate Subsystem (SPECM, K14) ...................................................................................6.390
INITiate Subsystem (SPECM, K14)........................................................................................6.407
MMEMory Subsystem (SPECM, K14) ....................................................................................6.408
TRACe Subsystem (SPECM, K14) ........................................................................................6.409
Remote Commands of the Cable TV Measurements Option (K20) .........................................6.410
ABORt Subsystem (CATV, K20) ............................................................................................6.411
CALCulate Subsystem (CATV, K20) ......................................................................................6.412
CONFigure Subsystem (CATV, K20) .....................................................................................6.469
DISPlay Subsystem (CATV, K20) ..........................................................................................6.474
FORMat Subsystem (CATV, K20) ..........................................................................................6.479
INITiate Subsystem (CATV, K20) ...........................................................................................6.480
INPut Subsystem (CATV, K20)...............................................................................................6.481
INSTrument Subsystem (CATV, K20) ....................................................................................6.482
MMEMory Subsystem (CATV, K20) .......................................................................................6.483
SENSe Subsystem (CATV, K20)............................................................................................6.484
SETup:TV Subsystem (CATV, K20) .......................................................................................6.509
SOURce Subsystem (CATV, K20) .........................................................................................6.511
STATus Subsystem (CATV, K20) ..........................................................................................6.512
TRACe Subsystem (CATV, K20)............................................................................................6.516
TRIGger Subsystem (CATV, K20)..........................................................................................6.517
UNIT Subsystem (CATV, K20) ...............................................................................................6.520
Remote Commands of the Noise Figure Measurements Option (K30)...................................6.521
ABORt Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30) .................................................................................6.522
CALCulate Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30) ...........................................................................6.523
CONFigure Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30) ..........................................................................6.532
DISPlay Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)................................................................................6.534
FETCh Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30) .................................................................................6.541
INITiate Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30) ................................................................................6.545
INPut Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)....................................................................................6.546
INSTrument Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30) .........................................................................6.547
SENSe Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30).................................................................................6.548
STATus Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)................................................................................6.558
SYSTem Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30) ..............................................................................6.563
Remote Commands of the 3GPP Base Station Measurements Option (K72) ........................6.564
ABORt Subsystem (WCDMA, K72) ........................................................................................6.565
CALCulate Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)..................................................................................6.566
CONFigure:WCDPower Subsystem (WCDMA, K72) .............................................................6.576
DISPlay Subsystem (WCDMA, K72) ......................................................................................6.577
INITiate Subsystem (WCDMA, K72) ......................................................................................6.579

1300.2519.12

6.2

E-11

R&S FSL

Notation

INPut Subsystem (WCDMA, K72) ..........................................................................................6.580
INSTrument Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)................................................................................6.581
SENSe Subsystem (WCDMA, K72) .......................................................................................6.582
STATus:QUEStionable Subsystem (WCDMA, K72) ..............................................................6.591
TRACe Subsystem (WCDMA, K72) .......................................................................................6.592
TRIGger Subsystem (WCDMA, K72) .....................................................................................6.595
Remote Commands of the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer Option (K82)........................................6.596
CALCulate Subsystem (CDMA, K82) .....................................................................................6.597
CONFigure Subsystem (CDMA, K82) ....................................................................................6.604
DISPlay Subsystem (CDMA, K82) .........................................................................................6.611
INSTrument Subsystem (CDMA, K82) ...................................................................................6.613
SENSe Subsystem (CDMA, K82)...........................................................................................6.614
TRACe Subsystem (CDMA, K82)...........................................................................................6.624
Remote Commands of the 1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer Option (K84) ...........................................6.633
CALCulate Subsystem (EVDO, K84) .....................................................................................6.634
CONFigure Subsystem (EVDO, K84).....................................................................................6.643
DISPlay Subsystem (EVDO, K84) ..........................................................................................6.653
INSTrument Subsystem (EVDO, K84) ...................................................................................6.655
SENSe Subsystem (EVDO, K84) ...........................................................................................6.656
TRACe Subsystem (1xEV-DO, K84) ......................................................................................6.664
Remote Commands of the WLAN TX Measurements Option (K91 / K91n) ............................6.671
ABORt Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n) ................................................................................6.672
CALCulate:BURSt Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)..............................................................6.673
CALCulate:LIMit Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n) .................................................................6.674
CALCulate:MARKer Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n) ...........................................................6.691
CONFigure Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n) .........................................................................6.698
DISPlay Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n) ..............................................................................6.709
FETCh Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)................................................................................6.712
FORMat Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)..............................................................................6.721
INITiate Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)...............................................................................6.722
INPut Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n) ..................................................................................6.723
INSTrument Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)........................................................................6.724
MMEMory Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)...........................................................................6.725
SENSe Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n) ...............................................................................6.726
STATus Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n) ..............................................................................6.741
TRACe Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n) ...............................................................................6.745
TRIGger Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n) .............................................................................6.751
UNIT Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n) ...................................................................................6.753
Remote Commands of the WiMAX, WiBro Measurements Option (K92/K93) ........................6.755
ABORt Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93) ..................................................................................6.757
CALCulate:BURSt Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93) ................................................................6.758
CALCulate:LIMit Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93) ...................................................................6.759
CALCulate:MARKer Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93) .............................................................6.775
CONFigure Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93) ...........................................................................6.783
DISPlay Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93).................................................................................6.811

1300.2519.12

6.3

E-11

R&S FSL

Notation

FETCh Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93) ..................................................................................6.816
FORMat Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93) ................................................................................6.828
INITiate Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93) .................................................................................6.829
INPut Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93).....................................................................................6.830
INSTrument Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93) ..........................................................................6.831
MMEMory Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93) .............................................................................6.832
SENSe Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)..................................................................................6.834
STATus Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93).................................................................................6.851
SYSTEM Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)...............................................................................6.855
TRACe Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)..................................................................................6.856
TRIGger Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93) ................................................................................6.864
UNIT Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93) .....................................................................................6.867

1300.2519.12

6.4

E-11

R&S FSL

6

Notation

Remote Control – Commands

This chapter describes all remote control commands for the analyzer functions, firmware options (see
list below) and the basic settings functions of the R&S FSL in detail. Commands that are used both for
analyzer functions and firmware options are described in the analyzer commands section. The mode
information is provided for each command.
A few commands are implemented for reasons of compatibility with the R&S FSP family only. These
commands are not described in the R&S FSL documentation, because they have no effect.
Each subsystem starts with a list of commands, which provides quick access to all commands of the
subsystem. Be aware, that for one subsystem more than one SCPI command lists can exist, depending
on the functionality (analyzer and basic settings, options). For details on the notation refer to "Notation".

Remote commands of firmware and firmware options
–

"Remote Commands of the Base Unit" on page 6.5

–

"Remote Commands of the Analog Demodulation Option (K7)" on page 6.284

–

"Remote Commands of the Bluetooth Measurements Option (K8)" on page 6.332

–

"Remote Commands of the Power Meter Option (K9)" on page 6.377

–

"Remote Commands of the Spectrogram Measurement Option (K14)" on page 6.389

–

"Remote Commands of the Cable TV Measurements Option (K20)" on page 6.410

–

"Remote Commands of the Noise Figure Measurements Option (K30)" on page 6.521

–

"Remote Commands of the 3GPP Base Station Measurements Option (K72)" on page 6.564

–

"Remote Commands of the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer Option (K82)" on page 6.596

–

"Remote Commands of the 1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer Option (K84)" on page 6.633

–

"Remote Commands of the WLAN TX Measurements Option (K91 / K91n)" on page 6.671

–

"Remote Commands of the WiMAX, WiBro Measurements Option (K92/K93)" on page 6.755

1300.2519.12

6.1

E-11

R&S FSL

Notation

Notation
In the following sections, all commands implemented in the instrument are first listed and then
described in detail, arranged according to the command subsystems. The notation is adapted to the
SCPI standard. The SCPI conformity information is included in the individual description of the
commands.
•

Individual Description

•

Upper/Lower Case Notation

•

Special Characters

•

Description of Parameters

Individual Description
The individual description contains the complete notation of the command. An example for each
command, the *RST value and the SCPI information are included as well.
The options and operating modes for which a command can be used are indicated by the following
abbreviations:
Abbreviation

Description

A

spectrum analysis

A–F

spectrum analysis – span > 0 only (frequency mode)

A–T

spectrum analysis – zero span only (time mode)

ADEMOD

analog demodulation (option R&S FSL–K7)

BT

Bluetooth measurements (option R&S FSL–K8)

CATV

cable TV measurements (option R&S FSL–K20)

CDMA

CDMA2000 Base Station measurements (option R&S FSL-K82)

NF

noise figure measurements (option R&S FSL–K30)

OFDM

WiMAX IEEE 802.16 OFDM measurements
(options R&S FSL–K92/K93)

OFDMA/WiBro

WiMAX IEEE 802.16e OFDMA/WiBro measurements
(option R&S FSL–K93)

PSM

power sensor measurements (option R&S FSL–K9)

SPECM

spectrogram measurements (option R&S FSL–K14)

WCDMA

3GPP Base Station measurements (option R&S FSL–K72)

WLAN

WLAN TX measurements (option R&S FSL–K91)

Note:

The spectrum analysis (analyzer) mode is implemented in the basic unit. For the other modes,
the corresponding options are required.

Upper/Lower Case Notation
Upper/lower case letters are used to mark the long or short form of the key words of a command in the
description (see chapter 5 "Remote Control – Basics"). The instrument itself does not distinguish
between upper and lower case letters.

1300.2519.12

6.2

E-11

R&S FSL

Notation

Special Characters
|

A selection of key words with an identical effect exists for several commands. These
keywords are indicated in the same line; they are separated by a vertical stroke. Only one of
these keywords needs to be included in the header of the command. The effect of the
command is independent of which of the keywords is used.
Example:
SENSe:FREQuency:CW|:FIXed
The two following commands with identical meaning can be created. They set the
frequency of the fixed frequency signal to 1 kHz:
SENSe:FREQuency:CW 1E3
SENSe:FREQuency:FIXed 1E3
A vertical stroke in parameter indications marks alternative possibilities in the sense of "or".
The effect of the command is different, depending on which parameter is used.
Example: Selection of the parameters for the command
[SENSe<1|2>:]AVERage:TYPE VIDeo | LINear
If parameter SINGle is selected, full screen is displayed, in the case of SPLit, split screen
is displayed.

[]

Key words in square brackets can be omitted when composing the header. The full
command length must be accepted by the instrument for reasons of compatibility with the
SCPI standards.
Parameters in square brackets can be incorporated optionally in the command or omitted as
well.

{}

Parameters in braces can be incorporated optionally in the command, either not at all, once
or several times.

Description of Parameters
Due to the standardization, the parameter section of SCPI commands consists always of the same
syntactical elements. SCPI has therefore specified a series of definitions, which are used in the tables
of commands. In the tables, these established definitions are indicated in angled brackets (<...>) and
will be briefly explained in the following (see also chapter 5 "Remote Control – Basics", section
"Parameters").

This keyword refers to parameters which can adopt two states, "on" and "off". The "off" state may either
be indicated by the keyword OFF or by the numeric value 0, the "on" state is indicated by ON or any
numeric value other than zero. Parameter queries are always returned the numeric value 0 or 1.
 

1300.2519.12

6.3

E-11

R&S FSL

Notation

These keywords mark parameters which may be entered as numeric values or be set using specific
keywords (character data). The following keywords given below are permitted:
MAXimum: This keyword sets the parameter to the largest possible value.
MINimum: This keyword sets the parameter to the smallest possible value.
DEFault: This keyword is used to reset the parameter to its default value.
UP: This keyword increments the parameter value.
DOWN: This keyword decrements the parameter value.
The numeric values associated to MAXimum/MINimum/DEFault can be queried by adding the
corresponding keywords to the command. They must be entered following the quotation mark.
Example:
SENSe:FREQuency:CENTer? MAXimum
Returns the maximum possible numeric value of the center frequency as result.

This keyword is provided for commands the parameters of which consist of a binary data block.

1300.2519.12

6.4

E-11

R&S FSL

Remote Commands of the Base Unit

Remote Commands of the Base Unit
In this section all remote control commands for base unit functions are described in detail.

Subsystems of the analyzer
–

"Common Commands" on page 6.6

–

"ABORt Subsystem" on page 6.10

–

"CALCulate Subsystem" on page 6.11

–

"CALibration Subsystem" on page 6.120

–

"DIAGnostic Subsystem" on page 6.122

–

"DISPlay Subsystem" on page 6.126

–

"FORMat Subsytem" on page 6.138

–

"HCOPy Subsystem" on page 6.139

–

"INITiate Subsystem" on page 6.146

–

"INPut Subsystem" on page 6.150

–

"INSTrument Subsystem" on page 6.153

–

"MMEMory Subsystem" on page 6.154

–

"OUTPut Subsystem" on page 6.169

–

"SENSe Subsystem" on page 6.172

–

"SOURce Subsystem" on page 6.235

–

"STATus Subsystem" on page 6.237

–

"SYSTem Subsystem" on page 6.253

–

"TRACe Subsystem" on page 6.263

–

"TRIGger Subsystem" on page 6.277

–

"UNIT Subsystem" on page 6.283

1300.2519.12

6.5

E-11

Common Commands

R&S FSL

Common Commands
The common commands are taken from the IEEE 488.2 (IEC 625-2) standard. A particular command
has the same effect on different devices. The headers of these commands consist of an asterisk "*"
followed by three letters. Many common commands refer to the status reporting system which is
described in detail in chapter 5 "Remote Control - Basics".

Available Common Commands
–

*CAL?

–

*CLS

–

*ESE

–

*ESR?

–

*IDN?

–

*IST?

–

*OPC

–

*OPT?

–

*PCB

–

*PRE

–

*PSC

–

*RST

–

*SRE

–

*STB?

–

*TRG

–

*TST?

–

*WAI

*CAL?
CALIBRATION QUERY initiates a calibration of the instrument and subsequently queries the
calibration status. Responses > 0 indicate errors.

*CLS
CLEAR STATUS sets the status byte (STB), the standard event register (ESR) and the EVENt
part of the QUEStionable and the OPERation register to zero. The command does not alter the
mask and transition parts of the registers. It clears the output buffer.

*ESE
EVENT STATUS ENABLE sets the event status enable register to the value indicated. The
query form *ESE? returns the contents of the event status enable register in decimal form.
Parameter
0 to 255

1300.2519.12

6.6

E-11

R&S FSL

Common Commands

*ESR?
STANDARD EVENT STATUS QUERY returns the contents of the event status register in
decimal form (0 to 255) and subsequently sets the register to zero.
Parameter
0 to 255

*IDN?
IDENTIFICATION QUERY queries the instrument identification.
Return values (examples)
LEGacy format, example for R&S FSL6:
Rohde&Schwarz,FSL-6,100005/016,1.80
NEW format, example for R&S FSL6:
Rohde&Schwarz,FSL-6,1300.2502K16/100005,1.80
FSL-6

device name

100005/016

serial number/model

1300.2502K16/100005

part number/serial number

1.80

firmware version

*IST?
INDIVIDUAL STATUS QUERY returns the contents of the IST flag in decimal form. The IST flag
is the status bit which is sent during a parallel poll (see chapter 5 "Remote Control - Basics").
Parameter
0|1

*OPC
OPERATION COMPLETE sets bit 0 in the event status register after all preceding commands
have been executed. This bit can be used to initiate a service request (see chapter 5 "Remote
Control - Basics").

*OPT?
OPTION IDENTIFICATION QUERY queries the options included in the instrument and returns a
list of the options installed. The options are separated from each other by means of commas.
Parameter
B

hardware options

K

software options

For a list of all available options and their description refer to the CD-ROM.
Example
B4,B5,B6,B7,B8,B10,B22,B30,B31,K7,K9

1300.2519.12

6.7

E-11

Common Commands

R&S FSL

*PCB
PASS CONTROL BACK indicates the controller address which the remote control is to be
returned to after termination of the triggered action.
Parameter
0 to 30

*PRE
PARALLEL POLL REGISTER ENABLE sets the parallel poll enable register to the indicated
value. The query form *PRE? returns the contents of the parallel poll enable register in decimal
form.
Parameter
0 to 255

*PSC
POWER ON STATUS CLEAR determines whether the contents of the ENABle registers are
preserved or reset during power-up.
The query form *PSC? reads out the contents of the power-on-status-clear flag. The response can
be 0 or 1.
Parameter
Causes the contents of the status registers to be preserved. Thus a service
0
request can be generated when switching on the instrument, if the status
registers ESE and SRE are suitably configured.
Resets the registers.
1

*RST
RESET sets the instrument to a defined default status. The command essentially corresponds
to pressing the PRESET key. The default settings are described in section "Remote Commands
of the Base Unit", "Initializing the Configuration - PRESET Key".

*SRE
SERVICE REQUEST ENABLE sets the service request enable register to the indicated value.
Bit 6 (MSS mask bit) remains 0. This command determines under which conditions a service
request is generated. The query form *SRE? reads the contents of the service request enable
register in decimal form. Bit 6 is always 0.
Parameter
0 to 255

*STB?
READ STATUS BYTE QUERY reads out the contents of the status byte in decimal form.

1300.2519.12

6.8

E-11

R&S FSL

Common Commands

*TRG
TRIGGER initiates all actions in the currently active test screen expecting a trigger event. This
command corresponds to the INITiate:IMMediate command. For details refer to section
"Remote Commands of the Base Unit", "TRIGger Subsystem".

*TST?
SELF TEST QUERY initiates the self test of the instrument and outputs an error code in decimal
form.
Parameter
0 = no error

*WAI
WAIT-to-CONTINUE permits servicing of subsequent commands only after all preceding
commands have been executed and all signals have settled (see chapter 5 "Remote Control Basics", and *OPC command).

1300.2519.12

6.9

E-11

ABORt Subsystem

R&S FSL

ABORt Subsystem
The ABORt subsystem contains the commands for aborting triggered actions. An action can be
triggered again immediately after being aborted. All commands trigger events, and therefore they have
no *RST value.

Commands of the ABORt Subsystem
–

ABORt

ABORt
This command aborts a current measurement and resets the trigger system.
Example
ABOR;INIT:IMM
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: conform
Mode
all

1300.2519.12

6.10

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate Subsystem
The CALCulate subsystem contains commands for converting instrument data, transforming and
carrying out corrections. These functions are carried out subsequent to data acquisition, i.e. following
the SENSe subsystem.
The following subsystems are included:
•

"CALCulate:DELTamarker Subsystem" on page 6.12

•

"CALCulate:DLINe Subsystem" on page 6.23

•

"CALCulate:ESPectrum Subsystem" on page 6.24

•

"CALCulate:FLINe Subsystem" on page 6.26

•

"CALCulate:LIMit Subsystem" on page 6.27

•

"CALCulate:MARKer Subsystem" on page 6.55

•

"CALCulate:MATH Subsystem" on page 6.108

•

"CALCulate:PSEarch|PEAKsearch Subsystem" on page 6.110

•

"CALCulate:STATistics Subsystem" on page 6.112

•

"CALCulate:THReshold Subsystem" on page 6.117

•

"CALCulate:TLINe Subsystem" on page 6.118

•

"CALCulate:UNIT Subsystem" on page 6.119

1300.2519.12

6.11

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem

R&S FSL

CALCulate:DELTamarker Subsystem
The CALCulate:DELTamarker subsystem controls the delta marker functions of the instrument.

Commands of the CALCulate:DELTamarker Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>[:STATe]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:AOFF

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion:FIXed[:STATe]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion:FIXed:RPOint:MAXimum[:PEAK]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion:FIXed:RPOint:X

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion:FIXed:RPOint:Y

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion:FIXed:RPOint:Y:OFFSet

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion:PNOise[:STATe]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion:PNOise:RESult?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MAXimum[:PEAK]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MAXimum:LEFT

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MAXimum:NEXT

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MAXimum:RIGHt

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MINimum[:PEAK]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MINimum:LEFT

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MINimum:NEXT

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MINimum:RIGHt

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MODE

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:TRACe

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:X

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:X:RELative?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:Y?

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>[:STATe]
This command switches on and off the delta marker when delta marker 1 is selected. The
corresponding marker becomes the delta marker when delta marker 2 to 4 is selected. If the
corresponding marker is not activated, it will be activated and positioned on the maximum of the
measurement curve.
If no numeric suffix with DELTamarker is indicated, delta marker 1 is selected automatically.
For CDMA2000 and 1xEV-DO code domain measurements (option K82 and K84) the numeric
suffix <1|2> selects the measurement screen. In the other modes the numeric suffix <1|2> is
irrelevant.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CALC:DELT3 ON
Switches marker 3 to delta marker mode.
1300.2519.12

6.12

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem

Characteristics
RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
all

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:AOFF
This command switches off all active delta markers.
For CDMA2000 and 1xEV-DO code domain measurements (option K82 and K84) the numeric
suffix <1|2> selects the measurement screen. In the other modes the numeric suffix <1|2> is
irrelevant.
Example
CALC:DELT:AOFF
Switches off all delta markers.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, ADEMOD, CATV, CDMA, EVDO, WCDMA

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion:FIXed[:STATe]
This command switches the relative measurement to a fixed reference value on or off. Marker 1
will be activated previously and a peak search will be performed, if necessary. If marker 1 is
activated, its position becomes the reference point for the measurement. The reference point
can then be modified with the
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion:FIXed:RPOint:X commands and
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion:FIXed:RPOint:Y independently of
the position of marker 1 and of a trace. It applies to all delta markers as long as the function is
active.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CALC:DELT:FUNC:FIX ON
Switches on the measurement with fixed reference value for all delta markers.
CALC:DELT:FUNC:FIX:RPO:X 128 MHZ
Sets the frequency reference to 128 MHz.
CALC:DELT:FUNC:FIX:RPO:Y 30 DBM
Sets the reference level to +30 dBm.
Characteristics
RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A

1300.2519.12

6.13

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem

R&S FSL

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion:FIXed:RPOint:MAXimum[:PEAK]
This command sets the reference point level for all delta markers for a measurement with fixed
reference point (CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion:FIXed[:STATe]) to
the peak of the selected trace.
For phase–noise measurements
(CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion:PNOise[:STATe]), the command
defines a new reference point level for delta marker 2.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Parameter

Example
CALC:DELT:FUNC:FIX:RPO:MAX
Sets the reference point level for delta markers to the peak of the selected trace.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion:FIXed:RPOint:X
This command defines a new frequency reference (span > 0) or time (span = 0) for all delta
markers for a measurement with fixed reference value
(CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion:FIXed[:STATe]).
For phase–noise measurements
(CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion:PNOise[:STATe]), the command
defines a new frequency reference or time for delta marker 2.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter

Example
CALC:DELT:FUNC:FIX:RPO:X 128MHz
Sets the frequency reference to 128 MHz.
Characteristics
RST value: – (CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion:FIXed[:STATe] is
set to OFF)
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A

1300.2519.12

6.14

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion:FIXed:RPOint:Y
This command defines a new reference point level for all delta markers for a measurement with
fixed reference point
(CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion:FIXed[:STATe]).
For phase–noise measurements
(CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion:PNOise[:STATe]), the command
defines a new reference point level for delta marker 2.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter

Example
CALC:DELT:FUNC:FIX:RPO:Y –10dBm
Sets the reference point level for delta markers to –10 dBm.
Characteristics
RST value: – (CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion:FIXed[:STATe] is
set to OFF)
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion:FIXed:RPOint:Y:OFFSet
This command defines an additional level offset for the measurement with fixed reference value
(CALCulate:DELTamarker:FUNCtion:FIXed:STATe ON). For this measurement, the
offset is included in the display of all delta markers.
For phase–noise measurements
(CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion:PNOise[:STATe]), the command
defines an additional level offset which is included in the display of delta marker 2.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter

Example
CALC:DELT:FUNC:FIX:RPO:Y:OFFS 10dB
Sets the level offset for the measurement with fixed reference value or the phase–noise
measurement to 10 dB.
Characteristics
RST value: 0 dB
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A

1300.2519.12

6.15

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem

R&S FSL

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion:PNOise[:STATe]
This command switches on or off the phase–noise measurement with all active delta markers.
The correction values for the bandwidth and the log amplifier are taken into account in the
measurement.
Marker 1 will be activated, if necessary, and a peak search will be performed. If marker 1 is
activated, its position becomes the reference point for the measurement.
The reference point can then be modified with the
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion:FIXed:RPOint:X and
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion:FIXed:RPOint:Y commands
independently of the position of marker 1 and of a trace (the same commands used for the
measurement with fixed reference point).
The numeric suffixes <1|2> and <1...4> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CALC:DELT:FUNC:PNO ON
Switches on the phase–noise measurement with all delta markers.
CALC:DELT:FUNC:FIX:RPO:X 128 MHZ
Sets the frequency reference to 128 MHz.
CALC:DELT:FUNC:FIX:RPO:Y 30 DBM
Sets the reference level to +30 dBm
Characteristics
RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion:PNOise:RESult?
This command queries the result of the phase–noise measurement. The measurement will be
switched on, if necessary.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
CALC:DELT:FUNC:PNO:RES?
Outputs the result of phase–noise measurement of the selected delta marker.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A

1300.2519.12

6.16

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MAXimum[:PEAK]
This command positions the delta marker to the current maximum value on the measured curve.
If necessary, the corresponding delta marker will be activated first.
For CDMA2000 and 1xEV-DO code domain measurements (option K82 and K84) the numeric
suffix <1|2> selects the measurement screen. In the other modes the numeric suffix <1|2> is
irrelevant.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
CALC:DELT3:MAX
Sets delta marker 3 to the maximum value of the associated trace.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, ADEMOD, CATV, CDMA, EVDO, SPECM, WCDMA

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MAXimum:LEFT
This command positions the delta marker to the next smaller maximum value to the left of the
current value (i.e. descending X values). The corresponding delta marker will be activated first,
if necessary.
For CDMA2000 and 1xEV-DO code domain measurements (option K82 and K84) the numeric
suffix <1|2> selects the measurement screen. In the other modes the numeric suffix <1|2> is
irrelevant.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
CALC:DELT:MAX:LEFT
Sets delta marker 1 to the next smaller maximum value to the left of the current value.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, ADEMOD, CATV, CDMA, EVDO, SPECM, WCDMA

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MAXimum:NEXT
This command positions the delta marker to the next smaller maximum value on the measured
curve. The corresponding delta marker will be activated first, if necessary.
For CDMA2000 and 1xEV-DO code domain measurements (option K82 and K84) the numeric
suffix <1|2> selects the measurement screen. In the other modes the numeric suffix <1|2> is
irrelevant.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
CALC:DELT2:MAX:NEXT
Sets delta marker 2 to the next smaller maximum value.

1300.2519.12

6.17

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem

R&S FSL

Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, ADEMOD, CATV, CDMA, EVDO, SPECM, WCDMA

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MAXimum:RIGHt
This command positions the delta marker to the next smaller maximum value to the right of the
current value (i.e. ascending X values). The corresponding delta marker is activated first, if
necessary.
For CDMA2000 and 1xEV-DO code domain measurements (option K82 and K84) the numeric
suffix <1|2> selects the measurement screen. In the other modes the numeric suffix <1|2> is
irrelevant.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
CALC:DELT:MAX:RIGH
Sets delta marker 1 to the next smaller maximum value to the right of the current value.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, ADEMOD, CATV, CDMA, EVDO, SPECM, WCDMA

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MINimum[:PEAK]
This command positions the delta marker to the current minimum value on the measured curve.
The corresponding delta marker will be activated first, if necessary.
For CDMA2000 and 1xEV-DO code domain measurements (option K82 and K84) the numeric
suffix <1|2> selects the measurement screen. In the other modes the numeric suffix <1|2> is
irrelevant.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
CALC:DELT3:MIN
Sets delta marker 3 to the minimum value of the associated trace.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, ADEMOD, CATV, CDMA, EVDO, SPECM, WCDMA

1300.2519.12

6.18

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MINimum:LEFT
This command positions the delta marker to the next higher minimum value to the left of the
current value (i.e. descending X values). The corresponding delta marker will be activated first,
if necessary.
For CDMA2000 and 1xEV-DO code domain measurements (option K82 and K84) the numeric
suffix <1|2> selects the measurement screen. In the other modes the numeric suffix <1|2> is
irrelevant.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
CALC:DELT:MIN:LEFT
Sets delta marker 1 to the next higher minimum to the left of the current value.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, ADEMOD, CATV, CDMA, EVDO, SPECM, WCDMA

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MINimum:NEXT
This command positions the delta marker to the next higher minimum value of the measured
curve. The corresponding delta marker will be activated first, if necessary.
For CDMA2000 and 1xEV-DO code domain measurements (option K82 and K84) the numeric
suffix <1|2> selects the measurement screen. In the other modes the numeric suffix <1|2> is
irrelevant.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
CALC:DELT2:MIN:NEXT
Sets delta marker 2 to the next higher minimum value.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, ADEMOD, CATV, CDMA, EVDO, SPECM, WCDMA

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MINimum:RIGHt
This command positions the delta marker to the next higher minimum value to the right of the
current value (i.e. ascending X values). The corresponding delta marker will be activated first, if
necessary.
For CDMA2000 and 1xEV-DO code domain measurements (option K82 and K84) the numeric
suffix <1|2> selects the measurement screen. In the other modes the numeric suffix <1|2> is
irrelevant.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
CALC:DELT:MIN:RIGH
Sets delta marker 1 to the next higher minimum value to the right of the current value.

1300.2519.12

6.19

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem

R&S FSL

Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, ADEMOD, CATV, CDMA, EVDO, SPECM, WCDMA

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MODE
This command switches between relative and absolute frequency input of the delta marker (or
time with span = 0).
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
ABSolute | RELative
Example
CALC:DELT:MODE ABS
Switches the frequency/time indication for all delta markers to absolute values.
CALC:DELT:MODE REL
Switches the frequency/time indication for all delta markers to relative to marker 1.
Characteristics
RST value: REL
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
all

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:TRACe
This command assigns the selected delta marker to the indicated trace. The selected trace must
be active, i.e. its state must be different from "BLANK".
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
1 to 6
Example
CALC:DELT3:TRAC 2
Assigns delta marker 3 to trace 2.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, ADEMOD, CATV

1300.2519.12

6.20

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:X
This command positions the selected delta marker to the indicated frequency (span > 0), time
(span = 0) or level (APD measurement = ON or CCDF measurement = ON). The input is in
absolute values or relative to marker 1 depending on the command
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MODE. If reference fixed measurement
(CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion:FIXed[:STATe] is ON) is active,
relative values refer to the reference position are entered. The query always returns absolute
values.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
0 to MAX (frequency | sweep time)
Example
CALC:DELT:MOD REL
Switches the input for all delta markers to relative to marker 1.
CALC:DELT2:X 10.7MHz
Positions delta marker 2 10.7 MHz to the right of marker 1.
CALC:DELT:X?
Outputs the absolute frequency/time of delta marker 1.
CALC:DELT:X:REL?
Outputs the relative frequency/time/level of delta marker 1.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, ADEMOD, CATV, CDMA, EVDO, WCDMA

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:X:RELative?
This command queries the frequency (span > 0) or time (span = 0) of the selected delta marker
relative to marker 1 or to the reference position ( for
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion:FIXed[:STATe] is ON). The
command activates the corresponding delta marker, if necessary.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Example
CALC:DELT3:X:REL?
Outputs the frequency of delta marker 3 relative to marker 1 or relative to the reference position.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, ADEMOD, CATV, CDMA, EVDO, WCDMA

1300.2519.12

6.21

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem

R&S FSL

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:Y?
This command queries the measured value of the selected delta marker. The corresponding
delta marker will be activated, if necessary. The output is always a relative value referred to
marker 1 or to the reference position (reference fixed active).
To obtain a correct query result, a complete sweep with synchronization to the sweep end must
be performed between the activation of the delta marker and the query of the y value. This is
only possible in single sweep mode.
Depending on the unit defined with CALCulate<1|2>:UNIT:POWer or on the activated
measuring functions, the query result is output in the units below:
Parameter or measuring functions

Output unit

DBM | DBPW | DBUV | DBMV | DBUA

dB (lin/log)

WATT | VOLT | AMPere

dB (lin), % (log)

statistics function (APD or CCDF) on

dimensionless output

For CDMA2000 and 1xEV-DO code domain measurements (option K82 and K84) the numeric
suffix <1|2> selects the measurement screen. In the other modes the numeric suffix <1|2> is
irrelevant.
Example
INIT:CONT OFF
Switches to single sweep mode.
CALC:DELT2 ON
Switches on delta marker 2.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a sweep and waits for its end.
CALC:DELT2:Y?
Outputs measurement value of delta marker 2.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, ADEMOD, BT, CATV, CDMA, EVDO, WCDMA

1300.2519.12

6.22

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate:DLINe Subsystem
The CALCulate:DLINe subsystem defines the position of the display lines.

Commands of the CALCulate:DLINe Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:DLINe<1|2>

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DLINe<1|2>:STATe

CALCulate<1|2>:DLINe<1|2>
This command defines the position of display line 1 or 2. These lines enable the user to mark
any levels in the diagram. The unit depends on the setting made with
CALCulate<1|2>:UNIT:POWer.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> at CALCulate are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
MINimum to MAXimum (depending on current unit)
Example
CALC:DLIN –20dBm
Characteristics
*RST value: – (STATe to OFF)
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A

CALCulate<1|2>:DLINe<1|2>:STATe
This command switches display line 1 or 2 (level lines) on or off.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CALC:DLIN2:STAT OFF
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A

1300.2519.12

6.23

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem

R&S FSL

CALCulate:ESPectrum Subsystem
The CALCulate:ESPectrum subsystem contains the remote commands for Spectrum Emission Mask
(SEM) measurements. Both groups of commands (PSEarch and PEAKsearch) perform the same
functions.

Commands of the CALCulate:ESPectrum Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:ESPectrum:PSEarch|:PEAKsearch:AUTO

–

CALCulate<1|2>:ESPectrum:PSEarch|:PEAKsearch:MARGin

–

CALCulate<1|2>:ESPectrum:PSEarch|:PEAKsearch:PSHow

CALCulate<1|2>:ESPectrum:PSEarch|:PEAKsearch:AUTO
This command activates or deactivates the list evaluation.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
This command is available from firmware version 1.80.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CALC:ESP:PSE:AUTO OFF
Deactivates the list evaluation.
Characteristics
RST value: ON
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, CDMA, EVDO

CALCulate<1|2>:ESPectrum:PSEarch|:PEAKsearch:MARGin
This command sets the margin used for the limit check/peak search.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
This command is available from firmware version 1.80.
Parameter
–200 to 200 dB
Example
CALC:ESP:PSE:MARG 100
Sets the margin to 100 dB.
Characteristics
RST value: 200 dB
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, CDMA, EVDO

1300.2519.12

6.24

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:ESPectrum:PSEarch|:PEAKsearch:PSHow
This command marks all peaks with blue squares in the diagram.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
This command is available from firmware version 1.80.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CALC:ESP:PSE:PSH ON
Marks all peaks with blue squares.
Characteristics
RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, CDMA, EVDO

1300.2519.12

6.25

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem

R&S FSL

CALCulate:FLINe Subsystem
The CALCulate:FLINe subsystem defines the position of the frequency lines.

Commands of the CALCulate:FLINe Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:FLINe<1|2>

–

CALCulate<1|2>:FLINe<1|2>:STATe

CALCulate<1|2>:FLINe<1|2>
This command defines the position of the frequency lines that mark the frequencies.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
0 to fmax
Example
CALC:FLIN2 120MHz
Characteristics
*RST value: – (STATe to OFF)
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–F

CALCulate<1|2>:FLINe<1|2>:STATe
This command switches the frequency line on or off.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CALC:FLIN2:STAT ON
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–F

1300.2519.12

6.26

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate:LIMit Subsystem
The CALCulate:LIMit subsystem contains commands for the limit lines and the corresponding limit
checks. Limit lines can be defined as upper or lower limit lines. The individual Y values of the limit lines
correspond to the values of the x–axis (CONTrol). The number of X and Y values must be identical. For
details on limit lines refer to chapter "Instrument Functions", section "Using Limit Lines and Display
Lines – LINES Key".
The following subsystems are included:
•

"CALCulate:LIMit:ACPower Subsystem" on page 6.33

•

"CALCulate:LIMit:CONTrol Subsystem" on page 6.41

•

"CALCulate:LIMit:ESPectrum Subsystem" on page 6.44

•

"CALCulate:LIMit:LOWer Subsystem" on page 6.47

•

"CALCulate:LIMit:UPPer Subsystem" on page 6.51

Commands of the CALCulate:LIMit Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACTive?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:CLEar[:IMMediate]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:COMMent

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:COPY

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:DELete

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:FAIL?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:NAME

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:STATe

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:TRACe

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UNIT

Further information
–

Example (analyzer mode)

–

Definition of the limit line

–

Switching on and evaluating the line

Example (analyzer mode)
Definition and use of a new limit line 5 for trace 2 with the following features:
•

upper limit line

•

absolute x–axis with span > 0.

•

5 ref. values: 126 MHz/–40 dB, 127 MHz/–40 dB, 128 MHz/–20 dB, 129 MHz/–40 dB, 130 MHz/–40
dB

•

relative y–axis with unit dB

•

absolute threshold value at –35 dBm

•

no safety margin

1300.2519.12

6.27

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem

R&S FSL

Definition of the limit line
1. Defining the name:
CALC:LIM5:NAME 'TEST1'
2. Entering the comment:
CALC:LIM5:COMM 'Upper limit line'
3. Associated trace:
CALC:LIM5:TRAC 2
4. Defining the x–axis range:
CALC:LIM5:CONT:DOM FREQ
5. Defining the x–axis scaling:
CALC:LIM5:CONT:MODE ABS
6. Defining the y–axis unit:
CALC:LIM5:UNIT DB
7. Defining the y–axis scaling:
CALC:LIM5:UPP:MODE REL
8. Defining the x–axis values:
CALC:LIM5:CONT 126MHZ, 127MHZ, 128MHZ, 129 MHZ, 130MHZ
9. Defining the y values:
CALC:LIM5:UPP –40, –40, –30, –40, –40
10. Defining the y threshold value:
CALC:LIM5:UPP:THR –35DBM
The definition of the safety margin and shifting in X and/or Y direction can take place as from here (see
commands below).

Switching on and evaluating the line
1. Switching on the line:
CALC:LIM5:UPP:STAT ON
2. Switching on the limit check:
CALC:LIM5:STAT ON
3. Starting a new measurement with synchronization:
INIT;*WAI
4. Querying the limit check result:
CALC:LIM5:FAIL?

1300.2519.12

6.28

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACTive?
This command queries the names of all active limit lines.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> and <1...8> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
This command is available from firmware version 1.60.
Example
CALC:LIM:ACT?
Queries the names of all active limit lines.
Return values
'3GBAA,3GBBA,3GBCR'
Returns the names of the active limit lines in alphabetical order, separated by commas.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, CDMA, EVDO

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:CLEar[:IMMediate]
This command deletes the result of the current limit check for all limit lines.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> and <1...8> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Example
CALC:LIM:CLE
Deletes the result of the limit check.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: conform
Mode
A, ADEMOD, CDMA, EVDO, NF

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:COMMent
This command defines a comment for the limit line selected (max. 40 characters).
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Parameter
, max. 40 alphanumeric characters
Example
CALC:LIM5:COMM 'Upper limit for spectrum'
Defines the comment for limit line 5.

1300.2519.12

6.29

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem

R&S FSL

Characteristics
*RST value: blank comment
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, ADEMOD, CDMA, EVDO, NF

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:COPY
This command copies one limit line onto another one
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Parameter
1 to 8

number of the new limit line



name of the new limit line given as a string

Example
CALC:LIM1:COPY 2
Copies limit line 1 to line 2.
CALC:LIM1:COPY 'FM2'
Copies limit line 1 to a new line named FM2.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, ADEMOD, CDMA, EVDO, NF

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:DELete
This command deletes the selected limit line.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Example
CALC:LIM1:DEL
Deletes limit line 1.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, ADEMOD, CDMA, EVDO, NF

1300.2519.12

6.30

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:FAIL?
This command queries the result of the limit check of the indicated limit line. It should be noted
that a complete sweep must have been performed to obtain a correct result. A synchronization
with *OPC, *OPC? or *WAI should therefore be provided. The result of the limit check is given
with 0 for PASS, 1 for FAIL, and 2 for MARGIN.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Return values
0 for pass, 1 for fail
Example
INIT;*WAI
Starts a new sweep and waits for its end.
CALC:LIM3:FAIL?
Queries the result of the check for limit line 3.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: conform
Mode
A, ADEMOD, NF, CDMA, EVDO, WLAN

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:NAME
This command assigns a name to a limit line numbered 1 to 8. If it does not exist already, a limit
line with this name is created.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Parameter

Example
CALC:LIM1:NAME 'FM1'
Assigns the name FM1 to limit line 1.
Characteristics
*RST value: REM1 to REM8 for lines 1 to 8
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, ADEMOD, CDMA, EVDO

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:STATe
This command switches on or off the limit check for the selected limit line.
The result of the limit check can be queried with CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:FAIL?.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Parameter
ON | OFF
1300.2519.12

6.31

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem

R&S FSL

Example
CALC:LIM:STAT ON
Switches on the limit check for limit line 1.
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: conform
Mode
A, BT, ADEMOD, CDMA, EVDO, NF

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:TRACe
This command assigns a limit line to a trace.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Parameter
1 to 6
Example
CALC:LIM2:TRAC 3
Assigns limit line 2 to trace 3.
Characteristics
*RST value: 1
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, ADEMOD, CDMA, EVDO

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UNIT
This command defines the unit of the selected limit line.
Upon selection of the unit DB the limit line is automatically switched to the relative mode. For
units different from DB the limit line is automatically switched to absolute mode.
The units DEG, RAD, S, HZ, PCT are not available in spectrum analyzer mode.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Parameter
DBM | DBPW | WATT | DBUV | DBMV | VOLT |DBUA | AMPere | DB | DEG | RAD | HZ | PCT
Example
CALC:LIM4:UNIT DBUV
Sets the unit of limit line 4 to dBµV.
Characteristics
*RST value: DBM
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, ADEMOD, CDMA, EVDO

1300.2519.12

6.32

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate:LIMit:ACPower Subsystem
The CALCulate:LIMit:ACPower subsystem defines the limit check for adjacent channel power measurement.

Commands of the CALCulate:LIMit:ACPower Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower[:STATe]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:ACHannel[:RELative]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:ACHannel[:RELative]:STATe

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:ACHannel:ABSolute

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:ACHannel:ABSolute:STATe

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:ACHannel:RESult?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:ALTernate<1...11>[:RELative]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:ALTernate<1...11>[:RELative]:STATe

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:ALTernate<1...11>:ABSolute

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:ALTernate<1...11>:ABSolute:STATe

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:ALTernate<1...11>:RESult?

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower[:STATe]
This command switches on and off the limit check for adjacent–channel power measurements.
The CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:ACHannel[:RELative]:STATe or
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:ALTernate<1...11>[:RELative]:STATe
commands must be used in addition to specify whether the limit check is to be performed for the
upper/lower adjacent channel or for the alternate adjacent channels.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> and <1...8> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CALC:LIM:ACP ON
Switches on the ACP limit check.
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, CDMA, EVDO

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:ACHannel[:RELative]
This command defines the relative limit of the upper/lower adjacent channel for adjacent–
channel power measurements. The reference value for the relative limit value is the measured
channel power.
It should be noted that the relative limit value has no effect on the limit check as soon as it is
below the absolute limit value defined with the
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:ACHannel:ABSolute command. This
mechanism allows automatic checking of the absolute basic values of adjacent–channel power
as defined in mobile radio standards.
1300.2519.12

6.33

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem

R&S FSL

The numeric suffixes <1|2> and <1...8> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
first value: 0 to 100dB; limit for the upper (lower) adjacent channel
second value: 0 to 100dB; is ignored but must be indicated for reasons of compatibility with the
FSP family
Example
CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH 30DB, 30DB
Sets the relative limit value for the power in the lower and upper adjacent channel to 30 dB
below the channel power.
Characteristics
*RST value: 0 dB
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, CDMA, EVDO
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:ACHannel[:RELative]:STATe
This command activates the limit check for the relative limit value of the adjacent channel when
adjacent–channel power measurement is performed. Before the command, the limit check must
be activated using CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower[:STATe].
The result can be queried with
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:ACHannel:RESult?. It should be noted that a
complete measurement must be performed between switching on the limit check and the result
query, since otherwise no correct results are available.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> and <1...8> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH 30DB, 30DB
Sets the relative limit value for the power in the lower and upper adjacent channel to 30 dB
below the channel power.
CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH:ABS –35DBM, –35DBM
Sets the absolute limit value for the power in the lower and upper adjacent channel to –35 dBm.
CALC:LIM:ACP ON
Switches on globally the limit check for the channel/adjacent channel measurement.
CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH:STAT ON
Switches on the check of the relative limit values for adjacent channels.
CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH:ABS:STAT ON
Switches on the check of absolute limit values for the adjacent channels.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end.
CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH:RES?
Queries the limit check result in the adjacent channels.
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, CDMA, EVDO
1300.2519.12

6.34

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:ACHannel:ABSolute
This command defines the absolute limit value for the lower/upper adjacent channel during
adjacent–channel power measurement (Adjacent Channel Power).
It should be noted that the absolute limit value has no effect on the limit check as soon as it is
below the relative limit value defined with
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:ACHannel[:RELative]. This mechanism
allows automatic checking of the absolute basic values of adjacent–channel power as defined in
mobile radio standards.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> and <1...8> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
first value: –200DBM to 200DBM; limit for the lower and the upper adjacent channel
second value: –200 to 200DBM; is ignored but must be indicated for reasons of compatibility
with the FSP family
Example
CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH:ABS –35DBM, –35DBM
Sets the absolute limit value for the power in the lower and upper adjacent channel to –35 dBm.
Characteristics
*RST value: –200DBM
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, CDMA, EVDO

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:ACHannel:ABSolute:STATe
This command activates the limit check for the adjacent channel when adjacent–channel power
measurement (Adjacent Channel Power) is performed. Before the command, the limit check for
the channel/adjacent–channel measurement must be globally switched on using
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower[:STATe].
The result can be queried with
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:ACHannel:RESult?. It should be noted that a
complete measurement must be performed between switching on the limit check and the result
query, since otherwise no correct results are available.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> and <1...8> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH 30DB, 30DB
Sets the relative limit value for the power in the lower and upper adjacent channel to 30 dB
below the channel power.
CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH:ABS –35DBM, –35DBM
Sets the absolute limit value for the power in the lower and upper adjacent channel to –35 dBm.
CALC:LIM:ACP ON
Switches on globally the limit check for the channel/adjacent–channel measurement.
CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH:REL:STAT ON
Switches on the check of the relative limit values for adjacent channels.
CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH:ABS:STAT ON
Switches on the check of absolute limit values for the adjacent channels.

1300.2519.12

6.35

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem

R&S FSL

INIT;*WAI
Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end.
CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH:RES?
Queries the limit check result in the adjacent channels.
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, CDMA, EVDO

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:ACHannel:RESult?
This command queries the result of the limit check for the upper /lower adjacent channel when
adjacent channel power measurement is performed.
If the power measurement of the adjacent channel is switched off, the command produces a
query error.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> and <1...8> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Parameter
The result is returned in the form ,  where  = PASSED | FAILED, and
where the first returned value denotes the lower, the second denotes the upper adjacent
channel.
Example
CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH 30DB, 30DB
Sets the relative limit value for the power in the lower and upper adjacent channel to 30 dB
below the channel power.
CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH:ABS –35DBM, –35DBM
Sets the absolute limit value for the power in the lower and upper adjacent channel to –35 dB.
CALC:LIM:ACP ON
Switches on globally the limit check for the channel/adjacent channel measurement.
CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH:STAT ON
Switches on the limit check for the adjacent channels.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end.
CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH:RES?
Queries the limit check result in the adjacent channels.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, CDMA, EVDO, WLAN

1300.2519.12

6.36

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:ALTernate<1...11>[:RELative]
This command defines the limit for the alternate adjacent channels for adjacent channel power
measurements. The reference value for the relative limit value is the measured channel power.
The numeric suffix after ALTernate denotes the alternate channel. The numeric suffixes <1|2>
with CALCulate and <1...8> with LIMit are irrelevant for this command.
It should be noted that the relative limit value has no effect on the limit check as soon as it is
below the absolute limit defined with
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:ALTernate<1...11>:ABSolute. This
mechanism allows automatic checking of the absolute basic values of adjacent–channel power
as defined in mobile radio standards.
Parameter
first value: 0 to 100dB; limit for the lower and the upper alternate adjacent channel
second value: 0 to 100dB; is ignored but must be indicated for reasons of compatibility with the
FSP family
Example
CALC:LIM:ACP:ALT2 30DB, 30DB
Sets the relative limit value for the power in the lower and upper second alternate adjacent
channel to 30 dB below the channel power.
Characteristics
*RST value: 0 DB
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, CDMA, EVDO

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:ALTernate<1...11>[:RELative]:STATe
This command activates the limit check for the alternate adjacent channels for adjacent channel
power measurements. Before the command, the limit check must be activated using
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower[:STATe].
The numeric suffix after ALTernate denotes the alternate channel. The numeric suffixes <1|2>
with CALCulate and <1...8> with LIMit are irrelevant for this command.
The result can be queried with
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:ALTernate<1...11>:RESult?. It should be
noted that a complete measurement must be performed between switching on the limit check
and the result query, since otherwise no correct results are obtained.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CALC:LIM:ACP:ALT2 30DB, 30DB
Sets the relative limit value for the power in the lower and upper second alternate adjacent
channel to 30 dB below the channel power.
CALC:LIM:ACP:ALT2:ABS –35DBM, –35DBM
Sets the absolute limit value for the power in the lower and upper second alternate adjacent
channel to –35 dBm.
CALC:LIM:ACP ON
Switches on globally the limit check for the channel/adjacent channel measurement.

1300.2519.12

6.37

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem

R&S FSL

CALC:LIM:ACP:ALT2:STAT ON
Switches on the check of the relative limit values for the lower and upper second alternate
adjacent channel.
CALC:LIM:ACP:ALT2:ABS:STAT ON
Switches on the check of absolute limit values for the lower and upper second alternate
adjacent channel.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end.
CALC:LIM:ACP:ALT2:RES?
Queries the limit check result in the second alternate adjacent channels.
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, CDMA, EVDO

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:ALTernate<1...11>:ABSolute
This command defines the absolute limit value for the lower/upper alternate adjacent–channel
power measurement (Adjacent Channel Power).
The numeric suffix after ALTernate denotes the alternate channel. The numeric suffixes <1|2>
with CALCulate and <1...8> with LIMit are irrelevant for this command.
It should be noted that the absolute limit value for the limit check has no effect as soon as it is
below the relative limit value defined with
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:ALTernate<1...11>[:RELative]. This
mechanism allows automatic checking of the absolute basic values defined in mobile radio
standards for the power in adjacent channels.
Parameter
first value: –200DBM to 200DBM; limit for the lower and the upper alternate adjacent channel
second value: –200DBM to 200DBM; is ignored but must be indicated for reasons of
compatibility with the FSP family
Example
CALC:LIM:ACP:ALT2:ABS –35DBM, –35DBM
Sets the absolute limit value for the power in the lower and upper second alternate adjacent
channel to –35 dBm.
Characteristics
*RST value: –200DBM
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, CDMA, EVDO

1300.2519.12

6.38

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:ALTernate<1...11>:ABSolute:STATe
This command activates the limit check for the alternate adjacent channels for adjacent–
channel power measurement (Adjacent Channel Power).
Before the command, the limit check must be globally switched on for the channel/adjacent–
channel power with the CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower[:STATe] command.
The numeric suffix after ALTernate denotes the alternate channel. The numeric suffixes <1|2>
with CALCulate and <1...8> with LIMit are irrelevant for this command.
The result can be queried with
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:ALTernate<1...11>:RESult?. It should be
noted that a complete measurement must be performed between switching on the limit check
and the result query, since otherwise no correct results are available.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CALC:LIM:ACP:ALT2 30DB, 30DB
Sets the relative limit value for the power in the lower and upper second alternate adjacent
channel to 30 dB below the channel power.
CALC:LIM:ACP:ALT2:ABS –35DBM, –35DBM
Sets the absolute limit value for the power in the lower and upper second alternate adjacent
channel to –35 dBm.
CALC:LIM:ACP ON
Switches on globally the limit check for the channel/adjacent channel measurement.
CALC:LIM:ACP:ALT2:STAT ON
Switches on the check of the relative limit values for the lower and upper second alternative
adjacent channels.
CALC:LIM:ACP:ALT2:ABS:STAT ON
Switches on the check of absolute limit values for the lower and upper second alternative
adjacent channels.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end.
CALC:LIM:ACP:ALT2:RES?
Queries the limit check result in the second alternate adjacent channels.
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, CDMA, EVDO

1300.2519.12

6.39

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem

R&S FSL

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:ALTernate<1...11>:RESult?
This command queries the result of the limit check for the alternate adjacent channels for
adjacent channel power measurements.
The numeric suffix after ALTernate denotes the alternate channel. The numeric suffixes <1|2>
with CALCulate and <1...8> with LIMit are irrelevant for this command.
If the power measurement of the adjacent channel is switched off, the command produces a
query error.
This command is a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Parameter
The result is returned in the form ,  where  = PASSED | FAILED and
where the first (second) returned value denotes the lower (upper) alternate adjacent channel.
Example
CALC:LIM:ACP:ALT2 30DB, 30DB
Sets the relative limit value for the power in the lower and upper second alternate adjacent
channel to 30 dB below the channel power.
CALC:LIM:ACP:ALT2:ABS –35DBM, –35DBM
Sets the absolute limit value for the power in the lower and upper second alternate adjacent
channel to –35 dBm.
CALC:LIM:ACP ON
Switches on globally the limit check for the channel/adjacent channel measurement.
CALC:LIM:ACP:ALT2:STAT ON
Switches on the limit check for the lower and upper second adjacent channel.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end.
CALC:LIM:ACP:ALT2:RES?
Queries the limit check result in the second alternate adjacent channels.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, CDMA, EVDO, WLAN

1300.2519.12

6.40

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate:LIMit:CONTrol Subsystem
The CALCulate:LIMit:CONTrol subsystem defines the x–axis (CONTrol axis).
This subsystem is available from firmware version 1.10.

Commands of the CALCulate:LIMit:CONTrol Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:CONTrol[:DATA]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:CONTrol:DOMain

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:CONTrol:MODE

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:CONTrol:OFFSet

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:CONTrol:SHIFt

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:CONTrol:SPACing

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:CONTrol[:DATA]
This command defines the x–axis values (frequencies or times) of the upper or lower limit lines.
The number of values for the CONTrol axis and for the corresponding UPPer and/or LOWer
limit lines has to be identical. Otherwise default values are entered for missing values or not
required values are deleted.
In analyzer mode, the unit of values depends on the span setting of the x–axis. For details refer
to CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:CONTrol:DOMain.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Parameter
,
Example
CALC:LIM2:CONT 1MHz,30MHz,100MHz,300MHz,1GHz
Defines 5 reference values for the x–axis of limit line 2.
CALC:LIM2:CONT?
Outputs the reference values for the x–axis of limit line 2 separated by a comma.
Characteristics
*RST value: – (CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:STATe is set to OFF)
SCPI: conform
Mode
A, ADEMOD, CDMA, EVDO, NF

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:CONTrol:DOMain
This command defines the span setting for the x–axis values.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Parameter
FREQuency | TIME

1300.2519.12

6.41

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem

R&S FSL

Example
CALC:LIM2:CONT:DOM TIME
Defines zero span for the x–axis of limit line 2.
Characteristics
*RST value: FREQuency
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, ADEMOD, CDMA, EVDO

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:CONTrol:MODE
This command selects the relative or absolute scaling for the x–axis of the selected limit line.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Parameter
RELative | ABSolute
Example
CALC:LIM2:CONT:MODE REL
Defines the x–axis of limit line 2 as relatively scaled.
Characteristics
*RST value: ABSolute
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, ADEMOD, CDMA, EVDO

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:CONTrol:OFFSet
This command defines an offset for the x–axis value of the selected relative limit line for span >
0 or zero span.
In analyzer mode, the unit of values depends on the span setting of the x–axis. For details refer
to CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:CONTrol:DOMain.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Parameter

Example
CALC:LIM2:CONT:OFFS 100us
Sets the X offset for limit line 2 (defined in zero span) to 100Us.
Characteristics
*RST value: 0
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, ADEMOD, CDMA, EVDO

1300.2519.12

6.42

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:CONTrol:SHIFt
This command moves a limit line by the indicated value in x direction. In contrast to
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:CONTrol:OFFSet, the line is shifted by modifying the
individual x values and not by means of an additive offset.
In analyzer mode, the unit of values depends on the span setting of the x–axis. For details refer
to CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:CONTrol:DOMain.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Parameter

Example
CALC:LIM2:CONT:SHIF 50KHZ
Shifts all reference values of limit line 2 by 50 kHz.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, ADEMOD, CDMA, EVDO, NF

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:CONTrol:SPACing
This command selects linear or logarithmic interpolation for the calculation of limit lines from
frequency points.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Parameter
LINear | LOGarithmic
Example
CALC:LIM:CONT:SPAC LIN
Characteristics
*RST value: LIN
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, CDMA, EVDO

1300.2519.12

6.43

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem

R&S FSL

CALCulate:LIMit:ESPectrum Subsystem
The CALCulate:LIMit:ESPectrum subsystem defines the power classes used in Spectrum Emission
Mask measurements. This subsystem is available from firmware version 1.90.

Commands of the CALCulate:LIMit:ESPectrum subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1…8>:ESPectrum:PCLass<1…4>[:EXCLusive]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1…8>:ESPectrum:PCLass<1…4>:MINimum

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1…8>:ESPectrum:PCLass<1…4>:MAXimum

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1…8>:ESPectrum:PCLass<1…4>:COUNt

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1…8>:ESPectrum:PCLass<1…4>:LIMit[:STATe]

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1…8>:ESPectrum:PCLass<1…4>[:EXCLusive]
This command sets the power classes used in the measurement. It is only possible to use
power classes for which limits are defined. Also, either only one power class at a time or all
power classes together can be selected.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> and <1…8> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CALC:LIM:ESP:PCL1 ON
Activates the first defined power class.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: conform
Mode
A, CDMA, EVDO
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1…8>:ESPectrum:PCLass<1…4>:MINimum
This command sets the lower limit level for one power class. The unit is dBm. The limit always
start at – 200 dBm, i.e. the first lower limit can not be set. If more than one power class is in use,
the lower limit must equal the upper limit of the previous power class.
The numeric suffix at PCLass<1…4> denotes the power class to be defined.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> and <1…8> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter

Example
CALC:LIM:ESP:PCL2:MIN -40 dBm
Sets the minimum power value of the second power class to -40 dBm.
Characteristics:
*RST value: –
SCPI: conform
Mode
A, CDMA, EVDO
1300.2519.12

6.44

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1…8>:ESPectrum:PCLass<1…4>:MAXimum
This command sets the upper limit level for one power class. The unit is dBm. The limit always
ends at + 200 dBm, i.e. the upper limit of the last power class can not be set. If more than one
power class is in use, the upper limit must equal the lower limit of the next power class.
The numeric suffix at PCLass<1…4> denotes the power class to be defined.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> and <1…8> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter

Example
CALC:LIM:ESP:PCL1:MAX -40 dBm
Sets the maximum power value of the first power class to -40 dBm.
Characteristics:
*RST value: –
SCPI: conform
Mode
A, CDMA, EVDO

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1…8>:ESPectrum:PCLass<1…4>:COUNt
This command sets the number of power classes to be defined.
The numeric suffixes are irrelevant
Parameter
1 to 4
Example
CALC:LIM:ESP:PCL:COUN 2
Two power classes can be defined.
Characteristics:
*RST value: –
SCPI: conform
Mode
A, CDMA, EVDO

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1…8>:ESPectrum:PCLass<1…4>:LIMit[:STATe]
This command defines which limits are evaluated in the measurement.
The numeric suffix at PCLass<1..4> defines the power class to be evaluated. The numeric
suffixes <1|2> and <1..8> are irrelevant
Parameter
ABSolute

Evaluates only limit lines with absolute power values

RELative

Evaluates only limit lines with relative power values

OR

Evaluates limit lines with relative and absolute power values. A
negative result is returned if both limits fail.

AND

Evaluates limit lines with relative and absolute power values. A
negative result is returned if at least one limit failed.

1300.2519.12

6.45

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem

R&S FSL

Example
CALC:LIM:ESP:PCL:COUN ABS
Characteristics:
*RST value: –
SCPI: conform
Mode
A, CDMA

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1…8>:ESPectrum:LIMits
This command sets the limits for all power classes you want to use. The limit defined by the
string always starts at -200 dBm and always ends at 200 dBm. Between these up to three limits
can be defined. See also CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1…8>:ESPectrum:PCLass<1…4>:MINimum
and CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1…8>:ESPectrum:PCLass<1…4>:MAXimum
The numeric suffixes <1|2> and <1…8> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter

Example
-200, -90, 0, 90, 200
Sets the minimum power value of the first power class to -200 dBm and the maximum power
value of the first power class to -90 dBm. The second power class begins at -90 dBm and ends
at 0 dBm etc.
Characteristics
*RST value: SCPI: conform
Mode
A, CDMA, EVDO

1300.2519.12

6.46

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate:LIMit:LOWer Subsystem
The CALCulate:LIMit:LOWer subsystem defines the lower limit line. This subsystem is available from
firmware version 1.10.

Commands of the CALCulate:LIMit:LOWer Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:LOWer[:DATA]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:LOWer:STATe

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:LOWer:OFFSet

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:LOWer:MARGin

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:LOWer:MODE

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:LOWer:SHIFt

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:LOWer:SPACing

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:LOWer:THReshold

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:LOWer[:DATA]
This command defines the values for the selected lower limit line.
The number of values for the CONTrol axis and for the corresponding LOWer limit line has to be
identical. Otherwise default values are entered for missing values or not necessary values are
deleted.
The unit must be identical with the unit selected by CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UNIT.
If no unit is indicated, the unit defined with CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UNIT is
automatically used.
If the measured values are smaller than the LOWer limit line, the limit check signals errors.
The units DEG, RAD, S, HZ, PCT are not available in the spectrum analyzer mode.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Parameter
,
Example
CALC:LIM2:LOW –30,–40,–10,–40,–30
Defines 5 lower limit values for limit line 2 in the preset unit.
CALC:LIM2:LOW?
Outputs the lower limit values of limit line 2 separated by a comma.
Characteristics
*RST value: – (LIMit:STATe is set to OFF)
SCPI: conform
Mode
A, ADEMOD, CDMA, EVDO, NF

1300.2519.12

6.47

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem

R&S FSL

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:LOWer:STATe
This command switches on or off the indicated limit line. The limit check is activated separately
with CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:STATe.
In spectrum analyzer mode, the result of the limit check can be queried with
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:FAIL?.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CALC:LIM4:LOW:STAT ON
Switches on limit line 4 (lower limit).
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: conform
Mode
A, ADEMOD, CDMA, EVDO, NF

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:LOWer:OFFSet
This command defines an offset for the y–axis of the selected relative lower limit line. In contrast
to CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:LOWer:SHIFt, the line is not shifted by modifying the
individual Y values but by means of an additive offset.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Parameter

Example
CALC:LIM2:LOW:OFFS 3dB
Shifts limit line 2 by 3 dB upwards.
Characteristics
*RST value: 0
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, ADEMOD, CDMA, EVDO

1300.2519.12

6.48

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:LOWer:MARGin
This command defines a margin to a lower limit line, at which out–of–limit values are signaled (if
the limit check is active), but not handled as a violation of the limit value.
Only the unit dB is available in spectrum analyzer mode.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Parameter

Example
CALC:LIM:LOW:MARG 10dB
Characteristics
*RST value: 0
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, ADEMOD, CDMA, EVDO

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:LOWer:MODE
This command selects the relative or absolute scaling for the y–axis of the selected lower limit
line.
Selecting RELative causes the unit to be switched to DB.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Parameter
RELative | ABSolute
Example
CALC:LIM:LOW:MODE REL
Defines the y–axis of limit line 2 as relative scaled.
Characteristics
*RST value: ABSolute
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, ADEMOD, CDMA, EVDO

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:LOWer:SHIFt
This command shifts a limit line by the indicated value in Y direction. In contrast to
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:LOWer:OFFSet, the line is shifted by modifying the
individual Y values but not by means of an additive offset.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Parameter


1300.2519.12

6.49

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem

R&S FSL

Example
CALC:LIM3:LOW:SHIF 20DB
Shifts all Y values of limit line 3 by 20 dB.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, ADEMOD, CDMA, EVDO, NF

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:LOWer:SPACing
This command selects linear or logarithmic interpolation for the lower limit line.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Parameter
LINear | LOGarithmic
Example
CALC:LIM:LOW:SPAC LIN
Characteristics
*RST value: LIN
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, CDMA, EVDO
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:LOWer:THReshold
This command defines an absolute threshold value for limit lines with relative y–axis scaling.
The absolute threshold value is used in the limit check as soon as it exceeds the relative limit
value.
The unit must correspond to the unit selected with CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UNIT
(except dB which is not allowed). If no unit is indicated, the unit defined with
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UNIT is automatically used (exception: dBm instead of
dB).
The units DEG, RAD, S, HZ, PCT are not available in the spectrum analyzer mode.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Parameter

Example
CALC:LIM2:LOW:THR –35DBM
Defines an absolute threshold value for limit line 2.
Characteristics
*RST value: –200 dBm
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, ADEMOD, CDMA, EVDO
1300.2519.12

6.50

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate:LIMit:UPPer Subsystem
The CALCulate:LIMit:UPPer subsystem defines the upper limit line. This subsystem is available from
firmware version 1.10.

Commands of the CALCulate:LIMit:UPPer Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UPPer[:DATA]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UPPer:MARGin

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UPPer:MODE

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UPPer:OFFSet

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UPPer:SHIFt

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UPPer:SPACing

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UPPer:STATe

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UPPer:THReshold

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UPPer[:DATA]
This command defines the values for the upper limit lines
The number of values for the CONTrol axis and for the corresponding UPPer and/or LOWer
limit line has to be identical. Otherwise default values are entered for missing values or not
necessary values are deleted.
The unit must be identical with the unit selected by CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UNIT.
If no unit is indicated, the unit defined with CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UNIT is
automatically used.
In spectrum analyzer mode, the limit check indicates errors if the measured values exceed the
UPPer limit line. The units DEG, RAD, S, HZ, PCT are not available in spectrum analyzer mode.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Parameter
,
Example
CALC:LIM2:UPP –10,0,0,–10,–5
Defines 5 upper limit values for limit line 2 in the preset unit.
CALC:LIM2:UPP?
Outputs the upper limit values for limit line 2 separated by a comma.
Characteristics
*RST value: – (CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:STATe is set to OFF)
SCPI: conform
Mode
A, ADEMOD, CDMA, EVDO, NF

1300.2519.12

6.51

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem

R&S FSL

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UPPer:MARGin
This command defines a margin to an upper limit line, at which out–of–limit values are signaled
(if the limit check is active), but not handled as a violation of the limit value.
Only the unit dB is available in spectrum analyzer mode.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Parameter

Example
CALC:LIM2:UPP:MARG 10dB
Defines the margin of limit line 2 to 10 dB below the limit value.
Characteristics
*RST value: 0
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, ADEMOD, CDMA, EVDO

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UPPer:MODE
This command selects the relative or absolute scaling for the y–axis of the selected upper limit
line.
Selecting RELative causes the unit to be switched to DB.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Parameter
RELative | ABSolute
Example
CALC:LIM2:UPP:MODE REL
Defines the y–axis of limit line 2 as relative scaled.
Characteristics
*RST value: ABSolute
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, ADEMOD, CDMA, EVDO

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UPPer:OFFSet
This command defines an offset for the y–axis of the selected relative upper limit line. In
contrast to CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UPPer:SHIFt, the line is not shifted by
modifying the individual Y values but by means of an additive offset.
Only the unit dB is available in the spectrum analyzer mode.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.

1300.2519.12

6.52

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem

Parameter

Example
CALC:LIM2:UPP:OFFS 3dB
Shifts limit line 2 by 3 dB upwards.
Characteristics
*RST value: 0
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, ADEMOD, CDMA, EVDO

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UPPer:SHIFt
This command moves a limit line by the indicated value in Y direction. In contrast to
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UPPer:OFFSet, the line is shifted by modifying the
individual Y values and not by means of an additive offset.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Parameter

Example
CALC:LIM3:UPP:SHIF 20
Shifts all Y values of limit line 3 by 20 limit line units, e.g. dB.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, ADEMOD, CDMA, EVDO, NF

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UPPer:SPACing
This command selects linear or logarithmic interpolation for the upper limit line.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Parameter
LINear | LOGarithmic
Example
CALC:LIM:UPP:SPAC LIN
Characteristics
*RST value: LIN
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, CDMA, EVDO

1300.2519.12

6.53

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem

R&S FSL

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UPPer:STATe
This command switches on or off the indicated limit line. The limit check is activated separately
with CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:STATe.
In spectrum analyzer mode, the result of the limit check can be queried with
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:FAIL?.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CALC:LIM4:UPP:STAT ON
Switches on limit line 4 (upper limit).
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: conform
Mode
A, ADEMOD, CDMA, EVDO, NF

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UPPer:THReshold
This command defines an absolute threshold value for limit lines with relative y–axis scaling.
The absolute threshold value is used in the limit check as soon as it exceeds the relative limit
value.
The unit must correspond to the unit selected with CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UNIT
(except dB which is not possible). If no unit is indicated, the unit defined with
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UNIT is automatically used (exception: dBm instead of
dB).
The units DEG, RAD, S, HZ, PCT are not available in the spectrum analyzer mode.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Parameter

Example
CALC:LIM2:UPP:THR –35DBM
Defines an absolute threshold value for limit line 2.
Characteristics
*RST value: –200 dBm
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, ADEMOD, CDMA, EVDO

1300.2519.12

6.54

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate:MARKer Subsystem
The CALCulate:MARKer subsystem checks the marker functions of the instrument.
The following subsystem is included:
•

"CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion Subsystem" on page 6.68

Commands of the CALCulate:MARKer Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>[:STATe]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:AOFF

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:COUNt

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:COUNt:FREQuency?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:COUNt:RESolution

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:LOEXclude

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MAXimum[:PEAK]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MAXimum:AUTO

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MAXimum:LEFT

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MAXimum:NEXT

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MAXimum:RIGHt

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MINimum[:PEAK]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MINimum:AUTO

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MINimum:LEFT

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MINimum:NEXT

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MINimum:RIGHt

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:PEXCursion

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:TRACe

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:X

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:X:SLIMits[:STATe]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:X:SLIMits:LEFT

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:X:SLIMits:RIGHT

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:X:SSIZe

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:Y?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:Y:PERCent

1300.2519.12

6.55

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem

R&S FSL

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>[:STATe]
This command switches on or off the currently selected marker. If no indication is made, marker
1 is selected automatically. If marker 2, 3 or 4 is selected and used as a delta marker, it is
switched to marker mode.
For CDMA2000 and 1xEV-DO code domain measurements (option K82 and K84) the numeric
suffix <1|2> selects the measurement screen. In the other modes the numeric suffix <1|2> is
irrelevant.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CALC:MARK3 ON
Switches on marker 3 or switches to marker mode.
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, ADEMOD, CATV, CDMA, EVDO, SPECM, WCDMA

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:AOFF
This command switches off all active markers and all delta markers and active marker/delta
marker measurement functions.
For CDMA2000 and 1xEV-DO code domain measurements (option K82 and K84) the numeric
suffix <1|2> selects the measurement screen. In the other modes the numeric suffix <1|2> is
irrelevant.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
CALC:MARK:AOFF
Switches off all markers.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, ADEMOD, CATV, CDMA, EVDO, WCDMA

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:COUNt
This command switches on or off the frequency counter at the marker position.
The count result is queried with CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:COUNt:FREQuency?.
Frequency counting is possible only for one marker at a time. If it is activated for another
marker, it is automatically deactivated for the previous marker.
It should be noted that a complete sweep must be performed after switching on the frequency
counter to ensure that the frequency to be measured is actually reached. The synchronization to
the sweep end required for this is only possible in single sweep mode.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.

1300.2519.12

6.56

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem

Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
INIT:CONT OFF
Switches to single sweep mode.
CALC:MARK ON
Switches on marker 1.
CALC:MARK:COUN ON
Switches on the frequency counter for marker 1.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a sweep and waits for the end.
CALC:MARK:COUN:FREQ?
Outputs the measured value.
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:COUNt:FREQuency?
This command queries the result of the frequency counter for the indicated marker. Before the
command, the frequency counter should be switched on and a complete measurement
performed to obtain a correct count result. Therefore, a single sweep with synchronization must
be performed between switching on the frequency counter and querying the count result.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
INIT:CONT OFF
Switches to single sweep mode.
CALC:MARK2 ON
Switches on marker 2.
CALC:MARK2:COUN ON
Switches the frequency counter for marker 2.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a sweep and waits for the end.
CALC:MARK2:COUN:FREQ?
Outputs the measured value of marker 2.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A

1300.2519.12

6.57

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem

R&S FSL

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:COUNt:RESolution
This command specifies the resolution of the frequency counter.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> and <1...4> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
0.1 | 1 | 10 | 100 | 1000 | 10000 Hz
Example
CALC:MARK:COUN:RES 1kHz
Sets the resolution of the frequency counter to 1 kHz.
Characteristics
*RST value: 1kHz
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:LOEXclude
This command switches the local oscillator suppression for peak search on or off. This setting
applies to all markers and delta markers.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> and <1…4> are irrelevant.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CALC:MARK:LOEX ON
Characteristics
*RST value: ON
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–F, ADEMOD, CATV, SPECM

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MAXimum[:PEAK]
This command positions the marker to the current maximum value of the corresponding trace.
The corresponding marker is activated first or switched to the marker mode.
For CDMA2000 and 1xEV-DO code domain measurements (option K82 and K84) the numeric
suffix <1|2> selects the measurement screen. In the other modes the numeric suffix <1|2> is
irrelevant.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Note: If no maximum value is found on the trace (level spacing to adjacent values < peak
excursion), an execution error (error code: –200) is produced.
Example
CALC:MARK2:MAX
Positions marker 2 to the maximum value of the trace.

1300.2519.12

6.58

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem

Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, ADEMOD, CATV, CDMA, EVDO, SPECM, WCDMA

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MAXimum:AUTO
Activates the automatic peak search function for marker 1 at the end of each particular sweep.
This function may be used during adjustments of a device under test to keep track of the actual
peak marker position and level.
For CDMA2000 and 1xEV-DO code domain measurements (option K82 and K84) the numeric
suffix <1|2> selects the measurement screen. In the other modes the numeric suffix <1|2> is
irrelevant.
This command is available from firmware version 1.50.
Note: If no maximum value is found on the trace (level spacing to adjacent values < peak
excursion), an execution error (error code: –200) is produced.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CALC:MARK:MAX:AUTO ON
Activates the automatic peak search function for marker 1 at the end of each particular sweep.
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MAXimum:LEFT
This command positions the marker to the next smaller maximum value to the left of the current
value (i.e. in descending X values) on the trace.
For CDMA2000 and 1xEV-DO code domain measurements (option K82 and K84) the numeric
suffix <1|2> selects the measurement screen. In the other modes the numeric suffix <1|2> is
irrelevant.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Note: If no next smaller maximum value is found on the trace (level spacing to adjacent
values < peak excursion), an execution error (error code: –200) is produced.
Example
CALC:MARK2:MAX:LEFT
Positions marker 2 to the next lower maximum value to the left of the current value.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, ADEMOD, BT, CATV, CDMA, EVDO, SPECM, WCDMA
1300.2519.12

6.59

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem

R&S FSL

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MAXimum:NEXT
This command positions the marker to the next smaller maximum value of the corresponding
trace.
For CDMA2000 and 1xEV-DO code domain measurements (option K82 and K84) the numeric
suffix <1|2> selects the measurement screen. In the other modes the numeric suffix <1|2> is
irrelevant.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Note: If no next smaller maximum value is found on the trace (level spacing to adjacent
values < peak excursion), an execution error (error code: –200) is produced.
Example
CALC:MARK2:MAX:NEXT
Positions marker 2 to the next lower maximum value.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, ADEMOD, CATV, CDMA, EVDO, SPECM, WCDMA

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MAXimum:RIGHt
This command positions the marker to the next smaller maximum value to the right of the
current value (i.e. in ascending X values) on the corresponding trace.
For CDMA2000 and 1xEV-DO code domain measurements (option K82 and K84) the numeric
suffix <1|2> selects the measurement screen. In the other modes the numeric suffix <1|2> is
irrelevant.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Note: If no next smaller maximum value is found on the trace (level spacing to adjacent
values < peak excursion), an execution error (error code: –200) is produced.
Example
CALC:MARK2:MAX:RIGH
Positions marker 2 to the next lower maximum value to the right of the current value.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, ADEMOD, CATV, CDMA, EVDO, SPECM, WCDMA

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MINimum[:PEAK]
This command positions the marker to the current minimum value of the corresponding trace.
The corresponding marker is activated first or switched to marker mode, if necessary.
For CDMA2000 and 1xEV-DO code domain measurements (option K82 and K84) the numeric
suffix <1|2> selects the measurement screen. In the other modes the numeric suffix <1|2> is
irrelevant.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Note: If no minimum value is found on the trace (level spacing to adjacent values < peak
excursion), an execution error (error code: –200) is produced.
1300.2519.12

6.60

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem

Example
CALC:MARK2:MIN
Positions marker 2 to the minimum value of the trace.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, ADEMOD, CATV, CDMA, EVDO, SPECM, WCDMA

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MINimum:AUTO
Activates the automatic minimum value search function for marker 1 at the end of each
particular sweep. This function may be used during adjustments of a device under test to keep
track of the actual peak marker position and level.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is available from firmware version 1.50.
Note: If no minimum value is found on the trace (level spacing to adjacent values < peak
excursion), an execution error (error code: –200) is produced.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CALC:MARK:MIN:AUTO ON
Activates the automatic minimum value search function for marker 1 at the end of each
particular sweep.
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MINimum:LEFT
This command positions the marker to the next higher minimum value to the left of the current
value (i.e. in descending X direction) on the corresponding trace.
For CDMA2000 and 1xEV-DO code domain measurements (option K82 and K84) the numeric
suffix <1|2> selects the measurement screen. In the other modes the numeric suffix <1|2> is
irrelevant.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Note: If no next higher minimum value is found on the trace (level spacing to adjacent values
< peak excursion), an execution error (error code: –200) is produced.
Example
CALC:MARK2:MIN
Positions marker 2 to the minimum value of the trace.
CALC:MARK2:MIN:LEFT
Positions marker 2 to the next higher minimum value to the left of the current value.

1300.2519.12

6.61

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem

R&S FSL

Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, ADEMOD, CATV, CDMA, EVDO, SPECM, WCDMA
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MINimum:NEXT
This command positions the marker to the next higher minimum value of the corresponding
trace.
For CDMA2000 and 1xEV-DO code domain measurements (option K82 and K84) the numeric
suffix <1|2> selects the measurement screen. In the other modes the numeric suffix <1|2> is
irrelevant.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Note: If no next higher minimum value is found on the trace (level spacing to adjacent values
< peak excursion), an execution error (error code: –200) is produced.
Example
CALC:MARK2:MIN
Positions marker 2 to the minimum value of the trace.
CALC:MARK2:MIN:NEXT
Positions marker 2 to the next higher maximum value.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, ADEMOD, CATV, CDMA, EVDO, SPECM, WCDMA
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MINimum:RIGHt
This command positions the marker to the next higher minimum value to the right of the current
value (i.e. in ascending X direction) on the corresponding trace.
For CDMA2000 and 1xEV-DO code domain measurements (option K82 and K84) the numeric
suffix <1|2> selects the measurement screen. In the other modes the numeric suffix <1|2> is
irrelevant.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Note: If no next higher minimum value is found on the trace (level spacing to adjacent values
< peak excursion), an execution error (error code: –200) is produced.
Example
CALC:MARK2:MIN
Positions marker 2 to the minimum value of the trace.
CALC:MARK2:MIN:RIGH
Positions marker 2 to the next higher minimum value to the right of the current value.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, ADEMOD, CATV, CDMA, EVDO, SPECM, WCDMA

1300.2519.12

6.62

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:PEXCursion
This command defines the peak excursion, i.e. the spacing below a trace maximum which must
be attained before a new maximum is recognized, or the spacing above a trace minimum which
must be attained before a new minimum is recognized. The set value applies to all markers and
delta markers. The unit depends on the selected operating mode.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> and <1...4> are irrelevant.
Parameter

Example
CALC:MARK:PEXC 10dB
Defines peak excursion 10 dB in spectrum Spectrum Analyzer mode.
Characteristics
*RST value: 6dB in Spectrum Analyzer mode
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, ADEMOD, BT, CATV, SPECM

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:TRACe
This command assigns the selected marker (1 to 4) to the indicated measurement curve. The
corresponding trace must be active, i.e. its status must be different from "BLANK".
If necessary the corresponding marker is switched on prior to the assignment.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
1 to 6
Example
CALC:MARK3:TRAC 2
Assigns marker 3 to trace 2.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, ADEMOD, CATV

1300.2519.12

6.63

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem

R&S FSL

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:X
This command positions the selected marker to the indicated frequency (span > 0), time (span =
0) or level (APD measurement or CCDF measurement ON).
If marker 2, 3 or 4 is selected and used as delta marker, it is switched to marker mode.
For CDMA2000 and 1xEV-DO code domain measurements (option K82 and K84) the numeric
suffix <1|2> selects the measurement screen. In the other modes the numeric suffix <1|2> is
irrelevant.
Parameter
0 to MAX (frequency | sweep time)
Example
CALC:MARK2:X 10.7MHz
Positions marker 2 to frequency 10.7 MHz.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, ADEMOD, CATV, CDMA, EVDO, SPECM, WCDMA

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:X:SLIMits[:STATe]
This command switches between a limited (ON) and unlimited (OFF) search range.
If the power measurement in zero span is active, this command limits the evaluation range on
the trace.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> and <1...4> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CALC:MARK:X:SLIM ON
Switches on search limitation.
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, ADEMOD, CATV, SPECM

1300.2519.12

6.64

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:X:SLIMits:LEFT
This command sets the left limit of the search range for markers and delta markers. Depending
on the span setting of the x–axis the indicated value defines a frequency (span > 0) or time
(span = 0).
The numeric suffixes <1|2> and <1...4> are irrelevant for this command.
If the power measurement in zero span is active, this command limits the evaluation range to
the trace.
Note: The function is only available if the search limit for marker and delta marker is switched
on (CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:X:SLIMits[:STATe]).
Parameter
0 to MAX (frequency | sweep time)
Example
CALC:MARK:X:SLIM ON
Switches the search limit function on.
CALC:MARK:X:SLIM:LEFT 10MHz
Sets the left limit of the search range to 10 MHz.
Characteristics
*RST value: – (is set to the left diagram border when switching on search limits)
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, ADEMOD, CATV, SPECM

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:X:SLIMits:RIGHT
This command sets the right limit of the search range for markers and delta markers. Depending
on the span setting of the x–axis the indicated value defines a frequency (span > 0) or time
(span = 0).
The numeric suffixes <1|2> and <1...4> are irrelevant for this command.
If the power measurement in zero span is active, this command limits the evaluation range to
the trace.
Note: The function is only available if the search limit for marker and delta marker is switched
on (CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:X:SLIMits[:STATe]).
Parameter
0 to MAX (frequency | sweep time)
Example
CALC:MARK:X:SLIM ON
Switches the search limit function on.
CALC:MARK:X:SLIM:RIGH 20MHz
Sets the right limit of the search range to 20 MHz.
Characteristics
*RST value: – (is set to the right diagram border when switching on search limits)
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, ADEMOD, CATV, SPECM

1300.2519.12

6.65

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem

R&S FSL

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:X:SSIZe
This command defines the step size of the rotary knob for marker or delta marker value
changes. It takes only effect in manual operation. It is available for all base unit measurements
with the exception of statistics.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> and <1...4> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is available from firmware version 1.60.
Parameter
STANdard

measurement point step size

POINts

measured value step size (number of measured values is defined via the
[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:POINts command)

Example
CALC:MARK:X:SSIZ POIN
Sets the measured value step size.
Characteristics
RST value: STANdard
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:Y?
This command queries the measured value of the selected marker. The corresponding marker
is activated before or switched to marker mode, if necessary.
To obtain a correct query result, a complete sweep with synchronization to the sweep end must
be performed between the activation of the marker and the query of the Y value. This is only
possible in single sweep mode.
The query result is output in the unit determined with CALCulate<1|2>:UNIT:POWer.
In the default setting, the output is made depending on the unit determined with
CALCulate<1|2>:UNIT:POWer; only with linear level scaling is the output in %.
For CDMA2000 and 1xEV-DO code domain measurements (option K82 and K84) the numeric
suffix <1|2> selects the measurement screen. In the other modes the numeric suffix <1|2> is
irrelevant.
Example
INIT:CONT OFF
Switches to single sweep mode.
CALC:MARK2 ON
Switches marker 2.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a sweep and waits for the end.
CALC:MARK2:Y?
Outputs the measured value of marker 2.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, ADEMOD, BT, CATV, CDMA, EVDO, SPECM, WCDMA
1300.2519.12

6.66

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:Y:PERCent
This command positions the selected marker to the given probability. If marker 2, 3 or 4 is
selected and used as a delta marker, it is switched to marker mode.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Note: The command is only available with the CCDF measurement switched on. The
associated level value can be determined with the
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:X command.
Parameter
0 to100%
Example
CALC1:MARK:Y:PERC 95PCT
Positions marker 1 to a probability of 95%.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, CATV, CDMA, EVDO

1300.2519.12

6.67

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem

R&S FSL

CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion Subsystem
The CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion subsystem checks the marker functions in the instrument.
The following subsystems are included:
•

"CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:HARMonics Subsystem" on page 6.82

•

"CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:POWer Subsystem" on page 6.86

•

"CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:STRack Subsystem" on page 6.93

•

"CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary Subsystem" on page 6.95

Commands of the CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:DEModulation[:STATe]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:DEModulation:CONTinuous

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:DEModulation:HOLDoff

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:DEModulation:SELect

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:CENTer

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:CSTep

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:FPEaks[:IMMediate]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:FPEaks:COUNt?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:FPEaks:SORT

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:FPEaks:X?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:FPEaks:Y?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:MDEPth[:STATe]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:MDEPth:RESult?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:MDEPth:SEARchsignal

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:NDBDown

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:NDBDown:FREQuency?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:NDBDown:QFACtor?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:NDBDown:RESult?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:NDBDown:STATe

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:NDBDown:TIME?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:NOISe[:STATe]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:NOISe:RESult?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:REFerence

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:TOI[:STATe]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:TOI:RESult?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:TOI:SEARchsignal

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:ZOOM

1300.2519.12

6.68

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:DEModulation[:STATe]
This command switches on or off the audio demodulator when the indicated marker is reached.
With span > 0 the hold time can be defined at the corresponding marker position with
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:DEModulation:HOLDoff. In zero span
the demodulation is permanently active.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CALC:MARK3:FUNC:DEM ON
Switches on the demodulation for marker 3.
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:DEModulation:CONTinuous
This command switches on or off the continuous demodulation for span >0. Thus acoustic
monitoring of the signals can be performed.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> and <1...4> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CALC2:MARK3:FUNC:DEM:CONT ON
Switches on the continuous ' demodulation.
Characteristics
RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:DEModulation:HOLDoff
This command defines the hold time at the marker position for the demodulation with span > 0.
The setting is independent of the selected marker, the suffixes <1|2> and <1...4> are irrelevant.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
10ms to 1000s
Example:
CALC:MARK:FUNC:DEM:HOLD 3s

1300.2519.12

6.69

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem

R&S FSL

Characteristics:
*RST value: – (DEModulation is set to OFF)
SCPI: device–specific
Mode:
A

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:DEModulation:SELect
This command selects the demodulation type for the audio demodulator. The command is
independent of the selected marker, the suffixes 1|2 and 1 to 4 are irrelevant.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
AM | FM
Example
CALC:MARK:FUNC:DEM:SEL FM
Characteristics
*RST value: AM
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:CENTer
This command sets the center frequency equal to the frequency of the indicated marker.
If marker 2, 3 or 4 is selected and used as delta marker, the marker is switched to the marker
mode.
The numeric suffix <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is an "event" and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
CALC:MARK2:FUNC:CENT
Sets the center frequency to the frequency of marker 2.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–F, CATV, SPECM

1300.2519.12

6.70

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:CSTep
This command sets the step size of the center frequency to the X value of the current marker.
If marker 2, 3 or 4 is selected and used as delta marker, it is switched to the marker mode.
The numeric suffix <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
CALC:MARK3:FUNC:CST
Sets the center frequency to the same value as the frequency of marker 3.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–F

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:FPEaks[:IMMediate]
This command searches the selected trace for the indicated number of maxima. The results are
entered in a list and can be queried with the
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:FPEaks:X? and
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:FPEaks:Y? commands. The number of
maxima found can be queried with
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:FPEaks:COUNt?. The trace to be examined
is selected with CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:TRACe. The order of the results in the
list can be defined with CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:FPEaks:SORT.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is available from firmware version 1.30.
Note: The number of maxima found depends on the waveform and value set for the Peak
Excursion parameter (CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:PEXCursion), however,
a maximum number of 200 maxima are determined. Only the signals which exceed their
surrounding values at least by the value indicated by the peak excursion parameter will
be recognized as maxima. Therefore, the number of maxima found is not automatically
the same as the number of maxima desired.
Parameter
1 to 200
Example
INIT:CONT OFF
Switches to single sweep mode
INIT;*WAI
Starts measurement and synchronizes to end
CALC:MARK:TRAC 1
Sets marker 1 to trace 1
CALC:MARK:FUNC:FPE:SORT X
Sets the sort mode to increasing X values
CALC:MARK:FUNC:FPE 3
Searches the 3 highest maxima for trace 1
CALC:MARK:FUNC:FPE:COUN?
Queries the number of maxima found

1300.2519.12

6.71

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem

R&S FSL

CALC:MARK:FUNC:Y?
Queries the level of maxima found
CALC:MARK:FUNC:X?
Queries the frequencies (span <> 0) or time (span = 0) of maxima found.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:FPEaks:COUNt?
This query reads out the number of maxima found during the search. If no search for maxima
has been performed, 0 is returned.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is available from firmware version 1.30.
Example
CALC:MARK:FUNC:FPE 3
Searches the 3 highest maxima for trace 1
CALC:MARK:FUNC:FPE:COUN?
Queries the number of maxima found
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:FPEaks:SORT
This command sets the sort mode for the search for maxima:
X: the maxima are sorted in the list of responses according to increasing X values
Y: the maxima are sorted in the list of responses according to decreasing Y values
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is available from firmware version 1.30.
Parameter
X|Y
Example
CALC:MARK:FUNC:FPE:SORT Y
Sets the sort mode to decreasing y values
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A

1300.2519.12

6.72

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:FPEaks:X?
This query reads out the list of X values of the maxima found. The number of available values
can be queried with CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:FPEaks:COUNt?.
With sort mode X, the X values are in increasing order; with sort mode Y the order corresponds
to the decreasing order of the Y values.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is available from firmware version 1.30.
Example
CALC:MARK:FUNC:FPE:SORT Y
Sets the sort mode to decreasing y values
CALC:MARK:FUNC:FPE 3
Searches the 3 highest maxima for trace 1
CALC:MARK:FUNC:FPE:COUN?
Queries the number of maxima found
CALC:MARK:FPE:FUNC:X?
Queries the frequencies (span <> 0) or. time (span = 0) of the maxima found
Return values
107.5E6,153.8E6,187.9E6
frequencies in increasing order
2.05E–3,2.37E–3, 3.71e–3
times in increasing order
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:FPEaks:Y?
This query reads out the list of X values of the maxima found. The number of available values
can be queried with CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:FPEaks:COUNt?.
With sort mode X, the X values are in increasing order; with sort mode Y the order corresponds
to the decreasing order of the Y values.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is available from firmware version 1.30.
Example
CALC:MARK:FUNC:FPE:SORT Y
Sets the sort mode to decreasing y values
CALC:MARK:FUNC:FPE 3
Searches the 3 highest maxima for trace 1
CALC:MARK:FUNC:FPE:COUN?
Queries the number of maxima found
CALC:MARK:FUNC:FPE:Y?
Queries the levels of the maxima found
Return values
–37.5,–58.3,–59.6
level in decreasing order

1300.2519.12

6.73

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem

R&S FSL

Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:MDEPth[:STATe]
This command switches on the measurement of the AM modulation depth. An AM–modulated
carrier is required on the screen for correct operation. If necessary, marker 1 is previously
activated and set to the largest signal available.
The level value of marker 1 is regarded as the carrier level. On activating the function, marker 2
and marker 3 are automatically set as delta markers symmetrically to the carrier to the adjacent
maxima of the trace.
If the position of delta marker 2 is changed, delta marker 3 is moved symmetrically with respect
to the reference marker (marker 1). If the position of delta marker 3 is changed, fine adjustment
can be performed independently of delta marker 2.
The power at the marker positions is calculated from the measured levels.
The AM modulation depth is calculated from the ratio of power values at the reference marker
and the delta markers. If the two AM sidebands differ in power, the average value of the two
power values is used for calculating the AM modulation depth.
The numeric suffix <1|2> and <1...4> are irrelevant for this command.
Example
CALC:MARK:X 10MHZ
Sets the reference marker (marker 1) to the carrier signal at 10 MHz.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:MDEP ON
Switches on the modulation depth measurement.
CALC:DELT2:X 10KHZ
Sets delta markers 2 and 3 to the signals at 10 kHz from the carrier signal.
CALC:DELT3:X 9.999KHZ
Corrects the position of delta marker 3 relative to delta marker 2.
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:MDEPth:RESult?
This command queries the AM modulation depth.
A complete sweep with synchronization to sweep end must be performed between switching on
the function and querying the measured value to obtain a correct query result. This is only
possible in single sweep mode.
The numeric suffix <1|2> and <1...4> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.

1300.2519.12

6.74

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem

Example
INIT:CONT OFF
Switches to single sweep mode.
CALC:MARK:X 10MHZ
Sets the reference marker (marker 1) to the carrier signal at 10 MHz.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:MDEP ON
Switches on the modulation depth measurement.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a sweep and waits for the end.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:MDEP:RES?
Outputs the measured value.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:MDEPth:SEARchsignal
This command starts the search of the signals required for the modulation depth measurement.
The numeric suffix <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Note: No new measurement is done. Only the currently available trace selected for the
modulation depth measurement is used
Parameter
ONCE
Example
CALC:MARK:FUNC:MDEP:SEAR ONCE
Executes the search of an AM modulated signal at the currently available trace.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: conform
Mode
A

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:NDBDown
This command defines the level spacing of the two temporary markers to the right and left of
marker 1.
The temporary markers T1 and T2 are positioned by n dB below the active reference marker.
The value measured by these markers can be queried with
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:NDBDown:RESult??.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> and <1...4> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter


1300.2519.12

6.75

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem

R&S FSL

Example
CALC:MARK:FUNC:NDBD 3dB
Sets the level spacing to 3 dB.
Characteristics
*RST value: 6dB
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:NDBDown:FREQuency?
This command queries the values of the two temporary markers for span>0. The frequency
values are separated by comma and output in ascending order.
A complete sweep with synchronization to sweep end must be performed between switching on
the function and querying the measured value to obtain a correct query result. This is only
possible in single sweep mode.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> and <1...4> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
INIT:CONT OFF
Switches to single sweep mode.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:NDBD ON
Switches on the n dB down function.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a sweep and waits for the end.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:NDBD:FREQ?
Outputs the frequencies of the temporary markers.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:NDBDown:QFACtor?
This command queries the Q factor (quality) of the measured bandwidth for span>0.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
This command is available from firmware version 1.80.
Example
INIT:CONT OFF
Switches to single sweep mode.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:NDBD ON
Switches on the n dB down function.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a sweep and waits for the end.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:NDBD:QFAC?
Queries the Q factor of the measured bandwidth.

1300.2519.12

6.76

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem

Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:NDBDown:RESult?
This command queries the measured value. The value depends on the span setting:
– span > 0: frequency spacing of the two temporary markers (in Hz)
–

span = 0: pulse width between the two temporary markers (in s)

A complete sweep with synchronization to sweep end must be performed between switching on
the function and querying the measured value in order to obtain a correct query result. This is
only possible in single sweep mode.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> and <1...4> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
INIT:CONT OFF
Switches to single sweep mode.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:NDBD ON
Switches on the n dB down function.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a sweep and waits for the end.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:NDBD:RES?
Outputs the measured value.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:NDBDown:STATe
This command switches the "N dB Down" function on or off. Marker 1 is activated first, if
necessary.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> and <1...4> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CALC:MARK:FUNC:NDBD:STAT ON
Switches on the "N dB Down" function.
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A
1300.2519.12

6.77

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem

R&S FSL

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:NDBDown:TIME?
This command queries the values of the two temporary markers in zero span. The time values
are separated by comma and output in ascending order.
A complete sweep with synchronization to sweep end must be performed between switching on
the function and querying the measured value to obtain a correct query result. This is only
possible in single sweep mode.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> and <1...4> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
INIT:CONT OFF
Switches to single sweep mode
CALC:MARK:FUNC:NDBD ON
Switches on the n dB down function.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a sweep and waits for the end.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:NDBD:TIME?
Outputs the time values of the temporary markers.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–T

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:NOISe[:STATe]
This command switches the noise measurement on or off for all markers. The noise power
density is measured at the position of the markers. The result can be queried with
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:NOISe:RESult?.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CALC:MARK:FUNC:NOIS ON
Switches on the noise measurement.
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A

1300.2519.12

6.78

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:NOISe:RESult?
This command queries the result of the noise measurement.
A complete sweep with synchronization to the sweep end must be performed between switching
on the function and querying the measured value in order to obtain a correct query result. This
is only possible in single sweep mode.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
INIT:CONT OFF
Switches to single sweep mode.
CALC:MARK2 ON
Switches on marker 2.
CALC:MARK2:FUNC:NOIS ON
Switches on noise measurement for marker 2.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a sweep and waits for the end.
CALC:MARK2:NOIS:RES?
Outputs the noise result of marker 2.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:REFerence
This command sets the reference level to the power measured by the indicated marker. If
marker 2, 3 or 4 is selected and used as delta marker, it is switched to marker mode.
The numeric suffix <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
CALC:MARK2:FUNC:REF
Sets the reference level to the level of marker 2.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, CATV, SPECM

1300.2519.12

6.79

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem

R&S FSL

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:TOI[:STATe]
This command initiates the measurement of the third–order intercept point.
A two–tone signal with equal carrier levels is expected at the RF input of the instrument. Marker
1 and marker 2 (both normal markers) are set to the maximum of the two signals. Delta marker
3 and delta marker 4 are positioned to the intermodulation products. The delta markers can be
modified separately afterwards with the CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:X
command.
The third–order intercept is calculated from the level spacing between the normal markers and
the delta markers.
The numeric suffix <1|2> and <1...4> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CALC:MARK:FUNC:TOI ON
Switches on the measurement of the third–order intercept.
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:TOI:RESult?
This command queries the third–order intercept point measurement.
A complete sweep with synchronization to sweep end must be performed between switching on
the function and querying the measured value to obtain a correct query result. This is only
possible in single sweep mode.
The numeric suffix <1|2> and <1...4> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
INIT:CONT OFF
Switches to single sweep mode.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:TOI ON
Switches the intercept measurement.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a sweep and waits for the end.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:TOI:RES?
Outputs the measured value.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A

1300.2519.12

6.80

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:TOI:SEARchsignal
This command starts the search of the signals required for the third order intercept
measurement.
The numeric suffix <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Note: No new measurement is done. Only the currently available trace selected for the TOI
measurement is used
Parameter
ONCE
Example
CALC:MARK:FUNC:TOI:SEAR ONCE
Executes the search for 2 signals and their intermodulation product at the currently available
trace.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: conform
Mode
A

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:ZOOM
This command defines the range to be zoomed around marker 1. Marker 1 is activated first, if
necessary.
The subsequent frequency sweep is stopped at the marker position and the frequency of the
signal is counted. This frequency becomes the new center frequency, and the zoomed span is
set. In order to recognize the end of the operation the synchronization to the sweep end should
be activated. This is only possible in single sweep mode.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Parameter

Example
INIT:CONT OFF
Switches to single sweep mode
CALC:MARK:FUNC:ZOOM 1kHz;*WAI
Activates zooming and waits for its end.
CALC:MARK1:FUNC:ZOOM 10
Zooms in around marker 1 by afactor of 10.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–F

1300.2519.12

6.81

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem

R&S FSL

CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:HARMonics Subsystem
The CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:POWER subsystem contains the commands to define the settings
for harmonics measurement.
This subsystem is available from firmware version 1.10.

Commands of the CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:HARMonics Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:HARMonics[:STATe]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:HARMonics:BANDwidth:AUTO

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:HARMonics:DISTortion?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:HARMonics:LIST?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:HARMonics:NHARmonics

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:HARMonics:PRESet

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:HARMonics[:STATe]
This command activates/deactivates the harmonic distortion measurement.
If the measurement is started in span > 0, the last span defines the search range for the first
harmonic. The level is determined for the first harmonic.
If the measurement is started in zero span, center frequency and level are used unchanged.
The numeric suffix <1|2> and <1...4> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CALC:MARK:FUNC:HARM ON
Activates the harmonic distortion measurement.
Characteristics
RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–F, A–T

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:HARMonics:BANDwidth:AUTO
This command defines the resolution bandwidth of the harmonic in respect to the bandwidth of
the first harmonic. For details refer to chaper "Instrument Functions", section "Harmonic RBW
Auto".
The numeric suffix <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Parameter
OFF

identical

ON

a multiple

1300.2519.12

6.82

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem

Example
CALC:MARK:FUNC:HARM:BAND:AUTO OFF
Deactivates the automatic bandwidth enlargement.
Characteristics
RST value: ON
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–F, A–T

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:HARMonics:DISTortion?
This command queries the distortion results (THD: total harmonic distortion). Two values
separated by a comma are returned: , .
To obtain a correct result, a complete sweep with synchronization to the end of the sweep must
be performed before a query is output. Synchronization is possible only in the single sweep
mode.
The numeric suffix <1|2> and <1...4> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Parameter
TOTal
Example
INIT:CONT OFF
Switches to single sweep mode.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:HARM:NHARM 3
Sets the number of harmonics to be measured to 3.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:HARM ON
Activates the harmonic distortion measurement.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a sweep and waits for the end of the sweep.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:HARM:DIST? TOT
Returns the total distortion in % and dB.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–F, A–T

1300.2519.12

6.83

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem

R&S FSL

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:HARMonics:LIST?
This command reads out the list of the harmonics. The first value is the absolute power of the
first harmonic (the unit is set via the CALCulate<1|2>:UNIT:POWer command). The following
values are relative to the carrier signal and have the unit dB. They are separated by commas
and correspond to the harmonics to be measured (set via the
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:HARMonics:NHARmonics command).
To obtain a correct result, a complete sweep with synchronization to the end of the sweep must
be performed before a query is output. Synchronization is possible only in the single sweep
mode.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Example
INIT:CONT OFF
Switches to single sweep mode.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:HARM:NHARM 3
Sets the number of harmonics to be measured to 3.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:HARM ON
Activates the harmonic distortion measurement.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a sweep and waits for the end of the sweep.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:HARM:LIST?
Returns the values for the 3 measured harmonics.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–F, A–T

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:HARMonics:NHARmonics
This command sets the number of harmonics to be measured.
The numeric suffix <1|2> and <1...4> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Parameter
1...26
Example
CALC:MARK:FUNC:HARM:NHARM 3
Sets the number of harmonics to be measured to 3.
Characteristics
RST value: 10
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–F, A–T

1300.2519.12

6.84

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:HARMonics:PRESet
This command optimizes the device settings depending on the span setting:
span > 0

Frequency and level of the first harmonic are determined and used for the
measurement list.

zero span

The level of the first harmonic is determined. The frequency remains
unchanged.

The numeric suffixes <1/2> and <1...4> are irrelevant.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Example
CALC:MARK:FUNC:HARM:PRES
Optimizes the device settings for the harmonic measurement.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–F, A–T

1300.2519.12

6.85

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem

R&S FSL

CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:POWer Subsystem
The CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:POWER subsystem contains the commands for control of power
measurement.

Commands of the CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:POWer Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:POWer[:STATe]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:POWer:MODe

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:POWer:PRESet

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:POWer:RESult?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:POWer:RESult:PHZ

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:POWer:SELect

Further information
–

"Predefined CP / ACP standards" on page 6.86

Predefined CP / ACP standards
Parameter

Standard

AWLan

WLAN 802.11A

BWLan

WLAN 802.11B

CDPD

CDPD

D2CDma

CDMA 2000 direct sequence

FIS95A, F8CDma

CDMA IS95A forward

FIS95C0

CDMA IS95C Class 0 forward

FIS95C1

CDMA IS95C Class 1 forward

FJ008, F19CDma

CDMA J–STD008 forward

FTCDMa / TCDMa

TD–SCDMA forward

FW3Gppcdma

W–CDMA 3.84 MHz forward

M2CDma

CDMA 2000 MC3 multi carrier with 3 carriers

NADC

NADC IS136

PDC

PDC

PHS

PHS

RFID14443

RFID 14443

RIS95A, R8CDma

CDMA IS95A reverse

RIS95C0

CDMA IS95C Class 0 reverse

RIS95C1

CDMA IS95C Class 1 reverse

RJ008, R19CDma

CDMA J–STD008 reverse

RTCDMA

TD–SCDMA reverse

RW3Gppcdma

W–CDMA 3.84 MHz reverse

S2CDma

CDMA 2000 MC1 multi carrier with 1 carrier

TETRA

TETRA

WIBRo

WIBRO

WIMax

WiMAX

1300.2519.12

6.86

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:POWer[:STATe]
This command switches off the power measurement.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value.
Parameter
OFF
Example
CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW OFF
Switches off the power measurement.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–F

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:POWer:MODe
This commands defines the method by which the channel power values are calculated from the
current trace.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
This command is available from firmware version 1.30.
Parameter
WRITe

The channel power and the adjacent channel powers are calculated directly
from the current trace

MAXHold

The power values are calculated from the current trace and compared with
the previous power value using a maximum algorithm.

Example
CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:MODE MAXH
Sets the Maxhold channel power mode.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–F

1300.2519.12

6.87

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem

R&S FSL

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:POWer:PRESet
This command selects the power measurement setting for a standard and previously switches
on the corresponding measurement, if required.
The configuration for a standard comprises of the parameters weighting filter, channel
bandwidth and spacing, resolution and video bandwidth, as well as detector and sweep time.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Note: The settings for standards IS95A and C differ as far as the calculation method of
channel spacings is concerned. For IS95A and J–STD008 the spacing is calculated
from the center of the main channel to the center of the corresponding adjacent
channel, for IS95C from the center of the main channel to the nearest border of the
adjacent channel.
Parameter
NADC | TETRA | PDC | PHS | CDPD | FWCDma | RWCDma | F8CDma | R8CDma | F19Cdma |
R19Cdma | FW3Gppcdma | RW3Gppcdma | S2CDma | FIS95A | RIS95A | FIS95C0 | RIS95C0
| FIS95C1 | RIS95C1 | FJ008 | RJ008 | TCDMa | FTCDMa | RTCDMa | AWLan | BWLan |
WIMax | WIBRo | RFID14443 | NONE
For further details refer to "Predefined CP / ACP standards" on page 6.86.
The parameters WIMax and WIBRo are available from firmware version 1.30.
Example
CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:PRES NADC
Selects the standard setting for NADC
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–F

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:POWer:RESult?
This command queries the result of the performed power measurement. If necessary, the
measurement is switched on prior to the query.
The channel spacings and channel bandwidths are configured in the "SENSe:POWer
Subsystem" on page 6.220.
To obtain a correct result, a complete sweep with synchronization to the end of the sweep must
be performed before a query is output. Synchronization is possible only in the single sweep
mode.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
This command is a query and therefore has no *RST value.

1300.2519.12

6.88

E-11

R&S FSL
Parameter
ACPower

CALCulate Subsystem

Adjacent–channel power measurement
Results are output in the following sequence, separated by commas:
Power of transmission channel
Power of lower adjacent channel
Power of upper adjacent channel
Power of lower alternate channel 1
Power of upper alternate channel 1
Power of lower alternate channel 2
Power of upper alternate channel 2
The number of measured values returned depends on the number of
adjacent/alternate channels selected with
[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:ACPairs.
With logarithmic scaling (RANGE LOG), the power is output in the currently
selected level unit; with linear scaling (RANGE LIN dB or LIN %), the
power is output in W. If [SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:MODE is set
to REL, the adjacent/alternate–channel power is output in dB.

CN

Measurement of carrier–to–noise ratio
The carrier–to–noise ratio in dB is returned.

CN0

Measurement of carrier–to–noise ratio referenced to 1 Hz bandwidth.
The carrier–to–noise ratio in dB/Hz is returned.

CPOWer

Channel power measurement
In a Spectrum Emission Mask measurement, the query returns the power
result for the reference range, if this power reference type is selected.
With logarithmic scaling (RANGE LOG), the channel power is output in the
currently selected level unit; with linear scaling (RANGE LIN dB or LIN %),
the channel power is output in W.

MCACpower

Channel/adjacent–channel power measurement with several carrier
signals
Results are output in the following sequence, separated by commas:
Power of carrier signal 1 to 12 in ascending order
Total power of all carrier signals
Power of lower adjacent channel
Power of upper adjacent channel
Power of lower alternate channel 1
Power of upper alternate channel 1
Power of lower alternate channel 2
Power of upper alternate channel 2
The number of measured values returned depends on the number of
carrier signals and adjacent/alternate channels selected with
[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:TXCHannel:COUNt and
[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:ACPairs.
If only one carrier signal is measured, the total value of all carrier signals
will not be output.
With logarithmic scaling (RANGE LOG), the power is output in dBm; with
linear scaling (RANGE LIN dB or LIN %), the power is output in W. If
[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:MODE is set to REL, the
adjacent/alternate–channel power is output in dB.

1300.2519.12

6.89

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem

R&S FSL

OBANdwidth |
OBWidth

Measurement of occupied bandwidth

PPOWer

Power of the highest peak

The occupied bandwidth in Hz is returned.
In a Spectrum Emission Mask measurement, the query returns the power
result for the reference range, if this power reference type is selected.

Example of channel/adjacent–channel power measurement
POW:ACH:ACP 3
Sets the number of adjacent/alternate channels to 3.
POW:ACH:BAND 30KHZ
Sets the bandwidth of the transmission channel to 30 kHz.
POW:ACH:BAND:ACH 40KHZ
Sets the bandwidth of each adjacent channel to 40 kHz.
POW:ACH:BAND:ALT1 50KHZ
Sets the bandwidth of each alternate channel to 50 kHz.
POW:ACH:BAND:ALT2 60KHZ
Sets the bandwidth of alternate channel 2 to 60 kHz.
POW:ACH:SPAC 30KHZ
Sets the spacing between the transmission channel and the adjacent channel to 30 kHz, the
spacing between the transmission channel and alternate channel 1 to 60 kHz, and the spacing
between the transmission channel and alternate channel 2 to 90 kHz.
POW:ACH:SPAC:ALT1 100KHZ
Sets the spacing between the alternate adjacent channels and the TX channel. For details refer
to the [SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:SPACing:ALTernate<1...11> command.
POW:ACH:SPAC:ALT2 140KHZ
Sets the spacing between the transmission channel and alternate channel 2 to 140 kHz.
POW:ACH:MODE ABS
Switches on absolute power measurement.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:SEL ACP
Switches on the adjacent–channel power measurement.
INIT:CONT OFF
Switches over to single sweep mode.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a sweep and waits for the end of the sweep.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:RES? ACP
Queries the result of adjacent–channel power measurement.
POW:ACH:REF:AUTO ONCE
Defines the measured channel power as the reference value for relative power measurements.
Note: If the channel power only is to be measured, all commands relating to
adjacent/alternate channel bandwidth and channel spacings are omitted. The number of
adjacent/alternate channels is set to 0 with
[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:ACPairs.

1300.2519.12

6.90

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem

Example of occupied bandwidth measurement
POW:BAND 90PCT
Defines 90% as the percentage of the power to be contained in the bandwidth range to be
measured.
INIT:CONT OFF
Switches over to single sweep mode.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a sweep and waits for the end of the sweep.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:RES? OBW
Queries the occupied bandwidth measured.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–F, CDMA, EVDO, WCDMA

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:POWer:RESult:PHZ
This command switches the query response of the power measurement results between output
of absolute values and output referred to the measurement bandwith.
The measurement results are output with the
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:POWer:RESult? command.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
This command is available from firmware version 1.50.
Parameter
ON

Results output: channel power density in dBm/Hz

OFF

Results output: channel power is displayed in dBm

Example
CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:RES:PHZ ON
Output of results referred to the channel bandwidth.
For details on a complete measurement example refer to Example of channel/adjacent–channel
power measurement.
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–F

1300.2519.12

6.91

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem

R&S FSL

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:POWer:SELect
This command selects – and switches on – specified power measurement type.
The channel spacings and channel bandwidths are configured in the "SENSe:POWer
Subsystem" on page 6.220.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Note: If CPOWer is selected, the number of adjacent channels
([SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:ACPairs) is set to 0. If ACPower is selected, the
number of adjacent channels is set to 1, unless adjacent–channel power measurement
is switched on already.
The channel/adjacent–channel power measurement is performed for the trace selected
with [SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:TRACe.
The occupied bandwidth measurement is performed for the trace on which marker 1 is
positioned. To select another trace for the measurement, marker 1 is to be positioned on the
desired trace by means of CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:TRACe.
Parameter
ACPower

Adjacent–channel power measurement with a single carrier signal

CPOWer

Channel power measurement with a single carrier signal (equivalent
to adjacent–channel power measurement with NO. OF ADJ CHAN =
0)

MCACpower

Channel/adjacent–channel power measurement with several carrier
signals

OBANdwidth |
OBWidth

Measurement of occupied bandwidth

CN

Measurement of carrier–to–noise ratio

CN0

Measurement of carrier–to–noise ratio referenced to 1 Hz bandwidth

Example
CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:SEL ACP
Switches on adjacent–channel power measurement.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–F

1300.2519.12

6.92

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:STRack Subsystem
The CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:STRack subsystem defines the settings of the signal track.

Commands of the CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:STRack Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:STRack[:STATe]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:STRack:BANDwidth|BWIDth

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:STRack:THReshold

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:STRack:TRACe

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:STRack[:STATe]
This command switches the signal–track function on or off.
With signal track activated, the maximum signal is determined after each frequency sweep and
the center frequency is set to the frequency of this signal. Thus with drifting signals the center
frequency follows the signal.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CALC:MARK:FUNC:STR ON
Switches on the signal track function.
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–F

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:STRack:BANDwidth|BWIDth
These commands have the same function. They define the bandwidth around the center
frequency within which the largest signal is searched.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Note: The entry of the search bandwidth is only possible if the Signal Track function is
switched on (CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:STRack[:STATe]).
Parameter
10Hz to MAX (span)
Example
CALC:MARK:FUNC:STR:BAND 1MHZ
Sets the search bandwidth to 1 MHz.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:STR:BWID 1MHZ
Alternative command for the same function.

1300.2519.12

6.93

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem

R&S FSL

Characteristics
*RST value: – (= span/10 on activating the function)
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–F

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:STRack:THReshold
This command defines the threshold above which the largest signal is searched for.
The response unit depends on the settings defined with CALCulate<1|2>:UNIT:POWer.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Note: The entry of the search bandwidth is only possible if the Signal Track function is
switched on (CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:STRack[:STATe]).
Parameter
–330dBm to +30dBm
Example
CALC:MARK:FUNC:STR:THR –50DBM
Sets the threshold for signal tracking to –50 dBm.
Characteristics
*RST value: –120 dBm
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–F

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:STRack:TRACe
This command defines the trace on which the largest signal is searched for.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Parameter
1 to 6
Example
CALC:MARK:FUNC:STR:TRAC 3
Defines trace 3 as the trace for signal tracking.
Characteristics
*RST value: 1
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–F

1300.2519.12

6.94

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary Subsystem
This subsystem contains the commands for controlling the power functions in zero span.

Commands of the CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:MSUMmary?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary[:STATe]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:AOFF

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:AVERage

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:MEAN[:STATe]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:MEAN:AVERage:RESult?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:MEAN:PHOLd:RESult?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:MEAN:RESult?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:MODE

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:PHOLd

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:PPEak[:STATe]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:PPEak:AVERage:RESult?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:PPEak:PHOLd:RESult?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:PPEak:RESult?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:REFerence:AUTO

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:RMS[:STATe]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:RMS:AVERage:RESult?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:RMS:PHOLd:RESult?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:RMS:RESult?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:SDEViation[:STATe]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:SDEViation:AVERage:RESult?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:SDEViation:PHOLd:RESult?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:SDEViation:RESult?

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:MSUMmary?
The commands of this subsystem are used to determine the power of a sequence of signal
pulses having the same interval, as are typical for the slots of a GSM signal, for example. The
number of pulses to be measured as well as the measurement time and the period can be set.
To define the position of the first pulse in the trace, a suitable offset can be entered.
The evaluation is performed on the measurement data of a previously recorded trace. The data
recorded during the set measurement time is combined to a measured value for each pulse
according to the detector specified and the indicated number of results is output as a list.
Trace 1 is always used by the function.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.

1300.2519.12

6.95

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem
Measurement
Time

P

R&S FSL
Measurement
Time

Period

Measurement
Time

Period

t

Time offset of
first pulse
Trace start

Parameter
, , , < # of pulses to measure>
Example
DISP:WIND:TRAC:Y:RLEV –10dBm
Sets the reference level to 10 dB
INP:ATT 30 dB
Sets the input attenuation to 30 dB
FREQ:CENT 935.2MHz;SPAN 0Hz
Sets the receive frequency to 935.2 MHz and the span to 0 Hz
BAND:RES 1MHz;VID 3MHz
Sets the resolution bandwidth to 1 MHz and the video bandwidth to 3 MHz
DET RMS
Sets the RMS detector
TRIG:SOUR VID;LEV:VID 50 PCT
Selects the trigger source VIDeo and sets the level of the video trigger source to 50 PCT
SWE:TIME 50ms
Sets the sweep time to 50 ms
INIT;*WAI
Starts the measurement with synchronization
CALC:MARK:FUNC:MSUM? 50US,450US,576.9US,8
Queries 8 bursts with an offset of 50 µs, a test time of 450 µs and a period of 576.9 µs
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–T

1300.2519.12

6.96

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary[:STATe]
This command switches on or off the previously selected power measurements in zero span.
Thus one or several measurements can be first selected and then switched on and off together
with CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary[:STATe].
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:STAT ON
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–T

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:AOFF
This command switches off all measurements in zero span.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:AOFF
Switches off the functions for power measurement in zero span.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–T

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:AVERage
This command switches on or off averaging for the active power measurement in zero span.
Averaging is reset by switching it off and on again.
The number of results required for the calculation of average is defined with
[SENSe<1|2>:]AVERage:COUNt.
Synchronization to the end of averaging is only possible in single sweep mode.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
INIT:CONT OFF
Switches to single sweep mode.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:AVER ON
Switches on the calculation of average.

1300.2519.12

6.97

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem

R&S FSL

AVER:COUN 200
Sets the measurement counter to 200.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a sweep and waits for the end.
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–T

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:MEAN[:STATe]
This command switches on or off the measurement of the mean value.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Note: The measurement is performed on the trace on which marker 1 is positioned. In order to
evaluate another trace, marker 1 must be positioned on another trace with
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:TRACe.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:MEAN ON
Switches on the function.
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–T

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:MEAN:AVERage:RESult?
This command queries the result of the measurement of the averaged mean value. The query is
only possible if averaging has been activated previously using
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:AVERage.
A complete sweep with synchronization to sweep end must be performed between switching on
the function and querying the measured value to obtain a correct query result. This is only
possible in single sweep mode.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
INIT:CONT OFF
Switches to single sweep mode.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:MEAN ON
Switches on the function.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:AVER ON
Switches on the average value calculation.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a sweep and waits for the end.
1300.2519.12

6.98

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem

CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:MEAN:AVER:RES?
Outputs the result.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–T

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:MEAN:PHOLd:RESult?
This command queries the result of the measurement of the mean value with active peak hold.
The query is only possible if the peak hold function has been switched on previously using
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:PHOLd.
The query is possible only if the peak hold function is active.
A complete sweep with synchronization to sweep end must be performed between switching on
the function and querying the measured value to obtain a correct query result. This is only
possible in single sweep mode.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
INIT:CONT OFF
Switches to single sweep mode.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:MEAN ON
Switches on the function.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:PHOL ON
Switches on the peak value measurement.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a sweep and waits for the end.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:MEAN:PHOL:RES?
Outputs the result.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–T

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:MEAN:RESult?
This command queries the result of the measurement of the mean value.
A complete sweep with synchronization to sweep end must be performed between switching on
the function and querying the measured value to obtain a correct query result. This is only
possible in single sweep mode.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
INIT:CONT OFF
Switches to single sweep mode.

1300.2519.12

6.99

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem

R&S FSL

CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:MEAN ON
Switches on the function.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a sweep and waits for the end.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:MEAN:RES?
Outputs the result.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–T

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:MODE
This command selects absolute or relative power measurement in zero span.
The reference power for relative measurement is defined with
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:REFerence:AUTO. If the reference power
is not defined, the value 0 dBm is used.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> and <1...4> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
ABSolute | RELative
Example
CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:MODE REL
Switches the power measurement in zero span to relative.
Characteristics
RST value: ABSolute
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–T
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:PHOLd
This command switches on or off the peak–hold function for the active power measurement in
zero span.
The peak–hold function is reset by switching it off and on again.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:PHOL ON
Switches on the function.
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–T
1300.2519.12

6.100

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:PPEak[:STATe]
This command switches on or off the measurement of the positive peak value.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:PPE ON
Switches on the function.
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–T

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:PPEak:AVERage:RESult?
This command is used to query the result of the measurement of the averaged positive peak
value. The query is only possible if averaging has been activated previously using
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:AVERage.
A complete sweep with synchronization to sweep end must be performed between switching on
the function and querying the measured value to obtain a correct query result. This is only
possible in single sweep mode.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
INIT:CONT OFF
Switches to single sweep mode.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:PPE ON
Switches on the function.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:AVER ON
Switches on the calculation of average.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a sweep and waits for the end.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:PPE:AVER:RES?
Outputs the result.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–T

1300.2519.12

6.101

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem

R&S FSL

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:PPEak:PHOLd:RESult?
This command is used to query the result of the measurement of the positive peak value with
active peak hold function. The query is only possible if the peak hold function has been
activated previously using CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:PHOLd.
A complete sweep with synchronization to sweep end must be performed between switching on
the function and querying the measured value to obtain a correct query result. This is only
possible in single sweep mode.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
INIT:CONT OFF
Switches to single sweep mode.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:PPE ON
Switches on the function.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:PHOL ON
Switches on the measurement of the peak value.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a sweep and waits for the end.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:PPE:PHOL:RES?
Outputs the result.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–T

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:PPEak:RESult?
This command is used to query the result of the measurement of the positive peak value. The
measurement may have to be switched on previously.
A complete sweep with synchronization to sweep end must be performed between switching on
the function and querying the measured value to obtain a correct query result. This is only
possible in single sweep mode.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
INIT:CONT OFF
Switches to single sweep mode.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:PPE ON
Switches on the function.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a sweep and waits for the end.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:PPE:RES?
Outputs the result.

1300.2519.12

6.102

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem

Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–T

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:REFerence:AUTO
This command sets the currently measured average value
(CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:MEAN[:STATe]) and RMS value
(CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:RMS[:STATe]) as reference values for
relative measurements in zero span.
If the measurement of RMS value and average is not activated, the reference value 0 dBm is
used.
If the function CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:AVERage or
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:PHOLd is switched on, the current value is
the accumulated measurement value at the time considered.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> and <1...4> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Parameter
ONCE
Example
CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:REF:AUTO ONCE
Takes the currently measured power as reference value for the relative power measurement in
zero span.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–T
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:RMS[:STATe]
This command switches on or off the measurement of the effective (RMS) power. If necessary
the function is switched on previously.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUM:RMS ON
Switches on the function.
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–T

1300.2519.12

6.103

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem

R&S FSL

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:RMS:AVERage:RESult?
This command queries the result of the measurement of the averaged RMS value. The query is
only possible if averaging has been activated previously using
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:AVERage.
A complete sweep with synchronization to sweep end must be performed between switching on
the function and querying the measured value to obtain a correct query result. This is only
possible in single sweep mode.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
INIT:CONT OFF
Switches to single sweep mode.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:RMS ON
Switches on the function.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:AVER ON
Switches on the average value calculation.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a sweep and waits for the end.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:RMS:AVER:RES?
Outputs the result.
Characteristics
*RST– value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–T

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:RMS:PHOLd:RESult?
This command queries the result of the measurement of the RMS value with active peak hold.
The query is only possible only if the peak hold function has been activated previously using
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:PHOLd.
A complete sweep with synchronization to sweep end must be performed between switching on
the function and querying the measured value to obtain a correct query result. This is only
possible in single sweep mode.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
INIT:CONT OFF
Switches to single sweep mode.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:RMS ON
Switches on the function.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:PHOL ON
Switches on the peak value measurement.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a sweep and waits for the end.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:RMS:PHOL:RES?
Outputs the result.

1300.2519.12

6.104

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem

Characteristics
*RST– value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–T

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:RMS:RESult?
This command queries the result of the measurement of the RMS power value.
A complete sweep with synchronization to sweep end must be performed between switching on
the function and querying the measured value to obtain a correct query result. This is only
possible in single sweep mode.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
INIT:CONT OFF
Switches to single sweep mode.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:RMS ON
Switches on the function.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a sweep and waits for the end.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:RMS:RES?
Outputs the result.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–T

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:SDEViation[:STATe]
This command switches on or off the measurement of the standard deviation.
On switching on the measurement, the mean power measurement is switched on as well.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:SDEV ON
Switches on the measurement of the standard deviation.
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A

1300.2519.12

6.105

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem

R&S FSL

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:SDEViation:AVERage:RESult?
This command queries the result of the averaged standard deviation determined in several
sweeps. The query is possible only if averaging is active.
A complete sweep with synchronization to sweep end must be performed between switching on
the function and querying the measured value to obtain a correct query result. This is only
possible in single sweep mode.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
INIT:CONT OFF
Switches to single sweep mode.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:SDEV ON
Switches on the function.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:AVER ON
Switches on the calculation of average.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a sweep and waits for the end.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:MEAN:SDEV:RES?
Outputs the result.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–T

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:SDEViation:PHOLd:RESult?
This command queries the maximum standard deviation value determined in several sweeps.
The query is possible only if the peak hold function is active.
A complete sweep with synchronization to sweep end must be performed between switching on
the function and querying the measured value to obtain a correct query result. This is only
possible in single sweep mode.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
INIT:CONT OFF
Switches to single sweep mode.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:SDEV ON
Switches on the function.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:PHOL ON
Switches on the peak value measurement.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a sweep and waits for the end.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:SDEV:PHOL:RES?
Outputs the result.

1300.2519.12

6.106

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem

Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–T

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:SDEViation:RESult?
This command queries the results of the standard deviation measurement.
A complete sweep with synchronization to sweep end must be performed between switching on
the function and querying the measured value to obtain a correct query result. This is only
possible in single sweep mode.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
INIT:CONT OFF
Switches to single sweep mode.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:SDEV ON
Switches on the function.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a sweep and waits for the end.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:SDEV:RES?
Outputs the result.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–T

1300.2519.12

6.107

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem

R&S FSL

CALCulate:MATH Subsystem
The CALCulate:MATH subsystem allows to process data from the SENSe–subsystem in numeric
expressions.

Commands of the CALCulate:MATH Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:MATH[:EXPression][:DEFine]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MATH:MODE

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MATH:POSition

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MATH:STATe

CALCulate<1|2>:MATH[:EXPression][:DEFine]
This command defines the mathematical expression for relating traces to trace1.
This command is available from firmware version 1.30.
Parameter
(TRACE1–TRACE2)

Subtracts trace 2 from trace 1.

(TRACE1–TRACE3)

Subtracts trace 3 from trace 1.

(TRACE1–TRACE4)

Subtracts trace 4 from trace 1.

(TRACE1–TRACE5)

Subtracts trace 5 from trace 1.

(TRACE1–TRACE6)

Subtracts trace 6 from trace 1.

Example
CALC1:MATH (TRACE1 – TRACE2)
Selects the subtraction of trace 2 from trace 1.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: conform
Mode
A

CALCulate<1|2>:MATH:MODE
This command selects the averaging method for the average trace mode.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
This command is available from firmware version 1.90.
Parameter
LIN | LOG | POWer
Example
CALC:MATH:MODE LIN
Selects linear averaging for average trace mode.

1300.2519.12

6.108

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem

Characteristics
*RST value: LOG
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A

CALCulate<1|2>:MATH:POSition
This command defines the position of the result of the trace mathematics. The indication is in %
of the screen height, with 100% corresponding to the upper diagram border.
This command is available from firmware version 1.30.
Parameter
–100PCT to 200PCT
Example
CALC:MATH:POS 50PCT
Sets the position to the horizontal diagram center.
Characteristics
*RST value: 50PCT
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A

CALCulate<1|2>:MATH:STATe
This command switches the mathematical relation of traces on or off.
This command is available from firmware version 1.30.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CALC:MATH:STAT ON
Switches on the trace mathematics.
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: conform
Mode
A

1300.2519.12

6.109

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem

R&S FSL

CALCulate:PSEarch|PEAKsearch Subsystem
The CALCulate:PSEarch|PEAKsearch subsystem contains the remote commands for Spurious
Emissions measurements. Both groups of commands (PSEarch and PEAKsearch) perform the same
functions.

Commands of the CALCulate:PSEarch|PEAKsearch Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:PSEarch|PEAKsearch[:IMMediate]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:PSEarch|PEAKsearch:AUTO

–

CALCulate<1|2>:PSEarch|PEAKsearch:MARGin

–

CALCulate<1|2>:PSEarch|PEAKsearch:PSHow

–

CALCulate<1|2>:PSEarch|PEAKsearch:SUBRanges

CALCulate<1|2>:PSEarch|PEAKsearch[:IMMediate]
This command determines the list of the subrange maximums from the existing sweep results.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
This command is available from firmware version 1.80.
Example
CALC:PSE
Starts to determine the list.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A

CALCulate<1|2>:PSEarch|PEAKsearch:AUTO
For details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:ESPectrum:PSEarch|:PEAKsearch:AUTO" on page 6.24.
This command is available from firmware version 1.80.

CALCulate<1|2>:PSEarch|PEAKsearch:MARGin
For details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:ESPectrum:PSEarch|:PEAKsearch:MARGin" on page
6.25.
This command is available from firmware version 1.80.

CALCulate<1|2>:PSEarch|PEAKsearch:PSHow
For details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:ESPectrum:PSEarch|:PEAKsearch:PSHow" on page 6.24.
This command is available from firmware version 1.80.

1300.2519.12

6.110

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate<1|2>:PSEarch|PEAKsearch:SUBRanges
This command sets the number of peaks per range that are stored in the list. Once the selected
number of peaks has been reached, the peak search is stopped in the current range and
continued in the next range.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
This command is available from firmware version 1.80.
Parameter
1 to 50
Example
CALC:PSE:SUBR 10
Sets 10 peaks per range to be stored in the list.
Characteristics
RST value: 25
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A

1300.2519.12

6.111

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem

R&S FSL

CALCulate:STATistics Subsystem
The CALCulate:STATistics subsystem controls the statistical measurement functions in the instrument.

Commands of the CALCulate:STATistics Subsystem
–

CALCulate:STATistics:APD[:STATe]

–

CALCulate:STATistics:CCDF[:STATe]

–

CALCulate:STATistics:NSAMples

–

CALCulate:STATistics:PRESet

–

CALCulate:STATistics:RESult<1...6>?

–

CALCulate:STATistics:SCALe:AUTO

–

CALCulate:STATistics:SCALe:X:RANGe

–

CALCulate:STATistics:SCALe:X:RLEVel

–

CALCulate:STATistics:SCALe:Y:LOWer

–

CALCulate:STATistics:SCALe:Y:UNIT

–

CALCulate:STATistics:SCALe:Y:UPPer

CALCulate:STATistics:APD[:STATe]
This command switches on or off the measurement of amplitude distribution (APD). On
activating this function, the CCDF measurement is switched off.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CALC:STAT:APD ON
Switches on the APD measurement.
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A

CALCulate:STATistics:CCDF[:STATe]
This command switches on or off the measurement of the complementary cumulative
distribution function (CCDF). On activating this function, the APD measurement is switched off.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CALC:STAT:CCDF ON
Switches on the CCDF measurement.

1300.2519.12

6.112

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem

Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, CDMA, EVDO

CALCulate:STATistics:NSAMples
This command sets the number of measurement points to be acquired for the statistical
measurement functions.
Parameter
100 to 1E9
Example
CALC:STAT:NSAM 500
Sets the number of measurement points to be acquired to 500.
Characteristics
*RST value: 100000
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, CATV, CDMA, EVDO

CALCulate:STATistics:PRESet
This command resets the scaling of the X and Y axes in a statistical measurement. The
following values are set:
x–axis ref level:

–20 dBm

x–axis range APD:

100 dB

x–axis range CCDF:

20 dB

y–axis upper limit:

1.0

y–axis lower limit:

1E–6

This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
CALC:STAT:PRES
Resets the scaling for statistical functions
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, CATV, CDMA, EVDO

1300.2519.12

6.113

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem

R&S FSL

CALCulate:STATistics:RESult<1...6>?
This command reads out the results of statistical measurements of a recorded trace. The trace
is selected with the numeric suffix <1...6> attached to RESult.
Parameter
The required result is selected via the following parameters:
MEAN

Average (=RMS) power in dBm measured during the measurement time.

PEAK

Peak power in dBm measured during the measurement time.

CFACtor

Determined CREST factor (= ratio of peak power to average power) in dB.

ALL

Results of all three measurements mentioned before, separated by commas:
,,

Example
CALC:STAT:RES2? ALL
Reads out the three measurement results of trace 2. Example of answer string:
5.56,19.25,13.69 i.e. mean power: 5.56 dBm, peak power 19.25 dBm, CREST factor 13.69 dB
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, CATV, CDMA, EVDO

CALCulate:STATistics:SCALe:AUTO
This command optimizes the level setting of the instrument depending on the measured peak
power, in order to obtain maximum instrument sensitivity.
To obtain maximum resolution, the level range is set as a function of the measured spacing
between peak power and the minimum power for the APD measurement and of the spacing
between peak power and mean power for the CCDF measurement. In addition, the probability
scale for the number of test points is adapted.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Note: Subsequent commands have to be synchronized with *WAI, *OPC or *OPC? to the end
of the auto range process which would otherwise be aborted.
Parameter
ONCE
Example
CALC:STAT:SCAL:AUTO ONCE;*WAI
Adapts the level setting for statistical measurements.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, CATV, CDMA, EVDO

1300.2519.12

6.114

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate:STATistics:SCALe:X:RANGe
This command defines the level range for the x–axis of the measurement diagram. The setting
is identical to the level range setting defined with the
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe] command.
Parameter
10dB to 200dB
Example
CALC:STAT:SCAL:X:RANG 20dB
Characteristics
*RST value: 100dB
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, CATV, CDMA, EVDO

CALCulate:STATistics:SCALe:X:RLEVel
This command defines the reference level for the x–axis of the measurement diagram. The
setting is identical to the reference level setting using the
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel command.
With the reference level offset <> 0 the indicated value range of the reference level is modified
by the offset.
The unit depends on the setting performed with CALCulate<1|2>:UNIT:POWer.
Parameter
–120dBm to 20dBm
Example
CALC:STAT:SCAL:X:RLEV –60dBm
Characteristics
*RST value: –20dBm
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, CATV, CDMA, EVDO
CALCulate:STATistics:SCALe:Y:LOWer
This command defines the lower limit for the y–axis of the diagram in statistical measurements.
Since probabilities are specified on the y–axis, the entered numeric values are dimensionless.
Parameter
1E–9 to 0.1
Example
CALC:STAT:SCAL:Y:LOW 0.001
Characteristics
*RST value: 1E–6
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, CATV, CDMA, EVDO

1300.2519.12

6.115

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem

R&S FSL

CALCulate:STATistics:SCALe:Y:UNIT
This command defines the scaling type of the y–axis.
This command is available from firmware version 1.80.
Parameter
PCT | ABS
Example
CALC:STAT:SCAL:Y:UNIT PCT
Sets the percentage scale.
Characteristics
RST value: ABS
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, EVDO

CALCulate:STATistics:SCALe:Y:UPPer
This command defines the upper limit for the y–axis of the diagram in statistical measurements.
Since probabilities are specified on the y–axis, the entered numeric values are dimensionless.
Parameter
1E–8 to 1.0
Example
CALC:STAT:Y:UPP 0.01
Characteristics
*RST value: 1.0
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, CATV, CDMA, EVDO

1300.2519.12

6.116

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate:THReshold Subsystem
The CALCulate:THReshold subsystem controls the threshold value for the maximum/minimum search
of markers.

Commands of the CALCulate:THReshold Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:THReshold

–

CALCulate<1|2>:THReshold:STATe

CALCulate<1|2>:THReshold
This command defines the threshold value for the maximum/minimum search of markers with
marker search functions. The associated display line is automatically switched on.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Parameter
MINimum to MAXimum (depending on current unit)
Example
CALC:THR –82DBM
Sets the threshold value to –82 dBm.
Characteristics
*RST value: – (STATe to OFF)
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, ADEMOD, SPECM

CALCulate<1|2>:THReshold:STATe
This command switches on or off the threshold line. The unit depends on the setting performed
with CALCulate<1|2>:UNIT:POWer.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CALC:THR:STAT ON
Switches on the threshold line.
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, ADEMOD, SPECM

1300.2519.12

6.117

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem

R&S FSL

CALCulate:TLINe Subsystem
The CALCulate:TLINe subsystem defines the position of the time lines.

Commands of the CALCulate:TLINe Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:TLINe<1|2>

–

CALCulate<1|2>:TLINe<1|2>:STATe

CALCulate<1|2>:TLINe<1|2>
This command defines the position of the time lines that mark the times.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Parameter
0 to 1000s
Example
CALC:TLIN 10ms
Characteristics
*RST value: – (STATe to OFF)
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–T

CALCulate<1|2>:TLINe<1|2>:STATe
This command switches the time line on or off.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CALC:TLIN2:STAT ON
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–T

1300.2519.12

6.118

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem

CALCulate:UNIT Subsystem
The CALCulate:UNIT subsystem defines the units for the parameters that can be set and the
measurement results.

Commands of the CALCulate:UNIT Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:UNIT:POWer

CALCulate<1|2>:UNIT:POWer
This command selects the unit for power.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Parameter
DBM | V | A | W | DBPW | WATT | DBPT | DBUV | DBMV | VOLT | DBUA | AMPere
Example
CALC:UNIT:POW DBM
Sets the power unit to dBm.
Characteristics
*RST value: dBm
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A

1300.2519.12

6.119

E-11

CALibration Subsystem

R&S FSL

CALibration Subsystem
The commands of the CALibration subsystem determine the data for system error correction in the
instrument.

Commands of the CALibration Subsystem
–

CALibration[:ALL]?

–

CALibration:ABORt

–

CALibration:RESult?

–

CALibration:STATe

CALibration[:ALL]?
This command initiates the acquisition of system error correction data. A "0" is returned if the
acquisition was successful.
Note: During the acquisition of correction data the instrument does not accept any remote
control commands.
In order to recognize when the acquisition of correction data is completed, the MAV bit in the
status byte can be used. If the associated bit is set in the Service Request Enable Register, the
instrument generates a service request after the acquisition of correction data has been
completed.
Example
*CLS
Resets the status management.
*SRE 16
Enables MAV bit in the Service Request Enable Register.
*CAL?
Starts the correction data recording, and then a service request is generated.
Characteristics
*RST value: SCPI: conform
Mode
all

1300.2519.12

6.120

E-11

R&S FSL

CALibration Subsystem

CALibration:ABORt
This command has no effect, but is implemented to provide compatibility with the FSP family.
The collection of self alignment data can only be aborted via manual operation. For details refer
to chapter 4 "Instrument Functions - Basic Settings", section "Instrument Setup and Interface
Configuration - SETUP Key" - "Alignment".
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
CAL:ABOR
Characteristics
*RST value: SCPI: device-specific
Mode
all

CALibration:RESult?
This command outputs the results of the correction data acquisition. The lines of the result table
are output as string data separated by commas:
Total
Calibration
Status:
PASSED,Date
(dd/mm/yyyy):
12/07/2004,
Time: 16:24:54,Runtime: 00.06
Example
CAL:RES?
Characteristics
*RST value: SCPI: device-specific
Mode
all

CALibration:STATe
This command determines whether the current calibration data are taken into account by the
instrument (ON) or not (OFF).
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CAL:STAT OFF
Sets up the instrument to ignore the calibration data.
Characteristics
*RST value: SCPI: conform
Mode
all

1300.2519.12

6.121

E-11

DIAGnostic Subsystem

R&S FSL

DIAGnostic Subsystem
The DIAGnostic subsystem contains the commands which support instrument diagnostics for
maintenance, service and repair. In accordance with the SCPI standard, all of these commands are
device-specific.

Commands of the DIAGnostic Subsystem
–

DIAGnostic<1|2>:SERVice:BIOSinfo?

–

DIAGnostic<1|2>:SERVice:HWINfo?

–

DIAGnostic<1|2>:SERVice:INPut[:SELect]

–

DIAGnostic<1|2>:SERVice:INPut:PULSed[:STATe]

–

DIAGnostic<1|2>:SERVice:INPut:PULSed:PRATe

–

DIAGnostic<1|2>:SERVice:NSOurce (option Additional Interfaces, B5)

–

DIAGnostic<1|2>:SERVice:SFUNction

–

DIAGnostic<1|2>:SERVice:STESt:RESult?

DIAGnostic<1|2>:SERVice:BIOSinfo?
This command reads the CPU board BIOS version and returns it as ASCII string.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Example
DIAG:SERV:BIOS?
Returns the BIOS version.
Return values (example)
47.11
Characteristics
*RST value: SCPI: device-specific
Mode
all

DIAGnostic<1|2>:SERVice:HWINfo?
This command queries the hardware information.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Return values
"||||||",
"||||||",
...
Table lines are output as string data and are separated by commas. The individual columns of
the table are separated from each other by |.

1300.2519.12

6.122

E-11

R&S FSL

DIAGnostic Subsystem

Example
DIAG:SERV:HWIN?
Queries the hardware information.
"FRONTEND|100001/003|1300.3009|03|01|00|00",
"MOTHERBOARD|123456/002|1300.3080|02|00|00|00",
...
Characteristics
*RST value: SCPI: device-specific
Mode
all

DIAGnostic<1|2>:SERVice:INPut[:SELect]
This command toggles between the RF input on the front panel and the internal 65.83 MHz
reference signal.
Parameter
CALibration | RF | TG
Example
DIAG:SERV:INP CAL
Characteristics
*RST value: RF
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
all

DIAGnostic<1|2>:SERVice:INPut:PULSed[:STATe]
This command has no effect (only the comb generator is available), but is implemented to
provide compatibility with the FSP family.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
DIAG:SERV:INP:PULS ON
Characteristics
*RST value: ON
SCPI: conform
Mode
all

1300.2519.12

6.123

E-11

DIAGnostic Subsystem

R&S FSL

DIAGnostic<1|2>:SERVice:INPut:PULSed:PRATe
This command sets the comb generator frequency. This command only takes effect, if the internal
reference signal is selected for calibration (DIAGnostic<1|2>:SERVice:INPut[:SELect]).
Parameter
COMB1

65.8333 MHz / 1

COMB64

65.8333 MHz / 64

COMB65

65.8333 MHz / 65

Example
DIAG:SERV:INP:PULS:PRAT COMB64
1
Sets the comb generator frequency to
of 65.8333 MHz.
64
Characteristics
*RST value: COMB1
SCPI: conform
Mode
all

DIAGnostic<1|2>:SERVice:NSOurce (option Additional Interfaces, B5)
This command switches the 28 V supply of the noise source at the rear panel on or off.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
DIAG:SERV:NSO ON
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
all

1300.2519.12

6.124

E-11

R&S FSL

DIAGnostic Subsystem

DIAGnostic<1|2>:SERVice:SFUNction
This command activates a service function which can be selected by indicating the five
parameters: function group number, board number, function number, parameter 1 and
parameter 2 (see service manual). The contents of the parameter string are identical to the code
to be entered in the edit dialog box of manual operation.
The entry of a service function is accepted only if the system password level 1 or level 2 has
been entered previously (SYSTem:PASSword[:CENable]).
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter

Example
DIAG:SERV:SFUN 2.0.2.12.1
Characteristics
*RST value: SCPI: device-specific
Mode
all

DIAGnostic<1|2>:SERVice:STESt:RESult?
This command reads the results of the self test out of the instrument. The lines of the result
table are output as string data separated by commas:
"Total Selftest Status: PASSED","Date (dd/mm/yyyy): 09/07/2004
TIME: 16:24:54","Runtime: 00:06","...
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Example
DIAG:SERV:STES:RES?
Characteristics
*RST value: SCPI: device-specific
Mode
all

1300.2519.12

6.125

E-11

DISPlay Subsystem

R&S FSL

DISPlay Subsystem
The DISPLay subsystem controls the selection and presentation of textual and graphic information as
well as of measurement data on the display.

Commands of the DISPlay Subsystem
–

DISPlay:ANNotation:FREQuency

–

DISPlay:CMAP<1...26>:DEFault<1|2>

–

DISPlay:CMAP<1...26>:HSL

–

DISPlay:CMAP<1...26>:PDEFined

–

DISPlay:FORMat

–

DISPlay:LOGO

–

DISPlay:PSAVe[:STATe]

–

DISPlay:PSAVe:HOLDoff

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:SIZE

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TEXT[:DATA]

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TEXT:STATe

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TIME

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>[:STATe]

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:MODE

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:MODE:HCONtinuous

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:X:SPACing

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y:SPACing

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe]

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe]:MODE

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel:OFFSet

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe]:RPOSition (models with tracking generator)

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe]:RVALue (models with tracking generator)

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe]:RVALue:AUTO

Further Information
–

CMAP suffix assignment

1300.2519.12

6.126

E-11

R&S FSL

DISPlay Subsystem

CMAP suffix assignment
Each numeric suffix of CMAP is assigned one or several graphical elements which can be
modified by varying the corresponding color setting. The following assignment applies:
Suffix

Description

CMAP1

Background

CMAP2

Grid

CMAP3

Common Text

CMAP4

Check Status OK

CMAP5

Check Status Error

CMAP6

Text Special 1

CMAP7

Text Special 2

CMAP8

Trace 1

CMAP9

Trace 2

CMAP10

Trace 3

CMAP11

Marker Info Text

CMAP12

Limit Lines

CMAP13

Limit and Margin Check - "Pass"

CMAP14

Limit and Margin Check - "Fail"

CMAP15

Softkey Text

CMAP16

Softkey Background

CMAP17

Selected Field Text

CMAP18

Selected Field Background

CMAP19

Softkey 3D Bright Part

CMAP20

Softkey 3D Dark Part

CMAP21

Softkey State "On"

CMAP22

Softkey State "Dialog open"

CMAP23

Softkey Text Disabled

CMAP24

Logo

CMAP25

Trace 4

CMAP26

Grid - Minorlines

DISPlay:ANNotation:FREQuency
This command switches the x-axis annotation on or off.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
DISP:ANN:FREQ OFF
Characteristics
*RST value: ON
SCPI: conform
Mode
all

1300.2519.12

6.127

E-11

DISPlay Subsystem

R&S FSL

DISPlay:CMAP<1...26>:DEFault<1|2>
This command resets the screen colors of all display items to their default settings. Two default
settings DEFault1 and DEFault2 are available. The numeric suffix of CMAP is irrelevant.
This command is an event and therefore has no query and no *RST value.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Example
DISP:CMAP:DEF2
Selects default setting 2 for setting the colors.
Characteristics
*RST value: SCPI: conform
Mode
all

DISPlay:CMAP<1...26>:HSL
This command defines the color table of the instrument.
For the numeric suffix assignment of CMAP refer to "CMAP suffix assignment" on page 6.127.
The set values are not changed by *RST.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Parameter
hue = TINT
sat = SATURATION
lum = BRIGHTNESS
The value range is 0 to 1 for all parameters.
Example
DISP:CMAP2:HSL 0.3,0.8,1.0
Changes the grid color.
Characteristics
*RST value: SCPI: conform
Mode
all

DISPlay:CMAP<1...26>:PDEFined
This command defines the color table of the instrument using predefined color values. Each
numeric suffix of CMAP is assigned to one or several graphical elements which can be modified
by varying the corresponding color setting.
For the numeric suffix assignment of CMAP refer to "CMAP suffix assignment" on page 6.127.
The values set are not changed by *RST.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Parameter
BLACk | BLUE | BROWn | GREen | CYAN | RED | MAGenta | YELLow | WHITe | DGRAy |
LGRAy | LBLUe | LGREen | LCYan | LRED | LMAGenta
1300.2519.12

6.128

E-11

R&S FSL

DISPlay Subsystem

Example
DISP:CMAP2:PDEF GRE
Characteristics
*RST value: SCPI: conform
Mode
all

DISPlay:FORMat
This command has no effect but is implemented for reasons of compatibility with the FSP family.
It switches the measurement result display between FULL SCREEN and SPLIT SCREEN.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Parameter
SINGle | SPLit
Example
DISP:FORM SPL
Switches the display to 2 measurement windows.
Characteristics
*RST value: SINGle
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
A

DISPlay:LOGO
This command switches the company logo on the screen on or off.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
DISP:LOGO OFF
Characteristics
*RST value: ON
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
all

1300.2519.12

6.129

E-11

DISPlay Subsystem

R&S FSL

DISPlay:PSAVe[:STATe]
This command switches on or off the power-save mode of the display. With the power-save
mode activated the display including backlight is completely switched off after the elapse of the
response time (see DISPlay:PSAVe:HOLDoff command).
Note: This mode is recommended for preserving the display especially if the instrument is
exclusively operated via remote control.
This command is available from firmware version 1.20.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
DISP:PSAVe ON
Switches on the power-save mode.
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
all

DISPlay:PSAVe:HOLDoff
This command sets the holdoff time for the power-save mode of the display. The available value
range is 1 to 60 minutes, the resolution 1 minute. The entry is dimensionless.
This command is available from firmware version 1.20.
Parameter
1 to 60
Example
DISP:PSAV:HOLD 30
Characteristics
*RST value: 15
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
all

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:SIZE
This command configures the measurement display.
Channel and adjacent–channel power measurements: Only "1" is allowed as a numeric suffix.
Spectrum Emission Mask and Spurious Emissions measurements: The numeric suffix <1|2>
selects the item that is displayed in full size; 1 for measurement diagram, 2 for list
Parameter
LARGe

Channel and adjacent–channel power measurements: diagram in full screen.
Spectrum Emission Mask and Spurious Emissions measurements: diagram or
list in full screen, depending on the value of the numeric suffix.

SMALl
1300.2519.12

split screen (diagram and list)
6.130

E-11

R&S FSL

DISPlay Subsystem

Example
DISP:SIZE LARG
Displays the measurement diagram in full screen size.
DISP:WIND2:SIZE LARG
Displays the list in full screen size.
Characteristics
*RST value: SMALl
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, ADEMOD

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TEXT[:DATA]
This command defines a comment (max. 20 characters) which can be displayed on the screen.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Parameter

Example
DISP:WIND:TEXT 'Noise Measurement'
Defines the screen title.
Characteristics
*RST value: "" (empty)
SCPI: conform
Mode
all

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TEXT:STATe
This command switches on or off the display of the comment (screen title).
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
DISP:TEXT:STAT ON
Switches on the title.
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: conform
Mode
all

1300.2519.12

6.131

E-11

DISPlay Subsystem

R&S FSL

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TIME
This command switches on or off the screen display of date and time. The numeric suffix in
WINDow<1| 2> is irrelevant.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
DISP:TIME ON
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
all

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>[:STATe]
This command switches on or off the display of the corresponding trace.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
DISP:TRAC3 ON
Characteristics
*RST value: ON for TRACe1, OFF for TRACe2 to 6
SCPI: conform
Mode
all

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:MODE
This command defines the type of display and the evaluation of the traces. WRITE corresponds
to the Clr/Write mode of manual operation. The trace is switched off (= BLANK in manual
operation) with DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>[:STATe].
The number of measurements for AVERage, MAXHold and MINHold is defined with the
[SENSe<1|2>:]AVERage:COUNt or [SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:COUNt commands. It should be
noted that synchronization to the end of the indicated number of measurements is only possible
in single sweep mode.
If calculation of average values is active, selection between logarithmic and linear averaging is
possible. For more detail see [SENSe<1|2>:]AVERage:TYPE command.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
WRITe | VIEW | AVERage | MAXHold | MINHold |RMS
For details on trace modes refer to chapter "Instrument Functions", section "Trace mode
overview".

1300.2519.12

6.132

E-11

R&S FSL

DISPlay Subsystem

Example
SWE:CONT OFF
Switching to single sweep mode.
SWE:COUN 16
Sets the number of measurements to 16.
DISP:TRAC3:MODE MAXH
Switches on the calculation of the for trace 3.
INIT;*WAI
Starts the measurement and waits for the end of the 16 sweeps.
Characteristics
*RST value: WRITe for TRACe1, STATe OFF for TRACe2/3/4/5/6
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
all

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:MODE:HCONtinuous
This command defines, whether traces in Min Hold, Max Hold and Average mode are reset after
parameter change or not.
Normally, the measurement is started anew after parameter changes, before the measurement
results are evaluated (e.g. using a marker). In all cases that require a new measurement after
parameter changes, the trace is reset automatically to avoid false results (e.g. with span
changes). For applications that require no reset after parameter changes, the automatic reset
can be switched off.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
OFF

After certain parameter changes the traces are reset.

ON

The automatic reset is switched off.

Example
DISP:WIND:TRAC3:MODE:HCON ON
Switches off the reset function.
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, CATV

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:X:SPACing
This command toggles between linear and logarithmic scaling of the x-axis.
Parameter
LINear | LOGarithmic
Example
DISP:TRAC:X:SPAC LOG
Sets the x-axis to a logarithmic scale

1300.2519.12

6.133

E-11

DISPlay Subsystem

R&S FSL

Characteristics
*RST value: LOG
SCPI: conform
Mode
A-F

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y:SPACing
This command selects the scaling for the level display range.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> and <1...6> are irrelevant.
Parameter
LOGarithmic

Selects logarithmic scaling.

LINear

Selects linear scaling in %.

LDB

Selects linear scaling in dB.

Example
DISP:TRAC:Y:SPAC LIN
Characteristics
*RST value: LOGarithmic
SCPI: conform
Mode
A, ADEMOD, CATV

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe]
This command defines the display range of the y–axis (level axis) with logarithmic scaling
(DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y:SPACing).
For linear scaling, the display range is fixed and cannot be modified.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> and <1...6> are irrelevant.
Parameter
10 dB to 200 dB or value in Hz
Example
DISP:TRAC:Y 110dB
Characteristics
*RST value: 100dB
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
all

1300.2519.12

6.134

E-11

R&S FSL

DISPlay Subsystem

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe]:MODE
This command defines the scale type of the y–axis (absolute or relative).
When SYSTem:DISPlay:UPDate is set to OFF, this command has no immediate effect on the
screen. The numeric suffixes <1|2> and <1...6> are irrelevant.
Parameter
ABSolute | RELative
Example
DISP:TRAC:Y:MODE REL
Characteristics
*RST value: ABS
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
all

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel
This command defines the reference level.
With the reference level offset <> 0, the indicated value range of the reference level is modified
by the offset.
The unit depends on the setting defined with CALCulate<1|2>:UNIT:POWer.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> and <1...6> are irrelevant.
Parameter
 in dBm, range specified in data sheet
Example
DISP:TRAC:Y:RLEV –60dBm
Characteristics
*RST value: –20dBm
SCPI: conform
Mode
A, CATV, CDMA, EVDO, WCDMA

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel:OFFSet
This command defines the offset of the reference level.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> and <1...6> are irrelevant.
Parameter
–200dB to 200dB
Example
DISP:TRAC:Y:RLEV:OFFS –10dB

1300.2519.12

6.135

E-11

DISPlay Subsystem

R&S FSL

Characteristics
*RST value: 0dB
SCPI: conform
Mode
A, CATV, CDMA, EVDO, PSM, WCDMA, WLAN

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe]:RPOSition (models with tracking generator)
This command requires a tracking generator and active normalization in the Tracking
Generator mode. It defines the position of the reference value.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> and <1...6> are irrelevant.
Parameter
0 to 100PCT
Example
DISP:TRAC:Y:RPOS 50PCT
Characteristics
*RST value:
100 PCT

Spectrum Analyzer mode

50 PCT

Tracking Generator mode

SCPI: conform
Mode
A, ADEMOD, BT, CATV, CDMA, EVDO, WCDMA

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe]:RVALue (models with tracking generator)
This command requires a tracking generator and active normalization in the Tracking
Generator mode. The command defines the power value assigned to the reference position.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> and <1...6> are irrelevant.
Parameter

Example
DISP:TRAC:Y:RVAL –20dBm
(Analyzer)
DISP:TRAC:Y:RVAL 0
Sets the power value assigned to the reference position to 0 dB (tracking generator)
Characteristics
*RST value: 0 dB, coupled to reference level
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, ADEMOD, BT, CDMA, EVDO

1300.2519.12

6.136

E-11

R&S FSL

DISPlay Subsystem

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe]:RVALue:AUTO
This command defines whether the reference value for the y–axis is coupled to the reference
level (default) or not.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> and <1...6> are irrelevant.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
DISP:TRAC:Y:RVAL:AUTO ON
Characteristics
*RST value: ON
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, CDMA, EVDO

1300.2519.12

6.137

E-11

FORMat Subsytem

R&S FSL

FORMat Subsytem
The FORMat subsystem specifies the data format of the data transmitted from and to the instrument.

Commands of the FORMat Subsystem
–

FORMat[:DATA]

–

FORMat:DEXPort:DSEParator

FORMat[:DATA]
This command specifies the data format for the data transmitted from the instrument to the
control PC. It is used for the transmission of trace data. The data format of trace data received
by the instrument is automatically recognized, regardless of the format which is programmed. In
the spectrum mode, the format setting REAL, 32 is used for the binary transmission of trace
data (see also TRACe<1|2>[:DATA] command).
Parameter
ASCii | REAL| UINT | MATLAB [,8 | 32]
ASCII data are transmitted in plain text, separated by commas. REAL data are transmitted as
32-bit IEEE 754 floating-point numbers in the "definite length block format". The format UINT is
only used in operating mode vector signal analysis, for the symbol table.
Example
FORM REAL,32
FORM ASC
FORM UINT,8
Characteristics
*RST value: ASCII
SCPI: conform
Mode
all

FORMat:DEXPort:DSEParator
This command defines which decimal separator (decimal point or comma) is to be used for
outputting measurement data to the file in ASCII format. Different languages of evaluation
programs (e.g. MS Excel) can thus be supported.
Parameter
POINt | COMMA
Example
FORM:DEXP:DSEP POIN
Sets the decimal point as separator.
Characteristics
*RST value: – (factory setting is POINt; *RST does not affect setting)
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
all

1300.2519.12

6.138

E-11

R&S FSL

HCOPy Subsystem

HCOPy Subsystem
The HCOPy subsystem controls the output of display information for documentation purposes on output
devices or files. The instrument allows two independent printer configurations which can be set
separately with the numeric suffix <1|2>.

Commands of the HCOPy Subsystem
–

HCOPy[:IMMediate<1|2>]

–

HCOPy[:IMMediate<1|2>]:NEXT

–

HCOPy:ABORt

–

HCOPy:CMAP<1...26>:DEFault

–

HCOPy:CMAP<1...26>:HSL

–

HCOPy:CMAP<1...26>:PDEFined

–

HCOPy:DESTination<1|2>

–

HCOPy:DEVice:COLor

–

HCOPy:DEVice:LANGuage<1|2>

–

HCOPy:ITEM:ALL

–

HCOPy:ITEM:WINDow<1|2>:TEXT

–

HCOPy:ITEM:WINDow<1|2>:TRACe:STATe

–

HCOPy:PAGE:ORIentation<1|2>

HCOPy[:IMMediate<1|2>]
This command starts a hardcopy output. The numeric suffix selects which printer configuration
(device 1 or 2) is to be used for the hardcopy output. If there is no suffix, configuration 1 is
automatically selected.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
HCOP:DEV:LANG BMP
Selects the data format.
HCOP:DEST 'MMEM'
Directs the hardcopy to a file.
MMEM:NAME 'C:\R_S\instr\user\Print.bmp'
Selects the file name. If the file Print.bmp already exists, it is replaced.
HCOP
Saves the hardcopy output into the file Print.bmp.
Characteristics
*RST value: SCPI: conform
Mode
all

1300.2519.12

6.139

E-11

HCOPy Subsystem

R&S FSL

HCOPy[:IMMediate<1|2>]:NEXT
This command starts a hardcopy output. The numeric suffix selects which printer configuration
(device 1 or 2) is to be used for the hardcopy output. If there is no suffix, configuration 1 is
automatically selected. If the output is printed to a file (see HCOPy:DESTination<1|2>
command), the file name used in the last saving process is automatically counted up to the next
unused name.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
This command is available from firmware version 1.70.
Example
HCOP:DEV:LANG BMP
Selects the data format.
HCOP:DEST 'MMEM'
Directs the hardcopy to a file.
MMEM:NAME 'C:\R_S\instr\user\Print.bmp'
Selects the file name.
HCOP
Saves the hardcopy output into the file Print.bmp.
HCOP:NEXT
Saves the hardcopy output into the file Print_001.bmp.
HCOP:NEXT
Saves the hardcopy output into the file Print_002.bmp.
Characteristics
RST value: SCPI: device-specific
Mode
all

HCOPy:ABORt
This command aborts a running hardcopy output.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
HCOP:ABOR
Characteristics
*RST value: SCPI: conform
Mode
all

1300.2519.12

6.140

E-11

R&S FSL

HCOPy Subsystem

HCOPy:CMAP<1...26>:DEFault
This command sets the colors for a printout or hardcopy. The numeric suffix in CMAP is not
significant.
This command is an event and therefore has no query and no *RST value.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Parameter
1

current screen colors with the background in white and the grid in black.

2

optimized color set

3

user defined color set

4

current screen colors without any changes (setting for hardcopies)

Example
HCOP:CMAP:DEF2
Selects the optimized color set for the color settings of a printout or a hardcopy.
Characteristics
*RST value: SCPI: conform
Mode
all

HCOPy:CMAP<1...26>:HSL
This command defines the color table in user defined colors.
To each numeric suffix of CMAP is assigned one or several picture elements which can be
modified by varying the corresponding color setting. For details on the CMAP assignment refer
to "CMAP suffix assignment" on page 6.127.
The values set are not changed by *RST.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Parameter
hue = tint
sat = saturation
lum = brightness
The value range is 0 to 1 for all parameters.
Example
HCOP:CMAP2:HSL 0.3,0.8,1.0
Changes the grid color
Characteristics
*RST value: SCPI: conform
Mode
all

1300.2519.12

6.141

E-11

HCOPy Subsystem

R&S FSL

HCOPy:CMAP<1...26>:PDEFined
This command defines the color table in user defined colors using predefined color values. To
each numeric suffix of CMAP is assigned one or several picture elements which can be modified
by varying the corresponding color setting. For details on the CMAP assignment refer to "CMAP
suffix assignment" on page 6.127.
The values set are not changed by *RST.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Parameter
BLACk | BLUE | BROWn | GREen | CYAN | RED | MAGenta | YELLow | WHITe | DGRAy |
LGRAy | LBLUe | LGREen | LCYan | LRED | LMAGenta
Example
HCOP:CMAP2:PDEF GRE
Characteristics
*RST value: SCPI: conform
Mode
all

HCOPy:DESTination<1|2>
This command selects the printer output medium (Disk, Printer or Clipboard) associated with
configuration 1 or 2.
Note: The type of instrument is selected with SYSTem:COMMunicate:PRINter:SELect
<1|2>, which will automatically select a default output medium. Therefore the
HCOPy:DESTination<1|2> command should always be sent after setting the device
type.
Parameter
MMEM

Directs the hardcopy to a file. The MMEMory:NAME command
defines the file name. All formats can be selected for
HCOPy:DEVice:LANGuage<1|2>.

SYST:COMM:PRIN

Directs the hardcopy to the printer. The printer is selected with
the SYSTem:COMMunicate:PRINter:SELect <1|2>
command.
GDI should be selected for
HCOPy:DEVice:LANGuage<1|2>.

SYST:COMM:CLIP

Directs the hardcopy to the clipboard. EWMF should be
selected for HCOPy:DEVice:LANGuage<1|2>.

Example
SYST:COMM:PRIN:SEL2 'LASER on LPT1'
Selects the printer and output medium for device 2.
HCOP:DEST2 'SYST:COMM:PRIN'
Selects the printer interface as device 2.

1300.2519.12

6.142

E-11

R&S FSL

HCOPy Subsystem

Characteristics
*RST value: SYST:COMM:CLIP
SCPI: conform
Mode
all

HCOPy:DEVice:COLor
This command selects between color and monochrome hardcopy of the screen.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
HCOP:DEV:COL ON
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: conform
Mode
all

HCOPy:DEVice:LANGuage<1|2>
This command determines the data format of the printout.
Parameter
GDI

Graphics Device Interface:
Default format for the output to a printer configured under Windows.
Must be selected for the output to the printer interface.
Can be used for the output to a file. The printer driver configured
under Windows is used in this case and a printer-specific file format is
thus generated.
(see also HCOPy:DESTination<1|2> command)

WMF, EWMF

WINDOWS Metafile and Enhanced Metafile Format:
Data formats for output files which can be integrated in corresponding
programs for documentation purposes at a later time. WMF can only
be used for output to a file and EWMF also for the output to the
clipboard.
(see also HCOPy:DESTination<1|2> command)

BMP, JPG,
PNG

Data format for output to files only.

Example
HCOP:DEV:LANG WMF

1300.2519.12

6.143

E-11

HCOPy Subsystem

R&S FSL

Characteristics
*RST value: SCPI: conform
Mode
all

HCOPy:ITEM:ALL
This command selects the complete screen to be output.
The hardcopy output is always provided with comments, title, time and date. As an alternative to
the whole screen, e.g. only traces (HCOPy:ITEM:WINDow<1|2>:TRACe:STATe command)
can be output.
Example
HCOP:ITEM:ALL
Characteristics
*RST value: SCPI: conform
Mode
all

HCOPy:ITEM:WINDow<1|2>:TEXT
This command defines the comment text for the printout.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
 with a maximum of 100 characters; line feed by means of character @
Example
HCOP:ITEM:WIND:TEXT 'comment'
Characteristics
RST value: SCPI: device-specific
Mode
all

HCOPy:ITEM:WINDow<1|2>:TRACe:STATe
This command selects the output of the currently displayed trace.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Both the HCOPy:ITEM:WINDow<1|2>:TRACe:STATe command and the HCOPy:ITEM:ALL
command enable the output of the whole screen.
Parameter
ON | OFF

1300.2519.12

6.144

E-11

R&S FSL

HCOPy Subsystem

Example
HCOP:ITEM:WIND:TRACe:STAT ON
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
all

HCOPy:PAGE:ORIentation<1|2>
The command selects the format of the output (portrait and landscape) (hardcopy unit 1 or 2).
Note: The command is only available provided that the output device "printer"
(HCOPy:DESTination<1|2>) has been selected.
Parameter
LANDscape | PORTrait
Example
HCOP:PAGE:ORI LAND
Characteristics
*RST value: PORT
SCPI: conform
Mode
all

HCOPy:TDSTamp:STATe<1|2>
This command activates and deactivates if the time and date are on the printout.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> define the print device number.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
HCOP:TDST:STAT OFF
Deactivates the time and time for printouts.
HCOP:TDST:STAT?
Queries if time and date are activated or not.
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
all

1300.2519.12

6.145

E-11

INITiate Subsystem

R&S FSL

INITiate Subsystem
The INITiate subsystem is used to control the init–measurement function.

Commands of the INITiate Subsystem
–

INITiate<1|2>[:IMMediate]

–

INITiate<1|2>:CONMeas

–

INITiate<1|2>:CONTinuous

–

INITiate<1|2>:DISPlay

–

INITiate<1|2>:ESPectrum

–

INITiate<1|2>:SPURious

INITiate<1|2>[:IMMediate]
The command initiates a new measurement sequence.
With sweep count > 0 or average count > 0, this means a restart of the indicated number of
measurements. With trace functions MAXHold, MINHold and AVERage, the previous results are
reset on restarting the measurement.
In single sweep mode, synchronization to the end of the indicated number of measurements can
be achieved with the command *OPC, *OPC? or *WAI. In continuous–sweep mode,
synchronization to the sweep end is not possible since the overall measurement never ends.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
INIT:CONT OFF
Switches to single sweep mode.
DISP:WIND:TRAC:MODE AVER
Activates trace averaging.
SWE:COUN 20
Setting the sweep counter to 20 sweeps.
INIT;*WAI
Starts the measurement and waits for the end of the 20 sweeps.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: conform
Mode
all

1300.2519.12

6.146

E-11

R&S FSL

INITiate Subsystem

INITiate<1|2>:CONMeas
This command continues a stopped measurement at the current position in single sweep mode.
The function is useful especially for trace functions MAXHold, MINHold and AVERage, if the
previous results are not to be cleared with sweep count > 0 or average count > 0 on restarting
the measurement (INIT:IMMediate resets the previous results on restarting the measurement).
The single sweep mode is automatically switched on. Synchronization to the end of the
indicated number of measurements can then be performed with the commands *OPC, *OPC? or
*WAI. In the continuous sweep mode, synchronization to the sweep end is not possible since
the overall measurement "never" ends.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
INIT:CONT OFF
Switches to single sweep mode.
DISP:WIND:TRAC:MODE AVER
Switches on trace averaging.
SWE:COUN 20
Setting the sweep counter to 20 sweeps.
INIT;*WAI
Starts the measurement and waits for the end of the 20 sweeps.
INIT:CONM;*WAI
Continues the measurement (next 20 sequences) and waits for the end.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, CATV, CDMA, EVDO

INITiate<1|2>:CONTinuous
This command determines whether the trigger system is continuously initiated (continuous) or
performs single measurements (single).
This setting refers to the sweep sequence (switching between continuous/single sweep).
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
INIT:CONT OFF
Switches the sequence single sweep.
INIT:CONT ON
Switches the sequence to continuous sweep.
Characteristics
*RST value: ON
SCPI: conform
Mode
all

1300.2519.12

6.147

E-11

INITiate Subsystem

R&S FSL

INITiate<1|2>:DISPlay
This command switches the display during a single sweep measurement on (ON) or off (OFF).
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
INIT:CONT OFF
Switches to single sweep mode
INIT:DISP OFF
Sets the display behavior to OFF
INIT;*WAI
Starts the measurement with display switched off.
Characteristics
*RST value: ON
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A

INITiate<1|2>:ESPectrum
This command starts a Spectrum Emission Mask measurement.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
This command is available from firmware version 1.80.
Example
INIT:ESP
Starts a Spectrum Emission Mask measurement.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A

1300.2519.12

6.148

E-11

R&S FSL

INITiate Subsystem

INITiate<1|2>:SPURious
This command starts a Spurious Emissions measurement.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
This command is available from firmware version 1.80.
Example
INIT:SPUR
Starts a Spurious Emissions measurement.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A

1300.2519.12

6.149

E-11

INPut Subsystem

R&S FSL

INPut Subsystem
The INPut subsystem controls the input characteristics of the RF inputs of the instrument.

Commands of the INPut Subsystem
–

INPut<1|2>:ATTenuation

–

INPut<1|2>:ATTenuation:AUTO

–

INPut<1|2>:GAIN:STATe (option RF Preamplifier, B22)

–

INPut<1|2>:IMPedance

–

INPut<1|2>:UPORt[:VALue]?

–

INPut<1|2>:UPORt:STATe

INPut<1|2>:ATTenuation
This command programs the input attenuator. To protect the input mixer against damage from
overloads, the setting 0 dB can be obtained by entering numerals, not by using the DEC
command.
The attenuation can be set in 5 dB steps. If the defined reference level cannot be set for the set
RF attenuation, the reference level will be adjusted accordingly.
In the default state with Spectrum Analyzer mode, the attenuation set on the step attenuator is
coupled to the reference level of the instrument. If the attenuation is programmed directly, the
coupling to the reference level is switched off.
Parameter
 in dB; range specified in data sheet
Example
INP:ATT 30dB
Sets the attenuation on the attenuator to 30 dB and switches off the coupling to the reference
level.
Characteristics
*RST value: 0 dB (AUTO is set to ON)
SCPI: conform
Mode
all

1300.2519.12

6.150

E-11

R&S FSL

INPut Subsystem

INPut<1|2>:ATTenuation:AUTO
This command automatically couples the input attenuation to the reference level (state ON) or
switches the input attenuation to manual entry (state OFF).
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
INP:ATT:AUTO ON
Couples the attenuation set on the attenuator to the reference level.
Characteristics
*RST value: ON
SCPI: conform
Mode
all

INPut<1|2>:GAIN:STATe (option RF Preamplifier, B22)
This command switches the preamplifier on or off. The preamplifier only has an effect below
6 GHz.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
INP:GAIN:STAT ON
Switches on 20 dB preamplification.
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: conform
Mode
A, NF, CATV, WCDMA, CDMA, EVDO

INPut<1|2>:IMPedance
This command sets the nominal input impedance of the instrument. The set impedance is taken
into account in all level indications of results.
The setting 75 should be selected, if the 50 input impedance is transformed to a higher
impedance using a 75 adapter of the RAZ type (= 25 in series to the input impedance of
the instrument). The correction value in this case is 1.76 dB = 10 log ( 75 / 50 ).
Parameter
50 | 75
Example
INP:IMP 75

1300.2519.12

6.151

E-11

INPut Subsystem

R&S FSL

Characteristics
*RST value: 50
SCPI: conform
Mode
All

INPut<1|2>:UPORt[:VALue]?
This command queries the control lines of the user ports.
This command is a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
INP:UPOR?
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
all

INPut<1|2>:UPORt:STATe
This command toggles the control lines of the user ports between INPut and OUTPut. With ON,
the user port is switched to INPut, with OFF to OUTPut.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
INP:UPOR:STAT ON
Characteristics
RST value: ON
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
all

1300.2519.12

6.152

E-11

R&S FSL

INSTrument Subsystem

INSTrument Subsystem
The INSTrument subsystem selects the operating mode of the unit either via text parameters or fixed
numbers.

Commands of the INSTrument Subsystem
–

INSTrument[:SELect]

–

INSTrument:NSELect

INSTrument[:SELect]
This command switches between the measurement modes by means of text parameters.
Parameter
SANalyzer

spectrum analyzer

The parameters of the other measurement modes are included in the option descriptions.
Example
INST SAN
Switches the instrument to spectrum analyzer mode.
Characteristics
*RST value: SANalyzer
SCPI: conform
Mode
all

INSTrument:NSELect
This command switches between the measurement modes by means of numbers.
Parameter
1

spectrum analyzer

The parameters of the other measurement modes are included in the option descriptions.
Example
INST:NSEL 1
Switches the instrument to spectrum analyzer mode.
Characteristics
*RST value: 1
SCPI: conform
Mode
all

1300.2519.12

6.153

E-11

MMEMory Subsystem

R&S FSL

MMEMory Subsystem
The MMEMory (mass memory) subsystem provides commands which allow for access to the storage
media of the instrument and for storing and loading various instrument settings.
The various drives can be addressed via the "mass storage unit specifier"  using the conventional DOS syntax. The internal hard disk is addressed by "C:". For details on drives refer to chapter 4
"Instrument Functions - Basic Settings", section "Saving and Recalling Settings Files - FILE Key".
The file names  are indicated as string parameters with the commands being enclosed in
quotation marks. They also comply with DOS conventions.
DOS file names consist of max. 8 ASCII characters and an extension of up to three characters
separated from the file name by a dot "." Both, the dot and the extension are optional. The dot is not
part of the file name. DOS file names do not distinguish between uppercase and lowercase notation. All
letters and digits are permitted as well as the special characters "_", "^", "$", "~", "!", "#", "%", "&", "-",
"{", "}", "(", ")", "@" and "`". Reserved file names are CLOCK$, CON, AUX, COM1 to COM4, LPT1 to
LPT3, NUL and PRN.
The two characters "*" and "?" have the function of so-called "wildcards", i.e., they are variables for
selection of several files. The question mark "?" replaces exactly one character, the asterisk means any
of the remaining characters in the file name. "*.*" thus means all files in a directory.

Commands of the MMEMory Subsystem
–

MMEMory:CATalog?

–

MMEMory:CDIRectory

–

MMEMory:CLEar:ALL

–

MMEMory:CLEar:STATe

–

MMEMory:COMMent

–

MMEMory:COPY

–

MMEMory:DATA

–

MMEMory:DELete

–

MMEMory:LOAD:AUTO

–

MMEMory:LOAD:STATe

–

MMEMory:MDIRectory

–

MMEMory:MOVE

–

MMEMory:MSIS

–

MMEMory:NAME

–

MMEMory:NETWork:MAP

–

MMEMory:NETWork:DISConnect

–

MMEMory:NETWork:UNUSeddrives?

–

MMEMory:NETWork:USEDdrives?

–

MMEMory:RDIRectory

–

MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:ALL

–

MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:DEFault

–

MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:FINal

1300.2519.12

6.154

E-11

R&S FSL

MMEMory Subsystem

–

MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:HWSettings

–

MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:LINes:ALL

–

MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:NONE

–

MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:SCData (models with tracking generator)

–

MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:TRACe[:ACTive]

–

MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:TRANsducer:ALL

–

MMEMory:STORe<1|2>:LIST

–

MMEMory:STORe<1|2>:PEAK

–

MMEMory:STORe<1|2>:STATe

–

MMEMory:STORe<1|2>:STATe:NEXT

–

MMEMory:STORe<1|2>:TRACe

MMEMory:CATalog?
This command reads the indicated directory. According to DOS convention, wild card characters
can be entered in order to query e.g. a list of all files of a certain type.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Parameter
 = DOS Path name
The path name should be in conformance with DOS conventions and may also include the drive
name.
Example
MMEM:CAT? 'C:\R_S\Instr\user\*.DFL'
Returns all files in C:\R_S\Instr\user with extension ".DFL"
MMEM:CAT? 'C:\R_S\Instr\user\SPOOL?.WMF'
Returns all files in C:\R_S\Instr\user whose names start with SPOOL, have 6 letters and the
extension ".WMF".
Response value
List of file names in the form of strings separated by commas, i.e.
SPOOL1.WMF,SPOOL2.WMF,SPOOL3.WMF
Characteristics
*RST value: SCPI: conform
Mode
all

1300.2519.12

6.155

E-11

MMEMory Subsystem

R&S FSL

MMEMory:CDIRectory
This command changes the current directory.
Parameter
 = DOS path name
In addition to the path name, the indication of the directory may contain the drive name. The
path name complies with the DOS conventions.
Example
MMEM:CDIR 'C:\R_S\Instr\user'
Selects the directory C:\R_S\Instr\user.
Characteristics
*RST value: SCPI: conform
Mode
all

MMEMory:CLEar:ALL
This command deletes all settings files in the current directory. The current directory can be
selected with the MMEMory:CDIRectory command. The default directory is C:\R_S\instr\user.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
MMEM:CLE:ALL
Characteristics
*RST value: SCPI: device-specific
Mode
all

MMEMory:CLEar:STATe
This command deletes the instrument settings file selected by . All associated files
on the mass memory storage are cleared.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Parameter
1,
with  = DOS file name without extension
The file name includes indication of the path and may also include the drive. The path name
complies with DOS conventions.
Example
MMEM:CLE:STAT 1,'TEST'

1300.2519.12

6.156

E-11

R&S FSL

MMEMory Subsystem

Characteristics
*RST value: SCPI: device-specific
Mode
all

MMEMory:COMMent
This command defines a comment (max. 60 characters) for a device setting to be stored.
Example
MMEM:COMM ’Setup for FM measurement’
Characteristics
*RST value: blank comment
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
A

MMEMory:COPY
This command copies the files indicated in  to the destination directory indicated
with  or to the destination file indicated by  if  is
just a file.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Parameter
, =  = DOS file name
The indication of the file name may include the path and the drive name. The file names and
path information must be in accordance with the DOS conventions.
Example
MMEM:COPY 'C:\R_S\Instr\user\SETUP.CFG','E:'
Characteristics
*RST value: SCPI: conform
Mode
all

MMEMory:DATA
This command writes the block data contained in  into the file characterized by
. The delimiter must be set to EOI to obtain error-free data transfer.
The associated query command reads the indicated file from the mass memory and transfers it
to the remote control computer. It should be noted that the buffer memory of the control
computer should be large enough to store the file. The setting of the delimiter is irrelevant in this
case.
The command is useful for reading stored settings files or trace data from the instrument or for
transferring them to the instrument.

1300.2519.12

6.157

E-11

MMEMory Subsystem

R&S FSL

Parameter
[,]


selects the file to be transferred



binary data block with the following structure:
•

character '#'

•

digit for the length of the length information

•

indicated number of digits as length information
(number of bytes) for the binary data themselves

•

binary data with the indicated number of bytes

Example
MMEM:DATA 'TEST01.HCP,#216This is the file'
means: #2: the next 2 characters are the length indication; 16: number of subsequent binary
data bytes; This is the file: 16 bytes stored as binary data in the file TEST01.HCP.
MMEM:DATA? 'TEST01.HCP'
Transfers the file TEST01.HCP from the instrument to the control computer.
Characteristics
*RST value: SCPI: conform
Mode
all

MMEMory:DELete
This command deletes the indicated files.
Parameter
 = DOS file name
The indication of the file name contains the path and, optionally, the drive name. Indication of
the path complies with DOS conventions.
Example
MMEM:DEL 'TEST01.HCP'
The file TEST01.HCP is deleted.
Characteristics
*RST value: SCPI: conform
Mode
all

1300.2519.12

6.158

E-11

R&S FSL

MMEMory Subsystem

MMEMory:LOAD:AUTO
This command defines which settings file is automatically loaded after the device is switched on. The
contents of the file are read after switching on the device and used to define the new device state.
The settings file defined as auto recall set can also be restored by the *RST command.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Parameter
1,'FACTORY'

deactivates the startup recall function

1,''

activates the startup recall function and defines the settings file to be
loaded

with  = DOS file name without extension
The file name includes indication of the path and may also include the drive name. The path
name complies with DOS conventions.
Example
MMEM:LOAD:AUTO 1,'C:\R_S\Instr\user\TEST'
Characteristics
*RST value: SCPI: device-specific
Mode
all

MMEMory:LOAD:STATe
This command loads the device settings from *.FSL.dfl files. The contents of the file are loaded
and set as the new device state.
Parameter
1,
with  = DOS file name without extension
The file name includes indication of the path and may also include the drive name. The path
name complies with DOS conventions.
Example
MMEM:LOAD:STAT 1,'C:\R_S\Instr\user\TEST01'
Characteristics
*RST value: SCPI: conform
Mode
all

1300.2519.12

6.159

E-11

MMEMory Subsystem

R&S FSL

MMEMory:MDIRectory
This command creates a new directory. The file name includes indication of the path and may
also include the drive name. The path name complies with DOS conventions.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Parameter
 = DOS path name
Example
MMEM:MDIR 'C:\R_S\Instr\user'
Characteristics
*RST value: SCPI: device-specific
Mode
all

MMEMory:MOVE
This command renames existing files, if  contains no path indication.
Otherwise the file is moved to the indicated path and stored under the file name specified there,
if any.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Parameter
, =  = DOS file name
The file name includes indication of the path and may also include the drive. The path name
complies with DOS conventions.
Example
MMEM:MOVE 'C:\TEST01.CFG','SETUP.CFG'
Renames TEST01.CFG in SETUP.CFG in directory C:\.
MMEM:MOVE 'C:\TEST01.CFG','C:\R_S\Instr\user
Moves TEST01.CFG from C:\ to C:\R_S\Instr\user.
MMEM:MOVE 'C:\TEST01.CFG','C:\R_S\Instr\user\SETUP.CFG'
Moves TEST01.CFG from C:\ to C:\R_S\Instr\user and renames the file in SETUP.CFG.
Characteristics
*RST value: SCPI: conform
Mode
all

1300.2519.12

6.160

E-11

R&S FSL

MMEMory Subsystem

MMEMory:MSIS
This command changes to the drive indicated. The drive may be the internal hard disk C:.
Parameter
 = A: | C: ... Z:
The path name complies with DOS conventions.
Example
MMEM:MSIS 'C:'
Characteristics
*RST value: "C:
SCPI: conform
Mode
all

MMEMory:NAME
This command defines a destination file for the printout started with the
HCOPy[:IMMediate<1|2>] command. In this case the printer output must be routed to a file
as destination.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Parameter
 = DOS file name
The file name includes indication of the path and may also include the drive name. The file
name and path information comply with DOS conventions.
Example
MMEM:NAME 'C:\R_S\instr\user\PRINT1.BMP'
Selects the file name.
Characteristics
*RST value: SCPI: conform
Mode
all

MMEMory:NETWork:MAP
This command maps a drive to a server or server folder of the network. As a prerequisite in
Microsoft networks, sharing of this server or server folder must be enabled.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
This command is available from firmware version 1.70.
Parameter
'',''[,'',''],[]
with
'','' = '','<\\host name or IP address\share name>'
[,'',''],[] = '','',ON | OFF for
connecting under a different user name, and enabling/disabling reconnect at logon.
The entry is optional. The Boolean parameter can be omitted.

1300.2519.12

6.161

E-11

MMEMory Subsystem

R&S FSL

Example
MMEM:NETW:MAP 'T:','\\server\folder'
Maps drive T: to folder on server.
Characteristics
RST value: SCPI: device-specific
Mode
all

MMEMory:NETWork:DISConnect
This command disconnects the selected drive.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
This command is available from firmware version 1.70.
Parameter
'' = 
Example
MMEM:NETW:DISC 'T:'
Disconnects network drive T:
Characteristics
RST value: SCPI: device-specific
Mode
all

MMEMory:NETWork:UNUSeddrives?
This command lists all unused network drive names.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
This command is available from firmware version 1.70.
Example
MMEM:NETW:UNUS?
Lists all unused network drive names.
Characteristics
RST value: SCPI: device-specific
Mode
all

1300.2519.12

6.162

E-11

R&S FSL

MMEMory Subsystem

MMEMory:NETWork:USEDdrives?
This command lists all mapped network drives.
This command is available from firmware version 1.70.
Parameter
ON
Lists all mapped network drives including the folder information.
OFF Lists all mapped network drive names.
Example
MMEM:NETW:USED ON
Lists all mapped network drives including the folder information.
Characteristics
RST value: OFF
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
all

MMEMory:RDIRectory
This command deletes the indicated directory. The directory name includes indication of the
path and may also include the drive name. The path name complies with DOS conventions.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Parameter
 = DOS path name
Example
MMEM:RDIR 'C:\TEST'
Characteristics
*RST value: SCPI: device-specific
Mode
all

MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:ALL
This command includes all data subsets in the list of device settings to be stored/loaded.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
MMEM:SEL:ALL
Characteristics
*RST value: SCPI: device-specific
Mode
all

1300.2519.12

6.163

E-11

MMEMory Subsystem

R&S FSL

MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:FINal
This command includes the final measurement data in the list of partial datasets of a device
setting to be stored/loaded.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
"MMEM:SEL:FIN ON"
inserts the final measurement data in the list of partial data sets
Characteristics:
*RST value: ON
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
R, A

MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:DEFault
This command includes the default list in the settings file to be stored/loaded. For details on
hardware settings refer to the MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:HWSettings command.
Example
MMEM:SEL:DEFault
Characteristics
*RST value: SCPI: device-specific
Mode
all

MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:HWSettings
This command includes the hardware settings in the settings file to be stored/loaded. The
hardware settings include:
•

current configuration of general device parameters (general setup)

•

current setting of the measurement hardware including markers

•

activated limit lines:
A settings file may include 8 limit lines at maximum. This number includes the activated limit
lines and, if available, the de-activated limit lines last used.
Therefore the combination of the non-activated restored limit lines depends on the sequence of
use with the MMEMory:LOAD:STATe command.

•

user-defined color setting

•

configuration for the hardcopy output

•

tracking generator settings (models 13, 16 and 28)

•

correction data for source calibration (models 13, 16 and 28)

Parameter
ON | OFF
1300.2519.12

6.164

E-11

R&S FSL

MMEMory Subsystem

Example
MMEM:SEL:HWS ON
Characteristics
*RST value: ON
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
all

MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:LINes:ALL
This command includes all limit lines (activated and de-activated) in the settings file to be
stored/loaded.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
MMEM:SEL:LIN:ALL ON
Characteristics
*RST value: ON
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
all

MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:NONE
This command excludes all items from the settings file to be stored/loaded.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
MMEM:SEL:NONE
Characteristics
*RST value: SCPI: device-specific
Mode
all

MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:SCData (models with tracking generator)
This command includes the tracking generator calibration data in the settings file to be
stored/loaded.
This command is only available in conjunction with the tracking generator.Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
MMEM:SEL:SCD ON
Adds the tracking generator correction data to the items list.

1300.2519.12

6.165

E-11

MMEMory Subsystem

R&S FSL

Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
all

MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:TRACe[:ACTive]
This command includes the active traces in the settings file to be stored/loaded. Active traces
are all traces whose state is not blank.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
MMEM:SEL:TRAC ON
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF, i.e. no traces will be stored
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
all

MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:TRANsducer:ALL
This command includes all transducer factors and sets in the settings file to be stored/loaded.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
MMEM:SEL:TRAN:ALL ON
Characteristics
*RST value: ON
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
all

MMEMory:STORe<1|2>:LIST
This command stores the current list evaluation results in a *.dat file. The file consists of a data
section containing the list evaluation results.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
This command is available from firmware version 1.80.
Example
MMEM:STOR:LIST 'test'
Stores the current list evaluation results in the a test.dat file.

1300.2519.12

6.166

E-11

R&S FSL

MMEMory Subsystem

Characteristics
RST value: SCPI: device-specific
Mode
A

MMEMory:STORe<1|2>:PEAK
This command stores the current marker peak list in a *.dat file. The file consists of a data
section containing the peak list.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
This command is available from firmware version 1.80.
Parameter
 = DOS file name without extension
The file name includes the indication of the path and may also include the drive name. The path
name complies with DOS conventions.
Example
MMEM:STOR:PEAK 'test'
Saves the current marker peak list in the file test.dat.
Characteristics
RST value: SCPI: device-specific
Mode
all

MMEMory:STORe<1|2>:STATe
This command stores the current device settings in a *.FSL.dfl file.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Parameter
1,
with  = DOS file name without extension
The file name includes the indication of the path and may also include the drive name. The path
name complies with DOS conventions.
Example
MMEM:STOR:STAT 1,'Save'
Saves the current device settings in the file Save.FSL.dfl.
Characteristics
*RST value: SCPI: conform
Mode
all

1300.2519.12

6.167

E-11

MMEMory Subsystem

R&S FSL

MMEMory:STORe<1|2>:STATe:NEXT
This command stores the current device settings in a *.FSL.dfl file. The file name used in the
last saving process is automatically counted up to the next unused name. The numeric suffix in
STORe<1|2> is irrelevant with this command.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
MMEM:STOR:STAT 1,'Save'
Saves the current device settings in the file Save.FSL.dfl.
MMEM:STOR:STAT:NEXT
Saves the current device settings in the file Save_001.FSL.dfl
MMEM:STOR:STAT:NEXT
Saves the current device settings in the file Save_002.FSL.dfl
Characteristics
RST value: SCPI: device-specific
Mode
all

MMEMory:STORe<1|2>:TRACe
This command stores the selected trace in a file with ASCII format. The file format is described
in chapter 4 "Instrument Functions - Analyzer", section "Setting Traces - TRACE Key", ASCII
File Export softkey.
The decimal separator (decimal point or comma) for floating-point numerals contained in the file
is defined with the FORMat:DEXPort:DSEParator command.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Parameter
1 to 6,
with 1 to 6 = selected measurement curve trace 1 to 6 and  = DOS file name
The file name includes indication of the path and the drive name. Indication of the path complies
with DOS conventions.
Example
MMEM:STOR:TRAC 3,'TEST.ASC'
Stores trace 3 in the file TEST.ASC.
Characteristics
*RST value: SCPI: device-specific
Mode
all

1300.2519.12

6.168

E-11

R&S FSL

OUTPut Subsystem

OUTPut Subsystem
The OUTPut subsystem controls the output features of the instrument.

Commands of the OUTPut Subsystem
–

OUTPut<1|2>[:STATe] (models with tracking generator)

–

OUTPut<1|2>:IF[:SOURce]

–

OUTPut:UPORt[:VALue]

–

OUTPut:UPORt:STATe

OUTPut<1|2>[:STATe] (models with tracking generator)
This command switches the tracking generator on or off.
Note: With the tracking generator switched on, the maximum stop frequency is limited to 3
GHz. This upper limit is automatically modified by the set frequency offset of the
generator.
If measurements in compliance with specs are to be performed with the tracking
generator, the start frequency has to be 3 x resolution bandwidth.
If a sweep time shorter than recommended in the data sheet is selected, the sweep
time indicator SWT on the screen is marked with a red asterisk and the message
UNCAL is also displayed.
With the tracking generator switched on, the FFT filters
([SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution]:TYPE) are not available.
To switch off the tracking generator without loosing the the corresponding hardware
settings and the normalization see the
SOURce<1|2>:POWer[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude] command.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
OUTP ON
Switches on the tracking generator.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: conform
Mode
A

1300.2519.12

6.169

E-11

OUTPut Subsystem

R&S FSL

OUTPut<1|2>:IF[:SOURce]
This command switches the source of the IF output between the demodulated signal (2 possible
values) and the IF signal.
Note: The AF output available at the frontpanel can only be used if the IF output source is set
to video.
Parameter
IF
VIDeo
HVIDeo

intermediate frequency output
video output, 200 mV
video output, 1V

Example
OUTP IF VID
Selects the video signal for the IF output connector.
Characteristics
*RST value: IF
SCPI: conform
Mode
A

OUTPut:UPORt[:VALue]
This command sets the control lines of the user ports.
The user port is written to with the given binary pattern. If the user port is programmed to INPut
instead of OUTPut, the output value is temporarily stored.
Parameter
#B00000000 to #B11111111
Example
OUTP:UPOR #B10100101
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
all

1300.2519.12

6.170

E-11

R&S FSL

OUTPut Subsystem

OUTPut:UPORt:STATe
This command switches the control line of the user ports between INPut and OUTPut. The user
port is switched to OUTPut with parameter ON, to INPut with OFF.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
OUTP:UPOR:STAT ON
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
all

1300.2519.12

6.171

E-11

SENSe Subsystem

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem
The SENSe subsystem is organized in several subsystems. The commands of these subsystems
directly control device–specific settings, they do not refer to the signal characteristics of the
measurement signal.
The SENSe subsystem controls the essential parameters of the analyzer. In accordance with the SCPI
standard, the keyword "SENSe" is optional for this reason, which means that it is not necessary to
include the SENSe node in command sequences.
The following subsystems are included:
•

"SENSe:AVERage Subsystem" on page 6.172

•

"SENSe:BANDwidth Subsystem" on page 6.175

•

"SENSe:CORRection Subsystem (Models with tracking generator)" on page 6.179

•

"SENSe:DETector Subsystem" on page 6.186

•

"SENSe:ESPectrum Subsystem" on page 6.187

•

"SENSe:FREQuency Subsystem" on page 6.200

•

"SENSe:LIST Subsystem" on page 6.205

•

"SENSe:MPOWer Subsystem" on page 6.215

•

"SENSe:POWer Subsystem" on page 6.220

•

"SENSe:ROSCillator Subsystem" on page 6.228

•

"SENSe:SWEep Subsystem" on page 6.229

SENSe:AVERage Subsystem
The SENSe:AVERage subsystem calculates the average of the acquired data. A new test result is
obtained from several successive measurements.
There are two types of average calculation: logarithmic and linear. In case of logarithmic average
calculation (denoted with VIDeo), the average value of the measured logarithmic power is calculated
and in case of linear average calculation, the linear power is averaged before the logarithm is applied.

Commands of the SENSe:AVERage Subsystem
–

[SENSe<1|2>:]AVERage[:STATe<1...6>]

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]AVERage:COUNt

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]AVERage:COUNt:AUTO

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]AVERage:TYPE

1300.2519.12

6.172

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem

[SENSe<1|2>:]AVERage[:STATe<1...6>]
This command switches on or off the average calculation for the selected trace (STATe<1...4>).
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
AVER OFF
Switches off the average calculation for trace 1.
AVER:STAT3 ON
Switches on the average calculation for trace 3.
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: conform
Mode
all

[SENSe<1|2>:]AVERage:COUNt
This command defines the number of measurements which contribute to the average value.
It should be noted that continuous averaging will be performed after the indicated number has
been reached in continuous sweep mode.
In single sweep mode, the sweep is stopped as soon as the indicated number of measurements
(sweeps) is reached. Synchronization to the end of the indicated number of measurements is
only possible in single sweep mode.
The [SENSe<1|2>:]AVERage:COUNt command effects the same as the
[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:COUNt command. In both cases, the number of measurements is
defined whether the average calculation is active or not.
The number of measurements applies to all traces.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Parameter
0 to 32767
Example
SWE:CONT OFF
Switching to single sweep mode.
AVER:COUN 16
Sets the number of measurements to 16.
AVER:STAT ON
Switches on the calculation of average.
INIT;*WAI
Starts the measurement and waits for the end of the 16 sweeps.
Characteristics
*RST value: 0
SCPI: conform
Mode
all

1300.2519.12

6.173

E-11

SENSe Subsystem

R&S FSL

[SENSe<1|2>:]AVERage:COUNt:AUTO
This command is implemented only for reasons of compatibility with the FSP family. It selects a
suitable number of counts for the selected measurement type.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
AVER:COUN:AUTO ON
Characteristics
RST value: OFF
SCPI: conform
Mode
all

[SENSe<1|2>:]AVERage:TYPE
This command selects the type of average function.
Parameter
VIDeo

The logarithmic power values are averaged.

LINear

The power values are averaged before they are converted to logarithmic values.

Example
AVER:TYPE LIN
Switches to linear average calculation.
Characteristics
RST value: VIDeo
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A

1300.2519.12

6.174

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem

SENSe:BANDwidth Subsystem
This subsystem controls the setting of the instruments filter bandwidths. Both groups of commands
(BANDwidth and BWIDth) perform the same functions.

Commands of the SENSe:BANDwidth Subsystem
–

[SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution]

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution]:AUTO

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution]:RATio

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution]:TYPE

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth:VIDeo

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth:VIDeo:AUTO

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth:VIDeo:RATio

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth:VIDeo:TYPE

[SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution]
This command defines the analyzers resolution bandwidth.
The available resolution bandwidths are specified in the data sheet. For details on the
correlation between resolution bandwidth and filter type refer to chapter "Instrument Functions",
section "To choose the appropriate filter type".
If the resolution bandwidth is modified, the coupling to the span is automatically switched off.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Parameter
refer to data sheet
Example
BAND 1MHz
Sets the resolution bandwidth to 1 MHz
Characteristics
*RST value: – (AUTO is set to ON)
SCPI: conform
Mode
all, except ADEMOD

[SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution]:AUTO
This command either automatically couples the resolution bandwidth of the instrument to the
span or cancels the coupling.
The automatic coupling adapts the resolution bandwidth to the currently set frequency span
according to the relationship between frequency span and resolution bandwidth. The 6 dB
bandwidths 200 Hz, 9 kHz and 120 kHz and the channel filters available are not set by the
automatic coupling.
The ratio resolution bandwidth/span can be modified with the
[SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution]:RATio command.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.

1300.2519.12

6.175

E-11

SENSe Subsystem

R&S FSL

Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
BAND:AUTO OFF
Switches off the coupling of the resolution bandwidth to the span.
Characteristics
*RST value: ON
SCPI: conform
Mode
A–F, CATV, CDMA, EVDO

[SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution]:RATio
This command defines the ratio resolution bandwidth (Hz) / span (Hz). The ratio to be entered is
reciprocal to the ratio span/RBW used in manual operation.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Parameter
0.0001 to 1
Example
BAND:RAT 0.1
Characteristics
*RST value: 0.02 with BAND:TYPE NORMal or RBW > 30 kHz; 0.01 with BAND:TYPE FFT for
RBW 30 kHz
SCPI: conform
Mode
A, EVDO

[SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution]:TYPE
This command switches the filter type for the resolution bandwidth between "normal" analog or
FIR filters in 1, 3, 10 steps and the FFT filtering for bandwidths <100 kHz.
For detailed information on filters see chapter "Instrument Functions", section "To choose the
appropriate filter" and "List of available RRC and channel filters".
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Note: When changing the filter type, the next larger filter bandwidth is selected if the same
filter bandwidth is not available for the new filter type.
Parameter
NORMal

Gaussian filters

FFT

FFT filters

CFILter

channel filters

RRC

RRC filters

PULSe

EMI (6dB) filters (available from firmware version 1.30)

1300.2519.12

6.176

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem

Example
BAND:TYPE NORM
Characteristics
*RST value: NORMal
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
all, except ADEMOD

[SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth:VIDeo
This command defines the instruments video bandwidth. The available video bandwidths are
specified in the data sheet. The command is not available if FFT filtering is switched on and the
set bandwidth is 30 kHz or if the quasi–peak detector is switched on.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Parameter
refer to data sheet
Example
BAND:VID 10kHz
Characteristics
*RST value: – (AUTO is set to ON)
SCPI: conform
Mode
A, CATV, EVDO

[SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth:VIDeo:AUTO
This command either automatically couples the instruments video bandwidth to the resolution
bandwidth or cancels the coupling.
The ratio video bandwidth/resolution bandwidth can be modified with the
[SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution]:RATio command.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
BAND:VID:AUTO OFF
Characteristics
*RST value: ON
SCPI: conform
Mode
A, CATV, CDMA, EVDO

1300.2519.12

6.177

E-11

SENSe Subsystem

R&S FSL

[SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth:VIDeo:RATio
This command defines the ratio video bandwidth (Hz) / resolution bandwidth (Hz).The ratio to be
entered is reciprocal to the ratio RBW/VBW used in manual operation.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Parameter
0.01 to 1000
Example
BAND:VID:RAT 3
Sets the coupling of video bandwidth to video bandwidth = 3*resolution bandwidth
Characteristics
*RST value: 3
SCPI: conform
Mode
A, EVDO

[SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth:VIDeo:TYPE
This command selects the position of the video filter in the signal path, provided that the
resolution bandwidth is 100 kHz.
The essential difference between the two modes is the transient response at falling signal
edges: If LINear is selected, the measurement with logarithmic level scaling yields a much
"flatter" falling edge than LOGarithmic. This behavior is due to the conversion of linear power
into logarithmic level. If the linear power is halved, the level decreases by only 3 dB.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Parameter
LINear

The video filter is connected ahead of the logarithmic amplifier (default).

LOGarithmic

The video filter follows the logarithmic amplifier

Example
BAND:VID:TYPE LIN
Video filter ahead of the logarithmic amplifier
Characteristics
RST value: LIN
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, CDMA, EVDO

1300.2519.12

6.178

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem

SENSe:CORRection Subsystem (Models with tracking generator)
This subsystem controls calibration and normalization during operation with the tracking generator.

Commands of the SENSe:CORRection Subsystem
–

[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection[:STATe]

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:COLLect[:ACQuire]

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:EGAin:INPut[:MAGNitude]

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:METHod

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:RECall

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer[:STATe]

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:ADJust:RLEVel[:STATe]

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:COMMent

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:DATA

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:DELete

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:SCALing

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:SELect

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:UNIT

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:VIEW

[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection[:STATe]
This command activates/deactivates the normalization of the measurement results provided that
the tracking generator is active. The command is available only after acquisition of a reference
trace for the selected type of measurement (transmission/reflection, see
[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:COLLect[:ACQuire] command).
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CORR ON
Activates normalization.
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: conform
Mode
A

1300.2519.12

6.179

E-11

SENSe Subsystem

R&S FSL

[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:COLLect[:ACQuire]
When the tracking generator is active, this command determines the type of result acquisition
for the normalization reference measurement and starts the measurement selected:
To obtain a correct reference measurement, a complete sweep with synchronization to the end
of the sweep must have been carried out. This is only possible in the single sweep mode.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
This command is an "event" and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Parameter
THRough

OPEN

"TRANsmission" mode

calibration with direct connection
between tracking generator and
device input

"REFLection" mode

calibration with short circuit at the
input

only allowed in "REFLection" mode

calibration with open input

Example
INIT:CONT OFF
Selects single sweep operation
CORR:COLL THR;*WAI
Starts the measurement of reference data using direct connection between generator and
device input and waits for the sweep end.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: conform
Mode
A

[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:EGAin:INPut[:MAGNitude]
This command makes an external gain known to the analyzer, which will take it into account
during the display of measurement results. With this function the gain of an antenna or of an
external preamplifier can be taken into account for the measurement values.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Parameter
–200...200dB
Example
CORR:EGA:INP 10DB
Takes 10 dB external gain into account.
Characteristics
*RST value: 0 dB
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A

1300.2519.12

6.180

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem

[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:METHod
This command selects the type of measurement with active tracking generator
(transmission/reflection).
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Parameter
TRANsmission | REFLection
Example
CORR:METH TRAN
Sets the type of measurement to "transmission".
Characteristics
*RST value: TRANsmission
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A

[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:RECall
This command restores the instrument setting that was applied to the measurement of the
reference data, provided that the tracking generator is active.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
CORR:REC
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: conform
Mode
A

[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer[:STATe]
This command switches the selected transducer factor on or off.
Note: Prior to this command, the [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:SELect
command must be sent.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CORR:TRAN ON
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device-specific
Mode A

1300.2519.12

6.181

E-11

SENSe Subsystem

R&S FSL

[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:ADJust:RLEVel[:STATe]
This command switches the automatic adjustment of the reference level to the selected
transducer factor on or off. For details refer to chapter 4, section "Instrument Setup and
Interface Configuration - SETUP Key", Ref Level Adjust Man/Auto softkey.
Note:

Prior to this command, the [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:SELect
command must be sent.

This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CORR:TRAN:ADJ:RLEV ON
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
A

[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:COMMent
This command defines the comment for the selected transducer factor.
Note: Prior to this command, the [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:SELect
command must be sent.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Parameter

Example
CORR:TRAN:COMM 'FACTOR FOR ANTENNA'
Characteristics
*RST value: (empty comment)
SCPI: device-specific
Mode A

[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:DATA
This command defines the reference values of the transducer factor selected. These values are
entered as a sequence of frequency/level pairs. The frequencies must be sent in ascending
order.
Note: Prior to this command, the [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:SELect
command must be sent. The level values are sent as dimensionless numbers; the unit
is specified by means of the [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:UNIT
command.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Parameter
,

1300.2519.12

6.182

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem

Example
SENS:CORR:TRAN:SEL 'TRAN_1'
Selects the transducer factor
CORR:TRAN:UNIT 'DB'
Selects the unit for the transducer.
CORR:TRAN:DATA 1MHZ,-30,2MHZ,-40
Defines the frequency/level pairs 1 MHz, -30 dB and 2 MHz, -40 dB.
Characteristics
*RST value: SCPI: device-specific
Mode
A

[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:DELete
This command deletes the selected transducer factor.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value.
Note: Prior to this command, the [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:SELect
command must be sent.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Example
CORR:TRAN:DEL
Characteristics
*RST value: SCPI: device-specific
Mode
A

[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:SCALing
This command defines whether the frequency scaling of the transducer factor is linear or
logarithmic.
Note: Prior to this command, the [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:SELect
command must be sent.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Parameter
LINear | LOGarithmic
Example
CORR:TRAN:SCAL LOG
Characteristics
*RST value: LINear
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
A

1300.2519.12

6.183

E-11

SENSe Subsystem

R&S FSL

[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:SELect
This command selects the transducer factor designated by . If  does not exist
yet, a new transducer factor is created.
Note: This command must be sent prior to the subsequent commands for modifying/activating
transducer factors.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Parameter
 = Name of the transducer factor in string data form with a maximum of 8 characters.
Example
CORR:TRAN:SEL 'FACTOR1'
Characteristics
*RST value: SCPI: device-specific
Mode
A

[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:UNIT
This command defines the unit of the transducer factor selected.
Note: Prior to this command, the [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:SELect
command must be sent.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Parameter
 = DB | DBM | DBMV | DBUV | DBUV/M | DBUA DBUA/M | DBPW | DBPT
Example
CORR:TRAN:UNIT 'DBUV'
Characteristics
*RST value: DB
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
A

1300.2519.12

6.184

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem

[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:VIEW
This command switches on the display of the active transducer factor or set.
Note: Prior to this command, the [SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:SELect
command must be sent.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CORR:TRAN:VIEW ON
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
A

1300.2519.12

6.185

E-11

SENSe Subsystem

R&S FSL

SENSe:DETector Subsystem
The SENSe:DETector subsystem controls the acquisition of measurement data via the selection of the
detector for the corresponding trace.

Commands of the SENSe:DETector Subsystem
–

[SENSe<1|2>:]DETector<1...6>[:FUNCtion]

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]DETector<1...6>[:FUNCtion]:AUTO

[SENSe<1|2>:]DETector<1...6>[:FUNCtion]
This command switches on the detector for the data acquisition in the selected trace.
The trace is indicated as numeric suffix in DETector.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Parameter
APEak | NEGative | POSitive | SAMPle | RMS | AVERage | QPEak
For details on detectors refer to chapter "Instrument Functions", section "Detector overview".
Example
DET POS
Sets the detector to "positive peak".
Characteristics
*RST value: APEak
SCPI: conform
Mode
A, CATV

[SENSe<1|2>:]DETector<1...6>[:FUNCtion]:AUTO
This command either couples the detector to the current trace setting or turns coupling off. The
trace is selected by the numeric suffix at DETector.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
DET:AUTO OFF
Characteristics
*RST value: ON
SCPI: conform
Mode
A, CATV

1300.2519.12

6.186

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem

SENSe:ESPectrum Subsystem
The SENSe:ESPectrum subsystem contains the remote commands to configure Spectrum Emission
Mask (SEM) measurements.

Commands of the SENSe:ESPectrum Subsystem
–

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:BWID

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:FILTer[:RRC][:STATe]

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:FILTer[:RRC]:ALPHa

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:PRESet[:STANdard]

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:PRESet:RESTore

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:PRESet:STORe

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:BANDwidth

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:BANDwidth:RESolution

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:BANDwidth:VIDeo

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:COUNt?

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:DELete

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>[:FREQuency]:STARt

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>[:FREQuency]:STOP

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:FILTer:TYPE

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:INPut:ATTenuation

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:INPut:ATTenuation:AUTO

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:INPut:GAIN:STATe

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:INSert

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:LIMit:ABSolute:STARt

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:LIMit:ABSolute:STOP

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:LIMit:RELative:STARt

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:LIMit:RELative:STOP

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:LIMit:STATe

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:RLEVel

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:SWEep:TIME

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:SWEep:TIME:AUTO

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:TRANsducer

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RRANge?

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RTYPe

1300.2519.12

6.187

E-11

SENSe Subsystem

R&S FSL

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:BWID
This command defines the bandwidth used for measuring the channel power (reference range).
This setting takes only effect if channel power is selected as power reference type
([SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RTYPe command).
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
This command is available from firmware version 1.80.
Parameter
minimum span

value

span of reference range

Example
ESP:RTYP CPOW
Sets the power reference type to channel power.
ESP:BWID 1MHZ
Sets the Tx bandwidth to 1 MHz.
Characteristics
RST value: 3.84 MHz
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, CDMA, EVDO

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:FILTer[:RRC][:STATe]
This command activates or deactivates the use of an RRC filter. This setting takes only effect if
channel power is selected as power reference type ([SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RTYPe
command).
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
This command is available from firmware version 1.80.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
ESP:RTYP CPOW
Sets the power reference type to channel power.
ESP:FILT OFF
Deactivates the use of an RRC filter.
Characteristics
RST value: ON
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, CDMA, EVDO

1300.2519.12

6.188

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:FILTer[:RRC]:ALPHa
This command sets the alpha value of the RRC filter. This setting takes only effect if channel
power is selected as power reference type ([SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RTYPe command)
and if the RRC filter is activated ([SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:FILTer[:RRC][:STATe]
command).
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
This command is available from firmware version 1.80.
Parameter
0 to 1
Example
ESP:RTYP CPOW
Sets the power reference type to channel power.
ESP:FILT ON
Activates the use of an RRC filter.
ESP:FILT:ALPH 0.5
Sets the alpha value of the RRC filter to 0.5.
Characteristics
RST value: 0.22
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, CDMA, EVDO

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:PRESet[:STANdard]
This command selects the specified XML file under C:\r_s\instr\sem_std. If the file is stored in a
subdirectory, include the relative path.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
This command is available from firmware version 1.80.
Example
ESP:PRES 'WCDMA\3GPP\DL\PowerClass_31_39.xml'
Selects the PowerClass_31_39.xml XML file in the C:\R_S\instr\sem_std\WCDMA\3GPP\DL
directory.
ESP:PRES?
W–CDMA 3GPP DL (31,39)dBm
The query returns information about the selected standard, the link direction and the power
class. If no standard has been selected, the query returns None.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, CDMA, EVDO

1300.2519.12

6.189

E-11

SENSe Subsystem

R&S FSL

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:PRESet:RESTore
This command copies the XML files from the C:\R_S\instr\sem_backup folder to the
C:\R_S\instr\sem_std folder. Files of the same name are overwritten.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
This command is available from firmware version 1.80.
Example
ESP:PRES:REST
Restores the originally provided XML files.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, CDMA, EVDO

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:PRESet:STORe
This command saves the specified XML file under C:\r_s\instr\sem_std. To save the file in
subdirectory, include the relative path.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
ESP:STOR 'DL\BandClass_20.xml'
Saves the BandClass_20.xml XML file in the C:\R_S\instr\sem_std\DL directory.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, CDMA, EVDO

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:BANDwidth /
[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:BANDwidth:RESolution
This command sets the RBW value for the specified range.
The numeric suffixes <1...20> specify the range. The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
This command is available from firmware version 1.80.
Parameter
Refer to the data sheet.
Example
ESP:RANG2:BAND:RES 5000
Sets the RBW for range 2 to 5 kHz.

1300.2519.12

6.190

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem

Characteristics
RST value: 30.0 kHz
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, CDMA, EVDO

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:BANDwidth:VIDeo
This command sets the VBW value for the specified range.
The numeric suffixes <1...20> specify the range. The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
This command is available from firmware version 1.80.
Parameter
Refer to the data sheet.
Example
ESP:RANG1:BAND:VID 5000000
Sets the VBW for range 1 to 5 MHz.
Characteristics
RST value: 10.0 MHz
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, CDMA, EVDO

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:COUNt?
This command returns the number of defined ranges.
The numeric suffixes are not relevant.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
This command is available from firmware version 1.80.
Example
ESP:RANG:COUNt?
Returns the number of defined ranges.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, CDMA, EVDO

1300.2519.12

6.191

E-11

SENSe Subsystem

R&S FSL

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:DELete
This command deletes the specified range. The range numbers are updated accordingly. The
reference range cannot be deleted. A minimum of three ranges is mandatory.
The numeric suffixes <1...20> specify the range. The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
This command is available from firmware version 1.80.
Example
ESP:RANG4:DEL
Deletes range 4.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, CDMA, EVDO

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>[:FREQuency]:STARt
This command sets the start frequency for the specified range.
In order to change the start/stop frequency of the first/last range, select the appropriate span. If
you set a span that is smaller than the overall span of the ranges, the measurement includes
only the ranges that lie within the defined span and have a minimum span of 20 Hz. The first
and last range are adapted to the given span as long as the minimum span of 20 Hz is not
violated.
The numeric suffixes <1...20> specify the range. The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
This command is available from firmware version 1.80.
Parameter
see rules in chapter 4, "Ranges and settings"
Example
ESP:RANG1:STAR 100000000
Sets the start frequency for range 1 to 100 MHz.
Characteristics
RST value: –250.0 MHz (range 1), –2.52 MHz (range 2), 2.52 MHz (range 3)
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, CDMA, EVDO

1300.2519.12

6.192

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>[:FREQuency]:STOP
This command sets the stop frequency for the specified range. For further details refer to the
[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>[:FREQuency]:STARt command.
The numeric suffixes <1...20> specify the range. The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
This command is available from firmware version 1.80.
Parameter
see rules in chapter 4, "Ranges and settings"
Example
ESP:RANG3:STOP 10000000
Sets the stop frequency for range 2 to 10 MHz.
Characteristics
RST value: –2.52 MHz (range 1), 2.52 MHz (range 2), 250.0 MHz (range 3)
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, CDMA, EVDO

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:FILTer:TYPE
This command sets the filter type for the specified range.
The numeric suffixes <1...20> specify the range. The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
This command is available from firmware version 1.80.
Parameter
NORMal

Gaussian filters

CFILter

channel filters

RRC

RRC filters

PULSe

EMI (6dB) filters

The available bandwidths of the filters are specified in the data sheet.
Example
ESP:RANG1:FILT:TYPE RRC
Sets the RRC filter type for range 1.
Characteristics
RST value: NORM
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, CDMA, EVDO

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:INPut:ATTenuation
This command sets the attenuation for the specified range.
The numeric suffixes <1...20> specify the range. The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
This command is available from firmware version 1.80.
Parameter
Refer to the data sheet.
1300.2519.12

6.193

E-11

SENSe Subsystem

R&S FSL

Example
ESP:RANG3:INP:ATT 10
Sets the attenuation of range 3 to 10 dB.
Characteristics
RST value: 0 dB
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, CDMA, EVDO

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:INPut:ATTenuation:AUTO
This command activates or deactivates the automatic RF attenuation setting for the specified
range.
The numeric suffixes <1...20> specify the range. The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
This command is available from firmware version 1.80.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
ESP:RANG2:INP:ATT:AUTO OFF
Deactivates the RF attenuation auto mode for range 2.
Characteristics
RST value: ON
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, CDMA, EVDO

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:INPut:GAIN:STATe
This command switches the preamplifier on or off for the specified range.
The numeric suffixes <1...20> specify the range. The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
This command is available from firmware version 1.80.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
ESP:RANG3:INP:GAIN:STATe ON
Switches the preamplifier for range 3 on or off.
Characteristics
RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, CDMA, EVDO

1300.2519.12

6.194

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:INSert
This command inserts a new range before or after the specified range. The range numbers are
updated accordingly.
The numeric suffixes <1...20> specify the range. The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
This command is available from firmware version 1.80.
Parameter
AFTer | BEFore
Example
ESP:RANG3:INS BEF
Inserts a new range before range 3.
ESP:RANG1:INS AFT
Inserts a new range after range 1.
Characteristics
RST value:
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, CDMA, EVDO

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:LIMit:ABSolute:STARt
This command sets an absolute limit value at the start frequency of the specified range.
Different from manual operation, this setting is independently of the defined limit check type.
The numeric suffixes <1...20> specify the range. The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
This command is available from firmware version 1.80.
Parameter
–400 to in 400 dBm
Example
ESP:RANG1:LIM:ABS:STAR 10
Sets an absolute limit of 10 dBm at the start frequency of the range.
Characteristics
RST value: –13 dBm
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, CDMA, EVDO

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:LIMit:ABSolute:STOP
This command sets an absolute limit value at the stop frequency of the specified range.
Different from manual operation, this setting is independently of the defined limit check type.
The numeric suffixes <1...20> specify the range. The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
This command is available from firmware version 1.80.
Parameter
–400 to in 400 dBm

1300.2519.12

6.195

E-11

SENSe Subsystem

R&S FSL

Example
ESP:RANG1:LIM:ABS:STOP 20
Sets an absolute limit of 20 dBm at the stop frequency of the range.
Characteristics
RST value: –13 dBm
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, CDMA, EVDO

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:LIMit:RELative:STARt
This command sets a relative limit value at the start frequency of the specified range. Different
from manual operation, this setting is independently of the defined limit check type.
The numeric suffixes <1...20> specify the range. The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
This command is available from firmware version 1.80.
Parameter
–400 to in 400 dBc
Example
ESP:RANG3:LIM:REL:STAR –20
Sets a relative limit of –20 dBc at the start frequency of the range.
Characteristics
RST value: –50 dBc
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, CDMA, EVDO

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:LIMit:RELative:STOP
This command sets a relative limit value at the stop frequency of the specified range. Different
from manual operation, this setting is independently of the defined limit check type.
The numeric suffixes <1...20> specify the range. The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
This command is available from firmware version 1.80.
Parameter
–400 to in 400 dBc
Example
ESP:RANG3:LIM:REL:STOP 20
Sets a relative limit of 20 dBc at the stop frequency of the range.
Characteristics
RST value: –50 dBc
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, CDMA, EVDO

1300.2519.12

6.196

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:LIMit:STATe
This command sets the type of limit check for all ranges.
The numeric suffixes are not relevant.
This command is available from firmware version 1.80.
Parameter
ABSolute

Checks only the absolute limits defined.

RELative

Checks only the relative limits. Relative limits are defined as relative to the
measured power in the reference range.

AND

Combines the absolute and relative limit. The limit check fails when both limits
are violated.

OR

Combines the absolute and relative limit. The limit check fails when one of the
limits is violated.

Example
ESP:RANG3:LIM:STAT AND
Sets for all ranges the combined absolute/relative limit check.
Characteristics
RST value: REL
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, CDMA, EVDO

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:RLEVel
This command sets the reference level for the specified range.
The numeric suffixes <1...20> specify the range. The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
This command is available from firmware version 1.80.
Parameter
Refer to the data sheet.
Example
ESP:RANG2:RLEV 0
Sets the reference level of range 2 to 0 dBm.
Characteristics
RST value: –20 dBm
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, CDMA, EVDO

1300.2519.12

6.197

E-11

SENSe Subsystem

R&S FSL

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:SWEep:TIME
This command sets the sweep time for the specified range.
The numeric suffixes <1...20> specify the range. The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
This command is available from firmware version 1.80.
Parameter
Allowed values depend on the ratio of span to RBW and RBW to VBW. For details refer to the
data sheet.
Example
ESP:RANG1:SWE:TIME 1
Sets the sweep time for range 1 to 1 s.
Characteristics
RST value: 0.27 s
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, CDMA, EVDO

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:SWEep:TIME:AUTO
This command activates or deactivates the automatic sweep time setting for the specified
range.
The numeric suffixes <1...20> specify the range. The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
This command is available from firmware version 1.80.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
ESP:RANG3:SWE:TIME:AUTO OFF
Deactivates the sweep time auto mode for range 3.
Characteristics
RST value: ON
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, CDMA, EVDO

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:TRANsducer
This command sets a transducer for the specified range. You can only choose a transducer that
fulfills the following conditions:
– The transducer overlaps or equals the span of the range.
–

The x–axis is linear.

–

The unit is dB.

The numeric suffixes <1...20> specify the range. The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
This command is available from firmware version 1.80.
Parameter
'string' = name of the transducer
1300.2519.12

6.198

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem

Example
ESP:RANG1:TRAN 'test'
Sets the transducer called test for range 1.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, CDMA, EVDO

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RRANge?
This command returns the current position (number) of the reference range.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
This command is available from firmware version 1.80.
Example
ESP:RRAN?
Returns the current position (number) of the reference range.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, CDMA, EVDO

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RTYPe
This command sets the power reference type.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
This command is available from firmware version 1.80.
Parameter
PEAK

Measures the highest peak within the reference range.

CPOWer

Measures the channel power within the reference range (integral bandwidth
method).

Example
ESP:RTYP PEAK
Sets the peak power reference type.
Characteristics
RST value: CPOWer
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, CDMA, EVDO

1300.2519.12

6.199

E-11

SENSe Subsystem

R&S FSL

SENSe:FREQuency Subsystem
The SENSe:FREQuency subsystem defines the frequency axis of the active display. The frequency
axis can either be defined via the start/stop frequency or via the center frequency and span.

Commands of the SENSe:FREQuency Subsystem
–

[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:CENTer

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:CENTer:STEP

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:CENTer:STEP:AUTO

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:CENTer:STEP:LINK

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:CENTer:STEP:LINK:FACTor

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:MODE

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:OFFSet

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:SPAN

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:SPAN:FULL

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:STARt

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:STOP

[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:CENTer
This command defines the center frequency of the analyzer or the measuring frequency for
span = 0.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Parameter
0 to fmax
fmax is specified in the data sheet. To help analyze signals located at the end of the frequency
range, for R&S FSL models with an upper frequency limit of 6 GHz or less, the fmax value is
extended by 0.05 GHz for direct entry. The preset and maximum values remain unchanged.
Example
FREQ:CENT 100MHz
Characteristics
*RST value: fmax /2 with fmax = maximum frequency
SCPI: conform
Mode
all

1300.2519.12

6.200

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem

[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:CENTer:STEP
This command defines the step size of the center frequency.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Parameter
0 to fmax
Example
FREQ:CENT:STEP 120MHz
Characteristics
*RST value: – (AUTO 0.1 × SPAN is switched on)
SCPI: conform
Mode
all

[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:CENTer:STEP:AUTO
This command couples the step size of the center frequency to the span (ON) or sets the value
of the center frequency entered via [SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:CENTer:STEP (OFF).
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
FREQ:CENT:STEP:AUTO ON
Activates the coupling of the step size to the span.
Characteristics
*RST value: ON
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
all

[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:CENTer:STEP:LINK
This command couples the step size of the center frequency to span (span >0) or to the
resolution bandwidth (span = 0) or cancels the couplings.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Parameter
SPAN

coupling to frequency display range (for span > 0)

RBW

coupling to resolution bandwidth (for span = 0)

OFF

manual input, no coupling

Example
FREQ:CENT:STEP:LINK SPAN

1300.2519.12

6.201

E-11

SENSe Subsystem

R&S FSL

Characteristics
*RST value: SPAN
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, ADEMOD, CDMA, EVDO

[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:CENTer:STEP:LINK:FACTor
This command couples the step size of the center frequency with a factor to the span (span >0)
or to the resolution bandwidth (span = 0).
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Parameter
1 to 100 PCT
Example
FREQ:CENT:STEP:LINK:FACT 20PCT
Characteristics
*RST value: – (AUTO 0.1 × SPAN is switched on)
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, CDMA, EVDO

[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:MODE
This command switches between span > 0 (SWEep) and zero span (CW | FIXed) in the
Spectrum Analyzer mode.
For CW and FIXed, the frequency setting is via the [SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:CENTer
command. In the sweep mode, the setting is via the [SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:STARt,
[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:STOP, [SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:CENTer, and
[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:SPAN commands.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Parameter
CW | FIXed | SWEep | SCAN
Example
FREQ:MODE SWE
Characteristics
*RST value: SWEep
SCPI: conform
Mode
A, CDMA

1300.2519.12

6.202

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem

[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:OFFSet
This command defines the frequency offset of the instrument.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Parameter
–100 GHz to 100 GHz
Example
FREQ:OFFS 1GHZ
Characteristics
*RST value: 0 Hz
SCPI: conform
Mode
A, ADEMOD, CDMA, EVDO, WCDMA

[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:SPAN
This command defines the frequency span in the Spectrum Analyzer mode.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Parameter
0 to fmax
fmax is specified in the data sheet. To help analyze signals located at the end of the frequency
range, for R&S FSL models with an upper frequency limit of 6 GHz or less, the fmax value is
extended by 0.05 GHz for direct entry. The preset and maximum values remain unchanged.
Example
FREQ:SPAN 10MHz
Characteristics
*RST value: fmax with fmax = maximum frequency
SCPI: conform
Mode
A, CATV, CDMA, EVDO

[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:SPAN:FULL
This command sets the frequency span to its maximum.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Parameter
fmax, specified in the data sheet.
Example
FREQ:SPAN:FULL
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: conform
Mode
A, CATV, CDMA, EVDO

1300.2519.12

6.203

E-11

SENSe Subsystem

R&S FSL

[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:STARt
This command defines the start frequency of the analyzer. This command is only available with
span > 0.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Parameter
0 to fmax
fmax is specified in the data sheet. To help analyze signals located at the end of the frequency
range, for R&S FSL models with an upper frequency limit of 6 GHz or less, the fmax value is
extended by 0.05 GHz for direct entry. The preset and maximum values remain unchanged.
Example
FREQ:STAR 20MHz
Characteristics
*RST value: 0
SCPI: conform
Mode
A–F, CATV, CDMA, EVDO

[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:STOP
This command defines the stop frequency of the analyzer. This command is only available with
span > 0.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Parameter
0 to fmax
fmax is specified in the data sheet. To help analyze signals located at the end of the frequency
range, for R&S FSL models with an upper frequency limit of 6 GHz or less, the fmax value is
extended by 0.05 GHz for direct entry. For the R&S FSL18 model, the fmax value is extended to
20 GHz. The preset and maximum values remain unchanged.
For the R&S FSL18, the query returns a maximum frequency of 20 GHz.
Example
FREQ:STOP 2000MHz
Characteristics
*RST value: fmax
SCPI: conform
Mode
A–F, CATV, CDMA, EVDO

1300.2519.12

6.204

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem

SENSe:LIST Subsystem
The commands of this subsystem are used for measuring the power at a list of frequency points with
different device settings. The measurement is always performed in zero span. A new trigger event is
required for each test point (exception: trigger FREE RUN).
The results are output as a list in the order of the entered frequency points. The number of results per
test point depends on the number of concurrently active measurements (peak/RMS/average). The
number of frequencies is limited to 100 entries.
Selection of concurrently active measurements and setting of parameters that are constant for the
whole measurement is performed via a configuration command ([SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:POWer:SET).
This also includes the setting for trigger and gate parameters.
Note:

Settings that are not directly included in commands of this subsystem can be configured by
sending the corresponding commands prior to the SENSe:LIST Subsystem commands.
Please note that changes to the trigger level have to be executed in zero span in order to take
effect for the SENSe:LIST Subsystem commands.

The following subsystem is included:
•

"SENSe:LIST:RANGe Subsystem" on page 6.210

Commands of the SENSe:LIST Subsystem
–

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:POWer[:SEQuence]

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:POWer:RESult?

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:POWer:SET

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:POWer:STATe

Further information
–

More details on the SENSe:LIST Subsystem

More details on the SENSe:LIST Subsystem
The following setting parameters can be selected independently for each frequency point:
•

analyzer frequency

•

reference level

•

resolution filter

•

resolution bandwidth

•

video bandwidth

•

measurement time

•

detector

The commands of this subsystem can be used in two different ways:
•

Instrument setup, measurement and querying of the results in a single command line. With this
method, there is the least delay between the measurement and the result output. However, it
requires the control computer to wait for the response from the instrument.

1300.2519.12

6.205

E-11

SENSe Subsystem
•

R&S FSL

Instrument setup and querying of the result list at the end of the measurement: With this method,
the control computer may be used for other activities while the measurement is being performed.
However, more time is needed for synchronization via service request.

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:POWer[:SEQuence]
This command configures the list of settings (max. 200 entries) for the multiple power
measurement and starts a measurement sequence. When synchronizing the command with
*OPC, a service request is generated as soon as all frequency points are processed and the
defined number of individual measurements is reached.
To reduce the setting time, all indicated parameters are set up simultaneously at each test point.
The query form of the command processes the list and immediately returns the list of results.
The number of results per test point depends on the setting of the
[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:POWer:SET command.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Parameter
The following parameters are the settings for an individual frequency point. They are repeated
for every other frequency point.


Receive frequency for the signal to be measured (= center frequency
in manual operation)
Range of values: 0 Hz to max. frequency, depending on the
instrument model.



Reference level
Range of values: +20 dBm to –130 dBm in 0.1 dB steps



RF input attenuation
Range of values: 0 dB to 30 dB in 5 dB steps



Only listed due to reasons of compatibility with the FSP family.
Takes no effect.



For details refer to
"[SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution]:TYPE" on page
6.176



Resolution bandwidth
For the range of values refer to chapter "Instrument Functions",
section "Res BW Manual".
Refer to chapter "Instrument Functions", section "To choose the
appropriate filter type", for possible combinations of filter type and
filter bandwidth for the  = CFILter and  =
RRC.



Video bandwidth
Range of values:1 Hz to 10 MHz in 1, 3, 10 steps. The value is
ignored for  = CFILter or RRC



Measurement time
Range of values: 1us to 16000s
For details refer to chapter "Instrument Functions", section
"Sweeptime Manual"



1300.2519.12

Reserved. Must be set to 0.

6.206

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem

Return values
The query command returns a list of comma–separated values (CSV) which contains the power
measurement results in floating–point format. The unit depends on the setting with
CALCulate<1|2>:UNIT:POWer
The command
SENSe:LIST:POWer?
935.2MHz,0dBm,10dB,OFF,NORM,1MHz,3MHz,440us,0,
935.4MHz,0dBm,10dB,10dB,NORM,30kHz,100kHz,440us,0,
935.6MHz,0dBm,10dB,20dB,NORM,30kHz,100kHz,440us,0
thus returns the following list, for example:
–28.3,–30.6,–38.1
If the command sequence is extended to
SENSe:LIST:POWer:SET ON,ON,ON,IMM,POS,0,0
SENSe:LIST:POWer?
935.2MHz,0dBm,10dB,OFF,NORM,1MHz,3MHz,440us,0,
935.4MHz,0dBm,10dB,10dB,NORM,30kHz,100kHz,440us,0,
935.6MHz,0dBm,10dB,20dB,NORM,30kHz,100kHz,440us,0
the result list is extended to 3 results per frequency point (peak, RMS and average):
–28.3, –29.6, 1.5, –30.6, –31.9, 0.9, –38.1, –40.0, 2.3
Example
SENSe:LIST:POWer
935.2MHz,0dBm,10dB,OFF,NORM,1MHz,3MHz,440us,0,
935.4MHz,0dBm,10dB,10dB,CFIL,30kHz,100kHz,440us,0,
935.6MHz,0dBm,10dB,20dB,CFIL,30kHz,100kHz,440us,0
Performs a measurement sequence with the following settings:
Step

Freq.
[MHz]

Ref
Level
[dBm]

RF
Att
[dB]

el Att
[dB]

Filter
type

RBW

VBW

Meas
Time
[us]

TRG Level
(reserved)

1

935.2

0

10

OFF

Normal

1 MHz

3 MHz

440

0

2

935.4

0

10

10

Channel

30 kHz

100 kHz

440

0

3

935.6

0

10

20

Channel

30 kHz

100 kHz

440

0

SENSe:LIST:POWer?
935.2MHz,0dBm,10dB,OFF,NORM,1MHz,3MHz,440us,0,
935.4MHz,0dBm,10dB,10dB,CFIL,30kHz,100kHz,440us,0,
935.6MHz,0dBm,10dB,20dB,CFIL,30kHz,100kHz,440us,0
Performs the same measurement and returns the result list immediately after the last frequency
point.
Note: The measurement is performed in zero span and therefore the span is set to 0 Hz. If the
span > 0 is set, the function is automatically switched off.
The measurement is not compatible with other measurements, especially as far as
marker, adjacent channel power measurement or statistics are concerned. The
corresponding commands thus automatically deactivate the function.
The function is only available in REMOTE operation. It is deactivated when switching
the instrument back to LOCAL.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–F, A–T

1300.2519.12

6.207

E-11

SENSe Subsystem

R&S FSL

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:POWer:RESult?
This command queries the result of a previous list measurement as configured and initiated with
[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:POWer[:SEQuence]. The measured results are output in a list of
floating point values separated by commas. The unit of the results depends on the setting made
with the CALCulate<1|2>:UNIT:POWer command.
This command may be used to obtain measurement results in an asynchronous way, using the
service request mechanism for synchronization with the end of the measurement.
If no measurement results are available, the command will return a query error.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Example
*ESE 1
*SRE 32
Configuration of the status reporting system for the generation of an SRQ on operation
complete
SENSe:LIST:POWer
935.2MHz,–20dBm,10dB,OFF,NORM,1MHz,3MHz,434us,0,
935.4MHz,–20dBm,10dB,10dB,NORM,30kHz,100kHz,434us,0,
935.6MHz,–20dBm,10dB,20dB,NORM,30kHz,100kHz,434us,0;
*OPC
Configuring and starting the measurement
...
Further actions of the control computer during measurement
On SRQ:
SENSe:LIST:POWer:RESult?
Response to service request
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–F, A–T

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:POWer:SET
This command defines the constant settings for the list during multiple power measurement.
Parameters ,  and  define, which measurements are
to be performed at the same time at the frequency point. Correspondingly, one, two or three
results per frequency point are returned for the [SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:POWer[:SEQuence]
command. If all three parameters are set to OFF, the command generates an execution error.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Parameter


ON: activates the measurement of the peak power (peak detector)
OFF: deactivates the measurement of the peak power



ON: activates the measurement of the RMS power (RMS detector)
OFF: deactivates the measurement of the RMS power



ON: activates the measurement of the average power (average
detector)
OFF: deactivates the measurement of the average power


1300.2519.12

Selection of the trigger source used for the list measurement
6.208

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem
Possible values: IMMediate | EXTernal | VIDeo | IFPower



Used trigger slope
Possible values: POSitive | NEGative



Offset between the detection of the trigger signal and the start of the
measurement at the next frequency point.
Range of values: 0 s, 125 ns to 100s



Gate length with gated sweep
Range of values: 0 s, 125 ns to 100s
The value 0 s deactivates the use of gated trigger; other values
activate the gated trigger function.
Values <> 0 s are only possible if  is different from
IMMediate. Otherwise, an execution error is triggered.

Return values
The query command returns a list of comma–separated values (CSV) of the settings, i.e.
ON,ON,ON,IMM,POS,0,0
if the configuration has been set with the command
SENSe:LIST:POWer:SET ON,ON,ON,IMM,POS,0,0
Example
SENSe:LIST:POWer:SET ON,OFF,OFF,EXT,POS,10US,434US
Characteristics
*RST value: ON,OFF,OFF,IMM,POS,0S,0S
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–F, A–T

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:POWer:STATe
This command deactivates the list measurement.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Parameter
OFF
Example
SENSe:LIST:POWer:STATe OFF
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–F, A–T

1300.2519.12

6.209

E-11

SENSe Subsystem

R&S FSL

SENSe:LIST:RANGe Subsystem
The SENSe:LIST:RANGe Subsystem contains the remote commands to configure Spurious Emissions
measurements.

Commands of the SENSe:LIST:RANGe Subsystem
–

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>:BANDwidth

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>:BANDwidth:RESolution

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>:BANDwidth:VIDeo

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>:BREak

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>:DELete

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>:COUNt?

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>:DETector

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>[:FREQuency]:STARt

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>[:FREQuency]:STOP

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>:FILTer:TYPE

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>:INPut:ATTenuation

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>:INPut:ATTenuation:AUTO

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>:INPut:GAIN:STATe

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>:POINts

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>:RLEVel

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>:SWEep:TIME

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>:SWEep:TIME:AUTO

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>:LIMit:STARt

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>:LIMit:STOP

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>:LIMit:STATe

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>:TRANsducer

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>:BANDwidth
For details refer to "[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:BANDwidth" on page 6.190.
This command is available from firmware version 1.80.

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>:BANDwidth:RESolution
For details refer to "[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:BANDwidth:RESolution" on
page 6.190.
This command is available from firmware version 1.80.

1300.2519.12

6.210

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>:BANDwidth:VIDeo
For details refer to "[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:BANDwidth:VIDeo" on page
6.191.
This command is available from firmware version 1.80.

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>:BREak
This command configures the sweep behavior.
The numeric suffixes are not relevant.
This command is available from firmware version 1.80.
Parameter
ON

The R&S FSL stops after one range is swept and continues only if you confirm
(a message box is displayed).

OFF

The R&S FSL sweeps all ranges in one go.

Example
LIST:RANG:BRE ON
Configures a stop after each range.
Characteristics
RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>:DELete
For details refer to "[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:DELete" on page 6.192.
This command is available from firmware version 1.80.

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>:COUNt?
For details refer to "[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:COUNt?" on page 6.191.
This command is available from firmware version 1.80.

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>:DETector
This command sets the detector for the specified range. For details refer to chapter 4, "Detector
overview".
The numeric suffixes <1...20> specify the range. The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
This command is available from firmware version 1.80.

1300.2519.12

6.211

E-11

SENSe Subsystem

R&S FSL

Parameter
APEak

auto peak detector

NEGative

minimum peak detector

POSitive

peak detector

SAMPle

sample detector

RMS

RMS detector

AVERage

average detector

Example
LIST:RANGe3:DET SAMP
Sets the sample detector for range 3.
Characteristics
RST value: RMS
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>[:FREQuency]:STARt
For details refer to "[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>[:FREQuency]:STARt" on page
6.192.
This command is available from firmware version 1.80.

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>[:FREQuency]:STOP
For details refer to "[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>[:FREQuency]:STOP" on page
6.193.
This command is available from firmware version 1.80.

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>:FILTer:TYPE
For details refer to "[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:FILTer:TYPE" on page 6.193.
This command is available from firmware version 1.80.

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>:INPut:ATTenuation
For details refer to "[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:INPut:ATTenuation" on page
6.193.
This command is available from firmware version 1.80.

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>:INPut:ATTenuation:AUTO
For details refer to "[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:INPut:ATTenuation:AUTO" on
page 6.194.
This command is available from firmware version 1.80.

1300.2519.12

6.212

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>:INPut:GAIN:STATe
For details refer to "[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:INPut:GAIN:STATe" on page
6.194.
This command is available from firmware version 1.80.

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>:POINts
This command sets the number of sweep points for the specified range.
The numeric suffixes <1...20> specify the range. The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
This command is available from firmware version 1.80.
Parameter
For details on possible values refer to chapter 4, Sweep Points softkey of the sweep menu.
Example
LIST:RANG3:POIN 601
Sets 601 sweep points for range 3.
Characteristics
RST value: 501
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>:RLEVel
For details refer to "[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:RLEVel" on page 6.197.
This command is available from firmware version 1.80.

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>:SWEep:TIME
For details refer to "[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:SWEep:TIME" on page 6.198.
This command is available from firmware version 1.80.

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>:SWEep:TIME:AUTO
For details refer to "[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:SWEep:TIME:AUTO" on page
6.198.
This command is available from firmware version 1.80.

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>:LIMit:STARt
For details refer to "[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:LIMit:ABSolute:STARt" on page
6.195.
This command is available from firmware version 1.80.

1300.2519.12

6.213

E-11

SENSe Subsystem

R&S FSL

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>:LIMit:STOP
For details refer to "[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:LIMit:ABSolute:STOP" on page
6.195.
This command is available from firmware version 1.80.

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>:LIMit:STATe
For details refer to "[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:LIMit:STATe" on page 6.197.
This command is available from firmware version 1.80.

[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>:TRANsducer
For details refer to "[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:TRANsducer" on page 6.198.
This command is available from firmware version 1.80.

1300.2519.12

6.214

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem

SENSe:MPOWer Subsystem
The commands of this subsystem are used to determine the mean burst power or peak burst power for
a given number of signal bursts, and for outputting the results in a list. Since all the settings required for
a measurement are combined in a single command, the measurement speed is considerably higher
than when using individual commands.
For measuring the signal bursts, the gated sweep function is used in zero span. The gate is controlled
either by an external trigger signal or by the video signal. An individual trigger event is required for each
burst to be measured. If an external trigger signal is used, the threshold is fixed to TTL level, while with
a video signal the threshold can be set as desired.

Commands of the SENSe:MPOWer Subsystem
–

[SENSe<1|2>:]MPOWer[:SEQuence]

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]MPOWer:FTYPe

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]MPOWer:RESult[:LIST]?

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]MPOWer:RESult:MIN?

Further information
–

More details on the SENSe:MPOWer Subsystem

More details on the SENSe:MPOWer Subsystem
The following graphics shows the relation between trigger time, trigger offset (for delayed gate opening)
and measurement time.
Measurement
Time

Measurement
Time

Measurement
Time

Trigger
Offset

Trigger
Offset

Trigger
Offset

Trigger
Signal

Trigger
Signal

t

Trigger
Signal

Depending on the settings made, the measurements are performed with the RMS detector for RMS
power or the PEAK detector for peak power. For all these measurements, trace 1 of the selected
system is used.
The setting parameters for this measurement are:
•

analyzer frequency

•

resolution bandwidth

•

measurement time used for a single burst

1300.2519.12

6.215

E-11

SENSe Subsystem
•

trigger source

•

trigger level

•

trigger offset

•

type of power measurement (PEAK, MEAN)

•

number of bursts to be measured

R&S FSL

The commands of this subsystem can be used in two different ways:
•

Setting up the instrument and at the same time querying the result list: This method ensures the
smallest delay between measurement and the output of the measured values, but requires the
control computer to wait actively for the response of the instrument.

•

Setting up the instrument and querying the result list after synchronization to the end of
measurement: With this method the control computer can be used for other activities while the
instrument is performing the measurement at the cost of additional time needed for synchronization
via service request.

[SENSe<1|2>:]MPOWer[:SEQuence]
This command configures the instrument setup for multiple burst power measurement and starts
a measurement sequence. When synchronizing the command with *OPC, a service request is
generated as soon as the defined number of individual measurements (# of meas) is reached.
To reduce the setting time, the setup is performed simultaneously for all selected parameters.
The command in the form of a query makes the instrument settings, performs the defined
number of measurements and outputs the measurement results list.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Parameter


Receive frequency for the burst signals to be measured (= center
frequency in manual operation)
Range: 0 Hz to max. frequency, depending on instrument model



resolution bandwidth for the measurement
Range: 10 Hz to 10 MHz in steps of 1, 3, 10



Time span during which measurement samples are sampled for RMS
/ peak measurement. The type of measurement is selected by .
Range: 1us to 30s



trigger signal source. Possible settings:
EXTernal: The trigger signal is fed from the "Ext. Trigger/Gate" input
on the rear of the unit.
VIDeo: The internal video signal is used as trigger signal.



Signal level at which the trigger becomes active. For 
= VIDeo this is the level of the video signal as a percentage of the
diagram height. If  = EXTernal is selected, the value
entered here is ignored, as in this case the trigger input uses TTL
levels.
Range: 0 – 100PCT( = VIDeo)



Offset between the detection of the trigger signal and the start of the
measurement.
Range: 125 ns to 100s

1300.2519.12

6.216

E-11

R&S FSL


SENSe Subsystem
Determines whether mean power (RMS) or peak power (PEAK) is to
be measured. The detector is selected accordingly.
Possible values: MEAN, PEAK

<# of meas>

Number of individual bursts to be measured.
Range: 1 to 32001

Return values
The query command returns a list separated by commas (comma separated values = CSV),
which contains the power measurement results in floating–point format. The unit used for the
return values is always dBm.
The command SENSe:MPOWer? 935.2MHz,1MHz,434us,VIDEO,50PCT,5us,MEAN,20
may, for instance, cause the following list to be returned:
18.3,18.6,18.1,18.0,17.9,18.3,18.6,18.1,18.0,17.9,18.3,18.6,18.1,18.0,17.9,18.3,18.6,18.1,18.0,
17.9
Example
SENSe:MPOWer 935.2MHz,1MHz,434us,VIDEO,50PCT,5us,MEAN,20
Performs a measurement sequence with the following settings:
Frequency = 935.2 MHz,
Resolution bandwidth = 1 MHz
Measurement time = 434 µs
Trigger source = VIDEO
Trigger threshold = 50%
Trigger offset = 5 µs
Type of measurement = MEAN power
No. of measurements = 20
SENSe:MPOWer? 935.2MHz,1MHz,434us,VIDEO,50PCT,5us,MEAN,20
Performs the same measurement and in addition returns the results list immediately after
completion of the last measurement.
Note: The measurement function always uses trace 1.
Repeated use of the command without changes to its parameters (i.e. using the same
settings again) will speed up the measurement since the previous hardware settings will
be cached and therefore additional hardware settling times will be avoided. This also
holds true if only part of the parameters (e.g. only the trigger delay) are changed, as in
this case the rest of the parameters will be cached.
This measurement is not compatible with other measurements, especially as far as
marker functions, adjacent–channel measurement or statistics are concerned. The
corresponding functions are therefore automatically switched off. In return incompatible
commands will automatically deactivate the multi burst power function.
The function is only available in the REMOTE operation. It is deactivated on switching
back to LOCAL.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A

1300.2519.12

6.217

E-11

SENSe Subsystem

R&S FSL

[SENSe<1|2>:]MPOWer:FTYPe
This command defines the filter type for the measurement.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Parameter
NORMal | CFILter | RRC
Example
SENSe:MPOWer:FTYPe CFILter
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A

[SENSe<1|2>:]MPOWer:RESult[:LIST]?
This command queries the results of a multiple burst power measurement as configured and
initiated with [SENSe<1|2>:]MPOWer[:SEQuence]. The results are output in a comma–
separated list of floating point values. The unit used for the return values is always dBm.
This command may be used to obtain measurement results in an asynchronous way using the
service request mechanism for synchronization with the end of the measurement.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
If no measurement results are available, the command will return a query error.
Example
*ESE 1
*SRE 32
Configuration of status reporting systems for the generation of an SRQ on operation complete
SENSe:MPOWer 935.2MHz,1MHz,434us,VIDEO,50PCT,5us,MEAN,20;*OPC
Configuring and starting the measurement
...
Further actions of the control computer during measurement
On SRQ:
Response to service request
SENSe:MPOWer:RESult?
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A

1300.2519.12

6.218

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem

[SENSe<1|2>:]MPOWer:RESult:MIN?
This command queries the minimum power value in a multiple burst power measurement as
configured and initiated with [SENSe<1|2>:]MPOWer[:SEQuence]. The unit used for the
return values is always dBm.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
If no measurement result is available, the command will return a query error.
Example
*ESE 1
*SRE 32
Configuration of status reporting systems for the generation of an SRQ on operation complete
SENSe:MPOWer 935.2MHz,1MHz,434us,VIDEO,50PCT,5us,MEAN,20;*OPC
Configuring and starting the measurement
...
Further actions of the control computer during measurement
On SRQ:
Response to service request
SENSe:MPOWer:RESult:MIN?
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A

1300.2519.12

6.219

E-11

SENSe Subsystem

R&S FSL

SENSe:POWer Subsystem
This subsystem controls the setting of the instruments channel and adjacent channel power
measurements.

Commands of the SENSe:POWer Subsystem
–

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:ACPairs

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:BANDwidth|BWIDth[:CHANnel]

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:BANDwidth|BWIDth:ACHannel

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:BANDwidth|BWIDth:ALTernate<1...11>

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:MODE

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:PRESet

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:PRESet:RLEVel

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:REFerence:AUTO

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:REFerence:TXCHannel:AUTO

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:REFerence:TXCHannel:MANual

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:SPACing[:ACHannel]

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:SPACing:ALTernate<1...11>

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:SPACing:CHANnel

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:TXCHannel:COUNt

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:BANDwidth|BWIDth

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:HSPeed

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:TRACe

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:ACPairs
This command sets the number of adjacent channels (upper and lower channel in pairs).The
figure 0 stands for pure channel power measurement.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Parameter
1 to 12
Example
POW:ACH:ACP 3
Sets the number of adjacent channels to 3, i.e. the adjacent channel and alternate adjacent
channels 1 and 2 are switched on.
Characteristics
*RST value: 1
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–F

1300.2519.12

6.220

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:BANDwidth|BWIDth[:CHANnel]
This command sets the channel bandwidth of the radio communication system. The bandwidths
of adjacent channels are not influenced by this modification.
With [SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:HSPeed set to ON, steep–edged channel filters are available.
For further information on filters refer to chapter "Instrument Functions", section "List of
available RRC and channel filters".
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Parameter
100 Hz to 1000 MHz
Example
POW:ACH:BWID 30kHz
Sets the bandwidth of the TX channel to 30 kHz.
Characteristics
*RST value: 14 kHz
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–F

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:BANDwidth|BWIDth:ACHannel
This command defines the channel bandwidth of the adjacent channel of the radio transmission
system. If the bandwidth of the adjacent channel is changed, the bandwidths of all alternate
adjacent channels are automatically set to the same value.
With [SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:HSPeed set to ON, steep–edged channel filters are available.
For further information on filters refer to chapter "Instrument Functions", section "List of
available RRC and channel filters".
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Parameter
100 Hz to 1000 MHz
Example
POW:ACH:BWID:ACH 30kHz
Sets the bandwidth of all adjacent channels to 30 kHz.
Characteristics
*RST value: 14 kHz
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–F

1300.2519.12

6.221

E-11

SENSe Subsystem

R&S FSL

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:BANDwidth|BWIDth:ALTernate<1...11>
This command defines the channel bandwidth of the alternate adjacent channels of the radio
transmission system. If the channel bandwidth of alternate adjacent channel 1 is changed, the
bandwidth of alternate adjacent channels 2 to 11 is automatically set to the same value.
With [SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:HSPeed set to ON, steep–edged channel filters are available.
For further information on filters refer to chapter "Instrument Functions", section "List of
available RRC and channel filters".
Parameter
100 Hz to 1000 MHz
Example
POW:ACH:BWID:ALT2 30kHz
Characteristics
*RST value: 14 kHz
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–F

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:MODE
This command switches between absolute and relative adjacent channel measurement. The
command is only available with span > 0 and if the number of adjacent channel is greater than 0.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Parameter
ABSolute | RELative
Example
POW:ACH:MODE REL
Sets the adjacent channel measurement mode to relative.
Characteristics
RST value: RELative
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–F

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:PRESet
This command adjusts the frequency span, the measurement bandwidths and the detector as
required for the number of channels, the channel bandwidths and the channel spacings selected
in the active power measurement. If necessary, adjacent–channel power measurement is
switched on prior to the adjustment.
To obtain correct results, a complete sweep with synchronization to the end of the sweep must
be performed after the adjustment. Synchronization is possible only in the single sweep mode.
The result is queried with the CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:POWer:RESult?
command.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.

1300.2519.12

6.222

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem

Parameter
ACPower | CPOWer | MCACpower | OBANdwidth | OBWidth | CN | CN0
Example
POW:ACH:PRES ACP
Sets the frequency span, the measurement bandwidths and the detector as required for the
ACP measurement.
INIT:CONT OFF
Switches over to single sweep mode.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a sweep and waits for the end of the sweep.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:RES? ACP
Queries the result of the adjacent–channel power measurement.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–F

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:PRESet:RLEVel
This command adapts the reference level to the measured channel power and – if required –
switches on previously the adjacent channel power measurement. This ensures that the signal
path of the instrument is not overloaded. Since the measurement bandwidth is significantly
smaller than the signal bandwidth in channel power measurements, the signal path can be
overloaded although the trace is still significantly below the reference level. If the measured
channel power equals the reference level, the signal path is not overloaded.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Note: Subsequent commands have to be synchronized with *WAI, *OPC or *OPC? to the end
of the auto range process which would otherwise be aborted.
Example
POW:ACH:PRES:RLEV;*WAI
Adapts the reference level to the measured channel power.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–F, CATV, WCDMA

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:REFerence:AUTO
This command sets the reference value to the currently measured channel power for the relative
measurement.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Parameter
ONCE
1300.2519.12

6.223

E-11

SENSe Subsystem

R&S FSL

Example
POW:ACH:REF:AUTO ONCE
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–F

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:REFerence:TXCHannel:AUTO
This command activates the automatic selection of a transmission channel to be used as a
reference channel in relative adjacent–channel power measurements.
The transmission channel with the highest power, the transmission channel with the lowest
power, or the transmission channel nearest to the adjacent channels can be defined as a
reference channel.
The command is available only for multicarrier channel and adjacent–channel power
measurements with span > 0 (CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:POWer:SELect).
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Parameter
MINimum

Transmission channel with the lowest power

MAXimum

Transmission channel with the highest power

LHIGhest

Lowermost transmission channel for the lower adjacent channels,
uppermost transmission channel for the upper adjacent channels

Example
POW:ACH:REF:TXCH:AUTO MAX
The transmission channel with the highest power is used as a reference channel.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–F

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:REFerence:TXCHannel:MANual
This command selects a transmission channel to be used as a reference channel in relative
adjacent–channel power measurements.
The command is available only for multicarrier channel and adjacent–channel power
measurements with span > 0 (CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:POWer:SELect).
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Parameter
1 to 12
Example
POW:ACH:REF:TXCH:MAN 3
Transmission channel 3 is used as a reference channel.

1300.2519.12

6.224

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem

Characteristics
*RST value: 1
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–F

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:SPACing[:ACHannel]
This command defines the spacing between the carrier signal and the adjacent channel (ADJ).
The modification of the adjacent–channel spacing (ADJ) causes a change in all higher
adjacent–channel spacings (ALT1, ALT2, ...): they are all multiplied by the same factor (new
spacing value / old spacing value).
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Parameter
100 Hz to 2000 MHz
Example
POW:ACH:SPAC 33kHz
Sets the spacing between the carrier signal and the adjacent channel to 33 kHz, the alternate
adjacent channel 1 to 66 kHz, the alternate adjacent channel 2 to 99 kHz, and so on.
Characteristics
*RST value: 14 kHz
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–F

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:SPACing:ALTernate<1...11>
This command defines the spacing between the alternate adjacent channels and the TX
channel (ALT1, ALT2, ...). A modification of a higher adjacent–channel spacing causes a
change by the same factor (new spacing value / old spacing value) in all higher adjacent–
channel spacings, while the lower adjacent–channel spacings remain unchanged.
The numeric suffixes <1...11> defines the alternate adjacent channel. The numeric suffixes
<1|2> are not relevant.
Parameter
100 Hz to 2000 MHz
Example
POW:ACH:SPAC:ALT1 100kHz
Sets the spacing between TX channel and alternate adjacent channel 1 (ALT1) from 40 kHz to
100 kHz. In consequence, the spacing between the TX channel and all higher alternate adjacent
channels is increased by the factor 100/40 = 2.5: ALT2 = 150 kHz, ALT3 = 200 kHz, ALT4 = 250
kHz.
Characteristics
*RST value: 40 kHz (ALT1), 60 kHz (ALT2), 80 kHz (ALT3), ...
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–F

1300.2519.12

6.225

E-11

SENSe Subsystem

R&S FSL

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:SPACing:CHANnel<1...11>
This command defines the channel spacing for the carrier signals.
The numeric suffixes <1...11> defines the TX channel. The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not
relevant.
Parameter
14 kHz to 2000 MHz
Example
POW:ACH:SPAC:CHAN 25kHz
Characteristics
*RST value: 20 kHz
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–F

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:TXCHannel:COUNt
This command selects the number of carrier signals.
The command is available only for multicarrier channel and adjacent–channel power
measurements with span > 0 (CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:POWer:SELect).
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Parameter
1 to 12
Example
POW:ACH:TXCH:COUN 3
Characteristics
*RST value: 1
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:BANDwidth|BWIDth
This command defines the percentage of the power with respect to the total power. This value is
the basis for the occupied bandwidth measurement
([SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:PRESet).
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Parameter
10 to 99.9PCT
Example
POW:BWID 95PCT

1300.2519.12

6.226

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem

Characteristics
*RST value: 99PCT
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–F

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:HSPeed
This command switches on or off the high–speed channel/adjacent channel power
measurement. The measurement itself is performed in zero span on the center frequencies of
the individual channels. The command automatically switches to zero span and back.
Depending on the selected mobile radio standard, weighting filters with
very steep–sided channel filters are used for band limitation.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.

cos characteristic or

Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
POW:HSP ON
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–F

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:TRACe
This command assigns the channel/adjacent channel power measurement to the indicated
trace. The corresponding trace must be active, i.e. its state must be different from blank.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Note: The measurement of the occupied bandwidth (OBW) is performed on the trace on
which marker 1 is positioned. To evaluate another trace, marker 1 must be positioned to
another trace with CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:TRACe.
Parameter
1 to 6
Example
POW:TRAC 2
Assigns the measurement to trace 2.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A

1300.2519.12

6.227

E-11

SENSe Subsystem

R&S FSL

SENSe:ROSCillator Subsystem
This subsystem controls the reference oscillator. The numeric suffix in SENSe is irrelevant for the
commands of this subsystem.

Commands of the SENSe:ROSCillator Subsystem
–

[SENSe<1|2>:]ROSCillator:SOURce

[SENSe<1|2>:]ROSCillator:SOURce
This command controls selection of the reference oscillator.
If the external reference oscillator is selected, the reference signal must be connected to the
rear panel of the instrument.
Parameter
INTernal | EXTernal
Example
ROSC:SOUR EXT
Characteristics
*RST value: SCPI: conform
Mode
all

1300.2519.12

6.228

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem

SENSe:SWEep Subsystem
The SENSe:SWEep subsystem controls the sweep parameters.

Commands of the SENSe:SWEep Subsystem
–

[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:COUNt

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:COUNt:CURRent?

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe:HOLDoff

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe:LENGth

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe:POLarity

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe:SOURce

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe:TYPE

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:MODE

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:POINts

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:TIME

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:TIME:AUTO

[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:COUNt
In analyzer mode, the command defines the number of sweeps started with single sweep, which
are used for calculating the average or maximum value. If the values 0 or 1 are set, one sweep
is performed.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Parameter
0 to 32767
Example
SWE:COUN 64
Sets the number of sweeps to 64.
INIT:CONT OFF
Switches to single sweep mode.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a sweep and waits for its end.
Characteristics
*RST value: 0
SCPI: conform
Mode
A, ADEMOD, CATV, CDMA, EVDO, WCDMA

1300.2519.12

6.229

E-11

SENSe Subsystem

R&S FSL

[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:COUNt:CURRent?
This query command returns the current number of started sweeps. A sweep count value
should be set and the device should be in single sweep mode.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Example
SWE:COUNt 64
Sets sweep count to 64
INIT:CONT OFF
Switches to single sweep mode
INIT
Starts a sweep (without waiting for the sweep end!)
SWE:COUN:CURR?
Queries the number of started sweeps
Characteristics
*RST value: 0
SCPI: conform
Mode
A, ADEMOD

[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe
This command switches on/off the sweep control by an external gate signal. If the external gate
is selected the trigger source is automatically switched to EXTernal as well.
In case of measurement with external gate, the measured values are recorded as long as the
gate is opened. During a sweep the gate can be opened and closed several times. The
synchronization mechanisms with *OPC, *OPC? and *WAI remain completely unaffected.
The sweep end is detected when the required number of measurement points (501 in
Spectrum Analyzer mode) has been recorded.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
SWE:EGAT ON
Switches on the external gate mode.
SWE:EGAT:TYPE EDGE
Switches on the edge–triggered mode.
SWE:EGAT:HOLD 100US
Sets the gate delay to 100 µs.
SWE:EGAT:LEN 500US
Sets the gate opening time to 500 µs.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a sweep and waits for its end.

1300.2519.12

6.230

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem

Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, WLAN, OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe:HOLDoff
This command defines the delay time between the external gate signal and the continuation of
the sweep.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Parameter
125 Us to 100 s
Example
SWE:EGAT:HOLD 100us
Characteristics
*RST value: 0s
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, BT

[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe:LENGth
In case of edge triggering, this command determines the time interval during which the
instrument sweeps.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Parameter
0 to 100 s
Example
SWE:EGAT:LENG 10ms
Characteristics
*RST value: 0s
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, BT

[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe:POLarity
This command determines the polarity of the external gate signal. The setting applies both to
the edge of an edge–triggered signal and the level of a level–triggered signal.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Parameter
POSitive | NEGative

1300.2519.12

6.231

E-11

SENSe Subsystem

R&S FSL

Example
SWE:EGAT:POL POS
Characteristics
*RST value: POSitive
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A

[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe:SOURce
This command toggles between external gate signal and IF power signal as a signal source for
the gate mode. If an IF power signal is used, the gate is opened as soon as a signal at > –20
dBm is detected within the IF path bandwidth (10 MHz).
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Parameter
EXTernal | IFPower | VIDeo
Example
SWE:EGAT:SOUR IFP
Switches the gate source to IF power.
Characteristics
*RST value: IFPower
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A

[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe:TYPE
This command sets the type of triggering (level or edge) by the external gate signal.
The gate is edge–triggered ([SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe:TYPE EDGE):
After detection of the set gate signal edge, the gate remains open until the gate delay
([SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe:HOLDoff) has expired.
The gate is level–triggered ([SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe:TYPE LEVel):
After detection of the gate signal, the gate remains open until the gate signal disappears. The
gate opening time cannot be defined with the parameter
[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe:LENGth.
A delay between applying the gate signal and the start of recording measured values can be
defined with [SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe:HOLDoff.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Parameter
LEVel | EDGE
Example
SWE:EGAT:TYPE EDGE

1300.2519.12

6.232

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem

Characteristics
*RST value: EDGE
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A

[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:MODE
This command changes from Spectrum Analyzer to Spectrum Emission Mask or Spurious
Emissions measurement mode and back.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
This command is available from firmware version 1.80.
Parameter
AUTO
ESPectrum
LIST

Switches to Spectrum Analyzer measurement mode or stays in the
current mode if it is not ESP / LIST
Spectrum Emission Mask measurement mode
Spurious Emissions measurement mode

Example
SWE:MODE ESP
Sets the Spectrum Emission Mask measurement mode.
Characteristics
RST value: AUTO
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, CDMA, EVDO

[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:POINts
This command defines the number of measurement points to be collected during one sweep.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Parameter
101 to 32001
Example
SWE:POIN 251
Characteristics
*RST value: 501
SCPI: conform
Mode
A, CATV, CDMA, EVDO, SPECM

1300.2519.12

6.233

E-11

SENSe Subsystem

R&S FSL

[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:TIME
In analyzer mode, this command defines the sweep time. The available time values vary
depending on the span setting.
If [SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:TIME is directly programmed, automatic coupling to resolution
bandwidth and video bandwidth is switched off.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Parameter
refer to data sheet
Example
SWE:TIME 10s
Characteristics
*RST value: – (AUTO is set to ON)
SCPI: conform
Mode
A, ADEMOD, NF, CATV, CDMA, EVDO, OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro, SPECM, WLAN

[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:TIME:AUTO
This command controls the automatic coupling of the sweep time to the frequency span and
bandwidth settings.
If [SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:TIME is directly programmed, automatic coupling is switched off.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
SWE:TIME:AUTO ON
Switches on the coupling to frequency span and bandwidths.
Characteristics
*RST value: ON
SCPI: conform
Mode
A, CATV, CDMA, EVDO, SPECM

1300.2519.12

6.234

E-11

R&S FSL

SOURce Subsystem

SOURce Subsystem
The SOURce subsystem controls the output signals of the instrument.
The following subsystem is included:
•

"SOURce:POWer Subsystem" on page 6.235

Commands of the SOURce subsystem
–

SOURce<1|2>:EXTernal<1|2>:ROSCillator[:SOURce]

–

SOURce:TEMPerature:APRobe?

SOURce<1|2>:EXTernal<1|2>:ROSCillator[:SOURce]
This command switches between external and internal reference oscillator.
Parameter
INTernal | EXTernal
Example
SOUR:EXT:ROSC EXT
Switches to external reference oscillator
Characteristics
*RST value: INT
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
all

SOURce:TEMPerature:APRobe?
This command queries the sensor temperature.
Parameter
1 (CPU)
Example
SOUR:TEMP:APR? 1
Queries the temperature of the CPU sensor.
Characteristics
RST value: SCPI: device-specific
Mode
all

1300.2519.12

6.235

E-11

SOURce Subsystem

R&S FSL

SOURce:POWer Subsystem (models with tracking generator)
The SOURce:POWer subsystem controls the power of the tracking generator signal.

Commands of the SOURce:POWer Subsystem
–

SOURce<1|2>:POWer[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude]

–

SOURce<1|2>:POWer[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet

SOURce<1|2>:POWer[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude]
This command defines the output level of the tracking generator.
Parameter
 in dBm, range specified in data sheet;
–400 dBm: switches off the tracking generator and keeps the corresponding hardware settings
and the normalization
Example
SOUR:POW –20dBm
Sets the tracking generator level to –20 dBm.
Characteristics
*RST value: –20 dBm
SCPI: conform
Mode
all

SOURce<1|2>:POWer[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet
This command defines a level offset for the tracking generator level. Thus, for example,
attenuators or amplifiers at the output of the tracking generator can be taken into account for the
setting.
Parameter
–200 dB to +200 dB
Example
SOUR:POW:OFFS –10dB
Sets the level offset of the tracking generator to – 20 dBm.
Characteristics
*RST value: 0dB
SCPI: conform
Mode
all

1300.2519.12

6.236

E-11

R&S FSL

STATus Subsystem

STATus Subsystem
The STATus subsystem contains the commands for the status reporting system (for details refer to
chapter 5 "Remote Control – Basics", section "Status Reporting System"). *RST does not influence the
status registers.
The following subsystem is included:
•

"STATus:QUEStionable Subsystem" on page 6.239

Commands of the STATus subsystem
–

STATus:OPERation[:EVENt]?

–

STATus:OPERation:CONDition?

–

STATus:OPERation:ENABle

–

STATus:OPERation:PTRansition

–

STATus:OPERation:NTRansition

–

STATus:PRESet

STATus:OPERation[:EVENt]?
This command queries the contents of the EVENt section of the STATus:OPERation register.
The contents of the EVENt section are deleted after readout.
Example
STAT:OPER?
Characteristics
*RST value: SCPI: conform
Mode
all

STATus:OPERation:CONDition?
This command queries the CONDition section of the STATus:OPERation register. Readout
does not delete the contents of the CONDition section. The value returned reflects the current
hardware status.
Example
STAT:OPER:COND?
Characteristics
*RST value: SCPI: conform
Mode
all

1300.2519.12

6.237

E-11

STATus Subsystem

R&S FSL

STATus:OPERation:ENABle
This command sets the bits of the ENABle section of the STATus:OPERation register. The
ENABle register selectively enables the individual events of the associated EVENt section for
the summary bit in the status byte.
Parameter
0 to 65535
Example
STAT:OPER:ENAB 65535
Characteristics
*RST value: SCPI: conform
Mode
all

STATus:OPERation:PTRansition
This command sets the edge detectors of all bits of the STATus:OPERation register from 0 to 1
for the transitions of the CONDition bit.
Parameter
0 to 65535
Example
STAT:OPER:PTR 65535
Characteristics
*RST value: SCPI: conform
Mode
all

STATus:OPERation:NTRansition
This command sets the edge detectors of all bits of the STATus:OPERation register from 1 to 0
for the transitions of the CONDition bit.
Parameter
0 to 65535
Example
STAT:OPER:NTR 65535
Characteristics
*RST value: SCPI: conform
Mode
all

1300.2519.12

6.238

E-11

R&S FSL

STATus Subsystem

STATus:PRESet
This command resets the edge detectors and ENABle parts of all registers to a defined value.
All PTRansition parts are set to FFFFh, i.e. all transitions from 0 to 1 are detected. All
NTRansition parts are set to 0, i.e. a transition from 1 to 0 in a CONDition bit is not detected.
The ENABle part of the STATus:OPERation and STATus:QUEStionable registers are set to 0,
i.e. all events in these registers are not passed on.
Example
STAT:PRES
Characteristics
*RST value: SCPI: conform
Mode
all

STATus:QUEStionable Subsystem
The STATus:QUEStionable subsystem contains information about the observance of limits during
adjacent power measurements, the reference and local oscillator, the observance of limit lines and limit
margins and possible overloads of the unit.

Commands of the STATus:QUEStionable Subsystem
–

STATus:QUEStionable[:EVENt]?

–

STATus:QUEStionable:CONDition?

–

STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle

–

STATus:QUEStionable:PTRansition

–

STATus:QUEStionable:NTRansition

–

STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit[:EVENt]?

–

STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit:CONDition?

–

STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit:ENABle

–

STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit:NTRansition

–

STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit:PTRansition

–

STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency[:EVENt]?

–

STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:CONDition?

–

STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:ENABle

–

STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:NTRansition

–

STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:PTRansition

–

STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>[:EVENt]?

–

STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:CONDition?

–

STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:ENABle

–

STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:NTRansition

–

STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:PTRansition

–

STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin<1|2>[:EVENt]?

1300.2519.12

6.239

E-11

STATus Subsystem

R&S FSL

–

STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin<1|2>:CONDition?

–

STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin<1|2>:ENABle

–

STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin<1|2>:NTRansition

–

STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin<1|2>:PTRansition

–

STATus:QUEStionable:POWer[:EVENt]?

–

STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:CONDition?

–

STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:ENABle

–

STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:NTRansition

–

STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:PTRansition

–

STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC[:EVENt]?

–

STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC:CONDition?

–

STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC:ENABle

–

STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC:NTRansition

–

STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC:PTRansition

STATus:QUEStionable[:EVENt]?
This command queries the contents of the EVENt section of the STATus:QUEStionable register.
The contents of the EVENt section are deleted after the readout.
Example
STAT:QUES?
Characteristics
*RST value: SCPI: conform
Mode
all

STATus:QUEStionable:CONDition?
This command queries the CONDition section of the STATus:QUEStionable register. Readout
does not delete the contents of the CONDition section.
Example
STAT:QUES:COND?
Characteristics
*RST value: SCPI: conform
Mode
all

1300.2519.12

6.240

E-11

R&S FSL

STATus Subsystem

STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle
This command sets the bits of the ENABle section of the STATus:QUEStionable register. The
ENABle register selectively enables the individual events of the associated EVENt section for
the summary bit in the status byte.
Parameter
0 to 65535
Example
STAT:QUES:ENAB 65535
Characteristics
*RST value: SCPI: conform
Mode
all

STATus:QUEStionable:PTRansition
This command sets the edge detectors of all bits of the STATus:QUEStionable register from 0
to 1 for the transitions of the CONDition bit.
Parameter
0 to 65535
Example
STAT:QUES:PTR 65535
Characteristics
*RST value: SCPI: conform
Mode
all

STATus:QUEStionable:NTRansition
This command sets the edge detectors of all bits of the STATus:OPERation register from 1 to 0
for the transitions of the CONDition bit.
Parameter
0 to 65535
Example
STAT:QUES:NTR 65535
Characteristics
*RST value: SCPI: conform
Mode
all

1300.2519.12

6.241

E-11

STATus Subsystem

R&S FSL

STATus:QUEue[:NEXT?]
This command queries the earliest error queue entry and deletes it.
Positive error numbers indicate device-specific errors, negative error numbers are error
messages defined by SCPI. If the error queue is empty, the error number 0, "No error", is
returned. This command is identical to the SYSTem:ERRor[:NEXT]? command.
Example
STAT:QUES?
Characteristics
*RST value: SCPI: conform
Mode
all

STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit[:EVENt]?
This command queries the contents of the EVENt section of the
STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit register. Readout deletes the contents of the EVENt section.
Example
STAT:QUES:ACPL?
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
all

STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit:CONDition?
This command queries the contents of the CONDition section of the
STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit register. Readout does not delete the contents of the
CONDition section.
Example
STAT:QUES:ACPL:COND?
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
all

1300.2519.12

6.242

E-11

R&S FSL

STATus Subsystem

STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit:ENABle
This command sets the bits of the ENABle section of the STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit
register. The ENABle register selectively enables the individual events of the associated EVENt
section for the summary bit.
Parameter
0 to 65535
Example
STAT:QUES:ACPL:ENAB 65535
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
all

STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit:NTRansition
This command sets the edge detectors of all bits of the STATus:QUEStionable: ACPLimit
register from 1 to 0 for the transitions of the CONDition bit.
Parameter
0 to 65535
Example
STAT:QUES:ACPL:NTR 65535
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
all

STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit:PTRansition
This command sets the edge detectors of all bits of the STATus:QUEStionable: ACPLimit
register from 0 to 1 for the transitions of the CONDition bit.
Parameter
0 to 65535
Example
STAT:QUES:ACPL:PTR 65535
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
all

1300.2519.12

6.243

E-11

STATus Subsystem

R&S FSL

STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency[:EVENt]?
This command queries the contents of the EVENt section of the STATus:QUEStionable:
FREQuency register.
Readout deletes the contents of the EVENt section.
Example
STAT:QUES:FREQ?
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
all

STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:CONDition?
This command queries the contents of the CONDition section of the
STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency register. Readout does not delete the contents of the
CONDition section.
Example
STAT:QUES:FREQ:COND?
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
all

STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:ENABle
This command sets the bits of the ENABle section of the STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency
register. The ENABle register selectively enables the individual events of the associated EVENt
section for the summary bit.
Parameter
0 to 65535
Example
STAT:QUES:FREQ:ENAB 65535
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
all

1300.2519.12

6.244

E-11

R&S FSL

STATus Subsystem

STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:NTRansition
This command sets the edge detectors of all bits of the STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency
register from 1 to 0 for the transitions of the CONDition bit.
Parameter
0 to 65535
Example
STAT:QUES:FREQ:NTR 65535
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
all, except NF

STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:PTRansition
This command sets the edge detectors of all bits of the STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency
register from 0 to 1 for the transitions of the CONDition bit.
Parameter
0 to 65535
Example
STAT:QUES:FREQ:PTR 65535
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
all, except NF

STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>[:EVENt]?
This command queries the contents of the EVENt section of the STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit
register. Readout deletes the contents of the EVENt section.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Example
STAT:QUES:LIM?
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
all

1300.2519.12

6.245

E-11

STATus Subsystem

R&S FSL

STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:CONDition?
This command queries the contents of the CONDition section of the
STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit register.
Readout does not delete the contents of the CONDition section.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Example
STAT:QUES:LIM:COND?
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
all

STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:ENABle
This command sets the bits of the ENABle section of the STATus:QUEStionable register. The
ENABle register selectively enables the individual events of the associated EVENt section for
the summary bit.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Parameter
0 to 65535
Example
STAT:QUES:LIM:ENAB 65535
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
all

STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:NTRansition
This command sets the edge detectors of all bits of the STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit register
from 1 to 0 for the transitions of the CONDition bit.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Parameter
0 to 65535
Example
STAT:QUES:LIM:NTR 65535
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
all, except NF

1300.2519.12

6.246

E-11

R&S FSL

STATus Subsystem

STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:PTRansition
This command sets the edge detectors of all bits of the STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit register
from 0 to 1 for the transitions of the CONDition bit.
This command is available from firmware version 1.10.
Parameter
0 to 65535
Example
STAT:QUES:LIM:PTR 65535
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
all, except NF

STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin<1|2>[:EVENt]?
This command queries the contents of the EVENt section of the
STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin register. Readout deletes the contents of the EVENt section.
Example
STAT:QUES:LMAR?
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
all

STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin<1|2>:CONDition?
This command queries the contents of the CONDition section of the
STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin register. Readout does not delete the contents of the
CONDition section.
Example
STAT:QUES:LMAR:COND?
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
all

1300.2519.12

6.247

E-11

STATus Subsystem

R&S FSL

STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin<1|2>:ENABle
This command sets the bits of the ENABle section of the STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin
register. The ENABle register selectively enables the individual events of the associated EVENt
section for the summary bit.
Parameter
0 to 65535
Example
STAT:QUES:LMAR:ENAB 65535
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
all

STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin<1|2>:NTRansition
This command sets the edge detectors of all bits of the STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin
register from 1 to 0 for the transitions of the CONDition bit.
Parameter
0 to 65535
Example
STAT:QUES:LMAR:NTR 65535
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
all

STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin<1|2>:PTRansition
This command sets the edge detectors of all bits of the STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin
register from 0 to 1 for the transitions of the CONDition bit.
Parameter
0 to 65535
Example
STAT:QUES:LMAR:PTR 65535
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
all

1300.2519.12

6.248

E-11

R&S FSL

STATus Subsystem

STATus:QUEStionable:POWer[:EVENt]?
This command queries the contents of the EVENt section of the STATus:QUEStionable:POWer
register. Readout deletes the contents of the EVENt section.
Example
STAT:QUES:POW?
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: conform
Mode
all

STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:CONDition?
This command queries the contents of the CONDition section of the
STATus:QUEStionable:POWer register. Readout does not delete the contents of the CONDition
section.
Example
STAT:QUES:POW:COND?
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: conform
Mode
all

STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:ENABle
This command sets the bits of the ENABle section of the STATus:QUEStionable:POWer
register. The ENABle register selectively enables the individual events of the associated EVENt
section for the summary bit.
Parameter
0 to 65535
Example
STAT:QUES:POW:ENAB 65535
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: conform
Mode
all

1300.2519.12

6.249

E-11

STATus Subsystem

R&S FSL

STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:NTRansition
This command sets the edge detectors of all bits of the STATus:QUEStionable:POWer register
from 1 to 0 for the transitions of the CONDition bit.
Parameter
0 to 65535
Example
STAT:QUE:POWS:NTR 65535
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: conform
Mode
all

STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:PTRansition
This command sets the edge detectors of all bits of the STATus:QUEStionable:POWer register
from 0 to 1 for the transitions of the CONDition bit.
Parameter
0 to 65535
Example
STAT:QUES:POW:PTR 65535
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: conform
Mode
all

STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC[:EVENt]?
This command queries the contents of the EVENt section of the STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC
register.
Readout deletes the contents of the EVENt section.
This command is available from firmware version 1.30.
Example
STAT:QUES:SYNC?
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
all

1300.2519.12

6.250

E-11

R&S FSL

STATus Subsystem

STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC:CONDition?
This command queries the contents of the CONDition section of the
STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC register. Readout does not delete the contents of the CONDition
section.
This command is available from firmware version 1.30.
Example
STAT:QUES:SYNC:COND?
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
all

STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC:ENABle
This command sets the bits of the ENABle section of the STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC register.
The ENABle register selectively enables the individual events of the associated EVENt section
for the summary bit.
This command is available from firmware version 1.30.
Parameter
0 to 65535
Example
STAT:QUES:SYNC:ENAB 65535
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
all

STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC:NTRansition
This command sets the edge detectors of all bits of the STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC register
from 1 to 0 for the transitions of the CONDition bit.
This command is available from firmware version 1.30.
Parameter
0 to 65535
Example
STAT:QUES:SYNC:NTR 65535
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
all

1300.2519.12

6.251

E-11

STATus Subsystem

R&S FSL

STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC:PTRansition
This command sets the edge detectors of all bits of the STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC register
from 0 to 1 for the transitions of the CONDition bit.
This command is available from firmware version 1.30.
Parameter
0 to 65535
Example
STAT:QUES:SYNC:PTR 65535
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
all

1300.2519.12

6.252

E-11

R&S FSL

SYSTem Subsystem

SYSTem Subsystem
This subsystem contains a series of commands for general functions.

Commands of the SYSTem Subsystem
–

SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB[:SELF]:ADDRess

–

SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB[:SELF]:RTERminator

–

SYSTem:COMMunicate:PRINter:ENUMerate[:NEXT?]

–

SYSTem:COMMunicate:PRINter:ENUMerate:FIRSt?

–

SYSTem:COMMunicate:PRINter:SELect <1|2>

–

SYSTem:DATE

–

SYSTem:DISPlay:FPANel

–

SYSTem:DISPlay:UPDate

–

SYSTem:ERRor[:NEXT]?

–

SYSTem:ERRor:CLEar:ALL

–

SYSTem:ERRor:LIST?

–

SYSTem:FIRMware:UPDate

–

SYSTem:FORMat:IDENt

–

SYSTem:LANGuage

–

SYSTem:LXI:INFo?

–

SYSTem:LXI:LANReset

–

SYSTem:LXI:PASSword

–

SYSTem:LXI:MDEScription

–

SYSTem:PASSword[:CENable]

–

SYSTem:PASSword:RESet

–

SYSTem:PRESet

–

SYSTem:TIME

–

SYSTem:VERSion?

1300.2519.12

6.253

E-11

SYSTem Subsystem

R&S FSL

SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB[:SELF]:ADDRess
This command changes the GPIB address of the unit.
Parameter
0 to 30
Example
SYST:COMM:GPIB:ADDR 18
Characteristics
*RST value: - (no influence on this parameter, factory default 20)
SCPI: conform
Mode
all

SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB[:SELF]:RTERminator
This command changes the GPIB receive terminator.
According to the standard the terminator in ASCII is  and/or . For binary data
transfers (e.g. trace data) from the control computer to the instrument, the binary code (0AH)
used for  might be included in the binary data block, and therefore should not be
interpreted as a terminator in this particular case. This can be avoided by changing the receive
terminator to EOI.
Output of binary data from the instrument to the control computer does not require such a
terminator change.
Parameter
LFEOI | EOI
Example
SYST:COMM:GPIB:RTER EOI
Characteristics
*RST value: - (no influence on this parameter, factory default LFEOI)
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
all

SYSTem:COMMunicate:PRINter:ENUMerate[:NEXT?]
This command queries the name of the next printer installed under Windows XP. After all
available printer names have been output, an empty string enclosed by quotation marks (") is
output for the next query. Further queries are answered by a query error.
The SYSTem:COMMunicate:PRINter:ENUMerate:FIRSt? command should be sent
previously to return to the beginning of the printer list and query the name of the first printer.
Example
SYST:COMM:PRIN:ENUM?

1300.2519.12

6.254

E-11

R&S FSL

SYSTem Subsystem

Characteristics
*RST value: NONE
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
all

SYSTem:COMMunicate:PRINter:ENUMerate:FIRSt?
This command queries the name of the first printer (in the list of printers) available under
Windows XP.
The names of other installed printers can be queried with the
SYSTem:COMMunicate:PRINter:ENUMerate[:NEXT?] command.
If no printer is configured an empty string is output.
Example
SYST:COMM:PRIN:ENUM:FIRS?
Characteristics
*RST value: NONE
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
all

SYSTem:COMMunicate:PRINter:SELect <1|2>
This command selects one of the printers configured under Windows XP including the
associated output destination.
The specified printer name must be a string as returned by the commands
SYSTem:COMMunicate:PRINter:ENUMerate:FIRSt? or
SYSTem:COMMunicate:PRINter:ENUMerate[:NEXT?]
Note:

The HCOPy:DESTination<1|2> command is used to select an output medium other
than the default one.

Parameter

Example
SYST:COMM:PRIN:SEL LASER on LPT1
Characteristics
*RST value: NONE
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
all

1300.2519.12

6.255

E-11

SYSTem Subsystem

R&S FSL

SYSTem:DATE
This command is used to enter the date for the internal calendar.
The sequence of entry is year, month, day.
Parameter
1980 to 2099, 1 to 12, 1 to 31
Example
SYST:DATE 2000,6,1
Characteristics
*RST value: SCPI: conform
Mode
all

SYSTem:DISPlay:FPANel
This command activates or deactivates the display of the front panel keys on the screen.
With the display activated, the instrument can be operated on the screen using the mouse by
pressing the corresponding buttons.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
SYST:DISP:FPAN ON
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
all

SYSTem:DISPlay:UPDate
In remote control mode, this command switches on or off the instrument display. If switched on,
only the diagrams, traces and display fields are displayed and updated.
Note: The best performance is obtained if the display output is switched off during remote
control.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
SYST:DISP:UPD ON
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
all

1300.2519.12

6.256

E-11

R&S FSL

SYSTem Subsystem

SYSTem:ERRor[:NEXT]?
This command queries the earliest error queue entry and deletes it.
Positive error numbers indicate device-specific errors, negative error numbers are error
messages defined by SCPI. If the error queue is empty, the error number 0, "No error", is
returned.
This command is a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
STAT:ERR?
Characteristics
*RST value: SCPI: conform
Mode
all

SYSTem:ERRor:CLEar:ALL
This command deletes all entries in the table SYSTEM MESSAGES.
This command is an event and therefore has no query and no *RST value.
Example
SYST:ERR:CLE:ALL
Characteristics
*RST value: SCPI: device-specific
Mode
all

SYSTem:ERRor:LIST?
This command reads all system messages and returns a list of comma separated strings. Each
string corresponds to an entry in the table SYSTEM MESSAGES.
If the error list is empty, an empty string "" will be returned.
This command is a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
SYST:ERR:LIST?
Characteristics
*RST value: SCPI: device-specific
Mode
all

1300.2519.12

6.257

E-11

SYSTem Subsystem

R&S FSL

SYSTem:FIRMware:UPDate
This command starts a firmware update using the *.msi files in the selected directory. The
default path is D:\FW_UPDATE. The path is changed via the MMEMory:CDIRectory
command. To store the update files the MMEMory:DATA command is used.
This command is an event and therefore has no query and no *RST value.
Example
SYST:FIRM:UPD 'D:\FW_UPDATE'
Starts the firmware update from directory D:\FW_UPDATE.
Characteristics
*RST value: SCPI: device-specific
Mode
all

SYSTem:FORMat:IDENt
This command defines the response format to the *IDN? command. This function is intended
for re-use of existing control programs together with the R&S FSL.
Parameter
LEGacy

format is compatible to the R&S FSP/FSU/FSQ family

NEW

R&S FSL format

Example
SYST:FORM:IDEN LEG
Adapts the return value of *IDN? to the R&S FSP/FSU/FSQ family.
Characteristics
RST value: LEG
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
all
SYSTem:LANGuage
This command defines the system language.
Parameter
SCPI
Example
SYST:LANG 'SCPI'
Sets the system language to SCPI.
Characteristics
RST value: SCPI
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
all

1300.2519.12

6.258

E-11

R&S FSL

SYSTem Subsystem

SYSTem:LXI:INFo?
This query returns the current parameters of the LXI class C.
This command is available from firmware version 1.90.
Return values (example)
"||"

class>|||
Example
SYST:LXI:MDES
Characteristics
*RST value: SCPI: device-specific
Mode
all

1300.2519.12

6.259

E-11

SYSTem Subsystem

R&S FSL

SYSTem:LXI:PASSword
This command shows or changes the LXI password.
This command is available from firmware version 1.90.
Parameter

Example
SYST:LXI:PASS
Characteristics
*RST value:
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
all

SYSTem:PASSword[:CENable]
This command enables access to the service functions by means of the password.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Parameter

Example
SYST:PASS XXXX
Characteristics
*RST value: SCPI: conform
Mode
all

SYSTem:PASSword:RESet
This command resets the service password.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
SYST:PASS:RES
Characteristics
*RST value: SCPI: conform
Mode
all

1300.2519.12

6.260

E-11

R&S FSL

SYSTem Subsystem

SYSTem:PRESet
This command initiates an instrument reset.
The effect of this command corresponds to that of the PRESET key with manual operation or to
the *RST command. For details on preset settings refer to chapter 4 "Instrument Functions Analyzer", section "Initializing the Configuration - PRESET Key".
Example
SYST:PRES
Characteristics
*RST value: SCPI: conform
Mode
all

SYSTem:TIME
This command sets the internal clock. The sequence of entry is hour, minute, second.
Parameter
0 to 23, 0 to 59, 0 to 59
Example
SYST:TIME 12,30,30
Characteristics
*RST value: SCPI: conform
Mode
all

SYSTem:VERSion?
This command queries the number of the SCPI version, which is relevant for the instrument.
This command is a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
SYST:VERS?
Characteristics
*RST value: SCPI: conform
Mode
all

1300.2519.12

6.261

E-11

SYSTem Subsystem

R&S FSL

SYSTem:SPEaker Subsystem
This subsystem controls the headset functions.

Commands of the SYSTem:SPEaker Subsystem
–

SYSTem:SPEaker:VOLume

SYSTem:SPEaker:VOLume
This command sets the volume of the headset for demodulated signals.
Parameter
0 to 1; value 0 is the lowest volume, value 1 the highest volume.
Example
SYST:SPE:VOL 0.5
Characteristics
*RST value: 0
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
all

1300.2519.12

6.262

E-11

R&S FSL

TRACe Subsystem

TRACe Subsystem
The TRACe subsystem controls access to the instruments internal trace memory.
The following subsystem is included:
•

"TRACe:IQ Subsystem" on page 6.265

Commands of the TRACe Subsystem
–

TRACe<1|2>[:DATA]

–

TRACe:COPY

TRACe<1|2>[:DATA]
This command transfers trace data from the control computer to the instrument, the query reads
trace data out of the instrument. The transfer of trace data from the control computer to the
instrument takes place by indicating the trace name and then the data to be transferred.
For details on saving and recalling data refer to chapter 5 "Remote Control – Basics", section
"MMEMory Subsystem".
Parameter
TRACE1 | TRACE2 | TRACE3 | TRACE4 | TRACE5 | TRACE6 | LIST | SPURious, |

TRACE1, ... , TRACE6

trace memory to be read out

 or 

data to be transferred

query only:
LIST

lists all results of the Spectrum Emission Mask and Spurious
Emissions measurement

SPURious

lists all peaks of the Spurious Emissions measurement

Return values for trace data
501 results are returned. The returned values are scaled in the current level unit.
FORMat REAL,32 is used as format for binary transmission, and FORMat ASCii for ASCII
transmission. For details on formats refer to "Formats for returned values: ASCII format and
binary format" on page 6.300.
Note: With the auto peak detector, only positive peak values can be read out.

1300.2519.12

6.263

E-11

TRACe Subsystem

R&S FSL

Return values for Spectrum Emission Mask/Spurious Emissions measurement results
Returns the list evaluation results.
, , , , , , , , ,
, 
Value

Description



range number



start frequency



stop frequency



resolution bandwidth of range



frequency of peak



absolut power in dBm of peak



relative power in dBc (related to the channel power) of peak



distance to the limit line in dB (positive indicates value above the limit, fail)



limit fail (pass = 0, fail =1)



reserved (0.0)



reserved (0.0)

Example
TRAC TRACE1
TRAC? TRACE1
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: conform
Mode
all

TRACe:COPY
This command copies data from one trace to another.
This command is an event and therefore has no query and no *RST value.
Parameter
TRACE1 | TRACE2 | TRACE3 | TRACE4 | TRACE5 | TRACE6,TRACE1 | TRACE2 | TRACE3 |
TRACE4 | TRACE5 | TRACE6
The first operand the destination of the data to be copied, the second operand describes the
source.
Example
TRAC:COPY TRACE1,TRACE2
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: conform
Mode
A, CATV

1300.2519.12

6.264

E-11

R&S FSL

TRACe Subsystem

TRACe:IQ Subsystem
The commands of this subsystem are used for collection and output of measured IQ data. A special
memory is therefore available in the instrument for about 512k complex samples (pairs of I and Q data).
The measurement is always performed in zero span at the selected center frequency. The number of
complex samples to be collected and the sample rate can be set (for details refer to "Sample rate and
maximum usable bandwidth" on page 6.267). Prior to being stored in memory or output via GPIB, the
measurement data are corrected in terms of frequency response.
The block diagrams below show the analyzer hardware from the IF section to the processor. The block
diagrams differ between the instrument models because two different motherboards are fitted. The main
difference is the position of the fractional resampling and the analog IF bandwidth. For details on the
distinction refer to "Sample rate and maximum usable bandwidth" on page 6.267.
The A/D converter samples the IF signal (47.9 MHz) at a rate of 65.8 3 MHz . The digital signal is
down–converted to the complex baseband, lowpass–filtered, and the sampling rate is reduced. The
continuously adjustable sampling rates are realized using an optimal decimation filter and subsequent
resampling on the set sampling rate.

The I/Q data are written to separate memories of 512 k words each. The memories are hardware–
triggered. 512 samples are designated as buffer for triggering, which leads to a max. recording length of
523776 (=512k – 512) complex samples.

Data aquisition hardware

analog IF
filter
analyzer IF
47.9 MHz

A/D
converter
A
D

bandwidth
28 MHz
65.83 MHz
sampling
clock

Fig. 6–1

cos
NCO
-47.9 MHz

sin

fractional resampling

digital down conversion
+ continuous decimation
I memory
512 k
decimation
filters

arbitrary
sampling rate
10kHz ... 65.83MHz

I data

processor
Q memory
512 k

Q data

Trigger

Signal processing in models with UDC motherboards

1300.2519.12

6.265

E-11

TRACe Subsystem

Fig. 6–2

R&S FSL

Signal processing in models with WDDC motherboards

The trigger sources EXT (external trigger) and IFP (IF Power Trigger) can be used for triggering,
additionally IMM (Free Run). The number of complex sample to be recorded prior to the trigger event
can be selected (TRACe<1|2>:IQ:SET command) for all available trigger sources, except for FREE
RUN.
The measurement results are output in the form of a list, with the Q values following immediately after
the list of I values in the output buffer. The FORMAT command can be used to select between binary
output (32 bit IEEE 754 floating–point values) and output in ASCII format.
For details on formats refer to "Formats for returned values: ASCII format and binary format" on page
6.300.
The commands of this subsystem can be used in two ways:
•

Measurement and result query with one command:
This method causes the least delay between measurement and output of the result data, but it
requires the control computer to wait actively for the response data.

•

Setting up the instrument, start of the measurement via INIT and query of the result list at the end
of the measurement:
With this method the control computer can be used for other activities during the measurement. In
this case the additional time needed for synchronization via service request must be taken into
account.

Commands of the TRACe:IQ Subsystem
–

TRACe<1|2>:IQ[:STATe]

–

TRACe<1|2>:IQ:AVERage[:STATe]

–

TRACe<1|2>:IQ:AVERage:COUNt

–

TRACe<1|2>:IQ:DATA?

–

TRACe<1|2>:IQ:DATA:MEMory?

–

TRACe<1|2>:IQ:SET

–

TRACe<1|2>:IQ:SRATe

1300.2519.12

6.266

E-11

R&S FSL

TRACe Subsystem

Further information
–

Sample rate and maximum usable bandwidth

Sample rate and maximum usable bandwidth
Within the usable bandwidth range, the analog IF filter of the R&S FSL is equalized in regard to
amplitude characteristic and group delay (provided that the R&S FSL is aligned; for details see chapter
4, section "Instrument Setup and Interface Configuration – SETUP Key", "Alignment"). In consequence,
signals within this bandwidth range are hardly distorted at all (provided the R&S FSL is not overloaded).
For the I/Q data acquisition, digital decimation filters are used internally. The passband of these digital
filters corresponds to the maximum usable bandwidth. In consequence, signals within the usable
bandwidth (passband) remain unchanged, while signals outside the usable bandwidth (passband) are
suppressed. Usually, the suppressed signals are noise, artifacts, and the second IF side band. If
frequencies of interest to you are also suppressed, you should try to increase the output sample rate,
since this increases the maximum usable IQ bandwidth.
As a rule, the usable bandwidth is proportional to the output sample rate (see section Instrument
models with UDC motherboard or Instrument models with WDDC motherboard). Yet, when the I/Q
bandwidth reaches the bandwidth of the analog IF filter (at very high output sample rates), the curve
breaks. For the base unit, the sample rate ranges from 10 kHz to 65.8 3 MHz .

The maximum usable bandwidth is listed in the data sheet. The value differs between the instrument
models due to different motherboards:
•

UDC motherboard (order # 2112.1800)

•

WDDC motherboard (order # 1300.3080)

If you are not sure which motherboard your model has, check the Hardware Information list (SETUP
key – More – System Info – Hardware Info; for details see chapter 4).

Instrument models with UDC motherboard
The following diagram shows the maximum usable IQ bandwidths depending on the output sample
rates. The values are rounded off to two decimal places.

1300.2519.12

6.267

E-11

TRACe Subsystem

Fig. 6–3

Note:

R&S FSL

Relation between maximum usable bandwidth and output sample rate

Do not use an output sample rate in the range from 65.833333.0 MHz to 65.83 MHz for
measurements. This range is for test purposes only.
At this sample rate, the whole bandwidth of the IF filter is equalized, but the digital filters are
switched to bypass. In consequence, not only the effective signal but all signals pass, including
noise and image–spectra.

1300.2519.12

6.268

E-11

R&S FSL

TRACe Subsystem

Instrument models with WDDC motherboard
The following tables list the maximum bandwidths depending on the output sample rates.
–

65,833,333.333 MHz to 65,833,333.000 MHz

–

65,833,332.999 MHz to 10.7 MHz

–

10.7 MHz to 3.2 MHz

–

3.2 MHz to 1 MHz

–

1 MHz to 105 kHz

–

105 kHz to 10 kHz

65,833,333.333 MHz to 65,833,333.000 MHz
This small range of the sample rate is for test purposes only and is not recommended for normal
measurements!
Sample rate from
[Hz]

Sample rate to
[Hz]

65 833 333.333

65 833 333.000

Max bandwidth
[Hz]
20 000 000.000
Beware:
decimation filters
are bypassed!

65,833,332.999 MHz to 10.7 MHz
Sample rate from
[Hz]

Sample rate to
[Hz]

Max bandwidth
[Hz]

65 833 332.999

32 916 666.670

20 000 000.000

22 500 000.000

20 248 687.500

17 998 833.330

20 248 687.500

16 401 436.880

14 579 055.000

16 401 436.880

14 812 500.000

13 166 666.670

14 812 500.000

13 331 250.000

11 850 000.000

13 331 250.000

11 998 125.000

10 665 000.000

11 998 125.000

10 798 312.500

9 598 500.000

10.7 MHz to 3.2 MHz
Sample rate from
[Hz]

Sample rate to
[Hz]

Max bandwidth
[Hz]

10 798 312.500

9 875 000.000

8 777 777.778

9 875 000.000

8 887 500.000

7 900 000.000

8 887 500.000

7 998 750.000

7 110 000.000

7 998 750.000

7 406 250.000

6 583 333.333

7 406 250.000

6 665 625.000

5 925 000.000

6 665 625.000

6 583 333.333

5 851 851.852

6 583 333.333

5 925 000.000

5 266 666.667

5 925 000.000

5 332 500.000

4 740 000.000

5 332 500.000

4 937 500.000

4 388 888.889

4 937 500.000

4 443 750.000

3 950 000.000

1300.2519.12

6.269

E-11

TRACe Subsystem

R&S FSL

Sample rate from
[Hz]

Sample rate to
[Hz]

Max bandwidth
[Hz]

4 443 750.000

4 232 142.857

3 761 904.762

4 232 142.857

3 950 000.000

3 511 111.111

3 950 000.000

3 703 125.000

3 291 666.667

3 703 125.000

3 332 812.500

2 962 500.000

3 332 812.500

3 291 666.667

2 925 925.926

Sample rate from
[Hz]

Sample rate to
[Hz]

Max bandwidth
[Hz]

3 291 666.667

2 962 500.000

2 633 333.333

2 962 500.000

2 821 428.571

2 507 936.508

2 821 428.571

2 539 285.714

2 257 142.857

2 539 285.714

2 468 750.000

2 194 444.444

2 468 750.000

2 370 000.000

2 106 666.667

2 370 000.000

2 194 444.444

1 950 617.284

2 194 444.444

2 116 071.429

1 880 952.381

2 116 071.429

1 975 000.000

1 755 555.556

1 975 000.000

1 851 562.500

1 645 833.333

1 851 562.500

1 795 454.545

1 595 959.596

1 795 454.545

1 645 833.333

1 462 962.963

1 645 833.333

1 481 250.000

1 316 666.667

1 481 250.000

1 346 590.909

1 196 969.697

1 346 590.909

1 234 375.000

1 097 222.222

1 234 375.000

1 139 423.077

1 012 820.513

1 139 423.077

1 039 473.684

923 976.608

Sample rate from
[Hz]

Sample rate to
[Hz]

Max bandwidth
[Hz]

1 039 473.684

940 476.191

835 978.836

940 476.191

846 428.571

752 380.952

846 428.571

779 605.263

692 982.456

779 605.263

705 357.143

626 984.127

705 357.143

637 096.774

566 308.244

637 096.774

580 882.353

516 339.869

580 882.353

529 017.857

470 238.095

529 017.857

477 822.581

424 731.183

477 822.581

435 661.765

387 254.902

435 661.765

395 000.000

351 111.111

395 000.000

359 090.909

319 191.919

359 090.909

323 770.492

287 795.993

3.2 MHz to 1 MHz

1 MHz to 105 kHz

1300.2519.12

6.270

E-11

R&S FSL

TRACe Subsystem

Sample rate from
[Hz]

Sample rate to
[Hz]

Max bandwidth
[Hz]

323 770.492

294 776.119

262 023.217

294 776.119

266 891.892

237 237.237

266 891.892

240 853.659

214 092.141

240 853.659

217 032.967

192 918.193

217 032.967

195 544.555

173 817.382

195 544.555

176 339.286

156 746.032

176 339.286

159 274.194

141 577.061

159 274.194

143 810.680

127 831.715

143 810.680

129 934.211

115 497.076

129 934.211

117 559.524

104 497.355

117 559.524

105 803.571

94 047.619

Sample rate from
[Hz]

Sample rate to
[Hz]

Max bandwidth
[Hz]

105 803.571

95 410.628

84 809.447

95 410.628

85 869.565

76 328.502

85 869.565

77 450.980

68 845.316

77 450.980

69 787.986

62 033.765

69 787.986

62 898.089

55 909.413

62 898.089

56 752.874

50 446.999

56 752.874

51 077.586

45 402.299

51 077.586

46 001.553

40 890.269

46 001.553

41 404.612

36 804.100

41 404.612

37 264.151

33 123.690

37 264.151

33 588.435

29 856.387

33 588.435

30 229.592

26 870.748

30 229.592

27 228.860

24 203.431

27 228.860

24 524.007

21 799.117

24 524.007

22 075.261

19 622.454

22 075.261

19 869.215

17 661.525

19 869.215

17 889.493

15 901.771

17 889.493

16 100.543

14 311.594

16 100.543

14 493.640

12 883.235

14 493.640

13 044.914

11 595.479

13 044.914

11 741.974

10 437.310

11 741.974

10 572.805

9 398.049

10 572.805

10 000.000

8 460.509

105 kHz to 10 kHz

1300.2519.12

6.271

E-11

TRACe Subsystem

R&S FSL

TRACe<1|2>:IQ[:STATe]
This command switches the I/Q data acquisition on or off.
Note: The I/Q data acquisition is not compatible with other measurement functions. Therefore
all other measurement functions will be switched off as soon as the I/Q measurement
function is switched on. Additionally a trace display is not possible in this operating
mode. Therefore all traces are set to "BLANK".
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
TRAC:IQ ON
Switches on I/Q data acquisition
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–T

TRACe<1|2>:IQ:AVERage[:STATe]
The command enables averaging of the recorded I/Q data provided that I/Q data acquisition
was previously enabled with TRACe<1|2>:IQ[:STATe].
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
TRAC:IQ ON
Switches on acquisition of I/Q data.
TRAC:IQ:AVER ON
Enables averaging of the I/Q measurement data.
TRAC:IQ:AVER:COUN 10
Selects averaging over 10 data sets.
TRAC:IQ:DATA?
Starts the measurement and reads out the averaged data.
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–T

1300.2519.12

6.272

E-11

R&S FSL

TRACe Subsystem

TRACe<1|2>:IQ:AVERage:COUNt
This command defines the number of I/Q data sets that are to serve as a basis for averaging.
Parameter
0 to 32767
Example
TRAC:IQ ON
Switches on acquisition of I/Q data.
TRAC:IQ:AVER ON
Enables averaging of the I/Q measurement data
TRAC:IQ:AVER:COUN 10
Selects averaging over 10 data sets
TRAC:IQ:DATA?
Starts the measurement and reads out the averaged data.
Characteristics
*RST value: 0
SCPI: conform
Mode
A-T

TRACe<1|2>:IQ:DATA?
This command starts a measurement with the settings defined via TRACe<1|2>:IQ:SET and
returns the list of measurement results immediately after they are corrected in terms of
frequency response. The number of measurement results depends on the settings defined with
TRACe<1|2>:IQ:SET, the output format depends on the settings of the FORMat subsystem.
Note: The command requires that all response data are read out completely before the
instrument accepts further commands.
Return values
The result values are scaled linear in unit Volt and correspond to the voltage at the RF input of
the instrument. In ASCII format, the number of the returned values is 2 * the number of samples.
The first set contains the I–data, the second the Q–data.
Note:

If the sampling rate exceeds 512k ( 524288), the data are output in 512k blocks.

In binary format, the number of I– and Q–data can be calculated as follows:
# of I

Data

=

# of Q Data

=

# of DataBytes
8

The offset of Q–data in the output buffer can be calculated as follows:
Q Data Offset =

(# of DataBytes)
+ LengthIndicatorDigits
2

with LengthIndicatorDigits being the number of digits of the length indicator including the #. In
the example above (#41024...) this results in a value of 6 for LengthIndicatorDigits and the
offset for the Q–data will result in 512 + 6 = 518.
For further details on formats refer to "Formats for returned values: ASCII format and binary
format" on page 6.300.

1300.2519.12

6.273

E-11

TRACe Subsystem

R&S FSL

Example
TRAC:IQ:STAT ON
Enables acquisition of I/Q data
TRAC:IQ:SET NORM,10MHz,32MHz,EXT,POS,0,4096
Measurement configuration:
Sample Rate: 32 MHz
Trigger Source: External
Trigger Slope: Positive
Pretrigger Samples: 0
# of Samples: 4096
FORMat REAL,32
Selects format of response data
TRAC:IQ:DATA?
Starts measurement and reads results
Characteristics
*RST value: –
Note: Using the command with the *RST values for the TRACe<1|2>:IQ:SET command, the
following minimum buffer sizes for the response data are recommended: ASCII format
10 kBytes, binary format: 2 kBytes
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–T

TRACe<1|2>:IQ:DATA:MEMory?
This command permits the readout of previously acquired (and frequency response corrected)
I/Q data from the memory, with indication of the offset related to the start of measurement and
with indication of the number of measurement values. Therefore a previously acquired data set
can be read out in smaller portions. The maximum amount of available data depends on the
settings of the TRACe<1|2>:IQ:SET command, the output format on the settings in the
FORMat subsystem.
Note: The command requires that all response data are read out completely before the
instrument accepts further commands.
If there are not I/Q data available in memory because the corresponding measurement
had not been started, the command will cause a query error.
Parameter


Offset of the values to be read related to the start of the acquired data.
Value range: 0 to <# of samples> – 1, with <# of samples> being the
value indicated with the TRACe<1|2>:IQ:SET command.

<# of samples>

Number of measurement values to be read.
Value range: 1 to <# of samples> –  with <# of
samples> being the value indicated with the TRACe<1|2>:IQ:SET
command.

Return values
The returned values are scaled linear in unit Volt and correspond to the voltage at the RF input
of the instrument.
The format of the output buffer corresponds to the TRACe<1|2>:IQ:DATA? command.
1300.2519.12

6.274

E-11

R&S FSL

TRACe Subsystem

Example
TRAC:IQ:STAT ON
Enables acquisition of I/Q data
TRAC:IQ:SET NORM,10MHz,32MHz,EXT,POS,100,4096
To configure the measurement:
Sample Rate: 32 MHz
Trigger Source: External
Slope: Positive
Pretrigger Samples: 100
# of Samples: 4096
INIT;*WAI
Starts measurement and wait for sync
FORMat REAL,32
Determines output format
To read the results:
TRAC:IQ:DATA:MEM? 0,2048
Reads 2048 I/Q data starting at the beginning of data acquisition
TRAC:IQ:DATA:MEM? 2048,1024
Reads 1024 I/Q data from half of the recorded data
TRAC:IQ:DATA:MEM? 100,512
Reads 512 I/Q data starting at the trigger point ( was 100)
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–T, WLAN, OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

TRACe<1|2>:IQ:SET
This command defines the settings of the analyzer hardware for the measurement of I/Q data.
This allows setting the bandwidth of the analog filters in front of the A/D converter as well as
setting the sample rate, trigger conditions and the record length.
Note: If this command is omitted, the current analyzer settings will be used for the
corresponding parameters.
This command switches to IQ mode automatically (see also
TRACe<1|2>:IQ[:STATe]).
The parameter  has no effect but is indicated for reasons of compatibility
with the FSP family.
The trigger level can be set using the TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:LEVel:IFPower
command.
Parameter


can be omitted



can be omitted



Sampling rate for the data acquisition.
Value range: 10 kHz to 65.8 3 MHz , continuously adjustable



Selection of the trigger source used for the measurement.
Values: IMMediate | EXTernal | IFPower

1300.2519.12

6.275

E-11

TRACe Subsystem


R&S FSL
Used trigger slope.
Values: POSitive



Number of measurement values to be recorded before the
trigger point.
Range:–16253439 (= –(224–1–512k –512)) ... 523775 (=
512*1024 – 512 – 1). Negative values correspond to a trigger
delay.

<# of samples>

Number of measurement values to record.
Value range:1 ... 523776(= 512*1024 – 512)

Example
TRAC:IQ:SET NORM,10MHz,32MHz,EXT,POS,0,2048
Reads 2048 I/Q–values starting at the trigger point.
sample rate: 32 MHz
trigger: External
slope: Positive
TRAC:IQ:SET NORM,10MHz,4MHz,EXT,POS,1024,512
Reads 512 I/Q–values from 1024 measurement points before the trigger point.
filter type: NORMAL
RBW: 10 MHz
sample rate: 4 MHz
trigger: External
slope: Positive
Characteristics
*RST values: –,–,32MHz,IMM,POS,0,128
Note: For using these default settings with the TRACe<1|2>:IQ:DATA? command the
following minimum buffer sizes for the response data are recommended: ASCII format
10 kBytes, Binary format 2 kBytes.
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–T

TRACe<1|2>:IQ:SRATe
This command sets the sampling rate for the I/Q data acquisition. Thus the sample rate can be
modified without affecting the other settings.
Parameter
10 kHz to 65.8 3 MHz , continuously adjustable
Example
TRAC:IQ:SRAT 4MHZ
Characteristics
*RST value: 32 MHz
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–T

1300.2519.12

6.276

E-11

R&S FSL

TRIGger Subsystem

TRIGger Subsystem
The TRIGger subsystem is used to synchronize instrument actions with events. It is thus possible to control
and synchronize the start of a sweep.

Commands of the TRIGger Subsystem
–

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:HOLDoff[:TIME]

–

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:IFPower:HOLDoff

–

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:IFPower:HYSTeresis

–

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:LEVel:IFPower

–

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:LEVel:VIDeo

–

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:SLOPe

–

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:SOURce

–

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:TIME:RINTerval

–

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:CONTinuous (option TV Trigger, B6)

–

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:FIELd:SELect (option TV Trigger, B6)

–

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:FORMat:LPFRame (option TV Trigger, B6)

–

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:LINE:NUMBer (option TV Trigger, B6)

–

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:SSIGnal:POLarity (option TV Trigger, B6)

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:HOLDoff[:TIME]
This command defines the length of the trigger delay.
A negative delay time (pretrigger) can be set in zero span only.
Parameter
–100 s to +100 s
for TV trigger (option B6, available from firmware version 1.10): –50 Us to +50 Us
Example
TRIG:HOLD 500us
Characteristics
*RST value: 0 s
SCPI: conform
Mode
all

1300.2519.12

6.277

E-11

TRIGger Subsystem

R&S FSL

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:IFPower:HOLDoff
ffThis command sets the holding time before the next IF power trigger event.
This command is available from firmware version 1.30.
Parameter
 in s: 150 ns to 1000 s
Example
TRIG:SOUR IFP
Sets the IF power trigger source.
TRIG:IFP:HOLD 200 ns
Sets the holding time to 200 ns.
Characteristics
*RST value: 150 ns
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–F

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:IFPower:HYSTeresis
sThis command sets the limit that the hysteresis value has to fall below in order to trigger the
next measurement.
This command is available from firmware version 1.30.
Parameter
 in dB: 3 dB to 50 dB
Example
TRIG:SOUR IFP
Sets the IF power trigger source.
TRIG:IFP:HYST 10DB
Sets the hysteresis limit value.
Characteristics
*RST value: 3 dB
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–F

1300.2519.12

6.278

E-11

R&S FSL

TRIGger Subsystem

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:LEVel:IFPower
This command sets the level of the IF power trigger source.
Parameter
–50 to –10 DBM
Example
TRIG:LEV:IFP –30DBM
Characteristics
*RST value: –20 DBM
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
all

TRIGger<1|2[:SEQuence]:LEVel[:EXTernal]
This command sets the level of the external trigger source.
Parameter

Characteristics
*RST value: 50 PCT
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
all

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:LEVel:VIDeo
This command sets the level of the video trigger source.
Parameter
0 to 100 PCT
Example
TRIG:LEV:VID 50PCT
Characteristics
*RST value: 50 PCT
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
all, except ADEMOD

1300.2519.12

6.279

E-11

TRIGger Subsystem

R&S FSL

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:SLOPe
This command selects the slope of the trigger signal. The selected trigger slope applies to all
trigger signal sources except the TV trigger (option B6, available from firmware version 1.10).
Parameter
POSitive | NEGative
Example
TRIG:SLOP NEG
Characteristics
*RST value: POSitive
SCPI: conform
Mode
all

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:SOURce
This command selects the trigger source for the start of a sweep.
Parameter
IMMediate (Free Run) | EXTern | IFPower | VIDeo | TIME (available from firmware version 1.60)
TV (option TV Trigger, B6, available from firmware version 1.10)
For details on trigger modes refer to chapter "Instrument Functions", section "Trigger mode
overview".
Example
TRIG:SOUR EXT
Selects the external trigger input as source of the trigger signal
Characteristics
*RST value: IMMediate
SCPI: conform
Mode
A, ADEMOD, CATV, CDMA, EVDO, SPECM, WCDMA

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:TIME:RINTerval
This command sets the time intervall for the time trigger source.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
0.1 to 5000 s
Example
TRIG:SOUR TIME
Selects the time trigger input for triggering.
TRIG:TIME:RINT 50
The sweep starts after 50 s.

1300.2519.12

6.280

E-11

R&S FSL

TRIGger Subsystem

Characteristics
RST value: 1.0
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A, SPECM

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:CONTinuous (option TV Trigger, B6)
Activates or deactivates the free run trigger mode.
This command is available from firmware version 1.30.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
TRIG:VID:CONT ON
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–T

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:FIELd:SELect (option TV Trigger, B6)
With active TV trigger this command activates triggering at the vertical sync signal.
Option TV Trigger, B6, is available from firmware version 1.10.
Parameter
ALL (both fields) | ODD (odd fields) | EVEN (even fields)
Example
TRIG:VID:FIEL:SEL ALL
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: conform
Mode
A–T

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:FORMat:LPFRame (option TV Trigger, B6)
This command defines the line system in use (525 or 625 lines) with active TV trigger.
Option TV Trigger, B6, is available from firmware version 1.10.
Parameter
525 | 625
Example
TRIG:VID:FORM:LPFR 525

1300.2519.12

6.281

E-11

TRIGger Subsystem

R&S FSL

Characteristics
*RST value: 625
SCPI: conform
Mode
A–T

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:LINE:NUMBer (option TV Trigger, B6)
With active TV trigger this command activates triggering at the horizontal sync signal of the
indicated line number.
Option TV Trigger, B6, is available from firmware version 1.10.
Parameter

Example
TRIG:VID:LINE:NUMB 17
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: conform
Mode
A–T

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:SSIGnal:POLarity (option TV Trigger, B6)
With active TV trigger this command selects the polarity of the video sync signal.
Option TV Trigger, B6, is available from firmware version 1.10.
Parameter
NEGative | POSitive
Example
TRIG:VID:SSIG:POL NEG
Characteristics
*RST value: NEGative
SCPI: conform
Mode
A–T

1300.2519.12

6.282

E-11

R&S FSL

UNIT Subsystem

UNIT Subsystem
The UNIT subsystem sets the basic unit of the setting parameters.

Commands of the UNIT Subsystem
–

UNIT<1|2>:POWer

UNIT<1|2>:POWer
This command selects the default unit.
Parameter
DBM | V | A | W | DBPW | WATT | DBPT | DBUV | DBMV | VOLT | DBUA | AMPere
Example
UNIT:POW DBUV
Sets the power unit to dBm.
Characteristics
*RST value: DBM
SCPI: conform
Mode
A

1300.2519.12

6.283

E-11

Remote Commands of the Analog Demodulation Option (K7)

R&S FSL

Remote Commands of the Analog Demodulation
Option (K7)
In this section all remote control commands for Analog Demodulation option are described in detail. The
abbreviation ADEMOD stands for the Analog Demodulation operating mode. For details on conventions
used in this chapter refer to section "Notation" on page 6.2 at the beginning of this chapter.
For further information on analyzer or basic settings commands, refer to the corresponding subsystem
in "Remote Commands of the Base Unit" on page 6.5.
This option is available from firmware version 1.10.

Subsystems of the Analog Demodulation option (K7)
–

"CALCulate Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)" on page 6.285

–

"DISPlay Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)" on page 6.295

–

"INSTrument Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)" on page 6.297

–

"SENSe Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)" on page 6.298

–

"TRACe Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)" on page 6.328

–

"TRIGger Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)" on page 6.329

–

"UNIT Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)" on page 6.331

1300.2519.12

6.284

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)

CALCulate Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)
The CALCulate subsystem contains commands for converting instrument data, transforming and
carrying out corrections. These functions are carried out subsequent to data acquisition, i.e. following
the SENSe subsystem.
The following subsystems are included:
•

"CALCulate:DELTamarker Subsystem" on page 6.285

•

"CALCulate:FEED Subsystem" on page 6.286

•

"CALCulate:FORMat Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)" on page 6.287

•

"CALCulate:MARKer Subsystem" on page 6.288

•

"CALCulate:UNIT Subsystem" on page 6.294

CALCulate:DELTamarker Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)
The CALCulate:DELTamarker subsystem controls the delta marker functions of the instrument.

Commands of the CALCulate:DELTamarker Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:Y?

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:Y?
Depending on the unit defined with CALCulate<1|2>:UNIT:POWer or on the activated
measuring functions, the query result is output in the units below:
Result display

Output unit

AM result display (R&S FSL–K7)

% (lin)
dB (log)

FM result display (R&S FSL–K7)

Hz (lin)
dB (log)

PM result display (R&S FSL–K7)

rad | deg (lin)
dB (log)

RF result display (R&S FSL–K7)

output unit defined with CALCulate<1|2>:UNIT:POWer

For further details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:Y?" on page 6.22.

1300.2519.12

6.285

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)

R&S FSL

CALCulate:FEED Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)
The CALCulate:FEED subsystem selects the evaluation method of the measured data. This
corresponds to the selection of the result display in manual mode.

Commands of the CALCulate:FEED Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:FEED

CALCulate<1|2>:FEED
This command selects the measured data that are to be displayed.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
XTIM:AM:RELative[:TDOMain]

Demodulated AM signal in standardized
display

XTIM:AM:RELative:AFSPectrum<1...6>

AF spectrum of the demodulated AM signal in
standardized display, results referenced to
traces 1 to 4

XTIM:AM[:ABSolute][:TDOMain]

Demodulated AM signal in level display
Same as 'XTIM:RFPower'

XTIM:RFPower[:TDOMain]

RF power of the signal

XTIM:FM[:TDOMain]

Demodulated FM signal

XTIM:FM:AFSPectrum<1...6>

AF spectrum of the demodulated FM signal,
results referenced to traces 1 to 4

XTIM:PM[:TDOMain]

Demodulated PM signal

XTIM:PM:AFSPectrum<1...6>

AF spectrum of the demodulated PM signal,
results referenced to traces 1 to 4

XTIM:AMSummary<1...6>[:ABSolute]

AM results in level display, referenced to
traces 1 to 4

XTIM:AMSummary<1...6>:RELative

AM results in standardized display, referenced
to traces 1 to 4

XTIM:FMSummary<1...6>

FM results, referenced to traces 1 to 4

XTIM:PMSummary<1...6>

PM results, referenced to traces 1 to 4

XTIM:SPECtrum

RF spectrum of the signal determined from
the measured data via FFT

Example
INST:SEL ADEM
Activates analog demodulator.
CALC:FEED 'XTIM:FM'
Selects the display of the FM signal.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: conform
Mode
ADEMOD

1300.2519.12

6.286

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)

CALCulate:FORMat Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)
The CALCulate:FORMat subsystem defines the conversion of measured data.

Commands of the CALCulate:FORMat Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:FORMat

CALCulate<1|2>:FORMat
This command activates the limitation to ±180°.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
PHASe

Limitation to ±180°

UPHase

Unwrapped

Example
CALC:FORM PHAS
Activates the limitation to ±180°.
Characteristics
RST value: UPHase
SCPI: conform
Mode
ADEMOD

1300.2519.12

6.287

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)

R&S FSL

CALCulate:MARKer Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)
The CALCulate:MARKer subsystem checks the marker functions of the instrument.
The following subsystem is included:
•

"CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:ADEMod Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)" on page 6.289

Commands of the CALCulate:MARKer Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:PEXCursion

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:Y?

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:PEXCursion
The unit depends on the active display.
Example
CALC:MARK:PEXC 100 HZ
Defines peak excursion 100 Hz
Characteristics
*RST value:
6dB

RF displays

5 PCT

AM displays

50 kHz

FM displays

0.5 RAD

PM displays

For further details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:PEXCursion" on page 6.63.

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:Y?
If the analog demodulator (option Analog Demodulation, R&S FSL–K7) is activated, the query
result is output in the following units:
Result display

Output unit

AM

%

FM

Hz

PM

rad/deg (defined with CALCulate<1|2>: UNIT:ANGLe)

RF

output unit defined with CALCulate<1|2>:UNIT:POWer

For further details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:Y?" on page 6.66.

1300.2519.12

6.288

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)

CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:ADEMod Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)
The CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:ADEMod subsystem contains the marker functions for the option
Analog Demodulation, R&S FSL–K7.

Commands of the CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion:ADEMod Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:ADEMod:AFRequency[:RESult<1...6>?]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:ADEMod:AM[:RESult<1...6>?]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:ADEMod:CARRier[:RESult<1...6>?]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:ADEMod:FERRor[:RESult<1...6>?]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:ADEMod:FM[:RESult<1...6>?]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:ADEMod:PM[:RESult<1...6>?]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:ADEMod:SINad:RESult<1...6>?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:ADEMod:THD:RESult<1...6>?

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:ADEMod:AFRequency[:RESult<1...6>?]
This command queries the audio frequency with analog demodulation. The numeric suffix
(:RESult<1...6>) indicates whether trace 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 is selected. The numeric suffixes
<1|2> are irrelevant.
Note:

If several demodulation modes are activated simultaneously (e.g. with the
[SENSe:]ADEMod:FM[:TDOMain][:TYPE] command, the audio frequency of the
display mode selected with CALCulate<1|2>:FEED is returned.

Example
ADEM ON
Switches on analog demodulator
CALC:FEED 'XTIM:AM:TDOM'
Switches on AM result display.
or
CALC:FEED 'XTIM:FM:TDOM'
Switches on FM result display.
or
CALC:FEED 'XTIM:FM:AFSP'
DISP:TRAC ON
Switches on AF spectrum result display of FM and trace.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:ADEM:AFR?
Queries the audio frequency.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
ADEMOD

1300.2519.12

6.289

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)

R&S FSL

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:ADEMod:AM[:RESult<1...6>?]
This command queries the results of the AM modulation measurement. The numeric suffix
(:RESult<1...6>) indicates whether trace 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 is selected. The numeric suffixes
<1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
PPEak

Result of measurement with detector +PK

MPEak

Result of measurement with detector –PK

MIDDle

Result of averaging ±PK/2

RMS

Result of rms measurement

Example
ADEM ON
Switches on the analog demodulator.
CALC:FEED 'XTIM:AM:REL:TDOM'
Switches on the AM result display.
DISP:TRAC ON
Switches on the trace.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:ADEM:AM? PPE
Queries the peak value.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
ADEMOD

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:ADEMod:CARRier[:RESult<1...6>?]
This command queries the carrier power. The numeric suffix (:RESult<1...6>) indicates
whether trace 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 is selected. The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
With RF Power result display, the carrier power is determined from trace 1 to 6 indicated in the
numeric suffix. With all other result displays, the carrier power is determined from the current
trace data (CLR/WRITE trace).
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
ADEM ON
Switches on analog demodulator
CALC:FEED 'XTIM:RFP'
Switches on RF power result display
CALC:MARK:FUNC:ADEM:CARR?
Queries the carrier power

1300.2519.12

6.290

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)

Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
ADEMOD

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:ADEMod:FERRor[:RESult<1...6>?]
This command queries the frequency error with FM and PM demodulation. With FM
demodulation, trace 1 to 6 is selected with the numeric suffix (:RESult<1...6>). With PM
demodulation, the frequency error is determined from the current measurement data
(CLR/WRITE trace). The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
The offset thus determined differs from that calculated in the [SENSe:]ADEMod:FM:OFFSet?
command since, for determination of the frequency deviation, the modulation is removed by
means of lowpass filtering, producing results that are different from those obtained by averaging
with the SENSe command.
This command is only available for traces in the FM and PM result display. If another result
display is selected, the command is disabled.
Example
ADEM ON
Switches on analog demodulator
CALC:FEED 'XTIM:FM:TDOM'
Switches on FM result display
CALC:MARK:FUNC:ADEM:FERR?
Queries the frequency error of trace 1
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
ADEMOD

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:ADEMod:FM[:RESult<1...6>?]
This command queries the results of FM modulation measurement. The numeric suffix
(:RESult<1...6>) indicates whether trace 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 is selected. The numeric suffixes
<1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
PPEak

Result of measurement with detector +PK

MPEak

Result of measurement with detector –PK

MIDDle

Result of averaging ±PK/2

RMS

Result of rms measurement

1300.2519.12

6.291

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)

R&S FSL

Example
ADEM ON
Switches on the analog demodulator.
CALC:FEED 'XTIM:FM:TDOM'
Switches on the FM result display.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:ADEM:FM? PPE
Queries the peak value.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
ADEMOD

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:ADEMod:PM[:RESult<1...6>?]
This command queries the results of PM modulation measurement of analog demodulation. The
numeric suffix (:RESult<1...6>) indicates whether trace 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 is selected. The
numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
PPEak

Result of measurement with detector +PK

MPEak

Result of measurement with detector –PK

MIDDle

Result of averaging ±PK/2

RMS

Result of rms measurement

Example
ADEM ON
Switches on the analog demodulator.
CALC:FEED 'XTIM:PM:TDOM'
Switches on the FM result display.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:ADEM:PM? PPE
Queries the peak value.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
ADEMOD

1300.2519.12

6.292

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:ADEMod:SINad:RESult<1...6>?
This command queries the result of the SINAD measurement. The numeric suffix
(:RESult<1...6>) indicates whether trace 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 is selected. The numeric suffixes
<1|2> are irrelevant.
This command is a query only and thus has no *RST value.
Example
ADEM ON
Switches on analog demodulator
CALC:FEED 'XTIM:FM:AFSP'
DISP:TRAC ON
Switches on AF spectrum of FM and trace
CALC:MARK:FUNC:ADEM:SIN:RES?
Queries SINAD value
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
ADEMOD

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:ADEMod:THD:RESult<1...6>?
This command queries the result of the THD measurement. The numeric suffix
(:RESult<1...6>) indicates whether trace 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 is selected. The numeric suffixes
<1|2> are irrelevant.
This command is a query only and thus has no *RST value.
Example
ADEM ON
Switches on analog demodulator
CALC:FEED 'XTIM:FM:AFSP'
Switches on AF spectrum of FM and trace
DISP:TRAC ON
Switches on the trace
CALC:MARK:FUNC:ADEM:THD:RES?
Queries THD result
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
ADEMOD

1300.2519.12

6.293

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)

R&S FSL

CALCulate:UNIT Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)
The CALCulate:Unit subsystem defines the units for the parameters that can be set and the
measurement results.

Commands of the CALCulate:UNIT Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>: UNIT:ANGLe

CALCulate<1|2>: UNIT:ANGLe
This command selects the unit for angles.
Parameter
DEG | RAD
Example:
CALC:UNIT:ANGL DEG
Characteristics:
*RST value: RAD
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
ADEMOD

1300.2519.12

6.294

E-11

R&S FSL

DISPlay Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)

DISPlay Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)
The DISPLay subsystem controls the selection and presentation of textual and graphic information as
well as of measurement data on the display.

Commands of the DISPlay Subsystem
–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:SIZE

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe]:PDIVision

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe]:RPOSition

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe]:RVALue

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y:SPACing

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:SIZE
This command switches the measurement window for active analog demodulation to full screen
or half screen.
For further details refer to "DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:SIZE" on page 6.130.

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe]:PDIVision
This command defines the scaling of the y–axis in the current unit. The numeric suffix in
TRACe<1...6> is irrelevant. The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter

Example
DISP:TRAC:Y:PDIV +10kHz
Sets the Y scale to 10 kHz/div.
Characteristics
*RST value:
20 PCT

linear AM display

50 kHz

linear FM display

2 rad

linear PM display

10 dB

logarithmic AF spectrum display

SCPI: conform
Mode
ADEMOD

1300.2519.12

6.295

E-11

DISPlay Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)

R&S FSL

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe]:RPOSition
Characteristics
*RST value:
100 PCT

AF spectrum display of AM, FM, or PM

50 PCT

AM, FM, or PM display

For further details refer to "DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe]:RPOSition
(models with tracking generator)" on page 6.136.

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe]:RVALue
This command defines the reference value assigned to the reference position. Separate
reference values are maintained for the various displays.
Example
DISP:TRAC:Y:RVAL 0
Sets the value assigned to the reference position to 0 Hz (analog demodulation)
Characteristics
*RST value:
0 PCT

AM display

0 Hz

FM display

0 rad

PM display

100 PCT

AF spectrum display of AM signal

250 kHz

AF spectrum display of FM signal

10 rad

AF spectrum display of PM signal

For further details refer to "DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe]:RPOSition
(models with tracking generator)" on page 6.136.

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y:SPACing
When the AF spectrum result display is selected, only the parameters LINear and LOGarithmic
are allowed.
For further details refer to "DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y:SPACing" on page 6.134.

1300.2519.12

6.296

E-11

R&S FSL

INSTrument Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)

INSTrument Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)
The INSTrument subsystem selects the operating mode of the unit either via text parameters or fixed
numbers.

Commands of the INSTrument Subsystem
–

INSTrument[:SELect]

–

INSTrument:NSELect

INSTrument[:SELect]
Parameter
ADEMod (Analog Demodulation option, R&S FSL–K7)
For further details refer to the INSTrument subsystem of the base unit.

INSTrument:NSELect
Parameter
3 (Analog Demodulation option, R&S FSL–K7)
For further details refer to the INSTrument subsystem of the base unit.

1300.2519.12

6.297

E-11

SENSe Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)
The SENSe subsystem is organized in several subsystems. The commands of these subsystems
directly control device–specific settings, they do not refer to the signal characteristics of the
measurement signal.
The SENSe subsystem controls the essential parameters of the analyzer. In accordance with the SCPI
standard, the keyword "SENSe" is optional for this reason, which means that it is not necessary to
include the SENSe node in command sequences.
The following subsystems are included:
•

"SENSe:ADEMod Subsystem" on page 6.299

•

"SENSe:BANDwidth Subsystem" on page 6.323

•

"SENSe:FILTer Subsystem" on page 6.324

•

"SENSe:FREQuency Subsystem" on page 6.327

•

"SENSe:SWEep Subsystem" on page 6.327

1300.2519.12

6.298

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)

SENSe:ADEMod Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)
The SENSe:ADEMod Subsystem contains commands to set up the instrument for the measurement of
analog demodulated signals and query the result at the end of the measurement.

Commands of the SENSe:ADEMod Subsystem
–

[SENSe:]ADEMod[:STATe]

–

[SENSe:]ADEMod:AF:CENTer

–

[SENSe:]ADEMod:AF:COUPling

–

[SENSe:]ADEMod:AF:SPAN

–

[SENSe:]ADEMod:AF:SPAN:FULL

–

[SENSe:]ADEMod:AF:STARt

–

[SENSe:]ADEMod:AF:STOP

–

[SENSe:]ADEMod:AM[:ABSolute][:TDOMain][:TYPE]

–

[SENSe:]ADEMod:AM[:ABSolute][:TDOMain]:RESult?

–

[SENSe:]ADEMod:AM:RELative[:TDOMain][:TYPE]

–

[SENSe:]ADEMod:AM:RELative[:TDOMain]:RESult?

–

[SENSe:]ADEMod:AM:RELative:AFSPectrum[:TYPE]

–

[SENSe:]ADEMod:AM:RELative:AFSPectrum:RESult?

–

[SENSe:]ADEMod:BANDwidth|BWIDth:DEModulation

–

[SENSe:]ADEMod:FM[:TDOMain][:TYPE]

–

[SENSe:]ADEMod:FM[:TDOMain]:RESult?

–

[SENSe:]ADEMod:FM:AFSPectrum[:TYPE]

–

[SENSe:]ADEMod:FM:AFSPectrum:RESult?

–

[SENSe:]ADEMod:FM:OFFSet?

–

[SENSe:]ADEMod:MTIMe

–

[SENSe:]ADEMod:PM[:TDOMain][:TYPE]

–

[SENSe:]ADEMod:PM[:TDOMain]:RESult?

–

[SENSe:]ADEMod:PM:AFSPectrum[:TYPE]

–

[SENSe:]ADEMod:PM:AFSPectrum:RESult?

–

[SENSe:]ADEMod:PM:RPOint[:X]

–

[SENSe:]ADEMod:RLENgth?

–

[SENSe:]ADEMod:SET

–

[SENSe:]ADEMod:SPECtrum[:TYPE]

–

[SENSe:]ADEMod:SPECtrum:BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution]

–

[SENSe:]ADEMod:SPECtrum:RESult?

–

[SENSe:]ADEMod:SPECtrum:SPAN[:MAXimum]

–

[SENSe:]ADEMod:SPECtrum:SPAN:ZOOM

–

[SENSe:]ADEMod:SRATe?

–

[SENSe:]ADEMod:ZOOM[:STATe]

1300.2519.12

6.299

E-11

SENSe Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)
–

R&S FSL

[SENSe:]ADEMod:ZOOM:STARt

Further information
–

Trace mode result types

–

Formats for returned values: ASCII format and binary format

Trace mode result types
The following result types can be set:
WRITe
The current trace results will be obtained
AVERage

The trace results will be averaged over the given # of measurements

MAXHold

The maximum trace result values will be obtained over the given # of
measurements

MINHold

The minimum trace result values will be obtained over the given # of measurements

VIEW

The trace results are frozen and displayed, i.e. they are not calculated for
subsequent measurements. Traces in this mode cannot be queried.

OFF

The result type will not be used.

Note:

It is not possible to query trace data when result type VIEW is selected.
Each value besides OFF can only be assigned to one result type at a time.
If all result types are set to OFF, the AM, FM, or PM demodulator will be deactivated.

Formats for returned values: ASCII format and binary format
•

ASCII Format (FORMat ASCII):
The command reads out a list of comma separated values (CSV) of the measured values in floating
point format.

•

Binary Format (FORMat REAL,32):
The command reads out binary data (Definite Length Block Data according to IEEE 488.2), each
measurement value being formatted in 32 Bit IEEE 754 Floating–Point–Format. The schematics of
the result string will be as follows:
#41024... with
#4

number of digits (= 4 in the example) of the following number of data bytes

1024

number of following data bytes (= 1024 in the example)



4–byte floating point value

1300.2519.12

6.300

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)

[SENSe:]ADEMod[:STATe]
This command activates the analog demodulator of the instrument. The instrument will be set to
zero span at the current center frequency.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
ADEM ON
Switches the analog demodulator on.
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
ADEMOD

[SENSe:]ADEMod:AF:CENTer
This command sets the center frequency for AF spectrum result display.
Parameter

Example
ADEM ON
Switches on the analog demodulator
CALC:FEED 'XTIM:FM:AFSP'
Switches on AF spectrum result display of FM
ADEM:BAND 5 MHz
Sets the measurement bandwidth to 5 MHz
ADEM:AF:CENT 500kHz
Sets the AF center frequency to 500 kHz
ADEM:AF:SPAN 200kHz
Sets the AF span to 200 kHz
Characteristics
*RST value: 1.25 MHz
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
ADEMOD

1300.2519.12

6.301

E-11

SENSe Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)

R&S FSL

[SENSe:]ADEMod:AF:COUPling
This command selects the coupling of the AF path of the analyzer.
Parameter
AC | DC
Example
ADEM:AF:COUP DC
Switches on DC coupling.
Characteristics
*RST value: AC (PM); DC (FM)
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
ADEMOD

[SENSe:]ADEMod:AF:SPAN
This command sets the span for AF spectrum result display.l
The span is limited to half the measurement bandwidth of analog demodulation
([SENSe:]ADEMod:BANDwidth|BWIDth:DEModulation).
Parameter

Example
ADEM ON
Switches on the analog demodulator
CALC:FEED 'XTIM:FM:AFSP'
Switches on AF spectrum result display of FM
ADEM:BAND 5 MHz
Sets the measurement bandwidth to 5 MHz
ADEM:AF:CENT 500kHz
Sets the AF center frequency to 500 kHz
ADEM:AF:SPAN 200kHz
Sets the AF span to 200 kHz
Characteristics
*RST value: 2.5 MHz
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
ADEMOD

1300.2519.12

6.302

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)

[SENSe:]ADEMod:AF:SPAN:FULL
This command sets the maximum span for AF spectrum result display.
The maximum span corresponds to half the measurement bandwidth of analog demodulation
([SENSe:]ADEMod:BANDwidth|BWIDth:DEModulation).
Example
ADEM ON
Switches on the analog demodulator
CALC:FEED 'XTIM:FM:AFSP'
Switches on AF spectrum result display of FM
ADEM:BAND 5 MHz
Sets the measurement bandwidth to 5 MHz
ADEM:AF:SPAN:FULL
Sets the AF span to 2.5 MHz
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
ADEMOD

[SENSe:]ADEMod:AF:STARt
This command sets the start frequency for AF spectrum result display.
Parameter

Example
ADEM ON
Switches on analog demodulator
CALC:FEED 'XTIM:FM:AFSP'
Switches on AF spectrum result display of FM
ADEM:BAND 5 MHz
Sets the measurement bandwidth to 5 MHz
ADEM:AF:STAR 0kHz
Sets the AF start frequency to 0 kHz
ADEM:AF:STOP 500kHz
Sets the AF stop frequency to 500 kHz
Characteristics
*RST value: 0 MHz
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
ADEMOD

1300.2519.12

6.303

E-11

SENSe Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)

R&S FSL

[SENSe:]ADEMod:AF:STOP
This command sets the stop frequency for AF spectrum result display.
The stop frequency is limited to half the measurement bandwidth of analog demodulation
([SENSe:]ADEMod:BANDwidth|BWIDth:DEModulation).
Parameter

Example
ADEM ON
Switches on the analog demodulator
CALC:FEED 'XTIM:FM:AFSP'
Switches on AF spectrum result display of FM
ADEM:BAND 5 MHz
Sets the measurement bandwidth to 5 MHz
ADEM:AF:STAR 0kHz
Sets the AF start frequency to 0 kHz
ADEM:AF:STOP 500kHz
Sets the AF stop frequency to 500 kHz
Characteristics
*RST value: 2.5 MHz
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
ADEMOD

[SENSe:]ADEMod:AM[:ABSolute][:TDOMain][:TYPE]
This command selects the result types of the RF signal to be measured simultaneously in zero
span.
Parameter
: WRITe, AVERage, MAXHold, MINHold, VIEW, OFF; for details see
"Trace mode result types" on page 6.300.
Example
ADEM:AM AVER,MAXH,MINH
Determines average, max hold and min hold values at a time.
ADEM:AM WRIT,OFF,OFF
Determines only the current measurement values.
ADEM:AM OFF,OFF,OFF
Switches AM demodulation off.
Characteristics
*RST value: WRITe,OFF,OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
ADEMOD

1300.2519.12

6.304

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)

[SENSe:]ADEMod:AM[:ABSolute][:TDOMain]:RESult?
This command reads the result data of the RF signal in zero span for the specified result type.
The data format of the output data block is defined by the FORMat command.
Parameter
: WRITe, AVERage, MAXHold, MINHold; for details see "Trace mode result types"
on page 6.300.
Note: The result type indicated must be one of those configured by
[SENSe:]ADEMod:AM[:ABSolute][:TDOMain][:TYPE]. Otherwise a query error
will be generated.
Return values
ASCII Format (FORMat ASCII) or Binary Format (FORMat REAL,32); for details see "Formats
for returned values: ASCII format and binary format" on page 6.300. The ouput units are
described in "CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:PEXCursion" on page 6.63.
Example
ADEM:SET 8MHz,32000,EXT,POS,–500,30
Sets up demodulator parameters
ADEM:AM AVER,MAXH,MINH
Sets up AM results to be measured
ADEM ON
Switches on demodulator
INIT;*WAI
Starts measurement and waits for sync
FORM ASC
Selects output format
ADEM:AM:RES? AVER
Reads AM average results
ADEM:AM:RES? MAXH
Reads AM max hold results
ADEM:AM:RES? MINH
Reads AM min hold results
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
ADEMOD

[SENSe:]ADEMod:AM:RELative[:TDOMain][:TYPE]
This command selects the result types to be measured simultaneously by AM demodulation.
Parameter
: WRITe, AVERage, MAXHold, MINHold, VIEW, OFF; for details see
"Trace mode result types" on page 6.300.
Example
ADEM:AM:REL AVER,MAXH,MINH
Determines average, max hold and min hold values simultaneously.
ADEM:AM:REL WRIT,OFF,OFF
Determines only the current measurement values.

1300.2519.12

6.305

E-11

SENSe Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)

R&S FSL

ADEM:AM:REL OFF,OFF,OFF
Switches AM demodulation off.
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF,OFF,OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
ADEMOD

[SENSe:]ADEMod:AM:RELative[:TDOMain]:RESult?
This command reads the result data obtained by AM demodulation for the specified result type.
The data format of the output data block is defined by the FORMat command.
Parameter
: WRITe, AVERage, MAXHold, MINHold; for details see "Trace mode result types"
on page 6.300.
Note: The result type indicated must be one of those configured by
[SENSe:]ADEMod:AM:RELative[:TDOMain][:TYPE]. Otherwise a query error will
be generated.
Return values
ASCII Format (FORMat ASCII) or Binary Format (FORMat REAL,32); for details see "Formats
for returned values: ASCII format and binary format" on page 6.300. The ouput units are
described in "CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:PEXCursion" on page 6.63.
Example
ADEM:SET 8MHz,32000,EXT,POS,–500,30
Sets up demodulator parameters
ADEM:FM AVER,MAXH,MINH
Selects FM results to be measured
ADEM:AM:REL WRIT,OFF,OFF
Selects AM results to be measured
ADEM ON
Switches on demodulator
INIT;*WAI
Starts measurement and waits for sync
FORM ASC
Selects output format
ADEM:FM:RES? AVER
Reads FM average results
ADEM:FM:RES? MAXH
Reads FM max hold results
ADEM:FM:RES? MINH
Reads FM min hold results
ADEM:AM:REL:RES? WRIT
Reads current AM result data
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
ADEMOD
1300.2519.12

6.306

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)

[SENSe:]ADEMod:AM:RELative:AFSPectrum[:TYPE]
This command selects the AF spectrum result types of the AM–demodulated signal to be
measured simultaneously.
Parameter
: WRITe, AVERage, MAXHold, MINHold, VIEW, OFF; for details see
"Trace mode result types" on page 6.300.
Note: The result type "AF spectrum of AM–demodulated signal" cannot be activated at the
same time as "AF spectrum of FM or PM demodulated signal".
Example
ADEM:AM:REL:AFSP AVER,MAXH,MINH
Determines average, maximum and minimum value simultaneously
ADEM:AM:REL:AFSP WRIT,OFF,OFF
Determines only current measurement results
ADEM:AM:REL:AFSP OFF,OFF,OFF
Switches off calculation of the AF spectrum
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF,OFF,OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
ADEMOD

[SENSe:]ADEMod:AM:RELative:AFSPectrum:RESult?
This command reads out the AF spectrum result data of the AM–demodulated signal for the
specified result type. The data format of the output data is determined with the FORMat
command.
Parameter
: WRITe, AVERage, MAXHold, MINHold; for details see "Trace mode result types"
on page 6.300.
Note: The specified result type must be one of those configured with the
[SENSe:]ADEMod:AM:RELative:AFSPectrum[:TYPE] command. Otherwise a
query error will be generated.
Return values
ASCII Format (FORMat ASCII) or Binary Format (FORMat REAL,32); for details see "Formats
for returned values: ASCII format and binary format" on page 6.300. The ouput units are
described in section "CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:PEXCursion" on page 6.63.
Example
ADEM:SET 8MHz,32000,EXT,POS,–500,30
Sets the demodulator
ADEM:FM AVER,MAXH,MINH
Selects the FM results to be measured
ADEM:AM:REL WRIT,OFF,OFF
Selects the AM results to be measured
ADEM:AM:REL:AFSP WRIT,OFF,OFF
Selects the AF spectrum results of the demodulated AM signal to be measured
ADEM ON
Switches on the demodulator

1300.2519.12

6.307

E-11

SENSe Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)

R&S FSL

INIT;*WAI
Starts the measurement and waits for the termination
FORM ASC
Selects the output format
ADEM:FM:RES? AVER
Reads the FM average result data
ADEM:FM:RES? MAXH
Reads the FM Maxhold result data
ADEM:FM:RES? MINH
Reads the FM Minhold result data
ADEM:AM:REL:RES? WRIT
Reads the current AM result data
ADEM:AM:REL:AFSP:RES? WRIT
Reads the current AF spectrum result data of the demodulated AM signal
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
ADEMOD

[SENSe:]ADEMod:BANDwidth|BWIDth:DEModulation
This command defines the demodulation bandwidth used for analog demodulation. The required
sampling rate is automatically set depending on the selected demodulation bandwidth. The
available demodulation bandwidths are determined by the existing sampling rates (see table
below).
Parameter

For details on the correlation of bandwidth and sample rate refer to chapter "Instrument
Functions", section "Analog Demodulation (Option K7)" – "Sample rate, measurement time and
trigger offset".
Example
ADEM:BAND:DEM 1MHz
Sets the demodulation bandwidth to 1 MHz.
Characteristics
*RST value: 5 MHz
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
ADEMOD

1300.2519.12

6.308

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)

[SENSe:]ADEMod:FM[:TDOMain][:TYPE]
This command selects the result types to be measured simultaneously by FM demodulation.
Parameter
: WRITe, AVERage, MAXHold, MINHold, VIEW, OFF; for details see
"Trace mode result types" on page 6.300.
Example
ADEM:FM AVER,MAXH,MINH
"Creates average, max hold and min hold values simultaneously
DEM:FM WRIT,OFF,OFF
Only creates the current measurement values
ADEM:FM OFF,OFF,OFF
Switches analog demodulator off
Characteristics
*RST value: WRITe,OFF,OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
ADEMOD

[SENSe:]ADEMod:FM[:TDOMain]:RESult?
This command reads the result data obtained by analog demodulation for the specified result
type. The data format of the output data block is defined by the FORMat command.
Parameter
: WRITe, AVERage, MAXHold, MINHold; for details see "Trace mode result types"
on page 6.300.
Note: The result type indicated must be one of those configured by
[SENSe:]ADEMod:FM[:TDOMain][:TYPE]. Otherwise a query error will be
generated.
Return values
ASCII Format (FORMat ASCII) or Binary Format (FORMat REAL,32); for details see "Formats
for returned values: ASCII format and binary format" on page 6.300. The ouput units are
described in "CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:PEXCursion" on page 6.63.
Example
ADEM:SET 8MHz,32000,EXT,POS,–500,30
Sets up demodulator parameters
ADEM:FM AVER,MAXH,MINH
Selects FM results to be measured
ADEM:AM WRIT,OFF,OFF
Selects AM results to be measured
ADEM ON
Switches on demodulator
INIT;*WAI
Starts measurement and waits for sync
FORM ASC
Selects output format
ADEM:FM:RES? AVER
Reads FM average results
1300.2519.12

6.309

E-11

SENSe Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)

R&S FSL

ADEM:FM:RES? MAXH
Reads FM max hold results
ADEM:FM:RES? MINH
Reads FM min hold results
ADEM:AM:RES? WRIT
Reads current AM results
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
ADEMOD

[SENSe:]ADEMod:FM:AFSPectrum[:TYPE]
This command selects the AF spectrum result types of the FM demodulated signal to be
measured simultaneously.
Parameter
: WRITe, AVERage, MAXHold, MINHold, VIEW, OFF; for details see
"Trace mode result types" on page 6.300.
Note: The result type "AF spectrum of the FM demodulated signal" cannot be activated at the
same time as "AF spectrum of AM or PM demodulated signal".
Example
ADEM:FM:AFSP AVER,MAXH,MINH
Determines average, maximum and minimum value simultaneously
ADEM:FM:AFSP WRIT,OFF,OFF
Determines only current measurement results
ADEM:FM:AFSP OFF,OFF,OFF
Switches calculation of AF spectrum off
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF,OFF,OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A

[SENSe:]ADEMod:FM:AFSPectrum:RESult?
This command reads out the AF spectrum result data of the FM demodulated signal for the
specified result type. The data format of the output data is determined with the FORMat
command.
Parameter
: WRITe, AVERage, MAXHold, MINHold; for details see "Trace mode result types"
on page 6.300.
Note: The specified result type must be one of those configured with the
[SENSe:]ADEMod:FM:AFSPectrum[:TYPE] command. Otherwise a query error will
be generated.

1300.2519.12

6.310

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)

Return values
ASCII Format (FORMat ASCII) or Binary Format (FORMat REAL,32); for details see "Formats
for returned values: ASCII format and binary format" on page 6.300. The ouput units are
described in "CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:PEXCursion" on page 6.63.
Example
ADEM:SET 8MHz,32000,EXT,POS,–500,30
Sets demodulator
ADEM:FM AVER,MAXH,MINH
Selects the FM results to be measured
ADEM:AM:REL WRIT,OFF,OFF
Selects the AM results to be measured
ADEM:FM:AFSP WRIT,OFF,OFF
Selects the AF spectrum results of the demodulated FM signal to be measured
ADEM ON
Switches the demodulator on
INIT;*WAI
Starts the measurement and waits for termination
FORM ASC
Selects output format
ADEM:FM:RES? AVER
Reads FM average result data
ADEM:FM:RES? MAXH
Reads FM maxhold result data
ADEM:FM:RES? MINH
Reads FM minhold result data
ADEM:AM:RES? WRIT
Reads current AM result data
ADEM:FM:AFSP:RES? WRIT
Reads current AF spectrum result data of demodulated FM signal
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
ADEMOD

[SENSe:]ADEMod:FM:OFFSet?
This command calculates the FM offset of the currently available measurement data set.
If averaging has been activated before acquiring the data set (using
[SENSe:]ADEMod:FM[:TDOMain][:TYPE], the averaged FM offset over several
measurements can also be obtained by setting  = AVERage.
The offset thus determined differs from the one calculated by the
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:ADEMod:FERRor[:RESult<1...6>?] command
since, for determination of the frequency deviation, the modulation is removed by means of
lowpass filtering, producing results that are different from those obtained by averaging.
Parameter

IMMediate

1300.2519.12

The current measurement results will be used for calculating the FM
offset

6.311

E-11

SENSe Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)
AVERage
Note:

R&S FSL

The measurement results that were averaged over the given # of
measurements will be used for calculating the FM offset

If no average measurement was active during the last measurement sequence only the
[SENSe:]ADEMod:FM:OFFSet? IMMediate command will return a correct result
(data to calculate the offset are taken from the last measured data set).
[SENSe:]ADEMod:FM:OFFSet? AVERage will cause a query error in this case.

Example
ADEM:SET 8MHz,32000,EXT,POS,–500,30
Sets up demodulator parameters to execute 30 measurements
ADEM:FM AVER,OFF,OFF
Selects FM results to perform averaging
ADEM:AM OFF,OFF,OFF
Switches off AM demodulation
ADEM ON
Switches on analog demodulator
INIT;*WAI
Starts measurement and waits for sync
ADEM:FM:OFFS? IMM
Reads FM offset of last measurement of the sequence of 30
ADEM:FM:OFFS? AVER
Reads FM offset averaged over 30 measurements
Characteristics
*RST values: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
ADEMOD

[SENSe:]ADEMod:MTIMe
This command defines the measurement time for analog demodulation.
Parameter

Example
ADEM:MTIM 62.5us
Sets the measurement time to 62.5 µs.
Characteristics
*RST value: 62.5us
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
ADEMOD

1300.2519.12

6.312

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)

[SENSe:]ADEMod:PM[:TDOMain][:TYPE]
This command selects the result types of the PM–demodulated signal to be created
simultaneously.
Parameter
: WRITe, AVERage, MAXHold, MINHold, VIEW; for details see "Trace
mode result types" on page 6.300.
Example
ADEM:PM AVER,MAXH,MINH
Determines average, maximum and minimum value simultaneously
ADEM:PM WRIT,OFF,OFF
Determines only current measurement results
ADEM:PM OFF,OFF,OFF
Switches the PM demodulator off.
Characteristics
RST value: OFF,OFF,OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
ADEMOD

[SENSe:]ADEMod:PM[:TDOMain]:RESult?
This command reads the result data of the PM demodulation for the specified result type. The
data format of the output data is determined with the FORMat command.
Parameter
: WRITe, AVERage, MAXHold, MINHold; for details see "Trace mode result types"
on page 6.300.
Note: The specified result type must be one of those configured with the
[SENSe:]ADEMod:PM[:TDOMain][:TYPE] command. Otherwise a query error will
be generated.
Return values
ASCII Format (FORMat ASCII) or Binary Format (FORMat REAL,32); for details see "Formats
for returned values: ASCII format and binary format" on page 6.300. The ouput units are
described in "CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:PEXCursion" on page 6.63.
Example
ADEM:SET 8MHz,32000,EXT,POS,–500,30
Sets the demodulator parameters.
ADEM:PM AVER,MAXH,MINH
Selects the PM results to be measured.
ADEM:AM WRIT,OFF,OFF
Selects the AM results to be measured.
ADEM ON
Switches on the demodulator.
INIT;*WAI
Starts the measurement and waits for termination.
FORM ASC
Selects the output format.

1300.2519.12

6.313

E-11

SENSe Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)

R&S FSL

ADEM:PM:RES? AVER
Reads the PM average result data.
ADEM:PM:RES? MAXH
Reads the PM maxhold result data.
ADEM:PM:RES? MINH
Reads the PM minhold result data.
ADEM:AM:RES? WRIT
Reads the current AM result data.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
ADEMOD

[SENSe:]ADEMod:PM:AFSPectrum[:TYPE]
This command selects the AF spectrum result types of the PM–demodulated signal to be
measured simultaneously.
Parameter
: WRITe, AVERage, MAXHold, MINHold, VIEW; for details see "Trace
mode result types" on page 6.300.
Note: The result type "AF spectrum of the PM demodulated signal" cannot be activated at the
same time as "AF spectrum of AM or FM demodulated signal".
Example
ADEM:PM:AFSP AVER,MAXH,MINH
Determines average, maximum and minimum value simultaneously
ADEM:PM:AFSP WRIT,OFF,OFF
Determines only current measurement results
ADEM:PM:AFSP OFF,OFF,OFF
Switches calculation of AF spectrum off
Characteristics
RST value: OFF,OFF,OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
ADEMOD

1300.2519.12

6.314

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)

[SENSe:]ADEMod:PM:AFSPectrum:RESult?
This command reads out the AF spectrum result data of the PM–demodulated signal for the specified
result type. The data format of the output data is determined with the FORMat command.
Parameter
: WRITe, AVERage, MAXHold, MINHold; for details see "Trace mode result types"
on page 6.300.
Note: The specified result type must be one of those configured with the
[SENSe:]ADEMod:PM:AFSPectrum[:TYPE] command. Otherwise a query error will
be generated.
Return values
ASCII Format (FORMat ASCII) or Binary Format (FORMat REAL,32); for details see "Formats
for returned values: ASCII format and binary format" on page 6.300. The ouput units are
described in section "CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:PEXCursion" on page 6.63.
Example
ADEM:SET 8MHz,32000,EXT,POS,–500,30
Sets demodulator
ADEM:PM AVER,MAXH,MINH
Selects the PM results to be measured
ADEM:AM:REL WRIT,OFF,OFF
Selects the AM results to be measured
ADEM:PM:AFSP WRIT,OFF,OFF
Selects the AF spectrum results of the demodulated PM signal to be measured
ADEM ON
Switches the demodulator on
INIT;*WAI
Starts the measurement and waits for termination
FORM ASC
Selects output format
ADEM:PM:RES? AVER
Reads PM average result data
ADEM:PM:RES? MAXH
Reads PM maxhold result data
ADEM:PM:RES? MINH
Reads PM minhold result data
ADEM:AM:RES? WRIT
Reads current AM result data
ADEM:PM:AFSP:RES? WRIT
Reads current AF spectrum result data of demodulated PM signal
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
ADEMOD

1300.2519.12

6.315

E-11

SENSe Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)

R&S FSL

[SENSe:]ADEMod:PM:RPOint[:X]
This command determines the position where the phase of the PM–demodulated signal is set to
0 rad. The maximum possible value depends on the measurement time selected in the
instrument; this value is output in response to the query ADEM:PM:RPO:X? MAX.
Parameter
0 s to measurement time
Example
ADEM:PM:RPO 500us
Sets the position where the phase to 0 rad setting to 500 µs.
Characteristics
RST value: 0 s
SCPI: conform
Mode
ADEMOD

[SENSe:]ADEMod:RLENgth?
This command returns the record length set up for the current analog demodulation
measurement.
Example
ADEM:RLEN?
Returns the current record length.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
ADEMOD

[SENSe:]ADEMod:SET
This command configures the analog demodulator of the instrument.
Parameter


The frequency at which measurement values are taken from the
A/D–converter and stored in I/Q memory.
Allowed range: refer to chapter "Instrument Functions", section
"Analog Demodulation (Option K7)" – "Sample rate,
measurement time and trigger offset".



Number of samples to be stored in I/Q memory.
Allowed range:
1 to 400001 with AF filter or AF trigger active
1 to 480001 with both AF filter and AF trigger deactive



Selection of the trigger source to use for the demodulator.
Allowed values: IMMediate | EXTernal | IFPower | RFPower| AF
| AM | AMRelative | FM | PM (see note below)


1300.2519.12

Used slope of the trigger signal.
6.316

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)
Allowed values: POSitive | NEGative
The value indicated here will be ignored for  =
IMMediate.



Number of samples to be used as an offset to the trigger signal.
Allowed range: –65024 to 130559 (= –64 * 1024 + 512 to 128 *
1024 – 513)
The value indicated here will be ignored for  =
IMMediate.

<# of meas>

Number of repetitions of the measurement to be executed. The
value indicated here is especially necessary for the
average/maxhold/minhold function.
Allowed range: 0 to 32767

Note:

After selecting IFPower, the trigger threshold can be set with the
TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:LEVel:IFPower command.

Example
ADEM:SET 8MHz,32000,EXT,POS,–500,30
Performs a measurement at:
sample rate

8 MHz

record length

32000

trigger source

EXTernal

trigger slope

POSitive

offset samples

–500 (500 samples before trigger occurred)

# of meas

30

Characteristics
*RST value:
sample rate

8 MHz

record length

501

trigger source

IMMediate

trigger slope

POSitive

offset samples

0

# of meas

0

SCPI: device–specific
Mode
ADEMOD

1300.2519.12

6.317

E-11

SENSe Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)

R&S FSL

[SENSe:]ADEMod:SPECtrum[:TYPE]
This command selects the result types to be created in parallel by the RF spectrum
measurement with active analog demodulation.
Parameter
: WRITe, AVERage, MAXHold, MINHold, VIEW, OFF; for details see
"Trace mode result types" on page 6.300.
Example
ADEM:SPEC AVER,MAXH,MINH
Creates average, max hold and min hold values at a time
ADEM:SPEC WRIT,OFF,OFF
Only creates the current measurement values
ADEM:SPEC OFF,OFF,OFF
Switches analog demodulator off
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF,OFF,OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
ADEMOD

[SENSe:]ADEMod:SPECtrum:BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution]
This command sets the resolution bandwidth for spectrum representation that was determined
from the analog demodulation data.
The recording time required is calculated from the sampling rate indirectly set via
[SENSe:]ADEMod:SPECtrum:SPAN[:MAXimum] or
[SENSe:]ADEMod:BANDwidth|BWIDth:DEModulation. If the available recording time is
not sufficient for the given bandwidth, the recording time is set to is maximum and the resolution
bandwidth is enlarged to the resulting bandwidth.
Parameter
refer to data sheet
Example
ADEM ON
Switches on the analog demodulator
CALC:FEED 'XTIM:SPEC'
Switches on the RF spectrum result display
or
CALC:FEED 'XTIM:FM:AFSP'
Switches on the AF spectrum result display of FM signal
ADEM:SPEC:BAND 61.2kHz
Sets the resolution bandwidth to 61.2 kHz.
Characteristics
*RST value: 61.2 kHz
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
ADEMOD

1300.2519.12

6.318

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)

[SENSe:]ADEMod:SPECtrum:RESult?
This command reads out the RF spectrum result data for the specified result type. The data format of
the output data block is defined by the FORMat command.
Parameter
: WRITe, AVERage, MAXHold, MINHold; for details see "Trace mode result types"
on page 6.300.
Note: The result type indicated must be one of those configured by
[SENSe:]ADEMod:SPECtrum[:TYPE]. Otherwise a query error will be generated.
Return values
ASCII Format (FORMat ASCII) or Binary Format (FORMat REAL,32); for details see "Formats
for returned values: ASCII format and binary format" on page 6.300. The ouput units are
described in "CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:PEXCursion" on page 6.63.
Example
ADEM:SET 8MHz,32000,EXT,POS,–500,30
Sets up demodulator parameters
ADEM:SPEC AVER,MAXH,MINH
Selects RF spectrum results to be measured
ADEM:SPEC WRIT,OFF,OFF
Selects AM results to be measured
ADEM ON
Switches on demodulator
INIT;*WAI
Starts measurement and waits for sync
FORM ASC
Selects output format
ADEM:SPEC:RES? AVER
Reads RF spectrum average results
ADEM:SPEC:RES? MAXH
Reads RF spectrum max hold results
ADEM:SPEC:RES? MINH
Reads RF spectrum min hold results
ADEM:SPEC:RES? WRIT
Reads spectrum current results
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
ADEMOD

1300.2519.12

6.319

E-11

SENSe Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)

R&S FSL

[SENSe:]ADEMod:SPECtrum:SPAN[:MAXimum]
This command sets the maximum frequency range for displaying the RF spectrum that was
determined from the analog demodulation data. The maximum span corresponds to the
measurement bandwidth of analog demodulation (for details refer to
[SENSe:]ADEMod:BANDwidth|BWIDth:DEModulation).For details refer on the relation of
bandwidth and sample rate refer to chapter "Instrument Functions", section "Analog
Demodulation (Option K7)" – "Sample rate, measurement time and trigger offset".
Parameter

Example
ADEM ON
Switches on the analog demodulator
CALC:FEED 'XTIM:SPEC'
Switches on RF spectrum result display.
ADEM:SPEC:SPAN:MAX 5 MHz
Sets the max. span to 5 MHz
ADEM:SPEC:SPAN:ZOOM 1 MHz
Sets the displayed span to 1 MHz
Characteristics
*RST value: 5 MHz
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
ADEMOD

[SENSe:]ADEMod:SPECtrum:SPAN:ZOOM
This command sets the frequency range for the RF spectrum result display determined from
analog demodulation data. The frequency range for result display is limited to the maximum
span ([SENSe:]ADEMod:SPECtrum:SPAN[:MAXimum]) or to the measurement bandwidth of
analog demodulation ([SENSe:]ADEMod:BANDwidth|BWIDth:DEModulation).
Parameter

Example
ADEM ON
Switches on the analog demodulator
CALC:FEED 'XTIM:SPEC'
Switches on RF spectrum result display"
ADEM:SPEC:SPAN:MAX 5 MHz
Sets the maximum span to 5 MHz
ADEM:SPEC:SPAN:ZOOM 1 MHz
Sets displayed span to 1 MHz
Characteristics
*RST value: 5 MHz
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
ADEMOD

1300.2519.12

6.320

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)

[SENSe:]ADEMod:SRATe?
This command returns the sample rate set up for the current analog demodulation
measurement.
Example
ADEM:SRAT?
Returns the current sample rate.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
ADEMOD

[SENSe:]ADEMod:ZOOM[:STATe]
The command enables or disables the zoom function for the analog–demodulated
measurement data. Depending on the selected measurement time and the demodulation
bandwidth, the number of recorded test points may be greater than that shown on the display.
If the zoom function is enabled, 501 test points of the result memory are displayed from the
specified start time with [SENSe:]ADEMod:ZOOM:STARt.
If the zoom function is disabled, data reduction is used to adapt the test points to the number of
points available on the display.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
ADEM:ZOOM ON
Switches on the zoom function
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
ADEMOD

1300.2519.12

6.321

E-11

SENSe Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)

R&S FSL

[SENSe:]ADEMod:ZOOM:STARt
The command selects the start time for the display of individual measured values of the analog
demodulation. The maximum possible value depends on the measurement time, which is set in
the instrument and can be queried with the [SENSe:]ADEMod:MTIMe command.
If the zoom function is enabled, 501 test points of the result memory are displayed from the
specified start time with [SENSe:]ADEMod:ZOOM:STARt.
Parameter
0 s to measurement time – (500 * 1/sample rate)
Example
ADEM:ZOOM ON
Switches on the zoom function
ADEM:ZOOM:STAR 500us
Sets the starting point of the display to 500 µs.
Characteristics
*RST value: 0 s
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
ADEMOD

1300.2519.12

6.322

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)

SENSe:BANDwidth Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)
This subsystem controls the setting of the instruments filter bandwidths. Both groups of
commands (BANDwidth and BWIDth) perform the same functions.

Commands of the SENSe:BANDwidth Subsystem
–

[SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth:DEMod

[SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth:DEMod
This command sets the bandwidth for analog demodulation. Depending on the selected
demodulation bandwidth, the instrument selects the required sampling rate.
The available values of the demodulation bandwidths are determined by the sampling rates. For
details on the correlation between demodulation bandwidth and sampling rate refer to chapter
"Instrument Functions", sections "Analog Demodulation (Option K7)" – "Sample rate,
measurement time and trigger offset".
Parameter

Example:
BAND:DEM 1MHz
Sets test bandwidth to 1 MHz
Characteristics:
*RST value: 5 MHz
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
A–F, ADEMOD

1300.2519.12

6.323

E-11

SENSe Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)

R&S FSL

SENSe:FILTer Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)
The SENSe:FILTer subsystem selects the filters to reduce the bandwidth of the demodulated signal.
The selected filters are used for AM, FM and PM demodulation in common.

Commands of the SENSe:FILTer subsystem
–

[SENSe<1|2>:]FILTer:DEMPhasis[:STATe]

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]FILTer:DEMPhasis:TCONstant

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]FILTer:HPASs[:STATE]

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]FILTer:HPASs:FREQuency

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]FILTer:LPASs[:STATE]

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]FILTer:LPASs:FREQuency[:ABSolute]

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]FILTer:LPASs:FREQuency:RELative

[SENSe<1|2>:]FILTer:DEMPhasis[:STATe]
This command activates/deactivates the selected deemphasis.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
FILT:DEMP ON
Activates the selected deemphasis.
Characteristics
RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
ADEMOD
[SENSe<1|2>:]FILTer:DEMPhasis:TCONstant
This command selects the deemphasis. For details on deemphasis refer to chapter "Instrument
Functions", section "Analog Demodulation (Option K7)", Deemphasis softkey.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
25 us | 50 us | 75 us | 750 us
Example
FILT:DEMP:TCON 750us
Selects the deemphasis for the demodulation bandwidth range from 800 Hz to 4 MHz with a
time constant of 750 Us.
Characteristics
RST value: 50 us
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
ADEMOD

1300.2519.12

6.324

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)

[SENSe<1|2>:]FILTer:HPASs[:STATE]
This command activates/deactivates the selected high pass filter.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
FILT:HPAS ON
Activates the selected high pass filter.
Characteristics
RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
ADEMOD

[SENSe<1|2>:]FILTer:HPASs:FREQuency
This command selects the high pass filter type. For details on filters refer to chapter "Instrument
Functions", section "Analog Demodulation (Option K7)", High Pass AF Filter softkey.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
50Hz | 300Hz
Example
FILT:HPAS:FREQ 300Hz
Selects the high pass filter for the demodulation bandwidth range from 800 Hz to 16 MHz.
Characteristics
RST value: 300Hz
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
ADEMOD
[SENSe<1|2>:]FILTer:LPASs[:STATE]
This command activates/deactivates the selected low pass filter.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
FILT:LPAS ON
Activates the selected low pass filter.
Characteristics
RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
ADEMOD

1300.2519.12

6.325

E-11

SENSe Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)

R&S FSL

[SENSe<1|2>:]FILTer:LPASs:FREQuency[:ABSolute]
This command selects the absolute low pass filter type. For details on filters refer to chapter
"Instrument Functions", section "Analog Demodulation (Option K7)", Low Pass AF Filter
softkey.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
3kHz | 15kHz | 150kHz
Example
FILT:LPAS:FREQ 150kHz
Selects the low pass filter for the demodulation bandwidth range from 400 kHz to 16 MHz.
Characteristics
RST value: 15kHz
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
ADEMOD

[SENSe<1|2>:]FILTer:LPASs:FREQuency:RELative
This command selects the relative low pass filter type. For details on filters refer to chapter
"Instrument Functions", section "Analog Demodulation (Option K7)", Low Pass AF Filter
softkey.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
5PCT | 10PCT | 25PCT
Example
FILT:LPAS:FREQ 25PCT
Selects the low pass filter as 25% of the demodulation bandwidth.
Characteristics
RST value: 25PCT
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
ADEMOD

1300.2519.12

6.326

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)

SENSe:FREQuency Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)
The SENSe:FREQuency subsystem defines the frequency axis of the active display. The frequency
axis can either be defined via the start/stop frequency or via the center frequency and span.

Commands of the SENSe:FREQuency Subsystem
–

[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:CENTer:STEP:LINK

[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:CENTer:STEP:LINK
Parameter
SPAN

coupling to frequency display range (for RF spectrum result display)

RBW

coupling to demodulation bandwidth (for all result displays except RF spectrum)

OFF

manual input, no coupling

For further details refer to "[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:CENTer:STEP:LINK" on page 6.201.

SENSe:SWEep Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)
The SENSe:SWEep subsystem controls the sweep parameters.

Commands of the SENSe:SWEep Subsystem
–

[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:TIME

[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:TIME
Parameter
Refer to chapter "Instrument Functions", section "Analog Demodulation (Option K7)" – "Sample
rate, measurement time and trigger offset".
For further details refer to "[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:TIME" on page 6.234.

1300.2519.12

6.327

E-11

TRACe Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)

R&S FSL

TRACe Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)
The TRACe subsystem controls access to the instruments internal trace memory.

Commands of the TRACe Subsystem
–

TRACe<1|2>[:DATA]

TRACe<1|2>[:DATA]
If the analog demodulator (option Analog Demodulation, R&S FSL–K7) is active, only the
displayed trace data is read out and recalled. A portion of the measurement data that can be
called by means of a marker, however, is calculated from the raw measurement data. These
results are no longer available after recalling a trace; the associated queries generate a query
error.
For further information refer to "TRACe<1|2>[:DATA]" on page 6.263.

1300.2519.12

6.328

E-11

R&S FSL

TRIGger Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)

TRIGger Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)
The TRIGger subsystem is used to synchronize instrument actions with events. It is thus possible to control
and synchronize the start of a sweep.

Commands of the TRIGger Subsystem
–

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:LEVel:AM[:ABSolute]

–

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:LEVel:AM:RELative

–

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:LEVel:FM

–

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:LEVel:PM

–

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:SOURce

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:LEVel:AM[:ABSolute]
The command sets the level when RF power signals are used as trigger source.
Note: For triggering with AF, AM, AMRelative, FM, and PM trigger sources to be successful,
the measurement time must cover at least 5 periods of the audio signal.
Parameter
–100 to +30 dBm
Example
TRIG:LEV:AM –30 dBm
Sets the RF power signal trigger threshold to –30 dBm
Characteristics
*RST value: –20 dBm
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
ADEMOD

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:LEVel:AM:RELative
The command sets the level when AM–modulated signals are used as trigger source.
Note: For triggering with AF, AM, AMRelative, FM, and PM trigger sources to be successful,
the measurement time must cover at least 5 periods of the audio signal.
Parameter
–100 to +100 %
Example
TRIG:LEV:AM:REL –20 %
Sets the AM trigger threshold to –20 %
Characteristics
*RST value: 0 %
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
ADEMOD

1300.2519.12

6.329

E-11

TRIGger Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)

R&S FSL

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:LEVel:FM
The command sets the level when FM–modulated signals are used as trigger source.
Note: For triggering with AF, AM, AMRelative, FM, and PM trigger sources to be successful,
the measurement time must cover at least 5 periods of the audio signal.
Parameter
–10 to +10 MHz
Example
TRIG:LEV:FM 10 kHz
Sets the FM trigger threshold to 10 kHz
Characteristics
*RST value: 0 Hz
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
ADEMOD

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:LEVel:PM
The command sets the level when PM–modulated signals are used as trigger source.
Note: For triggering with AF, AM, AMRelative, FM, and PM trigger sources to be successful,
the measurement time must cover at least 5 periods of the audio signal.
Parameter
–1000 to +1000 RAD | DEG
Example
TRIG:LEV:PM 1.2 RAD
Sets the PM trigger threshold to 1.2 rad
Characteristics
*RST value: 0 RAD
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
ADEMOD

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:SOURce
Parameter
IMMediate (Free Run) | EXTern | IFPower | AF | FM | AM | AMRelative | PM
The parameter AM corresponds to the RF power signal, the parameter AMRelative corresponds
to the AM signal.
For details on trigger modes refer to chapter "Instrument Functions", section "Analog
Demodulation (Option K7)".
Note: For triggering with AF, AM, AMRelative, FM, and PM trigger sources to be successful,
the measurement time must cover at least 5 periods of the audio signal.
For further details refer to "TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:SOURce" on page 6.280.

1300.2519.12

6.330

E-11

R&S FSL

UNIT Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)

UNIT Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)
The UNIT subsystem sets the basic unit of the setting parameters.

Commands of the UNIT Subsystem
–

UNIT:ANGLe

UNIT:ANGLe
This command selects the unit for angles.
Parameter
DEG | RAD
Example
UNIT:ANGL DEG
Characteristics
RST value: RAD
SCPI: conform
Mode
ADEMOD

1300.2519.12

6.331

E-11

UNIT Subsystem (Analog Demodulation, K7)

R&S FSL

Remote Commands of the Bluetooth Measurements
Option (K8)
In this section all remote control commands for the Bluetooth Measurements option are described in
detail. The abbreviation BT stands for the Bluetooth operating mode. For details on conventions used in
this chapter refer to section "Notation" on page 6.2 at the beginning of this chapter.
For further information on analyzer or basic settings commands, refer to the corresponding subsystem
in "Remote Commands of the Base Unit" on page 6.5.
This option is available from firmware version 1.30.

Subsystems of the Bluetooth Measurements option (K9)
–

"CALCulate:BTOoth Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8)" on page 6.333

–

"CALCulate:DELTamarker Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8)" on page 6.353

–

"CALCulate:MARKer Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8)" on page 6.354

–

"CONFigure:BTOoth Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8)" on page 6.355

–

"DISPlay Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8)" on page 6.369

–

"INSTrument Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8)" on page 6.370

–

"SENSe Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8)" on page 6.371

1300.2519.12

6.332

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate:BTOoth Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8)

CALCulate:BTOoth Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8)
The following commands are used to configure the BLUETOOTH analyzer operating mode. This
operating mode requires option R&S FSL–K8.

Commands of the CALCulate:BTOoth Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:ACLR[:LIST]?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:ACLR:EXCeptions?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:CFDRift[:MAXimum]?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:CFDRift:RATE?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:CFSTability:COUNt?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:CFSTability:DEVM:[RMS]?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:CFSTability:DEVM:D99Pct?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:CFSTability:DEVM:DPCT?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:CFSTability:DEVM:PEAK?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:CFSTability:FERRor:[TOTal]?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:CFSTability:FERRor:BLOCk?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:CFSTability:FERRor:INITial?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:DPENcoding:[TOTal]?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:DPENcoding:BER?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:DPENcoding:NERRor?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:IBSemissions:[List]?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:IBSemissions:EXCeptions?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:IBSemissions:HADJacent?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:IBSemissions:TXReference?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:ICFTolerance?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:MCHar:DF<1|2>:AVERage?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:MCHar:DF<1|2>:MAXimum?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:MCHar:DF2:PERCent?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:MCHar:RATio?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:OPOWer[:PEAK]?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:OPOWer:AVERage?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:PLENgth?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:PTYPe?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:RTPower:[DPSK]?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:RTPower:GFSK?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:RTPower:RATio?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:STATus?

1300.2519.12

6.333

E-11

CALCulate:BTOoth Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8)

R&S FSL

Further information
–

Example: Adapting the settings to the characteristics of the DUT

Example: Adapting the settings to the characteristics of the DUT
INST:SEL BTO
Activates the Bluetooth Measurements option
INIT:CONT OFF
Selects single sweep operation
CONF:BTO:CHAN 10
Selects channel 10
CONF:BTO:PCL 1
Selects power class 1
CONF:BTO:PRAT 4
Selects 4 points per symbol
CONF:BTO:PTYP DH1
Selects 1 slot packet
DDEM:SEAR:SYNC ON
Activates the FIND SYNC function
DDEM:SEAR:SYNC:OFFS 0
Sets the sync offset = 0
DDEM:SEAR:SYNC:LAP #H0
Sets the lower address part = 0
DDEM:SEAR:TIME:AUTO ON
Selects automatic search length

1300.2519.12

6.334

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate:BTOoth Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8)

CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:ACLR[:LIST]?
This command determines the power of the selected adjacent channels. The number of
adjacent channel pairs is defined with the CONFigure:BTOoth:ACLR:ACPairs command.
The results are returned as a list of power values. The structure of the list is as follows:
...  ...
The number of adjacent channels is limited at the Bluetooth band limits.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Note: This command is only available with active Adjacent Channel Power measurement (see
CONFigure:BTOoth:MEASurement command). With all other measurements this
command will lead to a query error.
Example
INST:SEL BTO
Activates the Bluetooth Measurements option.
INIT:CONT OFF
Selects single sweep operation.
CONF:BTO:MEAS ACLR
Activates the Adjacent Channel Power measurement.
INIT;*WAI
Starts the measurement with synchronization.
CALC:BTO:ACLR?
Queries the power list.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT

CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:ACLR:EXCeptions?
This command determines the number of exceptions which occurred during the adjacent
channel power measurement according to the Bluetooth specification.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Note: This command is only available with active Adjacent Channel Power measurement (see
CONFigure:BTOoth:MEASurement command). With all other measurements this
command will lead to a query error.
Example
INST:SEL BTO
Activates the Bluetooth Measurements option.
INIT:CONT OFF
Selects single sweep operation.
CONF:BTO:MEAS ACLR
Activates the Adjacent Channel Power measurement.
INIT;*WAI
Starts the measurement with synchronization.
CALC:BTO:ACLR?
Queries the power list.

1300.2519.12

6.335

E-11

CALCulate:BTOoth Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8)

R&S FSL

CALC:BTO:ACLR:EXC?
Queries the number of exceptions.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT
CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:CFDRift[:MAXimum]?
This command determines the maximum Carrier Frequency Drift.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Note: This command is only available with active Carrier Frequency Drift measurement (see
CONFigure:BTOoth:MEASurement command). With all other measurements this
command will lead to a query error.
Example
For the first steps refer to "Example: Adapting the settings to the characteristics of the DUT" on
page 6.334.
CONF:BTO:MEAS CFDR
Activates the Carrier Frequency Drift measurement.
INIT;*WAI
Starts the measurement with synchronization.
CALC:BTO:CFDR?
Queries the result.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT

CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:CFDRift:RATE?
This command determines the maximum Carrier Frequency Drift per 50 µs.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Note: This command is only available with active Carrier Frequency Drift measurement (see
CONFigure:BTOoth:MEASurement command). With all other measurements this
command will lead to a query error.
Example
For the first steps refer to "Example: Adapting the settings to the characteristics of the DUT" on
page 6.334.
CONF:BTO:MEAS CFDR
Activates the Carrier Frequency Drift measurement.
INIT;*WAI
Starts the measurement with synchronization.
CALC:BTO:CFDR:RATE?
Queries the result.

1300.2519.12

6.336

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate:BTOoth Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8)

Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT

CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:CFSTability:COUNt?
This command reads the number of measured blocks during or after a measurement.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Note: This command is only available with active Carrier Frequency Stability and Modulation
Accuracy measurement (see CONFigure:BTOoth:MEASurement command). With all
other measurements this command will lead to a query error.
Example
For the first steps refer to "Example: Adapting the settings to the characteristics of the DUT" on
page 6.334.
CONF:BTO:MEAS CFST
Activates the Carrier Frequency Stability and Modulation Accuracy measurement.
INIT;*WAI
Starts the measurement with synchronization.
CALC:BTO:CFST:COUNt?
Reads the number of measured blocks.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT

CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:CFSTability:DEVM:[RMS]?
This command reads the root mean square (RMS) of the differential error vector magnitude
(DEVM) in the Carrier Frequency Stability and Modulation Accuracy measurement.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Note: This command is only available with active Carrier Frequency Stability and Modulation
Accuracy measurement (see CONFigure:BTOoth:MEASurement command). With all
other measurements this command will lead to a query error.
Parameter
MINimum | MAXimum | AVERage
Example
For the first steps refer to "Example: Adapting the settings to the characteristics of the DUT" on
page 6.334.
CONF:BTO:MEAS CFST
Activates the Carrier Frequency Stability and Modulation Accuracy measurement.
INIT;*WAI
Starts the measurement with synchronization.
CALC:BTO:CFST:DEVM? AVER
Reads the root mean square of the average differential error vector magnitude.
1300.2519.12

6.337

E-11

CALCulate:BTOoth Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8)

R&S FSL

Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT

CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:CFSTability:DEVM:D99Pct?
This command reads 99% of the differential error vector magnitude (DEVM) in the Carrier
Frequency Stability and Modulation Accuracy measurement.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Note: This command is only available with active Carrier Frequency Stability and Modulation
Accuracy measurement (see CONFigure:BTOoth:MEASurement command). With all
other measurements this command will lead to a query error.
Example
For the first steps refer to "Example: Adapting the settings to the characteristics of the DUT" on
page 6.334.
CONF:BTO:MEAS CFST
Activates the Carrier Frequency Stability and Modulation Accuracy measurement.
INIT;*WAI
Starts the measurement with synchronization.
CALC:BTO:CFST:DEVM:D99Pct?
Reads 99% of the differential error vector magnitude.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT

CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:CFSTability:DEVM:DPCT?
This command is synonym to CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:CFSTability:DEVM:D99Pct?.
This command is available from firmware version 1.60.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: conform
Mode
BT

1300.2519.12

6.338

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate:BTOoth Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8)

CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:CFSTability:DEVM:PEAK?
This command reads the peak of the differential error vector magnitude (DEVM) in the Carrier
Frequency Stability and Modulation Accuracy measurement.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Note: This command is only available with active Carrier Frequency Stability and Modulation
Accuracy measurement (see CONFigure:BTOoth:MEASurement command). With all
other measurements this command will lead to a query error.
Example
For the first steps refer to "Example: Adapting the settings to the characteristics of the DUT" on
page 6.334.
CONF:BTO:MEAS CFST
Activates the Carrier Frequency Stability and Modulation Accuracy measurement.
INIT;*WAI
Starts the measurement with synchronization.
CALC:BTO:CFST:DEVM:PEAK?
Reads the peak of the differential error vector magnitude.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT

CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:CFSTability:FERRor:[TOTal]?
This command reads the carrier frequency deviation of all packets in the Carrier Frequency
Stability and Modulation Accuracy measurement.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Note: This command is only available with active Carrier Frequency Stability and Modulation
Accuracy measurement (see CONFigure:BTOoth:MEASurement command). With all
other measurements this command will lead to a query error.
Parameter
MINimum | MAXimum | AVERage
Example
For the first steps refer to "Example: Adapting the settings to the characteristics of the DUT" on
page 6.334.
CONF:BTO:MEAS CFST
Activates the Carrier Frequency Stability and Modulation Accuracy measurement.
INIT;*WAI
Starts the measurement with synchronization.
CALC:BTO:CFST:FERR? MIN
Reads the minimum carrier frequency deviation of all packets.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT
1300.2519.12

6.339

E-11

CALCulate:BTOoth Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8)

R&S FSL

CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:CFSTability:FERRor:BLOCk?
This command reads the maximum frequency deviation of all blocks in the Carrier Frequency
Stability and Modulation Accuracy measurement.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Note: This command is only available with active Carrier Frequency Stability and Modulation
Accuracy measurement (see CONFigure:BTOoth:MEASurement command). With all
other measurements this command will lead to a query error.
Parameter
MINimum | MAXimum | AVERage
Example
For the first steps refer to "Example: Adapting the settings to the characteristics of the DUT" on
page 6.334.
CONF:BTO:MEAS CFST
Activates the Carrier Frequency Stability and Modulation Accuracy measurement.
INIT;*WAI
Starts the measurement with synchronization.
CALC:BTO:CFST:FERR:BLOC? AVER
Reads the maximum average frequency deviation of all blocks.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT

CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:CFSTability:FERRor:INITial?
This command reads the combined frequency deviation of all packets and all blocks in the
Carrier Frequency Stability and Modulation Accuracy measurement.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Note: This command is only available with active Carrier Frequency Stability and Modulation
Accuracy measurement (see CONFigure:BTOoth:MEASurement command). With all
other measurements this command will lead to a query error.
Parameter
MINimum | MAXimum | AVERage
Example
For the first steps refer to "Example: Adapting the settings to the characteristics of the DUT" on
page 6.334.
CONF:BTO:MEAS CFST
Activates the Carrier Frequency Stability and Modulation Accuracy measurement.
INIT;*WAI
Starts the measurement with synchronization.
CALC:BTO:CFST:FERR:INIT? MAX
Reads the combined maximum frequency deviation of all packets and all blocks.

1300.2519.12

6.340

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate:BTOoth Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8)

Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT

CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:DPENcoding:[TOTal]?
This command reads the number of tested packets in the Differential Phase Encoding
measurement.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Note: This command is only available with active Differential Phase Encoding measurement
(see CONFigure:BTOoth:MEASurement command). With all other measurements
this command will lead to a query error.
Example
For the first steps refer to "Example: Adapting the settings to the characteristics of the DUT" on
page 6.334.
CONF:BTO:MEAS DPEN
Activates the Differential Phase Encoding measurement.
INIT;*WAI
Starts the measurement with synchronization.
CALC:BTO:DPEN?
Reads the number of tested packets.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT

CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:DPENcoding:BER?
This command reads the bit error rate (BER) in the Differential Phase Encoding measurement.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Note: This command is only available with active Differential Phase Encoding measurement
(see CONFigure:BTOoth:MEASurement command). With all other measurements
this command will lead to a query error.
Example
For the first steps refer to "Example: Adapting the settings to the characteristics of the DUT" on
page 6.334.
CONF:BTO:MEAS DPEN
Activates the Differential Phase Encoding measurement.
INIT;*WAI
Starts the measurement with synchronization.
CALC:BTO:DPEN:BER?
Reads the bit error rate.

1300.2519.12

6.341

E-11

CALCulate:BTOoth Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8)

R&S FSL

Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT

CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:DPENcoding:NERRor?
This command reads the number of passed packets in the Differential Phase Encoding
measurement.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Note: This command is only available with active Differential Phase Encoding measurement
(see CONFigure:BTOoth:MEASurement command). With all other measurements
this command will lead to a query error.
Example
For the first steps refer to "Example: Adapting the settings to the characteristics of the DUT" on
page 6.334.
CONF:BTO:MEAS DPEN
Activates the Differential Phase Encoding measurement.
INIT;*WAI
Starts the measurement with synchronization.
CALC:BTO:DPEN:NERR?
Reads the number of passed packets.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT

CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:IBSemissions:[List]?
This command reads the power of all adjacent channels in the In–band Spurious Emissions
measurement.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Note: This command is only available with active In–band Spurious Emissions measurement
(see CONFigure:BTOoth:MEASurement command). With all other measurements
this command will lead to a query error.
Example
For the first steps refer to "Example: Adapting the settings to the characteristics of the DUT" on
page 6.334.
CONF:BTO:MEAS IBS
Activates the In–band Spurious Emissions measurement.
CONF:BTO:CHAN 7
Adjust the TX channel number.
INIT;*WAI
Starts the measurement with synchronization.
CALC:BTO:IBS?
Reads the results of the In–band Spurious Emissions measurement.
1300.2519.12

6.342

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate:BTOoth Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8)

Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT

CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:IBSemissions:EXCeptions?
This command reads the number of results that exceeded the specified limits in the In–band
Spurious Emissions measurement.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Note: This command is only available with active In–band Spurious Emissions measurement
(see CONFigure:BTOoth:MEASurement command). With all other measurements
this command will lead to a query error.
Example
For the first steps refer to "Example: Adapting the settings to the characteristics of the DUT" on
page 6.334.
CONF:BTO:MEAS IBS
Activates the In–band Spurious Emissions measurement.
CONF:BTO:CHAN 7
Adjust the TX channel number.
INIT;*WAI
Starts the measurement with synchronization.
CALC:BTO:IBS:EXC?
Reads the number of results that exceeded the specified limits.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT

CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:IBSemissions:HADJacent?
This command reads the maximum power of the upper or lower frequency band (500 kHz) of
the TX channel in the In–band Spurious Emissions measurement.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Note: This command is only available with active In–band Spurious Emissions measurement
(see CONFigure:BTOoth:MEASurement command). With all other measurements
this command will lead to a query error.
Parameter
UPPer | LOWer

1300.2519.12

6.343

E-11

CALCulate:BTOoth Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8)

R&S FSL

Example
For the first steps refer to "Example: Adapting the settings to the characteristics of the DUT" on
page 6.334.
CONF:BTO:MEAS IBS
Activates the In–band Spurious Emissions measurement.
CONF:BTO:CHAN 7
Adjust the TX channel number.
INIT;*WAI
Starts the measurement with synchronization.
CALC:BTO:IBS:HADJ? LOW
Reads the maximum power of the lower frequency band.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT

CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:IBSemissions:TXReference?
This command reads the TX channel reference power.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Note: This command is only available with active In–band Spurious Emissions measurement
(see CONFigure:BTOoth:MEASurement command). With all other measurements
this command will lead to a query error.
Example
For the first steps refer to "Example: Adapting the settings to the characteristics of the DUT" on
page 6.334.
CONF:BTO:MEAS IBS
Activates the In–band Spurious Emissions measurement.
CONF:BTO:CHAN 7
Adjust the TX channel number.
INIT;*WAI
Starts the measurement with synchronization.
CALC:BTO:IBS:TXR?
Reads the TX channel reference power.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT

1300.2519.12

6.344

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate:BTOoth Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8)

CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:ICFTolerance?
This command determines the Initial Carrier Frequency Tolerance.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Note: This command is only available with active Modulation Characteristics measurement
(see CONFigure:BTOoth:MEASurement command). With all other measurements
this command will lead to a query error.
Parameter
MINimum | MAXimum | AVERage
Example
For the first steps refer to "Example: Adapting the settings to the characteristics of the DUT" on
page 6.334.
CONF:BTO:MEAS ICFT
Activates the Initial Carrier Frequency Tolerance measurement.
CONF:BTO:SWE:COUN 20
Initiates the sweep counter with 20.
INIT;*WAI
Starts the measurement with synchronization.
CALC:BTO:ICFT? AVER
Queries the average value.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT

CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:MCHar:DF<1|2>:AVERage?
This command determines the average frequency deviation for varying bit patterns of the
payload. The suffixes of DF<1|2> assign the frequency deviation and the bit pattern as follows:
Frequency
deviation
Bit pattern

f1avg
"11110000"

f2avg
"10101010"

The numeric suffixes <1|2> of CALCulate are irrelevant for this command.
Note: This command is only available with active Modulation Characteristics measurement
(see CONFigure:BTOoth:MEASurement command). With all other measurements
this command will lead to a query error.
Parameter
MINimum | MAXimum
Example
For the first steps refer to "Example: Adapting the settings to the characteristics of the DUT" on
page 6.334.
CONF:BTO:MEAS MCH
Activates the Modulation Characteristics measurement.
CONF:BTO:SWE:COUN 20
Initiates the sweep counter with 20.
... EUT emits bit pattern 1111000
1300.2519.12

6.345

E-11

CALCulate:BTOoth Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8)

R&S FSL

INIT:IMM;*WAI
Starts the measurement with synchronization and erase previous measurement results.
CALC:BTO:MCH:DF1:AVER? MIN
Queries minimum value "11110000".
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT

CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:MCHar:DF<1|2>:MAXimum?
This command determines the maximum frequency deviation for different bit patterns of the
payload. The suffixes of DF<1|2> assign the frequency deviation and the bit pattern as follows:
Frequency
deviation
Bit pattern

f1max
"11110000"

f2max
"10101010"

The numeric suffixes <1|2> of CALCulate are irrelevant for this command.
Note: This command is only available with active Modulation Characteristics measurement
(see CONFigure:BTOoth:MEASurement command). With all other measurements
this command will lead to a query error.
Parameter
MINimum | MAXimum | AVERage
Example
For the first steps refer to "Example: Adapting the settings to the characteristics of the DUT" on
page 6.334.
CONF:BTO:MEAS MCH
Activates the Modulation Characteristics measurement.
CONF:BTO:SWE:COUN 20
Initiates the sweep counter with 20.
... EUT emits bit pattern 1111000
INIT:IMM;*WAI
Starts the measurement with synchronization and erase previous measurement results.
CALC:BTO:MCH:DF1:MAX? MIN
Queries minimum value "11110000".
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT

1300.2519.12

6.346

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate:BTOoth Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8)

CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:MCHar:DF2:PERCent?
This command determines the percentage of measurements of the frequency deviation, for
which the value of f2max is within the allowed range. Therefore only the numeric suffix 2 is
allowed for DF.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> of CALCulate are irrelevant for this command.
Note: This command is only available with active Modulation Characteristics measurement
(see CONFigure:BTOoth:MEASurement command). With all other measurements
this command will lead to a query error.
Example
For the first steps refer to "Example: Adapting the settings to the characteristics of the DUT" on
page 6.334.
CONF:BTO:MEAS MCH
Activates the Modulation Characteristics measurement.
CONF:BTO:SWE:COUN 20
Initiates the sweep counter with 20.
... EUT emits bit pattern 10101010
INIT;*WAI
Starts the measurement with synchronization.
CALC:BTO:MCH:DF2:PERC?
Queries the percentage of "in range" measurements.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT

CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:MCHar:RATio?
This command determines the ratio of the average frequency deviations for varying bit patterns
of the payload.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Note: This command is only available with active Modulation Characteristics measurement
(see CONFigure:BTOoth:MEASurement command). With all other measurements
this command will lead to a query error.
Parameter
MINimum | MAXimum | AVERage
Example
For the first steps refer to "Example: Adapting the settings to the characteristics of the DUT" on
page 6.334.
CONF:BTO:MEAS MCH
Activates the Modulation Characteristics measurement.
CONF:BTO:SWE:COUN 20
Initiates the sweep counter with 20.
... EUT emits bit pattern 1111000
INIT:IMM;*WAI
Starts the measurement with synchronization and erase previous measurement results.
... EUT emits bit pattern 10101010
1300.2519.12

6.347

E-11

CALCulate:BTOoth Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8)

R&S FSL

INIT:CONM;*WAI
Starts additional measurement with synchronization.
CALC:BTO:MCH:RAT? MIN
Queries the minimum value.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT

CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:OPOWer[:PEAK]?
This command reads the peak value of the Output Power measurement according to the
BLUETOOTH standard.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Note: This command is only available with active Output Power measurement (see
CONFigure:BTOoth:MEASurement command). With all other measurements it will
lead to a query error.
Example
For the first steps refer to "Example: Adapting the settings to the characteristics of the DUT" on
page 6.334.
CONF:BTO:MEAS OPOW
Activates the Output Power measurement.
INIT;*WAI
Starts the measurement with synchronization.
CALC:BTO:OPOW?
Queries the output power result.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT

CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:OPOWer:AVERage?
This command reads the average value of the Output Power measurement according to the
Bluetooth standard.
With a sweep count value of 1 (CONFigure:BTOoth:SWEep:COUNt) and trace mode
clear/write (DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:MODE) the selected number of
measurements is performed when a single sweep is started
(INITiate<1|2>[:IMMediate]). During these measurements the minimum and maximum
values are determined. If only a single measurement is performed, the minimum and maximum
value will be identical.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Note: This command is only available with active Output Power measurement (see
CONFigure:BTOoth:MEASurement command). With all other measurements it will
lead to a query error.

1300.2519.12

6.348

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate:BTOoth Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8)

Parameter
MINimum | MAXimum | AVERage
Example
For the first steps refer to "Example: Adapting the settings to the characteristics of the DUT" on
page 6.334.
CONF:BTO:MEAS OPOW
Activates the Output Power measurement.
CONF:BTO:SWE:COUN 20
Activates measurement over 20 sweeps.
INIT;*WAI
Activates measurement over 20 sweeps.
CALC:BTO:OPOW:AVER? MAX
Queries the maximum average value of the Output Power measurement.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT

CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:PLENgth?
This command reads the length of the packet analyzed by the preceding measurement.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Note: This command is only available, if a measurement was started via
INITiate<1|2>[:IMMediate] before and if this measurement is completed. With a
missing or incomplete measurement the command will cause a query error.
This command is only available with the measurements Output Power, Modulation
Characteristics, Initial Carrier Frequency Tolerance, and Carrier Frequency Drift (see
CONFigure:BTOoth:MEASurement command).
Example
INST:SEL BTO
Activates the Bluetooth Measurements option
INIT:CONT OFF
Selects single sweep operation
CONF:BTO:MEAS OPOW
Activates the Output Power measurement
INIT;*WAI
Starts the measurement with synchronization
CALC:BTO:PLEN?
Queries the packet length
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT

1300.2519.12

6.349

E-11

CALCulate:BTOoth Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8)

R&S FSL

CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:PTYPe?
This command determines the type of the packet analyzed by a preceding measurement.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Note: This command is only available, if a measurement was started via
INITiate<1|2>[:IMMediate] before and if this measurement is completed. With a
missing or incomplete measurement the command will cause a query error.
This command is only available with the measurements Output Power, Modulation
Characteristics, Initial Carrier Frequency Tolerance, and Carrier Frequency Drift (see
CONFigure:BTOoth:MEASurement command).
Response
The following packet types are recognized and returns as character data: AUX1, DH1, DH3,
DH5, DM1, DM3, DM5, FHS, HV1, HV2, HV3, DV, NULL, POLL, UNDEF
Example
INST:SEL BTO
Activates the Bluetooth Measurements option
INIT:CONT OFF
Selects single sweep operation
CONF:BTO:MEAS OPOW
Activates the Output Power measurement
INIT;*WAI
Starts the measurement with synchronization
CALC:BTO:PTYP?
Queries the packet type
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT

CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:RTPower:[DPSK]?
This command reads the average transmission power for the DPSK sections of the packet in
the Relative Transmission Power measurement. With a sweep count 1, the command returns
the current value, irrespective of the parameter.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Note: This command is only available with active Relative Transmit Power measurement (see
CONFigure:BTOoth:MEASurement command). With all other measurements this
command will lead to a query error.
Parameter
MINimum | MAXimum | AVERage
Example
For the first steps refer to "Example: Adapting the settings to the characteristics of the DUT" on
page 6.334.
CONF:BTO:MEAS RTP
Activates the Relative Transmit Power measurement.
CONF:BTO:SWE:COUN 10
Initiates the sweep counter with 10.

1300.2519.12

6.350

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate:BTOoth Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8)

INIT;*WAI
Starts the measurement with synchronization.
CALC:BTO:RTP? MIN
Reads the lowest recorded average power of the DPSK section of all packets.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT

CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:RTPower:GFSK?
This command reads the transmission power for the GFSK sections of the packet in the
Relative Transmission Power measurement. With a sweep count 1, the command returns the
current value, irrespective of the parameter.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Note: This command is only available with active Relative Transmit Power measurement (see
CONFigure:BTOoth:MEASurement command). With all other measurements this
command will lead to a query error.
Parameter
MINimum | MAXimum | AVERage
Example
For the first steps refer to "Example: Adapting the settings to the characteristics of the DUT" on
page 6.334.
CONF:BTO:MEAS RTP
Activates the Relative Transmit Power measurement.
CONF:BTO:SWE:COUN 10
Initiates the sweep counter with 10.
INIT;*WAI
Starts the measurement with synchronization.
CALC:BTO:RTP:GFSK? MIN
Reads the highest recorded average power of the GFSK section of all packets.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT

CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:RTPower:RATio?
This command reads the ratio of the transmission power for the GFSK and DPSK modulation in
the Relative Transmission Power measurement (PDPSK/PGFSK). With a sweep count 1, the
command returns the current value, irrespective of the parameter.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Note: This command is only available with active Relative Transmit Power measurement (see
CONFigure:BTOoth:MEASurement command). With all other measurements this
command will lead to a query error.

1300.2519.12

6.351

E-11

CALCulate:BTOoth Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8)

R&S FSL

Parameter
MINimum | MAXimum | AVERage
Example
For the first steps refer to "Example: Adapting the settings to the characteristics of the DUT" on
page 6.334.
CONF:BTO:MEAS RTP
Activates the Relative Transmit Power measurement.
CONF:BTO:SWE:COUN 10
Initiates the sweep counter with 10.
INIT;*WAI
Starts the measurement with synchronization.
CALC:BTO:RTP:RAT? MIN
Queries the minimum value.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT

CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:STATus?
This command queries the status of a preceding measurement.
Results: 0: PASS, 1: FAIL
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Note: This command is only available, if a measurement was started via
INITiate<1|2>[:IMMediate] before and if this measurement is completed. With a
missing or incomplete measurement the command will cause a query error.
Example
INST:SEL BTO
Activates the Bluetooth Measurements option
INIT:CONT OFF
Selects single sweep operation
CONF:BTO:MEAS OPOW
Activates Output Power measurement
INIT;*WAI
Starts the measurement with synchronization
CALC:BTO:STAT?
Queries the status
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT

1300.2519.12

6.352

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate:DELTamarker Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8)

CALCulate:DELTamarker Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8)
The CALCulate:DELTamarker subsystem controls the delta marker functions of the instrument.

Commands of the CALCulate:DELTamarker Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:Y?

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:Y?
Depending on the unit defined with CALCulate<1|2>:UNIT:POWer or on the activated
measuring functions, the query result is output in the units below:
Result display

Output unit

OUTPUT POWER result display

dB

TX SPECTRUM ACP result display

dB

MODULATION CHARACTERISTICS result display

Hz

INITIAL CARR FREQ TOL result display

Hz

CARRIER FREQ DRIFT result display

Hz

RELATIVE TX POWER

dB

IN–BAND SPURIOUS EMISSIONS

dB

CARRIER FREQUENCY STABILITY

–

DIFF PHASE ENCODING

–

For further details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:Y?" on page 6.22.

1300.2519.12

6.353

E-11

CALCulate:MARKer Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8)

R&S FSL

CALCulate:MARKer Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8)
The CALCulate:MARKer subsystem checks the marker functions of the instrument.

Commands of the CALCulate:MARKer Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:PEXCursion

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:Y?

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:PEXCursion
The unit depends on the selected operating mode.
Example
CALC:MARK:PEXC 100 HZ
Defines peak excursion 100 Hz
Characteristics
RST value: 6dB
For further details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:PEXCursion" on page 6.63.

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:Y?
If the analog demodulator (option Analog Demodulation, R&S FSL–K7) is activated, the query
result is output in the following units:
Result display

Output unit

AM

%

FM

Hz

PM

rad/deg (defined with UNIT:ANGLe)

RF

output unit defined with
CALCulate<1|2>:UNIT:POWer

For further details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:Y?" on page 6.66.

1300.2519.12

6.354

E-11

R&S FSL

CONFigure:BTOoth Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8)

CONFigure:BTOoth Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8)
The following commands are used for configuration of the BLUETOOTH analyzer operating mode.

Commands of the CONFigure:BTOoth Subsystem
–

CONFigure:BTOoth:ACLR:ACPairs

–

CONFigure:BTOoth:BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution]

–

CONFigure:BTOoth:BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution]:AUTO

–

CONFigure:BTOoth:BANDwidth|BWIDth:VIDeo

–

CONFigure:BTOoth:BANDwidth|BWIDth:VIDeo:AUTO

–

CONFigure:BTOoth:CFSTability:BCOunt

–

CONFigure:BTOoth:CHANnel

–

CONFigure:BTOoth:DETector<1...6>[:FUNCtion]

–

CONFigure:BTOoth:IBSemissions:ACPairs

–

CONFigure:BTOoth:IBSemissions:GATE:AUTO

–

CONFigure:BTOoth:MEASurement

–

CONFigure:BTOoth:PBSCo

–

CONFigure:BTOoth:PCLass

–

CONFigure:BTOoth:POWer:AVERage:STARt

–

CONFigure:BTOoth:POWer:AVERage:STOP

–

CONFigure:BTOoth:PRATe

–

CONFigure:BTOoth:PTYPe

–

CONFigure:BTOoth:RTPower:DAVerage:STARt

–

CONFigure:BTOoth:RTPower:DAVerage:STOP

–

CONFigure:BTOoth:RTPower:GAVerage:STARt

–

CONFigure:BTOoth:RTPower:GAVerage:STOP

–

CONFigure:BTOoth:SWEep:COUNt

–

CONFigure:BTOoth:SWEep:TIME

–

CONFigure:BTOoth:SWEep:TIME:AUTO

–

CONFigure:BTOoth:TRACe<1...6>:MODE

–

CONFigure:BTOoth:TRACe<1...6>:SELect

1300.2519.12

6.355

E-11

CONFigure:BTOoth Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8)

R&S FSL

CONFigure:BTOoth:ACLR:ACPairs
This command selects the number of adjacent channel pairs during the Adjacent Channel
Power measurement. The number of adjacent channels will be limited as soon as the border of
the Bluetooth frequency band is reached.
Note: This command is only available with active Adjacent Channel Power measurement (see
CONFigure:BTOoth:MEASurement command).
Parameter
1 to 78
Example
CONF:BTO:ACLR:ACP 10
Selects 10 adjacent channel pairs.
Characteristics
*RST value: 78
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT

CONFigure:BTOoth:BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution]
This command sets the resolution bandwidth of the analyzer for the currently selected Bluetooth
measurement (see [SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution] command).
For the measurements of modulation characteristics, initial carrier frequency tolerance, and
carrier frequency drift (CONFigure:BTOoth:MEASurement), the resolution bandwidth
corresponds to the IF bandwidth of the signal. If the resolution bandwidth is changed, its
coupling to the settings according to the RF Test Specification is cancelled.
Note: The settings for the measurements are valid for all three measurements.
For all other Bluetooth measurements the setting is only valid for the currently active
measurement (see CONFigure:BTOoth:MEASurement command).
This command is not available with active Adjacent Channel Power measurement.
Parameter
300kHz to 10MHz
Example
INST:SEL BTO
Activates the Bluetooth Measurements option.
CONF:BTO:MEAS OPOW
Activates the Output Power measurement.
CONF:BTO:BAND 1KHZ
Sets the resolution bandwidth to 1kHz.
Characteristics
*RST value: – (AUTO is set to ON)
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT

1300.2519.12

6.356

E-11

R&S FSL

CONFigure:BTOoth Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8)

CONFigure:BTOoth:BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution]:AUTO
This command couples the resolution bandwidth to the settings according to the RF Test
Specification.
Note: The settings for the measurements of Modulation Characteristics, Initial Carrier
Frequency Tolerance, and Carrier Frequency Drift are common to all three
measurements.
For all other Bluetooth measurements the setting is only valid for the currently active
measurement (see CONFigure:BTOoth:MEASurement command).
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
INST:SEL BTO
Activates the Bluetooth Measurements option.
CONF:BTO:MEAS MCH
Activates the Modulation Characteristics measurement.
CONF:BTO:BAND:AUTO ON
Activates the RBW coupling.
Characteristics
*RST value: ON
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT

CONFigure:BTOoth:BANDwidth|BWIDth:VIDeo
This command sets the video bandwidth for the Adjacent Channel Power measurement (see
CONFigure:BTOoth:MEASurement command).
The available filters have a bandwidth range of 1 Hz to 10 MHz. On a change in video
bandwidth its link according to the RF Test Specification is switched off.
Note: This setting is only available for Output Power measurements.
Parameter
1 Hz to 10 MHz
Example
INST:SEL BTO
Activates the Bluetooth Measurements option.
CONF:BTO:MEAS ACLR
Activates the Adjacent Channel Power measurement.
CONF:BTO:BAND:VID 100HZ
Sets the video bandwidth to 100 Hz.
Characteristics
*RST value: – (AUTO is set to ON)
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT

1300.2519.12

6.357

E-11

CONFigure:BTOoth Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8)

R&S FSL

CONFigure:BTOoth:BANDwidth|BWIDth:VIDeo:AUTO
This command links the video bandwidth to the settings according to the RF Test Specification.
It is only available for the Adjacent Channel Power measurement (see
CONFigure:BTOoth:MEASurement command).
Note: This setting is only valid for the currently active measurement (see
CONFigure:BTOoth:MEASurement command) and it is independent of the other
Bluetooth measurements.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
INST:SEL BTO
Activates the Bluetooth Measurements option.
CONF:BTO:MEAS ACLR
Activates the Adjacent Channel Power measurement.
CONF:BTO:BAND:VID:AUTO ON
Switches the VBW coupling on.
Characteristics
*RST value: ON
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT

CONFigure:BTOoth:CFSTability:BCOunt
This command sets the number of blocks to be measured.
Note: This command is only available with active Carrier Frequency Stability and Modulation
Accuracy measurement (see CONFigure:BTOoth:MEASurement command).
Parameter
0 to 1,000,000
Example
CONF:BTO:CFST:BCO 1000
Selects 1000 blocks to be measured.
Characteristics
RST value: 200
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT

1300.2519.12

6.358

E-11

R&S FSL

CONFigure:BTOoth Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8)

CONFigure:BTOoth:CHANnel
This command selects the frequency channel for the measurements according to the Bluetooth
standard.
Parameter
0 to 78
Example
CONF:BTO:CHAN 20
Selects channel 20
Characteristics
*RST value: 0
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT
CONFigure:BTOoth:DETector<1...6>[:FUNCtion]
This command selects the detector for the currently selected Bluetooth measurement. The
numeric suffix assigns the detector to a trace (1 to 6).
Note: The RMS detector is not available for the measurements Modulation Characteristics,
Initial Carrier Frequency Tolerance, and Carrier Frequency Drift (see
CONFigure:BTOoth:MEASurement command).
The setting is valid for the currently selected measurement (see
CONFigure:BTOoth:MEASurement command) and independent of other Bluetooth
measurements.
Parameter
APEak | NEGative | POSitive | SAMPle | RMS | AVERage
Example
CONF:BTO:MEAS OPOW
Activates the Output Power measurement.
CONF:BTO:DET2 RMS
Sets the detector for trace 2 to RMS.
Characteristics
*RST value:
PEAK

Output Power

AVER

Adjacent Channel Power
EDR Rel TX Power
EDR In–band Spurious Emissions

APEAK

Modulation Characteristics
Initial Carrier Frequency Tolerance
Carrier Frequency Drift
EDR Differential Phase Encoding
EDR Carrier Frequency Stability and
Modulation Accuracy

SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT
1300.2519.12

6.359

E-11

CONFigure:BTOoth Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8)

R&S FSL

CONFigure:BTOoth:IBSemissions:ACPairs
This command selects the number of adjacent channel pairs during the In–band Spurious
Emissions measurement. The number of adjacent channels will be limited as soon as the border
of the Bluetooth frequency band is reached.
Note: This command is only available with active In–band Spurious Emissions measurement
(see CONFigure:BTOoth:MEASurement command).
Parameter
1 to 78
Example
CONF:BTO:IBS:ACP 20
Selects 20 adjacent channel pairs.
Characteristics
*RST value: 78
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT

CONFigure:BTOoth:IBSemissions:GATE:AUTO
This command adjusts the gate settings for the In–band Spurious Emissions automatically.
Note: This command is only available with active In–band Spurious Emissions measurement
(see CONFigure:BTOoth:MEASurement command).
Parameter
ONCE
Example
CONF:BTO:IBS:GATE:AUTO ONCE
Adjusts the gate automatically once.
Characteristics
RST value: ONCE
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT

CONFigure:BTOoth:MEASurement
This command selects the current measurement according to the Bluetooth standard.
Parameter
OPOWer

Output Power measurement

ACLR

Adjacent Channel Power measurement

MCHar

Modulation Characteristics measurement

ICFTolerance

Initial Carrier Frequency Tolerance measurement

CFDRift

Carrier Frequency Drift measurement

RTPower

Relative Transmit Power (EDR) measurement

1300.2519.12

6.360

E-11

R&S FSL

CONFigure:BTOoth Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8)

IBSemissions

Spurious Emissions (EDR) measurement

DPENcoding

Differential Phase Encoding (EDR) measurement

CFSTability

Carrier Frequency Stability and Modulation Accuracy (EDR)
measurement

Example
CONF:BTO:MEAS ACLR
Selects the measurement of the adjacent channel power.
Characteristics
*RST value: OPOWer
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT

CONFigure:BTOoth:PBSCo
This command selects the number of payload bytes that are transmitted in a packet.
Parameter
1 – 1000
Example
CONF:BTO:PBSC 50
Selects the number of payload bytes.
Characteristics
RST value: 1
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT

CONFigure:BTOoth:PCLass
This command selects the power class for the Output Power measurement. The power class
defines the limits for the output power measurement.
Parameter
1 to 3
Example
CONF:BTO:PCL 3
Selects power class 3
Characteristics
*RST value: 1
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT

1300.2519.12

6.361

E-11

CONFigure:BTOoth Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8)

R&S FSL

CONFigure:BTOoth:POWer:AVERage:STARt
This command defines the start position for the calculation of the average power of a burst.
Note:

Depending on the setting FIND SYNC ON or OFF
([SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:SEARch:SYNC[:STATe] command) the burst is either
defined by the p0 bit and the packet length or the 3 dB points according to the RF Test
Specification. As a result there are different areas within the burst for calculating the
average power:
Burst Length
with FIND SYNC OFF
Burst Length
(=Paket Length)
with FIND SYNC ON
3dB

Parameter
0 to 100PCT
Example
CONF:BTO:POW:AVER:STAR 10PCT
Sets the starting point for the calculation to 10% of the burst length.
Characteristics
*RST value: 20%
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT

CONFigure:BTOoth:POWer:AVERage:STOP
This command defines the end position for the calculation of the average power of a burst.
Note: Depending on the setting FIND SYNC ON or OFF
([SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:SEARch:SYNC[:STATe] command) the burst is either
defined by the p0 bit and the packet length or the 3 dB points according to the RF Test
Specification. As a result there are different areas within the burst for calculating the
average power (see CONFigure:BTOoth:POWer:AVERage:STARt command).
Parameter
0 to 100PCT
Example
CONF:BTO:POW:AVER:STAR 90PCT
Sets the end point for the calculation to 90% of the burst length.

1300.2519.12

6.362

E-11

R&S FSL

CONFigure:BTOoth Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8)

Characteristics
*RST value: 80%
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT

CONFigure:BTOoth:PRATe
This command selects the number of measurement samples (points) per symbol for the
measurement. This command is not avaiable for EDR measurements. For EDR measurements,
this parameter is set to 4 points/symbol and cannot be changed.
Note: The RF Test Specification specifies an oversampling factor of at least 4.
Parameter
2 | 4 | 8 | 16 | 32
Example
CONF:BTO:PRAT 16
Selects 16 points/symbol.
Characteristics
*RST value: 4
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT

CONFigure:BTOoth:PTYPe
This command selects the packet type to be measured.
Parameter
DH1

1 slot packet

DH3

3 slot packet

DH5

5 slot packet

AUTO

automatic selection of the packet type

Example
CONF:BTO:PTYP DH5
Selects type "5 slot packet".
Characteristics
*RST value: DH1
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT

1300.2519.12

6.363

E-11

CONFigure:BTOoth Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8)

R&S FSL

CONFigure:BTOoth:RTPower:DAVerage:STARt
This command sets the start time for the power measurement of the DPSK sections of the
packet.
Note: This command is only available with active Relative Transmit Power measurement (see
CONFigure:BTOoth:MEASurement command).
Parameter
0 to 100%
Example
CONF:BTO:RTP:DAV:STAR 20
Sets the start time for the power measurement of the DPSK sections of the packet.
Characteristics
RST value: 10%
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT

CONFigure:BTOoth:RTPower:DAVerage:STOP
This command sets the stop time for the power measurement of the DPSK sections of the
packet.
Note: This command is only available with active Relative Transmit Power measurement (see
CONFigure:BTOoth:MEASurement command).
Parameter
0 to 100%
Example
CONF:BTO:RTP:DAV:STOP 80
Sets the stop time for the power measurement of the DPSK sections of the packet.
Characteristics
RST value: 90%
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT

CONFigure:BTOoth:RTPower:GAVerage:STARt
This command sets the start time for the power measurement of the GFSK sections of the
packet.
Note: This command is only available with active Relative Transmit Power measurement (see
CONFigure:BTOoth:MEASurement command).
Parameter
0 to 100%
Example
CONF:BTO:RTP:GAV:STAR 20
Sets the start time for the power measurement of the GFSK sections of the packet.
1300.2519.12

6.364

E-11

R&S FSL

CONFigure:BTOoth Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8)

Characteristics
RST value: 10%
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT

CONFigure:BTOoth:RTPower:GAVerage:STOP
This command sets the stop time for the power measurement of the GFSK sections of the
packet.
Note: This command is only available with active Relative Transmit Power measurement (see
CONFigure:BTOoth:MEASurement command).
Parameter
0 to 100%
Example
CONF:BTO:RTP:GAV:STOP 80
Sets the stop time for the power measurement of the GFSK sections of the packet.
Characteristics
RST value: 90%
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT

CONFigure:BTOoth:SWEep:COUNt
This command defines the number of sweeps for the currently selected Bluetooth
measurement. This number will be started as a "single sweep". With trace mode setting
clear/write (CONFigure:BTOoth:TRACe<1...6>:MODE) the measurement results will be
calculated for each sweep and taken into account for the calculation of minimum, maximum and
average values. For the remaining trace settings (AVER, MAXH, MINH) the measurement
results will be calculated from the resulting trace. In average mode the value 0 defines the
sliding average of the measurement data over 10 sweeps.
Note: The setting is valid only for the currently active measurement (see
CONFigure:BTOoth:MEASurement command) and independent of the other
Bluetooth measurements.
Parameter
0 to 32767
Example
CONF:BTO:MEAS OPOW
Activates the Output Power measurement.
INIT:CONT OFF
Selects single sweep operation.
CONF:BTO:SWE:COUN 20
Sets the number of sweeps to 20.
INIT;*OPC
Starts a sweep with synchronization.

1300.2519.12

6.365

E-11

CONFigure:BTOoth Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8)

R&S FSL

Characteristics
*RST value:
0

Output Power

10

Adjacent Channel Power
Modulation Characteristics
Initial Carrier Frequency Tolerance
Carrier Frequency Drift
EDR Relative TX Power
EDR In–band Spurious Emissions

100

Differential Phase Encoding

Mode
BT

CONFigure:BTOoth:SWEep:TIME
This command defies the duration of a sweep sequence for the active Bluetooth measurement.
Parameter

(1us to 130560us) /
(points per symbol)

Output Power
Modulation Characteristics
Initial Carrier Frequency Tolerance
Carrier Frequency Drift
EDR Relative TX Power
EDR Differential Phase Encoding
EDR Carrier Frequency Stability and Modulation
Accuracy

10µs ... 16000s

Adjacent Channel Power

Direct programming using the [SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:TIME command will cancel the coupling
to the settings according to the RF Test Specification.
Note: The setting is valid only for the currently active measurement (see
CONFigure:BTOoth:MEASurement command) and independent of the other
Bluetooth measurements.
Example
INST:SEL BTO
Activates the Bluetooth Measurements option.
CONF:BTO:MEAS OPOW
Activates the Output Power measurement.
CONF:BTO:SWE:TIME 10MS
Sets a sweep time of 10 ms.
Characteristics
*RST value: – (AUTO is set to ON)
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT

1300.2519.12

6.366

E-11

R&S FSL

CONFigure:BTOoth Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8)

CONFigure:BTOoth:SWEep:TIME:AUTO
This command couples the sweep time to the settings according to the RF Test Specification.
Note: The setting is valid only for the currently active measurement (see
CONFigure:BTOoth:MEASurement command) and independent of the other
Bluetooth measurements.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
INST:SEL BTO
Activates the Bluetooth Measurements option.
CONF:BTO:MEAS OPOW
Activates the Output Power measurement.
CONF:BTO:SWE:TIME:AUTO ON
Switches the sweep time coupling on.
Characteristics
*RST value: ON
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT

CONFigure:BTOoth:TRACe<1...6>:MODE
This command defines the way of displaying and evaluating the measurement curves for the
selected Bluetooth measurement. WRITe corresponds to manual operating mode Clr/Write.
The numeric suffix selects the trace related to this setting.
The number of measurement to be executed for AVERage, MAXHold and MINHold is defined
with the CONFigure:BTOoth:SWEep:COUNt command. Please note that a synchronization to
the end of the indicated number of measurements is only possible during single sweep
operation.
Note: The setting is valid only for the currently active measurement (see
CONFigure:BTOoth:MEASurement command) and independent of the other
Bluetooth measurements.
Parameter
WRITe | VIEW | AVERage | MAXHold | MINHold | BLANk
Example
INST:SEL BTO
Activates the Bluetooth Measurements option.
CONF:BTO:MEAS OPOW
Activates the Output Power measurement.
INIT:CONT OFF
Selects single sweep operation.
CONF:BTO:SWE:COUN 10
Sets the sweep count to 10.
CONF:BTO:TRAC2:MODE AVER
Switches averaging for trace 2 on.
INIT;*OPC
Starts a measurement with synchronization.

1300.2519.12

6.367

E-11

CONFigure:BTOoth Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8)

R&S FSL

Characteristics
*RST value: WRITe
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT

CONFigure:BTOoth:TRACe<1...6>:SELect
This command selects the measurement curve for evaluation of the modulation characteristics.
Example
INST:SEL BTO
Activates the Bluetooth Measurements option.
CONF:BTO:MEAS ACLR
Activates the Adjacent Channel Power measurement.
INIT:CONT OFF
Selects single sweep operation.
CONF:BTO:TRAC2:SEL
Selects trace 2 for measurement result queries.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT

1300.2519.12

6.368

E-11

R&S FSL

DISPlay Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8)

DISPlay Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8)
The DISPLay subsystem controls the selection and presentation of textual and graphic information as
well as of measurement data on the display.

Commands of the DISPlay Subsystem
–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe]:PDIVision

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe]:RPOSition

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe]:RVALue

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe]:PDIVision
This command defines the scaling of the y–axis in the currently selected unit. The numeric suffix
in TRACe<1...6> is irrelevant.
Parameter

Example
DISP:TRAC:Y:PDIV 10kHz
Sets the Y scale to 10 kHz/div.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: conform
Mode
BT

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe]:RPOSition
This command defines the position of the reference value. In Bluetooth mode, the selected
reference position is valid for all measurements.
Characteristics
*RST value: 50 PCT
For further details refer to "DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe]:RPOSition
(models with tracking generator)" on page 6.136.

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe]:RVALue
This command defines the result value assigned to the reference position on the graticule.
Example
DISP:TRAC:Y:RVAL 0
Sets the value assigned to the reference position to 0 Hz
Characteristics
*RST value: 0 Hz
For further details refer to "DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe]:RPOSition
(models with tracking generator)" on page 6.136.

1300.2519.12

6.369

E-11

INSTrument Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8)

R&S FSL

INSTrument Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8)
The INSTrument subsystem selects the operating mode of the unit either via text parameters or fixed
numbers.

Commands of the INSTrument Subsystem
–

INSTrument[:SELect]

–

INSTrument:NSELect

INSTrument[:SELect]
Parameter
BTOoth

Bluetooth mode (option Bluetooth Measurements, R&S FSL–K8)

For details refer to the INSTrument subsystem of the base unit.

INSTrument:NSELect
Parameter

12

Bluetooth mode (option Bluetooth Measurements, R&S FSL–K8)

For details refer to the INSTrument subsystem of the base unit .

1300.2519.12

6.370

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8)

SENSe Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8)
The SENSe subsystem controls the essential parameters of the Bluetooth Measurements option. In
accordance with the SCPI standard, the keyword "SENSe" is optional for this reason, which means that
it is not necessary to include the SENSe node in command sequences.
The following subsystem is included:
•

"SENSe:ADEMod Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8)" on page 6.371

•

"SENSe:DDEMod Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8)" on page 6.373

[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:EGAin:INPut[:MAGNitude]
This command makes an external gain known to the analyzer, which will take it into account
during the display of measurement results. With this function the gain of an antenna or of an
external preamplifier can be taken into account for the measurement values.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
–200 to +200 dB
Example
CORR:EGA:INP 10DB
Takes 10 dB external gain into account
Characteristics
*RST value: 0 dB
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT

SENSe:ADEMod Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8)
The SENSe:ADEMod Subsystem contains commands to set up the instrument for the measurement of
analog demodulated signals.

Commands of the SENSe:ADEMod Subsystem
–

[SENSe:]ADEMod:ZOOM[:STATe]

–

[SENSe:]ADEMod:ZOOM:STARt

[SENSe:]ADEMod:ZOOM[:STATe]
The command enables or disables the zoom function. Depending on the selected measurement
time and the demodulation bandwidth, the number of recorded measurement points may be
greater than that shown on the display.
If the zoom function is enabled, 501 test points of the result memory are displayed from the start
time specified by the [SENSe:]ADEMod:ZOOM:STARt command.
If the zoom function is disabled, data reduction is used to adapt the measurement points to the
number of points available on the display.
Note: The zoom function is only available for the Output Power, Modulation Characteristics,
Initial Carrier Frequency Tolerance, and Carrier Frequency Drift measurements.

1300.2519.12

6.371

E-11

SENSe Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8)

R&S FSL

Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
ADEM:ZOOM ON
Switches on the zoom function
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT

[SENSe:]ADEMod:ZOOM:STARt
The command sets the start time for the display of individual measured values.
The zoom function is enabled or disabled by the [SENSe:]ADEMod:ZOOM[:STATe]
command.
Note: The zoom function is only available for the Output Power, Modulation Characteristics,
Initial Carrier Frequency Tolerance, and Carrier Frequency Drift measurements.
Parameter
0 s to (meas time – 500 / sampling rate)
Example
ADEM:ZOOM ON
Switches on the zoom function
ADEM:ZOOM:STAR 500us
Sets the starting point of the display to 500 µs.
Characteristics
*RST value: 0 s
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT

1300.2519.12

6.372

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8)

SENSe:DDEMod Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8)
This subsystem controls the parameters for digital demodulators.

Commands of the SENSe:DDEMod Subsystem
–

[SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:FILTer:MEASurement

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:SEARch:PULSe[:STATe]

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:SEARch:PULSe:OFFSet

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:SEARch:SYNC[:STATe]

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:SEARch:SYNC:LAP

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:SEARch:SYNC:OFFSet

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:SEARch:TIME

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:SEARch:TIME:AUTO

[SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:FILTer:MEASurement
This command selects the receive filter for the signal to measure.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Note: This command is only available with active Modulation Characteristics, Initial Carrier
Frequency Tolerance, and Carrier Frequency Drift measurement (see
CONFigure:BTOoth:MEASurement command). With all other measurements it will
lead to a query error.
Parameter
OFF | BTOoth
Example
DDEM:FILT:MEAS BTO
Activates the Bluetooth measurement filter.
Characteristics
*RST value: ON
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT

[SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:SEARch:PULSe[:STATe]
This command switches the search for a signal burst on or off.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
DDEM:SEAR:PULS OFF

1300.2519.12

6.373

E-11

SENSe Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8)

R&S FSL

Characteristics
*RST value: ON
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT

[SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:SEARch:PULSe:OFFSet
This command defines the time to be recorded before a signal burst is recognized. The valid
value range is 0 to ± 10 ms.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
0 to 10 ms
Example
DDEM:SEAR:PULS:OFFS 1MS
Sets the burst offset to 1ms before the start of the burst.
Characteristics
*RST value: 0
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT

[SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:SEARch:SYNC[:STATe]
This command switches the search for a sync pattern on or off.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
DDEM:SEAR:SYNC ON
Switches the sync pattern search on.
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT

1300.2519.12

6.374

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8)

[SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:SEARch:SYNC:LAP
This command determines the 24 least significant bits (LAP) of the DUT 'Bluetooth device
address'. They are used to define the synchronization pattern to determine the start of a packet.
The value range is 0 to FFFFFF hex.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter

Example
DDEM:SEAR:SYNC:LAP #HA3F45B
Sets on LAP A3F45B Hex
Characteristics
*RST value: #H0
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT

[SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:SEARch:SYNC:OFFSet
This command defines the number of bits to be recorded before the first preamble bit is
detected. The valid value range is 0 to ± 10000.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
0 to 10,000
Example
DDEM:SEAR:SYNC:OFFS 10
Sets the sync offset to 10 bits before the preamble bits.
Characteristics
*RST value: 0
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT

[SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:SEARch:TIME
This command selects manual setting of the record length and defines the record length to be
used for the search of sync word and burst. The input of the record length is expected in
seconds.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Note: For information on the correlation of trigger and record length refer to the
[SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:SEARch:TIME:AUTO command.

1300.2519.12

6.375

E-11

SENSe Subsystem (BLUETOOTH, K8)

R&S FSL

Parameter
100µs to 130560µs / (points per symbol)
Points per Symbol

Maximum record length

2

104.4 slots

4

52.2 slots

8

26.1 slots

16

13.1 slots

32

6.5 slots

Example
DDEM:SEAR:TIME 100US
Sets the record length for sync word and burst search to 100µs.
Characteristics
*RST value: 1875µs
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT

[SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:SEARch:TIME:AUTO
This command activates the automatic setting of the record length for the sync word and burst
search, depending on the selected packet type.
The automatic record length is determined a follows:
Trigger free run:
search length = 3 * packet length + | sync offset or burst offset |
All other trigger modes:
search length = 1 * packet length + 1 Slot + | sync offset or burst offset |
If the selected measurement time is higher than the packet length, the following difference is
added to the search length:
measurement time – packet length
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
DDEM:SEAR:TIME:AUTO OFF
Selects manual input for the record length
Characteristics
*RST value: ON
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
BT

1300.2519.12

6.376

E-11

R&S FSL

Remote Commands of the Power Meter Option (K9)

Remote Commands of the Power Meter Option (K9)
In this section all remote control commands for Power Meter option are described in detail. The
abbreviation For details on conventions used in this chapter refer to section "Notation" on page 6.2 at
the beginning of this chapter.
For further information on analyzer or basic settings commands, refer to the corresponding subsystem
in "Remote Commands of the Base Unit" on page 6.5.

Subsystems of the Power Meter option (K9)
–

"CALCulate Subsystem (Power Meter, K9)" on page 6.378

–

"CALibration Subsystem (Power Meter, K9)" on page 6.380

–

"FETCh Subsystem (Power Meter, K9)" on page 6.381

–

"READ Subsystem (Power Meter, K9)" on page 6.382

–

"SENSe Subsystem (Power Meter, K9)" on page 6.383

–

"UNIT Subsystem (Power Meter, K9)" on page 6.388

1300.2519.12

6.377

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem (Power Meter, K9)

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (Power Meter, K9)
The CALCulate subsystem contains commands for converting instrument data, transforming and
carrying out corrections. These functions are carried out subsequent to data acquisition, i.e. following
the SENSe subsystem.
The following subsystems are included:
•

"CALCulate:PMETer Subsystem" on page 6.378

CALCulate:PMETer Subsystem (Power Meter, K9)
This subsystem controls the instrument settings for power sensor measurements.

Commands of the CALCulate:PMETer Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:PMETer:RELative[:MAGNitude]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:PMETer:RELative[:MAGNitude]:AUTO

–

CALCulate<1|2>:PMETer:RELative:STATe

CALCulate<1|2>:PMETer:RELative[:MAGNitude]
This command sets the reference value for relative measurements.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
–200 to 200
Example
CALC:PMET:REL –30
Sets the reference value for relative measurements to –30 dBm.
Characteristics
*RST value: 0
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
PSM

CALCulate<1|2>:PMETer:RELative[:MAGNitude]:AUTO
This command takes the current measurement value as reference value for relative
measurements.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
ONCE
Example
CALC:PMET:REL:AUTO ONCE
Takes the current measurement value as reference value for relative measurements.

1300.2519.12

6.378

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (Power Meter, K9)

Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
PSM

CALCulate<1|2>:PMETer:RELative:STATe
This command switches between relative and absolute display of the measured power.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CALC:PMET:REL:STAT ON
Activates the relative display of the measured value.
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
PSM

1300.2519.12

6.379

E-11

CALibration Subsystem (Power Meter, K9)

R&S FSL

CALibration Subsystem (Power Meter, K9)
The CALibration subsystem determines the data for system error correction in the instrument.
The following subsystem is included:
•

"CALibration:PMETer Subsystem (Power Meter, K9)" on page 6.380

CALibration:PMETer Subsystem (Power Meter, K9)
The CALibration:PMETer Subsystem determines the error correction data for measurements in the
power meter mode.

Commands of the CALibration:PMETer Subsystem
–

CALibration:PMETer:ZERO:AUTO

CALibration:PMETer:ZERO:AUTO
This command starts zeroing of the power sensor.
Parameter
ONCE
Example
:CAL:PMET:ZERO:AUTO ONCE;*WAI
Starts zeroing and delays the execution of further commands until zeroing is concluded.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
PSM

1300.2519.12

6.380

E-11

R&S FSL

FETCh Subsystem (Power Meter, K9)

FETCh Subsystem (Power Meter, K9)
The FETCh subsystem contains commands for reading out results of complex measurement tasks.
The following subsystem is included:
•

"FETCh:PMETer Subsystem" on page 6.381

FETCh:PMETer Subsystem (Power Meter, K9)
The FETCh:PMETer subsystem contains commands to read measurement results of power sensor
measurements without starting the measurement itself.

Commands of the FETCh:PMETer Subsystem
–

FETCh<1|2>:PMETer?

FETCh<1|2>:PMETer?
This command reads the result of the power sensor measurement.
If no measurement has been performed, this command will lead to a query error. This command
is a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
FETC:PMET?
Reads the result of the power sensor measurement.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
PSM

1300.2519.12

6.381

E-11

READ Subsystem (Power Meter, K9)

R&S FSL

READ Subsystem (Power Meter, K9)
The READ subsystem contains commands for starting complex measurement tasks, and for querying
the results subsequently.
The following subsystem is included:
•

"READ:PMETer Subsystem" on page 6.382

READ:PMETer Subsystem
This subsystem contains commands to start power sensor measurements and to read the results after
the measurement is concluded.

Commands of the READ:PMETer Subsystem
–

READ<1|2>:PMETer?

READ<1|2>:PMETer?
This command starts a power sensor measurement and reads the result after the measurement
is concluded.
This command is a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
READ:PMET?
Starts a measurement and read the result.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
PSM

1300.2519.12

6.382

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (Power Meter, K9)

SENSe Subsystem (Power Meter, K9)
The SENSe subsystem is organized in several subsystems. The commands of these subsystems
directly control device–specific settings, they do not refer to the signal characteristics of the
measurement signal.
The SENSe subsystem controls the essential parameters of the analyzer. In accordance with the SCPI
standard, the keyword "SENSe" is optional for this reason, which means that it is not necessary to
include the SENSe node in command sequences.
The following subsystems are included:
•

"SENSe:PMETer Subsystem" on page 6.383

SENSe:PMETer Subsystem (Power Meter, K9)
This subsystem controls the device settings for power sensor measurements.

Commands of the SENSe:PMETer Subsystem
–

[SENSe<1|2>:]PMETer[:STATe]

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]PMETer:FREQuency

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]PMETer:FREQuency:LINK

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]PMETer:MTIMe

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]PMETer:MTIMe:AVERage[:STATe]

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]PMETer:MTIMe:AVERage:COUNt

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]PMETer:ROFFset[:STATe]

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]PMETer:TRIGger[:STATe]

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]PMETer:TRIGger:LEVel

[SENSe<1|2>:]PMETer[:STATe]
This command switches the power sensor measurements on or off.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
PMET ON
Switches the power sensor measurements on.
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
PSM

1300.2519.12

6.383

E-11

SENSe Subsystem (Power Meter, K9)

R&S FSL

[SENSe<1|2>:]PMETer:FREQuency
This command sets the frequency of the power sensor. The limits fmin and fmax are defined by the
power sensor.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
fmin ... fmax
Example
PMET:FREQ 1GHZ
Sets the frequency of the power sensor to 1 GHz.
Characteristics
*RST value: 50 MHz
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
PSM

[SENSe<1|2>:]PMETer:FREQuency:LINK
This command sets the frequency coupling of the power sensor.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
CENTer

couples the frequency to the center frequency of the analyzer

MARKer1

couples the frequency to the position of marker 1

OFF

switches the frequency coupling off

Example
PMET:FREQ:LINK CENT
Couples the frequency to the center frequency of the analyzer
Characteristics
*RST value: CENT
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
PSM

[SENSe<1|2>:]PMETer:MTIMe
This command sets the measurement duration of the power sensor.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
SHORt | NORMal | LONG
Example
PMET:MTIM SHOR
Sets a short measurement duration for measurements of stationary high power signals.

1300.2519.12

6.384

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (Power Meter, K9)

Characteristics
*RST value: NORM
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
PSM

[SENSe<1|2>:]PMETer:MTIMe:AVERage[:STATe]
This command activates or deactivates manual averaging. The average count is set with the
[SENSe<1|2>:]PMETer:MTIMe:AVERage:COUNt command.
This command is available from firmware version 1.70.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
PMET:MTIM:AVER ON
Activates manual averaging.
Characteristics
RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
PSM

[SENSe<1|2>:]PMETer:MTIMe:AVERage:COUNt
This command defines the number of readings (averagings) to be performed after a single
sweep has been started. This command is only available if the
[SENSe<1|2>:]PMETer:MTIMe:AVERage[:STATe] command is set to ON.
Results become more stable with extended average, particularly if signals with low power are
measured. This setting can be used to minimize the influence of noise in the power meter
measurement.
This command is available from firmware version 1.70.
Parameter
0 to 256 in binary steps (1, 2, 4, 8,…)
For average count = 0 or 1, one reading is performed.
Example
PMET:MTIM:AVER ON
Activates manual averaging.
PMET:MTIM:AVER:COUN 8
Sets the number of readings to 8.
Characteristics
RST value:
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
PSM

1300.2519.12

6.385

E-11

SENSe Subsystem (Power Meter, K9)

R&S FSL

[SENSe<1|2>:]PMETer:ROFFset[:STATe]
This command defines whether the reference level offset set for the analyzer is taken into
account for the measured power or not.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
This command is available from firmware version 1.50.
Parameter
ON
Adds the offset defined by the
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel:OFFSet
command to the measured level.
OFF
Takes no offset into account.
Example
PMET:ROFF OFF
Takes no offset into account for the measured power.
Characteristics
*RST value: ON
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
PSM

[SENSe<1|2>:]PMETer:TRIGger[:STATe]
This command switches the external power trigger on or off.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
This command is only available in conjunction with a NRP-Z81 power sensor.
This command is available from firmware version 1.90.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
PMET:TRIG ON
Switches the external power trigger on.
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
PSM

1300.2519.12

6.386

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (Power Meter, K9)

[SENSe<1|2>:]PMETer:TRIGger:LEVel
This command sets the power level of the external power trigger.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
This command is only available in conjunction with a NRP-Z81 power sensor.
This command is available from firmware version 1.90.
Parameter
-20 bis + 20 dBm
Example
PMET:TRIG:LEV -10 dBm
Sets the level of the trigger.
Characteristics
*RST value: -20dBm
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
PSM

1300.2519.12

6.387

E-11

UNIT Subsystem (Power Meter, K9)

R&S FSL

UNIT Subsystem (Power Meter, K9)
The UNIT subsystem sets the basic unit of the setting parameters.
The following subsystems are included:
•

"UNIT:PMETer Subsystem (Power Meter, K9)" on page 6.388

UNIT:PMETer Subsystem (Power Meter, K9)
The UNIT:PMETer subsystem sets the basic unit for power sensor measurement.

Commands of the UNIT:PMETer Subsystem
–

UNIT<1|2>:PMETer:POWer

–

UNIT<1|2>:PMETer:POWer:RATio

UNIT<1|2>:PMETer:POWer
This command selects the unit for absolute power sensor measurement.
Parameter
DBM | WATT | W
Example
UNIT:PMET:POW DBM
Characteristics
*RST value: DBM
SCPI: conform
Mode
PSM

UNIT<1|2>:PMETer:POWer:RATio
This command selects the unit for relative power sensor measurement.
Parameter
DB | PCT
Example
UNIT:PMET:POW DB
Characteristics
*RST value: DB
SCPI: conform
Mode
PSM

1300.2519.12

6.388

E-11

R&S FSL

UNIT Subsystem (Power Meter, K9)

Remote Commands of the Spectrogram
Measurement Option (K14)
This section describes the remote commands for the Spectrogram Measurement option (K14). The
abbreviation SPECM stands for the Spectrogram measurement mode. For details on conventions used
in this chapter refer to section "Notation" on page 6.2 at the beginning of this chapter.
For further information on analyzer or basic settings commands, refer to the corresponding subsystem
in "Remote Commands of the Base Unit" on page 6.5.
This option is available from firmware version 1.60.

Subsystems of the Spectrogram Measurement option (K14)
–

"CALCulate Subsystem (SPECM, K14)" on page 6.390

–

"INITiate Subsystem (SPECM, K14)" on page 6.407

–

"MMEMory Subsystem (SPECM, K14)" on page 6.408

–

"TRACe Subsystem (SPECM, K14)" on page 6.409

1300.2519.12

6.389

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem (SPECM, K14)

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (SPECM, K14)
The CALCulate subsystem contains commands for converting instrument data, transforming and
carrying out corrections. These functions are carried out subsequent to data acquisition, i.e. following
the SENSe subsystem.
The following subsystems are included:
•

"CALCulate:DELTamarker:SPECtrogram Subsystem (SPECM, K14)" on page 6.390

•

"CALCulate:MARKer:SPECtrogram Subsystem (SPECM, K14)" on page 6.396

•

"CALCulate:SPECtrogram Subsystem (SPECM, K14)" on page 6.402

Note:

For the search commands in x direction refer to the base unit, section "CALCulate:MARKer
Subsystem" on page 6.55.

CALCulate:DELTamarker:SPECtrogram Subsystem (SPECM, K14)
The CALCulate:DELTamarker:SPECtrogram subsystem controls the delta marker functions of the
Spectrogram Measurement option.

Commands of the CALCulate:DELTamarker:SPECtrogram Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:SPECtrogram:FRAMe

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:SPECtrogram:SARea

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:SPECtrogram:XY:MAXimum[:PEAK]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:SPECtrogram:XY:MINimum[:PEAK]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:SPECtrogram:Y:MAXimum[:PEAK]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:SPECtrogram:Y:MAXimum:ABOVe

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:SPECtrogram:Y:MAXimum:BELow

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:SPECtrogram:Y:MAXimum:NEXT

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:SPECtrogram:Y:MINimum[:PEAK]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:SPECtrogram:Y:MINimum:ABOVe

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:SPECtrogram:Y:MINimum:BELow

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:SPECtrogram:Y:MINimum:NEXT

1300.2519.12

6.390

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (SPECM, K14)

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:SPECtrogram:FRAMe
This command defines the frame number of the specified delta marker.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
0 to 
If the maximum number of frames is recorded, the max. value depends on the history depth (for
details refer to CALCulate<1|2>:SPECtrogram:HDEPth command)
Example
CALC:DELT3 ON
Switches on delta marker 3 or switches to delta marker mode.
CALC:DELT3:SPEC:FRAM –50
Positions delta marker 3 on frame number –50.
Characteristics
RST value: 0
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
SPECM

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:SPECtrogram:SARea
This command defines the search area of the specified delta marker.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
VISible | MEMory
Example
CALC:DELT2 ON
Switches on delta marker 2 or switches to delta marker mode.
CALC:DELT2:SPEC:SAR MEM
Searches the whole data range stored in the history buffer.
Characteristics
RST value: VIS
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
SPECM

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:SPECtrogram:XY:MAXimum[:PEAK]
This command positions the specified delta marker on the current maximum of the search area.
The search area is defined via the
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:SPECtrogram:SARea command.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.

1300.2519.12

6.391

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem (SPECM, K14)

R&S FSL

Example
CALC:DELT2 ON
Switches on delta marker 2 or switches to delta marker mode.
CALC:DELT2:SPEC:XY:MAX
Positions delta marker 2 on the current maximum.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
SPECM

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:SPECtrogram:XY:MINimum[:PEAK]
This command positions the specified delta marker on the current minimum of the search area.
The search area is defined via the
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:SPECtrogram:SARea command. .
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Example
CALC:DELT3 ON
Switches on delta marker 3 or switches to delta marker mode.
CALC:DELT3:SPEC:XY:MIN
Positions delta marker 3 on the current minimum.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
SPECM

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:SPECtrogram:Y:MAXimum[:PEAK]
This command positions the specified delta marker on the current maximum in y–axis direction
(constant x–axis value). The corresponding search in x direction is performed via the
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MAXimum[:PEAK] command.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Example
CALC:DELT4 ON
Switches on delta marker 4 or switches to delta marker mode.
CALC:DELT4:SPEC:Y:MAX
Positions delta marker 4 on the current maximum in y–axis direction.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
SPECM

1300.2519.12

6.392

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (SPECM, K14)

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:SPECtrogram:Y:MAXimum:ABOVe
This command positions the specified delta marker on the next maximum above its current
position (constant x–axis value). The corresponding search in x direction is performed via the
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MAXimum:LEFT and
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MAXimum:RIGHt commands.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Example
CALC:DELT2 ON
Switches on delta marker 2 or switches to delta marker mode.
CALC:DELT2:SPEC:Y:MAX:ABOV
Positions delta marker 2 on the next maximum above its current position.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
SPECM

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:SPECtrogram:Y:MAXimum:BELow
This command positions the specified delta marker on the next maximum below its current
position (constant x–axis value). The corresponding search in x direction is performed via the
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MAXimum:LEFT and
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MAXimum:RIGHt commands.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Example
CALC:DELT3 ON
Switches on delta marker 3 or switches to delta marker mode.
CALC:DELT3:SPEC:Y:MAX:BEL
Positions delta marker 3 on the next maximum below its current position.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
SPECM

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:SPECtrogram:Y:MAXimum:NEXT
This command positions the specified delta marker on the next maximum below or above its
current position (constant x–axis value). The corresponding search in x direction is performed
via the CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MAXimum:NEXT command.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Example
CALC:DELT4 ON
Switches on delta marker 4 or switches to delta marker mode.
1300.2519.12

6.393

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem (SPECM, K14)

R&S FSL

CALC:DELT4:SPEC:Y:MAX:NEXT
Positions delta marker 4 on the next maximum below or above its current position.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
SPECM

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:SPECtrogram:Y:MINimum[:PEAK]
This command positions the specified delta marker on the current minimum in y–axis direction
(constant x–axis value). The corresponding search in x direction is performed via the
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MINimum[:PEAK] command.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Example
CALC:DELT4 ON
Switches on delta marker 4 or switches to delta marker mode.
CALC:DELT4:SPEC:Y:MIN
Positions delta marker 4 on the current minimum in y–axis direction.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
SPECM

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:SPECtrogram:Y:MINimum:ABOVe
This command positions the specified delta marker on the next minimum above its current
position (constant x–axis value). The corresponding search in x direction is performed via the
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MINimum:LEFT and
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MINimum:RIGHt commands.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Example
CALC:DELT2 ON
Switches on delta marker 2 or switches to delta marker mode.
CALC:DELT2:SPEC:Y:MIN:ABOV
Positions delta marker 2 on the next minimum above its current position.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
SPECM

1300.2519.12

6.394

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (SPECM, K14)

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:SPECtrogram:Y:MINimum:BELow
This command positions the specified delta marker on the next minimum below its current
position (constant x–axis value). The corresponding search in x direction is performed via the
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MINimum:LEFT and
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MINimum:RIGHt commands.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Example
CALC:DELT3 ON
Switches on delta marker 3 or switches to delta marker mode.
CALC:DELT3:SPEC:Y:MIN:BEL
Positions delta marker 3 on the next minimum below its current position.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
SPECM

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:SPECtrogram:Y:MINimum:NEXT
This command positions the specified delta marker on the next minimum below or above its
current position (constant x–axis value). The corresponding search in x direction is performed
via the CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MINimum:NEXT command.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Example
CALC:DELT4 ON
Switches on delta marker 4 or switches to delta marker mode.
CALC:DELT4:SPEC:Y:MIN:NEXT
Positions delta marker 4 on the next minimum below or above its current position.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
SPECM

1300.2519.12

6.395

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem (SPECM, K14)

R&S FSL

CALCulate:MARKer:SPECtrogram Subsystem (SPECM, K14)
The CALCulate:MARKer:SPECtrogram subsystem controls the marker functions of the Spectrogram
Measurement option.

Commands of the CALCulate:MARKer:SPECtrogram Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:SPECtrogram:FRAMe

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:SPECtrogram:SARea

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:SPECtrogram:XY:MAXimum[:PEAK]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:SPECtrogram:XY:MINimum[:PEAK]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:SPECtrogram:Y:MAXimum[:PEAK]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:SPECtrogram:Y:MAXimum:ABOVe

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:SPECtrogram:Y:MAXimum:BELow

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:SPECtrogram:Y:MAXimum:NEXT

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:SPECtrogram:Y:MINimum[:PEAK]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:SPECtrogram:Y:MINimum:ABOVe

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:SPECtrogram:Y:MINimum:BELow

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:SPECtrogram:Y:MINimum:NEXT

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:SPECtrogram:FRAMe
This command defines the frame number of the specified marker.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
0 to 
If the maximum number of frames is recorded, the max. value depends on the history depth (for
details refer to CALCulate<1|2>:SPECtrogram:HDEPth command)
Example
CALC:MARK3:SPEC:FRAM –20
Positions marker 3 on frame number –20.
Characteristics
RST value: 0
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
SPECM

1300.2519.12

6.396

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (SPECM, K14)

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:SPECtrogram:SARea
This command defines the search area of the specified marker.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
VISible | MEMory
Example
CALC:MARK2:SPEC:SAR MEM
Searches the whole data range stored in the history buffer.
Characteristics
RST value: VIS
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
SPECM

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:SPECtrogram:XY:MAXimum[:PEAK]
This command positions the specified marker on the current maximum of the search area. The
search area is defined via the CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:SPECtrogram:SARea
command.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Example
CALC:MARK2:SPEC:XY:MAX
Positions marker 2 on the current maximum.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
SPECM

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:SPECtrogram:XY:MINimum[:PEAK]
This command positions the specified marker on the current minimum of the search area. The
search area is defined via the CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:SPECtrogram:SARea
command.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Example
CALC:MARK3:SPEC:XY:MIN
Positions marker 3 on the current minimum.

1300.2519.12

6.397

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem (SPECM, K14)

R&S FSL

Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
SPECM

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:SPECtrogram:Y:MAXimum[:PEAK]
This command positions the specified marker on the current maximum in y–axis direction
(constant x–axis value). The corresponding search in x direction is performed via the
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MAXimum[:PEAK] command.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Note: If no maximum value is found (level spacing to adjacent values < peak excursion), an
execution error (error code: –200) is produced.
Example
CALC:MARK:SPEC:Y:MAX
Positions marker 1 on the current maximum in y–axis direction.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
SPECM

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:SPECtrogram:Y:MAXimum:ABOVe
This command positions the specified marker on the next maximum above its current position
(constant x–axis value). The corresponding search in x direction is performed via the
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MAXimum:LEFT and
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MAXimum:RIGHt commands.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Note: If no next smaller maximum value is found (level spacing to adjacent values < peak
excursion), an execution error (error code: –200) is produced.
Example
CALC:MARK2:SPEC:Y:MAX
Positions marker 2 on the current maximum in y–axis direction.
CALC:MARK2:SPEC:Y:MAX:ABOV
Positions marker 2 on the next maximum above its current position.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
SPECM

1300.2519.12

6.398

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (SPECM, K14)

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:SPECtrogram:Y:MAXimum:BELow
This command positions the specified marker on the next maximum below its current position
(constant x–axis value). The corresponding search in x direction is performed via the
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MAXimum:LEFT and
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MAXimum:RIGHt commands.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Note: If no next smaller maximum value is found (level spacing to adjacent values < peak
excursion), an execution error (error code: –200) is produced.
Example
CALC:MARK3:SPEC:Y:MAX
Positions marker 3 on the current maximum in y–axis direction.
CALC:MARK3:SPEC:Y:MAX:BEL
Positions marker 3 on the next maximum below its current position.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
SPECM

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:SPECtrogram:Y:MAXimum:NEXT
This command positions the specified marker on the next maximum below or above its current
position (constant x–axis value). The corresponding search in x direction is performed via the
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MAXimum:NEXT command.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Note: If no next smaller maximum value is found (level spacing to adjacent values < peak
excursion), an execution error (error code: –200) is produced.
Example
CALC:MARK:SPEC:Y:MAX
Positions marker 1 on the current maximum in y–axis direction.
CALC:MARK:SPEC:Y:MAX:NEXT
Positions marker 1 on the next maximum below or above its current position.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
SPECM

1300.2519.12

6.399

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem (SPECM, K14)

R&S FSL

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:SPECtrogram:Y:MINimum[:PEAK]
This command positions the specified marker on the current minimum in y–axis direction
(constant x–axis value). The corresponding search in x direction is performed via the
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MINimum[:PEAK] command.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Note: If no minimum value is found (level spacing to adjacent values < peak excursion), an
execution error (error code: –200) is produced.
Example
CALC:MARK:SPEC:Y:MIN
Positions marker 1 on the current minimum in y–axis direction.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
SPECM

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:SPECtrogram:Y:MINimum:ABOVe
This command positions the specified marker on the next minimum above its current position
(constant x–axis value). The corresponding search in x direction is performed via the
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MINimum:LEFT and
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MINimum:RIGHt commands.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Note: If no next higher minimum value is found (level spacing to adjacent values < peak
excursion), an execution error (error code: –200) is produced.
Example
CALC:MARK2:SPEC:Y:MIN
Positions marker 2 on the current minimum in y–axis direction.
CALC:MARK2:SPEC:Y:MIN:ABOV
Positions marker 2 on the next minimum above its current position.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
SPECM

1300.2519.12

6.400

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (SPECM, K14)

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:SPECtrogram:Y:MINimum:BELow
This command positions the specified marker on the next minimum below its current position
(constant x–axis value). The corresponding search in x direction is performed via the
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MINimum:LEFT and
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MINimum:RIGHt commands.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Note: If no next higher minimum value is found (level spacing to adjacent values < peak
excursion), an execution error (error code: –200) is produced.
Example
CALC:MARK3:SPEC:Y:MIN
Positions marker 3 on the current minimum in y–axis direction.
CALC:MARK3:SPEC:Y:MIN:BEL
Positions marker 3 on the next minimum below its current position.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
SPECM

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:SPECtrogram:Y:MINimum:NEXT
This command positions the specified marker on the next minimum below or above its current
position (constant x–axis value). The corresponding search in x direction is performed via the
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MINimum:NEXT command.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Note: If no next higher minimum value is found (level spacing to adjacent values < peak
excursion), an execution error (error code: –200) is produced.
Example
CALC:MARK:SPEC:Y:MIN
Positions marker 1 on the current minimum in y–axis direction.
CALC:MARK:SPEC:Y:MIN:NEXT
Positions marker 1 on the next minimum below or above its current position.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
SPECM

1300.2519.12

6.401

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem (SPECM, K14)

R&S FSL

CALCulate:SPECtrogram Subsystem (SPECM, K14)
The CALCulate:SPECtrogram subsystem configures the Spectrogram Measurement option.

Commands of the CALCulate:SPECtrogram Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:SPECtrogram[:STATe]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:SPECtrogram:CLEar[:IMMediate]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:SPECtrogram:COLor

–

CALCulate<1|2>:SPECtrogram:CONTinuous

–

CALCulate<1|2>:SPECtrogram:FRAMe:COUNt

–

CALCulate<1|2>:SPECtrogram:FRAMe:SELect

–

CALCulate<1|2>:SPECtrogram:HDEPth

–

CALCulate<1|2>:SPECtrogram:SIZE

–

CALCulate<1|2>:SPECtrogram:TSTamp[:STATe]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:SPECtrogram:TSTamp:DATA

CALCulate<1|2>:SPECtrogram[:STATe]
This command activates or deactivates the Spectrogram Measurement option.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CALC:SPEC ON
Activates the Spectrogram Measurement option.
Characteristics
RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
SPECM

CALCulate<1|2>:SPECtrogram:CLEar[:IMMediate]
This command deletes the spectrogram result display and the history buffer.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
CALC:SPEC ON
Activates the Spectrogram Measurement option.
CALC:SPEC:CLE
Deletes the spectrogram result display and the history buffer.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific

1300.2519.12

6.402

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (SPECM, K14)

Mode
SPECM

CALCulate<1|2>:SPECtrogram:COLor
This command defines the frame color setting.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
COLor

RGB colors

RADar

black – green – white

GRAYscale

black and white

Example
CALC:SPEC ON
Activates the Spectrogram Measurement option.
CALC:SPEC:COL RAD
Sets the black–green–white color scheme for the frame coloring.
Characteristics
RST value: COL
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
SPECM

CALCulate<1|2>:SPECtrogram:CONTinuous
This command determines whether the results of the last measurement are deleted before
starting a new measurement in single sweep mode.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CALC:SPEC ON
Activates the Spectrogram Measurement option.
INIT:CONT OFF
Sets the single sweep mode.
INIT;*WAI
Starts the measurement and waits for the end of the single sweep measurement.
CALC:SPEC:CONT ON
Repeats the single sweep measurement without deleting the spectrogram results of the last
measurement.
Characteristics
RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
SPECM

1300.2519.12

6.403

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem (SPECM, K14)

R&S FSL

CALCulate<1|2>:SPECtrogram:FRAMe:COUNt
This command sets the number of frames recorded in a single sweep measurement.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
1 to :SPECtrogram:HDEPth command)>
Example
CALC:SPEC ON
Activates the Spectrogram Measurement option.
INIT:CONT OFF
Sets the single sweep mode
CALC:SPEC:FRAM:COUN 200
Sets the number of frames to 200.
Characteristics
RST value: 1
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
SPECM

CALCulate<1|2>:SPECtrogram:FRAMe:SELect
This command selects the frame if no measurement is running. During a measurement, the
value is fixed to 0 and this command is not available.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
0 to 
If the maximum number of frames is recorded, the max. value depends on the history depth (for
details refer to CALCulate<1|2>:SPECtrogram:HDEPth command)
Example
CALC:SPEC ON
Activates the Spectrogram Measurement option.
INIT:CONT OFF
Stops the measurement in continuous sweep mode.
CALC:SPEC:FRAM:SEL –10
Selects the frame number –10.
Characteristics
RST value: 0
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
SPECM

1300.2519.12

6.404

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (SPECM, K14)

CALCulate<1|2>:SPECtrogram:HDEPth
This command sets the number of frames to be stored in the history buffer.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
282 to 20000
The maximum number of frames depends on the number of sweep points
([SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:POINts command) and is determined as described in chapter 2,
section Spectrogram Measurement (Option K14), Maximum number of frames.
Example
CALC:SPEC ON
Activates the Spectrogram Measurement option.
CALC:SPEC:HDEP 1000
Sets 1000 as number of frames to be stored in the history buffer.
Characteristics
RST value: 3000
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
SPECM

CALCulate<1|2>:SPECtrogram:SIZE
This command changes the screen layout.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
LARGe

Enlarges the spectrogram result display and scales down the spectrum analyzer
result display.

SMALl

Divides the screen in two equally sized panes.

Example
CALC:SPEC ON
Activates the Spectrogram Measurement option.
CALC:SPEC:SIZE LARG
Enlarges the spectrogram result display.
Characteristics
RST value: SMAL
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
SPECM

1300.2519.12

6.405

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem (SPECM, K14)

R&S FSL

CALCulate<1|2>:SPECtrogram:TSTamp[:STATe]
This command activates or deactivates the time stamp.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CALC:SPEC ON
Activates the Spectrogram Measurement option.
CALC:SPEC:TST ON
Activates the time stamp.
Characteristics
RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
SPECM
CALCulate<1|2>:SPECtrogram:TSTamp:DATA?
This command queries the time stamp of the frames. All available frame results are returned via
the TRACe<1|2>[:DATA]? command).
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Parameter
CURRent

Returns the time stamp of the current frame.

ALL

Returns the time stamp of all frames sorted in a descending order, starting with
the current frame.

The return values consist of four values for each frame.
The first value is the date of the measurement in seconds that have passed since 01.01.1970 in
seconds. For a better resolution the second value shows the additional milliseconds. This value
is also displayed on screen.
These numbers are appropiate for relative uses, but you can also calculate the absolute date
and time as displayed on the screen.
The third and fourth value are reserved for future uses.
Example
CALC:SPEC ON
Activates the Spectrogram Measurement option.
CALC:SPEC:TST ON
Activates the time stamp.
CALC:SPEC:TST:DATA? ALL
Returns the time stamp of all frames sorted in a descending order.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
SPECM
1300.2519.12

6.406

E-11

R&S FSL

INITiate Subsystem (SPECM, K14)

INITiate Subsystem (SPECM, K14)
The INITiate subsystem is used to control the init–measurement function.
INITiate<1|2>:CONTinuous
This command starts a continuous sweep measurement or stops it and switches to single
sweep mode.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
ON

Starts a continuous sweep measurement.

OFF

Stops the continuous sweep measurement and switches to single sweep
mode.

Example
INIT:CONT OFF
Stops the continuous sweep measurement and switches to single sweep mode.
Characteristics
*RST value: ON
SCPI: conform
Mode
SPECM

1300.2519.12

6.407

E-11

MMEMory Subsystem (SPECM, K14)

R&S FSL

MMEMory Subsystem (SPECM, K14)
The MMEMory (mass memory) subsystem provides commands which allow for access to the storage
media of the instrument and for storing and loading various instrument settings.
The commands of the base unit are described in the chapter MMEMory Subsystem.

Commands of the MMEMory Subsystem
–

MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:SPECtrogram

MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:SPECtrogram
This command adds the spectrogram data to the list of data subsets of a save/recall device
setting.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
MMEM:SEL:SPEC ON
Adds the spectrogram data to the list of data subsets.
Characteristics
RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
SPECM

1300.2519.12

6.408

E-11

R&S FSL

TRACe Subsystem (SPECM, K14)

TRACe Subsystem (SPECM, K14)
The TRACe subsystem controls access to the instruments internal trace memory.

Commands of the TRACe Subsystem
–

TRACe<1|2>[:DATA]?

TRACe<1|2>[:DATA]?
Parameter
SPECtrogram
Additional to the parameters of the base unit, the SPECtrogram parameter queries all available
frame results.
Return values
All available frame results are returned. The frames are sorted according to their time stamp in
descending order (starting with the current frame). The time stamp of the frames is returned via
the CALCulate<1|2>:SPECtrogram:TSTamp:DATA command.
The returned values are scaled in the current level unit.
FORMat REAL,32 is used as format for binary transmission, and FORMat ASCii for ASCII
transmission. For details on formats refer to "Formats for returned values: ASCII format and
binary format" on page 6.300.
For further details refer to "TRACe<1|2>[:DATA]" on page 6.263.

1300.2519.12

6.409

E-11

Remote Commands of the Cable TV Measurements Option (K20)

R&S FSL

Remote Commands of the Cable TV Measurements
Option (K20)
This section describes the remote commands for the Cable TV Measurement option (K20). The
abbreviation CATV stands for the Cable TV operating mode. For details on conventions used in this
chapter refer to section "Notation" on page 6.2 at the beginning of this chapter.
For further information on analyzer or basic settings commands, refer to the corresponding subsystem
in "Remote Commands of the Base Unit" on page 6.5.
This option is available from firmware version 1.30.

Subsystems of the Cable TV Analyzer option (K20)
–

"ABORt Subsystem (CATV, K20)" on page 6.411

–

"CALCulate Subsystem (CATV, K20)" on page 6.412

–

"CONFigure Subsystem (CATV, K20)" on page 6.469

–

"DISPlay Subsystem (CATV, K20)" on page 6.474

–

"FORMat Subsystem (CATV, K20)" on page 6.479

–

"INITiate Subsystem (CATV, K20)" on page 6.480

–

"INPut Subsystem (CATV, K20)" on page 6.481

–

"INSTrument Subsystem (CATV, K20)" on page 6.482

–

"MMEMory Subsystem (CATV, K20)" on page 6.483

–

"SENSe Subsystem (CATV, K20)" on page 6.484

–

"SETup:TV Subsystem (CATV, K20)" on page 6.509

–

"SOURce Subsystem (CATV, K20)" on page 6.511

–

"STATus Subsystem (CATV, K20)" on page 6.512

–

"TRACe Subsystem (CATV, K20)" on page 6.516

–

"TRIGger Subsystem (CATV, K20)" on page 6.517

–

"UNIT Subsystem (CATV, K20)" on page 6.520

1300.2519.12

6.410

E-11

R&S FSL

ABORt Subsystem (CATV, K20)

ABORt Subsystem (CATV, K20)
The ABORt subsystem contains the commands for aborting triggered actions.

Commands of the ABORt Subsystem
–

ABORt

ABORt
For details refer to "ABORt" on page 6.10.

1300.2519.12

6.411

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem (CATV, K20)

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (CATV, K20)
The CALCulate subsystem contains commands for converting instrument data, transforming and
carrying out corrections. These functions are carried out subsequent to data acquisition, i.e. following
the SENSe subsystem.
The following subsystems are included:
•

"CALCulate:ATV Subsystem (CATV, K20)" on page 6.412

•

"CALCulate:DELTamarker Subsystem (CATV, K20)" on page 6.439

•

"CALCulate:DTV Subsystem (CATV, K20)" on page 6.441

•

"CALCulate:MARKer Subsystem (CATV, K20)" on page 6.464

•

"CALCulate:STATistics Subsystem (CATV, K20)" on page 6.467

•

"CALCulate:UNIT Subsystem (CATV, K20)" on page 6.468

CALCulate:ATV Subsystem (CATV, K20)
The CALCulate:ATV subsystem contains commands to analyze the analog TV measurement data.
The following subsystems are included:
•

"CALCulate:ATV:LIMit Subsystem (CATV, K20)" on page 6.413

•

"CALCulate:ATV:RESult Subsystem (CATV, K20)" on page 6.434

•

"CALCulate:ATV:UNIT:POWer Subsystem (CATV, K20)" on page 6.438

1300.2519.12

6.412

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (CATV, K20)

CALCulate:ATV:LIMit Subsystem (CATV, K20)
The CALCulate:ATV:LIMit subsystem sets and checks the measurement limits for analog TV
measurements.
The following subsystem is included:
•

"CALCulate:ATV:LIMit:RESult Subsystem (CATV, K20)" on page 6.423

Commands of the CALCulate:ATV:LIMit Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:CARRiers:S1IFoffset:LOWer

–

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:CARRiers:S1IFoffset:UPPer

–

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:CARRiers:S1PRelative:LOWer

–

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:CARRiers:S1PRelative:UPPer

–

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:CARRiers:S2IFoffset:LOWer

–

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:CARRiers:S2IFoffset:UPPer

–

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:CARRiers:S2PRelative:LOWer

–

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:CARRiers:S2PRelative:UPPer

–

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:CARRiers:VCFoffset:LOWer

–

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:CARRiers:VCFoffset:UPPer

–

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:CARRiers:VCPabsolute:LOWer

–

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:CARRiers:VCPabsolute:UPPer

–

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:CN:CN[:LOWer]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:CSO:CSO[:LOWer]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:CTB:CTB[:LOWer]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:HUM:HUM:LOWer

–

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:HUM:HUM:UPPer

–

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:VMODulation:MDEPth:LOWer

–

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:VMODulation:MDEPth:UPPer

–

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:VMODulation:RPC:LOWer

–

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:VMODulation:RPC:UPPer

–

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:VMODulation:VCPower:LOWer

–

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:VMODulation:VCPower:UPPer

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:CARRiers:S1IFoffset:LOWer
This command defines the lower frequency offset limit of the sound carrier 1.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
–999,999 to 999,999 Hz
Example
CALC:ATV:LIM:CARR:S1IF:LOW 1KHZ
Sets the lower frequency offset limit for sound carrier 1 to 1 kHz.

1300.2519.12

6.413

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem (CATV, K20)

R&S FSL

Characteristics
RST value: –10 kHz
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:CARRiers:S1IFoffset:UPPer
This command defines the upper frequency offset limit of the sound carrier 1.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
–999,999 to 999,999 Hz
Example
CALC:ATV:LIM:CARR:S1IF:UPP 10KHZ
Sets the upper frequency offset limit for sound carrier 1 to 10 kHz.
Characteristics
RST value: 10 kHz
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:CARRiers:S1PRelative:LOWer
This command defines the relative lower power limit of the sound carrier 1.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
–200 to 200 dB
Example
CALC:ATV:LIM:CARR:S1PR:LOW –10
Sets the relative lower power limit for sound carrier 1 to –10 dB.
Characteristics
RST value: –20 dB
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.414

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (CATV, K20)

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:CARRiers:S1PRelative:UPPer
This command defines the relative upper power limit of the sound carrier 1.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
–200 to 200 dB
Example
CALC:ATV:LIM:CARR:S1PR:UPP 20
Sets the relative lower power limit for sound carrier 1 to 20 dB.
Characteristics
RST value: –6 dB
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:CARRiers:S2IFoffset:LOWer
This command defines the lower frequency offset limit of the sound carrier 2.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
–999,999 to 999,999 Hz
Example
CALC:ATV:LIM:CARR:S2IF:LOW 1KHZ
Sets the lower frequency offset limit for sound carrier 2 to 1 kHz.
Characteristics
RST value: –10 kHz
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:CARRiers:S2IFoffset:UPPer
This command defines the upper frequency offset limit of the sound carrier 2.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
–999,999 to 999,999 Hz
Example
CALC:ATV:LIM:CARR:S2IF:UPP 500000HZ
Sets the upper frequency offset limit for sound carrier 2 to 500 kHz.
Characteristics
RST value: 10 kHz
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV
1300.2519.12

6.415

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem (CATV, K20)

R&S FSL

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:CARRiers:S2PRelative:LOWer
This command defines the relative lower power limit of the sound carrier 2.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
–200 to 200 dB
Example
CALC:ATV:LIM:CARR:S2PR:LOW –20
Sets the relative lower power limit for sound carrier 2 to –20 dB.
Characteristics
RST value: –27 dB
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:CARRiers:S2PRelative:UPPer
This command defines the relative upper power limit of the sound carrier 2.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
–200 to 200 dB
Example
CALC:ATV:LIM:CARR:S2PR:UPP –14
Sets the relative lower power limit for sound carrier 2 to –14 dB.
Characteristics
RST value: –13 dB
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:CARRiers:VCFoffset:LOWer
This command defines the lower frequency offset limit of the vision carrier.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
–999,999 to 999,999 Hz
Example
CALC:ATV:LIM:CARR:VCF:LOW –1KHZ
Sets the lower frequency offset limit of the vision carrier to –1 kHz.
Characteristics
RST value: –10 kHz
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.416

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (CATV, K20)

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:CARRiers:VCFoffset:UPPer
This command defines the upper frequency offset limit of the vision carrier.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
–999,999 to 999,999 Hz
Example
CALC:ATV:LIM:CARR:VCF:UPP 1KHZ
Sets the upper frequency offset limit of the vision carrier to 1 kHz.
Characteristics
RST value: 10 kHz
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:CARRiers:VCPabsolute:LOWer
This command defines the absolute lower limit for the vision carrier.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
–200 to 200 dB
Example
CALC:ATV:LIM:CARR:VCP:LOW –40
Sets the absolute lower limit of the vision carrier to –40 dBm.
Characteristics
RST value: –60 dBm
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:CARRiers:VCPabsolute:UPPer
This command defines the absolute upper limit for the vision carrier.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
–200 to 200 dB
Example
CALC:ATV:LIM:CARR:VCP:UPP –20
Sets the absolute lower limit of the vision carrier to –20 dBm.
Characteristics
RST value: –30 dBm
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.417

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem (CATV, K20)

R&S FSL

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:CN:CN[:LOWer]
This command defines the lower limit for the carrier–to–noise ratio.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
–200 to 200 dB
Example
CALC:ATV:LIM:CN:CN 10
Sets the lower limit of the carrier–to–noise ratio to 10 dB.
Characteristics
RST value: 40 dB
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:CSO:CSO[:LOWer]
This command defines the lower limit for the carrier–to–second order beat ratio.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
–200 to 200 dB
Example
CALC:ATV:LIM:CSO:CSO 10
Sets the lower limit of the carrier–to–second order beat ratio to 10 dB.
Characteristics
RST value: 0 dB
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:CTB:CTB[:LOWer]
This command defines the lower limit for the carrier–to–composite triple beat ratio.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
–200 to 200 dB
Example
CALC:ATV:LIM:CTB:CTB 10
Sets the lower limit of the carrier–to–second order beat ratio to 10 dB.
Characteristics
RST value: 0 dB
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.418

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (CATV, K20)

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:HUM:HUM:LOWer
This command defines the lower limit for the hum values in dB. If the wrong unit is set, the
command produces an execution error. The unit is set via the
CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:UNIT:POWer:HUM command.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
–60 to 60 dB
Example
CALC:ATV:UNIT:POW:HUM DB
Sets the unit for the Hum measurement values to dB.
CALC:ATV:LIM:HUM:HUM:LOW 10
Sets the lower limit for the hum values to 10 dB.
Characteristics
RST value: 40 dB
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:HUM:HUM:UPPer
This command defines the upper limit for the hum values in %. If the wrong unit is set, the
command produces an execution error. The unit is set via the
CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:UNIT:POWer:HUM command.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
0.1 to 100.000%
Example
CALC:ATV:UNIT:POW:HUM PCT
Sets the unit for the Hum measurement values to percent.
CALC:ATV:LIM:HUM:HUM:UPP 6
Sets the upper limit of the hum values to 6%.
Characteristics
RST value: 1%
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.419

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem (CATV, K20)

R&S FSL

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:VMODulation:MDEPth:LOWer
This command defines the lower modulation depth limit for the vision modulation.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
0 to 100%
Example
CALC:ATV:LIM:VMOD:MDEP:LOW 0.5
Sets the lower modulation depth limit of the vision modulation to 0.5%.
Characteristics
RST value: 0%
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:VMODulation:MDEPth:UPPer
This command defines the upper modulation depth limit for the vision modulation.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
0 to 100%
Example
CALC:ATV:LIM:VMOD:MDEP:UPP 30
Sets the upper modulation depth limit of the vision modulation to 30%.
Characteristics
RST value: 100%
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:VMODulation:RPC:LOWer
This command defines the lower limit for the residual picture in the Vision Modulation
measurement.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
0 to 100%
Example
CALC:ATV:LIM:VMOD:RPC:LOW 0.5
Sets the lower limit for the residual picture to 0.5%.

1300.2519.12

6.420

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (CATV, K20)

Characteristics
RST value: 0%
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:VMODulation:RPC:UPPer
This command defines the upper limit for the residual picture in the Vision Modulation
measurement.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
0 to 100%
Example
CALC:ATV:LIM:VMOD:RPC:UPP 80
Sets the upper limit for the residual picture to 80%.
Characteristics
RST value: 100%
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:VMODulation:VCPower:LOWer
This command defines the lower vision carrier power limit in the Vision Modulation
measurement.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
–200 to 200 dBm
Example
CALC:ATV:LIM:VMOD:VCP:LOW –50
Sets the lower vision carrier power limit to –50 dBm.
Characteristics
RST value: –60 dBm
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.421

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem (CATV, K20)

R&S FSL

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:VMODulation:VCPower:UPPer
This command defines the upper vision carrier power limit in the Vision Modulation
measurement.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
–200 to 200 dBm
Example
CALC:ATV:LIM:VMOD:VCP:UPP 20
Sets the upper vision carrier power limit to 20 dBm.
Characteristics
RST value: 30 dBm
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.422

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (CATV, K20)

CALCulate:ATV:LIMit:RESult Subsystem (CATV, K20)
The CALCulate:ATV:LIMit:RESult subsystem checks the measurement limits for analog TV
measurements.

Commands of the CALCulate:ATV:LIMit:RESult Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:CARRiers:S1IFoffset:LOWer?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:CARRiers:S1IFoffset:UPPer?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:CARRiers:S1PRelative:LOWer?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:CARRiers:S1PRelative:UPPer?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:CARRiers:S2IFoffset:LOWer?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:CARRiers:S2IFoffset:UPPer?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:CARRiers:S2PRelative:LOWer?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:CARRiers:S2PRelative:UPPer?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:CARRiers:VCFoffset:LOWer?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:CARRiers:VCFoffset:UPPer?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:CARRiers:VCPabsolute:LOWer?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:CARRiers:VCPabsolute:UPPer?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:CN:CN[:LOWer]?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:CSO:CSO[:LOWer]?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:CTB:CTB[:LOWer]?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:HUM:HUM:LOWer?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:HUM:HUM:UPPer?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:VMODulation:MDEPth:LOWer?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:VMODulation:MDEPth:UPPer?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:VMODulation:RPC:LOWer?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:VMODulation:RPC:UPPer?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:VMODulation:VCPower:LOWer?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:VMODulation:VCPower:UPPer?

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:CARRiers:S1IFoffset:LOWer?
This command performs a lower limit check for the frequency offset of the sound carrier 1.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
This command is a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
CALC:ATV:LIM:CARR:S1IF:LOW 1KHZ
Sets the lower frequency offset limit for sound carrier 1 to 1 kHz.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end.
CALC:ATV:LIM:RES:CARR:S1IF:LOW?
Performs a lower limit check for the frequency offset of the sound carrier 1.

1300.2519.12

6.423

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem (CATV, K20)

R&S FSL

Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:CARRiers:S1IFoffset:UPPer?
This command performs an upper limit check for the frequency offset of the sound carrier 1.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
This command is a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
CALC:ATV:LIM:CARR:S1IF:UPP 10KHZ
Sets the upper frequency offset limit for sound carrier 1 to 10 kHz.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end.
CALC:ATV:LIM:RES:CARR:S1IF:UPP?
Performs an upper limit check for the frequency offset of the sound carrier 1.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:CARRiers:S1PRelative:LOWer?
This command performs a lower limit check for the relative power of the sound carrier 1.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
This command is a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
CALC:ATV:LIM:CARR:S1PR:LOW –10
Sets the relative lower power limit for sound carrier 1 to –10 dB.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end.
CALC:ATV:LIM:RES:CARR:S1PR:LOW?
Performs a lower limit check for the relative power of the sound carrier 1.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.424

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (CATV, K20)

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:CARRiers:S1PRelative:UPPer?
This command performs an upper limit check for the relative power of the sound carrier 1.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
This command is a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
CALC:ATV:LIM:CARR:S1PR:UPP 20
Sets the relative lower power limit for sound carrier 1 to 20 dB.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end.
CALC:ATV:LIM:RES:CARR:S1PR:UPP?
Performs an upper limit check for the relative power of the sound carrier 1.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:CARRiers:S2IFoffset:LOWer?
This command performs a lower limit check for the frequency offset of the sound carrier 2.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
This command is a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
CALC:ATV:LIM:CARR:S2IF:LOW 1KHZ
Sets the lower frequency offset limit for sound carrier 2 to 1 kHz.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end.
CALC:ATV:LIM:RES:CARR:S2IF:LOW?
Performs a lower limit check for the frequency offset of the sound carrier 2.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:CARRiers:S2IFoffset:UPPer?
This command performs an upper limit check for the frequency offset limit of the sound carrier 2.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
This command is a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
CALC:ATV:LIM:CARR:S2IF:UPP 500000HZ
Sets the upper frequency offset limit for sound carrier 2 to 500 kHz.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end.

1300.2519.12

6.425

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem (CATV, K20)

R&S FSL

CALC:ATV:LIM:RES:CARR:S2IF:UPP?
Performs an upper limit check for the frequency offset limit of the sound carrier 2.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:CARRiers:S2PRelative:LOWer?
This command performs a lower limit check for the relative power of the sound carrier 2.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
This command is a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
CALC:ATV:LIM:CARR:S2PR:LOW –20
Sets the relative lower power limit for sound carrier 2 to –20 dB.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end.
CALC:ATV:LIM:RES:CARR:S2PR:LOW?
Performs a lower limit check for the relative power of the sound carrier 2.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:CARRiers:S2PRelative:UPPer?
This command performs an upper limit check for the relative power of the sound carrier 2.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
This command is a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
CALC:ATV:LIM:CARR:S2PR:UPP –14
Sets the relative lower power limit for sound carrier 2 to –14 dB.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end.
CALC:ATV:LIM:RES:CARR:S2PR:UPP?
Performs an upper limit check for the relative power of the sound carrier 2.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.426

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (CATV, K20)

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:CARRiers:VCFoffset:LOWer?
This command performs a lower limit check for the frequency offset of the vision carrier.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
This command is a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
CALC:ATV:LIM:CARR:VCF:LOW –1KHZ
Sets the lower frequency offset limit of the vision carrier to –1 kHz.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end.
CALC:ATV:LIM:RES:CARR:VCF:LOW?
Performs a lower limit check for the frequency offset of the vision carrier.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:CARRiers:VCFoffset:UPPer?
This command performs an upper limit check for the frequency offset of the vision carrier.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
This command is a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
CALC:ATV:LIM:CARR:VCF:UPP 1KHZ
Sets the upper frequency offset limit of the vision carrier to 1 kHz.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end.
CALC:ATV:LIM:RES:CARR:VCF:UPP?
Performs an upper limit check for the frequency offset of the vision carrier.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:CARRiers:VCPabsolute:LOWer?
This command performs a lower limit check for the absolute vision carrier power.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
This command is a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
CALC:ATV:LIM:CARR:VCP:LOW –40
Sets the absolute lower limit of the vision carrier to –40 dBm.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end.

1300.2519.12

6.427

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem (CATV, K20)

R&S FSL

CALC:ATV:LIM:RES:CARR:VCP:LOW?
Performs a lower limit check for the absolute vision carrier power.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:CARRiers:VCPabsolute:UPPer?
This command performs an upper limit check for the absolute vision carrier power.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
This command is a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
CALC:ATV:LIM:CARR:VCP:UPP –20
Sets the absolute lower limit of the vision carrier to –20 dBm.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end.
CALC:ATV:LIM:RES:CARR:VCP:UPP?
Performs an upper limit check for the absolute vision carrier power.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:CN:CN[:LOWer]?
This command performs a lower limit check for the carrier–to–noise ratio.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
This command is a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
CALC:ATV:LIM:CN:CN 10
Sets the lower limit of the carrier–to–noise ratio to 10 dB.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end.
CALC:ATV:LIM:RES:CN:CN?
Performs a lower limit check for the carrier–to–noise ratio.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.428

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (CATV, K20)

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:CSO:CSO[:LOWer]?
This command performs a lower limit check for the carrier–to–second order beat ratio.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
This command is a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
CALC:ATV:LIM:CSO:CSO 10
Sets the lower limit of the carrier–to–second order beat ratio to 10 dB.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end.
CALC:ATV:LIM:RES:CSO:CSO?
Performs a lower limit check for the carrier–to–second order beat ratio.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:CTB:CTB[:LOWer]?
This command performs a lower limit check for the carrier–to–composite triple beat ratio.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
This command is a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
CALC:ATV:LIM:CTB:CTB 10
Sets the lower limit of the carrier–to–second order beat ratio to 10 dB.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end.
CALC:ATV:LIM:RES:CTB:CTB?
Performs a lower limit check for the carrier–to–composite triple beat ratio.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:HUM:HUM:LOWer?
This command performs a lower limit check for the Hum measurement.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
This command is a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
CALC:ATV:LIM:HUM:HUM:LOW 10
Sets the lower limit for the hum values to 10 dB.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end.

1300.2519.12

6.429

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem (CATV, K20)

R&S FSL

CALC:ATV:LIM:RES:HUM:HUM:LOW?
Performs a lower limit check for the hum values.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:HUM:HUM:UPPer?
This command performs an upper limit check for the Hum measurement.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
This command is a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
CALC:ATV:LIM:HUM:HUM:UPP 6
Sets the upper limit of the hum values to 6%.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end.
CALC:ATV:LIM:RES:HUM:HUM:UPP?
Performs an upper limit check for the hum values.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:VMODulation:MDEPth:LOWer?
This command performs a lower limit check for the modulation depth of the Vision Modulation
measurement.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
This command is a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
CALC:ATV:LIM:VMOD:MDEP:LOW 0.5
Sets the lower modulation depth limit of the vision modulation to 0.5%.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end.
CALC:ATV:LIM:RES:VMOD:MDEP:LOW?
Performs a lower limit check for the modulation depth of the Vision Modulation measurement.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.430

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (CATV, K20)

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:VMODulation:MDEPth:UPPer?
This command performs an upper limit check for the modulation depth of the Vision Modulation
measurement.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
This command is a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
CALC:ATV:LIM:VMOD:MDEP:UPP 30
Sets the upper modulation depth limit of the vision modulation to 30%.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end.
CALC:ATV:LIM:RES:VMOD:MDEP:UPP?
Performs an upper limit check for the modulation depth of the Vision Modulation measurement.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:VMODulation:RPC:LOWer?
This command performs a lower limit check for the residual picture in the Vision Modulation
measurement.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
This command is a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
CALC:ATV:LIM:VMOD:RPC:LOW 0.5
Sets the lower limit for the residual picture to 75%.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end.
CALC:ATV:LIM:RES:VMOD:RPC:LOW?
Performs a lower limit check for the residual picture in the Vision Modulation measurement.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.431

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem (CATV, K20)

R&S FSL

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:VMODulation:RPC:UPPer?
This command performs an upper limit check for the residual picture in the Vision Modulation
measurement.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
This command is a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
CALC:ATV:LIM:VMOD:RPC:UPP 80
Sets the upper limit for the residual picture to 80%.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end.
CALC:ATV:LIM:RES:VMOD:RPC:UPP?
Performs an upper limit check for the residual picture in the Vision Modulation measurement.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:VMODulation:VCPower:LOWer?
This command performs a lower limit check for the vision carrier power in the Vision Modulation
measurement.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
This command is a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
CALC:ATV:LIM:VMOD:VCP:LOW –50
Sets the lower vision carrier power limit to 10 dBm.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end.
CALC:ATV:LIM:RES:VMOD:VCP:LOW?
Performs a lower limit check for the vision carrier power in the Vision Modulation measurement.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.432

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (CATV, K20)

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:VMODulation:VCPower:UPPer?
This command performs an upper limit check for the vision carrier power in the Vision
Modulation measurement.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
This command is a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
CALC:ATV:LIM:VMOD:VCP:UPP 20
Sets the upper vision carrier power limit to 20 dBm.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end.
CALC:ATV:LIM:RES:VMOD:VCP:UPP?
Performs an upper limit check for the vision carrier power in the Vision Modulation
measurement.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.433

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem (CATV, K20)

R&S FSL

CALCulate:ATV:RESult Subsystem (CATV, K20)
The CALCulate:ATV:RESult
measurements.

subsystem

displays

the

measurement

results

for

analog

TV

Commands of the CALCulate:ATV:RESult Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:RESult:CARRiers?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:RESult:CN?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:RESult:CSO?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:RESult:CTB?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:RESult:HUM?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:RESult:VMODulation?

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:RESult:CARRiers?
This command reads the measurement values (power, frequency) of the Carrier Power
measurements.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
This command is a query only and thus has no *RST value.
Parameter
VCPabsolute

vision carrier power absolute

VCFoffset

vision carrier frequency offset

S1PRelative

sound carrier 1 power relative

S1IFoffset

sound carrier 1 intercarrier frequency offset

S2PRelative

sound carrier 2 power relative

S2IFoffset

sound carrier 2 intercarrier frequency offset

ALL

Results of all measurements above, separated by commas.
If a measurement result is not valid, a comma will be output only.

Example
CONF:ATV:MEAS CARR
Configures the analog TV Carrier Power measurement.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end.
CALC:ATV:RES:CARR? VCF
Reads the result of the vision carrier frequency offset parameter.
or
CALC:ATV:RES:CARR? ALL
Reads all measured values.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.434

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (CATV, K20)

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:RESult:CN?
This command reads the measurement values of the Carrier–to–Noise Ratio measurements.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
This command is a query only and thus has no *RST value.
Parameter
RPOWer

reference power

NRBW

noise reference bandwidth

NFCorrection

noise floor correction

MFRelative

measurement frequency (relative)

CN

carrier–to–noise ratio

ALL

Results of all measurements above, separated by commas.
If a measurement result is not valid, a comma will be output only.

Example
CONF:ATV:MEAS CN
Configures the analog TV Carrier–to–Noise Ratio measurement.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end.
CALC:ATV:RES:CN? NFC
Reads the result of the noise floor correction measurement.
or
CALC:ATV:RES:CN? ALL
Reads all measured values.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:RESult:CSO?
This command reads the measurement values of the Carrier–to–Second Order Beat Ratio
measurements.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
This command is a query only and thus has no *RST value.
Parameter
RPOWer

reference power

NFCorrection

noise reference bandwidth

MFRelative

measurement frequency relative

CSO

carrier–to–second order beat ratio

ALL

Results of all measurements above, separated by commas.
If a measurement result is not valid, a comma will be output only.

1300.2519.12

6.435

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem (CATV, K20)

R&S FSL

Example
CONF:ATV:MEAS CSO
Configures the analog TV Carrier–to–Second Order Beat Ratio measurement.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end.
CALC:ATV:RES:CSO? RPOW
Reads the result of the reference power parameter.
or
CALC:ATV:RES:CSO? ALL
Reads all measured values.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:RESult:CTB?
This command reads the measurement values of the Carrier–to–Composite Triple Beat Ratio
measurements.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
This command is a query only and thus has no *RST value.
Parameter
RPOWer

reference power

NFCorrection

noise reference bandwidth

MFRelative

measurement frequency relative

CTB

carrier–to–composite triple beat ratio

ALL

Results of all measurements above, separated by commas.
If a measurement result is not valid, a comma will be output only.

Example
CONF:ATV:MEAS CTB
Configures the analog TV Carrier–to–Composite Triple Beat Ratio measurement.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end.
CALC:ATV:RES:CTB? MFR
Reads the result of the relative measurement frequency parameter.
or
CALC:ATV:RES:CTB? ALL
Reads all measured values.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.436

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (CATV, K20)

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:RESult:HUM?
This command reads the measurement values of the Hum measurement.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
This command is a query only and thus has no *RST value.
Example
CONF:ATV:MEAS HUM
Configures the analog TV Hum measurement.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end.
CALC:ATV:RES:HUM?
Reads the measured value.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:RESult:VMODulation?
This command reads the measurement values of the Vision Modulation measurements.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
This command is a query only and thus has no *RST value.
Parameter
VCPower

vision carrier power

RPC

residual picture carrier

MDEPth

modulation depth

ALL

Results of all measurements above, separated by commas.
If a measurement result is not valid, a comma will be output only.

Example
CONF:ATV:MEAS VMOD
Configures the analog TV Vision Modulation measurement.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end.
CALC:ATV:RES:VMOD? MDEP
Reads the result of the modulation depth parameter.
or
CALC:ATV:RES:VMOD? ALL
Reads all measured values.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.437

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem (CATV, K20)

R&S FSL

CALCulate:ATV:UNIT:POWer Subsystem (CATV, K20)
The CALCulate:ATV:UNIT:POWer subsystem sets the unit for the measurements for analog TV
measurements.

Commands of the CALCulate:ATV:UNIT:POWer Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:UNIT:POWer:HUM

–

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:UNIT:POWer:VCPabsolute

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:UNIT:POWer:HUM
This command defines the unit of the Hum measurement values.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
DB | PCT
Example
CALC:ATV:UNIT:POW:HUM PCT
Sets the unit for the Hum measurement values to percent.
Characteristics
RST value: dB
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:UNIT:POWer:VCPabsolute
This command defines the unit of the absolute vision carrier power.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
DB | PCT
Example
CALC:ATV:UNIT:POW:VCP DB
Sets the unit for the absolute vision carrier power to dB.
Characteristics
RST value: dBm
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.438

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (CATV, K20)

CALCulate:DELTamarker Subsystem (CATV, K20)
The CALCulate:DELTamarker subsystem controls the delta marker functions of the instrument.

Commands of the CALCulate:DELTamarker Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>[:STATe]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:AOFF

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MAXimum[:PEAK]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MAXimum:LEFT

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MAXimum:NEXT

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MAXimum:RIGHt

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MINimum[:PEAK]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MINimum:LEFT

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MINimum:NEXT

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MINimum:RIGHt

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MODE

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:TRACe

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:X

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:X:RELative?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:Y?

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>[:STATe]
For details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>[:STATe]" on page 6.12.

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:AOFF
For details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:AOFF" on page 6.13.

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MAXimum[:PEAK]
For details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MAXimum[:PEAK]" on page 6.17.

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MAXimum:LEFT
For details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MAXimum:LEFT" on page 6.17.

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MAXimum:NEXT
For details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MAXimum:NEXT" on page 6.17.

1300.2519.12

6.439

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem (CATV, K20)

R&S FSL

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MAXimum:RIGHt
For details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MAXimum:RIGHt" on page 6.18.

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MINimum[:PEAK]
For details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MINimum[:PEAK]" on page 6.18.

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MINimum:LEFT
For details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MINimum:LEFT" on page 6.19.

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MINimum:NEXT
For details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MINimum:NEXT" on page 6.19.

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MINimum:RIGHt
For details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MINimum:RIGHt" on page 6.19.

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MODE
For details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MODE" on page 6.20.

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:TRACe
Parameter
1 to 4
For further details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:TRACe" on page 6.20.

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:X
For details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:X" on page 6.21.

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:X:RELative?
For details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:X:RELative?" on page 6.21.

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:Y?
Parameter
 in DBM
For further details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:Y?" on page 6.22.

1300.2519.12

6.440

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (CATV, K20)

CALCulate:DTV Subsystem (CATV, K20)
The CALCulate:DTV subsystem contains commands to analyze the digital TV measurement data.
The following subsystems are included:
•

"CALCulate:DTV:LIMit Subsystem (CATV, K20)" on page 6.441

•

"CALCulate:DTV:RESult Subsystem (CATV, K20)" on page 6.459

•

"CALCulate:DTV:UNIT:POWer Subsystem (CATV, K20)" on page 6.461

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit Subsystem (CATV, K20)
The CALCulate:DTV:LIMit subsystem sets and checks the measurement limits for digital TV
measurements.
The following subsystem is included:
•

"CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:RESult Subsystem (CATV, K20)" on page 6.450

Commands of the CALCulate:DTV:LIMit Subsystem
–

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:CFOFfset:LOWer

–

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:CFOFfset:UPPer

–

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:CHPower:UPPer

–

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:CHPower:LOWer

–

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:CSUPpression[:LOWer]

–

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:EVMPeak:LOWer

–

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:EVMPeak:UPPer

–

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:EVMRms:LOWer

–

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:EVMRms:UPPer

–

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:IMBalance:LOWer

–

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:IMBalance:UPPer

–

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:MERPeak:LOWer

–

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:MERPeak:UPPer

–

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:MERRms:LOWer

–

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:MERRms:UPPer

–

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:PJITter[:UPPer]

–

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:QERRor:LOWer

–

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:QERRor:UPPer

–

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:SROFfset:LOWer

–

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:SROFfset:UPPer

1300.2519.12

6.441

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem (CATV, K20)

R&S FSL

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:CFOFfset:LOWer
This command defines the lower limit of the carrier frequency offset in the Overview
measurement.
Parameter
–99,999 to 99,999 Hz
Example
CALC:DTV:LIM:CFOF:LOW –10KHZ
Sets the lower limit for the carrier frequency offset to –10 kHz.
Characteristics
RST value: –30 kHz
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:CFOFfset:UPPer
This command defines the upper limit of the carrier frequency offset in the Overview
measurement.
Parameter
–99,999 to 99,999 Hz
Example
CALC:DTV:LIM:CFOF:UPP 20KHZ
Sets the upper limit for the carrier frequency offset to 20 kHz.
Characteristics
RST value: 30 kHz
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:CHPower:UPPer
This command defines the upper limit for the Channel Power measurement.
Parameter
–200 to 200 dBm
Example
CALC:DTV:LIM:CHP:UPP –18 DBM
Sets the upper limit for the Channel Power measurement to –18 dBm.
Characteristics
RST value: 30 dBm
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.442

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (CATV, K20)

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:CHPower:LOWer
This command defines the lower limit for the Channel Power measurement.
Parameter
–200 to 200 dBm
Example
CALC:DTV:LIM:CHP:LOW –22 DBM
Sets the lower limit for the Channel Power measurement to –22 dBm.
Characteristics
RST value: –60 dBm
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV
CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:CSUPpression[:LOWer]
This command defines the lower limit of the carrier suppression in the Modulation Errors
measurement.
Parameter
0 to 200 dB
Example
CALC:DTV:LIM:CSUP 30
Sets the lower limit for the carrier suppression to 30 dB.
Characteristics
RST value: 35 dB
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV
CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:EVMPeak:LOWer
This command defines the lower limit of the error vector magnitude peak in dB for the Overview
/ Modulation Errors measurement. If the wrong unit is set, the command produces an execution
error. The unit is set via the CALCulate<1|2>:DTV:UNIT:POWer:EVMPeak command.
Parameter
0 to 80 dB
Example
CALC:DTV:UNIT:POW:EVMP DB
Sets the unit for the error vector magnitude peak to dB.
CALC:DTV:LIM:EVMP:LOW 5
Sets the lower limit for the error vector magnitude peak to 5 dB.
Characteristics
RST value: 20.7 dB
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.443

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem (CATV, K20)

R&S FSL

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:EVMPeak:UPPer
This command defines the upper limit of the error vector magnitude peak in % for the Overview /
Modulation Errors measurement. If the wrong unit is set, the command produces an execution
error. The unit is set via the CALCulate<1|2>:DTV:UNIT:POWer:EVMPeak command.
Parameter
0.01 to 100%
Example
CALC:DTV:UNIT:POW:EVMP PCT
Sets the unit for the error vector magnitude peak to %.
CALC:DTV:LIM:EVMP:UPP 1
Sets the upper limit for the error vector magnitude peak to 1%.
Characteristics
RST value: 22%
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:EVMRms:LOWer
This command defines the lower limit of the root mean square value of the error vector
magnitude in dB for the Overview / Modulation Errors measurement. If the wrong unit is set, the
command produces an execution error. The unit is set via the
CALCulate<1|2>:DTV:UNIT:POWer:EVMRms command.
Parameter
0 to 80 dB
Example
CALC:DTV:UNIT:POW:EVMR dB
Sets the unit for the root mean square value of the error vector magnitude to dB.
CALC:DTV:LIM:EVMR:LOW 5
Sets the lower limit for the root mean square value of the error vector magnitude to 5 dB.
Characteristics
RST value: 27.1 dB
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:EVMRms:UPPer
This command defines the upper limit of the root mean square value of the error vector
magnitude in % for the Overview / Modulation Errors measurement. If the wrong unit is set, the
command produces an execution error. The unit is set via the
CALCulate<1|2>:DTV:UNIT:POWer:EVMRms command.
Parameter
0.01 to 100%

1300.2519.12

6.444

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (CATV, K20)

Example
CALC:DTV:UNIT:POW:EVMR PCT
Sets the unit for the root mean square value of the error vector magnitude to percent.
CALC:DTV:LIM:EVMR:UPP 2
Sets the upper limit for the root mean square value of the error vector magnitude to 2%.
Characteristics
RST value: 4.4%
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:IMBalance:LOWer
This command defines the lower limit of the I/Q amplitude imbalance value in the Modulation
Errors measurement.
Parameter
–100 to 100%
Example
CALC:DTV:LIM:IMB:LOW 7
Sets the lower limit for the I/Q amplitude imbalance value to 7%.
Characteristics
RST value: –2%
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:IMBalance:UPPer
This command defines the upper limit of the I/Q amplitude imbalance value in the Modulation
Errors measurement.
Parameter
–100 to 100%
Example
CALC:DTV:LIM:IMB:UPP 10
Sets the upper limit for the I/Q amplitude imbalance value to 10%.
Characteristics
RST value: 2%
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.445

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem (CATV, K20)

R&S FSL

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:MERPeak:LOWer
This command defines the lower limit of the modulation error rate peak in dB for the Overview /
Modulation Errors measurement. If the wrong unit is set, the command produces an execution
error. The unit is set via the CALCulate<1|2>:DTV:UNIT:POWer:MERPeak command.
Parameter
0 to 80 dB
Example
CALC:DTV:UNIT:POW:MERP DB
Sets the unit for the unit of the modulation error rate peak to dB.
CALC:DTV:LIM:MERP:LOW 15
Sets the lower limit for the modulation error rate peak to 15 dB.
Characteristics
RST value: 10 dB
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:MERPeak:UPPer
This command defines the upper limit of the modulation error rate peak in % for the Overview /
Modulation Errors measurement. If the wrong unit is set, the command produces an execution
error. The unit is set via the CALCulate<1|2>:DTV:UNIT:POWer:MERPeak command.
Parameter
0.01 to 100%
Example
CALC:DTV:UNIT:POW:MERP PCT
Sets the unit for the unit of the modulation error rate peak to percent.
CALC:DTV:LIM:MERP:UPP 20
Sets the upper limit for the modulation error rate peak to 20%.
Characteristics
RST value: 3.2%
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:MERRms:LOWer
This command defines the lower limit of the root mean square value of the modulation error rate
in dB for the Overview / Modulation Errors measurement. If the wrong unit is set, the command
produces an execution error. The unit is set via the
CALCulate<1|2>:DTV:UNIT:POWer:MERRms command.
Parameter
0 to 80 dB

1300.2519.12

6.446

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (CATV, K20)

Example
CALC:DTV:UNIT:POW:MERR DB
Sets the unit for the root mean square value of the modulation error rate to dB.
CALC:DTV:LIM:MERR:LOW 20
Sets the lower limit for the root mean square value of the modulation error rate to 20 dB.
Characteristics
RST value: 24 dB
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:MERRms:UPPer
This command defines the upper limit of the root mean square value of the modulation error rate
in % for the Overview / Modulation Errors measurement. If the wrong unit is set, the command
produces an execution error. The unit is set via the
CALCulate<1|2>:DTV:UNIT:POWer:MERRms command.
Parameter
0.01 to 100%
Example
CALC:DTV:UNIT:POW:MERR PCT
Sets the unit for the root mean square value of the modulation error rate to %.
CALC:DTV:LIM:MERR:UPP 30
Sets the upper limit for the root mean square value of the modulation error rate to 30%.
Characteristics
RST value: 6.3%
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:PJITter[:UPPer]
This command defines the upper limit of the phase jitter (root mean square value of the phase
error) in the Modulation Errors measurement.
Parameter
0° to 180°
Example
CALC:DTV:LIM:PJIT 1
Sets the upper limit for the phase jitter to 1 deg.
Characteristics
RST value: 2 deg
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.447

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem (CATV, K20)

R&S FSL

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:QERRor:LOWer
This command defines the lower limit of the quadrature error in the Modulation Errors
measurement.
Parameter
–180° to 180°
Example
CALC:DTV:LIM:QERR:LOW 10
Sets the lower limit for the quadrature error to 10 deg.
Characteristics
RST value: –2 deg
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:QERRor:UPPer
This command defines the upper limit of the quadrature error in the Modulation Errors
measurement.
Parameter
–180° to 180°
Example
CALC:DTV:LIM:QERR:UPP 20
Sets the upper limit for the quadrature error to 20 deg.
Characteristics
RST value: +2 deg
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:SROFfset:LOWer
This command defines the lower limit of the symbol rate offset in the Overview measurement.
Parameter
–99,999 to 99,999 symb/s
Example
CALC:DTV:LIM:SROF:LOW –5000
Sets the lower limit for the symbol rate offset to –5000 symb/s.
Characteristics
RST value: –10000 symb/s
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.448

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (CATV, K20)

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:SROFfset:UPPer
This command defines the upper limit of the symbol rate offset in the Overview measurement.
Parameter
–99,999 to 99,999 symb/s
Example
CALC:DTV:LIM:SROF:UPP 1000
Sets the upper limit for the symbol rate offset to 1000 symb/s.
Characteristics
RST value: 10000 symb/s
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.449

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem (CATV, K20)

R&S FSL

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:RESult Subsystem (CATV, K20)
The CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:RESult subsystem checks the measurement limits for digital TV
measurements.

Commands of the CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:RESult Subsystem
–

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:RESult:CFOFfset:LOWer?

–

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:RESult:CFOFfset:UPPer?

–

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:RESult:CHPower?

–

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:RESult:CSUPpression[:LOWer]?

–

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:RESult:EVMPeak:LOWer?

–

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:RESult:EVMPeak:UPPer?

–

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:RESult:EVMRms:LOWer?

–

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:RESult:EVMRms:UPPer?

–

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:RESult:IMBalance:LOWer?

–

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:RESult:IMBalance:UPPer?

–

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:RESult:MERPeak:LOWer?

–

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:RESult:MERPeak:UPPer?

–

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:RESult:MERRms:LOWer?

–

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:RESult:MERRms:UPPer?

–

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:RESult:PJITter[:UPPer]?

–

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:RESult:QERRor:LOWer?

–

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:RESult:QERRor:UPPer?

–

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:RESult:SROFfset:LOWer?

–

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:RESult:SROFfset:UPPer?

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:RESult:CFOFfset:LOWer?
This command performs a lower limit check for the carrier frequency offset in the Overview
measurement.
This command is a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
CALC:DTV:LIM:CFOF:LOW –10KHZ
Sets the lower limit for the carrier frequency offset to –10 kHz.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end.
CALC:DTV:LIM:RES:CFOF:LOW?
Performs a lower limit check for the carrier frequency offset.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.450

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (CATV, K20)

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:RESult:CFOFfset:UPPer?
This command performs an upper limit check for the carrier frequency offset in the Overview
measurement.
This command is a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
CALC:DTV:LIM:CFOF:UPP 20KHZ
Sets the upper limit for the carrier frequency offset to 20 kHz.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end.
CALC:DTV:LIM:RES:CFOF:UPP?
Performs an upper limit check for the carrier frequency offset.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:RESult:CHPower?
This command queries the result of the Channel Power measurement. Upper and lower limit
check can not be handled separately.
Example
CALC:DTV:LIM:CHP:UPP –18
Sets the upper limit for the Channel Power measurement to –18 dBm.
CALC:DTV:LIM:CHP:LOW –22
Sets the lower limit for the Channel Power measurement to –22 dBm.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end.
CALC:DTV:LIM:RES:CHP?
Performs a limit check for the Channel Power measurement.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:RESult:CSUPpression[:LOWer]?
This command performs a lower limit check for the lower limit of the carrier suppression in the
Modulation Errors measurement.
This command is a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
CALC:DTV:LIM:CSUP 30
Sets the lower limit for the carrier suppression to 30 dB.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end.

1300.2519.12

6.451

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem (CATV, K20)

R&S FSL

CALC:DTV:LIM:RES:CSUP?
Performs a lower limit check for the lower limit of the carrier suppression.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:RESult:EVMPeak:LOWer?
This command performs an lower limit check for the error vector magnitude peak in the
Overview measurement.
This command is a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
CALC:DTV:LIM:EVMP:LOW 5DB
Sets the lower limit for the error vector magnitude peak to 5 dB.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end.
CALC:DTV:LIM:RES:EVMP:LOW?
Performs an lower limit check for the error vector magnitude peak.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:RESult:EVMPeak:UPPer?
This command performs an upper limit check for the error vector magnitude peak in the
Overview measurement.
This command is a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
CALC:DTV:LIM:EVMP:UPP 1PCT
Sets the upper limit for the error vector magnitude peak to 1%.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end.
CALC:DTV:LIM:RES:EVMP:UPP?
Performs an upper limit check for the error vector magnitude peak.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.452

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (CATV, K20)

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:RESult:EVMRms:LOWer?
This command performs an lower limit check for the root mean square value of the error vector
magnitude in the Overview measurement.
This command is a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
CALC:DTV:LIM:EVMR:LOW 5DB
Sets the lower limit for the root mean square value of the error vector magnitude to 5 dB.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end.
CALC:DTV:LIM:RES:EVMR:LOW?
Performs an lower limit check for the root mean square value of the error vector magnitude.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:RESult:EVMRms:UPPer?
This command performs an upper limit check for the root mean square value of the error vector
magnitude in the Overview measurement.
This command is a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
CALC:DTV:LIM:EVMR:UPP 2PCT
Sets the upper limit for the root mean square value of the error vector magnitude to 2%.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end.
CALC:DTV:LIM:RES:EVMR:UPP?
Performs an upper limit check for the root mean square value of the error vector magnitude.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:RESult:IMBalance:LOWer?
This command performs a lower limit check for the I/Q amplitude imbalance value in the
Modulation Errors measurement.
This command is a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
CALC:DTV:LIM:IMB:LOW 7
Sets the lower limit for the I/Q amplitude imbalance value to 7%.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end.
CALC:DTV:LIM:RES:IMB:LOW?
Performs a lower limit check for the I/Q amplitude imbalance value.
1300.2519.12

6.453

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem (CATV, K20)

R&S FSL

Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:RESult:IMBalance:UPPer?
This command performs an upper limit check for the I/Q amplitude imbalance value in the
Modulation Errors measurement.
This command is a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
CALC:DTV:LIM:IMB:UPP 10
Sets the upper limit for the I/Q amplitude imbalance value to 10%.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end.
CALC:DTV:LIM:RES:IMB:UPP?
Performs an upper limit check for the I/Q amplitude imbalance value.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:RESult:MERPeak:LOWer?
This command performs a lower limit check for the modulation error rate peak in the Overview
measurement.
This command is a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
CALC:DTV:LIM:MERP:LOW 20
Sets the lower limit for the modulation error rate peak to 20 dB.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end.
CALC:DTV:LIM:RES:MERP:LOW?
Performs a lower limit check for the modulation error rate peak.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.454

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (CATV, K20)

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:RESult:MERPeak:UPPer?
This command performs an upper limit check for the modulation error rate peak in the Overview
measurement.
This command is a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
CALC:DTV:LIM:MERP:UPP 20
Sets the upper limit for the modulation error rate peak to 20%.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end.
CALC:DTV:LIM:RES:MERP:UPP?
Performs an upper limit check for the modulation error rate peak.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:RESult:MERRms:LOWer?
This command performs a lower limit check for the root mean square value of the modulation
error rate in the Overview measurement.
This command is a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
CALC:DTV:LIM:MERR:LOW 30
Sets the lower limit for the root mean square value of the modulation error rate to 30 dB.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end.
CALC:DTV:LIM:RES:MERR:LOW?
Performs a lower limit check for the root mean square value of the modulation error rate.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:RESult:MERRms:UPPer?
This command performs an upper limit check for the root mean square value of the modulation
error rate in the Overview measurement.
This command is a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
CALC:DTV:LIM:MERR:UPP 30
Sets the upper limit for the root mean square value of the modulation error rate to 30%.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end.

1300.2519.12

6.455

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem (CATV, K20)

R&S FSL

CALC:DTV:LIM:RES:MERR:UPP?
Performs an upper limit check for the root mean square value of the modulation error rate.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:RESult:PJITter[:UPPer]?
This command performs an upper limit check for the phase jitter in the Modulation Errors
measurement.
This command is a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
CALC:DTV:LIM:PJIT 1
Sets the upper limit for the phase jitter to 1 deg.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end.
CALC:DTV:LIM:RES:PJIT?
Performs an upper limit check for the phase jitter.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:RESult:QERRor:LOWer?
This command performs a lower limit check for the quadrature error in the Modulation Errors
measurement.
This command is a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
CALC:DTV:LIM:QERR:LOW 10
Sets the lower limit for the quadrature error to 10 deg.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end.
CALC:DTV:LIM:RES:QERR:LOW?
Performs a lower limit check for the quadrature error.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.456

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (CATV, K20)

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:RESult:QERRor:UPPer?
This command performs an upper limit check for the quadrature error in the Modulation Errors
measurement.
This command is a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
CALC:DTV:LIM:QERR:UPP 20
Sets the upper limit for the quadrature error to 20 deg.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end.
CALC:DTV:LIM:RES:QERR:UPP?
Performs an upper limit check for the quadrature error.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:RESult:SROFfset:LOWer?
This command performs a lower limit check for the symbol rate offset in the Overview
measurement.
This command is a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
CALC:DTV:LIM:SROF:LOW –5000
Sets the lower limit for the symbol rate offset to –5000 symb/s.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end.
CALC:DTV:LIM:RES:SROF:LOW?
Performs a lower limit check for the symbol rate offset.
Characteristics
RST value: –10000
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.457

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem (CATV, K20)

R&S FSL

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:RESult:SROFfset:UPPer?
This command performs an upper limit check for the symbol rate offset in the Overview
measurement.
This command is a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
CALC:DTV:LIM:SROF:UPP 1000
Sets the upper limit for the symbol rate offset to 1000 symb/s.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end.
CALC:DTV:LIM:RES:SROF:UPP?
Performs an upper limit check for the symbol rate offset.
Characteristics
RST value: 10000
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.458

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (CATV, K20)

CALCulate:DTV:RESult Subsystem (CATV, K20)
The CALCulate:DTV:RESult subsystem displays the measurement results for digital TV measurements.

Commands of the CALCulate:DTV:RESult Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:DTV:RESult?

CALCulate<1|2>:DTV:RESult?
This command reads the measurement values for the digital TV measurements.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
This command is a query only and thus has no *RST value.
Parameter
Spectrum
Overview

Modulation
Errors

SALower

lower shoulder attenuation

SAUPper

upper shoulder attenuation

MERRms

root mean square of the modulation error rate

MERPeak

peak of the modulation error rate

EVMRms

root mean square of the error vector magnitude

EVMPeak

peak of the error vector magnitude

CFOFfset

carrier frequency offset

SROFfset

symbol rate offset

ALL

Results of all measurements above, separated
by commas.
If a measurement result is not valid, a comma
will be output only.

IMBalance

amplitude imbalance

QERRor

quadrature error

CSUPpression

carrier suppression

PJITter

phase jitter

ALL

Results of all measurements above, separated
by commas.
If a measurement result is not valid, a comma
will be output only.

Example
CONF:DTV:MEAS MERR
Configures the digital TV Modulation Errors measurement.
INIT;*WAI
Starts a new measurement and waits for the sweep end.
CALC:DTV:RES? QERR
Reads the result (quadrature error) of the Modulation Errors measurement.
or
CALC:DTV:RES? ALL
Reads all measured values.

1300.2519.12

6.459

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem (CATV, K20)

R&S FSL

Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.460

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (CATV, K20)

CALCulate:DTV:UNIT:POWer Subsystem (CATV, K20)
The CALCulate:DTV:UNIT:POWer subsystem sets the unit for the measurements for digital TV
measurements.

Commands of the CALCulate:DTV:UNIT:POWer Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:DTV:UNIT:POWer:EPATtern

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DTV:UNIT:POWer:EVMPeak

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DTV:UNIT:POWer:EVMRms

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DTV:UNIT:POWer:MERPeak

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DTV:UNIT:POWer:MERRms

CALCulate<1|2>:DTV:UNIT:POWer:EPATtern
This command defines the unit of the Echo Pattern measurement.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
s|m
Example
CALC:DTV:UNIT:POW:EPAT M
Sets the unit for the Echo Pattern measurement to meters.
Characteristics
RST value: s (seconds)
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CALCulate<1|2>:DTV:UNIT:POWer:EVMPeak
This command defines the unit of the error vector magnitude peak in the Overview / Modulation
Errors measurement.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
DB | PCT
Example
CALC:DTV:UNIT:POW:EVMP DB
Sets the unit for the error vector magnitude peak to dB.
Characteristics
RST value: % (PCT)
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.461

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem (CATV, K20)

R&S FSL

CALCulate<1|2>:DTV:UNIT:POWer:EVMRms
This command defines the unit of the root mean square value of the error vector magnitude in
the Overview / Modulation Errors measurement.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
DB | PCT
Example
CALC:DTV:UNIT:POW:EVMR PCT
Sets the unit for the root mean square value of the error vector magnitude to percent.
Characteristics
RST value: dB
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CALCulate<1|2>:DTV:UNIT:POWer:MERPeak
This command defines the unit of the modulation error rate peak in the Overview / Modulation
Errors measurement.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
DB | PCT
Example
CALC:DTV:UNIT:POW:MERP PCT
Sets the unit for the unit of the modulation error rate peak to percent.
Characteristics
RST value: dB
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.462

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (CATV, K20)

CALCulate<1|2>:DTV:UNIT:POWer:MERRms
This command defines the unit of the root mean square value of the modulation error rate in the
Overview / Modulation Errors measurement.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
DB | PCT
Example
CALC:DTV:UNIT:POW:MERR DB
Sets the unit for the root mean square value of the modulation error rate to dB.
Characteristics
RST value: % (PCT)
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.463

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem (CATV, K20)

R&S FSL

CALCulate:MARKer Subsystem (CATV, K20)
The CALCulate:MARKer subsystem checks the marker functions of the instrument.
The following subsystem is included:
•

"CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion Subsystem (CATV, K20)" on page 6.466

Commands of the CALCulate:MARKer Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>[:STATe]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:AOFF

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:LOEXclude

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MAXimum[:PEAK]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MAXimum:LEFT

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MAXimum:NEXT

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MAXimum:RIGHt

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MINimum[:PEAK]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MINimum:LEFT

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MINimum:NEXT

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MINimum:RIGHt

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:PEXCursion

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:TRACe

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:X

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:X:SLIMits:LEFT

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:X:SLIMits:RIGHT

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:X:SLIMits[:STATe]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:Y?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:Y:PERCent

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>[:STATe]
For details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>[:STATe]" on page 6.56.

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:AOFF
For details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:AOFF" on page 6.56.

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:LOEXclude
For details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:LOEXclude" on page 6.58.

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MAXimum[:PEAK]
For details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MAXimum[:PEAK]" on page 6.58.
1300.2519.12

6.464

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (CATV, K20)

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MAXimum:LEFT
For details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MAXimum:LEFT" on page 6.59.

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MAXimum:NEXT
For details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MAXimum:NEXT" on page 6.60.

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MAXimum:RIGHt
For details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MAXimum:RIGHt" on page 6.60.

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MINimum[:PEAK]
For details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MINimum[:PEAK]" on page 6.60.

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MINimum:LEFT
For details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MINimum:LEFT" on page 6.61.

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MINimum:NEXT
For details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MINimum:NEXT" on page 6.62.

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MINimum:RIGHt
For details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MINimum:RIGHt" on page 6.62.

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:PEXCursion
For details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:PEXCursion" on page 6.63.

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:TRACe
Parameter
1 to 4
For further details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:TRACe" on page 6.63.

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:X
For details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:X" on page 6.64.

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:X:SLIMits:LEFT
For details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:X:SLIMits:LEFT" on page 6.65.

1300.2519.12

6.465

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem (CATV, K20)

R&S FSL

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:X:SLIMits:RIGHT
For details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:X:SLIMits:RIGHT" on page 6.65.

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:X:SLIMits[:STATe]
For details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:X:SLIMits[:STATe]" on page 6.64.

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:Y?
For details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:Y?" on page 6.66.

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:Y:PERCent
For details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:Y:PERCent" on page 6.67.

CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion Subsystem (CATV, K20)
The CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion subsystem checks the marker functions in the instrument.

Commands of the CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:CENTer

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:REFerence

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:CENTer
For details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:CENTer" on page 6.70.

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:REFerence
For details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:REFerence" on page 6.79.

1300.2519.12

6.466

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (CATV, K20)

CALCulate:STATistics Subsystem (CATV, K20)
The CALCulate: STATistics subsystem defines the scaling for the APD and CCDF measurements.

Commands of the CALCulate: STATistics Subsystem
–

CALCulate: STATistics:NSAMples

–

CALCulate:STATistics:PRESet

–

CALCulate:STATistics:RESult<1...4>?

–

CALCulate:STATistics:SCALe:AUTO

–

CALCulate:STATistics:SCALe:X:RANGe

–

CALCulate:STATistics:SCALe:X:RLEVel

–

CALCulate:STATistics:SCALe:Y:LOWer

–

CALCulate:STATistics:SCALe:Y:UPPer

CALCulate: STATistics:NSAMples
For details refer to "CALCulate:STATistics:NSAMples" on page 6.113.

CALCulate:STATistics:PRESet
For details refer to "CALCulate:STATistics:PRESet" on page 6.113.

CALCulate:STATistics:RESult<1...4>?
For details refer to "CALCulate:STATistics:RESult<1...6>?" on page 6.114.

CALCulate:STATistics:SCALe:AUTO
For details refer to "CALCulate:STATistics:SCALe:AUTO" on page 6.114.

CALCulate:STATistics:SCALe:X:RANGe
For details refer to "CALCulate:STATistics:SCALe:X:RANGe" on page 6.115.

CALCulate:STATistics:SCALe:X:RLEVel
For details refer to "CALCulate:STATistics:SCALe:X:RLEVel" on page 6.115.

CALCulate:STATistics:SCALe:Y:LOWer
For details refer to "CALCulate:STATistics:SCALe:Y:LOWer" on page 6.115.

CALCulate:STATistics:SCALe:Y:UPPer
For details refer to "CALCulate:STATistics:SCALe:Y:UPPer" on page 6.116.
1300.2519.12

6.467

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem (CATV, K20)

R&S FSL

CALCulate:UNIT Subsystem (CATV, K20)
The CALCulate:UNIT subsystem defines the units for the parameters that can be set and the
measurement results.

Commands of the CALCulate:UNIT Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:UNIT:POWer

CALCulate<1|2>:UNIT:POWer
This command selects the unit for power.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
DBM | DBUV | DBMV | DBPW | VOLT | V | W | WATT | A | AMPere
Example
CALC:UNIT:POW V
Sets the unit to Volt.
Characteristics
RST value: dBm
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.468

E-11

R&S FSL

CONFigure Subsystem (CATV, K20)

CONFigure Subsystem (CATV, K20)
The CONFigure subsystem contains commands for configuring complex measurement tasks.
The following subsystems are included:
•

"CONFigure:ATV Subsystem (CATV, K20)" on page 6.469

•

"CONFigure:DTV Subsystem (CATV, K20)" on page 6.472

•

"CONFigure:TV Subsystem (CATV, K20)" on page 6.473

CONFigure:ATV Subsystem (CATV, K20)
The CONFigure:ATV subsystem contains commands to configure analog TV measurements.

Commands of the CONFigure:ATV Subsystem
–

CONFigure:ATV:CN:MEASurement

–

CONFigure:ATV:CSO:MEASurement

–

CONFigure:ATV:CTB:MEASurement

–

CONFigure:ATV:MEASurement

CONFigure:ATV:CN:MEASurement
This command configures a new carrier or noise measurement with the next sweep for the
Carrier–to–Noise Ratio measurement.
Parameter
CARRier | NOISe
Example
CONF:ATV:MEAS CN
Configures the analog TV Carrier–to–Noise Ratio measurement.
ATV:CN:MEAS:MODE OSER
Sets the Off–Service measurement method.
CONF:ATV:CN:MEAS CARR
Configures a new carrier measurement with the next sweep.
INIT;*OPC
Starts the new noise measurement.
Characteristics
RST value: CARRier
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.469

E-11

CONFigure Subsystem (CATV, K20)

R&S FSL

CONFigure:ATV:CSO:MEASurement
This command configures a new carrier or noise measurement with the next sweep for the
Carrier–to–Second Order Beat Ratio measurement.
Parameter
CARRier | NOISe
Example
CONF:ATV:MEAS CSO
Configures the analog TV Carrier–to–Second Order Beat Ratio measurement.
ATV:CSO:MEAS:MODE OSER
Sets the Off–Service measurement method.
CONF:ATV:CSO:MEAS CARR
Configures a new carrier measurement with the next sweep.
INIT;*OPC
Starts the new noise measurement.
Characteristics
RST value: CARRier
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CONFigure:ATV:CTB:MEASurement
This command configures a new carrier or noise measurement with the next sweep for the
Carrier–to–Composite Triple Beat Ratio measurement.
Parameter
CARRier | NOISe
Example
CONF:ATV:MEAS CTB
Configures the analog TV Carrier–to–Composite Triple Beat Ratio measurement.
ATV:CTB:MEAS:MODE OSER
Sets the Off–Service measurement method.
CONF:ATV:CTB:MEAS CARR
Configures a new carrier measurement with the next sweep.
INIT;*OPC
Starts the new noise measurement.
Characteristics
RST value: CARRier
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.470

E-11

R&S FSL

CONFigure Subsystem (CATV, K20)

CONFigure:ATV:MEASurement
This command defines the analog measurement type.
Parameter
ASPectrum

Spectrum measurement

CARRiers

Carrier Power measurement

CN

Carrier–to–Noise Ratio measurement

HUM

Hum measurement

VMODulation

Vision Modulation measurement

CTB

Carrier–to–Composite Triple Beat Ratio measurement

CSO

Carrier–to–Second Order Beat Ratio measurement

VSCope

Video Scope measurement

Example
CONF:ATV:MEAS CARR
Configures the R&S FSL to measure the carrier power.
Characteristics
RST value: ASPectrum
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.471

E-11

CONFigure Subsystem (CATV, K20)

R&S FSL

CONFigure:DTV Subsystem (CATV, K20)
The CONFigure:DTV subsystem contains commands to configure digital TV measurements.

Commands of the CONFigure:DTV:MEASurement Subsystem
–

CONFigure:DTV:MEASurement

–

CONFigure:DTV:MEASurement:SATTenuation

CONFigure:DTV:MEASurement
This command defines the digital measurement type.
Parameter
DSPectrum

Spectrum measurement

CHPower

Channel Power measurement

CONS

Constellation Diagram measurement

MERRors

Modulation Errors measurement

EPATtern

Echo Pattern measurement

APD

Amplitude Probability Density Function measurement

CCDF

Complementary Cumulative Distribution Function measurement

OVERview

Overview measurement

Example
CONF:DTV:MEAS APD
Configures the R&S FSL to measure the amplitude probability density function.
Characteristics
RST value: DSP
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CONFigure:DTV:MEASurement:SATTenuation
This command activates or deactivates the shoulder measurement in accordance to
ETSI TR 101290 standard.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CONF:DTV:MEAS:SATT OFF
Configures the R&S FSL to measure the upper and lower shoulder attenuation.
Characteristics
RST value: ON
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.472

E-11

R&S FSL

CONFigure Subsystem (CATV, K20)

CONFigure:TV Subsystem (CATV, K20)
The CONFigure:TV subsystem contains commands to configure TV Analyzer measurements.

Commands of the CONFigure:TV Subsystem
–

CONFigure:TV:CTABle:SELect

–

CONFigure:TV:MEASurement

CONFigure:TV:CTABle:SELect
This command activates the selected channel table.
Parameter
, max. 45 characters
Example
CONF:TV:CTAB:SEL 'TV–ITALY'
Activates the channel table TV–ITALY.
Characteristics
RST value: 
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

CONFigure:TV:MEASurement
This command defines the TV Analyzer measurement type.
Parameter
TILT (Tilt measurement)
Example
CONF:TV:MEAS TILT
Configures the R&S FSL to measure the channel power of every channel.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.473

E-11

DISPlay Subsystem (CATV, K20)

R&S FSL

DISPlay Subsystem (CATV, K20)
The DISPLay subsystem controls the selection and presentation of textual and graphic information as
well as of measurement data on the display.

Commands of the DISPlay Subsystem
–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...4>[:STATe]

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...4>:MODE

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...4>:MODE:FREeze[:STATe]

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...4>:MODE:HCONtinuous

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...4>:Y[:SCALe]

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...4>:Y[:SCALe]:AUTO

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...4>:Y[:SCALe]:MODE

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...4>:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...4>:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel:OFFSet

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...4>:Y[:SCALe]:RPOSition

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...4>:Y:SPACing

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:ZOOM:EPATtern

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:ZOOM:EPATtern:STATe

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:ZOOM:MERRors

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:ZOOM:OVERview

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:ZOOM:QUADrant

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...4>[:STATe]
The numeric suffixes <1...4> select the trace.
For further details refer to "DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>[:STATe]" on page 6.132.

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...4>:MODE
The numeric suffixes <1...4> select the trace.
For further details refer to "DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:MODE" on page 6.132.

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...4>:MODE:FREeze[:STATe]
This command sets the display mode of the constallation diagram.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
ON

The constellation diagram is displayed unchanged, while the I/Q samples are
collected in the background.

OFF

The constellation diagram is displayed on basis of the current I/Q samples and, in
continuous sweep mode, is updated with every measurement.

1300.2519.12

6.474

E-11

R&S FSL

DISPlay Subsystem (CATV, K20)

Example
CONF:DTV:MEAS CONS
Configures the R&S FSL for the Constellation Diagram measurement.
DISP:TRAC1:MODE:FRE ON
Sets the display mode of the constallation diagram to on.
Characteristics
RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...4>:MODE:HCONtinuous
The numeric suffixes <1...4> select the trace.
For further details refer to "DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:MODE:HCONtinuous" on
page 6.133..

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...4>:Y[:SCALe]
The numeric suffixes <1...4> select the trace.
For details refer to "DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe]" on page 6.134.

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...4>:Y[:SCALe]:AUTO
This command activates the automatic scaling for the Hum and Tilt measurement. If activated,
the scaling is automatically optimized to the best display of data. This rescaling may affect the
values of any of the parameters under the SCALe node.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> and <1...4> are irrelevant.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
DISP:TRAC:Y:AUTO
Activates the automatic scaling for the Hum measurement.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: conform
Mode
CATV

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...4>:Y[:SCALe]:MODE
The numeric suffixes <1...4> select the trace.
For further details refer to "DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe]:MODE" on page
6.135.

1300.2519.12

6.475

E-11

DISPlay Subsystem (CATV, K20)

R&S FSL

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...4>:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel
The numeric suffixes <1...4> select the trace.
For further details refer to "DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel" on page
6.135.

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...4>:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel:OFFSet
The numeric suffixes <1...4> select the trace.
For further details refer to "DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel:OFFSet"
on page 6.135.

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...4>:Y[:SCALe]:RPOSition
The numeric suffixes <1...4> select the trace.
For further details refer to "DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe]:RPOSition
(models with tracking generator)" on page 6.136.

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...4>:Y:SPACing
The numeric suffixes <1...4> select the trace.
Parameter
LINear | LOGarithmic
For further details refer to "DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y:SPACing" on page 6.134.

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:ZOOM:EPATtern
This command sets the zoom factor for the Echo Pattern measurement.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
1 to 20
Example
CONF:DTV:MEAS EPAT
Configures the R&S FSL for the Echo Pattern measurement.
DISP:ZOOM:EPAT 2
Sets the zoom factor for the Echo Pattern measurement.
Characteristics
RST value: 1
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.476

E-11

R&S FSL

DISPlay Subsystem (CATV, K20)

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:ZOOM:EPATtern:STATe
This command activates or deactivates the zoom on around 0 Us for the Echo Pattern
measurement.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CONF:DTV:MEAS EPAT
Configures the R&S FSL for the Echo Pattern measurement.
DISP:ZOOM:EPAT:STAT ON
Switches on the zoom for the Echo Pattern measurement.
Characteristics
RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:ZOOM:MERRors
This command sets the zoom for the Modulation Errors measurement.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
NONE

The whole result table is displayed.



The result table of the selected parameter is displayed.
with parameter = IMBalance | QERRor | SUPpression | PJITter | MERRms
| MERPeak | EVMRms | EVMPeak

Example
CONF:DTV:MEAS MERR
Configures the R&S FSL for the Modulation Errors measurement.
DISP:ZOOM:MERR MERP
Displays the measurement results of the peak of the modulation error rate.
Characteristics
RST value: NONE
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.477

E-11

DISPlay Subsystem (CATV, K20)

R&S FSL

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:ZOOM:OVERview
This command sets the zoom for the Overview measurement.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
NONE

The whole result table is displayed.



The result table of the selected parameter is displayed.
with parameter = MERRms | MERPeak | EVMRms | EVMPeak | CFOFfset
| SROFfset

Example
CONF:DTV:MEAS MERR
Configures the R&S FSL for the Modulation Errors measurement.
DISP:ZOOM:OVER MERP
Displays the measurement results of the peak of the modulation error rate.
Characteristics
RST value: NONE
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:ZOOM:QUADrant
This command sets the zoom for the constellation diagram.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
NONE

The whole constellation diagram is displayed.

1|2|3|4

The selected quadrant is displayed.

Example
CONF:DTV:MEAS CONS
Configures the R&S FSL for the Constellation Diagram measurement.
DISP:ZOOM:QUAD 1
Display the first quadrant of the constallation diagram.
Characteristics
RST value: NONE
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.478

E-11

R&S FSL

FORMat Subsystem (CATV, K20)

FORMat Subsystem (CATV, K20)
The FORMat subsystem specifies the data format of the data transmitted from and to the instrument.

Commands of the FORMat Subsystem
–

FORMat[:DATA]

–

FORMat:DEXPort:DSEParator

FORMat[:DATA]
For details refer to the FORMat[:DATA] command description of the base unit on page 6.138.

FORMat:DEXPort:DSEParator
For details refer to "FORMat:DEXPort:DSEParator" on page 6.138.

1300.2519.12

6.479

E-11

INITiate Subsystem (CATV, K20)

R&S FSL

INITiate Subsystem (CATV, K20)
The INITiate subsystem is used to control the init–measurement function.

Commands of the INITiate Subsystem
–

INITiate<1|2>[:IMMediate]

–

INITiate<1|2>:CONMeas

–

INITiate<1|2>:CONTinuous

INITiate<1|2>[:IMMediate]
For details refer to "INITiate<1|2>[:IMMediate]" on page 6.146.

INITiate<1|2>:CONMeas
For details refer to "INITiate<1|2>:CONMeas" on page 6.147.

INITiate<1|2>:CONTinuous
For details refer to "INITiate<1|2>:CONTinuous" on page 6.147.

1300.2519.12

6.480

E-11

R&S FSL

INPut Subsystem (CATV, K20)

INPut Subsystem (CATV, K20)
The INPut subsystem controls the input characteristics of the RF inputs of the instrument.

Commands of the INPut Subsystem
–

INPut:ATTenuation

–

INPut:ATTenuation:AUTO

–

INPut:GAIN:STATe

–

INPut:IMPedance

INPut:ATTenuation
For details refer to "INPut<1|2>:ATTenuation" on page 6.150.

INPut:ATTenuation:AUTO
For details refer to "INPut<1|2>:ATTenuation:AUTO" on page 6.151.

INPut:GAIN:STATe
For details refer to "Error! Reference source not found." on page Error! Bookmark not
defined..

INPut:IMPedance
For details refer to "INPut<1|2>:IMPedance" on page 6.151.

1300.2519.12

6.481

E-11

INSTrument Subsystem (CATV, K20)

R&S FSL

INSTrument Subsystem (CATV, K20)
The INSTrument subsystem selects the operating mode of the unit either via text parameters or fixed
numbers.

Commands of the INSTrument Subsystem
–

INSTrument[:SELect]

–

INSTrument:NSELect

INSTrument[:SELect]
Parameter
CATV (Cable TV Measurements option, R&S FSL–K20)
For further details refer to the INSTrument subsystem of the base unit.

INSTrument:NSELect
Parameter
30 (Cable TV Measurements option, R&S FSL–K20)
For further details refer to the INSTrument subsystem of the base unit.

1300.2519.12

6.482

E-11

R&S FSL

MMEMory Subsystem (CATV, K20)

MMEMory Subsystem (CATV, K20)
The MMEMory (mass memory) subsystem provides commands which allow for access to the storage
media of the instrument and for storing and loading various instrument settings.

Commands of the MMEMory Subsystem
–

MMEMory:STORe<1|2>:TRACe

MMEMory:STORe<1|2>:TRACe
For details refer to the MMEMory:STORe<1|2>:TRACe command description of the base unit
on page 6.168.

1300.2519.12

6.483

E-11

SENSe Subsystem (CATV, K20)

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (CATV, K20)
The SENSe subsystem is organized in several subsystems. The commands of these subsystems
directly control device–specific settings, they do not refer to the signal characteristics of the
measurement signal.
The SENSe subsystem controls the essential parameters of the analyzer. In accordance with the SCPI
standard, the keyword "SENSe" is optional for this reason, which means that it is not necessary to
include the SENSe node in command sequences.
The following subsystems are included:
•

"SENSe:ATV Subsystem (CATV, K20)" on page 6.485

•

"SENSe:BANDwidth Subsystem (CATV, K20)" on page 6.496

•

"SENSe:CORRection Subsystem (CATV, K20)" on page 6.497

•

"SENSe:DETector Subsystem (CATV, K20)" on page 6.498

•

"SENSe:DDEMod Subsystem (CATV, K20)" on page 6.499

•

"SENSe:FREQuency Subsystem (CATV, K20)" on page 6.502

•

"SENSe:POWer Subsystem (CATV, K20)" on page 6.504

•

"SENSe:SWEep Subsystem (CATV, K20)" on page 6.505

•

"SENSe:TV Subsystem (CATV, K20)" on page 6.506

1300.2519.12

6.484

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (CATV, K20)

SENSe:ATV Subsystem (CATV, K20)
The SENSe:ATV subsystem contains commands to control the analog TV measurement settings.
The following subsystems are included:
•

"SENSe:ATV:CN Subsystem (CATV, K20)" on page 6.485

•

"SENSe:ATV:CSO Subsystem (CATV, K20)" on page 6.489

•

"SENSe:ATV:CTB Subsystem (CATV, K20)" on page 6.493

SENSe:ATV:CN Subsystem (CATV, K20)
The SENSe:ATV:CN subsystem contains commands for the Carrier–to–Noise Ratio (C/N)
measurement setup.

Commands of the SENSe:ATV:CN Subsystem
–

[SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CN:BWIDth

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CN:CFRelative:NEXT

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CN:MEASurement:MODE

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CN:POWer:NCORrection

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CN:POWer:REFerence:CHANnel:MANual

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CN:POWer:REFerence:MANual

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CN:POWer:REFerence:MODE

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CN:TABle<1...10>:MFRequencies

[SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CN:BWIDth
This command defines the noise reference bandwidth in the C/N measurement.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
100 to 20 MHz
Example
ATV:CN:BWID 7MHZ
Sets the noise reference bandwidth to 7 MHz.
Characteristics
RST value: 5 MHz
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.485

E-11

SENSe Subsystem (CATV, K20)

R&S FSL

[SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CN:CFRelative:NEXT
This command switches from one frequency range to the next according to the measurement
frequencies defined by the [SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CN:TABle<1...10>:MFRequencies
command.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Parameter
(RF–10 MHz) to (RF+10 MHz)
Example
ATV:CN:TABL1:MFR 1,1000,1000
Activates the first row entries for the measurement and sets the center frequency to 1 kHz and
the span to 1 kHz.
ATV:CN:TABL2:MFR 1,2000,2000
Activates the second row entries for the measurement and sets the center frequency to 2 kHz
and the span to 2 kHz.
ATV:CN:CFR:NEXT
Switches from the frequency range defined in table row 1 to 2.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

[SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CN:MEASurement:MODE
This command defines the measurement method for the Carrier–to–Noise Ratio measurement.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
ISERvice
(In–Service)

While an analog TV signal is present, a gap between two consecutive
channels, where only noise exists, is used to determine the noise power. A
noise marker is placed there, and the noise power is determined.

OSERvice
(Off–Service)

The current measurement channel is switched off by the provider. In this
channel, a noise marker is placed, and the noise power is determined.

QLINe
(Quiet Line)

While an analog TV signal is present, the carrier–to–noise ratio is measured
using the so–called "Quiet Line''. The measurement is fully automated.

Example
ATV:CN:MEAS:MODE OSER
Sets the Off–Service measurement method.
Characteristics
RST value: ISER
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.486

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (CATV, K20)

[SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CN:POWer:NCORrection
This command activates or deactivates the noise floor correction.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
ATV:CN:POW:NCOR ON
Activates the noise floor correction.
Characteristics
RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV
[SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CN:POWer:REFerence:CHANnel:MANual
This command defines the reference channel.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
, corresponding to active channel
Example
ATV:CN:POW:REF:CHAN:MAN 5
Sets channel 5 in the active channel table as reference channel.
Characteristics
RST value: active measurement channel
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

[SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CN:POWer:REFerence:MANual
This command defines the manual reference power. The unit is set via the
CALCulate<1|2>:UNIT:POWer command.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
–200 to 200 dB
Example
ATV:CN:POW:REF:MAN 10
Sets the reference power to 10.
Characteristics
RST value: 0
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.487

E-11

SENSe Subsystem (CATV, K20)

R&S FSL

[SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CN:POWer:REFerence:MODE
This command defines the reference power method.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
RCHannel

reference channel
([SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CN:POWer:REFerence:CHANnel:MANual
command)

MCHannel

same as measurement channel

MANual

manual reference power
([SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CN:POWer:REFerence:MANual command)

Example
ATV:CN:POW:REF:MODE RCH
Sets the reference channel method.
Characteristics
RST value: MCH
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

[SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CN:TABle<1...10>:MFRequencies
This command defines the measurement frequencies (center frequencies and span values), and
activates or deactivates them for the C/N measurement.
The numeric suffix <1...10> defines the table row. The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
0 | 1,,
0

deactivated

1

activated

first numeric value

center frequency in Hz

second numeric value

span in Hz

Example
ATV:CN:TABL1:MFR 1,1000,1000
Activates the entries of the first table row for the measurement and sets the center frequency to
1 kHz and the span to 1 kHz.
ATV:CN:TABL2:MFR 1,2000,2000
Activates the second row entries for the measurement and sets the center frequency to 2 kHz
and the span to 2 kHz.
Characteristics
RST value: 1,1.25 KHz,1 MHz (row 1); 0,1.25 kHz,1 MHz (row 2–10)
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.488

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (CATV, K20)

SENSe:ATV:CSO Subsystem (CATV, K20)
The SENSe:ATV:CSO subsystem contains commands for the Carrier–to–Second Order Beat Ratio
(CSO) measurement setup.

Commands of the SENSe:ATV:CSO Subsystem
–

[SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CSO:CFRelative:NEXT

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CSO:MEASurement:MODE

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CSO:POWer:NCORrection

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CSO:POWer:REFerence:CHANnel:MANual

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CSO:POWer:REFerence:MANual

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CSO:POWer:REFerence:MODE

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CSO:TABle<1...10>:MFRequencies

[SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CSO:CFRelative:NEXT
This command switches from one frequency range to the next according to the measurement
frequencies defined by the [SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CSO:TABle<1...10>:MFRequencies
command.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
ATV:CSO:TABL1:MFR 1,–1000,1000
Activates the entries of the first table row for the measurement and sets the center frequency to
–1 kHz and the span to 1 kHz.
ATV:CSO:TABL2:MFR 1,–2000,2000
Activates the second row entries for the measurement and sets the center frequency to –2 kHz
and the span to 2 kHz.
ATV:CSO:CFR:NEXT
Switches from the frequency range defined in table row 1 to 2.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

[SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CSO:MEASurement:MODE
This command defines the measurement method for the Carrier–to–Second Order Beat Ratio
measurement.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
OSERvice
(Off–Service)

The current measurement channel is switched off by the provider. In this
channel, a noise marker is placed, and the noise power is determined.

QLINe
(Quiet Line)

While an analog TV signal is present, the carrier–to–noise ratio is
measured using the so–called "Quiet Line''. The measurement is fully
automated.

1300.2519.12

6.489

E-11

SENSe Subsystem (CATV, K20)

R&S FSL

Example
ATV:CSO:MEAS:MODE QLIN
Sets the Quiet Line measurement method.
Characteristics
RST value: OSER
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

[SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CSO:POWer:NCORrection
This command activates or deactivates the noise floor correction.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
ATV:CSO:POW:NCOR ON
Activates the noise floor correction.
Characteristics
RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

[SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CSO:POWer:REFerence:CHANnel:MANual
This command defines the reference channel.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
, corresponding to active channel
Example
ATV:CSO:POW:REF:CHAN:MAN 6
Sets channel 6 in the active channel table as reference channel.
Characteristics
RST value: active measurement channel
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.490

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (CATV, K20)

[SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CSO:POWer:REFerence:MANual
This command defines the manual reference power. The unit is set via the
CALCulate<1|2>:UNIT:POWer command.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
–200 to 200 dB
Example
ATV:CSO:POW:REF:MAN 20
Sets the reference power to 20.
Characteristics
RST value: 10
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

[SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CSO:POWer:REFerence:MODE
This command defines the reference power method.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
RCHannel

reference channel
([SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CSO:POWer:REFerence:CHANnel:MANual
command)

MCHannel

same as measurement channel

MANual

manual reference power
([SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CSO:POWer:REFerence:MANual command)

Example
ATV:CSO:POW:REF:MODE RCH
Sets the reference channel method.
Characteristics
RST value: MCH
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.491

E-11

SENSe Subsystem (CATV, K20)

R&S FSL

[SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CSO:TABle<1...10>:MFRequencies
This command defines the measurement frequencies (center frequencies and span values), and
activates or deactivates them for the CSO measurement.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
The numeric suffix <1...10> defines the table row.
Parameter
0 | 1,,
0

deactivated

1

activated

first numeric value

center frequency in Hz

second numeric value

span in Hz

Example
ATV:CSO:TABL1:MFR 1,–1000,1000
Activates the entries of the first table row for the measurement and sets the center frequency to
–1 kHz and the span to 1 kHz.
ATV:CSO:TABL2:MFR 1,–2000,2000
Activates the second row entries for the measurement and sets the center frequency to –2 kHz
and the span to 2 kHz.
Characteristics
RST value:
Row

State

Center frequency

Span

1

ON

–1.25 MHz

200 kHz

2

ON

–750 kHz

200 kHz

3

ON

–250 kHz

200 kHz

4

ON

250 kHz

200 kHz

5

ON

750 kHz

200 kHz

6

ON

1.25 MHz

200 kHz

7

ON

2.25 MHz

200 kHz

8

OFF

3.25 MHz

200 kHz

9

OFF

4.25 MHz

200 kHz

10

OFF

5.25 MHz

200 kHz

SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.492

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (CATV, K20)

SENSe:ATV:CTB Subsystem (CATV, K20)
The SENSe:ATV:CTB subsystem contains commands for the Carrier–to–Composite Triple Beat Ratio
(CTB) measurement setup.

Commands of the SENSe:ATV:CTB Subsystem
–

[SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CTB:CFRelative:NEXT

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CTB:POWer:NCORrection

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CTB:POWer:REFerence:CHANnel:MANual

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CTB:POWer:REFerence:MANual

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CTB:POWer:REFerence:MODE

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CTB:TABle<1...10>:MFRequencies

[SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CTB:CFRelative:NEXT
This command switches from one frequency range to the next according to the measurement
frequencies defined by the [SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CTB:TABle<1...10>:MFRequencies command.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
ATV:CTB:TABL1:MFR 1,100,10000
Activates the entries of the first table row for the measurement and sets the center frequency to
100 Hz and the span to 10 kHz.
ATV:CTB:TABL2:MFR 1,200,20000
Activates the second row entries for the measurement and sets the center frequency to 200 Hz
and the span to 20 kHz.
ATV:CTB:CFR:NEXT
Switches from the frequency range defined in table row 1 to 2.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

[SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CTB:POWer:NCORrection
This command activates or deactivates the noise floor correction.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
ATV:CTB:POW:NCOR ON
Activates the noise floor correction.

1300.2519.12

6.493

E-11

SENSe Subsystem (CATV, K20)

R&S FSL

Characteristics
RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

[SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CTB:POWer:REFerence:CHANnel:MANual
This command defines the reference channel.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
, corresponding to active channel
Example
ATV:CTB:POW:REF:CHAN:MAN 5
Sets channel 5 in the active channel table as reference channel.
Characteristics
RST value: active measurement channel
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

[SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CTB:POWer:REFerence:MANual
This command defines the manual reference power. The unit is set via the
CALCulate<1|2>:UNIT:POWer command.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
–200 to 200 dB
Example
ATV:CTB:POW:REF:MAN 10
Sets the reference power to 10.
Characteristics
RST value: 0
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.494

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (CATV, K20)

[SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CTB:POWer:REFerence:MODE
This command defines the reference power method.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
RCHannel

reference channel
([SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CTB:POWer:REFerence:CHANnel:MANual
command)

MCHannel

same as measurement channel

MANual

manual reference power
([SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CTB:POWer:REFerence:MANual command)

Example
ATV:CTB:POW:REF:MODE MAN
Sets the reference channel method.
Characteristics
RST value: RCH
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

[SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CTB:TABle<1...10>:MFRequencies
This command defines the measurement frequencies (center frequencies and span values), and
activates or deactivates them for the CTB measurement.
The numeric suffix <1...10> defines the table row. The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
0 | 1,,
0

deactivated

1

activated

first numeric value

center frequency in Hz

second numeric value

span in Hz

Example
ATV:CTB:TABL1:MFR 1,100,10000
Activates the entries of the first table row for the measurement and sets the center frequency to
100 Hz and the span to 10 kHz.
ATV:CTB:TABL2:MFR 1,200,20000
Activates the second row entries for the measurement and sets the center frequency to 200 Hz
and the span to 20 kHz.
Characteristics
RST value: 1,0 Hz, 200 kHz (row 1); 0,0,200 kHz (row 2–10)
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.495

E-11

SENSe Subsystem (CATV, K20)

R&S FSL

SENSe:BANDwidth Subsystem (CATV, K20)
This subsystem controls the setting of the instruments filter bandwidths. Both groups of commands
(BANDwidth and BWIDth) perform the same functions.

Commands of the SENSe:BANDwidth Subsystem
–

[SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution]

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution]:AUTO

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth:VIDeo

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth:VIDeo:AUTO

[SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution]
For details refer to "[SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution]" on page 6.175.

[SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution]:AUTO
For details refer to "[SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution]:AUTO" on page 6.175.

[SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth:VIDeo
For details refer to "[SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth:VIDeo" on page 6.177.

[SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth:VIDeo:AUTO
For details refer to "[SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth:VIDeo:AUTO" on page 6.177.

1300.2519.12

6.496

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (CATV, K20)

SENSe:CORRection Subsystem (CATV, K20)
The SENSe:CORRection subsystem controls correction factors.

Commands of the SENSe:CORRection Subsystem
–

[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:RVELocity

[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:RVELocity
This command defines the velocity of propagation of the signal in the transmission channel (e.g.
cable), relative to speed of light.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
0.0001 to 1.0
Example
CONF:DTV:MEAS EPAT
Configures the R&S FSL for the Echo Pattern measurement.
CORR:RVEL 0.2
Sets the velocity of propagation to 0.2.
Characteristics
RST value: 1
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.497

E-11

SENSe Subsystem (CATV, K20)

R&S FSL

SENSe:DETector Subsystem (CATV, K20)
The SENSe:DETector subsystem controls the acquisition of measurement data via the selection of the
detector for the corresponding trace.

Commands of the SENSe:DETector Subsystem
–

[SENSe<1|2>:]DETector<1...4>[:FUNCtion]

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]DETector<1...4>[:FUNCtion]:AUTO

[SENSe<1|2>:]DETector<1...4>[:FUNCtion]
For details refer to "[SENSe<1|2>:]DETector<1...6>[:FUNCtion]" on page 6.186.

[SENSe<1|2>:]DETector<1...4>[:FUNCtion]:AUTO
For details refer to "[SENSe<1|2>:]DETector<1...6>[:FUNCtion]:AUTO" on page 6.186.

1300.2519.12

6.498

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (CATV, K20)

SENSe:DDEMod Subsystem (CATV, K20)
The SENSe:DDEMod subsystem controls the digital TV settings.

Commands of the SENSe:DDEMod Subsystem
–

[SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:EQUalizer[:STATe]

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:EQUalizer:FREeze[:STATe]

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:EQUalizer:RESet

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:FILTer:ALPHa

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:SBANd

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:SRATe

[SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:EQUalizer[:STATe]
This command activates or deactivates the equalizer.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
DDEM:EQU OFF
Switches the equalizer off.
Characteristics
RST value: ON
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

[SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:EQUalizer:FREeze[:STATe]
This command defines the change of the equalizer coefficients.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
ON

The equalizer coefficients remain unchanged.

OFF

The equalizer taps are changed with every measurement.

Example
DDEM:EQU:FRE ON
Activates the change of the equalizer coefficients.
Characteristics
RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.499

E-11

SENSe Subsystem (CATV, K20)

R&S FSL

[SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:EQUalizer:RESet
This command resets the equalizer and all equalizer parameters are set to their default values.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Example
DDEM:EQU:RES
Resets the equalizer.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

[SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:FILTer:ALPHa
This command defines the roll–off.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
R012 | R013 | R015 | R018
Example
DDEM:FILT:ALPH R018
Sets the roll–off to 0.180.
Characteristics
RST value: R015
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

[SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:SBANd
This command defines the sideband position.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
AUTO | NORMal | INVerse
Example
DDEM:SBAN NORM
Sets the sideband position to normal.
Characteristics
RST value: AUTO
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.500

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (CATV, K20)

[SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:SRATe
This command defines the symbol rate.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter

Example
DDEM:SRAT 1000000
Sets the symbol rate to 1.0 MSymb/s
Characteristics
RST value: 6.9 MSYMB/S
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.501

E-11

SENSe Subsystem (CATV, K20)

R&S FSL

SENSe:FREQuency Subsystem (CATV, K20)
The SENSe:FREQuency subsystem defines the frequency axis of the active display. The frequency
axis can either be defined via the start/stop frequency or via the center frequency and span.

Commands of the SENSe:FREQuency Subsystem
–

[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:CHANnel

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:RF

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:SPAN:FULL

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:STARt

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:STEP

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:STOP

[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:CHANnel
This command defines the active measurement channel. To display the available channel tables
and channels refer to the "CONFigure:TV Subsystem (CATV, K20)" on page 6.473.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter

Example
CONF:TV:CTAB:SEL 'TV–EUROPE'
Selects and activates the channel table TV–EUROPE.
FREQ:CHAN 3
Sets channel 3 as active measurement channel.
Characteristics
RST value: active measurement channel
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:RF
This command defines the RF frequency. The interpretation of the RF frequency depends on
the signal type. For details refer to chapter "Instrument Functions", section "Cable TV
Measurement Option (K20)", RF softkey.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
5 MHz to 1.5 GHz
Example
FREQ:RF 10MHZ
Sets the RF frequency to 10 MHz.

1300.2519.12

6.502

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (CATV, K20)

Characteristics
RST value: 1.5 GHz for R&S FSL3, 48.25 MHz for R&S FSL6/18 (the FREQ:RF DEF command
sets 48.25 MHz for all models)
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:SPAN:FULL
For details refer to "[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:SPAN:FULL" on page 6.203.

[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:STARt
For details refer to "[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:STARt" on page 6.204.

[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:STEP
For details refer to "[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:CENTer:STEP" on page 6.201.

[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:STOP
For details refer to "[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:STOP" on page 6.204.

1300.2519.12

6.503

E-11

SENSe Subsystem (CATV, K20)

R&S FSL

SENSe:POWer Subsystem (CATV, K20)
The SENSe:POWer subsystem adjusts the input attenuator.

Commands of the SENSe:POWer Subsystem
–

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:PRESet:RLEVel

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:PRESet:RLEVel
For details refer to "[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:PRESet:RLEVel" on page 6.223.

1300.2519.12

6.504

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (CATV, K20)

SENSe:SWEep Subsystem (CATV, K20)
The SENSe:SWEep subsystem controls the sweep parameters.

Commands of the SENSe:SWEep Subsystem
–

[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:COUNt

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:POINts

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:SPACing

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:TIME

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:TIME:AUTO

[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:COUNt
For details refer to "[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:COUNt" on page 6.229.

[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:POINts
For details refer to "[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:POINts" on page 6.233.

[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:SPACing
This command defines the labeling of the frequency axis. For details refer to chapter
"Instrument Functions", section "Cable TV Measurement Option (K20)", Frequency Abs/Rel
softkey.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
ABSolute | RELative
Example
SWE:SPAC ABS
Sets absolute labeling of the frequency axis.
Characteristics
RST value: REL
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:TIME
For details refer to "[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:TIME" on page 6.234.

[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:TIME:AUTO
For details refer to "[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:TIME:AUTO" on page 6.234.

1300.2519.12

6.505

E-11

SENSe Subsystem (CATV, K20)

R&S FSL

SENSe:TV Subsystem (CATV, K20)
The SENSe:DDEMod subsystem controls the TV settings.

Commands of the SENSe:TV Subsystem
–

[SENSe<1|2>:]TV:MSTandard:FILTer:GDELay

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]TV:MSTandard:NAME

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]TV:MSTandard:STYPe

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]TV:TILT:MSTandard:CDISable

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]TV:TILT:MSTandard:CENable

[SENSe<1|2>:]TV:MSTandard:FILTer:GDELay
This command defines the group delay for a modulation standard.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
GENeral | GHALf | AUSTralia | DANMark | NEWZealand | NORWay | SWEDenfull | FLAT |
OIRT | CHINa | CCIR | TDF | FFC
Example
TV:MST:FILT:GDEL FLAT
Sets the group delay FLAT.
Characteristics
RST value: GENERAL
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

[SENSe<1|2>:]TV:MSTandard:NAME
This command defines the name for a modulation standard.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
: 1 to 15 characters
Example
TV:MST:NAME 'TEST'
Gives the modulation standard the name 'TEST'.
Characteristics
RST value: Analog TV
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.506

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (CATV, K20)

[SENSe<1|2>:]TV:MSTandard:STYPe
This command defines the signal type of a modulation standard.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
ATV | DTV
Example
TV:MST:STYP DTV
Sets the signal type DTV.
Characteristics
RST value: ATV
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

[SENSe<1|2>:]TV:TILT:MSTandard:CDISable
This command deactivates a modulation standard for the Tilt measurement.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
: modulation standard name
Example
CONF:TV:CTAB:SEL 'TV–ITALY'
Activates the channel table TV–ITALY.
CONF:TV:MEAS TILT
Configures the R&S FSL to measure the channel power of every channel.
TV:TILT:MST:CDIS 'PAL BG ITALY'
Deactivates the modulation standard PAL BG ITALY.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.507

E-11

SENSe Subsystem (CATV, K20)

R&S FSL

[SENSe<1|2>:]TV:TILT:MSTandard:CENable
This command activates a modulation standard for the Tilt measurement.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant.
Parameter
: modulation standard name
Example
CONF:TV:CTAB:SEL 'TV–ITALY'
Activates the channel table TV–ITALY.
CONF:TV:MEAS TILT
Configures the R&S FSL to measure the channel power of every channel.
TV:TILT:MST:CEN 'PAL BG ITALY'
Activates the modulation standard PAL BG ITALY.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.508

E-11

R&S FSL

SETup:TV Subsystem (CATV, K20)

SETup:TV Subsystem (CATV, K20)
The SETup:TV subsystem controls the modulation standard settings.

Commands of the SETup:TV Subsystem
–

SETup:TV:STANdard

–

SETup:TV:STANdard:AUDio

–

SETup:TV:STANdard:COLor

SETup:TV:STANdard
This command sets the TV standard.
Parameter
BG | DK | I | K1 | L | M | N (analog TV)
J83A | J83B | J83C (digital TV)
Note: In the Video Scope measurement, the y–axis of the diagram is scaled in Volt for all TV
standards except M. If M is the selected TV standard, the y–axis of the diagram is
scaled in IRE.
Example
SET:TV:STAN DK
Sets the TV standard DK.
Characteristics
RST value: BG
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

SETup:TV:STANdard:AUDio
This command sets the sound system for analog TV measurements.
Parameter
FM55NICAM585 | FM55FM5742 | FM55MONO | FM65NICAM585 | FM65FM6258 |
FM65FM6742 | FM65MONO | FM60NICAM6552 | FM60MONO | AM65NICAM585 |
AM60MONO | FM45BTSC | FM45EIA_J | FM45FM4742 | FM45MONO
Example
SET:TV:STAN:AUD FM65MONO
Sets the sound system FM65MONO.
Characteristics
RST value: FM65FM6742
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.509

E-11

SETup:TV Subsystem (CATV, K20)

R&S FSL

SETup:TV:STANdard:COLor
This command sets the color system for analog TV measurements.
Parameter
PAL | NTSC | SECam
Example
SET:TV:STAN:COL SEC
Sets the color system SECam.
Characteristics
RST value: PAL
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.510

E-11

R&S FSL

SOURce Subsystem (CATV, K20)

SOURce Subsystem (CATV, K20)
The SOURce subsystem controls the digital TV settings.

Commands of the SOURce Subsystem
–

SOURce:DM:FORMat

SOURce:DM:FORMat
This command sets the constellation parameter for digital TV measurements.
Parameter
QAM4 | QAM16 | QAM32 | QAM64 | QAM128 | QAM256 | QAM512 | QAM1024
Example
SOURce:DM:FORM QAM128
Sets the constellation parameter
Characteristics
RST value: QAM64
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.511

E-11

STATus Subsystem (CATV, K20)

R&S FSL

STATus Subsystem (CATV, K20)
The STATus subsystem contains the commands for the status reporting system (for details refer to
chapter 5 "Remote Control – Basics". *RST does not influence the status registers.

Commands of the STATus Subsystem
–

STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit[:EVENt?]

–

STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit:CONDition?

–

STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit:ENABle

–

STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit:NTRansition

–

STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit:PTRansition

–

STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency[:EVENt?]

–

STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:CONDition?

–

STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:ENABle

–

STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:NTRansition

–

STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:PTRansition

–

STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>[:EVENt?]

–

STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:CONDition?

–

STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:ENABle

–

STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:NTRansition

–

STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:PTRansition

–

STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin<1|2>[:EVENt?]

–

STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin<1|2>:CONDition?

–

STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin<1|2>:ENABle

–

STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin<1|2>:NTRansition

–

STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin<1|2>:PTRansition

–

STATus:QUEStionable:POWer[:EVENt?]

–

STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:CONDition?

–

STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:ENABle

–

STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:NTRansition

–

STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:PTRansition

–

STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC[:EVENt?]

–

STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC:CONDition?

–

STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC:ENABle

–

STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC:NTRansition

–

STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC:PTRansition

1300.2519.12

6.512

E-11

R&S FSL

STATus Subsystem (CATV, K20)

STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit[:EVENt?]
For details refer to "STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit[:EVENt]?" on page 6.242.

STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit:CONDition?
For details refer to "STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit:CONDition?" on page 6.242.

STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit:ENABle
For details refer to "STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit:ENABle" on page 6.243.

STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit:NTRansition
For details refer to "STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit:NTRansition" on page 6.243.

STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit:PTRansition
For details refer to "STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit:PTRansition" on page 6.243.

STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency[:EVENt?]
For details refer to "STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency[:EVENt]?" on page 6.244.

STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:CONDition?
For details refer to "STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:CONDition?" on page 6.244.

STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:ENABle
For details refer to "STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:ENABle" on page 6.244.

STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:NTRansition
For details refer to "STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:NTRansition" on page 6.245.

STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:PTRansition
For details refer to "STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:PTRansition" on page 6.245.

STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>[:EVENt?]
For details refer to "STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>[:EVENt]?" on page 6.245.

1300.2519.12

6.513

E-11

STATus Subsystem (CATV, K20)

R&S FSL

STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:CONDition?
For details refer to "STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:CONDition?" on page 6.246.

STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:ENABle
For details refer to "STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:ENABle" on page 6.246.

STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:NTRansition
For details refer to "STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:NTRansition" on page 6.246.

STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:PTRansition
For details refer to "STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:PTRansition" on page 6.247.

STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin<1|2>[:EVENt?]
For details refer to "STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin<1|2>[:EVENt]?" on page 6.247.

STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin<1|2>:CONDition?
For details refer to "STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin<1|2>:CONDition?" on page 6.247.

STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin<1|2>:ENABle
For details refer to "STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin<1|2>:ENABle" on page 6.248.

STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin<1|2>:NTRansition
For details refer to "STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin<1|2>:NTRansition" on page 6.248.

STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin<1|2>:PTRansition
For details refer to "STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin<1|2>:PTRansition" on page 6.248.

STATus:QUEStionable:POWer[:EVENt?]
For details refer to "STATus:QUEStionable:POWer[:EVENt]?" on page 6.249.

STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:CONDition?
For details refer to "STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:CONDition?" on page 6.249.

1300.2519.12

6.514

E-11

R&S FSL

STATus Subsystem (CATV, K20)

STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:ENABle
For details refer to "STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:ENABle" on page 6.249.

STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:NTRansition
For details refer to "STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:NTRansition" on page 6.250.

STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:PTRansition
For details refer to "STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:PTRansition" on page 6.250.

STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC[:EVENt?]
For details refer to "STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC[:EVENt]?" on page 6.250.

STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC:CONDition?
For details refer to "STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC:CONDition?" on page 6.251.

STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC:ENABle
For details refer to "STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC:ENABle" on page 6.251.

STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC:NTRansition
For details refer to "STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC:NTRansition" on page 6.251.

STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC:PTRansition
For details refer to "STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC:PTRansition" on page 6.252.

1300.2519.12

6.515

E-11

TRACe Subsystem (CATV, K20)

R&S FSL

TRACe Subsystem (CATV, K20)
The TRACe subsystem controls access to the instruments internal trace memory.

Commands of the TRACe Subsystem
–

TRACe<1|2>[:DATA]

–

TRACe:COPY

TRACe<1|2>[:DATA]
Parameter
TRACE1 | TRACE2 | TRACE3 | TRACE4, | 
TRACE1 to TRACE4

trace memory to be read out

 or 

data to be transferred

For further details refer to "TRACe<1|2>[:DATA]" on page 6.263.

TRACe:COPY
Parameter
TRACE1 | TRACE2 | TRACE3 | TRACE4,TRACE1 | TRACE2 | TRACE3 | TRACE4
The first operand the destination of the data to be copied, the second operand describes the
source.
For further details refer to "TRACe:COPY" on page 6.264.

1300.2519.12

6.516

E-11

R&S FSL

TRIGger Subsystem (CATV, K20)

TRIGger Subsystem (CATV, K20)
The TRIGger subsystem is used to synchronize instrument actions with events. It is thus possible to control
and synchronize the start of a sweep.

Commands of the TRIGger Subsystem
–

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:HOLDoff[:TIME]

–

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:BFIeld[:NUMBer]

–

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:BLINe[:NUMBer]

–

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:BLINe:TYPE

–

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:FIELd:[NUMBer]

–

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:LINE:[NUMBer]

–

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:QFIeld[:NUMBer]

–

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:QLINe[:NUMBer]

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:HOLDoff[:TIME]
For details refer to "TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:HOLDoff[:TIME]" on page 6.277.

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:BFIeld[:NUMBer]
This command sets the bar field parameter for analog TV measurements.
Parameter
1|2
Example
TRIG:VID:BFI 2
Sets the bar field parameter to 2.
Characteristics
RST value: 1
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:BLINe[:NUMBer]
This command sets the bar line parameter for analog TV measurements.
Parameter

Example
TRIG:VID:BLIN 16
Sets the bar line parameter to 16.

1300.2519.12

6.517

E-11

TRIGger Subsystem (CATV, K20)

R&S FSL

Characteristics
RST value: 18
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:BLINe:TYPE
This command sets the bar line type for analog TV measurements.
Parameter
CCIR17 | FCC | NTC7
Example
TRIG:VID:BLIN:TYPE CCIR17
Sets the bar line type to CCIR17.
Characteristics
RST value: CCIR17
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:FIELd:[NUMBer]
This command defines the active field in the Video Scope measurement.
Parameter
1|2
Example
TRIG:VID:FIEL 2
Sets the active field 2.
Characteristics
RST value: 1
SCPI: conform
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.518

E-11

R&S FSL

TRIGger Subsystem (CATV, K20)

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:LINE:[NUMBer]
This command activates triggering at the horizontal sync signal of the indicated line number in
the Video Scope measurement.
Parameter
, depending on the numbering conventions of the TV standard and the color
system
Example
TRIG:VID:LINE 17
Characteristics
*RST value: 1
SCPI: conform
Mode
CATV

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:QFIeld[:NUMBer]
This command sets the quiet line field for analog TV measurements.
Parameter
1|2
Example
TRIG:VID:QFI 2
Sets the quiet line field to 2.
Characteristics
RST value: 1
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:QLINe[:NUMBer]
This command sets the quiet line parameter for analog TV measurements.
Parameter

Example
TRIG:VID:QLIN 20
Sets the quiet line parameter to 20.
Characteristics
RST value: 22
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.519

E-11

UNIT Subsystem (CATV, K20)

R&S FSL

UNIT Subsystem (CATV, K20)
The UNIT subsystem sets the basic unit of the setting parameters.

Commands of the UNIT Subsystem
–

UNIT<1|2>:POWer

UNIT<1|2>:POWer
This command selects the default unit.
Parameter
DBM | DBUV | DBMV | DBPW | VOLT | V | W | WATT | A | AMPere
Example
UNIT:POW DBUV
Sets the power unit to dBm.
Characteristics
*RST value: DBM
SCPI: conform
Mode
CATV

1300.2519.12

6.520

E-11

R&S FSL

UNIT Subsystem (CATV, K20)

Remote Commands of the Noise Figure
Measurements Option (K30)
This section describes the remote commands for the Noise Figure Measurements option (K30). The
abbreviation NF stands for the operating mode of noise figure measurements. For details on
conventions used in this chapter refer to section "Notation" on page 6.2 at the beginning of this chapter.
For further information on analyzer or basic settings commands, refer to the corresponding subsystem
in section "Remote Commands of the Base Unit" on page 6.5.
This option is available from firmware version 1.50.

Subsystems of the Noise Figure Measurements option (K30)
–

"ABORt Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)" on page 6.522

–

"CALCulate Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)" on page 6.523

–

"CONFigure Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)" on page 6.532

–

"DISPlay Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)" on page 6.534

–

"FETCh Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)" on page 6.541

–

"INITiate Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)" on page 6.545

–

"INPut Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)" on page 6.546

–

"INSTrument Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)" on page 6.547

–

"SENSe Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)" on page 6.548

–

"STATus Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)" on page 6.558

–

"SYSTem Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)" on page 6.563

1300.2519.12

6.521

E-11

ABORt Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)

R&S FSL

ABORt Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)
The ABORt subsystem contains the commands for aborting triggered actions.

Commands of the ABORt Subsystem
–

ABORt

ABORt
For details refer to "ABORt" on page 6.10.

1300.2519.12

6.522

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)

CALCulate Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)
The CALCulate subsystem checks the marker functions and contains commands for limit lines and their
limit checks.
The following subsystems are included:
•

"CALCulate:LIMit Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)" on page 6.523

•

"CALCulate:MARKer Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)" on page 6.529

CALCulate:LIMit Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)
The CALCulate:LIMit subsystem contains commands for the limit lines and the corresponding limit
checks. Limit lines can be defined as upper or lower limit lines. The individual y values of the limit lines
correspond to the values of the x–axis (CONTrol). The number of x and y values must be identical. For
details on limit lines refer to chapter "Instrument Functions", section "Using Limit Lines and Display
Lines – LINES Key".
Different to the base unit, only 6 limit lines can be active at the same time (indicated by LIMIT1 to
LIMIT6).
The following subsystems are included:
•

"CALCulate:LIMit:CONTrol Subsystem" on page 6.526

•

"CALCulate:LIMit:LOWer Subsystem" on page 6.527

•

"CALCulate:LIMit:UPPer Subsystem" on page 6.528

Commands of the CALCulate:LIMit Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...6>:CLEar[:IMMediate]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...6>:COMMent

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...6>:COPY

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...6>:DELete

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...6>:FAIL?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...6>:NAME

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...6>:STATe

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...6>:TRACe

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...6>:CLEar[:IMMediate]
Different to the base unit, only 6 limit lines can be active at the same time (indicated by LIMIT1
to LIMIT6).
For further details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:CLEar[:IMMediate]" on page 6.29.

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...6>:COMMent
Different to the base unit, only 6 limit lines can be active at the same time (indicated by LIMIT1
to LIMIT6).
For further details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:COMMent" on page 6.29.

1300.2519.12

6.523

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)

R&S FSL

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...6>:COPY
Parameter
1 to 6

number of the new limit line



name of the new limit line given as a string (max. 8 alphanumeric characters)

For further details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:COPY" on page 6.30.

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...6>:DELete
Different to the base unit, only 6 limit lines can be active at the same time (indicated by LIMIT1
to LIMIT6).
For further details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:DELete" on page 6.30.

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...6>:FAIL?
Different to the base unit, only 6 limit lines can be active at the same time (indicated by LIMIT1
to LIMIT6).
For further details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:FAIL?" on page 6.31.

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...6>:NAME
This command assigns a name to a limit line. If it does not exist already, a limit line with this
name is created.
The numeric suffixes <1...6> indicate the limit line.
Parameter
, max. 8 alphanumeric characters
Example
CALC:LIM1:NAME FM1
Assigns the name FM1 to limit line 1.
Characteristics
*RST value: REM1 to REM6 for lines 1 to 6
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
NF

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...6>:STATe
Different to the base unit, only 6 limit lines can be active at the same time (indicated by LIMIT1
to LIMIT6).
For further details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:STATe" on page 6.31.

1300.2519.12

6.524

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...6>:TRACe
This command assigns a limit line to a particular measurement type.
The numeric suffixes <1...6> indicate the limit line.
Parameter
NFIGure

noise figure

TEFFective

noise temperature

GAIN

gain

Example
CALC:LIM2:TRAC NFIG
Assigns limit line 2 to the noise figure measurement.
CALC:LIM3:TRAC GAIN
Assigns limit line 3 to the gain measurement.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
NF

1300.2519.12

6.525

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)

R&S FSL

CALCulate:LIMit:CONTrol Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)
The CALCulate:LIMit:CONTrol subsystem defines the x–axis (CONTrol axis).

Commands of the CALCulate:LIMit:CONTrol Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...6>:CONTrol[:DATA]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...6>:CONTrol:SHIFt

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...6>:CONTrol[:DATA]
Different to the base unit, only 6 limit lines can be active at the same time (indicated by LIMIT1
to LIMIT6).
For further details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:CONTrol[:DATA]" on page 6.41.

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...6>:CONTrol:SHIFt
Different to the base unit, only 6 limit lines can be active at the same time (indicated by LIMIT1
to LIMIT6).
For further details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:CONTrol:SHIFt" on page 6.43.

1300.2519.12

6.526

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)

CALCulate:LIMit:LOWer Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)
The CALCulate:LIMit:LOWer subsystem defines the lower limit line. If a set command is issued in this
subsystem the limit line effected is automatically converted to a lower limit line.

Commands of the CALCulate:LIMit:LOWer Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...6>:LOWer[:DATA]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...6>:LOWer:SHIFt

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...6>:LOWer:STATe

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...6>:LOWer[:DATA]
Different to the base unit, only 6 limit lines can be active at the same time (indicated by LIMIT1
to LIMIT6).
For further details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:LOWer[:DATA]" on page 6.47.

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...6>:LOWer:SHIFt
Different to the base unit, only 6 limit lines can be active at the same time (indicated by LIMIT1
to LIMIT6).
For further details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:LOWer:SHIFt" on page 6.49.

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...6>:LOWer:STATe
Different to the base unit, only 6 limit lines can be active at the same time (indicated by LIMIT1
to LIMIT6).
For further details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:LOWer:STATe" on page 6.48.

1300.2519.12

6.527

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)

R&S FSL

CALCulate:LIMit:UPPer Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)
The CALCulate:LIMit:UPPer subsystem defines the upper limit line. If a set command is issued in this
subsystem the limit line effected is automatically converted to an upper limit line.

Commands of the CALCulate:LIMit:UPPer Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...6>:UPPer[:DATA]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...6>:UPPer:SHIFt

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...6>:UPPer:STATe

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...6>:UPPer[:DATA]
Different to the basic unit, only 6 limit lines can be active at the same time (indicated by LIMIT1
to LIMIT6).
For further details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UPPer[:DATA]" on page 6.51.

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...6>:UPPer:SHIFt
Different to the base unit, only 6 limit lines can be active at the same time (indicated by LIMIT1
to LIMIT6).
For further details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UPPer:SHIFt" on page 6.53.

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...6>:UPPer:STATe
Different to the base unit, only 6 limit lines can be active at the same time (indicated by LIMIT1
to LIMIT6).
For further details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UPPer:STATe" on page 6.54.

1300.2519.12

6.528

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)

CALCulate:MARKer Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)
The CALCulate:MARKer subsystem checks the marker functions of the instrument.

Commands of the CALCulate:MARKer Subsystem
–

CALCulate:MARKer[:STATe]

–

CALCulate:MARKer:AOFF

–

CALCulate:MARKer:TRACe

–

CALCulate:MARKer:X

–

CALCulate:MARKer:Y?

–

CALCulate:MARKer:MAXimum[:PEAK]

–

CALCulate:MARKer:MiNimum[:PEAK]

CALCulate:MARKer[:STATe]
This command switches on or off the marker 1 for the selected trace. It is only available if
measurement results are displayed.
If the selected trace is switched off (DISPlay[:WINDow<1>]:TRACe<1|2>[:STATe]), the
marker is also switched off. If the marker is switched on again, the marker is set to the active
trace. If both noise and gain traces are switched off, the marker can not be switched on again.
This command is available from firmware version 1.60.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CALC:MARK ON
Marker 1 is switched on.
Characteristics
RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
NF

CALCulate:MARKer:AOFF
This command switches off the marker 1.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
This command is available from firmware version 1.60.
Example
CALC:MARK:AOFF
Marker 1 is switched off.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
NF
1300.2519.12

6.529

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)

R&S FSL

CALCulate:MARKer:TRACe
This command assigns the marker1 to the indicated trace.
This command is available from firmware version 1.60.
Parameter
NOISe | GAIN
Example
CALC:MARK:TRAC GAIN
Assigns marker 1 to the gain trace.
Characteristics
RST value: NOIS
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
NF

CALCulate:MARKer:X
This command positions the marker1 to the indicated frequency measurement point. If the
marker is off, it is switched on first.
This command is available from firmware version 1.60.
Parameter
0 to MAX (frequency | sweep time)
Example
CALC:MARK:X 550 MHZ
Positions marker 1 to frequency 550 MHz.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
NF

CALCulate:MARKer:Y?
This command queries the measured value of the marker 1. If the marker is off, it is switched on
first. To obtain a valid query result, a complete sweep with synchronization to the sweep end
must be performed before the query of the y value. The query result is output in the unit
determined with the selected trace (see also DISPlay:DATA:TRACe<1> command).
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
This command is available from firmware version 1.60.
Example
CALC:MARK:Y?
Outputs the measured value of marker 1.

1300.2519.12

6.530

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)

Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
NF

CALCulate:MARKer:MAXimum[:PEAK]
This command positions the marker to the current maximum value of the selected trace
(CALCulate:MARKer:TRACe command). If the marker is off, it is switched on first.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
This command is available from firmware version 1.60.
Example
CALC:MARK:MAX
Positions marker 1 to the maximum of the selected trace.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
NF

CALCulate:MARKer:MiNimum[:PEAK]
This command positions the marker to the current mininum value of the selected trace
(CALCulate:MARKer:TRACe command). If the marker is off, it is switched on first.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
This command is available from firmware version 1.60.
Example
CALC:MARK:MIN
Positions marker 1 to the minimum of the selected trace.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
NF

1300.2519.12

6.531

E-11

CONFigure Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)

R&S FSL

CONFigure Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)
The CONFigure subsystem contains commands for configuring complex measurement tasks.

Commands of the CONFigure Subsystem
–

CONFigure:ARRay:MEMory<1...3>

–

CONFigure:CORRection

–

CONFigure:LIST:CONTinuous

–

CONFigure:LIST:SINGle

–

CONFigure:SINGle

CONFigure:ARRay:MEMory<1...3>
This command saves the current trace results (noise figure, noise temperature and noise gain
traces) to trace memory .
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
This command is available from firmware version 1.60.
Parameter
ONCE
Example
INIT
Starts a new measurement, if no measurement sequence is already in progress.
CONF:ARR:MEM2 ONCE
Copies the last recorded measurement result into the memory 2.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
NF

CONFigure:CORRection
This command configures for a second stage correction measurement.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
CONF:CORR
Configures to run second stage correction measure measurements.
INIT
Starts a new measurement, if no measurement sequence is already in progress.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
NF

1300.2519.12

6.532

E-11

R&S FSL

CONFigure Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)

CONFigure:LIST:CONTinuous
This command configures for a frequency list measurement in continuous sweep mode.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
CONF:LIST:CONT
Configures to run a frequency list measurement in continuous sweep mode.
INIT
Starts a new measurement, if no measurement sequence is already in progress.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
NF

CONFigure:LIST:SINGle
This command configures for a frequency list measurement in single sweep mode.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
CONF:LIST:SING
Configures to run frequency list measurement in single sweep modes.
INIT
Starts a new measurement, if no measurement sequence is already in progress.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
NF

CONFigure:SINGle
This command configures for a fixed frequency measurement.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
CONF:SING
Configures to run fixed frequency measurements.
INIT
Starts a new measurement, if no measurement sequence is already in progress.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
NF

1300.2519.12

6.533

E-11

DISPlay Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)

R&S FSL

DISPlay Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)
The DISPLay subsystem controls the selection and presentation of textual and graphic information as
well as of measurement data on the display.

Commands of the DISPlay Subsystem
–

DISPlay:ARRay:MEMory<1...3>[:STATe]

–

DISPlay:CURRent:DATA[:STATe]

–

DISPlay:DATA:TRACe<1>

–

DISPlay:FORMat

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1>]:TABLe

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1>]:TRACe<1|2>[:STATe]

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1>]:TRACe<1|2>:SYMBols

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1>]:TRACe<1|2>:X[:SCALe]

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1>]:TRACe<1|2>:Y[:SCALe]:AUTO

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1>]:TRACe<1|2>:Y[:SCALe]:BOTTom

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1>]:TRACe<1|2>:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1>]:TRACe<1|2>:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel:AUTO

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1>]:TRACe<1|2>:Y[:SCALe]:TOP

DISPlay:ARRay:MEMory<1...3>[:STATe]
This command switches the display of trace memory  on or off.
This command is available from firmware version 1.60.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
DISP:ARR:MEM2 ON
Switches on the display of memory 2.
Characteristics
RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
NF

1300.2519.12

6.534

E-11

R&S FSL

DISPlay Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)

DISPlay:CURRent:DATA[:STATe]
This command switches the display of the current measurement results on or off.
This command is available from firmware version 1.60.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
DISP:CURR:DATA OFF
Removes the current result traces from display.
Characteristics
RST value: ON
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
NF

DISPlay:DATA:TRACe<1>
This command specifies the type of noise results to be displayed in trace 1.
Only the numeric suffix <1> for noise results is valid.
Parameter
NFIGure

noise figure results in dB

TEFFective

noise temperature in K

Example
DISP:DATA:TRAC1 NFIG
Displays the noise figure results in trace 1.
Characteristics
*RST value: NFIGure
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
NF

DISPlay:FORMat
This command activates or deactivates the combined trace display of noise and gain results.
Parameter
SPLit | SINGle
Example
DISP:FORM SPL
Displays noise and gain results in separate graphs.

1300.2519.12

6.535

E-11

DISPlay Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)

R&S FSL

Characteristics
*RST value: SING
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
NF

DISPlay[:WINDow<1>]:TABLe
This command activates or deactivates the tabular result display.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
DISP:TABL ON
Displays the table of results.
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
NF

DISPlay[:WINDow<1>]:TRACe<1|2>[:STATe]
This command activates or deactivates the display of the corresponding trace and related
information.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> indicate the measurement results: Trace 1 is always used for noise
results, and trace 2 is always used for gain results.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
DISP:TRAC OFF
Switches off the display of trace 1 (noise results).
DISP:TRAC2 OFF
Switches off the display of trace 2 (gain results).
Characteristics
*RST value: ON for both traces
SCPI: conform
Mode
NF

1300.2519.12

6.536

E-11

R&S FSL

DISPlay Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)

DISPlay[:WINDow<1>]:TRACe<1|2>:SYMBols
This command activates or deactivates the display of the symbols to mark the measurement
points for the specified trace.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> indicate the measurement results: Trace 1 is always used for noise
results, and trace 2 is always used for gain results.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
DISP:TRAC ON
Switches on the display of trace 1 (noise results).
DISP:TRAC:SYMB ON
Switches on the display of symbols for trace 1 (noise results)
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF for both traces
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
NF

DISPlay[:WINDow<1>]:TRACe<1|2>:X[:SCALe]
This command selects the frequency to be displayed on the x–axis if the DUT is not an
amplifier, i.e. in a frequency–converting measurement mode.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> indicate the measurement results: Trace 1 is always used for noise
results, and trace 2 is always used for gain results.
Parameter
IF | RF
Example
CONF:MODE:DUT DOWN
The DUT converts the input frequency to a lower output frequency.
DISP:TRAC:X IF
The IF frequency is displayed on x–axis.
Characteristics
*RST value: RF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
NF

DISPlay[:WINDow<1>]:TRACe<1|2>:Y[:SCALe]:AUTO
This command activates or deactivates the automatic scaling of the Y–axis for the specified
trace display. Automatic scaling provides best fit of the Y–axis to the measurement results.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> indicate the measurement results: Trace 1 is always used for noise
results, and trace 2 is always used for gain results.
Parameter
ON | OFF
1300.2519.12

6.537

E-11

DISPlay Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)

R&S FSL

Example
DISP:TRAC2 ON
Switches on the display of trace 2 (gain results).
DISP:TRAC2:Y:AUTO ON
Switches on automatic scaling of the Y–axis for trace 2.
Characteristics
*RST value: ON for both traces
SCPI: conform
Mode
NF

DISPlay[:WINDow<1>]:TRACe<1|2>:Y[:SCALe]:BOTTom
This command sets the minimum (bottom) Y–axis display value for the specified trace display. It
has no affect if automatic scaling of the Y–axis is enabled
(DISPlay[:WINDow<1>]:TRACe<1|2>:Y[:SCALe]:AUTO command).
The numeric suffixes <1|2> indicate the measurement results: Trace 1 is always used for noise
results, and trace 2 is always used for gain results.
Parameter
noise figure:

–75 dB to 75 dB

noise temperature:

–999990000 K to 999990000 K

gain:

–75 dB to 75 dB

Example 1
DISP:DATA:TRAC1 NFIG
Sets the noise figure to trace1.
DISP:TRAC ON
Switches on the display of trace 1 (noise results).
DISP:TRAC:Y:BOTT –30
Sets the minimum Y–axis display to –30 dB for trace 1.
Example 2
DISP:DATA:TRAC1 TEFF
Sets the noise temperature to trace1.
DISP:TRAC ON
Switches on the display of trace 1 (noise results).
DISP:TRAC:Y:BOTT 100
Sets the minimum Y–axis display to 100 K for trace 1.
Example 3
DISP:TRAC2 ON
Switches on the display of trace 2 (gain results).
DISP:TRAC2:Y:BOTT 1
Sets the minimum Y–axis display to 1 dB for trace 2.
Characteristics
*RST value: 0 dB
SCPI: conform
Mode
NF

1300.2519.12

6.538

E-11

R&S FSL

DISPlay Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)

DISPlay[:WINDow<1>]:TRACe<1|2>:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel
This command sets the reference level for the Y–axis display value for all trace displays. This
command has no affect if automatic reference level detection is enabled
(DISPlay[:WINDow<1>]:TRACe<1|2>:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel:AUTO command).
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
 in dBm, range specified in data sheet
Example
DISP:TRAC:Y:RLEV 0
Sets the reference level 0 dBm
Characteristics
*RST value: –30 dBm
SCPI: conform
Mode
NF

DISPlay[:WINDow<1>]:TRACe<1|2>:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel:AUTO
This command enables or disables the automatic reference level detection.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
DISP:TRAC:Y:RLEV:AUTO ON
Turns on automatic reference level detection.
Characteristics
*RST value: ON
SCPI: conform
Mode
NF

DISPlay[:WINDow<1>]:TRACe<1|2>:Y[:SCALe]:TOP
This command sets the maximum (top) Y–axis display value for the specified trace display. It
has no affect if automatic scaling of the Y–axis is enabled or the specified trace is not currently
active.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> indicate the measurement results: Trace 1 is always used for noise
results, and trace 2 is always used for gain results.
Parameter
noise figure:

–75 dB to 75 dB

noise temperature:

–999990000 K to 999990000 K

gain:

–75 dB to 75 dB

1300.2519.12

6.539

E-11

DISPlay Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)

R&S FSL

Example 1
DISP:DATA:TRAC1 NFIG
Sets the noise figure to trace1.
DISP:TRAC:Y:TOP 30
Sets the maximum Y–axis display to 30 dB for trace 1.
Example 2
DISP:DATA:TRAC1 TEFF
Sets the noise temperature to trace1.
DISP:TRAC:Y:TOP 100
Sets the maximum Y–axis display to 100 K for trace 1.
Example 3
DISP:TRAC2:Y:TOP 10
Sets the maximum Y–axis display to 10 dB for trace 2.
Characteristics
*RST value: 20 dB for noise and gain figure, 10000K for noise temperature
SCPI: conform
Mode
NF

1300.2519.12

6.540

E-11

R&S FSL

FETCh Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)

FETCh Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)
The FETCh subsystem retrieves results for the most recently completed fixed frequency or frequency
list measurements. Frequency list results are returned as a list of results where the result is that
requested in the specific fetch command. Single frequency results are single numbers in the described
units.
Note:

Corrected measurements are only accessible after a calibration has been performed.

Commands of the FETCh Subsystem
–

FETCh:ARRay:MEMory<1...3>:NOISe:FIGure?

–

FETCh:ARRay:MEMory<1...3>:NOISe:GAIN?

–

FETCh:ARRay:MEMory<1...3>:NOISe:TEMPerature?

–

FETCh:ARRay:NOISE:FIGure?

–

FETCh:ARRay:NOISE:GAIN?

–

FETCh:ARRay:NOISE:TEMPerature?

–

FETCh:SCALar:NOISE:FIGure?

–

FETCh:SCALar:NOISE:GAIN?

–

FETCh:SCALar:NOISE:TEMPerature?

FETCh:ARRay:MEMory<1...3>:NOISe:FIGure?
This command queries the noise measurement results of the selected memory. The results are
returned as an array of up to 100 elements of noise figure results. This command produces an
error if no data is held in the selected trace memory.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
This command is available from firmware version 1.60.
Example
INIT
Starts a new measurement, if no measurement sequence is already in progress.
CONF:ARR:MEM2 ONCE
Copies the last recorded measurement result into the memory 2.
FETC:ARR:MEM2:NOIS:FIG?
Returns an array of 100 noise figure results from the selected memory 2.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
NF

1300.2519.12

6.541

E-11

FETCh Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)

R&S FSL

FETCh:ARRay:MEMory<1...3>:NOISe:GAIN?
This command queries the noise measurement results of the selected memory. The results are
returned as an array of up to 100 elements of noise gain results. This command produces an
error if no data is held in the selected trace memory.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
This command is available from firmware version 1.60.
Example
INIT
Starts a new measurement, if no measurement sequence is already in progress.
CONF:ARR:MEM2 ONCE
Copies the last recorded measurement result into the memory 2.
FETC:ARR:MEM2:NOIS:GAIN?
Returns an array of 100 noise gain results from the selected memory 2.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
NF

FETCh:ARRay:MEMory<1...3>:NOISe:TEMPerature?
This command queries the noise measurement results of the selected memory. The results are
returned as an array of up to 100 elements of noise temperature results. This command
produces an error if no data is held in the selected trace memory.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
This command is available from firmware version 1.60.
Example
INIT
Starts a new measurement, if no measurement sequence is already in progress.
CONF:ARR:MEM2 ONCE
Copies the last recorded measurement result into the memory 2.
FETC:ARR:MEM2:NOIS:TEMP?
Returns an array of 100 noise temperature results from the selected memory 2.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
NF

1300.2519.12

6.542

E-11

R&S FSL

FETCh Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)

FETCh:ARRay:NOISE:FIGure?
This command queries the last recorded noise figure measurement results. The results are
returned as an array of up to 100 elements of noise figure results.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
FETCh:ARRay:NOISE:FIGure?
Returns an array of 100 measured elements associated with the last noise figure measurement.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
NF

FETCh:ARRay:NOISE:GAIN?
This command queries the last recorded noise gain measurement results. The results are
returned as an array of up to 100 elements of noise gain results.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
FETCh:ARRay:NOISE:GAIN?
Returns an array of 100 measured elements associated with the last noise gain measurement.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
NF

FETCh:ARRay:NOISE:TEMPerature?
This command queries the last recorded noise temperature measurement results. The results
are returned as an array of up to 100 elements of noise temperature results.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
FETCh:ARRay:NOISE:TEMPerature?
Returns an array of 100 measured elements associated with the last noise temperature
measurement.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
NF

1300.2519.12

6.543

E-11

FETCh Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)

R&S FSL

FETCh:SCALar:NOISE:FIGure?
This command queries the last recorded noise figure measurement result for a fixed frequency
measurement.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
FETCh:SCAL:NOISE:FIGure?
Returns the last noise figure measurement obtained from a fixed frequency measurement.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
NF

FETCh:SCALar:NOISE:GAIN?
This command queries the last recorded noise gain measurement result for a fixed frequency
measurement.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
FETCh:SCAL:NOISE:GAIN?
Returns the last noise gain measurement obtained from a fixed frequency measurement.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
NF

FETCh:SCALar:NOISE:TEMPerature?
This command queries the last recorded noise temperature measurement result for a fixed
frequency measurement.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
FETCh:SCAL:NOISE:TEMPerature?
Returns the last noise temperature measurement obtained from a fixed frequency
measurement.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
NF

1300.2519.12

6.544

E-11

R&S FSL

INITiate Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)

INITiate Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)
The INITiate subsystem configures the instrument prior to a measurement being carried out. It is
basically used to tell the instrument which measurement is to be performed and takes any necessary
step to set up the instrument for the measurement.

Commands of the INPut Subsystem
–

INITiate[:IMMediate]

INITiate[:IMMediate]
This command initiates the start of a new measurement sequence. If a measurement sequence
is already in progress, the command is ignored.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
INIT
Starts a new measurement, if no measurement sequence is already in progress.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: conform
Mode
NF

1300.2519.12

6.545

E-11

INPut Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)

R&S FSL

INPut Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)
The INPut subsystem controls the input characteristics of the RF inputs of the instrument.

Commands of the INPut Subsystem
–

INPut<1|2>:ATTenuation

–

INPut<1|2>:GAIN:STATe (option RF Preamplifier, B22)

INPut<1|2>:ATTenuation
For details refer to "INPut<1|2>:ATTenuation" on page 6.150.

INPut<1|2>:GAIN:STATe (option RF Preamplifier, B22)
For details refer to "INPut<1|2>:GAIN:STATe" on page 6.151.

1300.2519.12

6.546

E-11

R&S FSL

INSTrument Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)

INSTrument Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)
Commands of the INSTrument Subsystem
–

INSTrument[:SELect]

–

INSTrument:NSELect

INSTrument[:SELect]
Parameter
NOISe (Noise Figure Measurements option, R&S FSL–K30)
For further details refer to section "INSTrument Subsystem".

INSTrument:NSELect
Parameter
19 (Noise Figure Measurements option, R&S FSL–K30)
For further details refer to section "INSTrument Subsystem".

1300.2519.12

6.547

E-11

SENSe Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)
The SENSe subsystem is used to set and query the values of parameters in the remote instrument.
:DEFault

If a parameter has a default a value, the command parameter can be substituted with
:DEFault which loads the default (reset) value of the parameter.

:UP/DOWN

In addition, all numeric values are able to take :UP or :DOWN in place of the
parameter. This will increment or decrement the numeric value.

:MIN/MAX

In addition, all numeric values are able to take either :MINimum or :MAXimum as
arguments to determine the minimum or maximum range available for the command.

The SENSe subsystem is divided into equipment settings and measurement settings:
•

"Equipment Settings" on page 6.548

•

"Measurement Settings" on page 6.554

Equipment Settings
Commands of the equipment settings
–

[SENSe:]CORRection[:STATe]

–

[SENSe:]CORRection:ENR:MODE

–

[SENSe:]CORRection:ENR:SPOT

–

[SENSe:]CORRection:ENR[:MEASurement]:TABLe:DATA

–

[SENSe:]CORRection:IREJection

–

[SENSe:]CORRection:LOSS:INPut:MODE

–

[SENSe:]CORRection:LOSS:INPut:SPOT

–

[SENSe:]CORRection:LOSS:INPut:TABLe

–

[SENSe:]CORRection:LOSS:OUTPut:MODE

–

[SENSe:]CORRection:LOSS:OUTPut:SPOT

–

[SENSe:]CORRection:LOSS:OUTPut:TABLe

–

[SENSe:]CORRection:TEMPerature

[SENSe:]CORRection[:STATe]
This command activates or deactivates the second stage correction.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CORR ON
Activates the second stage correction.
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
NF
1300.2519.12

6.548

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)

[SENSe:]CORRection:ENR:MODE
This command specifies whether a constant ENR value applies for all measured frequencies or
an ENR table (ENR values specified at specific input frequencies). The constant ENR value is
specified by the [SENSe:]CORRection:ENR:SPOT command.
Parameter
TABLe

ENR table is used.

SPOT

Constant ENR value is used.

Example
CORR:ENR:MODE SPOT
Uses the configured constant ENR value for all measured frequencies.
Characteristics
*RST value: SPOT
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
NF

[SENSe:]CORRection:ENR:SPOT
This command sets the constant ENR value of the noise source that is used throughout the
entire frequency range.
Parameter
–999.99 to 999.99 dB
Example
CORR:ENR:MODE SPOT
Uses the configured constant ENR value for all measured frequencies.
CORR:ENR:SPOT 30
Sets the constant ENR value to 30 dB for all input frequencies to be measured.
Characteristics
*RST value: 15 dB
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
NF

[SENSe:]CORRection:ENR[:MEASurement]:TABLe:DATA
This command specifies a new ENR table to determine the correct ENR (excess noise ratio)
figure to be used for the input frequencies. This new list completely overwrites all current ENR
frequency list entries regardless of how many entries are present and how many entries are being
supplied for the new list.
Parameter
,, ... (maximum of 100 argument pairs)
numeric value = a frequency ENR pair of arguments
frequency: 0 Hz to 999.99 GHz.
ENR figure: –999.99 to 999.99 (value in dB, accurate to two decimal places)

1300.2519.12

6.549

E-11

SENSe Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)

R&S FSL

Example
CORR:ENR:MODE TABL
Uses the ENR table.
CORR:ENR:MEAS:TABL:DATA 1MHZ,10,2MHZ,12
Specifies a new ENR table and overwrites the current ENR table with the two entry pairs
specified.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
NF

[SENSe:]CORRection:IREJection
This command specifies an image rejection value for the selected DUT
([SENSe:]CONFigure:MODE:DUT command) which will be effective throughout the entire
frequency range.
Parameter
0 dB to 999.99 dB
Example
CONF:MODE:DUT DOWN
The DUT converts the input frequency to a lower output frequency.
CORR:IREJ 100
Sets an image rejection value of 100 dB.
Characteristics
*RST value: 999.99 dB
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
NF

[SENSe:]CORRection:LOSS:INPut:MODE
This command specifies whether a constant input loss value applies for all measured
frequencies or an input loss list (loss input values specified at specific input frequencies). The
constant loss input value is specified by the [SENSe:]CORRection:LOSS:INPut:SPOT
command.
Parameter
SPOT

The constant loss input value for all measurement frequencies is used.

TABLe

The loss input table is used.

Example
CORR:LOSS:INP:MODE SPOT
Uses the configured constant loss input value for all input frequencies to be measured.

1300.2519.12

6.550

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)

Characteristics
*RST value: SPOT
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
NF

[SENSe:]CORRection:LOSS:INPut:SPOT
This command specifies the loss input constant for all input frequencies to be measured.
Parameter
–999.99 to 999.99 dB, accurate to two decimal places
Example
CORR:LOSS:INP:MODE SPOT
Uses the configured constant loss input value for all input frequencies to be measured.
CORR:LOSS:INP:SPOT 10
Sets the internal input loss constant value to 10 dB for all input frequencies to be measured.
Characteristics
*RST value: 0 dB
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
NF

[SENSe:]CORRection:LOSS:INPut:TABLe
This command specifies a new input loss table to determine the correct input loss to be used for
the input frequencies. This new list completely overwrites all current input loss list entries
regardless of how many entries are present and how many entries are being supplied for the
new list.
Parameter
,,... (maximum of 100 argument pairs)
, = a frequency loss pair of arguments
frequency: 0 Hz to 999.99 GHz (max. two decimal places)
loss figure: –999.99 to 999.99 (value in dB, accurate to two decimal places)
Example
CORR:LOSS:INP:MODE TABL
Uses the loss input table.
CORR:LOSS:INP:TABL 1MHz,10,2MHz,12
Specifies a new input loss table and overwrites the current input loss table with the two entry
pairs specified.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
NF

1300.2519.12

6.551

E-11

SENSe Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)

R&S FSL

[SENSe:]CORRection:LOSS:OUTPut:MODE
This command specifies whether a constant output loss value applies for all measured
frequencies or an output loss list (loss output values specified at specific input frequencies). The
constant loss output value is specified by the [SENSe:]CORRection:LOSS:OUTPut:SPOT
command.
Parameter
SPOT

The constant loss input value for all measurement frequencies is used.

TABLe

The loss input table is used.

Example
CORR:LOSS:OUTP:MODE SPOT
Uses the configured constant loss output value for all input frequencies to be measured.
Characteristics
*RST value: SPOT
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
NF

[SENSe:]CORRection:LOSS:OUTPut:SPOT
This command specifies the loss output constant for all input frequencies to be measured.
Parameter
–999.99 to 999.99 dB, accurate to two decimal places
Example
CORR:LOSS:OUTP:MODE SPOT
Uses the configured constant loss output value for all input frequencies to be measured.
CORR:LOSS:OUTP:SPOT 10
Sets the internal output loss constant value to 10 dB for all input frequencies to be measured.
Characteristics
*RST value: 0 dB
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
NF

[SENSe:]CORRection:LOSS:OUTPut:TABLe
This command specifies a new output loss table to determine the correct output loss to be used
for the input frequencies. This new list completely overwrites all current output loss list entries
regardless of how many entries are present and how many entries are being supplied for the
new list.
Parameter
,,... (maximum of 100 argument pairs)
, = a frequency loss pair of arguments
frequency: 0 Hz to 999.99 GHz (max. two decimal places)
loss figure: –999.99 to 999.99 (value in dB, accurate to two decimal places)

1300.2519.12

6.552

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)

Example
CORR:LOSS:OUTP:MODE TABL
Uses the loss output table.
CORR:LOSS:OUTP:TABL 1MHz,10,2MHz,12
Specifies a new output loss table and overwrites the current output loss table with the two entry
pairs specified.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
NF

[SENSe:]CORRection:TEMPerature
This command specifies the room temperature of the operating environment. This value is taken
into account when calculating noise results.
Parameter
278.15 to 318.15 K; up to 2 decimal places can be specified.
Example
CORR:TEMP 291.50
Specifies the room temperature to 291.50 Kelvin (18.5 C).
Characteristics
*RST value: 293 K
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
NF

1300.2519.12

6.553

E-11

SENSe Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)

R&S FSL

Measurement Settings
Commands of the measurement settings
–

[SENSe:]BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution]

–

[SENSe:]CONFigure:MODE:DUT

–

[SENSe:]CONFigure:MODE:SYSTem:LOSCillator:FREQuency

–

[SENSe:]FREQuency[:CW|:FIXed]

–

[SENSe:]FREQuency:LIST:DATA

–

[SENSe:]FREQuency:STARt

–

[SENSe:]FREQuency:STEP

–

[SENSe:]FREQuency:STOP

–

[SENSe:]SWEep:COUNt

–

[SENSe:]SWEep:TIME

[SENSe:]BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution]
For details refer to "[SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution]" on page 6.175.

[SENSe:]CONFigure:MODE:DUT
This command defines the type of DUT. This setting determines the method that is used to
create the frequency measurement list. Fixed local oscillator frequencies are taken from the
settings supplied by [SENSe:]CONFigure:MODE:SYSTem:LOSCillator:FREQuency.
Parameter
AMPLifier

The DUT is an amplifier and not a frequency converting device.

DOWNconv

The DUT converts the input frequency to a lower output frequency:
Fixed LO, IF=RF+LO

UPConv

The DUT converts the input frequency to a higher output frequency:
Fixed LO, IF=abs(RF–LO).

Example
SENS:CONF:MODE:DUT DOWN
The DUT converts the input frequency to a lower output frequency.
Characteristics
*RST value: AMPLifier
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
NF

1300.2519.12

6.554

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)

[SENSe:]CONFigure:MODE:SYSTem:LOSCillator:FREQuency
This command specifies a fixed local oscillator frequency for a new frequency measurement list
in frequency–converting measurement mode. If this value is altered, a new frequency list is
generated.
Parameter
0 Hz to 999.99 GHz
Example
SENS:CONF:MODE:DUT DOWN
The DUT converts the input frequency to a lower output frequency.
SENS:CONF:MODE:SYST:LOSC:FREQ 1MHZ
Specifies the fixed local oscillator frequency for a new list to a value of 1 MHz.
Characteristics
*RST value: – 0 Hz
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
NF

[SENSe:]FREQuency[:CW|:FIXed]
This command specifies a fixed frequency to measure noise and gain continuously (fixed
frequency measurement).
Parameter

Example
CONF:SING
Configures to run fixed frequency measurements.
FREQ 10MHz
Sets a fixed frequency of 10 MHz.
Characteristics
*RST value: 550 MHz
SCPI: conform
Mode
NF

[SENSe:]FREQuency:LIST:DATA
This command specifies a new frequency list (for frequency list measurement). Each list entry
consists of three separate frequency entities: a receive frequency (RF), a local oscillator
frequency (LO), and an intermediate frequency (IF). The new list completely overwrites all the
current frequency list entries regardless of how many entries are present and how many entries
are being supplied for the new list. The new list is the active list until a new list is automatically
created.
The values specified in this command are not used for a fixed frequency measurement
(CONFigure:SINGle command).

1300.2519.12

6.555

E-11

SENSe Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)

R&S FSL

Parameter
,, ... (max. of 100 argument)
numeric value = set of three frequency measurements in the following order: fixed frequency,
local oscillator frequency, and intermediate frequency. The frequency range depends on the
selected measurement mode:
direct measurement

RF: 0 Hz to fmax

frequency–converting
measurement

RF, LO: 0 Hz to 999.99 GHz
IF: 0 Hz to fmax

Example
FREQ:LIST:DATA 550MHz,300MHz,900MHz
Specifies one entry frequency list with a receive frequency of 550 MHz, a local oscillator
frequency of 300 MHz, and an intermediate frequency of 900 MHz.
Characteristics
*RST value: 550 MHz | 0 Hz | 550 MHz
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
NF

[SENSe:]FREQuency:STARt
This command specifies the start frequency for a new frequency measurement list. If this value
is altered, a new frequency list is generated.
Parameter

Example
FREQ:STAR 500MHZ
Sets the start frequency for a new list to a value of 500 MHz.
Characteristics
*RST value: 550 MHz
SCPI: conform
Mode
NF

[SENSe:]FREQuency:STEP
This command specifies the step frequency for a new frequency measurement list. If this value
is altered, a new frequency list is generated.
Parameter

Example
FREQ:STEP 10MHZ
Sets the step frequency for a new list to a value of 10 MHz.

1300.2519.12

6.556

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)

Characteristics
*RST value: 2 MHz
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
NF

[SENSe:]FREQuency:STOP
This command specifies the stop frequency for a new frequency measurement list. If this value
is altered, a new frequency list is generated.
Parameter

Example
FREQ:STOP 700MHZ
Sets the stop frequency for a new list to a value of 700 MHz.
Characteristics
*RST value: 560 MHz
SCPI: conform
Mode
NF

[SENSe:]SWEep:COUNt
This command specifies the number of sweeps over which the measurement results are
averaged. The higher the number of sweeps, the more accurate the results. However, a high
number of sweeps requires a longer measurement time.
Parameter
1 to 32767
Example
SWE:COUN 10
Sets the number of sweeps for averaging to 10.
Characteristics
*RST value: 1
SCPI: conform
Mode
NF

[SENSe:]SWEep:TIME
For details refer to "[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:TIME" on page 6.234.

1300.2519.12

6.557

E-11

STATus Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)

R&S FSL

STATus Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)
The STATus subsystem contains the commands for the status reporting system (See Section ""). *RST
does not influence the status registers.

Commands of the STATus subsystem
–

STATus:QUEStionable:CORRection[:EVENt]?

–

STATus:QUEStionable:CORRection:CONDition?

–

STATus:QUEStionable:CORRection:ENABle

–

STATus:QUEStionable:CORRection:NTRansition

–

STATus:QUEStionable:CORRection:PTRansition

–

STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency[:EVENt]?

–

STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:CONDition?

–

STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:ENABle

–

STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:NTRansition

–

STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:PTRansition

–

STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2> [:EVENt]?

–

STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:CONDition?

–

STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:ENABle

–

STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:NTRansition

–

STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:PTRansition

STATus:QUEStionable:CORRection[:EVENt]?
This command queries the contents of the EVENt section of the
STATus:QUEStionable:CORRection register. Readout deletes the contents of the EVENt
section.
Example
STAT:QUES:CORR?
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: conform
Mode
NF

1300.2519.12

6.558

E-11

R&S FSL

STATus Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)

STATus:QUEStionable:CORRection:CONDition?
This command queries the contents of the CONDition section of the
STATus:QUEStionable:CORRection register. Readout does not delete the contents of the
CONDition section.
Example
STAT:QUES:CORR:COND?
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: conform
Mode
NF

STATus:QUEStionable:CORRection:ENABle
This command sets the bits of the ENABle section of the STATus:QUEStionable:CORRection
register. The ENABle register selectively enables the individual events of the associated EVENt
section for the summary bit.
Parameter
0 to 65535
Example
STAT:QUES:CORR:ENAB 65535
All events bits are represented in the CORRection summary bit.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: conform
Mode
NF

STATus:QUEStionable:CORRection:NTRansition
This command determines what bits in the STATus:QUESionable:CORRection Condition
register set the corresponding bit in the STATus:QUESionable:CORRection Event register if
that bit has a negative transition (1 to 0). The variable  is the sum of the decimal
values of the bits that are to be enabled.
Parameter
0 to 65535
Example
STAT:QUES:CORR:NTR 65535
All condition bits are summarized in the Event register if a positive transition occurs.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: conform
Mode
NF

1300.2519.12

6.559

E-11

STATus Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)

R&S FSL

STATus:QUEStionable:CORRection:PTRansition
This command determines what bits in the STATus:QUESionable:CORRection Condition
register set the corresponding bit in the STATus:QUESionable:CORRection Event register if
that bit has a positive transition (0 to 1). The variable  is the sum of the decimal
values of the bits that are to be enabled.
Parameter
0 to 65535
Example
STAT:QUES:CORR:PTR 65535
All condition bits are summarized in the Event register if a positive transition occurs.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: conform
Mode
NF

STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency[:EVENt]?
For details refer to "STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency[:EVENt]?" on page 6.244.

STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:CONDition?
For details refer to "STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:CONDition?" on page 6.244.

STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:ENABle
For details refer to "STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:ENABle" on page 6.244.

STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:NTRansition
This command determines what bits in the STATus:QUESionable:FREQuency Condition
register set the corresponding bit in the STATus:QUESionable:FREQuency Event register if that
bit has a negative transition (1 to 0). The variable  is the sum of the decimal values of
the bits that are to be enabled.
Parameter
0 to 65535
Example
STAT:QUES:FREQ:NTR 65535
All condition bits are summarized in the Event register if a positive transition occurs.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: conform
Mode
NF

1300.2519.12

6.560

E-11

R&S FSL

STATus Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)

STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:PTRansition
This command determines what bits in the STATus:QUESionable:FREQuency Condition
register set the corresponding bit in the STATus:QUESionable:FREQuency Event register if that
bit has a positive transition (0 to 1). The variable  is the sum of the decimal values of
the bits that are to be enabled.
Parameter
0 to 65535
Example
STAT:QUES:FREQ:PTR 65535
All condition bits are summarized in the Event register if a positive transition occurs.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: conform
Mode
NF

STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2> [:EVENt]?
For details refer to "STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>[:EVENt]?" on page 6.245.

STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:CONDition?
For details refer to "STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:CONDition?" on page 6.246.

STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:ENABle
For details refer to "STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:ENABle" on page 6.246.

STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:NTRansition
This command determines what bits in the STATus:QUESionable:LIMit Condition register set
the corresponding bit in the STATus:QUESionable:LIMit Event register if that bit has a negative
transition (1 to 0). The variable  is the sum of the decimal values of the bits that are to
be enabled.
Parameter
0 to 65535
Example
STAT:QUES:NTR 65535
All condition bits are summarized in the Event register if a positive transition occurs.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
NF

1300.2519.12

6.561

E-11

STATus Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)

R&S FSL

STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:PTRansition
This command determines what bits in the STATus:QUESionable:LIMit Condition register set
the corresponding bit in the STATus:QUESionable:LIMit Event register if that bit has a positive
transition (0 to 1). The variable  is the sum of the decimal values of the bits that are to
be enabled.
Parameter
0 to 65535
Example
STAT:QUES:PTR 65535
All condition bits are summarized in the Event register if a positive transition occurs.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
NF

1300.2519.12

6.562

E-11

R&S FSL

SYSTem Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)

SYSTem Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)
This subsystem contains a series of commands for general functions.

Commands of the SYSTem subsystem
–

SYSTem:CONFigure:DUT:GAIN

–

SYSTem:CONFigure:DUT:STIMe

SYSTem:CONFigure:DUT:GAIN
This command specifies the maximum gain of the DUT.
Parameter
10 dB to 999.99 dB
Example
SYST:CONF:DUT:GAIN 10
Specifies the gain of the DUT to be 10 dB.
Characteristics
*RST value: 30 dB
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
NF

SYSTem:CONFigure:DUT:STIMe
This command spcifies the DUT settling time. It represents the time to wait for the DUT to settle
after a noise source has been turned on or off.
Parameter
0 to 20 s
Example
SYST:CONF:DUT:STIM 1000MS
Specifies a period of one second for the DUT to settle down after exposure to the noise source
has been removed.
Characteristics
*RST value: 50 milliseconds
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
NF

1300.2519.12

6.563

E-11

SYSTem Subsystem (Noise Figure, K30)

R&S FSL

Remote Commands of the 3GPP Base Station
Measurements Option (K72)
This section describes the remote commands for the 3GPP Base Station Measurements option (K72).
The abbreviation WCDMA stands for the operating mode of this option. For details on conventions used
in this chapter refer to section "Notation" on page 6.2 at the beginning of this chapter.
For further information on analyzer or basic settings commands, refer to the corresponding subsystem
in section "Remote Commands of the Base Unit" on page 6.5.
This option is available from firmware version 1.60.

Subsystems of the 3GPP Base Station Measurements option (K72)
–

"ABORt Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)" on page 6.565

–

"CALCulate Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)" on page 6.566

–

"CONFigure:WCDPower Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)" on page 6.576

–

"DISPlay Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)" on page 6.577

–

"INITiate Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)" on page 6.579

–

"INPut Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)" on page 6.580

–

"INSTrument Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)" on page 6.581

–

"SENSe Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)" on page 6.582

–

"STATus:QUEStionable Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)" on page 6.591

–

"TRACe Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)" on page 6.592

–

"TRIGger Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)" on page 6.595

1300.2519.12

6.564

E-11

R&S FSL

ABORt Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)

ABORt Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)
The ABORt subsystem contains the commands for aborting triggered actions.

Commands of the ABORt Subsystem
–

ABORt

ABORt
For details refer to "ABORt" on page 6.10.

1300.2519.12

6.565

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)
The CALCulate subsystem contains commands for converting instrument data, transforming and
carrying out corrections. These functions are carried out subsequent to data acquisition, i.e. following
the SENSe subsystem.
The following subsystems are included:
•

"CALCulate:DELTamarker Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)" on page 6.566

•

"CALCulate:FEED Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)" on page 6.569

•

"CALCulate:LIMit:ESPectrum (WCDMA, K72)" on page 6.570

•

"CALCulate:MARKer Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)" on page 6.573

CALCulate:DELTamarker Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)
The CALCulate:DELTamarker subsystem controls the delta marker functions of the instrument.

Commands of the CALCulate:DELTamarker Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>[:STATe]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:AOFF

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion:CPICh

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion:PCCPch

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MAXimum[:PEAK]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MAXimum:LEFT

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MAXimum:NEXT

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MAXimum:RIGHt

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MINimum[:PEAK]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MINimum:LEFT

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MINimum:NEXT

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MINimum:RIGHt

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:X

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:X:RELative?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:Y?

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>[:STATe]
For details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>[:STATe]" on page 6.12.

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:AOFF
For details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:AOFF" on page 6.13.

1300.2519.12

6.566

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion:CPICh
This command sets the active delta marker on the common pilot channel.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Example
CALC:DELT1:FUNC:CPIC
Sets the active delta marker on the common pilot channel.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WCDMA

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion:PCCPch
This command sets the active delta marker on the primary common control physical channel.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Example
CALC:DELT1:FUNC:PCCP
Sets the active delta marker on the primary common control physical channel.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WCDMA

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MAXimum[:PEAK]
For details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MAXimum[:PEAK]" on page 6.17.

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MAXimum:LEFT
For details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MAXimum:LEFT" on page 6.17.

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MAXimum:NEXT
For details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MAXimum:NEXT" on page 6.17.

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MAXimum:RIGHt
For details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MAXimum:RIGHt" on page 6.18.

1300.2519.12

6.567

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)

R&S FSL

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MINimum[:PEAK]
For details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MINimum[:PEAK]" on page 6.18.

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MINimum:LEFT
For details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MINimum:LEFT" on page 6.19.

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MINimum:NEXT
For details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MINimum:NEXT" on page 6.19.

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MINimum:RIGHt
For details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MINimum:RIGHt" on page 6.19.

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:X
For details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:X" on page 6.21.

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:X:RELative?
For details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:X:RELative?" on page 6.21.

CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:Y?
For details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:Y?" on page 6.22.

1300.2519.12

6.568

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)

CALCulate:FEED Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)
The CALCulate:FEED subsystem selects the evaluation method of the measured code domain power
data. This corresponds to the selection of the result display in manual mode.

Commands of the CALCulate:FEED Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:FEED

CALCulate<1|2>:FEED
This command selects the result display for the Code Domain Power Diagram measurement.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
Result display

Display format

XPOWer:CDP

Code Domain Power Diagram
in relative scaling

bar graph

XPOWer:CDP:ABSolute

Code Domain Power Diagram
in absolute scaling

bar graph

XTIMe:CDPower:ERRor:CTABle

Code Domain Channel Table

channel assignment table

XTIMe:CDPower:ERRor:SUMMary

Code Domain Result Summary
(default setting)

results in table format

Example
CALC:FEED 'XPOW:CDP'
Selects the Code Domain Power Diagram result display in absolute scaling.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: conform
Mode
WCDMA

1300.2519.12

6.569

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)

R&S FSL

CALCulate:LIMit:ESPectrum (WCDMA, K72)
The CALCulate:LIMit:ESPectrum subsystem defines limit checking for RF measurements.

Commands of the CALCulate:LIMit:ESPectrum Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ESPectrum:MODE

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ESPectrum:RESTore

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ESPectrum:TRANsition

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ESPectrum:VALue

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ESPectrum:MODE
This command activates or deactivates automatic selection of the limit line in the spectrum
emission mask measurement.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> and <1...8> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
AUTO

Sets the limit line automatically according to the power determined in the useful
channel.

MANual

Activates the selected predefined limit lines.
The selection is made with the
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ESPectrum:VALue command.

USER

Activates the user–defined limit lines.
(for details refer to "Using Limit Lines and Display Lines – LINES Key").

Example
CONF:WCDP:MEAS ESP
Selects the spectrum emission mask measurement.
CALC:LIM:ESP:MODE MAN
Activates the selected predefined limit lines.
Characteristics
RST value: AUTO
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WCDMA

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ESPectrum:RESTore
This command restores the predefined limit lines for the spectrum emission mask
measurement. All modifications made to the predefined limit lines are lost and the factory–set
values are restored.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> and <1...8> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
CONF:WCDP:MEAS ESP
Selects the spectrum emission mask measurement.
CALC:LIM:ESP:REST
Sets the spectrum emission mask limit lines back to the factory–set values.

1300.2519.12

6.570

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)

Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WCDMA

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ESPectrum:TRANsition
This command defines the offset frequency at which the resolution bandwidth is changed.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> and <1...8> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
30 kHz to 1 MHz
Example
CONF:WCDP:MEAS ESP
Selects the spectrum emission mask measurement.
CALC:LIM:ESP:TRAN 5MHZ
Defines the offset frequency at which the resolution bandwidth is changed.
Characteristics
RST value: 4.0 MHz
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WCDMA

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ESPectrum:VALue
This command selects one of the following predefined limit lines. As a prerequisite, the
predefined limit lines must be activated using the
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ESPectrum:MODE command.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> and <1...8> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
43

P

39

39 dBm

P < 43 dBm

31

31 dBm

P < 39 dBm

0

P < 31 dBm

43 dBm

P stands for the expected power value.
Example
CONF:WCDP:MEAS ESP
Selects the spectrum emission mask measurement.
CALC:LIM:ESP:MODE MAN
Activates the selected predefined limit lines.
CALC:LIM:ESP:VAL 39
Selects the predefined limit line 39 dBm P < 43 dBm.

1300.2519.12

6.571

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)

R&S FSL

Characteristics
RST value: 0
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WCDMA

1300.2519.12

6.572

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)

CALCulate:MARKer Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)
The CALCulate:MARKer subsystem checks the marker functions of the instrument.

Commands of the CALCulate:MARKer Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>[:STATe]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:AOFF

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:CPICh

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:PCCPch

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:WCDPower[:BTS]:RESult?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MAXimum[:PEAK]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MAXimum:LEFT

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MAXimum:NEXT

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MAXimum:RIGHt

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MINimum[:PEAK]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MINimum:LEFT

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MINimum:NEXT

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MINimum:RIGHt

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:X

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:Y?

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>[:STATe]
For details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>[:STATe]" on page 6.56.

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:AOFF
For details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:AOFF" on page 6.56.

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:CPICh
This command sets the active marker on the common pilot channel.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Example
CALC:MARK1:FUNC:CPIC
Sets the active marker on the common pilot channel.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WCDMA

1300.2519.12

6.573

E-11

CALCulate Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)

R&S FSL

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:PCCPch
This command sets the active marker on the primary common control physical channel.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Example
CALC:MARK1:FUNC:PCCP
Sets the active marker on the primary common control physical channel.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WCDMA

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:WCDPower[:BTS]:RESult?
This command queries the measured and calculated results of the code domain power
measurement. The results are calculated from the recorded IQ data set.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> and <1...4> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
CDPabsolute

channel power absolute

CDPRelative

channel power relative

CERRor

chip rate error

CHANnel

channel number

CSLot

channel slot number

EVMRms

error vector magnitude RMS

FERRor

frequency error in Hz

IQIMbalance

I/Q imbalance

IQOFfset

I/Q offset

MACCuracy

composite EVM

MTYPe

modulation type

PCDerror

peak code domain error

PTOTal

total power

RHO

rho value for every slot

SRATe

symbol rate

TFRame

trigger to frame

TOFFset

timing offset

Example
CALC:MARK:FUNC:WCDP:RES? CDP
Queries the absolute channel power.

1300.2519.12

6.574

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)

Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WCDMA

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MAXimum[:PEAK]
For details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MAXimum[:PEAK]" on page 6.58.

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MAXimum:LEFT
For details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MAXimum:LEFT" on page 6.59.

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MAXimum:NEXT
For details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MAXimum:NEXT" on page 6.60.

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MAXimum:RIGHt
For details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MAXimum:RIGHt" on page 6.60.

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MINimum[:PEAK]
For details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MINimum[:PEAK]" on page 6.60.

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MINimum:LEFT
For details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MINimum:LEFT" on page 6.61.

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MINimum:NEXT
For details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MINimum:NEXT" on page 6.62.

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MINimum:RIGHt
For details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MINimum:RIGHt" on page 6.62.

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:X
For details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:X" on page 6.64.
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:Y?
For details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:Y?" on page 6.66.
1300.2519.12

6.575

E-11

CONFigure:WCDPower Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)

R&S FSL

CONFigure:WCDPower Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)
The CONFigure subsystem contains commands for configuring the measurements.

Commands of the CONFigure:WCDPower Subsystem
–

CONFigure:WCDPower:[BTS]:MEASurement

CONFigure:WCDPower:[BTS]:MEASurement
This command selects the measurements with their predefined settings according to the 3GPP
standard.
Parameter
ACLR

adjacent–channel power measurement

ESPectrum

measurement of spectrum emission mask

POWer

channel power measurement

WCDPower

code domain power measurement

Example
CONF:WCDP:MEAS POW
Selects the channel power measurement.
Characteristics
RST value: WCDP
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WCDMA

1300.2519.12

6.576

E-11

R&S FSL

DISPlay Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)

DISPlay Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)
The DISPLay subsystem controls the selection and presentation of textual and graphic information as
well as of measurement data on the display.

Commands of the DISPlay Subsystem
–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>[:STATe]

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:MODE

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe]:PDIVision

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel:OFFSet

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe]:RPOSition

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>[:STATe]
For details refer to "DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>[:STATe]" on page 6.132.

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:MODE
Parameter
WRITe | VIEW | AVERage | MAXHold | MINHold
For details on trace modes refer to chapter "Instrument Functions", section "Trace mode
overview".
For further details refer to "DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:MODE" on page 6.132.

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe]:PDIVision
This command defines the scaling of the y–axis in dB.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> and <1...6> are irrelevant.
Parameter
0.01 to 100 dB
Example
DISP:TRAC:Y:PDIV +10DB
Sets the Y scale to 10 dB/div.
Characteristics
*RST value: 7
SCPI: conform
Mode
WCDMA

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel
For details refer to "DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel" on page 6.135.

1300.2519.12

6.577

E-11

DISPlay Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)

R&S FSL

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel:OFFSet
For details refer to "DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel:OFFSet" on
page 6.135.

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe]:RPOSition
For details refer to "DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe]:RPOSition (models with
tracking generator)" on page 6.136.

1300.2519.12

6.578

E-11

R&S FSL

INITiate Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)

INITiate Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)
The INITiate subsystem is used to control the init–measurement function.

Commands of the INITiate Subsystem
–

INITiate<1|2>[:IMMediate]

–

INITiate<1|2>:CONTinuous

INITiate<1|2>[:IMMediate]
For details refer to "INITiate<1|2>[:IMMediate]" on page 6.146.

INITiate<1|2>:CONTinuous
For details refer to "INITiate<1|2>:CONTinuous" on page 6.147.

1300.2519.12

6.579

E-11

INPut Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)

R&S FSL

INPut Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)
The INPut subsystem controls the input characteristics of the RF inputs of the instrument.

Commands of the INPut Subsystem
–

INPut:ATTenuation

–

INPut:ATTenuation:AUTO

–

INPut:GAIN:STATe

INPut:ATTenuation
For details refer to "INPut<1|2>:ATTenuation" on page 6.150.

INPut:ATTenuation:AUTO
For details refer to "INPut<1|2>:ATTenuation:AUTO" on page 6.151.

INPut:GAIN:STATe
For details refer to "INPut<1|2>:GAIN:STATe" on page 6.151.

1300.2519.12

6.580

E-11

R&S FSL

INSTrument Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)

INSTrument Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)
The INSTrument subsystem selects the operating mode of the unit either via text parameters or fixed
numbers.

Commands of the INSTrument Subsystem
–

INSTrument[:SELect]

–

INSTrument:NSELect

INSTrument[:SELect]
Parameter
BWCD (3GPP Base Station Measurements option, R&S FSL–K72)
For further details refer to the INSTrument subsystem of the base unit.

INSTrument:NSELect
Parameter
8 (3GPP Base Station Measurements option, R&S FSL–K72)
For further details refer to the INSTrument subsystem of the base unit.

1300.2519.12

6.581

E-11

SENSe Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)
The SENSe subsystem is organized in several subsystems. The commands of these subsystems
directly control device–specific settings, they do not refer to the signal characteristics of the
measurement signal.
The SENSe subsystem controls the essential parameters of the analyzer. In accordance with the SCPI
standard, the keyword "SENSe" is optional for this reason, which means that it is not necessary to
include the SENSe node in command sequences.
The following subsystems are included:
•

"SENSe:AVERage Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)" on page 6.582

•

"SENSe:CDPower Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)" on page 6.583

•

"SENSe:FREQuency Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)" on page 6.590

•

"SENSe:SWEep Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)" on page 6.590

SENSe:AVERage Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)
The SENSe:AVERage subsystem calculates the average of the acquired data. A new test result is
obtained from several successive measurements.

Commands of the SENSe:AVERage Subsystem
–

[SENSe<1|2>:]AVERage:COUNt

[SENSe<1|2>:]AVERage:COUNt
For details refer to "[SENSe<1|2>:]AVERage:COUNt" on page 6.173.

1300.2519.12

6.582

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)

SENSe:CDPower Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)
The SENSe:CDPower subsystem controls the parameters for the code domain mode. The numeric
suffix in SENSe<1|2> is not significant in this subsystem.

Commands of the SENSe:CDPower Subsystem
–

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:ANTenna

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:ASEQuence

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:CODE

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:HSDPamode

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:ICTReshold

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:LCODe[:VALue]

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:LCODe:DVALue

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:LCODe:SEARch[:IMMediate]

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:LCODe:SEARch:LIST?

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:LEVel:ADJust

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:NORMalize

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:PREFerence

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:QINVert

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:RSUMmary

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:SLOT

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:STYPe

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:ANTenna
This command activates or deactivates the antenna diversity mode and selects the antenna to
be used.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
OFF

The antenna diversity mode is switched off.

1|2

The antenna diversity mode is switched on, and the signal from antenna 1 or
antenna 2 is used for code domain power analysis.

Example
CDP:ANT 1
The signal from antenna 1 is used for code domain power analysis.
Characteristics
RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WCDMA

1300.2519.12

6.583

E-11

SENSe Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)

R&S FSL

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:ASEQuence
This command starts the following sequence:
– Adjusts the reference level.
–

Searches automatically the scrambling code that leads to the highest signal power and stores it
as new scrambling code.

–

Changes into the Result Summary result display.

The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
CDP:ASEQ
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WCDMA

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:CODE
This command sets the code number. The code number refers to code class 9 (spreading factor
512).
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
0 to 511
Example
CDP:CODE 30
Sets code number 30.
Characteristics
RST value: 0
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WCDMA

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:HSDPamode
This command activates or deactivates the HSUPA/DPA channel detection.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
ON

The high speed channels can be detected.
The modulation type (QPSK /16QAM) is detected.

OFF

The high speed channel can not be detected.
Pilot symbols are detected.

1300.2519.12

6.584

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)

Example
CDP:HSDP OFF
Deactivates the HSUPA/DPA channel detection.
Characteristics
RST value: ON
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WCDMA

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:ICTReshold
This command sets the minimum power threshold for a single channel (channel power
compared to total signal power). Only channels with a signal power above this value are
recognized as active channels.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
–100 dB to 10 dB
Example
CDP:ICTR –10
Sets the minimum power threshold to –10 dB.
Characteristics
RST value: –60 dB
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WCDMA

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:LCODe[:VALue]
This command defines the scrambling code in hexadecimal format.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
0x0 … 0x5FFF
Example
CDP:LCOD #H2
Defines the scrambling code in hexadecimal format.
Characteristics
RST value: 0
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WCDMA

1300.2519.12

6.585

E-11

SENSe Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)

R&S FSL

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:LCODe:DVALue
This command defines the scrambling code in decimal format.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
0 to 24575
Example
CDP:LCOD:DVAL 3
Defines the scrambling code in decimal format.
Characteristics
RST value: 0
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WCDMA
[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:LCODe:SEARch[:IMMediate]
This command searches automatically the scrambling code that leads to the highest signal
power and stores it as new scrambling code for further measurements.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
CDP:LCOD:SEAR
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WCDMA
[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:LCODe:SEARch:LIST?
This command returns a comma separated result table of the automatic search sequence
containing the highest power values calculated and the corresponding scrambling codes.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Returned value
Each found scrambling code consists of the following line:
, , 
Example:
16,0x10,–18.04,32,0x20,–22.87,48,0x30,–27.62,64,0x40,–29.46
in table format:
code (dec)

code (hex)

CPICH power (dBm)

16

0x10

–18.04

32

0x20

–22.87

48

0x30

–27.62

64

0x40

–29.46

1300.2519.12

6.586

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)

Example
CDP:LCOD:SEAR
Starts the automatic scrambling code search.
CDP:LCOD:SEAR:LIST?
Lists the result table of the automatic search sequence.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WCDMA

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:LEVel:ADJust
This command adjusts the reference level to the measured channel power. This ensures that
the settings of the RF attenuation and the reference level are optimally adjusted to the signal
level without overloading the R&S FSL or limiting the dynamic range by an S/N ratio that is too
small.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
CDP:LEV:ADJ
Adjusts the reference level to the measured channel power.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WCDMA

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:NORMalize
This command activates and deactivates the elimination of the I/Q offset.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CDPower:NORMalize ON
Activates the elimination of the I/Q offset.
Characteristics
RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WCDMA

1300.2519.12

6.587

E-11

SENSe Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)

R&S FSL

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:PREFerence
This command sets the power reference for the relative power displays.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
TOT

total power

CPICH

power of the common pilot channel

Example
CDP:PREF TOT
Sets the total power as power reference.
Characteristics
RST value: CPICH
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WCDMA

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:QINVert
This command activates or deactivates the Q inversion.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
ON
The sign of the Q–component of the signal is inverted.
OFF
The sign of the Q–component of the signal remains unchanged.
Example
CDP:QINV ON
Activates the Q inversion.
Characteristics
RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WCDMA

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:RSUMmary
This command sets the view of the Code Domain Result Summary.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
NORmal

Some of the most important results are shown in the table on the R&S FSL
display.

EXTended

All available result are shown in the table on the R&S FSL display.

Example
CDP:RSUM EXT
Sets the extended view of the Code Domain Result Summary.
1300.2519.12

6.588

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)

Characteristics
RST value: NOR
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WCDMA

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:SLOT
This command selects the slot that is evaluated in the Code Domain Power Diagram and is
used for slot–based evaluations in the Code Domain Result Summary.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
0 to 14
Example
CDP:SLOT 3
Selects slot 3.
Characteristics
RST value: 0
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WCDMA

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:STYPe
This command defines the synchronization..
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
CPICh

A synchronization to the CPICH control channel is performed. As a prerequisite,
the CPICH control channel must be present in the signal.

SCHannel

A synchronization without assuming the presence of a CPICH channel is
performed.
While this setting can also be used with other channel configurations, but the
probability of synchronization failure increases with the number of data channels.

Example
CDP:STYP SCH
A synchronization without assuming the presence of a CPICH channel is performed.
Characteristics
RST value: CPICH
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WCDMA

1300.2519.12

6.589

E-11

SENSe Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)

R&S FSL

SENSe:FREQuency Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)
The SENSe:FREQuency subsystem defines the frequency axis of the active display. The frequency
axis can either be defined via the start/stop frequency or via the center frequency and span.

Commands of the SENSe:FREQuency Subsystem
–

[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:CENTer

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:CENTer:STEP

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:OFFSet

[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:CENTer
For details refer to "[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:CENTer" on page 6.200.

[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:CENTer:STEP
For details refer to "[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:CENTer:STEP" on page 6.201.

[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:OFFSet
For details refer to "[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:OFFSet" on page 6.203.

SENSe:SWEep Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)
The SENSe:SWEep subsystem controls the sweep parameters.

Commands of the SENSe:SWEep Subsystem
–

[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:COUNt

[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:COUNt
For details refer to "[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:COUNt" on page 6.229.

1300.2519.12

6.590

E-11

R&S FSL

STATus:QUEStionable Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)

STATus:QUEStionable Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)
The STATus:QUEStionable subsystem contains information about the error situation in the code
domain power analysis.

Commands of the STATus:QUEStionable Subsystem
–

STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC[:EVENt?]

–

STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC:CONDition?

STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC[:EVENt?]
For details refer to "STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC[:EVENt]?" on page 6.250.

STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC:CONDition?
For details refer to "STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC:CONDition?" on page 6.251.

1300.2519.12

6.591

E-11

TRACe Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)

R&S FSL

TRACe Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)
The TRACe subsystem controls access to the instruments internal trace memory.

Commands of the TRACe Subsystem
–

TRACe<1|2>[:DATA]

–

TRACe1:DATA? LIST

TRACe<1|2>[:DATA]
Parameter for code domain power measurements
TRACE1 | PWCDp | CWCDp | CTABle
Transmitted values for code domain power measurements
The transmitted values depend on the parameter selection.
Value

Description

Range



code class of the channel

{–1, 2 ... 9}

Unit

–1 indicates that the channel does not have a code class
(e.g. for PSCH)


spreading factor of the channel
code class 9 corresponds to the highest spreading factor
(512, symbol rate 7.5 ksps), code class 2 to the lowest
admissible spreading factor (4, symbol rate 960 ksps)
–1 indicates that the channel does not have a valid
spreading factor (e.g. for PSCH)



code number of the channel
–1 indicates that the channel does not have a regular
channel number (e.g. for PSCH)



absolute level of the code channel at the selected channel
slot

{–

...

}

dBm



relative level of the code channel at the selected channel
slot referenced to CPICH or total power

{–

...

}

dB



timing offset of the code channel to the frame start

{0 ... 38400}

chips

{0,2,4,8,16}

symbols

step width is 256 chips for code class 2 to 8,
512 chips for code class 9


pilot length of the code channel
According to the 3GPP standard, the pilot length range
depends on the code class.



Flag to indicate whether a channel is active (1) or
not active (0)

{0,1}



channel type indication

{0 ... 16}

0 = DPCH, 1 = PICH, 2 = CPICH, 3 = PSCH, 4 = SSCH,
5 = PCCPCH6 = SCCPCH, 7 = HS_SCCH,
8 = HS_PDSCH, 9 = CHAN, 10 = CPRSD, 11 = CPR–TPC,
12 = CPR–SF/2, 13 = CPR–SF/2–TPC, 14 = EHICH–
ERGCH, 15 = EAGCH, 16 = SCPICH
For details on channels refer to chapter 4, section "3GPP
Base Station Measurements (Option K72)", "Channels of
the Code Domain Channel Table and their usage"


modulation type of the code channel at the selected channel
slot

{2,4,15}

2 = QPSK, 4 = 16QAM, 15 = NONE


1300.2519.12

reserved for future functionality

6.592

{0}

E-11

R&S FSL

TRACe Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)

TRACE1
5 values are transmitted for each channel:
,,,,, ...
For the Code Dom Power Diagram result display, the channels are output in ascending order
sorted by code number, i.e. in the same sequence they are displayed on screen.
For the Code Dom Channel Table result display, the channels are sorted by code class, i.e. the
unassigned channels are transmitted last.
PWCDp
6 values are transmitted for each channel:
< class>,,,, or ,
,...
CWCDp
10 values are transmitted for each channel:
,,,, , , , , , , ...
The channels are output in ascending order sorted by code number, i.e. in the same sequence
they are displayed on screen.
CTABle
7 values are transmitted for each channel:
< class>,,,,,,
...
Parameter for RF measurements
TRACE1 | TRACE2 | TRACE3 | TRACE4 | LIST, | 
TRACE1 to TRACE4

trace memory to be read out

LIST

peak list data

 or 

data to be transferred

(For further details refer to "TRACe<1|2>[:DATA]" on page 6.263.

TRACe1:DATA? LIST
This command queries the list evaluation results. All results are float values.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Returned values
, , , , , , , , ,
, 
Value

Description



range number



start frequency



stop frequency



resolution bandwidth of range



frequency of peak



absolut power in dBm of peak



relative power in dBc (related to the channel power) of peak



distance to the limit line in dB (positive indicates value above the limit, fail)

1300.2519.12

6.593

E-11

TRACe Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)
Value

Description



limit fail (pass = 0, fail =1)



reserved (0.0)



reserved (0.0)

R&S FSL

Example
CONF:WCDP:MEAS ESP
Selects the spectrum emission mask measurement.
TRACe1:DATA? LIST
Queries the list evaluation results.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WCDMA

1300.2519.12

6.594

E-11

R&S FSL

TRIGger Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)

TRIGger Subsystem (WCDMA, K72)
The TRIGger subsystem is used to synchronize instrument actions with events. It is thus possible to control
and synchronize the start of a sweep.

Commands of the TRIGger Subsystem
–

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:SOURce

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:SOURce
Parameter
IMMediate (Free Run) | EXTernal | IFPower
For further details refer to "TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:SOURce" on page 6.280.

1300.2519.12

6.595

E-11

Remote Commands of the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer Option (K82)

R&S FSL

Remote Commands of the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer
Option (K82)
This chapter describes the remote commands for the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer option (K82). The
abbreviation CDMA stands for the operating mode of this option. For details on conventions used in this
chapter refer to section "Notation" on page 6.2 at the beginning of this chapter.
For further information on analyzer or basic settings commands, refer to the corresponding subsystem
in "Remote Commands of the Base Unit" on page 6.5.
This option is available from firmware version 1.90.

Subsystems of the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer option (K82)
–

"CALCulate Subsystem (CDMA, K82)" on page 6.597

–

"CONFigure Subsystem (CDMA, K82)" on page 6.604

–

"DISPlay Subsystem (CDMA, K82)" on page 6.611

–

"INSTrument Subsystem (CDMA, K82)" on page 6.613

–

"SENSe Subsystem (CDMA, K82)" on page 6.614

–

"TRACe Subsystem (CDMA, K82)" on page 6.624

1300.2519.12

6.596

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (CDMA, K82)

CALCulate Subsystem (CDMA, K82)
The CALCulate subsystem contains commands for converting instrument data, transforming and
carrying out corrections. These functions are carried out subsequent to data acquisition, i.e. following
the SENSe subsystem.
The following subsystems are included:
•

"CALCulate:FEED Subsystem (CDMA, K82)" on page 6.597

•

"CALCulate:LIMit:ESPectrum Subsystem (CDMA, K82)" on page 6.599

•

"CALCulate:MARKer<1…4>:FUNCtion Subsystem (CDMA, K82)" on page 6.601

•

"CALCulate:STATistics Subsystem (CDMA, K82)" on page 6.603

CALCulate:FEED Subsystem (CDMA, K82)
The CALCulate:FEED subsystem selects the type of evaluation for the measurement data. This
corresponds to the result display selection in manual operation.

Commands of the CALCulate:FEED Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:FEED

CALCulate<1|2>:FEED
This command selects the result display for the measured data.The numeric suffix at
CALCulate<1|2> specifies the measurement window.
Parameter
XPOW:CDP

Code Domain Power (CDP) result display (absolute)

XPOW:CDP:RAT

Code Domain Power (CDP) result display (relative)

XPOW:CDEP

Code Domain Error Power (CDEP) result display

XTIM:CDP:ERR:CTABle

Channel Table result display

XTIM:CDP:PVSLot

Power versus Power Control Group (PCG) result display

XTIM:CDP:ERR:SUMM

Result Summary result display

XTIM:CDP:MACCuracy

Composite EVM result display

XTIM:CDP:ERR:PCDomain

Peak Code Domain Error result display

XTIM:CDP:SYMB:CONSt

Channel Constellation result display

XTIM:CDP:SYMB:EVM

Symbol Error Vector Magnitude result display

XTIM:CDP:BSTReam

Channel Bitstream result display

XTIM:CDP:COMP:CONSt

Composite Constellation result display

XTIM:CDP:PVSYmbol

Power versus Symbol result display

1300.2519.12

6.597

E-11

Remote Commands of the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer Option (K82)

R&S FSL

Example
INST:SEL BC2K
Activates the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer option.
INIT:CONT OFF
Selects single sweep.
CALC2:FEED 'XTIM:CDP:MACC'
Selects the Composite EVM result display.
INIT;*WAI
Starts measurement with synchronization.
TRAC? TRACE2
Reads out the result.
Characteristics
RST value: 'XPOW:CDP:RAT'
SCPI: conform
Mode
CDMA

1300.2519.12

6.598

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (CDMA, K82)

CALCulate:LIMit:ESPectrum Subsystem (CDMA, K82)
The CALCulate:LIMit:ESPectrum subsystem defines the limit check for thr Spectrum Emission Mask.

Commands of the CALCulate:LIMit:ESPectrum Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ESPectrum:MODE

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ESPectrum:RESTore

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ESPectrum:VALue

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ESPectrum:MODE
This command activates or deactivates the automatic selection of the limit line in the Spectrum
Emission Mask measurement.The numeric suffix at CALCulate<1|2> specifies the
measurement window. The numeric suffix at LIMit<1...8> is irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
AUTO

The limit line depends on the measured channel power.

MANUAL

One of the three specified limit lines is set. The selection is made with the
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ESPectrum:VALue command.

Example
INST:SEL BC2K
Activates the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer option.
INIT:CONT OFF
Selects single sweep.
CONF:CDP:BCL 1
Select band class 1, 1900 MHz
CONF:CDP:MEAS ESP
Selects Spectrum Emission Mask measurement.
CALC:LIM:ESP:MODE AUTO
Activates automatic selection of the limit line.
INIT;*WAI
Starts measurement with synchronization.
CALC:LIM:FAIL?
Queries result of the limit check.
Characteristics
RST value: AUTO
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
CDMA

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ESPectrum:RESTore
This command restores the predefined limit lines for the Spectrum Emission Mask
measurement. All modifications made to the predefined limit lines are lost and the factory–set
values are restored.
The numeric suffix at CALCulate<1|2> specifies the measurement window. The numeric suffix
at LIMit<1...8> is irrelevant for this command.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
1300.2519.12

6.599

E-11

Remote Commands of the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer Option (K82)

R&S FSL

Example
CALC:LIM:ESP:REST
Resets the limit lines for the Spectrum Emission Mask to the default setting.
Characteristics
RST value: SCPI: device-specific
Mode
CDMA

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ESPectrum:VALue
This command activates the manual limit line selection and specifies the expected power as a
value. Depending on the entered value, one of the predefined limit lines is selected.
The numeric suffix at CALCulate<1|2> specifies the measurement window. The numeric suffix
at LIMit<1...8> is irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
33

P

28

28

0

P < 28

33
P < 33

Example
INST:SEL BC2K
Activates the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer option.
INIT:CONT OFF
Selects single sweep.
CONF:CDP:BCL 1
Select band class 1, 1900 MHz
CONF:CDP:MEAS ESP
Selects Spectrum Emission Mask measurement.
CALC:LIM:ESP:VAL 33
Activates manual selection of the limit line and selects the limit line for P
INIT;*WAI
Starts measurement with synchronization.

33.

CALC:LIM:FAIL?
Queries result of the limit check.
Characteristics
RST value: 0
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
CDMA

1300.2519.12

6.600

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (CDMA, K82)

CALCulate:MARKer<1…4>:FUNCtion Subsystem (CDMA, K82)
The CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion subsystem checks the marker functions in the instrument.

Commands of the CALCulate:MARKer<1…4>:FUNCtion Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:CDPower[:BTS]:RESult?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:PICH

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:TDPIch

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:CDPower[:BTS]:RESult?
This command queries the results of the code domain measurement for the selected channel.
The channel is selected via the [SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:CODE command.
The numeric suffix at CALCulate<1|2> specifies the measurement window. The numeric suffix
at MARKer<1...4> is irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
SLOT | PTOTal | PPICh | RHO | MACCuracy | PCDerror | ACTive | FERRor | FERPpm |
CERRor | TFRame I IQOFfset | IQIMbalance | SRATe | CHANnel | SFACtor | TOFFset |
POFFset | CDPabsolute | CDPRelative | EVMRms | EVMPeak | DMType
For a description of the parameter refer to "Result Summary" on page 6.629.
Example
INST:SEL BC2K
Activates the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer option.
INIT:CONT OFF
Selects single sweep.
INIT;*WAI
Starts measurement with synchronization.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:CDP:RES? PTOT
Reads out total power.
CDP:SLOT 2
Selects power control group 2.
CDP:CODE 11
Selects code number 11.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:CDP:RES? EVMR
Reads out EVM rms of the code with number 11 in PCG 2.
Characteristics
RST value: SCPI: device-specific
Mode
CDMA

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:PICH
This command sets the marker to channel 0.64.
The numeric suffix at CALCulate<1|2> specifies the measurement window. The numeric suffix
at MARKer<1...4> specifies the marker to be set to the pilot channel.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.

1300.2519.12

6.601

E-11

Remote Commands of the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer Option (K82)

R&S FSL

Example
INST:SEL BC2K
Activates the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer option.
INIT:CONT OFF
Selects single sweep.
INIT;*WAI
Starts measurement with synchronization.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:PICH
Activates marker and positions it at pilot 0.64.
CALC:MARK:Y?
Queries value of the relative Code Domain Power of the pilot channel.
Characteristics
RST value: SCPI: device-specific
Mode
CDMA

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:TDPIch
This command sets the marker 1 to channel 16.128.
The numeric suffix at CALCulate<1|2> specifies the measurement window. The numeric suffix
at MARKer<1...4> specifies the marker to be set to the pilot channel.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
INST:SEL BC2K
Activates the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer option.
INIT:CONT OFF
Selects single sweep.
CDP:ANT 2
Selects antenna 2.
CDP:SFAC 128
Selects base spreading factor 128.
INIT;*WAI
Starts measurement with synchronization.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:TDPI
Activates marker and positions it at TDPICH 16.128.
CALC:MARK:Y?
Queries value of the relative Code Domain Power of the transmit diversity pilot channel.
Characteristics
RST value: SCPI: device-specific
Mode
CDMA

1300.2519.12

6.602

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (CDMA, K82)

CALCulate:STATistics Subsystem (CDMA, K82)
The CALCulate:STATistics subsystem controls the statistical measurement functions. The
measurement window cannot be selected for these measurement functions. No numeric suffix at
CALCulate is available.

Commands of the CALCulate:STATistics Subsystem
–

CALCulate:STATistics:CCDF[:STATe]

–

CALCulate:STATistics:NSAMples

–

CALCulate:STATistics:RESult<1…4>?

–

CALCulate:STATistics:SCALe:Y:LOWer

–

CALCulate:STATistics:SCALe:Y:UPPer

CALCulate:STATistics:CCDF[:STATe]
For details refer to the "CALCulate:STATistics:CCDF[:STATe]" command of the base unit on
page 6.112.

CALCulate:STATistics:NSAMples
For details refer to the "CALCulate:STATistics:NSAMples" command of the base unit on page
6.113.

CALCulate:STATistics:RESult<1…4>?
For details refer to the "CALCulate:STATistics:RESult<1...6>?" command of the base unit on
page 6.114.

CALCulate:STATistics:SCALe:Y:LOWer
For details refer to the "CALCulate:STATistics:SCALe:Y:LOWer" command of the base unit on
page 6.115.

CALCulate:STATistics:SCALe:Y:UPPer
For details refer to the "CALCulate:STATistics:SCALe:Y:UPPer" command of the base unit on
page 6.116.

1300.2519.12

6.603

E-11

Remote Commands of the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer Option (K82)

R&S FSL

CONFigure Subsystem (CDMA, K82)
The CONFigure subsystem contains commands for configuring the measurements.
The following subsystem is included:
•

"CONFigure:CDPower Subsystem (CDMA, K82)" on page 6.604

CONFigure:CDPower Subsystem (CDMA, K82)
This subsystem contains the commands for measurement selection and configuration of the
CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer option.
Further setting commands for the spectrum emission mask
"CALCulate:LIMit:ESPectrum Subsystem (CDMA, K82)" on page 6.599.

measurement

are

in

the

Commands of the CONFigure:CDPower Subsystem
–

CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:CTABle[:STATe]

–

CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:CTABle:CATalog?

–

CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:CTABle:COMMent

–

CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:CTABle:COPY

–

CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:CTABle:DATA

–

CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:CTABle:DELete

–

CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:CTABle:NAME

–

CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:CTABle:SELect

–

CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:BCLass

–

CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:MCARier[:STATe]

–

CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:MEASurement

–

CONFigure:CDPower:CTABle:RESTore

CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:CTABle[:STATe]
This command activates or deactivates the ‘RECENT’ channel table. To select another channel
table, use the CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:CTABle:SELect command.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
INST:SEL BC2K
Activates the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer option.
INIT:CONT OFF
Selects single sweep.
INIT;*WAI
Starts measurement with synchronization.
CONF:CDP:CTAB ON
Activates predefined channel table.
CONF:CDP:CTAB:SEL 'CTAB_1'
Selects channel table.

1300.2519.12

6.604

E-11

R&S FSL

CONFigure Subsystem (CDMA, K82)

INIT;*WAI
Starts measurement with synchronization.
Characteristics
RST value: OFF
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
CDMA

CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:CTABle:CATalog?
This command queries the names of all the channel tables stored on the flash disk for
CDMA2000.
Return values
, , <1st file name>,
<1st file size>, <2nd file name>, <2nd file size>, ..., , , ...
Example
INST:SEL BC2K
Activates the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer option.
CONF:CDP:CTAB:CAT?
Queries catalog.
Characteristics
RST value: SCPI: device-specific
Mode
CDMA

CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:CTABle:COMMent
This command defines a comment on the selected channel table.
Parameter
<'string'> = comment on the channel table
Example
INST:SEL BC2K
Activates the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer option.
CONF:CDP:CTAB:NAME 'NEW_TAB'
Selects channel table for editing. If a channel table with this name does not exist, a new channel
table is created.
CONF:CDP:CTAB:DATA 0,6,0,0,0,0,1,0.0,10,5,3,4,0,0,1,0.0
Defines a table with the following channels: PICH 0.64 and data channel with RC4/Walsh code
3.32.
CONF:CDP:CTAB:COMM 'Comment for NEW_TAB'
Specifies 'Comment for NEW_TAB' as comment.

1300.2519.12

6.605

E-11

Remote Commands of the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer Option (K82)

R&S FSL

Characteristics
RST value: SCPI: device-specific
Mode
CDMA

CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:CTABle:COPY
This command copies one channel table to another. Select the channel table you want to copy
using the CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:CTABle:NAME command.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Parameter
<'string'> = name of the new channel table.
Example
INST:SEL BC2K
Activates the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer option.
CONF:CDP:CTAB:NAME 'CTAB_1'
Selects channel table CTAB_1 for copying.
CONF:CDP:CTAB:COPY 'CTAB_2'
Copies CTAB_1 to C_TAB2.
Characteristics
RST value: SCPI: device-specific
Mode
CDMA

CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:CTABle:DATA
This command defines a channel table.
Parameter
For one table line, eight values are specified .
, , , , ,
, , , ....
channel type
code class
code number
radio configuration

For details on the values refer to Channel Table on
page 6.627.

reserved1
reserved2

always 0 (reserved)

status

0: inactive
1: active

CDP relative

any value in dB

The inactive channels (INACtive) do not have to be defined.

1300.2519.12

6.606

E-11

R&S FSL

CONFigure Subsystem (CDMA, K82)

Example
INST:SEL BC2K
Activates the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer option.
CONF:CDP:CTAB:NAME 'NEW_TAB'
Selects channel table for editing. If a channel table with this name does not exist, a new channel
table is created.
CONF:CDP:CTAB:DATA 0,6,0,0,0,0,1,0.0,10,5,3,4,0,0,1,0.0
Defines a table with the following channels: PICH 0.64 and data channel with RC4/Walsh code
3.32.
Characteristics
RST value: SCPI: device-specific
Mode
CDMA

CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:CTABle:DELete
This command deletes the selected channel table. Select the channel table you want to delete
using the CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:CTABle:NAME command.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
INST:SEL BC2K
Activates the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer option.
CONF:CDP:CTAB:NAME 'CTAB_1'
Selects channel table CTAB_2 for deleting.
CONF:CDP:CTAB:DEL
Deletes channel table CTAB_2.
Characteristics
RST value: SCPI: device-specific
Mode
CDMA

CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:CTABle:NAME
This command selects a channel table for editing or creating. To select a command for analysis,
use the CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:CTABle:SELect command.
Parameter
<'string'> = name of the channel table
Example
INST:SEL BC2K
Activates the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer option.
CONF:CDP:CTAB:NAME 'NEW_TAB'
Selects channel table for editing. If a channel table with this name does not exist, a new channel
table is created.

1300.2519.12

6.607

E-11

Remote Commands of the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer Option (K82)

R&S FSL

Characteristics
RST value: SCPI: device-specific
Mode
CDMA

CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:CTABle:SELect
This command selects a predefined channel table.
Parameter
<'string'> = name of the channel table
Example
Refer to the example of the CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:CTABle[:STATe] command.
Characteristics
RST value: "RECENT"
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
CDMA

CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:BCLass
This command selects the band class to be used.
Parameter
0 to 15
Example
INST:SEL BC2K
Activates the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer option
INIT:CONT OFF
Selects single sweep
CONF:CDP:BCL 1
Selects band class 1, 1900 MHz
Characteristics
RST value: 0
SCPI: device specific
Mode
CDMA

1300.2519.12

6.608

E-11

R&S FSL

CONFigure Subsystem (CDMA, K82)

CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:MCARier[:STATe]
This command activates or deactivates the settings that improve the processing of multi-carrier
signals.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
INST:SEL BC2K
Activates the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer option.
INIT:CONT OFF
Selects single sweep.
CONF:CDP:MCAR ON
Activates the multi-carrier settings.
Characteristics
RST value: OFF
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
CDMA

CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:MEASurement
This command selects the measurements of the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer option. The
predefined settings of the different measurements are described in chapter 4, section "Softkeys
of the measurement menu (CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer mode)".Parameter
ACLR

Adjacent–Channel Power measurement with predefined settings
according to the CDMA2000 standard

CCDF

measurement of the complementary cumulative distribution
function (signal statistics)

CDPower

Code Domain Analyzer measurement.

ESPectrum

check of signal power (Spectrum Emission Mask)

OBWidth

measurement of the occupied bandwidth

POWer

Signal Channel Power measurement with predefined settings
according to the CDMA2000 standard

Example
INST:SEL BC2K
Activates the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer option.
INIT:CONT OFF
Selects single sweep.
CONF:CDP:MEAS POW
Selects Signal Channel Power measurement .
INIT;*WAI
Starts measurement with synchronization.

1300.2519.12

6.609

E-11

Remote Commands of the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer Option (K82)

R&S FSL

Characteristics
RST value: CDPower
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
CDMA

CONFigure:CDPower:CTABle:RESTore
This command restores the predefined channel tables to their factory–set values. In this way,
you can undo unintentional overwriting.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
INST:SEL BC2K
Activates the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer option.
CONF:CDP:CTAB:REST
Restores the channel table.
Characteristics
RST value: SCPI: device-specific
Mode
CDMA

1300.2519.12

6.610

E-11

R&S FSL

DISPlay Subsystem (CDMA, K82)

DISPlay Subsystem (CDMA, K82)
The DISPLay subsystem controls the selection and presentation of textual and graphic information as
well as of measurement data on the display.

Commands of the DISPlay Subsystem
–

DISPlay:FORMat

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:SSELect

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1…6>:Y[:SCALe]:AUTO

DISPlay:FORMat
This command sets the visible screen display type to full or split screen.
Parameter
SPLit | SINGle
Example
DISP:FORM SINGle
Sets the display to full screen.
Characteristics
*RST value: SPL
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CDMA

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:SSELect
This command selects whether screen A or screen B is active. SSELect means Screen SELect.
Example
DISP:WIND1:SSEL
Sets the screen A active.
Characteristics
*RST value: 1
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CDMA

1300.2519.12

6.611

E-11

Remote Commands of the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer Option (K82)

R&S FSL

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1…6>:Y[:SCALe]:AUTO
This command switches on or off automatic scaling of the Y–axis for the specified trace display.
Automatic scaling sets the Y–axis to automatically scale to best fit the measurement results.
The numeric suffix at WINDow<1|2> selects the measurement window. The numeric suffix at
TRACe<1...6> must be 1.
Parameter
ONCE
Example
DISP:WIND2:TRAC:Y:SCAL:AUTO ONCE
activates automatic scaling of the Y–axis for the active trace
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
Mode
CDMA

1300.2519.12

6.612

E-11

R&S FSL

INSTrument Subsystem (CDMA, K82)

INSTrument Subsystem (CDMA, K82)
The INSTrument subsystem selects the operating mode of the unit either via text parameters or fixed
numbers.

Commands of the INSTrument Subsystem
–

INSTrument[:SELect]

–

INSTrument:NSELect

INSTrument[:SELect]
Parameter
BC2K (CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer option, R&S FSL–K82)
For further details refer to theINSTrument subsystem of the base unit.

INSTrument:NSELect
Parameter
10 (CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer option, R&S FSL–K82)
For further details refer to the INSTrument subsystem of the base unit.

1300.2519.12

6.613

E-11

Remote Commands of the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer Option (K82)

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (CDMA, K82)
The SENSe subsystem controls the essential parameters of the analyzer. In accordance with the SCPI
standard, the keyword "SENSe" is optional for this reason, which means that it is not necessary to
include the SENSe node in command sequences.
The following subsystems is included:
•

"SENSe:CDPower Subsystem (CDMA, K82)" on page 6.615

•

"SENSe:ESPectrum Subsystem (CDMA, K82)" on page 6.623

1300.2519.12

6.614

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (CDMA, K82)

SENSe:CDPower Subsystem (CDMA, K82)
This subsystem sets the parameters for the code domain measurements mode. The numeric suffix at
SENSe<1|2> is irrelevant.

Commands of the SENSe:CDPower Subsystem
–

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:ANTenna

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:CODE

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:ICTReshold

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:IQLength

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:LEVel:ADJust

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:NORMalize

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:ORDer

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:PNOFfset

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:PREFerence

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:QINVert

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:SFACtor

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:SLOT

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:TPMeas

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:ANTenna
This command deactivates the orthogonal transmit diversity (two–antenna system) or defines
the antenna for which the result display evaluated.
The numeric suffix at SENSe<1|2> is irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
OFF

The aggregate signal from both antennas is fed in.

1

The signal of antenna 1 is fed in.

2

The signal of antenna 2 is fed in.

For further details refer to chapter 4, "Antenna Diversity".
Example
INST:SEL BC2K
Activates the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer option.
INIT:CONT OFF
Selects single sweep.
CDP:ANT 2
Selects antenna 2.
CDP:SFAC 128
Selects base spreading factor 128.
INIT;*WAI
Starts measurement with synchronization.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:PICH
Activates marker 1 and positions it at the transmit diversity pilot channel (TDPICH) 16.128.
CALC:MARK:Y?
Queries value of the relative Code Domain Power of the TDPICH.
1300.2519.12

6.615

E-11

Remote Commands of the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer Option (K82)

R&S FSL

Characteristics
RST value: OFF
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
CDMA

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:CODE
This command selects the code number.
The numeric suffix at SENSe<1|2> is irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
0 to 127; the maximum value depends on the base spreading factor;
For further details refer to chapter 4, "Channel (Code) Number".
Example
INST:SEL BC2K
Activates the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer option.
INIT:CONT OFF
Selects single sweep.
CDP:SFAC 128
Selects base spreading factor 128.
CDP:CODE 11
Selects code number 11.
INIT;*WAI
Starts measurement with synchronization.
Characteristics
RST value: 0
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
CDMA

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:ICTReshold
This command defines the minimum power which a single channel must have compared to the
total signal in order to be regarded as an active channel. Channels below the specified
threshold are regarded as "inactive".
The numeric suffix at SENSe<1|2> is irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
–100 dB to 0 dB
Example
INST:SEL BC2K
Activates the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer option.
INIT:CONT OFF
Selects single sweep.
CDP:ICTR –10DB
Sets threshold value to –10 dB.
INIT;*WAI
Starts measurement with synchronization.
1300.2519.12

6.616

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (CDMA, K82)

Characteristics
RST value: –60 dB
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
CDMA

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:IQLength
This command sets the capture length in multiples of the power control group.
The numeric suffix at SENSe<1|2> is irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
2 to 12
Example
INST:SEL BC2K
Activates the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer option.
INIT:CONT OFF
Selects single sweep.
CDP:IQL 8
Sets 8 PCGs as capture length.
INIT;*WAI
Starts measurement with synchronization.
Characteristics
RST value: 3
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
CDMA

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:LEVel:ADJust
This command adjusts the reference level of the R&S FSL to the measured channel power. This
ensures that the settings of the RF attenuation and the reference level are optimally adjusted to
the signal level without overloading the R&S FSL or limiting the dynamic response by a too low
signal–to–noise ratio.The numeric suffix at SENSe<1|2> is irrelevant for this command.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
INST:SEL BC2K
Activates the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer option.
INIT:CONT OFF
Selects single sweep.
CDP:LEV:ADJ
Starts automatic level setting.
INIT;*WAI
Starts measurement with synchronization.

1300.2519.12

6.617

E-11

Remote Commands of the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer Option (K82)

R&S FSL

Characteristics
RST value: SCPI: device-specific
Mode
CDMA

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:NORMalize
This command activates or deactivates the elimination of the IQ offset from the signal.
The numeric suffix at SENSe<1|2> is irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
INST:SEL BC2K
Activates the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer option.
INIT:CONT OFF
Selects single sweep.
CDP:NORM ON
Eliminates the DC offset from the signal.
INIT;*WAI
Starts measurement with synchronization.
Characteristics
RST value: OFF
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
CDMA

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:ORDer
This command sets the channel sorting for the Code Domain Power and Code Domain Error
result displays.
The numeric suffix at SENSe<1|2> is irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
HADamard | BITReverse
For further details refer to chapter 4, "Code Order".
Example
INST:SEL BC2K
Activates the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer option.
INIT:CONT OFF
Selects single sweep.
INIT;*WAI
Starts measurement with synchronization.
CDP:ORD HAD
Sets Hadamard order.
TRAC? TRACE2
Reads out the results in Hadamard order.

1300.2519.12

6.618

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (CDMA, K82)

CDP:ORD BITR
Sets BitReverse order.
TRAC? TRACE2
Reads out the results in BitReverse order.
Characteristics
RST value: HADamard
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
CDMA

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:PNOFfset
This command sets the PN offset of the base station in multiples of 64 chips.
The numeric suffix at SENSe<1|2> is irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
0 to 511
Example
INST:SEL BC2K
Activates the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer option.
INIT:CONT OFF
Selects single sweep.
CDP:PNOF 45
Sets PN offset.
INIT;*WAI
Starts measurement with synchronization.
Characteristics
RST value: 0
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
CDMA

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:PREFerence
This command specifies the reference power for the relative power result displays (Code
Domain Power, Power vs PCG).
The numeric suffix at SENSe<1|2> is irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
PICH

The reference power is the power of the pilot channel. Which pilot channel is
used as reference depends on the antenna diversity (for details see
[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:ANTenna command).

TOTal

The reference power is the total power of the signal referred per power control
group (PCG) to the corresponding PCG.

For further information refer to chapter 4, "Power Reference"

1300.2519.12

6.619

E-11

Remote Commands of the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer Option (K82)

R&S FSL

Example
INST:SEL BC2K
Activates the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer option.
INIT:CONT OFF
Selects single sweep.
CDP:PREF TOT
Sets total power as reference power.
INIT;*WAI
Starts measurement with synchronization.
Characteristics
RST value: PICH
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
CDMA

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:QINVert
This command inverts the sign of the Q–component of the signal.
The numeric suffix at SENSe<1|2> is irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
INST:SEL BC2K
Activates the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer option.
INIT:CONT OFF
Selects single sweep.
CDP:QINV ON
Activates the inversion of the Q–component sign.
INIT;*WAI
Starts measurement with synchronization.
Characteristics
RST value: OFF
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
CDMA

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:SFACtor
This command defines the base spreading factor. If the base spreading factor of 64 is used for
channels of spreading factor 128 (code class 7), an alias power is displayed in the Code
Domain Power and Code Domain Error Power diagrams.
The numeric suffix at SENSe<1|2> is irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
64 | 128

1300.2519.12

6.620

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (CDMA, K82)

Example
INST:SEL BC2K
Activates the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer option.
INIT:CONT OFF
Selects single sweep.
CDP:SFAC 128
Selects base spreading factor 128.
INIT;*WAI
Starts measurement with synchronization.
Characteristics
RST value: 64
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
CDMA

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:SLOT
This command selects the power control group (PCG).
The numeric suffix at SENSe<1|2> is irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
0 to (capture length–1)
The capture length is defined via the [SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:IQLength command.
Example
INST:SEL BC2K
Activates the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer option.
INIT:CONT OFF
Selects single sweep.
CDP:SLOT 2
Selects power control group 2.
INIT;*WAI
Starts measurement with synchronization.
Characteristics
RST value: 0
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
CDMA

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:TPMeas
This command actives or deactivates the timing and phase offset evaluation of the channels to
the pilot.
The numeric suffix at SENSe<1|2> is irrelevant for this command.
The results are queried using the TRACe<1|2>[:DATA] command, Channel Table return
values, and the CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:CDPower[:BTS]:RESult?
command.
Parameter
ON | OFF
1300.2519.12

6.621

E-11

Remote Commands of the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer Option (K82)

R&S FSL

Example
INST:SEL BC2K
Activates the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer option.
INIT:CONT OFF
Selects single sweep.
CDP:TPM ON
Activates timing and phase offset.
INIT;*WAI
Starts measurement with synchronization.
CDP:SLOT 2
Selects power control group 2.
CDP:CODE 11
Selects code number 11.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:CDP:RES? TOFF
Reads out timing offset of the code with number 11 in PCG 2.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:CDP:RES? POFF
Reads out the phase offset of the code with number 11 in PCG 2.
Characteristics
RST value: OFF
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
CDMA

1300.2519.12

6.622

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (CDMA, K82)

SENSe:ESPectrum Subsystem (CDMA, K82)
This subsystem sets the parameters for the code domain measurements mode. The numeric suffix at
SENSe<1|2> is irrelevant.

Commands of the SENSe:ESPectrum Subsystem
–

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:PRESet[:STANdard]

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:PRESet:RESTore

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:STORe

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:PRESet[:STANdard]
For details refer to the [SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:PRESet[:STANdard] command of the base
unit on page 6.189.

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:PRESet:RESTore
For details refer to the [SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:PRESet:RESTore command of the base unit
on page 6.190.

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:STORe
This command saves the specified XML file under C:\r_s\instr\sem_std. To save the file in
subdirectory, include the relative path.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are not relevant.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
ESP:STOR 'CDMA2000\DL\BandClass_20.xml'
Saves the BandClass_20.xml XML file in the C:\R_S\instr\sem_std\CDMA2000\DL directory.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
CDMA

1300.2519.12

6.623

E-11

Remote Commands of the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer Option (K82)

R&S FSL

TRACe Subsystem (CDMA, K82)
The TRACe subsystem controls access to the instruments internal trace memory.

Commands of the TRACe Subsystem
–

TRACe<1|2>[:DATA]

TRACe<1|2>[:DATA]
This command transfers trace data from the controller to the R&S FSL, the query command
reads trace data from the R&S FSL.The numeric suffix at TRACe<1|2> is irrelevant.
For details on reading trace data for other than code domain measurements refer to
TRACe<1|2>[:DATA].
Parameter
TRACE1 |
TRACE2
CTABle

Reads out the trace data of measurement window 1 or 2.
For the Channel Table result display, reads out the maximum values
of the timing/phase offset between every assigned channel and the
pilot channel (see also [SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:TPMeas
command).

Return values
The measurement results are explained separately for each measurement and illustrated by a
short example:
– Code Domain Power on page 6.625
–

Code Domain Error Power on page 6.626

–

Channel Table on page 6.627

–

Result Summary on page 6.629

–

Power vs PCG on page 6.630

–

Peak Code Domain Error on page 6.630

–

Composite EVM on page 6.630

–

EVM vs Symbol on page 6.631

–

Power vs Symbol on page 6.631

–

Channel Constellation on page 6.631

–

Composite Constellation on page 6.631

–

Channel Bitstream on page 6.632

Characteristics
RST value: SCPI: conform
Mode
CDMA

1300.2519.12

6.624

E-11

R&S FSL

TRACe Subsystem (CDMA, K82)

Code Domain Power
The following values are transferred for each channel: , , ,
, ...
Parameter

Description

Output value

code class

code class of the channel, depending on the order
setting via the [SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:ORDer
command

Hadamard order: corresponds to the class that
belongs to the base spreading factor

code number

code number of the channel

0 to 127

signal level

absolute or relative power, depending on the
reference setting via the
[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:PREFerence
command

Hadamard order: power values of the different
codes

power ID

BitReverse order: 2 to 7

BitReverse order: consolidated channel power
(see [SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:ORDer
command)

power detection

0 – inactive channel

To avoid alias power set the base spreading factor
correctly (see [SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:SFACtor
command).

1 – power of own antenna
2 – alias power of own antenna
3 – alias power of other antenna
4 – alias power of own and other antenna

For sorting the channels and consolidation, the order is important (refer to the
[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:ORDer command):
•

In Hadamard order, the different codes are output in ascending order together with their code
power. The number of output codes corresponds to the base spreading factor.

•

In BitReverse order, codes belonging to a channel are next to one another and are therefore output
in the class of the channel together with the consolidated channel power. The maximum number of
output codes or channels cannot be higher than the base spreading factor, but decreases with
every concentrated channel.
Example
The example shows the results of the query for five channels having the following configuration:
channel type

channel spreading code

code class

signal level

PICH

0.64

6

–7.0 dB

PCH

1.64

6

–7.3 dB

CHAN

8.32

5

–8.0 dB

CHAN

24.128

7

–9.0 dB (alias with 24.64)

SYNC

32.64

6

–13.3 dB

INST:SEL BC2K
Activates the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer option.
INIT:CONT OFF
Selects single sweep.
CDP:ORD HAD
Sets order to Hadamard.
INIT;*WAI
Starts measurement with synchronization.

1300.2519.12

6.625

E-11

Remote Commands of the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer Option (K82)

R&S FSL

TRAC? TRACE1
Reads out the result.
Channel 8.32 is distributed to 8.64 and 40.64,
in each case with half power –8 dB –3 dB = –11.0 dB
6

0

–7.0

1

6

1

–7.3

1

6

2

–54.6

0

6

3

–55.3

0

6

6

7

–58.2

0

6

6

9

–53.4

0

6

6 24

–9.0

2

6

...

6 32

–13.3

1

6

...

6 40

–11.0

1

6

...

6 63

–54.7

0

6

6

...
6

8

–11.0

1

...

CDP:ORD BITR
Sets order to BitReverse.
TRAC? TRACE1
Reads out the result.
Channel 8.32 can be directly read out with its total power. The order is changed in accordance
with BitReverse.
6

0

–7.0

1

6 32

–13.3

1

6

6

16

–56.3

0

6 48

–52.8

0

6

8

–8.0

1

6 24

6

5

–9.0

2

...

6

1

–7.3

1

6

...

6 63

–54.7

0

6

Code Domain Error Power
The following values are transferred for each channel: , , ,
, ...
Parameter

Description

Output value

code class

code class of the channel; corresponds to the class
that belongs to the base spreading factor

code number

code number of the channel

error power

error power in dB, no difference of power between
the Hadamard and BitReverse orders

power ID

power detection

0 to 127

To avoid alias power set the base spreading factor
correctly (see [SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:SFACtor
command).

0 – inactive channel
1 – power of own antenna
2 – alias power of own antenna
3 – alias power of other antenna
4 – alias power of own and other antenna

For sorting the channels and consolidation, the order is important (refer to the
[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:ORDer command):
•

In Hadamard order, the different codes are output in ascending order.

•

In BitReverse order, codes belonging to a channel are next to one another. Because an error power
is output with the code domain error power, a consolidation of the power values is not sensible.

The number of output codes therefore generally corresponds to the base spreading factor.

1300.2519.12

6.626

E-11

R&S FSL

TRACe Subsystem (CDMA, K82)

Example
The example shows the results of the query for five channels having the following configuration:
channel type

channel spreading code

code class

signal level

PICH

0.64

6

–7.0 dB

PCH

1.64

6

–7.3 dB

CHAN

8.32

5

–8.0 dB

CHAN

24.128

7

–9.0 dB (alias with 24.64)

SYNC

32.64

6

–13.3 dB

INST:SEL BC2K
Activates the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer option.
INIT:CONT OFF
Selects single sweep.
CALC2:FEED 'XPOW:CDEP'
Selects the Code Domain Error Power result display.
INIT;*WAI
Starts measurement with synchronization.
TRAC? TRACE1
Reads out the result in Hadamard order.
6

0

–52.6

1

6

1

–60.1

1

6

6

2

–54.6

0

6

3

–55.3

0

6

6

7

–58.2

0

6

6

9

–53.4

0

6

...

6 24

–55.7

2

6

...

6 32

–58.6

1

6

...

6 40

–60.5

1

6

...

6 63

–54.7

0

6

...
6

8

–51.9

1

Channel Table
With the TRACE1 | TRACE2 parameter, the following values are transferred for each channel: , , , , , , , , ...
Parameter

Description

Output value

channel type

channel type , coded with numbers

0 – PICH
1 – SYNC
2 – PCH
3 – TDPICH
4 – APICH
5 – ATDPICH
6 – BCH
7 – CPCCH
8 – CACH
9 – CCCH
10 – CHAN
11 – INACTIVE
12 – PDCCH
13 – PDCH

code class

code class of the channel, specifies the
spreading factor

2 to 7
2 corresponds to the lowest allowed spreading factor
(4, symbol rate 307.2 ksps)
7 corresponds to the highest spreading factor (128,
symbol rate 9.6 ksps)

code number

1300.2519.12

code number of the channel

0 to 127

6.627

E-11

Remote Commands of the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer Option (K82)

R&S FSL

Parameter

Description

Output value

radio configuration

radio configuration, coded with numbers

0 – special channels
1 to 5 – data channels (CHAN)
10 – QPSK
20 – 8PSK
30 – 16QAM
(If the auto search function is activated via the
CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:CTABle[:STATe]
command, '1' is returned for RCs 1&2, '3' for RCs 3
to 5 and 10 for PDCH)

absolute level

in dBm

relative level

in dB, referred to the total or pilot power via
the
[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:PREFerence
command

timing offset

referred to the pilot in seconds

phase offset

referred to the pilot in rad

9 – evaluation of the timing and phase offset is not
active (refer to [SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:TPMeas)
or more than 50 active channels or channel is
inactive

Sorting of the channels:
5. all detected special channels
6. data channels, in ascending order by code class and within the code class in ascending order by
code number.
7. unassigned codes, with the code class of the base spreading factor
With the CTABle parameter, the following values are output: , , , , ,
, , ..., 
Example
The example shows the results of the query for five channels having the following configuration:
channel type

channel spreading code

code class

signal level

PICH

0.64

6

–7.0 dB

PCH

1.64

6

–7.3 dB

CHAN

8.32

5

–8.0 dB

CHAN

24.128

7

–9.0 dB (alias with 24.64)

SYNC

32.64

6

–13.3 dB

INST:SEL BC2K
Activates the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer option.
INIT:CONT OFF
Selects single sweep.
CALC1:FEED 'XTIM:CDP:ERR:CTAB'
Selects the Channel Table result display.
INIT;*WAI
Starts measurement with synchronization.

1300.2519.12

6.628

E-11

R&S FSL

TRACe Subsystem (CDMA, K82)

TRAC? TRACE1
Reads out the result in Hadamard order.
0

6

0

0

0.0

–7.0

9

9

1

6

32

0

–6.3

–13.3

9

9

2

6

1

0

–0.3

–7.3

9

9

10

5

8

3

–1.0

–8.0

9

9

10

7

24

3

–2.0

–9.0

9

9

11

6

2

3

–47.6

–54.6

9

9

–54.7

9

9

...
11

6

63

3

–47.7

CDP:TPM ON
Activates timing and phase offset measurement.
INIT;*WAI
Starts measurement with synchronization.
TRAC? CTAB
Reads out maximum timing and phase offsets.
1.20E–009,2,2,–3.01E–003,15,4,0,0,0,0,0,0
Max. time offset with code number and code class of associated channel, Max. phase offset
with code number and code class of associated channel, 6 reserved values

Result Summary
The results are output in the following order: , , , , ,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
, , , , , , ,
, , 
Global results of the selected PCG
Parameter

Description

SLOT

PCG number

PTOTal

total power in dBm

PPICh

pilot power in dBm

RHO

RHO

MACCuracy

composite EVM in %

PCDerror

peak code domain error in dB

IQOFfset

IQ offset in %

IQIMbalance

IQ imbalance in %

Global results of all PCGs
Parameter

Description

ACTive

number of active channels

FERRor

frequency error in Hz

FERPpm

frequency error in ppm

TFRame

trigger to frame; returns a '9' if the
trigger is set to Free Run.

CERRor

chip rate error in ppm

1300.2519.12

6.629

E-11

Remote Commands of the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer Option (K82)

R&S FSL

Channel results
Parameter

Description

SRATe

symbol rate in ksps

CHANnel

channel number

SFACtor

spreading factor of the channel

TOFFset

timing offset in s;

POFFset

phase offset in rad;
returns a '9' if the timing/phase offset
measurement is switched off (see
[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:TPMeas
command) or the number of active
channel exceeds 50.

CDPRelative

channel power relative in dB

CDPabsolute

channel power abs. in dBm (relative
to total or PICH power, refer to
CDP:PREF command)

EVMRms

error vector magnitude rms in %

EVMPeak

error vector mag. peak in %

Note:

The result of the modulation type can be read out with the
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:CDPower[:BTS]:RESult?

command

Power vs PCG
The number of returned value pairs corresponds to the Capture length
(see [SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:IQLength command).
The results are output in the following order: ,, , , ...

Peak Code Domain Error
The number of returned value pairs corresponds to the Capture length
(see [SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:IQLength command).
The results are output in the following order: , , ...

Composite EVM
The number of returned value pairs corresponds to the Capture length
(see [SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:IQLength command).
The results are output in the following order: , , ...

1300.2519.12

6.630

E-11

R&S FSL

TRACe Subsystem (CDMA, K82)

EVM vs Symbol
The results are output in the following order: , ,...
The number of values depends on the spreading factor. With transmit diversity activated (see
[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:ANTenna command), the number of values is reduced to the half.
Spreading
factor

Number of
values

128

12

64

24

32

48

16

96

8

192

4

384

Power vs Symbol
The results are output in the following order: , ,...
The number of values depends on the spreading factor. With transmit diversity activated (see
[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:ANTenna command), the number of values is reduced to the half.
Spreading
factor

Number of
values

128

12

64

24

32

48

16

96

8

192

4

384

Channel Constellation
Real and imaginary parts are transferred as value pairs: ,,,,...,, 
The number of value pairs depends on the spreading factor. With transmit diversity activated (see
[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:ANTenna command), the number of pairs is reduced to the half.
Spreading
factor

Number of
value pairs

128

12

64

24

32

48

16

96

8

192

4

384

Composite Constellation
The number of value pairs corresponds to the chip number of 1536 chips in a power control group. Real
and imaginary parts are transferred as value pairs: ,,,,...

1300.2519.12

6.631

E-11

Remote Commands of the CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer Option (K82)

R&S FSL

Channel Bitstream
Depending on the spreading factor (symbol rate) of the channel, a minimum of 12 and a maximum of
384 symbols can be contained in a power control group. Depending on the modulation type, a symbol
consists of the following bits:
•

BPSK: 1 bit (only the I–component is assigned)

•

QPSK: 2 bits (I–component followed by the Q–component)

•

8PSK: 3 bits

•

16QAM: 4 bits

For each bit, a value is output (range 0,1).
BPSK modulation type
Spreading
factor

Number of
values

128

12

64

24

32

48

16

96

8

192

4

384

QPSK modulation type
Spreading
factor

Number of
values

128

24

64

48

32

96

16

192

8

384

4

768

8PSK modulation type
Spreading
factor

Number of
values

32

144

16QAM modulation type
Spreading
factor

Number of
values

32

192

With transmit diversity activated (see [SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:ANTenna command), the values
reduce to the half.
Example
0, 0, 1, 0 , 1, 1, 0 ...

1300.2519.12

6.632

E-11

R&S FSL

TRACe Subsystem (CDMA, K82)

Remote Commands of the 1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer
Option (K84)
This chapter describes the remote commands for the 1XEV-DO BTS Analyzer option (K84). The
abbreviation EVDO stands for the operating mode of this option. For details on conventions used in this
chapter refer to section "Notation" on page 6.2 at the beginning of this chapter.
For further information on analyzer or basic settings commands, refer to the corresponding subsystem
in "Remote Commands of the Base Unit" on page 6.5.
This option is available from firmware version 1.90.

Subsystems of the 1XEV-DO BTS Analyzer option (K84)
–

"CALCulate Subsystem (EVDO, K84)" on page 6.634

–

"CONFigure Subsystem (EVDO, K84)" on page 6.643

–

"DISPlay Subsystem (EVDO, K84)" on page 6.653

–

"INSTrument Subsystem (EVDO, K84)" on page 6.655

–

"SENSe Subsystem (EVDO, K84)" on page 6.656

–

"TRACe Subsystem (1xEV-DO, K84)" on page 6.664

1300.2519.12

6.633

E-11

Remote Commands of the 1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer Option (K84)

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (EVDO, K84)
The CALCulate subsystem contains commands for converting instrument data, transforming and
carrying out corrections. These functions are carried out subsequent to data acquisition, i.e. following
the SENSe subsystem.
The following subsystems are included:
•

"CALCulate:FEED Subsystem (EVDO, K84)" on page 6.635

•

"CALCulate:LIMit:ESPectrum Subsystem (EVDO, K84)" on page 6.636

•

"CALCulate:LIMit:PVTime Subsystem (EVDO, K84)" on page 6.638

•

"CALCulate:MARKer<1…4>:FUNCtion Subsystem (EVDO, K84)" on page 6.640

•

"CALCulate:STATistics Subsystem (EVDO, K84)" on page 6.642

1300.2519.12

6.634

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (EVDO, K84)

CALCulate:FEED Subsystem (EVDO, K84)
The CALCulate:FEED subsystem selects the type of evaluation for the measurement data. This
corresponds to the result display selection in manual operation.

Commands of the CALCulate:FEED Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:FEED

CALCulate<1|2>:FEED
This command selects the result display for the measured data.The numeric suffix at
CALCulate<1|2> specifies the measurement window.
Parameter
XPOW:CDP

Code Domain Power (CDP) result display (absolute)

XPOW:CDP:RAT

Code Domain Power (CDP) result display (relative)

XPOW:CDEP

Code Domain Error Power (CDEP) result display

XTIM:CDP:ERR:CTABle

Channel Table result display

XTIM:CDP:PVChip

Power vs Chip result display

XTIM:CDP:ERR:SUMM

Result Summary result display

XTIM:CDP:MACCuracy

Composite EVM result display

XTIM:CDP:ERR:PCDomain

Peak Code Domain Error result display

XTIM:CDP:SYMB:CONSt

Channel Constellation result display

XTIM:CDP:SYMB:EVM

Symbol Error Vector Magnitude result display

XTIM:CDP:BSTReam

Channel Bitstream result display

XTIM:CDP:COMP:CONSt

Composite Constellation result display

XTIM:CDP:PVSYmbol

Power versus Symbol result display

Example
CALC:FEED 'XTIM:CDP:MACC'
Selects the Composite EVM result display.
Characteristics
RST value: 'XPOW:CDP:RAT'
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
EVDO

1300.2519.12

6.635

E-11

Remote Commands of the 1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer Option (K84)

R&S FSL

CALCulate:LIMit:ESPectrum Subsystem (EVDO, K84)
The CALCulate:LIMit:ESPectrum subsystem defines the limit check for thr Spectrum Emission Mask.

Commands of the CALCulate:LIMit:ESPectrum Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ESPectrum:MODE

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ESPectrum:RESTore

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ESPectrum:VALue

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ESPectrum:MODE
This command activates or deactivates the automatic selection of the limit line in the Spectrum
Emission Mask measurement.The numeric suffix at CALCulate<1|2> specifies the
measurement window. The numeric suffix at LIMit<1...8> is irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
AUTO

The limit line depends on the measured channel power.

MANUAL

One of the three specified limit lines is set. The selection is made with the
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ESPectrum:VALue command.

Example
CONF:CDP:MEAS ESP
Selects Spectrum Emission Mask measurement.
CALC:LIM:ESP:MODE AUTO
Activates automatic selection of the limit line.
Characteristics
RST value: AUTO
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
EVDO

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ESPectrum:RESTore
This command restores the predefined limit lines for the Spectrum Emission Mask
measurement. All modifications made to the predefined limit lines are lost and the factory–set
values are restored.
The numeric suffix at CALCulate<1|2> specifies the measurement window. The numeric suffix
at LIMit<1...8> is irrelevant for this command.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
CALC:LIM:ESP:REST
Resets the limit lines for the Spectrum Emission Mask to the default setting.
Characteristics
RST value: SCPI: device-specific
Mode
EVDO

1300.2519.12

6.636

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (EVDO, K84)

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ESPectrum:VALue
.This command selects one of the following predefined limit lines. As a prerequisite, the
predefined limit lines must be activated using the
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ESPectrum:MODE command. This commands supported for
compatibility with the old FSL-K72. It is obsolete and only the
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ESPectrum:MODE command should be used. The user can
specify the exclusively used power class by using a value larger or equal to PMIN and smaller
than the PMAX of that Power Class.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> and <1...8> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
-200dBm to 200dBm
Example
Power Class 1

-200 dBm P < 28 dBm

Power Class 2

28 dBm P < 33 dBm

Power Class 3

33 dBm P < 200 dBm

P stands for the expected power value.
CONF:CDP:MEAS ESP
Selects the spectrum emission mask measurement.
CALC:LIM:ESP:MODE MAN
Activates the selected predefined limit lines.
CALC:LIM:ESP:VAL 33
Selects the predefined limit line 33 dBm P < 200 dBm.(PowerClass3)
Characteristics
RST value: 0
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
EVDO

1300.2519.12

6.637

E-11

Remote Commands of the 1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer Option (K84)

R&S FSL

CALCulate:LIMit:PVTime Subsystem (EVDO, K84)
The CALCulate:LIMit:PVTime subsystem defines the limit check for power vs time measurement.

Commands of the CALCulate:LIMit:PVTime Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1…8>:PVTime:REFerence

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1…8>:PVTime:RVALue

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1…8>:PVTime:RESTore

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1…8>:PVTime:REFerence
This command sets the reference value. The standard asks for the sequence to first measure
the FULL slot with the limit line relative to the mean power of the averaged time response.
Therefore the parameter AUTO in a FULL slot measurement should be selected. In this mode
the mean power is calculated and the limit lines are relative to that mean power value. This
value should be used also as the reference for the IDLE slot measurement. With the parameter
ONCE the current mean power value of the averaged time response is used to set as the
fixedreference value for the limit lines. The mode is switched from AUTO to MANUAL. Now the
IDLE slot can be selected and the measurement sequence can be finished.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
AUTO | ONCE | MANual
Example
CALC:LIM:PVT:REF AUTO
Automatic reference value for limit lines. The value should be set to mean power
CALC:LIM:PVT:REF MAN
Manual reference value for limit lines
CALC:LIM:PVT:RVA -33.5
Set manual reference value to -33.5
CALC:LIM:PVT:REF ONCE
Set reference value to mean power
CALC:LIM:PVT:RVA?
Query reference value for limit lines. The value should be set to mean power value
Characteristics
RST value: AUTO
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
EVDO

1300.2519.12

6.638

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (EVDO, K84)

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1…8>:PVTime:RVALue
This command sets the reference level in dBm for calculating the limit lines Precondition is that
the automatic mode of power calculation is switched off via the commands
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1…8>:PVTime:REFerence ONCE or .
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1…8>:PVTime:REFerence MAN.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
-200dBm to 200dBm
Example
CALC:LIM:PVT:REF MAN
Manual reference value for limit lines
CALC:LIM:PVTime:RVA -33.5
Set manual reference value to -33.5
Characteristics
RST value: -20dBm
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
EVDO

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1…8>:PVTime:RESTore
This command restores the standard limit lines for the power versus time measurement. All
changes made to the standard limit lines are lost and the state of these limit lines as they left the
factory is restored.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command.
Example
CALC:LIM:PVT:REST
Reset the PVT limit lines to their default setting
Characteristics
RST value: -SCPI: device–specific
Mode
EVDO

1300.2519.12

6.639

E-11

Remote Commands of the 1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer Option (K84)

R&S FSL

CALCulate:MARKer<1…4>:FUNCtion Subsystem (EVDO, K84)
The CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion subsystem checks the marker functions in the instrument.

Commands of the CALCulate:MARKer<1…4>:FUNCtion Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:CDPower[:BTS]:RESult?

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:CDPower[:BTS]:RESult?
This command queries the measured and calculated values of the Code Domain Power
analysis. The channel type can be set by means of the [SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:CTYPe
command, the slot number by means of the [SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:SLOT command and
the code number by means of the [SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:CODE command.
The numeric suffix at CALCulate<1|2> specifies the measurement window. The numeric suffix
at MARKer<1...4> is irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
CDPabsolute

channel power absolute in dBm

CDPRelative

channel power relative in dB

CERRor

chip rate error in ppm

CHANnel

channel number

DACtive

number of active DATA channels

DMTYPe

modulation type of the DATA channel type
(2=QPSK, 3=8-PSK, 4=16QAM)

EVMPeak

error vector magnitude peak in %

EVMRms

error vector magnitude rms in %

FERRor

frequency error in Hz

FERPpm

frequency error in ppm

IQIMbalance

I/Q imbalance in %

IQOFfset

I/Q offset in %

MACCuracy

composite EVM in %

MACTive

Number of active MAC channels

MTYPe

modulation type of the channel type
(0=BPSK-I, 1=BPSK-Q,
4=16QAM, 5=2BPSK)

2=QPSK,

3=8-PSK,

PCDerror

peak code domain error in dB

PDATa

absolute power in the DATA channel type

PLENGth

Length of preamble in chips

PMAC
POFFset

absolute power in the MAC channel type
phase offset in rad

PPILot

absolute power in the PILOT channel type

PPReamble

absolute power in the PREAMBLE channel type

PTOTal

total power

1300.2519.12

6.640

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate Subsystem (EVDO, K84)

RHO

RHO value for the selected channel type/slot

RHOData

RHO over all slots for the DATA area

RHOMac

RHO over all slots for the MAC area

RHOPilot

RHO over all slots for the pilot area

RHO1

RHOoverall–1 over all slots over all chips with
start of averaging at the half–slot limit

RHO2

RHOoverall–2 over all slots over all chips with
start of averaging at the quarter–slot limit

SFACtor

spreading factor of the channel

SRATe

symbol rate in ksps

TFRame

trigger to frame in sec

TOFFset

timing offset in s

Note:

The Trigger to Frame value (TFRame) supplies a '9' if the trigger is at Free Run.
The Timing/Phase Offset values (TOFFset/POFFset) supply a '9' if timing and phase
measurement is disabled (refer to CDP:TPM) or the number of active channels is higher than
50.

Example
CALC:MARK:FUNC:CDP:RES? CDP
Reads out total power.
Characteristics
RST value: SCPI: device-specific
Mode
EVDO

1300.2519.12

6.641

E-11

Remote Commands of the 1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer Option (K84)

R&S FSL

CALCulate:STATistics Subsystem (EVDO, K84)
The CALCulate:STATistics subsystem controls the statistical measurement functions. The
measurement window cannot be selected for these measurement functions. No numeric suffix at
CALCulate is available.

Commands of the CALCulate:STATistics Subsystem
–

CALCulate:STATistics:CCDF[:STATe]

–

CALCulate:STATistics:NSAMples

–

CALCulate:STATistics:RESult<1…4>?

–

CALCulate:STATistics:SCALe:Y:LOWer

–

CALCulate:STATistics:SCALe:Y:UPPer

CALCulate:STATistics:CCDF[:STATe]
For details refer to the "CALCulate:STATistics:CCDF[:STATe]" command of the base unit on
page 6.112.

CALCulate:STATistics:NSAMples
For details refer to the "CALCulate:STATistics:NSAMples" command of the base unit on page
6.113.

CALCulate:STATistics:RESult<1…4>?
For details refer to the "CALCulate:STATistics:RESult<1...6>?" command of the base unit on
page 6.114.

CALCulate:STATistics:SCALe:Y:LOWer
For details refer to the "CALCulate:STATistics:SCALe:Y:LOWer" command of the base unit on
page 6.115.

CALCulate:STATistics:SCALe:Y:UPPer
For details refer to the "CALCulate:STATistics:SCALe:Y:UPPer" command of the base unit on
page 6.116.

1300.2519.12

6.642

E-11

R&S FSL

CONFigure Subsystem (EVDO, K84)

CONFigure Subsystem (EVDO, K84)
The CONFigure subsystem contains commands for configuring the measurements.
The following subsystem is included:
•

"CONFigure:CDPower Subsystem (EVDO, K84)" on page 6.644

1300.2519.12

6.643

E-11

Remote Commands of the 1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer Option (K84)

R&S FSL

CONFigure:CDPower Subsystem (EVDO, K84)
This subsystem contains the commands for measurement selection and configuration of the 1XEV-DO
BTS Analyzer option.
Further setting commands for the spectrum emission mask
"CALCulate:LIMit:ESPectrum Subsystem (EVDO, K84)" on page 6.636.

measurement

are

in

the

Commands of the CONFigure:CDPower Subsystem
–

CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:CTABle[:STATe]

–

CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:CTABle:CATalog?

–

CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:CTABle:COMMent

–

CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:CTABle:COPY

–

CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:CTABle:DATA

–

CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:CTABle:DELete

–

CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:CTABle:NAME

–

CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:CTABle:RESTore

–

CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:CTABle:SELect

–

CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:BCLass

–

CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:MCARier[:STATe]

–

CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:MEASurement

–

CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:PVTime:BURSt

–

CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:PVTime:FREStart

–

CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:PVTime:LIST[:STATe]

–

CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:PVTime:LIST:RESult?

–

CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:REVision

–

CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:RFSLot

CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:CTABle[:STATe]
This command activates or deactivates the ‘RECENT’ channel table. To select another channel
table, use the CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:CTABle:SELect command.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CONF:CDP:CTAB ON
Activates predefined channel table.
Characteristics
RST value: OFF
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
EVDO

1300.2519.12

6.644

E-11

R&S FSL

CONFigure Subsystem (EVDO, K84)

CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:CTABle:CATalog?
This command queries the names of all the channel tables stored on the flash disk for 1xEVDO.
Return values
, , <1st file name>,
<1st file size>, <2nd file name>, <2nd file size>, ..., , , ...
Example
CONF:CDP:CTAB:CAT?
Queries catalog.
Characteristics
RST value: SCPI: device-specific
Mode
EVDO

CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:CTABle:COMMent
This command defines a comment on the selected channel table.
Parameter
<'string'> = comment on the channel table
Example
CONF:CDP:CTAB:NAME 'NEW_TAB'
Selects channel table for editing. If a channel table with this name does not exist, a new channel
table is created.
CONF:CDP:CTAB:COMM 'Comment for NEW_TAB'
Specifies 'Comment for NEW_TAB' as comment.
Characteristics
RST value: SCPI: device-specific
Mode
EVDO

CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:CTABle:COPY
This command copies one channel table to another. Select the channel table you want to copy
using the CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:CTABle:NAME command.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Parameter
<'string'> = name of the new channel table.
Example
CONF:CDP:CTAB:NAME 'CTAB_1'
Selects channel table CTAB_1 for copying.
CONF:CDP:CTAB:COPY 'CTAB_2'
Copies CTAB_1 to C_TAB2.

1300.2519.12

6.645

E-11

Remote Commands of the 1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer Option (K84)

R&S FSL

Characteristics
RST value: SCPI: device-specific
Mode
EVDO

CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:CTABle:DATA
This command defines a channel table.
Parameter
For one table line, eight values are specified .
, , , , ,
, , , ....
Channel Type

The channel type is numerically coded as follows:
0 = PILOT
1 = MAC
2 = PREAMBLE with 64 chip length
3 = PREAMBLE with 128 chip length
4 = PREAMBLE with 256 chip length
5 = PREAMBLE with 512 chip length
6 = PREAMBLE with 1024 chip length
7 = DATA

Code Class

Depending on channel type, fixed: PILOT: 5, MAC: 6,
PREAMBLE: 5 and DATA: 4 (spreading factor =
2^code class)

Code number

0...spreading factor–1

Modulation

Modulation type including mapping:
0 = BPSK–I
1 = BPSK–Q
2 = QPSK
3 = 8–PSK
4 = 16–QAM
Modulation types QPSK/8–PSK/16–QAM have
complex values.

Reserved 1

Always 0 (reserved)

Reserved 2

Always 0 (reserved)

Status

0: inactive, 1:active
Can be used in a setting command to disable a channel
temporarily

CDP relative

Any with setting command, relative with CDP query

Before using this command, you must set the name of the channel table using the
CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:CTABle:NAME command.

1300.2519.12

6.646

E-11

R&S FSL

CONFigure Subsystem (EVDO, K84)

Example
CONF:CDP:CTAB:NAME 'NEW_TAB'
Selects channel table for editing. If a channel table with this name does not exist, a new channel
table is created.
CONF:CDP:CTAB:DATA 0,6,0,0,0,0,1,0.0,10,5,3,4,0,0,1,0.0
Defines a table with the following channels: PICH 0.64 and data channel with RC4/Walsh code
3.32.
Characteristics
RST value: SCPI: device-specific
Mode
EVDO

CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:CTABle:DELete
This command deletes the selected channel table. Select the channel table you want to delete
using the CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:CTABle:NAME command.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
CONF:CDP:CTAB:NAME 'CTAB_2'
Selects channel table CTAB_2 for deleting.
CONF:CDP:CTAB:DEL
Deletes channel table CTAB_2.
Characteristics
RST value: SCPI: device-specific
Mode
EVDO

CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:CTABle:NAME
This command selects a channel table for editing or creating. To select a command for analysis,
use the CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:CTABle:SELect command.
Parameter
<'string'> = name of the channel table
Example
CONF:CDP:CTAB:NAME 'NEW_TAB'
Selects channel table for editing. If a channel table with this name does not exist, a new channel
table is created.
Characteristics
RST value: SCPI: device-specific
Mode
EVDO

1300.2519.12

6.647

E-11

Remote Commands of the 1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer Option (K84)

R&S FSL

CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:CTABle:RESTore
This command restores the predefined channel tables to their factory–set values. In this way,
you can undo unintentional overwriting.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
INST:SEL BC2K
Activates the 1XEV-DO BTS Analyzer option.
CONF:CDP:CTAB:REST
Restores the channel table.
Characteristics
RST value: SCPI: device-specific
Mode
EVDO

CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:CTABle:SELect
This command selects a predefined channel table.
Parameter
<'string'> = name of the channel table
Example
Refer to the example of the CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:MCARier[:STATe] command.
Characteristics
RST value: "RECENT"
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
EVDO

CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:BCLass
This command selects the band class to be used.
Parameter
0

800 MHz band

1

1900 MHz band

2

TACS band

3

JTACS band

4

Korean PCS band

5

450 MHz band

6

2 GHz band

7

700 MHz band

8

1800 MHz band

9

900 MHz band

1300.2519.12

6.648

E-11

R&S FSL

CONFigure Subsystem (EVDO, K84)

10

Secondary 800 MHz band

11

400 MHz European PAMR band

12

800 MHz PAMR band

14

US PCS 1.9GHz Band

15

AWS Band

Example
CONF:CDP:BCL 1
Selects band class 1, 1900 MHz
Characteristics
RST value: 0
SCPI: device specific
Mode
EVDO

CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:MCARier[:STATe]
This command activates or deactivates the settings that improve the processing of multi-carrier
signals.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CONF:CDP:MCAR ON
Activates the multi-carrier settings.
Characteristics
RST value: OFF
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
EVDO

CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:MEASurement
This command selects the measurements of the 1XEV-DO BTS Analyzer option. The
predefined settings of the different measurements are described in chapter 4, section "Softkeys
of the measurement menu (1XEV-DO BTS Analyzer mode)".
Parameter
ACLR

adjacent–channel power measurement

CCDF

measurement of complementary cumulative
distribution

CDPower

code domain power measurement

ESPectrum

measurement of spectrum emission mask

OBWidth

measurement of the occupied bandwidth

POWer

channel power measurement

PVTime

Measurement of power versus time

1300.2519.12

6.649

E-11

Remote Commands of the 1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer Option (K84)

R&S FSL

Example
CONF:CDP:MEAS POW
Selects Signal Channel Power measurement .
Characteristics
RST value: CDPower
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
EVDO

CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:PVTime:BURSt
This command activates an automatic burst alignment to the center of the diagram.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CONF:CDP:PVT:BURS ON
Activates the automatic alignment
Characteristics
RST value: OFF
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
EVDO

CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:PVTime:FREStart
If switched on, this command evaluates the limit line over all results at the end of a single
sweep. The sweep is restarted if this result is FAILED.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CONF:CDP:PVT:FRES ON
Restarts a single sweep if the result evaluation is failed.
Characteristics
RST value: OFF
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
EVDO

1300.2519.12

6.650

E-11

R&S FSL

CONFigure Subsystem (EVDO, K84)

CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:PVTime:LIST[:STATe]
With this command the list evaluation which is off by default for backwards compatibility reasons
can be turned on.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CONF:CDP:PVT:LIST[:STATe] ON
Characteristics
RST value: OFF
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
EVDO

CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:PVTime:LIST:RESult?
With this command the list evaluation results are queried in a defined order.
Example
CONF:CDP:PVT:LIST:RES
Characteristics
RST value: SCPI: device-specific
Mode
EVDO

CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:REVision
With this command whether a revision 0 (subtype 0/1) signal or a revision A (subtype 2) signal
is analyzed.
Parameter
0|A
Example
CONF:CDP:REV 0
Revision 0 signal is analyzed
Characteristics
RST value: 0
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
EVDO

1300.2519.12

6.651

E-11

Remote Commands of the 1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer Option (K84)

R&S FSL

CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:RFSLot
This command defines the expected signal: FULL slot or IDLE slot. Accordingly the limit lines
and the borders for calculating the mean power are set. The lower and upper limit line are called
DOPVTFL/DOPVTFU for FULL and DOPVTIL/DOPVTIU for IDLE mode. It is possible to change
these lines with the standard limit line editor.
Parameter
FULL | IDLE
Example
CONF:CDP:RFSL FULL
Use limit line for FILL slot and connect FILL slot signal
Characteristics
RST value: FULL
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
EVDO

1300.2519.12

6.652

E-11

R&S FSL

DISPlay Subsystem (EVDO, K84)

DISPlay Subsystem (EVDO, K84)
The DISPLay subsystem controls the selection and presentation of textual and graphic information as
well as of measurement data on the display.

Commands of the DISPlay Subsystem
–

DISPlay:FORMat

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:SSELect

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1…6>:Y[:SCALe]:AUTO

DISPlay:FORMat
This command sets the visible screen display type to full or split screen.
Parameter
SPLit | SINGle
Example
DISP:FORM SINGle
Sets the display to full screen.
Characteristics
*RST value: SPL
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
EVDO

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:SSELect
This command selects whether screen A or screen B is active. SSELect means Screen SELect.
Example
DISP:WIND1:SSEL
Sets the screen A active.
Characteristics
*RST value: 1
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
EVDO

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1…6>:Y[:SCALe]:AUTO
This command switches on or off automatic scaling of the Y–axis for the specified trace display.
Automatic scaling sets the Y–axis to automatically scale to best fit the measurement results.
The numeric suffix at WINDow<1|2> selects the measurement window. The numeric suffix at
TRACe<1...6> must be 1.
Parameter
ONCE

1300.2519.12

6.653

E-11

Remote Commands of the 1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer Option (K84)

R&S FSL

Example
DISP:WIND2:TRAC1:Y:SCAL:AUTO ONCE
activates automatic scaling of the Y–axis for the active trace
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
Mode
EVDO

1300.2519.12

6.654

E-11

R&S FSL

INSTrument Subsystem (EVDO, K84)

INSTrument Subsystem (EVDO, K84)
The INSTrument subsystem selects the operating mode of the unit either via text parameters or fixed
numbers.

Commands of the INSTrument Subsystem
–

INSTrument[:SELect]

–

INSTrument:NSELect

INSTrument[:SELect]
Parameter
BC2K (1XEV-DO BTS Analyzer option, R&S FSL–K84)
For further details refer to theINSTrument subsystem of the base unit.

INSTrument:NSELect
Parameter
10 (1XEV-DO BTS Analyzer option, R&S FSL–K84)
For further details refer to the INSTrument subsystem of the base unit.

1300.2519.12

6.655

E-11

Remote Commands of the 1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer Option (K84)

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (EVDO, K84)
The SENSe subsystem controls the essential parameters of the analyzer. In accordance with the SCPI
standard, the keyword "SENSe" is optional for this reason, which means that it is not necessary to
include the SENSe node in command sequences.
The following subsystems is included:
•

"SENSe:CDPower Subsystem (EVDO, K84)" on page 6.656

SENSe:CDPower Subsystem (EVDO, K84)
This subsystem sets the parameters for the code domain measurements mode. The numeric suffix at
SENSe<1|2> is irrelevant.

Commands of the SENSe:CDPower Subsystem
–

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:AVERage

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:CODE

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:ICTReshold

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:IQLength

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:CTYPe

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:ICTReshold

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:IQLength

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:LEVel:ADJust

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:MAPPing

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:MMODe

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:NORMalize

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:OVERview

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:PNOFfset

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:QINVert

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:SBANd

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:SLOT

–

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:TPMeas

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:AVERage
This command can be precisely enabled by means of ON when the Code Domain Power
analysis is active (refer to CALCulate<1|2>:FEED). If averaging is active, the CDP is calculated
over all slots and displayed as called for by the 1xEV–DO Standard.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CDP:AVER ON
Activate averaging CDP relative over all slots and display on screen A.

1300.2519.12

6.656

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (EVDO, K84)

Characteristics
RST value: 0
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
EVDO

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:CODE
This command selects the code number. The maximum number depends on the channel type
The numeric suffix at SENSe<1|2> is irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
Channel Type

Spreading factor

Code number

PILOT

32

0…31

MAC

REV 0 64
REV A 128

0...63
0...127

PREAMBLE

REV 0 32
REV A 64

0...31
0...63

DATA

64

0...31

Example
CDP:CODE 11
Selects code number 11.
Characteristics
RST value: 0
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
EVDO

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:ICTReshold
This command defines the minimum power which a single channel must have compared to the
total signal in order to be regarded as an active channel. Channels below the specified
threshold are regarded as "inactive".
The numeric suffix at SENSe<1|2> is irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
–100 dB to 0 dB
Example
CDP:ICTR –10DB
Sets threshold value to –10 dB.
Characteristics
RST value: –40 dB
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
EVDO

1300.2519.12

6.657

E-11

Remote Commands of the 1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer Option (K84)

R&S FSL

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:IQLength
This command sets the capture length in multiples of the power control group.
The numeric suffix at SENSe<1|2> is irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
2 to 12
Example
CDP:IQL 8
Sets 8 PCGs as capture length.
Characteristics
RST value: 3
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
EVDO

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:CTYPe
This command is used to select the channel type. The number of results then changes in most
analyses, such as code domain power, symbol EVM, and bit stream, because either a different
spreading factor or a different number of symbols is available for the analysis.
Parameter
PILot | MAC | PREamble | DATA
Example
CDP:CTYP MAC
Select MAC channel type.
Characteristics
RST value: PILOT
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
EVDO

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:ICTReshold
This command defines the minimum power which a single channel must have compared to the
total signal in order to be regarded as an active channel. Channels below the specified
threshold are regarded as "inactive".
The numeric suffix at SENSe<1|2> is irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
–100 dB to 10 dB
Example
CDP:ICTR –10
Sets the minimum power threshold to –10 dB.

1300.2519.12

6.658

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (EVDO, K84)

Characteristics
RST value: –40 dB
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
EVDO

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:IQLength
This command sets the capture length in multiples of the slot.
The numeric suffix at SENSe<1|2> is irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
2 to 12
Example
CDP:IQL 10
Sets the capture length to 10.
Characteristics
RST value: 3
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
EVDO

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:LEVel:ADJust
This command adjusts the reference level of the R&S FSL to the measured channel power. This
ensures that the settings of the RF attenuation and the reference level are optimally adjusted to
the signal level without overloading the R&S FSL or limiting the dynamic response by a too low
signal–to–noise ratio.The numeric suffix at SENSe<1|2> is irrelevant for this command.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
CDP:LEV:ADJ
Adjusts the reference level to the measured channel power.
Characteristics
RST value: SCPI: device-specific
Mode
EVDO

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:MAPPing
This command selects, when the mapping mode is not Complex, whether the I or Q branch
should be analyzed.
Parameter
I|Q

1300.2519.12

6.659

E-11

Remote Commands of the 1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer Option (K84)

R&S FSL

Example
CDP:MAPP Q
Selects the Q branch.
Characteristics
RST value: I
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
EVDO

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:MMODe
This command defines the mapping mode. With AUTO, internal working takes place in
"Complex" mapping mode for the DATA channel type and "I or Q" for the PILOT, MAC and
PREAMBLE channel types. With this command, each mapping mode can be determined
personally for all channel types, or it is possible to return to AUTO.
Parameter
AUTO | IOQ | COMPlex
Example
CDP:MMODe COMP
The pilot channel type is analyzed complex
Characteristics
RST value: AUTO
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
EVDO

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:NORMalize
This command activates or deactivates the elimination of the IQ offset from the signal.
The numeric suffix at SENSe<1|2> is irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CDPower:NORMalize ON
Activates the elimination of the I/Q offset.
Characteristics
RST value: OFF
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
EVDO

1300.2519.12

6.660

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (EVDO, K84)

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:OVERview
This command can be enabled can be precisely enabled by means of ON when either the Code
Domain Power or the Code Domain Error Power analysis is active (refer to
CALCulate<1|2>:FEED). In Overview mode, the I branch of the signal is normally displayed on
screen A and the Q branch of the signal on screen B with the CDP/CDEP. The branches can be
read out separately by means of TRAC:DATA? TRACE1 and TRAC:DATA? TRACE2. The
previous analyses become active again when you exit Overview mode.
If an analysis other than Code Domain Power or Code Domain Error Power is selected when
Overview mode is active, you exit Overview mode and the previous analysis is reset on the
other screen.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CDP:OVER ON
Activate Overview mode.
CDP Relative on screen A I branch.CDP Relative on screen B Q branch
Characteristics
RST value: OFF
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
EVDO

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:PNOFfset
This command sets the PN offset of the base station in multiples of 64 chips.
The numeric suffix at SENSe<1|2> is irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
0 to 511
Example
INST:SEL BC2K
Activates the 1XEV-DO BTS Analyzer option.
INIT:CONT OFF
Selects single sweep.
CDP:PNOF 45
Sets PN offset.
INIT;*WAI
Starts measurement with synchronization.
Characteristics
RST value: 0
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
EVDO

1300.2519.12

6.661

E-11

Remote Commands of the 1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer Option (K84)

R&S FSL

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:QINVert
This command inverts the sign of the Q–component of the signal.
The numeric suffix at SENSe<1|2> is irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
INST:SEL BC2K
Activates the 1XEV-DO BTS Analyzer option.
INIT:CONT OFF
Selects single sweep.
CDP:QINV ON
Activates the inversion of the Q–component sign.
INIT;*WAI
Starts measurement with synchronization.
Characteristics
RST value: OFF
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
EVDO

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:SBANd
This command is used to swap the left and right sideband.
Parameter
NORMal | INVers
Example
CDP:SBAN INV
Swap sidebands.
Characteristics
RST value: NORMal
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
EVDO

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:SLOT
This command selects the slot that is evaluated in the Code Domain Power Diagram and is
used for slot–based evaluations in the Code Domain Result Summary.
The numeric suffix at SENSe<1|2> is irrelevant for this command.
Parameter
0 to (capture length–1)
The capture length is defined via the [SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:IQLength command.

1300.2519.12

6.662

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (EVDO, K84)

Example
CDP:SLOT 2
Selects power control group 2.
Characteristics
RST value: 0
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
EVDO

[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:TPMeas
This command actives or deactivates the timing and phase offset evaluation of the channels to
the pilot. If the value is OFF or if more than 50 channels are active, the command TRACe? and
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:CDPower[:BTS]:RESult? returns a value
of '9' for the timing and phase offset as the result. If the value is ON, the timing and phase
offsets are calculated and returned.
The numeric suffix at SENSe<1|2> is irrelevant for this command.
The results are queried using theTRACe<1|2>[:DATA]command and the
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:CDPower[:BTS]:RESult? command.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CDP:TPM ON
Activate timing and phase offset.
Characteristics
RST value: OFF
SCPI: device-specific
Mode
EVDO

1300.2519.12

6.663

E-11

Remote Commands of the 1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer Option (K84)

R&S FSL

TRACe Subsystem (1xEV-DO, K84)
The TRACe subsystem controls access to the instruments internal trace memory.

Commands of the TRACe Subsystem
–

TRACe<1|2>[:DATA]? LIST

–

TRACe<1|2>[:DATA]

Further information
–

Characteristics of the 1xEV-DO channel types

Characteristics of the 1xEV-DO channel types
The following table shows the characteristics of the channel types in the 1xEV-DO standard.
Channel
Type

Spreading
Factor

Symbol
Rate

Modulation Type

PILOT

32

38.4 ksps

BPSK-I or BPSK-Q

MAC

Rev. 0
Rev. A

19.2 ksps
9.6 ksps

BPSK-I or BPSK-Q

64

Chips per Slot

Symbols per
Slot and Code

Bits per Slot and Code
Mapping I or Q

Mapping
Complex

96*2=192

6

6

12

64*4=256

4
2

4
2

8
4

2
4
8
16
32
1
2
4
8
16

2
4
8
16
32
1
2
4
8
16

4
8
16
32
64
2
4
8
16
32

12
8
PREAMB
LE

DATA

Rev. 0

32

38.4 ksps

BPSK-I or BPSK-Q

Rev. A

64

19.2 ksps

BPSK-I or BPSK-Q

76.8 ksps

QPSK, 8-PSK,
16QAM

16

Preamble length
64:
128:
256:
512:
1024:
64:
128:
256:
512:
1024:

1600-0 = 1600
1600-64 = 1536
1600-128 = 1472
1600-256 = 1344
1600-512 = 1088
1600-1024=576

1300.2519.12

Mapping always Complex
Modulation Type

400*4
-PreambleChips
=DataNettoChips

6.664

QPSK
100
96
92
84
68
36

200
192
184
168
136
72

8-PSK

16QA
M
400
384
368
336
272
144

300
288
276
252
204
104

E-11

R&S FSL

TRACe Subsystem (1xEV-DO, K84)

TRACe<1|2>[:DATA]? LIST
This command returns the peak list. For each peak the following entries are given:
, , , , , , ... , ,

Parameter
LIST
Example
TRAC1:DATA? LIST
Peak list consist of Frequency of the peak, absolute level of the peak and distance to the limit
line
Characteristics
RST value: SCPI: device–specific
Mode
EVDO

TRACe<1|2>[:DATA]
The numeric suffixes <1|2> are irrelevant for this command except TRAC2? TRACe1 command
in this case the numeric suffix <2> is screen B.
Parameter for code domain power measurements
TRACE1 | TRACE2

Reads out the trace data of measurement window 1 or 2.

CTABle

For the Channel Table result display, reads out the maximum values of the
timing/phase offset between every assigned channel and the pilot channel
(see also [SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:TPMeas command).

Return values
The return values for each measurement are listed below:
– Code Domain Power
–

General Results / Channel Results

–

Power vs Chip

–

Power vs Symbol

–

Composite EVM

–

Channel Table

–

Bitstream

–

Peak Code Domain Error

–

Code Domain Error

–

Symbol Constellation

–

EVM vs Symbol

–

Composite Constellation

–

Return values for parameter CTABle

1300.2519.12

6.665

E-11

Remote Commands of the 1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer Option (K84)

R&S FSL

Characteristics
RST value: SCPI: device–specific
Mode
EVDO

Code Domain Power
The command returns three values for every code in a channel in the following order:
,,< power ID>, ...
Return values
Value

Description

Range

Unit



code number of the channel

{0…spreading
factor-1}



Absolute level of the code channel at the
selected channel slot

{–

...

}

dBm



relative level of the channel referenced to total
power in the channel type

{–

...

}

dB



Power indication
0 – inactive channel, 1 – active channel

{0,1}

The number of codes that are displayed corresponds to the spreading factor. The spreading
factor in turn depends on the selected channel types. Therefore, 32 value triplets are returned
for PILOT and PREAMBLE channels, 16 value triplets for DATA channels and 64 value triplets
for MAC channels (see Characteristics of the 1xEV-DO channel types on page 6.664).
In addition, the output depends on the mapping settings. The output is either the I branch, the Q
branch or the complex signal. If Code Domain Overview is activated, trace 1 shows the I branch
and trace 2 shows the Q branch by default.

General Results / Channel Results
The command returns 30 values selected channel in the following order::
, , , , , , , ,
, , , ,, , ,
, ,  , , , , ,
 , , , , ,
, 
Return values
Value

Description

Range

Unit



Frequency error in Hz

Hz



Frequency error in ppm

ppm



Chip rate error in ppm

ppm



Trigger to frame
Note: The Trigger to Frame value (TFRame)
supplies a '9' if the trigger is at FREE RUN.The
Timing/Phase Offset values (TOFFset/
POFFset) supply a '9' if timing and phase
measurement is disabled (refer to CDP:TPM)
or the number of active channels is higher than
50



1300.2519.12

RHO over all slots for the pilot area

6.666

E-11

R&S FSL

TRACe Subsystem (1xEV-DO, K84)

Value

Description

Range

Unit



RHOoverall–1 over all slots over all chips with
start of averaging at the half–slot limit



RHOoverall–2 over all slots over all chips with
start of averaging at the quarter–slot limit



Absolute power in the PILOT channel type

dBm



Absolute power in the MAC channel type

dBm



Absolute power in the DATA channel type

dBm



Absolute power in the PREAMBLE channel
type

dBm



Composit EVM in %

%



Modulation type in the DATA channel type:
2 = QPSK, 3 = 8–PSK, 4 = 16–QAM
MACTive Number of active



Number of active MAC channels



Number of active DATA channels



Length of preamble in chips



RHO value for the selected channel type/slot



Peak Code Domain error in dB

dB



IQ imbalance in %

%



IQ offset in %

%



Symbol rate in ksps

ksps



Channel number



Spreading factor of the channel



If the evaluation of the timing and phase offset
is not active(refer to CDPower:TPMeas) or
more than 50 active channels are in the signal,
the value 9 is returned. For inactive channels,
the value 9 is returned.



If the evaluation of the timing and phase offset
is not active (refer to CDPower:TPMeas) or
more than 50 active channels are in the signal,
the value 9 is returned. For inactive channels,
the value 9 is returned.



relative level of the channel referenced to total
power in the channel type

{–

...

}

dB



absolute level of the code channel at the
selected channel slot

{–

...

}

dBm



Error vector magnitude rms in %

%



Error vector magnitude peak in %

%



Modulation type:

s

0 = BPSK–I, 1 = BPSK–Q, 2 = QPSK, 3 = 8–
PSK, 4 = 16–QAM, 5 = 2BPSK (if complex
analysis selected for PILOT, PREAMBLE or
MAC)

Power vs Chip
The command returns one value for every chip in the following order:
, , …
The number of results that are displayed is always 2048, one power level for every chip.

1300.2519.12

6.667

E-11

Remote Commands of the 1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer Option (K84)

R&S FSL

Power vs Symbol
The command returns one value for every symbol in the following order:
, , …
The number of results that are displayed depends on the number of symbols and is between 2
and 100.

Composite EVM
The command returns two values for every slot in the following order:
, , , , …
The number of pairs of variates that is displayed corresponds to the IQ capture length.
Therefore the number of results is between 2 and 12.

Channel Table
The command returns 8 values for all active channels in the following order:
, , , , , , , , ...
The channels are listed in the following channel type order: PILOT, MAC, PREAMBLE, DATA.
Within the channel types, the channels are sorted in ascending code number order.
Return values
Value

Description

Range

Unit



channel type indication

{0 ... 7}



The channel type is coded with numbers as follows:
0 = PILOT, 1 = MAC, 2 = PREAMBLE with 64chip , 3
= PREAMBLE with 128chip, 4 = PREAMBLE with
256chip, 5 = PREAMBLE with 512chip, 6 =
PREAMBLE with 1024chip, 7 = DATA


{2 ... 7}

code class of the channel
The code class depends on channel type:
PILOT:5, MAC:6, PREAMBLE:5 and DATA:4
(spreading factor = 2^code class)



code number of the channel

{0…spreading
factor-1}



Modulation type including mapping:
0 = BPSK-I, 1= BPSK-Q, 2 = QPSK, 3 = 8-PSK, 4 =
16-QAM



absolute level of the code channel at the selected
channel slot

{–

...

}

dBm



relative level of the channel referenced to total power
in the channel type

{–

...

}

dB



Timing offset of the channel to the frame start.
Referred to the first active channel in seconds

s

If the evaluation of the timing and phase offset is not
active(refer to CDPower:TPMeas) or more than 50
active channels are in the signal, the value 9 is
returned. For inactive channels, the value 9 is
returned.


Phase offset Referred to the first active channel in
rad.
If the evaluation of the timing and phase offset is not
active (refer to CDPower:TPMeas) or more than 50
active channels are in the signal, the value 9 is
returned. For inactive channels, the value 9 is
returned.

1300.2519.12

6.668

E-11

R&S FSL

TRACe Subsystem (1xEV-DO, K84)

Bitstream
The command returns the bitstream of one slot, i.e. it returns one value for every bit (either 0 or
1) in a symbol in the following order:
, ,…, ,...
The number of returned bits depends on the modulation type. For BPSK modulated signals
there is one bit per symbol, for 2BPSK and QPSK signals there are 2 bits per symbol, for 8-PSK
modulated signals there are 3 bits per symbol and for 16QAM modulated signal there are 4 bits
per symbol. Accordingly, the bitstream per slot is of different lengths. The number of results is
between 2 and 400.

Peak Code Domain Error
The command returns two values for every slot in the following order:
, , , , …
The number of results corresponds to the IQ capture length. The number of results is between 2
and 12.

Code Domain Error
The command returns three values for every code in a channel in the following order:
,,< power ID>, ...
Return values
Value

Description



number of the code



value of the composite EVM



Power indication

Range

Unit

%
{0,1}

0 – inactive channel, 1 – active channel

The number of results corresponds to the spreading factor. The spreading factor in turn
depends on the selected channel types. Therefore, 32 value triplets are returned for PILOT and
PREAMBLE channels, 16 value triplets for DATA channels and 64 value triplets for MAC
channels (see Characteristics of the 1xEV-DO channel types on page 6.664).
In addition, the output depends on the mapping settings. The output is either the I branch, the Q
branch or the complex signal. If Code Domain Overview is activated, trace 1 shows the I branch
and trace 2 shows the Q branch by default.

Symbol Constellation
The command returns two values, the real and imaginary parts, for every symbol in the following
order:
, , , , …, , , …
The number of results depends on the number of symbols and is between 2 and 100 (see
Characteristics of the 1xEV-DO channel types, column 'Number of symbols per slot and code'
on page 6.664).

EVM vs Symbol
The command returns one value for every symbol in the following order:
, , …
The number of results depends on the number of symbols and is between 2 and 100.

1300.2519.12

6.669

E-11

Remote Commands of the 1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer Option (K84)

R&S FSL

Composite Constellation
The command returns two values, the real and imaginary parts, for every chip in the following
order:
, , , , …, , , …
The number of results corresponds to the number of chips of the selected channel type.
Therefore the number of results is between 64 and 1600 chips per slot (see Characteristics of
the 1xEV-DO channel types, column 'Chips per slot' on page 6.664).

Return values for parameter CTABle
The command returns 12 values (including 4 reserved values) for maximum timing and phase
offsets in the following order:
, , , , , , , , , ..., ,
Return values
Value

Description



Max timing offset value of all channels



Range

channel type indication

Unit
s

{0 ... 7}

The channel type is coded with numbers as follows:
0 = PILOT, 1 = MAC, 2 = PREAMBLE with 64chip , 3
= PREAMBLE with 128chip, 4 = PREAMBLE with
256chip, 5 = PREAMBLE with 512chip, 6 =
PREAMBLE with 1024chip, 7 = DATA


The code number which has max timing offset value



The code class which has max timing offset value



Max phase offset value of all channels

rad




The code number which has max phase offset value



The code class which has max phase offset value



reserved for future functionality

1300.2519.12

6.670

{0}

E-11

R&S FSL

TRACe Subsystem (1xEV-DO, K84)

Remote Commands of the WLAN TX Measurements
Option (K91 / K91n)
This section describes the remote commands for the WLAN TX Measurements option (K91 / K91n).
The abbreviation WLAN stands for the Wireless LAN operating mode. For details on conventions used
in this chapter refer to section "Notation" on page 6.2 at the beginning of this chapter.
For further information on analyzer or basic settings commands, refer to the corresponding subsystem
in section "Remote Commands of the Base Unit" on page 6.5.
The option R&S FSL-K91 is available from firmware version 1.20.
The option R&S FSL-K91n is available from firmware version 1.90.

Subsystems of the WLAN TX Measurements option (K91 / K91n)
–

"ABORt Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)" on page 6.672

–

"CALCulate:BURSt Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)" on page 6.673

–

"CALCulate:LIMit Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)" on page 6.674

–

"CALCulate:MARKer Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)" on page 6.691

–

"CONFigure Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)" on page 6.698

–

"DISPlay Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)" on page 6.709

–

"FETCh Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)" on page 6.712

–

"FORMat Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)" on page 6.721

–

"INITiate Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)" on page 6.722

–

"INPut Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)" on page 6.723

–

"INSTrument Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)" on page 6.724

–

"MMEMory Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)" on page 6.725

–

"SENSe Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)" on page 6.726

–

"STATus Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)" on page 6.741

–

"TRACe Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)" on page 6.745

–

"TRIGger Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)" on page 6.751

–

"UNIT Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)" on page 6.753

1300.2519.12

6.671

E-11

ABORt Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

R&S FSL

ABORt Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)
The ABORt subsystem contains the commands for aborting triggered actions.

Commands of the ABORt Subsystem
–

ABORt

ABORt
For details refer to "ABORt" on page 6.10.

1300.2519.12

6.672

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate:BURSt Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

CALCulate:BURSt Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)
The CALCulate:BURSt subsystem checks the IQ measurement results.

Commands of the CALCulate:BURSt Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:BURSt[:IMMediate]

CALCulate<1|2>:BURSt[:IMMediate]
This command forces the IQ measurement results to be recalculated according to the current
settings.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
CALC1:BURS
Starts the recalculation of the IQ measurement results.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

1300.2519.12

6.673

E-11

CALCulate:LIMit Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

R&S FSL

CALCulate:LIMit Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)
The CALCulate:LIMit subsystem contains commands for the limit lines and the corresponding limit
checks.

Commands of the CALCulate:LIMit Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:FAIL?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:ACPower:ACHannel?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:ACPower:ACHannel:RESult?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:ACPower:ALTernate?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:ACPower:ALTernate:RESult?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:ALL

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:ALL:RESUlt?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:EVM[:AVERage]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:EVM[:AVERage]:RESult?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:EVM:ALL[:AVERage]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:EVM:ALL[:AVERage]:RESult?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:EVM:ALL:MAXimum

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:EVM:ALL:MAXimum:RESult?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:EVM:DATA[:AVERage]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:EVM:DATA[:AVERage]:RESult?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:EVM:DATA:MAXimum

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:EVM:DATA:MAXimum:RESult?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:EVM:MAXimum

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:EVM:MAXimum:RESult?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:EVM:PILot[:AVERage]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:EVM:PILot[:AVERage]:RESult?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:EVM:PILot:MAXimum

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:EVM:PILot:MAXimum:RESult?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:FERRor[:AVERage]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:FERRor[:AVERage]:RESult?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:FERRor:MAXimum

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:FERRor:MAXimum:RESult?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:IQOFfset[:AVERage]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:IQOFfset[:AVERage]:RESult?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:IQOFfset:MAXimum

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:IQOFfset:MAXimum:RESult?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:SYMBolerror[:AVERage]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:SYMBolerror[:AVERage]:RESult?

1300.2519.12

6.674

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate:LIMit Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:SYMBolerror:MAXimum

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:SYMBolerror:MAXimum:RESult?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:TFALl[:AVERage]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:TFALl[:AVERage]:RESult?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:TFALl:MAXimum

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:TFALl:MAXimum:RESult?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:TRISe[:AVERage]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:TRISe[:AVERage]:RESult?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:TRISe:MAXimum

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:TRISe:MAXimum:RESult?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:SPECtrum:MASK:CHECk:X?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:SPECtrum:MASK:CHECk:Y?

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:FAIL?
For option WLAN TX Measurements, K91, the numeric suffixes <1...8> specify the limit lines as
follows:
Suffix

Limit

1 to 2

These indexes are not used

3

ETSI Spectrum Mask limit line

4

Spectrum Flatness (Upper) limit
line

5

Spectrum Flatness (Lower) limit
line

6

IEEE Spectrum Mask limit line

7

PVT Rising Edge max limit

8

PVT Rising Edge mean limit

9

PVT Falling Edge max limit

10

PVT Falling Edge mean limit

For further details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:FAIL?" on page 6.31.
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:ACPower:ACHannel?
This command returns the ACP adjacent channel limit for IEEE 802.11j if defined.
This command is a query only and thus has no *RST value.
Parameter
numeric value in dB
Example
CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH?
Returns the IEEE 802.11j ACP adjacent channel limit.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN
1300.2519.12

6.675

E-11

CALCulate:LIMit Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

R&S FSL

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:ACPower:ACHannel:RESult?
For details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:ACHannel:RESult?" on page 6.36.

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:ACPower:ALTernate?
This command returns the ACP alternate channel limit for IEEE 802.11j if defined.
Parameter
numeric value in dB
Example
CALC:LIM:ACP:ALT?
Returns the IEEE 802.11j ACP alternate channel limit.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:ACPower:ALTernate:RESult?
For details refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:ALTernate<1...11>:RESult?" on
page 6.40.

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:ALL
This command sets or returns all the limit values.
Parameter
The results are input or output as a list of values separated by ',' in the following (ASCII) format:
, ,
, ,
, ,
, ,
, 
, 
Note: The units for the EVM results are specified with the UNIT:EVM command.
Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:ALL?
All limit values are returned
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

1300.2519.12

6.676

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate:LIMit Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:ALL:RESUlt?
This command returns all the limit results.
This command is a query only and thus has no *RST value.
Parameter
For details on formats refer to "CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:ALL" on page 6.676.
Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:ALL:RES?
All limit values are returned
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:EVM[:AVERage]
This command sets the average Error Vector Magnitude Limit for the IEEE 802.11b standard.
Parameter
numeric value in dB
Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:EVM –25.0
Average EVM limit is set to –25 dB
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:EVM[:AVERage]:RESult?
This command returns the average Error Vector Magnitude Limit result for the IEEE 802.11b
standard.
This command is a query only and thus has no *RST value.
Return values
0
PASSED
1
FAILED
Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:EVM:RES?
Average EVM limit result is returned

1300.2519.12

6.677

E-11

CALCulate:LIMit Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

R&S FSL

Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:EVM:ALL[:AVERage]
This command sets the average Error Vector Magnitude Limit. This is a combined figure that
represents the pilot, data and the free carrier.
Parameter
numeric value in dB
Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:EVM:ALL –25.0
Average EVM for all carrier limit is set to –25.0 dB
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:EVM:ALL[:AVERage]:RESult?
This command returns the average Error Vector Magnitude Limit result. This is a combined
figure that represents the pilot, data and the free carrier.
This command is a query only and thus has no *RST value.
Return values
0
PASSED
1
FAILED
Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:EVM:ALL:RES?
Average EVM for all carrier limit result is returned
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

1300.2519.12

6.678

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate:LIMit Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:EVM:ALL:MAXimum
This command sets the maximum Error Vector Magnitude Limit. This is a combined figure that
represents the pilot, data and the free carrier.
Parameter
numeric value in dB
Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:EVM:ALL:MAX?
Maximum EVM for all carrier limit is returned
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:EVM:ALL:MAXimum:RESult?
This command returns the maximum Error Vector Magnitude Limit result. This is a combined
figure that represents the pilot, data and the free carrier.? (K91 / K91n)"
This command is a query only and thus has no *RST value.
Return values
0
PASSED
1
FAILED
Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:EVM:ALL:MAX:RES?
Maximum EVM for all carrier limit result is returned
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:EVM:DATA[:AVERage]
This command sets the average Error Vector Magnitude limit summary for the data carrier.
Parameter
numeric value in dB
Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:EVM:DATA –30.0
Average EVM for data carrier limit is set to –30.0 dB

1300.2519.12

6.679

E-11

CALCulate:LIMit Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

R&S FSL

Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:EVM:DATA[:AVERage]:RESult?
This command returns the average Error Vector Magnitude limit result summary for the data
carrier.
This command is a query only and thus has no *RST value.
Return values
0
PASSED
1
FAILED
Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:EVM:DATA:RES?
Average EVM for data carrier limit result is returned
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:EVM:DATA:MAXimum
This command sets the maximum Error Vector Magnitude limit summary for the data carrier.
Parameter
numeric value in dB
Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:EVM:DATA:MAX?
Maximum EVM for data burst limit is returned
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

1300.2519.12

6.680

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate:LIMit Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:EVM:DATA:MAXimum:RESult?
This command returns the maximum Error Vector Magnitude limit result summary for the data
carrier.
This command is a query only and thus has no *RST value.
Return values
0
PASSED
1
FAILED
Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:EVM:DATA:MAX:RES?
Maximum EVM for data carrier limit result is returned Characteristics.
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:EVM:MAXimum
This command sets the maximum Error Vector Magnitude Limit for the IEEE 802.11b standard.
Parameter
numeric value in dB
Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:EVM:MAX?
Maximum EVM limit is returned
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:EVM:MAXimum:RESult?
This command returns the maximum Error Vector Magnitude Limit result for the IEEE 802.11b
standard.
This command is a query only and thus has no *RST value.
Return values
0
PASSED
1
FAILED
Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:EVM:MAX:RES?
Maximum EVM limit result is returned

1300.2519.12

6.681

E-11

CALCulate:LIMit Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

R&S FSL

Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:EVM:PILot[:AVERage]
This command sets the average Error Vector Magnitude limit summary for the pilot carriers.
Parameter
numeric value in dB
Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:EVM:PIL –8.0
Average EVM for pilot carrier limit is set to –8.0 dB
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:EVM:PILot[:AVERage]:RESult?
This command returns the average Error Vector Magnitude limit result summary for the pilot
carriers.
This command is a query only and thus has no *RST value.
Return values
0
PASSED
1
FAILED
Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:EVM:PIL:RES?
Average EVM for pilot carrier limit result is returned
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

1300.2519.12

6.682

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate:LIMit Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:EVM:PILot:MAXimum
This command sets the maximum Error Vector Magnitude limit summary for the pilot carriers.
Parameter
numeric value in dB
Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:EVM:PIL:MAX?
Maximum EVM for pilot carrier limit is returned
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:EVM:PILot:MAXimum:RESult?
This command returns the maximum Error Vector Magnitude limit result summary for the pilot
carriers.
This command is a query only and thus has no *RST value.
Return values
0
PASSED
1
FAILED
Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:EVM:PIL:MAX:RES?
Maximum EVM for pilot carrier limit result is returned
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:FERRor[:AVERage]
This command sets the average frequency error limit.
Parameter
numeric value in Hertz
Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:FERR 10000
The average frequency error limit is set to 10 kHz
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN
1300.2519.12

6.683

E-11

CALCulate:LIMit Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

R&S FSL

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:FERRor[:AVERage]:RESult?
This command returns the average frequency error limit result.
This command is a query only and thus has no *RST value.
Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:FERR:RES?
Average frequency error limit result is returned
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:FERRor:MAXimum
This command sets the maximum frequency error limit.
Parameter
numeric value in Hertz
Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:FERR:MAX?
Maximum frequency error limit is returned
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:FERRor:MAXimum:RESult?
This command returns the maximum frequency error limit result.
This command is a query only and thus has no *RST value.
Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:FERR:MAX:RES?
Maximum frequency error limit result is returned
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

1300.2519.12

6.684

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate:LIMit Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:IQOFfset[:AVERage]
This command sets the average IQ Offset error limit.
Parameter
numeric value in dB: –1000000 to 1000000
Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:IQOF –10.0
Average IQ Offset error limit is set to –10.0 dB
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:IQOFfset[:AVERage]:RESult?
This command returns the average IQ Offset error limit result.
Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:IQOF:RES?
Average IQ Offset error limit result is returned
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:IQOFfset:MAXimum
This command sets the maximum IQ Offset error limit.
Parameter
numeric value in dB: –1000000 to 1000000
Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:IQOF:MAX 15.0
Maximum IQ Offset error limit is set to –15.0 dB
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

1300.2519.12

6.685

E-11

CALCulate:LIMit Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

R&S FSL

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:IQOFfset:MAXimum:RESult?
This command returns the maximum IQ Offset error limit result.
Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:IQOF:MAX:RES?
Maximum IQ Offset error limit result is returned
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:SYMBolerror[:AVERage]
This command sets the average symbol error limit.
Parameter
numeric value in Hertz
Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:SYMB 10000
The average symbol error limit is set to 10kHz
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:SYMBolerror[:AVERage]:RESult?
This command returns the average symbol error limit result.
This command is a query only and thus has no *RST value.
Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:SYMB:RES?
Average symbol error limit result is returned
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

1300.2519.12

6.686

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate:LIMit Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:SYMBolerror:MAXimum
This command sets the maximum symbol error limit.
Parameter
numeric value in Hertz
Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:SYMB:MAX?
Maximum symbol error limit is returned
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:SYMBolerror:MAXimum:RESult?
This command returns the maximum symbol error limit result.
This command is a query only and thus has no *RST value.
Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:SYMB:MAX:RES?
Maximum symbol error limit result is returned.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:TFALl[:AVERage]
This command sets the average fall time limit.
Parameter
numeric value in seconds
Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:TFAL 0.000001
The average fall time limit is set to 1 µs
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

1300.2519.12

6.687

E-11

CALCulate:LIMit Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

R&S FSL

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:TFALl[:AVERage]:RESult?
This command returns the average fall time limit result.
This command is a query only and thus has no *RST value.
Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:TFALl:RES?
Average fall time limit result is returned
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:TFALl:MAXimum
This command sets the maximum fall time limit.
Parameter
numeric value in seconds
Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:TFALl:MAX 0.000001
The maximum fall time limit set to 1 µs.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:TFALl:MAXimum:RESult?
This command returns the maximum fall time limit result.
This command is a query only and thus has no *RST value.
Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:TRIS:MAX:RES?
Maximum fall time limit result is returned
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

1300.2519.12

6.688

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate:LIMit Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:TRISe[:AVERage]
This command sets the average rise time limit.
Parameter
numeric value in seconds
Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:TRIS 0.000001
The average rise time limit is set to 1 µs
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:TRISe[:AVERage]:RESult?
This command returns the average rise time limit result.
This command is a query only and thus has no *RST value.
Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:TRIS:RES?
The average rise time limit result is returned
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:TRISe:MAXimum
This command sets the maximum rise time limit.
Parameter
numeric value in seconds
Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:TRIS:MAX 0.000001
Maximum rise time limit is set to 1 µs
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

1300.2519.12

6.689

E-11

CALCulate:LIMit Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

R&S FSL

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:TRISe:MAXimum:RESult?
This command returns the maximum rise time limit result.
This command is a query only and thus has no *RST value.
Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:TRIS:MAX:RES?
Maximum rise time limit result is returned
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:SPECtrum:MASK:CHECk:X?
This command returns the X–value at the maximum overstepping of the spectrum mask limits.
This command is a query only and thus has no *RST value.
Example
CALC:LIM:SPEC:MASK:CHEC:X?
Returns the frequency at the maximum overstepping.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:SPECtrum:MASK:CHECk:Y?
This command returns the Y–value at the maximum overstepping of the spectrum mask limits.
This command is a query only and thus has no *RST value.
Example
CALC:LIM:SPEC:MASK:CHEC:Y?
Returns the power at the maximum overstepping.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

1300.2519.12

6.690

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate:MARKer Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

CALCulate:MARKer Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)
The CALCulate:MARKer subsystem checks the marker functions of the instrument.
The following subsystem is included:
•

"CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)" on page 6.696

Commands of the CALCulate:MARKer Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>[:STATe]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:AOFF

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:BSYMbol

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:CARRier

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:MAXimum

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:MINimum

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:SYMBol

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:TRACe

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:X

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:Y

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>[:STATe]
This command switches the markers on or off.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CALC1:MARK1:STATE ON
Switches the screen A marker ON.
CALC2:MARK1:STATE OFF
Switches the screen B marker OFF.
Characteristics
RST value: ON
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:AOFF
This command switches off all active markers in the specified measurement window. The
window is set by the numeric suffix of CALCulate<1|2>.
Example
CALC1:MARK:AOFF
Switches off all markers in the screen A window.
CALC2:MARK:AOFF
Switches off all markers in the screen B window.
1300.2519.12

6.691

E-11

CALCulate:MARKer Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

R&S FSL

Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:BSYMbol
This command positions the selected marker to the indicated symbol in the indicated burst. The
first numeric value is the burst number and the second numeric value is the symbol number.
This command only applies to 802.11b standard for the following result displays:
– Constellation vs Symbol
–

EVM vs Symbol

This command is a query only and thus has no *RST value.
Parameter
,
Example
CALC:MARK1:BSYM 2,10
Positions marker 1 to symbol 10 of burst 2.
CALC:MARK1:BSYM?
Outputs the burst and symbol values of marker 1.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:CARRier
This command positions the selected marker to the indicated carrier.
This command is query only for the following result displays:
– Constellation vs Symbol
–

Constellation vs Carrier

Parameter

Example
CALC:MARK:CARR –7
Positions marker 1 to carrier –7.
CALC:MARK:CARR?
Outputs the carrier value of marker 1.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

1300.2519.12

6.692

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate:MARKer Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:MAXimum
This command sets the selected marker to the maximum peak value in the current trace. This
command is only available for the Spectrum Flatness result display.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
CALC2:MARK:MAX
Set marker 1 in screen B to maximum value in trace.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:MINimum
This command sets the selected marker to the minimum peak value in the current trace. This
command is only available for the Spectrum Flatnes result display.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
CALC2:MARK:MIN
Set marker 1 in screen B to minimum value in trace.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:SYMBol
This command positions the selected marker to the indicated symbol.
This command is query only for the following result displays:
– Constellation vs Symbol
–

Constellation vs Carrier

Parameter

Example
CALC:MARK:SYMB 2
Positions marker 1 to symbol 2.
CALC:MARK:SYMB?
Outputs the symbol value of marker 1.

1300.2519.12

6.693

E-11

CALCulate:MARKer Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

R&S FSL

Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:TRACe
This command assigns the selected marker to the indicated measurement curve in the selected
measurement window.
This command is only available for the following result displays:
– Constellation versus Carrier
–

EVM vs Symbol

–

Frequency Error vs Preamble

–

Phase Error vs Preamble

–

PVT Full Burst

–

PVT Rising / Falling

–

Spectrum Flatness

–

Spectrum Mask, if Max Hold trace is displayed

–

Spectrum ACP/ACPR, if Max Hold trace is displayed

Example
"CALC2:MARK:TRAC 2
Assigns marker 1 in screen B to trace 2.
Characteristics
*RST value: 1
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:X
This command positions the selected marker to the indicated inphase (Constellation vs
Symbol), frequency (Spectrum FFT, Spectrum Mask, Spectrum APCR), time (Magnitude
Capture Buffer, Auto level, PVT Full Burst, PVT Rising / Falling), power (CCDF), sub–carrier
(Constellation vs Carrier, EVM vs Carrier, Spectrum Flatness) or symbol (EVM vs Symbol) in
the selected measurement window.
This command is query only for the following result displays:
– Constellation vs Symbol
–

Constellation vs Carrier

Parameter
 in Hz, s, dB
Example
CALC:MARK:X 2ms
Positions marker 1 to time 2ms.
1300.2519.12

6.694

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate:MARKer Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:Y
This command positions the selected marker to the indicated quadrature (Constellation vs
Symbol), magnitude of I or Q (Constellation vs Carrier), EVM (EVM vs Carrier) or abs (Spectrum
Flatness) in the selected measurement window.
This command is query only for the following result displays:
– Auto Level
–

Constellation vs Symbol

–

Constellation vs Carrier

–

EVM vs Symbol

–

PVT Full

–

PVT Rising / Falling

–

Magnitude Capture Buffer

–

Spectrum Mask

–

Spectrum ACP/ACPR

–

Spectrum FFT

–

CCDF

Parameter
 in percent or dB
Example
CALC2:MARK:Y –2
Positions marker 1 in screen B to –2.
CALC:MARK:Y?
Outputs the measured value of marker 1.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

1300.2519.12

6.695

E-11

CALCulate:MARKer Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

R&S FSL

CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)
The measurement window is selected by CALCulate 1 (screen A) or 2 (screen B).

Commands of the CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:FUNCtion:POWer:RESult[:CURRent]?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:FUNCtion:POWer:RESult:MAXHold?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:FUNCtion:ZOOM

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:FUNCtion:POWer:RESult[:CURRent]?
This command queries the current result values of the adjacent channel power measurement.
An ACPR (Adjacent channel power relative) measurement must have previously been run, for
there to be summary data available.
Results are output separated by commas in the following order:
– Power of main channel
–

Power of lower adjacent channel

–

Power of upper adjacent channel

–

Power of lower alternate adjacent channel 1

–

Power of upper alternate adjacent channel 1

–

Power of lower alternate adjacent channel 2

–

Power of upper alternate adjacent channel 2

Adjacent channel power values are output in dB.
This command is a query only and thus has no *RST value.
Example
CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:RES?
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:FUNCtion:POWer:RESult:MAXHold?
This command queries the maximum result values of the adjacent channel power
measurement. An ACPR (Adjacent channel power relative) measurement must have previously
been run with more than one sweep, for there to be maximum summary data available.
For details on the output refer to
"CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:FUNCtion:POWer:RESult[:CURRent]?" on page 6.696.
This command is a query only and thus has no *RST value.
Example
CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:RES:MAXH?

1300.2519.12

6.696

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate:MARKer Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:FUNCtion:ZOOM
This command sets the magnification factor for the zoom. It is only available for the following
result displays:
– Constellation vs Carrier
–

Constellation vs Symbol

–

PVT

–

Magnitude Capture Buffer

Parameter

Example
INIT:CONT OFF
Switches to single sweep mode
CALC:MARK:FUNC:ZOOM 3;*WAI
Activates zooming and waits for its end.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

1300.2519.12

6.697

E-11

CONFigure Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

R&S FSL

CONFigure Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)
The CONFigure subsystem contains commands for configuring complex measurement tasks. The
CONFigure subsystem is closely linked to the functions of the FETCH subsystem, where the
measurement results are queried.

Commands of the CONFigure Subsystem
–

CONFigure:BURSt:CONSt:CARRier:SELect

–

CONFigure:BURSt:CONSt:CCARrier[:IMMediate]

–

CONFigure:BURSt:CONSt:CSYMbol[:IMMediate]

–

CONFigure:BURSt:EVM:ECARrier[:IMMediate]

–

CONFigure:BURSt:EVM:ESYMbol[:IMMediate]

–

CONFigure:BURSt:PREamble[:IMMediate]

–

CONFigure:BURSt:PREamble:SELect

–

CONFigure:BURSt:PVT[:IMMediate]

–

CONFigure:BURSt:PVT:AVERage

–

CONFigure:BURSt:PVT:RPOWer

–

CONFigure:BURSt:PVT:SELect

–

CONFigure:BURSt:SPECtrum:ACPR[:IMMediate]

–

CONFigure:BURSt:SPECtrum:FFT[:IMMediate]

–

CONFigure:BURSt:SPECtrum:FLATness[:IMMediate]

–

CONFigure:BURSt:SPECtrum:MASK[:IMMediate]

–

CONFigure:BURSt:SPECtrum:MASK:SELect

–

CONFigure:BURSt:STATistics:BSTReam[:IMMediate]

–

CONFigure:BURSt:STATistics:CCDF[:IMMediate]

–

CONFigure:BURSt:STATistics:SFIeld[:IMMediate]

–

CONFigure:CHANnel

–

CONFigure:POWer:AUTO

–

CONFigure:POWer:AUTO:SWEep:TIME

–

CONFigure:POWer:EXPected:RF

–

CONFigure:STANdard

CONFigure:BURSt:CONSt:CARRier:SELect
This remote control command is only available when Constellation vs Symbol measurement is
selected. When the Constellation versus Symbol measurement is initiated, it will calculate the
results of the selected carrier.
Parameter
–26 to 26 | ALL | PILOTS

1300.2519.12

6.698

E-11

R&S FSL
Example
CONF:BURS:CONS:CARR:SEL
Carrier –26 is selected.
CONF:BURS:CONS:CARR:SEL
Carrier 10 is selected.
CONF:BURS:CONS:CARR:SEL
All carriers are selected.
CONF:BURS:CONS:CARR:SEL
Pilots only.

CONFigure Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

–26
10
ALL
PIL

Characteristics
*RST value: ALL
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

CONFigure:BURSt:CONSt:CCARrier[:IMMediate]
This remote control command configures the measurement type to be Constellation vs Carrier.
After this command has been executed, the specified measurement will only be started when
the user issues the INITiate[:IMMediate] command.
Example
CONF:BURS:CONS:CCAR
Configures the Constellation versus Carrier measurement type.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

CONFigure:BURSt:CONSt:CSYMbol[:IMMediate]
This remote control command configures the measurement type to be Constellation vs Symbol.
After this command has been executed, the specified measurement will only be started when
the user issues the INITiate[:IMMediate] command
Example
CONF:BURS:CONS:CSYM
Configures the Constellation versus Symbol measurement type.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

1300.2519.12

6.699

E-11

CONFigure Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

R&S FSL

CONFigure:BURSt:EVM:ECARrier[:IMMediate]
This remote control command configures the measurement type to be EVM vs Carrier. After this
command has been executed, the specified measurement will only be started when the user
issues the INITiate[:IMMediate] command.
Example
CONF:BURS:EVM:ECAR
Configures the EVM vs Carrier measurement type.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

CONFigure:BURSt:EVM:ESYMbol[:IMMediate]
This remote control command configures the measurement type to be EVM vs Symbol. After
this command has been executed, the specified measurement will only be started when the
user issues the INITiate[:IMMediate] command.
Example
CONF:BURS:EVM:ESYM
Configures the EVM vs Symbol measurement type.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

CONFigure:BURSt:PREamble[:IMMediate]
This remote control command configures the measurement type to be Phase or Frequency vs
Preamble. After this command has been executed, the specified measurement will only be
started when the user issues the INITiate[:IMMediate] command.
Example
CONF:BURS:PRE
Configures the preamble measurement type.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

1300.2519.12

6.700

E-11

R&S FSL

CONFigure Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

CONFigure:BURSt:PREamble:SELect
This remote control command configures the interpretation of the preamble measurement
results.
Parameter
PHASe | FREQuency
Example
CONF:BURS:PRE:SEL PHAS
Configures the Phase vs Preamble measurement type.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

CONFigure:BURSt:PVT[:IMMediate]
This remote control command configures the measurement type to be Power vs Time. After this
command has been executed, the specified measurement will only be started when the user
issues the INITiate[:IMMediate] command.
Example
CONF:BURS:PVT
Configures the Power vs Time measurement type.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

CONFigure:BURSt:PVT:AVERage
This remote control command configures the measurement type to set the burst power
averaging length to the desired value. This command is only valid when the selected standard is
IEEE 802.11b.
Parameter

Example
CONF:BURS:PVT:AVER 31
Configures the burst power average length of 31.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

1300.2519.12

6.701

E-11

CONFigure Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

R&S FSL

CONFigure:BURSt:PVT:RPOWer
This remote control command configures the use of either mean or maximum burst power as a
reference power for the 802.11b PVT measurement.
Parameter
MEAN | MAXimum
Example
CONF:BURS:PVT:RPOW MEAN
Configures to use mean burst power as a reference power.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

CONFigure:BURSt:PVT:SELect
This remote control configures how to interpret the Power vs Time measurement results.
Parameter

Description

Wireless LAN standard

EDGE

configures the measurement to be
rising and falling edge

all

FALL

configures the measurement to be
falling edge only

IEEE 802.11b & g (CCK)

FULL

configures the measurement to be full
burst

IEEE 802.11a, j & g, n (OFDM),
IEEE 802.11 Turbo Mode

RISE

configures the measurement to be
rising edge only

IEEE 802.11b & g (CCK)

Example
CONF:BURS:PVT:SEL FULL
Interprets the measurement results as full burst
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

1300.2519.12

6.702

E-11

R&S FSL

CONFigure Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

CONFigure:BURSt:SPECtrum:ACPR[:IMMediate]
This remote control command configures the measurement type to be ACPR (adjacent channel
power relative) After this command has been executed, the specified measurement will only be
started when the user issues the INITiate[:IMMediate] command.
Example
CONF:BURS:SPEC:ACPR
Configures the ACPR measurement type.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

CONFigure:BURSt:SPECtrum:FFT[:IMMediate]
This remote control command configures the measurement type to be FFT (Fast Fourier
Transform). After this command has been executed, the specified measurement will only be
started when the user issues the INITiate[:IMMediate] command.
Example
CONF:BURS:SPEC:FFT
Configures the FFT measurement type.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

CONFigure:BURSt:SPECtrum:FLATness[:IMMediate]
This remote control command configures the measurement type to be Spectrum Flatness. After
this command has been executed, the specified measurement will only be started when the
user issues the INITiate[:IMMediate] command.
Example
CONF:BURS:SPEC:FLAT
Configures the Spectrum Flatness measurement type.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

1300.2519.12

6.703

E-11

CONFigure Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

R&S FSL

CONFigure:BURSt:SPECtrum:MASK[:IMMediate]
This remote control command configures the measurement type to be Spectrum Mask. After
this command has been executed, the specified measurement will only be started when the
user issues the INITiate[:IMMediate] command
Example
CONF:BURS:SPEC:MASK
Configures the Spectrum Mask measurement type.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

CONFigure:BURSt:SPECtrum:MASK:SELect
This remote control configures the interpretation of the Spectrum Mask measurement results.
This command is only available for IEEE 802.11a.
Parameter
IEEE | ETSI
Example
CONF:BURS:SPEC:MASK:SEL ETSI
Interprets the measurement results using the ETSI standard.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

CONFigure:BURSt:STATistics:BSTReam[:IMMediate]
This remote control command configures the measurement type to be Bitstream. After this
command has been executed, the specified measurement will only be started when the user
issues the INITiate[:IMMediate] command.
Example
CONF:BURS:STAT:BSTR
Configures the Bitstream measurement type.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

1300.2519.12

6.704

E-11

R&S FSL

CONFigure Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

CONFigure:BURSt:STATistics:CCDF[:IMMediate]
This remote control command configures the measurement type to be CCDF (conditional
cumulative distribution functions.). After this command has been executed, the specified
measurement will only be started when the user issues the INITiate[:IMMediate]
command.
Example
CONF:BURS:STAT:CCDF
Configures the CCDF measurement type.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

CONFigure:BURSt:STATistics:SFIeld[:IMMediate]
This remote control command configures the measurement type to be Signal Field. After this
command has been executed, the specified measurement will only be started when the user
issues the INITiate[:IMMediate] command.
Example
CONF:BURS:STAT:SFIeld
Configures the Signal Field measurement type.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

CONFigure:CHANnel
This remote control command is used to specify the input channel for which measurements are
to be performed. This command will automatically cause the internal measurement frequency to
be re–calculated.
Parameter

Example
CONF:CHAN 9
Specifies channel 9 as frequency measurement.
Characteristics
*RST value: 0
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

1300.2519.12

6.705

E-11

CONFigure Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

R&S FSL

CONFigure:POWer:AUTO
This remote control command is used to switch on or off automatic power level detection. When
switched on, power level detection is performed at the start of each measurement sweep.
Parameter
ONCE | ON | OFF
If this command is issued with the ONCE parameter then the auto level routine is performed
immediately one time.
Example
CONF:POW:AUTO ON
Configures the automatic detection of the input power level.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

CONFigure:POWer:AUTO:SWEep:TIME
This remote control command is used to specify the sweep time for the automatic power level
detection.
Parameter
numeric value in seconds
Example
CONF:POW:AUTO:SWE:TIME 200MS
Configures a 200 ms sweep time for the auto–level detection.
Characteristics
*RST value: 100ms
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN
CONFigure:POWer:EXPected:RF
This remote control command is used to specify the mean power level of the source signal as
supplied to the Analyzer RF input. This value will be overwritten if Auto Level is turned on.
Parameter
 in dBm
Example
CONF:POW:EXP:RF 9
Assumes an input signal strength of 9 dBm.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN
1300.2519.12

6.706

E-11

R&S FSL

CONFigure Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

CONFigure:STANdard
This remote control command specifies which Wireless LAN standard the option is configured to
measure.
Parameter
0

IEEE 802.11a

1

IEEE 802.11b

2

IEEE 802.11j (10 MHz)

3

IEEE 802.11j (20 MHz)

4

IEEE 802.11g

5

Turbo

6

IEEE 802.11n

Example
CONF:STAN 0
Selects the IEEE 802.11a standard for the measurement.
Characteristics
*RST value: 0
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

CONFigure:WLAN:GTIMe:AUTO
This remote control command specifies wether the guard time of the IEEE 802.11n input signal
is automatically detected or specified manually.
Example
CCONF:WLAN:GTIM:AUTO ON
Sets automatic detection of the guard time of the input signal
Characteristics
*RST value: -SCPI: device-specific
Mode
WLAN

1300.2519.12

6.707

E-11

CONFigure Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

R&S FSL

CONFigure:WLAN:GTIMe:SELect
This remote control command specifies the guard time of the IEEE 802.11n input signal. If the
guard time is specified to be detected from the input signal using the
CONFigure:WLAN:GTIMe:AUTO command then this command is query only and allows the
detected guard time to be obtained.
Example
CCONF:WLAN:GTIM:SEL SHOR
Configures signal measurements with short guard times
Characteristics
*RST value: -SCPI: device-specific
Mode
WLAN

1300.2519.12

6.708

E-11

R&S FSL

DISPlay Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

DISPlay Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)
The DISPLay subsystem controls the selection and presentation of textual and graphic information as
well as of measurement data on the display. In contrast to the base unit, the WLAN TX Measurements
option supports the split screen modus.

Commands of the DISPlay Subsystem
–

DISPlay:FORMat

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:SSELect

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TABLe

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1…3>:Y[:SCALe]:AUTO

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1…3>:Y[:SCALe]:PDIVision

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1…3>:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1…3>:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel:OFFSet

DISPlay:FORMat
This command sets the visible screen display type to full or split screen.
Parameter
SPLit | SINGle
Example
DISP:FORM SINGle
Sets the display to full screen.
Characteristics
*RST value: SPL
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:SSELect
This command selects whether screen A or screen B is active. SSELect means Screen SELect.
Example
DISP:WIND1:SSEL
Sets the screen A active.
Characteristics
*RST value: 1
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

1300.2519.12

6.709

E-11

DISPlay Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

R&S FSL

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TABLe
This command selects whether the results table is displayed.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
DISP:WIND1:TABL ON
Hides the results table
Characteristics
*RST value: ON
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1…3>:Y[:SCALe]:AUTO
This command switches on or off automatic scaling of the Y–axis for the specified trace display.
Automatic scaling sets the Y–axis to automatically scale to best fit the measurement results.
This command is only available for the following result displays:
– EVM vs Carrier
–

EVM vs Symbol.

–

Frequency error vs Preamble

–

Phase error vs Preamble

The numeric suffix at WINDow<1|2> must be 2 as the relevant results are always displayed in
screen B. The numeric suffix at TRACe<1...3> must be 1.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
DISP:WIND2:TRAC:Y:SCAL:AUTO ON
switches on automatic scaling of the Y–axis for the active trace
Characteristics
*RST value: ON
Mode
WLAN

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1…3>:Y[:SCALe]:PDIVision
This command sets the size of each Y scale division for the specified trace display. Note that
this command has no affect if automatic scaling of the Y–axis is enabled. This command is only
available for the following result displays:
– EVM vs Carrier
–

EVM vs Symbol.

–

Frequency error vs Preamble

–

Phase error vs Preamble

1300.2519.12

6.710

E-11

R&S FSL

DISPlay Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

The numeric suffix at WINDow<1|2> must be 2 as the relevant results are always displayed in
screen B. The numeric suffix at TRACe<1...3> must be 1.
Parameter

Example
DISP:WIND2:TRAC:Y:SCAL:DPIV 2
Sets the Y scale division to size to 2.
Characteristics
*RST value: 3
Mode
WLAN

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1…3>:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel
This remote control command can be used to set the current internal instrument reference level
used when performing measurements. The numeric suffix at WINDow<1|2> and TRACe<1...3>
are irrelevant.
Parameter
numeric value in dB
Example
DISP:TRAC:Y:RLEV?
returns the current reference level in use
Characteristics
*RST value: –
Mode
WLAN

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1…3>:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel:OFFSet
For details refer to "DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel:OFFSet" on
page 6.135.

1300.2519.12

6.711

E-11

FETCh Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

R&S FSL

FETCh Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)
The FETCh subsystem contains commands for reading out results of complex measurement tasks. This
subsystem is closely linked to the CONFigure and SENSe subsystems.

Commands of the DISPlay Subsystem
–

FETCh:BURSt:ALL?

–

FETCh:BURSt:COUNt?

–

FETCh:BURSt:CRESt[:AVERage?]

–

FETCh:BURSt:CRESt:MAXimum?

–

FETCh:BURSt:CRESt:MINimum?

–

FETCh:BURSt:EVM:[IEEE]:AVERage?

–

FETCh:BURSt:EVM:[IEEE]:MAXimum?

–

FETCh:BURSt:EVM:[IEEE]:MINimum?

–

FETCh:BURSt:EVM:ALL:AVERage?

–

FETCh:BURSt:EVM:ALL:MAXimum?

–

FETCh:BURSt:EVM:ALL:MINimum?

–

FETCh:BURSt:EVM:DATA:AVERage?

–

FETCh:BURSt:EVM:DATA:MAXimum?

–

FETCh:BURSt:EVM:DATA:MINimum?

–

FETCh:BURSt:EVM:DIRect:AVERage?

–

FETCh:BURSt:EVM:DIRect:MAXimum?

–

FETCh:BURSt:EVM:DIRect:MINimum?

–

FETCh:BURSt:EVM:PILot:AVERage?

–

FETCh:BURSt:EVM:PILot:MAXimum?

–

FETCh:BURSt:EVM:PILot:MINimum?

–

FETCh:BURSt:FERRor:AVERage?

–

FETCh:BURSt:FERRor:MAXimum?

–

FETCh:BURSt:FERRor:MINimum?

–

FETCh:BURSt:GIMBalance:AVERage?

–

FETCh:BURSt:GIMBalance:MAXimum?

–

FETCh:BURSt:GIMBalance:MINimum?

–

FETCh:BURSt:IQOFfset:AVERage?

–

FETCh:BURSt:IQOFfset:MAXimum?

–

FETCh:BURSt:IQOFfset:MINimum?

–

FETCh:BURSt:PAYLoad?

–

FETCh:BURSt:PEAK?

–

FETCh:BURSt:PREamble?

–

FETCh:BURSt:QUADoffset:AVERage?

1300.2519.12

6.712

E-11

R&S FSL
–

FETCh:BURSt:QUADoffset:MAXimum?

–

FETCh:BURSt:QUADoffset:MINimum?

–

FETCh:BURSt:RMS[:AVERage?]

–

FETCh:BURSt:RMS:MAXimum?

–

FETCh:BURSt:RMS:MINimum?

–

FETCh:BURSt:SYMBolerror:AVERage?

–

FETCh:BURSt:SYMBolerror:MAXimum?

–

FETCh:BURSt:SYMBolerror:MINimum?

–

FETCh:BURSt:TFALl:AVERage?

–

FETCh:BURSt:TFALl:MAXimum?

–

FETCh:BURSt:TFALl:MINimum?

–

FETCh:BURSt:TRISe:AVERage?

–

FETCh:BURSt:TRISe:MAXimum?

–

FETCh:BURSt:TRISe:MINimum?

–

FETCh:SYMBol:COUNt?

FETCh Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

Further information
–

ASCII formats for returned values

ASCII formats for returned values
The results are output as a list of result strings separated by commas.
Returned values for IEEE 802.11a, j, g(OFDM), n & Turbo Mode
,
,
,,>,
,
,,,
,, ,
, , ,
, , ,
, , ,
, , ,
, , ,
, , 
, , 

1300.2519.12

6.713

E-11

FETCh Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

R&S FSL

Returned values for IEEE 802.11b & g (CCK)
,,,
,,,
,,,
,,,
,,,
,, ,
, , ,
, , ,
, , ,
, , ,
, , ,
, , ,
, , 
FETCh:BURSt:ALL?
This command returns all the results. The results are output as a list of result strings separated
by commas in ASCII format. For details on the format refer to "ASCII formats for returned
values" on page 6.713. The units for the EVM results are specified with the UNIT:EVM
command.
Example
FETC:BURS:ALL?
All calculated results are returned
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

FETCh:BURSt:COUNt?
This command returns the number of analyzed bursts.
This command is a query only and thus has no *RST value.
Example
FETC:BURS:COUN?
The analyzed number of bursts are returned
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

1300.2519.12

6.714

E-11

R&S FSL

FETCh Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

FETCh:BURSt:CRESt[:AVERage?] / FETCh:BURSt:CRESt:MAXimum? /
FETCh:BURSt:CRESt:MINimum?
This command returns the average, minimum or maximum determined CREST factor (= ratio of
peak power to average power) in dB.]
This command is a query only and thus has no *RST value.
Example
FETC:BURS:CRES:MAX?
The maximum calculated crest factor from the most recent measurement is returned.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

FETCh:BURSt:EVM:[IEEE]:AVERage? / FETCh:BURSt:EVM:[IEEE]:MAXimum? /
FETCh:BURSt:EVM:[IEEE]:MINimum?
This command returns the Error Vector Magnitude measurement results summary (average,
minimum or maximum value) in dB for the IEEE 802.11b standard. This result is the value
before filtering.???
This command is a query only and thus has no *RST value.
Example
FETC:BURS:EVM:MAX?
The maximum EVM recorded before filtering.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

FETCh:BURSt:EVM:ALL:AVERage? / FETCh:BURSt:EVM:ALL:MAXimum? /
FETCh:BURSt:EVM:ALL:MINimum?
This command returns the Error Vector Magnitude measurement results summary (average,
minimum or maximum value) in dB. This is a combined figure that represents the pilot, data and
the free carrier.
This command is a query only and thus has no *RST value.
Example
FETC:BURS:EVM:ALL:MAX?
The maximum EVM recorded for all measurement carrier is returned.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

1300.2519.12

6.715

E-11

FETCh Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

R&S FSL

FETCh:BURSt:EVM:DATA:AVERage? / FETCh:BURSt:EVM:DATA:MAXimum? /
FETCh:BURSt:EVM:DATA:MINimum?
This command returns the Error Vector Magnitude measurement results summary for the data
carrier (average, minimum or maximum value) in dB.
This command is a query only and thus has no *RST value.
Example
FETC:BURS:EVM:DATA:MAX?
The maximum EVM recorded for the data carrier is returned.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

FETCh:BURSt:EVM:DIRect:AVERage? / FETCh:BURSt:EVM:DIRect:MAXimum? /
FETCh:BURSt:EVM:DIRect:MINimum?
This command returns the Error Vector Magnitude measurement results summary (average,
minimum or maximum value) in dB for the IEEE 802.11b standard. This result is the value after
filtering.???
This command is a query only and thus has no *RST value.
Example
FETC:BURS:EVM:DIR:MAX?
The maximum EVM recorded after filtering.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

FETCh:BURSt:EVM:PILot:AVERage? / FETCh:BURSt:EVM:PILot:MAXimum? /
FETCh:BURSt:EVM:PILot:MINimum?
This command returns the Error Vector Magnitude measurement results summary for the EVM
pilot carrier (average, minimum or maximum value) in dB.???
This command is a query only and thus has no *RST value.
Example
FETC:BURS:EVM:PIL:MAX?
The maximum EVM recorded for the EVM pilot carrier is returned.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

1300.2519.12

6.716

E-11

R&S FSL

FETCh Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

FETCh:BURSt:FERRor:AVERage? / FETCh:BURSt:FERRor:MAXimum? /
FETCh:BURSt:FERRor:MINimum?
This command returns the measured average, minimum or maximum frequency errors in
Hertz.???
This command is a query only and thus has no *RST value.
Example
FETC:BURS:FERR:MAX?
The maximum frequency error from the most recent measurement is returned.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

FETCh:BURSt:GIMBalance:AVERage? / FETCh:BURSt:GIMBalance:MAXimum? /
FETCh:BURSt:GIMBalance:MINimum?
This command returns the measured average, minimum or maximum IQ Imbalance errors in
dB.???
This command is a query only and thus has no *RST value.
Example
FETC:BURS:GIMB:MAX?
The maximum IQ Imbalance error from the most recent measurement is returned.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

FETCh:BURSt:IQOFfset:AVERage? / FETCh:BURSt:IQOFfset:MAXimum? /
FETCh:BURSt:IQOFfset:MINimum?
This command returns the measured average, minimum or maximum IQ Offset errors in dB.???
This command is a query only and thus has no *RST value.
Example
FETC:BURS:IQOF:MAX?
The maximum IQ Offset error from the most recent measurement is returned.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

1300.2519.12

6.717

E-11

FETCh Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

R&S FSL

FETCh:BURSt:PAYLoad?
This command returns the measured power in the payload of the burst.
This command is a query only and thus has no *RST value.
Example
FETC:BURS:PAYL?
The burst payload power is returned
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

FETCh:BURSt:PEAK?
This command returns the Peak power in dBm measured during the measurement time.
Example
FETC:BURS:PEAK?
The calculated peak power from the most recent measurement is returned.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

FETCh:BURSt:PREamble?
This command returns the measured power in the burst preamble.
This command is a query only and thus has no *RST value.
Example
FETC:BURS:PRE?
The burst preamble power is returned
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

1300.2519.12

6.718

E-11

R&S FSL

FETCh Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

FETCh:BURSt:QUADoffset:AVERage? / FETCh:BURSt:QUADoffset:MAXimum? /
FETCh:BURSt:QUADoffset:MINimum?
This command returns the accuracy in terms of the phase error of symbols within a burst.???
This command is a query only and thus has no *RST value.
Example
FETC:BURS:QUAD:MAX?
The maximum angle error recorded for a symbol during the measurement.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

FETCh:BURSt:RMS[:AVERage?] / FETCh:BURSt:RMS:MAXimum? /
FETCh:BURSt:RMS:MINimum?
This command returns the average, minimum or maximum RMS burst power in dBm measured
during the measurement.]
This command is a query only and thus has no *RST value.
Example
FETC:BURS:RMS:MAX?
The maximum calculated RSM burst power from the most recent measurement is returned.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

FETCh:BURSt:SYMBolerror:AVERage? / FETCh:BURSt:SYMBolerror:MAXimum? /
FETCh:BURSt:SYMBolerror:MINimum?
This command returns the percentage of symbols that were outside permissible de–modulation
range within a burst.???
Example
FETC:BURS:SYMB:MAX?
The maximum number of symbols that were out of range per burst.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

1300.2519.12

6.719

E-11

FETCh Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

R&S FSL

FETCh:BURSt:TFALl:AVERage? / FETCh:BURSt:TFALl:MAXimum? /
FETCh:BURSt:TFALl:MINimum?
This command returns the average, minimum or maximum burst fall time in seconds.
This command is a query only and thus has no *RST value.
Example
FETC:BURS:TFAL:MAX?
The maximum calculated fall time from the most recent measurement is returned.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

FETCh:BURSt:TRISe:AVERage? / FETCh:BURSt:TRISe:MAXimum? /
FETCh:BURSt:TRISe:MINimum?
This command returns the average, minimum or maximum burst rise time in seconds.
This command is a query only and thus has no *RST value.
Example
FETC:BURS:TRIS:MAX?
The maximum calculated rise time from the most recent measurement is returned.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

FETCh:SYMBol:COUNt?
This command returns the number of symbols for each analyzed burst as a comma separated
list.
This command is a query only and thus has no *RST value.
Example
FETC:SYMB:COUN?
The analyzed number of symbols for each burst are returned
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

1300.2519.12

6.720

E-11

R&S FSL

FORMat Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

FORMat Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)
The FORMat subsystem specifies the data format of the data transmitted from and to the instrument.

Commands of the FORMat Subsystem
–

FORMat[:DATA]

FORMat[:DATA]
For details refer to the FORMat[:DATA] command description of the base unit on page 6.138.

1300.2519.12

6.721

E-11

INITiate Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

R&S FSL

INITiate Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)
The INITiate subsystem configures the instrument prior to a measurement being carried out. It is
basically used to tell the instrument which measurement is to be performed and takes any necessary
step to set up the instrument for the measurement.

Commands of the INITiate Subsystem
–

INITiate[:IMMediate]

–

INITiate:CONTinuous

INITiate[:IMMediate]
For details refer to "INITiate<1|2>[:IMMediate]" on page 6.146.

INITiate:CONTinuous
For details refer to "INITiate<1|2>:CONTinuous" on page 6.147.

1300.2519.12

6.722

E-11

R&S FSL

INPut Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

INPut Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)
The INPut subsystem controls the input characteristics of the RF inputs of the instrument.

Commands of the INPut Subsystem
–

INPut<1|2>:ATTenuation

INPut:ATTenuation
For details refer to "INPut<1|2>:ATTenuation" on page 6.150.

1300.2519.12

6.723

E-11

INSTrument Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

R&S FSL

INSTrument Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)
The INSTrument subsystem selects the operating mode of the unit either via text parameters or fixed
numbers.

Commands of the INSTrument Subsystem
–

INSTrument[:SELect]

–

INSTrument:NSELect

INSTrument[:SELect]
Parameter
WLAN (WLAN TX Measurements option, R&S FSL–K91)
For further details refer to the INSTrument subsystem of the base unit.

INSTrument:NSELect
Parameter
16 (WLAN TX Measurements option, R&S FSL–K91)
For further details refer to the INSTrument subsystem of the base unit.

1300.2519.12

6.724

E-11

R&S FSL

MMEMory Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

MMEMory Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)
The MMEMory (mass memory) subsystem provides commands to store and load IQ data.

Commands of the MMEMory Subsystem
–

MMEMory:LOAD:IQ:STATe

–

MMEMory:STORe:IQ:STATe

MMEMory:LOAD:IQ:STATe
This command loads the IQ data from the specified .iqw file.
Parameter
1,
Example
MMEM:LOAD:IQ:STAT 1,'C:\R_S\Instr\user\data.iqw'
Loads IQ data from the specified file.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

MMEMory:STORe:IQ:STATe
This command stores the IQ data to the specified .iqw file.
Parameter
1,
Example
MMEM:STOR:IQ:STAT 1,'C:\R_S\Instr\user\data.iqw'
Stores IQ data to the specified file.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

1300.2519.12

6.725

E-11

SENSe Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)
The SENSe command is used to set and get the values of parameters in the remote instrument.
The get variant of the SENSe command differs from set in that it takes no parameter values
(unless otherwise stated) but is followed by the character '?' and will return the parameter's
value in the same format as it is set.

Commands of the SENSe Subsystem
–

[SENSe:]BURSt:COUNt

–

[SENSe:]BURSt:COUNt:STATe

–

[SENSe:]DEMod:BANalyze:DURation:EQUal

–

[SENSe:]DEMod:BANalyze:DURation:MAX

–

[SENSe:]DEMod:BANalyze:DURation:MIN

–

[SENSe:]DEMod:CESTimation

–

[SENSe:]DEMod:FILTer:CATalog?

–

[SENSe:]DEMod:FILTer:MODulation

–

[SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat[:BCONtent]:AUTo

–

[SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat:BANalyze

–

[SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat:BANalyze:BTYPe

–

[SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat:BANalyze:DBYTes:EQUal

–

[SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat:BANalyze:DBYTes:MAX

–

[SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat:BANalyze:DBYTes:MIN

–

[SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat:BANalyze:SYMBols:EQUal

–

[SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat:BANalyze:SYMBols:MAX

–

[SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat:BANalyze:SYMBols:MIN

–

[SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat:BTRate

–

[SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat:SIGSymbol

–

[SENSe:]FREQuency:CENTer

–

[SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:MODE

–

[SENSe:]SWAPiq

–

[SENSe:]SWEep:COUNt

–

[SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe

–

[SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:HOLDoff[:TIME]

–

[SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:HOLDoff:SAMPle

–

[SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:LENGth[:TIME]

–

[SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:LENGth:SAMPle

–

[SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:LINK

–

[SENSe:]SWEep:TIME

–

[SENSe:]TRACking:LEVel

–

[SENSe:]TRACking:PHASe

1300.2519.12

6.726

E-11

R&S FSL
–

SENSe Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

[SENSe:]TRACking:TIME

Further information
–

Analysis modulation format

Analysis modulation format
Parameter

Standard

Description

BPSK

Alias for BI

Phase shift keying at higher data rate for
selected standard

BPSK3

IEEE 802.11j (10 MHz)

BI Phase shift keying at 3 Mbps

BPSK6

IEEE 802.11a, g (OFDM), j (20 MHz) & Turbo

BI Phase shift keying at 6 Mbps

BPSK9

IEEE 802.11a, g (OFDM), j (20 MHz) & Turbo

BI Phase shift keying at 9 Mbps

BPSK45

IEEE 802.11j (10 MHz)

BI Phase shift keying at 6 Mbps

BPSK65

IEEE 802.11n

BI Phase shift keying at 6.5 Mbps

BPSK72

IEEE 802.11n

BI Phase shift keying at 7.2 Mbps

CCK11

IEEE 802.11b & g (Single Carrier)

Complimentary Code Keying at 11 Mbps

CCK55

IEEE 802.11b & g (Single Carrier)

Complimentary Code Keying at 5.5 Mbps

DBPSK

IEEE 802.11b & g (Single Carrier)

Differential BI Phase shift keying

DQPSK

IEEE 802.11b & g (Single Carrier)

Differential Quadrature phase shift keying

PBCC11

IEEE 802.11b & g (Single Carrier)

PBCC at 11 Mbps

PBCC22

IEEE 802.11g (Single Carrier)

PBCC at 11 Mbps

PBCC55

IEEE 802.11b & g (Single Carrier)

PBCC at 5.5 Mbps

QAM16

Alias for Quadrature Amplitude Modulation at higher
data rate for selected standard

QAM64

Alias for Quadrature Amplitude Modulation at higher
data rate for selected standard

QAM1612

IEEE 802.11j (10 MHz)

Quadrature Amplitude Modulation at 12 Mbps

QAM1618

IEEE 802.11j (10 MHz)

Quadrature Amplitude Modulation at 18 Mbps

QAM1624

IEEE 802.11a, g (OFDM), j (20 MHz) & Turbo

Quadrature Amplitude Modulation at 24 Mbps

QAM1626

IEEE 802.11n

Quadrature Amplitude Modulation at 26 Mbps

QAM1636

IEEE 802.11a, g (OFDM), j (20 MHz) & Turbo

Quadrature Amplitude Modulation at 36 Mbps

QAM1639

IEEE 802.11n

Quadrature Amplitude Modulation at 39 Mbps

QAM6424

IEEE 802.11j (10 MHz)

Quadrature Amplitude Modulation at 24 Mbps

QAM6427

IEEE 802.11j (10 MHz)

Quadrature Amplitude Modulation at 27 Mbps

QAM6448

IEEE 802.11a, g (OFDM), j (20 MHz) & Turbo

Quadrature Amplitude Modulation at 48 Mbps

QAM6452

IEEE 802.11n

Quadrature Amplitude Modulation at 52 Mbps

QAM6454

IEEE 802.11a, g (OFDM), j (20 MHz) & Turbo

Quadrature Amplitude Modulation at 54 Mbps

QAM6465

IEEE 802.11n

Quadrature Amplitude Modulation at 65 Mbps

QAM16289

IEEE 802.11n

Quadrature Amplitude Modulation at 28.9 Mbps

QAM16433

IEEE 802.11n

Quadrature Amplitude Modulation at 43.3 Mbps

QAM64578

IEEE 802.11n

Quadrature Amplitude Modulation at 57.8 Mbps

QAM64585

IEEE 802.11n

Quadrature Amplitude Modulation at 58.5 Mbps

QAM64722

IEEE 802.11n

Quadrature Amplitude Modulation at 72.2 Mbps

QPSK

Alias for Quadrature phase shift keying at higher data
rate for selected standard

1300.2519.12

6.727

E-11

SENSe Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

R&S FSL

Parameter

Standard

Description

QPSK12

IEEE 802.11a, g (OFDM), j (20 MHz) & Turbo

Quadrature phase shift keying at 12 Mbps

QPSK13

IEEE 802.11n

Quadrature phase shift keying at 13 Mbps

QPSK18

IEEE 802.11a, g (OFDM), j (20 MHz) & Turbo

Quadrature phase shift keying at 18 Mbps

QPSK6

IEEE 802.11j (10 MHz)

Quadrature phase shift keying at 6 Mbps

QPSK9

IEEE 802.11j (10 MHz)

Quadrature phase shift keying at 9 Mbps

QPSK144

IEEE 802.11n

Quadrature phase shift keying at 14.4 Mbps

QPSK195

IEEE 802.11n

Quadrature phase shift keying at 19.5 Mbps

QPSK217

IEEE 802.11n

Quadrature phase shift keying at 21.7 Mbps

[SENSe:]BURSt:COUNt
This command defines the number of bursts that will be analyzed by the measurement. This
parameter is ignored if the setting for the [SENSe:]BURSt:COUNt:STATe parameter is off.
Parameter

Example
BURS:COUN 16
Sets the number of bursts to 16.
Characteristics
*RST value: 1
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

[SENSe:]BURSt:COUNt:STATe
When this command is set to on, the burst count parameter will be used by the measurement,
otherwise the burst count parameter will be ignored.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
BURS:COUN:STAT ON
Sets the burst count state to ON
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

1300.2519.12

6.728

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

[SENSe:]DEMod:BANalyze:DURation:EQUal
When this command is set to ON then only bursts of equal length will take part in the PVT
analysis. When this command is set to true the value specified by the
[SENSe:]DEMod:BANalyze:DURation:MIN command specifies the duration that a burst
must last in order to take part in measurement analysis.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
DEM:BAN:DUR:EQU ON
Only bursts of equal length will take part in the measurement analysis.
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

[SENSe:]DEMod:BANalyze:DURation:MAX
This command specifies the maximum duration in microseconds required for bursts to qualify for
measurement analysis. Only bursts with the specified duration will be used in the measurement
analysis.
This value will not have any immediate effect if the
[SENSe:]DEMod:BANalyze:DURation:EQUal command has been set to true as in this
case no range of durations is allowed and only bursts with exactly the duration specified by the
[SENSe:]DEMod:BANalyze:DURation:MIN command shall take part in measurement
analysis
Parameter

Example
DEM:BAN:DUR:MAX 1300
Only bursts which have a maximum duration of 1300 microseconds are analyzed.
Characteristics
*RST value: 5464
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

[SENSe:]DEMod:BANalyze:DURation:MIN
This command specifies the duration in microseconds required for bursts to qualify for
measurement analysis. Only bursts with the specified duration will be used in the measurement
analysis. When the [SENSe:]DEMod:BANalyze:DURation:EQUal command has been set
to true then this command specifies the exact duration required for a burst to take part in
measurement analysis. When the [SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat:BANalyze:DBYTes:EQUal
command is set to false this command specifies the minimum duration required for a burst to
take part in measurement analysis.

1300.2519.12

6.729

E-11

SENSe Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

R&S FSL

Parameter

Example
DEM:BAN:DUR:MIN 45
Only bursts which last 48 microseconds are analyzed.
Characteristics
*RST value: 1
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

[SENSe:]DEMod:CESTimation
This command defines whether channel estimation will be done in preamble and payload (if set
to 1) or only in preamble (if set to 0). The effect of this is most noticeable for the EVM
measurement results, where the results will be improved when this feature is enabled.
However, this functionality is not supported by the IEEE 802.11 standard and must be disabled
if the results are to be strictly measured against the standard.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
DEMod:CEST ON
Specifies that the IQ measurement results will use channel estimation in preamble & payload.
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

[SENSe:]DEMod:FILTer:CATalog?
This command reads the names of all available filters. The file names are output without file
extension. Syntax of output format: filter_1,filter_2, … ,filter_n.
This command is a query only and thus has no *RST value.
Example
DEM:FILT:CAT?
Reads all filter names
Characteristics
*RST value: 0
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

1300.2519.12

6.730

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

[SENSe:]DEMod:FILTer:MODulation
This command selects the TX and RX filters. The names of the filters correspond to the file
names; a query of all available filters is possible by means of the
[SENSe:]DEMod:FILTer:CATalog? command.
Parameter
,
DEF_TX: default transmit filter, DEF_RX: default receive filter
Example
DEM:FILT:MOD 'DEF_TX','DEF_RX'
DEF_TX is selected for the TX filter and DEF_RX for the RX filter
Characteristics
*RST value: AUTO,AUTO
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

[SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat[:BCONtent]:AUTo
When this command is set to ON then the signal symbol field of the burst is analyzed to
determine the modulation scheme of the first burst. When this field is set to ON only bursts
which match the modulation scheme are considered in results analysis.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
DEM:FORM:AUT ON
Specifies that the signal symbol field should be decoded.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

[SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat:BANalyze
The remote control command sets the analysis modulation format that will be assumed when
the measurement is performed. If the [SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat:SIGSymbol parameter has
been set to ON, this command can be used to measure only certain burst types within a
measurement sequence.
Parameter
For details refer to "Analysis modulation format" on page 6.727.
Example
DEM:FORM:BAN 'QAM16'
Only bursts that are of the QAM16 modulation format are analyzed.

1300.2519.12

6.731

E-11

SENSe Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

R&S FSL

Characteristics
*RST value: QAM64
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN
[SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat:BANalyze:BTYPe
This remote control command specifies the type of burst to be analyzed. Only bursts of the
specified type take part in measurement analysis.
Parameter
DIRECT

IEEE 802.11a, IEEE 802.11j (10MHz), IEEE 802.11j (20MHz),
IEEE 802.11g, 802.11 OFDM Turbo – Direct Link Burst

LONG–OFDM

IEEE 802.11g – Long DSSS OFDM

SHORT–OFDM

IEEE 802.11g – Short DSSS OFDM

LONG

IEEE 802.11b, IEEE 802.11g – Long PLCP Burst

SHORT

IEEE 802.11b, IEEE 802.11g – Short PLCP Burst

MM20

IEEE 802.11n Mixed Mode 20 MHz sampling rate

GFM20

IEEE 802.11n Greenfield Mode 20 MHz sampling rate

Example
DEM:FORM:BAN:BTYPe 'DIRECT'
Only DIRECT bursts are analyzed.
Characteristics
*RST value: DIRECT
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

[SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat:BANalyze:DBYTes:EQUal
When this command is set to ON then only bursts of equal length will take part in the
measurement analysis. The number of data bytes that a burst must have in order to take part in
measurement analysis is specified by the [SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat:BANalyze:DBYTes:MIN
command.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
DEM:FORM:BAN:DBYTes:EQU ON
Only bursts of equal length will take part in the measurement analysis.
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

1300.2519.12

6.732

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

[SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat:BANalyze:DBYTes:MAX
This command specifies the maximum number of data bytes required for bursts to qualify for
measurement analysis. Only bursts with the specified number of data bytes will be used in the
measurement analysis.
This value will not have any immediate effect if the
[SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat:BANalyze:DBYTes:EQUal command has been set to ON. In this
case, no range of symbols is allowed and only bursts with exactly the number of data bytes
specified by the [SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat:BANalyze:DBYTes:MIN command shall take part
in measurement analysis.
Parameter

Example
DEM:FORM:BAN:DBYTes:MAX 1300
Only bursts which contain a maximum of 1300 data bytes are analyzed.
Characteristics
*RST value: 64
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

[SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat:BANalyze:DBYTes:MIN
This command specifies the number of data bytes required for bursts to qualify for
measurement analysis. Only bursts with the specified number of data bytes will be used in the
measurement analysis.
If the [SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat:BANalyze:DBYTes:EQUal command has been set to ON,
this command specifies the exact number of data bytes required for a burst to take part in
measurement analysis. If the [SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat:BANalyze:DBYTes:EQUal
command is set to OFF, this command specifies the minimum number of data bytes required for
a burst to take part in measurement analysis.
Parameter

Example
DEM:FORM:BAN:DBYTes:MIN 16
Only bursts which contain 16 data bytes are analyzed.
Characteristics
*RST value: 1
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

1300.2519.12

6.733

E-11

SENSe Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

R&S FSL

[SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat:BANalyze:SYMBols:EQUal
When this command is activated then only bursts of equal length will take part in the
measurement analysis. When this command is set to true the value specified by the
[SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat:BANalyze:SYMBols:MIN command specifies the number of
symbols that a burst must have in order to take part in analysis.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
DEM:FORM:BAN:SYM:EQU ON
Only bursts of equal length will take part in analysis.
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

[SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat:BANalyze:SYMBols:MAX
This command specifies the maximum number of data symbols required for bursts to qualify for
measurement analysis. Only bursts with the specified number of symbols will be used in the
measurement analysis. The number of data symbols is defined as the uncoded bits including
service and tail bits.
This value will not have any immediate effect if the
[SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat:BANalyze:SYMBols:EQUal command has been set to true as in
this case no range of symbols is allowed and only bursts with exactly the number of symbols
specified by the [SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat:BANalyze:SYMBols:MIN command shall take
place in measurement analysis.
Parameter

Example
DEM:FORM:BAN:SYM:MAX 1300
Only bursts which contain a maximum symbol count of 1300 are analyzed.
Characteristics
*RST value: 64
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

1300.2519.12

6.734

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

[SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat:BANalyze:SYMBols:MIN
This command specifies the number of data symbols required for bursts to qualify for
measurement analysis. Only bursts with the specified number of symbols will be used in the
measurement analysis. The number of data symbols is defined as the uncoded bits including
service and tail bits.
When the [SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat:BANalyze:SYMBols:EQUal command has been set to
true then this command specifies the exact number of symbols required for a burst to take part
in measurement analysis. When the [SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat:BANalyze:SYMBols:EQUal
command is set to false this command specifies the minimum number of symbols required for a
burst to take part in measurement analysis.
Parameter

Example
DEM:FORM:BAN:SYM:MIN 16
Only bursts which contain a symbol count of 16 are analyzed.
Characteristics
*RST value: 1
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

[SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat:BTRate
The remote control command is used to specify the bit rate for IEEE 802.11b signals. This
command can be used as an alternative to [SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat:BANalyze. The bit rate
can be set as follows:
Parameter
10

1 Mbit/s

20

2 Mbit/s

55

5.5 Mbit/s

110

11 Mbit/s

Example
DEM:FORM:BTR 20
Configures to demodulate 2 Mbit/s signals
Characteristics
*RST value: 10 (= 1mbit)
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

1300.2519.12

6.735

E-11

SENSe Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

R&S FSL

[SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat:SIGSymbol
If this command is set to ON, the signal symbol field of the burst is analyzed to determine the
details of the burst. Only burst which match the supplied burst type and modulation are
considered in results analysis. For IEEE 802.11b this command can only be queried as the
decoding of the signal field is always performed for the IEEE 802.11b standard.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
DEM:FORM:SIGS ON
Specifies that the signal symbol field should be decoded.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

[SENSe:]FREQuency:CENTer
For details refer to "[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:CENTer" on page 6.200.

[SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:MODE
This command sets the ACP measurement mode for the IEEE 802.11j standard to either
absolute or relative.
Parameter
ABS

Absolute measurement

REL

Relative measurement

Example
POW:ACH:MODE ABS
Sets the ACP measurement to absolute mode
Characteristics
*RST value: REL
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

1300.2519.12

6.736

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

[SENSe:]SWAPiq
This command defines whether or not the recorded IQ pairs should be swapped (I<–>Q) before
being processed.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
SWAP ON
Specifies that IQ values should be swapped.
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

[SENSe:]SWEep:COUNt
This command specifies the number of sweeps for Spectrum Mask and Spectrum ACPR
measurements.
Parameter

Example
SWEep:COUNt 64
Sets the number of sweeps to 64.
Characteristics
*RST value: 1
SCPI: conform
Mode
WLAN

[SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe
For details refer to "[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe" on page 6.230.

[SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:HOLDoff[:TIME]
This command defines the gate delay in the capture buffer in time units. The range of this value
is dependent on the last run measurement.
Parameter

Example
SWE:EGAT:HOLD 125us
Sets a delay of 125µs in the capture buffer.

1300.2519.12

6.737

E-11

SENSe Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

R&S FSL

Characteristics
*RST value: 100µs
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

[SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:HOLDoff:SAMPle
This command defines the gate delay in the capture buffer as a number of samples. The range
of this value is dependent on the last run measurement.
Parameter

Example
SWE:EGAT:HOLD:SAMP 2500
Sets a delay of 2500 samples in the capture buffer.
Characteristics
*RST value: 2000
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

[SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:LENGth[:TIME]
This command defines the gate time in the capture buffer in time units. The range of this value
is dependent on the last run measurement.
Parameter

Example
SWE:EGAT:LENG 20ms
Sets a gate length of 20 milliseconds between sweeps.
Characteristics
*RST value: 400µs
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

[SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:LENGth:SAMPle
This command defines the gate time in the capture buffer as a number of samples. The range of
this value is dependent on the last run measurement.
Parameter

Example
SWE:EGAT:LENG:SAMP 200000
Sets a gate length of 200000 samples in the capture buffer.
1300.2519.12

6.738

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

Characteristics
*RST value: 8000
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

[SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:LINK
This command links together the movement of the gating lines and the capture buffer marker.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
SWE:EGAT:LINK ON
Links the gating lines as marker with the gating line delay and length are changed gate position.
Characteristics
*RST value: 0
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

[SENSe:]SWEep:TIME
The RST value for the WLAN TX Measurements option (K91 / K91n) is 1 ms.
For further details refer to "[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:TIME" on page 6.234.

[SENSe:]TRACking:LEVel
This command defines whether or not the measurement results should be compensated for
level.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
TRAC:LEV ON
Specifies that the measurement results should be compensated for level.
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

1300.2519.12

6.739

E-11

SENSe Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

R&S FSL

[SENSe:]TRACking:PHASe
This command defines whether or not the measurement results should be compensated for
phase.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
TRAC:PHAS ON
Specifies that the measurement results should be compensated for phase.
Characteristics
*RST value: ON
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

[SENSe:]TRACking:TIME
This command defines whether or not the measurement results should be compensated for
time.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
TRAC:TIME ON
Specifies that the measurement results should be compensated for time.
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

1300.2519.12

6.740

E-11

R&S FSL

STATus Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

STATus Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)
The STATus subsystem contains the commands for the status reporting system (for details refer to
chapter 5 "Remote Control – Basics"). For the STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit register, the measurement
window is selected by LIMit 1 (screen A) or 2 (screen B). *RST does not influence the status registers.

Commands of the STATus Subsystem
–

STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit[:EVENt]?

–

STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit:CONDition?

–

STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit:ENABle

–

STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit:PTRansition

–

STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit:NTRansition

–

STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2> [:EVENt]?

–

STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:CONDition?

–

STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:ENABle

–

STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:PTRansition

–

STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:NTRansition

–

STATus:QUEStionable:POWer[:EVENt]?

–

STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:CONDition?

–

STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:ENABle

–

STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:PTRansition

–

STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:NTRansition

–

STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC[:EVENt]?

–

STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC:CONDition?

–

STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC:ENABle

–

STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC:PTRansition

–

STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC:NTRansition

STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit[:EVENt]?
For details refer to "STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit[:EVENt]?" on page 6.242.

STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit:CONDition?
For details refer to "STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit:CONDition?" on page 6.242.

STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit:ENABle
For details refer to "STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit:ENABle" on page 6.243.

1300.2519.12

6.741

E-11

STATus Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

R&S FSL

STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit:PTRansition
For details refer to "STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:PTRansition" on page 6.247.

STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit:NTRansition
For details refer to "STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit:NTRansition" on page 6.243.

STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2> [:EVENt]?
For details refer to "STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>[:EVENt]?" on page 6.245.

STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:CONDition?
For details refer to "STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:CONDition?" on page 6.246.

STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:ENABle
For details refer to "STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:ENABle" on page 6.246.

STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:PTRansition
For details refer to "STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:PTRansition" on page 6.247.

STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:NTRansition
For details refer to "STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:NTRansition" on page 6.246.

STATus:QUEStionable:POWer[:EVENt]?
For details refer to "STATus:QUEStionable:POWer[:EVENt]?" on page 6.249.

STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:CONDition?
For details refer to "STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:CONDition?" on page 6.249.

STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:ENABle
For details refer to "STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:ENABle" on page 6.249.

STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:PTRansition
For details refer to "STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:PTRansition" on page 6.250.

1300.2519.12

6.742

E-11

R&S FSL

STATus Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:NTRansition
For details refer to "STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:NTRansition" on page 6.250.

STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC[:EVENt]?
This command queries the contents of the EVENt section of the STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC
register. Readout does not delete the contents of the EVENt section.
Example
STAT:QUES:SYNC?
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC:CONDition?
This command queries the contents of the CONDition section of the
STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC register. Readout does not delete the contents of the CONDition
section.
Example
STAT:QUES:SYNC:COND?
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: conform
Mode
WLAN

STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC:ENABle
This command sets the bits of the ENABle section of the STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC register.
The ENABle register selectively enables the individual events of the associated EVENt section
for the summary bit.
Parameter
0 to 65535
Example
STAT:QUES:SYNC:ENAB 65535
All events bits will be represented in the SYNC summary bit.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

1300.2519.12

6.743

E-11

STATus Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

R&S FSL

STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC:PTRansition
This command determines what bits in the STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC Condition register will
set the corresponding bit in the STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC Event register when that bit has a
positive transition (0 to 1). The variable  is the sum of the decimal values of the bits
that are to be enabled.
Parameter
0 to 65535
Example
STAT:QUES:SYNC:PTR 65535
All condition bits will be summarized in the Event register when a positive transition occurs.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC:NTRansition
This command determines what bits in the STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC Condition will set the
corresponding bit in the STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC Event register when that bit has a
negative transition (1 to 0). The variable  is the sum of the decimal values of the bits
that are to be enabled.
Parameter
0 to 65535
Example
STAT:QUES:SYNC:NTR 65535 –
All condition bits will be summarized in the Event register when a positive transition occurs.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

1300.2519.12

6.744

E-11

R&S FSL

TRACe Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

TRACe Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)
The TRACe subsystem controls access to the instrument's internal trace memory.

Commands of the TRACe Subsystem
–

TRACe[:DATA]

–

TRACe:IQ:DATA:MEMory?

–

TRACe:IQ:SRATe

Further information
–

IQ Measurements

–

Constellation vs Symbol

–

Constellation vs Carrier

–

Power vs Time – Full Burst and Rising /Falling Data

–

Spectrum Flatness

–

Spectrum FFT

–

Statistics Bitstream data

–

Statistics CCDF – Complementary cumulative distribution function

–

Statistics Signal Field data

–

EVM vs Carrier

–

EVM vs Symbol

–

Error vs Preamble

–

Frequency Sweep Measurements

–

Spectrum Mask

–

Spectrum ACPR

IQ Measurements
There are a number of measurements that can be performed in IQ mode. No data will be returned for
any of the following measurements, should it be requested, until such time as a measurement
belonging to the IQ group has been previously run.
Running a frequency sweep measurement for example, Spectrum Mask, will not generate results for
this measurement group.

Constellation vs Symbol
This measurement represents I and Q data. For IEEE 802.11a and j the data will be returned as a
repeating array of interleaved I and Q data in groups of selected carriers, until all the data is exhausted.
For IEEE 802.11b the data will be returned as a repeating array of interleaved I and Q data in symbol
order until all the data is exhausted.
Each I and Q point will be returned in floating point format. TRACE1 is used for this measurement
results.

1300.2519.12

6.745

E-11

TRACe Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

R&S FSL

IEEE 802.11a & j only
•

If "All Carriers'' is selected, it will return 52 per of I and Q data per symbol.

•

If "Pilots Only'' is selected, it will return 4 per of I and Q per symbol in the following order: Carrier –
21, Carrier –7, Carrier 7, Carrier 21.

•

If a single carrier is selected, it will return 1 per of I and Q data per symbol.

Constellation vs Carrier
This measurement represents I and Q data. Data will be returned as a repeating array of interleaved I
and Q data in groups of 53 channels including the channel 0, until all the data is exhausted.
Each I and Q point will be returned in floating point format. TRACE1 is used for this measurement results.

Power vs Time – Full Burst and Rising /Falling Data
Both measurement results are once again simply slightly different views of the same results data.
All fully complete bursts within the capture time are analyzed into three master bursts. The three master
bursts relate to the minimum, maximum and average values across all complete bursts. This data is
returned in dBm values to the user on a per sample basis. Each sample will in some way relate to an
analysis of each corresponding sample within each processed burst.
The type of PVT data returned will be determined by the TRACE number passed as an argument to the
SCPI command, in addition to the graphic type that is selected.
If the graphic type selected is full burst, then the return data is as follows.
TRACE1

full burst, minimum burst data values

TRACE2

full burst, mean burst data values

TRACE3

full burst, maximum burst data values

If the graphic type selected is EDGe, then the return data is as follows.
TRACE1

rising edge, minimum burst data values

TRACE2

rising edge, mean burst data values

TRACE3

rising edge, maximum burst data values

TRACE4

falling edge, minimum burst data values

TRACE5

falling edge, mean burst data values

TRACE6

falling edge, maximum burst data values

For IEEE 802.11b only
•

If the graphic type selected is RISing or FALLing then only 3 traces are available (1 to 3) and
represent the minimum, mean and maximum bursts data for the respective graph selection.

•

The number of samples returned during full burst analysis will depend on the modulation type and
will typically be 5000.

•

The number of samples returned when the rising and falling graphic type is selected will be less
than what is returned for full burst and will be approximately 400 samples.

•

The samples will be returned in floating point format as a single sequence of comma delimited
values.

1300.2519.12

6.746

E-11

R&S FSL

TRACe Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

Spectrum Flatness
There are four separate traces that are available with this measurement. Trace data for a particular
trace will only be returnable by querying the appropriate trace
Spectrum flatness provides two basic graph types. These are an absolute power value graph (ABS) and
a relative group delay graph, which are both plotted on a per carrier basis. All 52 carriers are drawn, in
addition to the unused 0 carrier. Both the absolute power and group delay graph groups will allow all the
data points to be returned as one trace and an average of all the channels as the other trace.
E.g. the return data will either be one single group of 53 carriers if the average trace is selected or a
repeating group of 53 carriers if all the data is requested.
TRACE1

ABS

(all analyzed trains)

TRACE2

Group Delay

(all analyzed trains)

TRACE3

ABS

(average trace)

TRACE4

Group Delay

(average trace)

Absolute power results are returned in dB and group delay results are returned in ns.

Spectrum FFT
All FFT points will be returned if the data for this measurement is requested. This will be an exhaustive
call, due to the fact that there are nearly always more FFT points than IQ samples. The number of FFT
points is the number presented by a power of 2 that is higher than the total number of samples.
E.g. if there were 20000 samples, then 32768 FFT points would be returned.
Data will be returned in floating point format in dBm. TRACE1 is used for this measurement results.

Statistics Bitstream data
IEEE 802.11a & j only
Data will be returned in repeating groups of 52 data channels where each symbol value will be
represented by an integer value within one byte. Channel 0 is unused and will therefore not have any
data associated with it, with no return data being provided.
The number of repeating groups that are returned will be equal to the number of measured symbols.
Currently, 64QAM has the highest data rate and it contains symbol values up to 63, making the
proposal of one byte sufficient in size to represent all symbol data values, regardless of the modulation
type in use.
Data will be returned in ASCII printable hexadecimal character format. TRACE1 is used for this
measurement results.
IEEE 802.11b only
Data will be returned in burst order. Each burst will be represented as a series of bytes. For each burst
the first 9 or 18 bytes represents the PLCP Preamble for Short and Long burst types respectively. The
next 6 bytes represents the PLCP Header. The remaining bytes represent the PSDU.
Data will be returned in ASCII printable hexadecimal character format. TRACE1 is used for this
measurement results.

1300.2519.12

6.747

E-11

TRACe Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

R&S FSL

Statistics CCDF – Complementary cumulative distribution function
Up to a maximum of 201 data points will be returned in addition to a data count value. The first value in the
return data will represent the quantity of probability values that follow. Each of the potential 201 data points will
be returned as probability value and will represent the total number of samples that are equal to or exceed the
corresponding power level. Probability data will be returned up to the power level that contains at least one
sample. It is highly unlikely that the full 201 data values will ever be returned.
Each probability value will be returned as a floating point number, with a value less than 1.

Statistics Signal Field data
IEEE 802.11a & j only
Data will be returned as an array of hexadecimal values, with each hexadecimal value representing the
24 bit long signal field for a single burst.
IEEE 802.11b only
Data will be returned as an array of hexadecimal values, with each hexadecimal value representing the
48 bit long signal field for a single burst

EVM vs Carrier
Two trace types are provided with this measurement. There is an average EVM value for each of the 53
channels or a repeating group of EVM values for each channel. The number of repeating groups will
correspond to the number of fully analyzed trains.
Each EVM value will be returned as a floating point number, expressed in units of dBm.
TRACE1

Average EVM values per channel

TRACE2

All EVM values per channel for each full train of the capture period

EVM vs Symbol
Three traces types are available with this measurement. The basic trace types show either the
minimum, mean or maximum EVM value, as measured over the complete capture period.
The number of repeating groups that are returned will be equal to the number of measured symbols.
Each EVM value will be returned as a floating point number, expressed in units of dBm.
IEEE 802.11a & j only
TRACE1

Minimum EVM values

TRACE2

Mean EVM values

TRACE3

Maximum EVM values

IEEE 802.11b only
TRACE1

EVM IEEE values

TRACE2

EVM Direct values

Error vs Preamble
Three traces types are available with this measurement. The basic trace types show either the
minimum, mean or maximum frequency or phase value as measured over the preamble part of the
burst.

1300.2519.12

6.748

E-11

R&S FSL

TRACe Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

Frequency Sweep Measurements
No data will be returned for this type of measurement, should it be requested, until such time as a
measurement has been previously run.
Running an IQ measurement will not generate results for this type of measurement.

Spectrum Mask
Result data will be returned as 501 measurement points in floating point format. These trace points are
obtained directly from the base system via the measurement API and the quantity is therefore a fixed
value. Only an array of Y data will be returned. TRACE1 is used for this measurement results.

Spectrum ACPR
Result data will be returned as 501 measurement points in floating point format. These trace points are
obtained directly from the base system via the measurement API and the quantity is therefore a fixed
value. Only an array of Y data will be returned. TRACE1 is used for this measurement results.
TRACe[:DATA]
This command returns all the measured data that relates to the currently selected measurement
type. All results are returned in ASCII format. The returned data depends on the currently
selected measurement type. DISPlay:FORMat is not supported with this command.
The following measurement types are available:
– "IQ Measurements" on page 6.745
–

"Constellation vs Symbol" on page 6.745

–

"Constellation vs Carrier" on page 6.746

–

"Power vs Time – Full Burst and Rising /Falling Data" on page 6.746

–

"Spectrum Flatness" on page 6.747

–

"Spectrum FFT" on page 6.747

–

"Statistics Bitstream data" on page 6.747

–

"Statistics CCDF – Complementary cumulative distribution function" on page 6.748

–

"Statistics Signal Field data" on page 6.748

–

"EVM vs Carrier" on page 6.748

–

"EVM vs Symbol" on page 6.748

–

"Error vs Preamble" on page 6.748

–

"Frequency Sweep Measurements" on page 6.749

–

"Spectrum Mask" on page 6.749

–

"Spectrum ACPR" on page 6.749

This command is a query only and thus has no *RST value.
Parameter
TRACE1 | TRACE2 | TRACE3 | TRACE4 | TRACE5 | TRACE6
Example
TRAC? TRACE2
The measurement data for the selected graph is returned.

1300.2519.12

6.749

E-11

TRACe Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

R&S FSL

Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: conform
Mode
WLAN

TRACe:IQ:DATA:MEMory?
For details refer to "TRACe<1|2>:IQ:DATA:MEMory?" on page 6.274.

TRACe:IQ:SRATe
This command allows the sample rate for IQ measurements to be specified.
Example
TRACe:IQ:SRAT 20000
Specifies a sample rate of 20 MHz.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

1300.2519.12

6.750

E-11

R&S FSL

TRIGger Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

TRIGger Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)
The trigger subsystem is used to synchronize device action(s) with events.

Commands of the TRIGger Subsystem
–

TRIGger[:SEQuence]:HOLDoff

–

TRIGger[:SEQuence]:MODE

–

TRIGger[:SEQuence]:LEVel:POWer

–

TRIGger[:SEQuence]:LEVel:POWer:AUTO

TRIGger[:SEQuence]:HOLDoff
This command defines the length of the trigger delay. A negative delay time (pretrigger) can be
set.
Parameter

Example
TRIG:HOLD 500us
Configures to use a holdoff period of 500 Us after the trigger condition has been met.
Characteristics
*RST value: –10 µs
SCPI: Conform
Mode
WLAN

TRIGger[:SEQuence]:MODE
This command configures how triggering is to be performed.
Parameter
IMMediate

automatically triggers the next measurement at the end of the previous
measurement. This corresponds to the FREE RUN setting.

EXTernal

the next measurement is triggered by the signal at the external trigger input
e.g. a gated trigger

POWer

triggering of the measurement via signals which are the measurement
channel.

Example
TRIG:MODE IMM
AUTO triggering will occur for the next measurement at the specified video percentage value.
Characteristics
*RST value: IMMediate
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

1300.2519.12

6.751

E-11

TRIGger Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

R&S FSL

TRIGger[:SEQuence]:LEVel:POWer
This command accepts the level of the input signal for which triggering will occur.
Parameter

Example
TRIG:LEV:POW 10 DBM
Set to 10 dBm for RF measurement.
Characteristics
*RST value: 0 DBM
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

TRIGger[:SEQuence]:LEVel:POWer:AUTO
This command specifies whether or not an automatic power trigger level calculation is
performed before each main measurement. The setting of this command is ignored if the setting
for the TRIGger[:SEQuence]:MODE command is not POWer.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
TRIG:LEV:POW:AUTO ON
Specifies that an automatic power trigger level calculation should be performed before the start
of each main measurement.
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

1300.2519.12

6.752

E-11

R&S FSL

UNIT Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

UNIT Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)
The unit subsystem specifies the units for specific result types.

Commands of the UNIT Subsystem
–

UNIT:EVM

–

UNIT:GIMBalance

–

UNIT:PREamble

UNIT:EVM
This command specifies the units for EVM results.
Parameter
DB

EVM results returned in dB

PCT

EVM results returned in %

Example
UNIT:EVM PCT
EVM results to be returned in %.
Characteristics
*RST value: DB
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

UNIT:GIMBalance
This command specifies the units for Gain Imbalance results.
Parameter
DB

Gain Imbalance results returned in dB

PCT

Gain Imbalance results returned in %

Example
UNIT:GIMB PCT
Gain Imbalance results to be returned in %.
Characteristics
*RST value: DB
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

1300.2519.12

6.753

E-11

UNIT Subsystem (WLAN, K91 / K91n)

R&S FSL

UNIT:PREamble
This command specifies the units for Preamble error results.
Parameter
HZ

Preamble error results returned in Hz

PCT

Preamble error results returned in %

Example
UNIT:PRE PCT
Preamble error results to be returned in %.
Characteristics
*RST value: DB
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WLAN

1300.2519.12

6.754

E-11

R&S FSL

Remote Commands - WiMAX, WiBro Measurements Option (K92/K93)

Remote Commands of the WiMAX, WiBro
Measurements Option (K92/K93)
This section describes the remote commands for the WiMAX IEEE 802.16 OFDM, OFDMA
Measurements option (R&S FSL–K93). This option includes the functionality of the WiMAX 802.16
OFDM Measurements option (R&S FSL–K92). Accordingly both options are described together in this
section, differentiated by the corresponding standards:
•

WiMAX 802.16 OFDM Measurements (R&S FSL–K92/K93)
–

IEEE 802.16–2004/Cor 1–2005 OFDM physical layer mode
The corresponding remote control mode is OFDM. In chapter "Instrument Functions", the short
forms IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM is used to reference this standard.

•

WiMAX IEEE 802.16 OFDM, OFDMA Measurements option (R&S FSL–K93)
–

IEEE 802.16–2004/Cor 1–2005, IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA physical layer mode
The corresponding remote control mode is OFDMA. In chapter "Instrument Functions", the
short form IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA is used to reference this standard.

–

IEEE 802.16–2004/Cor 1–2005, IEEE 802.16e–2005 based WiBro
The corresponding remote control mode is WiBro. In chapter "Instrument Functions", the short
form IEEE 802.16e–2005 WiBro is used to reference this standard.

For details on conventions used in this chapter refer to section "Notation" on page 6.2 at the beginning
of this chapter.
For further information on analyzer or basic settings commands, refer to the corresponding subsystem
in section "Remote Commands of the Base Unit" on page 6.5.
The options are available from firmware version 1.40 (R&S FSL–K92) and 1.50 (R&S FSL–K93).

Subsystems of the WiMAX, WiBro Measurements options (K92/K93)
–

"ABORt Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)" on page 6.757

–

"CALCulate:BURSt Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)" on page 6.758

–

"CALCulate:LIMit Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)" on page 6.759

–

"CALCulate:MARKer Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)" on page 6.775

–

"CONFigure Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)" on page 6.783

–

"DISPlay Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)" on page 6.811

–

"FETCh Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)" on page 6.816

–

"FORMat Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)" on page 6.828

–

"INITiate Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)" on page 6.829

–

"INPut Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)" on page 6.830

–

"INSTrument Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)" on page 6.831

–

"MMEMory Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)" on page 6.832

–

"SENSe Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)" on page 6.834

–

"STATus Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)" on page 6.851

–

"SYSTEM Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)" on page 6.855

–

"TRACe Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)" on page 6.856

1300.2519.12

6.755

E-11

Remote Commands - WiMAX, WiBro Measurements Option (K92/K93)
–

"TRIGger Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)" on page 6.864

–

"UNIT Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)" on page 6.867

1300.2519.12

6.756

R&S FSL

E-11

R&S FSL

ABORt Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

ABORt Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)
Commands of the ABORt Subsystem
–

ABORt

ABORt
For details refer to "ABORt" on page 6.10.

1300.2519.12

6.757

E-11

CALCulate:BURSt Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

R&S FSL

CALCulate:BURSt Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)
The CALCulate:BURSt subsystem checks the IQ measurement results.

Commands of the CALCulate:BURSt Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:BURSt[:IMMediate]

CALCulate<1|2>:BURSt[:IMMediate]
This command forces the IQ measurement results of to be recalculated according to the current
settings.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> sets the measurement window for the calculation.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
CALC1:BURS
Starts the recalculation of the IQ measurement results.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

1300.2519.12

6.758

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate:LIMit Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

CALCulate:LIMit Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)
The CALCulate:LIMit subsystem contains commands for the limit lines and the corresponding limit
checks.

Commands of the CALCulate:LIMit Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:FAIL?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:BURSt:ALL

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:BURSt:ALL:RESult?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1..8>:BURSt:BERPilot[:AVERage]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:BURSt:BERPilot[:AVERage]:RESult?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:BURSt:BERPilot:MAXimum

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:BURSt:BERPilot:MAXimum:RESult?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:BURSt:EVM:ALL[:AVERage]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:BURSt:EVM:ALL[:AVERage]:RESult?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:BURSt:EVM:ALL:MAXimum

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:BURSt:EVM:ALL:MAXimum:RESult?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:BURSt:EVM:DATA[:AVERage]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:BURSt:EVM:DATA[:AVERage]:RESult?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:BURSt:EVM:DATA:MAXimum

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:BURSt:EVM:DATA:MAXimum:RESult?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:BURSt:FERRor[:AVERage]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:BURSt:FERRor[:AVERage]:RESult?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:BURSt:FERRor:MAXimum

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:BURSt:FERRor:MAXimum:RESult?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:BURSt:IQOFfset[:AVERage]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:BURSt:IQOFfset[:AVERage]:RESult?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:BURSt:IQOFfset:MAXimum

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:BURSt:IQOFfset:MAXimum:RESult?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:BURSt:SSTiming[:AVERage]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:BURSt:SSTiming[:AVERage]:RESult?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:BURSt:SSTiming:MAXimum

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:BURSt:SSTiming:MAXimum:RESult?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:BURSt:SYMBolerror[:AVERage]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:BURSt:SYMBolerror[:AVERage]:RESult?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:BURSt:SYMBolerror:MAXimum

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:BURSt:SYMBolerror:MAXimum:RESult?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:SPECtrum:MASK:CHECk:X?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:SPECtrum:MASK:CHECk:Y?

1300.2519.12

6.759

E-11

CALCulate:LIMit Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

R&S FSL

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:FAIL?
This command queries the limit check result of the limit line indicated in the selected
measurement window. To obtain a valid result, a complete sweep must be performed. A
synchronization with *OPC, *OPC? or *WAI is therefore recommended.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> sets the measurement window for the calculation. The numeric
suffixes <1...8> specify the limit lines as follows:
1 to 2

not used

3

ETSI Spectrum Mask limit line

4

IEEE Spectrum Mask limit line

5

Spectrum Flatness (Upper) limit line

6

Spectrum Flatness (Lower) limit line

7

Spectrum Flatness Difference (Upper) limit line

8

Spectrum Flatness Difference (Lower) limit line

Note:

No limit lines are displayed in screen A. Therefore all commands with the suffix 1 for
CALCulate will return 0.

This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Return values
0
PASSED
1
FAILED
Example
INIT;*WAI
Starts a new sweep and waits for its end.
CALC2:LIM1:FAIL?
Queries the result of the check for limit line 1 in screen B.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:BURSt:ALL
This command sets or returns all the limit values.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> sets the measurement window for the calculation and the suffixes
<1...8> specify the limit lines (see CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:FAIL? command).
Parameter
The results are input or output as a list of values separated by commas in the following (ASCII)
format:
Result input/output in ASCII format

Description

,


dB or % depending on selected units (UNIT:TABLe)

,


dB or % depending on selected units (UNIT:TABLe)

,


Down Link Mode: Hz; .Up Link Mode: %

1300.2519.12

6.760

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate:LIMit Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

Result input/output in ASCII format

Description

,


Down Link Mode: ppm; Up Link Mode: %

,


only returned in Up Link mode

,


dB or % depending on selected units (UNIT:TABLe)

Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:ALL?
All limit values are returned.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:BURSt:ALL:RESult?
This command returns all the limit results.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> sets the measurement window for the calculation and the suffixes
<1...8> specify the limit lines (see CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:FAIL? command).
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Return values
0
PASSED
1
FAILED
The results are output as a list of result strings separated by commas. For the output order see
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:BURSt:ALL command.
Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:ALL:RES?
All limit values are returned.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1..8>:BURSt:BERPilot[:AVERage]
This command sets the average Bit Error Rate for pilot carriers limit.
Parameter
–1000000 to 1000000 %
Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:BERP –25.0
Average Bit Error Rate for pilot carriers limit is set to –25.0 dB.

1300.2519.12

6.761

E-11

CALCulate:LIMit Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

R&S FSL

Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDMA/WiBro

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:BURSt:BERPilot[:AVERage]:RESult?
This command returns the Bit Error Rate for pilot carriers limit result.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Return values
0
PASSED
1
FAILED
Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:BERP:RES?
Average EVM for all carrier limit result is returned.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDMA/WiBro

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:BURSt:BERPilot:MAXimum
This command sets the maximum Bit Error Rate Limit.
Parameter
–1000000 to 1000000 %
Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:EVM:ALL:MAX?
Maximum EVM for all carrier limit is returned.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDMA/WiBro

1300.2519.12

6.762

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate:LIMit Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:BURSt:BERPilot:MAXimum:RESult?
This command returns the maximum Error Vector Magnitude Limit result. This is a combined
figure that represents the pilot, data and the free carrier.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Return values
0
PASSED
1
FAILED
Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:EVM:ALL:MAX:RES?
Maximum EVM for all carrier limit result is returned.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDMA/WiBro

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:BURSt:EVM:ALL[:AVERage]
This command sets the average Error Vector Magnitude Limit. This is a combined figure that
represents the pilot, data and the free carrier.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> sets the measurement window for the calculation and the suffixes
<1...8> specify the limit lines (see CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:FAIL? command).
Parameter
–1000000 to 1000000 dB or %
If no unit is specified the unit specified by the UNIT:TABLe command is used.
Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:EVM:ALL –25.0
Average EVM for all carrier limit is set to –25.0 dB.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:BURSt:EVM:ALL[:AVERage]:RESult?
This command returns the average Error Vector Magnitude Limit result. This is a combined
figure that represents the pilot, data and the free carrier.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> sets the measurement window for the calculation and the suffixes
<1...8> specify the limit lines (see CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:FAIL? command).
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Return values
0
PASSED
1
FAILED
1300.2519.12

6.763

E-11

CALCulate:LIMit Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

R&S FSL

Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:EVM:ALL:RES?
Average EVM for all carrier limit result is returned.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:BURSt:EVM:ALL:MAXimum
This command sets the maximum Error Vector Magnitude Limit. This is a combined figure that
represents the pilot, data and the free carrier.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> sets the measurement window for the calculation and the suffixes
<1...8> specify the limit lines (see CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:FAIL? command).
Parameter
–1000000 to 1000000 dB or %
If no unit is specified the unit specified by the UNIT:TABLe command is used.
Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:EVM:ALL:MAX?
Maximum EVM for all carrier limit is returned.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:BURSt:EVM:ALL:MAXimum:RESult?
This command returns the maximum Error Vector Magnitude Limit result. This is a combined
figure that represents the pilot, data and the free carrier.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> sets the measurement window for the calculation and the suffixes
<1...8> specify the limit lines (see CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:FAIL? command).
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Return values
0
PASSED
1
FAILED
Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:EVM:ALL:MAX:RES?
Maximum EVM for all carrier limit result is returned.

1300.2519.12

6.764

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate:LIMit Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:BURSt:EVM:DATA[:AVERage]
This command sets the average Error Vector Magnitude Limit for the data carrier.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> sets the measurement window for the calculation and the suffixes
<1...8> specify the limit lines (see CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:FAIL? command).
Parameter
–1000000 to 1000000 dB or %
If no unit is specified the unit specified by the UNIT:TABLe command is used.
Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:EVM:DATA –30.0
Average EVM for data carrier limit is set to –30.0 dB.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:BURSt:EVM:DATA[:AVERage]:RESult?
This command returns the average Error Vector Magnitude limit result summary for the data
carrier in dB.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> sets the measurement window for the calculation and the suffixes
<1...8> specify the limit lines (see CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:FAIL? command).
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Return values
0
PASSED
1
FAILED
Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:EVM:DATA:RES?
Average EVM for data carrier limit result is returned.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

1300.2519.12

6.765

E-11

CALCulate:LIMit Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

R&S FSL

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:BURSt:EVM:DATA:MAXimum
This command sets the maximum Error Vector Magnitude Limit for the data carrier.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> sets the measurement window for the calculation and the suffixes
<1...8> specify the limit lines (see CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:FAIL? command).
Parameter
–1000000 to 1000000 dB or %
If no unit is specified the unit specified by the UNIT:TABLe command is used.
Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:EVM:DATA:MAX?
Maximum EVM for data burst limit is returned.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:BURSt:EVM:DATA:MAXimum:RESult?
This command returns the maximum Error Vector Magnitude limit result summary for the data
carrier in dB.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> sets the measurement window for the calculation and the suffixes
<1...8> specify the limit lines (see CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:FAIL? command).
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Return values
0
PASSED
1
FAILED
Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:EVM:DATA:MAX:RES?
Maximum EVM for data carrier limit result is returned.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:BURSt:FERRor[:AVERage]
This command sets the average frequency error limit.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> sets the measurement window for the calculation and the suffixes
<1...8> specify the limit lines (see CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:FAIL? command).
Parameter
–1000000 to 1000000 Hz or %
If no unit is specified the unit depends on the current Up/Down Link Mode: Hz in Down Link
mode, % in Up Link mode.

1300.2519.12

6.766

E-11

R&S FSL
Note:

CALCulate:LIMit Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)
There is no relationship between the Down Link and Up Link values. Setting a Down
Link value in Up Link mode does not change the displayed limit value.

Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:FERR 10000
The average frequency error limit is set to 10000 Hz.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:BURSt:FERRor[:AVERage]:RESult?
This command returns the average frequency error limit result.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> sets the measurement window for the calculation and the suffixes
<1...8> specify the limit lines (see CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:FAIL? command).
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Return values
0
PASSED
1
FAILED
Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:FERR:RES?
Average frequency error limit result is returned.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:BURSt:FERRor:MAXimum
This command sets the maximum frequency error limit.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> sets the measurement window for the calculation and the suffixes
<1...8> specify the limit lines (see CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:FAIL? command).
Parameter
–1000000 to 1000000 Hz or %
If no unit is specified the unit depends on the current Up/Down Link Mode: Hz in Down Link
mode, % in Up Link mode.
Note: There is no relationship between the Down Link and Up Link values. Setting a Down
Link value in Up Link mode does not change the displayed limit value.
Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:FERR:MAX?
Maximum frequency error limit is returned.

1300.2519.12

6.767

E-11

CALCulate:LIMit Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

R&S FSL

Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:BURSt:FERRor:MAXimum:RESult?
This command returns the maximum frequency error limit result.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> sets the measurement window for the calculation and the suffixes
<1...8> specify the limit lines (see CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:FAIL? command).
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Return values
0
PASSED
1
FAILED
Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:FERR:MAX:RES?
Maximum frequency error limit result is returned
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:BURSt:IQOFfset[:AVERage]
This command sets the average IQ offset error limit.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> sets the measurement window for the calculation and the suffixes
<1...8> specify the limit lines (see CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:FAIL? command).
Parameter
–1000000 to 1000000 dB or %
If no unit is specified the unit specified by the UNIT:TABLe command is used.
Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:IQOF –10.0
Average IQ offset error limit is set to –10.0 dB.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

1300.2519.12

6.768

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate:LIMit Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:BURSt:IQOFfset[:AVERage]:RESult?
This command returns the average IQ offset error limit result.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> sets the measurement window for the calculation and the suffixes
<1...8> specify the limit lines (see CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:FAIL? command).
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Return values
0
PASSED
1
FAILED
Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:IQOF:RES?
Average IQ offset error limit result is returned.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:BURSt:IQOFfset:MAXimum
This command sets the maximum IQ offset error limit.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> sets the measurement window for the calculation and the suffixes
<1...8> specify the limit lines (see CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:FAIL? command).
Parameter
–1000000 to 1000000 dB or %
If no unit is specified the unit specified by the UNIT:TABLe command is used.
Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:IQOF:MAX 15.0DB
Maximum IQ offset error limit is set to 15.0 dB.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:BURSt:IQOFfset:MAXimum:RESult?
This command returns the maximum IQ offset error limit result.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> sets the measurement window for the calculation and the suffixes
<1...8> specify the limit lines (see CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:FAIL? command).
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Return values
0
PASSED
1
FAILED

1300.2519.12

6.769

E-11

CALCulate:LIMit Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

R&S FSL

Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:IQOF:MAX:RES?
Maximum IQ offset error limit result is returned.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:BURSt:SSTiming[:AVERage]
This command is only supported for reasons of compatibility with the FSP family. It sets the
average Subscriber Station Timing limit.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> sets the measurement window for the calculation and the suffixes
<1...8> specify the limit lines (see CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:FAIL? command).
Parameter
0PCT
Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:SST 0
The average SS Timing limit is set to 0%.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:BURSt:SSTiming[:AVERage]:RESult?
This command returns the average Subscriber Station Timing limit result.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> sets the measurement window for the calculation and the suffixes
<1...8> specify the limit lines (see CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:FAIL? command).
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Return values
0
PASSED
1
FAILED
Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:SST:RES?
Average SS Timing limit result is returned.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

1300.2519.12

6.770

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate:LIMit Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:BURSt:SSTiming:MAXimum
This command is only supported for reasons of compatibility with the FSP family. It sets the
maximum Subscriber Station Timing limit.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> sets the measurement window for the calculation and the suffixes
<1...8> specify the limit lines (see CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:FAIL? command).
Parameter
0PCT
Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:SST:MAX?
Maximum SS Timing limit is returned.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:BURSt:SSTiming:MAXimum:RESult?
This command returns the maximum Subscriber Station Timing limit.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> sets the measurement window for the calculation and the suffixes
<1...8> specify the limit lines (see CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:FAIL? command).
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Return values
0
PASSED
1
FAILED
Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:SST:MAX:RES?
Maximum SS Timing limit result is returned.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:BURSt:SYMBolerror[:AVERage]
This command sets the average symbol error limit.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> sets the measurement window for the calculation and the suffixes
<1...8> specify the limit lines (see CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:FAIL? command).
Parameter
 in ppm or %: –1000000 to 1000000
If no unit is specified the unit depends on the current Up/Down Link Mode: ppm in Down Link
mode, % in Up Link mode.
Note: There is no relationship between the Down Link and Up Link values. Setting a Down
Link value in Up Link mode does not change the displayed limit value.
1300.2519.12

6.771

E-11

CALCulate:LIMit Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

R&S FSL

Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:SYMB 10000
The average symbol error limit is set to 10000 Hz.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:BURSt:SYMBolerror[:AVERage]:RESult?
This command returns the average symbol error limit result.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> sets the measurement window for the calculation and the suffixes
<1...8> specify the limit lines (see CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:FAIL? command).
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Return values
0
PASSED
1
FAILED
Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:SYMB:RES?
Average symbol error limit result is returned.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:BURSt:SYMBolerror:MAXimum
This command sets the maximum symbol error limit.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> sets the measurement window for the calculation and the suffixes
<1...8> specify the limit lines (see CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:FAIL? command).
Parameter
 in ppm or %: –1000000 to 1000000
If no unit is specified the unit depends on the current Up/Down Link Mode: ppm in Down Link
mode, % in Up Link mode.
Note: There is no relationship between the Down Link and Up Link values. Setting a Down
Link value in Up Link mode does not change the displayed limit value.
Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:SYMB:MAX?
Maximum symbol error limit is returned.

1300.2519.12

6.772

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate:LIMit Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:BURSt:SYMBolerror:MAXimum:RESult?
This command returns the maximum symbol error limit result.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> sets the measurement window for the calculation and the suffixes
<1...8> specify the limit lines (see CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:FAIL? command).
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Return values
0
PASSED
1
FAILED
Example
CALC:LIM:BURS:SYMB:MAX:RES?
Maximum symbol error limit result is returned.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:SPECtrum:MASK:CHECk:X?
This command returns the x–value at the maximum overstepping of the spectrum mask limits.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> sets the measurement window for the calculation and the suffixes
<1...8> specify the limit lines (see CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:FAIL? command).
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
CALC:LIM:SPEC:MASK:CHEC:X?
Returns the frequency at the maximum overstepping.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

1300.2519.12

6.773

E-11

CALCulate:LIMit Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

R&S FSL

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:SPECtrum:MASK:CHECk:Y?
This command returns the y–value at the maximum overstepping of the spectrum mask limits.
The numeric suffixes <1|2> sets the measurement window for the calculation and the suffixes
<1...8> specify the limit lines (see CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:FAIL? command).
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
CALC:LIM:SPEC:MASK:CHEC:Y?
Returns the power at the maximum overstepping.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

1300.2519.12

6.774

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate:MARKer Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

CALCulate:MARKer Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)
The CALCulate:MARKer subsystem checks the marker functions of the instrument.
Note:

Currently there is only marker 1 available and it is always on.

The following subsystem is included:
•

"CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)" on page 6.781

Commands of the CALCulate:MARKer Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>[:STATe]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:AOFF

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:BURSt

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:CARRier

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:MAXimum[:PEAK]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:MINimum[:PEAK]

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:SYMBol

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:TRACe

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:FUNCtion:TTCapture:TIME?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:X

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:Y?

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>[:STATe]
This command switches the markers in the specified measurement window on or off.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CALC1:MARK1 ON
Switches the screen A marker ON.
Characteristics
RST value: ON
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:AOFF
This command switches off all active markers in the specified measurement window. The
window is set by the numeric suffix of CALCulate<1|2>.
Example
CALC1:MARK:AOFF
Switches off all markers in the screen A window.
1300.2519.12

6.775

E-11

CALCulate:MARKer Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

R&S FSL

CALC2:MARK:AOFF
Switches off all markers in the screen B window.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:BURSt
This command positions the selected marker in the specified measurement window to the
indicated burst. This command is only available for the Constellation vs Symbol result display.
Parameter
1 to 
Example
CALC2:MARK:BURS 2
Positions marker 1 in screen B to burst 2.
CALC2:MARK:BURS?
Outputs the symbol value of marker 1 in screen B.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:CARRier
This command positions the selected marker in the specified measurement window to the
indicated carrier.
This command is only available for the following result displays:
–

Constellation vs Symbol

–

Constellation vs Carrier

Parameter
–100 to 100
Example
CALC2:MARK:CARR –7
Positions marker 1 in screen B to carrier –7.
CALC2:MARK:CARR?
Outputs the carrier value of marker 1 in screen B.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

1300.2519.12

6.776

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate:MARKer Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:MAXimum[:PEAK]
This command sets the selected marker in the specified measurement window to the maximum
peak value in the current trace.
This command is only available for the following result display:
–

Spectrum Flatness

This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
CALC2:MARK:MAX
Set marker 1 in screen B to maximum value in trace.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:MINimum[:PEAK]
This command sets the selected marker in the specified measurement window to the minimum
peak value in the current trace.
This command is only available for the following result display:
–

Spectrum Flatness

This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
CALC2:MARK:MIN
Set marker 1 in screen B to minimum value in trace.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:SYMBol
This command positions the selected marker in the specified measurement window to the
indicated symbol.
This command is only available for the following result displays:
–

Constellation vs Symbol

–

Constellation vs Carrier

Parameter
1 to 

1300.2519.12

6.777

E-11

CALCulate:MARKer Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

R&S FSL

Example
CALC2:MARK:SYMB 2
Positions marker 1 in screen B to symbol 2.
CALC2:MARK:SYMB?
Outputs the symbol value of marker 1 in screen B.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:TRACe
This command assigns the selected marker to the indicated measurement curve in the selected
measurement window.
This command is only available for the following result displays:
–

Constellation vs Carrier

–

EVM vs Symbol

–

EVM vs Carrier

–

Frequency Error vs Preamble

–

Phase Error vs Preamble

–

PVT Rising / Falling

–

Spectrum Flatness

–

Spectrum Flatness Difference

–

Spectrum Mask – if Max Hold trace mode is activated

–

Spectrum ACP/ACPR – if Max Hold trace mode is activated

Parameter
1 to 3
Example
CALC2:MARK:TRAC 2
Assigns marker 1 in screen B to trace 2.
Characteristics
RST value: 1
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

1300.2519.12

6.778

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate:MARKer Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:FUNCtion:TTCapture:TIME?
This command returns the time to the start of the first frame in the capture buffer.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
CALC:MARK:FUNC:TTC:TIME?
Returns the time to the start of the first frame in the capture buffer.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDMA/WiBro

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:X
This command positions the selected marker to the indicated in phase (Constellation vs
Symbol), frequency (Spectrum FFT, Spectrum Mask), time (Magnitude Capture Buffer, Auto
Level, PVT Full Burst, PVT Rising / Falling), power (CCDF), sub–carrier (Constellation vs
Carrier, EVM vs Carrier, Spectrum Flatness) or symbol (EVM vs Symbol) in the selected
measurement window.
For the following result displays, this command is a query only:
–

Constellation vs Symbol

–

Constellation vs Carrier

Parameter
1 to 
Example
CALC:MARK:X 2ms
Positions marker 1 in screen A to time 2 ms.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

1300.2519.12

6.779

E-11

CALCulate:MARKer Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

R&S FSL

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:Y?
This command queries the marker value of the indicated quadrature (Constellation vs Symbol),
magnitude of I or Q (Constellation vs Carrier), EVM (EVM vs Carrier) or abs (Spectrum
Flatness) in the selected measurement window.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
This command is only available for the following result displays:
–

Auto Level

–

Constellation vs Symbol

–

Constellation vs Carrier

–

EVM vs Symbol

–

PVT Full

–

PVT Rising / Falling

–

Magnitude Capture Buffer

–

Spectrum Mask

–

Spectrum FFT

–

CCDF

Example
CALC2:MARK:Y –2
Positions marker 1 in screen B to –2.
CALC:MARK:Y?
Outputs the measured value of marker 1 in screen A.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

1300.2519.12

6.780

E-11

R&S FSL

CALCulate:MARKer Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)
The measurement window is selected by CALCulate 1 (screen A) or 2 (screen B).

Commands of the CALCulate:MARKer:FUNCtion Subsystem
–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:FUNCtion:POWer:RESult[:CURRent]?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:FUNCtion:POWer:RESult:MAXHold?

–

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:FUNCtion:ZOOM

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:FUNCtion:POWer:RESult[:CURRent]?
This command queries the current result values of the adjacent channel power measurement.
An ACPR (Adjacent channel power relative) measurement must have previously been run to
provide the summary data.
The numeric suffix <1|2> at CALCulate specifies the measurement window.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Results are output separated by commas. Adjacent channel power values are output in dB. The
order is as follows:
– Power of main channel
–

Power of lower adjacent channel

–

Power of upper adjacent channel

–

Power of lower alternate adjacent channel 1

–

Power of upper alternate adjacent channel 1

–

Power of lower alternate adjacent channel 2

–

Power of upper alternate adjacent channel 2

–

Power of lower alternate adjacent channel 3

–

Power of upper alternate adjacent channel 3

–

Power of lower alternate adjacent channel 4

–

Power of upper alternate adjacent channel 4

Example
CALC2:MARK:FUNC:POW:RES?
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

1300.2519.12

6.781

E-11

CALCulate:MARKer Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

R&S FSL

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:FUNCtion:POWer:RESult:MAXHold?
This command queries the maximum result values of the adjacent channel power
measurement. An ACPR (Adjacent channel power relative) measurement must have previously
been run with more than one sweep to provide the summary data.
For details on the result output refer to
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:FUNCtion:POWer:RESult[:CURRent]?
The numeric suffix <1|2> at CALCulate specifies the measurement window.
Example
CALC2:MARK:FUNC:POW:RES:MAXH?
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:FUNCtion:ZOOM
This command defines the ratio to be zoomed around the marker 1 in the selected
measurement window. The default value is 1, where the full trace is shown.
This command is only available for the following result displays:
–

Constellation vs Carrier

–

Constellation vs Symbol

–

PVT Full Burst

–

PVT Rising / Falling

–

Magnitude Capture Buffer

Parameter
1 to 1000000
Example
CALC:MARK:FUNC:ZOOM 2
Zooms 50% in screen A.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:ZOOM 4
Zooms 25% in screen A.
CALC:MARK:FUNC:ZOOM 1
Deactivates zooming in screen A.
Characteristics
RST value: 1
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

1300.2519.12

6.782

E-11

R&S FSL

CONFigure Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

CONFigure Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)
The CONFigure subsystem contains commands for configuring complex measurement tasks. The
CONFigure subsystem is closely linked to the functions of the FETCH subsystem, where the
measurement results are queried.

Commands of the CONFigure Subsystem
–

CONFigure:BURSt:BSTReam:BURSt:SELect

–

CONFigure:BURSt:BSTReam:FORMat:SELect

–

CONFigure:BURSt:BSTReam:SYMBol:SELect

–

CONFigure:BURSt:CONSt:BURSt:SELect

–

CONFigure:BURSt:CONSt:CARRier:SELect

–

CONFigure:BURSt:CONSt:CCARrier[:IMMediate]

–

CONFigure:BURSt:CONSt:CSYMbol[:IMMediate]

–

CONFigure:BURSt:CONSt:FORMat:SELect

–

CONFigure:BURSt:CONSt:SYMBol:SELect

–

CONFigure:BURSt:EVM:ECARrier[:IMMediate]

–

CONFigure:BURSt:EVM:ESYMbol[:IMMediate]

–

CONFigure:BURSt:PREamble[:IMMediate]

–

CONFigure:BURSt:PREamble:SELect

–

CONFigure:BURSt:PVT[:IMMediate]

–

CONFigure:BURSt:PVT:BURSt

–

CONFigure:BURSt:PVT:SELect

–

CONFigure:BURSt:SPECtrum:ACPR[:IMMediate]

–

CONFigure:BURSt:SPECtrum:ACPR:SELect

–

CONFigure:BURSt:SPECtrum:FFT[:IMMediate]

–

CONFigure:BURSt:SPECtrum:FLATness[:IMMediate]

–

CONFigure:BURSt:SPECtrum:FLATness:SELect

–

CONFigure:BURSt:SPECtrum:MASK[:IMMediate]

–

CONFigure:BURSt:SPECtrum:MASK:SELect

–

CONFigure:BURSt:STATistics:BSTReam[:IMMediate]

–

CONFigure:BURSt:STATistics:BSUMmary[:IMMediate]

–

CONFigure:BURSt:STATistics:CCDF[:IMMediate]

–

CONFigure:CHANnel

–

CONFigure:POWer:AUTO

–

CONFigure:POWer:AUTO:SWEep:TIME

–

CONFigure:POWer:EXPected:RF

–

CONFigure:STANdard

–

CONFigure:WIMax:AVERaging

1300.2519.12

6.783

E-11

CONFigure Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)
–

CONFigure:WIMax:DLSFrame:IDCell

–

CONFigure:WIMax:DLSFrame:PREamble:MOD

–

CONFigure:WIMax:DLSFrame:PREamble:INDex

–

CONFigure:WIMax:DLSFrame:SEGMent<1…3>

–

CONFigure:WIMax:FBANd

–

CONFigure:WIMax:IGRatio

–

CONFigure:WIMax:LMODe

–

CONFigure:WIMax:NFFT

–

CONFigure:WIMax:TDDFrame:TTG

–

CONFigure:WIMax:ULSFrame:FRAMe

–

CONFigure:WIMax:ZONE<1…26>[:ANALyze]:STATe

–

CONFigure:WIMax:ZONE<1…26>:BURSt<1...32>:CONTrol[:DATA]

–

CONFigure:WIMax:ZONE<1…26>:BURSt<1...32>:COUNt?

–

CONFigure:WIMax:ZONE<1…26>:BURSt<1...32>:DELete

–

CONFigure:WIMax:ZONE<1…26>:BURSt<1...32>:FORMat

–

CONFigure:WIMax:ZONE<1…26>:BURSt<1...32>:OFFSet:AUTO

–

CONFigure:WIMax:ZONE<1…26>:BURSt<1...32>:POWer

–

CONFigure:WIMax:ZONE<1…26>:BURSt<1...32>:SLOT:DURation

–

CONFigure:WIMax:ZONE<1…26>:BURSt<1...32>:SUBChannel:COUNt

–

CONFigure:WIMax:ZONE<1…26>:BURSt<1...32>:SUBChannel:OFFSet

–

CONFigure:WIMax:ZONE<1…26>:BURSt<1...32>:SYMBol:COUNt

–

CONFigure:WIMax:ZONE<1…26>:BURSt<1...32>:SYMBol:OFFSet

–

CONFigure:WIMax:ZONE<1…26>:BURSt<1...32>:TYPE

–

CONFigure:WIMax:ZONE<1…26>:CONTrol[:DATA]

–

CONFigure:WIMax:ZONE<1…26>:COUNt?

–

CONFigure:WIMax:ZONE<1…26>:DELete

–

CONFigure:WIMax:ZONE<1…26>:IDSegment

–

CONFigure:WIMax:ZONE<1…26>:PERMbase

–

CONFigure:WIMax:ZONE<1…26>:PRBS

–

CONFigure:WIMax:ZONE<1…26>:SYMB:COUNt

–

CONFigure:WIMax:ZONE<1…26>:SYMB:OFFSet

–

CONFigure:WIMax:ZONE<1…26>:TYPE

1300.2519.12

6.784

R&S FSL

E-11

R&S FSL

CONFigure Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

CONFigure:BURSt:BSTReam:BURSt:SELect
This command selects bursts and pilots. It is only available if the Bitstream measurement is
selected (see CONFigure:BURSt:STATistics:BSTReam[:IMMediate] command). (K93)
Parameter
0 to 9999

burst number

ALL

all bursts

PILOTS

only pilots

Example
CONF:BURS:STAT:BSTR
Configures the Bitstream measurement type.
CONF:BURS:BSTR:BURS:SEL 1
Selects burst 1.
INIT
Starts a Bitstream measurement. The results of the selected burst (1) are calculated.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDMA/WiBro

CONFigure:BURSt:BSTReam:FORMat:SELect
This command selects the modulation format. It is only available if the Bitstream measurement
is selected (see CONFigure:BURSt:STATistics:BSTReam[:IMMediate] command).
Parameter
ALL |QPSK | QAM16 | QAM64
Example
CONF:BURS:STAT:BSTR
Configures the Bitstream measurement type.
CONF:BURS:BSTR:FORM:SEL QPSK
Selects the QPSK modulation formats.
INIT
Starts a Bitstream measurement. The results of the selected modulation formats (QPSK) are
calculated.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDMA/WiBro

1300.2519.12

6.785

E-11

CONFigure Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

R&S FSL

CONFigure:BURSt:BSTReam:SYMBol:SELect
This command selects the symbol. It is only available if the Bitstream measurement is selected
(see CONFigure:BURSt:STATistics:BSTReam[:IMMediate] command).
Parameter
0 to 9999

symbol number

ALL

all symbols

Example
CONF:BURS:STAT:BSTR
Configures the Bitstream measurement type.
CONF:BURS:BSTR:SYMB:SEL 1
Selects symbol 1.
INIT
Starts a Bitstream measurement. The results of the selected symbol (1) are calculated.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDMA/WiBro

CONFigure:BURSt:CONSt:BURSt:SELect
This command selects bursts and pilots. It is only available if the Constellation vs Symbol
measurement is selected (see CONFigure:BURSt:CONSt:CSYMbol[:IMMediate]
command).
Parameter
0 to 9999

burst number

ALL

all bursts

PILOTS

only pilots

Example
CONF:BURS:CONS:CSYM
Configures the Constellation vs Symbol measurement type.
CONF:BURS:CONS:BURS:SEL 1
Selects burst 1.
INIT
Starts a Constellation vs Symbol measurement. The results of the selected burst (1) are
calculated.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDMA/WiBro

1300.2519.12

6.786

E-11

R&S FSL

CONFigure Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

CONFigure:BURSt:CONSt:CARRier:SELect
This command selects carriers and pilots. It is only available if the Constellation vs Symbol
measurement is selected (see CONFigure:BURSt:CONSt:CSYMbol[:IMMediate]
command).
Parameter
–100 to 100

carrier number

ALL

all carriers

PILOTS

only pilots

Example
CONF:BURS:CONS:CSYM
Configures the Constellation vs Symbol measurement type.
CONF:BURS:CONS:CARR:SEL –26
Carrier –26 is selected.
INIT
Starts a Constellation vs Symbol measurement. The results of the selected carrier (–26) are
calculated.
Characteristics
RST value: ALL
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

CONFigure:BURSt:CONSt:CCARrier[:IMMediate]
This command configures the Constellation vs Carrier measurement type.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
CONF:BURS:CONS:CCAR
Configures the Constellation vs Carrier measurement type.
INIT
Starts a Constellation vs Carrier measurement.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM

1300.2519.12

6.787

E-11

CONFigure Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

R&S FSL

CONFigure:BURSt:CONSt:CSYMbol[:IMMediate]
This command configures the Constellation vs Symbol measurement type.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
CONF:BURS:CONS:CSYM
Configures the Constellation vs Symbol measurement type.
INIT
Starts a Constellation vs Symbol measurement.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

CONFigure:BURSt:CONSt:FORMat:SELect
This command selects the modulation format. It is only available if the Constellation vs Symbol
measurement is selected (see CONFigure:BURSt:CONSt:CSYMbol[:IMMediate]
command).
Parameter
ALL |QPSK | QAM16 | QAM64
Example
CONF:BURS:CONS:CSYM
Configures the Constellation vs Symbol measurement type.
CONF:BURS:CONS:FORM:SEL QPSK
Selects the QPSK modulation formats.
INIT
Starts a Constellation vs Symbol measurement. The results of the selected modulation formats
(QPSK) are calculated.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDMA/WiBro

CONFigure:BURSt:CONSt:SYMBol:SELect
This command selects the symbol. It is only available if the Constellation vs Symbol
measurement is selected (see CONFigure:BURSt:CONSt:CSYMbol[:IMMediate]
command).
Parameter
0 to 9999

symbol number

ALL

all symbols

1300.2519.12

6.788

E-11

R&S FSL

CONFigure Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

Example
CONF:BURS:CONS:CSYM
Configures the Constellation vs Symbol measurement type.
CONF:BURS:CONS:SYMB:SEL 1
Selects symbol 1.
INIT
Starts a Constellation vs Symbol measurement. The results of the selected symbol (1) are
calculated.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDMA/WiBro

CONFigure:BURSt:EVM:ECARrier[:IMMediate]
This command configures the EVM vs Carrier measurement type.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
CONF:BURS:EVM:ECAR
Configures the EVM vs Carrier measurement type.
INIT
Starts a EVM vs Carrier measurement.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

CONFigure:BURSt:EVM:ESYMbol[:IMMediate]
This command configures the EVM vs Symbol measurement type.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
CONF:BURS:EVM:ESYM
Configures the EVM vs Symbol measurement type.
INIT
Starts a EVM vs Symbol measurement.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

1300.2519.12

6.789

E-11

CONFigure Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

R&S FSL

CONFigure:BURSt:PREamble[:IMMediate]
This command configures the Phase or Frequency vs Preamble measurement type. The
selection between the both measurements is made via the
CONFigure:BURSt:PREamble:SELect command.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
CONF:BURS:PRE
Configures the Phase or Frequency vs Preamble measurement type.
CONF:BURS:PRE:SEL FREQ
The measurement results are interpreted as Frequency Error vs Preamble.
INIT
Starts a Frequency Error vs Preamble measurement.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

CONFigure:BURSt:PREamble:SELect
This command configures the interpretation of the preamble measurement results.
Parameter
PHASe | FREQuency
Example
CONF:BURS:PRE
Configures the Phase or Frequency vs Preamble measurement type.
CONF:BURS:PRE:SEL FREQ
The measurement results are interpreted as Frequency Error vs Preamble.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

CONFigure:BURSt:PVT[:IMMediate]
This command configures the Power vs Time (PVT) measurement type. For further settings of
the Power vs Time measurement see the CONFigure:BURSt:PVT:BURSt and
CONFigure:BURSt:PVT:SELect commands.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
CONF:BURS:PVT
Configures the Power vs Time measurement type.
INIT
Starts a Power vs Time measurement.

1300.2519.12

6.790

E-11

R&S FSL

CONFigure Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

CONFigure:BURSt:PVT:BURSt
This command specifies the burst that is used for the Power vs Time measurement results.
Parameter
1 to 10922
Example
CONF:BURS:PVT
Configures the Power vs Time measurement type.
CONF:BURS:PVT:BURS 1
Uses burst 1 for the Power vs Time measurement results.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM

CONFigure:BURSt:PVT:SELect
This command configures the interpretation of the Power vs Time (PVT) measurement results.
The available measurement types depend on the selected standard.
Parameter
FULL
PVT Start and End
PVT Rsing / Falling
EDGE
PVT Full Burst
PVT Full Subframe

OFDM
OFDMA/WiBro
OFDM
OFDMA/WiBro

Example
CONF:BURS:PVT
Configures the Power vs Time measurement type.
CONF:BURS:PVT:SEL FULL
The measurement results are interpreted as full burst.
Characteristics
RST value: FULL
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

1300.2519.12

6.791

E-11

CONFigure Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

R&S FSL

CONFigure:BURSt:SPECtrum:ACPR[:IMMediate]
This command configures the ACPR (adjacent channel power relative) measurement type.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
CONF:BURS:SPEC:ACPR
Configures the ACPR measurement type.
INIT
Starts an ACPR measurement.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

CONFigure:BURSt:SPECtrum:ACPR:SELect
This command specifies the type of ACP measurement to be performed.
Parameter
ABSolute | RELative
Example
CONF:BURS:SPEC:ACPR:SEL ABS
Specifies the ACP measurement type absolute.
Characteristics
RST value: REL
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

CONFigure:BURSt:SPECtrum:FFT[:IMMediate]
This command configures the FFT (Fast Fourier Transform) measurement type.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
CONF:BURS:SPEC:FFT
Configures the FFT measurement type.
INIT
Starts an FFT measurement.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

1300.2519.12

6.792

E-11

R&S FSL

CONFigure Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

CONFigure:BURSt:SPECtrum:FLATness[:IMMediate]
This command configures the Spectrum Flatness measurement type. For settings for the
Spectrum Flatness measurement see CONFigure:BURSt:SPECtrum:FLATness:SELect
command.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
CONF:BURS:SPEC:FLAT
Configures the Spectrum Flatness measurement type.
INIT
Starts a Spectrum Flatness measurement.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

CONFigure:BURSt:SPECtrum:FLATness:SELect
This command configures the interpretation of the Spectrum Flatness measurement results.
Parameter
FLATness
GRDelay
DIFFerence

spectrum flatness
group delay
flatness difference

Example
CONF:BURS:SPEC:FLAT
Configures the Spectrum Flatness measurement type.
CONF:BURS:SPEC:FLAT:SEL GRD
Configures the group delay for the Spectrum Flatness measurement.
Characteristics
RST value: FLAT
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

CONFigure:BURSt:SPECtrum:MASK[:IMMediate]
This command configures the Spectrum Mask measurement type. For settings for the Spectrum
Mask measurement see CONFigure:BURSt:SPECtrum:MASK:SELect command.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
CONF:BURS:SPEC:MASK
Configures the Spectrum Mask measurement type.
INIT
Starts a Spectrum Mask measurement.

1300.2519.12

6.793

E-11

CONFigure Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

R&S FSL

Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

CONFigure:BURSt:SPECtrum:MASK:SELect
This command configures the interpretation of the Spectrum Mask measurement results..
Parameter
IEEE

interpretation according to IEEE standard

ETSI

interpretation according to ETSI standard

Example
CONF:BURS:SPEC:MASK
Configures the Spectrum Mask measurement type.
CONF:BURS:SPEC:MASK:SEL ETSI
The measurement results are interpreted using the ETSI standard.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

CONFigure:BURSt:STATistics:BSTReam[:IMMediate]
This command configures the Bitstream measurement type.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
CONF:BURS:STAT:BSTR
Configures the Bitstream measurement type.
INIT
Starts a Bitstream measurement.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

1300.2519.12

6.794

E-11

R&S FSL

CONFigure Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

CONFigure:BURSt:STATistics:BSUMmary[:IMMediate]
This command configures the Burst Summary measurement type.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
CONF:BURS:STAT:BSUM
Configures the Burst Summary measurement type.
INIT
Starts a the Burst Summary measurement.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

CONFigure:BURSt:STATistics:CCDF[:IMMediate]
This command configures the CCDF (conditional cumulative distribution functions)
measurement type.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
CONF:BURS:STAT:CCDF
Configures the CCDF measurement type.
INIT
Starts a CCDF measurement.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

CONFigure:CHANnel
This command specifies the measurement input channel. This command will automatically
cause the internal measurement frequency to be recalculated.
Parameter
0 to 3153
Example
CONF:CHAN 9
Defines the frequency of channel 9 as measurement range.
Characteristics
RST value: 0
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM

1300.2519.12

6.795

E-11

CONFigure Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

R&S FSL

CONFigure:POWer:AUTO
This command switches on or off the automatic power level detection.
Parameter
ON | OFF | ONCE
Example
CONF:POW:AUTO ON
At the start of every measurement sweep the input power level is detected automatically.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

CONFigure:POWer:AUTO:SWEep:TIME
This command specifies the sweep time for the automatic power level detection.
Parameter
1ms to 1s
Example
CONF:POW:AUTO ON
At the start of every measurement sweep the input power level is detected automatically.
CONF:POW:AUTO:SWE:TIME 200MS
The sweep time is set to 200 ms power level.
Characteristics
RST value: 100 ms
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

CONFigure:POWer:EXPected:RF
This command specifies the input power level of the source signal that will be supplied at the
analyzer RF input.
Parameter
–999.99 dBm to 999.99 dBm
Example
CONF:POW:EXP:RF –20
Assumes an input signal strength of –20 dBm.
Characteristics
RST value: –30 dBm
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

1300.2519.12

6.796

E-11

R&S FSL

CONFigure Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

CONFigure:STANdard
This command specifies the Wireless LAN standard to be measured.
Parameter
0

IEEE 802.16–2004

OFDM

1

IEEE 802.16e–2005

OFDMA

2

IEEE 802.16e–2005

WiBro

Example
CONF:STAN 0
The measurements will be performed according to IEEE 802.16–2004.
Characteristics
RST value: 1
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

CONFigure:WIMax:AVERaging
This command specifies the RSSI, CINR averaging parameter.
Parameter
0.000001 to 0.999999
Example
CONF:WIM:AVER 0.1
Sets the value to 0.1
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDMA/WiBro

CONFigure:WIMax:DLSFrame:IDCell
This command specifies the downlink IDCell number. The downlink IDCell number is used as
DL_PermBase parameter for the permutation equations to partly set the sub carrier randomizer
initialization vector.
Parameter
0 to 31
Example
CONF:WIM:DLSF:IDC 0
Sets the downlink IDCell number to 0.

1300.2519.12

6.797

E-11

CONFigure Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

R&S FSL

Characteristics
RST value: 0
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDMA/WiBro

CONFigure:WIMax:DLSFrame:PREamble:MODE
This command specifies how the preamble index is calculated.
Parameter
AUTO

The preamble index is automatically calculated according to the parameters set by
the CONFigure:WIMax:DLSFrame:IDCell and
CONFigure:WIMax:DLSFrame:SEGMent<1…3> commands.

USER

The preamble index can be specified manually, i.e. the preamble pattern is chosen
by the CONFigure:WIMax:DLSFrame:PREamble:INDex command according to
the standard.

Example
CONF:WIM:DLSF:PRE:MODE AUTO
Activates the automatic calculation of the preamble index.
Characteristics
RST value: USER
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDMA/WiBro

CONFigure:WIMax:DLSFrame:PREamble:INDex
This command specifies the preamble pattern (according to the standard) to be used.
Parameter
integer from 0 to 113
Example
CONF:WIM:DLSF:PMOD USER
Deactivates the automatic calculation of the preamble index.
CONF:WIM:DLSF:PRE:IND 31
Specifies the preamble pattern.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDMA/WiBro

1300.2519.12

6.798

E-11

R&S FSL

CONFigure Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

CONFigure:WIMax:DLSFrame:SEGMent<1…3>
This command specifies the allowable logical subchannel usage of the transmission spectrum
for one of the three downlink PUSC segments.
Note that the indexes specified on the instrument are 0, whereas based under remote control
they are 1 based. This means, the first segment on the instrument is labeled segment 0 and
would be accessed with the command CONF:WIM:DLSF:SEGM1.
Parameter
0 to 63
Example
CONF:WIM:DLSF:SEGM1 63
Specifies the logical subchannel usage of the transmission spectrum for the first downlink PUSC
segment to 63.
Characteristics
RST value: 0
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDMA/WiBro

CONFigure:WIMax:FBANd
This command configures the Phase or Frequency vs Preamble measurement type.
Parameter
The suffix 1 can be omitted in the input (see list below) and is omitted in the output (see
example).
Selection

Value

Range in GHz

Description

UNSPecified

Unspecified

ETSI or ETSI1

ETSI

3.410–4.200

Licensed Band

ETSI2

ETSI

10.000–10.680

Licensed Band

MMDS or MMDS1

MMDS

2.150–2.162

Licensed Band

MMDS2

MMDS

2.500–2.690

Licensed Band

WCS or WCS1

WCS

2.305–2.320

Licensed Band

WCS2

WCS

2.345–2.360

Licensed Band

CEPT or CEPT1

CEPT

5.470–5.725

License Exempt Band

CEPT2

CEPT

5.725–5.875

License Exempt Band

UNII or UNII1

U–NII

5.250–5.350

License Exempt Band

UNII2

U–NII

5.725–5.825

License Exempt Band

Example
CONF:WIM:FBAN ETSI
Configures the frequency band to be ETSI 3.41GHz – 4.2GHz.
CONF:WIM:FBAN?
After frequency band is set to ETSI this will return "ETSI'' as the current frequency band.
CONF:WIM:FBAN ETSI1
Configures the frequency band to be ETSI 3.41GHz – 4.2GHz.
CONF:WIM:FBAN?
After frequency band is set to ETSI1 this will return "ETSI'' as the current frequency band.

1300.2519.12

6.799

E-11

CONFigure Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

R&S FSL

CONF:WIM:FBAN ETSI2
Configures the frequency band to be ETSI 10.0GHz – 10.68GHz.
CONF:WIM:FBAN?
After frequency band is set to ETSI2 this will return "ETSI2'' as the current frequency band.
INIT
Starts a Phase or Frequency vs Preamble measurement.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

CONFigure:WIMax:IGRatio
This command specifies the number of guard samples.
Parameter
valid range:

Tg
Tb

{1/32, 1/16, 1/8, 1/4}

The ration can be set to one of four values – 4, 8, 16 or 32. The table below shows the
relationship between these values and the number of guard samples.
Value

Guard samples (Tg/Tb)

4

1/4

8

1/8

16

1/16

32

1/32

Example
CONF:WIM:IGR 16
Sets the number of guard samples to 1/16.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

CONFigure:WIMax:LMODe
This command specifies only to analyze the Down Link or Up Link bursts during a
measurement.
Parameter
UL | DL
Example
CONF:WIM:LMOD UL
Only the Up Link bursts are analyzed.

1300.2519.12

6.800

E-11

R&S FSL

CONFigure Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

CONFigure:WIMax:NFFT
This command specifies the current FFT size.
Parameter
FFT128

FFT size of 128 carriers

FFT512

FFT size of 512 carriers

FFT1024

FFT size of 1024 carriers

FFT2048

FFT size of 2048 carriers

Example
CONF:WIM:NFFT FFT2048
Sets the FFT size to 2048 carriers.
Characteristics
RST value: FFT1024
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDMA/WiBro

CONFigure:WIMax:TDDFrame:TTG
This command specifies the TDD frame TX Transition Gap (TTG).
Parameter
0 to 2 seconds
Example
CONF:WIM:TDDF:TTG 10us
Specifies the TDD frame TX Transition Gap as 10 Us.
Characteristics
RST value: 5us
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDMA/WiBro

1300.2519.12

6.801

E-11

CONFigure Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

R&S FSL

CONFigure:WIMax:ULSFrame:FRAMe
This command selects the frame number of the uplink frame in which the UL map that specifies
the uplink burst was transmitted.
Parameter
0 to 10
Example
CONF:WIM:ULSF:FRAM 0
Selects frame number 0.
Characteristics
RST value: 0
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDMA/WiBro

CONFigure:WIMax:ZONE<1…26>[:ANALyze]:STATe
This command sets a zone for analysis. This will come into effect when the next measurement
is executed.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CONF:WIM:ZONE1:ANAL ON
Sets zone 1 for analysis.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDMA/WiBro

CONFigure:WIMax:ZONE<1…26>:BURSt<1...32>:CONTrol[:DATA]
This command associates a burst definition with a specific zone. A zone may have up to 32
bursts defined within it.
New bursts can only be appended to the end of the existing burst list. For example if 4 bursts
are already defined, then the suffix required to enter a new burst is 5.
Parameter
,,,,,,,, with:


QPSK_1_2 | QPSK_3_4 |
QAM16_1_2 | QAM16_3_4 |
QAM64_1_2 | QAM64_2_3 |
QAM64_3_4

modulation scheme





number of subchannels used by the burst





number of symbols used by the burst





slot duration (only applies to uplink and ignored by
downlink bursts)

1300.2519.12

6.802

E-11

R&S FSL

CONFigure Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)





subchannel offset of the burst





symbol offset of the burst





Defines the boosting power of the burst.



FCH | DLMAP | ULMAP | DATA

burst type

For further details refer to chapter "Instrument Functions", section "WiMAX, WiBro
Measurements (Options K92/K93)", Burst List description.
Example
CONF:WIM:ZONE1:BURS1:CONT QAM16_1_2,1D2,5,10,20,0,0,0, DATA
Defines a 16 QAM 1/2 burst using 5 subchannels and 10 symbols.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDMA/WiBro

CONFigure:WIMax:ZONE<1…26>:BURSt<1...32>:COUNt?
This command returns the current count of user defined bursts within the specified zone.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
CONF:WIM:ZONE1:BURS1:COUN?
Returns the user defined bursts within zone 1.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDMA/WiBro

CONFigure:WIMax:ZONE<1…26>:BURSt<1...32>:DELete
This command deletes a specific burst from within the specified zone.
Example
CONF:WIM:ZONE1:BURS1:DEL
Deletes burst 1 from zone 1.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDMA/WiBro

1300.2519.12

6.803

E-11

CONFigure Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

R&S FSL

CONFigure:WIMax:ZONE<1…26>:BURSt<1...32>:FORMat
This command specifies the burst modulation format for the specified zone.
Parameter
QPSK1D2

QPSK code rate 1/2

QPSK3D4

QPSK code rate 3/4

QAM16_1D2

16 QAM code rate 1/2

QAM16_3D4

16 QAM code rate 3/4

QAM64_1D2

64 QAM code rate 1/2

QAM64_2D3

64 QAM code rate 2/3

QAM64_3D4

64 QAM code rate 3/4

Example
CONF:WIM:ZONE1:BURS1:FORM QAM64_3D4
Sets the burst modulation format to QAM64_3D4.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDMA/WiBro

CONFigure:WIMax:ZONE<1…26>:BURSt<1...32>:OFFSet:AUTO
This command allows, for the specified zone and burst, the logical subchannel and symbol
offsets to be automatically calculated so that they are contiguous. The command only applies to
uplink bursts.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
CONF:WIM:ZONE1:BURS1:OFFS:AUTO ON
Activates the automatic calculation of the logical subchannel and symbol offsets.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDMA/WiBro

1300.2519.12

6.804

E-11

R&S FSL

CONFigure Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

CONFigure:WIMax:ZONE<1…26>:BURSt<1...32>:POWer
This command specifies, for the specified zone and burst, the boosting power associated with
the burst.
Parameter
–80 to 10
Example
CONF:WIM:ZONE1:BURS1:POW 0
Sets the boosting power associated with the burst to 0.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDMA/WiBro

CONFigure:WIMax:ZONE<1…26>:BURSt<1...32>:SLOT:DURation
This command defines, for the specified zone and burst, the duration of an uplink burst in slots
in seconds. The command has no effect on downlink bursts.
Parameter
1 to 3000
Example
CONF:WIM:ZONE1:BURS1:SLOT:DUR 10
Sets the duration of uplink burst 1 to 10.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDMA/WiBro

CONFigure:WIMax:ZONE<1…26>:BURSt<1...32>:SUBChannel:COUNt
This command defines, for the specified zone and burst, the number of logical subchannels
used by the burst.
Parameter
1 to 60
Example
CONF:WIM:ZONE1:BURS1:SUBC:COUN 5
Sets the number of logical subchannels used by burst 1 to 5.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDMA/WiBro

1300.2519.12

6.805

E-11

CONFigure Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

R&S FSL

CONFigure:WIMax:ZONE<1…26>:BURSt<1...32>:SUBChannel:OFFSet
This command defines, for the specified zone and burst, the logical subchannels offset for the
burst. This, together with the symbol offset, can be used to specify the frequency bandwidth in
use by specific bursts.
Parameter
0 to 60
Example
CONF:WIM:ZONE1:BURS1:SUBC:OFFS 5
Sets the subchannels offset for burst 1 to 5.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDMA/WiBro

CONFigure:WIMax:ZONE<1…26>:BURSt<1...32>:SYMBol:COUNt
This command defines, for the specified zone and burst, the number of symbols used by the
burst.
Parameter
1 to 1000
Example
CONF:WIM:ZONE1:BURS1:SYMB:COUN 5
Sets the number of symbols used by burst 1 to 5.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDMA/WiBro
CONFigure:WIMax:ZONE<1…26>:BURSt<1...32>:SYMBol:OFFSet
This command defines, for the specified zone and burst, the symbol offset for the burst. This,
together with the logical subchannel offset, can be used to specify the frequency bandwidth in
use by specific bursts.
Parameter
0 to 1000
Example
CONF:WIM:ZONE1:BURS1:SYMB:OFFS 5
Sets the symbol offset for burst 1 to 5.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDMA/WiBro
1300.2519.12

6.806

E-11

R&S FSL

CONFigure Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

CONFigure:WIMax:ZONE<1…26>:BURSt<1...32>:TYPE
For the specified zone and burst, this command specifies the type of burst from the protocol
layer perspective, i.e. if the burst contains signaling information or if it is just a data burst.
Parameter
FCH

frame control header

DLMAP

downlink map

ULMAP

uplink map

DATA

data burst

Example
ONF:WIM:ZONE1:BURS1:TYPE DATA
Burst 1 is a data burst.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDMA/WiBro

CONFigure:WIMax:ZONE<1…26>:CONTrol[:DATA]
This command adds a new zone. Up to 26 user zones can be defined.
New zones can only be appended to the end of the existing defined zones. For example, if 4
zones are already defined, then the suffix required to enter a new zone is 5.
Parameter
,,,,,,
with:


ON | OFF

Specifies whether the zone is too be marked for analysis.



DLFUSC | DLPUSC | ULPUSC

zone type: downlink FUSC (Fully Used Subchanneliziation)
zone, downlink PUSC (Partial Used Subchanneliziation)
zone, or uplink PUSC zone



0|1|2

downlink PUSC zone segment





zone symbol length





zone symbol offset





permbase to be used for channel decoding





PRBS to be used for channel decoding

For further details refer to chapter "Instrument Functions", "WiMAX, WiBro Measurements
(Options K92/K93)", Zone/Segment List description.
Example
CONF:WIM:ZONE1:CONT ON,DLFUSC,0,10,0,0,0
Adds a DL_PUSC zone with a length of 10 symbols.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDMA/WiBro

1300.2519.12

6.807

E-11

CONFigure Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

R&S FSL

CONFigure:WIMax:ZONE<1…26>:COUNt?
This command returns the current count of the specified zone.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
CONF:WIM:ZONE1:COUN?
Returns the count of zone 1.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDMA/WiBro

CONFigure:WIMax:ZONE<1…26>:DELete
This command deletes a specific zone. If the specified zone is within a larger list of zones, then
all following zones will be shuffled down to take up the space occupied by the deleted zone.
This command is an event and therefore has no *RST value and no query.
Example
CONF:WIM:ZONE1:DEL
Deletes zone 1.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDMA/WiBro

CONFigure:WIMax:ZONE<1…26>:IDSegment
This command specifies the segment number associated with the zone. This is only valid for
PUSC zones and will have no effect on other zone types.
Parameter
0|1|2
Example
CONF:WIM:ZONE1:IDS 0
Sets the segment number for zone 1 to 0.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDMA/WiBro

1300.2519.12

6.808

E-11

R&S FSL

CONFigure Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

CONFigure:WIMax:ZONE<1…26>:PERMbase
This command specifies the perm base which is used in the permutation equations for the
specified zone.
Parameter
0 to 31
Example
CONF:WIM:ZONE1:PERM 0
For zone 1, perm base 0 is used in the permutation equations.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDMA/WiBro

CONFigure:WIMax:ZONE<1…26>:PRBS
This command specifies a known PRBS (pseudo random binary sequence) modulated data
sequence that is in use by the DUT of the specified zone.
Parameter
0, 1, 2, 3
Example
CONF:WIM:ZONE1:PRBS 0
Sets the PRBS to 0.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDMA/WiBro
CONFigure:WIMax:ZONE<1…26>:SYMB:OFFSet
This command specifies the symbol offset associated with the specified zone. This is used to
analyze signals which contain multiple zones and allows any zone in a subframe to be set up for
analysis.
Parameter
1 to 1000
Example
CONF:WIM:ZONE1:SYMB:OFFS 0
Sets the symbol offset for zone 1 to 0.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDMA/WiBro

1300.2519.12

6.809

E-11

CONFigure Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

R&S FSL

CONFigure:WIMax:ZONE<1…26>:SYMB:COUNt
This command specifies the number of symbols defined to the specified zone.
Parameter
1 to 1000
Example
CONF:WIM:ZONE1:SYMB:COUNT 10
Sets the number of symbols for zone 1 to 10.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDMA/WiBro

CONFigure:WIMax:ZONE<1…26>:TYPE
This command specifies the zone type of the specified zone.
Parameter
DLFUSC

downlink FUSC zone

DLPUSC

downlink PUSC zone

ULPUSC

uplink PUSC zone

Example
CONF:WIM:ZONE1:TYPE DLPUSC
Specifies zone 1 as downlink PUSC zone.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDMA/WiBro

1300.2519.12

6.810

E-11

R&S FSL

DISPlay Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

DISPlay Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)
The DISPlay subsystem controls the selection and presentation of textual and graphic information as
well as of measurement data on the display. In contrast to the base unit, the WiMAX IEEE 802.16
OFDM, OFDMA Measurements option supports the split screen modus.

Commands of the DISPlay Subsystem
–

DISPlay:FORMat

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:SELect

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:SSELect

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TABLe

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TABLe:UNIT

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe1:Y[:SCALe]:AUTO

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe1:Y[:SCALe]:PDIVision

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1…3>:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel[:RF]

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1…3>:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel?

–

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1…3>:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel:OFFSet

DISPlay:FORMat
This command sets the screen display type to full or split screen.
Parameter
SPLit | SINGle
Example
DISP:FORM SING
Sets the display to full screen.
Characteristics
RST value: SPLit
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:SELect
This command selects whether screen A or screen B is active (see also
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:SSELect)
Example
DISP:WIND1 SEL
Sets screen A active.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDMA/WiBro
1300.2519.12

6.811

E-11

DISPlay Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

R&S FSL

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:SSELect
This command selects whether screen A or screen B is active. The numeric suffix <1|2> defines
the active window.
Example
DISP:WIND1:SSEL
Sets screen A active.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TABLe
This command shows or hides the results table.
The numeric suffix <1|2> defines the active window.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
DISP:TABL OFF
Hides the results table.
Characteristics
RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TABLe:UNIT
This command specifies the unit for the parameters listed in the results table.
The numeric suffix <1|2> defines the active window.
Parameter
DB

results returned in dB

PCT

results returned in percent

Example
DISP:TABL:UNIT DB
Results are returned in dB.
Characteristics
RST value: DB
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

1300.2519.12

6.812

E-11

R&S FSL

DISPlay Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe1:Y[:SCALe]:AUTO
This command switches on or off automatic scaling of the y–axis for trace 1. If switched on, the
y–axis is scaled to best fit the measurement results automatically.
The numeric suffix <1|2> defines the active window.
This command is only available for the following result displays:
–

EVM vs Carrier

–

EVM vs Symbol

Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
DISP:WIND2:TRAC1:Y:AUTO ON
Switches on automatic scaling of the y–axis for the active trace.
Characteristics
RST value: ON
SCPI: conform
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe1:Y[:SCALe]:PDIVision
This command sets the size of each y scale division for trace 1. It has no affect if automatic
scaling of the y–axis is enabled.
The numeric suffix <1|2> defines the active window.
This command is only available for the following result displays:
–

EVM vs Carrier

–

EVM vs Symbol

Parameter
1E–6 to 10E12
Example
DISP:WIND2:TRAC1:Y:AUTO OFF
Switches off automatic scaling of the y–axis for the active trace.
DISP:WIND2:TRAC1:Y:PDIV 2
Sets the y scale division to size 2.
Characteristics
RST value: 3
SCPI: conform
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

1300.2519.12

6.813

E-11

DISPlay Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

R&S FSL

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1…3>:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel[:RF]
This command specifies the reference level applied to an RF measurements.
The numeric suffixes of WINDow<1|2> and TRACe<1 to 3> are irrelevant.
Parameter
 in dBm, range specified in data sheet
Example
DISP:TRAC:Y:RLEV 10
Reference level of the analyzer is 10 dB
DISP:TRAC:Y:RLEV:RF –10
Reference level of the analyzer is –10 dB
Characteristics
RST value: 0 dB
SCPI: conform
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1…3>:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel?
This command queries the current internal instrument reference level used when performing
measurements.
The numeric suffixes of WINDow<1|2> and TRACe<1 to 3> are irrelevant.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
DISP:TRAC:Y:RLEV?
Returns the current reference level in use.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: conform
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

1300.2519.12

6.814

E-11

R&S FSL

DISPlay Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1…3>:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel:OFFSet
This command specifies the external attenuation/gain applied to measurements. The value
corresponds to the reference level offset in spectrum analyzer mode (see
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel:OFFSet command).
The numeric suffixes of WINDow<1|2> and TRACe<1 to 3> are irrelevant.
Parameter
–200 to 200 dB
Example
DISP:TRAC:Y:RLEV:OFFS 10
External attenuation (level offset) of the analyzer is 10 dB
DISP:TRAC:Y:RLEV:OFFS –10
External attenuation of the analyzer is –10 dB. i.e. a gain of 10 dB
Characteristics
RST value: 0 dB
SCPI: conform
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

1300.2519.12

6.815

E-11

FETCh Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

R&S FSL

FETCh Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)
The FETCh subsystem contains commands for reading out results of complex measurement tasks. This
subsystem is closely linked to the CONFigure and SENSe subsystems.

Commands of the FETCh Subsystem
–

FETCh:BURSt:ALL?

–

FETCh:BURSt:CINR?

–

FETCh:BURSt:CINR:AVERage?

–

FETCh:BURSt:CINR:MAXimum?

–

FETCh:BURSt:CINR:MINimum?

–

FETCh:BURSt:COUNt?

–

FETCh:BURSt:CRESt:AVERage?

–

FETCh:BURSt:CRESt:MAXimum?

–

FETCh:BURSt:CRESt:MINimum?

–

FETCh:BURSt:EVM:ALL:AVERage?

–

FETCh:BURSt:EVM:ALL:MAXimum?

–

FETCh:BURSt:EVM:ALL:MINimum?

–

FETCh:BURSt:EVM:DATA:AVERage?

–

FETCh:BURSt:EVM:DATA:MAXimum?

–

FETCh:BURSt:EVM:DATA:MINimum?

–

FETCh:BURSt:EVM:PILot:AVERage?

–

FETCh:BURSt:EVM:PILot:MAXimum?

–

FETCh:BURSt:EVM:PILot:MINimum?

–

FETCh:BURSt:FERRor:AVERage?

–

FETCh:BURSt:FERRor:MAXimum?

–

FETCh:BURSt:FERRor:MINimum?

–

FETCh:BURSt:GIMBalance:AVERage?

–

FETCh:BURSt:GIMBalance:MAXimum?

–

FETCh:BURSt:GIMBalance:MINimum?

–

FETCh:BURSt:IQOFfset:AVERage?

–

FETCh:BURSt:IQOFfset:MAXimum?

–

FETCh:BURSt:IQOFfset:MINimum?

–

FETCh:BURSt:QUADoffset:AVERage?

–

FETCh:BURSt:QUADoffset:MAXimum?

–

FETCh:BURSt:QUADoffset:MINimum?

–

FETCh:BURSt:RMS:ALL:AVERage?

–

FETCh:BURSt:RMS:ALL:MAXimum?

–

FETCh:BURSt:RMS:ALL:MINimum?

1300.2519.12

6.816

E-11

R&S FSL

FETCh Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

–

FETCh:BURSt:RMS:AVERage?

–

FETCh:BURSt:RMS:DATA:AVERage?

–

FETCh:BURSt:RMS:DATA:MAXimum?

–

FETCh:BURSt:RMS:DATA:MINimum?

–

FETCh:BURSt:RMS:DLPReamble:AVERage?

–

FETCh:BURSt:RMS:DLPReamble:MAXimum?

–

FETCh:BURSt:RMS:DLPReamble:MINimum?

–

FETCh:BURSt:RMS:MAXimum?

–

FETCh:BURSt:RMS:MINimum?

–

FETCh:BURSt:RMS:PILot:AVERage?

–

FETCh:BURSt:RMS:PILot:MAXimum?

–

FETCh:BURSt:RMS:PILot:MINimum?

–

FETCh:BURSt:RSSI?

–

FETCh:BURSt:RSSi:AVERage?

–

FETCh:BURSt:RSSi:MAXimum?

–

FETCh:BURSt:RSSi:MINimum?

–

FETCh:BURSt:SYMBolerror:AVERage?

–

FETCh:BURSt:SYMBolerror:MAXimum?

–

FETCh:BURSt:SYMBolerror:MINimum?

–

FETCh:BURSt:TDOMain:PREamble?

–

FETCh:BURSt:TDOMain:SUBFrame?

–

FETCh:BURSt:TDOMain:ZONE?

–

FETCh:SYMBol:COUNt?

–

FETCh:ZONE:COUNt?

Further information
–

"ASCII formats for returned values" on page 6.817

ASCII formats for returned values
The results are output as a list of result strings separated by commas.

OFDM results
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
1300.2519.12

6.817

E-11

FETCh Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

R&S FSL

,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,

OFMDA Uplink results
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,

OFDMA Downlink results
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,
,,,
,,,
1300.2519.12

6.818

E-11

R&S FSL

FETCh Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

FETCh:BURSt:ALL?
This command returns all the results. The results are output as a list of result strings separated
by commas in ASCII format. For details on the format refer to "ASCII formats for returned
values" on page 6.817. The units for the EVM results are specified with the UNIT:EVM
command.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
FETC:BURS:ALL?
All calculated results are returned.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

FETCh:BURSt:CINR?
This command returns all the CINR results separated by commas. For details on the format
refer to "ASCII formats for returned values" on page 6.817.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
FETC:BURS:CINR?
The calculated CINR results from the most recent measurement are returned.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

FETCh:BURSt:CINR:AVERage? / FETCh:BURSt:CINR:MINimum? /
FETCh:BURSt:CINR:MAXimum?
This command returns the determined CINR (carrier to interference and noise ratio) standard
deviation value (average, minimum or maximum value). The result is returned in ASCII format.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
FETC:BURS:RSS:MAX?
The calculated maximum CINR value is returned.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDMA/WiBro

1300.2519.12

6.819

E-11

FETCh Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

R&S FSL

FETCh:BURSt:COUNt?
This command returns the number of bursts analyzed in the last sweep.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
FETC:BURS:COUN?
The number of analyzed bursts in the most recent measurement is returned.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

FETCh:BURSt:CRESt:AVERage? / FETCh:BURSt:CRESt:MAXimum? /
FETCh:BURSt:CRESt:MINimum?
This command returns the determined crest factor (average, minimum or maximum value) in
dBm. The crest factor is the ratio of peak power to average power.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
FETC:BURS:CRES:MAX?
The calculated maximum crest factor from the most recent measurement is returned.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

FETCh:BURSt:EVM:ALL:AVERage? / FETCh:BURSt:EVM:ALL:MAXimum? /
FETCh:BURSt:EVM:ALL:MINimum?
This command returns the Error Vector Magnitude (EVM) measurement results summary
(average, minimum or maximum value) in dB. The results summary is a combined figure that
represents the pilot, data and the free carrier.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
FETC:BURS:EVM:ALL:MIN?
The minimum Error Vector Magnitude value is returned.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

1300.2519.12

6.820

E-11

R&S FSL

FETCh Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

FETCh:BURSt:EVM:DATA:AVERage? / FETCh:BURSt:EVM:DATA:MAXimum? /
FETCh:BURSt:EVM:DATA:MINimum?
This command returns the Error Vector Management measurement results summary (average,
minimum or maximum value) for the data carrier in dB.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
FETC:BURS:EVM:DATA:MAX?
The maximum EVM recorded for the data carrier is returned.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

FETCh:BURSt:EVM:PILot:AVERage? / FETCh:BURSt:EVM:PILot:MAXimum? /
FETCh:BURSt:EVM:PILot:MINimum?
This command returns the Error Vector Management measurement results summary for the
EVM pilot carrier in dB.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
FETC:BURS:EVM:PIL:MAX?
The maximum EVM recorded for the EVM pilot carrier is returned.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

FETCh:BURSt:FERRor:AVERage? / FETCh:BURSt:FERRor:MAXimum? /
FETCh:BURSt:FERRor:MINimum?
This command returns the measured average, minimum or maximum frequency errors in
Hz.???
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
FETC:BURS:FERR:MAX?
The maximum frequency error from the most recent measurement is returned.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

1300.2519.12

6.821

E-11

FETCh Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

R&S FSL

FETCh:BURSt:GIMBalance:AVERage? / FETCh:BURSt:GIMBalance:MAXimum? /
FETCh:BURSt:GIMBalance:MINimum?
This command returns the measured average, minimum or maximum IQ imbalance errors in dB.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
FETC:BURS:GIMB:MAX?
The maximum IQ Imbalance error from the most recent measurement is returned.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

FETCh:BURSt:IQOFfset:AVERage? / FETCh:BURSt:IQOFfset:MAXimum? /
FETCh:BURSt:IQOFfset:MINimum?
This command returns the measured average, minimum or maximum IQ offset errors in dB.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
FETC:BURS:IQOF:MAX?
The maximum IQ Offset error from the most recent measurement is returned.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

FETCh:BURSt:QUADoffset:AVERage? / FETCh:BURSt:QUADoffset:MAXimum? /
FETCh:BURSt:QUADoffset:MINimum?
This command returns the accuracy in terms of the phase error of symbols within a burst.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
FETC:BURS:QUAD:MAX?
The maximum angle error recorded for a symbol during the measurement.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

1300.2519.12

6.822

E-11

R&S FSL

FETCh Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

FETCh:BURSt:RMS:ALL:AVERage? / FETCh:BURSt:RMS:ALL:MAXimum? /
FETCh:BURSt:RMS:ALL:MINimum?
This command returns the average, minimum or maximum RMS burst power in dBm for all
carriers measured during the measurement.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
FETC:BURS:RMS:ALL:MAX?
The maximum RMS burst power for all carriers recorded during the most recent measurement is
returned.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM

FETCh:BURSt:RMS:AVERage? / FETCh:BURSt:RMS:MAXimum? /
FETCh:BURSt:RMS:MINimum?
This command returns the average, minimum or maximum RMS burst power in dBm measured
during the measurement.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
FETC:BURS:RMS:MAX?
The maximum burst power recorded for the most recent measurement is returned.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM

FETCh:BURSt:RMS:DATA:AVERage? / FETCh:BURSt:RMS:DATA:MAXimum? /
FETCh:BURSt:RMS:DATA:MINimum?
This command returns the average, minimum or maximum RMS burst power in dBm for data
carriers measured during the measurement.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
FETC:BURS:RMS:DATA:MAX?
The maximum RMS burst power for data carriers from the most recent measurement is
returned.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM

1300.2519.12

6.823

E-11

FETCh Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

R&S FSL

FETCh:BURSt:RMS:DLPReamble:AVERage? / FETCh:BURSt:RMS:DLPReamble:MAXimum? /
FETCh:BURSt:RMS:DLPReamble:MINimum?
This command returns the average, minimum or maximum RMS burst power in dBm for the
downlink preamble measured during the measurement.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
FETC:BURS:RMS:DLPR:MAX?
The maximum RMS burst power for the downlink preamble from the most recent measurement
is returned.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM

FETCh:BURSt:RMS:PILot:AVERage? / FETCh:BURSt:RMS:PILot:MAXimum? /
FETCh:BURSt:RMS:PILot:MINimum?
This command returns the average, minimum or maximum RMS burst power in dBm for pilot
carriers measured during the measurement.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
FETC:BURS:RMS:PIL:MAX?
The maximum RMS burst power for pilot carriers from the most recent measurement is
returned.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM

FETCh:BURSt:RSSI?
This command returns all the received signal strength indicator (RSSI) results separated by
commas. For details on the format refer to "ASCII formats for returned values" on page 6.817.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
FETC:BURS:RSSI?
The calculated RSSI results from the most recent measurement is returned.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

1300.2519.12

6.824

E-11

R&S FSL

FETCh Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

FETCh:BURSt:RSSi:AVERage? / FETCh:BURSt:RSSi:MAXimum? /
FETCh:BURSt:RSSi:MINimum?
This command returns the average, minimum or maximum RSSI (received signal strength
indicator) standard deviation value. This is an estimate of the total received power of the frame
preamble of the segment of the connected BS. For details on the format refer to "ASCII formats
for returned values" on page 6.817.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
FETC:BURS:RSS:MAX?
The maximum RSSI deviation value from the most recent measurement is returned.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

FETCh:BURSt:SYMBolerror:AVERage? / FETCh:BURSt:SYMBolerror:MAXimum? /
FETCh:BURSt:SYMBolerror:MINimum?
This command returns the percentage of symbols that were outside permissible demodulation
range within a burst..
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
FETC:BURS:SYMB:MAX?
The maximum number of symbols that were out of range per burst is returned.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

FETCh:BURSt:TDOMain:PREamble?
This command returns the minimum, average and maximum preamble time domain values. The
result is returned in (ASCII) format.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
FETC:BURS:TDOM:PRE?
Returns the minimum, average and maximum preamble time domain values.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDMA/WiBro

1300.2519.12

6.825

E-11

FETCh Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

R&S FSL

FETCh:BURSt:TDOMain:SUBFrame?
This command returns the minimum, average and maximum subframe time domain values. The
result is returned in (ASCII) format.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
FETC:BURS:TDOM:SUBF?
Returns the minimum, average and maximum subframe time domain values.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDMA/WiBro

FETCh:BURSt:TDOMain:ZONE?
This command returns the minimum, average and maximum zone time domain values. The
result is returned in (ASCII) format.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
FETC:BURS:TDOM:ZONE?
Returns the minimum, average and maximum zone time domain values.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDMA/WiBro

FETCh:SYMBol:COUNt?
This command returns the number of symbol in each analyzed burst found in the last
measurement sweep. The results are output as a list of result strings separated by commas in
the following (ASCII) format:
,< Symbols in 2nd burst >,…, < Symbols in last burst >
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
FETC:SYMB:COUN?
The calculated symbols in the analyzed bursts for the most recent measurement are returned.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

1300.2519.12

6.826

E-11

R&S FSL

FETCh Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

FETCh:ZONE:COUNt?
This command returns the current number of zones found during measurement analysis.
This command is only a query and therefore has no *RST value.
Example
FETC:ZONE:COUN?
The current number of zones found during analysis is returned.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDMA/WiBro

1300.2519.12

6.827

E-11

FORMat Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

R&S FSL

FORMat Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)
The FORMat subsystem specifies the data format of the data transmitted from and to the instrument.

Commands of the FORMat Subsystem
–

FORMat[:DATA]

FORMat[:DATA]
Parameter
ASCii | REAL| UINT [,8 | 32]
For details refer to the FORMat[:DATA] command description of the base unit on page 6.138.

1300.2519.12

6.828

E-11

R&S FSL

INITiate Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

INITiate Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)
The INITiate subsystem configures the instrument prior to a measurement being carried out. It is
basically used to tell the instrument which measurement is to be performed and takes any necessary
step to set up the instrument for the measurement.

Commands of the INITiate Subsystem
–

INITiate[:IMMediate]

–

INITiate:CONTinuous

–

INITiate:REFResh

INITiate[:IMMediate]
For further details refer to "INITiate<1|2>[:IMMediate]" on page 6.146.

INITiate:CONTinuous
For further details refer to "INITiate<1|2>:CONTinuous" on page 6.147.

INITiate:REFResh
This command updates the current IQ measurement results to reflect the current measurement
settings. Note that no new IQ data is captured, i.e. the measurement settings apply to the IQ
data being currently in the capture buffer. The command applies exclusively to IQ
measurements. It requires available IQ data.
Example
INIT:REFR
Updates the IQ measurement results according to the current settings.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: conform
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

1300.2519.12

6.829

E-11

INPut Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

R&S FSL

INPut Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)
The INPut subsystem controls the input characteristics of the RF inputs of the instrument.

Commands of the INPut Subsystem
–

INPut:ATTenuation

–

INPut:SELect

INPut:ATTenuation
For details refer to "INPut<1|2>:ATTenuation" on page 6.150.

INPut:SELect
This command specifies the RF input as currently selected signal input.
Parameter
RF
Example
INPut:SEL RF
Selects RF input.
Characteristics
RST value: RF
SCPI: conform
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

1300.2519.12

6.830

E-11

R&S FSL

INSTrument Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

INSTrument Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)
The INSTrument subsystem selects the operating mode of the unit either via text parameters or fixed
numbers.

Commands of the INSTrument Subsystem
–

INSTrument[:SELect]

–

INSTrument:NSELect

INSTrument[:SELect]
Parameter
WiMAX (WiMAX 802.16 OFDM Measurements option and WiMAX IEEE 802.16 OFDM,
OFDMA Measurements option, R&S FSL–K92/K93)
For further details refer to the INSTrument subsystem of the base unit.

INSTrument:NSELect
Parameter
23 (WiMAX 802.16 OFDM Measurements option, R&S FSL–K92)
6 (WiMAX IEEE 802.16 OFDM, OFDMA Measurements option, R&S FSL–K92/K93)
For further details refer to the INSTrument subsystem of the base unit.

1300.2519.12

6.831

E-11

MMEMory Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

R&S FSL

MMEMory Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)
The MMEMory (mass memory) subsystem provides commands to store and load IQ data.

Commands of the MMEMory Subsystem
–

MMEMory:LOAD:FRAMe:STATe

–

MMEMory:LOAD:IQ:STATe

–

MMEMory:STORe:IQ:STATe

MMEMory:LOAD:FRAMe:STATe
This command loads a zone frame setup from the specified *.xml file. This file is created by a
R&S SMU signal generator in accordance to the IEEE 80216e–2005 standard.
Parameter
1,
Example
MMEM:STOR:FRAM:STAT 1,'C:\R_S\Instr\user\data.xml'
Loads the zone frame setup from the specified file.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDMA/WiBro

MMEMory:LOAD:IQ:STATe
This command loads the IQ data from the specified *.iqw file.
Parameter
1,
Example
MMEM:LOAD:IQ:STAT 1,'C:\R_S\Instr\user\data.iqw'
Loads IQ data from the specified file.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

1300.2519.12

6.832

E-11

R&S FSL

MMEMory Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

MMEMory:STORe:IQ:STATe
This command stores the IQ data to the specified *.iqw file.
Parameter
1,
Example
MMEM:STOR:IQ:STAT 1,'C:\R_S\Instr\user\data.iqw'
Stores IQ data to the specified file.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

1300.2519.12

6.833

E-11

SENSe Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)
The SENSe command is used to set and get the values of parameters in the remote instrument.
The get variant of the SENSe command differs from set in that it takes no parameter values
(unless otherwise stated) but is followed by the character '?' and will return the parameter's
value in the same format as it is set.

Commands of the SENSe Subsystem
–

[SENSe:]BANDwidth:CHANnel

–

[SENSe:]BURSt:COUNt

–

[SENSe:]BURSt:COUNt:STATe

–

[SENSe:]DEMod:CESTimation

–

[SENSe:]DEMod:FILTer:CATalog?

–

[SENSe:]DEMod:FILTer:MODulation

–

[SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat[:BCONtent]:AUTo

–

[SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat:BANalyze

–

[SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat:BANalyze:SYMBols:EQUal

–

[SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat:BANalyze:SYMBols:MAX

–

[SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat:BANalyze:SYMBols:MIN

–

[SENSe:]FFT:OFFSet

–

[SENSe:]FREQuency:CENTer

–

[SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:ACPairs

–

[SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:BANDwidth|BWIDth[:CHANnel]

–

[SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:BANDwidth|BWIDth:ACHannel

–

[SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:BANDwidth|BWIDth:ALTernate<1|4>

–

[SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:MODE

–

[SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:SPACing[:ACHannel]

–

[SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:SPACing:ALTernate<1|4>

–

[SENSe:]POWer:NCORrection

–

[SENSe:]POWer:SEM:CLASs

–

[SENSe:]POWer:SEM:MODe

–

[SENSe:]POWer:SEM:TTA

–

[SENSe:]SUBChannel

–

[SENSe:]SUBChannel:STATe

–

[SENSe:]SUBChannel:ULPHysmod

–

[SENSe:]SWAPiq

–

[SENSe:]SWEep:ACPR:TIME

–

[SENSe:]SWEep:ACPR:TIME:AUTO

–

[SENSe:]SWEep:COUNt

–

[SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe

1300.2519.12

6.834

E-11

R&S FSL
–

[SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:HOLDoff[:TIME]

–

[SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:HOLDoff:SAMPle

–

[SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:LENGth[:TIME]

–

[SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:LENGth:SAMPle

–

[SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:LINK

–

[SENSe:]SWEep:TIME

–

[SENSe:]TRACking:LEVel

–

[SENSe:]TRACking:PHASe

–

[SENSe:]TRACking:PILot

–

[SENSe:]TRACking:TIME

SENSe Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

[SENSe:]BANDwidth:CHANnel
This command specifies the channel bandwidth for the signal to be measured. The channel is
selected via the CONFigure:CHANnel command.
Parameter
1.25 MHz to 28 MHz
Example
CONF:CHAN 9
Defines the frequency of channel 9 as measurement range.
BAND:CHAN 7MHZ
Sets a channel bandwidth value of 7 MHz.
Characteristics
RST value: 1.75 MHz
SCPI: conform
Mode
OFDM

[SENSe:]BURSt:COUNt
This command defines the number of bursts that will be analyzed by the measurement.
Parameter
1 to 10922
Example
BURS:COUN 16
Sets the number of bursts to 16.
Characteristics
*RST value: 1
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

1300.2519.12

6.835

E-11

SENSe Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

R&S FSL

[SENSe:]BURSt:COUNt:STATe
When this command is set to on, the burst count parameter will be used by the measurement,
otherwise the burst count parameter will be ignored.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
BURS:COUN:STAT ON
Sets the burst count state to ON
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

[SENSe:]DEMod:CESTimation
This command defines how channel estimation is performed.
IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM: The improved channel estimation is used for IQ measurements. The
effect of this is most noticeable for the EVM measurement results, where the results will be
improved if this feature is enabled. However, this functionality is not supported by the IEEE
802.16–2004 standard and must be disabled if the results are to be strictly measured against
the standard.
IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA/WiBro: The channel estimation is performed for downlink signals.
Parameter
Standard

Parameter

Description

IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM

ON

Improved channel estimation is performed.

IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA

OFF

Improved channel estimation is not performed.

PAYLONLY

Channel estimation is performed in the payload only.

PREAMONLY

Channel estimation is performed in the preamble only.

PREAMPAYL

Channel estimation is performed in both the preamble and the
payload.

Example
DEM:CEST ON
Specifies that the IQ measurement results will use improved channel estimation.
Characteristics
*RST value:
IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM

OFF

IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA

PREAMPAYL

SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

1300.2519.12

6.836

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

[SENSe:]DEMod:FILTer:CATalog?
This command reads the names of all available filters. The file names are output without file
extension. Syntax of output format: filter_1,filter_2, … ,filter_n.
This command is a query only and thus has no *RST value.
Example
DEM:FILT:CAT?
Reads all filter names
Characteristics
*RST value: 0
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

[SENSe:]DEMod:FILTer:MODulation
This command selects the TX and RX filters. The names of the filters correspond to the file
names; a query of all available filters is possible by means of the
[SENSe:]DEMod:FILTer:CATalog? command.
Parameter
,
DEF_TX: default transmit filter, DEF_RX: default receive filter
Example
DEM:FILT:MOD 'DEF_TX','DEF_RX'
DEF_TX is selected for the TX filter and DEF_RX for the RX filter
Characteristics
*RST value: AUTO,AUTO
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

[SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat[:BCONtent]:AUTo
This command specifies how the signal should be demodulated.
Parameter
NONE

Demodulation off (Brute force mode), the specified modulation is used for all
bursts.

FIRSt

Retrieves the first valid payload modulation and analyzes all bursts with same
modulation.

USER

Analyzes all bursts carrying the modulation specified.

ALL

Retrieves all bursts individual payload modulation and analyzes accordingly.

Example
DEM:FORM:AUTO FIRS
Specifies that the first symbol field should be decoded.

1300.2519.12

6.837

E-11

SENSe Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

R&S FSL

Characteristics
*RST value: ALL
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM
[SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat:BANalyze
The remote control command sets the analysis modulation format that will be assumed for the
measurement.
If the standard is IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA or WiBro, this command is query only and
returns the highest detected modulation format from the last measurement sweep.
Parameter
BPSK1/2

BI–Phase shift keying (OFDM only)

QPSK1/2

Quadrature phase shift keying

QPSK3/4

Quadrature phase shift keying

16QAM1/2

Quadrature Amplitude Modulation

16QAM3/4

Quadrature Amplitude Modulation

64QAM2/3

Quadrature Amplitude Modulation

64QAM3/4

Quadrature Amplitude Modulation

Example
DEM:FORM:BAN '16QAM1/2'
Only bursts that are of the QAM16 modulation format are analyzed.
Characteristics
*RST value: 16QAM1/2
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

[SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat:BANalyze:SYMBols:EQUal
If this command is activated only bursts of equal length will take part in the PVT analysis. The
number of symbols that a burst must have in order to take part in the PVT analysis are specified
by the [SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat:BANalyze:SYMBols:MIN command.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
DEM:FORM:BAN:SYMB:EQU ON
Only bursts of equal length will take part in the PVT analysis.
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM

1300.2519.12

6.838

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

[SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat:BANalyze:SYMBols:MAX
This command specifies the maximum number of data symbols required for bursts to qualify for
measurement analysis. Only bursts with the specified number of symbols will be used in the
measurement analysis. The number of data symbols is defined as the uncoded bits including
service and tail bits.
This value will not have any immediate effect if the
[SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat:BANalyze:SYMBols:EQUal command has been set to ON. In
this case, no range of symbols is allowed and only bursts with exactly the number of symbols
specified by the [SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat:BANalyze:SYMBols:MIN command shall take
place in measurement analysis.
Parameter
1 to 2425
Example
DEM:FORM:BAN:SYMB:MAX 1300
Only bursts which contain a maximum symbol count of 1300 are analyzed.
Characteristics
*RST value: 64
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM

[SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat:BANalyze:SYMBols:MIN
This command specifies the number of data symbols required for bursts to qualify for
measurement analysis. Only bursts with the specified number of symbols will be used in the
measurement analysis. The number of data symbols is defined as the uncoded bits including
service and tail bits.
If the [SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat:BANalyze:SYMBols:EQUal command has been set to ON,
this command specifies the exact number of symbols required for a burst to take part in
measurement analysis. If the [SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat:BANalyze:SYMBols:EQUal
command is set to OFF, this command specifies the minimum number of symbols required for a
burst to take part in measurement analysis.
Parameter
1 to 2425
Example
DEM:FORM:BAN:SYMB:MIN 16
Only bursts which contain a symbol count of 16 are analyzed.
Characteristics
*RST value: 1
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM

1300.2519.12

6.839

E-11

SENSe Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

R&S FSL

[SENSe:]FFT:OFFSet
This command specifies the FFT start offset relative to the GP centre.
Parameter
–100 to 100
Example
FFT:OFF 0
Sets the FFT start offset to 0.
Characteristics
RST value: 0
SCPI: conform
Mode
OFDMA/WiBro

[SENSe:]FREQuency:CENTer
This command defines the center frequency of the analyzer or the measuring frequency for IQ
measurements.
Characteristics
RST value: 5 GHz
For further details refer to "[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:CENTer" on page 6.200.

[SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:ACPairs
This command sets the number of adjacent channels pairs (upper and lower channel pairs).
Parameter
0 to 3
0 stands for pure channel power measurement
Example
POW:ACH:ACP 3
Sets the number of adjacent channels to 3, i.e. the adjacent channel and alternate adjacent
channels 1 and 2 are switched on.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

1300.2519.12

6.840

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

[SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:BANDwidth|BWIDth[:CHANnel]
This command sets the channel bandwidth of the system. The bandwidths of adjacent channels
are not influenced by this modification.
Parameter
0 Hz to 100 GHz
Example
POW:ACH:BAND 30kHz
Sets the bandwidth of the TX channel to 30 kHz.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

[SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:BANDwidth|BWIDth:ACHannel
This command defines the channel bandwidth of the adjacent channel of the system.
Parameter
0 Hz to 100 GHz
Example
POW:ACH:BAND:ACH 30kHz
Sets the bandwidth of the adjacent channel to 30 kHz.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

[SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:BANDwidth|BWIDth:ALTernate<1|4>
This command defines the channel bandwidth of the first to fourth alternate adjacent channel of
the system.
Parameter
0 Hz to 100 GHz
Example
POW:ACH:BAND:ALT2 30kHz
Sets the bandwidth of the second alternate adjacent channel to 30 kHz.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

1300.2519.12

6.841

E-11

SENSe Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

R&S FSL

[SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:MODE
This command sets the ACP measurement mode to either absolute or relative.
Parameter
ABS

Absolute measurement

REL

Relative measurement

Example
POW:ACH:MODE ABS
Sets the ACP measurement to absolute mode.
Characteristics
*RST value: REL
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

[SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:SPACing[:ACHannel]
This command defines the channel spacing of the adjacent channel to the TX channel.
Parameter
0 Hz to 100 GHz
Example
POW:ACH:SPAC 33kHz
Sets the spacing between the carrier signal and the adjacent channel to 33 kHz
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

[SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:SPACing:ALTernate<1|4>
This command defines the channel spacing of the first to fourth alternate adjacent channel to
the TX channel..
Parameter
0 Hz to 100 GHz
Example
POW:ACH:SPAC:ALT1 100kHz
Sets the spacing between TX channel and first alternate adjacent channel to 100 kHz.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

1300.2519.12

6.842

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

[SENSe:]POWer:NCORrection
This command activates or deactivates the noise correction for future spectrum ACP
measurements.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
POW:NCOR ON
Activates the noise correction.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

[SENSe:]POWer:SEM:CLASs
This command sets the Spectrum Emission Mask (SEM) power class.
This command is available from firmware version 1.60.
Parameter
0
automatic selection
1
(–INF, 23) dBm for uplink, (–INF, 29) dBm for downlink
2
(23, INF) dBm for uplink, (29, 40) dBm for downlink
3
(40, INF) dBm for downlink
Example
POW:SEM:CLAS 0
Sets the SEM power class to automatic.
Characteristics
RST value: 0
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WiBro

[SENSe:]POWer:SEM:MODe
This command sets the Spectrum Emission Mask (SEM) analysis to be UL or DL (uplink or
downlink).This command only available for WiBro standard.
Parameter
DL | UL
Example
POW:SEM:MOD UL
Sets the Spectrum Emission Mask analysis to be UL.

1300.2519.12

6.843

E-11

SENSe Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

R&S FSL

Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WiBro

[SENSe:]POWer:SEM:TTA
This command sets the Spectrum Emission Mask (SEM) analysis according to TTA standard or
a user defined mask.
This command is available from firmware version 1.60.
Parameter
USER | STANDARD
Example
POW:SEM:TTA STANDARD
Sets the SEM analysis according to TTA standard.
Characteristics
RST value: STANDARD
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
WiBro

[SENSe:]SUBChannel
This command sets the subchannel to be used in the measurement. It is only available in Up
Link mode.
Parameter
1 to 31
Example
SUBC 12
Sets the subchannel to 12.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDMA/WiBro

1300.2519.12

6.844

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

[SENSe:]SUBChannel:STATe
This command enables or disables the use of subchannels in the measurement analysis. It is
only available in Up Link mode.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
SUBC:STAT ON
Specifies that the measurement will be analyzed using the specified SUBChannel.
Characteristics
RST value: OFF
SCPI: conform
Mode
OFDMA/WiBro

[SENSe:]SUBChannel:ULPHysmod
This command sets the Up Link Physical Modifier to be used in the measurement. It is only
available in Up Link mode.
Parameter
0 to 255
Example
SUBC:ULPH 1
Sets the UL Physical Modifier to 1.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDMA/WiBro

[SENSe:]SWAPiq
This command defines whether or not the recorded IQ pairs should be swapped (I<–>Q) before
being processed.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
SWAP ON
Specifies that IQ values should be swapped.
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

1300.2519.12

6.845

E-11

SENSe Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

R&S FSL

[SENSe:]SWEep:ACPR:TIME
This command specifies the sweep time for the Spectrum Mask and Spectrum ACP/ACPR
measurements.
Parameter
10 ms to 16000 s
Example
SWE:ACPR:TIME:AUTO OFF
Deactivates the automatic calculation of the sweep time.
SWE:ACPR:TIME 100S
Sets the sweep time to 100 s.
Characteristics
RST value: 2s
SCPI: conform
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro
[SENSe:]SWEep:ACPR:TIME:AUTO
This command activates or deactivates the automatic calculation of the sweep time for the
Spectrum Mask and Spectrum ACP/ACPR measurements.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
SWE:ACPR:TIME:AUTO OFF
Deactivates the automatic calculation of the sweep time.
Characteristics
RST value: ON
SCPI: conform
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

[SENSe:]SWEep:COUNt
This command specifies the number of sweeps for Spectrum Mask and Spectrum ACPR
measurements.
Parameter
1 to 32767
Example
SWE:COUNt 64
Sets the number of sweeps to 64.
Characteristics
*RST value: 1
SCPI: conform
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro
1300.2519.12

6.846

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

[SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe
For details refer to "[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe" on page 6.230.

[SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:HOLDoff[:TIME]
This command defines the gate delay in the capture buffer in time units.
Parameter
0 to 262.14 ms
Example
SWE:EGAT:HOLD 125us
Sets a delay of 125 µs in the capture buffer.
Characteristics
*RST value: 0 s
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro
[SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:HOLDoff:SAMPle
This command defines the gate delay in the capture buffer as a number of samples.
Parameter
0 to 50E6
Example
SWE:EGAT:HOLD:SAMP 2500
Sets a delay of 2500 samples in the capture buffer.
Characteristics
*RST value: 0
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

[SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:LENGth[:TIME]
This command defines the gate time in the capture buffer in time units.
Parameter
0 to 262.14 ms
Example
SWE:EGAT:LENG 100ms
Sets a gate length of 100 milliseconds between sweeps.
Characteristics
*RST value: 0
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro
1300.2519.12

6.847

E-11

SENSe Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

R&S FSL

[SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:LENGth:SAMPle
This command defines the gate time in the capture buffer as a number of samples.
Parameter
0 to 50E6
Example
SWE:EGAT:LENG:SAMP 2000000
Enforces a gate length of 2000000 samples in the capture buffer.
Characteristics
*RST value: 0
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

[SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:LINK
This command links together the movement of the gating lines and the capture buffer marker.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
SWE:EGAT:LINK ON
Keeps the capture buffer marker on the centre of the gating lines if the gating line delay and
length are changed.
Characteristics
*RST value: 0
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

[SENSe:]SWEep:TIME
Parameter
24 Us to 15.5 ms
Characteristics
*RST value: 24 Us
For further details refer to "[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:TIME" on page 6.234.

1300.2519.12

6.848

E-11

R&S FSL

SENSe Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

[SENSe:]TRACking:LEVel
This command defines whether or not the measurement results should be compensated for
level.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
TRAC:LEV ON
Specifies that the measurement results should be compensated for level.
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: conform
Mode
OFDM

[SENSe:]TRACking:PHASe
This command defines whether or not the measurement results should be compensated for
phase.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
TRAC:PHAS ON
Specifies that the measurement results should be compensated for phase.
Characteristics
*RST value: ON
SCPI: conform
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

[SENSe:]TRACking:PILot
This command defines whether the measurement results should have predefined pilot tracking
or whether the tracking should be determined when the measurement is run.
Parameter
PRED

Predefined pilot tracking is used.

DET

Pilot tracking is determined when
the measurement is run.

Example
TRAC:PIL DET
Pilot tracking is determined when the measurement is run.

1300.2519.12

6.849

E-11

SENSe Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

R&S FSL

Characteristics
RST value: PRED
SCPI: conform
Mode
OFDMA/WiBro

[SENSe:]TRACking:TIME
This command defines whether or not the measurement results should be compensated for
time.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
TRAC:TIME ON
Specifies that the measurement results should be compensated for time.
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: conform
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

1300.2519.12

6.850

E-11

R&S FSL

STATus Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

STATus Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)
The STATus subsystem contains the commands for the status reporting system (for details refer to
chapter 5 "Remote Control – Basics"). For the STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit register, the measurement
window is selected by LIMit 1 (screen A) or 2 (screen B). *RST does not influence the status registers.

Commands of the STATus Subsystem
–

STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2> [:EVENt]?

–

STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:CONDition?

–

STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:ENABle

–

STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:PTRansition

–

STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:NTRansition

–

STATus:QUEStionable:POWer[:EVENt]?

–

STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:CONDition?

–

STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:ENABle

–

STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:PTRansition

–

STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:NTRansition

–

STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC[:EVENt]?

–

STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC:CONDition?

–

STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC:ENABle

–

STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC:PTRansition

–

STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC:NTRansition

STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2> [:EVENt]?
For details refer to "STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>[:EVENt]?" on page 6.245.

STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:CONDition?
For details refer to "STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:CONDition?" on page 6.246.

STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:ENABle
For details refer to "STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:ENABle" on page 6.246.

STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:PTRansition
For details refer to "STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:PTRansition" on page 6.247.

STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:NTRansition
For details refer to "STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:NTRansition" on page 6.246.

1300.2519.12

6.851

E-11

STATus Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

R&S FSL

STATus:QUEStionable:POWer[:EVENt]?
For details refer to "STATus:QUEStionable:POWer[:EVENt]?" on page 6.249.

STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:CONDition?
For details refer to "STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:CONDition?" on page 6.249.

STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:ENABle
For details refer to "STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:ENABle" on page 6.249.

STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:PTRansition
For details refer to "STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:PTRansition" on page 6.250.

STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:NTRansition
For details refer to "STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:NTRansition" on page 6.250.

STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC[:EVENt]?
This command queries the contents of the EVENt section of the STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC
register. Readout does not delete the contents of the EVENt section.
Example
STAT:QUES:SYNC?
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC:CONDition?
This command queries the contents of the CONDition section of the
STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC register. Readout does not delete the contents of the CONDition
section.
Example
STAT:QUES:SYNC:COND?
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: conform
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

1300.2519.12

6.852

E-11

R&S FSL

STATus Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC:ENABle
This command sets the bits of the ENABle section of the STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC register.
The ENABle register selectively enables the individual events of the associated EVENt section
for the summary bit.
Parameter
0 to 65535
Example
STAT:QUES:SYNC:ENAB 65535
All events bits will be represented in the SYNC summary bit.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC:PTRansition
This command determines what bits in the STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC Condition register will
set the corresponding bit in the STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC Event register when that bit has a
positive transition (0 to 1). The variable  is the sum of the decimal values of the bits
that are to be enabled.
Parameter
0 to 65535
Example
STAT:QUES:SYNC:PTR 65535
All condition bits will be summarized in the Event register when a positive transition occurs.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

1300.2519.12

6.853

E-11

STATus Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

R&S FSL

STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC:NTRansition
This command determines what bits in the STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC Condition will set the
corresponding bit in the STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC Event register when that bit has a
negative transition (1 to 0). The variable  is the sum of the decimal values of the bits
that are to be enabled.
Parameter
0 to 65535
Example
STAT:QUES:SYNC:NTR 65535
All condition bits will be summarized in the Event register when a positive transition occurs.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

1300.2519.12

6.854

E-11

R&S FSL

SYSTEM Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

SYSTEM Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)
This subsystem contains a series of commands for general functions.

Commands of the SYSTEM Subsystem
–

SYSTem:COMMunicate:TCPip:ADDRess

SYSTem:COMMunicate:TCPip:ADDRess
This command sets the lookup TCP/IP address of an external R&S SMU signal generator
connected via TCP/IP. This enables the instrument to download the frame zone setup directly.
Parameter

Example
SYST:COMM:TCP:ADDR 192.168.1.1
Sets the lookup TCP/IP address of the SMU to 192.168.1.1.
Characteristics
RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDMA/WiBro

1300.2519.12

6.855

E-11

TRACe Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

R&S FSL

TRACe Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)
The TRACe subsystem controls access to the instrument's internal trace memory.

Commands of the TRACe Subsystem
–

TRACe[:DATA]

–

TRACe:IQ:DATA:MEMory?

–

TRACe:IQ:SRATe

Further information
–

Constellation vs Symbol

–

Constellation vs Carrier

–

Power vs Time – Full Burst and Start / End Data

–

Power vs Time – Full Subframe and Rising/Falling Subframe

–

Spectrum Flatness/Group Delay/Flatness Difference

–

Spectrum FFT

–

Statistics Bitstream data

–

Statistics Burst Summary data

–

Statistics CCDF – Complementary cumulative distribution function

–

EVM vs Carrier

–

EVM vs Symbol

–

Frequency Sweep Measurements

–

Spectrum Mask

–

Spectrum ACPR

Constellation vs Symbol
This measurement represents I and Q data. Data will be returned as a repeating array of interleaved I
and Q data in groups of selected carriers, until all the data is exhausted.
Each I and Q point will be returned in floating point format. TRACE1 is used for this measurement
results.
•

If All Carriers is selected, it will return 52 per of I and Q data per symbol.

•

If Pilots Only is selected, it will return 4 per of I and Q per symbol in the following order:
Carrier –21, Carrier –7, Carrier 7, Carrier 21.

•

If a single carrier is selected, it will return 1 per of I and Q data per symbol.

For the IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA standard, the following rule applies: For all symbols, the results
are returned in repeating groups of the FFT size. For example, if the FFT size was 1024 and 12
symbols were found, then 12288 I/Q pairs worth of data would be returned. Carriers that do not exist or
are filtered out by the current filter settings are denoted by the keyword NAN.

1300.2519.12

6.856

E-11

R&S FSL

TRACe Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

Constellation vs Carrier
This measurement represents I and Q data. Data will be returned as a repeating array of interleaved I
and Q data in groups of 53 channels including the channel 0, until all the data is exhausted.
Each I and Q point will be returned in floating point format. TRACE1 is used for this measurement results.

Power vs Time – Full Burst and Start / End Data
This description applies to measurement results from the IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM standard.
Both measurement results are once again simply slightly different views of the same results data.
All fully complete bursts within the capture time are analyzed. This data is returned in dBm values on a
per sample basis. Each sample will in some way relate to an analysis of each corresponding sample
within each processed burst.
The type of PVT data returned will be determined by the TRACE number passed as an argument to the
SCPI command, in addition to the graphic type that is selected.
If the graphic type selected is full burst, then the return data is as follows.
TRACE1

full burst, burst data values

If the graphic type selected is rising/falling, then the return data is as follows.
TRACE1

start, burst data values

TRACE2

end, burst data values

The number of samples returned during full burst analysis will depend on the modulation type and will
typically be 5000.
The number of samples returned when the rising and falling graphic type is selected will be less than
what is returned for full burst and will be approximately 400 samples. The samples will be returned in
floating point format as a single sequence of comma delimited values.

Power vs Time – Full Subframe and Rising/Falling Subframe
This description applies to measurement results from the IEEE 802.16e–2005 standard.
Both measurement results are once again simply slightly different views of the same results data.
All fully complete frames within the capture time are analyzed into three master frames. The three
master frames relate to the minimum, maximum and average values across all complete frames. This
data is returned in dBm values on a per sample basis. Each sample will in some way relate to an
analysis of each corresponding sample within each processed frame.
The type of PVT data returned will be determined by the TRACE number passed as an argument to the
SCPI command, in addition to the graphic type that is selected.
If the graphic type selected is full burst, then the return data is as follows.
TRACE1

full subframe, minimum frame data values

TRACE2

full subframe, mean frame data values

TRACE3

full subframe, maximum frame data values

1300.2519.12

6.857

E-11

TRACe Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

R&S FSL

If the graphic type selected is rising/falling, then the return data is as follows.
TRACE1

rising edge, minimum frame data values

TRACE2

rising edge, mean frame data values

TRACE3

rising edge, maximum frame data values

TRACE4

falling edge, minimum frame data values

TRACE5

falling edge, mean frame data values

TRACE6

falling edge, maximum frame data values

The number of samples returned during full frame analysis will depend on the modulation type and will
typically be 5000.
The number of samples returned when the start/end graphic type is selected will be less than what is
returned for full burst and will be approximately 400 samples. The samples will be returned in floating
point format as a single sequence of comma delimited values.

Spectrum Flatness/Group Delay/Flatness Difference
There are three separate traces that are available with this measurements. Trace data for a particular
trace will only be returnable by querying the appropriate trace.
The graph data returned is as follows:
•

Spectrum Flatness
absolute power value (ABS)

•

Group Delay
relative group delay

•

Spectrum Difference
adjacent carrier power difference in the preamble part of the burst

All traces are all plotted on a per carrier basis. All carriers are drawn in addition to the unused 0 carrier.
The number of carriers depends on the measured standard:
•

For the IEEE 802.16–2004 ODFM standard the number of carriers is 200.

•

For the IEEE 802.16e–2005 ODFMA standard the number of carriers depends on the FFT size.

Carriers that are not used are denoted by the keyword NAN.
For example, the return data will be a repeating group of 201 carriers for the IEEE 802.16–2004 ODFM
standard.
TRACE1

Minimum absolute power value (ABS) or
Minimum group delay values

TRACE2

Mean absolute power value (ABS) or
Mean group delay values or

TRACE3

Maximum absolute power value (ABS) or
Maximum group delay values or

Absolute power results are returned in dB or dB difference and group delay results are returned in ns.

1300.2519.12

6.858

E-11

R&S FSL

TRACe Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

Spectrum FFT
All FFT points will be returned if the data for this measurement is requested. This will be an exhaustive
call, due to the fact that there are nearly always more FFT points than IQ samples. The number of FFT
points is the number presented by a power of 2 that is higher than the total number of samples.
E.g. if there were 20000 samples, then 32768 FFT points would be returned.
Data will be returned in floating point format in dBm. TRACE1 is used for this measurement results.

Statistics Bitstream data
Data will be returned depending on the selected standard from which the measurement was executed:
•

For the IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM standard, data is returned in repeating groups of 200 data
channels where each symbol value will be represented by an integer value within one byte.
Channel 0 is unused and will therefore not have any data associated with it, with no return data
being provided.

•

For the IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA standard, the data is returned in groups of the selected FFT
size, where each symbol value will be represented by an integer value within one byte. The FFT
size is either 128, 512, 1024, or 2048 sub carriers. Unused carriers, including the zero carrier, are
also returned. They are denoted by the string value NAN.

The number of repeating groups that are returned will be equal to the number of measured symbols.
64QAM has the highest data rate and it contains symbol values up to 63, making one byte sufficient in
size to represent all symbol data values, regardless of the modulation type in use.
Data will be returned in ASCII printable hexadecimal character format. TRACE1 is used for this
measurement results.

Statistics Burst Summary data
The return data depends on the current standard and measurement results.
For the IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM standard, the data will be returned in repeating groups of 6 comma
separated values as follows:
•

1st value – burst number
If this value is 0 then it is an FCH burst.

•

2nd value – area with:
0 = preamble
1 = data

•

3rd value – modulation with:
0 = BPSK
1 = QPSK
2 = 16QAM
3 = 64QAM

•

4th value – symbol length
This is an integer value giving the number of symbols in the current area.

•

5th value – power in dBm for the current area
This is returned as a float

•

6th value – EVM in dB for the current area
This is returned as a float.

1300.2519.12

6.859

E-11

TRACe Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)
Example:
Burst
FCH

Area
Preamble
Data
Preamble
Data

Burst 2

Modulation
QPSK
BPSK
QPSK
64QAM

R&S FSL

Length
1
1
1
26

Power
–1.96
–2.96
–3.96
–4.96

EVM
–43.75
–33.75
–23.75
–13.75

SCPI would return the following:
B|A|M|L
u|r|o|e
r|e|d|n
s|a| |
t| | |

|P
|o
|w
|e
|r

|E
|V
|M
|
|

0,0,1, 1,–1.96,–43.75,
0,1,0, 1,–2.96,–33.75,
2,0,1, 1,–3.96,–23.75,
2,1,3,26,–4.96,–13.75
The number of repeating groups that are returned will be equal to the number of rows in the Burst
Summary results.
For the IEEE 802.16e–2005 OFDMA standard, the data will be returned in repeating groups of 7
comma separated values as follows:
•

1st value – subframe number

•

2nd value – burst number

•

3rd value – burst type:
1 = FCH
2 = DL map
3 = UL map
4 = data

•

4th value – modulation where:
1 = QPSK
2 = 16QAM
3 = 64QAM

•

5th value – number of slots
This is an integer value giving the number of slots associated with the burst.

•

6th value – power in dBm for the current area
This is returned as a float.

•

7th value – EVM in dB for the current area
This is returned as a float.

The number of repeating groups that are returned will be equal to the number of rows in the Burst
Summary results.
Data will be returned in ASCII printable hexadecimal character format. TRACE1 is used for this
measurement results.

1300.2519.12

6.860

E-11

R&S FSL

TRACe Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

Statistics CCDF – Complementary cumulative distribution function
Up to a maximum of 201 data points will be returned in addition to a data count value. The first value in the
return data will represent the quantity of probability values that follow. Each of the potential 201 data points will
be returned as probability value and will represent the total number of samples that are equal to or exceed the
corresponding power level. Probability data will be returned up to the power level that contains at least one
sample. It is highly unlikely that the full 201 data values will ever be returned.
Each probability value will be returned as a floating point number, with a value less than 1.

EVM vs Carrier
Two trace types are provided with this measurement. There is an average EVM value for each of the 53
channels or a repeating group of EVM values for each channel. The number of repeating groups will
correspond to the number of fully analyzed trains.
Each EVM value will be returned as a floating point number, expressed in units of dBm.
TRACE1

Average EVM values per channel

TRACE2

All EVM values per channel for each full train of the capture period

For the IEEE 802.16e–2005 standard, the number of sub carriers returned varies according to the FFT
size.
Each EVM value will be returned as a floating point number, expressed in units of dBm or percentage.
TRACE1

Minimum EVM values

TRACE2

Mean EVM values

TRACE3

Maximum EVM values

EVM vs Symbol
Three traces types are available with this measurement. The basic trace types show either the
minimum, mean or maximum EVM value, as measured over the complete capture period.
The number of repeating groups that are returned will be equal to the number of measured symbols.
Each EVM value will be returned as a floating point number, expressed in units of dBm.
TRACE1

Minimum EVM values

TRACE2

Mean EVM values

TRACE3

Maximum EVM values

Frequency Sweep Measurements
Currently, there is only one measurement that is performed in frequency sweep mode. This is the
Spectrum Mask measurement. No data will be returned for this measurement, should it be requested,
until such time as a measurement has been previously run.
Running an IQ measurement will not generate results for this type of measurement.

Spectrum Mask
Result data will be returned as 501 trace points in floating point format. These trace points are obtained
directly from the base system via the measurement API and the quantity is therefore a fixed value. Only
an array of Y data will be returned.
TRACE1

Clear write values

TRACE2

Max hold values

1300.2519.12

6.861

E-11

TRACe Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)
LIST

R&S FSL

Spectrum Emission Mask (SEM) summary results (in WiBro standard only):

SEM summary results formats:
1st value

index into table of results (1 – 9)

2nd value

start frequency band (Hz)

3rd value

stop frequency band (Hz)

4th value

RBW (Hz)

5th value

limit fail frequency (Hz)

6th value

power absolute (dBm)

7th value

power relative (dBc)

8th value

limit distance (dB)

9th value

failure flag (1 = fail, 0 = pass)

There are 5 rows of results for downlink, and 9 rows for uplink.

Spectrum ACPR
Result data will be returned as 501 trace points in floating point format. These trace points are obtained
directly from the base system via the measurement API and the quantity is therefore a fixed value. Only
an array of Y data will be returned.
TRACE1

Clear write values

TRACE2

Max hold values

TRACe[:DATA]
This command returns all the measured data that relates to the currently selected measurement
type. All results are returned in ASCII format. The returned data depends on the currently
selected measurement type. DISPlay:FORMat is not supported with this command.
The following measurement types are available:
– "Constellation vs Symbol" on page 6.856
–

"Constellation vs Carrier" on page 6.857

–

"Power vs Time – Full Burst and Start / End Data" on page 6.857

–

"Power vs Time – Full Subframe and Rising/Falling Subframe" on page 6.857

–

"Spectrum Flatness/Group Delay/Flatness Difference" on page 6.858

–

"Spectrum FFT" on page 6.859

–

"Statistics Bitstream data" on page 6.859

–

"Statistics Burst Summary data" on page 6.859

–

"Statistics CCDF – Complementary cumulative distribution function" on page 6.861

–

"EVM vs Carrier" on page 6.861

–

"EVM vs Symbol" on page 6.861

–

"Frequency Sweep Measurements" on page 6.861

–

"Spectrum Mask" on page 6.861

–

"Spectrum ACPR" on page 6.862

This command is a query only and thus has no *RST value.
1300.2519.12

6.862

E-11

R&S FSL

TRACe Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

Parameter
TRACE1 | TRACE2 | TRACE3 | TRACE4 | TRACE5 | TRACE6 | LIST
For details on the parameters refer to the corresponding measurement type (see list above).
Example
TRAC? TRACE2
The measurement data for the selected graph is returned.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: conform
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

TRACe:IQ:DATA:MEMory?
For details refer to "TRACe<1|2>:IQ:DATA:MEMory?" on page 6.274.

TRACe:IQ:SRATe
This command allows the sample rate for IQ measurements to be specified.
Parameter
1440000 to 32.248E6 Hz
Example
TRAC:IQ:SRAT 2000000
Specifies a sample rate of 20 MHz.
Characteristics
*RST value: –
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

1300.2519.12

6.863

E-11

TRIGger Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

R&S FSL

TRIGger Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)
The trigger subsystem is used to synchronize device action(s) with events.

Commands of the TRIGger Subsystem
–

TRIGger[:SEQuence]:HOLDoff

–

TRIGger[:SEQuence]:MODE

–

TRIGger[:SEQuence]:LEVel[:EXTernal]

–

TRIGger[:SEQuence]:LEVel:POWer

–

TRIGger[:SEQuence]:LEVel:POWer:AUTO

TRIGger[:SEQuence]:HOLDoff
This command defines the length of the trigger delay. A negative delay time (pretrigger) can be
set in zero span only.
Parameter
–3.25 ms to 837.33 ms
Example
TRIG:HOLD 500us
A holdoff period of 500 µs is used after the trigger condition has been met.
Characteristics
*RST value: 0 s
SCPI: conform
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

TRIGger[:SEQuence]:LEVel[:EXTernal]
This command defines the level of the external trigger input for which triggering will occur.
Parameter
0.5 V to 3.5 V
Example
TRIG:MODE EXT
Sets the power trigger mode.
TRIG:LEV 1 V
Sets the triggering level to 1 V.
Characteristics
RST value: 1.4 V
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

1300.2519.12

6.864

E-11

R&S FSL

TRIGger Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

TRIGger[:SEQuence]:MODE
This command configures how triggering is to be performed.
Parameter
IMMediate

No triggering is performed. This corresponds to the Free Run trigger mode.

EXTernal

The next measurement is triggered by the signal at the external trigger input
e.g. a gated trigger.

POWer

The next measurement is triggered by signals outside the measurement
channel.

Example
TRIG:MODE IMM
No triggering is performed.
Characteristics
*RST value: IMMediate
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

TRIGger[:SEQuence]:LEVel:POWer
This command sets the level of the input signal for which triggering will occur.
Parameter
–50 to 20 dBm
Example
TRIG:MODE POW
Sets the external trigger mode.
TRIG:LEV:POW 10 DBM
Sets the level to 10 dBm for RF measurement.
Characteristics
*RST value: –20 DBM
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

1300.2519.12

6.865

E-11

TRIGger Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

R&S FSL

TRIGger[:SEQuence]:LEVel:POWer:AUTO
This command specifies whether or not an automatic power trigger level calculation is
performed before each main measurement. The setting of this command is ignored if the setting
for the TRIGger[:SEQuence]:LEVel[:EXTernal] command is not POWer.
Parameter
ON | OFF
Example
TRIG:LEV:POW:AUTO ON
Specifies that an automatic power trigger level calculation should be performed before the start
of each main measurement.
Characteristics
*RST value: OFF
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

1300.2519.12

6.866

E-11

R&S FSL

UNIT Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

UNIT Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)
The unit subsystem specifies the units for specific result types.

Commands of the UNIT Subsystem
–

UNIT:EVM

–

UNIT:PREamble

–

UNIT:TABLe

UNIT:EVM
This command specifies the units for EVM results.
Parameter
DB

EVM results returned in dB

PCT

EVM results returned in %

Example
UNIT:EVM PCT
EVM results to be returned in %.
Characteristics
RST value: DB
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

UNIT:PREamble
This command specifies the units for Preamble error results.
Parameter
HZ

Preamble error results returned in Hz

DEG

Preamble error results returned in degrees

Example
UNIT:PRE HZ
Preamble error results to be returned in Hz.
Characteristics
RST value: Hz
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

1300.2519.12

6.867

E-11

UNIT Subsystem (WiMAX, K92/K93)

R&S FSL

UNIT:TABLe
This command specifies the parameters of the result summary that can be displayed as dB or
degrees.
Parameter
DB

results returned in dB

PCT

results returned in %

Example
UNIT:TABL DB
Results to be returned in dB.
Characteristics
RST value: DB
SCPI: device–specific
Mode
OFDM, OFDMA/WiBro

1300.2519.12

6.868

E-11

R&S FSL

Remote Control – Programming Examples

Contents of Chapter 7
7 Remote Control – Programming Examples ...................................................... 7.1
Analyzer Measurements – Programming Examples .....................................................................7.1
Service Request .......................................................................................................................7.1
Initiate Service Request .................................................................................................7.1
Waiting for the Arrival of a Service Request ..................................................................7.2
Waiting Without Blocking the Keyboard and Mouse......................................................7.3
Service Request Routine ...............................................................................................7.4
Reading Out the Output Buffer ......................................................................................7.4
Reading Error Messages ...............................................................................................7.5
Evaluation of SCPI Status Registers..............................................................................7.5
Evaluation of Event Status Register...............................................................................7.6
Using Marker and Delta Marker ...............................................................................................7.6
Shape Factor Measurement (using n dB down) ............................................................7.6
Measuring the Third Order Intercept Point.....................................................................7.7
Measuring the AM Modulation Depth.............................................................................7.8
Limit Lines and Limit Test ........................................................................................................7.9
Measuring the Channel and Adjacent Channel Power...........................................................7.11
Occupied Bandwidth Measurement .......................................................................................7.13
Time Domain Power Measurement........................................................................................7.14
Fast Power Measurement on Power Ramps .........................................................................7.15
Power Measurement with Multi–Summary Marker ......................................................7.15
Multi–Burst Power Measurement.................................................................................7.17
Fast Level Measurement Using Frequency Lists ...................................................................7.19
Level Correction of Transducers ............................................................................................7.20
Measuring the Magnitude and Phase of a Signal...................................................................7.21
Averaging I/Q Data.................................................................................................................7.23
Reading and Writing Files ......................................................................................................7.24
Reading a File from the Instrument..............................................................................7.24
Creating a File on the Instrument.................................................................................7.25
Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement ...............................................................................7.26
Using Predefined Standard Wibro ...............................................................................7.26
Defining 5 Ranges with all Parameters ........................................................................7.27
Spurious Emissions Measurement.........................................................................................7.30
WLAN TX Measurements – Programming Examples (Option K91/K91n) .................................7.34
Synchronization Entry of Option .............................................................................................7.34
Selecting Measurements........................................................................................................7.34
Running Synchronized Measurements ..................................................................................7.35
WiMAX, WiBro Measurements – Programming Examples (Options K92/93) ...........................7.37
Synchronization Entry of Option .............................................................................................7.37
Selecting Measurements........................................................................................................7.37
Running Synchronized Measurements ..................................................................................7.38

1300.2519.12

I-7.1

E-11

R&S FSL

7

Service Request

Remote Control – Programming
Examples

The following programming examples have a hierarchical structure, i.e. subsequent examples are
based on previous ones. It is thus possible to compile very easily an operational program from the
modules of the given examples. VISUAL BASIC has been used as programming language. However,
the programs can be translated into other languages.
Note:

In progamming languages as C, C++ or programmes as MATLAB, NI Interactive Control, a
backslash starts an escape sequence (e.g. "\n'' is used to start a new line). In these
progamming languages and programms, two backslashes instead of one must be used in
remote commands (for an example refer to the Quick Start Guide, chapter 6.)

Analyzer Measurements – Programming Examples
In this chapter, more complex programming examples are given. In the Quick Start Guide, chapter 6,
basic steps in remote control programming are provided.

Service Request
The service request routine requires an extended initialization of the instrument in which the relevant
bits of the transition and enable registers are set. In addition the service request event must be enabled
in the VISA session.

Initiate Service Request
REM –––– Example of initialization of the SRQ in the case of errors –––––––
PUBLIC SUB SetupSRQ()
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer, "*CLS")

'Reset status reporting system

CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"*SRE 168")

'Enable service request for
'STAT:OPER,STAT:QUES and ESR
'register

CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"*ESE 60")

'Set event enable bit for
'command, execution, device–
'dependent and query error

CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"STAT:OPER:ENAB 32767")
'Set OPERation enable bit for
'all events
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"STAT:OPER:PTR 32767")
'Set appropriate OPERation
'Ptransition bits
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"STAT:QUES:ENAB 32767")
'Set questionable enable bits
'for all events
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"STAT:QUES:PTR 32767")
'Set appropriate questionable
'Ptransition bits

1300.2519.12

7.1

E-11

Service Request

R&S FSL

CALL viEnableEvent(analyzer, VI_EVENT_SERVICE_REQ, VI_QUEUE, 0)
'Enable the event for service
'request
Status = viWaitOnEvent(analyzer, VI_EVENT_SERVICE_REQ, SRQWaitTimeout,
VI_NULL, VI_NULL)
IF (status = VI_SUCCESS) THEN CALL Srq

'If SRQ is recognized =>
'subroutine for evaluation

END SUB
REM ***********************************************************************

Waiting for the Arrival of a Service Request
There are basically two methods of waiting for the arrival of a service request:
1. Blocking (user inputs not possible):
This method is appropriate if the waiting time until the event to be signalled by an SRQ is short
(shorter than the selected timeout), if no response to user inputs is required during the waiting time,
and if – as the main criterion – the event is absolutely certain to occur.
Reason:
From the time the viWaitOnEvent() function is called until the occurrence of the expected event, it
does not allow the program to respond to mouse clicks or key entries during the waiting time.
Moreover, it returns an error if the SRQ event does not occur within the predefined timeout period.
The method is, therefore, in many cases not suitable for waiting for measurement results,
especially when using triggered measurements.
The following function calls are required:
Status = viWaitOnEvent(analyzer, VI_EVENT_SERVICE_REQ, SRQWaitTimeout,
VI_NULL, VI_NULL)
'Wait for service request user
'inputs are not possible during
'the waiting time!
IF (status = VI_SUCCESS) THEN CALL Srq
'If SRQ is recognized =>
'subroutine for evaluation
2. Non–blocking (user inputs possible):
This method is recommended if the waiting time until the event to be signalled by an SRQ is long
(longer than the selected timeout), and user inputs should be possible during the waiting time, or if
the event is not certain to occur. This method is, therefore, the preferable choice for waiting for the
end of measurements, i.e. the output of results, especially in the case of triggered measurements.
The method necessitates a waiting loop that checks the status of the SRQ line at regular intervals
and returns control to the operating system during the time the expected event has not yet
occurred. In this way, the system can respond to user inputs (mouse clicks, key entries) during the
waiting time.
It is advisable to employ the Hold() auxiliary function, which returns control to the operating system
for a selectable waiting time (see section "Waiting Without Blocking the Keyboard and Mouse"), so
enabling user inputs during the waiting time.
result% = 0
For i = 1 To 10

'Abort after max. 10 loop
'iterations

Status = viWaitOnEvent(analyzer, VI_EVENT_SERVICE_REQ,
VI_TMO_IMMEDIATE, VI_NULL,
VI_NULL)
'Check event queue

1300.2519.12

7.2

E-11

R&S FSL

Service Request

If (status = VI_SUCCESS) Then
result% = 1
CALL Srq

'If SRQ is recognized =>
'subroutine for evaluation

Else
CALL Hold(20)

'Call hold function with
'20 ms 'waiting time. User inputs
'are possible.

Endif
Next i
If result% = 0 Then
Debug.Print "Timeout Error; Program aborted"
'Output error message
STOP

'Stop software

Endif

Waiting Without Blocking the Keyboard and Mouse
A frequent problem with remote control programs using Visual Basic is to insert waiting times without
blocking the keyboard and the mouse.
If the program is to respond to user inputs also during a waiting time, control over the program events
during this time must be returned to the operating system. In Visual Basic, this is done by calling the
DoEvents function. This function causes keyboard– or mouse–triggered events to be executed by the
associated elements. For example, it allows the operation of buttons and input fields while the user waits
for an instrument setting to be completed.
The following programming example describes the Hold() function, which returns control to the
operating system for the period of the waiting time selectable in milliseconds.
Rem ***********************************************************************
Rem The waiting function below expects the transfer of the desired
Rem waiting time in milliseconds. The keyboard and the mouse remain
Rem operative during the waiting period, thus allowing desired elements
Rem to be controlled
Rem ***********************************************************************
Public Sub Hold(delayTime As Single)
Start = Timer

'Save timer count on calling the
'function

Do While Timer < Start + delayTime / 1000 'Check timer count
DoEvents

'Return control to operating
'system to enable control of
'desired elements as long as
'timer has not elapsed

Loop
End Sub
Rem ***********************************************************************
The waiting procedure is activated simply by calling Hold().

1300.2519.12

7.3

E-11

Service Request

R&S FSL

Service Request Routine
A service request is processed in the service request routine.
Note:

The variables userN% and userM% must be pre–assigned usefully!

REM –––––––––––– Service request routine ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
Public SUB Srq()
ON ERROR GOTO noDevice

'No user existing

CALL viReadSTB(analyzer, STB%)

'Serial poll, read status byte

IF STB% > 0 THEN

'This instrument has bits set in
'the STB

SRQFOUND% = 1
IF (STB% AND 16)

> 0 THEN CALL Outputqueue

IF (STB% AND 4)

> 0 THEN CALL ErrorQueueHandler

IF (STB% AND 8)

> 0 THEN CALL Questionablestatus

IF (STB% AND 128) > 0 THEN CALL Operationstatus
IF (STB% AND 32)

> 0 THEN CALL Esrread

END IF
noDevice:
END SUB

'End of SRQ routine

REM ***********************************************************************
Reading out the status event registers, the output buffer and the error/event queue is effected in
subroutines.

Reading Out the Output Buffer
REM –––––––– Subroutine for the individual STB bits –––––––––––––––––––––––
Public SUB Outputqueue()

'Reading the output buffer

result$ = SPACE$(100)

'Make space for response

CALL InstrRead(analyzer, result$)
Debug.Print "Contents of Output Queue : "; result$
END SUB
REM ***********************************************************************

1300.2519.12

7.4

E-11

R&S FSL

Service Request

Reading Error Messages
REM –––––––– Subroutine for reading the error queue –––––––––––––––––––––––
Public SUB ErrorQueueHandler()
ERROR$ = SPACE$(100)

'Make space for error variable

CALL InstrWrite(analyzer, "SYSTEM:ERROR?")
CALL InstrRead(analyzer, ERROR$)
Debug.Print "Error Description : "; ERROR$
END SUB
REM ***********************************************************************

Evaluation of SCPI Status Registers
REM –––––– Subroutine for evaluating Questionable Status Register –––––––––
Public SUB Questionablestatus()
Ques$ = SPACE$(20)

'Preallocate blanks to text
'variable

CALL InstrWrite(analyzer, "STATus:QUEStionable:EVENt?")
CALL InstrRead(analyzer, Ques$)
Debug.Print "Questionable Status: "; Ques$
END SUB
REM ***********************************************************************
REM –––––– Subroutine for evaluating Operation Status Register ––––––––––––
Public SUB Operationstatus()
Oper$ = SPACE$(20)

'Preallocate blanks to text
'variable

CALL InstrWrite(analyzer, "STATus:OPERation:EVENt?")
CALL InstrRead(analyzer, Oper$)
Debug.Print "Operation Status: "; Oper$
END SUB
REM ***********************************************************************

1300.2519.12

7.5

E-11

Using Marker and Delta Marker

R&S FSL

Evaluation of Event Status Register
REM –––––– Subroutine for evaluating the Event Status Register ––––––––––––
Public SUB Esrread()
Esr$ = SPACE$(20)

'Preallocate blanks to text
'variable

CALL InstrWrite(analyzer, "*ESR?")

'Read ESR

CALL InstrRead(analyzer, Esr$)
IF (VAL(Esr$) AND 1) > 0 THEN Debug.Print "Operation complete"
IF (VAL(Esr$) AND 2) > 0 THEN Debug.Print "Request Control"
IF (VAL(Esr$) AND 4) > 0 THEN Debug.Print "Query Error"
IF (VAL(Esr$) AND 8) > 0 THEN Debug.Print "Device dependent error"
IF (VAL(Esr$) AND 16) > 0 THEN
Debug.Print "Execution Error; Program aborted"
'Output error message
STOP

'Stop software

END IF
IF (VAL(Esr$) AND 32) > 0 THEN
Debug.Print "Command Error; Program aborted"
'Output error message
STOP

'Stop software

END IF
IF (VAL(Esr$) AND 64) > 0 THEN Debug.Print "User request"
IF (VAL(Esr$) AND 128) > 0 THEN Debug.Print "Power on"
END SUB
REM **********************************************************************

Using Marker and Delta Marker
Shape Factor Measurement (using n dB down)
The n–dB–down function of the R&S FSL is used twice to determine the shape factor of a filter (ratio of
bandwidths at 60 dB and 3 dB below the filter maximum).
The following example is again based on a signal with a level of –30 dBm at 100 MHz. The shape factor
is determined for the 30 kHz resolution bandwidth. The default setting of the R&S FSL is used for
measurements (SetupInstrument).
REM ************************************************************************
Public Sub ShapeFactor()
result$ = Space$(100)
'––––––––– R&S FSL default setting ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
CALL SetupInstrument

'Default setting

CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"INIT:CONT OFF") 'Single sweep

1300.2519.12

7.6

E-11

R&S FSL

Using Marker and Delta Marker

'––––––––– Set frequency –––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"FREQ:SPAN 1MHz")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"BAND:RES 30kHz")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"INIT;*WAI")

'Span
'Resolution bandwidth
'Perform sweep with sync

'––––––––– Measure 60 dB value –––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"CALC:MARK:PEXC 6DB")
'Peak excursion
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"CALC:MARK:STAT ON")
'Marker1 on
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"CALC:MARK:TRAC 1")
'Assign marker1 to trace1
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"CALC:MARK:MAX") 'Set marker1 to 100 MHz
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"CALC:MARK:FUNC:NDBD 45dB")
'Read out bandwidth measured at
'45 dB
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"CALC:MARK:FUNC:NDBD:RES?")
CALL InstrRead(analyzer,result$)
result60 = Val(result$)
'––––––––– Measure 3 dB down value–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"CALC:MARK:FUNC:NDBD 3dB")
'Read out bandwidth measured at
'3 dB
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"CALC:MARK:FUNC:NDBD:RES?")
CALL InstrRead(analyzer,result$)
result3 = Val(result$)
'––––––––– Read out shape factor––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
Print "Shapefaktor 60dB/3dB: ";result60/result3
END SUB
REM ************************************************************************

Measuring the Third Order Intercept Point
The third order intercept point (TOI) is the (virtual) level of two adjacent useful signals at which the
intermodulation products of third order have the same level as the useful signals.
The intermodulation product at fS2 is obtained by mixing the first harmonic of the useful signal PN2 with
signal PN1, the intermodulation product at fS1 by mixing the first harmonic of the useful signal PN1 with
signal PN2.
fs1 = 2 x fn1 – fn2

(1)

fs2 = 2 x fn2 – fn1

(2)

The following example is based on two adjacent signals with a level of –30 dBm at 100 MHz and
110 MHz. The intermodulation products lie at 90 MHz and 120 MHz according to the above formula. The
frequency is set so that the examined mixture products are displayed in the diagram. Otherwise, the
default setting of the R&S FSL is used for measurements (SetupInstrument).

1300.2519.12

7.7

E-11

Using Marker and Delta Marker

R&S FSL

REM ************************************************************************
Public Sub TOI()
result$ = Space$(100)
'––––––––– R&S FSL default setting ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
CALL SetupStatusReg

'Set status registers

CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"*RST")

'Reset instrument

CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"INIT:CONT OFF") 'Single sweep
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SYST:DISP:UPD ON")
'ON: display on
'OFF: off
'––––––––– Set frequency –––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"FREQ:STARt 85MHz;STOP 125 MHz")
'Span
'––––––––– Set level –––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"DISP:WIND:TRAC:Y:RLEV –20dBm")
'Reference level
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"INIT;*WAI")

'Perform sweep with sync

'––––––––– TOI measurement –––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"CALC:MARK:PEXC 6DB")
'Peak excursion
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"CALC:MARK:FUNC:TOI ON")
'Switch on TOI measurement
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"CALC:MARK:FUNC:TOI:RES?")
'and read out results
CALL InstrRead(analyzer,result$)
'––––––––– Read out result ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
Print "TOI [dBm]: ";result$
END SUB
REM ************************************************************************

Measuring the AM Modulation Depth
The example below is based on an AM–modulated signal at 100 MHz with the following characteristics:
• Carrier signal level: –30 dBm
• AF frequency:
100 kHz
• Modulation depth: 50 %
The default setting of the analyzer for measurements can be used for the measurements described
below (SetupInstrument).
REM ************************************************************************
Public Sub AMMod()
result$ = Space$(100)
CALL SetupInstrument

'Default setting

CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"BAND:RES 30kHz") 'Set appropriate RBW

1300.2519.12

7.8

E-11

R&S FSL

Limit Lines and Limit Test

'––––––––– Peak search –––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"INIT:CONT OFF") 'Single sweep
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"INIT;*WAI")

'Perform sweep with sync

CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"CALC:MARK:PEXC 6DB")
'Peak excursion
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"CALC:MARK:STAT ON")
'Marker 1 on
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"CALC:MARK:TRAC 1")
'Assign marker1 to trace1
'––––––––– Measure modulation depth–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"CALC:MARK:MAX;FUNC:MDEP ON")
'Marker to Peak;
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"CALC:MARK:FUNC:MDEP:RES?")
'Measure mod. depth
CALL InstrRead(analyzer, result$)

'Read out result

'––––––––– Read out result –––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
Print "AM Mod Depth [%]: ";result$
END SUB
REM ************************************************************************

Limit Lines and Limit Test
The example below shows the definition and use of a new limit line 5 for trace 1 with the following
characteristics:
• Upper limit line
• Absolute x–axis in the frequency range
• 5 reference values:
120 MHz / –70 dB, 126 MHz/–40 dB, 127 MHz/–40 dB, 128 MHz/–10 dB,
129 MHz/–40 dB, 130 MHz/–40 dB, 136 MHz / –70 dB
• Relative y–axis with unit dB
• Absolute threshold at –75 dBm
• No margin
The signal of the integrated calibration source (128 MHz, –30 dBm) is used to check the limit test.
REM ************************************************************************
Public Sub LimitLine()
result$ = Space$(100)
'––––––––– R&S FSL default setting ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
CALL SetupInstrument

'Default setting

CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"FREQUENCY:CENTER 128MHz;Span 10MHz")
'Span
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"Diag:Serv:Inp Cal;CSO –30dBm")
'Cal signal on

1300.2519.12

7.9

E-11

Limit Lines and Limit Test

R&S FSL

'––––––––– Definition of limit lines –––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"CALC:LIM5:NAME 'TEST1'")
'Define name
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"CALC:LIM5:COMM 'Upper limit'")
'Define comment
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"CALC:LIM5:TRAC 1")
'Assign trace
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"CALC:LIM5:CONT:DOM FREQ")
'Define x–axis range
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"CALC:LIM5:CONT:MODE ABS")
'Define x–axis scaling
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"CALC:LIM5:UNIT DB")
'Define y–axis unit
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"CALC:LIM5:UPP:MODE REL")
'Define y–axis scaling
'––––––––– Definition of data points and threshold –––––––––––––––––––––––––
xlimit$ = "CALC:LIM5:CONT 120MHZ,126MHZ,127MHZ,128MHZ,129MHZ,130MHz,136MHz"
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer, xlimit$)

'Set values for x–axis

CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"CALC:LIM5:UPP –70,–40,–40,–20,–40,–40,–70")
'Set values for y–axis
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"CALC:LIM5:UPP:THR –75DBM")
'Set y threshold (only
'possible for relative
'y–axis)
'––––––––– Definition of margin or x /y offset–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
'A margin or an x /y offset can be defined here.
'––––––––––– Activate and evaluate the limit line –––––––––––––
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"CALC:LIM5:UPP:STAT ON")
'Activate line 5
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"CALC:LIM5:STAT ON")
'Activate limit check
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"INIT;*WAI")

'Perform sweep with sync

CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"CALC:LIM5:FAIL?")
'Query result of limit check
CALL InstrRead(analyzer, result$)

'Result: 1 (= FAIL)

'––––––––– Read out result –––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
Print "Limit Result Line 5: ";result$
'–––––– Evaluate limit line by means of status register –––––––
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"*CLS")

'Reset status register

'––––––––– Measure –––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"INIT;*OPC")

'Perform sweep with sync

CALL viEnableEvent(analyzer, VI_EVENT_SERVICE_REQ, VI_QUEUE, 0)
Status = viWaitOnEvent(analyzer, VI_EVENT_SERVICE_REQ, SRQWaitTimeout,
VI_NULL, VI_NULL)
IF (status = VI_SUCCESS) THEN CALL Srq

1300.2519.12

7.10

'If SRQ is recognized =>
'subroutine for evaluation
E-11

R&S FSL

Measuring the Channel and Adjacent Channel Power

'––––––––– Read out result –––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
IF (status% = 1) THEN
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"STAT:QUES:LIM1:COND?")
'Read out STAT:QUES:LIMit
'register
CALL InstrRead(analyzer, result$)
IF ((Val(result$) And 16) <> 0) THEN
Print "Limit5 failed"
ELSE
Print "Limit5 passed"
END IF
END IF
END SUB
REM ************************************************************************

Measuring the Channel and Adjacent Channel Power
In the following example, the channel and adjacent channel power is first measured on a signal with a
level of 0 dBm at 800 MHz to IS95. Then the channel and adjacent channel power is measured on a
GSM signal at 935.2 MHz with fast ACP measurement (FAST ACP).
In addition, the limit test is activated.
REM ************************************************************************
Public Sub ACP()
result$ = Space$(100)
'––––––––– R&S FSL default setting ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
CALL SetupStatusReg

'Set status register

CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"*RST")

'Reset instrument

CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"INIT:CONT OFF") 'Single sweep
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SYST:DISP:UPD ON")
'ON: display on
'OFF: off
'––––––––– Set frequency –––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"FREQ:CENT 800MHz")
'Set frequency
'––––––––– Set level –––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"DISP:WIND:TRAC:Y:RLEV 10dBm")
'Reference level
'––––––––– Example 1: Configure CP/ACP for CDMA––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:SEL ACP")
'ACP measurement on
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:PRES F8CDMA")
'Select CDMA800 FWD
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENS:POW:ACH:ACP 2")
'Select 2 adjacent channels

1300.2519.12

7.11

E-11

Measuring the Channel and Adjacent Channel Power

R&S FSL

CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENS:POW:ACH:PRES ACP")
'Optimize settings
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENS:POW:ACH:PRES:RLEV")
'Optimize reference level
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENS:POW:ACH:MODE ABS")
'Absolute measurement
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENS:POW:HSP ON")
'Fast ACP measurement
'––––––––– Perform measurement and query results ––––––––––––––––––––––––––
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"INIT;*WAI")

'Perform sweep with sync

CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:RES? ACP")
'Query result
CALL InstrRead(analyzer, result$)
'––––––––– Read out result –––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
Print "Result (CP, ACP low, ACP up, Alt low, Alt up): "
Print result$
'––––––––– Example 2: Configure CP/ACP manually for GSM––––––––––––––––––––
result$ = Space$(100)
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"FREQ:CENT 935.2MHz")
'Set frequency
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:SEL ACP")
'ACP measurement on
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENS:POW:ACH:ACP 1")
'1 adjacent channel
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENS:POW:ACH:BAND 200KHZ")
'Channel bandw. 200 kHz
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENS:POW:ACH:BAND:ACH 200KHZ")
'Adjacent channel band–
'width 200 kHz
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENS:POW:ACH:SPAC 200KHZ")
'Channel spacing 200 kHz
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENS:POW:ACH:PRES ACP")
'Optimize settings
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENS:POW:ACH:PRES:RLEV")
'Optimize reference level
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENS:POW:ACH:MODE ABS")
'Absolute measurement
'––––––––– Start measurement and query result ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"INIT;*WAI")

'Perform sweep with sync

CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:RES? ACP")
'Query result
CALL InstrRead(analyzer, result$)
'––––––––– Read out result –––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
Print "Result (CP, ACP low, ACP up): "
Print result$

1300.2519.12

7.12

E-11

R&S FSL

Occupied Bandwidth Measurement

'––––––––– Active limit check ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
result$ = Space$(100)
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH 30DB, 30DB")
'Set relative limit
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH:ABS –35DBM,–35DBM")
'Set absolute limit
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH:STAT ON")
'Rel. limit check on
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH:ABS:STAT ON")
'Abs. limit check on
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"CALC:LIM:ACP ON")
'Limit check on
'––––––––– Start measurement and query result ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"INIT;*WAI")

'Perform sweep with sync

CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"CALC:LIM:ACP:ACH:RES?")
'Query result of limit check
CALL InstrRead(analyzer, result$)
'––––––––– Read out result –––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
Print "Result Limit Check: ";result$
END SUB
REM ************************************************************************

Occupied Bandwidth Measurement
In the following example, the bandwidth is to be found in which 95% of the power of a GSM signal is
contained. Signal frequency is 935.2 MHz; channel bandwidth is 200 kHz.
REM ************************************************************************
Public Sub OBW()
result$ = Space$(100)
'––––––––– R&S FSL default setting ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
CALL SetupStatusReg

'Set status register

CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"*RST")

'Reset instrument

CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"INIT:CONT OFF") 'Single sweep
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SYST:DISP:UPD ON")
'ON: display on
'OFF: off
'––––––––– Configure R&S FSL for OBW for GSM––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"FREQ:CENT 935.2MHz")
'Set frequency
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:SEL OBW")
'OBW measurement on
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENS:POW:ACH:BAND 200KHZ")
'Channel bandw. 200 kHz
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENS:POW:BWID 95PCT")
'Percentage of power

1300.2519.12

7.13

E-11

Time Domain Power Measurement

R&S FSL

CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENS:POW:ACH:PRES OBW")
'Set frequency and optimize
reference level
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENS:POW:ACH:PRES:RLEV")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENS:POW:NCOR OFF")
'Noise correction
'OFF: switch off
'ON: switch on
'––––––––– Perform measurement and query results –––––––––––––––––––––––––––
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"INIT;*WAI")

'Perform sweep with sync

CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"CALC:MARK:FUNC:POW:RES? OBW")
'Query result
CALL InstrRead(analyzer, result$)
Print result$
END SUB
REM ************************************************************************

Time Domain Power Measurement
In the following example, the mean carrier power of a signal with 300 kHz bandwidth at 100 MHz is to be
determined. In addition, the peak power, the rms value and the standard deviation are measured. To do
this, the time–domain–power measurement functions are used.
REM ************************************************************************
Public Sub TimeDomainPower()
result$ = Space$(100)
'––––––––– R&S FSL default setting ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
CALL SetupStatusReg

'Set status register

CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"*RST")

'Reset instrument

CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"INIT:CONT OFF") 'Single sweep
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SYST:DISP:UPD ON")
'ON: display on
'OFF: off
'––––––––– Configure R&S FSL for time domain power measurement ––––––––––––
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"FREQ:CENT 100MHz;SPAN 0Hz")
'Set frequency
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"BAND:RES 300kHz")
'Resolution bandwidth
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SWE:TIME 200US") 'Sweep time
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:PPE ON")
'Peak measurement on
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:MEAN ON")
'Mean measurement on
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:RMS ON")
'RMS measurement on
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:SDEV ON")
'Standard deviation on

1300.2519.12

7.14

E-11

R&S FSL

Fast Power Measurement on Power Ramps

'––––––––––––––––––– Perform measurement and query results ––––––––––––––––
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"INIT;*WAI")

'Perform sweep with sync
'Query results:

query$ = " CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:PPE:RES?;" 'Peak measurement
query$ = query$ + ":CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:MEAN:RES?;"
'Mean measurement
query$ = query$ + ":CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:RMS:RES?;"
'RMS measurement
query$ = query$ + ":CALC:MARK:FUNC:SUMM:SDEV:RES?"
'Standard deviation
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer, query$)
CALL InstrRead(analyzer, result$)
Print result$
END SUB
REM ************************************************************************

Fast Power Measurement on Power Ramps
A frequent task in mobile radio tests is measurement of a DUT at various power control levels at the
highest possible speed. The R&S FSL offers two test functions for this task, which can be used
depending on the signal characteristics.
In the following, the two methods are presented by means of two examples.

Power Measurement with Multi–Summary Marker
The multi–summary marker function is suitable for measuring the power of a sequence of pulses with
the following characteristics:
•

The pulses occur at identical time intervals, which is typical of GSM transmission in slots, for
example.

•

The level of the first signal is reliably above threshold.

• The subsequent pulses may have any levels.
The function uses the first pulse as a trigger signal. The power of the subsequent pulses is determined
exclusively via the timing pattern selected for the pulse sequence. The function is, therefore, suitable for
adjustments where the DUT output power varies considerably and is not reliably above the trigger
threshold.
The measurement accuracy is determined by the ratio of pulse duration to total measurement time; this
should not be below 1:50.
The function always uses TRACE 1.

1300.2519.12

7.15

E-11

Fast Power Measurement on Power Ramps
Measurement
Time

P

Measurement
Time

R&S FSL
Measurement
Time

Trigger
Threshold

Period

t

Period

Time offset of
first pulse
Trace start

Fig. 7–1

Block diagram illustrating signal processing in analyzer

In the example below, a GSM puls sequence of 8 pulses is measured with an offset of 50 µs of the first
pulse, 450 µs measurement time/pulse and 576.9 µs pulse period.
REM ************************************************************************
Public Sub MultiSumMarker()
result$ = Space$(200)
'––––––––– R&S FSL default setting–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
CALL SetupStatusReg

'Configure status register

CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"*RST")

'Reset instrument

CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"INIT:CONT OFF") 'Single sweep mode
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SYST:DISP:UPD ON")
'ON: switch display on
'OFF: switch display off
'––––––––– Configure R&S FSL for power measurement in time domain –––––––––
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"FREQ:CENT 935.2MHz;SPAN 0Hz")
'Frequency setting
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"DISP:WIND:TRAC:Y:RLEV 10dBm")
'Set reference level to 10 dB
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"INP:ATT 30 dB") 'Set input attenuation to 30 dB
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"BAND:RES 1MHz;VID 3MHz")
'Bandwidth setting
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"DET RMS")

'Select RMS detector

CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"TRIG:SOUR VID") 'Trigger source: video
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"TRIG:LEV:VID 50 PCT")
'Trigger threshold: 50%
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SWE:TIME 50ms") 'Sweep time

1300.2519.12

7.16

1 frame

E-11

R&S FSL

Fast Power Measurement on Power Ramps

'––––––––– Perform measurement and query results ––––––––––––––––––––––––––
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"INIT;*WAI")

'Perform sweep with sync
'Query results:

cmd$ = "CALC:MARK:FUNC:MSUM? "
cmd$ = cmd$ + "50US,"

'Offset of first pulse

cmd$ = cmd$ + "450US,"

'Measurement time

cmd$ = cmd$ + "576.9US,"

'Pulse period

cmd$ = cmd$ + "8"

'Number of bursts

CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,cmd$)
CALL InstrRead(analyzer, result$)

'Read results

Print result$
END SUB
REM ************************************************************************

Multi–Burst Power Measurement
The multi–burst power measurement function is suitable for measuring the power of a sequence of
pulses with the following characteristics:
•

The pulses occur at variable time intervals.

•

The levels of all pulses of the sequence are reliably above the trigger threshold, or an external
trigger signal is used.
The function requires one trigger event per pulse. This means that if the video trigger or the IF power
trigger is used, the levels of all pulses must be above the trigger threshold.
The function is, therefore, particularly suitable for re–measuring DUTs already adjusted and whose
output power is within the specified range. The measurement is optimized for minimum overhead
relative to the actual measurement time.
Measurement
Time

Measurement
Time

Measurement
Time

Trigger
Offset

Trigger
Offset

Trigger
Offset

Trigger
Threshold

Trigger
Signal

Fig. 7–2

Trigger
Signal

t

Trigger
Signal

Block diagram illustrating signal processing in analyzer

Either the root–mean–square power or the peak power is measured, depending on whether the RMS
detector or the PEAK detector is selected. The function always uses TRACE 1.

1300.2519.12

7.17

E-11

Fast Power Measurement on Power Ramps

R&S FSL

The following parameters are to be set for this measurement:
• Analyzer frequency
• Resolution bandwidth
• Measurement time per single pulse
• Trigger source
• Trigger threshold
• Trigger offset
• Type of power measurement (PEAK, MEAN)
• Number of pulses to be measured
During the measurement, each pulse is mapped into a pixel of the screen, i.e. any change of the trace
can be detected only at the left–hand edge of the screen. Maximum measurement speed is as usual
achieved with the display switched off.
In the example below, a GSM pulse sequence of 8 pulses is measured with 5 µs trigger offset,
434 µs measurement time/pulse, video trigger with 50% trigger threshold, and peak detection:
REM ************************************************************************
Public Sub MultiBurstPower()
result$ = Space$(200)
'––––––––– R&S FSL default setting ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
CALL SetupStatusReg

'Configure status register

CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"*RST")

'Reset instrument

CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"INIT:CONT OFF") 'Single sweep mode
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SYST:DISP:UPD OFF")
'OFF: display off
'––––––––– Perform measurement and query results –––––––––––––––––––––
cmd$ = "MPOW? "
cmd$ = cmd$ + "935.2 MHZ,"

'Center frequency

cmd$ = cmd$ + "1MHZ,"

'Resolution bandwidth

cmd$ = cmd$ + "434US,"

'Measurement time

cmd$ = cmd$ + "VID,"

'Trigger source

cmd$ = cmd$ + "50PCT,"

'Trigger threshold

cmd$ = cmd$ + "1US,"

'Trigger offset, must be > 125 ns

cmd$ = cmd$ + "PEAK,"

'Peak detector

cmd$ = cmd$ + "8"

'Number of bursts

CALL InstrWrite(analyzer, cmd$)
CALL InstrRead(analyzer, result$)

'Read results

Print result$
END SUB
REM ************************************************************************

1300.2519.12

7.18

E-11

R&S FSL

Fast Level Measurement Using Frequency Lists

Fast Level Measurement Using Frequency Lists
A typical task for the R&S FSL is power measurement at a number of frequency points, e.g. at multiples
of the fundamental (harmonics measurement), or at frequencies defined by a mobile radio standard
(e.g. spectrum due to transients at ± 200 kHz, ± 400 kHz, etc about the carrier frequency of a GSM
signal). In many cases, different level and/or bandwidth settings are required for the different frequency
points to match the channel spacing and meet the requirements of dynamic range.
Especially for this application, the R&S FSL offers a number of remote–control functions (commands
available in SENSe:LIST subsystem) that allow level measurement based on a frequency list with
different instrument settings assigned to different frequencies. Not only the frequency list can be
programmed, but also the measurement types (PEAK, RMS, AVG) to be performed simultaneously can
be selected.
The example below describes a harmonics measurement on a dual–band amplifier. The harmonics
level in general decreases as the frequency increases. To boost measurement sensitivity, therefore, the
reference level is lowered by 10 dB from the third harmonic.
The following settings are used:
Reference level:
10.00 dBm up to first harmonic, 0 dBm from 2nd harmonic
RF attenuation:
20 dB
Electronic attenuation:
0 dB (OFF)
Filter type:
NORMal
RBW:
1 MHz
VBW:
3 MHz
Measurement time:
300 µs
Trigger delay:
100 µs
Trigger:
video, 45 %
Frequency
935.2 MHz
1805.2 MHz
1870.4 MHz
2805.6 MHz
3610.4 MHz
3740.8 MHz
5815.6 MHz

Type
GSM 900 fundamental
GSM 1800 fundamental
GSM 900 2nd harmonic
GSM 900 3rd harmonic
GSM 1800 2nd harmonic
GSM 900 4th harmonic
GSM 1800 3rd Harmonic

The frequencies are selected in ascending order to minimize system–inherent waiting times resulting
from frequency changes.
At each frequency point the peak power and the rms power are measured. The peak power and the rms
power values are stored alternately in the results memory.
REM ************************************************************************
Public Sub FrequencyList()
result$ = Space$(500)
'––––––––– R&S FSL default setting ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
CALL SetupStatusReg

'Configure status register

CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"*RST")

'Reset instrument

CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"INIT:CONT OFF") 'Single sweep mode
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SYST:DISP:UPD OFF")
'Display off

1300.2519.12

7.19

E-11

Level Correction of Transducers

R&S FSL

'–––––––––Configure R&S FSL for power measurement based on frequency list –
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer, "TRIG:LEV:IFP –20dBm")
'Set IF power trigger level
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer, "LIST:POWer:SET ON,ON,OFF,IFP,POS,100us,0")
'––––––––– Perform measurement and query results –––––––––––––––––––––––––––
cmd$ = "LIST:POWer?"
cmd$ = cmd$ + "935.2MHZ,10dBm,20dB,OFF,NORM,1MHz,3MHz,300us,0,"
cmd$ = cmd$ + "1805.2MHZ,10dBm,20dB,OFF,NORM,1MHz,3MHz,300us,0,"
cmd$ = cmd$ + "1870.4MHZ,10dBm,20dB,OFF,NORM,1MHz,3MHz,300us,0,"
cmd$ = cmd$ + "2805.6MHZ,0dBm,20dB,OFF,NORM,1MHz,3MHz,300us,0,"
cmd$ = cmd$ + "3610.4MHz,10dBm,20dB,OFF,NORM,1MHz,3MHz,300us,0,"
cmd$ = cmd$ + "3740.8MHz,0dBm,20dB,OFF,NORM,1MHz,3MHz,300us,0,"
cmd$ = cmd$ + "5815.6MHz,0dBm,20dB,OFF,NORM,1MHz,3MHz,300us,0"
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer, cmd$)
CALL InstrRead(analyzer, result$)
Print result$
END SUB
REM ************************************************************************

Level Correction of Transducers
In more complex test systems, the frequency response of the test setup must be taken into account in
all power measurements to avoid any measurement errors being introduced from sources other than the
DUT.
The R&S FSL offers the possibility of defining a frequency–dependent attenuation correction factor
(transducer factor).
In the example below, a factor with the following characteristics is defined:
Name:
Unit:
Scaling:
Comment:

Transtest
dB
lin
simulated cable correction

Frequency
10 MHz
100 MHz
1 GHz
3 GHz

Level
0 dB
3 dB
7 dB
10 dB

The factor is defined and can be activated as required.
REM ************************************************************************
Public Sub TransducerFactor()
'––––––––– Define transducer factor –––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"CORR:TRAN:SEL 'TRANSTEST'")
'Define "Transtest"
'transducer factor
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"CORR:TRAN:UNIT 'DB'")
'Unit 'dB'

1300.2519.12

7.20

E-11

R&S FSL

Measuring the Magnitude and Phase of a Signal

CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"CORR:TRAN:SCAL LIN")
'Linear frequency–axis
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"CORR:TRAN:COMM

'Simulated cable correction'")

cmd$ = "CORR:TRAN:DATA "

'Enter frequency and level

cmd$ = cmd$ + "10MHz, 0,"

'values. Level values without

cmd$ = cmd$ + "100MHz, 3,"

'unit!

cmd$ = cmd$ + "1GHz, 7,"
cmd$ = cmd$ + "3GHz, 10"
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,cmd$)

'Enter frequency and level values

'––––––––– Activate transducer –––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"CORR:TRAN:STAT ON")
'Activate transducer factor
END SUB
REM ************************************************************************

Measuring the Magnitude and Phase of a Signal
Due to the R&S FSL's internal architecture, it is capable of measuring and outputting the magnitude and
phase of a signal in addition to its power values. This opens up a variety of possibilities for more in–
depth analysis (FFT, demodulation, etc).
I/Q data is stored in memory areas each containing 512 k words. Hardware triggering controls the
memory.
The following example shows the steps necessary to collect data at a predefined sampling rate and
read it from the I/Q memory.
Data is output in the form of voltage values referred to the analyzer input. Data can be read in binary or
ASCII format.
In binary format, the length information carried in the message header is evaluated and used for
calculating the x–axis values.
In ASCII format, only a list of voltage values is output.
Binary data is read in three steps:
1. The number of digits carrying the length information is read.
2. The length information itself is read.
3. The trace data is read.
This procedure is necessary with programming languages like Visual Basic which support only
structures of identical data types (arrays), whereas the binary data format uses different data types in
the header and the data section.
Note:

The arrays for measured data are dimensioned in such a way that they can accommodate the
I/Q data of the R&S FSL (2 x 512 k).

1300.2519.12

7.21

E-11

Measuring the Magnitude and Phase of a Signal

R&S FSL

REM ************************************************************************
Public Sub ReadIQData()
'––––––––– Create variables –––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
Dim IData(131072) As Single

'Buffer for floating–point
'I data (= 512*1024 bytes)

Dim QData(131072) As Single

'Buffer for floating–point
'Q data (= 512*1024 bytes)
'Note:
'Visual Basic cannot read in
'data volumes larger than
'512 k words!

Dim digits As Byte

'No. of digits as length

Dim IQBytes As Long

'Length of trace data in bytes

Dim IQValues As Long

'No. of meas. values in buffer

Dim retCount As Integer

'Return count from read

asciiResult$ = Space$(6553600)

'Buffer for ASCII I/Q data
'(= 25*2*1024 bytes)

result$ = Space$(100)

'Buffer for simple results

'––––––––– Default setting –––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
CALL SetupInstrument

'Default setting

CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"TRAC:IQ:STAT ON")
'Activate I/Q data
'acquisition mode; must be
'done before TRAC:IQ:SET !
'Select number of test points
'(= 512 * 1024 – 512) at
'RBW 10 MHz, 'sample rate 32 MHz,
'trigger free run, pos. trigger
'edge and 0 s trigger delay.
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"TRAC:IQ:SET NORM,10MHz,32MHz,IMM,POS,0,130560")
'––––––––– Read–out in binary format––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer, "FORMAT REAL,32")
'Set binary format
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer, "TRAC:IQ:DATA?")

'Measure + read out I/Q data

CALL viRead(analyzer, result$, 2, retCount)
'Read and store length for
digits = Val(Mid$(result$, 2, 1))

'number of digits

result$ = Space$(100)

'Re–initialize buffer

CALL viRead(analyzer, result$, digits, retCount)
'Read and store length
IQBytes = Val(Left$(result$, digits))
IQBytes = IQBytes / 2

'Divide no. per buffer in half

CALL viRead(analyzer, IData(0), IQBytes, retCount)
'Read I data in buffer
CALL viRead(analyzer, QData(0), IQBytes, retCount)
'Read Q data in buffer

1300.2519.12

7.22

E-11

R&S FSL

Averaging I/Q Data

CALL viRead(analyzer, result$, 1, retCount)
'Read in end character 
'––––––––– Output of binary data as frequency/level pair –––––––––––––––––
IQValues = IQBytes/4

'Single Precision = 4 Bytes

For i = 0 To IQValues – 1
Print "I–Value["; i; "] = "; IData(i)
Print "Q–Value["; i; "] = "; QData(i)
Next i
'––––––––– Read–out in ASCII format ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"FORMAT ASCII")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer, "TRAC:IQ:DATA?")

'Set ASCII format
'Re–measure and read out
'I/Q data

CALL InstrRead(analyzer, asciiResult$)
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"TRAC:IQ:STAT OFF")
'Stop I/Q data aquisition
'mode if no further
'measurements are to be
'done
END SUB
REM ************************************************************************

Averaging I/Q Data
The R&S FSL has averaging capability also for I/Q measurements, i.e. I/Q data can be averaged over
several test runs. This is subject to the following conditions:
1. An external trigger signal must be available for data measurement, and the trigger signal must be
phase–locked to the signal measured.
2. The same reference–frequency signal must be used for the DUT and the R&S FSL.
3. The sampling rate must be 32 MHz, since only with this sampling frequency will the measurement
be performed phase–synchronous with the trigger signal.
If all of the above conditions are fulfilled, no phase shift will occur between consecutive test runs. Phase
shift may falsify the measured average so that in extreme cases a value of 0 is obtained.
The default setting of the instrument for data measurement without averaging has to be changed as
follows:
REM ************************************************************************
'––––––––– R&S FSL default setting ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
CALL SetupInstrument

'Default setting

CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"TRAC:IQ:STAT ON")
'Activate I/Q data acquisition
'mode; this must be
'done before TRAC:IQ:SET!
'Select max. number of test points (= 512 * 1024 – 512) at 10 MHz RBW,
'32 MHz sampling rate, external
'trigger, pos. trigger edge and
'0 s trigger delay.
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"TRAC:IQ:SET NORM,10MHz,32MHz,EXT,POS,0,130560")
1300.2519.12

7.23

E-11

Reading and Writing Files

R&S FSL

CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"TRAC:IQ:AVER ON")

'Switch on I/Q averaging

CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"TRAC:IQ:AVER:COUN 10")

'Set 10 test runs

'––––––––– Read data in binary format ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
...
REM ************************************************************************

Reading and Writing Files
Reading a File from the Instrument
In the following example, the TEST1.FSL.DFL file stored under C:\R_S\Instr\user is read from the
instrument and stored in the controller.
REM ************************************************************************
Public Sub ReadFile()
'––––––––– Generate variables ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
Dim digits As Byte

'Number of digits of
'length information

Dim fileBytes As Long

'Length of file with trace data
'in bytes

result$ = Space$(100)

'Buffer for simple results

'––––––––– Default setting of status register ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
CALL SetupStatusReg

'Configure status register

'––––––––– Read out file –––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer, "MMEM:DATA? 'C:\R_S\Instr\user\TEST1.FSL.DFL'")
'Select file
CALL ilrd(analyzer, result$, 2)

'Read and store number of

digits = Val(Mid$(result$, 2, 1))

'digits of length information

CALL ilrd(analyzer, result$, digits)

'Read and store length

fileBytes = Val(Left$(result$, digits))

'information

FileBuffer$ = Space$(fileBytes)

'Buffer for file

CALL ilrd(analyzer, FileBuffer, fileBytes)
CALL ilrd(analyzer, result$, 1)

'Read file into buffer
'Read terminator 

'––––––––– Store file to controller –––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
Open "TEST1.FSL.DFL" For Output As #1
Print #1, FileBuffer;

' ; to avoid linefeed at
'
end of file

Close #1
END SUB
REM ************************************************************************

1300.2519.12

7.24

E-11

R&S FSL

Reading and Writing Files

Creating a File on the Instrument
In the following example, the TEST1.FSL.DFL file available on the controller is stored in the instrument
under C:\R_S\Instr\user\DUPLICAT.FSL.DFL.
REM ************************************************************************
Public Sub WriteFile()
'––––––––– Generate variables ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
FileBuffer$ = Space$(100000)

'Buffer for file

Dim digits As Long

'Number of digits of
'length information

Dim fileBytes As Long

'Length of file in bytes

fileSize$ = Space$(100)

'Length of file as a string

result$ = Space$(100)

'Buffer for simple results

'––––––––– Default setting of status register ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
CALL SetupStatusReg

'Configure status register

'––––––––– Prepare the definite length block data ––––––––––––––––––––––––––
fileBytes = FileLen("H:\work\vb\TEST1.FSL.DFL")
'Determine length of file
fileSize$ = Str$(fileBytes)
digits = Len(fileSize$) – 1

'Determine number of digits of

fileSize$ = Right$(fileSize$, digits)

'length information

FileBuffer$ = "#" + Right$(Str$(digits), 1) + fileSize$
'Store length information in
'file buffer
'––––––––– Read file from controller –––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
Open "H:\work\vb\TEST1.FSL.DFL" For Binary As #1
FileBuffer$ = FileBuffer$ + Left$(Input(fileBytes, #1), fileBytes)
Close #1
'––––––––– Write file ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer, "SYST:COMM:GPIB:RTER EOI") 'Set receive
'terminator on the
'instrument
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer, "MMEM:DATA 'DUPLICAT.FSL.DFL'," + FileBuffer$)
'Select file
END SUB
REM ************************************************************************

1300.2519.12

7.25

E-11

Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement

R&S FSL

Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement
You can configure Spectrum Emission Mask measurements via XML files provided for different
standards or by defining ranges and parameters. For both ways an example is given.

Using Predefined Standard Wibro
In the following example, the Spectrum Emission Mask measurement is configured using a predefined
standard XML file.
REM ************************************************************************
'––––––––– General settings of the instrument ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"*RST")

'Reset instrument

CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"INIT:CONT OFF") 'Switch to single sweep
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:SWEep:MODE ESPectrum")
'Set measurement mode
Rem After preset 3 ranges are available where the middle one is
Rem the reference range for calculating the TX power
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:FREQuency:CENTer 2.2GHz")
'Center frequency 2.2 GHz
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:DETector1 RMS")
'Set RMS detector
'––––––––– Setting up the gated trigger ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:SWEep:EGATe ON")
'Switch on the external gate mode
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:SWEep:EGATe:SOURce EXTernal")
'Set enternal gate source
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:SWEep:EGATe:HOLDoff 0s")
'Set delay time to 0 s
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:SWEep:EGATe:LENGth 200 US")
'Set time interval
'––––––––– Setting the standard ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:ESPectrum:PRESet:STANdard
'WIBRO\DL\PowerClass_29_40.xml'")
'Set WiBro standard
'––––––––– Measuring –––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"INIT;*WAI")

'Perform sweep, wait for sweep
'end

'––––––––– Reading out results –––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":TRACe1:DATA? LIST")
'Query list results
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":CALCulate:LIMit:FAIL?")
'Query result of limit check
CALL InstrRead(analyzer, result$)
REM ************************************************************************

1300.2519.12

7.26

E-11

R&S FSL

Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement

Defining 5 Ranges with all Parameters
In the following example, the Spectrum Emission Mask measurement is configured by defining ranges
and parameters.
REM ************************************************************************
'––––––––– General settings of the instrument ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"*RST")

'Reset instrument

CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"INIT:CONT OFF") 'Switch to single sweep
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:SWEep:MODE ESPectrum")
'Set measurement mode
Rem After preset 3 ranges are available where the middle one is
Rem the reference range for calculating the TX power
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:FREQuency:CENTer 2.2GHz")
'Center frequency 2.2 GHz
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:DETector1 RMS")
'Set RMS detector
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":TRIGger1:SEQuence:SOURce IMMediate")
'Trigger setup
'––––––––– Setting up the gated trigger ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
Rem If a free run trigger is not appropriate a gated trigger can
Rem the be set up (just comment in the following lines).
Rem CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:SWEep:EGATe ON")
Rem Switch on the external gate mode
Rem CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:SWEep:EGATe:SOURce EXTernal")
Rem Set enternal gate source
Rem CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:SWEep:EGATe:HOLDoff 0s")
Rem Set delay time to 0 s
Rem CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:SWEep:EGATe:LENGth 200 US")
Rem Set time interval
'––––––––– Setting the span ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:FREQuency:SPAN 8 MHZ")
'Set the span to 8 MHz
'––––––––– Inserting new ranges ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
Rem Enlarge number of ranges to 5 by adding one at the end
Rem and one at the beginnig. This ensures that the reference range
Rem remains in the middle
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe2:INSert AFTer")
'Insert a range after range 2
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe1:INSert BEFore")
'Insert a range before range 1
'––––––––– Defining the limit check for all ranges –––––––––––––––––––––––––
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe:LIMit:STATe AND")
'Set check for absolute and
'relative limit

1300.2519.12

7.27

E-11

Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement

R&S FSL

'––––––––– Defining the reference range settings –––––––––––––––––––––––––––
Rem The bandwith of the reference range limits the minimum span
Rem of the reference range definition later in the script.
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RTYPe CPOWer")
'Set power reference type
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:BWID 2 MHZ")
'Set bandwidth
'––––––––– Defining the settings of range 1 ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe1:FREQuency:STARt –4MHz")
'Set the start frequency
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe1:FREQuency:STOP –2MHz")
'Set the stop frequency
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe1:BANDwidth:RESolution
1 MHZ")
'Set the resolution bandwidth
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe1:FILTer:TYPE CFILter")
'Set the channel filters
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe1:BANDwidth:VIDeo 3 MHZ")
'Set the video bandwidth to 3 MHz
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe1:SWEep:TIME 20 ms")
'Set the sweep time to 20 ms
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe1:RLEVel 5 DBM")
'Set the reference level to 5 dBm
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe1:INPut:ATTenuation 20 DB")
'Set the attenuation to 20 dB
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe1:LIMit:ABSolute:STARt
–50")
'Set an absolute limit of –50 dBm
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe1:LIMit:ABSolute:STOP –50")
'Set an absolute limit of –50 dBm
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe1:LIMit:RELative:STARt
–70")
'Set a relative limit of –70 dBc
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe1:LIMit:RELative:STOP –60")
'Set a relative limit of –60 dBc
'––––––––– Defining the settings of range 2 ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe2:FREQuency:STARt –2MHz")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe2:FREQuency:STOP –1MHz")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe2:BANDwidth:RESolution
100 kHz")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe2:FILTer:TYPE NORM")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe2:BANDwidth:VIDeo 300 kHZ")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe2:SWEep:TIME 50 ms")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe2:RLEVel 10 DBM")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe2:INPut:ATTenuation 30 DB")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe2:LIMit:ABSolute:STARt
–40")

1300.2519.12

7.28

E-11

R&S FSL

Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement

CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe2:LIMit:RELative:STARt
–60")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe2:LIMit:ABSolute:STOP –40")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe2:LIMit:RELative:STOP –40")
'––––––––– Defining the settings of range 3 ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe3:FREQuency:STARt –1MHz")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe3:FREQuency:STOP 1MHz")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe3:BANDwidth:RESolution
30 kHZ")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe3:FILTer:TYPE NORM")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe3:BANDwidth:VIDeo 100 kHZ")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe3:SWEep:TIME 5 ms")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe3:RLEVel 20 DBM")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe3:INPut:ATTenuation 30 DB")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe3:LIMit:ABSolute:STARt
200")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe3:LIMit:ABSolute:STOP 200")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe3:LIMit:RELative:STARt
200")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe3:LIMit:RELative:STOP 200")
'––––––––– Defining the settings of range 4 ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe4:FREQuency:STARt 1MHz")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe4:FREQuency:STOP 2MHz")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe4:BANDwidth:RESolution
100 kHz")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe4:FILTer:TYPE NORM")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe4:BANDwidth:VIDeo 300 kHZ")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe4:SWEep:TIME 50 ms")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe4:RLEVel 10 DBM")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe4:INPut:ATTenuation 30 DB")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe4:LIMit:ABSolute:STARt
–40")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe4:LIMit:ABSolute:STOP –40")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe4:LIMit:RELative:STARt
–40")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe4:LIMit:RELative:STOP –60")
'––––––––– Defining the settings of range 5 ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe5:FREQuency:STARt 2MHz")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe5:FREQuency:STOP 4MHz")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe5:BANDwidth:RESolution
1 MHZ")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe5:FILTer:TYPE CFILter")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe5:BANDwidth:VIDeo 3 MHZ")

1300.2519.12

7.29

E-11

Spurious Emissions Measurement

R&S FSL

CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe5:SWEep:TIME 20 ms")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe5:RLEVel 5 DBM")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe5:INPut:ATTenuation 20 DB")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe5:LIMit:ABSolute:STARt
–50")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe5:LIMit:ABSolute:STOP –50")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe5:LIMit:RELative:STARt
–60")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:ESPectrum:RANGe5:LIMit:RELative:STOP –70")
'––––––––– Measuring –––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"INIT;*WAI")

'Perform sweep, wait for sweep
'end

'––––––––– Reading out results –––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":TRACe1:DATA? LIST")
'Query list results
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":CALCulate:LIMit:FAIL?")
'Query result of limit check
CALL InstrRead(analyzer, result$)
REM ************************************************************************

Spurious Emissions Measurement
In the following example, the Spurious Emissions measurement is configured by defining ranges and
parameters.
REM ************************************************************************
'––––––––– General settings of the instrument ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"*RST")

'Reset instrument

Rem After preset 4 ranges are available. Range settings can be questioned
Rem independent from the set measurement mode.
'––––––––– Deleting all ranges –––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
Rem Delete all ranges to prepare for setting up a new measurement
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe4:DELete")
'Delete range 4
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe3:DELete")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe2:DELete")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe1:DELete")
'––––––––– Defining the start frequency for all ranges –––––––––––––––––––––
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe1:FREQuency:STARt 1000000")
Rem Setting the start frequency of range 1 will create the ranges and
Rem every other range value will be set to the default value.
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe2:FREQuency:STARt 2000000")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe3:FREQuency:STARt 3000000")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe4:FREQuency:STARt 4000000")

1300.2519.12

7.30

E-11

R&S FSL

Spurious Emissions Measurement

CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe5:FREQuency:STARt 5000000")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe:COUNT?")
'Queries the number of defined
'ranges
'––––––––– Querying the parameters of range 1 ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe1:FREQuency:STARt?")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe1:FREQuency:STOP?")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe1:FILTer:TYPE?")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe1:BANDwidth:RESolution?")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe1:BANDwidth:VIDeo?")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe1:SWEep:TIME:AUTO?")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe1:DETector?")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe1:RLEVel?")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe1:INPut:ATTenuation:AUTO?")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe1:INPut:GAIN:STATe?")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe1:BREak?")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe1:TRANsducer?")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe1:SWEep:TIME?")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe1:INPut:ATTenuation?")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe1:POINts?")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe1:LIMit:STARt?")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe1:LIMit:STOP?")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe1:LIMit:STATe?")
'––––––––– Changing into the Spurious Emissions measurement mode –––––––––––
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:SWEEP:MODE LIST")
Rem In continuous sweep mode, editing the ranges is not allowed.
Rem You have to stop the measurement first.
Rem In single sweep mode, you can edit the ranges at the end of the sweep.
'––––––––– Single sweep version ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"INIT:CONT OFF") 'Switch to single sweep
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe1:FREQuency:STARt 500000")
'Change the start frequency
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"INIT;*WAI")

'Perform sweep, wait for sweep
'end

'––––––––– Continuous sweep version ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"INIT:CONT ON")

'Switch to continuous sweep

CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"ABORt")

'Stop the measurement

CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe1:FREQuency:STARt 500000")
'Change the start frequency
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":INITiate1:SPURious") 'Restart the measurement

1300.2519.12

7.31

E-11

Spurious Emissions Measurement

R&S FSL

'––––––––– Defining the range settings in single sweep mode ––––––––––––––––
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"INIT:CONT OFF") 'Switch to single sweep
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"INIT;*WAI")

'Perform sweep, wait for sweep
'end

Rem Edit one range at a time. Make sure to edit the ranges in a correct
Rem order to prevent limit violations. Ranges cannot overlap.
Rem The best way is to start with range 1.
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe1:FREQuency:STARt 500000")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe1:FREQuency:STOP 550000")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe1:FILTer:TYPE NORM")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe1:BANDwidth:RESolution 3000000")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe1:BANDwidth:VIDeo 10000000")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe1:SWEep:TIME:AUTO ON")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe1:DETector RMS")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe1:RLEVel –10")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe1:INPut:ATTenuation:AUTO ON")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe1:POINts 8001")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe1:INPut:GAIN:STATe OFF")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe1:BREak OFF")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe1:LIMit:STARt –20")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe1:LIMit:STOP –20")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe1:LIMit:STATe ON")
Rem Proceed with range 2.
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe2:FREQuency:STARt 1000000")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe2:FREQuency:STOP 200000000")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe2:FILTer:TYPE CFILter")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe2:BANDwidth:RESolution 5000000")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe2:DETector POS")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe2:RLEVel –20")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe2:INPut:ATTenuation 0")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe2:POINts 32001")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe2:INPut:GAIN:STATe ON")
Rem Proceed with range 3.
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe3:FREQuency:STARt 250000000")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe3:FREQuency:STOP 1000000000")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe3:FILTer:TYPE RRC")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe3:POINts 32001")
Rem Proceed with range 4.
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe4:FREQuency:STARt 1200000000")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe4:FREQuency:STOP 4000000000")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe4:FILTer:TYPE PULSe")

1300.2519.12

7.32

E-11

R&S FSL

Spurious Emissions Measurement

CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe4:POINts 251")
Rem Proceed with range 5.
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe5:FREQuency:STARt 5000000000")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe5:FREQuency:STOP 6000000000")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe5:POINts 7001")
'––––––––– Defining the limit check for all ranges –––––––––––––––––––––––––
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"SENSe1:LIST:RANGe1:LIMit:STATe ON")
'Activate the limit check
'––––––––– Setting the span to include all ranges ––––––––––––––––––––––––––
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:FREQuency:STARt 500000")
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":SENSe1:FREQuency:STOP

6000000000")

'––––––––– Measuring –––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,"INIT;*WAI")

'Perform sweep, wait for sweep
'end

'––––––––– Reading out results –––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":TRACe1:DATA? LIST")
'Query list results
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":CALCulate1:PSEarch[:IMMediate]")
'Deactivate limit line and
'just look for peaks
Rem Or set margin to 200 in order to find all peaks
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":TRACe1:DATA? SPUR")
'Query just the peaks
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer,":CALCulate:LIMit:FAIL?")
'Query result of limit check
CALL InstrRead(analyzer, result$)
REM ************************************************************************

1300.2519.12

7.33

E-11

WLAN TX Measurements – Programming Examples (Option K91/K91n) R&S FSL

WLAN TX Measurements – Programming Examples
(Option K91/K91n)
The following section provides some examples of commonly performed operations when using the
WLAN TX Measurements option (K91/K91n). For more general remote control examples refer to the
programming examples in this chapter.
This option is available from firmware version 1.20.

Synchronization Entry of Option
The following example shows how to synchronize entering the WLAN TX Measurements option.
analyzer = 20

'Instrument address

CALL InstrWrite(analyzer, "INST:SEL WLAN;*OPC?")
'waits for 1 from *OPC?

Selecting Measurements
Measurements are selected using the command CONFigure:BURSt: where  is as follows:


Measurement Type

PVT

Power vs Time (PVT)

PVT:SELect EDGE

PVT rising and falling edge

PVT:SELect FULL

PVT full burst

(802.11a only)

PVT:SELect RISE

PVT rising burst

(802.11b only)

PVT:SELect FALL

PVT falling burst

(802.11b only)

EVM:ECARrier

EVM vs Carrier

EVM:ESYMbol

EVM vs Symbol

SPECtrum:MASK

Spectrum Mask

SPECtrum:MASK:SELect IEEE

Spectrum Mask IEEE

SPECtrum:MASK:SELect ETSI

Spectrum Mask ETSI

SPECtrum:FLATness

Spectrum Flatness

SPECtrum:FFT

Spectrum FFT

SPECtrum:ACPR

Spectrum ACPR

CONstellation:CCARrier

Constellation vs Carrier

CONstellation:CSYMbol

Constellation vs Symbol

STATistics:CCDF

CCDF

1300.2519.12

7.34

E-11

R&S FSL WLAN TX Measurements – Programming Examples (Option K91/K91n)


Measurement Type

STATistics:BSTReam

Bit Steam

STATistics:SFIeld

Signal Field

The following example shows how to select a Spectrum Mark ETSI measurement:
REM select Spectrum Mask Select ETSI
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer, "SPECtrum:MASK:SELect:ETSI")

Running Synchronized Measurements
The following examples show how measurements can be synchronized. Synchronization is necessary to
ensure that the measurement has completed before the measurement results and markers are
requested.
PUBLIC SUB SweepSync()
REM The command INITiate[:IMMediate] starts a single sweep if the
REM command INIT:CONT OFF was previously sent. It should be ensured that
REM the next command is only then executed when the entire sweep is
REM complete.
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer, "INIT:CONT OFF")
REM –––––– First possibility: Use of *WAI ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer, "INIT:IMM;*WAI")
REM –––––– Second possibility: Use of *OPC? ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
OpcOk$ = SPACE$(2) 'Space for *OPC?

'Provide response

CALL InstrWrite(analyzer, "INIT:IMM;*OPC?")
REM –––––– Here the controller can service other instrument–––––––––––––
CALL InstrRead(analyzer, OpcOk$)

'Wait for "1" from *OPC?

REM ––––––– Third possibility: Use of *OPC –––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
REM In order to be able to use the service request function in
REM conjugation with a National Instruments GPIB driver, the setting
REM "Disable Auto Serial Poll" must be changed to "yes" by means of
REM the GPIB configuration
REM (e.g. Windows Start menu: Settings –> Control Panel –> GPIB)!
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer, "*SRE 32")

'Permit service request for ESR

CALL InstrWrite(analyzer, "*ESE 1")

'Set event–enable bit for
'operation–complete bit

CALL InstrWrite(analyzer, "INIT:IMM;*OPC") 'Start sweep and
'synchronize with OPC
status = viWaitOnEvent(vi, VI_EVENT_SERVICE_REQ, SRQWaitTimeout, VI_NULL,
VI_NULL)
'Wait for service request

1300.2519.12

7.35

E-11

WLAN TX Measurements – Programming Examples (Option K91/K91n) R&S FSL
REM ––––––– Fourth possibility: Use of INIT:IMM ––––––––––––––––––––––––
REM In order to be able to use the service request function in
REM conjugation with a National Instruments GPIB driver, the setting
REM "Disable Auto Serial Poll" must be changed to "yes" by means of
REM the GPIB configuration
REM (e.g. Windows Start menu: Settings –> Control Panel –> GPIB)!
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer, "*SRE 128")

'Permit service request for ESR

CALL InstrWrite(analyzer, "*ESE 0")

'Set event–enable bit for
'operation–complete bit

CALL InstrWrite(analyzer, "STATus:OPERation:ENABle 16")
'Enable bit 4 of status operation
'register'
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer, "STAT:OPERation:NTRansition 16")
'Set Negative transition to 1
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer, "STATus:OPERation:PTRansition 0")
'Set Positive transition to 0
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer, "INIT:IMM")

'Start sweep and synchronize with
'OPC

status = viWaitOnEvent(vi, VI_EVENT_SERVICE_REQ, SRQWaitTimeout, VI_NULL,
VI_NULL)
'Wait for service request
REM Continue main program here.
END SUB
REM ***********************************************************************

1300.2519.12

7.36

E-11

R&S FSLWiMAX, WiBro Measurements - Programming Examples (K92/93)

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements – Programming Examples
(Options K92/93)
The following section provides some examples of commonly performed operations when using the
WiMAX IEEE 802.16 OFDM, OFDMA Measurements option (R&S FSL–K93). For more general remote
control examples refer to the other programming examples in this chapter.
The WiMAX IEEE 802.16 OFDM, OFDMA Measurements option (R&S FSL–K93) includes the
functionality of the WiMAX 802.16 OFDM Measurements option (R&S FSL–K92). Accordingly both
options are described together in this section. The options are available from firmware version 1.40
(R&S FSL–K92) and 1.50 (R&S FSL–K93).

Synchronization Entry of Option
The following example shows how to synchronize entering the WiMAX IEEE 802.16 OFDM, OFDMA
Measurements option.
analyzer = 20

'Instrument address

CALL InstrWrite(analyzer, "INST:SEL WLAN;*OPC?")
'waits for 1 from *OPC?

Selecting Measurements
Measurements are selected using the command CONFigure:BURSt: where  is as follows:


Measurement Type

PVT

Power vs Time (PVT)

PVT:SELect EDGE

PVT Start and End (OFDM)
PVT Rsing / Falling (OFDMA & WiBro)

PVT:SELect FULL

PVT Full Burst (OFDM)
PVT Full Subframe (OFDMA & WiBro)

EVM:ECARrier

EVM vs Carrier

EVM:ESYMbol

EVM vs Symbol

SPECtrum:MASK

Spectrum Mask

SPECtrum:MASK:SELect IEEE

Spectrum Mask IEEE

SPECtrum:MASK:SELect ETSI

Spectrum Mask ETSI

SPECtrum:FLATness

Spectrum Flatness

SPECtrum:FLATness:SELect FLATNESS

Spectrum Flatness

SPECtrum:FLATness:SELect GRDELAY

Spectrum Flatness – Group Delay

SPECtrum:FLATness:SELect DIFFERENCE

Spectrum Flatness – Difference

SPECtrum:FFT

Spectrum FFT

1300.2519.12

7.37

E-11

WiMAX, WiBro Measurements - Programming Examples (K92/93)


Measurement Type

SPECtrum:ACPR

Spectrum ACPR

SPECtrum:ACPR:SELect ABS

Spectrum ACPR (Absolute)

SPECtrum:ACPR:SELect REL

Spectrum ACPR (Relative)

CONSt:CCARrier

Constellation vs Carrier

CONSt:CSYMbol

Constellation vs Symbol

STATistics:CCDF

CCDF

STATistics:BSTReam

Bit Steam

STATistics:BSUMmary

Burst Summary

PREamble

Preamble Error

PREamble:SELect FREQ

Frequency Error vs Preamble

PREamble:SELect PHASE

Phase Error vs Preamble

R&S FSL

The following example shows how to select a Spectrum Mask ETSI measurement:
REM select Spectrum Mask Select ETSI
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer, "SPECtrum:MASK:SELect:ETSI")

Running Synchronized Measurements
The following examples show how measurements can be synchronized. Synchronization is necessary to
ensure that the measurement has completed before the measurement results and markers are
requested.
PUBLIC SUB SweepSync()
REM The command INITiate[:IMMediate] starts a single sweep if the
REM command INIT:CONT OFF was previously sent. It should be ensured that
REM the next command is only then executed when the entire sweep is
REM complete.
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer, "INIT:CONT OFF")
REM –––––– First possibility: Use of *WAI ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer, "INIT:IMM;*WAI")
REM –––––– Second possibility: Use of *OPC? ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
OpcOk$ = SPACE$(2) 'Space for *OPC?

'Provide response

CALL InstrWrite(analyzer, "INIT:IMM;*OPC?")
REM –––––– Here the controller can service other instrument–––––––––––––
CALL InstrRead(analyzer, OpcOk$)

1300.2519.12

'Wait for "1" from *OPC?

7.38

E-11

R&S FSLWiMAX, WiBro Measurements - Programming Examples (K92/93)
REM ––––––– Third possibility: Use of *OPC –––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
REM In order to be able to use the service request function in
REM conjugation with a National Instruments GPIB driver, the setting
REM "Disable Auto Serial Poll" must be changed to "yes" by means of
REM the GPIB configuration
REM (e.g. Windows Start menu: Settings –> Control Panel –> GPIB)!
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer, "*SRE 32")

'Permit service request for ESR

CALL InstrWrite(analyzer, "*ESE 1")

'Set event–enable bit for
'operation–complete bit

CALL InstrWrite(analyzer, "INIT:IMM;*OPC") 'Start sweep and
'synchronize with OPC
status = viWaitOnEvent(vi, VI_EVENT_SERVICE_REQ, SRQWaitTimeout, VI_NULL,
VI_NULL)
'Wait for service request
REM ––––––– Fourth possibility: Use of INIT:IMM ––––––––––––––––––––––––
REM In order to be able to use the service request function in
REM conjugation with a National Instruments GPIB driver, the setting
REM "Disable Auto Serial Poll" must be changed to "yes" by means of
REM the GPIB configuration
REM (e.g. Windows Start menu: Settings –> Control Panel –> GPIB)!
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer, "*SRE 128")

'Permit service request for ESR

CALL InstrWrite(analyzer, "*ESE 0")

'Set event–enable bit for
'operation–complete bit

CALL InstrWrite(analyzer, "STATus:OPERation:ENABle 16")
'Enable bit 4 of status operation
'register'
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer, "STAT:OPERation:NTRansition 16")
'Set Negative transition to 1
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer, "STATus:OPERation:PTRansition 0")
'Set Positive transition to 0
CALL InstrWrite(analyzer, "INIT:IMM")

'Start sweep and synchronize with
'OPC

status = viWaitOnEvent(vi, VI_EVENT_SERVICE_REQ, SRQWaitTimeout, VI_NULL,
VI_NULL)
'Wait for service request
REM Continue main program here.
END SUB
REM ***********************************************************************

1300.2519.12

7.39

E-11

R&S FSL

Maintenance

Contents of Chapter 8
8 Maintenance ........................................................................................................ 8.1
Storing and Packing.........................................................................................................................8.1
List of Power Cables Available .......................................................................................................8.1

1300.2519.12

I-8.1

E-11

R&S FSL

8

Maintenance

Maintenance

The following chapter contains information on the maintenance of the R&S FSL. The instrument does
not need a periodic maintenance. What is necessary is essentially the cleaning of the instrument.
However, it is recommended to check the rated data from time to time.
Follow the instructions in the service manual and the safety instructions when exchanging modules or
ordering spares. The order no. for spare parts is included in the service manual. The service manual
includes further information particularly on troubleshooting, repair, exchange of modules (including
battery exchange, adjustment of the OCXO oscillator) and alignment.
The address of our support center and a list of all Rohde & Schwarz service centers can be found at the
beginning of this manual.

Storing and Packing
The storage temperature range of the instrument is given in the data sheet. If the instrument is to be
stored for a longer period of time, it must be protected against dust.
Repack the instrument as it was originally packed when transporting or shipping. The two protective
foam plastic parts prevent the control elements and connectors from being damaged. The antistatic
packing foil avoids any undesired electrostatic charging to occur.
If you do not use the original packaging, provide for sufficient padding to prevent the instrument from
slipping inside the package. Wrap antistatic packing foil around the instrument to protect it from
electrostatic charging.

List of Power Cables Available
Table 8–1

List of power cables available

Stock No.

Earthed–contact connector

Preferably used in

DS 006.7013.00

BS1363: 1967' complying with
IEC 83: 1975 standard B2

Great Britain

DS 006.7020.00

Type 12 complying with SEV–regulation
1011.1059, standard sheet S 24 507

Switzerland

DS 006.7036.00

Type 498 / 13 complying with
US–regulation UL 498, or with IEC 83

USA / Canada

DS 006.7107.00

Type SAA3 10 A, 250 V,
complying with AS C112–1964 Ap.

Australia

DS 0025.2365.00
DS 0099.1456.00

DIN 49 441, 10 A, 250 V, angular
DIN 49 441, 10 A, 250 V, straight

Europe (except Switzerland)

1300.2519.12

8.1

E-11

R&S FSL

Error Messages

Contents of Chapter 9
9 Error Messages ................................................................................................... 9.1
SCPI–Specific Error Messages .......................................................................................................9.1
Device–Specific Messages ..............................................................................................................9.7
Noise Figure Measurements Option Messages (K30) ..................................................................9.8
3GPP Base Station Measurements Option Messages (K72) ........................................................9.9
WLAN TX Measurements Option Messages (K91/K91n) ............................................................9.10
WiMAX IEEE 802.16 OFDM, OFDMA Measurements Option Messages (K92/K93) ..................9.11

1300.2519.12

I-9.1

E-11

R&S FSL

9

SCPI–Specific Error Messages

Error Messages

Error messages are entered in the error/event queue of the status reporting system in the remote
control mode and can be queried with the command SYSTem:ERRor?. The answer format of R&S FSL
to the command is as follows:
, ";
"
The indication of the remote control command with prefixed semicolon is optional.
Example:
The command "TEST:COMMAND" generates the following answer to the query SYSTem:ERRor?
–113,"Undefined header;TEST:COMMAND"
The subsequent lists contain the description of error texts displayed on the instrument.
Distinction is made between error messages defined by SCPI, which are marked by negative error
codes, and the device–specific error messages for which positive error codes are used:
•
•

SCPI–Specific Error Messages
Device–Specific Messages

The right–hand column in the following tables contains the error text in bold which is entered in the
error/event queue and can be read out by means of query SYSTem:ERRor?. A short explanation of the
error cause is given below. The left–hand column contains the associated error code.
Additionally, option–specific warnings and error messages displayed in the status bar are explained.

SCPI–Specific Error Messages
Table 9–1
Error code
0

Table 9–2

No Error
Error text in the case of queue poll
Error explanation
No error
This message is displayed if the error queue does not contain any entries.

Command Error – Faulty command; sets bit 5 in the ESR register.

Error code

Error text in the case of queue poll
Error explanation

–100

Command Error
The command is faulty or invalid.

–101

Invalid Character
The command contains an invalid sign.
Example: A header contains an ampersand, "SENSe&".

1300.2519.12

9.1

E-11

SCPI–Specific Error Messages

R&S FSL

Error code

Error text in the case of queue poll
Error explanation

–102

Syntax error
The command is invalid.
Example: The command contains block data the instrument does not accept.

–103

Invalid separator
The command contains an invalid sign instead of a separator.
Example: A semicolon is missing after the command.

–104

Data type error
The command contains an invalid value indication.
Example: ON is indicated instead of a numeric value for frequency setting.

–105

GET not allowed
A Group Execute Trigger (GET) is within a command line.

–108

Parameter not allowed
The command contains too many parameters.
Example: Command SENSe:FREQuency:CENTer permits only one frequency indication.

–109

Missing parameter
The command contains too few parameters.
Example: The command SENSe:FREQuency:CENTer requires a frequency indication.

–110

Command header error
The header of the command is faulty.

–111

Header separator error
The header contains an invalid separator.
Example: the header is not followed by a "White Space", "*ESE255"

–112

Program mnemonic too long
The header contains more than 12 characters.

–113

Undefined header
The header is not defined for the instrument.
Example: *XYZ is undefined for every instrument.

–114

Header suffix out of range
The header contains an invalid numeric suffix.
Example: SENSe3 does not exist in the instrument.

–120

Numeric data error
The command contains a faulty numeric parameter.

–121

Invalid character in number
A number contains an invalid character.
Example: An "A" in a decimal number or a "9" in an octal number.

–123

Exponent too large
The absolute value of the exponent is greater than 32000.

–124

Too many digits
The number includes too many digits.

–128

Numeric data not allowed
The command includes a number which is not allowed at this position.
Example: The command INPut:COUPling requires indication of a text parameter.

–130

Suffix error
The command contains a faulty suffix.

1300.2519.12

9.2

E-11

R&S FSL

SCPI–Specific Error Messages

Error code

Error text in the case of queue poll
Error explanation

–131

Invalid suffix
The suffix is invalid for this instrument.
Example: nHz is not defined.

–134

Suffix too long
The suffix contains more than 12 characters.

–138

Suffix not allowed
A suffix is not allowed for this command or at this position of the command.
Example: The command *RCL does not permit a suffix to be indicated.

–140

Character data error
The command contains a faulty text parameter

–141

Invalid character data
The text parameter either contains an invalid character or it is invalid for this command.
Example: Write error with parameter indication;INPut:COUPling XC.

–144

Character data too long
The text parameter contains more than 12 characters.

–148

Character data not allowed
The text parameter is not allowed for this command or at this position of the command.
Example: The command *RCL requires a number to be indicated.

–150

String data error
The command contains a faulty string.

–151

Invalid string data
The command contains a faulty string.
Example: An END message has been received prior to the terminating apostrophe.

–158

String data not allowed
The command contains an allowed string at an invalid position.
Example: A text parameter is set in quotation marks, INPut:COUPling "DC"

–160

Block data error
The command contains faulty block data.

–161

Invalid block data
The command contains faulty block data.
Example: An END message was received prior to reception of the expected number of data.

–168

Block data not allowed
The command contains allowed block data at an invalid position.
Example: The command *RCL requires a number to be indicated.

–170

Expression error
The command contains an invalid mathematical expression.

–171

Invalid expression
The command contains an invalid mathematical expression.
Example: The expression contains mismatching parentheses.

–178

Expression data not allowed
The command contains a mathematical expression at an invalid position.

1300.2519.12

9.3

E-11

SCPI–Specific Error Messages
Table 9–3

R&S FSL

Execution Error – Error on execution of a command; sets bit 4 in the ESR register

Error code

Error text in the case of queue poll
Error explanation

–200

Execution error
Error on execution of the command.

–201

Invalid while in local
The command is not executable while the device is in local due to a hard local control.
Example: The device receives a command which would change the rotary knob state, but the device is in
local so the command can not be executed.

–202

Settings lost due to rtl
A setting associated with hard local control was lost when the device changed to LOCS from REMS or to
LWLS from RWLS.

–210

Trigger error
Error on triggering the device.

–211

Trigger ignored
The trigger (GET, *TRG or trigger signal) was ignored because of device timing considerations.
Example: The device was not ready to respond.

–212

Arm ignored
An arming signal was ignored by the device.

–213

Init ignored
Measurement initialization was ignored as another measurement was already in progress.

–214

Trigger deadlock
The trigger source for the initiation of measurement is set to GET and subsequent measurement is
received. The measurement cannot be started until a GET is received, but the GET would cause an
interrupted–error)

–215

Arm deadlock
The trigger source for the initiation of measurement is set to GET and subsequent measurement is
received. The measurement cannot be started until a GET is received, but the GET would cause an
interrupted–error.

–220

Parameter error
The command contains a faulty or invalid parameter.

–221

Settings conflict
There is a conflict between setting of parameter value and instrument state.

–222

Data out of range
The parameter value lies out of the allowed range of the instrument.

–223

Too much data
The command contains too many data.
Example: The instrument does not have sufficient storage space.

–224

Illegal parameter value
The parameter value is invalid.
Example: The text parameter is invalid , TRIGger:SWEep:SOURce TASTe

–230

Data corrupt or stale
The data are incomplete or invalid.
Example: The instrument has aborted a measurement.

–231

Data questionable
The measurement accuracy is suspect.

1300.2519.12

9.4

E-11

R&S FSL

SCPI–Specific Error Messages

Error code

Error text in the case of queue poll
Error explanation

–240

Hardware error
The command cannot be executed due to problems with the instrument hardware.

–241

Hardware missing
Hardware is missing.
Example: An option is not fitted.

–250

Mass storage error
A mass storage error occurred.

–251

Missing mass storage
The mass storage is missing.
Example: An option is not installed.

–252

Missing media
The media is missing.
Example: There is no floppy in the floppy disk drive.

–253

Corrupt media
The media is corrupt.
Example: The floppy is bad or has the wrong format.

–254

Media full
The media is full.
Example: There is no room on the floppy.

–255

Directory full
The media directory is full.

–256

File name not found
The file name cannot be found on the media.

–257

File name error
The file name is wrong.
Example: An attempt is made to copy to a duplicate file name.

–258

Media protected
The media is protected.
Example: The write–protect tab on the floppy is present.

–260

Expression error
The expression contains an error.

1300.2519.12

9.5

E-11

SCPI–Specific Error Messages
Table 9–4

R&S FSL

Device Specific Error; sets bit 3 in the ESR register

Error code

Error test in the case of queue poll
Error explanation

–300

Device–specific error
R&S FSL–specific error not defined in greater detail.

–310

System error
This error message suggests an error within the instrument. Please inform the R&S Service.

–313

Calibration memory lost
Loss of the non–volatile data stored using the *CAL? command. This error occurs when the correction
data recording has failed.

–330

Self–test failed
The self test could not be executed.

–350

Queue overflow
This error code is entered in the queue instead of the actual error code if the queue is full. It indicates
that an error has occurred but not been accepted. The queue can accept 5 entries.

Table 9–5

Query Error – Error in data request; sets bit 2 in the ESR register

Error code

Error text in the case of queue poll
Error explanation

–400

Query error
General error occurring when data are requested by a query.

–410

Query INTERRUPTED
The query has been interrupted.
Example: After a query, the instrument receives new data before the response has been sent completely.

–420

Query UNTERMINATED
The query is incomplete.
Example: The instrument is addressed as a talker and receives incomplete data.

–430

Query DEADLOCKED
The query cannot be processed.
Example: The input and output buffers are full, the instrument cannot continue operation.

–440

Query UNTERMINATED after indefinite response
A query is in the same command line after a query which requests an indefinite response.

1300.2519.12

9.6

E-11

R&S FSL

Device–Specific Messages

Device–Specific Messages
Error code

Error text in the case of queue poll
Error explanation

1052

Frontend LO is Unlocked
This message is displayed when the phase regulation of the local oscillator fails in the RF front–end.

1060

Trigger–Block Gate Delay Error– gate length < Gate Delay
This message is displayed when the gate signal length is not sufficient for the pull–in delay with a
predefined gate delay.

1064

Tracking LO is Unlocked
This message is displayed when the phase regulation of the local oscillator fails on the tracking generator
module.

2028

Hardcopy not possible during measurement sequence
This message is displayed when a printout is started during scan sequences that cannot be interrupted.
Such sequences are for example:
•
•

Recording the system error correction data (alignment)
Instrument self test

In such cases synchronization to the end of the scan sequence should be performed prior to starting the
printout.
2033

Printer Not Available
This message is displayed when the selected printer is not included in the list of available output devices.
A possible cause is that the required printer driver is missing or incorrectly installed.

2034

CPU Temperature is too high
This message is displayed when the temperature of the processor exceeds 70 °C.

1300.2519.12

9.7

E-11

Noise Figure Measurements Option Messages (K30)

R&S FSL

Noise Figure Measurements Option Messages (K30)
The list of possible warning & error messages for the Noise Figure Measurements option (K30) is
shown below.
This option is available from firmware version 1.50.

Status bar message

Description

Frequency list truncated, max 100 entries

The settings for start, stop and step frequencies would require a
frequency list greater than 100 entries. The list calculated is
terminated at the 100th entry. Try using a larger step size of splitting
the test up into a series of frequency list tests.

Missing [ENR][,|&][LossIn][,|&][LossOut] for meas.freq.

No ENR, loss input and/or loss output can be determined for one or
all of the measurement frequencies. This occurs when using tables
of ENR, loss input and/or loss output values. Check that the
frequency ranges of the tables covers the range of frequencies to be
measured. For each measurement frequency, where ENR, loss
input or loss output cannot be determined, 0 is used.

1300.2519.12

9.8

E-11

R&S FSL

3GPP Base Station Measurements Option Messages (K72)

3GPP Base Station Measurements Option Messages (K72)
The list of possible warning & error messages is shown below.
This option is available from firmware version 1.50.

Status bar message

Description

Sync not found

This message is displayed if synchronization is not possible.
Possible causes are that frequency, level, scrambling code, Invert Q
values are set incorrectly, or the input signal is invalid.

Sync OK

This message is displayed if synchronization is possible.

Incorrect pilot symbols

This message is displayed if one or more of the received pilot symbols
are not equal to the specified pilot symbols of the 3GPP standard.
Possible causes are:
Incorrectly sent pilot symbols in the received frame.
Low signal to noise ratio (SNR) of the WCDMA signal.
One or more code channels have a significantly lower power level
compared to the total power. The incorrect pilots are detected in these
channels because of low channel SNR.
One or more channels are sent with high power ramping. In slots with
low relative power to total power, the pilot symbols might be detected
incorrectly (check the signal quality by using the symbol constellation
display).

1300.2519.12

9.9

E-11

WLAN TX Measurements Option Messages (K91/K91n)

R&S FSL

WLAN TX Measurements Option Messages (K91/K91n)
The list of possible warning & error messages is shown below.
This option is available from firmware version 1.20.

Status bar message

Description

Gate length too small – must be greater than 1

This message is only displayed for the FFT measurement. This
message indicates that there are no samples contained within the
gating lines. Increase the Gate length and then, in the sweep menu,
press the Refresh softkey to remove this error.

No valid analyzed bursts within gating lines

This message is only displayed for the PVT measurement. This
message indicates that there are no complete & valid bursts contained
within the gating lines. Increase the Gate length and then, in the sweep
menu, press the Refresh softkey to remove this error.

No bursts found

This message is displayed if no valid burst was detected in the input
data. To correct this problem check the following:
The connections between the DUT and analyzer are correct.
The input signal is of a sufficient level.
The capture time is long enough to capture at least one complete burst.
If running with a Free Run trigger then the capture time must be greater
than the burst length (ideally at least twice the burst length) to ensure
that a complete burst is recorded.
Check that the demod settings are correct.

No bursts of desired type to analyze

This message is displayed if bursts are found, but none of desired type
to analyse. Check that the setting for Burst Type is correct.

No signal found

This message is displayed when an automatic level detection
measurement is executed and the measured signal level is lower the
permitted minimum value.

No power trigger for Spectrum Mask ETSI

This message is displayed when the Spectrum Mask ETSI
measurement is selected whilst the trigger is set to power. No action is
required as the trigger is automatically set to Free Run in this case.

Signal overload detected

This message is displayed when the OVLD enhancement label is
displayed and indicates that the input mixer is overloaded. If this
message is displayed then try increasing the setting for the Signal
Level parameter (or settings Auto Level). If this does not clear the
problem then an external attenuation may need to be applied.

1300.2519.12

9.10

E-11

R&S FSL

WiMAX OFDM, OFDMA Measurements Option Messages (K92/K93)

WiMAX IEEE 802.16 OFDM, OFDMA Measurements Option
Messages (K92/K93)
The list of possible warning & error messages for the WiMAX IEEE 802.16 OFDM, OFDMA
Measurements option (R&S FSL–K92/K93) is shown below.
The WiMAX IEEE 802.16 OFDM, OFDMA Measurements option (R&S FSL–K92/K93) includes the
functionality of the WiMAX 802.16 OFDM Measurements option (R&S FSL–K92). Accordingly both
options are described together in this section. The options are available from firmware version 1.40
(R&S FSL–K92) and 1.50 (R&S FSL–K93).

Status bar message

Description

Gate length too small – must be greater than 1

This message is only displayed for the FFT measurement. This
message indicates that there are no samples contained within the
gating lines. Increase the Gate length and then, in the sweep menu,
press the Refresh softkey to remove this error.

No valid analyzed bursts within gating lines

This message is only displayed for the PVT measurement. This
message indicates that there are no complete & valid bursts contained
within the gating lines. Increase the Gate length and then, in the sweep
menu, press the Refresh softkey to remove this error.

No bursts found

This message is displayed if no valid burst was detected in the input
data. To correct this problem check the following:
The connections between the DUT and analyzer are correct.
The input signal is of a sufficient level.
The capture time is long enough to capture at least one complete burst.
If running with a Free Run trigger then the capture time must be greater
than the burst length (ideally at least twice the burst length) to ensure
that a complete burst is recorded.
Check that the demodulation settings are correct.

No bursts of desired type to analyze

This message is displayed if bursts are found, but none of desired type
to analyze. Check that the setting for Burst Type is correct.

No signal found

This message is displayed when an automatic level detection
measurement is executed and the measured signal level is lower the
permitted minimum value.

Signal overload detected

This message is displayed when the OVLD enhancement label is
displayed and indicates that the input mixer is overloaded. If this
message is displayed then try increasing the setting for the Signal
Level parameter (or settings Auto Level). If this does not clear the
problem then an external attenuation may need to be applied.

The Zone marked for Analysis is not setup
correctly (R&S FSL–K93 only)

This message is displayed when there are configuration errors in the
frame setup. Check the zone/segment map and burst map for any
highlighted errors.

1300.2519.12

9.11

E-11

R&S FSL

Alphabetical List of Remote Commands

Alphabetical List of Remote Commands
*
*CAL? ..................................................................................................................................................... 6.6
*CLS ....................................................................................................................................................... 6.6
*ESE ....................................................................................................................................................... 6.6
*ESR? ..................................................................................................................................................... 6.7
*IDN? ...................................................................................................................................................... 6.7
*IST?....................................................................................................................................................... 6.7
*OPC....................................................................................................................................................... 6.7
*OPT? ..................................................................................................................................................... 6.7
*PCB ....................................................................................................................................................... 6.8
*PRE ....................................................................................................................................................... 6.8
*PSC ....................................................................................................................................................... 6.8
*RST ....................................................................................................................................................... 6.8
*SRE ....................................................................................................................................................... 6.8
*STB? ..................................................................................................................................................... 6.8
*TRG....................................................................................................................................................... 6.9
*TST?...................................................................................................................................................... 6.9
*WAI ....................................................................................................................................................... 6.9
A
ABORt................................................................................................................................................... 6.10
C
CALCulate<1|2>: UNIT:ANGLe (K7) .................................................................................................. 6.294
CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:CARRiers:S1IFoffset:LOWer (K20)........................................................ 6.413
CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:CARRiers:S1IFoffset:UPPer (K20)......................................................... 6.414
CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:CARRiers:S1PRelative:LOWer (K20) .................................................... 6.414
CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:CARRiers:S1PRelative:UPPer (K20) ..................................................... 6.415
CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:CARRiers:S2IFoffset:LOWer (K20)........................................................ 6.415
CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:CARRiers:S2IFoffset:UPPer (K20)......................................................... 6.415
CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:CARRiers:S2PRelative:LOWer (K20) .................................................... 6.416
CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:CARRiers:S2PRelative:UPPer (K20) ..................................................... 6.416
CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:CARRiers:VCFoffse:LOWer (K20) ......................................................... 6.416
CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:CARRiers:VCFoffse:UPPer (K20) .......................................................... 6.417
CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:CARRiers:VCPabsolute:LOWer (K20) ................................................... 6.417
CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:CARRiers:VCPabsolute:UPPer (K20) .................................................... 6.417
CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:CN:CN[:LOWer] (K20)............................................................................ 6.418
CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:CSO:CSO[:LOWer] (K20) ...................................................................... 6.418
CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:CTB:CTB[:LOWer] (K20)........................................................................ 6.418
CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:HUM:HUM:LOWer (K20)........................................................................ 6.419
CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:HUM:HUM:UPPer (K20)......................................................................... 6.419
CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:CARRiers:S1IFoffset:LOWer? (K20) ......................................... 6.423
CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:CARRiers:S1IFoffset:UPPer? (K20) .......................................... 6.424
CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:CARRiers:S1PRelative:LOWer? (K20) ...................................... 6.424
CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:CARRiers:S1PRelative:UPPer? (K20) ....................................... 6.425
CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:CARRiers:S2IFoffset:LOWer? (K20) ......................................... 6.425
CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:CARRiers:S2IFoffset:UPPer? (K20) .......................................... 6.425
CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:CARRiers:S2PRelative:LOWer? (K20) ...................................... 6.426
CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:CARRiers:S2PRelative:UPPer? (K20) ....................................... 6.426
CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:CARRiers:VCFoffse:LOWer? (K20)........................................... 6.427
CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:CARRiers:VCFoffse:UPPer? (K20)............................................ 6.427
CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:CARRiers:VCPabsolute:LOWer? (K20) ..................................... 6.427
1300.2519.12

Index 1

E-10

Alphabetical List of Remote Commands

R&S FSL

CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:CARRiers:VCPabsolute:UPPer? (K20) ...................................... 6.428
CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:CN:CN[:LOWer]? (K20).............................................................. 6.428
CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:CSO:CSO[:LOWer]? (K20) ........................................................ 6.429
CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:CTB:CTB[:LOWer]? (K20) ......................................................... 6.429
CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:HUM:HUM:LOWer? (K20).......................................................... 6.429
CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:HUM:HUM:UPPer? (K20)........................................................... 6.430
CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:VMODulation:MDEPth:LOWer? (K20) ....................................... 6.430
CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:VMODulation:MDEPth:UPPer? (K20) ........................................ 6.431
CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:VMODulation:RPC:LOWer? (K20) ............................................. 6.431
CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:VMODulation:RPC:UPPer? (K20) .............................................. 6.432
CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:VMODulation:VCPower:LOWer? (K20) ..................................... 6.432
CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:RESult:VMODulation:VCPower:UPPer? (K20) ...................................... 6.433
CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:VMODulation:MDEPth:LOWer (K20) ..................................................... 6.420
CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:VMODulation:MDEPth:UPPer (K20) ...................................................... 6.420
CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:VMODulation:RPC:LOWer (K20) ........................................................... 6.420
CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:VMODulation:RPC:UPPer (K20) ............................................................ 6.421
CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:VMODulation:VCPower:LOWer (K20).................................................... 6.421
CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:LIMit:VMODulation:VCPower:UPPer (K20)..................................................... 6.422
CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:RESult:CARRiers (K20) .................................................................................. 6.434
CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:RESult:CN (K20) ............................................................................................. 6.435
CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:RESult:CSO (K20)........................................................................................... 6.435
CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:RESult:CTB (K20) ........................................................................................... 6.436
CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:RESult:HUM (K20) .......................................................................................... 6.437
CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:RESult:VMODulation (K20) ............................................................................. 6.437
CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:UNIT:POWer:HUM (K20)................................................................................ 6.438
CALCulate<1|2>:ATV:UNIT:POWer:VCPabsolute (K20) ................................................................... 6.438
CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:ACLR[:LIST]? (K8) ..................................................................................... 6.335
CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:ACLR:EXCeptions? (K8) ........................................................................... 6.335
CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:CFDRift[:MAXimum]? (K8) ........................................................................ 6.336
CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:CFDRift:RATE? (K8).................................................................................. 6.336
CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:CFStability:COUNt? ................................................................................... 6.337
CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:CFStability:DEVM:[RMS]? ......................................................................... 6.337
CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:CFStability:DEVM:D99Pct? ....................................................................... 6.338
CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:CFStability:DEVM:DPCT? ......................................................................... 6.338
CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:CFStability:DEVM:PEAK?.......................................................................... 6.339
CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:CFStability:FERRor:[TOTal]?..................................................................... 6.339
CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:CFStability:FERRor:BLOCk? ..................................................................... 6.340
CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:CFStability:FERRor:INITial? ...................................................................... 6.340
CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:DPENcoding:[TOTal]? ............................................................................... 6.341
CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:DPENcoding:BER? .................................................................................... 6.341
CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:DPENcoding:NERRor? .............................................................................. 6.342
CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:IBSemissions:[List]? .................................................................................. 6.342
CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:IBSemissions:EXCeptions? ....................................................................... 6.343
CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:IBSemissions:HADJacent?........................................................................ 6.343
CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:IBSemissions:TXReference?..................................................................... 6.344
CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:ICFTolerance? (K8) ................................................................................... 6.345
CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:MCHar:DF<1|2>:AVERage? (K8) .............................................................. 6.345
CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:MCHar:DF<1|2>:MAXimum? (K8) ............................................................. 6.346
CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:MCHar:DF2:PERCent? (K8) ...................................................................... 6.347
CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:MCHar:RATio? (K8)................................................................................... 6.347
CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:OPOWer[:PEAK]? (K8).............................................................................. 6.348
CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:OPOWer:AVERage? (K8) ......................................................................... 6.348
CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:PLENgth? (K8)........................................................................................... 6.349
CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:PTYPe? (K8).............................................................................................. 6.350
CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:RTPower:[DPSK]? ..................................................................................... 6.350
CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:RTPower:GFSK? ....................................................................................... 6.351
CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:RTPower:RATio?....................................................................................... 6.351
CALCulate<1|2>:BTOoth:STATus? (K8) ............................................................................................ 6.352
CALCulate<1|2>:BURSt[:IMMediate] (K91)........................................................................................ 6.673
1300.2519.12

Index 2

E-10

R&S FSL

Alphabetical List of Remote Commands

CALCulate<1|2>:BURSt[:IMMediate] (K92/K93) ................................................................................ 6.758
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>[:STATe] .................................................................................. 6.12
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:AOFF ...................................................................................... 6.13
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion:CPICh (K72) ............................................. 6.567, 6.573
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion:FIXed[:STATe]....................................................... 6.13
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion:FIXed:RPOint:MAXimum[:PEAK] .......................... 6.14
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion:FIXed:RPOint:X ..................................................... 6.14
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion:FIXed:RPOint:Y ..................................................... 6.15
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion:FIXed:RPOint:Y:OFFSet........................................ 6.15
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion:PCCPch (K72) .......................................... 6.567, 6.574
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion:PNOise[:STATe] .................................................... 6.16
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:FUNCtion:PNOise:RESult? .................................................... 6.16
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MAXimum[:PEAK] .................................................................. 6.17
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MAXimum:LEFT ..................................................................... 6.17
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MAXimum:NEXT .................................................................... 6.17
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MAXimum:RIGHt.................................................................... 6.18
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MINimum[:PEAK] ................................................................... 6.18
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MINimum:LEFT ...................................................................... 6.19
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MINimum:NEXT ..................................................................... 6.19
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MINimum:RIGHt ..................................................................... 6.19
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:MODE..................................................................................... 6.20
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:SPECtrogram:FRAMe (K14) ................................................ 6.391
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:SPECtrogram:SARea (K14) ................................................. 6.391
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:SPECtrogram:XY:MAXimum[:PEAK] (K14) ......................... 6.391
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:SPECtrogram:XY:MINimum[:PEAK] (K14)........................... 6.392
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:SPECtrogram:Y:MAXimum[:PEAK] (K14)............................ 6.392
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:SPECtrogram:Y:MAXimum:ABOVe (K14) ........................... 6.393
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:SPECtrogram:Y:MAXimum:BELow (K14) ............................ 6.393
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:SPECtrogram:Y:MAXimum:NEXT (K14).............................. 6.393
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:SPECtrogram:Y:MINimum[:PEAK] (K14) ............................. 6.394
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:SPECtrogram:Y:MINimum:ABOVe (K14)............................. 6.394
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:SPECtrogram:Y:MINimum:BELow (K14) ............................. 6.395
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:SPECtrogram:Y:MINimum:NEXT (K14) ............................... 6.395
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:TRACe.................................................................................... 6.20
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:TRACe (K20) ........................................................................ 6.440
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:X ............................................................................................. 6.21
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:X:RELative?............................................................................ 6.21
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:Y? ........................................................................................... 6.22
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:Y? (K20) ............................................................................... 6.440
CALCulate<1|2>:DELTamarker<1...4>:Y? (K8) ................................................................................. 6.353
CALCulate<1|2>:DLINe<1|2> ............................................................................................................... 6.23
CALCulate<1|2>:DLINe<1|2>:STATe................................................................................................... 6.23
CALCulate<1|2>:DTV:RESult (K20) ................................................................................................... 6.459
CALCulate<1|2>:DTV:UNIT:POWer:EPATtern (K20) ........................................................................ 6.461
CALCulate<1|2>:DTV:UNIT:POWer:EVMPeak (K20)........................................................................ 6.461
CALCulate<1|2>:DTV:UNIT:POWer:EVMRms (K20)......................................................................... 6.462
CALCulate<1|2>:DTV:UNIT:POWer:MERPeak (K20)........................................................................ 6.462
CALCulate<1|2>:DTV:UNIT:POWer:MERRms (K20) ........................................................................ 6.463
CALCulate<1|2>:ESPectrum:PSEarch|:PEAKsearch:PSHow.............................................................. 6.25
CALCulate<1|2>:ESPectrum:PSEarch|PEAKsearch:AUTO................................................................. 6.24
CALCulate<1|2>:ESPectrum:PSEarch|PEAKsearch:MARGin ............................................................. 6.24
CALCulate<1|2>:FLINe<1|2>................................................................................................................ 6.25
CALCulate<1|2>:FLINe<1|2>:STATe ................................................................................................... 6.26
CALCulate<1|2>:FORMat (K7) ........................................................................................................... 6.287
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1 ... 8>:CONTrol:SPACing............................................................................... 6.43
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1 ... 8>:ESPectrum:PCLass<1…4>:COUNt .................................................... 6.45
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1 ... 8>:ESPectrum:PCLass<1…4>:STATe .................................................... 6.45
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...6>:CONTrol[:DATA] (K30)........................................................................ 6.526
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...6>:CONTrol:SHIFt (K30) .......................................................................... 6.526
1300.2519.12

Index 3

E-10

Alphabetical List of Remote Commands

R&S FSL

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...6>:COPY (K30) ........................................................................................ 6.524
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...6>:DELete (K30)....................................................................................... 6.524
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...6>:FAIL? (K30) ......................................................................................... 6.524
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...6>:LOWer[:DATA] (K30) .......................................................................... 6.527
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...6>:LOWer:SHIFt (K30)............................................................................. 6.527
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...6>:LOWer:STATe (K30)........................................................................... 6.527
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...6>:NAME (K30) ........................................................................................ 6.524
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...6>:STATe (K30) ....................................................................................... 6.524
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...6>:UPPer[:DATA] (K30) ........................................................................... 6.528
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...6>:UPPer:SHIFt (K30).............................................................................. 6.528
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...6>:UPPer:STATe (K30)............................................................................ 6.528
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower[:STATe] ................................................................................. 6.33
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:ACHannel[:RELative] ............................................................ 6.33
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:ACHannel[:RELative]:STATe ................................................ 6.34
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:ACHannel:ABSolute .............................................................. 6.35
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:ACHannel:ABSolute:STATe.................................................. 6.35
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:ACHannel:RESult?................................................................ 6.36
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:ALTernate<1|2>[:RELative]................................................... 6.37
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:ALTernate<1|2>[:RELative]:STATe....................................... 6.37
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:ALTernate<1|2>:ABSolute .................................................... 6.38
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:ALTernate<1|2>:ABSolute:STATe ........................................ 6.39
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACPower:ALTernate<1|2>:RESult? ...................................................... 6.40
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ACTive?................................................................................................. 6.29
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:CLEar[:IMMediate] ................................................................................ 6.29
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:COMMent .............................................................................................. 6.29
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:CONTrol[:DATA].................................................................................... 6.41
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:CONTrol:DOMain .................................................................................. 6.41
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:CONTrol:MODE .................................................................................... 6.42
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:CONTrol:OFFSet................................................................................... 6.42
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:CONTrol:SHIFt ...................................................................................... 6.43
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:COPY .................................................................................................... 6.30
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:DELete .................................................................................................. 6.30
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ESPectrum:MODE (K72)..................................................................... 6.570
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ESPectrum:MODE (K82)..................................................................... 6.599
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ESPectrum:MODE (K84)..................................................................... 6.636
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ESPectrum:RESTore (K72) ................................................................ 6.570
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ESPectrum:RESTore (K82) ................................................................ 6.599
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ESPectrum:RESTore (K84) ................................................................ 6.636
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ESPectrum:TRANsition (K72) ............................................................. 6.571
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ESPectrum:VALue (K72)..................................................................... 6.571
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ESPectrum:VALue (K82)..................................................................... 6.600
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:ESPectrum:VALue (K84)..................................................................... 6.637
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:FAIL?..................................................................................................... 6.31
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:FAIL? (K91) ......................................................................................... 6.675
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:FAIL? (K92/K93).................................................................................. 6.760
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:LOWer[:DATA] ...................................................................................... 6.47
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:LOWer:MARGin .................................................................................... 6.49
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:LOWer:MODE ....................................................................................... 6.49
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:LOWer:OFFSet ..................................................................................... 6.48
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:LOWer:SHIFt......................................................................................... 6.49
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:LOWer:SPACing ................................................................................... 6.50
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:LOWer:STATe....................................................................................... 6.48
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:LOWer:THReshold................................................................................ 6.50
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:NAME .................................................................................................... 6.31
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:STATe ................................................................................................... 6.31
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:TRACe................................................................................................... 6.32
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:TRACe (K30)....................................................................................... 6.525
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UNIT ...................................................................................................... 6.32
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UPPer[:DATA] ....................................................................................... 6.51
1300.2519.12

Index 4

E-10

R&S FSL

Alphabetical List of Remote Commands

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UPPer:MARGin ..................................................................................... 6.52
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UPPer:MODE ........................................................................................ 6.52
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UPPer:OFFSet ...................................................................................... 6.52
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UPPer:SHIFt.......................................................................................... 6.53
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UPPer:SPACing .................................................................................... 6.53
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UPPer:STATe........................................................................................ 6.54
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1...8>:UPPer:THReshold................................................................................. 6.54
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:ACPower:ACHannel (K91) ....................................................................... 6.675
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:ACPower:ALTernate? (K91)..................................................................... 6.676
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt: BERPilot [:AVERage] (K93)......................................................... 6.761
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt: BERPilot [:AVERage]:RESult? (K93) .......................................... 6.762
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:ALL (K91) ..................................................................................... 6.676
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:ALL (K92/K93) .............................................................................. 6.760
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:ALL:RESUlt (K91) ........................................................................ 6.677
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:ALL:RESult? (K92/K93)................................................................ 6.761
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:BERPilot:MAXimum (K93)............................................................ 6.762
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:BERPilot:MAXimum:RESult? (K93) ............................................. 6.763
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:EVM[:AVERage] (K91) ................................................................. 6.677
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:EVM[:AVERage]:RESult? (K91) ................................................... 6.677
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:EVM:ALL[:AVERage] (K91).......................................................... 6.678
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:EVM:ALL[:AVERage] (K92/K93) .................................................. 6.763
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:EVM:ALL[:AVERage]:RESult? (K91)............................................ 6.678
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:EVM:ALL[:AVERage]:RESult? (K92/K93) .................................... 6.763
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:EVM:ALL:MAXimum (K91)........................................................... 6.679
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:EVM:ALL:MAXimum (K92/K93) ................................................... 6.764
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:EVM:ALL:MAXimum:RESult? (K91)............................................. 6.679
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:EVM:ALL:MAXimum:RESult? (K92/K93) ..................................... 6.764
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:EVM:DATA[:AVERage] (K91) ...................................................... 6.679
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:EVM:DATA[:AVERage] (K92/K93) ............................................... 6.765
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:EVM:DATA[:AVERage]:RESult? (K91) ........................................ 6.680
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:EVM:DATA[:AVERage]:RESult? (K92/K93) ................................. 6.765
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:EVM:DATA:MAXimum (K91) ....................................................... 6.680
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:EVM:DATA:MAXimum (K92/K93) ................................................ 6.766
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:EVM:DATA:MAXimum:RESult? (K91) ......................................... 6.681
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:EVM:DATA:MAXimum:RESult? (K92/K93) .................................. 6.766
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:EVM:MAXimum (K91) .................................................................. 6.681
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:EVM:MAXimum:RESult? (K91) .................................................... 6.681
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:EVM:PILot[:AVERage] (K91)........................................................ 6.682
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:EVM:PILot[:AVERage]:RESult? (K91).......................................... 6.682
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:EVM:PILot:MAXimum (K91)......................................................... 6.683
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:EVM:PILot:MAXimum:RESult? (K91)........................................... 6.683
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:FERRor[:AVERage] (K91)............................................................ 6.683
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:FERRor[:AVERage] (K92/K93) .................................................... 6.766
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:FERRor[:AVERage]:RESult? (K91).............................................. 6.684
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:FERRor[:AVERage]:RESult? (K92/K93) ...................................... 6.767
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:FERRor:MAXimum (K91)............................................................. 6.684
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:FERRor:MAXimum (K92/K93) ..................................................... 6.767
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:FERRor:MAXimum:RESult? (K91)............................................... 6.684
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:FERRor:MAXimum:RESult? (K92/K93) ....................................... 6.768
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:IQOFfset[:AVERage] (K91) .......................................................... 6.685
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:IQOFfset[:AVERage] (K92/K93)................................................... 6.768
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:IQOFfset[:AVERage]:RESult? (K91) ............................................ 6.685
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:IQOFfset[:AVERage]:RESult? (K92/K93)..................................... 6.769
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:IQOFfset:MAXimum (K91) ........................................................... 6.685
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:IQOFfset:MAXimum (K92/K93).................................................... 6.769
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:IQOFfset:MAXimum:RESult? (K91) ............................................. 6.686
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:IQOFfset:MAXimum:RESult? (K92/K93)...................................... 6.769
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:SSTiming[:AVERage] (K92/K93).................................................. 6.770
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:SSTiming[:AVERage]:RESult? (K92/K93).................................... 6.770
1300.2519.12

Index 5

E-10

Alphabetical List of Remote Commands

R&S FSL

CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:SSTiming:MAXimum (K92/K93)................................................... 6.771
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:SSTiming:MAXimum:RESult? (K92/K93)..................................... 6.771
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:SYMBolerror[:AVERage] (K91) .................................................... 6.686
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:SYMBolerror[:AVERage] (K92/K93) ............................................. 6.771
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:SYMBolerror[:AVERage]:RESult? (K91) ...................................... 6.686
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:SYMBolerror[:AVERage]:RESult? (K92/K93)............................... 6.772
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:SYMBolerror:MAXimum (K91) ..................................................... 6.687
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:SYMBolerror:MAXimum (K92/K93) .............................................. 6.772
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:SYMBolerror:MAXimum:RESult? (K91) ....................................... 6.687
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:SYMBolerror:MAXimum:RESult? (K92/K93)................................ 6.773
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:TFALl[:AVERage] (K91) ............................................................... 6.687
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:TFALl[:AVERage]:RESult? (K91) ................................................. 6.688
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:TFALl:MAXimum (K91) ................................................................ 6.688
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:TFALl:MAXimum:RESult? (K91) .................................................. 6.688
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:TRISe[:AVERage] (K91)............................................................... 6.689
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:TRISe[:AVERage]:RESult (K91) .................................................. 6.689
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:TRISe:MAXimum (K91)................................................................ 6.689
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:BURSt:TRISe:MAXimum:RESult? (K91) ................................................. 6.690
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:SPECtrum:MASK:CHECk:X (K91) ........................................................... 6.690
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:SPECtrum:MASK:CHECk:X? (K92/K93) ................................................. 6.773
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:SPECtrum:MASK:CHECk:Y (K91) ........................................................... 6.690
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1>:SPECtrum:MASK:CHECk:Y? (K92/K93).................................................. 6.774
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1…8>:ESPectrum:LIMits ................................................................................. 6.46
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1…8>:ESPectrum:PCLass<1…4>[:EXCLusive] ............................................. 6.44
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1…8>:ESPectrum:PCLass<1…4>:MAXimum ................................................ 6.45
CALCulate<1|2>:LIMit<1…8>:ESPectrum:PCLass<1…4>:MINimum.................................................. 6.44
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>[:STATe] ........................................................................................... 6.56
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:AOFF ............................................................................................... 6.56
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:COUNt ............................................................................................. 6.56
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:COUNt:FREQuency? ...................................................................... 6.57
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:COUNt:RESolution .......................................................................... 6.58
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:CDPower[:BTS]:RESult? (K82) .................................... 6.601
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:CENTer........................................................................... 6.70
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:CSTep............................................................................. 6.71
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:DEModulation[:STATe] ................................................... 6.69
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:DEModulation:CONTinuous ........................................... 6.69
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:DEModulation:HOLDoff .................................................. 6.69
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:DEModulation:SELect..................................................... 6.70
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:FPEaks[:IMMediate] ....................................................... 6.71
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:FPEaks:COUNt? ............................................................ 6.72
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:FPEaks:SORT ................................................................ 6.72
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:FPEaks:X?...................................................................... 6.73
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:FPEaks:Y?...................................................................... 6.73
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:HARMonics[:STATe] ...................................................... 6.82
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:HARMonics:BANDwidth:AUTO ...................................... 6.82
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:HARMonics:DISTortion?................................................. 6.83
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:HARMonics:LIST? .......................................................... 6.84
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:HARMonics:NHARmonics .............................................. 6.84
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:HARMonics:PRESet ....................................................... 6.85
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:MDEPth:[:STATe] ........................................................... 6.74
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:MDEPth:RESult? ............................................................ 6.74
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:MDEPth:SEARchsignal ONCE ....................................... 6.75
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:NDBDown ....................................................................... 6.75
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:NDBDown:FREQuency? ................................................ 6.76
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:NDBDown:QFACtor........................................................ 6.76
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:NDBDown:RESult?......................................................... 6.77
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:NDBDown:STATe........................................................... 6.77
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:NDBDown:TIME? ........................................................... 6.78
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:NOISe[:STATe]............................................................... 6.78
1300.2519.12

Index 6

E-10

R&S FSL

Alphabetical List of Remote Commands

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:NOISe:RESult?............................................................... 6.79
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:PICH (K82) ................................................................... 6.601
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:REFerence...................................................................... 6.79
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:SUMMary:REFerence:AUTO........................................ 6.103
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:TDPIch (K82) ................................................................ 6.602
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:TOI[:STATe] ................................................................... 6.80
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:TOI:RESult?.................................................................... 6.80
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:TOI:SEARchsignal ONCE .............................................. 6.81
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:WCDPower[:BTS]:RESult? (K72)................................. 6.574
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:FUNCtion:ZOOM ............................................................................. 6.81
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:LOEXclude ...................................................................................... 6.58
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MAXimum[:PEAK] ........................................................................... 6.58
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MAXimum:AUTO............................................................................. 6.59
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MAXimum:LEFT .............................................................................. 6.59
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MAXimum:NEXT ............................................................................. 6.60
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MAXimum:RIGHt............................................................................. 6.60
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MINimum[:PEAK]............................................................................. 6.60
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MINimum:AUTO .............................................................................. 6.61
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MINimum:LEFT ............................................................................... 6.61
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MINimum:NEXT .............................................................................. 6.62
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:MINimum:RIGHt .............................................................................. 6.62
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:PEXCursion ..................................................................................... 6.63
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:PEXCursion (K7) ........................................................................... 6.288
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:PEXCursion (K8) ........................................................................... 6.354
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:SPECtrogram:FRAMe (K14) ......................................................... 6.396
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:SPECtrogram:SARea (K14) .......................................................... 6.397
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:SPECtrogram:XY:MAXimum[:PEAK] (K14) .................................. 6.397
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:SPECtrogram:XY:MINimum[:PEAK] (K14).................................... 6.397
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:SPECtrogram:Y:MAXimum[:PEAK] (K14)..................................... 6.398
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:SPECtrogram:Y:MAXimum:ABOVe (K14) .................................... 6.398
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:SPECtrogram:Y:MAXimum:BELow (K14) ..................................... 6.399
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:SPECtrogram:Y:MAXimum:NEXT (K14)....................................... 6.399
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:SPECtrogram:Y:MINimum[:PEAK] (K14) ...................................... 6.400
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:SPECtrogram:Y:MINimum:ABOVe (K14)...................................... 6.400
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:SPECtrogram:Y:MINimum:BELow (K14) ...................................... 6.401
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:SPECtrogram:Y:MINimum:NEXT (K14) ........................................ 6.401
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:TRACe............................................................................................. 6.63
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:TRACe (K20) ................................................................................. 6.465
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:X ...................................................................................................... 6.64
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:X (K91) .......................................................................................... 6.694
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:X:SLIMits[:STATe] ........................................................................... 6.64
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:X:SLIMits:LEFT ............................................................................... 6.65
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:X:SLIMits:RIGHT ............................................................................. 6.65
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:X:SSIZe ........................................................................................... 6.66
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:Y? .................................................................................................... 6.66
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:Y? (K7) .......................................................................................... 6.288
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:Y? (K8) .......................................................................................... 6.354
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1...4>:Y:PERCent ...................................................................................... 6.67
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>[:STATe] (K91)..................................................................................... 6.691
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>[:STATe] (K92/K93) ............................................................................. 6.775
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:AOFF (K91) ........................................................................................ 6.691
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:AOFF (K92/K93)................................................................................. 6.775
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:BSYMbol (K91) ................................................................................... 6.692
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:BURSt (K92/K93) ............................................................................... 6.776
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:CARRier (K91).................................................................................... 6.692
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:CARRier (K92/K93) ............................................................................ 6.776
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:FUNCtion:POWer:RESult[:CURRent]? (K91) .................................... 6.696
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:FUNCtion:POWer:RESult[:CURRent]? (K92/K93) ............................. 6.781
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:FUNCtion:POWer:RESult:MAXHold? (K91)....................................... 6.696
1300.2519.12

Index 7

E-10

Alphabetical List of Remote Commands

R&S FSL

CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:FUNCtion:POWer:RESult:MAXHold? (K92/K93) ............................... 6.782
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:FUNCtion:ZOOM (K91) ...................................................................... 6.697
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:FUNCtion:ZOOM (K92/K93)............................................................... 6.782
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:MAXimum (K91) ................................................................................. 6.693
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:MAXimum[:PEAK] (K92/K93) ............................................................. 6.777
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:MINimum (K91) .................................................................................. 6.693
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:MINimum[:PEAK] (K92/K93) .............................................................. 6.777
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:SYMBol (K91) ..................................................................................... 6.693
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:SYMBol (K92/K93).............................................................................. 6.777
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:TRACe (K91) ...................................................................................... 6.694
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:TRACe (K92/K93)............................................................................... 6.778
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:TTCapture? (K93) .............................................................................. 6.779
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:X (K92/K93) ........................................................................................ 6.779
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:Y (K91) ............................................................................................... 6.695
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer<1>:Y? (K92/K93) ...................................................................................... 6.780
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:ADEMod:AFRequency[:RESult<1...4>]? (K7).......................... 6.289
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:ADEMod:AM[:RESult<1...4>]? (K7) ......................................... 6.290
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:ADEMod:CARRier[:RESult<1...6>]? (K7) ................................ 6.290
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:ADEMod:FERRor[:RESult<1...6>]? (K7) ................................. 6.291
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:ADEMod:FM[:RESult<1...6>]? (K7) ......................................... 6.291
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:ADEMod:PM[:RESult]? (K7) .................................................... 6.292
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:ADEMod:SINad:RESult<1...6>? (K7) ...................................... 6.293
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:ADEMod:THD:RESult<1...6>? (K7) ......................................... 6.293
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:MSUMmary? .............................................................................. 6.95
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:POWer[:STATe]......................................................................... 6.87
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:POWer:MODe]........................................................................... 6.87
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:POWer:PRESet ......................................................................... 6.88
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:POWer:RESult?......................................................................... 6.88
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:POWer:RESult:PHZ................................................................... 6.91
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:POWer:SELect .......................................................................... 6.91
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:STRack[:STATe]........................................................................ 6.93
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:STRack:BANDwidth................................................................... 6.93
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:STRack:BWIDth ........................................................................ 6.93
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:STRack:THReshold ................................................................... 6.94
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:STRack:TRACe ......................................................................... 6.94
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary[:STATe]..................................................................... 6.97
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:AOFF ........................................................................ 6.97
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:AVERage .................................................................. 6.97
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:MEAN[:STATe] ......................................................... 6.98
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:MEAN:AVERage:RESult?......................................... 6.98
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:MEAN:PHOLd:RESult?............................................. 6.99
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:MEAN:RESult?.......................................................... 6.99
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:MODE ..................................................................... 6.100
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:PHOLd .................................................................... 6.100
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:PPEak[:STATe]....................................................... 6.101
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:PPEak:AVERage:RESult? ...................................... 6.101
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:PPEak:PHOLd:RESult? .......................................... 6.102
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:PPEak:RESult?....................................................... 6.102
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:RMS[:STATe].......................................................... 6.103
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:RMS:AVERage:RESult? ......................................... 6.104
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:RMS:PHOLd:RESult? ............................................. 6.104
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:RMS:RESult? .......................................................... 6.105
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:SDEViation[:STATe] ............................................... 6.105
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:SDEViation:AVERage:RESult?............................... 6.106
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:SDEViation:PHOLd:RESult?................................... 6.106
CALCulate<1|2>:MARKer:FUNCtion:SUMMary:SDEViation:RESult?................................................ 6.107
CALCulate<1|2>:MATH[:EXPression][:DEFine] ................................................................................. 6.108
CALCulate<1|2>:MATH:MODE .......................................................................................................... 6.108
CALCulate<1|2>:MATH:POSition ....................................................................................................... 6.109
1300.2519.12

Index 8

E-10

R&S FSL

Alphabetical List of Remote Commands

CALCulate<1|2>:MATH:STATe.......................................................................................................... 6.109
CALCulate<1|2>:PMETer:RELative[:MAGNitude] (K9) ...................................................................... 6.378
CALCulate<1|2>:PMETer:RELative[:MAGNitude]:AUTO (K9) ........................................................... 6.378
CALCulate<1|2>:PMETer:RELative:STATe (K9) ............................................................................... 6.379
CALCulate<1|2>:PSEarch|PEAKsearch[:IMMediate] ......................................................................... 6.110
CALCulate<1|2>:PSEarch|PEAKsearch:AUTO.................................................................................. 6.110
CALCulate<1|2>:PSEarch|PEAKsearch:MARGin .............................................................................. 6.110
CALCulate<1|2>:PSEarch|PEAKsearch:PSHow ................................................................................ 6.110
CALCulate<1|2>:PSEarch|PEAKsearch:SUBRanges ........................................................................ 6.111
CALCulate<1|2>:SPECtrogram[:STATe] (K14) .................................................................................. 6.402
CALCulate<1|2>:SPECtrogram:CLEar[:IMMediate] (K14) ................................................................. 6.402
CALCulate<1|2>:SPECtrogram:COLor (K14)..................................................................................... 6.403
CALCulate<1|2>:SPECtrogram:CONTinuous (K14) .......................................................................... 6.403
CALCulate<1|2>:SPECtrogram:FRAMe:COUNt (K14) ...................................................................... 6.404
CALCulate<1|2>:SPECtrogram:FRAMe:SELect (K14) ...................................................................... 6.404
CALCulate<1|2>:SPECtrogram:HDEPth (K14) .................................................................................. 6.405
CALCulate<1|2>:SPECtrogram:SIZE (K14) ....................................................................................... 6.405
CALCulate<1|2>:SPECtrogram:TSTamp[:STATe] (K14) ................................................................... 6.406
CALCulate<1|2>:SPECtrogram:TSTamp:DATA (K14)....................................................................... 6.406
CALCulate<1|2>:THReshold .............................................................................................................. 6.117
CALCulate<1|2>:THReshold:STATe .................................................................................................. 6.117
CALCulate<1|2>:TLINe<1|2>.............................................................................................................. 6.118
CALCulate<1|2>:TLINe<1|2>:STATe ................................................................................................. 6.118
CALCulate<1|2>:UNIT:POWer ........................................................................................................... 6.119
CALCulate<1|2>:UNIT:POWer (K20) ................................................................................................. 6.468
CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:CFOFfset:LOWer (K20) .................................................................................. 6.442
CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:CFOFfset:UPPer (K20) ................................................................................... 6.442
CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:CHPower:LOWer (K20)................................................................................... 6.443
CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:CHPower:UPPer (K20).................................................................................... 6.442
CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:CSUPpression[:LOWer] (K20) ........................................................................ 6.443
CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:EVMPeak:LOWer] (K20) ................................................................................. 6.443
CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:EVMPeak:UPPer (K20) ................................................................................... 6.444
CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:EVMRms:LOWer (K20)................................................................................... 6.444
CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:EVMRms:UPPer (K20).................................................................................... 6.444
CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:IMBalance:LOWer (K20) ................................................................................. 6.445
CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:IMBalance:UPPer (K20) .................................................................................. 6.445
CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:MERPeak:LOWer (K20).................................................................................. 6.446
CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:MERPeak:UPPer (K20)................................................................................... 6.446
CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:MERRms:LOWer (K20) .................................................................................. 6.446
CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:MERRms:UPPer (K20) ................................................................................... 6.447
CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:PJITter[:UPPer] (K20) ..................................................................................... 6.447
CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:QERRor:LOWer (K20) .................................................................................... 6.448
CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:QERRor:UPPer (K20) ..................................................................................... 6.448
CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:RESult:CFOFfset:LOWer? (K20) .................................................................... 6.450
CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:RESult:CFOFfset:UPPer? (K20) ..................................................................... 6.451
CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:RESult:CHPower? (K20) ................................................................................. 6.451
CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:RESult:CSUPpression[:LOWer]? (K20) .......................................................... 6.451
CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:RESult:EVMPeak:LOWer? (K20).................................................................... 6.452
CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:RESult:EVMPeak:UPPer? (K20)..................................................................... 6.452
CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:RESult:EVMRms:LOWer? (K20) .................................................................... 6.453
CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:RESult:EVMRms:UPPer? (K20)...................................................................... 6.453
CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:RESult:IMBalance:LOWer? (K20)................................................................... 6.453
CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:RESult:IMBalance:UPPer? (K20).................................................................... 6.454
CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:RESult:MERPeak:LOWer? (K20).................................................................... 6.454
CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:RESult:MERPeak:UPPer? (K20)..................................................................... 6.455
CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:RESult:MERRms:LOWer? (K20) .................................................................... 6.455
CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:RESult:MERRms:UPPer? (K20) ..................................................................... 6.455
CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:RESult:PJITter[:UPPer]? (K20) ....................................................................... 6.456
CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:RESult:QERRor:LOWer? (K20) ...................................................................... 6.456
1300.2519.12

Index 9

E-10

Alphabetical List of Remote Commands

R&S FSL

CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:RESult:QERRor:UPPer? (K20) ....................................................................... 6.457
CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:RESult:SROFfset:LOWer? (K20) .................................................................... 6.457
CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:RESult:SROFfset:UPPer? (K20) ..................................................................... 6.458
CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:SROFfset:LOWer (K20) .................................................................................. 6.448
CALCulate:DTV:LIMit:SROFfset:UPPer (K20) ................................................................................... 6.449
CALCulate:MARKer:TRACe (K30) ..................................................................................................... 6.530
CALCulate:MARKer:Y? (K30)............................................................................................................. 6.530
CALCulate:STATistics:APD[:STATe] ................................................................................................. 6.112
CALCulate:STATistics:CCDF[:STATe]............................................................................................... 6.112
CALCulate:STATistics:NSAMples ...................................................................................................... 6.113
CALCulate:STATistics:PRESet .......................................................................................................... 6.113
CALCulate:STATistics:RESult<1...6>?............................................................................................... 6.114
CALCulate:STATistics:SCALe:AUTO................................................................................................. 6.114
CALCulate:STATistics:SCALe:X:RANGe........................................................................................... 6.115
CALCulate:STATistics:SCALe:X:RLEVel ........................................................................................... 6.115
CALCulate:STATistics:SCALe:Y:LOWer............................................................................................ 6.115
CALCulate:STATistics:SCALe:Y:UNIT ............................................................................................... 6.116
CALCulate:STATistics:SCALe:Y:UPPer............................................................................................. 6.116
CALibration[:ALL]?.............................................................................................................................. 6.120
CALibration:ABORt............................................................................................................................. 6.121
CALibration:PMETer:ZERO:AUTO (K9) ............................................................................................. 6.380
CALibration:RESult? ........................................................................................................................... 6.121
CALibration:STATe............................................................................................................................. 6.121
CONFigure:ATV:CN:MEASurement (K20) ......................................................................................... 6.469
CONFigure:ATV:CSO:MEASurement (K20) ...................................................................................... 6.470
CONFigure:ATV:CTB:MEASurement (K20) ....................................................................................... 6.470
CONFigure:ATV:MEASurement (K20) ............................................................................................... 6.471
CONFigure:BTOoth:ACLR:ACPairs (K8) ........................................................................................... 6.356
CONFigure:BTOoth:BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution] (K8)............................................................... 6.356
CONFigure:BTOoth:BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution]:AUTO (K8) ................................................... 6.357
CONFigure:BTOoth:BANDwidth|BWIDth:VIDeo (K8) ........................................................................ 6.357
CONFigure:BTOoth:BANDwidth|BWIDth:VIDeo:AUTO (K8) ............................................................. 6.358
CONFigure:BTOoth:CFSTability:BCOunt (K8) ................................................................................... 6.358
CONFigure:BTOoth:CHANnel (K8) .................................................................................................... 6.359
CONFigure:BTOoth:DETector<1...6> (K8)......................................................................................... 6.359
CONFigure:BTOoth:IBSemissions:ACPairs (K8) ............................................................................... 6.360
CONFigure:BTOoth:IBSemissions:GATE:AUTO (K8) ....................................................................... 6.360
CONFigure:BTOoth:MEASurement (K8)............................................................................................ 6.360
CONFigure:BTOoth:PBSCo (K8)........................................................................................................ 6.361
CONFigure:BTOoth:PCLass (K8)....................................................................................................... 6.361
CONFigure:BTOoth:POWer:AVERage:STARt (K8)........................................................................... 6.362
CONFigure:BTOoth:POWer:AVERage:STOP (K8)............................................................................ 6.362
CONFigure:BTOoth:PRATe (K8)........................................................................................................ 6.363
CONFigure:BTOoth:PTYPe (K8) ........................................................................................................ 6.363
CONFigure:BTOoth:RTPower:DAVerage:STARt (K8) ....................................................................... 6.364
CONFigure:BTOoth:RTPower:DAVerage:STOP (K8)........................................................................ 6.364
CONFigure:BTOoth:RTPower:GAVerage:STARt (K8)....................................................................... 6.364
CONFigure:BTOoth:RTPower:GAVerage:STOP (K8)........................................................................ 6.365
CONFigure:BTOoth:SWEep:COUNt (K8) .......................................................................................... 6.365
CONFigure:BTOoth:SWEep:TIME (K8) ............................................................................................. 6.366
CONFigure:BTOoth:SWEep:TIME:AUTO (K8) .................................................................................. 6.367
CONFigure:BTOoth:TRACe<1...6>:MODE (K8) ................................................................................ 6.367
CONFigure:BTOoth:TRACe<1...6>:SELect (K8)................................................................................ 6.368
CONFigure:BURSt:BSTReam:BURSt:SELect (K93) ......................................................................... 6.785
CONFigure:BURSt:BSTReam:FORMat:SELect (K93)....................................................................... 6.785
CONFigure:BURSt:BSTReam:SYMBol:SELect (K93)........................................................................ 6.786
CONFigure:BURSt:CONSt:CARRier:SELect (K91)............................................................................ 6.698
CONFigure:BURSt:CONSt:CCARrier[:IMMediate] (K91) ................................................................... 6.699
1300.2519.12

Index 10

E-10

R&S FSL

Alphabetical List of Remote Commands

CONFigure:BURSt:CONSt:CCARrier[:IMMediate] (K92/K93)............................................................ 6.787
CONFigure:BURSt:CONSt:CSYMbol[:IMMediate] (K91) ................................................................... 6.699
CONFigure:BURSt:CONSt:CSYMbol[:IMMediate] (K92/K93) ............................................................ 6.788
CONFigure:BURSt:CONSt:FORMat:SELect (K93) ............................................................................ 6.788
CONFigure:BURSt:EVM:ECARrier[:IMMediate] (K91) ....................................................................... 6.700
CONFigure:BURSt:EVM:ECARrier[:IMMediate] (K92/K93)................................................................ 6.789
CONFigure:BURSt:EVM:ESYMbol[:IMMediate] (K91) ....................................................................... 6.700
CONFigure:BURSt:EVM:ESYMbol[:IMMediate] (K92/K93) ................................................................ 6.789
CONFigure:BURSt:PREamble[:IMMediate] (K91).............................................................................. 6.700
CONFigure:BURSt:PREamble[:IMMediate] (K92/K93) ...................................................................... 6.790
CONFigure:BURSt:PREamble:SELect (K91) ..................................................................................... 6.701
CONFigure:BURSt:PREamble:SELect (K92/K93).............................................................................. 6.790
CONFigure:BURSt:PVT[:IMMediate] (K91) ........................................................................................ 6.701
CONFigure:BURSt:PVT[:IMMediate] (K92/K93)................................................................................. 6.790
CONFigure:BURSt:PVT:AVERage (K91) ........................................................................................... 6.701
CONFigure:BURSt:PVT:BURSt (K92/K93) ........................................................................................ 6.791
CONFigure:BURSt:PVT:RPOWer (K91) ............................................................................................ 6.702
CONFigure:BURSt:PVT:SELect (K91) ............................................................................................... 6.702
CONFigure:BURSt:PVT:SELect (K92/K93)........................................................................................ 6.791
CONFigure:BURSt:SPECtrum:ACPR[:IMMediate] (K91) ................................................................... 6.703
CONFigure:BURSt:SPECtrum:ACPR[:IMMediate] (K92/K93)............................................................ 6.792
CONFigure:BURSt:SPECtrum:ACPR:SELect (K92/K93)................................................................... 6.792
CONFigure:BURSt:SPECtrum:FFT[:IMMediate] (K91) ...................................................................... 6.703
CONFigure:BURSt:SPECtrum:FFT[:IMMediate] (K92/K93)............................................................... 6.792
CONFigure:BURSt:SPECtrum:FLATness[:IMMediate] (K91) ............................................................ 6.703
CONFigure:BURSt:SPECtrum:FLATness[:IMMediate] (K92/K93) ..................................................... 6.793
CONFigure:BURSt:SPECtrum:FLATness:SELect (K92/K93) ............................................................ 6.793
CONFigure:BURSt:SPECtrum:MASK[:IMMediate] (K91)................................................................... 6.704
CONFigure:BURSt:SPECtrum:MASK[:IMMediate] (K92/K93) ........................................................... 6.793
CONFigure:BURSt:SPECtrum:MASK:SELect (K91) .......................................................................... 6.704
CONFigure:BURSt:SPECtrum:MASK:SELect (K92/K93)................................................................... 6.794
CONFigure:BURSt:STATistics:BSTReam[:IMMediate] (K91) ............................................................ 6.704
CONFigure:BURSt:STATistics:BSTReam[:IMMediate] (K92/K93)..................................................... 6.794
CONFigure:BURSt:STATistics:BSUMmary[:IMMediate] (K92/K93) ................................................... 6.795
CONFigure:BURSt:STATistics:CCDF[:IMMediate] (K91)................................................................... 6.705
CONFigure:BURSt:STATistics:CCDF[:IMMediate] (K92/K93) ........................................................... 6.795
CONFigure:BURSt:STATistics:SFIeld[:IMMediate] (K91) .................................................................. 6.705
CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:BCLass (K82)........................................................................................ 6.608
CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:BCLass (K84)........................................................................................ 6.648
CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:CTABle[:STATe] (K82).......................................................................... 6.604
CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:CTABle[:STATe] (K84).......................................................................... 6.644
CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:CTABle:CATalog? (K82) ....................................................................... 6.605
CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:CTABle:CATalog? (K84) ....................................................................... 6.645
CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:CTABle:COMMent (K82) ...................................................................... 6.605
CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:CTABle:COMMent (K84) ...................................................................... 6.645
CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:CTABle:COPY (K82)............................................................................. 6.606
CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:CTABle:COPY (K84)............................................................................. 6.645
CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:CTABle:DATA (K82) ............................................................................. 6.606
CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:CTABle:DATA (K84) ............................................................................. 6.646
CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:CTABle:DELete (K82) ........................................................................... 6.607
CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:CTABle:DELete (K84) ........................................................................... 6.647
CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:CTABle:NAME (K82)............................................................................. 6.607
CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:CTABle:NAME (K84)............................................................................. 6.647
CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:CTABle:SELect (K82) ........................................................................... 6.608
CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:CTABle:SELect (K84) ........................................................................... 6.648
CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:MCARier[:STATe] (K82) ....................................................................... 6.609
CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:MCARier[:STATe] (K84) ....................................................................... 6.649
CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:MEASurement (K82) ............................................................................. 6.609
CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:MEASurement (K84) ............................................................................. 6.649
1300.2519.12

Index 11

E-10

Alphabetical List of Remote Commands

R&S FSL

CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:PVTime:BURSt ..................................................................................... 6.650
CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:PVTime:FREStart ................................................................................. 6.650
CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:PVTime:LIST[:STATe] .......................................................................... 6.651
CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:PVTime:LIST:RESult? .......................................................................... 6.651
CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:REVision ............................................................................................... 6.651
CONFigure:CDPower[:BTS]:RFSLot .................................................................................................. 6.652
CONFigure:CDPower:CTABle:RESTore (K82) .................................................................................. 6.610
CONFigure:CDPower:CTABle:RESTore (K84) .................................................................................. 6.648
CONFigure:CHANnel (K91)................................................................................................................ 6.705
CONFigure:CHANnel (K92/K93) ........................................................................................................ 6.795
CONFigure:CORRection (K30)........................................................................................................... 6.532
CONFigure:DTV:MEASurement (K20) ............................................................................................... 6.472
CONFigure:DTV:MEASurement:SATTenuation (K20) ....................................................................... 6.472
CONFigure:LIST:CONTinuous (K30) ................................................................................................. 6.533
CONFigure:LIST:SINGle (K30)........................................................................................................... 6.533
CONFigure:POWer:AUTO (K91)........................................................................................................ 6.706
CONFigure:POWer:AUTO (K92/K93) ................................................................................................ 6.796
CONFigure:POWer:AUTO:SWEep:TIME (K91)................................................................................. 6.706
CONFigure:POWer:AUTO:SWEep:TIME (K92/K93) ......................................................................... 6.796
CONFigure:POWer:EXPected:RF (K91) ............................................................................................ 6.706
CONFigure:POWer:EXPected:RF (K92/K93) .................................................................................... 6.796
CONFigure:SINGle (K30) ................................................................................................................... 6.533
CONFigure:STANdard (K91) .............................................................................................................. 6.707
CONFigure:STANdard (K92/K93)....................................................................................................... 6.797
CONFigure:TV:CTABle:SELect (K20) ................................................................................................ 6.473
CONFigure:TV:MEASurement (K20).................................................................................................. 6.473
CONFigure:WCDPower:[BTS]:MEASurement (K72) ......................................................................... 6.576
CONFigure:WIMax:DLSFrame:PINDex (K93) ................................................................................... 6.798
CONFigure:WIMax:DLSFrame:PMODe (K93) ................................................................................... 6.798
CONFigure:WIMax:FBANd (K92/K93) ............................................................................................... 6.799
CONFigure:WIMax:IGRatio (K92/K93)............................................................................................... 6.800
CONFigure:WIMax:LMODe (K92/K93)............................................................................................... 6.800
D
DIAGnostic<1|2>:SERVice:BIOSinfo?................................................................................................ 6.122
DIAGnostic<1|2>:SERVice:HWINfo? ................................................................................................. 6.122
DIAGnostic<1|2>:SERVice:INPut[:SELect]......................................................................................... 6.123
DIAGnostic<1|2>:SERVice:INPut:PULSed[:STATe] .......................................................................... 6.123
DIAGnostic<1|2>:SERVice:INPut:PULSed:PRATe ............................................................................ 6.124
DIAGnostic<1|2>:SERVice:NSOurce ................................................................................................. 6.124
DIAGnostic<1|2>:SERVice:SFUNction............................................................................................... 6.125
DIAGnostic<1|2>:SERVice:STESt:RESult?........................................................................................ 6.125
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:SIZE............................................................................................................ 6.130
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:SIZE (K7).................................................................................................... 6.295
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:SSELect (K82)............................................................................................ 6.611
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:SSELect (K84)............................................................................................ 6.653
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:SSELect (K91)............................................................................................ 6.709
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:SSELect (K92/K93) .................................................................................... 6.812
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TABLe (K91)............................................................................................... 6.710
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TABLe (K92/K93) ....................................................................................... 6.812
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TABLe:UNIT (K92/K93).............................................................................. 6.812
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TEXT[:DATA].............................................................................................. 6.131
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TEXT:STATe .............................................................................................. 6.131
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TIME ........................................................................................................... 6.132
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...4>[:STATe] (K20) .................................................................... 6.474
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...4>:MODE (K20) ....................................................................... 6.474
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...4>:MODE:FREeze[:STATe] .................................................... 6.474
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...4>:MODE:HCONtinuous (K20)................................................ 6.475
1300.2519.12

Index 12

E-10

R&S FSL

Alphabetical List of Remote Commands

DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...4>:Y[:SCALe] (K20) ................................................................. 6.475
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...4>:Y[:SCALe]:AUTO (K20)...................................................... 6.475
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...4>:Y[:SCALe]:MODE (K20) ..................................................... 6.475
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...4>:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel (K20).................................................... 6.476
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...4>:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel:OFFSet (K20) ...................................... 6.476
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...4>:Y[:SCALe]:RPOSition (K20) ............................................... 6.476
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...4>:Y:SPACing (K20)................................................................ 6.476
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>[:STATe] .............................................................................. 6.132
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:MODE................................................................................. 6.132
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:MODE (K72) ....................................................................... 6.577
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:MODE:HCONtinuous ......................................................... 6.133
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe]........................................................................... 6.134
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe]:MODE ............................................................... 6.135
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe]:PDIVision (K7) .................................................. 6.295
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe]:PDIVision (K72) ................................................ 6.577
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe]:PDIVision (K8) .................................................. 6.369
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel.............................................................. 6.135
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel:OFFSet ................................................ 6.135
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe]:RPOSition ......................................................... 6.136
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe]:RPOSition (K7) ................................................. 6.296
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe]:RPOSition (K8) ................................................. 6.369
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe]:RVALue ............................................................ 6.136
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe]:RVALue (K7)..................................................... 6.296
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe]:RVALue (K8)..................................................... 6.369
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y[:SCALe]:RVALue:AUTO ................................................. 6.137
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y:SPACing.......................................................................... 6.134
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1...6>:Y:SPACing (K7).................................................................. 6.296
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1…3>:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel? (K92/K93).......................................... 6.814
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1…3>:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel[:RF] (K92/K93) .................................... 6.814
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1…3>:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel:OFFSet (K92/K93) .............................. 6.815
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1…4>:Y[:SCALe]:AUTO (K91) ..................................................... 6.710
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1…4>:Y[:SCALe]:PDIVision (K91)................................................ 6.710
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1…4>:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel (K91) ................................................... 6.711
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe<1…6>:X:SPACing ......................................................................... 6.133
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe1:Y[:SCALe]:AUTO (K92/K93)........................................................ 6.813
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:TRACe1:Y[:SCALe]:PDIVision (K92/K93) .................................................. 6.813
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:ZOOM:EPATtern ........................................................................................ 6.476
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:ZOOM:EPATtern:STATe............................................................................ 6.477
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:ZOOM:MERRors ............................................................................. 6.477, 6.478
DISPlay[:WINDow<1|2>]:ZOOM:QUADrant ....................................................................................... 6.478
DISPlay[:WINDow<1>]:TABLe (K30).................................................................................................. 6.536
DISPlay[:WINDow<1>]:TRACe<1|2>[:STATe] (K30) ......................................................................... 6.536
DISPlay[:WINDow<1>]:TRACe<1|2>:SYMBols (K30) ........................................................................ 6.537
DISPlay[:WINDow<1>]:TRACe<1|2>:X[:SCALe] (K30) ...................................................................... 6.537
DISPlay[:WINDow<1>]:TRACe<1|2>:Y[:SCALe]:AUTO (K30) ........................................................... 6.537
DISPlay[:WINDow<1>]:TRACe<1|2>:Y[:SCALe]:BOTTom (K30) ...................................................... 6.538
DISPlay[:WINDow<1>]:TRACe<1|2>:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel (K30)......................................................... 6.539
DISPlay[:WINDow<1>]:TRACe<1|2>:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel:AUTO (K30).............................................. 6.539
DISPlay[:WINDow<1>]:TRACe<1|2>:Y[:SCALe]:TOP (K30) ............................................................. 6.539
DISPlay:ANNotation:FREQuency ....................................................................................................... 6.127
DISPlay:CMAP<1...26>:DEFault<1|2> ............................................................................................... 6.128
DISPlay:CMAP<1...26>:HSL .............................................................................................................. 6.128
DISPlay:CMAP<1...26>:PDEFined ..................................................................................................... 6.128
DISPlay:DATA:TRACe<1> (K30) ....................................................................................................... 6.535
DISPlay:FORMat ................................................................................................................................ 6.129
DISPlay:FORMat (K30)....................................................................................................................... 6.535
DISPlay:FORMat (K82)....................................................................................................................... 6.611
DISPlay:FORMat (K84)....................................................................................................................... 6.653
DISPlay:FORMat (K91)....................................................................................................................... 6.709
1300.2519.12

Index 13

E-10

Alphabetical List of Remote Commands

R&S FSL

DISPlay:FORMat (K92/K93) ............................................................................................................... 6.811
DISPlay:LOGO.................................................................................................................................... 6.129
DISPlay:PSAVe[:STATe] .................................................................................................................... 6.130
DISPlay:PSAVe:HOLDoff ................................................................................................................... 6.130
F
FETCh<1|2>:PMETer? (K9) ............................................................................................................... 6.381
FETCh:ARRay:MEMory<1...3>:NOISe:FIGure? (K30)....................................................................... 6.541
FETCh:ARRay:MEMory<1...3>:NOISe:GAIN? (K30) ......................................................................... 6.542
FETCh:ARRay:MEMory<1...3>:NOISe:TEMPerature? (K30) ............................................................ 6.542
FETCh:ARRay:NOISE:FIGure? (K30)................................................................................................ 6.543
FETCh:ARRay:NOISE:GAIN? (K30) .................................................................................................. 6.543
FETCh:ARRay:NOISE:TEMPerature? (K30)...................................................................................... 6.543
FETCh:BURSt:ALL? (K91) ................................................................................................................. 6.714
FETCh:BURSt:ALL? (K92/K93).......................................................................................................... 6.819
FETCh:BURSt:CINR? (K92/K93) ....................................................................................................... 6.819
FETCh:BURSt:COUNt? (K91) ............................................................................................................ 6.714
FETCh:BURSt:COUNt? (K92/K93)..................................................................................................... 6.820
FETCh:BURSt:CRESt[:AVERage?] (K91).......................................................................................... 6.715
FETCh:BURSt:CRESt:AVERage? (K92/K93) .................................................................................... 6.820
FETCh:BURSt:CRESt:MAXimum (K91)............................................................................................. 6.715
FETCh:BURSt:CRESt:MAXimum? (K92/K93) ................................................................................... 6.820
FETCh:BURSt:CRESt:MINimum (K91) .............................................................................................. 6.715
FETCh:BURSt:CRESt:MINimum? (K92/K93)..................................................................................... 6.820
FETCh:BURSt:EVM:[IEEE]:AVERage? (K91).................................................................................... 6.715
FETCh:BURSt:EVM:[IEEE]:MAXimum? (K91)................................................................................... 6.715
FETCh:BURSt:EVM:[IEEE]:MINimum? (K91) .................................................................................... 6.715
FETCh:BURSt:EVM:ALL:AVERage (K91).......................................................................................... 6.715
FETCh:BURSt:EVM:ALL:AVERage? (K92/K93) ................................................................................ 6.820
FETCh:BURSt:EVM:ALL:MAXimum (K91)......................................................................................... 6.715
FETCh:BURSt:EVM:ALL:MAXimum? (K92/K93) ............................................................................... 6.820
FETCh:BURSt:EVM:ALL:MINimum (K91).......................................................................................... 6.715
FETCh:BURSt:EVM:ALL:MINimum? (K92/K93) ................................................................................ 6.820
FETCh:BURSt:EVM:DATA:AVERage (K91) ...................................................................................... 6.716
FETCh:BURSt:EVM:DATA:AVERage? (K92/K93) ............................................................................. 6.821
FETCh:BURSt:EVM:DATA:MAXimum (K91) ..................................................................................... 6.716
FETCh:BURSt:EVM:DATA:MAXimum? (K92/K93) ............................................................................ 6.821
FETCh:BURSt:EVM:DATA:MINimum (K91)....................................................................................... 6.716
FETCh:BURSt:EVM:DATA:MINimum? (K92/K93) ............................................................................. 6.821
FETCh:BURSt:EVM:DIRect:AVERage? (K91) ................................................................................... 6.716
FETCh:BURSt:EVM:DIRect:MAXimum? (K91) .................................................................................. 6.716
FETCh:BURSt:EVM:DIRect:MINimum? (K91) ................................................................................... 6.716
FETCh:BURSt:EVM:PILot:AVERage? (K91)...................................................................................... 6.716
FETCh:BURSt:EVM:PILot:AVERage? (K92/K93) .............................................................................. 6.821
FETCh:BURSt:EVM:PILot:MAXimum? (K91)..................................................................................... 6.716
FETCh:BURSt:EVM:PILot:MAXimum? (K92/K93) ............................................................................. 6.821
FETCh:BURSt:EVM:PILot:MINimum? (K91)...................................................................................... 6.716
FETCh:BURSt:EVM:PILot:MINimum? (K92/K93) .............................................................................. 6.821
FETCh:BURSt:FERRor:AVERage? (K91).......................................................................................... 6.717
FETCh:BURSt:FERRor:AVERage? (K92/K93) .................................................................................. 6.821
FETCh:BURSt:FERRor:MAXimum? (K91)......................................................................................... 6.717
FETCh:BURSt:FERRor:MAXimum? (K92/K93) ................................................................................. 6.821
FETCh:BURSt:FERRor:MINimum? (K91) .......................................................................................... 6.717
FETCh:BURSt:FERRor:MINimum? (K92/K93)................................................................................... 6.821
FETCh:BURSt:GIMBalance:AVERage? (K91) ................................................................................... 6.717
FETCh:BURSt:GIMBalance:AVERage? (K92/K93)............................................................................ 6.822
FETCh:BURSt:GIMBalance:MAXimum? (K91) .................................................................................. 6.717
FETCh:BURSt:GIMBalance:MAXimum? (K92/K93)........................................................................... 6.822
FETCh:BURSt:GIMBalance:MINimum? (K91) ................................................................................... 6.717
1300.2519.12

Index 14

E-10

R&S FSL

Alphabetical List of Remote Commands

FETCh:BURSt:GIMBalance:MINimum? (K92/K93)............................................................................ 6.822
FETCh:BURSt:IQOFfset:AVERage? (K91) ........................................................................................ 6.717
FETCh:BURSt:IQOFfset:AVERage? (K92/K93)................................................................................. 6.822
FETCh:BURSt:IQOFfset:MAXimum? (K91) ....................................................................................... 6.717
FETCh:BURSt:IQOFfset:MAXimum? (K92/K93)................................................................................ 6.822
FETCh:BURSt:IQOFfset:MINimum? (K91) ........................................................................................ 6.717
FETCh:BURSt:IQOFfset:MINimum? (K92/K93) ................................................................................. 6.822
FETCh:BURSt:PAYLoad? (K91) ........................................................................................................ 6.718
FETCh:BURSt:PEAK? (K91) .............................................................................................................. 6.718
FETCh:BURSt:PREamble? (K91) ...................................................................................................... 6.718
FETCh:BURSt:QUADoffset:AVERage? (K91) ................................................................................... 6.719
FETCh:BURSt:QUADoffset:AVERage? (K92/K93) ............................................................................ 6.822
FETCh:BURSt:QUADoffset:MAXimum? (K91) .................................................................................. 6.719
FETCh:BURSt:QUADoffset:MAXimum? (K92/K93) ........................................................................... 6.822
FETCh:BURSt:QUADoffset:MINimum? (K91).................................................................................... 6.719
FETCh:BURSt:QUADoffset:MINimum? (K92/K93) ............................................................................ 6.822
FETCh:BURSt:RMS[:AVERage?] (K91)............................................................................................. 6.719
FETCh:BURSt:RMS:DLPReamble:AVERage? (K92/K93) ................................................................. 6.824
FETCh:BURSt:RMS:DLPReamble:MAXimum? (K92/K93) ................................................................ 6.824
FETCh:BURSt:RMS:DLPReamble:MINimum? (K92/K93) ................................................................. 6.824
FETCh:BURSt:RMS:MAXimum (K91)................................................................................................ 6.719
FETCh:BURSt:RMS:MINimum? (K91) ............................................................................................... 6.719
FETCh:BURSt:RSSI (K92/K93).......................................................................................................... 6.824
FETCh:BURSt:SYMBolerror:AVERage? (K91) .................................................................................. 6.719
FETCh:BURSt:SYMBolerror:AVERage? (K92/K93)........................................................................... 6.825
FETCh:BURSt:SYMBolerror:MAXimum? (K91) ................................................................................. 6.719
FETCh:BURSt:SYMBolerror:MAXimum? (K92/K93).......................................................................... 6.825
FETCh:BURSt:SYMBolerror:MINimum? (K91) .................................................................................. 6.719
FETCh:BURSt:SYMBolerror:MINimum? (K92/K93) ........................................................................... 6.825
FETCh:BURSt:TDOMain:PREamble? (K93)...................................................................................... 6.825
FETCh:BURSt:TDOMain:SUBFrame? (K93) ..................................................................................... 6.826
FETCh:BURSt:TDOMain:ZONE? (K93) ............................................................................................. 6.826
FETCh:BURSt:TFALl:AVERage? (K91) ............................................................................................. 6.720
FETCh:BURSt:TFALl:MAXimum? (K91) ............................................................................................ 6.720
FETCh:BURSt:TFALl:MINimum? (K91) ............................................................................................. 6.720
FETCh:BURSt:TRISe:AVERage? (K91)............................................................................................. 6.720
FETCh:BURSt:TRISe:MAXimum? (K91)............................................................................................ 6.720
FETCh:BURSt:TRISe:MINimum? (K91)............................................................................................. 6.720
FETCh:SCALar:NOISE:FIGure? (K30) .............................................................................................. 6.544
FETCh:SCALar:NOISE:GAIN? (K30) ................................................................................................. 6.544
FETCh:SCALar:NOISE:TEMPerature? (K30) .................................................................................... 6.544
FETCh:SYMBol:COUNt? (K91) .......................................................................................................... 6.720
FETCh:SYMBol:COUNt? (K92/K93)................................................................................................... 6.826
FORMat[:DATA].................................................................................................................................. 6.138
FORMat[:DATA] (K91)........................................................................................................................ 6.721
FORMat[:DATA] (K92/K93) ................................................................................................................ 6.828
FORMat:DEXPort:DSEParator ........................................................................................................... 6.138
H
HCOPy[:IMMediate<1|2>] ................................................................................................................... 6.139
HCOPy[:IMMediate<1|2>]:NEXT ........................................................................................................ 6.140
HCOPy:ABORt.................................................................................................................................... 6.140
HCOPy:CMAP<1...26>:DEFault1|2|3|4............................................................................................... 6.141
HCOPy:CMAP<1...26>:HSL ............................................................................................................... 6.141
HCOPy:CMAP<1...26>:PDEFined...................................................................................................... 6.142
HCOPy:DESTination<1|2> ................................................................................................................. 6.142
HCOPy:DEVice:COLor ....................................................................................................................... 6.143
HCOPy:DEVice:LANGuage<1|2>....................................................................................................... 6.143
1300.2519.12

Index 15

E-10

Alphabetical List of Remote Commands

R&S FSL

HCOPy:ITEM:ALL............................................................................................................................... 6.144
HCOPy:ITEM:WINDow<1|2>:TEXT ................................................................................................... 6.144
HCOPy:ITEM:WINDow<1|2>:TRACe:STATe .................................................................................... 6.144
HCOPy:PAGE:ORIentation<1|2> ....................................................................................................... 6.145
HCOPy:TDSTamp:STATe<1|2>......................................................................................................... 6.145
I
INITiate[:IMMediate] (K30).................................................................................................................. 6.545
INITiate<1|2>[:IMMediate] .................................................................................................................. 6.146
INITiate<1|2>:CONMeas .................................................................................................................... 6.147
INITiate<1|2>:CONTinuous ................................................................................................................ 6.147
INITiate<1|2>:CONTinuous (K14) ...................................................................................................... 6.407
INITiate<1|2>:DISPlay ........................................................................................................................ 6.148
INITiate<1|2>:ESPectrum ................................................................................................................... 6.148
INITiate<1|2>:SPURious..................................................................................................................... 6.149
INPut<1|2>:ATTenuation .................................................................................................................... 6.150
INPut<1|2>:ATTenuation:AUTO ......................................................................................................... 6.151
INPut<1|2>:GAIN:STATe.................................................................................................................... 6.151
INPut<1|2>:IMPedance....................................................................................................................... 6.151
INPut<1|2>:UPORt[:VALue]?.............................................................................................................. 6.152
INPut<1|2>:UPORt:STATe ................................................................................................................. 6.152
INPut:SELect (K92/K93) ..................................................................................................................... 6.830
INSTrument[:NSELect] (K20) ............................................................................................................. 6.482
INSTrument[:NSELect] (K7) ............................................................................................................... 6.297
INSTrument[:NSELect] (K72) ............................................................................................................. 6.581
INSTrument[:NSELect] (K8) ............................................................................................................... 6.370
INSTrument[:NSELect] (K91) ............................................................................................................. 6.724
INSTrument[:NSELect] (K92/K93) ...................................................................................................... 6.831
INSTrument[:SELect].......................................................................................................................... 6.153
INSTrument[:SELect] (K20) ................................................................................................................ 6.482
INSTrument[:SELect] (K30) ................................................................................................................ 6.547
INSTrument[:SELect] (K7) .................................................................................................................. 6.297
INSTrument[:SELect] (K72) ................................................................................................................ 6.581
INSTrument[:SELect] (K8) .................................................................................................................. 6.370
INSTrument[:SELect] (K82) ................................................................................................................ 6.613
INSTrument[:SELect] (K84) ................................................................................................................ 6.655
INSTrument[:SELect] (K91) ................................................................................................................ 6.724
INSTrument[:SELect] (K92/K93) ........................................................................................................ 6.831
INSTrument:NSELect ......................................................................................................................... 6.153
INSTrument:NSELect (K82) ............................................................................................................... 6.613
INSTrument:NSELect (K84) ............................................................................................................... 6.655
M
MMEMory:CATalog?........................................................................................................................... 6.155
MMEMory:CDIRectory ........................................................................................................................ 6.156
MMEMory:CLEar:ALL ......................................................................................................................... 6.156
MMEMory:CLEar:STATe .................................................................................................................... 6.156
MMEMory:COMMent .......................................................................................................................... 6.157
MMEMory:COPY ................................................................................................................................ 6.157
MMEMory:DATA ................................................................................................................................. 6.157
MMEMory:DELete............................................................................................................................... 6.158
MMEMory:LOAD:AUTO...................................................................................................................... 6.159
MMEMory:LOAD:IQ:STATe (K91)...................................................................................................... 6.725
MMEMory:LOAD:IQ:STATe (K92/K93) .............................................................................................. 6.832
MMEMory:LOAD:STATe .................................................................................................................... 6.159
MMEMory:MDIRectory........................................................................................................................ 6.160
MMEMory:MOVE ................................................................................................................................ 6.160
1300.2519.12

Index 16

E-10

R&S FSL

Alphabetical List of Remote Commands

MMEMory:MSIS.................................................................................................................................. 6.161
MMEMory:NAME ................................................................................................................................ 6.161
MMEMory:NETWork:DISConnect ...................................................................................................... 6.162
MMEMory:NETWork:MAP.................................................................................................................. 6.161
MMEMory:NETWork:UNUSeddrives?................................................................................................ 6.162
MMEMory:NETWork:USEDdrives? .................................................................................................... 6.163
MMEMory:RDIRectory ........................................................................................................................ 6.163
MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:ALL ............................................................................................................ 6.163
MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:DEFault ..................................................................................................... 6.164
MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:FINal.......................................................................................................... 6.164
MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:HWSettings ............................................................................................... 6.164
MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:LINes:ALL ................................................................................................. 6.165
MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:NONE........................................................................................................ 6.165
MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:SCData...................................................................................................... 6.165
MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:TRACe[:ACTive]........................................................................................ 6.166
MMEMory:SELect[:ITEM]:TRANsducer:ALL ...................................................................................... 6.166
MMEMory:STORe<1|2>:LIST............................................................................................................. 6.166
MMEMory:STORe<1|2>:PEAK........................................................................................................... 6.167
MMEMory:STORe<1|2>:STATe:NEXT .............................................................................................. 6.168
MMEMory:STORe<1|2>:TRACe......................................................................................................... 6.168
MMEMory:STORe:IQ:STATe (K91).................................................................................................... 6.725
MMEMory:STORe:IQ:STATe (K92/K93) ............................................................................................ 6.833
O
OUTPut<1|2>[:STATe] ....................................................................................................................... 6.169
OUTPut<1|2>:IF[:SOURce] ................................................................................................................ 6.170
OUTPut:UPORt[:VALue]..................................................................................................................... 6.170
OUTPut:UPORt:STATe ...................................................................................................................... 6.171
R
READ<1|2>:PMETer? (K9)................................................................................................................. 6.382
S
[SENSe<1|2>:]ADEMod:ZOOM[:STATe>] (K7).................................................................................. 6.321
[SENSe<1|2>:]ADEMod:ZOOM[:STATe>] (K8).................................................................................. 6.371
[SENSe<1|2>:]ADEMod:ZOOM:STARt (K7) ...................................................................................... 6.322
[SENSe<1|2>:]ADEMod:ZOOM:STARt (K8) ...................................................................................... 6.372
[SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CN:BWIDth (K20) ............................................................................................... 6.485
[SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CN:CFRelative:NEXT (K20) ............................................................................... 6.486
[SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CN:MEASurement:MODE (K20)......................................................................... 6.486
[SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CN:POWer:NCORrection (K20) ......................................................................... 6.487
[SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CN:POWer:REFerence:CHANnel:MANual (K20) ............................................... 6.487
[SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CN:POWer:REFerence:MANual (K20)............................................................... 6.487
[SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CN:POWer:REFerence:MODE (K20)................................................................. 6.488
[SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CN:TABle<1...10>:MFRequencies (K20)............................................................ 6.488
[SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CSO:CFRelative:NEXT (K20) ............................................................................. 6.489
[SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CSO:MEASurement:MODE (K20) ...................................................................... 6.489
[SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CSO:POWer:NCORrection (K20)....................................................................... 6.490
[SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CSO:POWer:REFerence:CHANnel:MANual (K20) ............................................ 6.490
[SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CSO:POWer:REFerence:MANual (K20) ............................................................ 6.491
[SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CSO:POWer:REFerence:MODE (K20) .............................................................. 6.491
[SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CSO:TABle<1...10>:MFRequencies (K20) ......................................................... 6.492
[SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CTB:CFRelative:NEXT (K20) ............................................................................. 6.493
[SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CTB:POWer:NCORrection (K20) ....................................................................... 6.493
[SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CTB:POWer:REFerence:CHANnel:MANual (K20)............................................. 6.494
[SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CTB:POWer:REFerence:MANual (K20)............................................................. 6.494
[SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CTB:POWer:REFerence:MODE (K20)............................................................... 6.495
[SENSe<1|2>:]ATV:CTB:TABle<1...10>:MFRequencies (K20).......................................................... 6.495

1300.2519.12

Index 17

E-10

Alphabetical List of Remote Commands

R&S FSL

[SENSe<1|2>:]AVERage[:STATe<1...4>]........................................................................................... 6.173
[SENSe<1|2>:]AVERage:COUNt........................................................................................................ 6.173
[SENSe<1|2>:]AVERage:COUNt:AUTO............................................................................................. 6.174
[SENSe<1|2>:]AVERage:TYPE.......................................................................................................... 6.174
[SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution] ............................................................................... 6.175
[SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution]:AUTO .................................................................... 6.175
[SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution]:RATio .................................................................... 6.176
[SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution]:TYPE..................................................................... 6.176
[SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth:DEMod (K7) ............................................................................... 6.323
[SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth:VIDeo ......................................................................................... 6.177
[SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth:VIDeo:AUTO .............................................................................. 6.177
[SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth|BWIDth:VIDeo:RATio .............................................................................. 6.178
[SENSe<1|2>:]BANDwidth:VIDeo:TYPE ............................................................................................ 6.178
[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:ANTenna (K72)........................................................................................... 6.583
[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:ANTenna (K82)........................................................................................... 6.615
[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:ASEQuence (K72) ...................................................................................... 6.584
[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:AVERage.................................................................................................... 6.656
[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:CODE (K72) ............................................................................................... 6.584
[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:CODE (K82) ............................................................................................... 6.616
[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:CODE (K84) ............................................................................................... 6.657
[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:CTReshold.................................................................................................. 6.658
[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:CTYPe ........................................................................................................ 6.658
[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:HSDPamode (K72)..................................................................................... 6.584
[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:ICTReshold (K72)....................................................................................... 6.585
[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:ICTReshold (K82)....................................................................................... 6.616
[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:ICTReshold (K84)....................................................................................... 6.657
[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:IQLength..................................................................................................... 6.659
[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:IQLength (K82) ........................................................................................... 6.617
[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:IQLength (K84) ........................................................................................... 6.658
[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:LCODe[:VALue] (K72) ................................................................................ 6.585
[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:LCODe:DVALue (K72) ............................................................................... 6.586
[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:LCODe:SEARch[:IMMediate] (K72) ........................................................... 6.586
[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:LCODe:SEARch:LIST? (K72)..................................................................... 6.586
[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:LEVel:ADJust ............................................................................................. 6.659
[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:LEVel:ADJust (K72).................................................................................... 6.587
[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:LEVel:ADJust (K82).................................................................................... 6.617
[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:MAPPing..................................................................................................... 6.659
[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:MMODe ...................................................................................................... 6.660
[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:NORMalize ................................................................................................. 6.660
[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:NORMalize (K72) ....................................................................................... 6.587
[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:NORMalize (K82) ....................................................................................... 6.618
[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:ORDer (K82)............................................................................................... 6.618
[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:OVERview .................................................................................................. 6.661
[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:PNOFfset (K82) .......................................................................................... 6.619
[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:PNOFfset (K84) .......................................................................................... 6.661
[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:PREFerence (K72) ..................................................................................... 6.588
[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:PREFerence (K82) ..................................................................................... 6.619
[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:QINVert (K72)............................................................................................. 6.588
[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:QINVert (K82)............................................................................................. 6.620
[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:QINVert (K84)............................................................................................. 6.662
[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:RSUMmary (K72) ....................................................................................... 6.588
[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:SBANd (K84) .............................................................................................. 6.662
[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:SFACtor (K82) ............................................................................................ 6.620
[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:SLOT (K72) ................................................................................................ 6.589
[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:SLOT (K82) ................................................................................................ 6.621
[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:SLOT (K84) ................................................................................................ 6.662
[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:STYPe (K72) .............................................................................................. 6.589
[SENSe<1|2>:]CDPower:TPMeas (K82) ............................................................................................ 6.621
[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection[:STATe] ................................................................................................. 6.179
1300.2519.12

Index 18

E-10

R&S FSL

Alphabetical List of Remote Commands

[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:COLLect[:ACQuire]................................................................................ 6.180
[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:EGAin:INPut[:MAGNitude]..................................................................... 6.180
[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:EGAin:INPut[:MAGNitude] (K8) ............................................................. 6.371
[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:METHod................................................................................................. 6.181
[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:RECall.................................................................................................... 6.181
[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:RVELocity .............................................................................................. 6.497
[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer[:STATe]............................................................................ 6.181
[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:ADJust:RLEVel[:STATe] .................................................. 6.182
[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:COMMent......................................................................... 6.182
[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:DATA ............................................................................... 6.182
[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:DELete ............................................................................. 6.183
[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:SCALing........................................................................... 6.183
[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:SELect ............................................................................. 6.184
[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:UNIT................................................................................. 6.184
[SENSe<1|2>:]CORRection:TRANsducer:VIEW................................................................................ 6.185
[SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:EQUalizer[:STATe]...................................................................................... 6.499
[SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:EQUalizer:FREeze[:STATe]........................................................................ 6.499
[SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:EQUalizer:RESet......................................................................................... 6.500
[SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:FILTer:ALPHa ............................................................................................. 6.500
[SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:FILTer:MEASurement (K8) ......................................................................... 6.373
[SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:SBANd......................................................................................................... 6.500
[SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:SEARch:PULSe[:STATe] (K8) .................................................................... 6.373
[SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:SEARch:PULSe:OFFSet (K8) ..................................................................... 6.374
[SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:SEARch:SYNC[:STATe] (K8)...................................................................... 6.374
[SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:SEARch:SYNC:LAP (K8) ............................................................................ 6.375
[SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:SEARch:SYNC:OFFSet (K8) ...................................................................... 6.375
[SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:SEARch:TIME (K8) ..................................................................................... 6.375
[SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:SEARch:TIME:AUTO (K8) .......................................................................... 6.376
[SENSe<1|2>:]DDEMod:SRATe......................................................................................................... 6.501
[SENSe<1|2>:]DETector<1...6>[:FUNCtion]....................................................................................... 6.186
[SENSe<1|2>:]DETector<1...6>[:FUNCtion]:AUTO............................................................................ 6.186
[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:BWID ....................................................................................................... 6.188
[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:FILTer[:RRC][:STATe] ............................................................................. 6.188
[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:FILTer[:RRC]:ALPHa............................................................................... 6.189
[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:PRESet[:STANdard] ................................................................................ 6.189
[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:PRESet:RESTore .................................................................................... 6.190
[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>[:FREQuency]:STARt ..................................................... 6.192
[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>[:FREQuency]:STOP...................................................... 6.193
[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:BANDwidth.................................................................... 6.190
[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:BANDwidth:RESolution................................................. 6.190
[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:BANDwidth:VIDeo......................................................... 6.191
[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:COUNt? ........................................................................ 6.191
[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:DELete .......................................................................... 6.192
[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:FILTer:TYPE ................................................................. 6.193
[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:INPut:ATTenuation ....................................................... 6.193
[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:INPut:ATTenuation:AUTO ............................................ 6.194
[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:INPut:GAIN:STATe ....................................................... 6.194
[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:INSert ............................................................................ 6.195
[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:LIMit:ABSolute:STARt................................................... 6.195
[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:LIMit:ABSolute:STOP.................................................... 6.195
[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:LIMit:RELative:STARt ................................................... 6.196
[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:LIMit:RELative:STOP .................................................... 6.196
[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:LIMit:STATe .................................................................. 6.197
[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:RLEVel .......................................................................... 6.197
[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:SWEep:TIME ................................................................ 6.198
[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:SWEep:TIME:AUTO ..................................................... 6.198
[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RANGe<1...20>:TRANsducer ................................................................. 6.198
[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RRANge?................................................................................................. 6.199
[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:RTYPe ..................................................................................................... 6.199
1300.2519.12

Index 19

E-10

Alphabetical List of Remote Commands

R&S FSL

[SENSe<1|2>:]ESPectrum:STORe.......................................................................................... 6.190, 6.623
[SENSe<1|2>:]FILTer:DEMPhasis (K7).............................................................................................. 6.324
[SENSe<1|2>:]FILTer:DEMPhasis:TCONstant (K7)........................................................................... 6.324
[SENSe<1|2>:]FILTer:HPASs[:STATE] (K7) ...................................................................................... 6.325
[SENSe<1|2>:]FILTer:HPASs:FREQuency (K7) ................................................................................ 6.325
[SENSe<1|2>:]FILTer:LPASs[:STATE] (K7)....................................................................................... 6.325
[SENSe<1|2>:]FILTer:LPASs:FREQuency[:ABSolute] (K7) ............................................................... 6.326
[SENSe<1|2>:]FILTer:LPASs:FREQuency:RELative (K7) ................................................................. 6.326
[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:CENTer .................................................................................................. 6.200
[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:CENTer:STEP ........................................................................................ 6.201
[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:CENTer:STEP:AUTO ............................................................................. 6.201
[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:CENTer:STEP:LINK ............................................................................... 6.201
[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:CENTer:STEP:LINK (K7) ....................................................................... 6.327
[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:CENTer:STEP:LINK:FACTor ................................................................. 6.202
[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:CHANnel (K20)....................................................................................... 6.502
[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:MODE..................................................................................................... 6.202
[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:OFFSet................................................................................................... 6.203
[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:RF (K20)................................................................................................. 6.502
[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:SPAN...................................................................................................... 6.203
[SENSe<1|2>:]FREQuency:SPAN:FULL............................................................................................ 6.203
[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:POWer[:SEQuence] ........................................................................................... 6.206
[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:POWer:RESult? ................................................................................................. 6.208
[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:POWer:SET ....................................................................................................... 6.208
[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:POWer:STATe ................................................................................................... 6.209
[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>[:FREQuency]:STARt................................................................ 6.212
[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>[:FREQuency]:STOP ................................................................ 6.212
[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>:BANDwidth .............................................................................. 6.210
[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>:BANDwidth:RESolution ........................................................... 6.210
[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>:BANDwidth:VIDeo ................................................................... 6.211
[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>:BREak...................................................................................... 6.211
[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>:COUNt? ................................................................................... 6.211
[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>:DELete..................................................................................... 6.211
[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>:DETector ................................................................................. 6.211
[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>:FILTer:TYPE............................................................................ 6.212
[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>:INPut:ATTenuation .................................................................. 6.212
[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>:INPut:ATTenuation:AUTO ....................................................... 6.212
[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>:INPut:GAIN:STATe.................................................................. 6.213
[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>:LIMit:STARt ............................................................................. 6.213
[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>:LIMit:STATe............................................................................. 6.214
[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>:LIMit:STOP .............................................................................. 6.214
[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>:POINts ..................................................................................... 6.213
[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>:RLEVel..................................................................................... 6.213
[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>:SWEep:TIME........................................................................... 6.213
[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>:SWEep:TIME:AUTO................................................................ 6.213
[SENSe<1|2>:]LIST:RANGe<1...20>:TRANsducer ............................................................................ 6.214
[SENSe<1|2>:]MPOWer[:SEQuence]................................................................................................. 6.216
[SENSe<1|2>:]MPOWer:FTYPe......................................................................................................... 6.218
[SENSe<1|2>:]MPOWer:RESult[:LIST]? ............................................................................................ 6.218
[SENSe<1|2>:]MPOWer:RESult:MIN? ............................................................................................... 6.219
[SENSe<1|2>:]PMETer[:STATe] (K9)................................................................................................. 6.383
[SENSe<1|2>:]PMETer:FREQuency (K9) .......................................................................................... 6.384
[SENSe<1|2>:]PMETer:FREQuency:LINK (K9) ................................................................................. 6.384
[SENSe<1|2>:]PMETer:MTIMe (K9)................................................................................................... 6.384
[SENSe<1|2>:]PMETer:MTIMe:AVERage[:STATe] ........................................................................... 6.385
[SENSe<1|2>:]PMETer:MTIMe:AVERage:COUNt ............................................................................. 6.385
[SENSe<1|2>:]PMETer:ROFFset[:STATe] (K9) ................................................................................. 6.386
[SENSe<1|2>:]PMETer:TRIGger:LEVel (K9) ..................................................................................... 6.387
[SENSe<1|2>:]PMETer:TRIGger:STATe (K9).................................................................................... 6.386
[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:ACPairs ........................................................................................ 6.220
1300.2519.12

Index 20

E-10

R&S FSL

Alphabetical List of Remote Commands

[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:BANDwidth|BWIDth[:CHANnel].................................................... 6.221
[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:BANDwidth|BWIDth:ACHannel .................................................... 6.221
[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:BANDwidth|BWIDth:ALTernate<1...11>....................................... 6.222
[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:MODE........................................................................................... 6.222
[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:PRESet......................................................................................... 6.222
[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:PRESet:RLEVel............................................................................ 6.223
[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:REFerence:AUTO ........................................................................ 6.223
[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:REFerence:TXCHannel:AUTO..................................................... 6.224
[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:REFerence:TXCHannel:MANual.................................................. 6.224
[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:SPACing:ALTernate<1...11> ........................................................ 6.225
[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:SPACing:CHANnel<1...11>.......................................................... 6.226
[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:ACHannel:TXCHannel:COUNt ...................................................................... 6.226
[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:BANDwidth|BWIDth ....................................................................................... 6.226
[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:HSPeed.......................................................................................................... 6.227
[SENSe<1|2>:]POWer:TRACe ........................................................................................................... 6.227
[SENSe<1|2>:]ROSCillator:SOURce.................................................................................................. 6.228
[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:COUNt ........................................................................................................... 6.229
[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:COUNt:CURRent?......................................................................................... 6.230
[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe........................................................................................................... 6.230
[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe:HOLDoff............................................................................................ 6.231
[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe:LENGth ............................................................................................. 6.231
[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe:POLarity............................................................................................ 6.231
[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe:SOURce............................................................................................ 6.232
[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:EGATe:TYPE ................................................................................................ 6.232
[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:MODE............................................................................................................ 6.233
[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:POINts ........................................................................................................... 6.233
[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:SPACing (K20) .............................................................................................. 6.505
[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:TIME .............................................................................................................. 6.234
[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:TIME (K7) ...................................................................................................... 6.327
[SENSe<1|2>:]SWEep:TIME:AUTO ................................................................................................... 6.234
[SENSe<1|2>:]TV:MSTandard:FILTer:GDELay ................................................................................. 6.506
[SENSe<1|2>:]TV:MSTandard:NAME ................................................................................................ 6.506
[SENSe<1|2>:]TV:MSTandard:STYPe ............................................................................................... 6.507
[SENSe<1|2>:]TV:TILT:MSTandard:CDISable (K20)......................................................................... 6.507
[SENSe<1|2>:]TV:TILT:MSTandard:CENable (K20).......................................................................... 6.508
[SENSe:]ADEMod[:STATe] (K7)......................................................................................................... 6.301
[SENSe:]ADEMod:AF:CENTer (K7) ................................................................................................... 6.301
[SENSe:]ADEMod:AF:COUPling (K7) ................................................................................................ 6.302
[SENSe:]ADEMod:AF:SPAN (K7) ...................................................................................................... 6.302
[SENSe:]ADEMod:AF:SPAN:FULL (K7)............................................................................................. 6.303
[SENSe:]ADEMod:AF:STARt (K7)...................................................................................................... 6.303
[SENSe:]ADEMod:AF:STOP (K7) ...................................................................................................... 6.304
[SENSe:]ADEMod:AM[:TDOMain][:TYPE] (K7).................................................................................. 6.304
[SENSe:]ADEMod:AM[:TDOMain]:RESult? (K7)................................................................................ 6.305
[SENSe:]ADEMod:AM:RELative[:TDOMain][:TYPE] (K7) .................................................................. 6.305
[SENSe:]ADEMod:AM:RELative[:TDOMain]:RESult? (K7) ................................................................ 6.306
[SENSe:]ADEMod:AM:RELative:AFSPectrum[:TYPE] (K7) ............................................................... 6.307
[SENSe:]ADEMod:AM:RELative:AFSPectrum:RESult? (K7) ............................................................. 6.307
[SENSe:]ADEMod:BANDwidth | BWIDth:DEModulation (K7) ............................................................ 6.308
[SENSe:]ADEMod:FM[:TDOMain][:TYPE] (K7).................................................................................. 6.309
[SENSe:]ADEMod:FM[:TDOMain]:RESult? (K7) ................................................................................ 6.309
[SENSe:]ADEMod:FM:AFSPectrum[:TYPE] (K7)............................................................................... 6.310
[SENSe:]ADEMod:FM:AFSPectrum:RESult? (K7) ............................................................................. 6.310
[SENSe:]ADEMod:FM:OFFSet? (K7) ................................................................................................. 6.311
[SENSe:]ADEMod:MTIMe (K7)........................................................................................................... 6.312
[SENSe:]ADEMod:PM[:TDOMain][:TYPE] (K7).................................................................................. 6.313
[SENSe:]ADEMod:PM[:TDOMain]:RESult? (K7)................................................................................ 6.313
[SENSe:]ADEMod:PM:AFSPectrum[:TYPE] (K7)............................................................................... 6.314
[SENSe:]ADEMod:PM:AFSPectrum:RESult? (K7)............................................................................. 6.315
1300.2519.12

Index 21

E-10

Alphabetical List of Remote Commands

R&S FSL

[SENSe:]ADEMod:PM:RPOint[:X] (K7) .............................................................................................. 6.316
[SENSe:]ADEMod:RLENgth? (K7) ..................................................................................................... 6.316
[SENSe:]ADEMod:SET (K7)............................................................................................................... 6.316
[SENSe:]ADEMod:SPECtrum[:TYPE] (K7) ........................................................................................ 6.318
[SENSe:]ADEMod:SPECtrum:BANDwidth|BWIDth[:RESolution] (K7) ............................................... 6.318
[SENSe:]ADEMod:SPECtrum:RESult? (K7)....................................................................................... 6.319
[SENSe:]ADEMod:SPECtrum:SPAN:ZOOM (K7) .............................................................................. 6.320
[SENSe:]ADEMod:SRATe? (K7) ........................................................................................................ 6.321
[SENSe:]BANDwidth:CHANnel (K92/K93).......................................................................................... 6.835
[SENSe:]BURSt:COUNt (K91)............................................................................................................ 6.728
[SENSe:]BURSt:COUNt (K92/K93) .................................................................................................... 6.835
[SENSe:]BURSt:COUNt:STATe (K91) ............................................................................................... 6.728
[SENSe:]BURSt:COUNt:STATe (K92/K93) ........................................................................................ 6.836
[SENSe:]CONFigure:MODE:DUT (K30)............................................................................................. 6.554
[SENSe:]CONFigure:MODE:SYSTem:LOSCillator:FREQuency (K30).............................................. 6.555
[SENSe:]CORRection[:STATe] (K30)................................................................................................. 6.548
[SENSe:]CORRection:ENR[:MEASurement]:TABLe:DATA (K30) ..................................................... 6.549
[SENSe:]CORRection:ENR:MODE (K30)........................................................................................... 6.549
[SENSe:]CORRection:ENR:SPOT (K30)............................................................................................ 6.549
[SENSe:]CORRection:IREJection (K30)............................................................................................. 6.550
[SENSe:]CORRection:LOSS:INPut:MODE (K30)............................................................................... 6.550
[SENSe:]CORRection:LOSS:INPut:SPOT (K30)................................................................................ 6.551
[SENSe:]CORRection:LOSS:INPut:TABLe (K30) .............................................................................. 6.551
[SENSe:]CORRection:LOSS:OUTPut:MODE (K30) .......................................................................... 6.552
[SENSe:]CORRection:LOSS:OUTPut:SPOT (K30) ........................................................................... 6.552
[SENSe:]CORRection:LOSS:OUTPut:TABLe (K30) .......................................................................... 6.552
[SENSe:]CORRection:TEMPerature (K30)......................................................................................... 6.553
[SENSe:]DEMod:BANalyze:DURation:EQUal (K91) .......................................................................... 6.729
[SENSe:]DEMod:BANalyze:DURation:MAX (K91) ............................................................................. 6.729
[SENSe:]DEMod:BANalyze:DURation:MIN (K91) .............................................................................. 6.729
[SENSe:]DEMod:CESTimation (K91) ................................................................................................. 6.730
[SENSe:]DEMod:CESTimation (K92/K93).......................................................................................... 6.836
[SENSe:]DEMod:FILTer:CATalog? (K91)........................................................................................... 6.730
[SENSe:]DEMod:FILTer:CATalog? (K92/K93) ................................................................................... 6.837
[SENSe:]DEMod:FILTer:MODulation (K91)........................................................................................ 6.731
[SENSe:]DEMod:FILTer:MODulation (K92/K93) ................................................................................ 6.837
[SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat[:BCONtent]:AUTo (K91) ........................................................................... 6.731
[SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat[:BCONtent]:AUTo (K92/K93).................................................................... 6.837
[SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat:BANalyze (K91) ........................................................................................ 6.731
[SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat:BANalyze (K92/K93)................................................................................. 6.838
[SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat:BANalyze:BTYPe (K91)............................................................................ 6.732
[SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat:BANalyze:DBYTes:EQUal (K91) .............................................................. 6.732
[SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat:BANalyze:DBYTes:MAX (K91)................................................................. 6.733
[SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat:BANalyze:DBYTes:MIN (K91) .................................................................. 6.733
[SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat:BANalyze:SYMBols:EQUal (K91)............................................................. 6.734
[SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat:BANalyze:SYMBols:EQUal (K92/K93) ..................................................... 6.838
[SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat:BANalyze:SYMBols:MAX (K91) ............................................................... 6.734
[SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat:BANalyze:SYMBols:MAX (K92/K93) ........................................................ 6.839
[SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat:BANalyze:SYMBols:MIN (K91)................................................................. 6.735
[SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat:BANalyze:SYMBols:MIN (K92/K93) ......................................................... 6.839
[SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat:BTRate (K91) ........................................................................................... 6.735
[SENSe:]DEMod:FORMat:SIGSymbol (K91) ..................................................................................... 6.736
[SENSe:]FREQuency[:CW|:FIXed] (K30) ........................................................................................... 6.555
[SENSe:]FREQuency:LIST:DATA (K30) ............................................................................................ 6.555
[SENSe:]FREQuency:STARt (K30) .................................................................................................... 6.556
[SENSe:]FREQuency:STEP (K30) ..................................................................................................... 6.556
[SENSe:]FREQuency:STOP (K30)..................................................................................................... 6.557
[SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:ACPairs (K92/K93) ................................................................................ 6.840
[SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:MODE (K91) .......................................................................................... 6.736
1300.2519.12

Index 22

E-10

R&S FSL

Alphabetical List of Remote Commands

[SENSe:]POWer:ACHannel:MODE (K92/K93)................................................................................... 6.842
[SENSe:]POWer:NCORrection (K92/K93) ......................................................................................... 6.843
[SENSe:]POWer:SEM:MODe (K93) ................................................................................................... 6.843
[SENSe:]SWAPiq (K91)...................................................................................................................... 6.737
[SENSe:]SWAPiq (K92/K93) .............................................................................................................. 6.845
[SENSe:]SWEep:ACPR:TIME (K92/K93)........................................................................................... 6.846
[SENSe:]SWEep:ACPR:TIME:AUTO ................................................................................................. 6.846
[SENSe:]SWEep:COUNt (K30) .......................................................................................................... 6.557
[SENSe:]SWEep:COUNt (K91) .......................................................................................................... 6.737
[SENSe:]SWEep:COUNt (K92/K93)................................................................................................... 6.846
[SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:HOLDoff[:TIME] (K91) ............................................................................... 6.737
[SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:HOLDoff[:TIME] (K92/K93)........................................................................ 6.847
[SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:HOLDoff:SAMPle (K91) ............................................................................. 6.738
[SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:HOLDoff:SAMPle (K92/K93)...................................................................... 6.847
[SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:LENGth[:TIME] (K91)................................................................................. 6.738
[SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:LENGth[:TIME] (K92/K93) ......................................................................... 6.847
[SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:LENGth:SAMPle (K91) .............................................................................. 6.738
[SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:LENGth:SAMPle (K92/K93)....................................................................... 6.848
[SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:LINK (K91) ................................................................................................. 6.739
[SENSe:]SWEep:EGATe:LINK (K92/K93).......................................................................................... 6.848
[SENSe:]SWEep:TIME (K91) ............................................................................................................. 6.739
[SENSe:]SWEep:TIME (K92/K93)...................................................................................................... 6.848
[SENSe:]TRACking:LEVel (K91) ........................................................................................................ 6.739
[SENSe:]TRACking:LEVel (K92/K93)................................................................................................. 6.849
[SENSe:]TRACking:PHASe (K91) ...................................................................................................... 6.740
[SENSe:]TRACking:PHASe (K92/K93)............................................................................................... 6.849
[SENSe:]TRACking:TIME (K91) ......................................................................................................... 6.740
[SENSe:]TRACking:TIME (K92/K93).................................................................................................. 6.850
SOURce<1|2>:EXTernal<1|2>:ROSCillator[:SOURce] ...................................................................... 6.235
SOURce<1|2>:POWer[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude]................................................................... 6.236
SOURce<1|2>:POWer[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet.......................................................................... 6.236
SOURce:TEMPerature:APRobe?....................................................................................................... 6.235
STATus:ERRor ................................................................................................................................... 6.257
STATus:OPERation[:EVENt]? ............................................................................................................ 6.237
STATus:OPERation:CONDition?........................................................................................................ 6.237
STATus:OPERation:ENABle .............................................................................................................. 6.238
STATus:OPERation:NTRansition....................................................................................................... 6.238
STATus:OPERation:PTRansition ....................................................................................................... 6.238
STATus:PRESet ................................................................................................................................. 6.239
STATus:QUESionable:CORRection[:EVENt]? (K30) ......................................................................... 6.558
STATus:QUESionable:CORRection:CONDition? (K30)..................................................................... 6.559
STATus:QUESionable:CORRection:ENABle (K30) ........................................................................... 6.559
STATus:QUESionable:CORRection:NTRansition (K30) .................................................................... 6.559
STATus:QUESionable:CORRection:PTRansition (K30) .................................................................... 6.560
STATus:QUEStionable[:EVENt]? ....................................................................................................... 6.240
STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit[:EVENt]? ....................................................................................... 6.242
STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit:CONDition?................................................................................... 6.242
STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit:ENABle ......................................................................................... 6.243
STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit:NTRansition .................................................................................. 6.243
STATus:QUEStionable:ACPLimit:PTRansition .................................................................................. 6.243
STATus:QUEStionable:CONDition?................................................................................................... 6.240
STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle ......................................................................................................... 6.241
STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency[:EVENt]?................................................................................... 6.244
STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:CONDition? .............................................................................. 6.244
STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:ENABle..................................................................................... 6.244
STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:NTRansition.............................................................................. 6.245
STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:NTRansition (K30).................................................................... 6.560
1300.2519.12

Index 23

E-10

Alphabetical List of Remote Commands

R&S FSL

STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:PTRansition.............................................................................. 6.245
STATus:QUEStionable:FREQuency:PTRansition (K30) .................................................................... 6.561
STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2> [:EVENt]? .................................................................................... 6.245
STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:CONDition? ................................................................................. 6.246
STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:ENABle........................................................................................ 6.246
STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:NTRansition ................................................................................ 6.246
STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:NTRansition (K30) ...................................................................... 6.561
STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:PTRansition ................................................................................ 6.247
STATus:QUEStionable:LIMit<1|2>:PTRansition (K30)....................................................................... 6.562
STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin<1|2>[:EVENt]? .............................................................................. 6.247
STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin<1|2>:CONDition? .......................................................................... 6.247
STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin<1|2>:ENABle................................................................................. 6.248
STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin<1|2>:NTRansition ......................................................................... 6.248
STATus:QUEStionable:LMARgin<1|2>:PTRansition ......................................................................... 6.248
STATus:QUEStionable:NTRansition .................................................................................................. 6.241
STATus:QUEStionable:POWer[:EVENt]? .......................................................................................... 6.249
STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:CONDition?...................................................................................... 6.249
STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:ENABle ............................................................................................ 6.249
STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:NTRansition ..................................................................................... 6.250
STATus:QUEStionable:POWer:PTRansition ..................................................................................... 6.250
STATus:QUEStionable:PTRansition .................................................................................................. 6.241
STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC[:EVENt]? ............................................................................................ 6.250
STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC[:EVENt]? (K91) .................................................................................. 6.743
STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC[:EVENt]? (K92/K93) ........................................................................... 6.852
STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC:CONDition?........................................................................................ 6.251
STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC:CONDition? (K91) .............................................................................. 6.743
STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC:CONDition? (K92/K93)....................................................................... 6.852
STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC:ENABle .............................................................................................. 6.251
STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC:ENABle (K91)..................................................................................... 6.743
STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC:ENABle (K92/K93) ............................................................................. 6.853
STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC:NTRansition ....................................................................................... 6.251
STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC:NTRansition (K91) ............................................................................. 6.744
STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC:NTRansition (K92/K93) ...................................................................... 6.854
STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC:PTRansition ....................................................................................... 6.252
STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC:PTRansition (K91).............................................................................. 6.744
STATus:QUEStionable:SYNC:PTRansition (K92/K93) ...................................................................... 6.853
STATus:QUEue .................................................................................................................................. 6.242
SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB[:SELF]:ADDRess ............................................................................... 6.254
SYSTem:COMMunicate:GPIB[:SELF]:RTERminator......................................................................... 6.254
SYSTem:COMMunicate:PRINter:ENUMerate:FIRSt? ....................................................................... 6.255
SYSTem:COMMunicate:PRINter:ENUMerate:NEXT? ....................................................................... 6.254
SYSTem:COMMunicate:PRINter:SELect <1|2>................................................................................. 6.255
SYSTem:CONFigure:DUT:GAIN (K30) .............................................................................................. 6.563
SYSTem:CONFigure:DUT:STIMe (K30) ............................................................................................ 6.563
SYSTem:DATE................................................................................................................................... 6.256
SYSTem:DISPlay:FPANel .................................................................................................................. 6.256
SYSTem:DISPlay:UPDate .................................................................................................................. 6.256
SYSTem:ERRor:CLEar:ALL ............................................................................................................... 6.257
SYSTem:ERRor:LIST? ....................................................................................................................... 6.257
SYSTem:FIRMware:UPDate .............................................................................................................. 6.258
SYSTem:FORMat:IDENt .................................................................................................................... 6.258
SYSTem:LANGuage........................................................................................................................... 6.258
SYSTem:LXI:INFo? ............................................................................................................................ 6.259
SYSTem:LXI:LANReset...................................................................................................................... 6.259
SYSTem:LXI:MDEScription ................................................................................................................ 6.259
SYSTem:LXI:PASSword..................................................................................................................... 6.260
SYSTem:PASSword[:CENable].......................................................................................................... 6.260
SYSTem:PASSword:RESet]............................................................................................................... 6.260
1300.2519.12

Index 24

E-10

R&S FSL

Alphabetical List of Remote Commands

SYSTem:PRESet................................................................................................................................ 6.261
SYSTem:SPEaker:VOLume............................................................................................................... 6.262
SYSTem:TIME.................................................................................................................................... 6.261
SYSTem:VERSion?............................................................................................................................ 6.261
T
TRACe[:DATA] (K91).......................................................................................................................... 6.749
TRACe[:DATA] (K92/K93) .................................................................................................................. 6.862
TRACe<1|2>[:DATA] .................................................................................................... 6.263, 6.516, 6.665
TRACe<1|2>[:DATA] (K7) .................................................................................................................. 6.328
TRACe<1|2>[:DATA] (K72) ................................................................................................................ 6.593
TRACe<1|2>[:DATA]? LIST................................................................................................................ 6.665
TRACe<1|2>:IQ[:STATe].................................................................................................................... 6.272
TRACe<1|2>:IQ:AVERage[:STATe] ................................................................................................... 6.272
TRACe<1|2>:IQ:AVERage:COUNt..................................................................................................... 6.273
TRACe<1|2>:IQ:DATA? ..................................................................................................................... 6.273
TRACe<1|2>:IQ:DATA:MEMory? ....................................................................................................... 6.274
TRACe<1|2>:IQ:SET .......................................................................................................................... 6.275
TRACe<1|2>:IQ:SRATe 15.625kHz to 32MHz................................................................................... 6.276
TRACe<1<2>[:DATA] (K82) ............................................................................................................... 6.624
TRACe:COPY..................................................................................................................................... 6.264
TRACe:COPY (K20) ........................................................................................................................... 6.516
TRACe:IQ:SRATe (K91)..................................................................................................................... 6.750
TRACe:IQ:SRATe (K92/K93) ............................................................................................................. 6.863
TRACe1:DATA? SPECtrogram (K14) ................................................................................................ 6.409
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:HOLDoff (K91)................................................................................................. 6.751
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:HOLDoff (K92/K93) ......................................................................................... 6.864
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:LEVel:POWer (K91) ........................................................................................ 6.752
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:LEVel:POWer (K92/K93)................................................................................. 6.865
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:LEVel:POWer:AUTO (K91) ............................................................................. 6.752
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:LEVel:POWer:AUTO (K92/K93)...................................................................... 6.866
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:MODE (K91) .................................................................................................... 6.751
TRIGger[:SEQuence]:MODE (K92/K93) ............................................................................................ 6.865
TRIGger<1|2[:SEQuence]:LEVel[:EXTernal] ...................................................................................... 6.279
TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:HOLDoff ................................................................................................. 6.277
TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:IFPower:HOLDoff ................................................................................... 6.278
TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:IFPower:HYSTeresis.............................................................................. 6.278
TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:LEVel:AM[:ABSolute] (K7)...................................................................... 6.329
TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:LEVel:AM:RELative (K7) ........................................................................ 6.329
TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:LEVel:FM (K7) ........................................................................................ 6.330
TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:LEVel:IFPower........................................................................................ 6.279
TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:LEVel:PM (K7)........................................................................................ 6.330
TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:LEVel:VIDeo ........................................................................................... 6.279
TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:SLOPe.................................................................................................... 6.280
TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:SOURce ................................................................................................. 6.280
TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:SOURce (K7) ......................................................................................... 6.330
TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:SOURce (K72) ....................................................................................... 6.595
TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:TIME:RINTerval...................................................................................... 6.280
TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:BFIeld[:NUMBer] ......................................................................... 6.517
TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:BLINe[:NUMBer].......................................................................... 6.517
TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:BLINe:TYPE ................................................................................ 6.518
TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:CONTinuous................................................................................ 6.281
TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:FIELd:NUMBer (K20) .................................................................. 6.518
TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:FIELd:SELect .............................................................................. 6.281
TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:FORMat:LPFRame...................................................................... 6.281
TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:LINE:NUMBer................................................................... 6.282, 6.519
TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:QFIeld[:NUMBer]......................................................................... 6.519
TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:QLINe[:NUMBer] ......................................................................... 6.519
1300.2519.12

Index 25

E-10

Alphabetical List of Remote Commands

R&S FSL

TRIGger<1|2>[:SEQuence]:VIDeo:SSIGnal:POLarity ........................................................................ 6.282
U
UNIT<1|2>:PMETer:POWer (K9) ....................................................................................................... 6.388
UNIT<1|2>:PMETer:POWer:RATio (K9) ............................................................................................ 6.388
UNIT<1|2>:POWer ............................................................................................................................. 6.283
UNIT<1|2>:POWer (K20) ................................................................................................................... 6.520
UNIT:ANGLe (K7)............................................................................................................................... 6.331
UNIT:EVM (K91)................................................................................................................................. 6.753
UNIT:EVM (K92/K93) ......................................................................................................................... 6.867
UNIT:GIMBalance (K91)..................................................................................................................... 6.753
UNIT:PREamble (K91) ....................................................................................................................... 6.754
UNIT:PREamble (K92/K93) ................................................................................................................ 6.867
UNIT:TABLe (K92/K93) ...................................................................................................................... 6.868

1300.2519.12

Index 26

E-10

R&S FSL

Index

Index
*
* (enhancement label)..................................4.41
1
1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer mode (K84).........4.130
3
3G FDD BTS mode (K72)..........................4.130
A
abbreviations
3GPP Base Station measurements (K72)
............................................................4.273
cable TV terms (K20) .............................4.213
CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (K82) ............4.305
WiMAX measurements (K92/K93).........2.145
absolute grant channel (K72).....................4.274
Active Channels (K82) ...............................4.326
addressed command ...................................5.35
adjacent–channel power
number of channels .................................4.95
Adjacent–Channel Power measurement (K8)
...............................................................4.162
adjustment
attenuation (K20)....................................4.211
AF trigger (K7) ...........................................4.142
alias power (K82) ............................4.323, 4.329
alignment results........................................4.268
AM demodulation.........................................4.61
AM modulation depth...................................4.92
amplifier measurement (K30) ....................2.103
amplitude imbalance (K20) ..........................2.69
amplitude menu
base unit...................................................4.14
K20 option ..............................................4.228
K7 option ................................................4.153
K72 option ..............................................4.280
K8 option ................................................4.173
K82 option ..............................................4.336
K84 option ..............................................4.389
K91 option ..............................................4.411
K92/K93 option.......................................4.446
AMPT key ....................................................4.13
analog demodulation
AF trigger (K7)........................................4.142
bandwidth (K7) .......................................4.142
circuit description (K7)............................4.141
measurement results (K7)......................4.142
measurement time (K7) .........................4.143
sample rate (K7).....................................4.143
trigger offset (K7) ...................................4.143

1300.2519.12

analog demodulation (K7) ......................... 4.140
analog demodulation menu (K7).... 4.140, 4.144
Analog Demodulation mode (K7) .............. 4.129
analog TV basics (K20)............................... 2.47
Analog TV Settings dialog box (K20) ........ 4.239
analysis of measurement variables (K93). 2.157
analysis steps (K92/K93) .......................... 2.149
annotation ................................................. 4.273
antenna gain (K8)...................................... 4.168
APICH ....................................................... 4.305
ASCII #........................................................ 5.10
ASCII file export .......................................... 4.51
ATDPCH ................................................... 4.305
attenuation
adjustment (K20) ................................... 4.211
automatic ................................................. 4.16
manual.......................................... 4.15, 6.150
auto level detection
K92/K93 option ...................................... 2.144
Auto Peak detector...................................... 4.42
Average detector......................................... 4.42
average or peak values (K8) ....................... 2.43
Average trace mode.................................... 4.41
averaging
continuous sweep.................................... 4.41
single sweep............................................ 4.41
sweep count ............................................ 4.41
AWGN noise (K20) ..................................... 2.70
B
bandwidth
K8 option ................................................. 2.41
occupied .................................................. 4.78
occupied (K20) ........................................ 2.89
resolution ................................................. 4.22
resolution (K7) ....................................... 4.155
video ........................................................ 4.22
bandwidth menu
base unit .................................................. 4.22
K7 option ............................................... 4.155
K8 option ............................................... 4.175
K82 option ............................................. 4.338
K84 option ............................................. 4.391
base station measurements (K72) ............ 2.108
base station measurements (K82) ............ 2.116
base station tests
basic settings (K72) ............................... 2.115
test setup (K72) ..................................... 2.115
test setup (K82) ..................................... 2.127
BCH........................................................... 4.305
BD_ADDR (K8) ......................................... 4.169
Bit Reverse Code Order (K82) .................. 4.320
Bitstream (K84) ......................................... 4.382
Blank trace mode ........................................ 4.41
block data...................................................... 5.9
Bluetooth device address (K8) .................. 4.169
Bluetooth measurement
average or peak values (K8) ................... 2.43
bandwidths (K8)....................................... 2.41

Index 27

E-10

Index

R&S FSL

data packet structure (K8)........................2.38
filter (K8)...................................................2.41
functional description (K8)........................2.40
oversampling (K8) ....................................2.42
supported tests (K8).................................2.38
transmitter tests (K8)................................2.39
trigger concept (K8)..................................2.44
Bluetooth menu (K8).......................4.158, 4.167
Bluetooth mode (K8)..................................4.129
menus ....................................................4.158
Boolean parameter ........................................5.9
BTS (K72) ..................................................4.273
BW key ........................................................4.18
C
C/N Setup dialog box (K20) .......................4.235
Cable TV Analyzer menu (K20) ......4.203, 4.223
Cable TV Analyzer mode (K20) .................4.130
menus ....................................................4.203
cable TV measurement
analog TV basics (K20)............................2.47
analog TV measurement examples (K20)2.48
analog TV settings (K20)..........................2.48
analog TV test setup (K20) ......................2.49
APD – digital TV (K20) ...........................4.221
APD (K20) ................................................2.80
C/N – analog TV (K20)...........................4.214
Carriers – analog TV (K20) ....................4.214
Carriers (K20)...........................................2.51
CCDF – digital TV (K20) ........................4.222
CCDF (K20) .............................................2.81
Channel Power – digital TV (K20) ..........4.221
Channel Power (K20) ...............................2.79
Constellation Diagram – digital TV (K20)
............................................................4.219
Constellation Diagram (K20) ....................2.75
CSO – analog TV (K20) .........................4.215
CTB – analog TV (K20)..........................4.216
digital TV basics (K20) .............................2.65
digital TV measurement examples (K20).2.70
digital TV settings (K20) ...........................2.71
digital TV test setup (K20)........................2.72
display labels (K20) ................................4.212
Echo Pattern – digital TV (K20)..............4.220
Echo Pattern (K20)...................................2.78
Hum – analog TV (K20) .........................4.218
Hum (K20)................................................2.55
measurement overview (K20) ..................2.46
measurement with channel table (K20) ...2.98
measurement without channel table (K20)
..............................................................2.96
Modulation Errors – digital TV (K20) ......4.220
Modulation Errors (K20) ...........................2.76
Overview – digital TV (K20) ...................4.219
Overview (K20) ........................................2.73
Spectrum – analog TV (K20) .................4.213
Spectrum – digital TV (K20) ...................4.218
Spectrum (K20) ...............................2.50, 2.72
status bar information (K20)...................4.209
1300.2519.12

Tilt – TV analyzer (K20) ......................... 4.222
Tilt (K20) .................................................. 2.82
TV analyzer measurement examples (K20)
............................................................. 2.82
Video Scope – analog TV (K20) ............ 4.217
Video Scope (K20) .................................. 2.52
Vision Modulation – analog TV (K20) .... 4.217
Vision Modulation (K20) .......................... 2.53
with channel table (K20) ........................ 4.208
without channel table (K20) ................... 4.209
CACH ........................................................ 4.305
calibration
transmission measurement ................... 4.138
calibration (K30) ............................. 2.102, 4.248
Carr Freq Error (K82)................................ 4.326
Carrier Frequency Drift measurement (K8)
............................................................... 4.164
carrier frequency error (K20)....................... 2.70
Carrier Frequency Stability and Modulation
Accuracy measurement (K8)................. 4.166
carrier suppression ..................................... 2.69
CATV network (K20) ................................... 2.84
CCCH........................................................ 4.305
CCIR 473–4 ................................................ 4.37
CDEP ........................................................ 4.305
CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer mode (K82)..... 4.130
CDP........................................................... 4.305
center frequency ........................................... 4.7
K8 option ............................................... 4.167
step size .................................................... 4.8
channel
active (K72) ........................................... 4.278
active (K82) ........................................... 4.315
active (K84) ........................................... 4.369
bandwidth ............................ 4.94, 4.96, 4.101
inactive (K82)......................................... 4.315
inactive (K84)......................................... 4.369
K20 option ............................................... 2.84
number .................................................... 4.95
spacing .................................................... 4.96
threshold (K82) ...................................... 4.315
threshold (K84) ...................................... 4.369
channel (K72)............................................ 4.274
channel assignment table (K72) ............... 4.285
parameters ............................................ 4.285
Channel Bitstream (K82)........................... 4.333
Channel Constellation (K82) ..................... 4.331
channel estimation (K93) .......................... 2.156
channel filter, list of ..................................... 4.20
channel number (K8) ................................ 4.167
Channel Power Rel / Abs (K82) ................ 4.327
Channel Results (K84) .............................. 4.379
channel results (K92/K93)......................... 2.150
channel table
result display(K82)................................. 4.323
channel table (K20) .......................... 2.83, 4.210
creating.................................................... 2.90
default...................................................... 2.96
measurement with channel table............. 2.98

Index 28

E-10

R&S FSL

Index

measurement without channel table ........2.96
channel table (K82)
Add Channel ..........................................4.317
auto search ............................................4.314
Cancel ....................................................4.318
Copy.......................................................4.315
Delete.....................................................4.315
delete channel........................................4.317
Edit .........................................................4.316
Meas ......................................................4.317
name ......................................................4.315
New ........................................................4.315
predefined ..............................................4.314
Reload....................................................4.318
Restore default channel tables...............4.318
Save .......................................................4.318
Sort.........................................................4.318
channel table (K84)
Add Channel ..........................................4.370
auto search ............................................4.369
Cancel ....................................................4.371
Copy.......................................................4.371
Delete.....................................................4.371
delete channel........................................4.370
Edit .........................................................4.372
Meas ......................................................4.371
name ......................................................4.369
New ........................................................4.370
predefined ..............................................4.369
Reload....................................................4.371
Restore default channel tables...............4.373
Save .......................................................4.371
Sort.........................................................4.371
Channel Table (K84)..................................4.382
Channel Table dialog box (K20) ................4.205
Channel Table Settings (K84)....................4.368
Channel Table Settings dialog (K82) .........4.314
Channel Tables dialog box (K20) ..............4.210
channel width (K20) .....................................2.84
characters
special ........................................................6.3
Chip Rate Error (K82) ................................4.326
CINR (K92/K93).........................................2.153
CINR (K93) ................................................2.157
Clear Write trace mode................................4.40
clock offset (K92/K93) ...............................2.151
Code Domain Analyzer menu (K82) ..........4.295
Code Domain Error (K82) ..........................4.328
Code Domain Error (K84) ..........................4.384
Code Domain Power (K82)........................4.322
Code Domain Power (K84)........................4.377
colon ............................................................5.10
color printout ..............................................4.275
color settings
default ....................................................4.274
Color Setup dialog box ..............................4.274
comma.........................................................5.10
command
# 5.10
1300.2519.12

addressed................................................ 5.35
colon ........................................................ 5.10
comma..................................................... 5.10
description ................................................. 6.2
header ....................................................... 5.5
line ............................................................. 5.7
long form ................................................... 5.6
overlapping execution.............................. 5.13
programming examples............................. 7.1
query.......................................................... 5.8
question mark ................................... 5.8, 5.10
quotation mark......................................... 5.10
recognition ............................................... 5.11
sequence ................................................. 5.13
short form .................................................. 5.6
structure..................................................... 5.5
suffix .......................................................... 5.7
syntax elements....................................... 5.10
univeral .................................................... 5.34
white space.............................................. 5.10
command tracking..................................... 4.272
common commands ..................................... 6.6
common pilot channel (K72) ..................... 4.273
Composite Constellation (K82) ................. 4.332
Composite Constellation (K84) ................. 4.385
Composite EVM ............................. 4.305, 4.381
Composite EVM (K82) ................... 4.327, 4.329
CONDition register part............................... 5.14
continuous sweep ....................................... 4.25
control
output level ............................................ 4.137
coupling
resolution bandwidth................................ 4.22
sweep time .............................................. 4.23
video bandwidth....................................... 4.23
CPCCH ..................................................... 4.305
CPICH (K72) ............................................. 4.273
create folder .............................................. 4.286
Crest factor ............................................... 4.305
CSO Setup dialog box (K20)..................... 4.237
CTB Setup dialog box (K20) ..................... 4.238
D
data packet
structure (k8) ........................................... 2.38
date ........................................................... 4.273
DCL ............................................................. 5.11
dedicated physical channel (K72) ............. 4.274
default color settings ................................. 4.274
default scalings of x– and y–axis .............. 4.103
definition of transducer factors.................... 7.20
delay
gate signal ............................................... 4.36
delimiter....................................................... 5.11
delta marker ................................................ 4.53
Demod Settings (K84)............................... 4.366
Demod Settings dialog (K82) .................... 4.311
Demod Settings dialog box
K91 option ............................................. 4.412

Index 29

E-10

Index

R&S FSL

K92/K93 option.......................................4.447
demodulation bandwidth (K7) ....................4.142
detector
Auto Peak.................................................4.45
auto select................................................4.45
Average....................................................4.46
IF overload (K20) ...................................4.211
Negative Peak ..........................................4.46
Positive Peak ...........................................4.46
Quasi Peak...............................................4.46
RF overload (K20)..................................4.211
RMS .........................................................4.46
Sample .....................................................4.46
detector overview.........................................4.42
diagram title ...............................................4.273
dialog
Channel Table Settings (K84) ................4.368
Demod Settings (K84)............................4.366
Frontend Settings (K84) .........................4.364
IQ Capture Settings (K84)......................4.365
Result Settings (K84) .............................4.373
dialog box
Edit Power Classes (remote control) .......6.45
Differential Phase Encoding measurement (K8)
...............................................................4.166
digital TV basics (K20).................................2.65
Digital TV Settings dialog box (K20) ..........4.243
direct measurement (K30) ..............2.101, 4.263
display
date ........................................................4.273
power-save mode...................................4.276
time ........................................................4.273
display lines ....................................4.122, 4.126
display range
frequency ...................................................4.7
level ..........................................................4.14
distance–to–fault measurement (K20).........2.78
double dagger ..............................................5.10
DPCH (K72)...............................................4.273
E
echo (K20) ...................................................2.78
Edit Limit Line dialog box ................4.120, 4.121
ENABle register part ....................................5.15
ENR dialog box (K30) ................................4.258
EOI (command line).......................................5.7
equalization (K93) ......................................2.156
equalizer (K20).............................................2.66
equipment under test (K8) .........................4.169
error messages..............................................9.1
3GPP Base Station measurements (K72) .9.9
device–specific...........................................9.7
noise figure measurements (K30)..............9.8
SCPI–specific.............................................9.1
WiMAX, WiBro measurements (K92/K93)
..............................................................9.11
WLAN TX measurements (K91) ..............9.10
error queue query ........................................5.26
error reporting
1300.2519.12

K30 option ............................................... 5.38
K91 option ............................................... 5.43
K92/K93 option ........................................ 5.46
error variable – iberr.................................... 5.32
ESR (event status register) ......................... 5.18
EUT (K8) ................................................... 4.169
EVENt register part ..................................... 5.15
event status enable register (ESE) ............. 5.18
event status register (ESR) ......................... 5.18
EVM (K20)................................................... 2.70
EVM (K92/K93) ......................................... 2.151
EVM (K93)................................................. 2.157
EVM vs Symbol (K82) ............................... 4.331
EVM vs Symbol (K84) ............................... 4.385
external noise source ................................ 4.267
external trigger ............................................ 4.31
F
FDD (K72) ................................................. 4.273
file
copying .................................................. 4.286
deleting .................................................. 4.287
renaming................................................ 4.286
FILE key .................................................... 4.280
File Manager dialog box............................ 4.286
file menu.................................................... 4.282
filter
K8 option ................................................. 2.41
root raised cosine (K20) .......................... 2.66
RX (K20).................................................. 2.66
TX (K20) .................................................. 2.66
firmware
update.................................................... 4.276
version ................................................... 4.277
fixed reference ............................................ 4.59
FM demodulation ........................................ 4.61
folder
renaming................................................ 4.286
FREQ key...................................................... 4.5
frequency
axis ............................................................ 4.5
band (K8)............................................... 4.167
center......................................................... 4.7
display.................................................... 4.273
line ......................................................... 4.126
offset........................................................ 4.10
power meter........................................... 4.188
specify frequency axis ............................... 4.5
start............................................................ 4.8
stop............................................................ 4.8
frequency menu
base unit .................................................... 4.7
K20 option ............................................. 4.226
K30 option ............................................. 4.253
K7 option ............................................... 4.150
K72 option ............................................. 4.279
K8 option ............................................... 4.172
K82 option ............................................. 4.334
K84 option ............................................. 4.387

Index 30

E-10

R&S FSL

Index

K91 option ..............................................4.411
K92/K93 option.......................................4.446
frequency offset (K92/K93) ........................2.151
frequency plan (K20) ...................................2.83
Frequency Settings dialog box (K30).........4.253
frequency–converting measurement (K30)
....................................................2.104, 4.263
Frontend Settings (K84).............................4.364
Frontend Settings dialog (K82) ..................4.309
functional description (K8) ...........................2.40
G
gate
delay.........................................................4.36
external/internal........................................4.35
length .......................................................4.36
mode ........................................................4.35
General Results (K84) ...............................4.378
General Settings dialog box
K91 option ..............................................4.411
K92/K93 option.......................................4.446
GET (Group Execute Trigger) .....................5.11
GPIB
interface ...................................................5.33
interface functions ....................................5.34
Graphic dialog box (K30) ...........................4.255
H
Hadamard Code Order (K82) ....................4.320
Hardware Information dialog box...............4.277
harmonics measurement ...........................4.116
header............................................................5.5
high speed physical downlink shared channel
(K72) ......................................................4.274
high speed shared control channel (K72) ..4.274
horizontal sync signal...................................4.37
hybrid acknowledgement indicator channel
(K72) ......................................................4.274
I
I/Q data acquisition ......................................7.21
I/Q imbalance (K93)...................................2.158
IEC/IEEE bus
command description.................................6.2
image–frequency rejection (K30)...............2.104
impedance
cable TV networks (K20)........................4.229
input .........................................................4.17
Inactive Channel Threshold .......................4.305
Initial Carrier Frequency Tolerance
measurement (K8) .................................4.163
initial configuration .........................................4.4
spectrum analyzer ......................................4.4
initial configuration (K82)
Code Domain Analyzer ..........................4.299
instrument functions ...........................4.1, 4.260
interface functions
GPIB.........................................................5.34

1300.2519.12

interference
inter–symbol K20..................................... 2.66
intermodulation product................................. 2.7
interrupt ....................................................... 5.25
inter–symbol interference K20 .................... 2.66
IQ Capture Settings (K84)......................... 4.365
IQ Capture Settings dialog (K82) .............. 4.310
IQ Imbal / Offset (K82) .............................. 4.327
IQ impairments (K92/K93) ........................ 2.152
IST flag........................................................ 5.18
IVI driver........................................................ 5.2
K
key
AMPT....................................................... 4.13
BW........................................................... 4.18
ESC ......................................................... 6.29
FILE ....................................................... 4.280
FREQ......................................................... 4.5
LINES .................................................... 4.118
MEAS ...................................................... 4.75
MENU .................................................... 4.131
MKR......................................................... 4.54
MKR–>..................................................... 4.66
MODE.................................................... 4.129
MODE (remote control) ......................... 6.153
PRESET .................................. 4.3, 6.8, 6.261
PRINT.................................................... 4.290
SETUP................................................... 4.262
SPAN....................................................... 4.11
SWEEP ................................................... 4.24
TRACE .................................................... 4.39
TRIG ........................................................ 4.28
L
LAN ............................................................. 5.28
interface................................................... 5.28
RSIB protocol .......................................... 5.30
VXI protocol ............................................. 5.28
LAP (K8).................................................... 4.169
level
axis .......................................................... 4.16
display range ........................................... 4.14
range ....................................................... 4.14
reference ................................................. 4.14
trigger ...................................................... 4.34
level detection
K92/K93 option ...................................... 2.144
limit
ACP measurement .................................. 4.98
evaluation range ...................................... 4.93
limit check
ACP measurement .................................. 4.98
Limit Check (remote control)....................... 6.45
limit line ..................................................... 4.123
copying .................................................. 4.126
deleting .................................................. 4.126
editing .................................................... 4.126
new ........................................................ 4.124

Index 31

E-10

Index

R&S FSL

scaling..................................................... 4.120
shift.........................................................4.122
span setting............................................4.120
unit.......................................................... 4.120
Limit Lines dialog box (K30) ......................4.248
line
display ....................................................4.122
frequency (Frequency Line 1, 2) ............4.126
limit.........................................................4.123
system ......................................................4.38
threshold ..................................................4.73
time (Time Line 1, 2) ..............................4.127
linear averaging ...........................................4.50
LINES key..................................................4.118
lines menu
base unit.................................................4.123
K30 option ..............................................4.268
K91 option ..............................................4.435
K93 option ..............................................4.484
literature
K93 option ..............................................2.158
LO exclude...................................................4.73
local menu .................................................4.289
logarithmic averaging...................................4.49
logo ............................................................4.273
Loss dialog box (K30) ................................4.259
lower–case (commands) ........................5.6, 6.2
M
maintenance ..................................................8.1
manual operation .......................................4.289
changing to.............................................4.289
return to......................................................5.4
marker .........................................................4.53
center frequency to ..................................4.71
peak .........................................................4.71
reference level to......................................4.71
search limit ...............................................4.72
signal track ...............................................4.10
to trace .....................................................4.61
zoom ........................................................4.62
marker field
base unit...................................................4.53
K14 option ..............................................4.193
K72 option ..............................................4.274
marker menu
base unit...................................................4.57
K14 option ..............................................4.197
K30 option ..............................................4.267
K72 option ..............................................4.281
K82 option ..............................................4.341
K84 option ..............................................4.394
K91 option ..............................................4.433
K92/K93 option.......................................4.483
marker–> menu
base unit...................................................4.70
K14 option ..............................................4.197
K30 option ..............................................4.268
K72 option ..............................................4.282
1300.2519.12

K82 option ............................................. 4.343
K84 option ............................................. 4.395
K91 option ............................................. 4.434
K92/K93 option ...................................... 4.484
Max Hold trace mode.................................. 4.40
maximum search ........................................ 4.71
maximum value........................................... 4.92
MC1........................................................... 4.305
MC2........................................................... 4.305
mean power (GSM burst)............................ 4.92
MEAS key ................................................... 4.75
measurement
Adjacent–Channel Power (K72) ............ 4.292
Adjacent–Channel Power (K8) .............. 4.162
Bitstream (K84) ..................................... 4.382
Bluetooth (K8)........................................ 4.159
cable TV (K20)....................................... 4.204
Carrier Frequency Drift (K8) .................. 4.164
Carrier Frequency Stability and Modulation
Accuracy (K8) .................................... 4.166
Channel Bitstream (K82) ....................... 4.333
Channel Bitstream (remote control, K84)
........................................................... 6.635
Channel Constell (K82) ......................... 4.331
Channel Constell (remote control, K84) 6.635
Channel Results (K84) .......................... 4.379
Channel Table (K82) ............................. 4.323
Channel Table (K84) ............................. 4.382
Channel Table (remote control, K84) .... 6.635
Code Dom Power (K72) . 4.285, 4.286, 4.287,
4.288
Code Domain Analyzer (K82) ..... 4.321, 4.345
Code Domain Analyzer (K84) ..... 4.376, 4.397
Code Domain Error (K82)...................... 4.328
Code Domain Error (K84)...................... 4.384
Code Domain Error (remote control, K84)
........................................................... 6.635
Code Domain Power (K82).................... 4.322
Code Domain Power (K84).................... 4.377
Code Domain Power (remote control, K84)
........................................................... 6.635
Composite Constell (K82) ..................... 4.332
Composite Constell (remote control, K84)
........................................................... 6.635
Composite Constellation (K84).............. 4.385
Composite EVM..................................... 4.381
Composite EVM (K82)........................... 4.329
Composite EVM (remote control, K84).. 6.635
Differential Phase Encoding (K8) .......... 4.166
distance–to–fault (K20)............................ 2.78
EVM vs Symbol (K82) ........................... 4.331
EVM vs Symbol (K84) ........................... 4.385
EVM vs Symbol (remote control, K84) .. 6.635
functions .................................................. 4.52
General Results (K84) ........................... 4.378
Initial Carrier Frequency Tolerance (K8) 4.163
Modulation Characteristics (K8) ............ 4.162
Occupied Bandwidth (K82).................... 4.349
Occupied Bandwidth (K84).................... 4.401

Index 32

E-10

R&S FSL

Index

Output Power (K8) .................................4.161
parameters .................................................4.2
Peak Code Domain Error (K82) .............4.330
Peak Code Domain Error (K84) .............4.383
Peak Code Domain Error (remote control,
K84) ....................................................6.635
Power (K72) ...........................................4.289
Power vs Chip (K84) ..............................4.380
Power vs PCG (K82)..............................4.324
Power vs PCG (remote control, K84).....6.635
Power vs Symbol (K82)..........................4.332
Power vs Symbol (K84)..........................4.381
reflection.................................................4.135
Relative Transmit Power (K8) ................4.164
Result Summary (K82)...........................4.325
Result Summary (remote control, K84)..6.635
Signal Channel Power (K82) ..................4.345
Signal Channel Power (K84) ..................4.398
Spectrum Emission Mask (K72).............4.292
Spectrum Emission Mask (K82).............4.347
Spectrum Emission Mask (K84).............4.399
Spurious Emissions (K8)........................4.165
Symbol Constellation (K84)....................4.384
time ........................................................4.188
transmission ...........................................4.135
WiMAX 802.16 OFDM/OFDMA/WiBro
(K92/K93) ...........................................4.438
WLAN TX (K91) .....................................4.406
measurement example
amplitude distribution ...............................2.33
analog TV (K20) .......................................2.48
analog TV settings (K20)..........................2.48
APD (K20) ................................................2.80
basic (K30) .............................................2.101
basic (K92/K93)......................................2.142
Carriers (K20)...........................................2.51
CCDF (K20) .............................................2.81
Channel Power (K20) ...............................2.79
Code Domain Power measurement (K72)
............................................................2.113
Composite EVM measurement (K82) ....2.124
Constellation Diagram (K20) ....................2.75
digital TV (K20) ........................................2.70
digital TV settings (K20) ...........................2.71
Echo Pattern (K20)...................................2.78
harmonics...................................................2.2
Hum (K20)................................................2.55
intermodulation...........................................2.7
modulated signals ....................................2.25
Modulation Errors (K20) ...........................2.76
noise.........................................................2.17
Overview (K20) ........................................2.73
Peak Code Domain Error measurement
(K82)...................................................2.126
relative Code Domain Power measurement
(K72)...................................................2.111
relative Code Domain Power measurement
(K82)...................................................2.119

1300.2519.12

relative Code Domain Power measurement
triggered (K82) ................................... 2.122
RHO factor (K82)................................... 2.126
Signal Channel Power measurement (K72)
........................................................... 2.108
Signal Channel Power measurement (K82)
........................................................... 2.116
signals in the vicinity of noise .................. 2.13
spectra of complex signals ........................ 2.6
Spectrum (K20) .............................. 2.50, 2.72
Spectrum Emission Mask measurement
(K72) .................................................. 2.110
Spectrum Emission Mask measurement
(K82) .................................................. 2.118
test setup ................................................... 2.2
Tilt (K20) .................................................. 2.82
TV analyzer (K20).................................... 2.82
Video Scope (K20) .................................. 2.52
Vision Modulation (K20) .......................... 2.53
with channel table (K20) .......................... 2.98
without channel table (K20) ..................... 2.96
measurement forms (K30) ........................ 4.249
measurement menu
base unit .................................................. 4.88
K20 option ............................................. 4.230
K30 option ............................................. 4.260
K72 option ............................................. 4.283
K8 option ............................................... 4.181
K82 option ............................................. 4.344
K84 option ............................................. 4.397
K91 option ............................................. 4.410
K92/K93 option ...................................... 4.444
measurement mode
1xEV-DO BTS Analyzer (K84)............... 4.130
3G FDD BTS (K72) ............................... 4.130
Analog Demodulation (K7) .................... 4.129
available modes..................................... 4.129
Bluetooth (K8)........................................ 4.129
Cable TV Analyzer (K20) ....................... 4.130
CDMA2000 BTS Analyzer (K82) ........... 4.130
changing ................................................ 4.129
displaying main menus .......................... 4.131
K30 option ............................................. 4.248
Noise (K30)............................................ 4.130
Spectrum Analyzer ................................ 4.129
WiMAX/WiBro (K92/92)......................... 4.130
WLAN (K91) .......................................... 4.130
measurement result
Active Channels (K82)........................... 4.326
Carr Freq Error (K82) ............................ 4.326
Channel Power Rel / Abs (K82)............. 4.327
Chip Rate Error (K82)............................ 4.326
Composite EVM (K82)........................... 4.327
IQ Imbalance (K82) ............................... 4.327
Modulation (K82) ................................... 4.327
Offset (K82) ........................................... 4.327
Phase Offset (K82)................................ 4.327
Pilot PWR (K82) .................................... 4.326
RHO (K82)............................................. 4.326

Index 33

E-10

Index

R&S FSL

Symbol EVM rms / Pk (K82) ..................4.327
Timing Offset (K82)................................4.327
Total PWR (K82)....................................4.326
Trg to Frame (K82) .................................4.326
measurement results (K30) .......................4.250
Measurement Settings dialog box (K30)....4.260
measurement variables
CINR (K92/K93) .....................................2.153
CINR (K93).............................................2.157
EVM (K92/K93) ......................................2.151
EVM (K93)..............................................2.157
I/Q imbalance (K93) ...............................2.158
IQ impairments (K92/K93) .....................2.152
K93 option ...................................2.157, 2.158
RSSI (K92/K93)......................................2.152
RSSI (K93) .............................................2.158
menu
amplitude..................................................4.14
amplitude (K20)......................................4.228
amplitude (K7)........................................4.153
amplitude (K72)......................................4.280
amplitude (K8)........................................4.173
amplitude (K82)......................................4.336
amplitude (K84)......................................4.389
amplitude (K91)......................................4.411
amplitude (K92/K93) ..............................4.446
analog demodulation (K7) ...........4.140, 4.144
bandwidth .................................................4.22
bandwidth (K7) .......................................4.155
bandwidth (K8) .......................................4.175
bandwidth (K82) .....................................4.338
bandwidth (K84) .....................................4.391
Bluetooth (K8) .............................4.158, 4.167
Cable TV Analyzer (K20).............4.203, 4.223
Code Domain Analyzer (K82).................4.295
file...........................................................4.282
frequency ...................................................4.7
frequency (K20)......................................4.226
frequency (K30)......................................4.253
frequency (K7)........................................4.150
frequency (K72)......................................4.279
frequency (K8)........................................4.172
frequency (K82)......................................4.334
frequency (K84)......................................4.387
frequency (K91)......................................4.411
frequency (K92/K93) ..............................4.446
lines ........................................................4.123
lines (K30) ..............................................4.268
lines (K91) ..............................................4.435
lines (K92/K93).......................................4.484
marker ......................................................4.57
marker (K14) ..........................................4.197
marker (K30) ..........................................4.267
marker (K72) ..........................................4.281
marker (K82) ..........................................4.341
marker (K84) ..........................................4.394
marker (K91) ..........................................4.433
marker (K92/K93)...................................4.483
marker–>..................................................4.70
1300.2519.12

marker–> (K14) ..................................... 4.197
marker–> (K30) ..................................... 4.268
marker–> (K72) ..................................... 4.282
marker–> (K82) ..................................... 4.343
marker–> (K84) ..................................... 4.395
marker–> (K91) ..................................... 4.434
marker–> (K92/K93) .............................. 4.484
measurement (K14)............................... 4.194
measurement (K20)............................... 4.230
measurement (K30)............................... 4.260
measurement (K7)................................. 4.144
measurement (K72)............................... 4.283
measurement (K8)................................. 4.181
measurement (K82)............................... 4.344
measurement (K84)............................... 4.397
menu...................................................... 4.131
noise figure measurements (K30) ........ 4.247,
4.252
power measurement................................ 4.88
power meter (K9)........................ 4.186, 4.187
print........................................................ 4.290
settings (K72) ............................. 4.271, 4.275
setup...................................................... 4.262
span......................................................... 4.11
span (K7) ............................................... 4.152
span (K82) ............................................. 4.335
span (K84) ............................................. 4.388
spectrogram (K14)...................... 4.191, 4.194
sweep ...................................................... 4.25
sweep (K14) .......................................... 4.195
sweep (K30) .......................................... 4.265
sweep (K7) ............................................ 4.155
sweep (K8) ............................................ 4.177
sweep (K82) .......................................... 4.339
sweep (K84) .......................................... 4.392
sweep (K91) .......................................... 4.432
sweep (K92/92) ..................................... 4.482
trace......................................................... 4.43
trace (K20)............................................. 4.229
trace (K30)............................................. 4.266
trace (K82)............................................. 4.340
trace (K84)............................................. 4.393
trace (K91)............................................. 4.435
trace (K92/K93) ..................................... 4.485
tracking generator ................................. 4.137
trigger ...................................................... 4.33
trigger (K7)............................................. 4.156
trigger (K72)........................................... 4.281
trigger (K8)............................................. 4.180
trigger (K82)........................................... 4.340
trigger (K84)........................................... 4.393
trigger (K91)........................................... 4.411
trigger (K92/K93) ................................... 4.446
WiMAX (K92/K93) ...................... 4.438, 4.444
WLAN (K91) ............................... 4.405, 4.410
MENU key ................................................. 4.131
menu menu ............................................... 4.131
MER (K20) .................................................. 2.70
Min Hold trace mode ................................... 4.40

Index 34

E-10

R&S FSL

Index

minimum search ..........................................4.72
MKR key ......................................................4.54
MKR–> key ..................................................4.66
mode
see also measurement mode.................4.129
trigger .......................................................4.33
MODE key .................................................4.129
model .........................................................4.133
13, 16 and 28 – tracking generator ........4.134
Modulation (K82) .......................................4.327
Modulation Characteristics measurement (K8)
...............................................................4.162
modulation depth .........................................4.92
modulation standard (K20) ......2.84, 2.85, 4.210
< unused > ...............................................2.85
Modulation Standard Options dialog box (K20)
...............................................................4.207
modulation standards (K20)
analog TV.................................................2.86
assigning ..................................................2.95
creating ....................................................2.92
digital TV ..................................................2.88
N
Negative Peak detector ...............................4.42
noise
measurement (K30) ...............................4.247
source, external......................................4.267
noise figure measurements menu (K30) ..4.247,
4.252
Noise mode (K30)......................................4.130
normalization .............................................4.138
NTRansition register part.............................5.15
numerical values (command) ........................5.8
O
occupied bandwidth .....................................4.78
K20 option ................................................2.89
offset
frequency .................................................4.10
gate signal................................................4.36
reference level..........................................4.16
trigger .......................................................4.34
option .........................................................4.133
1xEV-DO Base Station Test (K84).........4.354
3GPP Base Station Measurements (K72)
............................................................4.271
Additional Interfaces (B5).......................4.186
Analog Demodulation (K7) .....................4.140
Bluetooth Measurements (K8) ...............4.158
Gated Sweep (B8)....................................4.29
Noise Figure Measurements (K30) ........4.247
Power Meter (K9) ...................................4.186
RF Preamplifier (B22) ..............................4.15
Spectrogram Measurement (K14)..........4.191
TV Trigger (B6) ........................................4.32
WiMAX IEEE 802.16e, WiBro Measurements
(K92/K93) ...........................................4.437
WLAN TX Measurements (K91) ............4.405
1300.2519.12

options
installed ................................................. 4.277
OTD........................................................... 4.305
output level
control.................................................... 4.137
Output Power measurement (K8) ............. 4.161
overlapping execution ................................. 5.11
oversampling (K8) ....................................... 2.42
oversampling factor (K8)........................... 4.171
overview
Bluetooth measurements (K8)................. 2.36
overwrite mode............................................ 4.40
P
p0 bit (K8)......................................... 2.44, 4.160
packing.......................................................... 8.1
paging indication channel (K72)................ 4.274
parallel poll .................................................. 5.25
enable register (PPE) .............................. 5.18
parameter
block data .................................................. 5.9
boolean...................................................... 5.9
numerical values........................................ 5.8
string.......................................................... 5.9
technical (K8)........................................... 2.37
text............................................................. 5.9
path ........................................................... 4.283
PCCPCH (K72) ......................................... 4.273
PCG .......................................................... 4.305
PCH........................................................... 4.305
PDCCH ..................................................... 4.305
PDCH ........................................................ 4.305
Peak Code Domain Error (K82) ................ 4.330
Peak Code Domain Error (K84) ................ 4.383
peak envelope power (K20) ........................ 2.69
peak search ................................................ 4.71
phase jitter (K20)......................................... 2.70
physical layer (K20)..................................... 2.84
PICH.......................................................... 4.305
PICH (K72)................................................ 4.273
Pilot PWR (K82)........................................ 4.326
polarity
external trigger/gate................................. 4.34
trigger edge ............................................. 4.34
video ........................................................ 4.38
Positive Peak detector ................................ 4.42
power
3GPP FDD signal (K72) ........................ 4.289
bandwidth percentage ........................... 4.101
mean........................................................ 4.92
power cables ................................................. 8.1
power classes
bluetooth (K8) .......................................... 2.37
power measurement ................................... 4.75
occupied bandwidth................................. 4.78
trace......................................................... 4.99
zero span................................................. 4.78
power measurement menu
base unit .................................................. 4.88

Index 35

E-10

Index

R&S FSL

power meter (K9) .......................................4.186
frequency ...............................................4.188
menu ...........................................4.186, 4.187
power sensor support (K9) ........................4.186
Power vs Chip (K84) ..................................4.380
Power vs PCG (K82) .................................4.324
Power vs Symbol (K82) .............................4.332
Power vs Symbol (K84) .............................4.381
PPE (parallel poll enable register) ...............5.18
preset instrument ...........................................4.3
PRESET key..................................................4.3
preset spectrum analyzer ..............................4.3
pre–trigger ...................................................4.34
primary common control physical channel (K72)
...............................................................4.273
primary synchronization channel (K72)......4.273
print
screen ....................................................4.290
PRINT key .................................................4.290
print menu..................................................4.290
Printers and Faxes window........................4.292
programming examples
averaging I/Q data....................................7.23
channel power measurement...................7.11
I/Q data ....................................................7.21
level measurement...................................7.19
limit lines and limit test ...............................7.9
occupied bandwidth measurement ..........7.13
power ramp measurement .......................7.15
reading files..............................................7.24
service request...........................................7.1
Spectrum Emission Mask measurement .7.26
Spurious Emissions measurement ..........7.30
time domain power measurement............7.14
transducers ..............................................7.20
WiMAX, WiBro measurements (K92/K93)
..............................................................7.37
WLAN TX measurements (K91) ..............7.34
writing files ...............................................7.25
protocol
RSIB.........................................................5.30
VXI ...........................................................5.28
PTRansition register part .............................5.15

value ...................................................... 4.189
reference level............................................. 4.14
channel power ....................................... 4.101
offset........................................................ 4.16
to marker level......................................... 4.71
reference noise bandwidth (K20) ................ 2.56
reference point
frequency................................................. 4.60
level ......................................................... 4.60
peak search............................................. 4.60
time.......................................................... 4.60
reflection measurement ............................ 4.135
relative grant channel (K72) ...................... 4.274
Relative Transmit Power measurement (K8)
............................................................... 4.164
remote control
basics ........................................................ 5.1
changing to ............................................ 4.289
IP address ................................................. 5.3
programming examples............................. 7.1
starting....................................................... 5.4
reset
status reporting system ........................... 5.27
switch on or off ........................................ 4.47
resolution bandwidth ................................... 4.22
K7 option ............................................... 4.155
result display
Code Dom Channel Table (K72) ........... 4.285
Code Dom Power Diagram (K72).......... 4.286
Code Dom Result Summary (K72)....... 4.287,
4.288
Result Settings dialog (K82)...................... 4.318
Result Summary (K82).............................. 4.325
RHO (K82) ................................................ 4.326
RMS detector .............................................. 4.42
RMS value................................................... 4.92
roll–off factor (K20) ..................................... 2.66
root raised cosine........................................ 2.89
filter (K20) ................................................ 2.66
RSIB protocol .............................................. 5.30
RSSI (K92/K93)......................................... 2.152
RSSI (K93) ................................................ 2.158
RX filter (K20).............................................. 2.66

Q

S

QAM (K20)...................................................2.88
quadrature error (K20) .................................2.69
query............................................5.8, 5.26, 5.36
question mark .......................................5.8, 5.10
quotation mark .............................................5.10

Sample detector .......................................... 4.42
sample number ......................................... 4.102
Save dialog box......................................... 4.283
scalar reflection measurement.................. 4.135
scaling ......................................................... 4.15
level axis.................................................. 4.16
x– and y–axis (signal statistic)............... 4.102
SCH (K72)................................................. 4.273
SCPI
conformity information..................................6.2
introduction ................................................ 5.5
version ....................................................... 5.1
search
bandwidth ................................................ 4.10

R
RC..............................................................4.305
Recall dialog box .......................................4.285
reference
external ..................................................4.264
fixed..........................................................4.59
internal ...................................................4.264
level to marker level .................................4.71
1300.2519.12

Index 36

E-10

R&S FSL

Index

minimum ..................................................4.72
peak .........................................................4.71
range ........................................................4.72
secondary common control physical channel
(K72) ......................................................4.273
secondary synchronization channel (K72) .4.273
Select Limit Line dialog box .......................4.121
Select Screen Color Set dialog box ...........4.274
self test ......................................................4.279
sensitivity
APD measurement.................................4.104
CCDF measurement ..............................4.104
serial poll......................................................5.25
service request (SRQ) ........................5.17, 5.25
service request enable register (SRE).........5.17
setting command .........................................5.36
Settings (K82) ............................................4.307
Settings (K84) ............................................4.363
settings menu (K72)........................4.271, 4.275
Settings Overview dialog (K82)..................4.308
Settings Overview dialog (K84)..................4.363
setup
general ...................................................4.268
SETUP key ................................................4.262
setup menu ................................................4.262
SF ..............................................................4.305
sideband suppression (K30) ......................2.104
signal count..................................................4.60
signal level (K20) .......................................4.211
signal processing
block diagram (K93) ...............................2.155
IEEE 802.11a (K91) ...............................2.129
IEEE 802.11b (K91) ...............................2.135
IEEE 802.16 OFDMA (K93) ...................2.155
IEEE 802.16–2004 OFDM (K92/K93) ....2.145
signal tracking..............................................4.10
search bandwidth .....................................4.10
softkey
# of Adj Chan ...........................................4.95
# of Adj Chan (remote control)...............6.220
# of Samples ..........................................4.102
# of Samples (K82) ................................4.350
# of Samples (K84) ................................4.402
# of Samples (remote control)................6.113
# of TX Chan ............................................4.95
# of TX Chan (remote control) ...............6.226
% Power Bandwidth ...............................4.101
% Power Bandwidth (K82) .....................4.349
% Power Bandwidth (remote control).....6.226
(remote control, K14) .......6.391, 6.392, 6.393
*IDN Format Legacy...............................4.272
= Center .....................................................4.9
= Chan Spacing (K8)..............................4.172
= Marker .....................................................4.9
= Marker (remote control) ........................6.71
0.1 * RBW ..................................................4.8
0.1 * RBW (remote control).........6.201, 6.202
0.1 * Span ..................................................4.8
0.1 * Span (remote control) .........6.201, 6.202
1300.2519.12

Index 37

0.1*Chan Spacing (K8).......................... 4.172
0.1*Demod BW (K7).............................. 4.151
0.5 * RBW.................................................. 4.9
0.5 * RBW (remote control) ........ 6.201, 6.202
0.5 * Span.................................................. 4.9
0.5 * Span (remote control) ........ 6.201, 6.202
0.5*Demod BW (K7).............................. 4.151
30kHz/1MHz Transition (K72) ............... 4.294
30kHz/1MHz Transition (remote control, K72)
........................................................... 6.571
ACP (K72) ............................................. 4.292
ACP (remote control, K72) .................... 6.576
ACP Abs/Rel.......................................... 4.100
ACP Abs/Rel (remote control) ............... 6.222
ACP Ref Setting (remote control).......... 6.224
ACP Ref Settings..................................... 4.98
ACP Ref Spacing (remote control) ........ 6.224
ACP Rel/Abs (K91)................................ 4.429
ACP Rel/Abs (remote control, K91)...... 6.696,
6.703
ACP Settings (K92/K93) ........................ 4.477
ACP Settings (remote control, K92/K93)
..................................... 6.840, 6.841, 6.842
ACPR Abs/Rel (K92/K93)...................... 4.476
ACPR Abs/Rel (remote control, K92/K93)
..................................... 6.781, 6.782, 6.792
Activate (K20) ........................................ 4.223
Activate (remote control, K20)............... 6.473
Active On/Off ......................................... 4.265
Active On/Off (remote control).... 6.181, 6.184
Add Channel (K82) ................................ 4.317
Add Channel (K84) ................................ 4.370
Adjacent Channel Power (K82) ............. 4.345
Adjacent Channel Power (K84) ............. 4.398
Adjacent Channel Power (remote control,
K82) ................................................... 6.609
Adjacent Channel Power (remote control,
K84) ................................................... 6.649
Adjust Attenuation (K20)........................ 4.226
Adjust Gate (K8) .................................... 4.178
Adjust Gate (remote control, K8)........... 6.360
Adjust Ref Level .................................... 4.101
Adjust Ref Level (K72)................ 4.278, 4.294
Adjust Ref Level (K82).... 4.334, 4.336, 4.347,
4.349
Adjust Ref Level (K84)..... 4.387, 4.389, 4.399
Adjust Ref Level (remote control).......... 6.223
Adjust Ref Level (remote control, K72) 6.584,
6.587
Adjust Ref Level (remote control, K82) . 6.617
Adjust Ref Lvl ........................................ 4.102
Adjust Settings.......... 4.94, 4.99, 4.104, 4.117
Adjust Settings (K82).................. 4.349, 4.350
Adjust Settings (K84).................. 4.402, 4.403
Adjust Settings (remote control) . 6.114, 6.222
Adjust X-Axis ......................................... 4.115
AF Center (K7) ...................................... 4.151
AF Center (remote control, K7) ............. 6.301
AF Coupling AC/DC (K7)....................... 4.147
E-10

Index

R&S FSL

AF Coupling AC/DC (remote control, K7)
............................................................6.302
AF Filter (K7)..........................................4.148
AF Full Span (K7)...................................4.152
AF Full Span (remote control, K7)..........6.303
AF Range (K7) .......................................4.146
AF Span Manual (K7).............................4.152
AF Span Manual (remote control, K7)....6.302
AF Spectrum (K7) ..................................4.145
AF Start (K7) ..........................................4.151
AF Start (remote control, K7) .................6.303
AF Stop (K7) ..........................................4.151
AF Stop (remote control, K7) .................6.304
AF Time Domain (K7) ............................4.145
Alignment ...............................................4.268
All Functions off........................................4.91
All Functions off (remote control) .............6.97
All Marker Off ...........................................4.62
All Marker Off (K30) ...............................4.268
All Marker Off (remote control, K30) ......6.529
AM............................................................4.61
AM (remote control) .................................6.70
AM Mod Depth .........................................4.92
AM Mod Depth (remote control)...............6.74
Analog TV (K20).....................................4.232
Analog TV (remote control, K20) ...........6.471
Analog TV Settings (K20).......................4.239
Analog TV Settings (remote control, K20)
...........................6.506, 6.517, 6.518, 6.519
Annotation On/Off ..................................4.273
Annotation On/Off (remote control)........6.127
Antenna Diversity (K82) .........................4.312
Antenna Diversity On/Off (K72)..............4.278
Antenna Diversity On/Off (remote control,
K72) ....................................................6.583
Antenna Gain (K8) .................................4.168
Antenna Gain (remote control, K8) ........6.371
Antenna Number 1/2 (K72) ....................4.278
Antenna Number 1/2 (remote control, K72)
............................................................6.583
APD........................................................4.102
APD (K20) ..............................................4.244
APD (remote control) ..................6.112, 6.114
ASCII File Export..................4.47, 4.64, 4.113
ASCII File Export (remote control) ........6.166,
6.167
Auto Level (K91) ....................................4.433
Auto Level (K92/K93) .............................4.482
Auto Level (remote control, K92/K93) ....6.796
Auto Level&Code (K72) .........................4.284
Auto Level&Code (remote control, K72) 6.584
Auto Lvl (remote control, K91) ...............6.706
Auto Max Peak.........................................4.74
Auto Max Peak (remote control) ..............6.59
Auto Min Peak ..........................................4.74
Auto Min Peak (remote control) ...............6.61
Auto Range (K20) .......................4.241, 4.246
Auto Range (remote control, K20) .........6.475
Auto Scale Once (K82) ...............4.337, 4.341
1300.2519.12

Index 38

Auto Scale Once (K84).......................... 4.390
Average ................................................... 4.45
Average Length (K91) ........................... 4.422
Average Length (remote control, K91) .. 6.701
Average Mode ......................................... 4.48
Average Mode (remote control)............. 6.108
Band Class (K82) ....................... 4.346, 4.348
Band Class (K84) ....................... 4.398, 4.400
Band Class (remote control, K82) ......... 6.608
Band Class (remote control, K84) ......... 6.648
Base SF (K82) ....................................... 4.311
Bit Selection (K93)................................. 4.481
Bit Selection (remote control, K93)....... 6.785,
6.786
Bitstream (K91) ..................................... 4.430
Bitstream (K92/K93) .............................. 4.479
Bitstream (remote control, K91) ............ 6.704
Bitstream (remote control, K92/K93) ..... 6.794
Blank........................................................ 4.45
Block Count (K8) ................................... 4.178
Block Count (remote control, K8) .......... 6.358
Build Tbl (K30)....................................... 4.264
Burst Fit On/Off (K84)............................ 4.404
Burst Offset (K8).................................... 4.170
Burst Offset (remote control, K8) .......... 6.374
Burst Selection (K92/K93) ..................... 4.462
Burst Selection (remote control, K92/K93)
........................................................... 6.791
Burst Summary (K92/K93) .................... 4.480
Burst Summary (remote control, K92/K93)
........................................................... 6.795
C/N .......................................................... 4.93
C/N (K20)............................................... 4.234
C/N (remote control).............. 6.87, 6.88, 6.91
C/N (remote control, K20) ..................... 6.435
C/N Setup (K20) .................................... 4.235
C/N Setup (remote control, K20)6.485, 6.486,
6.487, 6.488
C/N, C/No ................................................ 4.93
C/No ........................................................ 4.94
C/No (remote control)............ 6.87, 6.88, 6.91
Cal (K30) ............................................... 4.265
Cal (remote control, K30) ...................... 6.532
Cal Refl Open ........................................ 4.138
Cal Refl Open (remote control) .. 6.180, 6.181
Cal Refl Short ........................................ 4.138
Cal Refl Short (remote control).............. 6.181
Cal Trans ............................................... 4.138
Cal Trans (remote control) .................... 6.181
Cal Type Sine/Comb ............................. 4.279
Cal Type Sine/Comb (remote control)... 6.123
Cancel (K82).......................................... 4.318
Cancel (K84).......................................... 4.371
Capture Length (K82) ............................ 4.310
Capture Length (K84) ............................ 4.365
Carr Freq Drift (K8)................................ 4.184
Carr Freq Drift (remote control, K8)....... 6.336
Carr Freq Stability (K8) .......................... 4.184

E-10

R&S FSL

Index

Carr Freq Stability (remote control, K8) 6.337,
6.338, 6.339, 6.340
Carrier Selection (K91)...........................4.427
Carrier Selection (K92/K93) ...................4.470
Carrier Selection (remote control, K91) .6.698
Carrier Selection (remote control, K92/K93)
............................................................6.787
Carriers (K20).........................................4.233
Carriers (remote control, K20) ...............6.434
CCDF .....................................................4.104
CCDF (K20) ...........................................4.245
CCDF (K82) ...........................................4.349
CCDF (K84) ...........................................4.402
CCDF (K91) ...........................................4.430
CCDF (K92/K93) ....................................4.478
CCDF (remote control)................6.112, 6.114
CCDF (remote control, K82) ..................6.609
CCDF (remote control, K84) ..................6.649
CCDF (remote control, K91) ..................6.705
CCDF (remote control, K92/K93) ...........6.795
CDP Average (K84) ...............................4.375
Center ........................................................4.7
Center (K8).............................................4.172
Center (remote control) ..........................6.200
Center =Mkr Freq.....................................4.71
Center =Mkr Freq (remote control) ..........6.70
CF Stepsize................................................4.8
CF Stepsize (remote control) .................6.201
CF–Stepsize (K8) ...................................4.172
Chan Pwr/Hz ............................................4.97
Chan Pwr/Hz (remote control)..................6.91
Chan Type (K84) ....................................4.385
Channel (Code) Number (K82) ..............4.319
Channel (K20) ........................................4.227
Channel (K8) ..........................................4.167
Channel (remote control, K20) ...............6.502
Channel (remote control, K8) .................6.359
Channel Analysis (K20)..........................4.242
Channel Bandwidth ..............4.94, 4.96, 4.101
Channel Bandwidth (K82) ......................4.349
Channel Bandwidth (remote control).....6.221,
6.222
Channel Bitstream (K82)........................4.333
Channel Bitstream (remote control, K82)
.................................................6.597, 6.624
Channel Constell (K82) ..........................4.331
Channel Constell (remote control, K82) 6.597,
6.624
Channel List Start (K8)...........................4.179
Channel No (K20) ..................................4.233
Channel Power (K20) .............................4.244
Channel Settings ......................................4.95
Channel Setup (K20)..............................4.223
Channel Spacing......................................4.96
Channel Spacing (remote control) ........6.225,
6.226
Channel Table (K82) ..............................4.323
Channel Table (remote control, K82) ....6.597,
6.604, 6.605, 6.607, 6.608, 6.616, 6.624
1300.2519.12

Index 39

Channel Table (remote control, K84) ... 6.644,
6.645, 6.647, 6.648, 6.657
Channel Table settings (K82) ................ 4.314
Channel Table Settings (K84) ............... 4.368
Channel Type (K84) .............................. 4.374
Channel Width (K20) ............................. 4.227
Clear All Messages................................ 4.278
Clear All Messages (remote control) ..... 6.257
Clear Write .............................................. 4.44
Clear/Write .............................................. 4.99
Close Sweep List................................... 4.110
Code Dom Channel Table (K72) ........... 4.285
Code Dom Channel Table (remote control,
K72) ........................................ 6.569, 6.576
Code Dom Overview (K84).................... 4.375
Code Dom Power Diagram (K72).......... 4.286
Code Dom Power Diagram (remote control,
K72) ........................................ 6.569, 6.576
Code Dom Result Summary (K72)........ 4.287
Code Dom Result Summary (remote control,
K72) ............................. 6.569, 6.574, 6.576
Code Domain Analyzer (K82) ................ 4.345
Code Domain Analyzer (K84) ................ 4.397
Code Domain Analyzer (remote control, K82)
........................................................... 6.609
Code Domain Analyzer (remote control, K84)
........................................................... 6.649
Code Domain Error (K82)...................... 4.328
Code Domain Error (remote control, K82)
........................................................... 6.597
Code Domain Power (K82).................... 4.322
Code Domain Power (remote control, K82)
................................................ 6.597, 6.624
Code Order (K82) .................................. 4.320
Code Power (K82) ................................. 4.320
Code Power Abs Rel (K84) ................... 4.375
Code Power Abs/Rel (K72) ................... 4.276
Code Power Abs/Rel (remote control, K72)
........................................................... 6.569
Color (K14) ............................................ 4.194
Color (remote control, K14) ................... 6.403
Color On/Off .................... 4.274, 4.275, 4.291
Color On/Off (remote control)................ 6.143
Colors ......................................... 4.273, 4.291
Comment............................................... 4.292
Composite Constell (K82) ..................... 4.332
Composite Constell (remote control, K82)
........................................................... 6.597
Composite EVM (K82)........................... 4.329
Composite EVM (remote control, K82). 6.597,
6.624
Computer Name .................................... 4.269
Const Diagram (K20)............................. 4.242
Constell Selection (K93) ........................ 4.470
Constell Selection (remote control, K93)
................................................ 6.786, 6.788
Constell vs Symbol/Carrier (K91) .......... 4.426
Constell vs Symbol/Carrier (K92/K93)... 4.469

E-10

Index

R&S FSL

Constell vs Symbol/Carrier (remote control,
K91) ....................................................6.699
Constell vs Symbol/Carrier (remote control,
K92/K93)..................................6.787, 6.788
Cont Demod .............................................4.61
Cont Demod (remote control) ..................6.69
Cont Meas (remote control) ........6.146, 6.147
Continue Frame On/Off (K14)................4.196
Continue Frame On/Off (remote control, K14)
............................................................6.403
Continue Single Sweep ............................4.26
Continue Single Sweep (remote control)
.................................................6.146, 6.147
Continue Test (K8) .................................4.178
Continuous Sweep ...................................4.25
Continuous Sweep (K8) .........................4.178
Continuous Sweep (remote control)......6.146,
6.147
Continuous Sweep Start/Stop (remote
control, K14) .......................................6.407
Copy.......................................................4.286
Copy (K20) .............................................4.225
Copy (K82) .............................................4.315
Copy (K84) .............................................4.371
Copy (remote control) ............................6.157
Copy (remote control, K82) ....................6.606
Copy (remote control, K84) ....................6.645
Copy Channel (K20)...............................4.224
Copy to ........................................4.126, 4.266
Copy to (remote control) ..........................6.30
Copy Trace...............................................4.47
Copy Trace (remote control) ..................6.264
Copy Trace (remote control, K20)..........6.516
Copy Zone/Burst (K93) ..........................4.460
Corr Data On/Off ....................................4.268
Corr Data On/Off (remote control) .........6.121
CP / ACP Config ......................................4.95
CP / ACP Standard ..................................4.94
CP / ACP Standard (remote control)........6.88
CP, ACP, MC–ACP..................................4.94
CP, ACP, MC–ACP (remote control) ......6.87,
6.88, 6.91
CPICH (K72) ..........................................4.283
CPICH (remote control, K72) ......6.567, 6.573
CSO (K20)..............................................4.237
CSO (remote control, K20) ....................6.435
CSO Setup (K20) ...................................4.237
CSO Setup (remote control, K20) .........6.489,
6.490, 6.492
CTB (K20) ..............................................4.238
CTB (remote control, K20) .....................6.436
CTB Setup (K20)....................................4.238
CTB Setup (remote control, K20)6.493, 6.495
Current File List 1/2................................4.287
Cut..........................................................4.286
Data –> Mem1 (K30)..............................4.267
Data –> Mem1 (remote control, K30).....6.532
Data –> Mem2 (K30)..............................4.267
Data –> Mem2 (remote control, K30).....6.532
1300.2519.12

Index 40

Data –> Mem3 (K30) ............................. 4.267
Data –> Mem3 (remote control, K30) .... 6.532
Data On/Off (K30) ................................. 4.267
Data On/Off (remote control, K30) ....... 6.535,
6.536
Date ....................................................... 4.287
dB per Division (K7)............................... 4.146
dB per Division (K72)............................. 4.280
dB per Division (remote control, K7) ..... 6.295
dB per Division (remote control, K72) ... 6.577
Decim Sep ............................................... 4.48
Decim Sep (remote control) .................. 6.138
Deemphasis (K7)................................... 4.149
Deemphasis (remote control, K7).......... 6.324
Default All (K91) .................................... 4.435
Default All (K92/K93) ............................. 4.484
Default Colors 1 (remote control) .......... 6.128
Default Colors 2 (remote control) .......... 6.128
Default Current (K91) ............................ 4.435
Default Current (K92/K93) ..................... 4.484
Default Settings ..................................... 4.103
Default Settings (remote control) 6.113, 6.115
Delete .............................. 4.126, 4.267, 4.287
Delete (K20) ............................... 4.224, 4.225
Delete (K30) ............................... 4.264, 4.270
Delete (K82) .......................................... 4.315
Delete (K84) .......................................... 4.371
Delete (remote control)..... 6.30, 6.158, 6.163,
6.183
Delete (remote control, K82) ................. 6.607
Delete (remote control, K84) ................. 6.647
Delete Channel (K20) ............................ 4.224
Delete Channel (K82) ............................ 4.317
Delete Channel (K84) ............................ 4.370
Delete File ............................................. 4.285
Delete File (remote control) ................... 6.156
Delete Line ............................................ 4.265
Delete Line (K20)................................... 4.236
Delete Range......................................... 4.110
Delete Range (remote control) .............. 6.192
Delete Value .......................................... 4.125
Delete Zone/Burst (K93)........................ 4.460
Demod Bandwidth (K7) ......................... 4.152
Demod BW (K7) .................................... 4.146
Demod BW (remote control, K7) ........... 6.323
Demod Settings (K7) ............................. 4.147
Demod Settings (K82) ........................... 4.311
Demod Settings (K84) ........................... 4.366
Demod Settings (remote control, K82) . 6.615,
6.619, 6.620, 6.621
Demod Settings (remote control, K84) .. 6.661
Demod Settings (remote control, K91) . 6.729,
6.730, 6.731, 6.732, 6.733, 6.734, 6.735,
6.736, 6.739, 6.740
Description............................................. 4.271
Deselect All............................................ 4.124
Details On/Off ........................................ 4.116
Detector Auto Peak ................................. 4.45
Detector Auto Select................................ 4.45
E-10

R&S FSL

Index

Detector Auto Select (remote control)....6.186
Detector Average .....................................4.46
Detector Manual Select............................4.45
Detector Manual Select (remote control)6.186
Detector Manual Select (remote control, K8)
............................................................6.359
Detector Negative Peak ...........................4.46
Detector Positive Peak.............................4.46
Detector Quasi Peak ................................4.46
Detector RMS...........................................4.46
Detector Sample ......................................4.46
Dev per Division (K7) .............................4.146
Deviation Lin/Log (K7)............................4.147
Deviation Lin/Log (remote control, K7)...6.296
Device 1/2 ..............................................4.291
Device 1/2 (remote control)....................6.161
Device Setup..........................................4.291
Device Setup (remote control) ...6.142, 6.143,
6.145, 6.254, 6.255
DHCP On/Off .........................................4.269
Diagram Full Size (K7) ...........................4.145
Diagram Full Size (remote control, K7) ..6.295
Diff Phase (K8).......................................4.185
Diff Phase (remote control, K8)...6.341, 6.342
Digital TV (K20)......................................4.241
Digital TV (remote control, K20)..6.472, 6.473
Digital TV Settings (K20)........................4.243
Digital TV Settings (remote control, K20)
......................................6.499, 6.500, 6.501
Disable all Items.....................................4.285
Disable all Items (remote control) ..........6.165
Discard Changes (K20)..........................4.225
Disconnect Network Drive......................4.288
Disconnect Network Drive (remote control)
............................................................6.162
Display Graph/Display List (K92/K93) ....4.461
Display Graph/Display List (remote control,
K92/K93).............................................6.812
Display Line 1.........................................4.126
Display Line 1 (remote control) ................6.23
Display Line 2.........................................4.126
Display Line 2 (remote control) ................6.23
Display Lines ..........................................4.126
Display List/Graph (K30) ........................4.255
Display List/Graph (K91) ........................4.420
Display List/Graph (remote control, K30)
............................................................6.536
Display List/Graph (remote control, K91)
............................................................6.710
Display Pwr Save ...................................4.276
Display Pwr Save (remote control).........6.130
Display Settings (K30)............................4.255
Display Settings (remote control, K30)..6.535,
6.537, 6.538, 6.539
Display Update On/Off ...........................4.272
DPSK Start (K8) .....................................4.180
DPSK Start (remote control, K8) ............6.364
DPSK Stop (K8) .....................................4.180
DPSK Stop (remote control, K8) ............6.364
1300.2519.12

Index 41

Echo Pattern (K20) ................................ 4.242
Edit ............................................. 4.126, 4.265
Edit (K20)............................................... 4.225
Edit (K30)............................................... 4.270
Edit (K82)............................................... 4.316
Edit (K84)............................................... 4.372
Edit (remote control) .... 6.29, 6.32, 6.41, 6.42,
6.43, 6.49, 6.50, 6.51, 6.52, 6.53, 6.182
Edit ACP Limit ......................................... 4.98
Edit ACP Limit (remote control)..... 6.33, 6.34,
6.35, 6.37, 6.38, 6.39
Edit Comment............................. 4.124, 4.284
Edit File Name ....................................... 4.284
Edit Margin ............................................ 4.125
Edit Name................................... 4.124, 4.266
Edit Name (remote control) ................... 6.184
Edit Path ................................................ 4.286
Edit Path (remote control) .......... 6.156, 6.161
Edit Power Classes ............................... 4.113
Edit Reference Range ........................... 4.111
Edit Reference Range (remote control) 6.188,
6.189, 6.199
Edit Table (K20)..................................... 4.233
Edit Table (remote control, K20) 6.413, 6.414,
6.415, 6.416, 6.417, 6.418, 6.419, 6.420,
6.421, 6.422, 6.442, 6.443, 6.444, 6.445,
6.446, 6.447, 6.448, 6.449
Edit Unit ................................................. 4.266
Edit Unit (remote control) ...................... 6.184
Edit Values ............................................ 4.266
Edit Values (remote control) .................. 6.182
EDR (K8) ............................................... 4.184
Enable all Items ..................................... 4.284
Enable all Items (remote control) .......... 6.163
Enable/Disable (K30)............................. 4.270
ENR Settings (K30) ............................... 4.258
ENR Settings (remote control, K30) ..... 6.549,
6.553
Error Frequency/Phase (K91)................ 4.425
Error Frequency/Phase (K92/K93) ........ 4.468
Error Frequency/Phase (remote control, K91)
................................................ 6.700, 6.701
Error Frequency/Phase (remote control,
K92/K93) ............................................ 6.790
EVM Constell (K91) ............................... 4.424
EVM Constell (K92/K93)........................ 4.466
EVM vs Symbol (K82) ........................... 4.331
EVM vs Symbol (remote control, K82) . 6.597,
6.624
EVM vs Symbol/Carrier (K91) ............... 4.424
EVM vs Symbol/Carrier (K92/K93) ........ 4.466
EVM vs Symbol/Carrier (remote control, K91)
........................................................... 6.700
EVM vs Symbol/Carrier (remote control,
K92/K93) ............................................ 6.789
Exclude LO .............................................. 4.73
Exclude LO (remote control) ................... 6.58
Exit (K30).................................... 4.264, 4.270
Export .................................................... 4.288
E-10

Index

R&S FSL

Export (K91) ...........................................4.423
Export (K92/K93)....................................4.466
Export (remote control, K91) ..................6.725
Export (remote control, K92/K93) ..........6.833
Ext Att (remote control, K91)..................6.723
Ext Att (remote control, K92/K93) ..........6.815
Ext Power Trigger (K9)...........................4.189
Ext Power Trigger (remote control, K9) 6.386,
6.387
Extension ...............................................4.287
Fast ACP On/Off ....................................4.100
Fast ACP On/Off (remote control)..........6.227
Field 1/2 (K20)........................................4.240
Field 1/2 (remote control, K20)...............6.518
File Lists 1/2 ...........................................4.287
File Manager ..........................................4.286
File Manager (K93) ................................4.481
Filter Type ................................................4.23
Filter Type (K8) ......................................4.176
Filter Type (remote control)....................6.176
Find Burst On/Off (K8) ...........................4.169
Find Burst On/Off (remote control, K8) ..6.373
Find Sync (K8)........................................4.168
Find Sync On/Off (K8)............................4.168
Find Sync On/Off (remote control, K8)...6.374
Firmware Update....................................4.276
Firmware Update (remote control) .........6.258
Fix Freq (K30) ........................................4.265
Fix Freq (remote control, K30) ....6.533, 6.555
FM ............................................................4.61
FM (remote control) .................................6.70
Format Hex/Dec (K72) ...........................4.277
Format Hex/Dec (remote control, K72) .6.585,
6.586
F-PICH (K82) .........................................4.344
F-PICH (remote control, K82) ................6.601
Frame Count (K14) ................................4.196
Frame Count (remote control, K14) .......6.404
Freeze (K20) ..........................................4.242
Freeze (remote control, K20) .................6.474
Freq Axis Lin/Log (remote control).........6.133
Freq Settings (K30) ................................4.253
Freq Settings (remote control, K30) ......6.550,
6.554, 6.555, 6.556, 6.557
Frequency Abs/Rel (K20) .......................4.227
Frequency Abs/Rel (remote control, K20)
............................................................6.505
Frequency Coupling (K9) .......................4.188
Frequency Coupling (remote control, K9)
............................................................6.384
Frequency Line 1....................................4.126
Frequency Line 1 (remote control) ..6.25, 6.26
Frequency Line 2....................................4.126
Frequency Line 2 (remote control) ..6.25, 6.26
Frequency Manual (K9)..........................4.188
Frequency Manual (remote control, K9).6.384
Frequency Offset......................................4.10
Frequency Offset (remote control) .........6.203
Frontend Settings (K82) .........................4.309
1300.2519.12

Index 42

Frontend Settings (K84) ........................ 4.364
F-TDPICH (K82) .................................... 4.344
F-TDPICH (remote control, K82)........... 6.602
Full Burst (K91)...................................... 4.421
Full Burst (K92/K93) .............................. 4.461
Full Burst (remote control, K91) ............ 6.702
Full Burst (remote control, K92/K93) ..... 6.791
Full Size Diagram .................................. 4.117
Full Size Diagram (remote control)........ 6.130
Full Span ................................................. 4.12
Full Span (K7)........................................ 4.152
Full Span (remote control) ..................... 6.203
Full Span (remote control, K7) .............. 6.320
Full Subframe (K93) .............................. 4.463
Gate Delay............................................... 4.36
Gate Delay (K8) ..................................... 4.179
Gate Delay (remote control) .................. 6.231
Gate Length............................................. 4.36
Gate Length (K8) ................................... 4.180
Gate Length (remote control) ................ 6.231
Gate Mode Lvl/Edge................................ 4.35
Gate Mode Lvl/Edge (remote control) ... 6.232
Gate Settings........................................... 4.35
Gated Trigger .......................................... 4.35
Gated Trigger (remote control)... 6.230, 6.232
Gating Settings On/Off (K91) ................ 4.422
Gating Settings On/Off (K92/K93) ......... 4.464
Gating Settings On/Off (remote control, K91)
..................................... 6.737, 6.738, 6.739
Gating Settings On/Off (remote control,
K92/K93) ................................. 6.847, 6.848
General Settings (remote control, K91) 6.705,
6.706, 6.707, 6.711, 6.723, 6.728, 6.736,
6.737, 6.739, 6.750, 6.751, 6.752
General Setup ....................................... 4.268
GFSK Start (K8) .................................... 4.180
GFSK Start (remote control, K8) ........... 6.364
GFSK Stop (K8)..................................... 4.180
GFSK Stop (remote control, K8) ........... 6.365
GPIB ...................................................... 4.271
GPIB Address........................................ 4.271
GPIB Address (remote control) ............. 6.254
GPIB Language ..................................... 4.272
GPIB Terminator LFEOI/EOI................. 4.272
GPIB Terminator LFEOI/EOI (remote control)
........................................................... 6.254
Grid Abs / Rel .......................................... 4.16
Grid Abs / Rel (remote control).............. 6.135
Grid Abs / Rel (remote control, K20) ..... 6.475
Hardcopy ............................................... 4.288
Hardware Info ........................................ 4.277
Hardware Info (remote control) ...... 6.7, 6.122
Harmonic Distort.................................... 4.116
Harmonic On/Off ................................... 4.116
Harmonic RBW Auto ............................. 4.117
Harmonic Sweep Time .......................... 4.117
High Pass AF Filter (K7)........................ 4.148
High Pass AF Filter (remote control, K7)6.325
History Depth (K14) ............................... 4.194
E-10

R&S FSL

Index

History Depth (remote control, K14).......6.405
Hold/Cont .................................................4.47
Hor Sync...................................................4.37
Hor Sync (remote control) ......................6.282
HSDPA/HSUPA On/Off (K72) ................4.279
HSDPA/HSUPA On/Off (remote control, K72)
............................................................6.584
Hum (K20)..............................................4.240
Hum (remote control, K20).....................6.437
I/O Logging On/Off .................................4.272
ID String Factory ....................................4.271
ID String User.........................................4.271
IF Output IF/Video..................................4.267
IF Output IF/Video (remote control) .......6.170
IF Power Retrigger Holdoff.......................4.36
IF Power Retrigger Holdoff (remote control)
............................................................6.278
IF Power Retrigger Hysteresis .................4.37
IF Power Retrigger Hysteresis (remote
control)................................................6.278
Import .....................................................4.288
Import (K91) ...........................................4.423
Import (K92/K93)....................................4.465
Import (remote control, K91) ..................6.725
Import (remote control, K92/K93)...........6.832
Inactive Channel Threshold (K72)..........4.278
Inactive Channel Threshold (remote control,
K72) ....................................................6.585
Info (LXI) ................................................4.270
Init Carr Freq Tol (K8) ............................4.183
Input 50 M / 75 M......................................4.17
Input 50 M / 75 M (remote control) .........6.151
Input RF/Cal/TG .....................................4.278
Input RF/Cal/TG (remote control) ..........6.123
Insert (K30) .................................4.264, 4.270
Insert after Range ..................................4.110
Insert after Range (remote control)........6.195
Insert before Range ...............................4.110
Insert before Range (remote control).....6.195
Insert Line ..............................................4.265
Insert Line (K20).....................................4.236
Insert Value ............................................4.125
Insert Zone/Burst (K93)..........................4.460
Install Option ..........................................4.277
Install Printer ..........................................4.292
Installed Options (remote control) ...6.7, 6.122
Interpolation Lin/Log...............................4.266
Interpolation Lin/Log (remote control) ....6.183
Invert Q On/Off (K72) .............................4.278
Invert Q On/Off (remote control, K72)....6.588
IP Address..............................................4.269
IQ Capture Settings (K82)......................4.310
IQ Capture Settings (K84)......................4.365
IQ Capture Settings (remote control, K82)
.................................................6.617, 6.620
IQ Capture Settings (remote control, K84)
.................................................6.658, 6.662
LAN Reset..............................................4.271
LAN Status On/Off .................................4.270
1300.2519.12

Index 43

LAP (K8) ................................................ 4.169
LAP (remote control, K8)....................... 6.375
Last Span ................................................ 4.12
Left Limit ......................................... 4.72, 4.93
Left Limit (remote control) ....................... 6.65
Limit Checking......................................... 4.98
Limit Chk On/Off...................................... 4.98
Limit Chk On/Off (remote control) . 6.33, 6.36,
6.40
Limit Line Auto (K72) ............................. 4.293
LIMIT LINE AUTO (K82) ....................... 6.599
LIMIT LINE AUTO (K84) ....................... 6.636
Limit Line Auto (remote control, K72).... 6.570
Limit Line Manual (K72)......................... 4.293
LIMIT LINE MANUAL (K82)................... 6.599
LIMIT LINE MANUAL (K84)................... 6.636
Limit Line Manual (remote control, K72)
................................................ 6.570, 6.571
Limit Line Manual (remote control, K82) 6.600
Limit Line Manual (remote control, K84) 6.637
Limit Line Select dialog box (remote control)
.................................................... 6.48, 6.54
Limit Line User (K72)............................. 4.294
LIMIT LINE USER (K82)........................ 6.599
LIMIT LINE USER (K84)........................ 6.636
Limit Line User (remote control, K72).... 6.570
Limits On/Off ........................................... 4.93
Limits On/Off (remote control)................. 6.64
Lin (Average Mode) ................................. 4.49
Line (K20) .............................................. 4.240
Line (remote control) ............................. 6.519
Lines 625/525 .......................................... 4.38
Lines 625/525 (remote control) ............. 6.281
List Down............................................... 4.112
List Evaluation ....................................... 4.111
List Evaluation On/Off............................ 4.112
List Evaluation On/Off (remote control) ... 6.24
List Full Screen...................................... 4.112
List Up ................................................... 4.112
List Zone/Burst (K93)............................. 4.458
Local ...................................................... 4.289
Log (Average Mode)................................ 4.49
Logo On/Off ........................................... 4.273
Logo On/Off (remote control) ................ 6.129
Loss Settings (K30) ............................... 4.259
Loss Settings (remote control, K30) ..... 6.550,
6.551, 6.552
Low Pass AF Filter (K7)......................... 4.148
Low Pass AF Filter (remote control, K7)
................................................ 6.325, 6.326
LXI ......................................................... 4.270
Manual....................................................... 4.9
Manual (remote control) ........................ 6.201
Manual Reference Power (K20) ............ 4.235
Manual Reference Power (remote control,
K20) ............................. 6.487, 6.491, 6.494
Map Network Drive ................................ 4.288
Map Network Drive (remote control) .... 6.161,
6.162, 6.163
E-10

Index

R&S FSL

Mapping Auto (K84) ...............................4.375
Mapping Complex (K84) ........................4.375
Margin ....................................................4.112
Margin (remote control)............................6.24
Marker 1 ...................................................4.59
Marker 1 (K30) .......................................4.267
Marker 1 (K82) .......................................4.342
Marker 1 (K84) .......................................4.395
Marker 1 (K91) .......................................4.433
Marker 1 (K92/K93)................................4.483
Marker 1 (remote control) ........................6.12
Marker 1 (remote control, K30) ...6.529, 6.530
Marker 1 (remote control, K91) ..6.691, 6.692,
6.693, 6.694, 6.695
Marker 1 (remote control, K92/K93)......6.775,
6.776, 6.777, 6.779, 6.780
Marker 1 to 4 (remote control) .......6.21, 6.22,
6.56, 6.64, 6.66
Marker 2 ...................................................4.59
Marker 2 (K82) .......................................4.342
Marker 2 (K84) .......................................4.395
Marker 2 (remote control) ........................6.12
Marker 3 ...................................................4.59
Marker 3 (K82) .......................................4.342
Marker 3 (K84) .......................................4.395
Marker 3 (remote control) ........................6.12
Marker 4 ...................................................4.59
Marker 4 (K82) .......................................4.342
Marker 4 (K84) .......................................4.395
Marker 4 (remote control) ........................6.12
Marker Demod .........................................4.61
Marker Demod Volume ..........................4.132
Marker List (remote control).....................6.71
Marker Norm/Delta...................................4.59
Marker Norm/Delta (K82).......................4.342
Marker Norm/Delta (K84).......................4.395
Marker Norm/Delta (remote control) ........6.12
Marker Off (K91) ....................................4.434
Marker Off (K92/K93).............................4.483
Marker Off (remote control, K91) ...........6.691
Marker Off (remote control, K92/K93)....6.775
Marker Peak List ......................................4.63
Marker Search Type (K14).....................4.200
Marker Stepsize .......................................4.64
Marker Stepsize (remote control).............6.66
Marker to Trace........................................4.61
Marker to Trace (K30)............................4.268
Marker to Trace (remote control) ....6.20, 6.63
Marker to Trace (remote control, K20)..6.440,
6.465
Marker to Trace (remote control, K30)...6.530
Marker Zoom............................................4.62
Marker Zoom (K72)................................4.282
Marker Zoom (K91)................................4.434
Marker Zoom (K92/K93) ........................4.483
Marker Zoom (remote control) .................6.81
Marker Zoom (remote control, K91).......6.697
Marker Zoom (remote control, K92/K93)6.782
Max Hold .........................................4.44, 4.99
1300.2519.12

Index 44

Maximize Size (K14).............................. 4.194
Maximize Size (remote control, K14)..... 6.405
Mean........................................................ 4.92
Mean (remote control) .................... 6.98, 6.99
Meas (K82) ............................................ 4.317
Meas (K84) ............................................ 4.371
Meas Carrier (K20) ................................ 4.234
Meas Carrier (remote control, K20)...... 6.469,
6.470
Meas Display ......................................... 4.273
Meas Filter (K8) ..................................... 4.176
Meas Filter (remote control, K8)............ 6.373
Meas Settings (K30) .............................. 4.260
Meas Settings (remote control, K30).... 6.539,
6.548, 6.557, 6.563
Meas Single/Cont (K91) ........................ 4.433
Meas Single/Cont (remote control, K91) 6.722
Meas Start/Stop..................................... 4.115
Meas Start/Stop (remote control) 6.148, 6.149
Meas Time (K7)..................................... 4.146
Meas Time (remote control, K7). 6.312, 6.327
Meas Time Auto (K8) ............................ 4.175
Meas Time Manual (K8) ........................ 4.175
Meas Time/Average (K9) ...................... 4.188
Meas Time/Average (remote control, K9)
................................................ 6.384, 6.385
Meas to Ref (K9) ................................... 4.189
Meas to Ref (remote control, K9) .......... 6.378
Mem1 On/Off (K30) ............................... 4.267
Mem1 On/Off (remote control, K30)...... 6.534
Mem2 On/Off (K30) ............................... 4.267
Mem2 On/Off (remote control, K30)...... 6.534
Mem3 On/Off (K30) ............................... 4.267
Mem3 On/Off (remote control, K30)...... 6.534
Min........................................................... 4.72
Min (K14) ............................................... 4.201
Min (K30) ............................................... 4.268
Min (K91) ............................................... 4.434
Min (remote control) ....................... 6.18, 6.60
Min (remote control, K14)6.392, 6.394, 6.397,
6.400
Min (remote control, K30) ...................... 6.531
Min (remote control, K91) ...................... 6.693
Min Hold .................................................. 4.44
MKR –> Trace (K91) ............................. 4.434
MKR –> Trace (K92/K93) ...................... 4.484
MKR –> Trace (remote control, K91) .... 6.694
MKR –> Trace (remote control, K92/K93)
........................................................... 6.778
Mkr Demod On/Off .................................. 4.61
Mkr Demod On/Off (remote control)........ 6.69
Mkr List On/Off (remote control).............. 6.71
Mkr Stop Time ......................................... 4.61
Mkr Stop Time (remote control) .............. 6.69
Modulation AM/FM/PM (remote control, K7)
........................................................... 6.286
Modulation Analysis (K20) ..................... 4.241
Modulation Char (K8) ............................ 4.183

E-10

R&S FSL

Index

Modulation Char (remote control, K8) ...6.345,
6.346, 6.347
Modulation Errors (K20) .........................4.242
Modulation FM/PM/AM (K7) ...................4.144
Modulation Options (K20) ......................4.224
Modulation Options (remote control, K20)
.....6.500, 6.501, 6.506, 6.507, 6.509, 6.510
Monitor Int/Ext ........................................4.276
Multi Carrier (K82)..................................4.312
Multi Carrier (K84)..................................4.367
Multi-Carrier Filter Settings (remote control,
K82) ....................................................6.609
Multi-Carrier Filter Settings (remote control,
K84) ....................................................6.649
n dB down ................................................4.62
n dB down (remote control)...6.75, 6.76, 6.77,
6.78
Name......................................................4.287
Name (remote control) .............................6.31
Name (remote control, K30)...................6.524
Network Address....................................4.269
Network Drive.........................................4.287
New .............................................4.124, 4.266
New (K20) ..............................................4.224
New (K30) ..............................................4.269
New (K82) ..............................................4.315
New (K84) ..............................................4.370
New (remote control)....6.29, 6.32, 6.41, 6.42,
6.43, 6.49, 6.50, 6.51, 6.52, 6.53
New (remote control, K30) .....................6.525
New (remote control, K82) .....................6.606
New (remote control, K84) .....................6.646
New Folder .............................................4.286
New Folder (remote control) ..................6.160
New Search..............................................4.63
New Segment (K93)...............................4.460
New Zone/Burst (K93)............................4.460
Next Meas Frequency (K20) ..................4.236
Next Meas Frequency (remote control, K20)
......................................6.486, 6.489, 6.493
Next Min ...................................................4.72
Next Min (K14) .......................................4.201
Next Min (remote control) ......6.19, 6.61, 6.62
Next Min Mode < abs > ............................4.72
Next Min X Search < abs > (K14) ..........4.199
Next Min Y Search up/abs/dn (K14).......4.200
Next Min Y Search up/abs/dn (remote
control, K14) ......6.394, 6.395, 6.400, 6.401
Next Peak.................................................4.71
Next Peak (K14).....................................4.198
Next Peak (remote control) ...6.17, 6.18, 6.19,
6.59, 6.60, 6.61, 6.62
Next Peak Mode < abs >..........................4.71
Next Peak Y Search up/abs/dn (K14) ....4.199
Next Peak Y Search up/abs/dn (remote
control, K14) .................6.393, 6.398, 6.399
No of Halfslots (K84) ..............................4.403
No. of ACP Chan (K8)............................4.179

1300.2519.12

Index 45

No. of ACP Chan (remote control, K8) . 6.356,
6.360
No. of Harmonics................................... 4.116
Noise Meas On/Off.................................. 4.59
Noise Meas On/Off (remote control) ...... 6.78,
6.79
Noise Src On/Off ................................... 4.267
Noise Src On/Off (remote control)......... 6.124
Normalize .............................................. 4.138
Normalize (K82)..................................... 4.321
Normalize (K84)..................................... 4.376
Normalize (remote control).................... 6.179
Normalize On/Off (K72)......................... 4.278
Normalize On/Off (remote control, K72) 6.587
Number of Readings (K9)...................... 4.189
Number of Readings (remote control, K9)
........................................................... 6.385
OBW ...................................................... 4.101
OBW (remote control) .................... 6.87, 6.91
Occupied Bandwidth (K82).................... 4.349
Occupied Bandwidth (K84).................... 4.401
Occupied Bandwidth (remote control, K82)
........................................................... 6.609
Occupied Bandwidth (remote control, K84)
........................................................... 6.649
Option expiry ......................................... 4.277
Option Licenses..................................... 4.277
Other LAN Settings................................ 4.269
Output Power (K8)................................. 4.183
Output Power (remote control, K8)........ 6.348
Overview (K20)...................................... 4.241
Packet Bytes SCO (K8) ......................... 4.168
Packet Bytes SCO (remote control, K8) 6.361
Packet Type (K8)................................... 4.167
Packet Type (remote control, K8).......... 6.363
Password.................................... 4.270, 4.279
Password (remote control) .................... 6.260
Paste ..................................................... 4.286
PCCPCH (K72)...................................... 4.283
PCCPCH (remote control, K72) . 6.567, 6.574
Peak ............................................... 4.71, 4.92
Peak (K14)............................................. 4.198
Peak (K30)............................................. 4.268
Peak (K91)............................................. 4.434
Peak (remote control)6.17, 6.58, 6.101, 6.102
Peak (remote control, K14) ....... 6.391, 6.392,
6.397, 6.398
Peak (remote control, K30) ................... 6.531
Peak (remote control, K91) ................... 6.693
Peak Code Domain Error (K82) ............ 4.330
Peak Code Domain Error (remote control,
K82) ........................................ 6.597, 6.624
Peak Excursion ....................................... 4.73
Peak Excursion (remote control) ............. 6.63
Peak List Off............................................ 4.63
Peak Search ............................................ 4.60
Peak Search (remote control) ....... 6.14, 6.71,
6.72, 6.73
Peaks per Range................................... 4.116
E-10

Index

R&S FSL

Percent Marker.......................................4.102
Percent Marker (K82)..................4.342, 4.350
Percent Marker (K84)..................4.395, 4.402
Percent Marker (remote control) ..............6.67
Ph Noise On/Off (remote control) ...6.13, 6.16
Ph Noise/Ref Fixed (remote control).......6.13,
6.16
Phase Noise 1 2 3 4.................................4.60
Phase Noise On/Off .................................4.59
Phase Noise/Ref Fixed ............................4.59
Phase Unit Rad/Deg (K7).......................4.149
Phase Unit Rad/Deg (remote control, K7)
............................................................6.331
Phase Wrap On/Off (K7)........................4.149
Phase Wrap On/Off (remote control, K7)
............................................................6.287
PLCP Header (remote control, K91) ......6.705
PN Offset................................................4.368
PN Offset (K82)......................................4.313
Points / Symbol (K8) ..............................4.171
Points / Symbol (remote control, K8) .....6.363
Power (Average Mode) ............................4.50
Power (K72) ...........................................4.289
Power (K82) ...........................................4.345
Power (K84) ...........................................4.398
Power (remote control, K72) ..................6.576
Power (remote control, K82) ..................6.609
Power (remote control, K84) ..................6.649
Power Avg Start (K8) .............................4.178
Power Avg Stop (K8)..............................4.179
Power Class (K8) ...................................4.168
Power Control Group (K82)....................4.319
Power Level (remote control, K91).........6.752
Power Meter ...........................................4.131
Power Mode .............................................4.99
Power Mode (remote control)...................6.87
Power Offset ...............................4.138, 6.236
Power Ref TOT/CPICH (K72) ................4.276
Power Ref TOT/CPICH (remote control, K72)
............................................................6.588
Power Reference (K82)..........................4.320
Power vs PCG (K82)..............................4.324
Power vs PCG (remote control, K82)....6.597,
6.624
Power vs Symbol (K82)..........................4.332
Powermeter On/Off (K9) ........................4.188
Powermeter On/Off (remote control, K9)
............................................................6.383
Preamp On/Off.........................................4.15
Preamp On/Off (remote control) ............6.151
Predefined Colors .......................4.274, 4.292
Predefined Colors (remote control).......6.128,
6.142
Print Colors ............................................4.275
Print Screen ...........................................4.290
Print Screen (remote control) .....6.139, 6.140,
6.144, 6.161
PvT (K84) ...............................................4.403
PVT (K91) ..............................................4.420
1300.2519.12

Index 46

PVT (K92/K93) ...................................... 4.461
PVT (remote control, K91)..................... 6.701
PVT (remote control, K92/K93) ............. 6.790
R&S Support (K91)................................ 4.423
R&S Support (K92/K93) ........................ 4.466
Ramp Up/Down/Up & Down (K91) ........ 4.422
Ramp Up/Down/Up & Down (remote control,
K91) ................................................... 6.702
Range (K8) ............................................ 4.173
Range (remote control, K8) ................... 6.369
Range Lin. Unit........................................ 4.15
Range Lin. Unit (remote control) ........... 6.134
Range Linear ........................................... 4.15
Range Linear %....................................... 4.15
Range Linear % (remote control) .......... 6.134
Range Linear (K7) ................................. 4.153
Range Log ............................................... 4.14
Range Log (K7) ..................................... 4.153
Range Log (remote control) .................. 6.134
Range Log (remote control, K20) .......... 6.475
Recall.......................................... 4.139, 4.285
Recall (remote control) .......................... 6.181
Recall File.............................................. 4.283
Recall File (remote control) ................... 6.159
Ref Level ................................................. 4.14
Ref Level (K8)........................................ 4.173
Ref Level (remote control).......... 6.115, 6.135
Ref Level (remote control, K20) ............ 6.476
Ref Level Adjust Man/Auto .................... 4.267
Ref Level Adjust Man/Auto (remote control)
........................................................... 6.182
Ref Level Offset....................................... 4.16
Ref Level Offset (remote control) .......... 6.135
Ref Level Offset (remote control, K20).. 6.476
Ref Level Position.................................... 4.16
Ref Level Position (remote control) ....... 6.136
Ref Level Position (remote control, K20)6.476
Ref Lvl =Mkr Lvl....................................... 4.71
Ref Lvl =Mkr Lvl (remote control) ............ 6.79
Ref Point Frequency................................ 4.60
Ref Point Frequency (remote control) ..... 6.14
Ref Point Level ........................................ 4.60
Ref Point Level (remote control).............. 6.15
Ref Point Time (remote control) .............. 6.14
Ref Pow Max/Mean (K91) ..................... 4.422
Ref Pow Max/Mean (remote control, K91)
........................................................... 6.702
Ref Value............................................... 4.139
Ref Value (remote control) .................... 6.136
Ref Value Position ................................. 4.139
Ref Value Position (remote control) ...... 6.136
Ref Value Position (remote control, K20)
........................................................... 6.476
Reference Channel (K20)...................... 4.234
Reference Channel (remote control, K20)
..................................... 6.487, 6.490, 6.494
Reference Fixed ...................................... 4.60
Reference Fixed On/Off .......................... 4.60
Reference Int/Ext................................... 4.264
E-10

R&S FSL

Index

Reference Int/Ext (remote control)........6.228,
6.235
Reference Manual..................................4.404
Reference Mean Power (K84)................4.404
Reference Mean Power (remote control, K84)
............................................................6.650
Reference Position (K7) .........................4.147
Reference Position (K8) .........................4.173
Reference Position (remote control, K7) 6.296
Reference Position (remote control, K8) 6.369
Reference Power (K20)..........................4.234
Reference Power (remote control, K20)6.488,
6.491, 6.495
Reference Value (K7).............................4.147
Reference Value (K8).............................4.174
Reference Value (K9).............................4.189
Reference Value (remote control, K7) ...6.296
Reference Value (remote control, K8) ...6.369
Reference Value (remote control, K9) ...6.378
Refresh (K91).........................................4.433
Refresh (K92/K93) .................................4.482
Refresh (remote control, K92/K93) ........6.829
Rel TX Power (K8) .................................4.184
Rel TX Power (remote control, K8) .......6.350,
6.351
Reload (K82) ..........................................4.318
Reload (K84) ..........................................4.371
Rename..................................................4.286
Rename (remote control) .......................6.160
Repetition Intervall....................................4.35
Res BW ..................................................4.102
Res BW (K7) ..........................................4.155
Res BW (K82) ........................................4.350
Res BW (K84) ........................................4.402
Res BW (remote control) .......................6.175
Res BW (remote control, K7) .................6.318
Res BW Auto ...........................................4.22
Res BW Auto (K8)..................................4.176
Res BW Auto (remote control) ....6.175, 6.176
Res BW Auto (remote control, K8) ........6.357
Res BW Manual .......................................4.22
Res BW Manual (K8) .............................4.176
Res BW Manual (remote control) ..........6.175
Res BW Manual (remote control, K8) ....6.356
Reset Password .....................................4.279
Restart on Fail (K84) ..............................4.404
restart on Fail (remote control, K84) ......6.650
restor STD Lines (K84) ..........................4.404
Restore Default Tables (K20) ................4.225
Restore Default Tables (K82) ................4.318
Restore Default Tables (K84) ................4.373
Restore Default Tables (remote control, K82)
............................................................6.610
Restore Default Tables (remote control, K84)
............................................................6.648
Restore FSL K82 Files (K82) .................4.348
Restore FSL K82 Files (remote control, K82)
............................................................6.599
Restore FSL K84 Files (K84) .................4.401
1300.2519.12

Index 47

Restore FSL K84 Files (remote control, K84)
........................................................... 6.636
Restore Standard Files.......................... 4.114
Restore Std Lines (K72) ........................ 4.294
Restore Std Lines (remote control, K72)6.570
Result (remote control, K82) ..... 6.616, 6.618,
6.619, 6.621
Result (remote control, K84) ................. 6.657
Result Display (K7)................................ 4.145
Result Settings (K82)............................. 4.318
Result Settings (K84)............................. 4.373
Result Summary (K82) .......................... 4.325
Result Summary (remote control, K82) 6.597,
6.601, 6.624
Result Summary Extended (K72) .......... 4.288
Result Summary Extended (remote control,
K72) ................................................... 6.588
Result Summary Normal (K72) ............. 4.287
Revision 0 A (remote control, K84) ....... 6.651
Revision 0/A (K84)................................. 4.366
RF
SLOT (remote control, K84)............... 6.652
RF (K20) ................................................ 4.226
RF (remote control, K20)....................... 6.502
RF Atten Auto .......................................... 4.16
RF Atten Auto (remote control) ............. 6.151
RF Atten Manual...................................... 4.15
RF Atten Manual (K20).......................... 4.229
RF Atten Manual (remote control) ......... 6.150
RF Slot Full Idle (K84) ........................... 4.403
RF Spectrum (K7) ................................. 4.145
RF Stepsize (K20) ................................. 4.227
RF Time Domain (K7) ........................... 4.145
Right Limit....................................... 4.73, 4.93
Right Limit (remote control) ..................... 6.65
Rising & Falling (K91)............................ 4.421
Rising & Falling (remote control, K91)... 6.702
Rising/Falling (K93) ............................... 4.463
RMS......................................................... 4.92
RMS (remote control) ................. 6.103, 6.105
Run Single/Cont (K92/K93) ................... 4.482
Same as Meas Channel (K20) .............. 4.235
Save ...................................................... 4.283
Save (K82)............................................. 4.318
Save (K84)............................................. 4.371
Save (remote control) ............................ 6.168
Save As Standard.................................. 4.114
Save Changes (K20) ............................. 4.225
Save Evaluation List .............................. 4.112
Save Evaluation List (remote control).... 6.166
Save Factor ........................................... 4.266
Save File................................................ 4.283
Save File (remote control) .......... 6.167, 6.168
Save Limit Line ...................................... 4.125
Scaling................................................... 4.102
Scaling (K82) ................... 4.337, 4.341, 4.350
Scaling (K84) .............................. 4.389, 4.402
Schematic (K30) .................................... 4.263
Scrambling Code (K72) .............. 4.276, 4.277
E-10

Index

R&S FSL

Scrambling Code (remote control, K72)6.585,
6.586
Scrambling Code Autosearch (K72) ......4.277
Scrambling Code Autosearch (remote
control, K72) .......................................6.586
Screen A/B (K91) ...................................4.435
Screen A/B (remote control, K82) ..........6.611
Screen A/B (remote control, K84) ..........6.653
Screen A/B (remote control, K91) ..........6.709
Screen Colors (remote control)...6.128, 6.141
Screen Focus A/B (K82) ........................4.321
Screen Focus A/B (K84) ........................4.376
Screen Focus A/B (K92/K93) .................4.485
Screen Focus A/B (remote control, K92/K93)
.................................................6.811, 6.812
Screen Full/Split (K91) ...........................4.436
Screen Full/Split (remote control, K91) ..6.709
Screen Size (remote control, K82) .........6.611
Screen Size (remote control, K84) .........6.653
Screen Size Full/Split (K82) ...................4.321
Screen Size Full/Split (K84) ...................4.376
Screen Size Full/Split (K92/K93) ............4.485
Screen Size Full/Split (remote control,
K92/K93).............................................6.811
Screen Title ............................................4.273
Screen Title (remote control) .................6.131
Search Len Auto (K8).............................4.170
Search Len Manual (K8) ........................4.171
Search Len Manual (remote control, K8)
.................................................6.375, 6.376
Search Lim Off .........................................4.73
Search Lim Off (remote control) ...6.64, 6.117
Search Limits ...........................................4.72
Search Limits (remote control).................6.64
Search Mode (K14) ................................4.198
Search Signals .........................................4.91
Select 1 2 3 4 ...........................................4.70
Select 1 2 3 4 (K14) ...............................4.198
Select 1 2 3 4 (K82) ...............................4.343
Select 1 2 3 4 (K84) ...............................4.396
Select 1 2 3 4 (remote control)........6.56, 6.66
Select 1 2 3 4 (remote control, K14) .....6.391,
6.396
Select Ch/PCG (K82) .............................4.327
Select Channel (K72) .............................4.275
Select Channel (remote control, K72) ....6.584
Select Code Slot (K84)...........................4.373
Select Color Set ..........................4.274, 4.275
Select CPICH Slot (K72) ........................4.276
Select CPICH Slot (remote control, K72)
............................................................6.589
Select Directory......................................4.267
Select Directory (remote control) ...........6.184
Select File ..............................................4.283
Select Frame (remote control, K14).......6.404
Select Items ...........................................4.284
Select Items (remote control).....6.164, 6.165,
6.166
Select Meas (K82)..................................4.321
1300.2519.12

Index 48

Select Meas (K84) ................................. 4.376
Select Object .............................. 4.274, 4.292
Select Path ............................................ 4.283
Select Print Color Set ............................ 4.291
Select Print Color Set (remote control).. 6.141
Select Search Area (K14)...................... 4.200
Select Search Area (remote control, K14)
................................................ 6.391, 6.397
Select Slot (remote control, K84) .......... 6.662
Select Trace ................................... 4.10, 4.99
Select Trace (K7) .................................. 4.145
Select Trace (K8) .................................. 4.171
Select Trace (remote control)....... 6.94, 6.227
Select Traces to check .......................... 4.124
Select Traces to check (remote control) 6.31,
6.32
Self Align ............................................... 4.268
Self Align (remote control) ..................... 6.120
Selftest................................................... 4.279
Selftest (remote control) ............................ 6.9
Selftest Results...................................... 4.279
Selftest Results (remote control) ........... 6.125
SEM Settings (K92/K93)........................ 4.465
Service................................................... 4.278
Service Function.................................... 4.279
Service Function (remote control) ......... 6.125
Set Mean To Manual (K84) ................... 4.404
Set Standard.......................................... 4.114
Set Standard (remote control) ............... 6.189
Set to Default.............................. 4.275, 4.292
Set to Default (remote control) ... 6.128, 6.141
Settings (K82)........................................ 4.307
Settings (K84)........................................ 4.363
Settings General/Demod (K91) ............. 4.411
Settings General/Demod (K92/K93)...... 4.446
Settings General/Demod (remote control,
K92/K93)6.791, 6.795, 6.796, 6.797, 6.798,
6.799, 6.800, 6.801, 6.802, 6.803, 6.804,
6.805, 6.806, 6.807, 6.808, 6.809, 6.810,
6.814, 6.835, 6.836, 6.837, 6.838, 6.839,
6.840, 6.845, 6.846, 6.848, 6.849, 6.850,
6.855, 6.863, 6.864, 6.865, 6.866, 6.868
Settings General/Demod (remote control,
K93) ........................................ 6.844, 6.845
Settings Overview (K82)........................ 4.308
Settings Overview (K84)........................ 4.363
Shift X Limit Line (remote control) ........... 6.43
Shift Y Limit Line (remote control) .. 6.49, 6.53
Shoulder Atten On/Off (K20) ................. 4.233
Show Align Results................................ 4.268
Show Align Results (remote control) ..... 6.121
Show List (K72) ..................................... 4.277
Show List (remote control, K72) ............ 6.586
Show Peaks........................................... 4.112
Show Peaks (remote control) .................. 6.25
Shutdown Off/Standby........................... 4.277
Sig Count On/Off ..................................... 4.60
Sig Count On/Off (remote control).. 6.56, 6.57
Signal Field (K91) .................................. 4.431
E-10

R&S FSL

Index

Signal Field (remote control, K91)..........6.705
Signal Level (K20) ..................................4.228
Signal Track .............................................4.10
Signal Track (remote control)...................6.93
Single Meas (remote control) ......6.146, 6.147
Single Sweep ...........................................4.25
Single Sweep (K8)..................................4.178
Single Sweep (remote control)....6.146, 6.147
Size ........................................................4.287
Soft Frontpanel.......................................4.276
Soft Frontpanel (remote control) ............6.256
Sort (K82)...............................................4.318
Sort (K84)...............................................4.371
Sort Mode...............................................4.287
Sort Mode Freq/Lvl...................................4.63
Sort Mode Freq/Lvl (remote control) ........6.72
Source Cal .............................................4.138
Source On/Off ........................................4.137
Source On/Off (remote control)..............6.169
Source Power..............................4.137, 6.236
Span Manual ............................................4.12
Span Manual (K7) ..................................4.152
Span Manual (remote control)................6.203
Span Manual (remote control, K7) .........6.320
Spectrogram...........................................4.132
Spectrogram Clear (K14) .......................4.197
Spectrogram Clear (remote control, K14)
............................................................6.402
Spectrogram On/Off (K14) .....................4.194
Spectrogram On/Off (remote control, K14)
............................................................6.402
Spectrum (K20) ...........................4.232, 4.241
Spectrum (K91) ......................................4.427
Spectrum (K92/K93)...............................4.471
Spectrum ACPR (K91) ...........................4.429
Spectrum ACPR (remote control, K91).6.696,
6.703
Spectrum Emission Mask ......................4.104
Spectrum Emission Mask (K72).............4.292
Spectrum Emission Mask (K82).............4.347
Spectrum Emission Mask (K84).............4.399
Spectrum Emission Mask (remote control,
K72) ....................................................6.576
Spectrum Emission Mask (remote control,
K82) ....................................................6.609
Spectrum Emission Mask (remote control,
K84) ....................................................6.649
Spectrum ETSI/IEEE (K91)....................4.428
Spectrum ETSI/IEEE (K92/K93) ............4.473
Spectrum FFT (K91) ..............................4.428
Spectrum FFT (K92/K93).......................4.475
Spectrum FFT (remote control, K91) .....6.703
Spectrum FFT (remote control, K92/K93)
............................................................6.792
Spectrum Flat./Diff./Group Delay (K92/K93)
............................................................4.471
Spectrum Flat./Diff./Group Delay (remote
control, K92/K93)................................6.793
Spectrum Flatness (K91) .......................4.427
1300.2519.12

Index 49

Spectrum Flatness (remote control, K91)
........................................................... 6.703
Spectrum IEEE/ETSI (remote control, K91)
........................................................... 6.704
Spectrum IEEE/ETSI (remote control,
K92/K93) ................................. 6.793, 6.794
Spectrum Mask (K91)............................ 4.428
Spectrum Mask (remote control, K91) .. 6.704
Spurious Emissions ............................... 4.115
Spurious Emissions (K8) ....................... 4.184
Spurious Emissions (remote control, K8)
..................................... 6.342, 6.343, 6.344
Start .................................................. 4.8, 4.12
Start (K82) ............................................. 4.335
Start (K84) ............................................. 4.387
Start End (K92/K93) .............................. 4.462
Start End (remote control, K92/K93) ..... 6.791
Start Test (K8) ....................................... 4.177
Startup Recall ........................................ 4.285
Startup Recall (remote control) ............. 6.159
Startup Recall Setup.............................. 4.285
Statistics (K91) ...................................... 4.429
Statistics (K92/K93) ............................... 4.478
Std Dev.................................................... 4.93
Std Dev (remote control) ............ 6.105, 6.107
Stepsize Standard ................................... 4.64
Stepsize Standard (remote control)......... 6.66
Stepsize Sweep Points ............................ 4.65
Stepsize Sweep Points (remote control) . 6.66
Stop .................................................. 4.8, 4.12
Stop (K82) ............................................. 4.335
Stop (K84) ............................................. 4.387
Subnet Mask.......................................... 4.269
Swap IQ (K82) ....................................... 4.310
Swap IQ (K84) ....................................... 4.365
Sweep Count .................................. 4.26, 4.47
Sweep Count (K8) ................................. 4.178
Sweep Count (remote control) .............. 6.229
Sweep Count (remote control, K8) ........ 6.365
Sweep List ............................................. 4.105
Sweep List (remote control) ...... 6.190, 6.191,
6.192, 6.193, 6.194, 6.195, 6.196, 6.197,
6.198, 6.210, 6.211, 6.212, 6.213, 6.214
Sweep Points........................................... 4.27
Sweep Points (remote control) .............. 6.233
Sweep Single/Cont (K30) ...................... 4.265
Sweep Single/Cont (remote control, K30)
........................................................... 6.533
Sweep Time.................................. 4.36, 4.100
Sweep Time (remote control) ................ 6.234
Sweeptime Auto ............................. 4.23, 4.26
Sweeptime Auto (K8)............................. 4.175
Sweeptime Auto (K82.............................. 4.23
Sweeptime Auto (remote control).......... 6.234
Sweeptime Auto (remote control, K8) ... 6.367
Sweeptime Manual ......................... 4.23, 4.26
Sweeptime Manual (K20) ...................... 4.240
Sweeptime Manual (K8) ........................ 4.175
Sweeptime Manual (remote control) ..... 6.234
E-10

Index

R&S FSL

Sweeptime Manual (remote control, K8)6.366
Sync Offset (K8).....................................4.169
Sync Offset (remote control, K8)............6.375
Sync Type CPICH/SCH (K72)................4.279
Sync Type CPICH/SCH (remote control, K72)
............................................................6.589
System Info ............................................4.277
System Messages..................................4.278
System Messages (remote control) .......6.257
Threshold .................................................4.73
Threshold (remote control).....................6.117
Tilt (K20).................................................4.245
Tilt Setup (K20) ......................................4.246
Tilt Setup (remote control, K20) ..6.507, 6.508
Time / Phase Estimation (K82) ..............4.313
Time / Phase Estimation (K84) ..............4.367
Time Domain Power ................................4.92
Time Domain Power (remote control) ......6.97
Time Line 1 ............................................4.127
Time Line 1 (remote control)..................6.118
Time Line 2 ............................................4.127
Time Line 2 (remote control)..................6.118
Time Stamp On/Off (K14) ......................4.195
Time Stamp On/Off (remote control, K14)
............................................................6.406
Time+Date .............................................4.272
Time+Date (remote control) ........6.256, 6.261
Time+Date On/Off..................................4.273
Time+Date On/Off (remote control) .......6.132
TOI ...........................................................4.91
TOI (remote control).................................6.80
Trace 1 2 3 4 5 6 ......................................4.44
Trace 1 2 3 4 5 6 (remote control) .........6.132
Trace 1 2 3 4 5 6 (remote control, K20) .6.474
Trace 1 2 3 4 5 6 (remote control, K8) ...6.368
Trace Math ...............................................4.48
Trace Math (remote control) .......6.108, 6.109
Trace Math Position .................................4.48
Trace Mode ..............................................4.44
Trace Mode (K82) ..................................4.340
Trace Mode (K84) ..................................4.393
Trace Mode (remote control) 6.97, 6.98, 6.99,
6.100, 6.101, 6.102, 6.104, 6.106, 6.132,
6.135
Trace Mode (remote control, K20) ........6.474,
6.475
Trace Mode (remote control, K8) ...........6.367
Track BW .................................................4.10
Track BW (remote control).......................6.93
Track On/Off ............................................4.10
Track On/Off (remote control)..................6.93
Track Threshold .......................................4.10
Track Threshold (remote control) ............6.94
Tracking Generator ................................4.131
Transducer .............................................4.265
Trg / Gate Level .......................................4.34
Trg / Gate Level (remote control)...........6.279
Trg / Gate Polarity Pos/Neg .....................4.34

1300.2519.12

Index 50

Trg / Gate Polarity Pos/Neg (remote control)
................................................ 6.231, 6.280
Trg / Gate Source.................................... 4.33
Trg / Gate Source (remote control) ...... 6.232,
6.279, 6.280
Trg/Gate Level (K8) ............................... 4.181
Trigger Level (K9).................................. 4.190
Trigger Offset .......................................... 4.34
Trigger Offset (K20)............................... 4.240
Trigger Offset (K7)................................. 4.157
Trigger Offset (remote control).............. 6.277
Trigger Polarity (K82) ............................ 4.311
Trigger Polarity (K84) ............................ 4.366
Trigger Polarity Pos/Neg (K82).............. 4.340
Trigger Polarity Pos/Neg (K84).............. 4.393
Trigger Source (K7) ............................... 4.156
Trigger Source (K72) ............................. 4.281
Trigger Source (K8) ............................... 4.181
Trigger Source (K82) .................. 4.310, 4.340
Trigger Source (K84) .................. 4.365, 4.393
Trigger Source (remote control, K7)...... 6.330
Trigger Source (remote control, K72).... 6.595
TV Analyzer (K20) ................................. 4.245
TV Free Run On/Off ................................ 4.38
TV Free Run On/Off (remote control).... 6.281
TV Trig Settings....................................... 4.37
TX Spec ACP (K8) ................................ 4.183
TX Spec ACP (remote control, K8) ....... 6.335
Unit .......................................................... 4.16
Unit (K20) ................................... 4.229, 4.243
Unit (remote control)................... 6.119, 6.283
Unit (remote control, K20) ......... 6.438, 6.461,
6.462, 6.463, 6.468, 6.520
Unit/Scale (K9) ...................................... 4.188
Unit/Scale (remote control, K9) .. 6.379, 6.388
Unzoom (K91) ....................................... 4.434
Unzoom (K92/K93) ................................ 4.483
Unzoom (remote control, K91) .............. 6.697
Unzoom (remote control, K92/K93)....... 6.782
Update Path (remote control) ................ 6.258
Use Ref Lev Offset (K9) ........................ 4.189
Use Ref Lev Offset (remote control, K9)6.386
User Def'd Colors .................................. 4.292
User Defined Colors .............................. 4.274
User Defined Colors (remote control).... 6.141
Value ..................................................... 4.125
Value (remote control) ........... 6.41, 6.47, 6.51
Velocity Factor (K20) ............................. 4.243
Velocity Factor (remote control, K20) .... 6.497
Versions+Options .................................. 4.277
Versions+Options (remote control) ........... 6.7
Vert Sync ................................................. 4.37
Vert Sync (remote control)..................... 6.281
Vert Sync Even Field ............................... 4.37
Vert Sync Even Field (remote control)... 6.281
Vert Sync Odd Field ................................ 4.37
Vert Sync Odd Field (remote control) .... 6.281
Video BW Auto ........................................ 4.23
Video BW Auto (K8) .............................. 4.176
E-10

R&S FSL

Index

Video BW Auto (remote control) .6.177, 6.178
Video BW Auto (remote control, K8)......6.358
Video BW Manual ....................................4.22
Video BW Manual (K8) ..........................4.176
Video BW Manual (remote control)........6.177
Video BW Manual (remote control, K8) .6.357
Video Pol Pos/Neg ...................................4.38
Video Pol Pos/Neg (remote control).......6.282
Video Scope (K20) .................................4.239
View..........................................................4.45
Vision Modulation (K20) .........................4.240
Vision Modulation (remote control, K20) 6.437
Volume .....................................................4.61
Volume (remote control) ........................6.262
X * RBW .....................................................4.9
X * RBW (remote control) ...........6.201, 6.202
X * Span .....................................................4.9
X * Span (remote control) ...........6.201, 6.202
x Offset (remote control) ..........................6.42
x*Demod BW (K7)..................................4.151
x–Axis Range .........................................4.103
x–Axis Range (remote control) ..............6.115
x–Axis Ref Level ....................................4.103
x–Axis Ref Level (remote control)..........6.115
XML Export (K82)...................................4.348
XML Export (K84)...................................4.401
XML Export (remote control).......6.190, 6.623
XML Import (K82)...................................4.348
XML Import (K84)...................................4.400
y Offset (remote control) .................6.48, 6.52
y–Axis Max Value...................................4.103
y–Axis Max Value (remote control) ........6.116
y-Axis Maximum (K82) ................4.337, 4.341
y-Axis Maximum (K84) ...........................4.390
y–Axis Min Value....................................4.103
y-Axis Minimum (K82) .................4.337, 4.341
y-Axis Minimum (K84) ............................4.390
Y–Axis/Div (K91) ....................................4.424
Y–Axis/Div (K92/K93).............................4.470
Y–Axis/Div (remote control, K91) ...........6.710
Y–Axis/Div (remote control, K92/K93)....6.813
y-Unit %/Abs...........................................4.103
y–Unit %/Abs (remote control) ...............6.116
Zero (K9) ................................................4.188
Zero (remote control, K9) .......................6.380
Zero Phase Reference Point (K7) ..........4.149
Zero Phase Reference Point (remote control,
K7) ......................................................6.316
Zero Span ................................................4.12
Zero Span (remote control) ....................6.203
Zoom (K20) ......................4.241, 4.242, 4.243
Zoom (K7) ..............................................4.150
Zoom (K8) ..............................................4.179
Zoom (remote control, K20) .......6.476, 6.477,
6.478
Zoom (remote control, K7) ..........6.321, 6.322
SPAN key.....................................................4.11
span menu
base unit...................................................4.11
1300.2519.12

K7 option ............................................... 4.152
K82 option ............................................. 4.335
K84 option ............................................. 4.388
special characters ......................................... 6.3
spectrogram (K14)
menu...................................................... 4.191
spectrogram menu (K14) .......................... 4.194
Spectrum Analyzer mode.......................... 4.129
Spurious Emissions measurement (K8) ... 4.165
SRE (service request enable register) ........ 5.17
SRQ (service request) ....................... 5.17, 5.25
start frequency .............................................. 4.8
status bar
K30 option ............................................. 4.252
K91 option ............................................. 4.410
K92/K93 option ...................................... 4.444
status byte (STB) ........................................ 5.17
STATus OPERation register ....................... 5.19
STATus QUEStionable register .................. 5.19
ACPLimit register..................................... 5.20
FREQuency register ................................ 5.21
LIMit register............................................ 5.22
LMARgin register..................................... 5.22
POWer register........................................ 5.23
SYNC....................................................... 5.24
status register
CONDition part ........................................ 5.14
ENABle part............................................. 5.15
ESE ......................................................... 5.18
ESR ......................................................... 5.18
EVENt part............................................... 5.15
NTRansition part...................................... 5.15
overview .................................................. 5.16
PPE ......................................................... 5.18
PTRansition part...................................... 5.15
SRE ......................................................... 5.17
STATus OPERation ................................ 5.19
STATus QUEStionable............................ 5.19
STATus QUEStionable ACPLimit............ 5.20
STATus QUEStionable FREQuency ....... 5.21
STATus QUEStionable LIMit ................... 5.22
STATus QUEStionable LMARgin ............ 5.22
STATus QUEStionable POWer............... 5.23
STATus QUEStionable SYNC................. 5.24
STB.......................................................... 5.17
structure................................................... 5.14
sum bit ..................................................... 5.15
status reporting system ............................... 5.14
resetting values ....................................... 5.27
WiMAX, WiBro measurements (K92/K93)
............................................................. 5.44
STB (status byte) ........................................ 5.17
step size
center frequency........................................ 4.8
stop frequency............................................... 4.8
storing ........................................................... 8.1
string ............................................................. 5.9
subchannelization (K92/K93) .................... 2.150
suffix.............................................................. 5.7

Index 51

E-10

Index

R&S FSL

sum bit .........................................................5.15
supply voltage, external noise source........4.267
supported tests (K8) ....................................2.38
sweep
continue single sweep..............................4.26
continuous................................................4.25
count ...............................................4.26, 4.47
Free Run ..................................................4.31
gated ...............................................4.29, 4.35
single........................................................4.25
time ..........................................................4.26
SWEEP key .................................................4.24
sweep menu
base unit...................................................4.25
K14 option ..............................................4.195
K30 option ..............................................4.265
K7 option ................................................4.155
K8 option ................................................4.177
K82 option ..............................................4.339
K84 option ..............................................4.392
K91 option ..............................................4.432
K92/92 option .........................................4.482
sweep time
coupling....................................................4.23
Symbol Constellation (K84) .......................4.384
Symbol EVM rms / Pk (K82) ......................4.327
symbols
WiMAX, WiBro measurements (K93) ....2.154
SYNC .........................................................4.305
sync signal ...................................................4.37
sync word (K8) ..................................2.44, 4.168
synchronization
K92/K93 option.......................................2.150
K93 option ..............................................2.156
syntax elements of commands ....................5.10
System Messages dialog box ....................4.278
T
TD ..............................................................4.305
TDPICH .....................................................4.305
test
self test...................................................4.279
supported (K8) .........................................2.38
transmitter (K8) ........................................2.39
test setup
analog TV (K20) .......................................2.49
base station tests (K72) .........................2.115
base station tests (K82) .........................2.127
digital TV (K20) ........................................2.72
text parameter................................................5.9
threshold
line............................................................4.73
signal tracking ..........................................4.10
Tilt Setup dialog box (K20) ........................4.246
time ............................................................4.273
line..........................................................4.127
Timing Offset (K82) ...................................4.327
title
diagram ..................................................4.273
1300.2519.12

title bar
K91 option ............................................. 4.410
K92/K93 option ...................................... 4.444
Total PWR (K82)....................................... 4.326
trace ............................................................ 4.44
Clear Write .............................................. 4.40
power measurement................................ 4.99
signal tracking.......................................... 4.10
TRACE key ................................................. 4.39
trace menu
base unit .................................................. 4.43
K20 option ............................................. 4.229
K30 option ............................................. 4.266
K82 option ............................................. 4.340
K84 option ............................................. 4.393
K91 option ............................................. 4.435
K93 option ............................................. 4.485
trace mode .................................................. 4.44
Average .......................................... 4.41, 4.45
Blank............................................... 4.41, 4.45
Clear Write ..................................... 4.40, 4.44
Max Hold ........................................ 4.40, 4.44
Min Hold ......................................... 4.40, 4.44
View................................................ 4.41, 4.45
tracking generator ..................................... 4.134
menu........................................... 4.134, 4.137
transducer ................................................. 4.265
activating ............................................... 4.265
transmission measurement....................... 4.135
transmitter tests (K8)................................... 2.39
Trg to Frame (K82) .................................... 4.326
TRIG key..................................................... 4.28
trigger
concepts (K8) .......................................... 2.44
extern (K8)............................................... 2.44
external.................................................... 4.31
external gate............................................ 4.35
gated sweep ............................................ 4.35
level ......................................................... 4.34
offset........................................................ 4.34
slope ........................................................ 4.34
trigger menu
base unit .................................................. 4.33
K7 option ............................................... 4.156
K72 option ............................................. 4.281
K8 option ............................................... 4.180
K82 option ............................................. 4.340
K84 option ............................................. 4.393
K91 option ............................................. 4.411
K92/K93 option ...................................... 4.446
trigger mode ................................................ 4.33
External ................................................... 4.31
Free Run.................................................. 4.31
IF power................................................... 4.31
TV ............................................................ 4.32
Video ....................................................... 4.31
TV trigger .................................................... 4.37
TX filter (K20) .............................................. 2.66

Index 52

E-10

R&S FSL

Index

U

VXI protocol................................................. 5.28

unit .............................................................4.188
universal command .....................................5.34
upper–case (commands)........................5.6, 6.2

W

V
velocity factor (K20) .....................................2.78
Versions/Options dialog box ......................4.277
vertical sync signal.......................................4.37
video bandwidth ...........................................4.22
video polarity................................................4.38
video triggering ............................................4.31
View trace mode ..........................................4.41
VXI interface messages...............................5.30

1300.2519.12

Walsh code ............................................... 4.305
white space ................................................. 5.10
WiMAX menu (K92/K93)................ 4.438, 4.444
WiMAX mode (K92/92) ............................. 4.130
WLAN menu (K91)......................... 4.405, 4.410
WLAN mode (K91).................................... 4.130
Z
zero span .................................................... 4.12
zeroing (K9)............................................... 4.187
zoom ........................................................... 4.62
amplitude ................................................. 4.41

Index 53

E-10
Source Exif Data: File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.6 Linearized : No Page Mode : UseOutlines XMP Toolkit : Adobe XMP Core 4.0-c316 44.253921, Sun Oct 01 2006 17:14:39 Producer : Jaws PDF Creator v5.0.3349 Create Date : 2008:11:13 14:20:08+01:00 Modify Date : 2008:12:15 16:02:09+01:00 Metadata Date : 2008:12:15 16:02:09+01:00 Creator Tool : PScript5.dll Version 5.2 Document ID : uuid:fc3e8a0e-ce33-49bd-a9cb-d0938b813219 Instance ID : uuid:48352909-3ba0-4037-a47f-7c5c8bed633b Format : application/pdf Creator : Rohde & Schwarz Title : Operating Manual for the R&S FSL Has XFA : No Page Count : 1734 Author : Rohde & Schwarz EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools
Operating Manual For The R&S FSL R&S/R&S Operating_Manual_FSL_v11 V11

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation
